diff options
| author | Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net> | 2015-02-24 19:22:38 +0200 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net> | 2015-02-24 19:22:38 +0200 |
| commit | c0ca3fba80f70e07d4b69980183897a270913bb9 (patch) | |
| tree | 222f9f5045569d49e2187addd788445b63828601 | |
| parent | 281ca7167581445ac3ca7572f2f1337b4d3ba128 (diff) | |
| download | tools-c0ca3fba80f70e07d4b69980183897a270913bb9.tar tools-c0ca3fba80f70e07d4b69980183897a270913bb9.tar.gz tools-c0ca3fba80f70e07d4b69980183897a270913bb9.tar.bz2 tools-c0ca3fba80f70e07d4b69980183897a270913bb9.tar.xz tools-c0ca3fba80f70e07d4b69980183897a270913bb9.zip | |
Update POs
39 files changed, 27430 insertions, 16347 deletions
diff --git a/docs/installer/ca.po b/docs/installer/ca.po index cebb8284..dd9e1d08 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ca.po +++ b/docs/installer/ca.po @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package. -# +# # Translators: # Cristian Garde Zarza <cristian.garde@gmail.com>, 2015 # Francesc Pinyol Margalef <francesc.pinyol.m@gmail.com>, 2013-2014 @@ -9,14 +9,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-01-05 13:46+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-02-24 19:21+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-01-06 21:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Cristian Garde Zarza <cristian.garde@gmail.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Catalan (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/ca/)\n" +"Language-Team: Catalan (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" +"ca/)\n" +"Language: ca\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ca\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -27,9 +28,11 @@ msgstr "Llicència i notes de la versió" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:45 @@ -39,31 +42,38 @@ msgstr "Acord de llicència" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:48 msgid "" -"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license" -" terms and conditions carefully." -msgstr "Abans d'instal·lar <application>Mageia</application>, llegiu atentament els termes i les condicions de la llicència." +"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license " +"terms and conditions carefully." +msgstr "" +"Abans d'instal·lar <application>Mageia</application>, llegiu atentament els " +"termes i les condicions de la llicència." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51 msgid "" -"These terms and conditions apply to the entire " -"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before " -"you can continue." -msgstr "Aquests termes i condicions s'apliquen a la totalitat de la distribució <application>Mageia</application> i cal acceptar-los abans de continuar." +"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</" +"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue." +msgstr "" +"Aquests termes i condicions s'apliquen a la totalitat de la distribució " +"<application>Mageia</application> i cal acceptar-los abans de continuar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:55 msgid "" "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Per a acceptar-los, seleccioneu <guilabel>Accepta</guilabel> i després cliqueu a <guibutton>Següent</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Per a acceptar-los, seleccioneu <guilabel>Accepta</guilabel> i després " +"cliqueu a <guibutton>Següent</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:58 msgid "" -"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking." -" Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." -msgstr "Si decidiu no acceptar aquestes condicions, us agraïm el vostre interès. Fent clic a <guibutton>Surt</guibutton> l'ordinador es reiniciarà." +"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. " +"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." +msgstr "" +"Si decidiu no acceptar aquestes condicions, us agraïm el vostre interès. " +"Fent clic a <guibutton>Surt</guibutton> l'ordinador es reiniciarà." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:68 @@ -75,7 +85,9 @@ msgstr "Notes de la versió" msgid "" "To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, " "click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button." -msgstr "Per a veure què hi ha de nou en aquesta versió de <application>Mageia</application>, cliqueu al botó <guibutton>Notes de versió</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Per a veure què hi ha de nou en aquesta versió de <application>Mageia</" +"application>, cliqueu al botó <guibutton>Notes de versió</guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 @@ -88,27 +100,32 @@ msgstr "ca" msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" msgstr "Selecció dels suports (configura suports d'instal·lació suplementaris)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the -#. same as for media_selection -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ -#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" " -"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24 msgid "" "This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can " -"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The" -" source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " +"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The " +"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " "during the next steps." -msgstr "Aquesta pantalla us mostra la llista dels dipòsits ja reconeguts. Podeu afegir altres fonts de paquets, com ara un disc òptic i bé una font remota. La selecció de la font determina quins paquets estaran disponibles per a ser seleccionats en els següents passos." +msgstr "" +"Aquesta pantalla us mostra la llista dels dipòsits ja reconeguts. Podeu " +"afegir altres fonts de paquets, com ara un disc òptic i bé una font remota. " +"La selecció de la font determina quins paquets estaran disponibles per a ser " +"seleccionats en els següents passos." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29 @@ -128,38 +145,40 @@ msgid "" "Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With " "the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS " "installation." -msgstr "Selecció d'una rèplica o especificació d'una URL (la primera entrada). En seleccionar una rèplica teniu accés a la selecció de tots els dipòsits gestionats per Mageia, com ara Nonfree, Tainted i Updates. Amb la URL podeu designar un dipòsit específic o la vostra pròpia instal·lació NFS." +msgstr "" +"Selecció d'una rèplica o especificació d'una URL (la primera entrada). En " +"seleccionar una rèplica teniu accés a la selecció de tots els dipòsits " +"gestionats per Mageia, com ara Nonfree, Tainted i Updates. Amb la URL podeu " +"designar un dipòsit específic o la vostra pròpia instal·lació NFS." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:4 msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "Gestió d'usuaris i superusuari" -#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, -#. but -#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only -#. thing -#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to -#. enable or -#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the -#. previous +#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but +#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing +#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or +#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous #. screen), marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't -#. understand -#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? -#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading -#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand +#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? +#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading +#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/addUser.xml:27 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:34 @@ -171,20 +190,31 @@ msgstr "Estableix la contrasenya d'administrador (root):" msgid "" "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to " "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the " -"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the" -" top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " +"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the " +"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " "depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are " "using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box " "just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped " "the first password by comparing them." -msgstr "Per a qualsevol instal·lació de <application>Mageia</application> és aconsellable que establiu una contrasenya de superusuari o administrador, normalment anomenada <emphasis>contrasenya de root</emphasis> en Linux. A mida que aneu introduint la contrasenya a la casella el color de l'escut canviarà de vermell a groc i a verd en funció de la fortalesa de la contrasenya. Un escut verd indica que la contrasenya és forta. Heu de repetir la mateixa contrasenya a la casella de sota, per a comprovar per comparació que no heu teclejat malament la primera contrasenya." +msgstr "" +"Per a qualsevol instal·lació de <application>Mageia</application> és " +"aconsellable que establiu una contrasenya de superusuari o administrador, " +"normalment anomenada <emphasis>contrasenya de root</emphasis> en Linux. A " +"mida que aneu introduint la contrasenya a la casella el color de l'escut " +"canviarà de vermell a groc i a verd en funció de la fortalesa de la " +"contrasenya. Un escut verd indica que la contrasenya és forta. Heu de " +"repetir la mateixa contrasenya a la casella de sota, per a comprovar per " +"comparació que no heu teclejat malament la primera contrasenya." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:48 msgid "" "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters " "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password." -msgstr "Totes les contrasenyes distingeixen entre majúscules i minúscules. És recomanable fer servir una barreja de lletres (majúscules i minúscules), nombres i altres caràcters." +msgstr "" +"Totes les contrasenyes distingeixen entre majúscules i minúscules. És " +"recomanable fer servir una barreja de lletres (majúscules i minúscules), " +"nombres i altres caràcters." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:56 @@ -197,14 +227,19 @@ msgid "" "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but " "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and " "anything else the average user does with his computer" -msgstr "Afegiu aquí un usuari. Un usuari té menys permisos que el superusuari (root), però prou per a navegar per Internet, fer servir aplicacions ofimàtiques o jugar, i fer qualsevol altra cosa que un usuari mitjà fa amb el seu ordinador." +msgstr "" +"Afegiu aquí un usuari. Un usuari té menys permisos que el superusuari " +"(root), però prou per a navegar per Internet, fer servir aplicacions " +"ofimàtiques o jugar, i fer qualsevol altra cosa que un usuari mitjà fa amb " +"el seu ordinador." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:65 msgid "" "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the " "users icon." -msgstr "<guibutton>Icona</guibutton>: si hi cliqueu canviarà la icona d'usuari." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Icona</guibutton>: si hi cliqueu canviarà la icona d'usuari." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:70 @@ -217,9 +252,13 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Nom real</guilabel>: poseu-hi el nom real de l'usuari." #: en/addUser.xml:75 msgid "" "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let " -"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case" -" sensitive.</emphasis>" -msgstr "<guilabel>Nom de connexió</guilabel>: poseu-hi el nom de connexió de l'usuari o deixeu que drakx en creï un a partir del nom real de l'usuari. <emphasis>El nom de connexió distingeix entre majúscules i minúscules</emphasis>" +"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case " +"sensitive.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Nom de connexió</guilabel>: poseu-hi el nom de connexió de " +"l'usuari o deixeu que drakx en creï un a partir del nom real de l'usuari. " +"<emphasis>El nom de connexió distingeix entre majúscules i minúscules</" +"emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:81 @@ -227,22 +266,30 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user " "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the " "strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" -msgstr "<guilabel>Contrasenya</guilabel>: poseu-hi la contrasenya de l'usuari. Al final de la casella un escut indica la fortalesa de la contrasenya. (Vegeu també <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Contrasenya</guilabel>: poseu-hi la contrasenya de l'usuari. Al " +"final de la casella un escut indica la fortalesa de la contrasenya. (Vegeu " +"també <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:87 msgid "" "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this " -"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user" -" password text boxes." -msgstr "<guilabel>Contrasenya (una altra vegada)</guilabel>: torneu a escriure-hi la contrasenya i drakx comprovarà que hi hagi la mateixa contrasenya en les dues caselles." +"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user " +"password text boxes." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Contrasenya (una altra vegada)</guilabel>: torneu a escriure-hi la " +"contrasenya i drakx comprovarà que hi hagi la mateixa contrasenya en les " +"dues caselles." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:94 msgid "" "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but " "write protected) home directory." -msgstr "Qualsevol usuari que creeu durant la instal·lació de Mageia tindrà un directori d'usuari llegible per tothom (però protegit contra escriptura)." +msgstr "" +"Qualsevol usuari que creeu durant la instal·lació de Mageia tindrà un " +"directori d'usuari llegible per tothom (però protegit contra escriptura)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:97 @@ -250,14 +297,20 @@ msgid "" "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - " "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that " "is both read and write protected." -msgstr "No obstant això, quan feu servir la nova instal·lació, tots els usuaris afegits a <emphasis>MCC- Sistema - Gestiona els usuaris del sistema</emphasis> tindran el directori d'usuari protegit contra lectura i escriptura." +msgstr "" +"No obstant això, quan feu servir la nova instal·lació, tots els usuaris " +"afegits a <emphasis>MCC- Sistema - Gestiona els usuaris del sistema</" +"emphasis> tindran el directori d'usuari protegit contra lectura i escriptura." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:101 msgid "" "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised " "to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." -msgstr "Si no voleu que el directori d'usuari sigui llegible per tothom, és recomanable afegir ara un usuari temporal i afegir els usuaris reals un cop s'hagi arrencat de nou." +msgstr "" +"Si no voleu que el directori d'usuari sigui llegible per tothom, és " +"recomanable afegir ara un usuari temporal i afegir els usuaris reals un cop " +"s'hagi arrencat de nou." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:105 @@ -265,12 +318,16 @@ msgid "" "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all " "extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step " "during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>." -msgstr "Si preferiu directoris d'usuari llegibles per tothom, podeu afegir tots els usuaris suplementaris al pas <emphasis>Configuració - Resum</emphasis> durant la instal·lació. Trieu <emphasis>Gestió d'usuaris</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Si preferiu directoris d'usuari llegibles per tothom, podeu afegir tots els " +"usuaris suplementaris al pas <emphasis>Configuració - Resum</emphasis> " +"durant la instal·lació. Trieu <emphasis>Gestió d'usuaris</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:109 msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install." -msgstr "El permisos d'accés també es poden modificar després de la instal·lació." +msgstr "" +"El permisos d'accés també es poden modificar després de la instal·lació." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:116 @@ -283,7 +340,10 @@ msgid "" "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a " "screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. " "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." -msgstr "Si feu clic al botó <guibutton>avançat</guibutton> se us presentarà una pantalla on podeu editar la configuració per a l'usuari que s'està afegint. També podeu activar o desactivar el compte d'usuari visitant." +msgstr "" +"Si feu clic al botó <guibutton>avançat</guibutton> se us presentarà una " +"pantalla on podeu editar la configuració per a l'usuari que s'està afegint. " +"També podeu activar o desactivar el compte d'usuari visitant." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/addUser.xml:124 @@ -291,7 +351,11 @@ msgid "" "Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account " "saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out. The guest " "should save his important files to a USB key." -msgstr "Tot allò que un usuari visitant, amb un compte predeterminat <emphasis>rbash</emphasis>, desi al seu directori /home serà esborrat quan tanqui la sessió. El visitant hauria de desar els fitxers importants en una clau de memòria USB." +msgstr "" +"Tot allò que un usuari visitant, amb un compte predeterminat " +"<emphasis>rbash</emphasis>, desi al seu directori /home serà esborrat quan " +"tanqui la sessió. El visitant hauria de desar els fitxers importants en una " +"clau de memòria USB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:131 @@ -299,7 +363,11 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a " "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, " "but he has more restricted access than normal users." -msgstr "<guilabel>Activa el compte de visitant</guilabel>: aquí podeu activar o desactivar un compte de visitant. Aquest tipus de compte permet a un visitant iniciar sessió i fer servir el PC, però té un accés més restringit que els usuaris normals." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Activa el compte de visitant</guilabel>: aquí podeu activar o " +"desactivar un compte de visitant. Aquest tipus de compte permet a un " +"visitant iniciar sessió i fer servir el PC, però té un accés més restringit " +"que els usuaris normals." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:138 @@ -307,7 +375,10 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the " "shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are " "Bash, Dash and Sh" -msgstr "<guilabel>Intèrpret d'ordres</guilabel>: aquesta llista desplegable us permet canviar el tipus de d'intèrpret d'ordres per a l'usuari que acabeu d'afegir a la pantalla anterior. Les opcions són Bash, Dash i Sh." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Intèrpret d'ordres</guilabel>: aquesta llista desplegable us " +"permet canviar el tipus de d'intèrpret d'ordres per a l'usuari que acabeu " +"d'afegir a la pantalla anterior. Les opcions són Bash, Dash i Sh." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:144 @@ -315,42 +386,48 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you " "are adding in the previous screen. This is a number. Leave it blank unless " "you know what you are doing." -msgstr "<guilabel>ID d'usuari</guilabel>: aquí podeu establir l'ID d'usuari per a l'usuari que acabeu d'afegir a la pantalla anterior. És un nombre. Deixeu-lo en blanc excepte si sabeu què esteu fent." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>ID d'usuari</guilabel>: aquí podeu establir l'ID d'usuari per a " +"l'usuari que acabeu d'afegir a la pantalla anterior. És un nombre. Deixeu-lo " +"en blanc excepte si sabeu què esteu fent." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:150 msgid "" "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID. Also a " -"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know" -" what you are doing." -msgstr "<guilabel>ID de grup</guilabel>: aquí podeu establir l'ID de grup. També és un nombre, habitualment el mateix que per a l'usuari. Deixeu-lo en blanc excepte si sabeu què esteu fent." +"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know " +"what you are doing." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>ID de grup</guilabel>: aquí podeu establir l'ID de grup. També és " +"un nombre, habitualment el mateix que per a l'usuari. Deixeu-lo en blanc " +"excepte si sabeu què esteu fent." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11 msgid "Choose the mount points" msgstr "Trieu els punts de muntatge" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least -#. ONE" -#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes -#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the -#. Americans -#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I -#. removed it -#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 +#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE" +#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) +#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes +#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans +#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it +#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) +#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" -"=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33 @@ -358,46 +435,63 @@ msgid "" "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If " "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you " "can change the mount points." -msgstr "Aquí podeu veure les particions Linux que s'han trobat a l'ordinador. Si no esteu d'acord amb els suggeriments de <application>DrakX</application>, podeu canviar els punts de muntatge." +msgstr "" +"Aquí podeu veure les particions Linux que s'han trobat a l'ordinador. Si no " +"esteu d'acord amb els suggeriments de <application>DrakX</application>, " +"podeu canviar els punts de muntatge." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38 msgid "" "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> " "(root) partition." -msgstr "Si canvieu alguna cosa, assegureu-vos que encara teniu una partició <literal>/</literal> (root)." +msgstr "" +"Si canvieu alguna cosa, assegureu-vos que encara teniu una partició " +"<literal>/</literal> (root)." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44 msgid "" -"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount " -"point\", \"Type\")." -msgstr "Cada partició es mostra així: «Dipositiu» («Capacitat», «Punt de muntatge», «Tipus»)." +"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point" +"\", \"Type\")." +msgstr "" +"Cada partició es mostra així: «Dipositiu» («Capacitat», «Punt de muntatge», " +"«Tipus»)." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49 msgid "" "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], " "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")." -msgstr "«Dispositiu» es compon de: «unitat de disc dur», [«número d'unitat de disc dur»(lletra)], «número de partició» (per exemple, «sda5»)." +msgstr "" +"«Dispositiu» es compon de: «unitat de disc dur», [«número d'unitat de disc " +"dur»(lletra)], «número de partició» (per exemple, «sda5»)." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55 msgid "" -"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from" -" the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " +"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from " +"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " "and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for " "instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store " -"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the " -"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install." -msgstr "Si teniu diverses particions, podeu triar diversos punts de muntatge amb el menú desplegable, com ara <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> i <literal>/var</literal>. Podeu fins i tot crear els vostres propis punts de muntatge, per exemple <literal>/video</literal> per a una partició on voleu emmagatzemar les pel·lícules, o bé <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> per a la partició <literal>/home</literal> de la instal·lació cauldron." +"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</" +"literal> partition of a cauldron install." +msgstr "" +"Si teniu diverses particions, podeu triar diversos punts de muntatge amb el " +"menú desplegable, com ara <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> i " +"<literal>/var</literal>. Podeu fins i tot crear els vostres propis punts de " +"muntatge, per exemple <literal>/video</literal> per a una partició on voleu " +"emmagatzemar les pel·lícules, o bé <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> per a " +"la partició <literal>/home</literal> de la instal·lació cauldron." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65 msgid "" "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount " "point field blank." -msgstr "Per a les particions a les quals no heu d'accedir, podeu deixar el camp del punt de muntatge en blanc." +msgstr "" +"Per a les particions a les quals no heu d'accedir, podeu deixar el camp del " +"punt de muntatge en blanc." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71 @@ -405,15 +499,22 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, " "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen " "that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size." -msgstr "Trieu <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> si no esteu segurs de què triar, i llavors marqueu <guilabel>Partició personalitzada de disc</guilabel>. A la següent pantalla podeu clicar a una partició per a veure'n el tipus i la mida. " +msgstr "" +"Trieu <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> si no esteu segurs de què triar, i " +"llavors marqueu <guilabel>Partició personalitzada de disc</guilabel>. A la " +"següent pantalla podeu clicar a una partició per a veure'n el tipus i la " +"mida. " #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77 msgid "" -"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the " -"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more." -msgstr "Si esteu segurs que els punts de muntatge són correctes, feu clic a <guibutton>Següent</guibutton>, i trieu si voleu formatar les particions suggerides per DrakX, o bé més." +"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) " +"DrakX suggests, or more." +msgstr "" +"Si esteu segurs que els punts de muntatge són correctes, feu clic a " +"<guibutton>Següent</guibutton>, i trieu si voleu formatar les particions " +"suggerides per DrakX, o bé més." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 @@ -423,9 +524,11 @@ msgstr "Selecció d'escriptori" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11 msgid "" -"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine" -" tune your choice." -msgstr "En funció de la selecció que feu aquí, se us poden oferir altres pantalles per a afinar la tria." +"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine " +"tune your choice." +msgstr "" +"En funció de la selecció que feu aquí, se us poden oferir altres pantalles " +"per a afinar la tria." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13 @@ -433,14 +536,19 @@ msgid "" "After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package " "installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the " "<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button" -msgstr "Després dels passos de selecció veureu una sessió de diapositives durant la instal·lació dels paquets. Podeu desactivar la sessió de diapositives clicant el botó <guilabel>Detalls</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Després dels passos de selecció veureu una sessió de diapositives durant la " +"instal·lació dels paquets. Podeu desactivar la sessió de diapositives " +"clicant el botó <guilabel>Detalls</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26 @@ -452,21 +560,30 @@ msgid "" "default software choices for these desktop environments. The " "<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, " "sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default." -msgstr "Trieu si preferiu fer servir l'entorn d'escriptori <application>KDE</application> o bé <application>Gnome</application>. Ambdós porten un conjunt complet d'aplicacions i eines ben útils. Marqueu <guilabel>Personalitzat</guilabel> si no en voleu fer servir cap dels dos, o bé si voleu una selecció de programari diferent de la tria predeterminada d'aquests entorns d'escriptori. L'escriptori <application>LXDE</application> és més lleuger que els anteriors, amb una estètica menys carregada i menys paquets com a instal·lació predeterminada." +msgstr "" +"Trieu si preferiu fer servir l'entorn d'escriptori <application>KDE</" +"application> o bé <application>Gnome</application>. Ambdós porten un conjunt " +"complet d'aplicacions i eines ben útils. Marqueu <guilabel>Personalitzat</" +"guilabel> si no en voleu fer servir cap dels dos, o bé si voleu una selecció " +"de programari diferent de la tria predeterminada d'aquests entorns " +"d'escriptori. L'escriptori <application>LXDE</application> és més lleuger " +"que els anteriors, amb una estètica menys carregada i menys paquets com a " +"instal·lació predeterminada." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4 msgid "Package Group Selection" msgstr "Selecció de grup de paquets" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a -#. new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16 @@ -475,7 +592,10 @@ msgid "" "your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however " "more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which " "become visible as the mouse is hovered over them." -msgstr "Els paquets estan agrupats per a facilitar-ne la tria. El seu contingut és força obvi, però per a veure'n més informació només cal que hi passeu el ratolí per sobre." +msgstr "" +"Els paquets estan agrupats per a facilitar-ne la tria. El seu contingut és " +"força obvi, però per a veure'n més informació només cal que hi passeu el " +"ratolí per sobre." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23 @@ -497,74 +617,91 @@ msgstr "Entorn gràfic." msgid "" "Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or " "remove packages." -msgstr "Selecció individual de paquets: podeu fer servir aquesta opció per a afegir o eliminar paquets individualment." +msgstr "" +"Selecció individual de paquets: podeu fer servir aquesta opció per a afegir " +"o eliminar paquets individualment." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39 msgid "" -"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do" -" a minimal install." -msgstr "Llegiu <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> per a les instruccions de com fer una instal·lació mínima." +"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " +"a minimal install." +msgstr "" +"Llegiu <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> per a les instruccions de " +"com fer una instal·lació mínima." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4 msgid "Choose Individual Packages" msgstr "Trieu paquets individuals" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a -#. new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17 msgid "" -"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your " -"installation." -msgstr "Aquí podeu afegir o eliminar qualsevol paquet extra per a personalitzar la instal·lació." +"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation." +msgstr "" +"Aquí podeu afegir o eliminar qualsevol paquet extra per a personalitzar la " +"instal·lació." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20 msgid "" -"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy " -"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages " -"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the " -"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install " -"and choosing to load it." -msgstr "Després de la tria podeu fer clic a la <guibutton>icona del disquet</guibutton> al capdavall de la pàgina per a desar la selecció de paquets (també es pot desar en una clau USB). Més endavant podreu fer servir aquest fitxer per a instal·lar els mateixos paquets en un altre sistema si premeu el mateix botó durant la instal·lació i trieu l'opció de carregar-lo." +"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</" +"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving " +"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same " +"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and " +"choosing to load it." +msgstr "" +"Després de la tria podeu fer clic a la <guibutton>icona del disquet</" +"guibutton> al capdavall de la pàgina per a desar la selecció de paquets " +"(també es pot desar en una clau USB). Més endavant podreu fer servir aquest " +"fitxer per a instal·lar els mateixos paquets en un altre sistema si premeu " +"el mateix botó durant la instal·lació i trieu l'opció de carregar-lo." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureServices.xml:12 msgid "Configure your Services" msgstr "Configura els serveis" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureServices.xml:21 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" -"=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:27 msgid "" -"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your " -"system." -msgstr "Aquí podeu establir quins serveis cal (o no) iniciar quan s'engega l'ordinador." +"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system." +msgstr "" +"Aquí podeu establir quins serveis cal (o no) iniciar quan s'engega " +"l'ordinador." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:30 msgid "" -"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and" -" see all services in it." -msgstr "Hi ha quatre grups, cliqueu sobre el triangle que hi ha abans de cada grup per a expandir-lo i mostrar tots els serveis que conté." +"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and " +"see all services in it." +msgstr "" +"Hi ha quatre grups, cliqueu sobre el triangle que hi ha abans de cada grup " +"per a expandir-lo i mostrar tots els serveis que conté." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:34 @@ -576,7 +713,8 @@ msgstr "Generalment, la tria feta per DrakX és la bona." msgid "" "If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info " "box below." -msgstr "Si realceu un servei, se us en mostrarà informació a la casella inferior." +msgstr "" +"Si realceu un servei, se us en mostrarà informació a la casella inferior." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:41 @@ -588,36 +726,45 @@ msgstr "Canvieu coses només si teniu molt clar què esteu fent." msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Configura la zona horària" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 msgid "" -"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the" -" same time zone." -msgstr "Trieu el fus horari escollint un país o bé una ciutat propera en el mateix fus horari." +"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " +"same time zone." +msgstr "" +"Trieu el fus horari escollint un país o bé una ciutat propera en el mateix " +"fus horari." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 msgid "" -"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to" -" GMT, also known as UTC." -msgstr "A la següent pantalla podreu triar si establiu el rellotge de maquinari a l'hora local o bé a GMT, també coneguda com a UTC." +"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " +"GMT, also known as UTC." +msgstr "" +"A la següent pantalla podreu triar si establiu el rellotge de maquinari a " +"l'hora local o bé a GMT, també coneguda com a UTC." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 msgid "" "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." -msgstr "Si teniu més d'un sistema operatiu a l'ordinador, assegureu-vos que tots estan configurats a l'hora local, o bé tots a l'hora UTC/GMT." +msgstr "" +"Si teniu més d'un sistema operatiu a l'ordinador, assegureu-vos que tots " +"estan configurats a l'hora local, o bé tots a l'hora UTC/GMT." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11 @@ -627,24 +774,31 @@ msgstr "Tria un servidor X (configura la targeta gràfica)" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id" -"=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually " "correctly identify your video device." -msgstr "DrakX té una base de dades de targetes de vídeo força completa i normalment identifica correctament el dispositiu de vídeo." +msgstr "" +"DrakX té una base de dades de targetes de vídeo força completa i normalment " +"identifica correctament el dispositiu de vídeo." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24 msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know " "which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:" -msgstr "Si l'instal·lador no ha detectat correctament la targeta gràfica i sabeu quina és, seleccioneu-la a l'arbre:" +msgstr "" +"Si l'instal·lador no ha detectat correctament la targeta gràfica i sabeu " +"quina és, seleccioneu-la a l'arbre:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 @@ -667,7 +821,10 @@ msgid "" "If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in " "the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the " "Xorg category" -msgstr "Si no trobeu la vostra targeta a la llista de proveïdors (perquè encara no és a la base de dades o bé perquè és antiga) potser encara podeu trobar un controlador adequat a la categoria Xorg" +msgstr "" +"Si no trobeu la vostra targeta a la llista de proveïdors (perquè encara no " +"és a la base de dades o bé perquè és antiga) potser encara podeu trobar un " +"controlador adequat a la categoria Xorg" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43 @@ -675,14 +832,19 @@ msgid "" "The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card " "drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " "option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities." -msgstr "El llistat d'Xorg proporciona més de 40 controladors genèrics i lliures. Si tot i així encara no trobeu el controlador adequat, hi ha l'opció de fer servir el controlador vesa, que proporciona funcionalitats bàsiques." +msgstr "" +"El llistat d'Xorg proporciona més de 40 controladors genèrics i lliures. Si " +"tot i així encara no trobeu el controlador adequat, hi ha l'opció de fer " +"servir el controlador vesa, que proporciona funcionalitats bàsiques." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48 msgid "" "Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access " "to the Commandline Interface." -msgstr "Tingueu en compte que si seleccioneu un controlador incompatible potser només teniu accés a la interfície de línia d'ordres." +msgstr "" +"Tingueu en compte que si seleccioneu un controlador incompatible potser " +"només teniu accés a la interfície de línia d'ordres." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 @@ -690,30 +852,36 @@ msgid "" "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " "may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from " "the card manufacturers' websites." -msgstr "Alguns fabricants de targetes de vídeo proporcionen controladors de propietat per a Linux, que només estan disponibles al dipòsit Nonfree o bé, en alguns casos, als llocs web dels fabricants." +msgstr "" +"Alguns fabricants de targetes de vídeo proporcionen controladors de " +"propietat per a Linux, que només estan disponibles al dipòsit Nonfree o bé, " +"en alguns casos, als llocs web dels fabricants." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 msgid "" "The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them. If " "you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot." -msgstr "Cal activar explícitament els dipòsits Nonfree per a poder-hi accedir. Si encara no ho heu fet, ho podreu fer després de la primera reinicialització." +msgstr "" +"Cal activar explícitament els dipòsits Nonfree per a poder-hi accedir. Si " +"encara no ho heu fet, ho podreu fer després de la primera reinicialització." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4 msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" msgstr "Configuració de targeta gràfica i monitor" -#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" -#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename -#. for this page +#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18 @@ -722,19 +890,30 @@ msgid "" "you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are " "all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window " "System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for " -"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or" -" any other graphical environment to work well, the following " -"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct " -"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a " -"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect." -msgstr "Sigui quin sigui l'entorn gràfic (també anomenat entorn d'escriptori) triat per a aquesta instal·lació de <application>Mageia</application>, està basat en el sistema d'interfície gràfica d'usuari anomenat <acronym>Sistema X Window</acronym>, o simplement <acronym>X</acronym>. Per tant, perquè <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> o qualsevol altre entorn funcioni bé, cal configurar correctament els següents paràmetres d'<acronym>X</acronym>. Si veieu que <application>DrakX</application> no ha pogut triar la configuració, o bé si penseu que no ho ha fet bé, corregiu-los." +"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or " +"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</" +"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can " +"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you " +"think the choice is incorrect." +msgstr "" +"Sigui quin sigui l'entorn gràfic (també anomenat entorn d'escriptori) triat " +"per a aquesta instal·lació de <application>Mageia</application>, està basat " +"en el sistema d'interfície gràfica d'usuari anomenat <acronym>Sistema X " +"Window</acronym>, o simplement <acronym>X</acronym>. Per tant, perquè " +"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> o " +"qualsevol altre entorn funcioni bé, cal configurar correctament els següents " +"paràmetres d'<acronym>X</acronym>. Si veieu que <application>DrakX</" +"application> no ha pogut triar la configuració, o bé si penseu que no ho ha " +"fet bé, corregiu-los." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card " "from the list if needed." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Targeta gràfica</guibutton></emphasis>: si cal, trieu la vostra targeta de la llista." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Targeta gràfica</guibutton></emphasis>: si cal, trieu " +"la vostra targeta de la llista." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37 @@ -744,7 +923,12 @@ msgid "" "from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. " "Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the " "horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: podeu triar <guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> quan sigui possible, o bé trieu un monitor de la llista de <guilabel>Proveïdor</guilabel> o de <guilabel>Genèric</guilabel>. Trieu <guilabel>Personalitzat</guilabel> si preferiu establir manualment les freqüències de refresc horitzontal i vertical del monitor." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: podeu triar " +"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> quan sigui possible, o bé trieu un monitor " +"de la llista de <guilabel>Proveïdor</guilabel> o de <guilabel>Genèric</" +"guilabel>. Trieu <guilabel>Personalitzat</guilabel> si preferiu establir " +"manualment les freqüències de refresc horitzontal i vertical del monitor." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45 @@ -756,7 +940,9 @@ msgstr "Freqüències de refresc incorrectes poden fer malbé el monitor" msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired " "resolution and color depth of your monitor here." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolució</guibutton></emphasis>: aquí establiu la resolució i profunditat de color del monitor." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolució</guibutton></emphasis>: aquí establiu la " +"resolució i profunditat de color del monitor." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56 @@ -764,19 +950,28 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not " "always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your " "settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your " -"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept." -" If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be" -" able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " -"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't " -"available</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Prova</guibutton></emphasis>: el botó de prova no sempre apareix durant la instal·lació. Si hi surt i el pressioneu, podeu controlar els paràmetres. Si veieu una pregunta sobre si els paràmetres són correctes i premeu «sí», els paràmetres es desaran. Si no veieu cap pregunta, tornareu a la pantalla de configuració i ho podreu reconfigurar tot fins que la prova sigui correcta. <emphasis>Si el botó no està disponible, assegureu-vos que la configuració és conservadora</emphasis>" +"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. " +"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be " +"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " +"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Prova</guibutton></emphasis>: el botó de prova no " +"sempre apareix durant la instal·lació. Si hi surt i el pressioneu, podeu " +"controlar els paràmetres. Si veieu una pregunta sobre si els paràmetres són " +"correctes i premeu «sí», els paràmetres es desaran. Si no veieu cap " +"pregunta, tornareu a la pantalla de configuració i ho podreu reconfigurar " +"tot fins que la prova sigui correcta. <emphasis>Si el botó no està " +"disponible, assegureu-vos que la configuració és conservadora</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to " "enable or disable various options." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Opcions</guibutton></emphasis>: aquí podeu triar activar o desactivar diverses opcions." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Opcions</guibutton></emphasis>: aquí podeu triar " +"activar o desactivar diverses opcions." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18 @@ -788,7 +983,9 @@ msgstr "Tria del monitor" msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually " "correctly identify yours." -msgstr "DrakX té una base de dades de monitors força completa i normalment identificarà correctament el vostre." +msgstr "" +"DrakX té una base de dades de monitors força completa i normalment " +"identificarà correctament el vostre." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26 @@ -797,15 +994,22 @@ msgid "" "your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing " "what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor " "documentation" -msgstr "<emphasis>La selecció d'un monitor amb característiques diferents podria fer malbé el monitor o el maquinari de vídeo. No intenteu res si no teniu clar què esteu fent.</emphasis> En cas de dubte és recomanable consultar la documentació del monitor" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>La selecció d'un monitor amb característiques diferents podria fer " +"malbé el monitor o el maquinari de vídeo. No intenteu res si no teniu clar " +"què esteu fent.</emphasis> En cas de dubte és recomanable consultar la " +"documentació del monitor" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" -"=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42 @@ -816,10 +1020,15 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Personalitzat</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44 msgid "" "This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh " -"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the" -" screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are" -" displayed." -msgstr "Aquesta opció us permet especificar dos paràmetres crítics, la freqüència de refresc vertical i la freqüència de sincronisme horitzontal. La freqüència de refresc vertical determina a quina freqüència es refresca la pantalla i la freqüència de sincronisme horitzontal determina a quina freqüència es mostren les línies." +"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the " +"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are " +"displayed." +msgstr "" +"Aquesta opció us permet especificar dos paràmetres crítics, la freqüència de " +"refresc vertical i la freqüència de sincronisme horitzontal. La freqüència " +"de refresc vertical determina a quina freqüència es refresca la pantalla i " +"la freqüència de sincronisme horitzontal determina a quina freqüència es " +"mostren les línies." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49 @@ -828,7 +1037,11 @@ msgid "" "type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you " "may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and " "consult your monitor documentation." -msgstr "És <emphasis>MOLT IMPORTANT</emphasis> que no especifiqueu un tipus de monitor amb un rang de sincronismes que superi les capacitats del vostre monitor: podríeu fer-lo malbé. En cas de dubte, trieu una configuració conservadora i consulteu la documentació del monitor." +msgstr "" +"És <emphasis>MOLT IMPORTANT</emphasis> que no especifiqueu un tipus de " +"monitor amb un rang de sincronismes que superi les capacitats del vostre " +"monitor: podríeu fer-lo malbé. En cas de dubte, trieu una configuració " +"conservadora i consulteu la documentació del monitor." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55 @@ -840,7 +1053,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Integració automàtica</emphasis>" msgid "" "This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the " "monitor database." -msgstr "Aquesta és l'opció predeterminada i tracta d'establir el tipus de monitor a partir de la base de dades." +msgstr "" +"Aquesta és l'opció predeterminada i tracta d'establir el tipus de monitor a " +"partir de la base de dades." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63 @@ -852,7 +1067,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Proveïdor</emphasis>" msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which " "one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:" -msgstr "Si l'instal·lador no ha detectat correctament el monitor i sabeu quin és, el podeu seleccionar de l'arbre:" +msgstr "" +"Si l'instal·lador no ha detectat correctament el monitor i sabeu quin és, el " +"podeu seleccionar de l'arbre:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73 @@ -873,11 +1090,16 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Genèric</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84 msgid "" "selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as " -"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is" -" often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card " -"driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once " -"again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections." -msgstr "Seleccionant aquest grup se us presentaran gairebé 30 configuracions de pantalles, per exemple 1024x768 @ 60Hz i inclou pantalles planes com les dels portàtils. Sovint aquest és un bon grup de selecció de monitors en cas que feu servir Vesa perquè el maquinari de vídeo no ha estat determinat automàticament. De nou, sigueu prudents en les vostres seleccions." +"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is " +"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver " +"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it " +"may be wise to be conservative in your selections." +msgstr "" +"Seleccionant aquest grup se us presentaran gairebé 30 configuracions de " +"pantalles, per exemple 1024x768 @ 60Hz i inclou pantalles planes com les " +"dels portàtils. Sovint aquest és un bon grup de selecció de monitors en cas " +"que feu servir Vesa perquè el maquinari de vídeo no ha estat determinat " +"automàticament. De nou, sigueu prudents en les vostres seleccions." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake.xml:19 @@ -887,47 +1109,64 @@ msgstr "Particionament personalitzat del disc amb DiskDrake" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/diskdrake.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" " -"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:33 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " -"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The" -" encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " +"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " +"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " "set, otherwise your system will be unbootable." -msgstr "Si voleu fer servir xifratge a la partició <literal>/</literal> assegureu-vos que teniu una partició <literal>/boot</literal> separada. Cal que l'opció de xifratge estigui deshabilitada per a la partició <literal>/boot</literal>. Si no, el sistema no arrencarà." +msgstr "" +"Si voleu fer servir xifratge a la partició <literal>/</literal> assegureu-" +"vos que teniu una partició <literal>/boot</literal> separada. Cal que " +"l'opció de xifratge estigui deshabilitada per a la partició <literal>/boot</" +"literal>. Si no, el sistema no arrencarà." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:39 msgid "" -"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions," -" change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " +"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " "is in them before you start." -msgstr "Ajusteu aquí l'estructura dels discs. Podeu eliminar o bé crear particions, canviar el sistema de fitxers d'una partició, o bé canviar-ne la mida o, fins i tot, veure'n el contingut abans de començar." +msgstr "" +"Ajusteu aquí l'estructura dels discs. Podeu eliminar o bé crear particions, " +"canviar el sistema de fitxers d'una partició, o bé canviar-ne la mida o, " +"fins i tot, veure'n el contingut abans de començar." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:42 msgid "" -"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an" -" USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." -msgstr "Hi ha una pestanya per a cada disc dur o altre dispositiu d'emmagatzematge detectats, com ara una clau de memòria USB. Per exemple, sda, sdb i sdc si n'hi ha tres." +"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " +"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." +msgstr "" +"Hi ha una pestanya per a cada disc dur o altre dispositiu d'emmagatzematge " +"detectats, com ara una clau de memòria USB. Per exemple, sda, sdb i sdc si " +"n'hi ha tres." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:45 msgid "" -"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected" -" storage device" -msgstr "Premeu <guibutton>Neteja-ho tot</guibutton> per a eliminar totes les particions del dispositiu d'emmagatzematge seleccionat." +"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " +"storage device" +msgstr "" +"Premeu <guibutton>Neteja-ho tot</guibutton> per a eliminar totes les " +"particions del dispositiu d'emmagatzematge seleccionat." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." -msgstr "Per a totes les altres accions: cliqueu primer a la partició desitjada. Llavors inspeccioneu-la, o bé trieu-ne un sistema de fitxers i un punt de muntatge, redimensioneu-la, o bé elimineu-la." +msgstr "" +"Per a totes les altres accions: cliqueu primer a la partició desitjada. " +"Llavors inspeccioneu-la, o bé trieu-ne un sistema de fitxers i un punt de " +"muntatge, redimensioneu-la, o bé elimineu-la." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:49 @@ -950,21 +1189,28 @@ msgid "" "In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the " "solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install " "<application>Mageia</application>." -msgstr "En aquesta pantalla podeu veure en contingut del(s) disc(s) dur(s) i les propostes de l'auxiliar de particionament de DrakX sobre on instal·lar <application>Mageia</application>." +msgstr "" +"En aquesta pantalla podeu veure en contingut del(s) disc(s) dur(s) i les " +"propostes de l'auxiliar de particionament de DrakX sobre on instal·lar " +"<application>Mageia</application>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33 msgid "" "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your " "particular hard drive(s) layout and content." -msgstr "Les opcions disponibles a la llista de sota poden variar en funció de la disposició i contingut del(s) vostre(s) disc(s) dur(s) en particular." +msgstr "" +"Les opcions disponibles a la llista de sota poden variar en funció de la " +"disposició i contingut del(s) vostre(s) disc(s) dur(s) en particular." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45 @@ -976,7 +1222,9 @@ msgstr "Utilitza les particions existents" msgid "" "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have " "been found and may be used for the installation." -msgstr "Si aquesta opció està disponible, vol dir que s'han trobat particions compatibles amb Linux i es podrien fer servir per a la instal·lació." +msgstr "" +"Si aquesta opció està disponible, vol dir que s'han trobat particions " +"compatibles amb Linux i es podrien fer servir per a la instal·lació." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54 @@ -986,9 +1234,11 @@ msgstr "Utilitza l'espai lliure" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for" -" your new Mageia installation." -msgstr "Si teniu espai lliure al disc dur, aquesta opció l'aprofitarà per a la instal·lació de Mageia." +"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for " +"your new Mageia installation." +msgstr "" +"Si teniu espai lliure al disc dur, aquesta opció l'aprofitarà per a la " +"instal·lació de Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62 @@ -998,9 +1248,11 @@ msgstr "Utilitza l'espai lliure en una partició Windows" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may" -" offer to use it." -msgstr "Si teniu espai lliure en una partició Windows existent, pot ser que l'instal·lador us proposi utilitzar-la." +"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may " +"offer to use it." +msgstr "" +"Si teniu espai lliure en una partició Windows existent, pot ser que " +"l'instal·lador us proposi utilitzar-la." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69 @@ -1008,7 +1260,10 @@ msgid "" "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, " "but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all " "important files!" -msgstr "Aquesta és una bona manera de fer lloc per a la nova instal·lació de Mageia, però és una operació arriscada i per tant hauríeu d'estar segurs d'haver fet una còpia de seguretat dels fitxers importants." +msgstr "" +"Aquesta és una bona manera de fer lloc per a la nova instal·lació de Mageia, " +"però és una operació arriscada i per tant hauríeu d'estar segurs d'haver fet " +"una còpia de seguretat dels fitxers importants." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74 @@ -1019,7 +1274,14 @@ msgid "" "although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been " "moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to " "back up your personal files." -msgstr "Tingueu en ment que això implica encongir la partició de Windows. La partició ha d'estar «neta», és a dir, Windows s'ha d'haver tancat correctament la darrera vegada que es va fer servir. També cal que hagi estat desfragmentada, tot i que això no és garantia que els fitxers de la partició hagin estat desplaçats fora de la regió que s'està a punt de fer servir. És altament recomanable fer una còpia de seguretat dels fitxers personals." +msgstr "" +"Tingueu en ment que això implica encongir la partició de Windows. La " +"partició ha d'estar «neta», és a dir, Windows s'ha d'haver tancat " +"correctament la darrera vegada que es va fer servir. També cal que hagi " +"estat desfragmentada, tot i que això no és garantia que els fitxers de la " +"partició hagin estat desplaçats fora de la regió que s'està a punt de fer " +"servir. És altament recomanable fer una còpia de seguretat dels fitxers " +"personals." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84 @@ -1034,7 +1296,8 @@ msgstr "Aquesta opció utilitzarà tota la unitat per a Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!" -msgstr "Nota! Això esborrarà TOTES les dades del disc dur seleccionat. Vigileu!" +msgstr "" +"Nota! Això esborrarà TOTES les dades del disc dur seleccionat. Vigileu!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93 @@ -1042,7 +1305,9 @@ msgid "" "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already " "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use " "this option." -msgstr "Si teniu pensat fer servir part del disc per a alguna altra cosa, o bé ja teniu dades al disc que no voleu perdre, llavors no feu servir aquesta opció." +msgstr "" +"Si teniu pensat fer servir part del disc per a alguna altra cosa, o bé ja " +"teniu dades al disc que no voleu perdre, llavors no feu servir aquesta opció." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100 @@ -1052,9 +1317,11 @@ msgstr "Personalitzat" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 msgid "" -"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your" -" hard drive(s)." -msgstr "Aquesta opció us dóna control total sobre la localització de la instal·lació al(s) disc(s) dur(s)." +"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " +"hard drive(s)." +msgstr "" +"Aquesta opció us dóna control total sobre la localització de la instal·lació " +"al(s) disc(s) dur(s)." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109 @@ -1063,10 +1330,18 @@ msgid "" "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " "hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested " "with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 " -"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning" -" tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " +"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning " +"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " "settings:" -msgstr "Alguns discs nous fan servir ara sectors lògics de 4096 bytes, en lloc dels sectors lògics de 512 bytes, estàndards fins ara. Degut a la manca de maquinari disponible, l'eina de particionament utilitzada per l'instal·lador no s'ha pogut provar amb un dispositiu d'aquestes característiques. A més, alguns discs SSD fan servir actualment un bloc d'esborrament de més d'1MB. Si teniu algun d'aquests dispositius, us recomanem de fer un preparticionament del disc, utilitzant alguna eina de partionament alternativa, com ara gparted, i feu servir la configuració següent:" +msgstr "" +"Alguns discs nous fan servir ara sectors lògics de 4096 bytes, en lloc dels " +"sectors lògics de 512 bytes, estàndards fins ara. Degut a la manca de " +"maquinari disponible, l'eina de particionament utilitzada per l'instal·lador " +"no s'ha pogut provar amb un dispositiu d'aquestes característiques. A més, " +"alguns discs SSD fan servir actualment un bloc d'esborrament de més d'1MB. " +"Si teniu algun d'aquests dispositius, us recomanem de fer un " +"preparticionament del disc, utilitzant alguna eina de partionament " +"alternativa, com ara gparted, i feu servir la configuració següent:" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117 @@ -1082,7 +1357,9 @@ msgstr "\"Espai lliure que precedeix a (MiB)\" \"2\"" #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 msgid "" "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." -msgstr "Assegureu-vos també que totes les particions s'han creat amb un nombre parell de megabytes." +msgstr "" +"Assegureu-vos també que totes les particions s'han creat amb un nombre " +"parell de megabytes." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3 @@ -1099,8 +1376,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "February 2014" msgstr "Febrer 2014" -#. type: Content of: -#. <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 msgid "Mageia 4" msgstr "Mageia 4" @@ -1123,10 +1399,13 @@ msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" -"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which" -" screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " +"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " "while installing." -msgstr "No tothom veurà totes les pantalles d'instal·lació que apareixen en aquest manual. Les imatges que veureu dependran del vostre maquinari i de les decisions que aneu prenent durant la instal·lació." +msgstr "" +"No tothom veurà totes les pantalles d'instal·lació que apareixen en aquest " +"manual. Les imatges que veureu dependran del vostre maquinari i de les " +"decisions que aneu prenent durant la instal·lació." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10 @@ -1137,64 +1416,82 @@ msgstr "</note>" #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" -"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." -msgstr "Els textos i les captures de pantalla d'aquest manual estan disponibles sota la llicència CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" +"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +msgstr "" +"Els textos i les captures de pantalla d'aquest manual estan disponibles sota " +"la llicència CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/" +"licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link " -"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link " -"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." -msgstr "Aquest manual ha estat creat amb l'ajuda de <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> desenvolupat per <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>" +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +msgstr "" +"Aquest manual ha estat creat amb l'ajuda de <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> desenvolupat per <link ns6:href=\"http://" +"www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link " -"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation " -"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." -msgstr "L'han escrit voluntaris durant el seu temps lliure. Si voleu ajudar a millorar-lo, contacteu l'<link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">equip de documentació</link>." +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" +"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" +"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +msgstr "" +"L'han escrit voluntaris durant el seu temps lliure. Si voleu ajudar a " +"millorar-lo, contacteu l'<link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"Documentation_team\">equip de documentació</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 msgid "Congratulations" msgstr "Enhorabona" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text #. same day, added "s" to "sytems" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/exitInstall.xml:14 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:21 msgid "" -"You have finished installing and configuring " -"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the " -"installation medium and reboot your computer." -msgstr "Heu acabat d'instal·lar i configurar <application>Mageia</application> i ara és segur treure el suport d'instal·lació i arrencar de nou l'ordinador." +"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</" +"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot " +"your computer." +msgstr "" +"Heu acabat d'instal·lar i configurar <application>Mageia</application> i ara " +"és segur treure el suport d'instal·lació i arrencar de nou l'ordinador." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:25 msgid "" -"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating" -" systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." -msgstr "Després de l'arrencada, a la pantalla del carregador d'arrencada podeu triar entre els diversos sistemes operatius instal·lats (si n'hi ha més d'un)." +"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating " +"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." +msgstr "" +"Després de l'arrencada, a la pantalla del carregador d'arrencada podeu triar " +"entre els diversos sistemes operatius instal·lats (si n'hi ha més d'un)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:28 msgid "" "If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install " "will be automatically selected and started." -msgstr "Si no heu ajustat la configuració del carregador d'arrencada, se seleccionarà automàticament la instal·lació Mageia i s'iniciarà." +msgstr "" +"Si no heu ajustat la configuració del carregador d'arrencada, se " +"seleccionarà automàticament la instal·lació Mageia i s'iniciarà." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:31 @@ -1206,43 +1503,53 @@ msgstr "Gaudiu!" msgid "" "Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to " "Mageia" -msgstr "Visiteu www.mageia.org si teniu algun dubte o voleu col·laborar amb Mageia." +msgstr "" +"Visiteu www.mageia.org si teniu algun dubte o voleu col·laborar amb Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:4 msgid "Formatting" msgstr "Formatació" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\"" -" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> " -"</imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:25 msgid "" "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on " "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved." -msgstr "Aquí podeu triar les particions que voleu formatar. Es conservaran totes les dades de les particions que <emphasis>no</emphasis> estiguin marcades per a formatar." +msgstr "" +"Aquí podeu triar les particions que voleu formatar. Es conservaran totes les " +"dades de les particions que <emphasis>no</emphasis> estiguin marcades per a " +"formatar." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:29 msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted" -msgstr "Normalment cal formatar com a mínim les particions seleccionades per DrakX." +msgstr "" +"Normalment cal formatar com a mínim les particions seleccionades per DrakX." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:32 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to " "check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>" -msgstr "Feu clic a <guibutton>Avançat</guibutton> per a triar les particions on voleu comprovar si hi ha <emphasis>blocs defectuosos</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Feu clic a <guibutton>Avançat</guibutton> per a triar les particions on " +"voleu comprovar si hi ha <emphasis>blocs defectuosos</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:37 @@ -1251,14 +1558,21 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> " "and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen. " "In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions." -msgstr "Si no esteu segurs d'haver triar l'opció correcta, podeu clicar a <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton>, novament a <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> i llavors a <guibutton>Personalitzat</guibutton> per a tornar a la pantalla principal. En aquella pantalla podreu visualitzar el contingut de les particions." +msgstr "" +"Si no esteu segurs d'haver triar l'opció correcta, podeu clicar a " +"<guibutton>Anterior</guibutton>, novament a <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> " +"i llavors a <guibutton>Personalitzat</guibutton> per a tornar a la pantalla " +"principal. En aquella pantalla podreu visualitzar el contingut de les " +"particions." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:44 msgid "" -"When you are confident about the selection, click on " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue." -msgstr "Quan estigueu segur de la selecció cliqueu a <guibutton>Següent</guibutton> per a continuar." +"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton> to continue." +msgstr "" +"Quan estigueu segur de la selecció cliqueu a <guibutton>Següent</guibutton> " +"per a continuar." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:17 @@ -1271,14 +1585,19 @@ msgid "" "Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia " "Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as " "possible." -msgstr "Tant si sou nou en GNU-Linux com si sou un usuari amb experiència, l'instal·lador de Mageia està dissenyat per a ajudar-vos a fer la instal·lació o actualització tan fàcil com sigui possible." +msgstr "" +"Tant si sou nou en GNU-Linux com si sou un usuari amb experiència, " +"l'instal·lador de Mageia està dissenyat per a ajudar-vos a fer la " +"instal·lació o actualització tan fàcil com sigui possible." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:28 msgid "" "The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will " "start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need." -msgstr "La pantalla del menú inicial té diverses opcions, però l'opció predeterminada engegarà l'instal·lador, que normalment és tot el que cal." +msgstr "" +"La pantalla del menú inicial té diverses opcions, però l'opció " +"predeterminada engegarà l'instal·lador, que normalment és tot el que cal." #. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:34 @@ -1293,14 +1612,15 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><para> #: en/installer.xml:37 msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:" -msgstr "Aquesta és la pantalla de benvinguda per defecte quan s'utilitza un DVD Mageia:" +msgstr "" +"Aquesta és la pantalla de benvinguda per defecte quan s'utilitza un DVD " +"Mageia:" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:40 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> @@ -1312,7 +1632,9 @@ msgstr "" #: en/installer.xml:46 msgid "" "From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:" -msgstr "A partir d'aquesta primera pantalla, és possible establir algunes preferències personals:" +msgstr "" +"A partir d'aquesta primera pantalla, és possible establir algunes " +"preferències personals:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:51 @@ -1323,7 +1645,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:57 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1335,9 +1658,9 @@ msgstr "" #: en/installer.xml:65 msgid "" "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. " -"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue " -"System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware " -"Detection Tool</guilabel>." +"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</" +"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection " +"Tool</guilabel>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> @@ -1352,7 +1675,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:85 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1411,7 +1735,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:123 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1429,7 +1754,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:139 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1443,7 +1769,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:152 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> @@ -1463,9 +1790,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are " "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-" -"based Installation CD, see <link " -"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">the Mageia " -"Wiki</link>" +"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot." +"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> @@ -1476,8 +1802,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:179 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> @@ -1488,24 +1814,30 @@ msgstr "Els passos de la instal·lació" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:189 msgid "" -"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed" -" on the side panel of the screen." -msgstr "El procés d'instal·lació està dividit en un seguit de passos, que es poden veure en el plafó lateral de la pantalla." +"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " +"on the side panel of the screen." +msgstr "" +"El procés d'instal·lació està dividit en un seguit de passos, que es poden " +"veure en el plafó lateral de la pantalla." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:192 msgid "" -"Each step has one or more screens which may also have " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, " -"options." -msgstr "Cada pas té una o més pantalles, que a la vegada poden tenir botons<guibutton>Avançat</guibutton> amb opcions suplementàries menys habituals." +"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" +"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." +msgstr "" +"Cada pas té una o més pantalles, que a la vegada poden tenir " +"botons<guibutton>Avançat</guibutton> amb opcions suplementàries menys " +"habituals." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:196 msgid "" "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " "explanations about the current step." -msgstr "La majoria de les pantalles tenen un botó <guibutton>Ajuda</guibutton> que dóna més explicacions sobre el pas actual." +msgstr "" +"La majoria de les pantalles tenen un botó <guibutton>Ajuda</guibutton> que " +"dóna més explicacions sobre el pas actual." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:200 @@ -1515,84 +1847,103 @@ msgid "" "partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your " "computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well " "leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure " -"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys" -" <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " +"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys " +"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot." -msgstr "Si en algun moment de la instal·lació decidiu aturar-la, és possible tornar a iniciar l'ordinador, però penseu-vos-ho dues vegades abans de fer-ho. Un cop s'ha formatat una partició o les actualitzacions s'han començat a instal·lar, l'ordinador ja no es troba en el mateix estat, i reiniciar-lo podria ben bé deixar-lo inservible. Si tot i això esteu ben segur de voler-lo reiniciar, aneu a un terminal de text prement alhora les tres tecles <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>. Després premeu alhora <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete </guibutton> per a reiniciar." +msgstr "" +"Si en algun moment de la instal·lació decidiu aturar-la, és possible tornar " +"a iniciar l'ordinador, però penseu-vos-ho dues vegades abans de fer-ho. Un " +"cop s'ha formatat una partició o les actualitzacions s'han començat a " +"instal·lar, l'ordinador ja no es troba en el mateix estat, i reiniciar-lo " +"podria ben bé deixar-lo inservible. Si tot i això esteu ben segur de voler-" +"lo reiniciar, aneu a un terminal de text prement alhora les tres tecles " +"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>. Després premeu alhora <guibutton>Alt " +"Ctrl Delete </guibutton> per a reiniciar." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:215 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:214 msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" msgstr "Problemes en la instal·lació i possibles solucions" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:221 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:220 msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "Sense interfície gràfica" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:226 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:225 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " "resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt." -msgstr "Després de la pantalla inicial no arriba a la pàgina de selecció de la llengua. Això pot passar amb algunes targetes gràfiques de sistemes antics. Proveu a fer servir una resolució baixa, teclejant <code>vgalo</code> a la consola." +msgstr "" +"Després de la pantalla inicial no arriba a la pàgina de selecció de la " +"llengua. Això pot passar amb algunes targetes gràfiques de sistemes antics. " +"Proveu a fer servir una resolució baixa, teclejant <code>vgalo</code> a la " +"consola." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:233 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:232 msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " "ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be " -"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit" -" ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." +"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit " +"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:245 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:244 msgid "The Install Freezes" msgstr "La instal·lació es penja" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:248 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:247 msgid "" "If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a " "problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of " "hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type " "<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with " "other options as necessary." -msgstr "Si el sistema sembla que es congela durant la instal·lació, pot ser degut a un problema en la detecció del maquinari. En aquest cas us podeu saltar la detecció automàtica i deixar-la per més tard. Per a provar-ho, teclegeu <code>noauto</code> a la consola. Si cal, aquesta opció es pot combinar amb d'altres." +msgstr "" +"Si el sistema sembla que es congela durant la instal·lació, pot ser degut a " +"un problema en la detecció del maquinari. En aquest cas us podeu saltar la " +"detecció automàtica i deixar-la per més tard. Per a provar-ho, teclegeu " +"<code>noauto</code> a la consola. Si cal, aquesta opció es pot combinar amb " +"d'altres." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:257 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:256 msgid "RAM problem" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:260 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:259 msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " -"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. " -"e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." -msgstr "Això rarament serà necessari, però en alguns casos pot ser que l'informe de maquinari indiqui la RAM disponible de forma errònia. Per a especificar-la manualment, podeu fer servir el paràmetre <code>mem=xxxM</code>, on xxx és la quantitat correcta de RAM. Per exemple, <code>mem=256M</code> significaria 256MB de RAM." +"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e." +"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." +msgstr "" +"Això rarament serà necessari, però en alguns casos pot ser que l'informe de " +"maquinari indiqui la RAM disponible de forma errònia. Per a especificar-la " +"manualment, podeu fer servir el paràmetre <code>mem=xxxM</code>, on xxx és " +"la quantitat correcta de RAM. Per exemple, <code>mem=256M</code> " +"significaria 256MB de RAM." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:269 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:268 msgid "Dynamic partitions" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:272 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:271 msgid "" "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " "on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: " -"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" -"us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" -"us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." +"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx" +"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -1600,29 +1951,29 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Updates" msgstr "Actualitzacions" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" -#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" -#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" -#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" -#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore -#. correct html filename -#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename +#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installUpdates.xml:13 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:19 msgid "" "Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some " "packages will have been updated or improved." -msgstr "Des del llançament d'aquesta versió de <application>Mageia</application> s'han actualitzat o millorat alguns paquets." +msgstr "" +"Des del llançament d'aquesta versió de <application>Mageia</application> " +"s'han actualitzat o millorat alguns paquets." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:23 @@ -1630,7 +1981,10 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, " "select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you " "aren't connected to the Internet" -msgstr "Trieu <guilabel>Sí</guilabel> si voleu descarregar-los i instal·lar-los, trieu <guilabel>No</guilabel> si no ho voleu fer ara o si no teniu connexió a Internet" +msgstr "" +"Trieu <guilabel>Sí</guilabel> si voleu descarregar-los i instal·lar-los, " +"trieu <guilabel>No</guilabel> si no ho voleu fer ara o si no teniu connexió " +"a Internet" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:28 @@ -1642,55 +1996,72 @@ msgstr "Llavors premeu <guibutton>Següent</guibutton> per a continuar." msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "Selecció del suport (Nonfree)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the -#. same as for add_supplemental_media) -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html -#. filename was wrong) +#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/media_selection.xml:12 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" -"=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:18 msgid "" "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are " -"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories" -" selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " +"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories " +"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " "the next steps." -msgstr "Aquí teniu una llista de tots els dipòsits disponibles. No tots els dipòsits estan disponibles, depenent del suport que feu servir per a la instal·lació. La selecció dels dipòsits determina quins paquets es proposaran per a seleccionar durant els següents passos." +msgstr "" +"Aquí teniu una llista de tots els dipòsits disponibles. No tots els dipòsits " +"estan disponibles, depenent del suport que feu servir per a la instal·lació. " +"La selecció dels dipòsits determina quins paquets es proposaran per a " +"seleccionar durant els següents passos." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:25 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains " "the base of the distribution." -msgstr "El dipòsit <emphasis>Core</emphasis> no pot ser deshabilitat perquè conté la base de la instal·lació." +msgstr "" +"El dipòsit <emphasis>Core</emphasis> no pot ser deshabilitat perquè conté la " +"base de la instal·lació." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:30 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-" -"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source" -" software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " +"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source " +"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " "nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi " "cards, etc." -msgstr "El dipòsit <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> inclou paquets gratuïts, i per tant Mageia els pot distribuir, però contenen programari no lliure (d'aquí el nom - Nonfree). Per exemple, aquest dipòsit inclou pilots de propietat per a targetes gràfiques nVidia i ATI, microprogramari per a diverses targetes WiFi, etc." +msgstr "" +"El dipòsit <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> inclou paquets gratuïts, i per tant " +"Mageia els pot distribuir, però contenen programari no lliure (d'aquí el nom " +"- Nonfree). Per exemple, aquest dipòsit inclou pilots de propietat per a " +"targetes gràfiques nVidia i ATI, microprogramari per a diverses targetes " +"WiFi, etc." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:38 msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under" -" a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository " -"is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g." -" Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed" -" to play commercial video DVD, etc." -msgstr "El dipòsit <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> inclou paquets publicats sota una llicència lliure. El principal criteri per a posar-los en aquest dipòsit és que poden infringir patents o bé lleis de drets de còpia en alguns països. Per exemple, els còdecs necessaris per a reproduir diversos fitxers àudio/vídeo; paquets per a poder reproduir DVD de vídeo comercials, etc." +"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under " +"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is " +"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. " +"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed " +"to play commercial video DVD, etc." +msgstr "" +"El dipòsit <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> inclou paquets publicats sota una " +"llicència lliure. El principal criteri per a posar-los en aquest dipòsit és " +"que poden infringir patents o bé lleis de drets de còpia en alguns països. " +"Per exemple, els còdecs necessaris per a reproduir diversos fitxers àudio/" +"vídeo; paquets per a poder reproduir DVD de vídeo comercials, etc." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/minimal-install.xml:3 @@ -1701,9 +2072,12 @@ msgstr "Instal·lació mínima" #: en/minimal-install.xml:9 msgid "" "You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the " -"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref " -"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." -msgstr "Podeu triar una instal·lació mínima desseleccionant-ho tot a la pantalla de selecció de grups de paquets. Vegeu <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." +"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" +"xref>." +msgstr "" +"Podeu triar una instal·lació mínima desseleccionant-ho tot a la pantalla de " +"selecció de grups de paquets. Vegeu <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" +"xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:10 @@ -1712,14 +2086,21 @@ msgid "" "their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised " "workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package " "Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." -msgstr "La instal·lació mínima és per a aquelles persones que tenen en ment uns usos específics de <application>Mageia</application>, com ara un servidor o bé una estació de treball especialitzada. Probablement es farà servir aquesta opció combinada amb la Selecció Manual de Paquets, vegeu <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." +msgstr "" +"La instal·lació mínima és per a aquelles persones que tenen en ment uns usos " +"específics de <application>Mageia</application>, com ara un servidor o bé " +"una estació de treball especialitzada. Probablement es farà servir aquesta " +"opció combinada amb la Selecció Manual de Paquets, vegeu <xref linkend=" +"\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:14 msgid "" "If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer " "you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X." -msgstr "Si seleccioneu aquesta classe d'instal·lació, la pantalla següent us proposarà d'instal·lar alguns extres útils, com ara la documentació i les X." +msgstr "" +"Si seleccioneu aquesta classe d'instal·lació, la pantalla següent us " +"proposarà d'instal·lar alguns extres útils, com ara la documentació i les X." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/minimal-install.xml:19 @@ -1727,34 +2108,37 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:3 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" msgstr "Resum dels paràmetres diversos" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-) -#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages -#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and -#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph -#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. -#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by -#. linkend="setupBootloader" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, -#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files +#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages +#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and +#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph +#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. +#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:33 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:38 @@ -1763,7 +2147,11 @@ msgid "" "the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the " "settings here and change them if you want after pressing " "<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>." -msgstr "DrakX ha fet unes tries adequades per a la configuració del sistema, en funció de les tries que heu fet i del maquinari detectat. Podeu comprovar aquí la configuració i canviar-la prement el botó <guibutton>Configura</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"DrakX ha fet unes tries adequades per a la configuració del sistema, en " +"funció de les tries que heu fet i del maquinari detectat. Podeu comprovar " +"aquí la configuració i canviar-la prement el botó <guibutton>Configura</" +"guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:45 @@ -1779,9 +2167,11 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Zona horària</guilabel>" #: en/misc-params.xml:52 msgid "" "DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. " -"You can change it if needed. See also <xref " -"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" -msgstr "DrakX us ha triat una zona horària basant-se en la llengua de preferència. Si cal la podeu canviar. Vegeu també <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" +"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/" +">" +msgstr "" +"DrakX us ha triat una zona horària basant-se en la llengua de preferència. " +"Si cal la podeu canviar. Vegeu també <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:58 @@ -1793,7 +2183,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>País / Regió</guilabel>" msgid "" "If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you " "correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" -msgstr "Si no us trobeu al país seleccionat, és molt important que corregiu la configuració. Vegeu <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Si no us trobeu al país seleccionat, és molt important que corregiu la " +"configuració. Vegeu <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:67 @@ -1803,7 +2195,8 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Carregador d'arrencada</guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:69 msgid "DrakX has made good choices for the bootloader setting." -msgstr "DraxK ha fet una bona tria per a la configuració del carregador d'arrencada." +msgstr "" +"DraxK ha fet una bona tria per a la configuració del carregador d'arrencada." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:72 @@ -1824,9 +2217,11 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Gestió d'usuaris</guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:83 msgid "" -"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own " -"<literal>/home</literal> directories." -msgstr "Aquí podeu afegir usuaris suplementaris. Cadascun tindrà el seu propi directori <literal>/home</literal>." +"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</" +"literal> directories." +msgstr "" +"Aquí podeu afegir usuaris suplementaris. Cadascun tindrà el seu propi " +"directori <literal>/home</literal>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:89 @@ -1838,14 +2233,19 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Serveis</guilabel>:" msgid "" "System services refer to those small programs which run the background " "(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks." -msgstr "Els serveis de sistema es refereixen a petits programes que corren en segon pla (dimonis). Aquesta eina us permet habilitar o deshabilitar determinades tasques." +msgstr "" +"Els serveis de sistema es refereixen a petits programes que corren en segon " +"pla (dimonis). Aquesta eina us permet habilitar o deshabilitar determinades " +"tasques." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:95 msgid "" "You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may " "prevent your computer from operating correctly." -msgstr "Penseu-vos-ho bé abans de canviar res aquí - una errada podria fer que l'ordinador no funcionés correctament." +msgstr "" +"Penseu-vos-ho bé abans de canviar res aquí - una errada podria fer que " +"l'ordinador no funcionés correctament." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:99 @@ -1867,7 +2267,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Teclat</guilabel>:" msgid "" "This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on " "your location, language or type of keyboard." -msgstr "Aquí és on establiu o canvieu la disposició del teclat, que depèn de la vostra localització, llengua o tipus de teclat." +msgstr "" +"Aquí és on establiu o canvieu la disposició del teclat, que depèn de la " +"vostra localització, llengua o tipus de teclat." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:119 @@ -1879,7 +2281,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Ratolí</guilabel>:" msgid "" "Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs " "etc." -msgstr "Aquí podeu afegir i configurar altres dispositius apuntadors, tauletes, ratolins de bola, etc." +msgstr "" +"Aquí podeu afegir i configurar altres dispositius apuntadors, tauletes, " +"ratolins de bola, etc." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:126 @@ -1889,10 +2293,13 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Targeta de so</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:129 msgid "" -"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option" -" to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " +"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option " +"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " "driver for your card, but none of them is the default one." -msgstr "L'instal·lador fa servir un controlador predeterminat, si n'hi ha un. L'opció de seleccionar un controlador diferent només apareix quan hi ha més d'un controlador per a la targeta, però cap d'ells és el predeterminat." +msgstr "" +"L'instal·lador fa servir un controlador predeterminat, si n'hi ha un. " +"L'opció de seleccionar un controlador diferent només apareix quan hi ha més " +"d'un controlador per a la targeta, però cap d'ells és el predeterminat." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:136 @@ -1901,9 +2308,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Interfície gràfica</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:139 -msgid "" -"This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." -msgstr "Aquesta secció us permet configurar la targeta gràfica i les pantalles." +msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." +msgstr "" +"Aquesta secció us permet configurar la targeta gràfica i les pantalles." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:142 @@ -1913,10 +2320,11 @@ msgstr "Per a més informació vegeu <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:148 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:156 @@ -1935,14 +2343,20 @@ msgid "" "drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia " "Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media " "repositories." -msgstr "Podeu configurar aquí la xarxa, però per a les targetes de xarxa amb controladors no lliures, si encara no heu habilitat els dipòsits Nonfree, és millor fer-ho després de reiniciar, a l'aplicació <application>Centre de Control de Mageia</application>." +msgstr "" +"Podeu configurar aquí la xarxa, però per a les targetes de xarxa amb " +"controladors no lliures, si encara no heu habilitat els dipòsits Nonfree, és " +"millor fer-ho després de reiniciar, a l'aplicació <application>Centre de " +"Control de Mageia</application>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:171 msgid "" "When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch " "that interface as well." -msgstr "Quan afegiu una targeta de xarxa, no us oblideu de configurar el tallafoc perquè vigili també aquella interfície." +msgstr "" +"Quan afegiu una targeta de xarxa, no us oblideu de configurar el tallafoc " +"perquè vigili també aquella interfície." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:178 @@ -1955,14 +2369,19 @@ msgid "" "A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider " "internet. This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a " "proxy service." -msgstr "Un servidor intermediari actua entre l'ordinador i internet. Aquesta secció us permet configurar el vostre ordinador perquè utilitzi un servidor intermediari." +msgstr "" +"Un servidor intermediari actua entre l'ordinador i internet. Aquesta secció " +"us permet configurar el vostre ordinador perquè utilitzi un servidor " +"intermediari." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:185 msgid "" -"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you" -" need to enter here" -msgstr "Potser heu de consultar l'administrador de sistemes per a obtenir els paràmetres que cal posar aquí" +"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you " +"need to enter here" +msgstr "" +"Potser heu de consultar l'administrador de sistemes per a obtenir els " +"paràmetres que cal posar aquí" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:194 @@ -1977,9 +2396,12 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Nivell de seguretat</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:202 msgid "" -"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default" -" setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." -msgstr "Aquí podeu establir el nivell de seguretat de l'ordinador. La majoria de vegades la configuració predeterminada (Estàndard) és adequada per a un ús general." +"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default " +"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." +msgstr "" +"Aquí podeu establir el nivell de seguretat de l'ordinador. La majoria de " +"vegades la configuració predeterminada (Estàndard) és adequada per a un ús " +"general." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:206 @@ -1996,50 +2418,63 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Tallafoc</guilabel>:" msgid "" "A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the " "rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it." -msgstr "Un tallafoc actua de barrera entre les vostres dades importants i els espavilats que ronden per internet amb intenció de comprometre-les o robar-les." +msgstr "" +"Un tallafoc actua de barrera entre les vostres dades importants i els " +"espavilats que ronden per internet amb intenció de comprometre-les o robar-" +"les." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:217 msgid "" "Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your " "selections will depend on what you use your computer for." -msgstr "Seleccioneu els serveis als quals voleu poder accedir. Les seleccions dependran de l'ús que es vulgui donar a l'ordinador." +msgstr "" +"Seleccioneu els serveis als quals voleu poder accedir. Les seleccions " +"dependran de l'ús que es vulgui donar a l'ordinador." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:222 msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky." -msgstr "Tingueu present que permetre-ho tot (sense tallafoc) pot ser molt arriscat." +msgstr "" +"Tingueu present que permetre-ho tot (sense tallafoc) pot ser molt arriscat." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16 msgid "" "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " "partition" -msgstr "Redimensiona la partició <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>" +msgstr "" +"Redimensiona la partició <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" +"application>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20 msgid "" -"You have more than one " -"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition. " -"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing " +"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" +"application> partition. Choose which one should be made smaller to make " +"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>." +msgstr "" +"Teniu més d'una partició <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" +"application>. Trieu quina cal reduir per a fer lloc per a instal·lar " "<application>Mageia</application>." -msgstr "Teniu més d'una partició <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>. Trieu quina cal reduir per a fer lloc per a instal·lar <application>Mageia</application>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/securityLevel.xml:12 msgid "Security Level" msgstr "Nivell de seguretat" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/securityLevel.xml:19 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:24 @@ -2057,25 +2492,28 @@ msgstr "Si no sabeu què triar, no toqueu les opcions predeterminades." msgid "" "After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings " "in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center." -msgstr "Després de la instal·lació sempre és possible ajustar la configuració de seguretat a la part de <guilabel>Seguretat</guilabel> del Centre de Control de Mageia." +msgstr "" +"Després de la instal·lació sempre és possible ajustar la configuració de " +"seguretat a la part de <guilabel>Seguretat</guilabel> del Centre de Control " +"de Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:5 msgid "Select and use ISOs" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:8 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:9 msgid "Media" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:11 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:12 msgid "Definition" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:13 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:14 msgid "" "Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to " "install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO " @@ -2083,212 +2521,189 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:18 msgid "" -"You can find them <link " -"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">here</link>." +"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" +"\">here</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:21 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:22 msgid "Classical installation media" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:24 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:92 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:199 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:25 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:94 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:200 msgid "Common features" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:29 msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:34 msgid "" "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:39 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:41 msgid "DVD" msgstr "DVD" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:45 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:49 msgid "" "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " "Hardware Detection Tool." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:54 msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:59 msgid "" "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:66 msgid "DVD dual arch" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:70 msgid "" "Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made " "automatically according to the detected CPU." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:75 msgid "Uses Xfce desktop only." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:79 msgid "" "Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, " "pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED!" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:84 msgid "It contains non free software." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:89 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:91 msgid "Live media" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:98 msgid "" "Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and " "optionally install Mageia on to your HDD." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:218 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:108 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:172 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:190 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:220 msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:112 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " -"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous " -"releases.</emphasis>" +"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" +"emphasis>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:118 msgid "They contain non free software." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:123 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:124 msgid "Live CD KDE" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:128 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:164 msgid "KDE desktop environment only." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:222 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:132 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:150 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:224 msgid "English language only." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:136 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:154 msgid "32 bit only." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:141 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:142 msgid "Live CD GNOME" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:146 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:182 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:159 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:160 msgid "Live DVD KDE" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:168 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:186 msgid "All languages are present." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:177 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:178 msgid "Live DVD GNOME" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:196 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:197 msgid "Boot-only CD media" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:204 msgid "" -"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to" -" start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other " -"packages that are needed to continue and complete the install. These " -"packages may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or" -" on the Internet." +"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " +"start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages " +"that are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be " +"on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the Internet." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:212 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:213 msgid "" "These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when " "bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a " @@ -2296,63 +2711,61 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:228 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:230 msgid "boot.iso" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:232 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:234 msgid "" "Contains only free software, for those people who refuse to use non-free " "software." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:239 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:243 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:245 msgid "" "Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " "it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:252 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:254 msgid "Downloading and Checking Media" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:255 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:259 msgid "" -"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or" -" BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the" -" mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If " +"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or " +"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the " +"mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If " "http is chosen, you may also see something like" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:264 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:266 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:269 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:271 msgid "" "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of " -"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the" -" file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " +"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " +"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " "number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " "downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a " "failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download.Then this " @@ -2360,94 +2773,96 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:278 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:280 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:283 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:285 msgid "Check the radio button Save File." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:287 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 msgid "Checking the downloaded media integrity" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291 msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:293 msgid "" -"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum " -"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." +"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/" +"file.iso</userinput>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:294 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:296 msgid "" -"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum " -"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." +"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/" +"image/file.iso</userinput>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:297 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 msgid "" -"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a" -" while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" +"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " +"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:301 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:303 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:311 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313 msgid "Burn or dump the ISO" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:315 msgid "" "The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB stick. " "These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a boot-able medium." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:318 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:320 msgid "Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:320 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:322 msgid "" "Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly " "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " -"not correct. There is more information in <link " -"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia" -" wiki</link>." +"not correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki." +"mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:326 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:329 msgid "Dump the ISO to a USB stick" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:328 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:331 msgid "" "All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick " "and then use it to boot and install the system." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:332 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335 msgid "" "\"dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system " "on the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will " @@ -2455,153 +2870,146 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:337 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:340 msgid "To recover the original capacity, you must re-format the USB stick." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:340 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:344 msgid "Using Mageia" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:342 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:346 msgid "" -"You can use a graphical tool like <link " -"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" +"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:344 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:348 msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:348 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 msgid "Open a console" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:356 msgid "" "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the " "final '-' )" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:360 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata contentwidth=\"650\" fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 msgid "" "Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any " "application or file manager that could access or read it)" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:373 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:376 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 msgid "" "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " "in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:389 msgid "" "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX " "bs=1M</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:387 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:394 msgid "" -"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso " -"of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" +"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/" +"dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:400 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:402 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:410 msgid "Using Windows" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:412 msgid "You could try:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:406 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:414 msgid "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:408 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 msgid "" "- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " "Disk Imager</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:425 msgid "Mageia Installation" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:427 msgid "" -"This step is detailed in <link " -"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">the Mageia documentation</link>." +"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" +"\">the Mageia documentation</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:430 msgid "" -"More information is available in <link " -"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia " -"wiki</link>." +"More information is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -2609,15 +3017,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "Seleccioneu país / regió" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectCountry.xml:21 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:27 @@ -2625,14 +3036,19 @@ msgid "" "Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, " "like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country " "can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network." -msgstr "Seleccioneu el país o la regió. Això és important per a tota mena de configuracions, com ara la moneda o el domini de regulació de la wifi. Si trieu un país equivocat potser no podeu fer anar la xarxa sense fils." +msgstr "" +"Seleccioneu el país o la regió. Això és important per a tota mena de " +"configuracions, com ara la moneda o el domini de regulació de la wifi. Si " +"trieu un país equivocat potser no podeu fer anar la xarxa sense fils." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:32 msgid "" -"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other " -"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." -msgstr "Si el vostre país no es troba a la llista, cliqueu a <guilabel>Altres països</guilabel> i trieu-hi el país o regió." +"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</" +"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." +msgstr "" +"Si el vostre país no es troba a la llista, cliqueu a <guilabel>Altres " +"països</guilabel> i trieu-hi el país o regió." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:37 @@ -2641,7 +3057,11 @@ msgid "" "after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the " "first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real " "choice." -msgstr "Si el vostre país es troba únicament dins de la llista d'<guilabel>Altres països</guilabel>, després de clicar <guibutton>D'acord</guibutton> podria semblar que hi ha seleccionat un dels països de la primera llista. No en feu cas, DrakX respectarà la tria." +msgstr "" +"Si el vostre país es troba únicament dins de la llista d'<guilabel>Altres " +"països</guilabel>, després de clicar <guibutton>D'acord</guibutton> podria " +"semblar que hi ha seleccionat un dels països de la primera llista. No en feu " +"cas, DrakX respectarà la tria." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:46 @@ -2652,14 +3072,23 @@ msgstr "Mètode d'entrada" #: en/selectCountry.xml:49 msgid "" "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " -"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input" -" multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " +"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input " +"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " "default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-" -"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method" -" so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input " -"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be " -"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." -msgstr "A la pantalla d'<guilabel>Altres països</guilabel> també podeu seleccionar un mètode d'entrada (al final de la llista). Els mètodes d'entrada permeten que els usuaris introdueixin caràcters multilingües (xinès, japonès, coreà, etc.). IBus és el mètode d'entrada predeterminat als DVDs de Mageia, i als Live-CD d'Àfrica/Índia i Àsia/no-Índia. Per a les localitzacions d'Àsia i Àfrica, s'establirà IBus com a mètode d'entrada predeterminat, perquè els usuaris no l'hagin de configurar manualment. Altres mètodes d'entrada (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) també proporcionen funcionalitats similars i es poden instal·lar si heu afegit suports HTTP/FTP abans de la selecció de paquets." +"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method " +"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, " +"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you " +"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." +msgstr "" +"A la pantalla d'<guilabel>Altres països</guilabel> també podeu seleccionar " +"un mètode d'entrada (al final de la llista). Els mètodes d'entrada permeten " +"que els usuaris introdueixin caràcters multilingües (xinès, japonès, coreà, " +"etc.). IBus és el mètode d'entrada predeterminat als DVDs de Mageia, i als " +"Live-CD d'Àfrica/Índia i Àsia/no-Índia. Per a les localitzacions d'Àsia i " +"Àfrica, s'establirà IBus com a mètode d'entrada predeterminat, perquè els " +"usuaris no l'hagin de configurar manualment. Altres mètodes d'entrada (SCIM, " +"GCIN, HIME, etc.) també proporcionen funcionalitats similars i es poden " +"instal·lar si heu afegit suports HTTP/FTP abans de la selecció de paquets." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:61 @@ -2667,7 +3096,11 @@ msgid "" "If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it " "after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> " "\"System\", or by running localedrake as root." -msgstr "Si durant la instal·lació us heu oblidat de configurar el mètode d'entrada, hi podeu accedir després de reiniciar el sistema, mitjançant «Configura l'ordinador» -> «Sistema», o bé executant localdrake com a usuari primari." +msgstr "" +"Si durant la instal·lació us heu oblidat de configurar el mètode d'entrada, " +"hi podeu accedir després de reiniciar el sistema, mitjançant «Configura " +"l'ordinador» -> «Sistema», o bé executant localdrake com a usuari " +"primari." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21 @@ -2677,9 +3110,11 @@ msgstr "Instal·la o actualitza" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32 @@ -2690,7 +3125,9 @@ msgstr "Instal·la" #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34 msgid "" "Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation." -msgstr "Utilitzeu aquesta opció per a una nova instal·lació de <application>Mageia</application>." +msgstr "" +"Utilitzeu aquesta opció per a una nova instal·lació de <application>Mageia</" +"application>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39 @@ -2703,7 +3140,9 @@ msgid "" "If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on " "your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the " "latest release." -msgstr "Si teniu una o més instal·lacions de <application>Mageia</application> en el sistema, l'instal·lador us permetrà actualitzar-ne una a la darrera versió." +msgstr "" +"Si teniu una o més instal·lacions de <application>Mageia</application> en el " +"sistema, l'instal·lador us permetrà actualitzar-ne una a la darrera versió." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45 @@ -2711,31 +3150,48 @@ msgid "" "Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still " "supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been " "thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already " -"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do" -" a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." -msgstr "Només s'ha provat completament l'actualització a partir d'una versió de Mageia que <emphasis>encara fos compatible</emphasis> en el moment de publicació d'aquesta versió. Si partiu d'una versió de Mageia que hagués arribat a la fi de vida quan es va publicar aquesta, llavors és molt millor fer una instal·lació neta, conservant la partició <literal>/home</literal>." +"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do " +"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." +msgstr "" +"Només s'ha provat completament l'actualització a partir d'una versió de " +"Mageia que <emphasis>encara fos compatible</emphasis> en el moment de " +"publicació d'aquesta versió. Si partiu d'una versió de Mageia que hagués " +"arribat a la fi de vida quan es va publicar aquesta, llavors és molt millor " +"fer una instal·lació neta, conservant la partició <literal>/home</literal>." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56 msgid "" "If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to " -"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been" -" formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " +"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been " +"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " "the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an " -"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you" -" want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." -msgstr "Si durant la instal·lació decidiu aturar-la, és possible reiniciar l'ordinador, però penseu-vos-ho bé abans de fer-ho. Un cop s'ha formatat una partició o bé s'han començat a instal·lar les actualitzacions, l'ordinador ja no es troba en el mateix estat de partida, i el fet de reiniciar-lo podria fer que l'ordinador ja no es pogués fer servir. Si, tot i així, esteu molt segurs del que voleu, aneu a una terminal de text prement alhora <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>. Després, premeu <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> alhora per a reiniciar." +"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you " +"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</" +"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." +msgstr "" +"Si durant la instal·lació decidiu aturar-la, és possible reiniciar " +"l'ordinador, però penseu-vos-ho bé abans de fer-ho. Un cop s'ha formatat una " +"partició o bé s'han començat a instal·lar les actualitzacions, l'ordinador " +"ja no es troba en el mateix estat de partida, i el fet de reiniciar-lo " +"podria fer que l'ordinador ja no es pogués fer servir. Si, tot i així, esteu " +"molt segurs del que voleu, aneu a una terminal de text prement alhora " +"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>. Després, premeu <guibutton>Alt Ctrl " +"Delete</guibutton> alhora per a reiniciar." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67 msgid "" -"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you" -" can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " -"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do " -"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install." -msgstr "Si us adoneu que us heu oblidat de seleccionar una llengua addicional, podeu tornar des de la pantalla «Instal·la o actualitza» cap a la pantalla de selecció de llengua prement <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Inici</guilabel>. <emphasis>No</emphasis> ho feu més endavant en la instal·lació." +"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you " +"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " +"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</" +"emphasis> do this later in the install." +msgstr "" +"Si us adoneu que us heu oblidat de seleccionar una llengua addicional, podeu " +"tornar des de la pantalla «Instal·la o actualitza» cap a la pantalla de " +"selecció de llengua prement <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Inici</guilabel>. " +"<emphasis>No</emphasis> ho feu més endavant en la instal·lació." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 @@ -2747,43 +3203,61 @@ msgstr "Teclat" msgid "" "DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable " "keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout." -msgstr "DrakX selecciona el teclat adequat per a la vostra llengua. Si no en troba cap, triarà la disposició de teclat US." +msgstr "" +"DrakX selecciona el teclat adequat per a la vostra llengua. Si no en troba " +"cap, triarà la disposició de teclat US." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\"" -" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30 msgid "" "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. " -"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications" -" that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a" -" label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " -"<link " -"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" -msgstr "Assegureu-vos que la selecció és correcta o seleccioneu una altra disposició de teclat. Si no sabeu quina disposició té el vostre teclat, mireu a les especificacions lliurades amb el vostre sistema, o bé pregunteu-ho al proveïdor. Fins i tot pot ser que hi hagi una etiqueta al teclat que n'identifiqui la disposició. També podeu mirar aquí: <link xlink:href=\"http://ca.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mapes_de_teclats\"> ca.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mapes_de_teclats</link>" +"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications " +"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a " +"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " +"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en." +"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +msgstr "" +"Assegureu-vos que la selecció és correcta o seleccioneu una altra disposició " +"de teclat. Si no sabeu quina disposició té el vostre teclat, mireu a les " +"especificacions lliurades amb el vostre sistema, o bé pregunteu-ho al " +"proveïdor. Fins i tot pot ser que hi hagi una etiqueta al teclat que " +"n'identifiqui la disposició. També podeu mirar aquí: <link xlink:href=" +"\"http://ca.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mapes_de_teclats\"> ca.wikipedia.org/wiki/" +"Mapes_de_teclats</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40 msgid "" -"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on " -"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard " -"there." -msgstr "Si el vostre teclat no apareix a la llista mostrada, cliqueu a <guibutton>Més </guibutton> per a obtenir la llista completa, i seleccioneu-hi el teclat." +"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</" +"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there." +msgstr "" +"Si el vostre teclat no apareix a la llista mostrada, cliqueu a " +"<guibutton>Més </guibutton> per a obtenir la llista completa, i seleccioneu-" +"hi el teclat." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45 msgid "" "After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, " -"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though" -" a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " +"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though " +"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " "and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the " "full list." -msgstr "Un cop triat el teclat al diàleg de <guibutton>Més</guibutton>, tornareu al diàleg original de selecció de teclat, i semblarà que hagueu triat un dels teclats que hi apareixen. Podeu ignorar tranquil·lament aquesta anomalia i continuar amb la instal·lació: el teclat que val és el que heu triat a la llista completa." +msgstr "" +"Un cop triat el teclat al diàleg de <guibutton>Més</guibutton>, tornareu al " +"diàleg original de selecció de teclat, i semblarà que hagueu triat un dels " +"teclats que hi apareixen. Podeu ignorar tranquil·lament aquesta anomalia i " +"continuar amb la instal·lació: el teclat que val és el que heu triat a la " +"llista completa." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55 @@ -2791,7 +3265,10 @@ msgid "" "If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an " "extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin " "and non-Latin keyboard layouts" -msgstr "Si trieu un teclat basat en caràcters no llatins, veureu una pantalla addicional amb un diàleg que us preguntarà com preferiu alternar entre les disposicions de teclat llatines i no llatines." +msgstr "" +"Si trieu un teclat basat en caràcters no llatins, veureu una pantalla " +"addicional amb un diàleg que us preguntarà com preferiu alternar entre les " +"disposicions de teclat llatines i no llatines." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:23 @@ -2804,38 +3281,52 @@ msgid "" "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " "the installation and for your installed system." -msgstr "Seleccioneu la llengua preferida, desplegant primer la llista corresponent al vostre continent. <application>Mageia</application> farà servir aquesta selecció durant la instal·lació i per al sistema instal·lat." +msgstr "" +"Seleccioneu la llengua preferida, desplegant primer la llista corresponent " +"al vostre continent. <application>Mageia</application> farà servir aquesta " +"selecció durant la instal·lació i per al sistema instal·lat." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 msgid "" "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " -"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be" -" difficult to add extra language support after installation." -msgstr "Si és probable que us calguin diverses llengües instal·lades al sistema, tant per un o diversos usuaris, hauríeu de fer servir el botó <guibutton>Múltiples llengües</guibutton> i afegir-les ara. Serà difícil afegir-les un cop feta la instal·lació." +"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be " +"difficult to add extra language support after installation." +msgstr "" +"Si és probable que us calguin diverses llengües instal·lades al sistema, " +"tant per un o diversos usuaris, hauríeu de fer servir el botó " +"<guibutton>Múltiples llengües</guibutton> i afegir-les ara. Serà difícil " +"afegir-les un cop feta la instal·lació." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"" -" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 msgid "" -"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them" -" as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " +"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " +"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " "marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ." -msgstr "Encara que trieu més d'una llengua, n'heu de triar una com a llengua de preferència a la pantalla de primera llengua. També es marcarà com a escollida a la pantalla de múltiples llengües." +msgstr "" +"Encara que trieu més d'una llengua, n'heu de triar una com a llengua de " +"preferència a la pantalla de primera llengua. També es marcarà com a " +"escollida a la pantalla de múltiples llengües." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 msgid "" "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." -msgstr "Si la llengua del vostre teclat no es correspon amb la llengua preferida, llavors és recomanable instal·lar també la llengua del vostre teclat." +msgstr "" +"Si la llengua del vostre teclat no es correspon amb la llengua preferida, " +"llavors és recomanable instal·lar també la llengua del vostre teclat." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 @@ -2843,52 +3334,66 @@ msgid "" "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " "\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " "language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." -msgstr "Mageia té la codificació UTF-8 (Unicode) com a predeterminada. Es pot deshabilitar a la pantalla «múltiples llengües» si sabeu que no cal per a la vostra llengua. La desactivació d'UTF-8 s'aplica a totes les llengües instal·lades." +msgstr "" +"Mageia té la codificació UTF-8 (Unicode) com a predeterminada. Es pot " +"deshabilitar a la pantalla «múltiples llengües» si sabeu que no cal per a la " +"vostra llengua. La desactivació d'UTF-8 s'aplica a totes les llengües " +"instal·lades." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 msgid "" "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " "Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." -msgstr "Podeu canviar la llengua del sistema després de la instal·lació, al Centre de Control de Mageia --> Sistema --> Gestiona la localització del sistema." +msgstr "" +"Podeu canviar la llengua del sistema després de la instal·lació, al Centre " +"de Control de Mageia --> Sistema --> Gestiona la localització del " +"sistema." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectMouse.xml:4 msgid "Select mouse" msgstr "Seleccioneu el ratolí" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right -#. place -#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place +#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectMouse.xml:16 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:23 msgid "" "If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a " "different one here." -msgstr "Si no us agrada com respon el ratolí, aquí en podeu seleccionar un altre." +msgstr "" +"Si no us agrada com respon el ratolí, aquí en podeu seleccionar un altre." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:25 msgid "" -"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB " -"mice</guilabel> is a good choice." -msgstr "Normalment, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Qualsevol ratolí PS/2 i USB</guilabel> és la millor tria." +"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</" +"guilabel> is a good choice." +msgstr "" +"Normalment, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Qualsevol ratolí PS/2 " +"i USB</guilabel> és la millor tria." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:27 msgid "" "Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to " "configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons." -msgstr "Seleccioneu <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Força evdev</guilabel> per a configurar els botons que no funcionen en un ratolí de sis botons o més." +msgstr "" +"Seleccioneu <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Força evdev</" +"guilabel> per a configurar els botons que no funcionen en un ratolí de sis " +"botons o més." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:3 @@ -2898,9 +3403,9 @@ msgstr "Afegeix o modifica una entrada al menú d'arrencada" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" +"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2909,23 +3414,26 @@ msgid "" "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the " "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen " "and editing the screen that pops up on top of it." -msgstr "Podeu afegir una entrada o modificar la que heu triat, prement el botó adequat a la pantalla de <emphasis>Configuració de l'arrencada</emphasis> i editant la pantalla que hi apareix." +msgstr "" +"Podeu afegir una entrada o modificar la que heu triat, prement el botó " +"adequat a la pantalla de <emphasis>Configuració de l'arrencada</emphasis> i " +"editant la pantalla que hi apareix." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18 msgid "" "If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use " "this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually " -"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code>" -" instead." +"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> " +"instead." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" -"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." +"png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2933,60 +3441,73 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." -msgstr "Algunes coses que es poden fer sense perill són canviar l'etiqueta d'una entrada i marcar la casella per a fer-la predeterminada." +msgstr "" +"Algunes coses que es poden fer sense perill són canviar l'etiqueta d'una " +"entrada i marcar la casella per a fer-la predeterminada." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:33 msgid "" "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." -msgstr "Podeu afegir el número de versió d'una entrada, o bé reanomenar-la completament." +msgstr "" +"Podeu afegir el número de versió d'una entrada, o bé reanomenar-la " +"completament." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:36 msgid "" "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " "choice while booting up." -msgstr "L'entrada predeterminada és aquella que es farà servir si no es fa cap selecció mentre el sistema està arrencant." +msgstr "" +"L'entrada predeterminada és aquella que es farà servir si no es fa cap " +"selecció mentre el sistema està arrencant." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:40 msgid "" "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " "just try something without knowing what you are doing." -msgstr "L'edició d'altres coses us pot deixar amb un sistema que no pot arrencar. No proveu altres coses si no sabeu què esteu fent." +msgstr "" +"L'edició d'altres coses us pot deixar amb un sistema que no pot arrencar. No " +"proveu altres coses si no sabeu què esteu fent." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:3 msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Opcions principals del menú d'arrencada" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from -#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, -#. except in this sentence. -#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using -#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist +#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. +#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" " -"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:16 msgid "" -"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by" -" the installer, you can change them here." -msgstr "Si preferiu una configuració del carregador d'arrencada diferent de la que ha estat triada automàticament, la podeu canviar aquí." +"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " +"the installer, you can change them here." +msgstr "" +"Si preferiu una configuració del carregador d'arrencada diferent de la que " +"ha estat triada automàticament, la podeu canviar aquí." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:20 msgid "" -"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case" -" you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " +"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " +"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " "allow Mageia to create a new one." -msgstr "Potser ja teniu un altre sistema operatiu a l'ordinador. En aquest cas, heu de decidir si voleu afegir Mageia al carregador d'arrencada existent, o bé permetre a Mageia que en creï un de nou." +msgstr "" +"Potser ja teniu un altre sistema operatiu a l'ordinador. En aquest cas, heu " +"de decidir si voleu afegir Mageia al carregador d'arrencada existent, o bé " +"permetre a Mageia que en creï un de nou." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 @@ -3005,14 +3526,20 @@ msgid "" "(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " "operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia " "boot menu." -msgstr "Per defecte, Mageia escriu un nou carregador d'arrencada GRUB (antic) a l'MBR (Master Boot Record) de la primera unitat de disc dur. Si ja teniu altres sistemes operatius instal·lats, Mageia provarà d'afegir-los al nou menú d'arrencada de Mageia." +msgstr "" +"Per defecte, Mageia escriu un nou carregador d'arrencada GRUB (antic) a " +"l'MBR (Master Boot Record) de la primera unitat de disc dur. Si ja teniu " +"altres sistemes operatius instal·lats, Mageia provarà d'afegir-los al nou " +"menú d'arrencada de Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:41 msgid "" "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " "legacy and Lilo." -msgstr "Mageia també ofereix GRUB2 com a carregador d'arrencada opcional, a més de l'antic GRUB i Lilo." +msgstr "" +"Mageia també ofereix GRUB2 com a carregador d'arrencada opcional, a més de " +"l'antic GRUB i Lilo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 @@ -3020,14 +3547,19 @@ msgid "" "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " "GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " "used." -msgstr "Els sistemes Linux que fan servir el carregador d'arrencada GRUB2 no estan admesos actualment per GRUB (antic) i no seran reconeguts si es fa servir el carregador d'arrencada predeterminat GRUB." +msgstr "" +"Els sistemes Linux que fan servir el carregador d'arrencada GRUB2 no estan " +"admesos actualment per GRUB (antic) i no seran reconeguts si es fa servir el " +"carregador d'arrencada predeterminat GRUB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:49 msgid "" "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " "the Summary page during installation." -msgstr "Aquí la millor solució és fer servir el carregador d'arrencada GRUB2, que està disponible a la pàgina de resum durant la instal·lació." +msgstr "" +"Aquí la millor solució és fer servir el carregador d'arrencada GRUB2, que " +"està disponible a la pàgina de resum durant la instal·lació." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:56 @@ -3038,41 +3570,57 @@ msgstr "Ús d'un carregador d'arrencada existent" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:60 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " -"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader" -" <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the" -" bootloader install location." -msgstr "Si decidiu fer servir un carregador d'arrencada existent llavors haureu de pensar a fer ATURA a la pàgina de resum durant la instal·lació, i clicar el botó de <guibutton>Configuració</guibutton> del carregador d'arrencada, que us permetrà canviar-ne la localització." +"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " +"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the " +"bootloader install location." +msgstr "" +"Si decidiu fer servir un carregador d'arrencada existent llavors haureu de " +"pensar a fer ATURA a la pàgina de resum durant la instal·lació, i clicar el " +"botó de <guibutton>Configuració</guibutton> del carregador d'arrencada, que " +"us permetrà canviar-ne la localització." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 msgid "" -"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR." -" You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " +"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " +"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " "phase earlier, e.g. sda7." -msgstr "No seleccioneu un dispositiu, com ara «sda», o se sobreescriurà l'MBR existent. Heu de seleccionar la partició arrel que heu triat durant la fase prèvia de particionament, per exemple sda7." +msgstr "" +"No seleccioneu un dispositiu, com ara «sda», o se sobreescriurà l'MBR " +"existent. Heu de seleccionar la partició arrel que heu triat durant la fase " +"prèvia de particionament, per exemple sda7." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device." -msgstr "Perquè quedi clar, sda és un dispositiu, mentre que sda7 n'és una partició." +msgstr "" +"Perquè quedi clar, sda és un dispositiu, mentre que sda7 n'és una partició." #. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:75 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " -"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to" -" the installer screen." -msgstr "Aneu a tty2 amb Ctrl+Alt+F2 i escriviu <literal>df</literal> per a comprovar on és la partició <literal>/</literal> (root). Ctrl+Alt+F7 us torna a la pantalla d'instal·lació." +"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " +"the installer screen." +msgstr "" +"Aneu a tty2 amb Ctrl+Alt+F2 i escriviu <literal>df</literal> per a comprovar " +"on és la partició <literal>/</literal> (root). Ctrl+Alt+F7 us torna a la " +"pantalla d'instal·lació." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " -"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and" -" add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " +"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and " +"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " "question." -msgstr "El procediment exacte per a afegir Mageia a un carregador d'arrencada ja existent està fora de l'abast d'aquesta ajuda, tot i que normalment implicarà executar el programa d'instal·lació del carregador d'arrencada en qüestió, que el detectarà i afegirà automàticament. Vegeu la documentació del sistema operatiu corresponent." +msgstr "" +"El procediment exacte per a afegir Mageia a un carregador d'arrencada ja " +"existent està fora de l'abast d'aquesta ajuda, tot i que normalment " +"implicarà executar el programa d'instal·lació del carregador d'arrencada en " +"qüestió, que el detectarà i afegirà automàticament. Vegeu la documentació " +"del sistema operatiu corresponent." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:91 @@ -3083,66 +3631,76 @@ msgstr "Opció avançada del carregador d'arrencada" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:95 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " -"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp " -"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." -msgstr "Si l'espai de disc per a la partició <literal>/</literal> que conté <literal>/tmp</literal> és molt limitat, cliqueu a <guibutton>Avançat</guibutton> i marqueu la casella <guilabel>Neteja /tmp en cada arrencada</guilabel>. Això ajudarà a mantenir espai lliure." +"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" +"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</" +"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." +msgstr "" +"Si l'espai de disc per a la partició <literal>/</literal> que conté " +"<literal>/tmp</literal> és molt limitat, cliqueu a <guibutton>Avançat</" +"guibutton> i marqueu la casella <guilabel>Neteja /tmp en cada arrencada</" +"guilabel>. Això ajudarà a mantenir espai lliure." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:11 msgid "Setup SCSI" msgstr "Configuració SCSI" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's -#. comment ;-) -#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based -#. on the -#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 +#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) +#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the +#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:32 msgid "" -"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers" -" it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " +"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers " +"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " "fail to recognise the drive." -msgstr "DrakX acostuma a detectar correctament els discs durs. Amb alguns controladors SCSI antics, potser no és capaç de determinar correctament els controladors que cal fer servir, i per tant no pot reconèixer el disc." +msgstr "" +"DrakX acostuma a detectar correctament els discs durs. Amb alguns " +"controladors SCSI antics, potser no és capaç de determinar correctament els " +"controladors que cal fer servir, i per tant no pot reconèixer el disc." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:36 msgid "" "If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) " "you have." -msgstr "Si passa això, caldrà indicar manualment a DrakX quins són els discs SCSI." +msgstr "" +"Si passa això, caldrà indicar manualment a DrakX quins són els discs SCSI." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:39 msgid "DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly." -msgstr "Llavors DrakX hauria de ser capaç de configurar els discs correctament." +msgstr "" +"Llavors DrakX hauria de ser capaç de configurar els discs correctament." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/soundConfig.xml:11 msgid "Sound Configuration" msgstr "Configuració del so" -#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 +#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/soundConfig.xml:17 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " "format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " +"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:23 @@ -3150,7 +3708,9 @@ msgid "" "In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your " "sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default " "one." -msgstr "En aquesta pantalla es mostra el nom del controlador que l'instal·lador ha triat per a la targeta de so, que serà el predeterminat si n'hi ha un." +msgstr "" +"En aquesta pantalla es mostra el nom del controlador que l'instal·lador ha " +"triat per a la targeta de so, que serà el predeterminat si n'hi ha un." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:27 @@ -3160,16 +3720,25 @@ msgid "" "this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the " "<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound " "Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen." -msgstr "El controlador predeterminat hauria de funcionar sense problemes. Tot i així, si després de la instal·lació trobeu algun problema, executeu <command>draksound</command> o bé inicieu aquesta eina des de l'MCC (Centre de Control de Mageia), triant la pestanya <guilabel>Maquinari</guilabel> i clicant a<guilabel>Configuració del so</guilabel> a la part superior dreta de la pantalla." +msgstr "" +"El controlador predeterminat hauria de funcionar sense problemes. Tot i " +"així, si després de la instal·lació trobeu algun problema, executeu " +"<command>draksound</command> o bé inicieu aquesta eina des de l'MCC (Centre " +"de Control de Mageia), triant la pestanya <guilabel>Maquinari</guilabel> i " +"clicant a<guilabel>Configuració del so</guilabel> a la part superior dreta " +"de la pantalla." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:33 msgid "" "Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on " -"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how " -"to solve the problem." -msgstr "Llavors, a la pantalla de l'eina draksound o «Configuració del so», cliqueu a <guibutton>Avançat</guibutton> i després a <guibutton>Solució de problemes</guibutton> per a trobar consells molt útils per a resoldre el problema." +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</" +"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem." +msgstr "" +"Llavors, a la pantalla de l'eina draksound o «Configuració del so», cliqueu " +"a <guibutton>Avançat</guibutton> i després a <guibutton>Solució de " +"problemes</guibutton> per a trobar consells molt útils per a resoldre el " +"problema." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/soundConfig.xml:41 @@ -3182,47 +3751,57 @@ msgid "" "Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is " "useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers " "available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one." -msgstr "Clicar a <guibutton>Avançat</guibutton> en aquesta pantalla durant la instal·lació és útil si no hi ha cap controlador predeterminat i n'hi ha diversos de disponibles, però creieu que l'instal·lador n'ha seleccionat un d'equivocat." +msgstr "" +"Clicar a <guibutton>Avançat</guibutton> en aquesta pantalla durant la " +"instal·lació és útil si no hi ha cap controlador predeterminat i n'hi ha " +"diversos de disponibles, però creieu que l'instal·lador n'ha seleccionat un " +"d'equivocat." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:49 msgid "" "In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on " "<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>." -msgstr "En aquest cas podeu seleccionar un controlador diferent després de fer clic a <guibutton>Deixa'm triar un controlador</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"En aquest cas podeu seleccionar un controlador diferent després de fer clic " +"a <guibutton>Deixa'm triar un controlador</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4 msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" msgstr "Confirmeu el disc dur que es formatarà" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -#. test comment - johnr +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 +#. test comment - johnr #. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct -#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm -#. sure I -#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD -#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot +#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I +#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD +#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" +"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" +"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your " "choice." -msgstr "Cliqueu a <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> si no esteu segurs sobre la tria." +msgstr "" +"Cliqueu a <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> si no esteu segurs sobre la tria." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 msgid "" -"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every" -" partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." -msgstr "Feu clic a <guibutton>Següent</guibutton> si esteu segur i voleu esborrar totes les particions, tots els sistemes operatius i totes les dades del disc." +"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " +"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." +msgstr "" +"Feu clic a <guibutton>Següent</guibutton> si esteu segur i voleu esborrar " +"totes les particions, tots els sistemes operatius i totes les dades del disc." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:3 @@ -3246,20 +3825,20 @@ msgstr "" #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:16 msgid "" "After your data backup, reboot your installation Mageia DVD and select " -"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will" -" only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system." +"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will " +"only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:20 msgid "" "To recover the space used by Mageia partitions on Windows, click on " -"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management " -"-> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. " +"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management -" +"> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. " "You will recognize the Mageia partition because they are labeled " "<guilabel>Unknown</guilabel>, and also by their size and place in the disk. " -"Right click on each of these partitions and select " -"<guibutton>Delete</guibutton>. The space will be freed." +"Right click on each of these partitions and select <guibutton>Delete</" +"guibutton>. The space will be freed." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -3275,6 +3854,6 @@ msgid "" "If you have Vista or 7, you have one more possibility, you can extend the " "existing partition that is at the left of the freed space. There are other " "partitioning tools that can be used, such as gparted, available for both " -"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and" -" make sure all important things have been backed up." +"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and " +"make sure all important things have been backed up." msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/installer/cs.po b/docs/installer/cs.po index 8b8d0582..53e59ef8 100644 --- a/docs/installer/cs.po +++ b/docs/installer/cs.po @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package. -# +# # Translators: # Jiří Vírava <appukonrad@gmail.com>, 2013-2014 # Jiří Vírava <appukonrad@gmail.com>, 2013 @@ -11,14 +11,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-01-28 18:19+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-02-24 19:21+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-02-07 20:11+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n" -"Language-Team: Czech (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/cs/)\n" +"Language-Team: Czech (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" +"cs/)\n" +"Language: cs\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: cs\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1) ? 0 : (n>=2 && n<=4) ? 1 : 2;\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -29,9 +30,11 @@ msgstr "Licence a Poznámky k vydání" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:45 @@ -41,31 +44,40 @@ msgstr "Licenční ujednání" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:48 msgid "" -"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license" -" terms and conditions carefully." -msgstr "Před instalací <application>Magei</application>, si pečlivě přečtěte licenční podmínky a ustanovení." +"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license " +"terms and conditions carefully." +msgstr "" +"Před instalací <application>Magei</application>, si pečlivě přečtěte " +"licenční podmínky a ustanovení." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51 msgid "" -"These terms and conditions apply to the entire " -"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before " -"you can continue." -msgstr "Tyto podmínky a ujednání se vztahují na celou distribuci <application>Mageia</application>, dříve než budete moci pokračovat, musí být přijaty." +"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</" +"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue." +msgstr "" +"Tyto podmínky a ujednání se vztahují na celou distribuci " +"<application>Mageia</application>, dříve než budete moci pokračovat, musí " +"být přijaty." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:55 msgid "" "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Chcete-li je přijmout, jednoduše vyberte <guilabel>Přijmout</guilabel> a poté klikněte na <guibutton>Další</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Chcete-li je přijmout, jednoduše vyberte <guilabel>Přijmout</guilabel> a " +"poté klikněte na <guibutton>Další</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:58 msgid "" -"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking." -" Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." -msgstr "Pokud se rozhodnete nepřijmout tyto podmínky, pak vám děkujeme za nahlédnutí. Kliknutím na <guibutton>Ukončit</guibutton> se restartuje počítač." +"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. " +"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." +msgstr "" +"Pokud se rozhodnete nepřijmout tyto podmínky, pak vám děkujeme za " +"nahlédnutí. Kliknutím na <guibutton>Ukončit</guibutton> se restartuje " +"počítač." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:68 @@ -77,7 +89,9 @@ msgstr "Poznámky k vydání" msgid "" "To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, " "click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button." -msgstr "Chcete-li zjistit, co je nového v této verzi <application>Mageia</application>, klikněte na tlačítko <guibutton>Poznámky k vydání </guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Chcete-li zjistit, co je nového v této verzi <application>Mageia</" +"application>, klikněte na tlačítko <guibutton>Poznámky k vydání </guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 @@ -90,27 +104,32 @@ msgstr "cs" msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" msgstr "Výběr zdroje (Nastavení doplňkových instalačních zdojů)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the -#. same as for media_selection -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ -#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" " -"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24 msgid "" "This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can " -"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The" -" source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " +"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The " +"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " "during the next steps." -msgstr "Tato obrazovka vám dává seznam již rozeznaných úložišť. Můžete přidat další zdroje balíčků, jako je optický disk nebo vzdálené zdroje. Výběr zdroje určuje, ten který bude dostupný v průběhu následujících kroků pro výběr balíčků." +msgstr "" +"Tato obrazovka vám dává seznam již rozeznaných úložišť. Můžete přidat další " +"zdroje balíčků, jako je optický disk nebo vzdálené zdroje. Výběr zdroje " +"určuje, ten který bude dostupný v průběhu následujících kroků pro výběr " +"balíčků." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29 @@ -130,38 +149,40 @@ msgid "" "Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With " "the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS " "installation." -msgstr "Výbrat zrcadlo nebo zadat adresu URL (první vstup). Výběrem některého ze zrcadel, budete mít přístup k nabídkám všech úložišť spravovaných Mageia, jako je Nonfree, Tainted a také k aktualizacím. Pomocí URL, můžete určit konkrétní úložiště nebo vlastní instalaci NFS." +msgstr "" +"Výbrat zrcadlo nebo zadat adresu URL (první vstup). Výběrem některého ze " +"zrcadel, budete mít přístup k nabídkám všech úložišť spravovaných Mageia, " +"jako je Nonfree, Tainted a také k aktualizacím. Pomocí URL, můžete určit " +"konkrétní úložiště nebo vlastní instalaci NFS." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:4 msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "Správa uživatele a supruživatele" -#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, -#. but -#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only -#. thing -#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to -#. enable or -#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the -#. previous +#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but +#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing +#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or +#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous #. screen), marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't -#. understand -#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? -#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading -#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand +#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? +#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading +#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/addUser.xml:27 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:34 @@ -173,8 +194,8 @@ msgstr "Nastavení hesla správce (uživetele root):" msgid "" "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to " "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the " -"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the" -" top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " +"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the " +"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " "depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are " "using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box " "just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped " @@ -186,7 +207,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters " "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password." -msgstr "Všechna hesla jsou závislá na velikosti písmen; nejlepší je použít kombinaci písmen (velkých a malých), čísel a ostatních znaků." +msgstr "" +"Všechna hesla jsou závislá na velikosti písmen; nejlepší je použít kombinaci " +"písmen (velkých a malých), čísel a ostatních znaků." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:56 @@ -213,15 +236,21 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text " "box." -msgstr "<guilabel>Skutečné jméno</guilabel>: Vložte uživatelům do tohoto textového pole skutečné jméno." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Skutečné jméno</guilabel>: Vložte uživatelům do tohoto textového " +"pole skutečné jméno." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:75 msgid "" "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let " -"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case" -" sensitive.</emphasis>" -msgstr "<guilabel>Přihlašovací jméno</guilabel>: Zde můžete zadat uživatelské přihlašovací jméno, nebo nechat instalační program pokusit se použít skutečné jméno uživatelů. <emphasis>Přihlašovací jméno je citlivé na velikost písmen.</emphasis>" +"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case " +"sensitive.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Přihlašovací jméno</guilabel>: Zde můžete zadat uživatelské " +"přihlašovací jméno, nebo nechat instalační program pokusit se použít " +"skutečné jméno uživatelů. <emphasis>Přihlašovací jméno je citlivé na " +"velikost písmen.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:81 @@ -229,22 +258,30 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user " "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the " "strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" -msgstr "<guilabel>Heslo</guilabel>: V tomto textovém poli je třeba zadat uživatelské heslo. K dispozici je nápověda na konci textového pole, které udává sílu hesla. (viz také <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Heslo</guilabel>: V tomto textovém poli je třeba zadat uživatelské " +"heslo. K dispozici je nápověda na konci textového pole, které udává sílu " +"hesla. (viz také <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:87 msgid "" "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this " -"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user" -" password text boxes." -msgstr "<guilabel>Heslo (znovu)</guilabel>: Znovu zadejte do tohoto textového pole heslo uživatele a drakx zkontroluje, zda máte stejné heslo v každém z textových polí pro uživatelské heslo." +"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user " +"password text boxes." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Heslo (znovu)</guilabel>: Znovu zadejte do tohoto textového pole " +"heslo uživatele a drakx zkontroluje, zda máte stejné heslo v každém z " +"textových polí pro uživatelské heslo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:94 msgid "" "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but " "write protected) home directory." -msgstr "Každý uživatel, kterého přidáte během instalace Mageia bude mít pro svět čitelný (ale chráněný proti zápisu) domovský adresář." +msgstr "" +"Každý uživatel, kterého přidáte během instalace Mageia bude mít pro svět " +"čitelný (ale chráněný proti zápisu) domovský adresář." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:97 @@ -259,7 +296,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised " "to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." -msgstr "Pokud nechcete čitelný domovský adresář pro každého, je doporučeno přidat nyní pouze dočasné uživatele a přidat ty pravé až po restartu." +msgstr "" +"Pokud nechcete čitelný domovský adresář pro každého, je doporučeno přidat " +"nyní pouze dočasné uživatele a přidat ty pravé až po restartu." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:105 @@ -323,8 +362,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/addUser.xml:150 msgid "" "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID. Also a " -"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know" -" what you are doing." +"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know " +"what you are doing." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -332,27 +371,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Choose the mount points" msgstr "Zvolte si přípojné body" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least -#. ONE" -#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes -#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the -#. Americans -#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I -#. removed it -#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 +#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE" +#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) +#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes +#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans +#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it +#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) +#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" -"=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33 @@ -360,38 +399,47 @@ msgid "" "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If " "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you " "can change the mount points." -msgstr "Zde vidíte Linuxové oddíly, které byly nalezeny na vašem počítači. Pokud nesouhlasíte s návrhem <application>DrakX</application>, můžete přípojné body změnit." +msgstr "" +"Zde vidíte Linuxové oddíly, které byly nalezeny na vašem počítači. Pokud " +"nesouhlasíte s návrhem <application>DrakX</application>, můžete přípojné " +"body změnit." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38 msgid "" "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> " "(root) partition." -msgstr "Máte-li cokoliv ke změně, ujistěte se, že máte stále <literal>/</literal> kořenový oddíl (root)." +msgstr "" +"Máte-li cokoliv ke změně, ujistěte se, že máte stále <literal>/</literal> " +"kořenový oddíl (root)." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44 msgid "" -"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount " -"point\", \"Type\")." -msgstr "Každý oddíl je zobrazen takto: \"Zařízení\" (\"Kapacita\", \"Přípojný bod\", \"Typ\")." +"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point" +"\", \"Type\")." +msgstr "" +"Každý oddíl je zobrazen takto: \"Zařízení\" (\"Kapacita\", \"Přípojný bod\", " +"\"Typ\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49 msgid "" "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], " "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")." -msgstr "\"Zařízení\", se skládá z \"pevného disku\", [\"číslo disku\" (písmeno)], \"číslo oddílu\" (například \"sda5\")." +msgstr "" +"\"Zařízení\", se skládá z \"pevného disku\", [\"číslo disku\" (písmeno)], " +"\"číslo oddílu\" (například \"sda5\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55 msgid "" -"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from" -" the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " +"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from " +"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " "and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for " "instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store " -"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the " -"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install." +"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</" +"literal> partition of a cauldron install." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -412,9 +460,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77 msgid "" -"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the " -"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more." +"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) " +"DrakX suggests, or more." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -425,9 +473,11 @@ msgstr "Výběr pracovního prostředí" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11 msgid "" -"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine" -" tune your choice." -msgstr "V závislosti na vašem výběru zde, vám můžou být nabídnuty další obrazovky pro jemné doladění vaší volby." +"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine " +"tune your choice." +msgstr "" +"V závislosti na vašem výběru zde, vám můžou být nabídnuty další obrazovky " +"pro jemné doladění vaší volby." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13 @@ -442,7 +492,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26 @@ -461,14 +513,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Package Group Selection" msgstr "Výběr skupiny balíčků" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a -#. new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16 @@ -499,13 +552,15 @@ msgstr "Grafické prostředí." msgid "" "Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or " "remove packages." -msgstr "Individuální výběr balíčků: Tuto možnost můžete použít pro ruční přidání nebo odebrání balíčků." +msgstr "" +"Individuální výběr balíčků: Tuto možnost můžete použít pro ruční přidání " +"nebo odebrání balíčků." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39 msgid "" -"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do" -" a minimal install." +"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " +"a minimal install." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -513,30 +568,32 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Choose Individual Packages" msgstr "Výběr jednotlivých balíčků" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a -#. new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17 msgid "" -"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your " -"installation." -msgstr "Zde můžete přidávat nebo odebírat všechny doplňkové balíčky pro přizpůsobení instalace." +"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation." +msgstr "" +"Zde můžete přidávat nebo odebírat všechny doplňkové balíčky pro přizpůsobení " +"instalace." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20 msgid "" -"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy " -"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages " -"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the " -"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install " -"and choosing to load it." +"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</" +"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving " +"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same " +"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and " +"choosing to load it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -544,28 +601,30 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configure your Services" msgstr "Nastavení služeb" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureServices.xml:21 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" -"=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:27 msgid "" -"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your " -"system." +"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system." msgstr "Zde si můžete nastavit, jaké služby (ne)spuštět při zavádění systému." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:30 msgid "" -"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and" -" see all services in it." +"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and " +"see all services in it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -590,36 +649,45 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Nastavení časového pásma" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 msgid "" -"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the" -" same time zone." -msgstr "Vyberte si časové pásmo výběrem vaší zememě nebo nejbližší město ve stejném časovém pásmu." +"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " +"same time zone." +msgstr "" +"Vyberte si časové pásmo výběrem vaší zememě nebo nejbližší město ve stejném " +"časovém pásmu." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 msgid "" -"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to" -" GMT, also known as UTC." -msgstr "V dalším okně si můžete vybrat nastavení hardwarových hodin na místní čas a GMT, také známý jako UTC." +"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " +"GMT, also known as UTC." +msgstr "" +"V dalším okně si můžete vybrat nastavení hardwarových hodin na místní čas a " +"GMT, také známý jako UTC." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 msgid "" "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." -msgstr "Pokud máte na vašem počítači více než jeden operační systém, ujistěte se, že jsou všechny nastaveny na místní čas, nebo všichny na UTC/GMT." +msgstr "" +"Pokud máte na vašem počítači více než jeden operační systém, ujistěte se, že " +"jsou všechny nastaveny na místní čas, nebo všichny na UTC/GMT." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11 @@ -629,24 +697,31 @@ msgstr "Výběr X Serveru (Konfigurace vaší grafické karty)" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id" -"=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually " "correctly identify your video device." -msgstr "DrakX má velmi rozsáhlou databázi grafických karet a obvykle video zařízení identifikuje správně." +msgstr "" +"DrakX má velmi rozsáhlou databázi grafických karet a obvykle video zařízení " +"identifikuje správně." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24 msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know " "which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:" -msgstr "Pokud není vaše grafická karta rozpoznána instalačním programem správně a víte, jakou kartu máte, můžete ji vybrat ze stromu:" +msgstr "" +"Pokud není vaše grafická karta rozpoznána instalačním programem správně a " +"víte, jakou kartu máte, můžete ji vybrat ze stromu:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 @@ -669,7 +744,10 @@ msgid "" "If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in " "the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the " "Xorg category" -msgstr "Pokud nemůžete najít svou kartu v seznamech dodavatelů (protože ještě není v databázi, nebo je to starší karta) můžete najít vhodný ovladač v kategorii Xorg" +msgstr "" +"Pokud nemůžete najít svou kartu v seznamech dodavatelů (protože ještě není v " +"databázi, nebo je to starší karta) můžete najít vhodný ovladač v kategorii " +"Xorg" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43 @@ -677,14 +755,19 @@ msgid "" "The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card " "drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " "option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities." -msgstr "Seznam Xorg poskytuje více než 40 obecných a open source ovladačů grafických karet. Pokud stále nemůžete najít název ovladače pro kartu, existuje možnost použití VESA ovladač, který poskytuje základní možnosti." +msgstr "" +"Seznam Xorg poskytuje více než 40 obecných a open source ovladačů grafických " +"karet. Pokud stále nemůžete najít název ovladače pro kartu, existuje možnost " +"použití VESA ovladač, který poskytuje základní možnosti." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48 msgid "" "Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access " "to the Commandline Interface." -msgstr "Uvědomte si, že pokud vyberete nekompatibilní ovladač, můžete mít přístup pouze k rozhhraní příkazové řádky." +msgstr "" +"Uvědomte si, že pokud vyberete nekompatibilní ovladač, můžete mít přístup " +"pouze k rozhhraní příkazové řádky." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 @@ -692,30 +775,36 @@ msgid "" "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " "may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from " "the card manufacturers' websites." -msgstr "Někteří výrobci grafických karet poskytují proprietární ovladače pro Linux, které mohou být k dispozici v nonfree úložišti a v některých případech jen pouze z webových stránek výrobce karety." +msgstr "" +"Někteří výrobci grafických karet poskytují proprietární ovladače pro Linux, " +"které mohou být k dispozici v nonfree úložišti a v některých případech jen " +"pouze z webových stránek výrobce karety." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 msgid "" "The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them. If " "you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot." -msgstr "Přístup k Nonfree úložišti musí být výslovně povolen. Pokud tomu tak není, nejdříve jej povolte, toto byste měli udělat po prvním restartu." +msgstr "" +"Přístup k Nonfree úložišti musí být výslovně povolen. Pokud tomu tak není, " +"nejdříve jej povolte, toto byste měli udělat po prvním restartu." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4 msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" msgstr "Nastavení grafické karty a monitoru" -#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" -#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename -#. for this page +#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18 @@ -724,11 +813,11 @@ msgid "" "you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are " "all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window " "System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for " -"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or" -" any other graphical environment to work well, the following " -"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct " -"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a " -"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect." +"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or " +"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</" +"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can " +"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you " +"think the choice is incorrect." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -758,7 +847,9 @@ msgstr "Nesprávná obnovovací frekvence může poškodit váš monitor" msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired " "resolution and color depth of your monitor here." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Rozlišení</guibutton></emphasis>: Zde nastavte požadované rozlišení a barevnou hloubku monitoru." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Rozlišení</guibutton></emphasis>: Zde nastavte " +"požadované rozlišení a barevnou hloubku monitoru." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56 @@ -766,11 +857,11 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not " "always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your " "settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your " -"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept." -" If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be" -" able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " -"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't " -"available</emphasis>" +"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. " +"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be " +"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " +"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</" +"emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -778,7 +869,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to " "enable or disable various options." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Možnosti</guibutton></emphasis>: Zde si můžete vybrat zda povolit nebo zakázat různé další možnosti." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Možnosti</guibutton></emphasis>: Zde si můžete vybrat " +"zda povolit nebo zakázat různé další možnosti." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18 @@ -804,10 +897,13 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" -"=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42 @@ -818,9 +914,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Vlastní</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44 msgid "" "This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh " -"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the" -" screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are" -" displayed." +"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the " +"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are " +"displayed." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -842,7 +938,8 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>" msgid "" "This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the " "monitor database." -msgstr "Toto je výchozí volba a snaží se určit typ monitoru z databáze monitorů." +msgstr "" +"Toto je výchozí volba a snaží se určit typ monitoru z databáze monitorů." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63 @@ -875,10 +972,10 @@ msgstr "" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84 msgid "" "selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as " -"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is" -" often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card " -"driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once " -"again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections." +"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is " +"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver " +"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it " +"may be wise to be conservative in your selections." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -889,39 +986,41 @@ msgstr "Vlastní rozdělení disku pomocí DiskDrake" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/diskdrake.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" " -"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:33 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " -"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The" -" encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " +"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " +"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " "set, otherwise your system will be unbootable." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:39 msgid "" -"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions," -" change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " +"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " "is in them before you start." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:42 msgid "" -"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an" -" USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." +"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " +"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:45 msgid "" -"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected" -" storage device" +"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " +"storage device" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -964,9 +1063,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45 @@ -988,8 +1089,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for" -" your new Mageia installation." +"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for " +"your new Mageia installation." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1000,8 +1101,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may" -" offer to use it." +"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may " +"offer to use it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1054,8 +1155,8 @@ msgstr "Vlastní" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 msgid "" -"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your" -" hard drive(s)." +"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " +"hard drive(s)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> @@ -1065,8 +1166,8 @@ msgid "" "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " "hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested " "with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 " -"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning" -" tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " +"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning " +"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " "settings:" msgstr "" @@ -1101,8 +1202,7 @@ msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgid "February 2014" msgstr "Únor 2014" -#. type: Content of: -#. <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 msgid "Mageia 4" msgstr "Mageia 4" @@ -1125,8 +1225,8 @@ msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" -"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which" -" screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " +"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " "while installing." msgstr "" @@ -1139,24 +1239,24 @@ msgstr "</note>" #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" -"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" +"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link " -"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link " -"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link " -"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation " -"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" +"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" +"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -1164,31 +1264,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Congratulations" msgstr "Gratulujeme" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text #. same day, added "s" to "sytems" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/exitInstall.xml:14 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:21 msgid "" -"You have finished installing and configuring " -"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the " -"installation medium and reboot your computer." +"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</" +"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot " +"your computer." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:25 msgid "" -"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating" -" systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." +"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating " +"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -1215,17 +1318,20 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Formatting" msgstr "" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\"" -" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> " -"</imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:25 @@ -1258,8 +1364,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:44 msgid "" -"When you are confident about the selection, click on " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue." +"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton> to continue." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -1273,7 +1379,10 @@ msgid "" "Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia " "Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as " "possible." -msgstr "Ať už jste v GNU-Linux začátečník nebo zkušený uživatel, Mageia Instalátor je navržen tak, aby instalace nebo aktualizace byla tak jednoduchá, jak jen je to možné." +msgstr "" +"Ať už jste v GNU-Linux začátečník nebo zkušený uživatel, Mageia Instalátor " +"je navržen tak, aby instalace nebo aktualizace byla tak jednoduchá, jak jen " +"je to možné." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:28 @@ -1300,10 +1409,11 @@ msgstr "Zde je výchozí uvítací obrazovka při použití Mageia DVD:" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:40 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> #: en/installer.xml:39 @@ -1325,8 +1435,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:57 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:62 @@ -1337,15 +1449,16 @@ msgstr "" #: en/installer.xml:65 msgid "" "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. " -"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue " -"System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware " -"Detection Tool</guilabel>." +"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</" +"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection " +"Tool</guilabel>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:73 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:82 @@ -1354,8 +1467,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:85 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:92 @@ -1413,8 +1528,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:123 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:130 @@ -1431,8 +1548,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:139 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:146 @@ -1445,8 +1564,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:152 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:160 @@ -1465,9 +1586,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are " "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-" -"based Installation CD, see <link " -"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">the Mageia " -"Wiki</link>" +"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot." +"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> @@ -1478,9 +1598,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:179 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:186 @@ -1490,16 +1612,15 @@ msgstr "Instalační kroky" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:189 msgid "" -"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed" -" on the side panel of the screen." +"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " +"on the side panel of the screen." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:192 msgid "" -"Each step has one or more screens which may also have " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, " -"options." +"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" +"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -1517,48 +1638,46 @@ msgid "" "partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your " "computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well " "leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure " -"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys" -" <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " +"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys " +"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:215 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:214 msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" msgstr "Problémy při instalaci a možné řešení" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:221 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:220 msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:226 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:225 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " "resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:233 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:232 msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " "ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be " -"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit" -" ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." +"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit " +"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:245 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:244 msgid "The Install Freezes" msgstr "Instalace zamrzne" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:248 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:247 msgid "" "If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a " "problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of " @@ -1567,34 +1686,33 @@ msgid "" "other options as necessary." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:257 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:256 msgid "RAM problem" msgstr "problém paměti RAM" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:260 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:259 msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " -"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. " -"e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." +"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e." +"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:269 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:268 msgid "Dynamic partitions" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:272 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:271 msgid "" "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " "on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: " -"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" -"us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" -"us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." +"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx" +"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -1602,22 +1720,20 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Updates" msgstr "Aktualizace" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" -#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" -#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" -#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" -#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore -#. correct html filename -#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename +#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installUpdates.xml:13 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:19 @@ -1644,26 +1760,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "Výběr zdrojů (Nonfree)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the -#. same as for add_supplemental_media) -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html -#. filename was wrong) +#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/media_selection.xml:12 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" -"=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:18 msgid "" "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are " -"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories" -" selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " +"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories " +"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " "the next steps." msgstr "" @@ -1678,8 +1795,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/media_selection.xml:30 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-" -"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source" -" software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " +"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source " +"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " "nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi " "cards, etc." msgstr "" @@ -1687,11 +1804,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:38 msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under" -" a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository " -"is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g." -" Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed" -" to play commercial video DVD, etc." +"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under " +"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is " +"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. " +"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed " +"to play commercial video DVD, etc." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -1703,8 +1820,8 @@ msgstr "Minimální instalace" #: en/minimal-install.xml:9 msgid "" "You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the " -"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref " -"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." +"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" +"xref>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -1729,34 +1846,37 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:3 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" msgstr "Souhrn různých parametrů" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-) -#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages -#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and -#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph -#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. -#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by -#. linkend="setupBootloader" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, -#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files +#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages +#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and +#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph +#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. +#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:33 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:38 @@ -1781,8 +1901,8 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Časové pásmo</guilabel>" #: en/misc-params.xml:52 msgid "" "DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. " -"You can change it if needed. See also <xref " -"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" +"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/" +">" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1826,8 +1946,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:83 msgid "" -"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own " -"<literal>/home</literal> directories." +"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</" +"literal> directories." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1891,8 +2011,8 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Zvuková karta</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:129 msgid "" -"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option" -" to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " +"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option " +"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " "driver for your card, but none of them is the default one." msgstr "" @@ -1903,8 +2023,7 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Grafické rozhraní</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:139 -msgid "" -"This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." +msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1915,10 +2034,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:148 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:156 @@ -1962,8 +2082,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:185 msgid "" -"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you" -" need to enter here" +"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you " +"need to enter here" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> @@ -1979,8 +2099,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:202 msgid "" -"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default" -" setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." +"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default " +"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -2022,10 +2142,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20 msgid "" -"You have more than one " -"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition. " -"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing " -"<application>Mageia</application>." +"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" +"application> partition. Choose which one should be made smaller to make " +"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -2033,15 +2152,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Security Level" msgstr "Úroveň zabezpečení" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/securityLevel.xml:19 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:24 @@ -2062,22 +2184,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:5 msgid "Select and use ISOs" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:8 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:9 msgid "Media" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:11 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:12 msgid "Definition" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:13 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:14 msgid "" "Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to " "install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO " @@ -2085,212 +2207,189 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:18 msgid "" -"You can find them <link " -"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">here</link>." +"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" +"\">here</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:21 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:22 msgid "Classical installation media" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:24 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:92 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:199 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:25 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:94 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:200 msgid "Common features" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:29 msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:34 msgid "" "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:39 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:41 msgid "DVD" msgstr "DVD" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:45 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:49 msgid "" "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " "Hardware Detection Tool." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:54 msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:59 msgid "" "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:66 msgid "DVD dual arch" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:70 msgid "" "Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made " "automatically according to the detected CPU." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:75 msgid "Uses Xfce desktop only." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:79 msgid "" "Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, " "pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED!" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:84 msgid "It contains non free software." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:89 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:91 msgid "Live media" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:98 msgid "" "Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and " "optionally install Mageia on to your HDD." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:218 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:108 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:172 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:190 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:220 msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:112 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " -"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous " -"releases.</emphasis>" +"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" +"emphasis>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:118 msgid "They contain non free software." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:123 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:124 msgid "Live CD KDE" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:128 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:164 msgid "KDE desktop environment only." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:222 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:132 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:150 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:224 msgid "English language only." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:136 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:154 msgid "32 bit only." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:141 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:142 msgid "Live CD GNOME" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:146 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:182 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:159 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:160 msgid "Live DVD KDE" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:168 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:186 msgid "All languages are present." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:177 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:178 msgid "Live DVD GNOME" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:196 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:197 msgid "Boot-only CD media" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:204 msgid "" -"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to" -" start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other " -"packages that are needed to continue and complete the install. These " -"packages may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or" -" on the Internet." +"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " +"start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages " +"that are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be " +"on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the Internet." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:212 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:213 msgid "" "These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when " "bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a " @@ -2298,63 +2397,61 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:228 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:230 msgid "boot.iso" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:232 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:234 msgid "" "Contains only free software, for those people who refuse to use non-free " "software." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:239 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:243 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:245 msgid "" "Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " "it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:252 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:254 msgid "Downloading and Checking Media" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:255 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:259 msgid "" -"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or" -" BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the" -" mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If " +"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or " +"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the " +"mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If " "http is chosen, you may also see something like" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:264 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:266 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:269 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:271 msgid "" "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of " -"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the" -" file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " +"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " +"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " "number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " "downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a " "failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download.Then this " @@ -2362,94 +2459,95 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:278 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:280 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:283 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:285 msgid "Check the radio button Save File." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:287 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 msgid "Checking the downloaded media integrity" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291 msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:293 msgid "" -"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum " -"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." +"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/" +"file.iso</userinput>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:294 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:296 msgid "" -"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum " -"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." +"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/" +"image/file.iso</userinput>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:297 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 msgid "" -"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a" -" while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" +"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " +"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:301 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:303 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:311 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313 msgid "Burn or dump the ISO" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:315 msgid "" "The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB stick. " "These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a boot-able medium." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:318 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:320 msgid "Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:320 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:322 msgid "" "Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly " "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " -"not correct. There is more information in <link " -"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia" -" wiki</link>." +"not correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki." +"mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:326 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:329 msgid "Dump the ISO to a USB stick" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:328 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:331 msgid "" "All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick " "and then use it to boot and install the system." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:332 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335 msgid "" "\"dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system " "on the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will " @@ -2457,153 +2555,143 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:337 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:340 msgid "To recover the original capacity, you must re-format the USB stick." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:340 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:344 msgid "Using Mageia" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:342 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:346 msgid "" -"You can use a graphical tool like <link " -"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" +"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:344 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:348 msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:348 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 msgid "Open a console" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:356 msgid "" "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the " "final '-' )" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:360 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata contentwidth=\"650\" fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 msgid "" "Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any " "application or file manager that could access or read it)" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:373 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:376 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 msgid "" "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " "in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:389 msgid "" "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX " "bs=1M</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:387 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:394 msgid "" -"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso " -"of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" +"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/" +"dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:400 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:402 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:410 msgid "Using Windows" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:412 msgid "You could try:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:406 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:414 msgid "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:408 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 msgid "" "- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " "Disk Imager</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:425 msgid "Mageia Installation" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:427 msgid "" -"This step is detailed in <link " -"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">the Mageia documentation</link>." +"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" +"\">the Mageia documentation</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:430 msgid "" -"More information is available in <link " -"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia " -"wiki</link>." +"More information is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -2611,15 +2699,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectCountry.xml:21 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:27 @@ -2632,8 +2723,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:32 msgid "" -"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other " -"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." +"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</" +"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> @@ -2654,13 +2745,13 @@ msgstr "Vstupní metoda" #: en/selectCountry.xml:49 msgid "" "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " -"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input" -" multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " +"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input " +"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " "default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-" -"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method" -" so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input " -"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be " -"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." +"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method " +"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, " +"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you " +"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> @@ -2679,9 +2770,11 @@ msgstr "Instalace nebo Aktualizace" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32 @@ -2713,30 +2806,30 @@ msgid "" "Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still " "supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been " "thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already " -"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do" -" a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." +"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do " +"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56 msgid "" "If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to " -"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been" -" formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " +"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been " +"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " "the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an " -"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you" -" want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." +"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you " +"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</" +"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67 msgid "" -"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you" -" can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " -"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do " -"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install." +"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you " +"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " +"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</" +"emphasis> do this later in the install." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -2749,40 +2842,46 @@ msgstr "Klávesnice" msgid "" "DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable " "keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout." -msgstr "DrakX vybere vhodnou klávesnici pro váš jazyk. Pokud není nalezena žádná vhodná klávesnice, bude jako výchozí použito rozložení klávesnice US." +msgstr "" +"DrakX vybere vhodnou klávesnici pro váš jazyk. Pokud není nalezena žádná " +"vhodná klávesnice, bude jako výchozí použito rozložení klávesnice US." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\"" -" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30 msgid "" "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. " -"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications" -" that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a" -" label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " -"<link " -"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications " +"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a " +"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " +"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en." +"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40 msgid "" -"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on " -"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard " -"there." -msgstr "Pokud vaše klávesnice není v zobrazeném seznamu, klepněte na <guibutton>Více</guibutton> pro získání úplného seznamu a vyberte klávesnici tam." +"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</" +"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there." +msgstr "" +"Pokud vaše klávesnice není v zobrazeném seznamu, klepněte na " +"<guibutton>Více</guibutton> pro získání úplného seznamu a vyberte klávesnici " +"tam." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45 msgid "" "After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, " -"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though" -" a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " +"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though " +"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " "and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the " "full list." msgstr "" @@ -2813,22 +2912,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " -"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be" -" difficult to add extra language support after installation." +"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be " +"difficult to add extra language support after installation." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"" -" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 msgid "" -"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them" -" as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " +"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " +"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " "marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ." msgstr "" @@ -2859,30 +2960,33 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select mouse" msgstr "Výběr myši" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right -#. place -#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place +#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectMouse.xml:16 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:23 msgid "" "If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a " "different one here." -msgstr "Pokud nejste spokojeni s tím, jak vaše myš reaguje, můžete zde vybrat jiný typ." +msgstr "" +"Pokud nejste spokojeni s tím, jak vaše myš reaguje, můžete zde vybrat jiný " +"typ." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:25 msgid "" -"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB " -"mice</guilabel> is a good choice." +"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</" +"guilabel> is a good choice." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2900,9 +3004,9 @@ msgstr "Přidaní nebo změna položky v nabídce zavaděče" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" +"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2918,16 +3022,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use " "this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually " -"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code>" -" instead." +"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> " +"instead." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" -"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." +"png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2962,31 +3066,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Základní nastavení zaváděcího programu" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from -#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, -#. except in this sentence. -#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using -#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist +#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. +#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" " -"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:16 msgid "" -"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by" -" the installer, you can change them here." +"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " +"the installer, you can change them here." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:20 msgid "" -"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case" -" you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " +"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " +"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " "allow Mageia to create a new one." msgstr "" @@ -3040,16 +3144,16 @@ msgstr "" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:60 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " -"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader" -" <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the" -" bootloader install location." +"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " +"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the " +"bootloader install location." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 msgid "" -"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR." -" You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " +"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " +"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " "phase earlier, e.g. sda7." msgstr "" @@ -3062,8 +3166,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:75 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " -"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to" -" the installer screen." +"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " +"the installer screen." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -3071,8 +3175,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " -"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and" -" add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " +"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and " +"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " "question." msgstr "" @@ -3085,9 +3189,9 @@ msgstr "" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:95 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " -"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp " -"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." +"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" +"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</" +"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -3095,38 +3199,41 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Setup SCSI" msgstr "Nastavení SCSI" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's -#. comment ;-) -#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based -#. on the -#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 +#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) +#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the +#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:32 msgid "" -"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers" -" it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " +"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers " +"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " "fail to recognise the drive." -msgstr "DrakX obvykle zjistí pevné disky správně. U některých starších řadičů SCSI může být schopen určit a použít správné ovladače, ale následně nedokáže rozpoznat disk." +msgstr "" +"DrakX obvykle zjistí pevné disky správně. U některých starších řadičů SCSI " +"může být schopen určit a použít správné ovladače, ale následně nedokáže " +"rozpoznat disk." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:36 msgid "" "If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) " "you have." -msgstr "Pokud k tomuto dojde, budete muset ručně říci Drakx, jaký disk(y) SCSI máte." +msgstr "" +"Pokud k tomuto dojde, budete muset ručně říci Drakx, jaký disk(y) SCSI máte." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:39 @@ -3138,13 +3245,15 @@ msgstr "DrakX by pak měl být schopen správně nakonfigurovat disk(y)." msgid "Sound Configuration" msgstr "Nastavení zvuku" -#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 +#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/soundConfig.xml:17 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " "format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " +"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:23 @@ -3168,9 +3277,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/soundConfig.xml:33 msgid "" "Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on " -"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how " -"to solve the problem." +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</" +"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> @@ -3198,19 +3306,20 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" msgstr "" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -#. test comment - johnr +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 +#. test comment - johnr #. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct -#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm -#. sure I -#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD -#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot +#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I +#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD +#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" +"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" +"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 @@ -3222,8 +3331,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 msgid "" -"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every" -" partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." +"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " +"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -3248,20 +3357,20 @@ msgstr "" #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:16 msgid "" "After your data backup, reboot your installation Mageia DVD and select " -"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will" -" only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system." +"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will " +"only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:20 msgid "" "To recover the space used by Mageia partitions on Windows, click on " -"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management " -"-> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. " +"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management -" +"> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. " "You will recognize the Mageia partition because they are labeled " "<guilabel>Unknown</guilabel>, and also by their size and place in the disk. " -"Right click on each of these partitions and select " -"<guibutton>Delete</guibutton>. The space will be freed." +"Right click on each of these partitions and select <guibutton>Delete</" +"guibutton>. The space will be freed." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -3277,6 +3386,6 @@ msgid "" "If you have Vista or 7, you have one more possibility, you can extend the " "existing partition that is at the left of the freed space. There are other " "partitioning tools that can be used, such as gparted, available for both " -"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and" -" make sure all important things have been backed up." +"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and " +"make sure all important things have been backed up." msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/installer/de.po b/docs/installer/de.po index ebfa49cc..99bee976 100644 --- a/docs/installer/de.po +++ b/docs/installer/de.po @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package. -# +# # Translators: # Ettore Atalan <atalanttore@googlemail.com>, 2014-2015 # Marc Lattemann, 2013 @@ -15,14 +15,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-01-05 13:46+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-02-24 19:21+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-01-05 13:10+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Ettore Atalan <atalanttore@googlemail.com>\n" -"Language-Team: German (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/de/)\n" +"Language-Team: German (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" +"de/)\n" +"Language: de\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: de\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -33,9 +34,11 @@ msgstr "Lizenz- und Veröffentlichungshinweise" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:45 @@ -45,31 +48,41 @@ msgstr "Lizenzabkommen" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:48 msgid "" -"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license" -" terms and conditions carefully." -msgstr "Bevor Sie <application>Mageia</application> installieren, lesen Sie bitte sorgfälltig die Begriffe und Bedingungen in der Lizenz." +"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license " +"terms and conditions carefully." +msgstr "" +"Bevor Sie <application>Mageia</application> installieren, lesen Sie bitte " +"sorgfälltig die Begriffe und Bedingungen in der Lizenz." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51 msgid "" -"These terms and conditions apply to the entire " -"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before " -"you can continue." -msgstr "Diese Begriffe und Bedingungen beziehen sich auf die gesamte Distribution von <application>Mageia</application> und muss akzeptiert werden, bevor Sie mit der Installation weitermachen können." +"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</" +"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue." +msgstr "" +"Diese Begriffe und Bedingungen beziehen sich auf die gesamte Distribution " +"von <application>Mageia</application> und muss akzeptiert werden, bevor Sie " +"mit der Installation weitermachen können." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:55 msgid "" "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Um dies zu akzeptieren, klicken Sie einfach auf <emphasis role=\"bold\">Akzeptieren</emphasis> und anschließend auf <emphasis role=\"bold\">Weiter</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Um dies zu akzeptieren, klicken Sie einfach auf <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Akzeptieren</emphasis> und anschließend auf <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Weiter</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:58 msgid "" -"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking." -" Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." -msgstr "Falls Sie sich entschließen, diese Bedingungen nicht zu akzeptieren, bedanken wir uns, dass Sie vorbeigeschaut haben. Mit einem Klick auf <guibutton>Beenden</guibutton> wird Ihr Computer neu gestartet." +"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. " +"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." +msgstr "" +"Falls Sie sich entschließen, diese Bedingungen nicht zu akzeptieren, " +"bedanken wir uns, dass Sie vorbeigeschaut haben. Mit einem Klick auf " +"<guibutton>Beenden</guibutton> wird Ihr Computer neu gestartet." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:68 @@ -81,7 +94,10 @@ msgstr "Veröffentlichungshinweise" msgid "" "To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, " "click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button." -msgstr "Um zu sehen, was in dieser Ausgabe von <application><replaceable>Mageia</replaceable></application> neu ist, klicken Sie auf den Knopf <guibutton><replaceable>Veröffentlichungshinweise</replaceable></guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Um zu sehen, was in dieser Ausgabe von <application><replaceable>Mageia</" +"replaceable></application> neu ist, klicken Sie auf den Knopf " +"<guibutton><replaceable>Veröffentlichungshinweise</replaceable></guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 @@ -94,27 +110,32 @@ msgstr "de" msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" msgstr "Medienauswahl (konfigurieren von zusätzlichen Installationsmedien)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the -#. same as for media_selection -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ -#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" " -"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24 msgid "" "This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can " -"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The" -" source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " +"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The " +"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " "during the next steps." -msgstr "Dieser Bildschirm zeigt alle bereits erkannten Medien. Sie können andere Quellen für das Runterladen von Paketen auswählen, wie optische Laufwerke oder Netzwerkquellen. Die Quellenauswahl bestimmt, welche Pakete während der nächsten Schritte zur Verfügung stehen." +msgstr "" +"Dieser Bildschirm zeigt alle bereits erkannten Medien. Sie können andere " +"Quellen für das Runterladen von Paketen auswählen, wie optische Laufwerke " +"oder Netzwerkquellen. Die Quellenauswahl bestimmt, welche Pakete während der " +"nächsten Schritte zur Verfügung stehen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29 @@ -124,7 +145,9 @@ msgstr "Für die Netzwerkquellen müssen zwei Schritte beachtet werden:" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:33 msgid "Choosing and activation of the network, if not already up." -msgstr "Auswählen und Aktivieren der Netzwerkverbindung, falls sie noch nicht hergestellt ist" +msgstr "" +"Auswählen und Aktivieren der Netzwerkverbindung, falls sie noch nicht " +"hergestellt ist" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:37 @@ -134,38 +157,40 @@ msgid "" "Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With " "the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS " "installation." -msgstr "Auswählen eines Servers oder die URL angeben (der allerste Eintrag). Durch die Auswahl eines Servers haben Sie die Auswahl aller verfügbaren Quellen, die Mageia anbietet, wie 'nonfree', 'tainted' und 'updates'. Durch die URL können Sie eine bestimmte Quelle oder ihre eigene NFS Installation auswählen." +msgstr "" +"Auswählen eines Servers oder die URL angeben (der allerste Eintrag). Durch " +"die Auswahl eines Servers haben Sie die Auswahl aller verfügbaren Quellen, " +"die Mageia anbietet, wie 'nonfree', 'tainted' und 'updates'. Durch die URL " +"können Sie eine bestimmte Quelle oder ihre eigene NFS Installation auswählen." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:4 msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "Verwaltung des Benutzers und des Superusers" -#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, -#. but -#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only -#. thing -#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to -#. enable or -#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the -#. previous +#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but +#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing +#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or +#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous #. screen), marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't -#. understand -#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? -#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading -#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand +#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? +#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading +#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/addUser.xml:27 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:34 @@ -177,20 +202,33 @@ msgstr "Setzen des Administrator (root) Passworts:" msgid "" "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to " "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the " -"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the" -" top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " +"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the " +"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " "depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are " "using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box " "just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped " "the first password by comparing them." -msgstr "Dies ist für alle Installationen von <application>Mageia</application> verfügbar, um ein Passwort für den Superuser oder Administrator zu setzen, normalerweise wird es unter Linux das <emphasis>root passwort</emphasis> genannt. Während Sie Ihr Passwort in die obere Textbox eingeben, ändert sich die Farbe des Schildes von Rot zu Gelb und Grün, abhängig von der Sicherheit des Passwortes. Ein grünes Schild am Ende der Textbox zeigt Ihnen, dass Sie ein schwer zu knackendes Passwort verwenden. In der darunter liegenden Textbox sollten Sie das soeben eingegebene Passwort wiederholen, um zu überprüfen, dass Sie sich bei der Eingabe des ersten Passwortes nicht vertippt haben." +msgstr "" +"Dies ist für alle Installationen von <application>Mageia</application> " +"verfügbar, um ein Passwort für den Superuser oder Administrator zu setzen, " +"normalerweise wird es unter Linux das <emphasis>root passwort</emphasis> " +"genannt. Während Sie Ihr Passwort in die obere Textbox eingeben, ändert sich " +"die Farbe des Schildes von Rot zu Gelb und Grün, abhängig von der Sicherheit " +"des Passwortes. Ein grünes Schild am Ende der Textbox zeigt Ihnen, dass Sie " +"ein schwer zu knackendes Passwort verwenden. In der darunter liegenden " +"Textbox sollten Sie das soeben eingegebene Passwort wiederholen, um zu " +"überprüfen, dass Sie sich bei der Eingabe des ersten Passwortes nicht " +"vertippt haben." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:48 msgid "" "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters " "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password." -msgstr "Alle Passwörter beachten die Groß-/Kleinschreibung, so dass es am besten ist, wenn Sie eine Mischung aus Groß- und Kleinbuchstaben, Zahlen und Sonderzeichen in einem Passwort verwenden." +msgstr "" +"Alle Passwörter beachten die Groß-/Kleinschreibung, so dass es am besten " +"ist, wenn Sie eine Mischung aus Groß- und Kleinbuchstaben, Zahlen und " +"Sonderzeichen in einem Passwort verwenden." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:56 @@ -203,29 +241,41 @@ msgid "" "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but " "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and " "anything else the average user does with his computer" -msgstr "Hier fügen Sie einen Benutzer hinzu. Ein Benutzer hat weniger Rechte als der Superuser (root), aber genügend, um im Internet zu surfen, Büroanwendungen zu verwenden und noch vieles mehr, was ein durchschnittlicher Benutzer mit einem Computer macht." +msgstr "" +"Hier fügen Sie einen Benutzer hinzu. Ein Benutzer hat weniger Rechte als der " +"Superuser (root), aber genügend, um im Internet zu surfen, Büroanwendungen " +"zu verwenden und noch vieles mehr, was ein durchschnittlicher Benutzer mit " +"einem Computer macht." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:65 msgid "" "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the " "users icon." -msgstr "<guibutton>Symbol</guibutton>: Wenn Sie auf diesen Knopf klicken, so ändert sich das Symbol für den Benutzer." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Symbol</guibutton>: Wenn Sie auf diesen Knopf klicken, so ändert " +"sich das Symbol für den Benutzer." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:70 msgid "" "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text " "box." -msgstr "<guilabel>Vollständiger Name</guilabel>: Fügen Sie in dieser Textbox den wirklichen Namen des Benutzers ein." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Vollständiger Name</guilabel>: Fügen Sie in dieser Textbox den " +"wirklichen Namen des Benutzers ein." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:75 msgid "" "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let " -"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case" -" sensitive.</emphasis>" -msgstr "<guilabel>Anmeldename</guilabel>: Hier geben Sie den Anmeldenamen des Benutzers ein, oder lassen Sie den von <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakx</emphasis> vorgeschlagenen Namen stehen und übernehmen diesen. <emphasis>Der Anmeldename beachtet die Groß-/Kleinschreibung</emphasis>." +"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case " +"sensitive.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Anmeldename</guilabel>: Hier geben Sie den Anmeldenamen des " +"Benutzers ein, oder lassen Sie den von <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakx</" +"emphasis> vorgeschlagenen Namen stehen und übernehmen diesen. <emphasis>Der " +"Anmeldename beachtet die Groß-/Kleinschreibung</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:81 @@ -233,22 +283,32 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user " "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the " "strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" -msgstr "<guilabel>Passwort</guilabel>: In dieser Textbox geben Sie das Passwort für den Benutzer ein. Auch hier zeigt ein Schild am Ende der Textbox an, wie sicher das Passwort ist. (Siehe auch <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Passwort</guilabel>: In dieser Textbox geben Sie das Passwort für " +"den Benutzer ein. Auch hier zeigt ein Schild am Ende der Textbox an, wie " +"sicher das Passwort ist. (Siehe auch <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:87 msgid "" "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this " -"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user" -" password text boxes." -msgstr "<guilabel>Passwort (wiederholen)</guilabel>: Geben Sie wiederum das Passwort des Benutzers in diese Textbox ein, und <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakx</emphasis> überprüft auf Übereinstimmung der beiden Passwörter für den Benutzer in den beiden Textboxen." +"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user " +"password text boxes." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Passwort (wiederholen)</guilabel>: Geben Sie wiederum das Passwort " +"des Benutzers in diese Textbox ein, und <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakx</" +"emphasis> überprüft auf Übereinstimmung der beiden Passwörter für den " +"Benutzer in den beiden Textboxen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:94 msgid "" "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but " "write protected) home directory." -msgstr "Jeder Nutzer, der bei der Installation von Mageia hinzugefügt wird, besitzt ein home Verzeichnis, welches systemweit gelesen werden kann, aber schreibgeschützt ist." +msgstr "" +"Jeder Nutzer, der bei der Installation von Mageia hinzugefügt wird, besitzt " +"ein home Verzeichnis, welches systemweit gelesen werden kann, aber " +"schreibgeschützt ist." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:97 @@ -256,14 +316,20 @@ msgid "" "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - " "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that " "is both read and write protected." -msgstr "Allerdings wird jeder Nutzer, der in <emphasis>MCC - System - Verwalte Nutzer im System </emphasis>hinzugefügt wird, ein sowohl lese- als auch schreibgeschütztes home Verzeichnis besitzen." +msgstr "" +"Allerdings wird jeder Nutzer, der in <emphasis>MCC - System - Verwalte " +"Nutzer im System </emphasis>hinzugefügt wird, ein sowohl lese- als auch " +"schreibgeschütztes home Verzeichnis besitzen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:101 msgid "" "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised " "to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." -msgstr "Wenn Sie kein systemweit lesbares home Verzeichnis möchten, wird empfohlen nur einen temporären Nutzer zu erstellen und den / die wirklichen nach dem Neustart einzurichten." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie kein systemweit lesbares home Verzeichnis möchten, wird empfohlen " +"nur einen temporären Nutzer zu erstellen und den / die wirklichen nach dem " +"Neustart einzurichten." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:105 @@ -271,12 +337,17 @@ msgid "" "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all " "extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step " "during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>." -msgstr "Wenn Sie systemweit lesbare home Verzeichnisse bevorzugen, sollten Sie alle zusätzlichen Nutzer in dem Schritt <emphasis>Konfiguration - Zusammenfassung</emphasis> während der Installation hinzufügen. Wählen Sie <emphasis>Benutzerverwaltung</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie systemweit lesbare home Verzeichnisse bevorzugen, sollten Sie alle " +"zusätzlichen Nutzer in dem Schritt <emphasis>Konfiguration - " +"Zusammenfassung</emphasis> während der Installation hinzufügen. Wählen Sie " +"<emphasis>Benutzerverwaltung</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:109 msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install." -msgstr "Die Zugriffsrechte können auch nach der Installation abgeändert werden." +msgstr "" +"Die Zugriffsrechte können auch nach der Installation abgeändert werden." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:116 @@ -289,7 +360,12 @@ msgid "" "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a " "screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. " "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." -msgstr "Wird auf den Knopf <guibutton>Fortgeschrittene Optionen</guibutton> geklickt, so gelangen Sie auf eine Bildschirmseite, die es Ihnen erlaubt, die Einstellungen für den soeben eingefügten Benutzer zu bearbeiten. Zusätzlich können Sie hier ein Gast-Benutzerkonto aktivieren oder deaktivieren." +msgstr "" +"Wird auf den Knopf <guibutton>Fortgeschrittene Optionen</guibutton> " +"geklickt, so gelangen Sie auf eine Bildschirmseite, die es Ihnen erlaubt, " +"die Einstellungen für den soeben eingefügten Benutzer zu bearbeiten. " +"Zusätzlich können Sie hier ein Gast-Benutzerkonto aktivieren oder " +"deaktivieren." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/addUser.xml:124 @@ -297,7 +373,11 @@ msgid "" "Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account " "saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out. The guest " "should save his important files to a USB key." -msgstr "Jedes Gast-Benutzerkonto, das mit einem vorgegebenen <emphasis>rbash</emphasis>-Gastzugang und im Ordner <emphasis>/home</emphasis> gespeichert ist, wird gelöscht, wenn sich der Gast abmeldet. Der Gast sollte daher seine wichtigen Daten auf einen USB-Stick sichern." +msgstr "" +"Jedes Gast-Benutzerkonto, das mit einem vorgegebenen <emphasis>rbash</" +"emphasis>-Gastzugang und im Ordner <emphasis>/home</emphasis> gespeichert " +"ist, wird gelöscht, wenn sich der Gast abmeldet. Der Gast sollte daher seine " +"wichtigen Daten auf einen USB-Stick sichern." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:131 @@ -305,7 +385,11 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a " "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, " "but he has more restricted access than normal users." -msgstr "<guilabel>Gast-Benutzerkonto</guilabel>: Hier können Sie das Gast-Benutzerkonto aktivieren oder deaktivieren. Das Gast- Benutzerkonto erlaubt es einem Gast, sich am System anzumelden und den PC zu verwenden. Dieser Gast hat aber eingeschränktere Rechte als ein nomaler Benutzer." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Gast-Benutzerkonto</guilabel>: Hier können Sie das Gast-" +"Benutzerkonto aktivieren oder deaktivieren. Das Gast- Benutzerkonto erlaubt " +"es einem Gast, sich am System anzumelden und den PC zu verwenden. Dieser " +"Gast hat aber eingeschränktere Rechte als ein nomaler Benutzer." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:138 @@ -313,7 +397,10 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the " "shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are " "Bash, Dash and Sh" -msgstr "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: Diese aufklappbare Liste erlaubt es Ihnen, die Shell zu ändern, die der Benutzer verwendet, den Sie am Bildschirm zuvor hinzugefügt haben. Zur Auswahl stehen Bash, Dash und Sh" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: Diese aufklappbare Liste erlaubt es Ihnen, die " +"Shell zu ändern, die der Benutzer verwendet, den Sie am Bildschirm zuvor " +"hinzugefügt haben. Zur Auswahl stehen Bash, Dash und Sh" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:144 @@ -321,42 +408,49 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you " "are adding in the previous screen. This is a number. Leave it blank unless " "you know what you are doing." -msgstr "<guilabel>Benutzer-ID</guilabel>: Hier können Sie eine Benutzer- ID (Benutzeridentifikation) für den Benutzer setzen, den Sie am Bildschirm zuvor hinzugefügt haben. Diese ID ist eine Zahl. Lassen Sie diese Eingabe solange leer, bis Sie wissen, was Sie tun." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Benutzer-ID</guilabel>: Hier können Sie eine Benutzer- ID " +"(Benutzeridentifikation) für den Benutzer setzen, den Sie am Bildschirm " +"zuvor hinzugefügt haben. Diese ID ist eine Zahl. Lassen Sie diese Eingabe " +"solange leer, bis Sie wissen, was Sie tun." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:150 msgid "" "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID. Also a " -"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know" -" what you are doing." -msgstr "<guilabel>Gruppen-ID</guilabel>: Dies ermöglicht Ihnen das Setzen einer Gruppen-ID. Ebenfalls eine Zahl, normalerweise die gleiche Zahl wie für den Benutzer. Lassen Sie diese Eingabe solange leer, bis Sie wissen was Sie tun." +"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know " +"what you are doing." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Gruppen-ID</guilabel>: Dies ermöglicht Ihnen das Setzen einer " +"Gruppen-ID. Ebenfalls eine Zahl, normalerweise die gleiche Zahl wie für den " +"Benutzer. Lassen Sie diese Eingabe solange leer, bis Sie wissen was Sie tun." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11 msgid "Choose the mount points" msgstr "Einhängepunkte wählen" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least -#. ONE" -#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes -#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the -#. Americans -#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I -#. removed it -#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 +#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE" +#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) +#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes +#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans +#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it +#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) +#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" -"=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33 @@ -364,46 +458,63 @@ msgid "" "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If " "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you " "can change the mount points." -msgstr "Hier können Sie die erkannten Linux-Partitionen auf Ihrem Computer sehen. Falls Sie mit dem Vorschlag von <application>DrakX</application> nicht zufrieden sind, können Sie die Einhängepunkte ändern." +msgstr "" +"Hier können Sie die erkannten Linux-Partitionen auf Ihrem Computer sehen. " +"Falls Sie mit dem Vorschlag von <application>DrakX</application> nicht " +"zufrieden sind, können Sie die Einhängepunkte ändern." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38 msgid "" "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> " "(root) partition." -msgstr "Falls Sie etwas ändern, stellen Sie sicher, dass Sie noch eine <literal>/</literal> (root)-Partition haben." +msgstr "" +"Falls Sie etwas ändern, stellen Sie sicher, dass Sie noch eine <literal>/</" +"literal> (root)-Partition haben." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44 msgid "" -"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount " -"point\", \"Type\")." -msgstr "Jede Partition wird wie folgt angezeigt: \"Gerät\" (\"Kapazität\", \"Einhängepunkt\", \"Typ\")." +"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point" +"\", \"Type\")." +msgstr "" +"Jede Partition wird wie folgt angezeigt: \"Gerät\" (\"Kapazität\", " +"\"Einhängepunkt\", \"Typ\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49 msgid "" "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], " "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")." -msgstr "\"Gerät\", ist gegliedert in: \"Festplatte\", [\"Festplattennummer\"(Zahl)], \"Partitionsnummer\" (z.B. \"sda5\")." +msgstr "" +"\"Gerät\", ist gegliedert in: \"Festplatte\", [\"Festplattennummer\"(Zahl)], " +"\"Partitionsnummer\" (z.B. \"sda5\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55 msgid "" -"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from" -" the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " +"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from " +"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " "and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for " "instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store " -"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the " -"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install." -msgstr "Falls Sie viele Partitionen angelegt haben, können Sie verschiedene Einhängepunkte aus dem Ausklappmenü auswählen, wie z.B. <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> und <literal>/var</literal>. Sie können sogar eigene Einhängepunkte erstellen, wie z.B. <literal>/video</literal> für Ihre Filme, oder <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> für die <literal>/home</literal> Partition einer Cauldron-Installation." +"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</" +"literal> partition of a cauldron install." +msgstr "" +"Falls Sie viele Partitionen angelegt haben, können Sie verschiedene " +"Einhängepunkte aus dem Ausklappmenü auswählen, wie z.B. <literal>/</" +"literal>, <literal>/home</literal> und <literal>/var</literal>. Sie können " +"sogar eigene Einhängepunkte erstellen, wie z.B. <literal>/video</literal> " +"für Ihre Filme, oder <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> für die <literal>/" +"home</literal> Partition einer Cauldron-Installation." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65 msgid "" "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount " "point field blank." -msgstr "Falls Sie keinen Zugriff auf eine Partition benötigen, lassen Sie einfach das Feld für den Einhängepunkt leer." +msgstr "" +"Falls Sie keinen Zugriff auf eine Partition benötigen, lassen Sie einfach " +"das Feld für den Einhängepunkt leer." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71 @@ -411,15 +522,22 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, " "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen " "that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size." -msgstr "Falls Sie nicht sicher sind, was auszuwählen ist, klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Zurück</guibutton> und danach auf <guilabel>Benutzerdefinierte Partitionierung</guilabel>. Auf dem folgenden Bildschirm markieren Sie eine Partition und schon können Sie deren Typ und Größe sehen." +msgstr "" +"Falls Sie nicht sicher sind, was auszuwählen ist, klicken Sie auf " +"<guibutton>Zurück</guibutton> und danach auf <guilabel>Benutzerdefinierte " +"Partitionierung</guilabel>. Auf dem folgenden Bildschirm markieren Sie eine " +"Partition und schon können Sie deren Typ und Größe sehen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77 msgid "" -"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the " -"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more." -msgstr "Wenn Sie sicher sind, dass die Einhängepunkte passen, dann klicken Sie bitte auf <guibutton>Weiter</guibutton> und geben an, ob nur die von DrakX vorgeschlagenen Partitionen formatiert werden sollen oder noch weitere." +"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) " +"DrakX suggests, or more." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie sicher sind, dass die Einhängepunkte passen, dann klicken Sie bitte " +"auf <guibutton>Weiter</guibutton> und geben an, ob nur die von DrakX " +"vorgeschlagenen Partitionen formatiert werden sollen oder noch weitere." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 @@ -429,9 +547,11 @@ msgstr "Desktopauswahl" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11 msgid "" -"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine" -" tune your choice." -msgstr "Je nachdem, welche Auswahl Sie hier treffen, werden weitere Auswahlfenster angezeigt, um Ihre Installation individuell zu gestalten." +"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine " +"tune your choice." +msgstr "" +"Je nachdem, welche Auswahl Sie hier treffen, werden weitere Auswahlfenster " +"angezeigt, um Ihre Installation individuell zu gestalten." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13 @@ -439,14 +559,19 @@ msgid "" "After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package " "installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the " "<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button" -msgstr "Nach den Auswahlschritten wird während der Paketinstallation eine Präsentation angezeigt. Die Präsentation kann durch Anklicken des <guilabel>Details</guilabel>-Knopfes beendet werden." +msgstr "" +"Nach den Auswahlschritten wird während der Paketinstallation eine " +"Präsentation angezeigt. Die Präsentation kann durch Anklicken des " +"<guilabel>Details</guilabel>-Knopfes beendet werden." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26 @@ -458,21 +583,30 @@ msgid "" "default software choices for these desktop environments. The " "<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, " "sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default." -msgstr "Wählen Sie hier Ihre bevorzugte Desktopumgebung <application>KDE</application> oder <application>Gnome</application>. Beide bieten einen vollständigen Satz an nützlichen Programmen und Werkzeugen. Setzen Sie bei <guilabel>\"Benutzerdefiniert\"</guilabel> ein Häkchen, falls Sie keine der vorgegebenen Konfigurationen, sondern eine eigene Zusammenstellung benutzen wollen. Der <application>LXDE</application>-Desktop benötigt weniger Ressourcen als die beiden eben genannten, bietet dafür aber weniger \"Eye Candy\" und es werden standardmäßig weniger Pakete installiert." +msgstr "" +"Wählen Sie hier Ihre bevorzugte Desktopumgebung <application>KDE</" +"application> oder <application>Gnome</application>. Beide bieten einen " +"vollständigen Satz an nützlichen Programmen und Werkzeugen. Setzen Sie bei " +"<guilabel>\"Benutzerdefiniert\"</guilabel> ein Häkchen, falls Sie keine der " +"vorgegebenen Konfigurationen, sondern eine eigene Zusammenstellung benutzen " +"wollen. Der <application>LXDE</application>-Desktop benötigt weniger " +"Ressourcen als die beiden eben genannten, bietet dafür aber weniger \"Eye " +"Candy\" und es werden standardmäßig weniger Pakete installiert." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4 msgid "Package Group Selection" msgstr "Paketgruppenauswahl" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a -#. new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr " <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +" <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16 @@ -481,7 +615,12 @@ msgid "" "your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however " "more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which " "become visible as the mouse is hovered over them." -msgstr "Um die Paketauswahl zu erleichtern, wurden Programmpakete in Gruppen sortiert. Die Gruppen sind größtenteils selbsterklärend. Falls Sie aber doch weitere Informationen zu dem Inhalt wünschen, brauchen Sie nur die Minihilfen aufrufen. Sie tun das, indem Sie mit der Maus einfach über die Gruppen fahren." +msgstr "" +"Um die Paketauswahl zu erleichtern, wurden Programmpakete in Gruppen " +"sortiert. Die Gruppen sind größtenteils selbsterklärend. Falls Sie aber " +"doch weitere Informationen zu dem Inhalt wünschen, brauchen Sie nur die " +"Minihilfen aufrufen. Sie tun das, indem Sie mit der Maus einfach über die " +"Gruppen fahren." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23 @@ -503,127 +642,160 @@ msgstr "Grafische Umgebung" msgid "" "Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or " "remove packages." -msgstr "Individuelle Paketauswahl (Um händisch Pakete hinzuzufügen oder entfernen zu können, wählen Sie bitte diese Option.)" +msgstr "" +"Individuelle Paketauswahl (Um händisch Pakete hinzuzufügen oder entfernen zu " +"können, wählen Sie bitte diese Option.)" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39 msgid "" -"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do" -" a minimal install." -msgstr "Um eine minimale Installation durchzuführen, lesen Sie bitte die Anweisung <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> ." +"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " +"a minimal install." +msgstr "" +"Um eine minimale Installation durchzuführen, lesen Sie bitte die Anweisung " +"<xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> ." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4 msgid "Choose Individual Packages" msgstr "Wählen Sie individuelle Pakete" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a -#. new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr " <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +" <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17 msgid "" -"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your " -"installation." -msgstr "Hier können Sie weitere Pakete aus- oder abwählen, um Ihre Installation anzupassen." +"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation." +msgstr "" +"Hier können Sie weitere Pakete aus- oder abwählen, um Ihre Installation " +"anzupassen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20 msgid "" -"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy " -"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages " -"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the " -"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install " -"and choosing to load it." -msgstr "Nachdem Sie Ihre Wahl getroffen haben, können Sie auf das <guibutton>Diskettensymbol</guibutton> am unteren Ende der Seite klicken, um die Paketauswahl zu speichern. Ebenso funktioniert das Speichern auf einen USB-Stick. In diesem Fall können Sie diese Paketauswahl nutzen, um die gleichen Pakete auf einem anderen System zu installieren. Sie können dies tun, indem Sie bei der Installation den selben Knopf anklicken und dann diese gesicherte Auswahldatei laden." +"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</" +"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving " +"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same " +"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and " +"choosing to load it." +msgstr "" +"Nachdem Sie Ihre Wahl getroffen haben, können Sie auf das " +"<guibutton>Diskettensymbol</guibutton> am unteren Ende der Seite klicken, um " +"die Paketauswahl zu speichern. Ebenso funktioniert das Speichern auf einen " +"USB-Stick. In diesem Fall können Sie diese Paketauswahl nutzen, um die " +"gleichen Pakete auf einem anderen System zu installieren. Sie können dies " +"tun, indem Sie bei der Installation den selben Knopf anklicken und dann " +"diese gesicherte Auswahldatei laden." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureServices.xml:12 msgid "Configure your Services" msgstr "Konfigurieren Ihrer Dienste" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureServices.xml:21 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" -"=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:27 msgid "" -"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your " -"system." -msgstr "Hier können Sie einstellen, welche Dienste ausgeführt (oder auch nicht ausgeführt) werden sollen, nachdem Ihr System gestartet wurde." +"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system." +msgstr "" +"Hier können Sie einstellen, welche Dienste ausgeführt (oder auch nicht " +"ausgeführt) werden sollen, nachdem Ihr System gestartet wurde." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:30 msgid "" -"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and" -" see all services in it." -msgstr "Sie finden hier vier Gruppen. Klicken Sie auf das Dreieck vor einer Gruppe, um alle Dienste zu sehen, die von dieser Gruppe bereitgestellt werden." +"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and " +"see all services in it." +msgstr "" +"Sie finden hier vier Gruppen. Klicken Sie auf das Dreieck vor einer Gruppe, " +"um alle Dienste zu sehen, die von dieser Gruppe bereitgestellt werden." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:34 msgid "The setting DrakX chose are usually good." -msgstr "Normalerweise wählt <emphasis role=\"bold\">DrakX</emphasis> passende Einstellungen." +msgstr "" +"Normalerweise wählt <emphasis role=\"bold\">DrakX</emphasis> passende " +"Einstellungen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:37 msgid "" "If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info " "box below." -msgstr "Wenn Sie einen Dienst markieren, werden in einer darunter sichtbaren Infobox einige Informationen zu diesem Dienst angezeigt." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie einen Dienst markieren, werden in einer darunter sichtbaren Infobox " +"einige Informationen zu diesem Dienst angezeigt." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:41 msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing." -msgstr "Ändern Sie diese Einstellungen nur dann, wenn Sie genau wissen, was Sie tun." +msgstr "" +"Ändern Sie diese Einstellungen nur dann, wenn Sie genau wissen, was Sie tun." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:12 msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Konfiguration der Zeitzone" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 msgid "" -"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the" -" same time zone." -msgstr "Wählen Sie die von Ihnen gewünschte Zeitzone, indem Sie ihr Land oder eine Stadt in Ihrer Nähe aus der gleichen Zeitzone wählen." +"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " +"same time zone." +msgstr "" +"Wählen Sie die von Ihnen gewünschte Zeitzone, indem Sie ihr Land oder eine " +"Stadt in Ihrer Nähe aus der gleichen Zeitzone wählen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 msgid "" -"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to" -" GMT, also known as UTC." -msgstr "Im nächsten Bildschirm können Sie wählen, ob ihre Hardware-Uhr auf lokale Zeit oder auf GMT, auch als UTC bekannt, gesetzt wird." +"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " +"GMT, also known as UTC." +msgstr "" +"Im nächsten Bildschirm können Sie wählen, ob ihre Hardware-Uhr auf lokale " +"Zeit oder auf GMT, auch als UTC bekannt, gesetzt wird." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 msgid "" "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." -msgstr "Besitzen Sie mehr als ein Betriebssystem, so vergewissern Sie sich, dass alle Betriebssysteme entweder auf Lokalzeit oder auf UTC/GMT gesetzt sind." +msgstr "" +"Besitzen Sie mehr als ein Betriebssystem, so vergewissern Sie sich, dass " +"alle Betriebssysteme entweder auf Lokalzeit oder auf UTC/GMT gesetzt sind." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11 @@ -633,24 +805,32 @@ msgstr "Einen X-Server auswählen (Ihre Grafikkarte einrichten)" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id" -"=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually " "correctly identify your video device." -msgstr "DrakX verfügt über eine umfassende Datenbank für Grafikkarten und wird meist Ihre Grafikkarte korrekt erkennen." +msgstr "" +"DrakX verfügt über eine umfassende Datenbank für Grafikkarten und wird meist " +"Ihre Grafikkarte korrekt erkennen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24 msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know " "which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:" -msgstr "Falls der Installer Ihre Grafikkarte nicht korrekt erkannt hat und Sie nicht wissen, welche Sie haben, können Sie sie folgendermaßen aus dem Baum auswählen:" +msgstr "" +"Falls der Installer Ihre Grafikkarte nicht korrekt erkannt hat und Sie nicht " +"wissen, welche Sie haben, können Sie sie folgendermaßen aus dem Baum " +"auswählen:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 @@ -673,7 +853,10 @@ msgid "" "If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in " "the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the " "Xorg category" -msgstr "Falls Sie Ihre Karte nicht in der Herstellerliste finden, weil sie sich nicht in der Datenbank befindet oder weil es sich um eine ältere Karte handelt, könnten Sie einen passenden Treiber in Xorg finden." +msgstr "" +"Falls Sie Ihre Karte nicht in der Herstellerliste finden, weil sie sich " +"nicht in der Datenbank befindet oder weil es sich um eine ältere Karte " +"handelt, könnten Sie einen passenden Treiber in Xorg finden." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43 @@ -681,14 +864,21 @@ msgid "" "The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card " "drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " "option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities." -msgstr "Die Xorg-Liste enthält mehr als 40 generische und quelloffene Treiber für Grafikkarten. Falls Sie noch immer keinen passenden Treiber für Ihre Karte finden, können Sie den VESA-Treiber verwenden, welcher grundlegende Funktionalität bietet." +msgstr "" +"Die Xorg-Liste enthält mehr als 40 generische und quelloffene Treiber für " +"Grafikkarten. Falls Sie noch immer keinen passenden Treiber für Ihre Karte " +"finden, können Sie den VESA-Treiber verwenden, welcher grundlegende " +"Funktionalität bietet." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48 msgid "" "Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access " "to the Commandline Interface." -msgstr "Denken Sie daran, dass es durch Auswahl eines inkompatiblen Treibers passieren kann, dass Sie lediglich Zugriff auf eine Befehlszeilenschnittstelle erhalten." +msgstr "" +"Denken Sie daran, dass es durch Auswahl eines inkompatiblen Treibers " +"passieren kann, dass Sie lediglich Zugriff auf eine " +"Befehlszeilenschnittstelle erhalten." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 @@ -696,30 +886,37 @@ msgid "" "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " "may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from " "the card manufacturers' websites." -msgstr "Einige Grafikkartenhersteller bieten proprietäre Treiber für Linux an, welche nur in den \"Nonfree\"-Paketquellen oder in einigen Fällen nur über die Webseite des Herstellers erhältlich sind." +msgstr "" +"Einige Grafikkartenhersteller bieten proprietäre Treiber für Linux an, " +"welche nur in den \"Nonfree\"-Paketquellen oder in einigen Fällen nur über " +"die Webseite des Herstellers erhältlich sind." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 msgid "" "The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them. If " "you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot." -msgstr "Die \"Nonfree\"-Paketquellen müssen ausdrücklich aktiviert werden. Falls Sie dies zuvor nicht gemacht haben, sollten Sie dies nach dem ersten Neustart tun." +msgstr "" +"Die \"Nonfree\"-Paketquellen müssen ausdrücklich aktiviert werden. Falls Sie " +"dies zuvor nicht gemacht haben, sollten Sie dies nach dem ersten Neustart " +"tun." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4 msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration der Grafikkarte und des Bildschirms" -#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" -#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename -#. for this page +#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18 @@ -728,19 +925,31 @@ msgid "" "you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are " "all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window " "System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for " -"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or" -" any other graphical environment to work well, the following " -"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct " -"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a " -"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect." -msgstr "Egal, welche grafische Umgebung (auch als Desktop bekannt) Sie für die Installation von <application>Mageia</application> wählen, diese basieren alle auf der grafischen Benutzerschnittstelle namens <acronym>X-Window-System</acronym>, oder vereinfacht <acronym>X</acronym>. Um in Folge <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> oder eine andere grafische Umgebung zum Laufen zu bringen, müssen die nachfolgenden Einstellungen von <acronym>X</acronym> korrekt sein. Wählen Sie die korrekten Einstellungen, wenn Sie entdecken, dass <application>DrakX</application> keine Auswahl trifft, oder wenn Sie glauben, dass die Auswahl nicht korrekt ist." +"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or " +"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</" +"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can " +"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you " +"think the choice is incorrect." +msgstr "" +"Egal, welche grafische Umgebung (auch als Desktop bekannt) Sie für die " +"Installation von <application>Mageia</application> wählen, diese basieren " +"alle auf der grafischen Benutzerschnittstelle namens <acronym>X-Window-" +"System</acronym>, oder vereinfacht <acronym>X</acronym>. Um in Folge " +"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> " +"oder eine andere grafische Umgebung zum Laufen zu bringen, müssen die " +"nachfolgenden Einstellungen von <acronym>X</acronym> korrekt sein. Wählen " +"Sie die korrekten Einstellungen, wenn Sie entdecken, dass " +"<application>DrakX</application> keine Auswahl trifft, oder wenn Sie " +"glauben, dass die Auswahl nicht korrekt ist." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card " "from the list if needed." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Grafikkarte</guibutton></emphasis>: Wählen Sie Ihre Karte aus der Liste, wenn nötig." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Grafikkarte</guibutton></emphasis>: Wählen Sie Ihre " +"Karte aus der Liste, wenn nötig." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37 @@ -750,7 +959,14 @@ msgid "" "from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. " "Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the " "horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Bildschirm</guibutton></emphasis>: Sie können <guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> wählen, falls verfügbar, oder Ihren Bildschirm aus einer der beiden Listen (<guilabel>Hersteller</guilabel> oder <guilabel>Generisch</guilabel>) wählen. Wählen Sie <guilabel>Benutzerdefiniert</guilabel> wenn Sie es bevorzugen, die horizontale und vertikale Wiederholfrequenz Ihres Bildschirms manuell einzustellen." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Bildschirm</guibutton></emphasis>: Sie können " +"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> wählen, falls verfügbar, oder Ihren " +"Bildschirm aus einer der beiden Listen (<guilabel>Hersteller</guilabel> oder " +"<guilabel>Generisch</guilabel>) wählen. Wählen Sie " +"<guilabel>Benutzerdefiniert</guilabel> wenn Sie es bevorzugen, die " +"horizontale und vertikale Wiederholfrequenz Ihres Bildschirms manuell " +"einzustellen." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45 @@ -762,7 +978,9 @@ msgstr "Unkorrekte Wiederholfrequenzen können Ihren Bildschirm zerstören" msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired " "resolution and color depth of your monitor here." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Auflösung</guibutton></emphasis>: Legen Sie hier die entsprechende Auflösung und Farbtiefe für Ihren Bildschirm fest." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Auflösung</guibutton></emphasis>: Legen Sie hier die " +"entsprechende Auflösung und Farbtiefe für Ihren Bildschirm fest." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56 @@ -770,19 +988,31 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not " "always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your " "settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your " -"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept." -" If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be" -" able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " -"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't " -"available</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: Der Test-Knopf ist während der Installation nicht immer sichtbar. Ist der Knopf sichtbar, so können Sie Ihre Einstellungen überprüfen, indem Sie diesen Knopf betätigen. Wenn eine Frage angezeigt wird, ob Ihre Einstellungen korrekt sind, so antworten Sie mit \"Ja\" und die Einstellungen werden übernommen. Wenn Sie aber nichts sehen, so kehren Sie nach kurzer Zeit zum Konfigurationsbildschirm zurück und erhalten die Möglichkeit, alle Einstellungen zu ändern, bis der Test zufriedenstellend verläuft. <emphasis>Vergewissern Sie sich, dass Sie sich mit den getätigten Einstellungen nicht außerhalb der Grenzwerte Ihres Bildschirms befinden, wenn der Knopf nicht verfügbar ist.</emphasis>" +"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. " +"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be " +"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " +"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: Der Test-Knopf ist während " +"der Installation nicht immer sichtbar. Ist der Knopf sichtbar, so können Sie " +"Ihre Einstellungen überprüfen, indem Sie diesen Knopf betätigen. Wenn eine " +"Frage angezeigt wird, ob Ihre Einstellungen korrekt sind, so antworten Sie " +"mit \"Ja\" und die Einstellungen werden übernommen. Wenn Sie aber nichts " +"sehen, so kehren Sie nach kurzer Zeit zum Konfigurationsbildschirm zurück " +"und erhalten die Möglichkeit, alle Einstellungen zu ändern, bis der Test " +"zufriedenstellend verläuft. <emphasis>Vergewissern Sie sich, dass Sie sich " +"mit den getätigten Einstellungen nicht außerhalb der Grenzwerte Ihres " +"Bildschirms befinden, wenn der Knopf nicht verfügbar ist.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to " "enable or disable various options." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Optionen</guibutton></emphasis>: Hier können Sie verschiedene Optionen aktivieren oder deaktivieren." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Optionen</guibutton></emphasis>: Hier können Sie " +"verschiedene Optionen aktivieren oder deaktivieren." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18 @@ -794,7 +1024,9 @@ msgstr "Auswahl des Monitors" msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually " "correctly identify yours." -msgstr "DrakX besitzt eine umfassende Datenbank von Monitoren und erkennt normalerweise ihren Monitor korrekt." +msgstr "" +"DrakX besitzt eine umfassende Datenbank von Monitoren und erkennt " +"normalerweise ihren Monitor korrekt." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26 @@ -803,15 +1035,22 @@ msgid "" "your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing " "what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor " "documentation" -msgstr "<emphasis> Die Auswahl eines Monitors mit falschen Charakteristika kann Ihren Monitor oder Ihre Grafikkarte beschädigen. Bitte stellen Sie sicher, dass Sie genau wissen, was Sie tun </emphasis> Im Zweifel schauen Sie doch bitte in die Dokumentation des Monitors" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis> Die Auswahl eines Monitors mit falschen Charakteristika kann " +"Ihren Monitor oder Ihre Grafikkarte beschädigen. Bitte stellen Sie sicher, " +"dass Sie genau wissen, was Sie tun </emphasis> Im Zweifel schauen Sie doch " +"bitte in die Dokumentation des Monitors" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" -"=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42 @@ -822,10 +1061,15 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Benutzerdefiniert</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44 msgid "" "This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh " -"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the" -" screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are" -" displayed." -msgstr "Die Einstellung erlaubt es Ihnen zwei kritische Einstellungen, die vertikale Wiederholraten und horizontalen Synchronisationsfrequenzen, einzustellen. Die vertikale Wiederholrate bestimmt, wie oft das Bild neu aufgebaut wird und die horizontalen Synchronisationsfrequenz legt die Rate fest, wieviele Scanlinien dargestellt werden." +"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the " +"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are " +"displayed." +msgstr "" +"Die Einstellung erlaubt es Ihnen zwei kritische Einstellungen, die vertikale " +"Wiederholraten und horizontalen Synchronisationsfrequenzen, einzustellen. " +"Die vertikale Wiederholrate bestimmt, wie oft das Bild neu aufgebaut wird " +"und die horizontalen Synchronisationsfrequenz legt die Rate fest, wieviele " +"Scanlinien dargestellt werden." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49 @@ -834,7 +1078,11 @@ msgid "" "type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you " "may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and " "consult your monitor documentation." -msgstr "Es ist <emphasis>SEHR WICHTIG</emphasis>, dass Sie keinen Monitor auswählen, dessen Wiederholrate höher als die Shres Monitors liegt: dies kann zu Schäden an ihrem Monitor führen. Wählen Sie im Zweifel lieber eine niedrigere Einstellung und schauen Sie in die Dokumentation ihres Monitors" +msgstr "" +"Es ist <emphasis>SEHR WICHTIG</emphasis>, dass Sie keinen Monitor auswählen, " +"dessen Wiederholrate höher als die Shres Monitors liegt: dies kann zu " +"Schäden an ihrem Monitor führen. Wählen Sie im Zweifel lieber eine " +"niedrigere Einstellung und schauen Sie in die Dokumentation ihres Monitors" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55 @@ -846,7 +1094,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>" msgid "" "This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the " "monitor database." -msgstr "Dies ist die Standardeinstellung und es wird versucht den Monitor anhand der Datenbank zu bestimmen" +msgstr "" +"Dies ist die Standardeinstellung und es wird versucht den Monitor anhand der " +"Datenbank zu bestimmen" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63 @@ -858,7 +1108,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Hersteller</emphasis>" msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which " "one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:" -msgstr "Falls das Installationsprogramm Ihren Monitor nicht korrekt erkannt hat und Sie wissen, um welchen Monitor es sich handelt, können Sie den Monitor anhand folgender Optionen auswählen:" +msgstr "" +"Falls das Installationsprogramm Ihren Monitor nicht korrekt erkannt hat und " +"Sie wissen, um welchen Monitor es sich handelt, können Sie den Monitor " +"anhand folgender Optionen auswählen:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73 @@ -879,11 +1132,16 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Generisch</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84 msgid "" "selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as " -"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is" -" often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card " -"driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once " -"again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections." -msgstr "Die Auswahl dieser Gruppe zeigt rund 30 Anzeigeneinstellungen wie 1024x768 @ 60Hz und beinhaltet auch Flachbildschirme, die in Laptops verbaut sind. Die Auswahl dieser Gruppe ist ausreichend, wenn Sie den Vesa Grafikkartentreiber benutzen müssen, sollte Ihre Grafikkarte nicht automatisch erkannt werden. Nochmal: es ist besser eher zu niedrige Einstellungen zu wählen." +"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is " +"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver " +"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it " +"may be wise to be conservative in your selections." +msgstr "" +"Die Auswahl dieser Gruppe zeigt rund 30 Anzeigeneinstellungen wie 1024x768 @ " +"60Hz und beinhaltet auch Flachbildschirme, die in Laptops verbaut sind. Die " +"Auswahl dieser Gruppe ist ausreichend, wenn Sie den Vesa Grafikkartentreiber " +"benutzen müssen, sollte Ihre Grafikkarte nicht automatisch erkannt werden. " +"Nochmal: es ist besser eher zu niedrige Einstellungen zu wählen." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake.xml:19 @@ -893,52 +1151,74 @@ msgstr "Benutzerdefinierte Laufwerkspartitionierung mit DiskDrake" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/diskdrake.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" " -"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:33 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " -"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The" -" encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " +"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " +"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " "set, otherwise your system will be unbootable." -msgstr "Wünschen Sie auf Ihrer / -Partition (Wurzelverzeichnis) eine Verschlüsselung, müssen Sie sicherstellen, dass Sie eine eigene <literal>/boot</literal>-Partition besitzen. Die Option Verschlüsselung für die <literal>/boot</literal>- Partition darf <emphasis role=\"bold\">NICHT</emphasis> gesetzt werden, da sonst das System nicht gebootet werden kann." +msgstr "" +"Wünschen Sie auf Ihrer / -Partition (Wurzelverzeichnis) eine " +"Verschlüsselung, müssen Sie sicherstellen, dass Sie eine eigene <literal>/" +"boot</literal>-Partition besitzen. Die Option Verschlüsselung für die " +"<literal>/boot</literal>- Partition darf <emphasis role=\"bold\">NICHT</" +"emphasis> gesetzt werden, da sonst das System nicht gebootet werden kann." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:39 msgid "" -"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions," -" change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " +"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " "is in them before you start." -msgstr "Hier können Sie das Layout Ihres Laufwerks (Ihrer Laufwerke) bestimmen. Sie können Partitionen löschen oder erstellen, das Dateisystem einer Partition oder dessen Größe ändern, oder auch den vorhandenen Inhalt betrachten, bevor Sie daran Änderungen vornehmen." +msgstr "" +"Hier können Sie das Layout Ihres Laufwerks (Ihrer Laufwerke) bestimmen. Sie " +"können Partitionen löschen oder erstellen, das Dateisystem einer Partition " +"oder dessen Größe ändern, oder auch den vorhandenen Inhalt betrachten, bevor " +"Sie daran Änderungen vornehmen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:42 msgid "" -"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an" -" USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." -msgstr "Dies ist der Reiter für jedes entdeckte Laufwerk oder Speichermedium, wie einem USB-Stick. So z.B. <emphasis>sda</emphasis>, <emphasis>sdb</emphasis> und <emphasis>sdc</emphasis>, wenn drei Laufwerke gefunden wurden." +"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " +"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." +msgstr "" +"Dies ist der Reiter für jedes entdeckte Laufwerk oder Speichermedium, wie " +"einem USB-Stick. So z.B. <emphasis>sda</emphasis>, <emphasis>sdb</emphasis> " +"und <emphasis>sdc</emphasis>, wenn drei Laufwerke gefunden wurden." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:45 msgid "" -"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected" -" storage device" -msgstr "Wählen Sie <guibutton>Alles löschen</guibutton>, um alle Partitionen des gewählten Laufwerks zu löschen." +"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " +"storage device" +msgstr "" +"Wählen Sie <guibutton>Alles löschen</guibutton>, um alle Partitionen des " +"gewählten Laufwerks zu löschen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Für alle anderen Aktionen:</emphasis> Klicken Sie zuerst auf die gewünschte Partition. Dann sehen Sie sich den Inhalt an (falls vorhanden) oder wählen ein Dateisystem und einen Einhängepunkt, ändern Sie die Größe oder löschen Sie die Partition." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Für alle anderen Aktionen:</emphasis> Klicken Sie " +"zuerst auf die gewünschte Partition. Dann sehen Sie sich den Inhalt an " +"(falls vorhanden) oder wählen ein Dateisystem und einen Einhängepunkt, " +"ändern Sie die Größe oder löschen Sie die Partition." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:49 msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes." -msgstr "Wiederholen Sie diesen Vorgang für alle Laufwerke, bis alle Einstellungen Ihren Wünschen entsprechen." +msgstr "" +"Wiederholen Sie diesen Vorgang für alle Laufwerke, bis alle Einstellungen " +"Ihren Wünschen entsprechen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:51 @@ -956,21 +1236,28 @@ msgid "" "In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the " "solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install " "<application>Mageia</application>." -msgstr "Auf diesem Bildschirm können Sie Ihre Festplatte(n) sehen und die Einteilung, die der DrakX Partitionierungswizard für die Installation von <application>Mageia</application> vorschlägt." +msgstr "" +"Auf diesem Bildschirm können Sie Ihre Festplatte(n) sehen und die " +"Einteilung, die der DrakX Partitionierungswizard für die Installation von " +"<application>Mageia</application> vorschlägt." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33 msgid "" "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your " "particular hard drive(s) layout and content." -msgstr "Die in der Liste verfügbaren Optionen variieren abhängig von Ihren verbauten Festplatte(n)." +msgstr "" +"Die in der Liste verfügbaren Optionen variieren abhängig von Ihren verbauten " +"Festplatte(n)." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center" +"\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45 @@ -982,7 +1269,9 @@ msgstr "Verwende vorhandene Partitionen" msgid "" "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have " "been found and may be used for the installation." -msgstr "Wenn diese Option verfügbar ist, dann wurden vorhandene Linux-kompatible Partitionen gefunden und können für die Installation genutzt werden." +msgstr "" +"Wenn diese Option verfügbar ist, dann wurden vorhandene Linux-kompatible " +"Partitionen gefunden und können für die Installation genutzt werden." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54 @@ -992,9 +1281,11 @@ msgstr "Nutze freien Speicherplatz" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for" -" your new Mageia installation." -msgstr "Falls Sie nicht genutzten freien Speicherplatz auf Ihrer Festplatte haben, dann wird diese Option diesen für die neue Mageia-Installation verwenden." +"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for " +"your new Mageia installation." +msgstr "" +"Falls Sie nicht genutzten freien Speicherplatz auf Ihrer Festplatte haben, " +"dann wird diese Option diesen für die neue Mageia-Installation verwenden." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62 @@ -1004,9 +1295,11 @@ msgstr "Nutze den freien Speicherplatz einer Windows Partition" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may" -" offer to use it." -msgstr "Falls Sie nicht genutzen freien Speicherplatz auf einer bestehenden Windows-Partition verfügbar haben, kann der Installer diesen zur Nutzung vorschlagen." +"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may " +"offer to use it." +msgstr "" +"Falls Sie nicht genutzen freien Speicherplatz auf einer bestehenden Windows-" +"Partition verfügbar haben, kann der Installer diesen zur Nutzung vorschlagen." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69 @@ -1014,7 +1307,11 @@ msgid "" "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, " "but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all " "important files!" -msgstr "Dies kann ein sehr nützlicher Weg sein, um Platz für eine neue Mageia-Installation zu schaffen. Dies ist aber eine sehr riskante Aktion. Also sollten Sie sicherstellen, dass alle wichtigen Daten auf einem externen Datenträger gesichert sind." +msgstr "" +"Dies kann ein sehr nützlicher Weg sein, um Platz für eine neue Mageia-" +"Installation zu schaffen. Dies ist aber eine sehr riskante Aktion. Also " +"sollten Sie sicherstellen, dass alle wichtigen Daten auf einem externen " +"Datenträger gesichert sind." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74 @@ -1025,7 +1322,14 @@ msgid "" "although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been " "moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to " "back up your personal files." -msgstr "Beachten Sie bitte, dass für diese Option eine Verkleinerung der Windows-Partition durchgeführt werden muss. Die Partition muss zwingend \"sauber\" sein. Das bedeutet, dass Windows bei der letzten Nutzung korrekt heruntergefahren wurde. Zusätzlich muss die Partition defragmentiert worden sein, obwohl es keine Garantie gibt, dass alle Dateien der Partition aus dem zu nutzenden Teil verschoben wurden. Es ist also wirklich sehr zu empfehlen, die persönlichen Daten vor dem Vorgang zu sichern." +msgstr "" +"Beachten Sie bitte, dass für diese Option eine Verkleinerung der Windows-" +"Partition durchgeführt werden muss. Die Partition muss zwingend \"sauber\" " +"sein. Das bedeutet, dass Windows bei der letzten Nutzung korrekt " +"heruntergefahren wurde. Zusätzlich muss die Partition defragmentiert worden " +"sein, obwohl es keine Garantie gibt, dass alle Dateien der Partition aus dem " +"zu nutzenden Teil verschoben wurden. Es ist also wirklich sehr zu empfehlen, " +"die persönlichen Daten vor dem Vorgang zu sichern." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84 @@ -1040,7 +1344,9 @@ msgstr "Diese Option wird das vollständige Laufwerk für Mageia nutzen." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!" -msgstr "Beachte! Dies wird ALLE Daten auf dem gewählten Laufwerk löschen. Bitte Vorsicht walten lassen!" +msgstr "" +"Beachte! Dies wird ALLE Daten auf dem gewählten Laufwerk löschen. Bitte " +"Vorsicht walten lassen!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93 @@ -1048,7 +1354,10 @@ msgid "" "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already " "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use " "this option." -msgstr "Falls Sie beabsichtigen, einen Teil der Platte für etwas anderes zu nutzen oder Sie haben wichtige Daten auf dem Laufwerk, welche nicht verloren gehen dürfen, dann nutzen Sie bitte nicht diese Option." +msgstr "" +"Falls Sie beabsichtigen, einen Teil der Platte für etwas anderes zu nutzen " +"oder Sie haben wichtige Daten auf dem Laufwerk, welche nicht verloren gehen " +"dürfen, dann nutzen Sie bitte nicht diese Option." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100 @@ -1058,9 +1367,11 @@ msgstr "Benutzerdefiniert" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 msgid "" -"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your" -" hard drive(s)." -msgstr "Diese Option gibt Ihnen die vollständige Kontrolle über das Platzieren der Installation auf den Festplatten." +"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " +"hard drive(s)." +msgstr "" +"Diese Option gibt Ihnen die vollständige Kontrolle über das Platzieren der " +"Installation auf den Festplatten." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109 @@ -1069,10 +1380,17 @@ msgid "" "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " "hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested " "with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 " -"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning" -" tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " +"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning " +"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " "settings:" -msgstr "Einige neuere Laufwerke nutzen logische Sektoren mit 4.096 Bytes anstelle der bisherigen 512 Bytes. Aufgrund fehlender Hardware wurde das Partitionierungswerkzeug im Installer nicht mit solchen Laufwerken getestet. Zusätzlich benutzen einige SSD Laufwerke eine 'Erase Block' Größe über 1 MB. Wenn Sie solch ein Laufwerk besitzen, empfehlen wir, das Laufwerk vorher mit einem alternativen Werkzeug wie <application>gparted</application> mit folgende Einstellungen zu partitionieren:" +msgstr "" +"Einige neuere Laufwerke nutzen logische Sektoren mit 4.096 Bytes anstelle " +"der bisherigen 512 Bytes. Aufgrund fehlender Hardware wurde das " +"Partitionierungswerkzeug im Installer nicht mit solchen Laufwerken getestet. " +"Zusätzlich benutzen einige SSD Laufwerke eine 'Erase Block' Größe über 1 MB. " +"Wenn Sie solch ein Laufwerk besitzen, empfehlen wir, das Laufwerk vorher mit " +"einem alternativen Werkzeug wie <application>gparted</application> mit " +"folgende Einstellungen zu partitionieren:" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117 @@ -1088,7 +1406,9 @@ msgstr "\"Vorhergehender freier Speicherplatz (MiB):\" \"2\"" #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 msgid "" "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." -msgstr "Außerdem stellen sie sicher, dass alle Partitionen mit einer geraden Anzahl an Megabytes erstellt werden" +msgstr "" +"Außerdem stellen sie sicher, dass alle Partitionen mit einer geraden Anzahl " +"an Megabytes erstellt werden" #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3 @@ -1105,8 +1425,7 @@ msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgid "February 2014" msgstr "Februar 2014" -#. type: Content of: -#. <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 msgid "Mageia 4" msgstr "Mageia 4" @@ -1129,10 +1448,13 @@ msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" -"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which" -" screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " +"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " "while installing." -msgstr "Niemand wird alle Installationsfenster sehen, die Sie in dieser Anleitung sehen. Welche Fenster Sie sehen werden, hängt von Ihrer Hardware und den Entscheidungen, die Sie währen der Installation treffen, ab." +msgstr "" +"Niemand wird alle Installationsfenster sehen, die Sie in dieser Anleitung " +"sehen. Welche Fenster Sie sehen werden, hängt von Ihrer Hardware und den " +"Entscheidungen, die Sie währen der Installation treffen, ab." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10 @@ -1143,64 +1465,84 @@ msgstr "</note>" #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" -"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." -msgstr "Die Texte und Bildschirmfotos in dieser Anleitung sind unter der Lizens CC BY-SA 3.0 verfügbar <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" +"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +msgstr "" +"Die Texte und Bildschirmfotos in dieser Anleitung sind unter der Lizens CC " +"BY-SA 3.0 verfügbar <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" +"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link " -"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link " -"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." -msgstr "Diese Anleitung wurde mit Hilfe von <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> erstellt, entwickelt von <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>" +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +msgstr "" +"Diese Anleitung wurde mit Hilfe von <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com" +"\">Calenco CMS</link> erstellt, entwickelt von <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link " -"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation " -"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." -msgstr "Es wurde von Freiwilligen in ihrer Freizeit geschrieben. Bitte kontaktieren Sie <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</link>, wenn Sie dazu beitragen möchten, diese Anleitung zu verbessern." +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" +"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" +"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +msgstr "" +"Es wurde von Freiwilligen in ihrer Freizeit geschrieben. Bitte kontaktieren " +"Sie <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team" +"\">Documentation Team</link>, wenn Sie dazu beitragen möchten, diese " +"Anleitung zu verbessern." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 msgid "Congratulations" msgstr "Herzlichen Glückwunsch!" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text #. same day, added "s" to "sytems" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/exitInstall.xml:14 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:21 msgid "" -"You have finished installing and configuring " -"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the " -"installation medium and reboot your computer." -msgstr "Sie haben die Installation und Konfiguration von <application>Mageia</application> beendet, so dass Sie das Installationsmedium entfernen und den Computer neu starten können." +"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</" +"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot " +"your computer." +msgstr "" +"Sie haben die Installation und Konfiguration von <application>Mageia</" +"application> beendet, so dass Sie das Installationsmedium entfernen und den " +"Computer neu starten können." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:25 msgid "" -"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating" -" systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." -msgstr "Nach dem Neustart können Sie am Bildschirm des Bootloaders zwischen den Betriebssystemen auf Ihrem Computer wählen (falls mehr als eines vorhanden ist)." +"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating " +"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." +msgstr "" +"Nach dem Neustart können Sie am Bildschirm des Bootloaders zwischen den " +"Betriebssystemen auf Ihrem Computer wählen (falls mehr als eines vorhanden " +"ist)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:28 msgid "" "If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install " "will be automatically selected and started." -msgstr "Haben Sie für den Bootloader keine Einstellungen vorgenommen, so wird das von Ihnen installierte Mageia automatisch gewählt und gestartet." +msgstr "" +"Haben Sie für den Bootloader keine Einstellungen vorgenommen, so wird das " +"von Ihnen installierte Mageia automatisch gewählt und gestartet." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:31 @@ -1212,43 +1554,57 @@ msgstr "Viel Vergnügen!" msgid "" "Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to " "Mageia" -msgstr "Besuchen Sie www.mageia.org, falls Sie weitere Fragen haben oder bei Mageia mitarbeiten wollen." +msgstr "" +"Besuchen Sie www.mageia.org, falls Sie weitere Fragen haben oder bei Mageia " +"mitarbeiten wollen." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:4 msgid "Formatting" msgstr "Formatieren" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\"" -" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> " -"</imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:25 msgid "" "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on " "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved." -msgstr "Hier können Sie wählen, welche Partition(en) formatiert werden soll(en). Alle Daten auf Partitionen, die <emphasis role=\"bold\">nicht</emphasis> für das Formatieren markiert sind, werden nicht angetastet." +msgstr "" +"Hier können Sie wählen, welche Partition(en) formatiert werden soll(en). " +"Alle Daten auf Partitionen, die <emphasis role=\"bold\">nicht</emphasis> für " +"das Formatieren markiert sind, werden nicht angetastet." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:29 msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted" -msgstr "Normalerweise wählt DrakX zumindest die Partitionen aus, die notwendigerweise formatiert werden müssen." +msgstr "" +"Normalerweise wählt DrakX zumindest die Partitionen aus, die " +"notwendigerweise formatiert werden müssen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:32 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to " "check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>" -msgstr "Klicken Sie auf <guibutton><replaceable>Fortgeschrittene Optionen</replaceable></guibutton>, um jene Partitionen zu wählen, die Sie auf sogenannte <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis> (fehlerhafte Blöcke) überprüfen möchten." +msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie auf <guibutton><replaceable>Fortgeschrittene Optionen</" +"replaceable></guibutton>, um jene Partitionen zu wählen, die Sie auf " +"sogenannte <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis> (fehlerhafte Blöcke) überprüfen " +"möchten." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:37 @@ -1257,14 +1613,23 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> " "and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen. " "In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions." -msgstr "Sind Sie sich nicht sicher, die richtige Auswahl getroffen zu haben, so klicken Sie auf <guibutton><replaceable>Abbrechen</replaceable></guibutton>, nochmals auf <guibutton><replaceable>Abbrechen</replaceable></guibutton> und dann auf <emphasis role=\"bold\"><replaceable><replaceable>Benutzerdefiniert</replaceable></replaceable></emphasis>, um zum Hauptbildschirm zurück zu gelangen. Auf diesem Bildschirm können Sie sehen, welche Daten sich auf diesen Partitionen befinden." +msgstr "" +"Sind Sie sich nicht sicher, die richtige Auswahl getroffen zu haben, so " +"klicken Sie auf <guibutton><replaceable>Abbrechen</replaceable></guibutton>, " +"nochmals auf <guibutton><replaceable>Abbrechen</replaceable></guibutton> und " +"dann auf <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\"><replaceable><replaceable>Benutzerdefiniert</replaceable></replaceable></" +"emphasis>, um zum Hauptbildschirm zurück zu gelangen. Auf diesem Bildschirm " +"können Sie sehen, welche Daten sich auf diesen Partitionen befinden." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:44 msgid "" -"When you are confident about the selection, click on " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue." -msgstr "Wenn Sie mit der Auswahl zufrieden sind, klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Weiter</guibutton>, um mit der Installation fortzufahren." +"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton> to continue." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie mit der Auswahl zufrieden sind, klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Weiter</" +"guibutton>, um mit der Installation fortzufahren." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:17 @@ -1277,14 +1642,20 @@ msgid "" "Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia " "Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as " "possible." -msgstr "Egal, ob Sie ein neuer oder ein erfahrener GNU/Linux-Anwender sind, das Mageia Installationsprogramm wurde so gestaltet, dass es Ihnen die Installation oder eine Aktualisierung so leicht wie möglich macht." +msgstr "" +"Egal, ob Sie ein neuer oder ein erfahrener GNU/Linux-Anwender sind, das " +"Mageia Installationsprogramm wurde so gestaltet, dass es Ihnen die " +"Installation oder eine Aktualisierung so leicht wie möglich macht." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:28 msgid "" "The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will " "start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need." -msgstr "Der Startbildschirm enthält verschiedene Optionen, wobei die vorgegebene Option das Installationsprogramm startet. Normalerweise ist dies alles, was Sie tun müssen." +msgstr "" +"Der Startbildschirm enthält verschiedene Optionen, wobei die vorgegebene " +"Option das Installationsprogramm startet. Normalerweise ist dies alles, was " +"Sie tun müssen." #. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:34 @@ -1299,15 +1670,17 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><para> #: en/installer.xml:37 msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:" -msgstr "Hier ist der Standard Willkommens-Bildschirm wenn man die Mageia DVD benutzt" +msgstr "" +"Hier ist der Standard Willkommens-Bildschirm wenn man die Mageia DVD benutzt" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:40 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> #: en/installer.xml:39 @@ -1318,38 +1691,47 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" #: en/installer.xml:46 msgid "" "From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:" -msgstr "Von diesem ersten Fenster aus, ist es möglich, einige persönliche Einstellungen vorzunehmen" +msgstr "" +"Von diesem ersten Fenster aus, ist es möglich, einige persönliche " +"Einstellungen vorzunehmen" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:51 msgid "" "The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen " "language for the system) by pressing the key F2" -msgstr "Die Sprache (nur für die Installation, diese kann sich von der Sprache des Systems unterscheiden) durch drücken der F2 Taste." +msgstr "" +"Die Sprache (nur für die Installation, diese kann sich von der Sprache des " +"Systems unterscheiden) durch drücken der F2 Taste." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:57 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:62 msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter." -msgstr "Verwende die Pfeiltasten um die Sprache auszuwählen und drücke danach die Enter Taste." +msgstr "" +"Verwende die Pfeiltasten um die Sprache auszuwählen und drücke danach die " +"Enter Taste." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:65 msgid "" "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. " -"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue " -"System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware " -"Detection Tool</guilabel>." +"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</" +"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection " +"Tool</guilabel>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:73 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:82 @@ -1358,8 +1740,10 @@ msgstr "Ändere die Bildschirmauflösung durch drücken der F3 Taste." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:85 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:92 @@ -1372,7 +1756,11 @@ msgid "" "If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one " "of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called " "<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:" -msgstr "Wenn die Installation fehlschlägt, ist es eventuell notwendig dies erneut mit extra Optionen zu probieren. Das Menü zeigt durch drücken den F6 Taste eine neue Zeile, welche <guilabel>Boot-Optionen</guilabel> heißt und vier Einträge enthält:" +msgstr "" +"Wenn die Installation fehlschlägt, ist es eventuell notwendig dies erneut " +"mit extra Optionen zu probieren. Das Menü zeigt durch drücken den F6 Taste " +"eine neue Zeile, welche <guilabel>Boot-Optionen</guilabel> heißt und vier " +"Einträge enthält:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:99 @@ -1384,28 +1772,37 @@ msgstr "- Standard, es ändert nichts an den Standardoptionen." msgid "" "- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of " "performances." -msgstr "- Sichere Einstellungen, die priorität wird auf sichere Optionen gelegt zum Nachteil der Leistung." +msgstr "" +"- Sichere Einstellungen, die priorität wird auf sichere Optionen gelegt zum " +"Nachteil der Leistung." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:105 msgid "" "- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management " "isn't taken into account." -msgstr "- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), die Stromsparfunktion wird nicht berücksichtigt." +msgstr "" +"- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), die " +"Stromsparfunktion wird nicht berücksichtigt." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:108 msgid "" "- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is " "about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for." -msgstr "- Kein lokales APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), es geht um die CPU Unterbrechung, wähle die Option wenn Sie danach gefragt werden." +msgstr "" +"- Kein lokales APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), es " +"geht um die CPU Unterbrechung, wähle die Option wenn Sie danach gefragt " +"werden." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:112 msgid "" "When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options " "displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line." -msgstr "Wenn Sie einen dieser Einträge auswählen, werden die Standard Bootoptionen in der <guilabel>Bootoptionen</guilabel> Zeile geändert." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie einen dieser Einträge auswählen, werden die Standard Bootoptionen " +"in der <guilabel>Bootoptionen</guilabel> Zeile geändert." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:116 @@ -1413,12 +1810,18 @@ msgid "" "In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the " "key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, " "however, they are really taken into account." -msgstr "Bei einigen Mageia Veröffentlichungen kann es passieren, das die Einträge welche mit der F6 Taste ausgewählt wurden, nicht in der <guilabel>Bootoption</guilabel> Zeile erscheinen, diese werden allerdings trotzdem befolgt." +msgstr "" +"Bei einigen Mageia Veröffentlichungen kann es passieren, das die Einträge " +"welche mit der F6 Taste ausgewählt wurden, nicht in der " +"<guilabel>Bootoption</guilabel> Zeile erscheinen, diese werden allerdings " +"trotzdem befolgt." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:123 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:130 @@ -1431,12 +1834,18 @@ msgid "" "Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options. Select one with " "the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to " "go back to the welcome screen." -msgstr "Durch drücken der F1 Taste erscheint ein neues Fenster mit weiteren verfügbaren Optionen. Wähle eine mit den Pfeiltasten aus und drücke Enter um mehr Details zu bekommen oder drücke ESC um in den Willkommensbildschirm zurückzukehren." +msgstr "" +"Durch drücken der F1 Taste erscheint ein neues Fenster mit weiteren " +"verfügbaren Optionen. Wähle eine mit den Pfeiltasten aus und drücke Enter um " +"mehr Details zu bekommen oder drücke ESC um in den Willkommensbildschirm " +"zurückzukehren." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:139 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:146 @@ -1449,30 +1858,39 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:152 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:160 msgid "The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key." -msgstr "Die Hilfe wird in der, mit der F2 Taste, ausgewählten Sprache angezeigt." +msgstr "" +"Die Hilfe wird in der, mit der F2 Taste, ausgewählten Sprache angezeigt." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:166 msgid "" "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based " "Installation CD (Boot.iso or Boot-Nonfree.iso images):" -msgstr "Hier sehen Sie den Standard Willkommensbildschirm, wenn eine netzwerkbasierte Installations CD (Boot.iso oder Boot-Nonfree-iso) verwendet wird." +msgstr "" +"Hier sehen Sie den Standard Willkommensbildschirm, wenn eine " +"netzwerkbasierte Installations CD (Boot.iso oder Boot-Nonfree-iso) verwendet " +"wird." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:169 msgid "" "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are " "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-" -"based Installation CD, see <link " -"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">the Mageia " -"Wiki</link>" -msgstr "Es erlaubt Ihnen nicht die Sprache zu ändern. Die verfügbaren Optionen werden auf dem Bildschirm beschrieben. Für weitere Informationen über die Verwendung einer netzbasierten Installations CD, siehe <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">im Mageia Wiki</link>" +"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot." +"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>" +msgstr "" +"Es erlaubt Ihnen nicht die Sprache zu ändern. Die verfügbaren Optionen " +"werden auf dem Bildschirm beschrieben. Für weitere Informationen über die " +"Verwendung einer netzbasierten Installations CD, siehe <link ns2:href=" +"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">im Mageia Wiki</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/installer.xml:175 @@ -1482,9 +1900,11 @@ msgstr "Das Tastaturlayout ist das amerikanische." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:179 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:186 @@ -1494,24 +1914,30 @@ msgstr "Die Installationsschritte" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:189 msgid "" -"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed" -" on the side panel of the screen." -msgstr "Der Installationsprozess ist in mehrere Schritte unterteilt, die an der linken Seite des Bildschirms verfolgt werden können." +"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " +"on the side panel of the screen." +msgstr "" +"Der Installationsprozess ist in mehrere Schritte unterteilt, die an der " +"linken Seite des Bildschirms verfolgt werden können." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:192 msgid "" -"Each step has one or more screens which may also have " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, " -"options." -msgstr "Jeder dieser Schritte besitzt einen oder mehrere Bildschirme, die auch einen Knopf <guibutton>\"Fortgeschrittene Optionen\"</guibutton> mit weiteren zusätzlichen Optionen haben." +"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" +"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." +msgstr "" +"Jeder dieser Schritte besitzt einen oder mehrere Bildschirme, die auch einen " +"Knopf <guibutton>\"Fortgeschrittene Optionen\"</guibutton> mit weiteren " +"zusätzlichen Optionen haben." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:196 msgid "" "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " "explanations about the current step." -msgstr "Die meisten Bildschirme enthalten einen <guibutton>Hilfe</guibutton>-Knopf, über den Sie weitere Erklärungen zum momentan ausgeführten Schritt erhalten." +msgstr "" +"Die meisten Bildschirme enthalten einen <guibutton>Hilfe</guibutton>-Knopf, " +"über den Sie weitere Erklärungen zum momentan ausgeführten Schritt erhalten." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:200 @@ -1521,84 +1947,115 @@ msgid "" "partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your " "computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well " "leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure " -"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys" -" <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " +"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys " +"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot." -msgstr "Wenn Sie an irgendeiner Stelle entscheiden, die Installation zu stoppen, ist es möglich, einen Neustart auszuführen. Überlegen Sie sich dies aber zweimal, bevor Sie dies ausführen. Wurde eine Partition bereits formatiert oder ein Update hat mit der Installation begonnen, so ist Ihr Computer <emphasis role=\"bold\">nicht mehr im gleichen Zustand</emphasis> und ein Neustart kann Sie sehr leicht mit einem <emphasis role=\"bold\">nicht mehr verwendbaren System</emphasis> zurücklassen. Wenn Sie trotz allem sicher sind, einen Neustart auszuführen, wechseln Sie mit <emphasis role=\"bold\">Alt+Strg+F2</emphasis>. Anschließend betätigen Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">Alt+Strg+Entf</emphasis>, um einen Neustart auszulösen." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie an irgendeiner Stelle entscheiden, die Installation zu stoppen, ist " +"es möglich, einen Neustart auszuführen. Überlegen Sie sich dies aber " +"zweimal, bevor Sie dies ausführen. Wurde eine Partition bereits formatiert " +"oder ein Update hat mit der Installation begonnen, so ist Ihr Computer " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">nicht mehr im gleichen Zustand</emphasis> und ein " +"Neustart kann Sie sehr leicht mit einem <emphasis role=\"bold\">nicht mehr " +"verwendbaren System</emphasis> zurücklassen. Wenn Sie trotz allem sicher " +"sind, einen Neustart auszuführen, wechseln Sie mit <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Alt+Strg+F2</emphasis>. Anschließend betätigen Sie <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Alt+Strg+Entf</emphasis>, um einen Neustart auszulösen." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:215 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:214 msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" msgstr "Installationsprobleme und mögliche Lösungen" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:221 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:220 msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "Keine grafische Schnittstelle" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:226 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:225 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " "resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt." -msgstr "Nach dem Startbildschirm gelangen Sie nicht zur Sprachauswahl. Dies kann bei einigen Grafikkarten und älteren Systemen vorkommen. Versuchen Sie eine niedrigere Auflösung, in dem Sie an der Eingabeaufforderung <code>vgalo</code> eingeben." +msgstr "" +"Nach dem Startbildschirm gelangen Sie nicht zur Sprachauswahl. Dies kann bei " +"einigen Grafikkarten und älteren Systemen vorkommen. Versuchen Sie eine " +"niedrigere Auflösung, in dem Sie an der Eingabeaufforderung <code>vgalo</" +"code> eingeben." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:233 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:232 msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " "ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be " -"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit" -" ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." -msgstr "Wenn die Hardware sehr alt ist, ist eine grafische Installation eventuell nicht möglich. In desem Fall ist es möglich die Installation im Textmodus zu probieren. Um dies zu tun drücke ESC, im ersten Willkommensbildschirm und bestätige mit Enter. Ihnen wird nun ein schwarzer Bildschirm mit dem Wort \"boot:\" angezeigt. Gebe \"text\" ein und drücke Enter. Nun wird die Installation im Textmodus fortgesetzt." +"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit " +"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." +msgstr "" +"Wenn die Hardware sehr alt ist, ist eine grafische Installation eventuell " +"nicht möglich. In desem Fall ist es möglich die Installation im Textmodus zu " +"probieren. Um dies zu tun drücke ESC, im ersten Willkommensbildschirm und " +"bestätige mit Enter. Ihnen wird nun ein schwarzer Bildschirm mit dem Wort " +"\"boot:\" angezeigt. Gebe \"text\" ein und drücke Enter. Nun wird die " +"Installation im Textmodus fortgesetzt." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:245 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:244 msgid "The Install Freezes" msgstr "Die Installation friert ein" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:248 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:247 msgid "" "If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a " "problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of " "hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type " "<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with " "other options as necessary." -msgstr "Wenn das System während der Installation einfriert, ist das möglicherweise auf ein Problem mit der Erkennung der Hardware zurückzuführen. In diesem Falle sollte die automatische Erkennung der Hardware umgangen und später behandelt werden. Versuchen Sie Folgendes: Drücken Sie am Startbildschirm die Taste <emphasis role=\"bold\">\"F6 Kernel Optionen\"</emphasis> und tragen Sie den Befehl <code>noauto</code> gefolgt von ENTER ein. Diese Option kann auch mit anderen Optionen kombiniert werden, falls dies nötig ist." +msgstr "" +"Wenn das System während der Installation einfriert, ist das möglicherweise " +"auf ein Problem mit der Erkennung der Hardware zurückzuführen. In diesem " +"Falle sollte die automatische Erkennung der Hardware umgangen und später " +"behandelt werden. Versuchen Sie Folgendes: Drücken Sie am Startbildschirm " +"die Taste <emphasis role=\"bold\">\"F6 Kernel Optionen\"</emphasis> und " +"tragen Sie den Befehl <code>noauto</code> gefolgt von ENTER ein. Diese " +"Option kann auch mit anderen Optionen kombiniert werden, falls dies nötig " +"ist." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:257 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:256 msgid "RAM problem" msgstr "RAM Problem" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:260 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:259 msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " -"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. " -"e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." -msgstr "Dies wird eher selten benötigt, aber in einigen Fällen kann die Hardware einen falschen Wert des verfügbaren RAMs liefern oder der Rechner friert ein (siehe oben). Um den Speicher manuell einzugeben, verwenden Sie den Parameter <emphasis><code>mem=xxxM</code></emphasis>, wobei xxx den korrekten Wert des RAM-Speichers darstellt. Z.B. <emphasis><code>mem=256M</code></emphasis> bestimmt eine Größe von 256MB RAM." +"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e." +"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." +msgstr "" +"Dies wird eher selten benötigt, aber in einigen Fällen kann die Hardware " +"einen falschen Wert des verfügbaren RAMs liefern oder der Rechner friert ein " +"(siehe oben). Um den Speicher manuell einzugeben, verwenden Sie den " +"Parameter <emphasis><code>mem=xxxM</code></emphasis>, wobei xxx den " +"korrekten Wert des RAM-Speichers darstellt. Z.B. <emphasis><code>mem=256M</" +"code></emphasis> bestimmt eine Größe von 256MB RAM." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:269 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:268 msgid "Dynamic partitions" msgstr "Dynamische Partitionen" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:272 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:271 msgid "" "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " "on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: " -"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" -"us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" -"us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." +"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx" +"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -1606,29 +2063,29 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Updates" msgstr "Aktualisierungen (Updates)" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" -#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" -#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" -#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" -#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore -#. correct html filename -#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename +#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installUpdates.xml:13 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:19 msgid "" "Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some " "packages will have been updated or improved." -msgstr "Seit dem Zeitpunkt, an dem diese Version von <application>Mageia</application> veröffentlicht wurde, wurden einige Pakete überarbeitet oder erweitert." +msgstr "" +"Seit dem Zeitpunkt, an dem diese Version von <application>Mageia</" +"application> veröffentlicht wurde, wurden einige Pakete überarbeitet oder " +"erweitert." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:23 @@ -1636,67 +2093,91 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, " "select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you " "aren't connected to the Internet" -msgstr "Wählen Sie <guilabel>\"Ja\"</guilabel>, wenn Sie wünschen, diese herunter zu laden und zu installieren. Wählen Sie <guilabel>\"Nein\"</guilabel>, wenn Sie dies im Augenblick nicht wünschen oder nicht mit dem Internet verbunden sind." +msgstr "" +"Wählen Sie <guilabel>\"Ja\"</guilabel>, wenn Sie wünschen, diese herunter zu " +"laden und zu installieren. Wählen Sie <guilabel>\"Nein\"</guilabel>, wenn " +"Sie dies im Augenblick nicht wünschen oder nicht mit dem Internet verbunden " +"sind." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:28 msgid "Then press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue" -msgstr "Anschließend klicken Sie auf <guibutton>\"Weiter\"</guibutton>, um mit der Installation fortzufahren." +msgstr "" +"Anschließend klicken Sie auf <guibutton>\"Weiter\"</guibutton>, um mit der " +"Installation fortzufahren." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/media_selection.xml:3 msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "Medienauswahl (Nonfree)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the -#. same as for add_supplemental_media) -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html -#. filename was wrong) +#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/media_selection.xml:12 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" -"=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:18 msgid "" "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are " -"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories" -" selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " +"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories " +"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " "the next steps." -msgstr "Hier sehen Sie die Liste aller verfügbaren Quellen. Abhängig von dem ausgewählten Installationsmedium sind nicht alle Quellen vorhanden. Die Auswahl der Quellen legt fest, welche Pakete während der nächsten Schritte zur Verfügung stehen." +msgstr "" +"Hier sehen Sie die Liste aller verfügbaren Quellen. Abhängig von dem " +"ausgewählten Installationsmedium sind nicht alle Quellen vorhanden. Die " +"Auswahl der Quellen legt fest, welche Pakete während der nächsten Schritte " +"zur Verfügung stehen." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:25 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains " "the base of the distribution." -msgstr "Die <emphasis>Core</emphasis> Quelle kann nicht deaktiviert werden, da sie die grundlegenden Pakete der Distribution enthält." +msgstr "" +"Die <emphasis>Core</emphasis> Quelle kann nicht deaktiviert werden, da sie " +"die grundlegenden Pakete der Distribution enthält." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:30 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-" -"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source" -" software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " +"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source " +"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " "nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi " "cards, etc." -msgstr "Die <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> Quelle enthält Pakete, die kostenlos sind, d.h. Mageia darf sie weiterverbreiten, aber sie enthalten closed-source software (daher der Name 'Nonfree'). Zum Beispiel enthält diese Quelle proprietäre Grafikkarten-Treiber von nVidia und ATI, Firmware für verschiedene WLAN Karten, etc." +msgstr "" +"Die <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> Quelle enthält Pakete, die kostenlos sind, " +"d.h. Mageia darf sie weiterverbreiten, aber sie enthalten closed-source " +"software (daher der Name 'Nonfree'). Zum Beispiel enthält diese Quelle " +"proprietäre Grafikkarten-Treiber von nVidia und ATI, Firmware für " +"verschiedene WLAN Karten, etc." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:38 msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under" -" a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository " -"is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g." -" Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed" -" to play commercial video DVD, etc." -msgstr "Die <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> Quelle enthält Pakete, die unter freien Lizenzen veröffentlicht sind. Die Hauptkriterien warum diese Pakete in diesen Quelle aufgenommen werden, sind eventuelle Verletzungen von Patenten oder Urheberrechten in einigen Ländern, z.B. Multimedia Codecs, die zum Abspielen von verschiedenen Audio- oder Videodateien benötigt werden, sowie zum Abspielen von kommerziellen Video DVDs, etc." +"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under " +"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is " +"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. " +"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed " +"to play commercial video DVD, etc." +msgstr "" +"Die <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> Quelle enthält Pakete, die unter freien " +"Lizenzen veröffentlicht sind. Die Hauptkriterien warum diese Pakete in " +"diesen Quelle aufgenommen werden, sind eventuelle Verletzungen von Patenten " +"oder Urheberrechten in einigen Ländern, z.B. Multimedia Codecs, die zum " +"Abspielen von verschiedenen Audio- oder Videodateien benötigt werden, sowie " +"zum Abspielen von kommerziellen Video DVDs, etc." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/minimal-install.xml:3 @@ -1707,9 +2188,12 @@ msgstr "Minimale Installation" #: en/minimal-install.xml:9 msgid "" "You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the " -"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref " -"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." -msgstr "Durch das Abwählen aller Paketgruppen im Auswahlmenü können Sie eine minimale Installation wählen, siehe <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." +"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" +"xref>." +msgstr "" +"Durch das Abwählen aller Paketgruppen im Auswahlmenü können Sie eine " +"minimale Installation wählen, siehe <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" +"xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:10 @@ -1718,14 +2202,22 @@ msgid "" "their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised " "workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package " "Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." -msgstr "Eine minimale Installation ist für spezielle Einsatzgebiete gedacht. <application>Mageia</application> kann also auch als Server oder auf einer spezialisierten Workstation eingesetzt werden. Möglicherweise werden Sie diese Option in Kombination mit der manuellen Paketauswahl nutzen, siehe <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." +msgstr "" +"Eine minimale Installation ist für spezielle Einsatzgebiete gedacht. " +"<application>Mageia</application> kann also auch als Server oder auf einer " +"spezialisierten Workstation eingesetzt werden. Möglicherweise werden Sie " +"diese Option in Kombination mit der manuellen Paketauswahl nutzen, siehe " +"<xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:14 msgid "" "If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer " "you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X." -msgstr "Falls Sie diese Installationsart wählen, wird das nächste Fenster eine spezielle Paketauswahl zur Installation anbieten (z.B. Dokumentation, X, ...)." +msgstr "" +"Falls Sie diese Installationsart wählen, wird das nächste Fenster eine " +"spezielle Paketauswahl zur Installation anbieten (z.B. Dokumentation, " +"X, ...)." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/minimal-install.xml:19 @@ -1733,34 +2225,37 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:3 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" msgstr "Zusammenfassung von verschiedenen Parameter" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-) -#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages -#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and -#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph -#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. -#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by -#. linkend="setupBootloader" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, -#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files +#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages +#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and +#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph +#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. +#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:33 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:38 @@ -1769,7 +2264,12 @@ msgid "" "the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the " "settings here and change them if you want after pressing " "<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>." -msgstr "DrakX führt eine intelligente Auswahl für die Konfiguration Ihres Systems durch, abhängig von der von Ihnen getroffenen Auswahl und der von DrakX entdeckten Hardware. Sie können diese Einstellungen hier nochmals überprüfen und diese gegebenenfalls ändern, indem Sie auf <guibutton>Konfiguration</guibutton> klicken." +msgstr "" +"DrakX führt eine intelligente Auswahl für die Konfiguration Ihres Systems " +"durch, abhängig von der von Ihnen getroffenen Auswahl und der von DrakX " +"entdeckten Hardware. Sie können diese Einstellungen hier nochmals überprüfen " +"und diese gegebenenfalls ändern, indem Sie auf <guibutton>Konfiguration</" +"guibutton> klicken." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:45 @@ -1785,9 +2285,12 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Zeitzone</guilabel>" #: en/misc-params.xml:52 msgid "" "DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. " -"You can change it if needed. See also <xref " -"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" -msgstr "DrakX wählt eine Zeitzone für Sie, abhängig von der von Ihnen bevorzugten Sprache. Sie können die Zeitzone ändern, falls dies nötig ist. Siehe auch unter <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"></xref>" +"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/" +">" +msgstr "" +"DrakX wählt eine Zeitzone für Sie, abhängig von der von Ihnen bevorzugten " +"Sprache. Sie können die Zeitzone ändern, falls dies nötig ist. Siehe auch " +"unter <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:58 @@ -1799,7 +2302,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Land / Region</guilabel>" msgid "" "If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you " "correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" -msgstr "Befinden Sie sich nicht im gewählten Land, so ist es sehr wichtig, dass Sie diese Einstellung korrigieren. Siehe <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"></xref>" +msgstr "" +"Befinden Sie sich nicht im gewählten Land, so ist es sehr wichtig, dass Sie " +"diese Einstellung korrigieren. Siehe <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:67 @@ -1809,18 +2314,24 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:69 msgid "DrakX has made good choices for the bootloader setting." -msgstr "DrakX trifft normalerweise eine passende Auswahl für die Einstellungen des Bootloaders." +msgstr "" +"DrakX trifft normalerweise eine passende Auswahl für die Einstellungen des " +"Bootloaders." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:72 msgid "" "Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub and/or Lilo" -msgstr "Ändern Sie an den Einstellungen nichts, es sei denn, Sie wissen genau, wie Grub und/oder Lilo zu konfigurieren sind." +msgstr "" +"Ändern Sie an den Einstellungen nichts, es sei denn, Sie wissen genau, wie " +"Grub und/oder Lilo zu konfigurieren sind." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:75 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>" -msgstr "Weitere Informationen finden Sie unter <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"></xref>" +msgstr "" +"Weitere Informationen finden Sie unter <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"></" +"xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:80 @@ -1830,9 +2341,11 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Benutzerverwaltung</guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:83 msgid "" -"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own " -"<literal>/home</literal> directories." -msgstr "Hier können Sie weitere Benutzer hinzufügen. Diese werden in jeweils benutzereigenen Ordnern unter <literal>/home</literal> angelegt." +"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</" +"literal> directories." +msgstr "" +"Hier können Sie weitere Benutzer hinzufügen. Diese werden in jeweils " +"benutzereigenen Ordnern unter <literal>/home</literal> angelegt." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:89 @@ -1844,19 +2357,25 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Dienste</guilabel>:" msgid "" "System services refer to those small programs which run the background " "(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks." -msgstr "Systemdienste beziehen sich auf die kleinen Programme, die im Hintergrund laufen (Daemons). Dieses Werkzeug erlaubt es Ihnen, verschiedene Tasks (Anwendungen/Aufgaben) zu aktivieren oder zu deaktivieren." +msgstr "" +"Systemdienste beziehen sich auf die kleinen Programme, die im Hintergrund " +"laufen (Daemons). Dieses Werkzeug erlaubt es Ihnen, verschiedene Tasks " +"(Anwendungen/Aufgaben) zu aktivieren oder zu deaktivieren." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:95 msgid "" "You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may " "prevent your computer from operating correctly." -msgstr "Sie sollten sehr sorgfältig prüfen, was Sie tun, bevor Sie hier etwas ändern - ein Fehler kann Ihren Computer davon abhalten, korrekt zu funktionieren." +msgstr "" +"Sie sollten sehr sorgfältig prüfen, was Sie tun, bevor Sie hier etwas ändern " +"- ein Fehler kann Ihren Computer davon abhalten, korrekt zu funktionieren." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:99 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>" -msgstr "Weitere Informationen finden Sie unter <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Weitere Informationen finden Sie unter <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:106 @@ -1873,7 +2392,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Tastatur</guilabel>:" msgid "" "This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on " "your location, language or type of keyboard." -msgstr "Hier bestimmen oder ändern Sie die Belegung Ihrer Tastatur, abhängig von Ihrem Standort, Ihrer Sprache oder dem Typ der Tastatur." +msgstr "" +"Hier bestimmen oder ändern Sie die Belegung Ihrer Tastatur, abhängig von " +"Ihrem Standort, Ihrer Sprache oder dem Typ der Tastatur." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:119 @@ -1885,7 +2406,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Maus</guilabel>:" msgid "" "Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs " "etc." -msgstr "Hier können Sie Ihr Zeigegerät, Tablett, Ihren Trackball usw. hinzufügen oder einstellen." +msgstr "" +"Hier können Sie Ihr Zeigegerät, Tablett, Ihren Trackball usw. hinzufügen " +"oder einstellen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:126 @@ -1895,10 +2418,13 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Soundkarte</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:129 msgid "" -"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option" -" to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " +"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option " +"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " "driver for your card, but none of them is the default one." -msgstr "Der Installer nutzt den Standardtreiber, wenn einer installiert ist. Die Option, um einen anderen Treiber zu wählen, wird nur angezeigt, wenn es mehrere Treiber für ihre Karte gibt und keiner Standard ist." +msgstr "" +"Der Installer nutzt den Standardtreiber, wenn einer installiert ist. Die " +"Option, um einen anderen Treiber zu wählen, wird nur angezeigt, wenn es " +"mehrere Treiber für ihre Karte gibt und keiner Standard ist." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:136 @@ -1907,22 +2433,27 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Grafikkarte</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:139 -msgid "" -"This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." -msgstr "Dieser Abschnitt erlaubt es Ihnen, die Grafikkarte(n) und die Anzeige einzustellen." +msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." +msgstr "" +"Dieser Abschnitt erlaubt es Ihnen, die Grafikkarte(n) und die Anzeige " +"einzustellen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:142 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>." -msgstr "Weitere Informationen finden Sie unter <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"></xref>." +msgstr "" +"Weitere Informationen finden Sie unter <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser" +"\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:148 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:156 @@ -1941,14 +2472,20 @@ msgid "" "drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia " "Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media " "repositories." -msgstr "Sie können Ihr Netzwerk hier konfigurieren, für Netzwerkkarten mit nonfree Treibern ist es besser dies nach dem Neustart im <application>Mageia Kontrollzentrum</application> vorzunehmen, falls Sie das non-free media Repositorium noch nicht aktiviert haben." +msgstr "" +"Sie können Ihr Netzwerk hier konfigurieren, für Netzwerkkarten mit nonfree " +"Treibern ist es besser dies nach dem Neustart im <application>Mageia " +"Kontrollzentrum</application> vorzunehmen, falls Sie das non-free media " +"Repositorium noch nicht aktiviert haben." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:171 msgid "" "When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch " "that interface as well." -msgstr "Wenn Sie eine Netzwerkkarte hinzufügen, vergessen Sie nicht, die Firewall so zu setzen, dass auch diese Netzwerkkarte überwacht wird." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie eine Netzwerkkarte hinzufügen, vergessen Sie nicht, die Firewall so " +"zu setzen, dass auch diese Netzwerkkarte überwacht wird." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:178 @@ -1961,13 +2498,16 @@ msgid "" "A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider " "internet. This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a " "proxy service." -msgstr "Ein Proxy-Server fungiert als Vermittler zwischen Ihrem Computer und dem eigentlichen Internet. Dieser Abschnitt erlaubt es Ihnen, den Computer so zu konfigurieren, dass ein Proxy-Dienst verwendet wird." +msgstr "" +"Ein Proxy-Server fungiert als Vermittler zwischen Ihrem Computer und dem " +"eigentlichen Internet. Dieser Abschnitt erlaubt es Ihnen, den Computer so zu " +"konfigurieren, dass ein Proxy-Dienst verwendet wird." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:185 msgid "" -"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you" -" need to enter here" +"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you " +"need to enter here" msgstr "Fragen Sie Ihren Systemadministrator nach Ihren Zugangsdaten." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> @@ -1983,14 +2523,19 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Sicherheitsstufe</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:202 msgid "" -"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default" -" setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." -msgstr "Hier setzen Sie die Sicherheitsstufe für Ihren Computer. In den meisten Fällen ist die vorgegebene Einstellung (Standard) ausreichend für allgemeine Zwecke." +"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default " +"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." +msgstr "" +"Hier setzen Sie die Sicherheitsstufe für Ihren Computer. In den meisten " +"Fällen ist die vorgegebene Einstellung (Standard) ausreichend für allgemeine " +"Zwecke." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:206 msgid "Check the option which best suits your usage." -msgstr "Überprüfen Sie die Option, die Ihnen für Ihren Verwendungzweck am geeignetsten erscheint." +msgstr "" +"Überprüfen Sie die Option, die Ihnen für Ihren Verwendungzweck am " +"geeignetsten erscheint." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:211 @@ -2002,50 +2547,65 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Firewall</guilabel>:" msgid "" "A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the " "rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it." -msgstr "Eine Firewall dient als Barriere zwischen Ihren wichtigen Daten und den Spitzbuben draußen im Internet, die diese Daten gefährden oder stehlen wollen." +msgstr "" +"Eine Firewall dient als Barriere zwischen Ihren wichtigen Daten und den " +"Spitzbuben draußen im Internet, die diese Daten gefährden oder stehlen " +"wollen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:217 msgid "" "Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your " "selections will depend on what you use your computer for." -msgstr "Wählen Sie die Dienste, denen Sie Zugriff auf Ihr System gestatten wollen. Die von Ihnen getroffene Auswahl ist abhängig davon, wofür Sie Ihren Computer verwenden wollen." +msgstr "" +"Wählen Sie die Dienste, denen Sie Zugriff auf Ihr System gestatten wollen. " +"Die von Ihnen getroffene Auswahl ist abhängig davon, wofür Sie Ihren " +"Computer verwenden wollen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:222 msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky." -msgstr "Beachten Sie aber, dass Sie ein großes Risiko eingehen, wenn Sie alles erlauben (keine Firewall)." +msgstr "" +"Beachten Sie aber, dass Sie ein großes Risiko eingehen, wenn Sie alles " +"erlauben (keine Firewall)." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16 msgid "" "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " "partition" -msgstr "Verändern der <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> Partition" +msgstr "" +"Verändern der <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" +"application> Partition" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20 msgid "" -"You have more than one " -"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition. " -"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing " -"<application>Mageia</application>." -msgstr "Sie haben mehr als eine <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> Partition. Bitte wählen sie, welche verkleinert werden soll, um Platz für die <application>Mageia</application> Installation zu schaffen" +"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" +"application> partition. Choose which one should be made smaller to make " +"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>." +msgstr "" +"Sie haben mehr als eine <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" +"application> Partition. Bitte wählen sie, welche verkleinert werden soll, um " +"Platz für die <application>Mageia</application> Installation zu schaffen" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/securityLevel.xml:12 msgid "Security Level" msgstr "Sicherheitsstufe" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/securityLevel.xml:19 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:24 @@ -2056,32 +2616,37 @@ msgstr "Hier können Sie die Sicherheitsstufe einstellen." #: en/securityLevel.xml:27 msgid "" "Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose." -msgstr "Lassen Sie diese Einstellungen, so wie sie sind, wenn Sie nicht genau wissen, was Sie tun." +msgstr "" +"Lassen Sie diese Einstellungen, so wie sie sind, wenn Sie nicht genau " +"wissen, was Sie tun." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:30 msgid "" "After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings " "in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center." -msgstr "Nach der Installation ist es jederzeit möglich, die Sicherheitseinstellungen zu ändern, indem Sie im Mageia Kontrollzentrum den Abschnitt <guilabel>Sicherheit</guilabel> an der linken Seite des Fensters wählen." +msgstr "" +"Nach der Installation ist es jederzeit möglich, die Sicherheitseinstellungen " +"zu ändern, indem Sie im Mageia Kontrollzentrum den Abschnitt " +"<guilabel>Sicherheit</guilabel> an der linken Seite des Fensters wählen." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:5 msgid "Select and use ISOs" msgstr "Auswählen und verwenden der ISOs" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:8 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:9 msgid "Media" msgstr "Medien" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:11 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:12 msgid "Definition" msgstr "Definition" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:13 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:14 msgid "" "Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to " "install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO " @@ -2089,212 +2654,201 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:18 msgid "" -"You can find them <link " -"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">here</link>." -msgstr "Sie können diese <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">hier</link> finden." +"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" +"\">here</link>." +msgstr "" +"Sie können diese <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" +"\">hier</link> finden." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:21 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:22 msgid "Classical installation media" msgstr "Klassische Installationsmedien" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:24 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:92 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:199 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:25 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:94 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:200 msgid "Common features" msgstr "Grundsätzliche Eigenschaften" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:29 msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx." -msgstr "Diese ISOs verwenden ein traditionelles Installationsprogramm namens drakx." +msgstr "" +"Diese ISOs verwenden ein traditionelles Installationsprogramm namens drakx." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:34 msgid "" "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." -msgstr "Sie erlauben es eine saubere Installation oder eine Aktualisierung von einer vorrigen Veröffentlichung zu machen." +msgstr "" +"Sie erlauben es eine saubere Installation oder eine Aktualisierung von einer " +"vorrigen Veröffentlichung zu machen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:39 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:41 msgid "DVD" msgstr "DVD" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:45 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." msgstr "Verschiedene Medien für die 32bit oder 64bit Architektur." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:49 msgid "" "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " "Hardware Detection Tool." -msgstr "Einige Werkzeuge sind im Willkommensbildschirm verfügbar: Rettungssystem, Speichertest, Hardware-Erkennungswerkzeug." +msgstr "" +"Einige Werkzeuge sind im Willkommensbildschirm verfügbar: Rettungssystem, " +"Speichertest, Hardware-Erkennungswerkzeug." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:54 msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages." msgstr "Jede DVD enthält viele verfügbare Arbeitsumgebungen und Sprachen." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:59 msgid "" "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:66 msgid "DVD dual arch" msgstr "Dual Arch DVD" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:70 msgid "" "Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made " "automatically according to the detected CPU." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:75 msgid "Uses Xfce desktop only." msgstr "Verwendet nur den Xfce-Desktop." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:79 msgid "" "Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, " "pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED!" -msgstr "Nicht alle Sprachen sind verfügbar. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) MUSS ÜBERPRÜFT WERDEN!" +msgstr "" +"Nicht alle Sprachen sind verfügbar. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, " +"pt, ru, sv, uk) MUSS ÜBERPRÜFT WERDEN!" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:84 msgid "It contains non free software." msgstr "Es ist unfreie Software enthalten." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:89 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:91 msgid "Live media" msgstr "Live Medien" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:98 msgid "" "Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and " "optionally install Mageia on to your HDD." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." msgstr "Jede ISO enthält nur eine Desktopumgebung (KDE oder GNOME)." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:218 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:108 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:172 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:190 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:220 msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures." msgstr "Verschiedene Medien für 32- oder 64-Bit-Architekturen." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:112 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " -"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous " -"releases.</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs können nur dazu verwendet werden, um frische Installationen durchzuführen. Sie können nicht dazu verwendet werden um vorrige Veröffentlichungen zu aktualisieren.</emphasis>" +"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs können nur dazu verwendet werden, um " +"frische Installationen durchzuführen. Sie können nicht dazu verwendet werden " +"um vorrige Veröffentlichungen zu aktualisieren.</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:118 msgid "They contain non free software." msgstr "Sie enthält unfreie Software." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:123 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:124 msgid "Live CD KDE" msgstr "Live-CD KDE" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:128 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:164 msgid "KDE desktop environment only." msgstr "Nur KDE Desktop-Umgebung." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:222 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:132 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:150 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:224 msgid "English language only." msgstr "Nur englische Sprache." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:136 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:154 msgid "32 bit only." msgstr "Nur 32 Bit." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:141 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:142 msgid "Live CD GNOME" msgstr "Live-CD GNOME" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:146 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:182 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." msgstr "Nur GNOME Desktop-Umgebung." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:159 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:160 msgid "Live DVD KDE" msgstr "Live-DVD KDE" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:168 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:186 msgid "All languages are present." msgstr "Alle Sprachen sind vorhanden." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:177 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:178 msgid "Live DVD GNOME" msgstr "Live-DVD GNOME" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:196 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:197 msgid "Boot-only CD media" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:204 msgid "" -"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to" -" start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other " -"packages that are needed to continue and complete the install. These " -"packages may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or" -" on the Internet." +"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " +"start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages " +"that are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be " +"on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the Internet." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:212 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:213 msgid "" "These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when " "bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a " @@ -2302,63 +2856,67 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:228 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:230 msgid "boot.iso" msgstr "boot.iso" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:232 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:234 msgid "" "Contains only free software, for those people who refuse to use non-free " "software." -msgstr "Enthält nur freie Software, für Leute die die Benutzung unfreier Software ablehnen." +msgstr "" +"Enthält nur freie Software, für Leute die die Benutzung unfreier Software " +"ablehnen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:239 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" msgstr "boot-nonfree.iso" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:243 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:245 msgid "" "Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " "it." -msgstr "Enthält unfreie Software (hauptsächlich Treiber, Codecs...), für Leute die diese benötigen." +msgstr "" +"Enthält unfreie Software (hauptsächlich Treiber, Codecs...), für Leute die " +"diese benötigen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:252 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:254 msgid "Downloading and Checking Media" msgstr "Medien herunterladen und überprüfen" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:255 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "Herunterladen" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:259 msgid "" -"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or" -" BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the" -" mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If " +"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or " +"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the " +"mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If " "http is chosen, you may also see something like" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:264 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:266 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:269 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:271 msgid "" "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of " -"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the" -" file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " +"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " +"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " "number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " "downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a " "failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download.Then this " @@ -2366,94 +2924,103 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:278 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:280 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:283 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:285 msgid "Check the radio button Save File." msgstr "Wähle den Auswahlknopf \"Datei speichern\"." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:287 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 msgid "Checking the downloaded media integrity" msgstr "Überprüfen der integrietät der heruntergeladenen Datei" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291 msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:" msgstr "Öffne eine Konsole, Sie müssen hierfür nicht root sein, und:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:293 msgid "" -"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum " -"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." -msgstr "- Um md5sum zu verwenden, geben Sie ein: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum Pfad/zu/der/Abbild/Datei.iso</userinput>." +"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/" +"file.iso</userinput>." +msgstr "" +"- Um md5sum zu verwenden, geben Sie ein: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum " +"Pfad/zu/der/Abbild/Datei.iso</userinput>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:294 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:296 msgid "" -"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum " -"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." -msgstr "- Um sha1sum zu verwenden, geben Sie ein: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum Pfad/zu/der/Abbild/Datei.iso</userinput>." +"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/" +"image/file.iso</userinput>." +msgstr "" +"- Um sha1sum zu verwenden, geben Sie ein: [sam@localhost]$ " +"<userinput>sha1sum Pfad/zu/der/Abbild/Datei.iso</userinput>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:297 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 msgid "" -"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a" -" while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" -msgstr "und vergleiche die angezeigt Nummer auf deinem Computer (Sie müssen wahrscheinlich eine weile warten) mit der Nummer die Sie von Mageia erhalten. Beispiel:" +"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " +"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" +msgstr "" +"und vergleiche die angezeigt Nummer auf deinem Computer (Sie müssen " +"wahrscheinlich eine weile warten) mit der Nummer die Sie von Mageia " +"erhalten. Beispiel:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:301 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:303 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:311 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313 msgid "Burn or dump the ISO" msgstr "Brennen oder übertragen der ISO" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:315 msgid "" "The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB stick. " "These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a boot-able medium." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:318 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:320 msgid "Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD" msgstr "ISO auf eine CD/DVD brennen" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:320 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:322 msgid "" "Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly " "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " -"not correct. There is more information in <link " -"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia" -" wiki</link>." +"not correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki." +"mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:326 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:329 msgid "Dump the ISO to a USB stick" msgstr "ISO auf einen USB-Stick übertragen" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:328 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:331 msgid "" "All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick " "and then use it to boot and install the system." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:332 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335 msgid "" "\"dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system " "on the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will " @@ -2461,153 +3028,155 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:337 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:340 msgid "To recover the original capacity, you must re-format the USB stick." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:340 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:344 msgid "Using Mageia" msgstr "Mageia verwenden" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:342 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:346 msgid "" -"You can use a graphical tool like <link " -"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" -msgstr "Sie können ein grafisches Werkzeug verwenden, wie <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" +"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" +msgstr "" +"Sie können ein grafisches Werkzeug verwenden, wie <link ns4:href=\"https://" +"wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</" +"link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:344 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:348 msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" msgstr "Sie können auch das dd Werkzeug in der Konsole verwenden:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:348 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 msgid "Open a console" msgstr "Öffnen Sie eine Konsole" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:356 msgid "" "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the " "final '-' )" -msgstr "Werden Sie root mit dem Befehl <userinput>su -</userinput> (vergessen Sie nicht das '-' am Ende)" +msgstr "" +"Werden Sie root mit dem Befehl <userinput>su -</userinput> (vergessen Sie " +"nicht das '-' am Ende)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:360 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata contentwidth=\"650\" fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 msgid "" "Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any " "application or file manager that could access or read it)" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:373 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" msgstr "Geben Sie den Befehl <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput> ein" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:376 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 msgid "" "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " "in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." -msgstr "Finde den Gerätenamen des USB Sticks (durch die Größe), zum Beispiel /dev/sdb auf diesem Screenshot, ist ein 8 GB großer USB Stick." +msgstr "" +"Finde den Gerätenamen des USB Sticks (durch die Größe), zum Beispiel /dev/" +"sdb auf diesem Screenshot, ist ein 8 GB großer USB Stick." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:389 msgid "" "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX " "bs=1M</userinput>" -msgstr "Gebe den Befehl ein: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX bs=1M</userinput>" +msgstr "" +"Gebe den Befehl ein: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX " +"bs=1M</userinput>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:387 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:394 msgid "" -"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso " -"of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" +"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/" +"dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:400 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" msgstr "Gebe den Befehl ein: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" msgstr "Entferne den USB Stick, es ist fertig" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:402 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:410 msgid "Using Windows" msgstr "Windows verwenden" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:412 msgid "You could try:" msgstr "Sie können versuchen:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:406 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:414 msgid "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=de_DE\">Rufus</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:408 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 msgid "" "- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " "Disk Imager</link>" -msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 Disk Imager</link>" +msgstr "" +"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " +"Disk Imager</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:425 msgid "Mageia Installation" msgstr "Mageia Installation" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:427 msgid "" -"This step is detailed in <link " -"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">the Mageia documentation</link>." +"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" +"\">the Mageia documentation</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:430 msgid "" -"More information is available in <link " -"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia " -"wiki</link>." +"More information is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -2615,15 +3184,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "Wählen des Landes / der Region" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectCountry.xml:21 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:27 @@ -2631,14 +3203,21 @@ msgid "" "Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, " "like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country " "can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network." -msgstr "Wählen Sie Ihr Land oder Ihre Region. Dies ist für alle Einstellungen nötig, wie für die Währung und die für dieses Land gültigen Einstellungen des Funknetzes. Setzen Sie das falsche Land, kann dies zu einer Fehlfunktion des WLANs führen." +msgstr "" +"Wählen Sie Ihr Land oder Ihre Region. Dies ist für alle Einstellungen nötig, " +"wie für die Währung und die für dieses Land gültigen Einstellungen des " +"Funknetzes. Setzen Sie das falsche Land, kann dies zu einer Fehlfunktion " +"des WLANs führen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:32 msgid "" -"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other " -"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." -msgstr "Wenn Sie Ihr Land nicht in der Liste finden, klicken Sie auf den Knopf <guilabel>Andere Länder</guilabel> und wählen Sie hier Ihr Land und Ihre Region." +"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</" +"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie Ihr Land nicht in der Liste finden, klicken Sie auf den Knopf " +"<guilabel>Andere Länder</guilabel> und wählen Sie hier Ihr Land und Ihre " +"Region." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:37 @@ -2647,7 +3226,11 @@ msgid "" "after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the " "first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real " "choice." -msgstr "Finden Sie Ihr Land nur in der Liste <guilabel>Andere Länder</guilabel>, nachdem Sie auf <guibutton>OK</guibutton> geklickt haben, so hat es den Anschein, als hätten Sie ein Land aus der ersten Liste gewählt. Bitte ignorieren Sie dies, DrakX befolgt die von Ihnen getroffene Auswahl." +msgstr "" +"Finden Sie Ihr Land nur in der Liste <guilabel>Andere Länder</guilabel>, " +"nachdem Sie auf <guibutton>OK</guibutton> geklickt haben, so hat es den " +"Anschein, als hätten Sie ein Land aus der ersten Liste gewählt. Bitte " +"ignorieren Sie dies, DrakX befolgt die von Ihnen getroffene Auswahl." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:46 @@ -2658,14 +3241,24 @@ msgstr "Eingabemethode" #: en/selectCountry.xml:49 msgid "" "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " -"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input" -" multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " +"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input " +"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " "default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-" -"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method" -" so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input " -"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be " -"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." -msgstr "Am Bildschirm <guilabel>Andere Länder</guilabel> können Sie auch eine Eingabemethode wählen (am Ende der Liste). Eingabemethoden erlauben es dem Benutzer, multilinguale Zeichen (Chinesisch, Japanisch, Koreanisch, usw.) einzugeben. IBus ist die vorgegebene Eingabemethode der Mageia-DVDs, Afrikanisch/Indischen und Asien/nicht-Indischen Live-CDs. Für Asien und Afrika wird IBus als vorgegebene Eingabemethode gesetzt, so dass Benutzer dies nicht händisch konfigurieren müssen. Andere Eingabemethoden (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, usw.) stellen ähnliche Funktionen zur Verfügung und können installiert werden, wenn Sie vor der Paketauswahl ein HTTP/FTP-Medium hinzufügen." +"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method " +"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, " +"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you " +"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." +msgstr "" +"Am Bildschirm <guilabel>Andere Länder</guilabel> können Sie auch eine " +"Eingabemethode wählen (am Ende der Liste). Eingabemethoden erlauben es dem " +"Benutzer, multilinguale Zeichen (Chinesisch, Japanisch, Koreanisch, usw.) " +"einzugeben. IBus ist die vorgegebene Eingabemethode der Mageia-DVDs, " +"Afrikanisch/Indischen und Asien/nicht-Indischen Live-CDs. Für Asien und " +"Afrika wird IBus als vorgegebene Eingabemethode gesetzt, so dass Benutzer " +"dies nicht händisch konfigurieren müssen. Andere Eingabemethoden (SCIM, " +"GCIN, HIME, usw.) stellen ähnliche Funktionen zur Verfügung und können " +"installiert werden, wenn Sie vor der Paketauswahl ein HTTP/FTP-Medium " +"hinzufügen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:61 @@ -2673,7 +3266,12 @@ msgid "" "If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it " "after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> " "\"System\", or by running localedrake as root." -msgstr "Vermissen Sie während der Installation die Einstellungen der Eingabemethode, so können Sie darauf zugreifen, sobald Sie mittels \"Konfigurieren Ihres Computers\" -> \"System\" neu gestartet haben, oder indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> als <emphasis role=\"bold\">root</emphasis> ausführen." +msgstr "" +"Vermissen Sie während der Installation die Einstellungen der Eingabemethode, " +"so können Sie darauf zugreifen, sobald Sie mittels \"Konfigurieren Ihres " +"Computers\" -> \"System\" neu gestartet haben, oder indem Sie <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> als <emphasis role=\"bold\">root</" +"emphasis> ausführen." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21 @@ -2683,9 +3281,11 @@ msgstr "Installation oder Aktualisierung" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32 @@ -2696,7 +3296,9 @@ msgstr "Installation" #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34 msgid "" "Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation." -msgstr "Verwenden Sie diese Option für eine frische <application>Mageia</application>-Installation." +msgstr "" +"Verwenden Sie diese Option für eine frische <application>Mageia</" +"application>-Installation." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39 @@ -2709,7 +3311,10 @@ msgid "" "If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on " "your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the " "latest release." -msgstr "Falls sie eine oder mehrere <application>Mageia</application> Installationen auf ihrem Rechner haben, können sie mit Hilfe des Installers einen auf die neueste Version upgraden" +msgstr "" +"Falls sie eine oder mehrere <application>Mageia</application> Installationen " +"auf ihrem Rechner haben, können sie mit Hilfe des Installers einen auf die " +"neueste Version upgraden" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45 @@ -2717,31 +3322,50 @@ msgid "" "Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still " "supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been " "thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already " -"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do" -" a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." -msgstr "Während der Veröffentlichung dieses Installers ist nur das Upgrade von der letzten Mageia Version <emphasis>unterstützt</emphasis> und gründlich getestet. Wenn sie eine Mageia Version upgraden möchten, die bereits das Ende des Supportzeitrahmens erreicht hat, ist es besser eine Neuinstallation durchzuführen und ihre <literal>/home</literal> Partition bestehen zu lassen." +"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do " +"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." +msgstr "" +"Während der Veröffentlichung dieses Installers ist nur das Upgrade von der " +"letzten Mageia Version <emphasis>unterstützt</emphasis> und gründlich " +"getestet. Wenn sie eine Mageia Version upgraden möchten, die bereits das " +"Ende des Supportzeitrahmens erreicht hat, ist es besser eine Neuinstallation " +"durchzuführen und ihre <literal>/home</literal> Partition bestehen zu lassen." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56 msgid "" "If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to " -"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been" -" formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " +"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been " +"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " "the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an " -"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you" -" want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." -msgstr "Falls Sie während des Installationsvorgangs die Installation abbrechen wollen, besteht die Möglichkeit, das System neu zu booten. Denken Sie aber zweimal nach, bevor Sie das tun. Nachdem eine Partition formatiert oder Aktualisierungen aufgespielt wurden, besitzt der Computer nicht mehr den ursprünglichen Status und ein Neustart könnte ein instabiles System zur Folge haben. Falls Sie trotz allem sicher sind, dass Sie einen Neustart durchführen wollen, wechseln Sie durch das Drücken der Tastenkombination <guilabel>Strg+Alt+F2</guilabel> zum Terminal. Danach drücken Sie bitte <guilabel>Strg+Alt+Entf</guilabel> um den Neustart durchzuführen." +"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you " +"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</" +"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." +msgstr "" +"Falls Sie während des Installationsvorgangs die Installation abbrechen " +"wollen, besteht die Möglichkeit, das System neu zu booten. Denken Sie aber " +"zweimal nach, bevor Sie das tun. Nachdem eine Partition formatiert oder " +"Aktualisierungen aufgespielt wurden, besitzt der Computer nicht mehr den " +"ursprünglichen Status und ein Neustart könnte ein instabiles System zur " +"Folge haben. Falls Sie trotz allem sicher sind, dass Sie einen Neustart " +"durchführen wollen, wechseln Sie durch das Drücken der Tastenkombination " +"<guilabel>Strg+Alt+F2</guilabel> zum Terminal. Danach drücken Sie bitte " +"<guilabel>Strg+Alt+Entf</guilabel> um den Neustart durchzuführen." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67 msgid "" -"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you" -" can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " -"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do " -"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install." -msgstr "Falls Sie es versäumt haben, bei der Installation eine zusätzliche Sprache hinzuzufügen, können Sie vom \"Installations- oder Upgrade-Fenster\" zum Auswahlmenü der Sprachen durch das Drücken der Tastenkombination <guilabel>Strg+Alt+Pos1</guilabel> zurückkehren. Tun Sie das <emphasis>nicht</emphasis> später im Installationsprozess." +"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you " +"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " +"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</" +"emphasis> do this later in the install." +msgstr "" +"Falls Sie es versäumt haben, bei der Installation eine zusätzliche Sprache " +"hinzuzufügen, können Sie vom \"Installations- oder Upgrade-Fenster\" zum " +"Auswahlmenü der Sprachen durch das Drücken der Tastenkombination " +"<guilabel>Strg+Alt+Pos1</guilabel> zurückkehren. Tun Sie das " +"<emphasis>nicht</emphasis> später im Installationsprozess." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 @@ -2753,43 +3377,64 @@ msgstr "Tastatur" msgid "" "DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable " "keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout." -msgstr "DrakX wählt eine Tastatur, die zu der von Ihnen gewählten Sprache passt. Wird keine passende Tastatur gefunden, so wird die Belegung einer US-Tastatur verwendet." +msgstr "" +"DrakX wählt eine Tastatur, die zu der von Ihnen gewählten Sprache passt. " +"Wird keine passende Tastatur gefunden, so wird die Belegung einer US-" +"Tastatur verwendet." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\"" -" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center\" " +"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30 msgid "" "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. " -"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications" -" that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a" -" label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " -"<link " -"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" -msgstr "Vergewissern Sie sich, dass diese Auswahl korrekt ist, oder wählen sie eine andere Tastaturbelegung. Sind Sie sich nicht sicher, welche Belegung Ihre Tastatur verwendet, so sehen Sie in der Beschreibung nach, die mit Ihrem System mitgeliefert wurde, oder fragen Sie den Computerhändler. Möglicherweise finden Sie auch ein Etikett auf der Unterseite der Tastatur, um diese zu identifizieren. Sie können aber auch hier nachsehen: <link xlink:href=\"http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tastaturbelegung\">de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tastaturbelegung</link>" +"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications " +"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a " +"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " +"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en." +"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +msgstr "" +"Vergewissern Sie sich, dass diese Auswahl korrekt ist, oder wählen sie eine " +"andere Tastaturbelegung. Sind Sie sich nicht sicher, welche Belegung Ihre " +"Tastatur verwendet, so sehen Sie in der Beschreibung nach, die mit Ihrem " +"System mitgeliefert wurde, oder fragen Sie den Computerhändler. " +"Möglicherweise finden Sie auch ein Etikett auf der Unterseite der Tastatur, " +"um diese zu identifizieren. Sie können aber auch hier nachsehen: <link xlink:" +"href=\"http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tastaturbelegung\">de.wikipedia.org/wiki/" +"Tastaturbelegung</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40 msgid "" -"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on " -"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard " -"there." -msgstr "Ist Ihre Tastatur nicht in der angezeigten Liste zu finden, klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Mehr</guibutton>, um eine vollständige Liste zu erhalten, und wählen hier Ihre Tastatur." +"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</" +"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there." +msgstr "" +"Ist Ihre Tastatur nicht in der angezeigten Liste zu finden, klicken Sie auf " +"<guibutton>Mehr</guibutton>, um eine vollständige Liste zu erhalten, und " +"wählen hier Ihre Tastatur." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45 msgid "" "After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, " -"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though" -" a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " +"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though " +"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " "and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the " "full list." -msgstr "Nachdem Sie eine Tastatur aus dem Dialog <guibutton>Mehr</guibutton> gewählt haben, kehren Sie in den ersten Dialog zum Auswählen der Tastatur zurück, und es wird hier angezeigt, dass eine Tastatur aus diesem Dialog ausgewählt wurde. Sie können ohne weiteres diese Anomalie ignorieren und mit der Installation fortfahren: Ihre Tastatur ist eine, die aus der vollständigen Liste gewählt wurde." +msgstr "" +"Nachdem Sie eine Tastatur aus dem Dialog <guibutton>Mehr</guibutton> gewählt " +"haben, kehren Sie in den ersten Dialog zum Auswählen der Tastatur zurück, " +"und es wird hier angezeigt, dass eine Tastatur aus diesem Dialog ausgewählt " +"wurde. Sie können ohne weiteres diese Anomalie ignorieren und mit der " +"Installation fortfahren: Ihre Tastatur ist eine, die aus der vollständigen " +"Liste gewählt wurde." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55 @@ -2797,7 +3442,10 @@ msgid "" "If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an " "extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin " "and non-Latin keyboard layouts" -msgstr "Wählen Sie eine Tastatur, die auf nicht-lateinischen Zeichen beruht, so sehen Sie einen zusätzlichen Dialog, der Sie fragt, wie Sie zwischen den lateinischen und nicht-lateinischen Tastaturbelegungen umschalten möchten." +msgstr "" +"Wählen Sie eine Tastatur, die auf nicht-lateinischen Zeichen beruht, so " +"sehen Sie einen zusätzlichen Dialog, der Sie fragt, wie Sie zwischen den " +"lateinischen und nicht-lateinischen Tastaturbelegungen umschalten möchten." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:23 @@ -2810,38 +3458,56 @@ msgid "" "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " "the installation and for your installed system." -msgstr "Wählen Sie die von Ihnen bevorzugte Sprache, indem Sie zuerst die Liste für Ihren Kontinent aufklappen. Beachten Sie dabei auch, dass einige Sprachen auch mehrere Dialekte enthalten können. <application>Mageia</application> verwendet diese Auswahl für das Installationsprogramm und das installierte System." +msgstr "" +"Wählen Sie die von Ihnen bevorzugte Sprache, indem Sie zuerst die Liste für " +"Ihren Kontinent aufklappen. Beachten Sie dabei auch, dass einige Sprachen " +"auch mehrere Dialekte enthalten können. <application>Mageia</application> " +"verwendet diese Auswahl für das Installationsprogramm und das installierte " +"System." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 msgid "" "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " -"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be" -" difficult to add extra language support after installation." -msgstr "Wünschen (oder benötigen) Sie mehrere installierte Sprachen auf Ihrem System, für Sie selbst und/oder andere Anwender, dann sollten Sie den Knopf <emphasis role=\"bold\"><emphasis role=\"bold\">Mehrere Sprachen</emphasis></emphasis> anklicken, um diese Sprachen nun hinzuzufügen. Es ist etwas komplexer, erst nach der Installation weitere Sprachen hinzuzufügen." +"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be " +"difficult to add extra language support after installation." +msgstr "" +"Wünschen (oder benötigen) Sie mehrere installierte Sprachen auf Ihrem " +"System, für Sie selbst und/oder andere Anwender, dann sollten Sie den Knopf " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\"><emphasis role=\"bold\">Mehrere Sprachen</emphasis></" +"emphasis> anklicken, um diese Sprachen nun hinzuzufügen. Es ist etwas " +"komplexer, erst nach der Installation weitere Sprachen hinzuzufügen." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"" -" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 msgid "" -"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them" -" as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " +"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " +"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " "marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ." -msgstr "Auch wenn Sie mehr als eine Sprache wählen, müssen Sie zuerst im ersten Auswahlbildschirm jene Sprache wählen, die von Ihnen bevorzugt wird. Diese wird dann am Bildschirm für mehrere Sprachen als gewählt markiert." +msgstr "" +"Auch wenn Sie mehr als eine Sprache wählen, müssen Sie zuerst im ersten " +"Auswahlbildschirm jene Sprache wählen, die von Ihnen bevorzugt wird. Diese " +"wird dann am Bildschirm für mehrere Sprachen als gewählt markiert." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 msgid "" "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." -msgstr "Ist die Tastaturbelegung nicht die gleiche wie die von Ihnen bevorzugte Sprache, dann ist es empfehlenswert, auch die Sprache Ihrer Tastaturbelegung zu wählen." +msgstr "" +"Ist die Tastaturbelegung nicht die gleiche wie die von Ihnen bevorzugte " +"Sprache, dann ist es empfehlenswert, auch die Sprache Ihrer Tastaturbelegung " +"zu wählen." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 @@ -2849,52 +3515,68 @@ msgid "" "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " "\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " "language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." -msgstr "Mageia verwendet als Vorgabe die Unterstützung von UTF-8 (Unicode). Dies kann unter Umständen am Bildschirm für \"Mehrere Sprachen\" deaktiviert sein, falls bekannt ist, dass für diese Sprache keine solche Unterstützung vorhanden ist. Sperren von UTF-8 gilt für alle installierten Sprachen." +msgstr "" +"Mageia verwendet als Vorgabe die Unterstützung von UTF-8 (Unicode). Dies " +"kann unter Umständen am Bildschirm für \"Mehrere Sprachen\" deaktiviert " +"sein, falls bekannt ist, dass für diese Sprache keine solche Unterstützung " +"vorhanden ist. Sperren von UTF-8 gilt für alle installierten Sprachen." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 msgid "" "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " "Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." -msgstr "Sie können die Systemsprache nach der Installation im <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mageia Kontrollzentrum -> System -> Auswählen der Region und Sprache</emphasis> jederzeit ändern." +msgstr "" +"Sie können die Systemsprache nach der Installation im <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Mageia Kontrollzentrum -> System -> Auswählen der Region und " +"Sprache</emphasis> jederzeit ändern." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectMouse.xml:4 msgid "Select mouse" msgstr "Maus auswählen" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right -#. place -#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place +#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectMouse.xml:16 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"selectMouse-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"selectMouse-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:23 msgid "" "If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a " "different one here." -msgstr "Falls Sie mit dem Mausverhalten nicht zufrieden sind, können Sie hier eine andere Konfiguration auswählen." +msgstr "" +"Falls Sie mit dem Mausverhalten nicht zufrieden sind, können Sie hier eine " +"andere Konfiguration auswählen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:25 msgid "" -"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB " -"mice</guilabel> is a good choice." -msgstr "Üblicherweise ist <guilabel>\"Universell\"</guilabel> - <guilabel>\"Einige PS/2 und USB Mäuse\"</guilabel> eine gute Wahl." +"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</" +"guilabel> is a good choice." +msgstr "" +"Üblicherweise ist <guilabel>\"Universell\"</guilabel> - <guilabel>\"Einige " +"PS/2 und USB Mäuse\"</guilabel> eine gute Wahl." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:27 msgid "" "Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to " "configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons." -msgstr "Wählen Sie <guilabel>\"Universell\"</guilabel> - <guilabel>\"Evdev erzwingen\"</guilabel>, um die nicht funktionierenden zusätzlichen Tasten einer Multifunktionsmaus zu konfigurieren." +msgstr "" +"Wählen Sie <guilabel>\"Universell\"</guilabel> - <guilabel>\"Evdev erzwingen" +"\"</guilabel>, um die nicht funktionierenden zusätzlichen Tasten einer " +"Multifunktionsmaus zu konfigurieren." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:3 @@ -2904,9 +3586,9 @@ msgstr "Hinzufügen oder ändern eines Boot Menü Eintrags" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" +"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2915,84 +3597,106 @@ msgid "" "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the " "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen " "and editing the screen that pops up on top of it." -msgstr "Sie können einen Eintrag hinzufügen oder den vorher gewählten ändern, indem Sie den entprechenden Knopf im <emphasis>Bootloader Konfigurationsbildschirm</emphasis> drücken und die Einstellungen im Fenster, welches darüber erscheint, verändern." +msgstr "" +"Sie können einen Eintrag hinzufügen oder den vorher gewählten ändern, indem " +"Sie den entprechenden Knopf im <emphasis>Bootloader " +"Konfigurationsbildschirm</emphasis> drücken und die Einstellungen im " +"Fenster, welches darüber erscheint, verändern." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18 msgid "" "If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use " "this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually " -"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code>" -" instead." +"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> " +"instead." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" -"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." +"png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" +"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." +"png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30 msgid "" "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." -msgstr "Einige risikofreie Dinge ändern die Bezeichnung eines Eintrags und aktivieren das Kästchen, welches den Eintrag als Standard setzt." +msgstr "" +"Einige risikofreie Dinge ändern die Bezeichnung eines Eintrags und " +"aktivieren das Kästchen, welches den Eintrag als Standard setzt." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:33 msgid "" "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." -msgstr "Sie können die korrekte Versionsnummer eines Eintrags hinzufügen, oder ihn vollständig umbenennen." +msgstr "" +"Sie können die korrekte Versionsnummer eines Eintrags hinzufügen, oder ihn " +"vollständig umbenennen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:36 msgid "" "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " "choice while booting up." -msgstr "Sollten Sie beim Bootvorgang keine andere Auswahl treffen, wird der Standardeintrag vom System gestartet." +msgstr "" +"Sollten Sie beim Bootvorgang keine andere Auswahl treffen, wird der " +"Standardeintrag vom System gestartet." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:40 msgid "" "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " "just try something without knowing what you are doing." -msgstr "Das Verändern anderer Dinge könnte Ihren Bootvorgang verhindern. Bitte probieren Sie nichts aus, ohne zu wissen, was Sie tun." +msgstr "" +"Das Verändern anderer Dinge könnte Ihren Bootvorgang verhindern. Bitte " +"probieren Sie nichts aus, ohne zu wissen, was Sie tun." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:3 msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Haupt-Optionen des Bootloaders" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from -#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, -#. except in this sentence. -#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using -#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist +#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. +#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" " -"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:16 msgid "" -"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by" -" the installer, you can change them here." -msgstr "Bevorzugen Sie verschiedene Einstellungen des Bootloaders, die automatisch vom Installationsprogramm gewählt werden sollen, so können Sie diese hier ändern." +"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " +"the installer, you can change them here." +msgstr "" +"Bevorzugen Sie verschiedene Einstellungen des Bootloaders, die automatisch " +"vom Installationsprogramm gewählt werden sollen, so können Sie diese hier " +"ändern." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:20 msgid "" -"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case" -" you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " +"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " +"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " "allow Mageia to create a new one." -msgstr "Es befindet sich bereits ein anderes Betriebssystem auf Ihrem Computer, so dass in diesem Falle zu entscheiden ist, ob Mageia in den bereits bestehenden Bootloader eingefügt werden soll, oder ob es Mageia erlaubt werden soll, einen neuen Bootloader zu erstellen." +msgstr "" +"Es befindet sich bereits ein anderes Betriebssystem auf Ihrem Computer, so " +"dass in diesem Falle zu entscheiden ist, ob Mageia in den bereits " +"bestehenden Bootloader eingefügt werden soll, oder ob es Mageia erlaubt " +"werden soll, einen neuen Bootloader zu erstellen." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 @@ -3011,14 +3715,18 @@ msgid "" "(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " "operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia " "boot menu." -msgstr "Als Vorgabe schreibt Mageia einen neuen GRUB-Bootloader in den MBR (Master Boot Record) Ihres ersten Laufwerks. Sind bereits andere Betriebssysteme installiert, versucht Mageia, diese in das neue Mageia-Startmenü einzufügen." +msgstr "" +"Als Vorgabe schreibt Mageia einen neuen GRUB-Bootloader in den MBR (Master " +"Boot Record) Ihres ersten Laufwerks. Sind bereits andere Betriebssysteme " +"installiert, versucht Mageia, diese in das neue Mageia-Startmenü einzufügen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:41 msgid "" "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " "legacy and Lilo." -msgstr "Mageia bietet jetzt neben GRUB legacy optional auch GRUB2 als Bootloader an." +msgstr "" +"Mageia bietet jetzt neben GRUB legacy optional auch GRUB2 als Bootloader an." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 @@ -3026,14 +3734,18 @@ msgid "" "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " "GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " "used." -msgstr "Linux Systeme die GRUB2 als Bootloader verwenden, werden im Augenblick nicht von GRUB legacy unterstützt und werden auch nicht von GRUB legacy erkannt." +msgstr "" +"Linux Systeme die GRUB2 als Bootloader verwenden, werden im Augenblick nicht " +"von GRUB legacy unterstützt und werden auch nicht von GRUB legacy erkannt." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:49 msgid "" "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " "the Summary page during installation." -msgstr "Die beste Lösung ist hier, GRUB2 als Bootloader zu verwenden wie es auf der Zusammenfassungs-Seite empfohlen wird." +msgstr "" +"Die beste Lösung ist hier, GRUB2 als Bootloader zu verwenden wie es auf der " +"Zusammenfassungs-Seite empfohlen wird." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:56 @@ -3044,41 +3756,62 @@ msgstr "Verwenden eines bestehenden Bootloaders" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:60 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " -"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader" -" <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the" -" bootloader install location." -msgstr "Wenn Sie sich dafür entscheiden, einen bestehenden Bootloader zu verwenden, dann dürfen Sie nicht vergessen, während der Installation an der Seite \"Zusammenfassung\" zu STOPPEN und auf den Knopf <guibutton>Bootloader einrichten</guibutton> zu klicken, der es Ihnen erlaubt, den Installationsort des Bootloaders zu ändern." +"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " +"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the " +"bootloader install location." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie sich dafür entscheiden, einen bestehenden Bootloader zu verwenden, " +"dann dürfen Sie nicht vergessen, während der Installation an der Seite " +"\"Zusammenfassung\" zu STOPPEN und auf den Knopf <guibutton>Bootloader " +"einrichten</guibutton> zu klicken, der es Ihnen erlaubt, den " +"Installationsort des Bootloaders zu ändern." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 msgid "" -"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR." -" You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " +"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " +"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " "phase earlier, e.g. sda7." -msgstr "Wählen Sie kein Gerät, z.B.\"sda\", oder Sie überschreiben Ihren bestehenden MBR. Sie müssen die Wurzel-Partition wählen, die Sie zuvor während der Partitionierungsphase gewählt haben. z.B. sda7." +msgstr "" +"Wählen Sie kein Gerät, z.B.\"sda\", oder Sie überschreiben Ihren bestehenden " +"MBR. Sie müssen die Wurzel-Partition wählen, die Sie zuvor während der " +"Partitionierungsphase gewählt haben. z.B. sda7." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device." -msgstr "Um es noch einmal klar darzustellen, \"sda\" ist ein Gerät, \"sda7\" ist eine Partition." +msgstr "" +"Um es noch einmal klar darzustellen, \"sda\" ist ein Gerät, \"sda7\" ist " +"eine Partition." #. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:75 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " -"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to" -" the installer screen." -msgstr "Wechseln Sie mit <emphasis role=\"bold\">Strg+Alt+F2</emphasis> zu <emphasis role=\"bold\">tty2</emphasis> und geben Sie <literal>df</literal> ein, um zu überprüfen, wo Ihre <literal>/</literal> (Wurzel)-Partition zu finden ist. <emphasis role=\"bold\">Strg+Alt+F7</emphasis> bringt Sie wieder zum Installationsbildschirm zurück." +"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " +"the installer screen." +msgstr "" +"Wechseln Sie mit <emphasis role=\"bold\">Strg+Alt+F2</emphasis> zu <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">tty2</emphasis> und geben Sie <literal>df</literal> ein, um zu " +"überprüfen, wo Ihre <literal>/</literal> (Wurzel)-Partition zu finden ist. " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Strg+Alt+F7</emphasis> bringt Sie wieder zum " +"Installationsbildschirm zurück." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " -"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and" -" add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " +"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and " +"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " "question." -msgstr "Die exakte Prozedur zum Hinzufügen Ihres Mageia-Systems zu einem bestehenden Bootloader finden Sie weiter unten in dieser Hilfe, wobei es in den meisten Fällen nötig ist, das entsprechende Bootloader-Ladeprogramm auszuführen, das dann den Eintrag für Mageia automatisch finden und hinzufügen sollte. Sehen Sie dazu in der Dokumentation für das Betriebssystem nach, wenn noch Fragen offen sind." +msgstr "" +"Die exakte Prozedur zum Hinzufügen Ihres Mageia-Systems zu einem bestehenden " +"Bootloader finden Sie weiter unten in dieser Hilfe, wobei es in den meisten " +"Fällen nötig ist, das entsprechende Bootloader-Ladeprogramm auszuführen, das " +"dann den Eintrag für Mageia automatisch finden und hinzufügen sollte. Sehen " +"Sie dazu in der Dokumentation für das Betriebssystem nach, wenn noch Fragen " +"offen sind." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:91 @@ -3089,48 +3822,57 @@ msgstr "Erweiterte Optionen für den Bootloader" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:95 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " -"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp " -"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." -msgstr "Besitzen Sie für das Wurzelverzeichnis ( / ) nur einen sehr eingeschränkten Platz auf dem Laufwerk, worin <literal>/tmp</literal> enthalten ist, klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Fortgeschritten</guibutton> und markieren Sie das Ankreuzfeld für <guilabel>\"/tmp\" bei jedem Systemstart säubern</guilabel>. Dies hilft Ihnen, mehr Platz frei zu halten." +"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" +"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</" +"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." +msgstr "" +"Besitzen Sie für das Wurzelverzeichnis ( / ) nur einen sehr eingeschränkten " +"Platz auf dem Laufwerk, worin <literal>/tmp</literal> enthalten ist, klicken " +"Sie auf <guibutton>Fortgeschritten</guibutton> und markieren Sie das " +"Ankreuzfeld für <guilabel>\"/tmp\" bei jedem Systemstart säubern</guilabel>. " +"Dies hilft Ihnen, mehr Platz frei zu halten." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:11 msgid "Setup SCSI" msgstr "SCSI-Laufwerke einrichten" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's -#. comment ;-) -#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based -#. on the -#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 +#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) +#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the +#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:32 msgid "" -"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers" -" it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " +"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers " +"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " "fail to recognise the drive." -msgstr "DrakX erkennt normalerweise Festplatten korrekt. Möglicherweise treten bei der Erkennung alter SCSI-Controller Probleme auf. In diesem Fall könnte die Installation der notwendigen Treiber fehlschlagen." +msgstr "" +"DrakX erkennt normalerweise Festplatten korrekt. Möglicherweise treten bei " +"der Erkennung alter SCSI-Controller Probleme auf. In diesem Fall könnte die " +"Installation der notwendigen Treiber fehlschlagen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:36 msgid "" "If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) " "you have." -msgstr "Falls dies geschieht, müssen Sie DrakX händisch mitteilen, welche SCSI-Laufwerke Sie haben." +msgstr "" +"Falls dies geschieht, müssen Sie DrakX händisch mitteilen, welche SCSI-" +"Laufwerke Sie haben." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:39 @@ -3142,13 +3884,15 @@ msgstr "Danach sollte DrakX die Laufwerke korrekt konfigurieren können." msgid "Sound Configuration" msgstr "Soundkonfiguration" -#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 +#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/soundConfig.xml:17 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " "format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " +"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:23 @@ -3156,7 +3900,9 @@ msgid "" "In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your " "sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default " "one." -msgstr "In diesem Bildschirm steht der Name des Treibers, den der Installer für ihre Soundkarte gewählt hat, welches der Standardtreiber ist" +msgstr "" +"In diesem Bildschirm steht der Name des Treibers, den der Installer für ihre " +"Soundkarte gewählt hat, welches der Standardtreiber ist" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:27 @@ -3166,16 +3912,23 @@ msgid "" "this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the " "<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound " "Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen." -msgstr "Der Standardtreiber sollte ohne Probleme funktionieren. Wenn sie jedoch nach der Installation Probleme entdecken sollten, starten sie entweder <command>draksound</command> oder das Werkzeug über das Mageia Kontrollzentrum (MCC), unter <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> und wählen sie <guilabel>Soundkonfiguration</guilabel> oben rechts in dem Fenster" +msgstr "" +"Der Standardtreiber sollte ohne Probleme funktionieren. Wenn sie jedoch nach " +"der Installation Probleme entdecken sollten, starten sie entweder " +"<command>draksound</command> oder das Werkzeug über das Mageia " +"Kontrollzentrum (MCC), unter <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> und wählen sie " +"<guilabel>Soundkonfiguration</guilabel> oben rechts in dem Fenster" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:33 msgid "" "Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on " -"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how " -"to solve the problem." -msgstr "Dann wählen sie in draksound oder im Menü \"Soundkonfiguration\" auf <guibutton>Fortgeschritten</guibutton> und dann <guibutton>Problembehebung</guibutton> um hilfreiche Hinweise zu bekommen, wie das Problem zu lösen ist." +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</" +"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem." +msgstr "" +"Dann wählen sie in draksound oder im Menü \"Soundkonfiguration\" auf " +"<guibutton>Fortgeschritten</guibutton> und dann <guibutton>Problembehebung</" +"guibutton> um hilfreiche Hinweise zu bekommen, wie das Problem zu lösen ist." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/soundConfig.xml:41 @@ -3188,47 +3941,59 @@ msgid "" "Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is " "useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers " "available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one." -msgstr "Während der Installation ist die Auswahl von <guibutton>Fortgeschritten</guibutton> in dem Fenster hilfreich, falls kein Standardtreiber vorhanden ist und mehrere Treiber angezeigt werden, und sie denken, dass der Installer den Falschen ausgewählt hat" +msgstr "" +"Während der Installation ist die Auswahl von <guibutton>Fortgeschritten</" +"guibutton> in dem Fenster hilfreich, falls kein Standardtreiber vorhanden " +"ist und mehrere Treiber angezeigt werden, und sie denken, dass der Installer " +"den Falschen ausgewählt hat" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:49 msgid "" "In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on " "<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>." -msgstr "Im Falle, dass ein anderer Treiber ausgewählt werden soll, klicken sie auf <guibutton>Soll irgendein Treiber ausgewählt werden?</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Im Falle, dass ein anderer Treiber ausgewählt werden soll, klicken sie auf " +"<guibutton>Soll irgendein Treiber ausgewählt werden?</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4 msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" msgstr "Bestätigen, dass die Festplatte formatiert wird" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -#. test comment - johnr +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 +#. test comment - johnr #. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct -#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm -#. sure I -#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD -#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot +#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I +#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD +#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" +"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" +"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your " "choice." -msgstr "Klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Abbrechen</guibutton>, wenn Sie sich bei der Auswahl nicht sicher sind." +msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Abbrechen</guibutton>, wenn Sie sich bei der " +"Auswahl nicht sicher sind." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 msgid "" -"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every" -" partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." -msgstr "Klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Weiter</guibutton>, wenn Sie sich sicher sind und jede Partition, jedes Betriebssystem und alle Daten auf dem Laufwerk löschen wollen." +"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " +"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." +msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Weiter</guibutton>, wenn Sie sich sicher sind und " +"jede Partition, jedes Betriebssystem und alle Daten auf dem Laufwerk löschen " +"wollen." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:3 @@ -3252,20 +4017,20 @@ msgstr "" #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:16 msgid "" "After your data backup, reboot your installation Mageia DVD and select " -"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will" -" only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system." +"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will " +"only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:20 msgid "" "To recover the space used by Mageia partitions on Windows, click on " -"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management " -"-> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. " +"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management -" +"> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. " "You will recognize the Mageia partition because they are labeled " "<guilabel>Unknown</guilabel>, and also by their size and place in the disk. " -"Right click on each of these partitions and select " -"<guibutton>Delete</guibutton>. The space will be freed." +"Right click on each of these partitions and select <guibutton>Delete</" +"guibutton>. The space will be freed." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -3281,6 +4046,13 @@ msgid "" "If you have Vista or 7, you have one more possibility, you can extend the " "existing partition that is at the left of the freed space. There are other " "partitioning tools that can be used, such as gparted, available for both " -"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and" -" make sure all important things have been backed up." +"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and " +"make sure all important things have been backed up." msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +#~ "imageobject>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +#~ "imageobject>" diff --git a/docs/installer/el.po b/docs/installer/el.po index 92ff0f01..73d1d09a 100644 --- a/docs/installer/el.po +++ b/docs/installer/el.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-01-28 18:19+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-02-24 19:21+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-01-24 10:30+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Dimitrios Glentadakis <dglent@free.fr>\n" "Language-Team: Greek <kde-i18n-el@kde.org>\n" @@ -1945,18 +1945,18 @@ msgstr "" "πατήστε <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> ταυτόχρονα για να κάνετε " "επανεκκίνηση." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:215 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:214 msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" msgstr "Προβλήματα στην εγκατάσταση και πιθανές λύσεις" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:221 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:220 msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "Δεν λειτουργεί το γραφικό περιβάλλον" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:226 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:225 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " @@ -1967,8 +1967,8 @@ msgstr "" "συστήματα. Προσπαθήστε να χρησιμοποιήσετε μια χαμηλή ανάλυση πληκτρολογώντας " "<code>vgalo</code> στην προτροπή." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:233 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:232 msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " @@ -1983,13 +1983,13 @@ msgstr "" "μια μαύρη οθόνη με τη λέξη «boot:». Πληκτρολογήστε «text» και πατήστε ENTER. " "Τώρα συνεχίστε την εγκατάσταση σε λειτουργία κειμένου." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:245 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:244 msgid "The Install Freezes" msgstr "Πάγωμα της εγκατάστασης" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:248 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:247 msgid "" "If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a " "problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of " @@ -2004,13 +2004,13 @@ msgstr "" "προτροπή. Αυτή η επιλογή μπορεί επίσης να συνδυαστεί με την προηγούμενη αν " "κριθεί απαραίτητο." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:257 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:256 msgid "RAM problem" msgstr "Πρόβλημα RAM" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:260 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:259 msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " @@ -2023,13 +2023,13 @@ msgstr "" "code>, όπου xxx το σωστό μέγεθος της RAM. π.χ. <code>mem=256M</code> " "καθορίζει 256MB RAM." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:269 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:268 msgid "Dynamic partitions" msgstr "Δυναμικές κατατμήσεις" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:272 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:271 msgid "" "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " @@ -2613,22 +2613,22 @@ msgstr "" "την ενότητα <guilabel>Ασφάλεια</guilabel> του Κέντρου Ελέγχου Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:5 msgid "Select and use ISOs" msgstr "Επιλογή και χρήση των ISO" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:8 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:9 msgid "Media" msgstr "Μέσα" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:11 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:12 msgid "Definition" msgstr "Ορισμός" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:13 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:14 msgid "" "Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to " "install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO " @@ -2639,7 +2639,7 @@ msgstr "" "μέσο όπου το αρχείο ISO έχει αντιγραφεί." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:18 msgid "" "You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" "\">here</link>." @@ -2648,23 +2648,23 @@ msgstr "" "\">εδώ</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:21 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:22 msgid "Classical installation media" msgstr "Μέσο κλασσικής εγκατάστασης" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:24 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:92 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:199 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:25 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:94 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:200 msgid "Common features" msgstr "Κοινά χαρακτηριστικά" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:29 msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx." msgstr "Τα ISO χρησιμοποιούν το παραδοσιακό πρόγραμμα εγκαταστάτης drakx." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:34 msgid "" "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." msgstr "" @@ -2672,17 +2672,17 @@ msgstr "" "προηγούμενη έκδοση." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:39 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:41 msgid "DVD" msgstr "DVD" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:45 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." msgstr "Διαφορετικά μέσα για αρχιτεκτονική 32 ή 64 bit." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:49 msgid "" "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " "Hardware Detection Tool." @@ -2691,24 +2691,24 @@ msgstr "" "Έλεγχος της μνήμης, Εργαλείο εντοπισμού υλικού." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:54 msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages." msgstr "Κάθε DVD περιέχει πολλά διαθέσιμα γραφικά περιβάλλοντα και γλώσσες." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:59 msgid "" "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software." msgstr "" "Κατά την εγκατάσταση θα ερωτηθείτε για την προσθήκη ιδιόκτητου λογισμικού." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:66 msgid "DVD dual arch" msgstr "DVD διπλής αρχιτεκτονικής" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:70 msgid "" "Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made " "automatically according to the detected CPU." @@ -2717,12 +2717,12 @@ msgstr "" "βάσει τον εντοπισμό του επεξεργαστή." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:75 msgid "Uses Xfce desktop only." msgstr "Μόνο το περιβάλλον επιφάνειας εργασίας Xfce." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:79 msgid "" "Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, " "pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED!" @@ -2731,17 +2731,17 @@ msgstr "" "pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) ΠΡΟΣ ΕΠΙΒΕΒΑΙΩΣΗ!" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:84 msgid "It contains non free software." msgstr "Περιέχει ιδιόκτητο λογισμικό." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:89 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:91 msgid "Live media" msgstr "Μέσο Live" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:98 msgid "" "Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and " "optionally install Mageia on to your HDD." @@ -2751,18 +2751,18 @@ msgstr "" "στον σκληρό δίσκο." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." msgstr "Κάθε ISO περιέχει μόνο ένα περιβάλλον εργασίας (KDE ή GNOME)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:218 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:108 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:172 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:190 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:220 msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures." msgstr "Διαφορετικά μέσα για αρχιτεκτονική 32 ή 64 bit." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:112 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " "installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" @@ -2773,63 +2773,63 @@ msgstr "" "προηγούμενη έκδοση.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:118 msgid "They contain non free software." msgstr "Περιέχουν ιδιόκτητο λογισμικό." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:123 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:124 msgid "Live CD KDE" msgstr "Live CD KDE" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:128 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:164 msgid "KDE desktop environment only." msgstr "Μόνο το περιβάλλον επιφάνειας εργασίας KDE." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:222 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:132 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:150 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:224 msgid "English language only." msgstr "Μόνο Αγγλική γλώσσα." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:136 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:154 msgid "32 bit only." msgstr "Μόνο 32-bit." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:141 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:142 msgid "Live CD GNOME" msgstr "Live CD GNOME" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:146 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:182 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." msgstr "Μόνο το περιβάλλον επιφάνειας εργασίας GNOME." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:159 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:160 msgid "Live DVD KDE" msgstr "Live DVD KDE" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:168 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:186 msgid "All languages are present." msgstr "Περιέχονται όλες οι γλώσσες." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:177 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:178 msgid "Live DVD GNOME" msgstr "Live DVD GNOME" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:196 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:197 msgid "Boot-only CD media" msgstr "CD αποκλειστικά για εκκίνηση" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:204 msgid "" "Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " "start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages " @@ -2844,7 +2844,7 @@ msgstr "" "διαδίκτυο." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:212 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:213 msgid "" "These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when " "bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a " @@ -2856,12 +2856,12 @@ msgstr "" "εκκίνηση από ένα κλειδί USB. " #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:228 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:230 msgid "boot.iso" msgstr "boot.iso" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:232 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:234 msgid "" "Contains only free software, for those people who refuse to use non-free " "software." @@ -2870,12 +2870,12 @@ msgstr "" "χρησιμοποιήσουν ιδιόκτητο λογισμικό." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:239 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" msgstr "boot-nonfree.iso" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:243 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:245 msgid "" "Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " "it." @@ -2884,17 +2884,17 @@ msgstr "" "για αυτούς που το χρειάζονται." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:252 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:254 msgid "Downloading and Checking Media" msgstr "Λήψη και έλεγχος των μέσων" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:255 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "Λήψη" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:259 msgid "" "Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or " "BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the " @@ -2908,7 +2908,7 @@ msgstr "" "επιλέξετε http, μπορεί να δείτε επίσης κάτι σαν αυτό" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:264 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:266 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" "imageobject>" @@ -2917,7 +2917,7 @@ msgstr "" "imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:269 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:271 msgid "" "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of " "them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " @@ -2936,27 +2936,27 @@ msgstr "" "νέου λήψη του αρχείου. Στη συνέχεια θα εμφανιστεί το παρακάτω παράθυρο:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:278 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:280 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:283 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:285 msgid "Check the radio button Save File." msgstr "Επιλέξτε το κουμπί επιλογών Αποθήκευση του αρχείου." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:287 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 msgid "Checking the downloaded media integrity" msgstr "Έλεγχος της ακεραιότητας του ληφθέντος αρχείου" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291 msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:" msgstr "Ανοίξτε ένα τερματικό －δεν χρειάζεται σύνδεση ως root － και:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:293 msgid "" "- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/" "file.iso</userinput>." @@ -2965,7 +2965,7 @@ msgstr "" "path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:294 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:296 msgid "" "- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/" "image/file.iso</userinput>." @@ -2974,7 +2974,7 @@ msgstr "" "path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:297 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 msgid "" "and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " "while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" @@ -2983,21 +2983,22 @@ msgstr "" "να περιμένετε λίγο) με τον αριθμό που δίνεται από τη Mageia. Για παράδειγμα:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:301 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:303 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" "imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:311 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313 msgid "Burn or dump the ISO" msgstr "Εγγραφή ή αποτύπωση του ISO" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:315 msgid "" "The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB stick. " "These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a boot-able medium." @@ -3007,16 +3008,17 @@ msgstr "" "σκοπεύουν στην δημιουργία ενός εκκινήσιμου μέσου." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:318 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:320 msgid "Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD" msgstr "Εγγραφή του ISO σε ένα CD/DVD" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:320 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:322 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly " "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " -"not correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki." +"not correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki." "mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>." msgstr "" "Χρησιμοποιήστε το πρόγραμμα εγγραφής που επιθυμείτε, αλλά θα πρέπει να " @@ -3027,12 +3029,12 @@ msgstr "" "wiki</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:326 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:329 msgid "Dump the ISO to a USB stick" msgstr "Αποτύπωση του ISO σε ένα κλειδί USB" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:328 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:331 msgid "" "All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick " "and then use it to boot and install the system." @@ -3042,7 +3044,7 @@ msgstr "" "και εγκατάσταση του συστήματος." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:332 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335 msgid "" "\"dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system " "on the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will " @@ -3054,19 +3056,19 @@ msgstr "" "της εικόνας ISO." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:337 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:340 msgid "To recover the original capacity, you must re-format the USB stick." msgstr "" "Για να ανακτήσετε την προηγούμενη χωρητικότητα, θα πρέπει να μορφοποιήσετε " "το κλειδί USB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:340 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:344 msgid "Using Mageia" msgstr "Χρήση της Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:342 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:346 msgid "" "You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" "en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" @@ -3076,17 +3078,17 @@ msgstr "" "IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:344 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:348 msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" msgstr "Μπορείτε επίσης να χρησιμοποιήσετε το εργαλείο dd σε ένα τερματικό:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:348 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 msgid "Open a console" msgstr "Ανοίξτε ένα τερματικό" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:356 msgid "" "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the " "final '-' )" @@ -3095,16 +3097,15 @@ msgstr "" "ξεχάσετε το τελικό «-» )" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:360 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"<imageobject> <imagedata contentwidth=\"650\" fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </" "imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 msgid "" "Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any " "application or file manager that could access or read it)" @@ -3114,21 +3115,22 @@ msgstr "" "κλειδί)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:373 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" msgstr "Εισάγετε την εντολή <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:376 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" "imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 msgid "" "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " "in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." @@ -3138,7 +3140,7 @@ msgstr "" "USB 8Gb." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:389 msgid "" "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX " "bs=1M</userinput>" @@ -3147,12 +3149,12 @@ msgstr "" "bs=1M</userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc" msgstr "Όπου «X» = το όνομα της συσκευής, πχ: /dev/sdc" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:387 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:394 msgid "" "Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/" "dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" @@ -3161,32 +3163,32 @@ msgstr "" "of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:400 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" msgstr "Εισάγετε την εντολή: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" msgstr "Αποσυνδέστε το κλειδί USB, όλα ολοκληρώθηκαν" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:402 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:410 msgid "Using Windows" msgstr "Χρησιμοποιώντας Windows" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:412 msgid "You could try:" msgstr "Μπορείτε να δοκιμάσετε:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:406 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:414 msgid "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:408 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 msgid "" "- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " "Disk Imager</link>" @@ -3195,12 +3197,12 @@ msgstr "" "Disk Imager</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:425 msgid "Mageia Installation" msgstr "Εγκατάσταση της Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:427 msgid "" "This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" "\">the Mageia documentation</link>." @@ -3209,7 +3211,7 @@ msgstr "" "org/en/doc/\">τεκμηρίωση της</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:430 msgid "" "More information is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" "Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." @@ -4121,3 +4123,10 @@ msgstr "" "το gparted, διαθέσιμο για windows και linux. Όπως πάντα, κατά την αλλαγή των " "κατατμήσεων, να είστε προσεκτικός-η και σιγουρευτείτε ότι έχετε πάρει " "αντίγραφα ασφαλείας για όλα τα σημαντικά σας αρχεία." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +#~ "imageobject>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +#~ "imageobject>" diff --git a/docs/installer/eo.po b/docs/installer/eo.po index a81f823f..c80b1d84 100644 --- a/docs/installer/eo.po +++ b/docs/installer/eo.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-01-05 13:46+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-02-24 19:21+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-03 18:13+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n" "Language-Team: Esperanto (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/" @@ -1794,18 +1794,18 @@ msgstr "" "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> samtempe. Post tio, premu <guibutton>Alt " "Ctrl Delete</guibutton> samtempe por reŝarĝi." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:215 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:214 msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" msgstr "Instal-problemoj kaj eblaj solvoj" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:221 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:220 msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "Sen grafika interfaco" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:226 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:225 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " @@ -1815,8 +1815,8 @@ msgstr "" "Ĉi tio povas okazi kun kelkaj grafik-kartoj kaj malnovaj maŝinoj. Provu " "utiligi malaltan rezolucion per la tajpo de \"vgalo\" en la komand-linio." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:233 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:232 msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " @@ -1825,13 +1825,13 @@ msgid "" "ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:245 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:244 msgid "The Install Freezes" msgstr "Instal-paneoj" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:248 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:247 msgid "" "If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a " "problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of " @@ -1844,13 +1844,13 @@ msgstr "" "prokrastita. Por provi tion tajpu <code>noauto</code> en la komando-linio. " "Ĉi tiu elekto povas ankaŭ esti miksita kun la antaŭa se estas necese." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:257 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:256 msgid "RAM problem" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:260 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:259 msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " @@ -1862,13 +1862,13 @@ msgstr "" "la parametron mem=xxxM, kie xxx estas la ĝusta kvanto da ĉefmemoro. Ekzemple " "\"mem=256M\" specifus 256MB-ojn el ĉefmemoro." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:269 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:268 msgid "Dynamic partitions" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:272 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:271 msgid "" "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " @@ -2402,22 +2402,22 @@ msgstr "" "<guilabel>Sekureco</guilabel> en la Mageja Kontrolilo." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:5 msgid "Select and use ISOs" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:8 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:9 msgid "Media" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:11 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:12 msgid "Definition" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:13 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:14 msgid "" "Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to " "install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO " @@ -2425,116 +2425,116 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:18 msgid "" "You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" "\">here</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:21 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:22 msgid "Classical installation media" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:24 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:92 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:199 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:25 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:94 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:200 msgid "Common features" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:29 msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:34 msgid "" "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:39 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:41 msgid "DVD" msgstr "DVD" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:45 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:49 msgid "" "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " "Hardware Detection Tool." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:54 msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:59 msgid "" "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:66 msgid "DVD dual arch" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:70 msgid "" "Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made " "automatically according to the detected CPU." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:75 msgid "Uses Xfce desktop only." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:79 msgid "" "Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, " "pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED!" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:84 msgid "It contains non free software." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:89 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:91 msgid "Live media" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:98 msgid "" "Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and " "optionally install Mageia on to your HDD." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:218 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:108 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:172 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:190 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:220 msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:112 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " "installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" @@ -2542,63 +2542,63 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:118 msgid "They contain non free software." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:123 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:124 msgid "Live CD KDE" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:128 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:164 msgid "KDE desktop environment only." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:222 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:132 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:150 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:224 msgid "English language only." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:136 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:154 msgid "32 bit only." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:141 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:142 msgid "Live CD GNOME" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:146 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:182 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:159 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:160 msgid "Live DVD KDE" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:168 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:186 msgid "All languages are present." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:177 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:178 msgid "Live DVD GNOME" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:196 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:197 msgid "Boot-only CD media" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:204 msgid "" "Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " "start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages " @@ -2607,7 +2607,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:212 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:213 msgid "" "These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when " "bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a " @@ -2615,41 +2615,41 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:228 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:230 msgid "boot.iso" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:232 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:234 msgid "" "Contains only free software, for those people who refuse to use non-free " "software." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:239 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:243 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:245 msgid "" "Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " "it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:252 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:254 msgid "Downloading and Checking Media" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:255 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:259 msgid "" "Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or " "BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the " @@ -2658,14 +2658,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:264 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:266 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:269 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:271 msgid "" "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of " "them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " @@ -2677,93 +2677,96 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:278 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:280 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:283 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:285 msgid "Check the radio button Save File." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:287 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 msgid "Checking the downloaded media integrity" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291 msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:293 msgid "" "- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/" "file.iso</userinput>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:294 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:296 msgid "" "- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/" "image/file.iso</userinput>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:297 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 msgid "" "and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " "while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:301 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:303 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:311 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313 msgid "Burn or dump the ISO" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:315 msgid "" "The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB stick. " "These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a boot-able medium." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:318 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:320 msgid "Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:320 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:322 msgid "" "Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly " "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " -"not correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki." +"not correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki." "mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:326 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:329 msgid "Dump the ISO to a USB stick" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:328 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:331 msgid "" "All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick " "and then use it to boot and install the system." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:332 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335 msgid "" "\"dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system " "on the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will " @@ -2771,137 +2774,143 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:337 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:340 msgid "To recover the original capacity, you must re-format the USB stick." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:340 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:344 msgid "Using Mageia" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:342 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:346 msgid "" "You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" "en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:344 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:348 msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:348 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 msgid "Open a console" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:356 msgid "" "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the " "final '-' )" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:360 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"<imageobject> <imagedata contentwidth=\"650\" fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center" +"\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 msgid "" "Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any " "application or file manager that could access or read it)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:373 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:376 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 msgid "" "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " "in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:389 msgid "" "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX " "bs=1M</userinput>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:387 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:394 msgid "" "Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/" "dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:400 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:402 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:410 msgid "Using Windows" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:412 msgid "You could try:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:406 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:414 msgid "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:408 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 msgid "" "- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " "Disk Imager</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:425 msgid "Mageia Installation" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:427 msgid "" "This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" "\">the Mageia documentation</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:430 msgid "" "More information is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" "Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." diff --git a/docs/installer/es.po b/docs/installer/es.po index 6a1c0c86..1076a38a 100644 --- a/docs/installer/es.po +++ b/docs/installer/es.po @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-01-28 18:19+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-02-24 19:21+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-01-09 19:39+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Egoitz Rodriguez Obieta <egoitzro@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" @@ -1919,18 +1919,18 @@ msgstr "" "pulsando al mismo tiempo <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>. Después, pulse " "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultáneamente para reiniciar." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:215 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:214 msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" msgstr "Problemas en la Instalación y Posibles Soluciones." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:221 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:220 msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "No hay Interfaz Gráfica" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:226 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:225 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " @@ -1941,8 +1941,8 @@ msgstr "" "antiguos. Intente usando una resolución más baja, escribiendo <code>vgalo</" "code> en la terminal." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:233 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:232 msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " @@ -1957,13 +1957,13 @@ msgstr "" "palabra \"boot\". Escriba \"text\" y presione ENTER. Ahora continúe con la " "instalación en modo texto." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:245 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:244 msgid "The Install Freezes" msgstr "La Instalación se congela" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:248 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:247 msgid "" "If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a " "problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of " @@ -1977,13 +1977,13 @@ msgstr "" "escriba <code>noauto</code> en la terminal. Esta opción puede ser combinada " "con otras si es necesario." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:257 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:256 msgid "RAM problem" msgstr "Problema de RAM" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:260 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:259 msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " @@ -1996,13 +1996,13 @@ msgstr "" "cantidad correcta de RAM, por ejemplo: <code>mem=256M</code> significaría " "256MB de RAM." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:269 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:268 msgid "Dynamic partitions" msgstr "Particiones dinámicas" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:272 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:271 msgid "" "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " @@ -2569,22 +2569,22 @@ msgstr "" "Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:5 msgid "Select and use ISOs" msgstr "Seleccione y use una ISO" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:8 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:9 msgid "Media" msgstr "Medio" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:11 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:12 msgid "Definition" msgstr "Definicion" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:13 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:14 msgid "" "Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to " "install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO " @@ -2595,7 +2595,7 @@ msgstr "" "archivo ISO sea copiado." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:18 msgid "" "You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" "\">here</link>." @@ -2604,23 +2604,23 @@ msgstr "" "\">aquí</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:21 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:22 msgid "Classical installation media" msgstr "Medio de instalación clásico." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:24 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:92 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:199 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:25 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:94 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:200 msgid "Common features" msgstr "Caracterśticas comunes." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:29 msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx." msgstr "Estas ISOs utilizan el instalador tradicional llamado drakx." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:34 msgid "" "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." msgstr "" @@ -2628,17 +2628,17 @@ msgstr "" "lanzamientos previos." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:39 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:41 msgid "DVD" msgstr "DVD" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:45 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." msgstr "Medios diferentes para arquitecturas de 32 o 64 bits." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:49 msgid "" "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " "Hardware Detection Tool." @@ -2647,13 +2647,13 @@ msgstr "" "de Rescate, Prueba de Memoria, Herramienta de Detección de Hardware." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:54 msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages." msgstr "" "Cada DVD contiene todos los entornos de escritorio y lenguajes disponibles." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:59 msgid "" "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software." msgstr "" @@ -2661,12 +2661,12 @@ msgstr "" "libre." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:66 msgid "DVD dual arch" msgstr "DVD dual arch" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:70 msgid "" "Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made " "automatically according to the detected CPU." @@ -2675,12 +2675,12 @@ msgstr "" "realiza automáticamente de acuerdo al CPU detectado." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:75 msgid "Uses Xfce desktop only." msgstr "Utiliza sólo de escritorio Xfce." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:79 msgid "" "Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, " "pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED!" @@ -2689,17 +2689,17 @@ msgstr "" "uk) PARA REVISAR!" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:84 msgid "It contains non free software." msgstr "Contiene software no libre" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:89 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:91 msgid "Live media" msgstr "Medio Live" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:98 msgid "" "Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and " "optionally install Mageia on to your HDD." @@ -2709,18 +2709,18 @@ msgstr "" "disco rígido." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." msgstr "El ISO solo contiene un entorno de escritorio (KDE o GNOME)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:218 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:108 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:172 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:190 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:220 msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures." msgstr "Medios diferentes para arquitecturas de 32 o 64 bits." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:112 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " "installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" @@ -2731,63 +2731,63 @@ msgstr "" "versiones previas.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:118 msgid "They contain non free software." msgstr "Ellos contienen software no libre." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:123 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:124 msgid "Live CD KDE" msgstr "Live CD KDE" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:128 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:164 msgid "KDE desktop environment only." msgstr "Sólo entorno de escritorio KDE." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:222 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:132 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:150 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:224 msgid "English language only." msgstr "Sólo idioma Inglés." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:136 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:154 msgid "32 bit only." msgstr "sólo 32 bit." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:141 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:142 msgid "Live CD GNOME" msgstr "Live CD GNOME" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:146 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:182 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." msgstr "Sólo entorno de escritorio GNOME." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:159 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:160 msgid "Live DVD KDE" msgstr "Live DVD KDE" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:168 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:186 msgid "All languages are present." msgstr "Todos los idiomas presentes." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:177 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:178 msgid "Live DVD GNOME" msgstr "Live DVD GNOME" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:196 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:197 msgid "Boot-only CD media" msgstr "Medio CD sólo de arranque" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:204 msgid "" "Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " "start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages " @@ -2801,7 +2801,7 @@ msgstr "" "Internet." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:212 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:213 msgid "" "These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when " "bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a " @@ -2812,12 +2812,12 @@ msgstr "" "sin una unidad de DVD o PC que no pueden arrancar desde USB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:228 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:230 msgid "boot.iso" msgstr "boot.iso" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:232 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:234 msgid "" "Contains only free software, for those people who refuse to use non-free " "software." @@ -2826,12 +2826,12 @@ msgstr "" "propietario." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:239 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" msgstr "boot-nonfree.iso" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:243 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:245 msgid "" "Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " "it." @@ -2840,17 +2840,17 @@ msgstr "" "aquellos que lo necesiten." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:252 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:254 msgid "Downloading and Checking Media" msgstr "Descargando y verificando medios." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:255 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "Descargando" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:259 msgid "" "Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or " "BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the " @@ -2863,7 +2863,7 @@ msgstr "" "demasiado bajo. Si elige http, además puede ver algo como" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:264 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:266 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" "imageobject>" @@ -2872,7 +2872,7 @@ msgstr "" "imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:269 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:271 msgid "" "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of " "them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " @@ -2891,27 +2891,27 @@ msgstr "" "Entonces aparece esta ventana:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:278 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:280 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:283 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:285 msgid "Check the radio button Save File." msgstr "Marque el botón Guardar Archivo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:287 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 msgid "Checking the downloaded media integrity" msgstr "Verificar integridad del medio descargado" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291 msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:" msgstr "Abra una consola, no es necesario ser root, y:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:293 msgid "" "- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/" "file.iso</userinput>." @@ -2920,7 +2920,7 @@ msgstr "" "archivo.iso</userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:294 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:296 msgid "" "- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/" "image/file.iso</userinput>." @@ -2929,7 +2929,7 @@ msgstr "" "archivo.iso</userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:297 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 msgid "" "and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " "while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" @@ -2938,21 +2938,22 @@ msgstr "" "poco) con el número provisto por Mageia. Ejemplo:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:301 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:303 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" "imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:311 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313 msgid "Burn or dump the ISO" msgstr "Grabar o volcar el ISO" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:315 msgid "" "The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB stick. " "These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a boot-able medium." @@ -2962,16 +2963,17 @@ msgstr "" "un medio arrancable." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:318 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:320 msgid "Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD" msgstr "Grabar el ISO en un CD/DVD" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:320 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:322 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly " "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " -"not correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki." +"not correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki." "mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>." msgstr "" "Use cualquier dispositivo de grabación, pero asegúrese que esta " @@ -2980,12 +2982,12 @@ msgstr "" "Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:326 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:329 msgid "Dump the ISO to a USB stick" msgstr "Volvar el ISO en un USB" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:328 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:331 msgid "" "All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick " "and then use it to boot and install the system." @@ -2994,7 +2996,7 @@ msgstr "" "en un USB y usarlas para arrancar e instalar el sistema." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:332 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335 msgid "" "\"dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system " "on the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will " @@ -3005,18 +3007,18 @@ msgstr "" "capacidad de la partición se reducirá al tamaño de la imagen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:337 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:340 msgid "To recover the original capacity, you must re-format the USB stick." msgstr "" "Para recuperar la capacidad original, tiene que formatear la memoria USB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:340 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:344 msgid "Using Mageia" msgstr "Usando Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:342 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:346 msgid "" "You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" "en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" @@ -3025,33 +3027,32 @@ msgstr "" "org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:344 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:348 msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" msgstr "También puede utilizar el comando \"dd\" en una consola:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:348 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 msgid "Open a console" msgstr "Abrir consola" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:356 msgid "" "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the " "final '-' )" msgstr "Conviértase en root con el comando su - (no se olvide del - al final)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:360 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"<imageobject> <imagedata contentwidth=\"650\" fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </" "imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 msgid "" "Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any " "application or file manager that could access or read it)" @@ -3060,21 +3061,22 @@ msgstr "" "archivos que pueda leerlo)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:373 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" msgstr "Introduzca el comando \"fdisk-l\"." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:376 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" "imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 msgid "" "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " "in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." @@ -3083,19 +3085,19 @@ msgstr "" "ejemplo /dev/sdb en la imagen de arriba, es una memoria USB 8Gb." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:389 msgid "" "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX " "bs=1M</userinput>" msgstr "Introduzca el comando: # dd if=/ruta al archivo ISO of=/dev/sdX bs=1M" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc" msgstr "Donde X=nombre de tu dispositivo ej:/dev/sdc" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:387 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:394 msgid "" "Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/" "dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" @@ -3104,32 +3106,32 @@ msgstr "" "dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:400 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" msgstr "Introduce el comando: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" msgstr "Desconecta tu pendrive USB, esta echo" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:402 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:410 msgid "Using Windows" msgstr "Usando Windows" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:412 msgid "You could try:" msgstr "Usted puede probar:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:406 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:414 msgid "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:408 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 msgid "" "- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " "Disk Imager</link>" @@ -3138,12 +3140,12 @@ msgstr "" "Disco de Imagenes</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:425 msgid "Mageia Installation" msgstr "Insatlación de Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:427 msgid "" "This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" "\">the Mageia documentation</link>." @@ -3152,7 +3154,7 @@ msgstr "" "\">Documentación de Mageia</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:430 msgid "" "More information is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" "Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." @@ -4036,3 +4038,10 @@ msgstr "" "herramientas de partición que se pueden utilizar, como gparted, disponible " "para Windows y Linux. Como siempre, al cambiar las particiones, tenga mucho " "cuidado, y asegúrese de que todas las cosas importantes se han respaldado." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +#~ "imageobject>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +#~ "imageobject>" diff --git a/docs/installer/et.po b/docs/installer/et.po index 410066a7..8f4c63dd 100644 --- a/docs/installer/et.po +++ b/docs/installer/et.po @@ -1,21 +1,22 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package. -# +# # Translators: # Marek Laane <bald@smail.ee>, 2012-2015 msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-01-28 18:19+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-02-24 19:21+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-02-16 00:11+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Marek Laane <bald@smail.ee>\n" -"Language-Team: Estonian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/et/)\n" +"Language-Team: Estonian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" +"et/)\n" +"Language: et\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: et\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -26,9 +27,11 @@ msgstr "Litsents ja väljalaskemärkmed" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:45 @@ -38,31 +41,38 @@ msgstr "Litsentsileping" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:48 msgid "" -"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license" -" terms and conditions carefully." -msgstr "Enne <application>Mageia</application> paigaldamist lugege palun hoolikalt läbi litsentsi tingimused." +"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license " +"terms and conditions carefully." +msgstr "" +"Enne <application>Mageia</application> paigaldamist lugege palun hoolikalt " +"läbi litsentsi tingimused." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51 msgid "" -"These terms and conditions apply to the entire " -"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before " -"you can continue." -msgstr "Need tingimused kehtivad kogu <application>Mageia</application> distributsioonile ja enne jätkamist tuleb nendega nõustuda." +"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</" +"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue." +msgstr "" +"Need tingimused kehtivad kogu <application>Mageia</application> " +"distributsioonile ja enne jätkamist tuleb nendega nõustuda." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:55 msgid "" "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Nõustumiseks valige lihtsalt <guilabel>Nõustun</guilabel> ja klõpsake siis <guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Nõustumiseks valige lihtsalt <guilabel>Nõustun</guilabel> ja klõpsake siis " +"<guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:58 msgid "" -"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking." -" Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." -msgstr "Kui te aga ei ole tingimustega nõus, siis täname teid huvi eest. Klõps nupule <guibutton>Välju</guibutton> taaskäivitab arvuti." +"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. " +"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." +msgstr "" +"Kui te aga ei ole tingimustega nõus, siis täname teid huvi eest. Klõps " +"nupule <guibutton>Välju</guibutton> taaskäivitab arvuti." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:68 @@ -74,7 +84,10 @@ msgstr "Väljalaskemärkmed" msgid "" "To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, " "click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button." -msgstr "Kui tunnete huvi, mida on <application>Mageia</application> käesolevas väljalaskes uut, klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Info väljalaske kohta</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Kui tunnete huvi, mida on <application>Mageia</application> käesolevas " +"väljalaskes uut, klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Info väljalaske kohta</" +"guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 @@ -87,27 +100,31 @@ msgstr "et" msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" msgstr "Andmekandjate valik (täiendavate paigaldusandmekandjate seadistamine)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the -#. same as for media_selection -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ -#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" " -"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24 msgid "" "This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can " -"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The" -" source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " +"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The " +"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " "during the next steps." -msgstr "Siin on näha juba tuvastatud hoidlad. Võite lisada ka teisi allikaid, kust tarkvarapakette hankida, näiteks plaadi pealt või internetist. Allikate valik määrab, milliseid tarkvarapakette saab järgmistel etappidel kasutada." +msgstr "" +"Siin on näha juba tuvastatud hoidlad. Võite lisada ka teisi allikaid, kust " +"tarkvarapakette hankida, näiteks plaadi pealt või internetist. Allikate " +"valik määrab, milliseid tarkvarapakette saab järgmistel etappidel kasutada." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29 @@ -127,38 +144,40 @@ msgid "" "Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With " "the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS " "installation." -msgstr "Valida peegel või määrata URL (esimene kirje). Peegli valimisel saab kasutada kõiki Mageia määratud hoidlaid, sealhulgas mittevaba (nonfree) ja piirangutega (tainted) tarkvara ja uuendusi sisaldavaid hoidlaid. URL-i määrates saab kasutada mõnda konkreetset hoidlat või omaenda NFS-allikat." +msgstr "" +"Valida peegel või määrata URL (esimene kirje). Peegli valimisel saab " +"kasutada kõiki Mageia määratud hoidlaid, sealhulgas mittevaba (nonfree) ja " +"piirangutega (tainted) tarkvara ja uuendusi sisaldavaid hoidlaid. URL-i " +"määrates saab kasutada mõnda konkreetset hoidlat või omaenda NFS-allikat." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:4 msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "Kasutajate ja administraatori haldamine" -#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, -#. but -#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only -#. thing -#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to -#. enable or -#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the -#. previous +#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but +#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing +#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or +#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous #. screen), marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't -#. understand -#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? -#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading -#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand +#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? +#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading +#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/addUser.xml:27 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:34 @@ -170,20 +189,31 @@ msgstr "Administraatori (root) parooli määramine" msgid "" "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to " "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the " -"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the" -" top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " +"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the " +"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " "depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are " "using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box " "just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped " "the first password by comparing them." -msgstr "Kõigi <application>Mageia</application> paigalduste korral on soovitatav määrata administraatori parool (Linuxis kasutatakse selle kohta tavaliselt väljendit <emphasis>root password</emphasis>). Parooli ülemisse kasti kirjutades muutub kilbi värv punasest kollaseks ja roheliseks vastavalt sellele, kui tugevaks parooli hinnatakse. Roheline kilp tähendab, et parool on tugev ja kindel. Sama parool tuleb kirjutada teist korda kohe allpool olevasse kasti: sellega kontrollitakse, et parool sai esimesse kasti õigesti kirjutatud, neid kahte omavahel võrreldes." +msgstr "" +"Kõigi <application>Mageia</application> paigalduste korral on soovitatav " +"määrata administraatori parool (Linuxis kasutatakse selle kohta tavaliselt " +"väljendit <emphasis>root password</emphasis>). Parooli ülemisse kasti " +"kirjutades muutub kilbi värv punasest kollaseks ja roheliseks vastavalt " +"sellele, kui tugevaks parooli hinnatakse. Roheline kilp tähendab, et parool " +"on tugev ja kindel. Sama parool tuleb kirjutada teist korda kohe allpool " +"olevasse kasti: sellega kontrollitakse, et parool sai esimesse kasti õigesti " +"kirjutatud, neid kahte omavahel võrreldes." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:48 msgid "" "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters " "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password." -msgstr "Kõik paroolid on tõstutundlikud, see tähendab arvestavad väike- ja suurtähti. Parooli tugevuse huvides on mõistlik kasutada nii suur- ja väiketähti kui ka numbreid ja muid märke." +msgstr "" +"Kõik paroolid on tõstutundlikud, see tähendab arvestavad väike- ja " +"suurtähti. Parooli tugevuse huvides on mõistlik kasutada nii suur- ja " +"väiketähti kui ka numbreid ja muid märke." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:56 @@ -196,29 +226,39 @@ msgid "" "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but " "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and " "anything else the average user does with his computer" -msgstr "Siin saab lisada kasutaja. Kasutajal on vähem õigusi kui administraatoril (root), kuid siiski piisavalt internetis liikumiseks, kontoritöörakenduste kasutamiseks, mängimiseks ja kõigeks muuks, mida tavaline kasutaja oma arvutis teeb" +msgstr "" +"Siin saab lisada kasutaja. Kasutajal on vähem õigusi kui administraatoril " +"(root), kuid siiski piisavalt internetis liikumiseks, kontoritöörakenduste " +"kasutamiseks, mängimiseks ja kõigeks muuks, mida tavaline kasutaja oma " +"arvutis teeb" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:65 msgid "" "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the " "users icon." -msgstr "<guibutton>Ikoon</guibutton>: sellele nupule klõpsates saab muuta kasutaja ikooni." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Ikoon</guibutton>: sellele nupule klõpsates saab muuta kasutaja " +"ikooni." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:70 msgid "" "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text " "box." -msgstr "<guilabel>Pärisnimi</guilabel>: siin saab kirja panna kasutaja tegeliku nime." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Pärisnimi</guilabel>: siin saab kirja panna kasutaja tegeliku nime." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:75 msgid "" "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let " -"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case" -" sensitive.</emphasis>" -msgstr "<guilabel>Kasutajatunnus</guilabel>: siin saab kirja panna kasutajanime või lasta DrakXil pakkuda pärisnimest tuletatud variandi. <emphasis>Kasutajatunnus on tõstutundlik.</emphasis>" +"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case " +"sensitive.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Kasutajatunnus</guilabel>: siin saab kirja panna kasutajanime või " +"lasta DrakXil pakkuda pärisnimest tuletatud variandi. " +"<emphasis>Kasutajatunnus on tõstutundlik.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:81 @@ -226,22 +266,30 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user " "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the " "strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" -msgstr "<guilabel>Parool</guilabel>: siin saab kirja panna kasutaja parooli. Tekstikasti lõpus on kilp, mis näitab parooli tugevust (vt ka <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Parool</guilabel>: siin saab kirja panna kasutaja parooli. " +"Tekstikasti lõpus on kilp, mis näitab parooli tugevust (vt ka <xref linkend=" +"\"givePassword\"/>)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:87 msgid "" "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this " -"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user" -" password text boxes." -msgstr "<guilabel>Parool (uuesti)</guilabel>: siia tuleb kirjutada teist korda kasutaja parool ning DrakX kontrollib, kas see on ikka sama, mis kirjutati ülal asuvasse kasti." +"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user " +"password text boxes." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Parool (uuesti)</guilabel>: siia tuleb kirjutada teist korda " +"kasutaja parool ning DrakX kontrollib, kas see on ikka sama, mis kirjutati " +"ülal asuvasse kasti." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:94 msgid "" "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but " "write protected) home directory." -msgstr "Kõigi Mageia paigaldamise ajal lisatud kasutajate kodukataloog on kõigile näha (\"loetav\"), kuid siiski kirjutuskaitstud." +msgstr "" +"Kõigi Mageia paigaldamise ajal lisatud kasutajate kodukataloog on kõigile " +"näha (\"loetav\"), kuid siiski kirjutuskaitstud." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:97 @@ -249,14 +297,20 @@ msgid "" "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - " "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that " "is both read and write protected." -msgstr "Kui aga uue paigalduse järel lisada kasutaja tööriistaga <emphasis>Mageia juhtimiskeskus - Süsteem - Kasutajate haldamine</emphasis>, on nende kasutajate kodukataloog kaitstud nii kirjutamise kui ka lugemise eest." +msgstr "" +"Kui aga uue paigalduse järel lisada kasutaja tööriistaga <emphasis>Mageia " +"juhtimiskeskus - Süsteem - Kasutajate haldamine</emphasis>, on nende " +"kasutajate kodukataloog kaitstud nii kirjutamise kui ka lugemise eest." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:101 msgid "" "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised " "to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." -msgstr "Kui Te ei soovi, et kodukataloog oleks kellelegi näha ehk loetav, on soovitatav praegu lisada ainult ajutine kasutaja ja tegelikud kasutajad alles pärast taaskäivitamist." +msgstr "" +"Kui Te ei soovi, et kodukataloog oleks kellelegi näha ehk loetav, on " +"soovitatav praegu lisada ainult ajutine kasutaja ja tegelikud kasutajad " +"alles pärast taaskäivitamist." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:105 @@ -264,7 +318,11 @@ msgid "" "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all " "extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step " "during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>." -msgstr "Kui aga Teil pole midagi selle vastu, et kodukataloogid on kõigile näha, võite lisada kõik vajalikud kasutajad juba paigaldamise ajal <emphasis>kokkuvõtte</emphasis> etapil. Valige seal <emphasis>Kasutajate haldamine</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Kui aga Teil pole midagi selle vastu, et kodukataloogid on kõigile näha, " +"võite lisada kõik vajalikud kasutajad juba paigaldamise ajal " +"<emphasis>kokkuvõtte</emphasis> etapil. Valige seal <emphasis>Kasutajate " +"haldamine</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:109 @@ -282,7 +340,10 @@ msgid "" "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a " "screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. " "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." -msgstr "Nupule <guibutton>Muud valikud</guibutton> klõpsates ilmub ekraan, kus saab muuta lisatava kasutaja mõningaid seadistusi. Samuti saab siin lubada või keelata külaliskonto." +msgstr "" +"Nupule <guibutton>Muud valikud</guibutton> klõpsates ilmub ekraan, kus saab " +"muuta lisatava kasutaja mõningaid seadistusi. Samuti saab siin lubada või " +"keelata külaliskonto." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/addUser.xml:124 @@ -290,7 +351,10 @@ msgid "" "Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account " "saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out. The guest " "should save his important files to a USB key." -msgstr "Kõik, mida külaline oma vaikimisi <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> külaliskonto all /home-kataloogi salvestab, kustutatakse külalise väljalogimisel. Tähtsad failid peaks külaline salvestama USB-pulgale." +msgstr "" +"Kõik, mida külaline oma vaikimisi <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> külaliskonto " +"all /home-kataloogi salvestab, kustutatakse külalise väljalogimisel. Tähtsad " +"failid peaks külaline salvestama USB-pulgale." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:131 @@ -298,7 +362,11 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a " "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, " "but he has more restricted access than normal users." -msgstr "<guilabel>Külaliskonto (guest) lubamine</guilabel>: siin saab lubada või keelata külaliskonto. See võimaldab külalisel, kellele pole kasutajat loodud, sisse logida ja arvutit kasutada, kuid tema õigused on tavalise kasutajaga võrreldes palju piiratumad." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Külaliskonto (guest) lubamine</guilabel>: siin saab lubada või " +"keelata külaliskonto. See võimaldab külalisel, kellele pole kasutajat " +"loodud, sisse logida ja arvutit kasutada, kuid tema õigused on tavalise " +"kasutajaga võrreldes palju piiratumad." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:138 @@ -306,7 +374,9 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the " "shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are " "Bash, Dash and Sh" -msgstr "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: selles rippmenüüs saab muuta shelli, mida kasutab eelmisel ekraanil lisatud kasutaja. Valikuteks on Bash, Dash ja Sh." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: selles rippmenüüs saab muuta shelli, mida " +"kasutab eelmisel ekraanil lisatud kasutaja. Valikuteks on Bash, Dash ja Sh." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:144 @@ -314,42 +384,48 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you " "are adding in the previous screen. This is a number. Leave it blank unless " "you know what you are doing." -msgstr "<guilabel>Kasutaja ID</guilabel>: siin saab määrata eelmisel ekraanil lisatud kasutaja ID. See on arv. Kui te ei tea, milleks see hea on, ärge siia midagi kirjutage." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Kasutaja ID</guilabel>: siin saab määrata eelmisel ekraanil " +"lisatud kasutaja ID. See on arv. Kui te ei tea, milleks see hea on, ärge " +"siia midagi kirjutage." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:150 msgid "" "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID. Also a " -"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know" -" what you are doing." -msgstr "<guilabel>Grupi ID</guilabel>: siin saab määrata grupi ID. See on samuti arv, tavaliselt sama kasutaja ID-ga. Kui te ei tea, milleks see hea on, ärge siia midagi kirjutage." +"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know " +"what you are doing." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Grupi ID</guilabel>: siin saab määrata grupi ID. See on samuti " +"arv, tavaliselt sama kasutaja ID-ga. Kui te ei tea, milleks see hea on, ärge " +"siia midagi kirjutage." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11 msgid "Choose the mount points" msgstr "Haakepunktide valimine" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least -#. ONE" -#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes -#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the -#. Americans -#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I -#. removed it -#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 +#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE" +#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) +#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes +#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans +#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it +#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) +#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" -"=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33 @@ -357,46 +433,62 @@ msgid "" "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If " "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you " "can change the mount points." -msgstr "Siin näeb Linuxi partitsioone, mis arvutist leiti. Kui te pole <application>DrakX</application>i ettepanekutega nõus, võite haakepunkte muuta." +msgstr "" +"Siin näeb Linuxi partitsioone, mis arvutist leiti. Kui te pole " +"<application>DrakX</application>i ettepanekutega nõus, võite haakepunkte " +"muuta." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38 msgid "" "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> " "(root) partition." -msgstr "Kui te ka midagi muudate, kontrollige alati, et teil jääks alles juurpartitsioon (<literal>/)</literal>." +msgstr "" +"Kui te ka midagi muudate, kontrollige alati, et teil jääks alles " +"juurpartitsioon (<literal>/)</literal>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44 msgid "" -"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount " -"point\", \"Type\")." -msgstr "Kõiki partitsioone näidatakse kujul \"Seade\" (\"Suurus\", \"Haakepunkt\", \"Tüüp\")." +"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point" +"\", \"Type\")." +msgstr "" +"Kõiki partitsioone näidatakse kujul \"Seade\" (\"Suurus\", \"Haakepunkt\", " +"\"Tüüp\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49 msgid "" "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], " "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")." -msgstr "\"Seade\" koosneb järgmistest elementidest: \"kõvaketas\", [\"kõvakettanumber\"(täht)], \"partitsiooninumber\" (näiteks \"sda5\")." +msgstr "" +"\"Seade\" koosneb järgmistest elementidest: \"kõvaketas\", [\"kõvakettanumber" +"\"(täht)], \"partitsiooninumber\" (näiteks \"sda5\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55 msgid "" -"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from" -" the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " +"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from " +"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " "and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for " "instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store " -"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the " -"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install." -msgstr "Kui partitsioone on palju, saab neile haakepunkte valida rippmenüüst (näiteks <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> ja <literal>/var)</literal>. Võib ka luua oma haakepunkte, näiteks <literal>/video</literal> partitsioonile, kuhu soovite salvestada filme, või <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> cauldroni paigalduse <literal>/home</literal>-partitsiooni tarbeks." +"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</" +"literal> partition of a cauldron install." +msgstr "" +"Kui partitsioone on palju, saab neile haakepunkte valida rippmenüüst " +"(näiteks <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> ja <literal>/var)</" +"literal>. Võib ka luua oma haakepunkte, näiteks <literal>/video</literal> " +"partitsioonile, kuhu soovite salvestada filme, või <literal>/cauldron-home</" +"literal> cauldroni paigalduse <literal>/home</literal>-partitsiooni tarbeks." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65 msgid "" "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount " "point field blank." -msgstr "Partitsioonide puhul, mida teil vaja ei lähe, võib haakepunkti määramata jätta." +msgstr "" +"Partitsioonide puhul, mida teil vaja ei lähe, võib haakepunkti määramata " +"jätta." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71 @@ -404,15 +496,21 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, " "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen " "that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size." -msgstr "Kui te pole kindel, mida valida, klõpsake <guibutton>Tagasi</guibutton> ning märkige <guilabel>Ketta jagamine oma tahtmist mööda</guilabel>. Ilmuval ekraanil saab partitsioonile klõpsates näha selle tüüpi ja suurust." +msgstr "" +"Kui te pole kindel, mida valida, klõpsake <guibutton>Tagasi</guibutton> ning " +"märkige <guilabel>Ketta jagamine oma tahtmist mööda</guilabel>. Ilmuval " +"ekraanil saab partitsioonile klõpsates näha selle tüüpi ja suurust." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77 msgid "" -"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the " -"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more." -msgstr "Kui olete kindel, et haakepunktid on paigas, klõpsake <guibutton>Edasi</guibutton> ja valige, kas soovite vormindada ainult partitsioonid, mida DrakX soovitab, või rohkem." +"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) " +"DrakX suggests, or more." +msgstr "" +"Kui olete kindel, et haakepunktid on paigas, klõpsake <guibutton>Edasi</" +"guibutton> ja valige, kas soovite vormindada ainult partitsioonid, mida " +"DrakX soovitab, või rohkem." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 @@ -422,9 +520,11 @@ msgstr "Töölaua valimine" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11 msgid "" -"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine" -" tune your choice." -msgstr "Sõltuvalt siin langetatud valikutest võite näha täiendavaid ekraane, kus saab valikut täpsustada." +"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine " +"tune your choice." +msgstr "" +"Sõltuvalt siin langetatud valikutest võite näha täiendavaid ekraane, kus " +"saab valikut täpsustada." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13 @@ -432,14 +532,19 @@ msgid "" "After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package " "installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the " "<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button" -msgstr "Pärast valiku(te) langetamist näeb pakettide paigaldamise ajal slaidiseanssi. Sellest saab loobuda, kui klõpsata nupule <guilabel>Üksikasjad</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Pärast valiku(te) langetamist näeb pakettide paigaldamise ajal " +"slaidiseanssi. Sellest saab loobuda, kui klõpsata nupule " +"<guilabel>Üksikasjad</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26 @@ -451,21 +556,28 @@ msgid "" "default software choices for these desktop environments. The " "<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, " "sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default." -msgstr "Siin saab valida, kas soovite kasutada <application>KDE</application> või <application>Gnome</application> töökeskkonda. Mõlemad pakuvad rakendusi ja tööriistu igale maitsele. Valige <guilabel>Kohandatud</guilabel>, kui teile ei meeldi kumbki või kui soovite paigaldada midagi muud kui seda, mis paigaldatakse vaikimisi. <application>LXDE</application> töölaud on näiteks väiksem kui eelmainitud, pakkudes vähem tilu-lilu ja ka vähemat arvu pakette." +msgstr "" +"Siin saab valida, kas soovite kasutada <application>KDE</application> või " +"<application>Gnome</application> töökeskkonda. Mõlemad pakuvad rakendusi ja " +"tööriistu igale maitsele. Valige <guilabel>Kohandatud</guilabel>, kui teile " +"ei meeldi kumbki või kui soovite paigaldada midagi muud kui seda, mis " +"paigaldatakse vaikimisi. <application>LXDE</application> töölaud on näiteks " +"väiksem kui eelmainitud, pakkudes vähem tilu-lilu ja ka vähemat arvu pakette." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4 msgid "Package Group Selection" msgstr "Paketigruppide valimine" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a -#. new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16 @@ -474,7 +586,10 @@ msgid "" "your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however " "more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which " "become visible as the mouse is hovered over them." -msgstr "Paketid on jaotatud gruppidesse, et vajaliku tarkvara valimine oma süsteemi tarbeks oleks hõlpsam. Gruppide nimed on üsna enesestmõistetavad, aga nende kohta pakutakse ka rohkem teavet, kui viite hiirekursori nime kohale." +msgstr "" +"Paketid on jaotatud gruppidesse, et vajaliku tarkvara valimine oma süsteemi " +"tarbeks oleks hõlpsam. Gruppide nimed on üsna enesestmõistetavad, aga nende " +"kohta pakutakse ka rohkem teavet, kui viite hiirekursori nime kohale." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23 @@ -496,74 +611,90 @@ msgstr "Graafiline keskkond." msgid "" "Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or " "remove packages." -msgstr "Valik paketthaaval: selle valimisel saab pakette käsitsi lisada või eemaldada." +msgstr "" +"Valik paketthaaval: selle valimisel saab pakette käsitsi lisada või " +"eemaldada." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39 msgid "" -"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do" -" a minimal install." -msgstr "Juhiseid minimaalse paigalduse tegemiseks annab <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref>." +"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " +"a minimal install." +msgstr "" +"Juhiseid minimaalse paigalduse tegemiseks annab <xref linkend=\"minimal-" +"install\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4 msgid "Choose Individual Packages" msgstr "Üksikpakettide valimine" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a -#. new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17 msgid "" -"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your " -"installation." -msgstr "Siin saab oma paigaldust kohandada, lisades või eemaldades tarkvarapakette." +"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation." +msgstr "" +"Siin saab oma paigaldust kohandada, lisades või eemaldades tarkvarapakette." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20 msgid "" -"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy " -"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages " -"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the " -"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install " -"and choosing to load it." -msgstr "Kui olete vajalikud valikud langetanud, võite klõpsata lehekülje allosas <guibutton>disketiikoonile</guibutton>, mis lubab salvestada paketivaliku (seda saab mõistagi salvestada ka USB-pulgale). Hiljem võib sama faili kasutades paigaldada samasuguse paketivaliku mõnda teise süsteemi, klõpsates paigaldamise ajal sama nuppu ja faili laadides." +"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</" +"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving " +"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same " +"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and " +"choosing to load it." +msgstr "" +"Kui olete vajalikud valikud langetanud, võite klõpsata lehekülje allosas " +"<guibutton>disketiikoonile</guibutton>, mis lubab salvestada paketivaliku " +"(seda saab mõistagi salvestada ka USB-pulgale). Hiljem võib sama faili " +"kasutades paigaldada samasuguse paketivaliku mõnda teise süsteemi, klõpsates " +"paigaldamise ajal sama nuppu ja faili laadides." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureServices.xml:12 msgid "Configure your Services" msgstr "Teenuste seadistamine" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureServices.xml:21 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" -"=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:27 msgid "" -"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your " -"system." -msgstr "Siin saab määrata, millised teenused käivitada või mitte käivitada koos süsteemi alglaadimisega." +"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system." +msgstr "" +"Siin saab määrata, millised teenused käivitada või mitte käivitada koos " +"süsteemi alglaadimisega." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:30 msgid "" -"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and" -" see all services in it." -msgstr "Teenustegruppe on neli. Nende ees olevale kolmnurgale klõpsates saab grupi avada ja uurida selles peituvaid teenuseid." +"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and " +"see all services in it." +msgstr "" +"Teenustegruppe on neli. Nende ees olevale kolmnurgale klõpsates saab grupi " +"avada ja uurida selles peituvaid teenuseid." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:34 @@ -575,48 +706,60 @@ msgstr "Valikud, mille on langetanud DrakX, on tavaliselt mõistlikud ja head." msgid "" "If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info " "box below." -msgstr "Teenuse peale klõpsates näeb allpool teabekastis mõningat teavet teenuse kohta." +msgstr "" +"Teenuse peale klõpsates näeb allpool teabekastis mõningat teavet teenuse " +"kohta." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:41 msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing." -msgstr "Muutke siin midagi ainult siis, kui olete kindel, et teate, mida teete." +msgstr "" +"Muutke siin midagi ainult siis, kui olete kindel, et teate, mida teete." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:12 msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Ajavööndi seadistamine" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 msgid "" -"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the" -" same time zone." -msgstr "Määrake ajavöönd kindlaks, valides oma riigi või linna, mis asub samas ajavööndis teie lähedal." +"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " +"same time zone." +msgstr "" +"Määrake ajavöönd kindlaks, valides oma riigi või linna, mis asub samas " +"ajavööndis teie lähedal." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 msgid "" -"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to" -" GMT, also known as UTC." -msgstr "Järgmisel ekraanil saab valida, kas riistvaraline kell on seatud kohalikule ajale või GMT-le ehk maailmaajale (UTC)." +"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " +"GMT, also known as UTC." +msgstr "" +"Järgmisel ekraanil saab valida, kas riistvaraline kell on seatud kohalikule " +"ajale või GMT-le ehk maailmaajale (UTC)." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 msgid "" "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." -msgstr "Kui Teie arvutis on ka teisi operatsioonisüsteeme, kontrollige, et nad kõik oleksid lültiatud kas kohalikule ajale või siis UTC/GMT-le." +msgstr "" +"Kui Teie arvutis on ka teisi operatsioonisüsteeme, kontrollige, et nad kõik " +"oleksid lültiatud kas kohalikule ajale või siis UTC/GMT-le." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11 @@ -626,24 +769,32 @@ msgstr "X-serveri valimine (graafikakaardi seadistamine)" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id" -"=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually " "correctly identify your video device." -msgstr "DrakX sisaldab väga põhjalikku videokaartide andmebaasi ja suudab tavaliselt teie videoseadme korrektselt tuvastada." +msgstr "" +"DrakX sisaldab väga põhjalikku videokaartide andmebaasi ja suudab tavaliselt " +"teie videoseadme korrektselt tuvastada." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24 msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know " "which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:" -msgstr "Kui paigaldusprogramm siiski ei ole teie videokaarti õigesti tuvastanud ja te teate, milline kaart teil on, võite valida selle loetelust järgmiste parameetrite alusel:" +msgstr "" +"Kui paigaldusprogramm siiski ei ole teie videokaarti õigesti tuvastanud ja " +"te teate, milline kaart teil on, võite valida selle loetelust järgmiste " +"parameetrite alusel:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 @@ -666,7 +817,10 @@ msgid "" "If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in " "the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the " "Xorg category" -msgstr "Kui te ei leia oma kaarti tootjate nimekirjast (sest seda pole veel andmebaasis või on tegu väga vana kaardiga), võib siiski leida sobiva draiveri Xorg-i kategoorias." +msgstr "" +"Kui te ei leia oma kaarti tootjate nimekirjast (sest seda pole veel " +"andmebaasis või on tegu väga vana kaardiga), võib siiski leida sobiva " +"draiveri Xorg-i kategoorias." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43 @@ -674,14 +828,19 @@ msgid "" "The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card " "drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " "option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities." -msgstr "Xorg-i nimekiri pakub üle 40 üldise avatud lähtekoodiga videokaardi draiveri. Kui te ikkagi ei suuda oma kaardile sobivat draiverit siit leida, võite valida Vesa draiveri, mis pakub kõige elementaarsemaid võimalusi." +msgstr "" +"Xorg-i nimekiri pakub üle 40 üldise avatud lähtekoodiga videokaardi " +"draiveri. Kui te ikkagi ei suuda oma kaardile sobivat draiverit siit leida, " +"võite valida Vesa draiveri, mis pakub kõige elementaarsemaid võimalusi." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48 msgid "" "Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access " "to the Commandline Interface." -msgstr "Arvestage kindlasti, et kui valite sobimatu draiveri, võite saada kasutada ainult käsurida." +msgstr "" +"Arvestage kindlasti, et kui valite sobimatu draiveri, võite saada kasutada " +"ainult käsurida." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 @@ -689,30 +848,36 @@ msgid "" "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " "may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from " "the card manufacturers' websites." -msgstr "Mõned videokaartide tootjad pakuvad Linuxile omanduslikke draivereid, mis võivad olla saadaval ainult Nonfree tarkvarahoidlas, mõnel juhul isegi kõigest tootja enda veebileheküljel." +msgstr "" +"Mõned videokaartide tootjad pakuvad Linuxile omanduslikke draivereid, mis " +"võivad olla saadaval ainult Nonfree tarkvarahoidlas, mõnel juhul isegi " +"kõigest tootja enda veebileheküljel." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 msgid "" "The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them. If " "you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot." -msgstr "Nonfree hoidlad tuleb kasutamiseks spetsiaalselt lubada. Seda saab teha pärast arvuti esimest taaskäivitamist." +msgstr "" +"Nonfree hoidlad tuleb kasutamiseks spetsiaalselt lubada. Seda saab teha " +"pärast arvuti esimest taaskäivitamist." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4 msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" msgstr "Graafikakaardi ja monitori seadistamine" -#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" -#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename -#. for this page +#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18 @@ -721,19 +886,30 @@ msgid "" "you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are " "all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window " "System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for " -"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or" -" any other graphical environment to work well, the following " -"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct " -"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a " -"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect." -msgstr "Sõltumata sellest, millise graafilise keskkonna ehk töökeskkonna olete otsustanud oma <application>Mageia</application> paigaldusele valida, kasutavad nad kõik graafilise kasutajaliidese süsteemi <acronym>X Window System</acronym>, lihtsamalt öeldes <acronym>X</acronym>. Niisiis peavad selleks, et <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> või mis tahes töökeskkond korralikult töötaks, olema järgmised <acronym>X</acronym>'i seadistused korras. Valige õiged seadistused, kui näete, et <application>DrakX</application> ei ole midagi valinud, või kui arvate, et valik ei ole õige." +"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or " +"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</" +"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can " +"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you " +"think the choice is incorrect." +msgstr "" +"Sõltumata sellest, millise graafilise keskkonna ehk töökeskkonna olete " +"otsustanud oma <application>Mageia</application> paigaldusele valida, " +"kasutavad nad kõik graafilise kasutajaliidese süsteemi <acronym>X Window " +"System</acronym>, lihtsamalt öeldes <acronym>X</acronym>. Niisiis peavad " +"selleks, et <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</" +"acronym> või mis tahes töökeskkond korralikult töötaks, olema järgmised " +"<acronym>X</acronym>'i seadistused korras. Valige õiged seadistused, kui " +"näete, et <application>DrakX</application> ei ole midagi valinud, või kui " +"arvate, et valik ei ole õige." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card " "from the list if needed." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Graafikakaart</guibutton></emphasis>: valige vajaduse korral loetelust oma kaart." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Graafikakaart</guibutton></emphasis>: valige vajaduse " +"korral loetelust oma kaart." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37 @@ -743,7 +919,12 @@ msgid "" "from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. " "Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the " "horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: valida saab <guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel>, kui see sobib, või siis vajaliku monitori nimekirjast pealdise <guilabel>Tootja</guilabel> või <guilabel>Tavaline</guilabel> all. Valige <guilabel>Kohandatud</guilabel>, kui eelistate käsitsi paika panna oma monitori realaotus- ja ekraaniuuendussageduse." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: valida saab " +"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel>, kui see sobib, või siis vajaliku monitori " +"nimekirjast pealdise <guilabel>Tootja</guilabel> või <guilabel>Tavaline</" +"guilabel> all. Valige <guilabel>Kohandatud</guilabel>, kui eelistate käsitsi " +"paika panna oma monitori realaotus- ja ekraaniuuendussageduse." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45 @@ -755,7 +936,9 @@ msgstr "Väärad sagedused võivad monitori kahjustada." msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired " "resolution and color depth of your monitor here." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Ekraanilahutus</guibutton></emphasis>: siin saab määrata vajaliku monitori ekraanilahutuse ja värvisügavuse." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Ekraanilahutus</guibutton></emphasis>: siin saab " +"määrata vajaliku monitori ekraanilahutuse ja värvisügavuse." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56 @@ -763,19 +946,28 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not " "always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your " "settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your " -"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept." -" If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be" -" able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " -"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't " -"available</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: testimisnuppu paigaldamise ajal alati ei näe. Kui see on näha, siis saab sellele vajutades kontrollida määratud seadistuste õigsust. Kui näete küsimust, kas seadistused on õiged, võite vastata \"jah\" ning seadistused salvestatakse. Kui te ei näe midagi, saate tagasi pöörduda seadistusekraanile ja seal seni parameetreid muuta, kuni test annab vajaliku tulemuse. <emphasis>Kui testimisnuppu pole, kontrollige eriti hoolikalt, et kõik seadistused oleksid korras.</emphasis>" +"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. " +"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be " +"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " +"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: testimisnuppu paigaldamise " +"ajal alati ei näe. Kui see on näha, siis saab sellele vajutades kontrollida " +"määratud seadistuste õigsust. Kui näete küsimust, kas seadistused on õiged, " +"võite vastata \"jah\" ning seadistused salvestatakse. Kui te ei näe midagi, " +"saate tagasi pöörduda seadistusekraanile ja seal seni parameetreid muuta, " +"kuni test annab vajaliku tulemuse. <emphasis>Kui testimisnuppu pole, " +"kontrollige eriti hoolikalt, et kõik seadistused oleksid korras.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to " "enable or disable various options." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Eelistused</guibutton></emphasis>: siin saab mitmesuguseid valikuid lubada või keelata." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Eelistused</guibutton></emphasis>: siin saab " +"mitmesuguseid valikuid lubada või keelata." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18 @@ -787,7 +979,9 @@ msgstr "Monitori valimine" msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually " "correctly identify yours." -msgstr "DrakX sisaldab väga põhjalikku monitoride andmebaasi ja tuvastab tavaliselt teie monitori õigesti." +msgstr "" +"DrakX sisaldab väga põhjalikku monitoride andmebaasi ja tuvastab tavaliselt " +"teie monitori õigesti." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26 @@ -796,15 +990,22 @@ msgid "" "your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing " "what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor " "documentation" -msgstr "<emphasis>Teistsuguste parameetritega monitori valimine võib kahjustada monitori või videoriistvara. Palun ärge proovige lihtsalt huvi pärast midagi, kui te ei ole kindel, et teate täpselt, mida teete.</emphasis> Kahtluste korral uurige oma monitori dokumentatsiooni." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Teistsuguste parameetritega monitori valimine võib kahjustada " +"monitori või videoriistvara. Palun ärge proovige lihtsalt huvi pärast " +"midagi, kui te ei ole kindel, et teate täpselt, mida teete.</emphasis> " +"Kahtluste korral uurige oma monitori dokumentatsiooni." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" -"=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42 @@ -815,10 +1016,12 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Kohandatud</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44 msgid "" "This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh " -"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the" -" screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are" -" displayed." -msgstr "Selle valimine võimaldab paika panna kaks äärmiselt tähtsat parameetrit: realaotussageduse ja ekraaniuuendussageduse." +"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the " +"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are " +"displayed." +msgstr "" +"Selle valimine võimaldab paika panna kaks äärmiselt tähtsat parameetrit: " +"realaotussageduse ja ekraaniuuendussageduse." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49 @@ -827,7 +1030,11 @@ msgid "" "type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you " "may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and " "consult your monitor documentation." -msgstr "On <emphasis>VÄGA TÄHTIS</emphasis>, et te ei valiks sellise sünkroonimissagedusega monitori tüüpi, mis ületab teie monitori võimeid: sel moel võib monitorile tõsist kahju teha. Kui kahtlete, valige pigem tagasihoidlikum väärtus ja kindlasti uurige monitori dokumentatsiooni." +msgstr "" +"On <emphasis>VÄGA TÄHTIS</emphasis>, et te ei valiks sellise " +"sünkroonimissagedusega monitori tüüpi, mis ületab teie monitori võimeid: sel " +"moel võib monitorile tõsist kahju teha. Kui kahtlete, valige pigem " +"tagasihoidlikum väärtus ja kindlasti uurige monitori dokumentatsiooni." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55 @@ -839,7 +1046,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Plug'n Play</emphasis>" msgid "" "This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the " "monitor database." -msgstr "See on vaikimisi valik, mis üritab määrata monitori tüübi monitoride andmebaasi põhjal." +msgstr "" +"See on vaikimisi valik, mis üritab määrata monitori tüübi monitoride " +"andmebaasi põhjal." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63 @@ -851,7 +1060,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Tootja</emphasis>" msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which " "one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:" -msgstr "Kui paigaldusprogramm ei ole teie videokaarti õigesti tuvastanud ja te teate, milline kaart teil on, võite valida selle puust järgmiste parameetrite alusel:" +msgstr "" +"Kui paigaldusprogramm ei ole teie videokaarti õigesti tuvastanud ja te " +"teate, milline kaart teil on, võite valida selle puust järgmiste " +"parameetrite alusel:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73 @@ -872,11 +1084,16 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Tavaline</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84 msgid "" "selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as " -"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is" -" often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card " -"driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once " -"again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections." -msgstr "Selles grupis on valida ligemale 30 seadistuse seast, näiteks 1024x768 @ 60Hz, sealhulgas lamekuvarid (Flat panel), mida kasutavad eriti sülearvutid. See on sageli mõistlik monitori valimise grupp, kui teie videoriistvara ei suudetud automaatselt tuvastada ja peate kasutama Vesa draiverit. Ka siin tasub valides olla pigem konservatiivne." +"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is " +"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver " +"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it " +"may be wise to be conservative in your selections." +msgstr "" +"Selles grupis on valida ligemale 30 seadistuse seast, näiteks 1024x768 @ " +"60Hz, sealhulgas lamekuvarid (Flat panel), mida kasutavad eriti sülearvutid. " +"See on sageli mõistlik monitori valimise grupp, kui teie videoriistvara ei " +"suudetud automaatselt tuvastada ja peate kasutama Vesa draiverit. Ka siin " +"tasub valides olla pigem konservatiivne." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake.xml:19 @@ -886,47 +1103,64 @@ msgstr "Ketta kohandatud partitsioneerimine DiskDrake'i abil" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/diskdrake.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" " -"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:33 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " -"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The" -" encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " +"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " +"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " "set, otherwise your system will be unbootable." -msgstr "Kui soovite krüptida oma <literal>/</literal> partitsiooni, peab teil kindlasti olema ka eraldi <literal>/boot</literal> partitsioon. <literal>/boot</literal> partitsioonile EI TOHI määrata krüptimisvalikut, sest siis ei ole süsteemi võimalik üldse laadida." +msgstr "" +"Kui soovite krüptida oma <literal>/</literal> partitsiooni, peab teil " +"kindlasti olema ka eraldi <literal>/boot</literal> partitsioon. <literal>/" +"boot</literal> partitsioonile EI TOHI määrata krüptimisvalikut, sest siis ei " +"ole süsteemi võimalik üldse laadida." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:39 msgid "" -"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions," -" change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " +"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " "is in them before you start." -msgstr "Siin saab kohandada ketta või ketaste jagamist: eemaldada või luua partitsioone, muuta partitsiooni failisüsteemi või suurust ning isegi enne alustamist näha, mida partitsioon sisaldab." +msgstr "" +"Siin saab kohandada ketta või ketaste jagamist: eemaldada või luua " +"partitsioone, muuta partitsiooni failisüsteemi või suurust ning isegi enne " +"alustamist näha, mida partitsioon sisaldab." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:42 msgid "" -"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an" -" USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." -msgstr "Igale leitud kõvakettale või muule salvestusseadmele, näiteks USB-pulgale, on omaette kaart. Need võivad olla näiteks sda, sdb ja sdc, kui teil juhtub olema kolm salvestusseadet." +"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " +"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." +msgstr "" +"Igale leitud kõvakettale või muule salvestusseadmele, näiteks USB-pulgale, " +"on omaette kaart. Need võivad olla näiteks sda, sdb ja sdc, kui teil juhtub " +"olema kolm salvestusseadet." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:45 msgid "" -"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected" -" storage device" -msgstr "Kõigi valitud salvestusseadme partitsioonide kustutamiseks valige <guibutton>Kustuta kõik</guibutton>." +"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " +"storage device" +msgstr "" +"Kõigi valitud salvestusseadme partitsioonide kustutamiseks valige " +"<guibutton>Kustuta kõik</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." -msgstr "Kõigi teiste toimingute jaoks klõpsake kõigepealt vajalikul partitsioonil. Siis saate seda uurida, valida failisüsteemi või haakepunkti, suurust muuta või ka kustutada." +msgstr "" +"Kõigi teiste toimingute jaoks klõpsake kõigepealt vajalikul partitsioonil. " +"Siis saate seda uurida, valida failisüsteemi või haakepunkti, suurust muuta " +"või ka kustutada." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:49 @@ -949,21 +1183,28 @@ msgid "" "In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the " "solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install " "<application>Mageia</application>." -msgstr "Sellel ekraanil näete oma kõvaketta või -ketaste sisu ning lahendusi, mida DrakXi partitsioneerimisnõustaja pakub <application>Mageia</application> paigaldamiseks." +msgstr "" +"Sellel ekraanil näete oma kõvaketta või -ketaste sisu ning lahendusi, mida " +"DrakXi partitsioneerimisnõustaja pakub <application>Mageia</application> " +"paigaldamiseks." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33 msgid "" "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your " "particular hard drive(s) layout and content." -msgstr "Pakutavad valikud sõltuvad teie kõvaketaste konkreetsest ülesehitusest ja sisust." +msgstr "" +"Pakutavad valikud sõltuvad teie kõvaketaste konkreetsest ülesehitusest ja " +"sisust." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45 @@ -975,7 +1216,9 @@ msgstr "Olemasolevate partitsioonide kasutamine" msgid "" "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have " "been found and may be used for the installation." -msgstr "Kui see on näha, leiti olemasolevad Linuxiga ühilduvad partitsioonid ning neid võib kasutada paigaldamiseks." +msgstr "" +"Kui see on näha, leiti olemasolevad Linuxiga ühilduvad partitsioonid ning " +"neid võib kasutada paigaldamiseks." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54 @@ -985,9 +1228,11 @@ msgstr "Vaba ruumi kasutamine" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for" -" your new Mageia installation." -msgstr "Kui kõvakettal on kasutamata ruumi, siis selle valikuga saab selle eraldada uuele Mageia paigaldusele." +"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for " +"your new Mageia installation." +msgstr "" +"Kui kõvakettal on kasutamata ruumi, siis selle valikuga saab selle eraldada " +"uuele Mageia paigaldusele." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62 @@ -997,9 +1242,11 @@ msgstr "Vaba ruumi kasutamine Windowsi partitsioonil" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may" -" offer to use it." -msgstr "Kui olemasoleval Windowsi partitsioonil on vaba ruumi, võib paigaldusprogramm seda kasutada." +"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may " +"offer to use it." +msgstr "" +"Kui olemasoleval Windowsi partitsioonil on vaba ruumi, võib " +"paigaldusprogramm seda kasutada." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69 @@ -1007,7 +1254,10 @@ msgid "" "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, " "but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all " "important files!" -msgstr "See võib olla väga mõistlik valik oma uuele Mageia paigaldusele ruumi leidmiseks, kuid samal ajal on see riskantne, mistõttu tuleks kindlasti teha kõigist olulistest failidest varukoopia!" +msgstr "" +"See võib olla väga mõistlik valik oma uuele Mageia paigaldusele ruumi " +"leidmiseks, kuid samal ajal on see riskantne, mistõttu tuleks kindlasti teha " +"kõigist olulistest failidest varukoopia!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74 @@ -1018,7 +1268,13 @@ msgid "" "although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been " "moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to " "back up your personal files." -msgstr "Pange tähele, et sellega kaasneb Windowsi partitsiooni suuruse vähendamine. Partitsioon peab olema \"puhas\", see tähendab Windows peab olema viimasel korral korrektselt suletud. Samuti peab partitsioon olema defragmenteeritud, ehkki see ei garanteeri veel, et kõik failid on alalt, mida Mageia paigaldamiseks kasutatakse, tõepoolest eemaldatud. Sellepärast ongi äärmiselt soovitatav kõik vähegi olulised failid eelnevalt varundada." +msgstr "" +"Pange tähele, et sellega kaasneb Windowsi partitsiooni suuruse vähendamine. " +"Partitsioon peab olema \"puhas\", see tähendab Windows peab olema viimasel " +"korral korrektselt suletud. Samuti peab partitsioon olema defragmenteeritud, " +"ehkki see ei garanteeri veel, et kõik failid on alalt, mida Mageia " +"paigaldamiseks kasutatakse, tõepoolest eemaldatud. Sellepärast ongi " +"äärmiselt soovitatav kõik vähegi olulised failid eelnevalt varundada." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84 @@ -1033,7 +1289,9 @@ msgstr "Selle valimisel kasutatakse kogu ketast ainult Mageia jaoks." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!" -msgstr "Tähelepanu! Sellega kustutatakse valitud kõvakettalt KÕIK andmed. Olge ettevaatlik!" +msgstr "" +"Tähelepanu! Sellega kustutatakse valitud kõvakettalt KÕIK andmed. Olge " +"ettevaatlik!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93 @@ -1041,7 +1299,9 @@ msgid "" "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already " "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use " "this option." -msgstr "Kui kavatsete kasutada osa kettast millegi muu tarbeks või on teil juba kettal andmeid, mida te ei soovi kaotada, ärge seda võimalust valige." +msgstr "" +"Kui kavatsete kasutada osa kettast millegi muu tarbeks või on teil juba " +"kettal andmeid, mida te ei soovi kaotada, ärge seda võimalust valige." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100 @@ -1051,9 +1311,11 @@ msgstr "Ketta jagamine oma tahtmist mööda" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 msgid "" -"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your" -" hard drive(s)." -msgstr "See valik annab täieliku kontrolli määrata, kuidas ja kuhu Mageia kõvakettal või -ketastel paigaldatakse." +"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " +"hard drive(s)." +msgstr "" +"See valik annab täieliku kontrolli määrata, kuidas ja kuhu Mageia kõvakettal " +"või -ketastel paigaldatakse." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109 @@ -1062,10 +1324,17 @@ msgid "" "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " "hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested " "with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 " -"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning" -" tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " +"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning " +"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " "settings:" -msgstr "Mõned uuemad kettad kasutavad nüüd 4096-baidiseid loogilisi sektoreid varasema standardi, 512-baidiste sektorite asemel. Sobiva riistvara puudumise tõttu ei ole paigaldusprogrammis kasutatavat partitsioneerimistööriista niisuguste ketastega testitud. Seepärast soovitame juhul, kui Teil peaks olema niisugune seade, selle eelnevalt partitsioneerida, kasutades mõnda muud partitsioneerimistööriista, näiteks gparted." +msgstr "" +"Mõned uuemad kettad kasutavad nüüd 4096-baidiseid loogilisi sektoreid " +"varasema standardi, 512-baidiste sektorite asemel. Sobiva riistvara " +"puudumise tõttu ei ole paigaldusprogrammis kasutatavat " +"partitsioneerimistööriista niisuguste ketastega testitud. Seepärast " +"soovitame juhul, kui Teil peaks olema niisugune seade, selle eelnevalt " +"partitsioneerida, kasutades mõnda muud partitsioneerimistööriista, näiteks " +"gparted." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117 @@ -1081,7 +1350,9 @@ msgstr "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\"" #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 msgid "" "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." -msgstr "Samuti kontrollige, et kõigi loodud partitsioonide suurus megabaitides oleks paarisarv." +msgstr "" +"Samuti kontrollige, et kõigi loodud partitsioonide suurus megabaitides oleks " +"paarisarv." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3 @@ -1098,8 +1369,7 @@ msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgid "February 2014" msgstr "Veebruar 2014" -#. type: Content of: -#. <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 msgid "Mageia 4" msgstr "Mageia 4" @@ -1122,10 +1392,13 @@ msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" -"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which" -" screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " +"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " "while installing." -msgstr "Keegi ei näe kõiki käsiraamatus toodud paigaldusprogrammi ekraane. See, millised ekraanid on näha, sõltub teie riistvarast ja paigaldamise käigus langetatud valikutest." +msgstr "" +"Keegi ei näe kõiki käsiraamatus toodud paigaldusprogrammi ekraane. See, " +"millised ekraanid on näha, sõltub teie riistvarast ja paigaldamise käigus " +"langetatud valikutest." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10 @@ -1136,64 +1409,83 @@ msgstr "</note>" #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" -"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." -msgstr "Käsiraamatu tekst ja ekraanipildid on litsenseeritud vastavalt CC BY-SA 3.0 litsentsile <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" +"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +msgstr "" +"Käsiraamatu tekst ja ekraanipildid on litsenseeritud vastavalt CC BY-SA 3.0 " +"litsentsile <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" +"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link " -"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link " -"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." -msgstr "Käsiraamat on valmistatud <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link>'i abil, mille on välja töötanud <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +msgstr "" +"Käsiraamat on valmistatud <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco " +"CMS</link>'i abil, mille on välja töötanud <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link " -"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation " -"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." -msgstr "Käsiraamatu on kirjutanud ja tõlkinud vabatahtlikud oma vabast ajast. Kui soovite kaasa aidata käsiraamatu paremaks muutmisele, võtke ühendust <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">dokumentatsioonimeeskonnaga</link>." +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" +"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" +"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +msgstr "" +"Käsiraamatu on kirjutanud ja tõlkinud vabatahtlikud oma vabast ajast. Kui " +"soovite kaasa aidata käsiraamatu paremaks muutmisele, võtke ühendust <link " +"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team" +"\">dokumentatsioonimeeskonnaga</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 msgid "Congratulations" msgstr "Õnnitleme!" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text #. same day, added "s" to "sytems" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/exitInstall.xml:14 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:21 msgid "" -"You have finished installing and configuring " -"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the " -"installation medium and reboot your computer." -msgstr "Olete lõpetanud <application>Mageia</application> paigaldamise ja seadistamise ning nüüd on turvaline eemaldada paigaldusandmekandja ja arvuti taaskäivitada." +"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</" +"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot " +"your computer." +msgstr "" +"Olete lõpetanud <application>Mageia</application> paigaldamise ja " +"seadistamise ning nüüd on turvaline eemaldada paigaldusandmekandja ja arvuti " +"taaskäivitada." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:25 msgid "" -"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating" -" systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." -msgstr "Pärast taaskäivitamist saab alglaaduri ekraanil valida käivitatava operatsioonisüsteemi, kui teil peaks neid arvutis üle ühe olema." +"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating " +"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." +msgstr "" +"Pärast taaskäivitamist saab alglaaduri ekraanil valida käivitatava " +"operatsioonisüsteemi, kui teil peaks neid arvutis üle ühe olema." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:28 msgid "" "If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install " "will be automatically selected and started." -msgstr "Kui te ei kohandanud alglaaduri seadistusi, valitakse ja käivitatakse automaatselt teie uus Mageia." +msgstr "" +"Kui te ei kohandanud alglaaduri seadistusi, valitakse ja käivitatakse " +"automaatselt teie uus Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:31 @@ -1205,43 +1497,54 @@ msgstr "Tundke rõõmu ja nautige!" msgid "" "Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to " "Mageia" -msgstr "Külastage veebilehte www.mageia.org, kui teil on küsimusi või kui soovite anda oma panuse Mageia edusse." +msgstr "" +"Külastage veebilehte www.mageia.org, kui teil on küsimusi või kui soovite " +"anda oma panuse Mageia edusse." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:4 msgid "Formatting" msgstr "Vormindamine" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\"" -" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> " -"</imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:25 msgid "" "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on " "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved." -msgstr "Siin saab valida, millised partitsioonid vormindada. Kõik andmed partitsioonidel, mis <emphasis>ei ole</emphasis> vormindamiseks märgitud, säilivad." +msgstr "" +"Siin saab valida, millised partitsioonid vormindada. Kõik andmed " +"partitsioonidel, mis <emphasis>ei ole</emphasis> vormindamiseks märgitud, " +"säilivad." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:29 msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted" -msgstr "Üldjuhul on vaja vormindada vähemalt partitsioonid, mille DrakX on valinud." +msgstr "" +"Üldjuhul on vaja vormindada vähemalt partitsioonid, mille DrakX on valinud." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:32 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to " "check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>" -msgstr "Kui klõpsata <guibutton>Muud valikud</guibutton>, saab valida partitsioonid, millel kontrollitakse niinimetatud <emphasis>riknenud plokke.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Kui klõpsata <guibutton>Muud valikud</guibutton>, saab valida partitsioonid, " +"millel kontrollitakse niinimetatud <emphasis>riknenud plokke.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:37 @@ -1250,14 +1553,20 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> " "and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen. " "In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions." -msgstr "Kui te pole kindel, et olete langetanud õige valiku, klõpsake <guibutton>Tagasi</guibutton>, veel kord <guibutton>Tagasi</guibutton> ja siis <guibutton>Kohandatud</guibutton>, et jõuda tagasi peaekraanile. Seal saate uurida, mis partitsioonidel leidub." +msgstr "" +"Kui te pole kindel, et olete langetanud õige valiku, klõpsake " +"<guibutton>Tagasi</guibutton>, veel kord <guibutton>Tagasi</guibutton> ja " +"siis <guibutton>Kohandatud</guibutton>, et jõuda tagasi peaekraanile. Seal " +"saate uurida, mis partitsioonidel leidub." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:44 msgid "" -"When you are confident about the selection, click on " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue." -msgstr "Kui olete oma valikus kindel, klõpsake jätkamiseks <guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>." +"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton> to continue." +msgstr "" +"Kui olete oma valikus kindel, klõpsake jätkamiseks <guibutton>Edasi</" +"guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:17 @@ -1270,14 +1579,19 @@ msgid "" "Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia " "Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as " "possible." -msgstr "Sõltumata sellest, kas olete GNU-Linuxi maailmas uustulnuk või juba kogenud kasutaja, on Mageia paigaldusprogramm loodud nii, et paigaldamine või uuendamine oleks kõigile võimalikult lihtne." +msgstr "" +"Sõltumata sellest, kas olete GNU-Linuxi maailmas uustulnuk või juba kogenud " +"kasutaja, on Mageia paigaldusprogramm loodud nii, et paigaldamine või " +"uuendamine oleks kõigile võimalikult lihtne." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:28 msgid "" "The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will " "start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need." -msgstr "Avamenüüs näete mitmeid valikuid, kuid vaikimisi valitu käivitab paigaldusprogrammi, mida tavaliselt ongi vaja." +msgstr "" +"Avamenüüs näete mitmeid valikuid, kuid vaikimisi valitu käivitab " +"paigaldusprogrammi, mida tavaliselt ongi vaja." #. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:34 @@ -1297,10 +1611,11 @@ msgstr "Selline on vaikimisi tervitusekraan Mageia DVD kasutamisel:" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:40 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> #: en/installer.xml:39 @@ -1318,12 +1633,16 @@ msgstr "Avaekraanil on võimalik määrata mõned isiklikud eelistused:" msgid "" "The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen " "language for the system) by pressing the key F2" -msgstr "Keel (ainult paigaldamiseks, võib erineda süsteemile valitavast keelest) klahvile F2 vajutades" +msgstr "" +"Keel (ainult paigaldamiseks, võib erineda süsteemile valitavast keelest) " +"klahvile F2 vajutades" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:57 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:62 @@ -1334,15 +1653,20 @@ msgstr "Valige nooleklahvidega liikudes keel ja vajutage klahvile Enter." #: en/installer.xml:65 msgid "" "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. " -"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue " -"System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware " -"Detection Tool</guilabel>." -msgstr "Siin on näiteks LiveDVD/CD eestikeelne tervitusekraan. Pange tähele, et LiveDVD/CD menüüs ei ole kirjeid, nagu <guilabel>Päästesüsteem</guilabel>, <guilabel>Mälu testimine</guilabel> ja <guilabel>Riistvara tuvastamise tööriist</guilabel>." +"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</" +"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection " +"Tool</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Siin on näiteks LiveDVD/CD eestikeelne tervitusekraan. Pange tähele, et " +"LiveDVD/CD menüüs ei ole kirjeid, nagu <guilabel>Päästesüsteem</guilabel>, " +"<guilabel>Mälu testimine</guilabel> ja <guilabel>Riistvara tuvastamise " +"tööriist</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:73 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:82 @@ -1351,8 +1675,10 @@ msgstr "Muuta ekraanilahutust klahvile F3 vajutades" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:85 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:92 @@ -1365,7 +1691,10 @@ msgid "" "If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one " "of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called " "<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:" -msgstr "Kui paigaldamine ei õnnestu, võib olla vajalik seda uuesti proovida, kasutades mõnda lisavõtit. Klahviga F6 avatav menüü toob nähtavale tekstirea <guilabel>Alglaadimise sätted</guilabel> ja pakub nelja valikut:" +msgstr "" +"Kui paigaldamine ei õnnestu, võib olla vajalik seda uuesti proovida, " +"kasutades mõnda lisavõtit. Klahviga F6 avatav menüü toob nähtavale tekstirea " +"<guilabel>Alglaadimise sätted</guilabel> ja pakub nelja valikut:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:99 @@ -1391,14 +1720,18 @@ msgstr "- Ilma ACPI-ta, mille korral toitehalduse valikuid ei arvestata." msgid "" "- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is " "about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for." -msgstr "- Ilma kohaliku APIC-ta, mis puudutab CPU katkestusi. Valige see siis, kui seda nõutakse." +msgstr "" +"- Ilma kohaliku APIC-ta, mis puudutab CPU katkestusi. Valige see siis, kui " +"seda nõutakse." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:112 msgid "" "When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options " "displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line." -msgstr "Mõnda neist valikutest valides muutuvad vaikimisi võtmed, mida näeb real <guilabel>Alglaadimise sätted</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Mõnda neist valikutest valides muutuvad vaikimisi võtmed, mida näeb real " +"<guilabel>Alglaadimise sätted</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:116 @@ -1406,12 +1739,17 @@ msgid "" "In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the " "key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, " "however, they are really taken into account." -msgstr "Mõne Mageia väljalaske puhul võib juhtuda, et klahviga F6 valitud kirjeid ei näe real <guilabel>Alglaadimise sätted</guilabel>, aga neid siiski arvestatakse." +msgstr "" +"Mõne Mageia väljalaske puhul võib juhtuda, et klahviga F6 valitud kirjeid ei " +"näe real <guilabel>Alglaadimise sätted</guilabel>, aga neid siiski " +"arvestatakse." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:123 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:130 @@ -1424,12 +1762,17 @@ msgid "" "Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options. Select one with " "the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to " "go back to the welcome screen." -msgstr "Klahvile F1 vajutades ilmub uus aken saadaolevate võtmetega. Valige neist vajalik ja vajutage klahvile Enter üksikasjade nägemiseks või klahvile Esc tervitusekraani juurde naasmiseks." +msgstr "" +"Klahvile F1 vajutades ilmub uus aken saadaolevate võtmetega. Valige neist " +"vajalik ja vajutage klahvile Enter üksikasjade nägemiseks või klahvile Esc " +"tervitusekraani juurde naasmiseks." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:139 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:146 @@ -1438,12 +1781,18 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options list. " "These options can by added by hand in the <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> " "line." -msgstr "Siin on näidatud võtme splash üksikasjaliku kirjelduse aken. Vajutage klahvile Esc või valige <guilabel>Tagasi alglaadimise sätete juurde</guilabel>, et minna tagasi võtmete loendisse. Võtmeid saab lisada käsitsi reale <guilabel>Alglaadimise sätted</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Siin on näidatud võtme splash üksikasjaliku kirjelduse aken. Vajutage " +"klahvile Esc või valige <guilabel>Tagasi alglaadimise sätete juurde</" +"guilabel>, et minna tagasi võtmete loendisse. Võtmeid saab lisada käsitsi " +"reale <guilabel>Alglaadimise sätted</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:152 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:160 @@ -1455,17 +1804,22 @@ msgstr "Abi tõlgitakse keelde, mis on valitud klahviga F2." msgid "" "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based " "Installation CD (Boot.iso or Boot-Nonfree.iso images):" -msgstr "Selline on vaikimisi tervitusekraan juhtmega võrgu põhise paigalduse CD (Boot.iso või Boot-Nonfree.iso tõmmis) kasutamisel:" +msgstr "" +"Selline on vaikimisi tervitusekraan juhtmega võrgu põhise paigalduse CD " +"(Boot.iso või Boot-Nonfree.iso tõmmis) kasutamisel:" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:169 msgid "" "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are " "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-" -"based Installation CD, see <link " -"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">the Mageia " -"Wiki</link>" -msgstr "See ei võimalda muuta keelt ning saadaolevad võtmed on loetletud ekraanil. Rohkem teavet juhtmega võrgu põhise paigaldamise CD kasutamise kohta leiab <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">Mageia Wikist</link>." +"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot." +"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>" +msgstr "" +"See ei võimalda muuta keelt ning saadaolevad võtmed on loetletud ekraanil. " +"Rohkem teavet juhtmega võrgu põhise paigaldamise CD kasutamise kohta leiab " +"<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">Mageia " +"Wikist</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/installer.xml:175 @@ -1475,9 +1829,11 @@ msgstr "Klaviatuuripaigutus on Ameerika-pärane." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:179 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:186 @@ -1487,24 +1843,30 @@ msgstr "Paigaldamise etapid" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:189 msgid "" -"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed" -" on the side panel of the screen." -msgstr "Paigaldamine on jagatud mitmeks etapiks, mille loetelu näeb ekraani külgpaneelil." +"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " +"on the side panel of the screen." +msgstr "" +"Paigaldamine on jagatud mitmeks etapiks, mille loetelu näeb ekraani " +"külgpaneelil." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:192 msgid "" -"Each step has one or more screens which may also have " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, " -"options." -msgstr "Igal etapil kohtate üht või enamat ekraani, millel võib olla ka nupp <guibutton>Muud valikud</guibutton>, mis avab täiendavad ja harvemini vajalikud valikud." +"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" +"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." +msgstr "" +"Igal etapil kohtate üht või enamat ekraani, millel võib olla ka nupp " +"<guibutton>Muud valikud</guibutton>, mis avab täiendavad ja harvemini " +"vajalikud valikud." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:196 msgid "" "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " "explanations about the current step." -msgstr "Enamikul ekraanidel on nupp <guibutton>Abi</guibutton>, mis selgitab antud etappi põhjalikumalt." +msgstr "" +"Enamikul ekraanidel on nupp <guibutton>Abi</guibutton>, mis selgitab antud " +"etappi põhjalikumalt." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:200 @@ -1514,114 +1876,141 @@ msgid "" "partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your " "computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well " "leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure " -"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys" -" <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " +"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys " +"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot." -msgstr "Kui soovite mingil hetkel paigaldamise katkestada, võite ka teha arvutile taaskäivituse, aga palun mõelge enne seda hoolikalt järele. Kui partitsioon on vormindatud või uuendusi on hakatud paigaldama, ei ole arvuti enam varasemas olekus ning taaskäivitamise tulemus võib olla mittetöötav masin. Kui te ikkagi olete kindel, et just taaskäivitus on õige samm, minge tekstiterminali, vajutades korraga kolme klahvi <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>. Seejärel vajutage taaskäivitamiseks korraga klahve <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Kui soovite mingil hetkel paigaldamise katkestada, võite ka teha arvutile " +"taaskäivituse, aga palun mõelge enne seda hoolikalt järele. Kui partitsioon " +"on vormindatud või uuendusi on hakatud paigaldama, ei ole arvuti enam " +"varasemas olekus ning taaskäivitamise tulemus võib olla mittetöötav masin. " +"Kui te ikkagi olete kindel, et just taaskäivitus on õige samm, minge " +"tekstiterminali, vajutades korraga kolme klahvi <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</" +"guibutton>. Seejärel vajutage taaskäivitamiseks korraga klahve " +"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton>." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:215 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:214 msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" msgstr "Paigaldamisprobleemid ja nende võimalikud lahendused" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:221 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:220 msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "Graafiline liides puudub" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:226 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:225 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " "resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt." -msgstr "Pärast avaekraani ei tulegi keele valiku ekraani ette. See võib juhtuda mõne graafikakaardi ja vanema süsteemi korral. Proovige kasutada madalamat ekraanilahutust, kirjutades käsureale <code>vgalo</code>." +msgstr "" +"Pärast avaekraani ei tulegi keele valiku ekraani ette. See võib juhtuda mõne " +"graafikakaardi ja vanema süsteemi korral. Proovige kasutada madalamat " +"ekraanilahutust, kirjutades käsureale <code>vgalo</code>." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:233 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:232 msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " "ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be " -"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit" -" ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." -msgstr "Kui riistvara on väga vana, ei pruugi graafiline paigaldamine üldse võimalik olla. Sel juhul võib proovida tekstipõhist paigaldamist. Selleks vajutage avaekraanil viibides klahvile ESC ja kinnitage valikut klahvi ENTER vajutamisega. Teie ette ilmub must ekraan sõnaga \"boot:\". Kirjutage \"text\" ja vajutage ENTER. Nüüd saate jätkata tekstipõhise paigaldamisega." +"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit " +"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." +msgstr "" +"Kui riistvara on väga vana, ei pruugi graafiline paigaldamine üldse võimalik " +"olla. Sel juhul võib proovida tekstipõhist paigaldamist. Selleks vajutage " +"avaekraanil viibides klahvile ESC ja kinnitage valikut klahvi ENTER " +"vajutamisega. Teie ette ilmub must ekraan sõnaga \"boot:\". Kirjutage \"text" +"\" ja vajutage ENTER. Nüüd saate jätkata tekstipõhise paigaldamisega." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:245 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:244 msgid "The Install Freezes" msgstr "Paigaldamine hangub" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:248 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:247 msgid "" "If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a " "problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of " "hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type " "<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with " "other options as necessary." -msgstr "Kui süsteem paistab paigaldamise käigus hanguvat, võib olla raskusi riistvara tuvastamisega. Sel juhul võib riistvara automaatse tuvastamise vahele jätta ja sellega hiljem tegelda. Selleks kirjutage käsureale <code>noauto</code>. Vajaduse korral võib seda võtit kasutada koos teiste võtmetega." +msgstr "" +"Kui süsteem paistab paigaldamise käigus hanguvat, võib olla raskusi " +"riistvara tuvastamisega. Sel juhul võib riistvara automaatse tuvastamise " +"vahele jätta ja sellega hiljem tegelda. Selleks kirjutage käsureale " +"<code>noauto</code>. Vajaduse korral võib seda võtit kasutada koos teiste " +"võtmetega." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:257 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:256 msgid "RAM problem" msgstr "RAM-i probleem" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:260 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:259 msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " -"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. " -"e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." -msgstr "Neid läheb väga harva vaja, kuid mõnel juhul võib riistvara teatada valesti saadaoleva mälu (RAM) suuruse. Selle käsitsi määramiseks tuleb kasutada parameetrit <code>mem=xxxM</code>, kus xxx on korrektne mälu suurus. Näiteks <code>mem=256M</code> määrab, et kasutada on 256 MB mälu." +"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e." +"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." +msgstr "" +"Neid läheb väga harva vaja, kuid mõnel juhul võib riistvara teatada valesti " +"saadaoleva mälu (RAM) suuruse. Selle käsitsi määramiseks tuleb kasutada " +"parameetrit <code>mem=xxxM</code>, kus xxx on korrektne mälu suurus. Näiteks " +"<code>mem=256M</code> määrab, et kasutada on 256 MB mälu." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:269 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:268 msgid "Dynamic partitions" msgstr "Dünaamilised partitsioonid" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:272 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:271 msgid "" "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " "on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: " -"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" -"us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" -"us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." -msgstr "Kui olete valinud oma kõvaketta vorminguks Microsoft Windowsi all \"dynamic\" tavalise \"basic\" asemel, siis arvestage, et Mageiat ei saa sellisele kettale paigaldada. Kuidas tavalisele kettavormingule tagasi minna, saab lugeda Microsofti dokumentatsioonist: <link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." +"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx" +"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." +msgstr "" +"Kui olete valinud oma kõvaketta vorminguks Microsoft Windowsi all \"dynamic" +"\" tavalise \"basic\" asemel, siis arvestage, et Mageiat ei saa sellisele " +"kettale paigaldada. Kuidas tavalisele kettavormingule tagasi minna, saab " +"lugeda Microsofti dokumentatsioonist: <link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft." +"com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/" +"cc776315.aspx</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installUpdates.xml:3 msgid "Updates" msgstr "Uuendused" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" -#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" -#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" -#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" -#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore -#. correct html filename -#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename +#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installUpdates.xml:13 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:19 msgid "" "Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some " "packages will have been updated or improved." -msgstr "Võimalik, et pärast <application>Mageia</application> väljalaske ilmumist on mõningaid pakette uuendatud või parandatud." +msgstr "" +"Võimalik, et pärast <application>Mageia</application> väljalaske ilmumist on " +"mõningaid pakette uuendatud või parandatud." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:23 @@ -1629,7 +2018,10 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, " "select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you " "aren't connected to the Internet" -msgstr "Valige <guilabel>Jah</guilabel>, kui soovite sellised paketid alla laadida ja paigaldada, või <guilabel>Ei</guilabel>, kui te seda praegu ei soovi või kui teil puudub parajasti internetiühendus." +msgstr "" +"Valige <guilabel>Jah</guilabel>, kui soovite sellised paketid alla laadida " +"ja paigaldada, või <guilabel>Ei</guilabel>, kui te seda praegu ei soovi või " +"kui teil puudub parajasti internetiühendus." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:28 @@ -1641,55 +2033,73 @@ msgstr "Seejärel klõpsake jätkamiseks <guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>." msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "Andmekandjate valik (mittevaba tarkvara)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the -#. same as for add_supplemental_media) -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html -#. filename was wrong) +#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/media_selection.xml:12 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" -"=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:18 msgid "" "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are " -"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories" -" selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " +"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories " +"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " "the next steps." -msgstr "Siin näeb saadaolevate tarkvarahoidlate nimekirja. Sõltuvalt paigaldamiseks valitud andmekandjast võib saadaval olla ainult osa võimalikke hoidlaid. Hoidlate valik määrab selle, milliseid tarkvarapakette on järgmistel etappidel võimalik paigaldada." +msgstr "" +"Siin näeb saadaolevate tarkvarahoidlate nimekirja. Sõltuvalt paigaldamiseks " +"valitud andmekandjast võib saadaval olla ainult osa võimalikke hoidlaid. " +"Hoidlate valik määrab selle, milliseid tarkvarapakette on järgmistel " +"etappidel võimalik paigaldada." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:25 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains " "the base of the distribution." -msgstr "Hoidlat <emphasis>Core</emphasis> (tuumiktarkvara) ei saa välja jätta, sest see sisaldab distributsiooni põhikomponente." +msgstr "" +"Hoidlat <emphasis>Core</emphasis> (tuumiktarkvara) ei saa välja jätta, sest " +"see sisaldab distributsiooni põhikomponente." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:30 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-" -"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source" -" software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " +"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source " +"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " "nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi " "cards, etc." -msgstr "Hoidla <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> (mittevaba tarkvara) sidaldab pakette, mis on küll tasuta, nii et Mageia võib neid levitada, aga sisaldavad kinnise lähtekoodiga tarkvara (sellest ka nimi \"mittevaba\" ehk \"non-free\"). Näiteks sisaldab see hoidla nVidia ja ATI graafikakaartide omanduslikke draivereid, mitmesuguste WiFi-kaartide püsivara jms." +msgstr "" +"Hoidla <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> (mittevaba tarkvara) sidaldab pakette, " +"mis on küll tasuta, nii et Mageia võib neid levitada, aga sisaldavad kinnise " +"lähtekoodiga tarkvara (sellest ka nimi \"mittevaba\" ehk \"non-free\"). " +"Näiteks sisaldab see hoidla nVidia ja ATI graafikakaartide omanduslikke " +"draivereid, mitmesuguste WiFi-kaartide püsivara jms." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:38 msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under" -" a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository " -"is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g." -" Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed" -" to play commercial video DVD, etc." -msgstr "Hoidla <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> (piirangutega tarkvara) sisaldab pakette, mis on avaldatud vaba litsentsi all. Peamine põhjus, miks osa tarkvarapakette paigutatakse sellesse hoidlasse, seisab selles, et need võivad rikkuda mõnes riigis kehtivaid patendi- ja autoriõiguseseadusi. Näiteks on siin mitmesuguste heli- ja videofailide esitamiseks vajalikud multimeediakoodekid, kommerts-video-DVD-de esitamiseks vajalikud paketid jms." +"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under " +"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is " +"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. " +"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed " +"to play commercial video DVD, etc." +msgstr "" +"Hoidla <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> (piirangutega tarkvara) sisaldab " +"pakette, mis on avaldatud vaba litsentsi all. Peamine põhjus, miks osa " +"tarkvarapakette paigutatakse sellesse hoidlasse, seisab selles, et need " +"võivad rikkuda mõnes riigis kehtivaid patendi- ja autoriõiguseseadusi. " +"Näiteks on siin mitmesuguste heli- ja videofailide esitamiseks vajalikud " +"multimeediakoodekid, kommerts-video-DVD-de esitamiseks vajalikud paketid jms." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/minimal-install.xml:3 @@ -1700,9 +2110,11 @@ msgstr "Minimaalne paigaldus" #: en/minimal-install.xml:9 msgid "" "You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the " -"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref " -"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." -msgstr "Kui paketigruppide ekraanil jätta kõik valimata, saab kasutada minimaalset paigaldust, vt. <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." +"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" +"xref>." +msgstr "" +"Kui paketigruppide ekraanil jätta kõik valimata, saab kasutada minimaalset " +"paigaldust, vt. <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:10 @@ -1711,14 +2123,20 @@ msgid "" "their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised " "workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package " "Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." -msgstr "See on mõeldud neile, kel mõlgub <application>Mageia</application> jaoks meeles midagi erilist, näiteks server või spetsiaalne tööjaam. Tõenäoliselt oleks seda mõttekas kasutada koos pakettide ükshaaval valimisega, vt. <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." +msgstr "" +"See on mõeldud neile, kel mõlgub <application>Mageia</application> jaoks " +"meeles midagi erilist, näiteks server või spetsiaalne tööjaam. Tõenäoliselt " +"oleks seda mõttekas kasutada koos pakettide ükshaaval valimisega, vt. <xref " +"linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:14 msgid "" "If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer " "you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X." -msgstr "Kui valite niisuguse paigaldamise, saab järgmisel ekraanil üht-teist täpsustada, näiteks lasta paigaldada ka dokumentatsioon või X." +msgstr "" +"Kui valite niisuguse paigaldamise, saab järgmisel ekraanil üht-teist " +"täpsustada, näiteks lasta paigaldada ka dokumentatsioon või X." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/minimal-install.xml:19 @@ -1726,34 +2144,37 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:3 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" msgstr "Seadistuste kokkuvõte" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-) -#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages -#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and -#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph -#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. -#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by -#. linkend="setupBootloader" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, -#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files +#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages +#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and +#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph +#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. +#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:33 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:38 @@ -1762,7 +2183,10 @@ msgid "" "the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the " "settings here and change them if you want after pressing " "<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>." -msgstr "DrakX langetab teie süsteemi seadistamisel mõistlikud otsused vastavalt Teie valikutele ja tuvastatud riistvarale. Siin saab neid seadistusi üle vaadata ja vajaduse korral muuta, klõpsates <guibutton>Seadista</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"DrakX langetab teie süsteemi seadistamisel mõistlikud otsused vastavalt Teie " +"valikutele ja tuvastatud riistvarale. Siin saab neid seadistusi üle vaadata " +"ja vajaduse korral muuta, klõpsates <guibutton>Seadista</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:45 @@ -1778,9 +2202,11 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Ajavöönd</guilabel>" #: en/misc-params.xml:52 msgid "" "DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. " -"You can change it if needed. See also <xref " -"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" -msgstr "DrakX määrab vastavalt valitud keelele ajavööndi. Soovi korral saab seda muuta. Vt ka <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" +"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/" +">" +msgstr "" +"DrakX määrab vastavalt valitud keelele ajavööndi. Soovi korral saab seda " +"muuta. Vt ka <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:58 @@ -1792,7 +2218,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Riik / Piirkond</guilabel>" msgid "" "If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you " "correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" -msgstr "Kui Te ei viibi valitud riigis, on väga oluline see siin õigeks parandada. Vt <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Kui Te ei viibi valitud riigis, on väga oluline see siin õigeks parandada. " +"Vt <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:67 @@ -1808,7 +2236,9 @@ msgstr "DrakX langetab tavaliselt alglaaduri osas hea ja õige valiku." #: en/misc-params.xml:72 msgid "" "Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub and/or Lilo" -msgstr "Kui Te just väga täpselt ei tea, kuidas Grubi ja/või LiLot seadistada, ei tasu siin midagi muuta." +msgstr "" +"Kui Te just väga täpselt ei tea, kuidas Grubi ja/või LiLot seadistada, ei " +"tasu siin midagi muuta." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:75 @@ -1823,9 +2253,11 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Kasutajate haldamine</guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:83 msgid "" -"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own " -"<literal>/home</literal> directories." -msgstr "Siin saab lisada uusi kasutajaid. Nad kõik saavad oma isikliku <literal>/home</literal> kataloogi." +"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</" +"literal> directories." +msgstr "" +"Siin saab lisada uusi kasutajaid. Nad kõik saavad oma isikliku <literal>/" +"home</literal> kataloogi." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:89 @@ -1837,14 +2269,18 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Teenused</guilabel>" msgid "" "System services refer to those small programs which run the background " "(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks." -msgstr "Süsteemi teenused tähendavad väikseid programme, mis töötavad taustal (deemonid). See tööriist võimaldab teatavaid ülesandeid lubada või keelata." +msgstr "" +"Süsteemi teenused tähendavad väikseid programme, mis töötavad taustal " +"(deemonid). See tööriist võimaldab teatavaid ülesandeid lubada või keelata." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:95 msgid "" "You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may " "prevent your computer from operating correctly." -msgstr "Enne millegi muutmist tuleks hoolikalt mõelda - eksimuse korral ei pruugi arvuti enam korralikult töötada." +msgstr "" +"Enne millegi muutmist tuleks hoolikalt mõelda - eksimuse korral ei pruugi " +"arvuti enam korralikult töötada." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:99 @@ -1866,7 +2302,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Klaviatuur</guilabel>" msgid "" "This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on " "your location, language or type of keyboard." -msgstr "Siin saab määrata või muuta klaviatuuripaigutust, mis sõltub valitud asukohast, keelest ja klaviatuuritüübist." +msgstr "" +"Siin saab määrata või muuta klaviatuuripaigutust, mis sõltub valitud " +"asukohast, keelest ja klaviatuuritüübist." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:119 @@ -1878,7 +2316,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Hiir</guilabel>" msgid "" "Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs " "etc." -msgstr "Siin saab lisada või seadistada mitmesuguseid osutusseadmeid: hiiri, puuteplaate jms." +msgstr "" +"Siin saab lisada või seadistada mitmesuguseid osutusseadmeid: hiiri, " +"puuteplaate jms." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:126 @@ -1888,10 +2328,13 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Helikaart</guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:129 msgid "" -"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option" -" to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " +"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option " +"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " "driver for your card, but none of them is the default one." -msgstr "Paigaldusprogramm kasutab vaikimisi draiverit, kui see on olemas. Võimalus valida teist draiverit antakse ainult siis, kui helikaardile on olemas mitu draiverit, aga ükski neist ei ole vaikimisi draiver." +msgstr "" +"Paigaldusprogramm kasutab vaikimisi draiverit, kui see on olemas. Võimalus " +"valida teist draiverit antakse ainult siis, kui helikaardile on olemas mitu " +"draiverit, aga ükski neist ei ole vaikimisi draiver." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:136 @@ -1900,8 +2343,7 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Graafiline kasutajaliides</guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:139 -msgid "" -"This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." +msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." msgstr "Siin saab seadistada graafikakaarte ja monitore." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1912,10 +2354,11 @@ msgstr "Täpsemalt kõneleb sellest <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:148 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:156 @@ -1934,14 +2377,20 @@ msgid "" "drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia " "Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media " "repositories." -msgstr "Siin saab seadistada võrgu, kuid võrgukaartide korral, mis kasutavad mittevabasid draivereid, on seda parem teha pärast taaskäivitust <application>Mageia juhtimiskeskuses</application>, kui Te pole veel lubanud mittevaba tarkvara hoidlate kasutamist." +msgstr "" +"Siin saab seadistada võrgu, kuid võrgukaartide korral, mis kasutavad " +"mittevabasid draivereid, on seda parem teha pärast taaskäivitust " +"<application>Mageia juhtimiskeskuses</application>, kui Te pole veel lubanud " +"mittevaba tarkvara hoidlate kasutamist." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:171 msgid "" "When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch " "that interface as well." -msgstr "Võrgukaardi lisamisel ärge unustage seadistamast tulemüüri, et ka lisatud kaarti jälgitaks." +msgstr "" +"Võrgukaardi lisamisel ärge unustage seadistamast tulemüüri, et ka lisatud " +"kaarti jälgitaks." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:178 @@ -1954,14 +2403,18 @@ msgid "" "A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider " "internet. This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a " "proxy service." -msgstr "Puhverserver on omamoodi vahendaja Teie arvuti ja interneti vahel. Siin saab panna arvuti kasutama puhverservereid." +msgstr "" +"Puhverserver on omamoodi vahendaja Teie arvuti ja interneti vahel. Siin saab " +"panna arvuti kasutama puhverservereid." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:185 msgid "" -"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you" -" need to enter here" -msgstr "Vajalike parameetrite täpsustamiseks võib olla vajalik pidada nõu oma süsteemiadministraatoriga." +"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you " +"need to enter here" +msgstr "" +"Vajalike parameetrite täpsustamiseks võib olla vajalik pidada nõu oma " +"süsteemiadministraatoriga." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:194 @@ -1976,9 +2429,11 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Turbetase</guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:202 msgid "" -"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default" -" setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." -msgstr "Siin saab määrata oma arvuti turbetaseme. Enamasti peaks normaalseks kasutamiseks kõlbama vaikimisi seadistused (valik Standardne)." +"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default " +"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." +msgstr "" +"Siin saab määrata oma arvuti turbetaseme. Enamasti peaks normaalseks " +"kasutamiseks kõlbama vaikimisi seadistused (valik Standardne)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:206 @@ -1995,50 +2450,62 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Tulemüür</guilabel>" msgid "" "A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the " "rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it." -msgstr "Tulemüür on mõeldud tõkkeks Teie tähtsate andmete ja internetis luuravate röövloomade vahel, kes üritavad neid varastada või rikkuda." +msgstr "" +"Tulemüür on mõeldud tõkkeks Teie tähtsate andmete ja internetis luuravate " +"röövloomade vahel, kes üritavad neid varastada või rikkuda." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:217 msgid "" "Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your " "selections will depend on what you use your computer for." -msgstr "Valige teenused, millel lubate oma süsteemile ligi pääseda. Valik sõltub mõistagi sellest, milleks Te oma arvutit kasutada soovite." +msgstr "" +"Valige teenused, millel lubate oma süsteemile ligi pääseda. Valik sõltub " +"mõistagi sellest, milleks Te oma arvutit kasutada soovite." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:222 msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky." -msgstr "Pange tähele, et kõige lubamine (st tulemüür puudub) võib olla väga ohtlik." +msgstr "" +"Pange tähele, et kõige lubamine (st tulemüür puudub) võib olla väga ohtlik." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16 msgid "" "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " "partition" -msgstr "<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partitsiooni suuruse muutmine" +msgstr "" +"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partitsiooni " +"suuruse muutmine" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20 msgid "" -"You have more than one " -"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition. " -"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing " -"<application>Mageia</application>." -msgstr "Teil on mitu <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partitsiooni. Valige, millise peaks muutma väiksemaks, et teha ruumi <application>Mageia</application> paigaldusele." +"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" +"application> partition. Choose which one should be made smaller to make " +"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>." +msgstr "" +"Teil on mitu <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " +"partitsiooni. Valige, millise peaks muutma väiksemaks, et teha ruumi " +"<application>Mageia</application> paigaldusele." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/securityLevel.xml:12 msgid "Security Level" msgstr "Turbetase" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/securityLevel.xml:19 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:24 @@ -2049,574 +2516,627 @@ msgstr "Siin saab kohandada oma arvuti turbetaset." #: en/securityLevel.xml:27 msgid "" "Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose." -msgstr "Kui te ei ole kindel, ärge hakake siin midagi muutma, vaid jätke kehtima vaikimisi määratu." +msgstr "" +"Kui te ei ole kindel, ärge hakake siin midagi muutma, vaid jätke kehtima " +"vaikimisi määratu." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:30 msgid "" "After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings " "in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center." -msgstr "Pärast paigaldamist on alati võimalik turvalisusega seotud seadistusi muuta Mageia juhtimiskeskuse sektsioonis <guilabel>Turvalisus</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Pärast paigaldamist on alati võimalik turvalisusega seotud seadistusi muuta " +"Mageia juhtimiskeskuse sektsioonis <guilabel>Turvalisus</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:5 msgid "Select and use ISOs" msgstr "ISO-tõmmise valimine ja kasutamine" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:8 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:9 msgid "Media" msgstr "Andmekandjad" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:11 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:12 msgid "Definition" msgstr "Määratlus" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:13 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:14 msgid "" "Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to " "install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO " "file is copied to." -msgstr "Me nimetame siinkohal andmekandjaks ISO-tõmmisefaili, mis võimaldab paigaldada ja/või uuendada Mageiat, ning ühtlasi ka igasugust füüsilist seadet, millele ISO-tõmmis on kopeeritud." +msgstr "" +"Me nimetame siinkohal andmekandjaks ISO-tõmmisefaili, mis võimaldab " +"paigaldada ja/või uuendada Mageiat, ning ühtlasi ka igasugust füüsilist " +"seadet, millele ISO-tõmmis on kopeeritud." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:18 msgid "" -"You can find them <link " -"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">here</link>." -msgstr "ISO-tõmmised leiab <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">siit</link>." +"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" +"\">here</link>." +msgstr "" +"ISO-tõmmised leiab <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" +"\">siit</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:21 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:22 msgid "Classical installation media" msgstr "Klassikalised paigaldusandmekandjad" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:24 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:92 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:199 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:25 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:94 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:200 msgid "Common features" msgstr "Ühised omadused" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:29 msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx." msgstr "Kasutavad traditsioonilist paigaldusprogrammi drakx" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:34 msgid "" "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." -msgstr "Saab teha nii puhta paigalduse kui ka uuendada varasematelt väljalasetelt" +msgstr "" +"Saab teha nii puhta paigalduse kui ka uuendada varasematelt väljalasetelt" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:39 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:41 msgid "DVD" msgstr "DVD" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:45 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." msgstr "Eri andmekandjad 32- ja 64-bitisele arhitektuurile" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:49 msgid "" "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " "Hardware Detection Tool." -msgstr "Tervitusekraanil on saada mõned tööriistad: päästesüsteem, mälu testimine, riistvara tuvastamise tööriist" +msgstr "" +"Tervitusekraanil on saada mõned tööriistad: päästesüsteem, mälu testimine, " +"riistvara tuvastamise tööriist" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:54 msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages." msgstr "Iga DVD sisaldab paljusid saadaolevaid töökeskkondi ja keeli" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:59 msgid "" "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software." -msgstr "Paigaldamise käigus lastakse valida, kas kasutada mittevaba tarkvara või mitte" +msgstr "" +"Paigaldamise käigus lastakse valida, kas kasutada mittevaba tarkvara või " +"mitte" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:66 msgid "DVD dual arch" msgstr "Kahearhitektuurne (dualarch) DVD" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:70 msgid "" "Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made " "automatically according to the detected CPU." -msgstr "Ühel ja samal andmekandjal on nii 32- kui ka 64-bitine tarkvara; valik tehakse automaatselt vastavalt tuvastatud protsessorile" +msgstr "" +"Ühel ja samal andmekandjal on nii 32- kui ka 64-bitine tarkvara; valik " +"tehakse automaatselt vastavalt tuvastatud protsessorile" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:75 msgid "Uses Xfce desktop only." msgstr "Ainult Xfce töökeskkond" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:79 msgid "" "Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, " "pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED!" -msgstr "Ainult mõned keeled (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk)" +msgstr "" +"Ainult mõned keeled (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:84 msgid "It contains non free software." msgstr "Sisaldab mittevaba tarkvara" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:89 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:91 msgid "Live media" msgstr "Live-andmekandjad" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:98 msgid "" "Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and " "optionally install Mageia on to your HDD." -msgstr "Saab tarvitada distributsiooni tundmaõppimiseks ilma seda kohe kõvakettale paigaldamata, aga soovi korral siiski ka Mageia paigaldamiseks" +msgstr "" +"Saab tarvitada distributsiooni tundmaõppimiseks ilma seda kohe kõvakettale " +"paigaldamata, aga soovi korral siiski ka Mageia paigaldamiseks" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." msgstr "ISO sisaldab ainult üht töökeskkonda (KDE või GNOME)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:218 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:108 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:172 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:190 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:220 msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures." msgstr "Eri andmekandjad 32- ja 64-bitisele arhitektuurile" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:112 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " -"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous " -"releases.</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">LiveISO-sid saab kasutada ainult puhta paigalduse, mitte aga uuendamise jaoks varasemalt versioonilt.</emphasis>" +"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">LiveISO-sid saab kasutada ainult puhta paigalduse, " +"mitte aga uuendamise jaoks varasemalt versioonilt.</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:118 msgid "They contain non free software." msgstr "Sisaldavad mittevaba tarkvara" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:123 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:124 msgid "Live CD KDE" msgstr "KDE LiveCD" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:128 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:164 msgid "KDE desktop environment only." msgstr "Ainult KDE töökeskkond" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:222 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:132 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:150 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:224 msgid "English language only." msgstr "Ainult inglise keeles" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:136 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:154 msgid "32 bit only." msgstr "Ainult 32-bitine" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:141 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:142 msgid "Live CD GNOME" msgstr "GNOME LiveCD" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:146 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:182 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." msgstr "Ainult GNOME töökeskkond" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:159 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:160 msgid "Live DVD KDE" msgstr "KDE LiveDVD" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:168 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:186 msgid "All languages are present." msgstr "Sisaldab kõiki keeli" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:177 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:178 msgid "Live DVD GNOME" msgstr "GNOME LiveDVD" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:196 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:197 msgid "Boot-only CD media" msgstr "CD-d ainult alglaadimiseks" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:204 msgid "" -"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to" -" start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other " -"packages that are needed to continue and complete the install. These " -"packages may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or" -" on the Internet." -msgstr "Need on väikesed tõmmised, mis sisaldavad vaid tarkvara, mida on vaja paigaldusprogrammi drakx käivitamiseks ning drakx-installer-stage2 ja teiste tarkvarapakettide leidmiseks, mille abil saab jätkata paigaldamisega. ISO-failid võivad asuda arvuti kõvakettal, mõnel muul kohalikul kettas, kohalikus võrgus või internetis." +"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " +"start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages " +"that are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be " +"on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the Internet." +msgstr "" +"Need on väikesed tõmmised, mis sisaldavad vaid tarkvara, mida on vaja " +"paigaldusprogrammi drakx käivitamiseks ning drakx-installer-stage2 ja teiste " +"tarkvarapakettide leidmiseks, mille abil saab jätkata paigaldamisega. ISO-" +"failid võivad asuda arvuti kõvakettal, mõnel muul kohalikul kettas, " +"kohalikus võrgus või internetis." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:212 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:213 msgid "" "These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when " "bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a " "PC that can't boot from a USB stick." -msgstr "Need andmekandjad on väga väikesed (alla 100 MB) ja abiks siis, kui internetiühenduse maht on liiga väike terve DVD allalaadimiseks, arvuti on ilma DVD-seadmeta või ei saa arvutit käivitada USB-pulga pealt." +msgstr "" +"Need andmekandjad on väga väikesed (alla 100 MB) ja abiks siis, kui " +"internetiühenduse maht on liiga väike terve DVD allalaadimiseks, arvuti on " +"ilma DVD-seadmeta või ei saa arvutit käivitada USB-pulga pealt." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:228 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:230 msgid "boot.iso" msgstr "boot.iso" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:232 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:234 msgid "" "Contains only free software, for those people who refuse to use non-free " "software." -msgstr "Sisaldab ainult vaba tarkvara neile, kes ei ole nõus mittevaba tarkvara kasutama" +msgstr "" +"Sisaldab ainult vaba tarkvara neile, kes ei ole nõus mittevaba tarkvara " +"kasutama" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:239 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" msgstr "boot-nonfree.iso" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:243 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:245 msgid "" "Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " "it." -msgstr "Sisaldab mittevaba tarkvara (peamiselt draiverid, koodekid jms.) neile, kes seda vajavad" +msgstr "" +"Sisaldab mittevaba tarkvara (peamiselt draiverid, koodekid jms.) neile, kes " +"seda vajavad" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:252 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:254 msgid "Downloading and Checking Media" msgstr "Andmekandja allalaadimine ja kontrollimine" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:255 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "Allalaadimine" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:259 msgid "" -"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or" -" BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the" -" mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If " +"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or " +"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the " +"mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If " "http is chosen, you may also see something like" -msgstr "Kui olete sobiva ISO-faili valinud, saab selle alla laadida kas HTTP või BitTorrenti vahendusel. Mõlemal juhul annab aken mõningat teavet, näiteks kasutatava peegelsaidi ja võimaluse kohta seda vahetada, kui ribalaius on liiga väike. HTTP valimise korral peaks pilt olema umbes selline:" +msgstr "" +"Kui olete sobiva ISO-faili valinud, saab selle alla laadida kas HTTP või " +"BitTorrenti vahendusel. Mõlemal juhul annab aken mõningat teavet, näiteks " +"kasutatava peegelsaidi ja võimaluse kohta seda vahetada, kui ribalaius on " +"liiga väike. HTTP valimise korral peaks pilt olema umbes selline:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:264 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:266 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:269 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:271 msgid "" "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of " -"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the" -" file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " +"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " +"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " "number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " "downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a " "failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download.Then this " "window appears:" -msgstr "md5sum ja sha1sum on tööriistad ISO terviklikkuse kontrollimiseks. Kasutada tuleks ainult üht neist. Mõlemad kuueteistkümnendarvud arvutatakse kindla algoritmiga allalaaditava faili põhjal. Kui paluda algoritmil arv uuesti leida allalaaditud faili põhjal, saab tulemuseks kas sama arvu, mis tähendab, et allalaaditud fail on korras, või siis mõne muu arvu, mis tähendab, et see ei ole korras. Seejärel ilmub järgmine aken:" +msgstr "" +"md5sum ja sha1sum on tööriistad ISO terviklikkuse kontrollimiseks. Kasutada " +"tuleks ainult üht neist. Mõlemad kuueteistkümnendarvud arvutatakse kindla " +"algoritmiga allalaaditava faili põhjal. Kui paluda algoritmil arv uuesti " +"leida allalaaditud faili põhjal, saab tulemuseks kas sama arvu, mis " +"tähendab, et allalaaditud fail on korras, või siis mõne muu arvu, mis " +"tähendab, et see ei ole korras. Seejärel ilmub järgmine aken:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:278 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:280 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:283 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:285 msgid "Check the radio button Save File." msgstr "Märkige raadionupp Salvestama." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:287 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 msgid "Checking the downloaded media integrity" msgstr "Allalaaditud andmekandja terviklikkuse kontrollimine" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291 msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:" msgstr "Avage konsool (selleks ei pea olema administraator) ja kirjutage:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:293 msgid "" -"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum " -"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." -msgstr "- md5sum kasutamiseks: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum tõmmisefail.iso/asukoht</userinput>." +"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/" +"file.iso</userinput>." +msgstr "" +"- md5sum kasutamiseks: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum tõmmisefail.iso/" +"asukoht</userinput>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:294 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:296 msgid "" -"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum " -"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." -msgstr "- sha1sum kasutamiseks: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum tõmmisefail.iso/asukoht</userinput>." +"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/" +"image/file.iso</userinput>." +msgstr "" +"- sha1sum kasutamiseks: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum tõmmisefail.iso/" +"asukoht</userinput>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:297 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 msgid "" -"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a" -" while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" -msgstr "ja võrrelge arvutis saadud arvu (võimalik, et peate natuke ootama) Mageia allalaadimissaidil näidatuga:" +"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " +"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" +msgstr "" +"ja võrrelge arvutis saadud arvu (võimalik, et peate natuke ootama) Mageia " +"allalaadimissaidil näidatuga:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:301 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:303 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:311 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313 msgid "Burn or dump the ISO" msgstr "ISO kirjutamine" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:315 msgid "" "The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB stick. " "These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a boot-able medium." -msgstr "Kontrollitud ISO võib nüüd kirjutada CD-le, DVD-le või USB-pulgale. See ei ole tavaline kopeerimine, vaid eesmärk on luua käivitatav andmekandja." +msgstr "" +"Kontrollitud ISO võib nüüd kirjutada CD-le, DVD-le või USB-pulgale. See ei " +"ole tavaline kopeerimine, vaid eesmärk on luua käivitatav andmekandja." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:318 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:320 msgid "Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD" msgstr "ISO kirjutamine CD-le või DVD-le" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:320 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:322 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly " "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " -"not correct. There is more information in <link " -"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia" -" wiki</link>." -msgstr "Kasutage soovikohast kirjutamisprogrammi, aga kontrollige kindlasti, et seade oleks määratud <emphasis role=\"bold\">kirjutama tõmmist</emphasis>, mitte aga andmeid või faile. Rohkem teavet leiab <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">Mageia wikist</link>." +"not correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki." +"mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +msgstr "" +"Kasutage soovikohast kirjutamisprogrammi, aga kontrollige kindlasti, et " +"seade oleks määratud <emphasis role=\"bold\">kirjutama tõmmist</emphasis>, " +"mitte aga andmeid või faile. Rohkem teavet leiab <link ns4:href=\"https://" +"wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">Mageia wikist</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:326 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:329 msgid "Dump the ISO to a USB stick" msgstr "ISO kirjutamine USB-pulgale" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:328 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:331 msgid "" "All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick " "and then use it to boot and install the system." -msgstr "Kõik Mageia ISO-d on hübriidsed, mis tähendab, et neid saab kirjutada ka USB-pulgale, mis on käivitatav ja mille pealt saab süsteemi paigaldada." +msgstr "" +"Kõik Mageia ISO-d on hübriidsed, mis tähendab, et neid saab kirjutada ka USB-" +"pulgale, mis on käivitatav ja mille pealt saab süsteemi paigaldada." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:332 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335 msgid "" "\"dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system " "on the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will " "be reduced to the image size." -msgstr "Tõmmise kirjutamine USB-pulgale hävitab kõik varasemad failisüsteemid seadmes, kõik andmeid lähevad kaotsi ja partitsiooni suurus väheneb tõmmise suurusele." +msgstr "" +"Tõmmise kirjutamine USB-pulgale hävitab kõik varasemad failisüsteemid " +"seadmes, kõik andmeid lähevad kaotsi ja partitsiooni suurus väheneb tõmmise " +"suurusele." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:337 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:340 msgid "To recover the original capacity, you must re-format the USB stick." msgstr "Algse mahu taastamiseks tuleb USB-pulk uuesti vormindada." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:340 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:344 msgid "Using Mageia" msgstr "Mageia kasutamise korral" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:342 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:346 msgid "" -"You can use a graphical tool like <link " -"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" -msgstr "Kasutada võib mõnda graafilist tööriista, näiteks <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>." +"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" +msgstr "" +"Kasutada võib mõnda graafilist tööriista, näiteks <link ns4:href=\"https://" +"wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</" +"link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:344 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:348 msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" msgstr "Samuti võib kasutada konsoolis tööriista dd:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:348 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 msgid "Open a console" msgstr "Avage konsool" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:356 msgid "" "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the " "final '-' )" -msgstr "Võtke administraatori õigused käsuga <userinput>su -</userinput> (ärge unustage kriipsukest lõpus)" +msgstr "" +"Võtke administraatori õigused käsuga <userinput>su -</userinput> (ärge " +"unustage kriipsukest lõpus)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:360 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata contentwidth=\"650\" fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 msgid "" "Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any " "application or file manager that could access or read it)" -msgstr "Ühendage USB-pulk (ärge haakige seda, see tähendab ärge avage ühtegi rakendust või failihaldurit, mis seda lugeda võiks)" +msgstr "" +"Ühendage USB-pulk (ärge haakige seda, see tähendab ärge avage ühtegi " +"rakendust või failihaldurit, mis seda lugeda võiks)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:373 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" msgstr "Sisestage käsk <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:376 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 msgid "" "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " "in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." -msgstr "Leidke oma USB-pulga seadmenimi (suuruse järgi); näiteks toodud pildil on selleks /dev/sdb, mis on 8 GB suurune USB-pulk." +msgstr "" +"Leidke oma USB-pulga seadmenimi (suuruse järgi); näiteks toodud pildil on " +"selleks /dev/sdb, mis on 8 GB suurune USB-pulk." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:389 msgid "" "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX " "bs=1M</userinput>" -msgstr "Sisestage käsk # <userinput>dd if=ISO-faili/asukoht of=/dev/sdX bs=1M</userinput>" +msgstr "" +"Sisestage käsk # <userinput>dd if=ISO-faili/asukoht of=/dev/sdX bs=1M</" +"userinput>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc" msgstr "kus X on teie seadme nimi, nt: /dev/sdc" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:387 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:394 msgid "" -"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso " -"of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" -msgstr "Näide: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" +"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/" +"dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" +msgstr "" +"Näide: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/" +"dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:400 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" msgstr "Sisestage käsk: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" msgstr "Eemaldage USB-pulk, kõik on valmis" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:402 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:410 msgid "Using Windows" msgstr "Windowsi kasutamise korral" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:412 msgid "You could try:" msgstr "Võite proovida järgmisi programme:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:406 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:414 msgid "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:408 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 msgid "" "- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " "Disk Imager</link>" -msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 Disk Imager</link>" +msgstr "" +"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " +"Disk Imager</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:425 msgid "Mageia Installation" msgstr "Mageia paigaldamine" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:427 msgid "" -"This step is detailed in <link " -"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">the Mageia documentation</link>." -msgstr "Seda sammu kirjeldatakse üksikasjalikult <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/et/doc/\">Mageia käsiraamatus</link>." +"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" +"\">the Mageia documentation</link>." +msgstr "" +"Seda sammu kirjeldatakse üksikasjalikult <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia." +"org/et/doc/\">Mageia käsiraamatus</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:430 msgid "" -"More information is available in <link " -"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia " -"wiki</link>." -msgstr "Rohkem teavet leiab <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">Mageia wikist</link>." +"More information is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +msgstr "" +"Rohkem teavet leiab <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:" +"Documentation\">Mageia wikist</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:13 msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "Riigi / piirkonna valimine" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectCountry.xml:21 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:27 @@ -2624,14 +3144,19 @@ msgid "" "Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, " "like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country " "can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network." -msgstr "Valige oma riik või piirkond. See on oluline paljudele muudele seadistustele, näiteks valuuta või juhtmeta side regulatsioonipiirkond. Vale riigi määramisel võib juhtuda, et Te ei saagi juhtmeta sidet kasutada." +msgstr "" +"Valige oma riik või piirkond. See on oluline paljudele muudele " +"seadistustele, näiteks valuuta või juhtmeta side regulatsioonipiirkond. Vale " +"riigi määramisel võib juhtuda, et Te ei saagi juhtmeta sidet kasutada." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:32 msgid "" -"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other " -"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." -msgstr "Kui teie riiki nimekirjas pole, klõpsake nupule <guilabel>Muud valikud</guilabel> ja valige oma riik / piirkond sealt." +"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</" +"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." +msgstr "" +"Kui teie riiki nimekirjas pole, klõpsake nupule <guilabel>Muud valikud</" +"guilabel> ja valige oma riik / piirkond sealt." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:37 @@ -2640,7 +3165,11 @@ msgid "" "after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the " "first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real " "choice." -msgstr "Kui teie riik esineb ainult <guilabel>muude valikute</guilabel> nimekirjas, siis võib pärast <guibutton>Olgu</guibutton> klõpsamist paista, nagu oleks valitud riik esimesest nimekirjast. Ärge laske ennast sellest häirida, DrakX arvestab teie tegeliku valikuga." +msgstr "" +"Kui teie riik esineb ainult <guilabel>muude valikute</guilabel> nimekirjas, " +"siis võib pärast <guibutton>Olgu</guibutton> klõpsamist paista, nagu oleks " +"valitud riik esimesest nimekirjast. Ärge laske ennast sellest häirida, DrakX " +"arvestab teie tegeliku valikuga." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:46 @@ -2651,14 +3180,22 @@ msgstr "Sisestusmeetod" #: en/selectCountry.xml:49 msgid "" "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " -"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input" -" multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " +"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input " +"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " "default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-" -"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method" -" so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input " -"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be " -"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." -msgstr "<guilabel>Muude riikide</guilabel> ekraanil saab ka valida sisestusmeetodi (nimekirjast allpool). See võimaldab kasutajal sisestada keerukate märgisüsteemide märke (hiina, jaapani, korea jm kirjad). IBus on vaikimisi sisestusmeetod Mageia DVD-del ning Aafrika/India ja Aasia/Mitte-India LiveCD-del. Aasia ja Aafrika lokaatide korral määratakse IBus vaikimisi sisestusmeetodiks, nii et kasutaja ei pea seda ise käsitsi määrama. Teised sisestusmeetodid (SCIM, GCIN, HIME jne) pakuvad sarnaseid võimalusi ning neid saab paigaldada, kui lisada enne paketivalikut HTTP või FTP andmekandja." +"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method " +"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, " +"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you " +"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Muude riikide</guilabel> ekraanil saab ka valida sisestusmeetodi " +"(nimekirjast allpool). See võimaldab kasutajal sisestada keerukate " +"märgisüsteemide märke (hiina, jaapani, korea jm kirjad). IBus on vaikimisi " +"sisestusmeetod Mageia DVD-del ning Aafrika/India ja Aasia/Mitte-India LiveCD-" +"del. Aasia ja Aafrika lokaatide korral määratakse IBus vaikimisi " +"sisestusmeetodiks, nii et kasutaja ei pea seda ise käsitsi määrama. Teised " +"sisestusmeetodid (SCIM, GCIN, HIME jne) pakuvad sarnaseid võimalusi ning " +"neid saab paigaldada, kui lisada enne paketivalikut HTTP või FTP andmekandja." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:61 @@ -2666,7 +3203,10 @@ msgid "" "If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it " "after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> " "\"System\", or by running localedrake as root." -msgstr "Kui jätsite paigaldamise ajal sisestusmeetodi valimata, saab seda teha pärast paigaldatud süsteemi laadimist, valides \"Arvuti seadistamine\" -> \"Süsteem\" või käivitades administraatorina localedrake'i." +msgstr "" +"Kui jätsite paigaldamise ajal sisestusmeetodi valimata, saab seda teha " +"pärast paigaldatud süsteemi laadimist, valides \"Arvuti seadistamine\" -> " +"\"Süsteem\" või käivitades administraatorina localedrake'i." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21 @@ -2676,9 +3216,11 @@ msgstr "Paigaldamine või uuendamine" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32 @@ -2689,7 +3231,9 @@ msgstr "Paigaldamine" #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34 msgid "" "Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation." -msgstr "Selle valimisel saab ette võtta uue <application>Mageia</application> paigaldamise." +msgstr "" +"Selle valimisel saab ette võtta uue <application>Mageia</application> " +"paigaldamise." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39 @@ -2702,7 +3246,10 @@ msgid "" "If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on " "your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the " "latest release." -msgstr "Kui teie süsteemi on juba varem paigaldatud <application>Mageia</application>, võimaldab paigaldusprogramm seda uusimale väljalaskele uuendada." +msgstr "" +"Kui teie süsteemi on juba varem paigaldatud <application>Mageia</" +"application>, võimaldab paigaldusprogramm seda uusimale väljalaskele " +"uuendada." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45 @@ -2710,31 +3257,50 @@ msgid "" "Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still " "supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been " "thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already " -"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do" -" a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." -msgstr "Põhjalikult testitud on uuendamine ainult selliselt varasemalt Mageia versioonilt, mis oli <emphasis>veel toetatud</emphasis> ajal, mil ilmus praegune paigaldusprogrammi versioon. Kui soovite uuendada Mageia versioonilt, mille ametlik toetamine oli lõppenud juba enne praeguse paigaldusprogrammi ilmumist, siis on mõistlikum võtta ette pigem uus paigaldus (selle juures tasub mõistagi jätta alles oma <literal>home</literal>-partitsioon)." +"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do " +"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." +msgstr "" +"Põhjalikult testitud on uuendamine ainult selliselt varasemalt Mageia " +"versioonilt, mis oli <emphasis>veel toetatud</emphasis> ajal, mil ilmus " +"praegune paigaldusprogrammi versioon. Kui soovite uuendada Mageia " +"versioonilt, mille ametlik toetamine oli lõppenud juba enne praeguse " +"paigaldusprogrammi ilmumist, siis on mõistlikum võtta ette pigem uus " +"paigaldus (selle juures tasub mõistagi jätta alles oma <literal>home</" +"literal>-partitsioon)." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56 msgid "" "If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to " -"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been" -" formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " +"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been " +"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " "the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an " -"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you" -" want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." -msgstr "Kui soovite mingil hetkel paigaldamise katkestada, võite ka teha arvutile taaskäivituse, aga palun mõelge enne seda hoolikalt järele. Kui partitsioon on vormindatud või uuendusi on hakatud paigaldama, ei ole arvuti enam varasemas olekus ning taaskäivitamise tulemus võib olla mittetöötav masin. Kui te ikkagi olete kindel, et just taaskäivitus on õige samm, minge tekstiterminali, vajutades korraga kolme klahvi <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>. Seejärel vajutage taaskäivitamiseks korraga klahve <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton>" +"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you " +"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</" +"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." +msgstr "" +"Kui soovite mingil hetkel paigaldamise katkestada, võite ka teha arvutile " +"taaskäivituse, aga palun mõelge enne seda hoolikalt järele. Kui partitsioon " +"on vormindatud või uuendusi on hakatud paigaldama, ei ole arvuti enam " +"varasemas olekus ning taaskäivitamise tulemus võib olla mittetöötav masin. " +"Kui te ikkagi olete kindel, et just taaskäivitus on õige samm, minge " +"tekstiterminali, vajutades korraga kolme klahvi <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</" +"guibutton>. Seejärel vajutage taaskäivitamiseks korraga klahve " +"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67 msgid "" -"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you" -" can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " -"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do " -"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install." -msgstr "Kui avastate, et olete unustanud mõne keele lisada, saab \"Paigaldamise või uuendamise\" ekraanilt naasta keelevaliku juurde, vajutades korraga klahve <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. <emphasis>Ärge</emphasis> tehke seda hilisema paigalduse käigus." +"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you " +"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " +"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</" +"emphasis> do this later in the install." +msgstr "" +"Kui avastate, et olete unustanud mõne keele lisada, saab \"Paigaldamise või " +"uuendamise\" ekraanilt naasta keelevaliku juurde, vajutades korraga klahve " +"<guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. <emphasis>Ärge</emphasis> tehke seda " +"hilisema paigalduse käigus." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 @@ -2746,43 +3312,58 @@ msgstr "Klaviatuur" msgid "" "DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable " "keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout." -msgstr "DrakX valib teie keelele sobiva klaviatuuri. Kui sobivat klaviatuuri ei leita, kasutatakse vaikimisi US klaviatuuripaigutust." +msgstr "" +"DrakX valib teie keelele sobiva klaviatuuri. Kui sobivat klaviatuuri ei " +"leita, kasutatakse vaikimisi US klaviatuuripaigutust." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\"" -" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30 msgid "" "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. " -"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications" -" that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a" -" label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " -"<link " -"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" -msgstr "Kontrollige, kas valik on õige, ja valige vajaduse korral mõni muu klaviatuuripaigutus. Kui te ei tea, millise paigutusega teie klaviatuur on, uurige süsteemi dokumentatsiooni või küsige järele tarnijalt. Klaviatuuri küljes võib isegi olla silt, mis ütleb, millise paigutusega on tegu. Samuti võib uurida veebilehekülge <link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications " +"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a " +"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " +"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en." +"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +msgstr "" +"Kontrollige, kas valik on õige, ja valige vajaduse korral mõni muu " +"klaviatuuripaigutus. Kui te ei tea, millise paigutusega teie klaviatuur on, " +"uurige süsteemi dokumentatsiooni või küsige järele tarnijalt. Klaviatuuri " +"küljes võib isegi olla silt, mis ütleb, millise paigutusega on tegu. Samuti " +"võib uurida veebilehekülge <link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/" +"Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40 msgid "" -"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on " -"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard " -"there." -msgstr "Kui teie klaviatuuri nimekirjas ei ole, klõpsake täieliku loetelu nägemiseks <guibutton>Veel</guibutton> ja valige oma klaviatuur sealt." +"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</" +"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there." +msgstr "" +"Kui teie klaviatuuri nimekirjas ei ole, klõpsake täieliku loetelu nägemiseks " +"<guibutton>Veel</guibutton> ja valige oma klaviatuur sealt." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45 msgid "" "After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, " -"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though" -" a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " +"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though " +"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " "and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the " "full list." -msgstr "Olles valinud klaviatuuri pärast nupule <guibutton>Veel</guibutton> klõpsamist, võite esimese dialoogi juurde naastes näha, nagu oleks valitud mõni sealne klaviatuur. Ärge laske ennast sellest häirida: arvestatakse ikkagi seda, millise klaviatuuri te tegelikult täisnimekirjas olete valinud." +msgstr "" +"Olles valinud klaviatuuri pärast nupule <guibutton>Veel</guibutton> " +"klõpsamist, võite esimese dialoogi juurde naastes näha, nagu oleks valitud " +"mõni sealne klaviatuur. Ärge laske ennast sellest häirida: arvestatakse " +"ikkagi seda, millise klaviatuuri te tegelikult täisnimekirjas olete valinud." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55 @@ -2790,7 +3371,10 @@ msgid "" "If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an " "extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin " "and non-Latin keyboard layouts" -msgstr "Kui valite klaviatuuri, mis ei kasuta ladina tähti, näete lisadialoogi, mis palub määrata, kuidas eelistate lülituda ladina ja mitteladina klaviatuuripaigutuste vahel." +msgstr "" +"Kui valite klaviatuuri, mis ei kasuta ladina tähti, näete lisadialoogi, mis " +"palub määrata, kuidas eelistate lülituda ladina ja mitteladina " +"klaviatuuripaigutuste vahel." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:23 @@ -2803,38 +3387,51 @@ msgid "" "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " "the installation and for your installed system." -msgstr "Valige vajalik keel, laiendades nimekirja kõigepealt maailmajao järgi. <application>Mageia</application> kasutab langetatud valikut nii paigaldamise ajal kui ka paigaldatud süsteemis." +msgstr "" +"Valige vajalik keel, laiendades nimekirja kõigepealt maailmajao järgi. " +"<application>Mageia</application> kasutab langetatud valikut nii " +"paigaldamise ajal kui ka paigaldatud süsteemis." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 msgid "" "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " -"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be" -" difficult to add extra language support after installation." -msgstr "Kui teie süsteemi tuleks paigaldada mitu keelt kas teie enda või teiste kasutajate tarbeks, siis tuleks nupule <guibutton>Mitme keele valimine</guibutton> klõpsates need kõik kohe lisada. Pärast paigaldamist on uute keelte lisamine juba palju keerulisem." +"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be " +"difficult to add extra language support after installation." +msgstr "" +"Kui teie süsteemi tuleks paigaldada mitu keelt kas teie enda või teiste " +"kasutajate tarbeks, siis tuleks nupule <guibutton>Mitme keele valimine</" +"guibutton> klõpsates need kõik kohe lisada. Pärast paigaldamist on uute " +"keelte lisamine juba palju keerulisem." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"" -" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 msgid "" -"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them" -" as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " +"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " +"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " "marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ." -msgstr "Isegi kui paigaldate mitu keelt, tuleb üks neist valida esimesel ekraanil eelistatud keeleks. See keel on märgitud ka mitme keele valimise ekraanil." +msgstr "" +"Isegi kui paigaldate mitu keelt, tuleb üks neist valida esimesel ekraanil " +"eelistatud keeleks. See keel on märgitud ka mitme keele valimise ekraanil." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 msgid "" "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." -msgstr "Kui klaviatuuri keel ei sobi kokku eelistatud keelega, oleks mõistlik paigaldada kohe ka klaviatuurile vastav keel." +msgstr "" +"Kui klaviatuuri keel ei sobi kokku eelistatud keelega, oleks mõistlik " +"paigaldada kohe ka klaviatuurile vastav keel." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 @@ -2842,31 +3439,37 @@ msgid "" "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " "\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " "language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." -msgstr "Mageia toetab vaikimisi UTF-8 (Unicode). Selle võib keelata \"mitme keele valimise\" ekraanil, kui olete kindel, et see teie keelele kohe üldse ei sobi. UTF-8 keelamine rakendub kõigile paigaldatavatele keeltele." +msgstr "" +"Mageia toetab vaikimisi UTF-8 (Unicode). Selle võib keelata \"mitme keele " +"valimise\" ekraanil, kui olete kindel, et see teie keelele kohe üldse ei " +"sobi. UTF-8 keelamine rakendub kõigile paigaldatavatele keeltele." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 msgid "" "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " "Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." -msgstr "Oma süsteemi keelt saab pärast paigaldamist muuta, valides Mageia juhtimiskeskus -> Süsteem -> Süsteemi lokaliseerimine." +msgstr "" +"Oma süsteemi keelt saab pärast paigaldamist muuta, valides Mageia " +"juhtimiskeskus -> Süsteem -> Süsteemi lokaliseerimine." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectMouse.xml:4 msgid "Select mouse" msgstr "Hiire valimine" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right -#. place -#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place +#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectMouse.xml:16 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:23 @@ -2878,16 +3481,20 @@ msgstr "Kui te ei ole rahul oma hiire tööga, saate siit valida mõne teise." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:25 msgid "" -"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB " -"mice</guilabel> is a good choice." -msgstr "Tavaliselt on mõistlik valik <guilabel>Universaalne</guilabel> - <guilabel>Suvaline PS/2 ja USB hiir</guilabel>." +"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</" +"guilabel> is a good choice." +msgstr "" +"Tavaliselt on mõistlik valik <guilabel>Universaalne</guilabel> - " +"<guilabel>Suvaline PS/2 ja USB hiir</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:27 msgid "" "Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to " "configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons." -msgstr "Valige <guilabel>Universaalne</guilabel> - <guilabel>Evdev jõuga</guilabel>, et seadistada nuppe, mis peaksid töötama kuue või rohkema nupuga hiirel." +msgstr "" +"Valige <guilabel>Universaalne</guilabel> - <guilabel>Evdev jõuga</guilabel>, " +"et seadistada nuppe, mis peaksid töötama kuue või rohkema nupuga hiirel." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:3 @@ -2897,10 +3504,13 @@ msgstr "Alglaadimismenüü kirje lisamine või muutmine" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" +"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" +"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13 @@ -2908,84 +3518,107 @@ msgid "" "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the " "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen " "and editing the screen that pops up on top of it." -msgstr "Kirje saab lisada või valitut muuta, kui klõpsata <emphasis>alglaaduri seadistamise</emphasis> ekraanil vajalikule nupule ja sooritada muutused selle kohale ilmuvas ekraanis." +msgstr "" +"Kirje saab lisada või valitut muuta, kui klõpsata <emphasis>alglaaduri " +"seadistamise</emphasis> ekraanil vajalikule nupule ja sooritada muutused " +"selle kohale ilmuvas ekraanis." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18 msgid "" "If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use " "this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually " -"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code>" -" instead." -msgstr "Kui olete valinud alglaaduriks <code>Grub 2</code>, ei saa te selle tööriistaga sel sammul kirjeid muuta, nii et klõpsake 'Edasi'. Teil tuleb käsitsi muuta faili <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> või kasutada tööriista <code>grub-customizer</code>." +"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> " +"instead." +msgstr "" +"Kui olete valinud alglaaduriks <code>Grub 2</code>, ei saa te selle " +"tööriistaga sel sammul kirjeid muuta, nii et klõpsake 'Edasi'. Teil tuleb " +"käsitsi muuta faili <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> või kasutada " +"tööriista <code>grub-customizer</code>." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" -"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." +"png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" +"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." +"png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30 msgid "" "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." -msgstr "Mõningaid asju võib muuta vähese riskiga, näiteks kirje nimi ja märge kastikeses, millega see muudetakse vaikimisi kirjeks." +msgstr "" +"Mõningaid asju võib muuta vähese riskiga, näiteks kirje nimi ja märge " +"kastikeses, millega see muudetakse vaikimisi kirjeks." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:33 msgid "" "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." -msgstr "Kirje nimele võib lisada versiooninumbri, aga nime võib ka täielikult muuta." +msgstr "" +"Kirje nimele võib lisada versiooninumbri, aga nime võib ka täielikult muuta." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:36 msgid "" "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " "choice while booting up." -msgstr "Vaikimisi kirje on see, mille süsteem laadib, kui jätate alglaadimise ajal kasutamata võimaluse midagi valida." +msgstr "" +"Vaikimisi kirje on see, mille süsteem laadib, kui jätate alglaadimise ajal " +"kasutamata võimaluse midagi valida." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:40 msgid "" "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " "just try something without knowing what you are doing." -msgstr "Teiste parameetrite muutmine võib kaasa tuua süsteemi, mida enam ei saagi laadida. Sestap ärge muutke siin midagi, mille muutmise vajalikkuses te täiesti kindel ei ole." +msgstr "" +"Teiste parameetrite muutmine võib kaasa tuua süsteemi, mida enam ei saagi " +"laadida. Sestap ärge muutke siin midagi, mille muutmise vajalikkuses te " +"täiesti kindel ei ole." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:3 msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Alglaaduri põhiseadistused" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from -#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, -#. except in this sentence. -#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using -#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist +#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. +#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" " -"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:16 msgid "" -"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by" -" the installer, you can change them here." -msgstr "Kui eelistate teistsuguseid alglaaduri seadistusi kui need, mille valis paigaldusprogramm automaatselt, saab siin neid muuta." +"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " +"the installer, you can change them here." +msgstr "" +"Kui eelistate teistsuguseid alglaaduri seadistusi kui need, mille valis " +"paigaldusprogramm automaatselt, saab siin neid muuta." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:20 msgid "" -"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case" -" you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " +"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " +"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " "allow Mageia to create a new one." -msgstr "Teie masinas võib näiteks olla juba mõni operatsioonisüsteem, millisel juhul tuleb teil otsustada, kas lisada Mageia oma senisele alglaadurile või lubada Mageial luua uus." +msgstr "" +"Teie masinas võib näiteks olla juba mõni operatsioonisüsteem, millisel juhul " +"tuleb teil otsustada, kas lisada Mageia oma senisele alglaadurile või lubada " +"Mageial luua uus." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 @@ -3004,14 +3637,20 @@ msgid "" "(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " "operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia " "boot menu." -msgstr "Vaikimisi kirjutab Mageia uue GRUBi alglaaduri teie esimese kõvaketta MBR (Master Boot Record) sektsiooni. Kui teil on juba paigaldatud teisi operatsioonisüsteeme, üritab Mageia lisada need uude Mageia alglaadimismenüüsse." +msgstr "" +"Vaikimisi kirjutab Mageia uue GRUBi alglaaduri teie esimese kõvaketta MBR " +"(Master Boot Record) sektsiooni. Kui teil on juba paigaldatud teisi " +"operatsioonisüsteeme, üritab Mageia lisada need uude Mageia " +"alglaadimismenüüsse." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:41 msgid "" "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " "legacy and Lilo." -msgstr "Mageia pakub nüüd lisaks vanemale GRUBile ja LiLole võimalust kasutada ka uuemat alglaadurit GRUB2." +msgstr "" +"Mageia pakub nüüd lisaks vanemale GRUBile ja LiLole võimalust kasutada ka " +"uuemat alglaadurit GRUB2." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 @@ -3019,14 +3658,19 @@ msgid "" "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " "GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " "used." -msgstr "Linuxi süsteeme, mis kasutavad GRUB2 alglaadurit (nt uusimad Debiani/Ubuntu perekonna liikmed), vanem GRUB praegu ei toeta ega tunne neid ära, kui kasutada vaikimisi GRUBi alglaadurit." +msgstr "" +"Linuxi süsteeme, mis kasutavad GRUB2 alglaadurit (nt uusimad Debiani/Ubuntu " +"perekonna liikmed), vanem GRUB praegu ei toeta ega tunne neid ära, kui " +"kasutada vaikimisi GRUBi alglaadurit." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:49 msgid "" "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " "the Summary page during installation." -msgstr "Sel juhul on parim lahendus kasutada GRUB2 alglaadurit, mille saab valida paigaldamise ajal kokkuvõtteleheküljel." +msgstr "" +"Sel juhul on parim lahendus kasutada GRUB2 alglaadurit, mille saab valida " +"paigaldamise ajal kokkuvõtteleheküljel." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:56 @@ -3037,18 +3681,25 @@ msgstr "Olemasoleva alglaaduri kasutamine" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:60 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " -"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader" -" <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the" -" bootloader install location." -msgstr "Kui otsustate kasutada olemasolevat alglaadurit, peate meeles pidama, et teeksite paigaldamise ajal kokkuvõtteleheküljel peatuse ning klõpsaksite alglaaduri juures nupule <guibutton>Seadista</guibutton>, mis võimaldab muuta alglaaduri paigaldamise asukohta." +"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " +"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the " +"bootloader install location." +msgstr "" +"Kui otsustate kasutada olemasolevat alglaadurit, peate meeles pidama, et " +"teeksite paigaldamise ajal kokkuvõtteleheküljel peatuse ning klõpsaksite " +"alglaaduri juures nupule <guibutton>Seadista</guibutton>, mis võimaldab " +"muuta alglaaduri paigaldamise asukohta." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 msgid "" -"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR." -" You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " +"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " +"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " "phase earlier, e.g. sda7." -msgstr "Ärge valige seadet, nt \"sda\", sest nii kirjutate üle olemasoleva MBR sektsiooni. Peate valima juurpartitsiooni, mille valisite varasemal partitsioneerimisetapil, nt sda7." +msgstr "" +"Ärge valige seadet, nt \"sda\", sest nii kirjutate üle olemasoleva MBR " +"sektsiooni. Peate valima juurpartitsiooni, mille valisite varasemal " +"partitsioneerimisetapil, nt sda7." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 @@ -3059,19 +3710,28 @@ msgstr "Et asi selge oleks: sda on seade, sda7 aga partitsioon." #: en/setupBootloader.xml:75 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " -"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to" -" the installer screen." -msgstr "Minge klahvikombinatsiooniga Ctrl+Alt+F2 tekstiterminali tty2 ja kirjutage <literal>df</literal>, et teada saada, milline on teie juurpartitsioon (<literal>/</literal>). Ctrl+Alt+F7 viib teid tagasi paigaldusprogrammi ekraanile." +"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " +"the installer screen." +msgstr "" +"Minge klahvikombinatsiooniga Ctrl+Alt+F2 tekstiterminali tty2 ja kirjutage " +"<literal>df</literal>, et teada saada, milline on teie juurpartitsioon " +"(<literal>/</literal>). Ctrl+Alt+F7 viib teid tagasi paigaldusprogrammi " +"ekraanile." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " -"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and" -" add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " +"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and " +"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " "question." -msgstr "Täpne protseduur, kuidas lisada Mageia süsteem olemasolevale alglaadurile, väljub käesoleva abiteksti raamest, kuid enamasti tähendab see asjakohase alglaaduri paigaldamise programmi käivitamist, mis tuvastab ja lisab selle automaatselt. Uurige selle kohta lähemalt vastava operatsioonisüsteemi dokumentatsiooni." +msgstr "" +"Täpne protseduur, kuidas lisada Mageia süsteem olemasolevale alglaadurile, " +"väljub käesoleva abiteksti raamest, kuid enamasti tähendab see asjakohase " +"alglaaduri paigaldamise programmi käivitamist, mis tuvastab ja lisab selle " +"automaatselt. Uurige selle kohta lähemalt vastava operatsioonisüsteemi " +"dokumentatsiooni." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:91 @@ -3082,48 +3742,56 @@ msgstr "Alglaaduri täpsemad valikud" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:95 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " -"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp " -"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." -msgstr "Kui teie juurpartitsioonil <literal>/</literal> on väga vähe ruumi ja selle peal asub ka <literal>/tmp</literal>, klõpsake <guibutton>Edasijõudnuile</guibutton> ja märkige ära kastike <guilabel>/tmp puhastatakse igal käivitumisel</guilabel>. See aitab ruumi mõnevõrra kokku hoida." +"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" +"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</" +"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." +msgstr "" +"Kui teie juurpartitsioonil <literal>/</literal> on väga vähe ruumi ja selle " +"peal asub ka <literal>/tmp</literal>, klõpsake <guibutton>Edasijõudnuile</" +"guibutton> ja märkige ära kastike <guilabel>/tmp puhastatakse igal " +"käivitumisel</guilabel>. See aitab ruumi mõnevõrra kokku hoida." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:11 msgid "Setup SCSI" msgstr "SCSI seadistamine" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's -#. comment ;-) -#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based -#. on the -#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 +#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) +#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the +#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:32 msgid "" -"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers" -" it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " +"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers " +"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " "fail to recognise the drive." -msgstr "DrakX tuvastab tavaliselt kõvakettad korrektselt. Mõne vanema SCSI kontrolleri korral aga ei suudeta korrektselt tuvastada vajalikku draiverit ja seetõttu ka ketast ära tunda." +msgstr "" +"DrakX tuvastab tavaliselt kõvakettad korrektselt. Mõne vanema SCSI " +"kontrolleri korral aga ei suudeta korrektselt tuvastada vajalikku draiverit " +"ja seetõttu ka ketast ära tunda." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:36 msgid "" "If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) " "you have." -msgstr "Kui nii peaks juhtuma, tuleb DrakX-ile käsitsi selgeks teha, millised SCSI seadmed teil on." +msgstr "" +"Kui nii peaks juhtuma, tuleb DrakX-ile käsitsi selgeks teha, millised SCSI " +"seadmed teil on." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:39 @@ -3135,13 +3803,15 @@ msgstr "Seejärel peaks DrakX olema võimeline kettad korrektselt seadistama." msgid "Sound Configuration" msgstr "Heli seadistamine" -#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 +#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/soundConfig.xml:17 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " "format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " +"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:23 @@ -3149,7 +3819,9 @@ msgid "" "In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your " "sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default " "one." -msgstr "Siin näeb draiveri nime, mille paigaldusprogramm on välja valinud teie helikaardile ja millest saab vaikimisi draiver." +msgstr "" +"Siin näeb draiveri nime, mille paigaldusprogramm on välja valinud teie " +"helikaardile ja millest saab vaikimisi draiver." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:27 @@ -3159,16 +3831,24 @@ msgid "" "this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the " "<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound " "Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen." -msgstr "Vaikimisi draiver peaks töötama probleemideta. Kui siiski esineb pärast paigaldamist probleeme heliga, andke käsk <command>draksound</command> või käivitage sama tööriist Mageia juhtimiskeskuses, valides seal külgpaneelil <guilabel>Riistvara</guilabel> ning klõpsates ilmuvas aknas ülal paremal asuvale ikoonile <guilabel>Heli seadistamine</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Vaikimisi draiver peaks töötama probleemideta. Kui siiski esineb pärast " +"paigaldamist probleeme heliga, andke käsk <command>draksound</command> või " +"käivitage sama tööriist Mageia juhtimiskeskuses, valides seal külgpaneelil " +"<guilabel>Riistvara</guilabel> ning klõpsates ilmuvas aknas ülal paremal " +"asuvale ikoonile <guilabel>Heli seadistamine</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:33 msgid "" "Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on " -"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how " -"to solve the problem." -msgstr "Seejärel klõpsake draksoundi ehk \"Heli seadistamise\" tööriistas nupule <guibutton>Edasijõudnuile</guibutton> ja seejärel nupule <guibutton>Probleemi otsimine</guibutton>, kust leiab mitmeid häid soovitusi, kuidas hädast üle saada." +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</" +"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem." +msgstr "" +"Seejärel klõpsake draksoundi ehk \"Heli seadistamise\" tööriistas nupule " +"<guibutton>Edasijõudnuile</guibutton> ja seejärel nupule " +"<guibutton>Probleemi otsimine</guibutton>, kust leiab mitmeid häid " +"soovitusi, kuidas hädast üle saada." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/soundConfig.xml:41 @@ -3181,47 +3861,57 @@ msgid "" "Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is " "useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers " "available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one." -msgstr "Klõpsamisest nupule <guibutton>Edasijõudnuile</guibutton> võib paigaldamise ajal abi olla, kui vaikimisi draiverit ei ole, küll on aga saada mitu draiverit ning te arvate, et paigaldusprogramm on valinud neist vale." +msgstr "" +"Klõpsamisest nupule <guibutton>Edasijõudnuile</guibutton> võib paigaldamise " +"ajal abi olla, kui vaikimisi draiverit ei ole, küll on aga saada mitu " +"draiverit ning te arvate, et paigaldusprogramm on valinud neist vale." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:49 msgid "" "In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on " "<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>." -msgstr "Sellisel juhul saate valida mõne muu draiveri, kui klõpsate nupule <guibutton>Suvalise draiveri valimine</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Sellisel juhul saate valida mõne muu draiveri, kui klõpsate nupule " +"<guibutton>Suvalise draiveri valimine</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4 msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" msgstr "Kõvaketta vormindamise kinnitamine" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -#. test comment - johnr +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 +#. test comment - johnr #. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct -#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm -#. sure I -#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD -#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot +#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I +#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD +#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" +"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" +"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your " "choice." -msgstr "Klõpsake <guibutton>Tagasi</guibutton>, kui te ei ole oma valikus kindel." +msgstr "" +"Klõpsake <guibutton>Tagasi</guibutton>, kui te ei ole oma valikus kindel." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 msgid "" -"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every" -" partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." -msgstr "Klõpsake <guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>, kui olete kindel ning soovite kustutada kõvakettal kõik partitsioonid, kõik operatsioonisüsteemid ja üldse kõik andmed." +"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " +"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." +msgstr "" +"Klõpsake <guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>, kui olete kindel ning soovite " +"kustutada kõvakettal kõik partitsioonid, kõik operatsioonisüsteemid ja üldse " +"kõik andmed." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:3 @@ -3239,34 +3929,51 @@ msgid "" "If Mageia didn't convince you or you can't install it correctly, in short " "you want get rid of it. That is your right and Mageia also gives you the " "possibility to uninstall. This is not true for every operating system." -msgstr "Kui Mageia ei võida teie poolehoidu või paigaldamine ei kulge korralikult, võib tekkida soov sellest üldse lahti saada. Erinevalt mõnestki operatsioonisüsteemist Mageia arvestab teie sooviga ja võimaldab soovi korral ka endale täielikult selja keerata." +msgstr "" +"Kui Mageia ei võida teie poolehoidu või paigaldamine ei kulge korralikult, " +"võib tekkida soov sellest üldse lahti saada. Erinevalt mõnestki " +"operatsioonisüsteemist Mageia arvestab teie sooviga ja võimaldab soovi " +"korral ka endale täielikult selja keerata." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:16 msgid "" "After your data backup, reboot your installation Mageia DVD and select " -"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will" -" only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system." -msgstr "Kui olete oma andmed varundanud, taaskäivitage oma Mageia DVD ja valige Päästesüsteem ning seejärel käsk Restore Windows boot loader. Järgmisel arvuti käivitamisel ongi teie käsutuses ainult Windows, mitte enam võimalus operatsioonisüsteemi valida." +"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will " +"only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system." +msgstr "" +"Kui olete oma andmed varundanud, taaskäivitage oma Mageia DVD ja valige " +"Päästesüsteem ning seejärel käsk Restore Windows boot loader. Järgmisel " +"arvuti käivitamisel ongi teie käsutuses ainult Windows, mitte enam võimalus " +"operatsioonisüsteemi valida." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:20 msgid "" "To recover the space used by Mageia partitions on Windows, click on " -"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management " -"-> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. " +"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management -" +"> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. " "You will recognize the Mageia partition because they are labeled " "<guilabel>Unknown</guilabel>, and also by their size and place in the disk. " -"Right click on each of these partitions and select " -"<guibutton>Delete</guibutton>. The space will be freed." -msgstr "Ruumi tagasisaamiseks Windowsis, mida Mageia oma partitsioonide alla võttis, valige <code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management -> Storage -> Disk Management</code>, mis avab partitsioonide haldamise tööriista. Mageia partitsiooni tunneb ära kirje <guilabel>Unknown</guilabel> ning samuti suuruse ja asukoha järgi kettal. Klõpsake Mageia partitsioonidele hiire parema nupuga ja valige <guibutton>Delete</guibutton>. Ruum vabanebki." +"Right click on each of these partitions and select <guibutton>Delete</" +"guibutton>. The space will be freed." +msgstr "" +"Ruumi tagasisaamiseks Windowsis, mida Mageia oma partitsioonide alla võttis, " +"valige <code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer " +"Management -> Storage -> Disk Management</code>, mis avab partitsioonide " +"haldamise tööriista. Mageia partitsiooni tunneb ära kirje <guilabel>Unknown</" +"guilabel> ning samuti suuruse ja asukoha järgi kettal. Klõpsake Mageia " +"partitsioonidele hiire parema nupuga ja valige <guibutton>Delete</" +"guibutton>. Ruum vabanebki." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:28 msgid "" "If you are using Windows XP, you can create a new partition and format it " "(FAT32 or NTFS). It will get a partition letter." -msgstr "Kui teil on Windows XP, saate luua uue partitsiooni ja selle vormindada (kas FAT32 või NTFS-vormingusse). Uuele partitsioonile antakse oma täht." +msgstr "" +"Kui teil on Windows XP, saate luua uue partitsiooni ja selle vormindada (kas " +"FAT32 või NTFS-vormingusse). Uuele partitsioonile antakse oma täht." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:31 @@ -3274,6 +3981,19 @@ msgid "" "If you have Vista or 7, you have one more possibility, you can extend the " "existing partition that is at the left of the freed space. There are other " "partitioning tools that can be used, such as gparted, available for both " -"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and" -" make sure all important things have been backed up." -msgstr "Vista või 7 korral on veel üks võimalus: saab laiendada olemasolevat partitsiooni, mis asub vabanenud ruumist vasakul. Leidub ka teisi partitsioneerimistööriistu, mida saab kasutada, näiteks nii Windowsis kui ka Linuxis kättesaadav gparted. Nagu ikka partitsioonide muutmise korral, olge väga ettevaatlik ja kindlasti varundage eelnevalt kõik oma vähegi olulisemad andmed." +"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and " +"make sure all important things have been backed up." +msgstr "" +"Vista või 7 korral on veel üks võimalus: saab laiendada olemasolevat " +"partitsiooni, mis asub vabanenud ruumist vasakul. Leidub ka teisi " +"partitsioneerimistööriistu, mida saab kasutada, näiteks nii Windowsis kui ka " +"Linuxis kättesaadav gparted. Nagu ikka partitsioonide muutmise korral, olge " +"väga ettevaatlik ja kindlasti varundage eelnevalt kõik oma vähegi olulisemad " +"andmed." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +#~ "imageobject>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +#~ "imageobject>" diff --git a/docs/installer/eu.po b/docs/installer/eu.po index fd7cb035..a0b27db9 100644 --- a/docs/installer/eu.po +++ b/docs/installer/eu.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-01-28 18:19+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-02-24 19:21+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-01-09 15:35+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Egoitz Rodriguez Obieta <egoitzro@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Basque (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" @@ -1901,18 +1901,18 @@ msgstr "" "terminalera sar zaitez <guilabel>Alt Ctrl F2</guilabel> aldi berean sakatuz. " "Gero, <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</guilabel> saka ezazu aldi berean berrasteko." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:215 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:214 msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" msgstr "Instalazio arazoak eta Konponbide Posibleak" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:221 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:220 msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "Interfaze Grafikorik gabe" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:226 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:225 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " @@ -1923,8 +1923,8 @@ msgstr "" "zaharrekin. Saiatu bereizmen bajuago bat erabiltzea, <code>vgalo</code> " "terminalean idatziz." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:233 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:232 msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " @@ -1939,13 +1939,13 @@ msgstr "" "\"text\" idatz ezazu eta ENTER sakatu ezazu. Orain testu moduko " "instalazioarekin jarrai ezazu." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:245 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:244 msgid "The Install Freezes" msgstr "Instalatu Osagaiak" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:248 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:247 msgid "" "If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a " "problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of " @@ -1959,13 +1959,13 @@ msgstr "" "<code>noauto</code> idatz ezazu terminalean. Beharrezkoa bada aukera hau " "beste batzuekin konbina daiteke." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:257 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:256 msgid "RAM problem" msgstr "RAM arazoak" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:260 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:259 msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " @@ -1978,13 +1978,13 @@ msgstr "" "zuzena den, adibidez: <code>mem=256M</code>-ak RAM 256MB esan nahi izango " "lituzke." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:269 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:268 msgid "Dynamic partitions" msgstr "Partizio dinamikoak" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:272 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:271 msgid "" "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " @@ -2548,22 +2548,22 @@ msgstr "" "Kontrol Gunean segurtasun ezarpenak aldatzea." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:5 msgid "Select and use ISOs" msgstr "Aukeratu eta erabili ISOa" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:8 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:9 msgid "Media" msgstr "Baliabidea" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:11 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:12 msgid "Definition" msgstr "Definizioa" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:13 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:14 msgid "" "Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to " "install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO " @@ -2574,7 +2574,7 @@ msgstr "" "kopiatzen den edozein fisiko sostengatzen du." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:18 msgid "" "You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" "\">here</link>." @@ -2583,24 +2583,24 @@ msgstr "" "\">hemen</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:21 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:22 msgid "Classical installation media" msgstr "Instalazioa Klasiko baliabidea" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:24 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:92 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:199 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:25 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:94 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:200 msgid "Common features" msgstr "Ezaugarri komunak" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:29 msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx." msgstr "" "ISO hauek DrakX deituriko Instalatzaile tradizionalak erabilitzen dituzte." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:34 msgid "" "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." msgstr "" @@ -2608,17 +2608,17 @@ msgstr "" "batetatik." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:39 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:41 msgid "DVD" msgstr "DVD" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:45 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." msgstr "Baliabide ezberdinak 32 edo 64 biteko arkitekturentzat." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:49 msgid "" "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " "Hardware Detection Tool." @@ -2627,23 +2627,23 @@ msgstr "" "Sistema, Memoria Testa, Hardware hautemate tresna." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:54 msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages." msgstr "DVD bakoitzak mahaigaineko ingurune eta hizkuntza asko dauka." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:59 msgid "" "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software." msgstr "Instalazioa zehar software ez librea gehitzeko aukera izango duzue." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:66 msgid "DVD dual arch" msgstr "arkitektura bikoitzeko DVDa" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:70 msgid "" "Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made " "automatically according to the detected CPU." @@ -2652,12 +2652,12 @@ msgstr "" "da atzemandako CPU-aren arabera." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:75 msgid "Uses Xfce desktop only." msgstr "Xfce mahaigaina soilik erabiltzen du." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:79 msgid "" "Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, " "pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED!" @@ -2666,17 +2666,17 @@ msgstr "" "pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) EGIAZTAPENAREN ZAIN!" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:84 msgid "It contains non free software." msgstr "Software ez librea dauka." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:89 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:91 msgid "Live media" msgstr "Live baliabidea" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:98 msgid "" "Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and " "optionally install Mageia on to your HDD." @@ -2685,18 +2685,18 @@ msgstr "" "HDD-an instalatzeko erabil daiteke." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." msgstr "ISO bakoitzak mahaigain ingurune bakarra (KDE edo GNOME) dauka." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:218 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:108 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:172 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:190 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:220 msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures." msgstr "32 edo 64 biteko arkitektura media ezberdinak." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:112 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " "installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" @@ -2707,63 +2707,63 @@ msgstr "" "emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:118 msgid "They contain non free software." msgstr "Software ez librea dute." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:123 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:124 msgid "Live CD KDE" msgstr "KDE-ren Live CDa" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:128 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:164 msgid "KDE desktop environment only." msgstr "KDE mahaigaineko ingurunea soilik." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:222 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:132 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:150 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:224 msgid "English language only." msgstr "Ingelera hizkuntza soilik" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:136 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:154 msgid "32 bit only." msgstr "32 bit soilik." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:141 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:142 msgid "Live CD GNOME" msgstr "GNOME-ren Live CD-a" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:146 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:182 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." msgstr "GNOME mahaigaineko ingurunea soilik." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:159 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:160 msgid "Live DVD KDE" msgstr "KDE-ren Live DVD-a" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:168 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:186 msgid "All languages are present." msgstr "Hizkuntza guztiak presente daude." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:177 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:178 msgid "Live DVD GNOME" msgstr "GNOME-ren Live DVD-a" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:196 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:197 msgid "Boot-only CD media" msgstr "Abioko CD baliabidea soilik" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:204 msgid "" "Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " "start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages " @@ -2777,7 +2777,7 @@ msgstr "" "Interneten." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:212 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:213 msgid "" "These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when " "bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a " @@ -2788,12 +2788,12 @@ msgstr "" "gabea edo USB batetik ezin abiarazi dezakeen PC bat." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:228 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:230 msgid "boot.iso" msgstr "boot.iso" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:232 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:234 msgid "" "Contains only free software, for those people who refuse to use non-free " "software." @@ -2802,12 +2802,12 @@ msgstr "" "dutenentzat." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:239 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" msgstr "boot-nonfree.iso" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:243 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:245 msgid "" "Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " "it." @@ -2816,17 +2816,17 @@ msgstr "" "dauzka." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:252 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:254 msgid "Downloading and Checking Media" msgstr "Media Deskargatu eta Egiaztatzen" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:255 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "Deskargatzen" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:259 msgid "" "Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or " "BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the " @@ -2840,7 +2840,7 @@ msgstr "" "ahal izango duzu" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:264 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:266 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" "imageobject>" @@ -2849,7 +2849,7 @@ msgstr "" "imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:269 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:271 msgid "" "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of " "them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " @@ -2868,27 +2868,27 @@ msgstr "" "ondorioztatzen du. Orduan leiho hau agertzen da:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:278 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:280 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:283 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:285 msgid "Check the radio button Save File." msgstr "Egiaztatu Fitxategia Gorde botoia." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:287 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 msgid "Checking the downloaded media integrity" msgstr "Deskargatutako baliabide osotasunaren egiaztapena" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291 msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:" msgstr "Ireki kontsola bat, ez da root izan beharrik, eta:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:293 msgid "" "- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/" "file.iso</userinput>." @@ -2897,7 +2897,7 @@ msgstr "" "image/file.iso</userinput>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:294 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:296 msgid "" "- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/" "image/file.iso</userinput>." @@ -2906,7 +2906,7 @@ msgstr "" "the/image/file.iso</userinput>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:297 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 msgid "" "and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " "while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" @@ -2915,21 +2915,22 @@ msgstr "" "zenbakiarekin (pixka bat itxaron beharko duzu). Adibidea:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:301 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:303 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" "imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:311 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313 msgid "Burn or dump the ISO" msgstr "Grabatu edo irauli ISOa" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:315 msgid "" "The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB stick. " "These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a boot-able medium." @@ -2939,16 +2940,17 @@ msgstr "" "baliabide bat egitea da." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:318 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:320 msgid "Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD" msgstr "ISOa CD/DVDan grabatzen" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:320 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:322 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly " "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " -"not correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki." +"not correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki." "mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>." msgstr "" "Erabili edozein erregailu baina ziurtatu nahi duzun grabatzeko gailua ondo " @@ -2958,12 +2960,12 @@ msgstr "" "link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:326 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:329 msgid "Dump the ISO to a USB stick" msgstr "Irauli ISOa USB baten" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:328 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:331 msgid "" "All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick " "and then use it to boot and install the system." @@ -2973,7 +2975,7 @@ msgstr "" "instalatzeko." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:332 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335 msgid "" "\"dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system " "on the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will " @@ -2984,19 +2986,19 @@ msgstr "" "ahalmena irudiaren tamainara murriztuko da." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:337 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:340 msgid "To recover the original capacity, you must re-format the USB stick." msgstr "" "Jatorrizko ahalmena berreskuratzeko, berriro formateatu behar duzu USB " "makila." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:340 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:344 msgid "Using Mageia" msgstr "Mageia erabiliz" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:342 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:346 msgid "" "You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" "en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" @@ -3006,17 +3008,17 @@ msgstr "" "tresna grafiko bat erabil dezakezu" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:344 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:348 msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" msgstr "dd kontsola tresna bezala ere erabil dezakezu:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:348 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 msgid "Open a console" msgstr "Kontsola bat ireki" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:356 msgid "" "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the " "final '-' )" @@ -3024,16 +3026,15 @@ msgstr "" "Bihurtu root komando <userinput> su - </userinput> (ez ahaztu finalean '-')" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:360 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"<imageobject> <imagedata contentwidth=\"650\" fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </" "imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 msgid "" "Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any " "application or file manager that could access or read it)" @@ -3042,21 +3043,22 @@ msgstr "" "fitxategi kudeatzaile ez ireki hori eskuratu eta irakurri, ezin)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:373 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" msgstr "Idatzi <userinput>fdisk-l</userinput> komandoa" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:376 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" "imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 msgid "" "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " "in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." @@ -3065,7 +3067,7 @@ msgstr "" "sdb goiko irudian, 8Go USB-makila." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:389 msgid "" "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX " "bs=1M</userinput>" @@ -3074,12 +3076,12 @@ msgstr "" "userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc" msgstr "Non X=zure dispositiboaren izena adibidez: /dev/sdc" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:387 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:394 msgid "" "Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/" "dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" @@ -3088,32 +3090,32 @@ msgstr "" "of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:400 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" msgstr "Agindua sartu: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" msgstr "Deskonektatu zure USB, eginda dago" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:402 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:410 msgid "Using Windows" msgstr "Windows erabiltzen" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:412 msgid "You could try:" msgstr "Zu saiatuko zinateke:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:406 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:414 msgid "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:408 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 msgid "" "- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " "Disk Imager</link>" @@ -3122,12 +3124,12 @@ msgstr "" "Disk Imager</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:425 msgid "Mageia Installation" msgstr "MAgeia Instalazioa" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:427 msgid "" "This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" "\">the Mageia documentation</link>." @@ -3136,7 +3138,7 @@ msgstr "" "dokumentazioan </link> zehazten da." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:430 msgid "" "More information is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" "Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." @@ -4016,3 +4018,10 @@ msgstr "" "erabili daitezke, hala nola, GParted bezalakoak, Windows eta Linux-en " "eskuragarri daudenak. Beti bezala, partizioak aldatzean, kontu haundiz " "ibili, eta ziurtatu gauza garrantzitsu guztiak babestuta edukitzea." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +#~ "imageobject>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +#~ "imageobject>" diff --git a/docs/installer/fr.po b/docs/installer/fr.po index 6649e7be..d7b87463 100644 --- a/docs/installer/fr.po +++ b/docs/installer/fr.po @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package. -# +# # Translators: # Rémi Verschelde <akien@mageia.org>, 2014 # Antoine Dumondel, 2015 @@ -18,14 +18,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-01-05 13:46+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-02-24 19:21+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-01-18 21:01+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Lebarhon <lebarhon@free.fr>\n" -"Language-Team: French (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/fr/)\n" +"Language-Team: French (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" +"fr/)\n" +"Language: fr\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: fr\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -36,9 +37,12 @@ msgstr "Licence et Notes de version" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:45 @@ -48,31 +52,40 @@ msgstr "Accord de Licence" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:48 msgid "" -"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license" -" terms and conditions carefully." -msgstr "Avant d'installer <application>Mageia,</application> veuillez lire les termes et conditions de la licence avec attention.<application></application>" +"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license " +"terms and conditions carefully." +msgstr "" +"Avant d'installer <application>Mageia,</application> veuillez lire les " +"termes et conditions de la licence avec attention.<application></application>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51 msgid "" -"These terms and conditions apply to the entire " -"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before " -"you can continue." -msgstr "Ces termes et conditions s'appliquent à toute la distribution <application>Mageia </application>et doivent être acceptés avant de pouvoir continuer." +"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</" +"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue." +msgstr "" +"Ces termes et conditions s'appliquent à toute la distribution " +"<application>Mageia </application>et doivent être acceptés avant de pouvoir " +"continuer." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:55 msgid "" "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Pour accepter, simplement sélectionner <guilabel>Accepter</guilabel> puis cliquer sur <guibutton>Suivant</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Pour accepter, simplement sélectionner <guilabel>Accepter</guilabel> puis " +"cliquer sur <guibutton>Suivant</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:58 msgid "" -"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking." -" Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." -msgstr "Si vous décidez de ne pas accepter ces conditions, alors nous vous remercions de l'intérêt porté. Cliquer sur <guibutton>Quitter</guibutton> redémarrera votre ordinateur." +"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. " +"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." +msgstr "" +"Si vous décidez de ne pas accepter ces conditions, alors nous vous " +"remercions de l'intérêt porté. Cliquer sur <guibutton>Quitter</guibutton> " +"redémarrera votre ordinateur." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:68 @@ -84,7 +97,10 @@ msgstr "Notes de version" msgid "" "To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, " "click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button." -msgstr "Pour prendre connaissance des nouveautés de cette version de <application>Mageia</application>, cliquez sur le bouton<guibutton> Notes de version.</guibutton>" +msgstr "" +"Pour prendre connaissance des nouveautés de cette version de " +"<application>Mageia</application>, cliquez sur le bouton<guibutton> Notes de " +"version.</guibutton>" #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 @@ -95,29 +111,35 @@ msgstr "fr" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:10 msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" -msgstr "Sélection de média (Configurer l'installation de média supplémentaires)" +msgstr "" +"Sélection de média (Configurer l'installation de média supplémentaires)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the -#. same as for media_selection -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ -#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" " -"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"add_supplemental_media." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-" +"im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24 msgid "" "This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can " -"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The" -" source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " +"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The " +"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " "during the next steps." -msgstr "Cet écran liste toutes les sources déjà disponibles. Il est possible d'ajouter des sources supplémentaires de paquetages, comme un disque optique ou une source distante. Le choix des sources détermine quels paquetages seront disponibles à l'installation lors des étapes suivantes." +msgstr "" +"Cet écran liste toutes les sources déjà disponibles. Il est possible " +"d'ajouter des sources supplémentaires de paquetages, comme un disque optique " +"ou une source distante. Le choix des sources détermine quels paquetages " +"seront disponibles à l'installation lors des étapes suivantes." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29 @@ -137,38 +159,39 @@ msgid "" "Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With " "the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS " "installation." -msgstr "Sélectionner un miroir ou spécifier une URL (toute première entrée). Sélectionner un miroir vous donne la possibilité de choisir parmi tous les dépôts gérés par Mageia, tels que le Nonfree, le Tainted et le Update. Avec l'URL, vous pouvez désigner un dépôt spécifique de votre propre réseau NFS." +msgstr "" +"Sélectionner un miroir ou spécifier une URL (toute première entrée). " +"Sélectionner un miroir vous donne la possibilité de choisir parmi tous les " +"dépôts gérés par Mageia, tels que le Nonfree, le Tainted et le Update. Avec " +"l'URL, vous pouvez désigner un dépôt spécifique de votre propre réseau NFS." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:4 msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "Gestion de l'Utilisateur et du Superutilisateur" -#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, -#. but -#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only -#. thing -#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to -#. enable or -#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the -#. previous +#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but +#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing +#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or +#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous #. screen), marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't -#. understand -#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? -#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading -#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand +#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? +#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading +#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/addUser.xml:27 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:34 @@ -180,20 +203,31 @@ msgstr "Définir le mot de passe Administrateur (Root) :" msgid "" "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to " "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the " -"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the" -" top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " +"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the " +"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " "depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are " "using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box " "just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped " "the first password by comparing them." -msgstr "Pour chaque installation de Mageia, il est conseillé de définir un mot de passe superutilisateur ou administrateur, souvent appelé <emphasis>mot de passe root</emphasis> dans Linux. Pendant que vous entrez le mot de passe, le bouclier change de couleur du rouge vers le jaune puis le vert en fonction de l'efficacité du mot de passe. Un bouclier vert indique un mot de passe fort. Vous devez ressaisir le même mot de passe dans le champ juste en-dessous a des fins de vérification par comparaison au cas où vous auriez fait une erreur de saisie." +msgstr "" +"Pour chaque installation de Mageia, il est conseillé de définir un mot de " +"passe superutilisateur ou administrateur, souvent appelé <emphasis>mot de " +"passe root</emphasis> dans Linux. Pendant que vous entrez le mot de passe, " +"le bouclier change de couleur du rouge vers le jaune puis le vert en " +"fonction de l'efficacité du mot de passe. Un bouclier vert indique un mot de " +"passe fort. Vous devez ressaisir le même mot de passe dans le champ juste en-" +"dessous a des fins de vérification par comparaison au cas où vous auriez " +"fait une erreur de saisie." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:48 msgid "" "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters " "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password." -msgstr "Tous les mots de passe sont sensibles à la casse, il est recommandé d'utiliser un mélange de lettres (majuscules et minuscules), de nombres et autres caractères." +msgstr "" +"Tous les mots de passe sont sensibles à la casse, il est recommandé " +"d'utiliser un mélange de lettres (majuscules et minuscules), de nombres et " +"autres caractères." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:56 @@ -206,29 +240,40 @@ msgid "" "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but " "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and " "anything else the average user does with his computer" -msgstr "Ajouter ici un utilisateur. Il a moins de droits que le superutilisateur (root), mais suffisamment par défaut pour naviguer sur internet, utiliser les applications de bureautique, jouer et faire toutes autres choses habituellement réalisées par un utilisateur ordinaire avec son PC." +msgstr "" +"Ajouter ici un utilisateur. Il a moins de droits que le superutilisateur " +"(root), mais suffisamment par défaut pour naviguer sur internet, utiliser " +"les applications de bureautique, jouer et faire toutes autres choses " +"habituellement réalisées par un utilisateur ordinaire avec son PC." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:65 msgid "" "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the " "users icon." -msgstr "<guibutton>Icône </guibutton>: en cliquant sur ce bouton, vous changerez l'icône de l'utilisateur." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Icône </guibutton>: en cliquant sur ce bouton, vous changerez " +"l'icône de l'utilisateur." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:70 msgid "" "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text " "box." -msgstr "<guilabel>Nom et prénom </guilabel>: inscrire ici le nom réel de l'utilisateur." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Nom et prénom </guilabel>: inscrire ici le nom réel de " +"l'utilisateur." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:75 msgid "" "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let " -"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case" -" sensitive.</emphasis>" -msgstr "<guilabel>Identifiant de connexion</guilabel> : inscrire ici un identifiant de connexion ou bien drakx transposera les nom et prénom pour en créer un. <emphasis>L'identifiant de connexion est sensible à la casse.</emphasis>" +"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case " +"sensitive.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Identifiant de connexion</guilabel> : inscrire ici un identifiant " +"de connexion ou bien drakx transposera les nom et prénom pour en créer un. " +"<emphasis>L'identifiant de connexion est sensible à la casse.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:81 @@ -236,22 +281,32 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user " "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the " "strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" -msgstr "<guilabel>Mot de passe </guilabel>: Vous devez inscrire dans ce champ le mot de passe utilisateur. On retrouve dans son extrémité droite le bouclier qui indique la force du mot de passe. (voir aussi <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Mot de passe </guilabel>: Vous devez inscrire dans ce champ le mot " +"de passe utilisateur. On retrouve dans son extrémité droite le bouclier qui " +"indique la force du mot de passe. (voir aussi <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/" +">)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:87 msgid "" "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this " -"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user" -" password text boxes." -msgstr "<guilabel>Mot de passe (vérification) </guilabel>: inscrire à nouveau le mot de passe ici et drakx vérifiera que le même mot de passe a bien été saisi dans les deux champs." +"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user " +"password text boxes." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Mot de passe (vérification) </guilabel>: inscrire à nouveau le mot " +"de passe ici et drakx vérifiera que le même mot de passe a bien été saisi " +"dans les deux champs." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:94 msgid "" "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but " "write protected) home directory." -msgstr "Tout utilisateur ajouté lors de l'installation de Mageia aura un répertoire personnel (dans /home) qui sera accessible en lecture par quiconque, mais protégé en écriture." +msgstr "" +"Tout utilisateur ajouté lors de l'installation de Mageia aura un répertoire " +"personnel (dans /home) qui sera accessible en lecture par quiconque, mais " +"protégé en écriture." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:97 @@ -259,14 +314,20 @@ msgid "" "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - " "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that " "is both read and write protected." -msgstr "Cependant, tout nouvel utilisateur ajouté par l'intermédiaire du Centre de Contrôle de Mageia (CCM) aura un répertoire protégé en écriture et en lecture pour les autres utilisateurs." +msgstr "" +"Cependant, tout nouvel utilisateur ajouté par l'intermédiaire du Centre de " +"Contrôle de Mageia (CCM) aura un répertoire protégé en écriture et en " +"lecture pour les autres utilisateurs." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:101 msgid "" "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised " "to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." -msgstr "Si vous souhaitez un répertoire protégé en lecture, il est recommandable de créer un utilisateur de manière temporaire et de recréer un nouvel utilisateur principal une fois la session démarrée." +msgstr "" +"Si vous souhaitez un répertoire protégé en lecture, il est recommandable de " +"créer un utilisateur de manière temporaire et de recréer un nouvel " +"utilisateur principal une fois la session démarrée." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:105 @@ -274,12 +335,16 @@ msgid "" "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all " "extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step " "during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>." -msgstr "Si vous préférez des répertoires accessibles en lecture par tous, ajoutez les utilisateurs supplémentaires à l'étape du <emphasis>Résumé</emphasis> de l'installation, avec le bouton <emphasis>Gestion des utilisateurs</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Si vous préférez des répertoires accessibles en lecture par tous, ajoutez " +"les utilisateurs supplémentaires à l'étape du <emphasis>Résumé</emphasis> de " +"l'installation, avec le bouton <emphasis>Gestion des utilisateurs</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:109 msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install." -msgstr "Les permissions d'accès peuvent aussi être changées après l'installation." +msgstr "" +"Les permissions d'accès peuvent aussi être changées après l'installation." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:116 @@ -292,7 +357,10 @@ msgid "" "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a " "screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. " "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." -msgstr "En cliquant sur le bouton <guibutton>avancé</guibutton> vous accédez à cet écran d'édition des paramètres de l'utilisateur en cours de création. De plus, vous pouvez désactiver ou activer un compte invité." +msgstr "" +"En cliquant sur le bouton <guibutton>avancé</guibutton> vous accédez à cet " +"écran d'édition des paramètres de l'utilisateur en cours de création. De " +"plus, vous pouvez désactiver ou activer un compte invité." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/addUser.xml:124 @@ -300,7 +368,11 @@ msgid "" "Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account " "saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out. The guest " "should save his important files to a USB key." -msgstr "Tout ce qu'un invité, possédant un compte invité par défaut <emphasis>rbash</emphasis>, enregistre dans son répertoire /home sera effacé lors de la déconnexion. Un invité peut enregistrer ses fichiers importants sur une clé USB." +msgstr "" +"Tout ce qu'un invité, possédant un compte invité par défaut <emphasis>rbash</" +"emphasis>, enregistre dans son répertoire /home sera effacé lors de la " +"déconnexion. Un invité peut enregistrer ses fichiers importants sur une clé " +"USB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:131 @@ -308,7 +380,11 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a " "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, " "but he has more restricted access than normal users." -msgstr "<guilabel>Activer le compte Invité </guilabel>: il est possible ici d'activer ou de désactiver un compte Invité. Ce type de compte permet à un invité de se connecter et d'utiliser le PC, mais avec des droits plus restreints qu'un utilisateur ordinaire." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Activer le compte Invité </guilabel>: il est possible ici " +"d'activer ou de désactiver un compte Invité. Ce type de compte permet à un " +"invité de se connecter et d'utiliser le PC, mais avec des droits plus " +"restreints qu'un utilisateur ordinaire." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:138 @@ -316,7 +392,10 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the " "shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are " "Bash, Dash and Sh" -msgstr "<guilabel>Shell de démarrage </guilabel>: cette liste déroulante permet de choisir le shell utilisé par l'utilisateur créé dans l'écran précédent, les choix possibles sont Bash, Dash et Sh" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Shell de démarrage </guilabel>: cette liste déroulante permet de " +"choisir le shell utilisé par l'utilisateur créé dans l'écran précédent, les " +"choix possibles sont Bash, Dash et Sh" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:144 @@ -324,42 +403,48 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you " "are adding in the previous screen. This is a number. Leave it blank unless " "you know what you are doing." -msgstr "<guilabel>ID de l'Utilisateur </guilabel>: Indiquer ici l'ID de l'utilisateur créé dans l'écran précédent. Il s'agit d'un nombre. Ne rien entrer ici si vous ne le connaissez pas." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>ID de l'Utilisateur </guilabel>: Indiquer ici l'ID de " +"l'utilisateur créé dans l'écran précédent. Il s'agit d'un nombre. Ne rien " +"entrer ici si vous ne le connaissez pas." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:150 msgid "" "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID. Also a " -"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know" -" what you are doing." -msgstr "<guilabel>ID du groupe </guilabel>: Indiquer ici l'ID du groupe. Il s'agit encore d'un nombre, généralement le même que l'ID de l'utilisateur. Ne rien entrer ici si vous ne le connaissez pas." +"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know " +"what you are doing." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>ID du groupe </guilabel>: Indiquer ici l'ID du groupe. Il s'agit " +"encore d'un nombre, généralement le même que l'ID de l'utilisateur. Ne rien " +"entrer ici si vous ne le connaissez pas." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11 msgid "Choose the mount points" msgstr "Choix des points de montage" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least -#. ONE" -#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes -#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the -#. Americans -#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I -#. removed it -#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 +#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE" +#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) +#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes +#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans +#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it +#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) +#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" -"=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountPoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountPoints.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33 @@ -367,46 +452,64 @@ msgid "" "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If " "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you " "can change the mount points." -msgstr "Sont présentées ici les partitions Linux qui ont été trouvées sur votre ordinateur. Si vous n'êtes pas d'accord avec les suggestions de <application>DrakX</application>, il est possible de modifier les points de montage." +msgstr "" +"Sont présentées ici les partitions Linux qui ont été trouvées sur votre " +"ordinateur. Si vous n'êtes pas d'accord avec les suggestions de " +"<application>DrakX</application>, il est possible de modifier les points de " +"montage." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38 msgid "" "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> " "(root) partition." -msgstr "Quoi que vous changiez, assurez-vous de toujours avoir au moins UNE partition <literal>/</literal> (appelée la Racine)." +msgstr "" +"Quoi que vous changiez, assurez-vous de toujours avoir au moins UNE " +"partition <literal>/</literal> (appelée la Racine)." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44 msgid "" -"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount " -"point\", \"Type\")." -msgstr "Chaque partition est présentée comme suit : \"Périphérique\" (\"Capacité\", \"Point de montage\", \"Type\")." +"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point" +"\", \"Type\")." +msgstr "" +"Chaque partition est présentée comme suit : \"Périphérique\" (\"Capacité\", " +"\"Point de montage\", \"Type\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49 msgid "" "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], " "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")." -msgstr "\"Périphérique\", est composé de : \"type disque dur\", \"lettre d'ordre du disque dur \", \"numéro de partition\" (exemple, \"sda5\")." +msgstr "" +"\"Périphérique\", est composé de : \"type disque dur\", \"lettre d'ordre du " +"disque dur \", \"numéro de partition\" (exemple, \"sda5\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55 msgid "" -"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from" -" the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " +"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from " +"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " "and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for " "instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store " -"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the " -"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install." -msgstr "Si vous avez beaucoup de partitions, vous pouvez choisir beaucoup de points de montage dans la liste déroulante tels que <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> et <literal>/var</literal>. Il est même possible de créer ses propres points de montage, par exemple <literal>/video</literal> pour une partition de stockage des films, ou <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> pour la partition <literal>/home</literal> d'une installation de cauldron." +"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</" +"literal> partition of a cauldron install." +msgstr "" +"Si vous avez beaucoup de partitions, vous pouvez choisir beaucoup de points " +"de montage dans la liste déroulante tels que <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/" +"home</literal> et <literal>/var</literal>. Il est même possible de créer ses " +"propres points de montage, par exemple <literal>/video</literal> pour une " +"partition de stockage des films, ou <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> pour " +"la partition <literal>/home</literal> d'une installation de cauldron." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65 msgid "" "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount " "point field blank." -msgstr "Pour les partitions où l'accès n'est pas nécessaire, vous pouvez laisser le champ point de montage en blanc." +msgstr "" +"Pour les partitions où l'accès n'est pas nécessaire, vous pouvez laisser le " +"champ point de montage en blanc." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71 @@ -414,15 +517,22 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, " "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen " "that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size." -msgstr "Si vous ne savez pas quoi choisir, cliquez sur <guibutton>Précédent</guibutton> et cochez <guilabel>Partitionnement personnalisé du disque</guilabel>. Dans l'écran suivant, cliquez sur un partition pour connaître son type et sa taille." +msgstr "" +"Si vous ne savez pas quoi choisir, cliquez sur <guibutton>Précédent</" +"guibutton> et cochez <guilabel>Partitionnement personnalisé du disque</" +"guilabel>. Dans l'écran suivant, cliquez sur un partition pour connaître son " +"type et sa taille." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77 msgid "" -"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the " -"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more." -msgstr "Vous êtes sûr que les points de montage sont corrects ? Alors cliquez sur <guibutton>Suivant</guibutton>, et décidez si vous désirez seulement formater la(es) partition(s) suggérée(s) par DrakX, ou plus." +"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) " +"DrakX suggests, or more." +msgstr "" +"Vous êtes sûr que les points de montage sont corrects ? Alors cliquez sur " +"<guibutton>Suivant</guibutton>, et décidez si vous désirez seulement " +"formater la(es) partition(s) suggérée(s) par DrakX, ou plus." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 @@ -432,9 +542,11 @@ msgstr "Sélection du bureau" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11 msgid "" -"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine" -" tune your choice." -msgstr "En fonction des sélections faites ici, des écrans supplémentaires peuvent apparaître pour préciser les choix." +"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine " +"tune your choice." +msgstr "" +"En fonction des sélections faites ici, des écrans supplémentaires peuvent " +"apparaître pour préciser les choix." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13 @@ -442,14 +554,19 @@ msgid "" "After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package " "installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the " "<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button" -msgstr "Après l'(es) étape(s) de sélection, un diaporama s'affiche pendant l'installation des packages. Il peut être invalidé en cliquant sur le bouton <guilabel>Détails</guilabel>" +msgstr "" +"Après l'(es) étape(s) de sélection, un diaporama s'affiche pendant " +"l'installation des packages. Il peut être invalidé en cliquant sur le bouton " +"<guilabel>Détails</guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26 @@ -461,21 +578,30 @@ msgid "" "default software choices for these desktop environments. The " "<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, " "sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default." -msgstr "Choisir entre les bureaux <application>KDE</application> ou <application>Gnome</application> suivant sa préférence. Les deux proposent un ensemble complet d'applications et d'outils utiles. Cocher <guilabel>Personnaliser</guilabel> pour n'utiliser ni l'un ni l'autre ou les deux ou bien pour obtenir autre chose que les logiciels fournis par défaut pour ces bureaux. Le bureau <application>LXDE</application> est plus léger que les deux précédents, d'esthétique moins léchée et possède moins de paquetages installés par défaut." +msgstr "" +"Choisir entre les bureaux <application>KDE</application> ou " +"<application>Gnome</application> suivant sa préférence. Les deux proposent " +"un ensemble complet d'applications et d'outils utiles. Cocher " +"<guilabel>Personnaliser</guilabel> pour n'utiliser ni l'un ni l'autre ou les " +"deux ou bien pour obtenir autre chose que les logiciels fournis par défaut " +"pour ces bureaux. Le bureau <application>LXDE</application> est plus léger " +"que les deux précédents, d'esthétique moins léchée et possède moins de " +"paquetages installés par défaut." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4 msgid "Package Group Selection" msgstr "Sélection du groupe de paquetages" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a -#. new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16 @@ -484,7 +610,11 @@ msgid "" "your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however " "more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which " "become visible as the mouse is hovered over them." -msgstr "Les paquetages sont triés par groupes pour faciliter le choix de ce qui est nécessaire sur le système. Le contenu de ces groupes est évident, cependant, des informations complémentaires sur chacun d'entre eux est disponible dans l'infobulle qui devient visible lorsque la souris les survole." +msgstr "" +"Les paquetages sont triés par groupes pour faciliter le choix de ce qui est " +"nécessaire sur le système. Le contenu de ces groupes est évident, cependant, " +"des informations complémentaires sur chacun d'entre eux est disponible dans " +"l'infobulle qui devient visible lorsque la souris les survole." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23 @@ -506,74 +636,92 @@ msgstr "Environnement graphique" msgid "" "Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or " "remove packages." -msgstr "Sélection Individuelle des Paquetages : Utiliser cette option pour ajouter ou retirer manuellement des paquetages." +msgstr "" +"Sélection Individuelle des Paquetages : Utiliser cette option pour ajouter " +"ou retirer manuellement des paquetages." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39 msgid "" -"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do" -" a minimal install." -msgstr "Lire <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> pour avoir des indications sur la manière de réaliser une installation minimale." +"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " +"a minimal install." +msgstr "" +"Lire <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> pour avoir des indications " +"sur la manière de réaliser une installation minimale." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4 msgid "Choose Individual Packages" msgstr "Choisir individuellement des paquetages" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a -#. new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17 msgid "" -"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your " -"installation." -msgstr "Il est possible ici d'ajouter n'importe quel paquetage supplémentaire pour personnaliser l'installation." +"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation." +msgstr "" +"Il est possible ici d'ajouter n'importe quel paquetage supplémentaire pour " +"personnaliser l'installation." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20 msgid "" -"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy " -"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages " -"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the " -"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install " -"and choosing to load it." -msgstr "Après avoir fait son choix, cliquer sur <guibutton>l'icône de la disquette</guibutton> en bas de la page pour enregistrer le choix des paquetages (il est aussi possible de l'enregistrer sur une clé USB). Utiliser alors ce fichier pour réaliser l'installation des mêmes paquetages sur un autre système, en cliquant sur la même icône pendant l'installation et en choisissant de charger le fichier." +"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</" +"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving " +"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same " +"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and " +"choosing to load it." +msgstr "" +"Après avoir fait son choix, cliquer sur <guibutton>l'icône de la disquette</" +"guibutton> en bas de la page pour enregistrer le choix des paquetages (il " +"est aussi possible de l'enregistrer sur une clé USB). Utiliser alors ce " +"fichier pour réaliser l'installation des mêmes paquetages sur un autre " +"système, en cliquant sur la même icône pendant l'installation et en " +"choisissant de charger le fichier." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureServices.xml:12 msgid "Configure your Services" msgstr "Configurer les Services" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureServices.xml:21 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" -"=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:27 msgid "" -"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your " -"system." -msgstr "Désigner ici quels services doivent (ne doivent pas) s'activer au démarrage du système." +"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system." +msgstr "" +"Désigner ici quels services doivent (ne doivent pas) s'activer au démarrage " +"du système." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:30 msgid "" -"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and" -" see all services in it." -msgstr "Il y a quatre groupes, cliquer sur le triangle devant chaque groupe pour le déployer et voir tous les services qu'il contient." +"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and " +"see all services in it." +msgstr "" +"Il y a quatre groupes, cliquer sur le triangle devant chaque groupe pour le " +"déployer et voir tous les services qu'il contient." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:34 @@ -585,7 +733,9 @@ msgstr "Les choix réalisés par DrakX sont généralement les bons." msgid "" "If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info " "box below." -msgstr "Si un service est mis en surbrillance, des informations à son sujet sont disponibles dans l'infobulle en dessous." +msgstr "" +"Si un service est mis en surbrillance, des informations à son sujet sont " +"disponibles dans l'infobulle en dessous." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:41 @@ -597,36 +747,45 @@ msgstr "Ne modifier quelque chose qu'avec la certitude de bien faire." msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Configurer le fuseau horaire" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 msgid "" -"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the" -" same time zone." -msgstr "Choisir le fuseau horaire en choisissant le pays ou la ville la plus proche dans le même fuseau." +"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " +"same time zone." +msgstr "" +"Choisir le fuseau horaire en choisissant le pays ou la ville la plus proche " +"dans le même fuseau." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 msgid "" -"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to" -" GMT, also known as UTC." -msgstr "Dans l'écran suivant, il est possible de régler l'horloge système à l'heure locale ou GMT, aussi appelée UTC." +"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " +"GMT, also known as UTC." +msgstr "" +"Dans l'écran suivant, il est possible de régler l'horloge système à l'heure " +"locale ou GMT, aussi appelée UTC." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 msgid "" "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." -msgstr "En cas de plusieurs systèmes d'exploitation sur l'ordinateur, il doivent tous être réglés sur la même heure (heure locale ou GMT/UTC)." +msgstr "" +"En cas de plusieurs systèmes d'exploitation sur l'ordinateur, il doivent " +"tous être réglés sur la même heure (heure locale ou GMT/UTC)." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11 @@ -636,24 +795,31 @@ msgstr "Choisissez un serveur d'affichage (serveur X)" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id" -"=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually " "correctly identify your video device." -msgstr "L'outil d'installation a une base de données assez complète des cartes graphiques et identifie en général correctement votre matériel." +msgstr "" +"L'outil d'installation a une base de données assez complète des cartes " +"graphiques et identifie en général correctement votre matériel." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24 msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know " "which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:" -msgstr "Si l'installateur n'a pas détecté correctement votre carte graphique et si vous connaissez celle-ci, vous pouvez le sélectionner dans l'arborescence :" +msgstr "" +"Si l'installateur n'a pas détecté correctement votre carte graphique et si " +"vous connaissez celle-ci, vous pouvez le sélectionner dans l'arborescence :" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 @@ -676,7 +842,10 @@ msgid "" "If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in " "the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the " "Xorg category" -msgstr "Si vous ne trouvez pas votre carte dans la liste du fabricant, parce qu'elle n'est pas encore répertoriée ou qu'elle est trop ancienne, vous pouvez espérer trouver un pilote adapté dans la catégorie <emphasis>Xorg</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Si vous ne trouvez pas votre carte dans la liste du fabricant, parce qu'elle " +"n'est pas encore répertoriée ou qu'elle est trop ancienne, vous pouvez " +"espérer trouver un pilote adapté dans la catégorie <emphasis>Xorg</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43 @@ -684,14 +853,20 @@ msgid "" "The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card " "drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " "option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities." -msgstr "La catégorie <emphasis>Xorg</emphasis> contient plus de 40 pilotes génériques et libres. Si vous ne trouvez pas de pilotes correspondant à votre carte, vous pouvez sélectionner le pilote <emphasis>vesa</emphasis> qui fournit des possibilités basiques pour la plupart des cartes." +msgstr "" +"La catégorie <emphasis>Xorg</emphasis> contient plus de 40 pilotes " +"génériques et libres. Si vous ne trouvez pas de pilotes correspondant à " +"votre carte, vous pouvez sélectionner le pilote <emphasis>vesa</emphasis> " +"qui fournit des possibilités basiques pour la plupart des cartes." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48 msgid "" "Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access " "to the Commandline Interface." -msgstr "Soyez conscients que vous n'aurez accès qu'à la ligne de commande si le pilote sélectionné est inadapté." +msgstr "" +"Soyez conscients que vous n'aurez accès qu'à la ligne de commande si le " +"pilote sélectionné est inadapté." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 @@ -699,30 +874,36 @@ msgid "" "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " "may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from " "the card manufacturers' websites." -msgstr "Certains pilotes sont fournis par les fabricants et en licence non ouverte et ne peuvent être installés que si vous avez accepté le dépôt \"Nonfree\".Dans certains cas, les pilotes ne sont accessibles que sur des sites Internet du fabricant et sont à installer après le démarrage de Mageia." +msgstr "" +"Certains pilotes sont fournis par les fabricants et en licence non ouverte " +"et ne peuvent être installés que si vous avez accepté le dépôt \"Nonfree\"." +"Dans certains cas, les pilotes ne sont accessibles que sur des sites " +"Internet du fabricant et sont à installer après le démarrage de Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 msgid "" "The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them. If " "you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot." -msgstr "Les dépôts \"Nonfree\" doivent être activés de façon explicite pour y accéder, il est conseillé de le faire après le premier redémarrage." +msgstr "" +"Les dépôts \"Nonfree\" doivent être activés de façon explicite pour y " +"accéder, il est conseillé de le faire après le premier redémarrage." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4 msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" msgstr "Configuration de X, de la carte graphique et du moniteur" -#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" -#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename -#. for this page +#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupX.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupX.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18 @@ -731,19 +912,30 @@ msgid "" "you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are " "all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window " "System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for " -"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or" -" any other graphical environment to work well, the following " -"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct " -"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a " -"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect." -msgstr "Quelque soit l'environnement graphique (connu aussi sous le nom de bureau) choisi pour cette installation de <application>Mageia</application>, il est basé sur une interface utilisateur graphique appelée <acronym>X-Window</acronym>, ou simplement <acronym>X</acronym>. Ainsi pour assurer le fonctionnement de <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> ou n'importe quel autre environnement graphique, les paramètres suivants de <acronym>X</acronym> doivent être corrects. Choisir les paramètres corrects si <application>DrakX</application> ne détermine rien ou bien si les choix réalisés ne semblent pas corrects." +"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or " +"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</" +"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can " +"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you " +"think the choice is incorrect." +msgstr "" +"Quelque soit l'environnement graphique (connu aussi sous le nom de bureau) " +"choisi pour cette installation de <application>Mageia</application>, il est " +"basé sur une interface utilisateur graphique appelée <acronym>X-Window</" +"acronym>, ou simplement <acronym>X</acronym>. Ainsi pour assurer le " +"fonctionnement de <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, " +"<acronym>LXDE</acronym> ou n'importe quel autre environnement graphique, les " +"paramètres suivants de <acronym>X</acronym> doivent être corrects. Choisir " +"les paramètres corrects si <application>DrakX</application> ne détermine " +"rien ou bien si les choix réalisés ne semblent pas corrects." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card " "from the list if needed." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Carte Graphique </guibutton></emphasis>: Si besoin, choisir la carte dans la liste." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Carte Graphique </guibutton></emphasis>: Si besoin, " +"choisir la carte dans la liste." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37 @@ -753,19 +945,28 @@ msgid "" "from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. " "Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the " "horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Moniteur</guibutton></emphasis>: Choisir <guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> quand cela est possible, ou choisir le moniteur dans la liste des <guilabel>Vendeurs</guilabel> ou bien celle des <guilabel>Génériques</guilabel>. Choisir <guilabel>Personnalisé</guilabel> en cas de préférence pour une configuration manuelle des taux de rafraîchissement horizontaux et verticaux du moniteur." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Moniteur</guibutton></emphasis>: Choisir " +"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> quand cela est possible, ou choisir le " +"moniteur dans la liste des <guilabel>Vendeurs</guilabel> ou bien celle des " +"<guilabel>Génériques</guilabel>. Choisir <guilabel>Personnalisé</guilabel> " +"en cas de préférence pour une configuration manuelle des taux de " +"rafraîchissement horizontaux et verticaux du moniteur." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45 msgid "Incorrect refresh rates may damage your monitor" -msgstr "Le moniteur peut être endommagé par des taux de rafraîchissement incorrects." +msgstr "" +"Le moniteur peut être endommagé par des taux de rafraîchissement incorrects." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:51 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired " "resolution and color depth of your monitor here." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Résolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Indiquer ici la résolution et la profondeur de couleur du moniteur." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Résolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Indiquer ici la " +"résolution et la profondeur de couleur du moniteur." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56 @@ -773,19 +974,29 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not " "always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your " "settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your " -"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept." -" If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be" -" able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " -"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't " -"available</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: Le bouton test n'apparaît pas toujours pendant l'installation. S'il est présent, il est possible de cliquer dessus pour vérifier le résultat des réglages. Si une question apparaît demandant si les réglages sont corrects, répondre \"oui\" et ils seront conservés. Si rien n'est visible, l'écran de configuration va réapparaître et il sera possible de modifier les réglages jusqu'à ce que le test soit satisfaisant.<emphasis> Si le bouton de test n'est pas disponible, redoubler de précautions dans le choix des paramètres.</emphasis>" +"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. " +"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be " +"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " +"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: Le bouton test n'apparaît " +"pas toujours pendant l'installation. S'il est présent, il est possible de " +"cliquer dessus pour vérifier le résultat des réglages. Si une question " +"apparaît demandant si les réglages sont corrects, répondre \"oui\" et ils " +"seront conservés. Si rien n'est visible, l'écran de configuration va " +"réapparaître et il sera possible de modifier les réglages jusqu'à ce que le " +"test soit satisfaisant.<emphasis> Si le bouton de test n'est pas disponible, " +"redoubler de précautions dans le choix des paramètres.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to " "enable or disable various options." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Choisir ici de valider ou d'invalider différentes options." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Choisir ici de valider " +"ou d'invalider différentes options." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18 @@ -797,7 +1008,9 @@ msgstr "Choisissez un moniteur" msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually " "correctly identify yours." -msgstr "DrakX comporte une importante base de données de moniteurs et en général, votre matériel est bien identifié." +msgstr "" +"DrakX comporte une importante base de données de moniteurs et en général, " +"votre matériel est bien identifié." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26 @@ -806,15 +1019,22 @@ msgid "" "your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing " "what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor " "documentation" -msgstr "<emphasis>Le choix d'un moniteur avec des caractéristiques inappropriées au matériel peut endommager la carte graphique ou le moniteur, en particulier les écrans cathodiques. N'essayez que ce dont vous êtes sûrs.</emphasis> En cas de doute, vous devez consulter la documentation de votre matériel." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Le choix d'un moniteur avec des caractéristiques inappropriées au " +"matériel peut endommager la carte graphique ou le moniteur, en particulier " +"les écrans cathodiques. N'essayez que ce dont vous êtes sûrs.</emphasis> En " +"cas de doute, vous devez consulter la documentation de votre matériel." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" -"=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42 @@ -825,10 +1045,15 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Personnalisé</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44 msgid "" "This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh " -"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the" -" screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are" -" displayed." -msgstr "Cette option vous permet de spécifier deux paramètres critiques, la fréquence de rafraichissement vertical et la fréquence de synchronisation horizontale. La fréquence de rafraichissement vertical détermine à quelle fréquence l'écran est rafraîchi, tandis que la fréquence de synchronisation horizontale détermine la fréquence à laquelle les lignes sont affichées." +"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the " +"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are " +"displayed." +msgstr "" +"Cette option vous permet de spécifier deux paramètres critiques, la " +"fréquence de rafraichissement vertical et la fréquence de synchronisation " +"horizontale. La fréquence de rafraichissement vertical détermine à quelle " +"fréquence l'écran est rafraîchi, tandis que la fréquence de synchronisation " +"horizontale détermine la fréquence à laquelle les lignes sont affichées." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49 @@ -837,7 +1062,12 @@ msgid "" "type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you " "may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and " "consult your monitor documentation." -msgstr "Il est <emphasis role=\"bold\">très important</emphasis> que les spécifications que vous donnez ne soient pas au-delà des capacités de votre moniteur : vous pourriez endommager votre moniteur. En cas de doute, vous devez choisir une configuration conservatrice et consulter la documentation de votre matériel." +msgstr "" +"Il est <emphasis role=\"bold\">très important</emphasis> que les " +"spécifications que vous donnez ne soient pas au-delà des capacités de votre " +"moniteur : vous pourriez endommager votre moniteur. En cas de doute, vous " +"devez choisir une configuration conservatrice et consulter la documentation " +"de votre matériel." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55 @@ -849,7 +1079,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>" msgid "" "This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the " "monitor database." -msgstr "C'est l'option par défaut. Le système essaye de déterminer le type de moniteur à partir de la base de données." +msgstr "" +"C'est l'option par défaut. Le système essaye de déterminer le type de " +"moniteur à partir de la base de données." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63 @@ -861,7 +1093,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Vendeur</emphasis>" msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which " "one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:" -msgstr "Si le système n'a pas déterminé correctement votre matériel et si vous connaissez ses références, vous pouvez le sélectionner dans l'arborescence en sélectionnant dans l'ordre :" +msgstr "" +"Si le système n'a pas déterminé correctement votre matériel et si vous " +"connaissez ses références, vous pouvez le sélectionner dans l'arborescence " +"en sélectionnant dans l'ordre :" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73 @@ -882,11 +1117,17 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Générique</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84 msgid "" "selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as " -"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is" -" often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card " -"driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once " -"again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections." -msgstr "La sélection de ce groupe permet de choisir parmi 30 configurations d'affichage telles que le 1024x768 @ 60Hz et comprend les écrans plats tels qu'utilisés par les portables. c'est souvent un choix adapté lorsque vous utilisez le pilote <emphasis>vesa</emphasis> et que votre matériel graphique ne peut pas être détecté automatiquement. A nouveau, il convient d'être prudent dans vos choix." +"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is " +"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver " +"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it " +"may be wise to be conservative in your selections." +msgstr "" +"La sélection de ce groupe permet de choisir parmi 30 configurations " +"d'affichage telles que le 1024x768 @ 60Hz et comprend les écrans plats tels " +"qu'utilisés par les portables. c'est souvent un choix adapté lorsque vous " +"utilisez le pilote <emphasis>vesa</emphasis> et que votre matériel graphique " +"ne peut pas être détecté automatiquement. A nouveau, il convient d'être " +"prudent dans vos choix." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake.xml:19 @@ -896,47 +1137,65 @@ msgstr "Partitionnement personnalisé du disque avec DiskDrake" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/diskdrake.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" " -"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:33 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " -"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The" -" encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " +"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " +"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " "set, otherwise your system will be unbootable." -msgstr "Si vous souhaitez chiffrer la partition <literal>/</literal> il faut d'abord s'assurer que la partition <literal>/boot</literal> est séparée des autres. La partition <literal>/boot</literal> NE doit PAS être chiffrée, sinon le système ne pourra pas s'amorcer." +msgstr "" +"Si vous souhaitez chiffrer la partition <literal>/</literal> il faut d'abord " +"s'assurer que la partition <literal>/boot</literal> est séparée des autres. " +"La partition <literal>/boot</literal> NE doit PAS être chiffrée, sinon le " +"système ne pourra pas s'amorcer." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:39 msgid "" -"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions," -" change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " +"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " "is in them before you start." -msgstr "Définir ici la disposition du(es) disque(s). Il est possible de créer ou de supprimer des partitions, de changer le type du système de fichiers d'une partition, ou de modifier sa taille et même voir ce qu'elle contient avant de démarrer." +msgstr "" +"Définir ici la disposition du(es) disque(s). Il est possible de créer ou de " +"supprimer des partitions, de changer le type du système de fichiers d'une " +"partition, ou de modifier sa taille et même voir ce qu'elle contient avant " +"de démarrer." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:42 msgid "" -"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an" -" USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." -msgstr "Un onglet est présent pour chaque disque dur détecté et chaque autre périphérique de stockage tel qu'une clé USB. Par exemple sda, sdb et sdc s'ils sont trois." +"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " +"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." +msgstr "" +"Un onglet est présent pour chaque disque dur détecté et chaque autre " +"périphérique de stockage tel qu'une clé USB. Par exemple sda, sdb et sdc " +"s'ils sont trois." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:45 msgid "" -"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected" -" storage device" -msgstr "Cliquer sur <guibutton>Supprimer toutes les partitions</guibutton> pour supprimer toutes les partitions du périphérique de stockage sélectionné." +"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " +"storage device" +msgstr "" +"Cliquer sur <guibutton>Supprimer toutes les partitions</guibutton> pour " +"supprimer toutes les partitions du périphérique de stockage sélectionné." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." -msgstr "Pour toutes les autres actions : Cliquer d'abord sur la partition concernée. Ensuite, l'observer, choisir un système de fichiers et un point de montage, la redimensionner ou la supprimer." +msgstr "" +"Pour toutes les autres actions : Cliquer d'abord sur la partition concernée. " +"Ensuite, l'observer, choisir un système de fichiers et un point de montage, " +"la redimensionner ou la supprimer." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:49 @@ -959,21 +1218,28 @@ msgid "" "In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the " "solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install " "<application>Mageia</application>." -msgstr "Cet écran présente le contenu du(des) disque(s) dur(s) et les propositions faites par l'assistant de partitionnement de DrakX pour l'endroit où installer <application>Mageia</application>." +msgstr "" +"Cet écran présente le contenu du(des) disque(s) dur(s) et les propositions " +"faites par l'assistant de partitionnement de DrakX pour l'endroit où " +"installer <application>Mageia</application>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33 msgid "" "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your " "particular hard drive(s) layout and content." -msgstr "Les options proposées dans la liste ci-dessous varient en fonction du contenu et de l'agencement de chaque disque dur en particulier." +msgstr "" +"Les options proposées dans la liste ci-dessous varient en fonction du " +"contenu et de l'agencement de chaque disque dur en particulier." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" +"\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45 @@ -985,7 +1251,9 @@ msgstr "Utiliser les partitions existantes" msgid "" "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have " "been found and may be used for the installation." -msgstr "Si cette option est disponible, alors des partitions compatibles avec Linux ont été trouvées et sont utilisables pour l'installation de Mageia." +msgstr "" +"Si cette option est disponible, alors des partitions compatibles avec Linux " +"ont été trouvées et sont utilisables pour l'installation de Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54 @@ -995,9 +1263,11 @@ msgstr "Utiliser l'espace libre" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for" -" your new Mageia installation." -msgstr "Si le disque dur comporte de l'espace inutilisé, alors cette option l'utilisera pour l'installation de Mageia." +"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for " +"your new Mageia installation." +msgstr "" +"Si le disque dur comporte de l'espace inutilisé, alors cette option " +"l'utilisera pour l'installation de Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62 @@ -1007,9 +1277,11 @@ msgstr "Utiliser l'espace libre sur une partition Microsoft Windows" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may" -" offer to use it." -msgstr "Si une partition Windows existante comporte de l'espace inutilisé, l'installateur propose de l'utiliser." +"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may " +"offer to use it." +msgstr "" +"Si une partition Windows existante comporte de l'espace inutilisé, " +"l'installateur propose de l'utiliser." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69 @@ -1017,7 +1289,10 @@ msgid "" "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, " "but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all " "important files!" -msgstr "Cela peut être une façon pratique de faire de la place pour l'installation de Mageia, mais il s'agit d'une opération risquée, vous devriez donc vous assurer de posséder une sauvegarde de tous les fichiers importants." +msgstr "" +"Cela peut être une façon pratique de faire de la place pour l'installation " +"de Mageia, mais il s'agit d'une opération risquée, vous devriez donc vous " +"assurer de posséder une sauvegarde de tous les fichiers importants." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74 @@ -1028,7 +1303,14 @@ msgid "" "although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been " "moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to " "back up your personal files." -msgstr "Noter que cela impose de rétrécir la partition Windows. La partition doit être \"intègre\", signifiant que Windows doit s'être correctement arrêté lors de sa dernière utilisation. La partition doit avoir été défragmentée également, bien que ce ne soit pas une garantie que tous les fichiers de la partition aient été déplacés en dehors de la zone à utiliser. Il est fortement recommandé de sauvegarder ses données personnelles importantes au préalable." +msgstr "" +"Noter que cela impose de rétrécir la partition Windows. La partition doit " +"être \"intègre\", signifiant que Windows doit s'être correctement arrêté " +"lors de sa dernière utilisation. La partition doit avoir été défragmentée " +"également, bien que ce ne soit pas une garantie que tous les fichiers de la " +"partition aient été déplacés en dehors de la zone à utiliser. Il est " +"fortement recommandé de sauvegarder ses données personnelles importantes au " +"préalable." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84 @@ -1043,7 +1325,9 @@ msgstr "Cette option utilise le disque complet pour Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!" -msgstr "Attention ! Cela effacera TOUTES les données sur le disque sélectionné. Faites attention !" +msgstr "" +"Attention ! Cela effacera TOUTES les données sur le disque sélectionné. " +"Faites attention !" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93 @@ -1051,7 +1335,10 @@ msgid "" "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already " "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use " "this option." -msgstr "Si vous avez l'intention d'utiliser une partie du disque pour autre chose, ou bien des données déjà présentes sur le disque ne doivent pas être perdues, alors ne pas utiliser cette option." +msgstr "" +"Si vous avez l'intention d'utiliser une partie du disque pour autre chose, " +"ou bien des données déjà présentes sur le disque ne doivent pas être " +"perdues, alors ne pas utiliser cette option." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100 @@ -1061,9 +1348,11 @@ msgstr "Partitionnement de disque personnalisé" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 msgid "" -"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your" -" hard drive(s)." -msgstr "Ceci vous donne le contrôle complet sur la localisation de votre installation sur le(s) disque(s)." +"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " +"hard drive(s)." +msgstr "" +"Ceci vous donne le contrôle complet sur la localisation de votre " +"installation sur le(s) disque(s)." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109 @@ -1072,10 +1361,18 @@ msgid "" "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " "hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested " "with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 " -"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning" -" tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " +"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning " +"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " "settings:" -msgstr "Certains nouveaux disques utilisent maintenant des secteurs logiques de 4096 octets, au lieu des traditionnels 512 octets. En raison d'un manque de matériel disponible, l'outil de partitionnement utilisé par l'installateur n'a pas pu être testé avec de tels disques. Des disques SSD utilisent aussi maintenant des blocs d'effacement de plus de 1Mo. Nous vous suggérons de partitionner votre disque au préalable à l'aide d'un outil de partitionnement tiers tel que gparted, et d'utiliser la configuration suivante :" +msgstr "" +"Certains nouveaux disques utilisent maintenant des secteurs logiques de 4096 " +"octets, au lieu des traditionnels 512 octets. En raison d'un manque de " +"matériel disponible, l'outil de partitionnement utilisé par l'installateur " +"n'a pas pu être testé avec de tels disques. Des disques SSD utilisent aussi " +"maintenant des blocs d'effacement de plus de 1Mo. Nous vous suggérons de " +"partitionner votre disque au préalable à l'aide d'un outil de " +"partitionnement tiers tel que gparted, et d'utiliser la configuration " +"suivante :" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117 @@ -1091,7 +1388,9 @@ msgstr "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\"" #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 msgid "" "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." -msgstr "Assurez vous aussi que toutes les partitions sont créées avec un nombre pair de Mo." +msgstr "" +"Assurez vous aussi que toutes les partitions sont créées avec un nombre pair " +"de Mo." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3 @@ -1108,8 +1407,7 @@ msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgid "February 2014" msgstr "Février 2014" -#. type: Content of: -#. <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 msgid "Mageia 4" msgstr "Mageia 4" @@ -1132,10 +1430,13 @@ msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" -"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which" -" screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " +"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " "while installing." -msgstr "Lors d'une installation, seuls certains écrans présentés ci-après apparaissent, en fonction de votre matériel et des choix d'installation que vous faites." +msgstr "" +"Lors d'une installation, seuls certains écrans présentés ci-après " +"apparaissent, en fonction de votre matériel et des choix d'installation que " +"vous faites." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10 @@ -1146,64 +1447,84 @@ msgstr "</note>" #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" -"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." -msgstr "Les textes et les copies d'écrans de ce manuel sont disponibles sous la licence CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" +"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +msgstr "" +"Les textes et les copies d'écrans de ce manuel sont disponibles sous la " +"licence CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" +"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link " -"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link " -"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." -msgstr "Ce manuel a été réalisé avec l'aide de <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> développé par <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>" +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +msgstr "" +"Ce manuel a été réalisé avec l'aide de <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco." +"com\">Calenco CMS</link> développé par <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz" +"\">NeoDoc</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link " -"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation " -"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." -msgstr "Il est rédigé par des bénévoles sur leur temps libre. Si vous désirez aider à l'amélioration de ce manuel, veuillez contacter <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">l'Equipe de documentation</link>." +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" +"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" +"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +msgstr "" +"Il est rédigé par des bénévoles sur leur temps libre. Si vous désirez aider " +"à l'amélioration de ce manuel, veuillez contacter <link ns6:href=\"https://" +"wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">l'Equipe de documentation</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 msgid "Congratulations" msgstr "Félicitations" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text #. same day, added "s" to "sytems" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/exitInstall.xml:14 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:21 msgid "" -"You have finished installing and configuring " -"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the " -"installation medium and reboot your computer." -msgstr "L'installation et la configuration de <application>Mageia</application> sont terminées et il est maintenant possible d'enlever le medium d'installation et de redémarrer l'ordinateur." +"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</" +"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot " +"your computer." +msgstr "" +"L'installation et la configuration de <application>Mageia</application> sont " +"terminées et il est maintenant possible d'enlever le medium d'installation " +"et de redémarrer l'ordinateur." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:25 msgid "" -"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating" -" systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." -msgstr "Après le redémarrage, le choix entre les différents systèmes d'exploitation présents sur l'ordinateur (s'il en existe plus d'un) est possible dans l'écran du chargeur de démarrage ." +"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating " +"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." +msgstr "" +"Après le redémarrage, le choix entre les différents systèmes d'exploitation " +"présents sur l'ordinateur (s'il en existe plus d'un) est possible dans " +"l'écran du chargeur de démarrage ." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:28 msgid "" "If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install " "will be automatically selected and started." -msgstr "Si les réglages du chargeur de démarrage n'ont pas été modifiés, l'installation de Mageia sera automatiquement sélectionnée et démarrée." +msgstr "" +"Si les réglages du chargeur de démarrage n'ont pas été modifiés, " +"l'installation de Mageia sera automatiquement sélectionnée et démarrée." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:31 @@ -1215,43 +1536,56 @@ msgstr "Prenez plaisir !" msgid "" "Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to " "Mageia" -msgstr "Visitez www.mageia.org pour toute question ou si vous désirez contribuer à Mageia." +msgstr "" +"Visitez www.mageia.org pour toute question ou si vous désirez contribuer à " +"Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:4 msgid "Formatting" msgstr "Formatage" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\"" -" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> " -"</imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:25 msgid "" "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on " "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved." -msgstr "Choisir ici quelle(s) partition(s) est(sont) à formater. Toutes les données présentes sur les partitions <emphasis>non</emphasis> cochées seront préservées." +msgstr "" +"Choisir ici quelle(s) partition(s) est(sont) à formater. Toutes les données " +"présentes sur les partitions <emphasis>non</emphasis> cochées seront " +"préservées." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:29 msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted" -msgstr "Habituellement, au moins les partitions sélectionnées par DrakX doivent être formatées." +msgstr "" +"Habituellement, au moins les partitions sélectionnées par DrakX doivent être " +"formatées." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:32 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to " "check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>" -msgstr "Cliquer sur <guibutton>Avancé</guibutton> pour désigner les partitions où l'on souhaite que soient recherchés les <emphasis> blocs défectueux.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Cliquer sur <guibutton>Avancé</guibutton> pour désigner les partitions où " +"l'on souhaite que soient recherchés les <emphasis> blocs défectueux.</" +"emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:37 @@ -1260,14 +1594,21 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> " "and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen. " "In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions." -msgstr "Si vous n'êtes pas encore sûr de votre choix, cliquer sur <guibutton>Précédent</guibutton>, à nouveau sur <guibutton>Précédent</guibutton> puis sur <guibutton>Personnaliser</guibutton> pour revenir à l'écran principal. Dans cet écran, il est possible d'examiner le contenu des partitions." +msgstr "" +"Si vous n'êtes pas encore sûr de votre choix, cliquer sur " +"<guibutton>Précédent</guibutton>, à nouveau sur <guibutton>Précédent</" +"guibutton> puis sur <guibutton>Personnaliser</guibutton> pour revenir à " +"l'écran principal. Dans cet écran, il est possible d'examiner le contenu " +"des partitions." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:44 msgid "" -"When you are confident about the selection, click on " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue." -msgstr "Lorsque la sélection est faites avec certitude, cliquer sur <guibutton>Suivant</guibutton> pour continuer." +"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton> to continue." +msgstr "" +"Lorsque la sélection est faites avec certitude, cliquer sur " +"<guibutton>Suivant</guibutton> pour continuer." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:17 @@ -1280,14 +1621,20 @@ msgid "" "Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia " "Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as " "possible." -msgstr "Que vous soyez nouvel utilisateur de GNU-Linux ou expérimenté, l'installateur de Mageia est conçu pour vous rendre l'installation ou la mise à jour aussi aisée que possible." +msgstr "" +"Que vous soyez nouvel utilisateur de GNU-Linux ou expérimenté, " +"l'installateur de Mageia est conçu pour vous rendre l'installation ou la " +"mise à jour aussi aisée que possible." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:28 msgid "" "The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will " "start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need." -msgstr "L'écran du menu initial présente plusieurs options, cependant l'option par défaut démarre l'installation, ce qui correspondra à ce qui est souhaité la plupart du temps ." +msgstr "" +"L'écran du menu initial présente plusieurs options, cependant l'option par " +"défaut démarre l'installation, ce qui correspondra à ce qui est souhaité la " +"plupart du temps ." #. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:34 @@ -1302,15 +1649,17 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><para> #: en/installer.xml:37 msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:" -msgstr "Voici l'écran d'accueil par défaut lorsque vous utilisez un DVD Mageia :" +msgstr "" +"Voici l'écran d'accueil par défaut lorsque vous utilisez un DVD Mageia :" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:40 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> #: en/installer.xml:39 @@ -1321,38 +1670,51 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" #: en/installer.xml:46 msgid "" "From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:" -msgstr "A partir de ce premier écran, il est possible de paramétrer des préférences personnelles :" +msgstr "" +"A partir de ce premier écran, il est possible de paramétrer des préférences " +"personnelles :" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:51 msgid "" "The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen " "language for the system) by pressing the key F2" -msgstr "Sélectionnez la langue (pour l'installation uniquement, pourra être différent de la langue choisie pour le système) en pressant la touche F2" +msgstr "" +"Sélectionnez la langue (pour l'installation uniquement, pourra être " +"différent de la langue choisie pour le système) en pressant la touche F2" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:57 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:62 msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter." -msgstr "Utilisez les touches fléchées pour sélectionner la langue puis presser sur la touche Entrée." +msgstr "" +"Utilisez les touches fléchées pour sélectionner la langue puis presser sur " +"la touche Entrée." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:65 msgid "" "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. " -"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue " -"System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware " -"Detection Tool</guilabel>." -msgstr "Voici par exemple l'écran d'accueil en Français si vous utilisez in DVD/CD \"live\". Notez que le menu du DVD/CD \"live\" ne propose pas : le <guilabel>système de secours</guilabel>, le <guilabel>test de mémoire</guilabel> et <guilabel>l'outil de détection du matériel</guilabel>." +"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</" +"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection " +"Tool</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Voici par exemple l'écran d'accueil en Français si vous utilisez in DVD/CD " +"\"live\". Notez que le menu du DVD/CD \"live\" ne propose pas : le " +"<guilabel>système de secours</guilabel>, le <guilabel>test de mémoire</" +"guilabel> et <guilabel>l'outil de détection du matériel</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:73 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:82 @@ -1361,8 +1723,10 @@ msgstr "Modifiez la résolution de l'écran en pressant la touche F3." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:85 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:92 @@ -1375,7 +1739,11 @@ msgid "" "If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one " "of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called " "<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:" -msgstr "Si l'installation échoue, il peut alors être nécessaire de réessayer en utilisant l'une des options spéciales. Le menu appelé par la touche F6 affiche une nouvelle ligne appelée <guilabel>Options de démarrage</guilabel> et propose quatre entrées :" +msgstr "" +"Si l'installation échoue, il peut alors être nécessaire de réessayer en " +"utilisant l'une des options spéciales. Le menu appelé par la touche F6 " +"affiche une nouvelle ligne appelée <guilabel>Options de démarrage</" +"guilabel> et propose quatre entrées :" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:99 @@ -1387,28 +1755,37 @@ msgstr "- par défaut. Cela ne modifie rien dans les options par défaut." msgid "" "- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of " "performances." -msgstr "- sauvegarde des paramètres, la priorité étant donnée à la sécurité au détriment performances." +msgstr "" +"- sauvegarde des paramètres, la priorité étant donnée à la sécurité au " +"détriment performances." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:105 msgid "" "- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management " "isn't taken into account." -msgstr "- pas d'ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), la gestion de l'alimention n'est pas prise en compte." +msgstr "" +"- pas d'ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), la gestion de " +"l'alimention n'est pas prise en compte." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:108 msgid "" "- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is " "about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for." -msgstr "- Pas d'APIC (Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller) local. Ceci ne concerne que le fonctionnement interne de l'Unité Centrale, sélectionnez cette option uniquement si on vous le demande." +msgstr "" +"- Pas d'APIC (Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller) local. Ceci ne " +"concerne que le fonctionnement interne de l'Unité Centrale, sélectionnez " +"cette option uniquement si on vous le demande." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:112 msgid "" "When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options " "displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line." -msgstr "Si vous sélectionnez l'une de ces entrées, cela modifie les options par défaut affichées dans la ligne <guilabel>Options de démarrage</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Si vous sélectionnez l'une de ces entrées, cela modifie les options par " +"défaut affichées dans la ligne <guilabel>Options de démarrage</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:116 @@ -1416,12 +1793,18 @@ msgid "" "In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the " "key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, " "however, they are really taken into account." -msgstr "Dans certaines versions de Mageia, il peut arriver que les entrées sélectionnées avec la touche F6 n'apparaissent pas dans la ligne <guilabel>Options de démarrage</guilabel>, cependant elles sont bien prises en compte." +msgstr "" +"Dans certaines versions de Mageia, il peut arriver que les entrées " +"sélectionnées avec la touche F6 n'apparaissent pas dans la ligne " +"<guilabel>Options de démarrage</guilabel>, cependant elles sont bien prises " +"en compte." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:123 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:130 @@ -1434,12 +1817,18 @@ msgid "" "Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options. Select one with " "the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to " "go back to the welcome screen." -msgstr "Presser la touche F1 ouvre une nouvelle fenêtre avec plus d'options disponibles. Sélectionnez-en une avec les touches directionnelles, puis pressez \"Entrée\" pour obtenir plus de détails ou la touche d'échappement Esc pour revenir vers l'écran d'accueil." +msgstr "" +"Presser la touche F1 ouvre une nouvelle fenêtre avec plus d'options " +"disponibles. Sélectionnez-en une avec les touches directionnelles, puis " +"pressez \"Entrée\" pour obtenir plus de détails ou la touche d'échappement " +"Esc pour revenir vers l'écran d'accueil." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:139 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:146 @@ -1448,34 +1837,46 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options list. " "These options can by added by hand in the <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> " "line." -msgstr "La vue détaillée sur l'option splash. Pressez la touche Echappement ou sélectionnez <guilabel>Retournez vers les options de démarrage</guilabel> pour revenir vers la liste des options. Ces options peuvent être ajoutées manuellement sur la ligne <guilabel>options de Démarrage</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"La vue détaillée sur l'option splash. Pressez la touche Echappement ou " +"sélectionnez <guilabel>Retournez vers les options de démarrage</guilabel> " +"pour revenir vers la liste des options. Ces options peuvent être ajoutées " +"manuellement sur la ligne <guilabel>options de Démarrage</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:152 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:160 msgid "The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key." -msgstr "L'aide est traduite dans la langue sélectionnée en pressant la touche F2." +msgstr "" +"L'aide est traduite dans la langue sélectionnée en pressant la touche F2." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:166 msgid "" "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based " "Installation CD (Boot.iso or Boot-Nonfree.iso images):" -msgstr "Voici l'écran d'accueil par défaut si vous utilisez un CD d'installation par le Réseau (les images Boot.iso ou Boot-Nonfree.iso) :" +msgstr "" +"Voici l'écran d'accueil par défaut si vous utilisez un CD d'installation par " +"le Réseau (les images Boot.iso ou Boot-Nonfree.iso) :" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:169 msgid "" "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are " "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-" -"based Installation CD, see <link " -"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">the Mageia " -"Wiki</link>" -msgstr "Cela ne permet pas de modifier la langue, les options disponibles sont décrites dans l'écran. Pour plus d'information sur l'utilisation d'un CD d'installation par le Réseau, consulter <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">le Wiki Mageia</link>" +"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot." +"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>" +msgstr "" +"Cela ne permet pas de modifier la langue, les options disponibles sont " +"décrites dans l'écran. Pour plus d'information sur l'utilisation d'un CD " +"d'installation par le Réseau, consulter <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia." +"org/en/Boot.iso_install\">le Wiki Mageia</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/installer.xml:175 @@ -1485,9 +1886,11 @@ msgstr "Le clavier est Américain." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:179 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:186 @@ -1497,24 +1900,30 @@ msgstr "Les étapes de l'installation" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:189 msgid "" -"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed" -" on the side panel of the screen." -msgstr "Le processus d'installation se divise en étapes successives qui peuvent être suivies dans le panneau latéral à gauche de l'écran." +"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " +"on the side panel of the screen." +msgstr "" +"Le processus d'installation se divise en étapes successives qui peuvent être " +"suivies dans le panneau latéral à gauche de l'écran." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:192 msgid "" -"Each step has one or more screens which may also have " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, " -"options." -msgstr "Chaque étape contient un ou plusieurs écrans qui peuvent à leur tour présenter un bouton <guibutton>Avancé</guibutton> qui offre des options supplémentaires moins communes." +"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" +"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." +msgstr "" +"Chaque étape contient un ou plusieurs écrans qui peuvent à leur tour " +"présenter un bouton <guibutton>Avancé</guibutton> qui offre des options " +"supplémentaires moins communes." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:196 msgid "" "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " "explanations about the current step." -msgstr "La plupart des écrans présentent un bouton d'<guibutton>Aide</guibutton> qui apporte davantage d'explications au sujet de l'étape en cours." +msgstr "" +"La plupart des écrans présentent un bouton d'<guibutton>Aide</guibutton> qui " +"apporte davantage d'explications au sujet de l'étape en cours." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:200 @@ -1524,114 +1933,146 @@ msgid "" "partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your " "computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well " "leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure " -"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys" -" <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " +"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys " +"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot." -msgstr "Si vous décidez d'arrêter l'installation à un moment donné de son déroulement, il est possible de redémarrer, mais bien y réfléchir avant. Lorsqu'une partition a été formatée ou lorsque des mises à jour ont commencé à être écrites, l'ordinateur n'est plus dans le même état et le redémarrage peut très bien rendre le système inutilisable. Si malgré tout, vous êtes sûrs de vouloir redémarrer, ouvrir une console en appuyant simultanément sur les trois touches <guibutton>alt ctrl F2</guibutton>. Ensuite appuyer simultanément sur les trois touches <guibutton>alt ctrl suppr</guibutton> pour redémarrer." +msgstr "" +"Si vous décidez d'arrêter l'installation à un moment donné de son " +"déroulement, il est possible de redémarrer, mais bien y réfléchir avant. " +"Lorsqu'une partition a été formatée ou lorsque des mises à jour ont commencé " +"à être écrites, l'ordinateur n'est plus dans le même état et le redémarrage " +"peut très bien rendre le système inutilisable. Si malgré tout, vous êtes " +"sûrs de vouloir redémarrer, ouvrir une console en appuyant simultanément sur " +"les trois touches <guibutton>alt ctrl F2</guibutton>. Ensuite appuyer " +"simultanément sur les trois touches <guibutton>alt ctrl suppr</guibutton> " +"pour redémarrer." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:215 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:214 msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" msgstr "Problèmes d'installation et solutions possibles" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:221 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:220 msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "Pas d'interface graphique" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:226 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:225 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " "resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt." -msgstr "Après l'écran initial, vous n'obtenez pas l'écran de sélection de la langue. Cela peut arriver avec certaines cartes graphiques et vieux systèmes. Essayez d'utiliser une basse résolution en tapant <code>vgalo</code> à l'invite." +msgstr "" +"Après l'écran initial, vous n'obtenez pas l'écran de sélection de la langue. " +"Cela peut arriver avec certaines cartes graphiques et vieux systèmes. " +"Essayez d'utiliser une basse résolution en tapant <code>vgalo</code> à " +"l'invite." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:233 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:232 msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " "ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be " -"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit" -" ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." -msgstr "Si le matériel est très ancien, une installation graphique pourrait être impossible. Dans ce cas il vaut mieux essayer une installation en mode texte. Pour utiliser celle-ci pressez la touche Echappement/ESC au premier écran d'accueil et confirmez avec ENTREE. Un écran noir s'affichera avec le mot \"boot:\". Tapez \"text\" et pressez ENTREE. Maintenant continuez l'installation en mode texte." +"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit " +"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." +msgstr "" +"Si le matériel est très ancien, une installation graphique pourrait être " +"impossible. Dans ce cas il vaut mieux essayer une installation en mode " +"texte. Pour utiliser celle-ci pressez la touche Echappement/ESC au premier " +"écran d'accueil et confirmez avec ENTREE. Un écran noir s'affichera avec le " +"mot \"boot:\". Tapez \"text\" et pressez ENTREE. Maintenant continuez " +"l'installation en mode texte." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:245 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:244 msgid "The Install Freezes" msgstr "L'installation se fige" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:248 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:247 msgid "" "If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a " "problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of " "hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type " "<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with " "other options as necessary." -msgstr "Si le système semble se figer pendant l'installation, cela peut provenir d'un problème de détection du matériel. Dans ce cas, la détection automatique peut être escamotée et traitée ultérieurement. Pour tenter cela, tapez <code>noauto</code> à l'invite. Cette option peut être combinée avec les précédentes si nécessaire.." +msgstr "" +"Si le système semble se figer pendant l'installation, cela peut provenir " +"d'un problème de détection du matériel. Dans ce cas, la détection " +"automatique peut être escamotée et traitée ultérieurement. Pour tenter " +"cela, tapez <code>noauto</code> à l'invite. Cette option peut être combinée " +"avec les précédentes si nécessaire.." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:257 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:256 msgid "RAM problem" msgstr "Problème de mémoire vive" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:260 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:259 msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " -"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. " -"e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." -msgstr "Cela sera rarement nécessaire, mais dans certains cas, le matériel peut détecter la mémoire vive (RAM) disponible de manière incorrecte. Pour la spécifier manuellement, utilisez le paramètre <code>mem=xxxM</code> où xxx est la quantité correcte de RAM. Par exemple <code>mem=256M</code> pour spécifier 256Mo de RAM." +"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e." +"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." +msgstr "" +"Cela sera rarement nécessaire, mais dans certains cas, le matériel peut " +"détecter la mémoire vive (RAM) disponible de manière incorrecte. Pour la " +"spécifier manuellement, utilisez le paramètre <code>mem=xxxM</code> où xxx " +"est la quantité correcte de RAM. Par exemple <code>mem=256M</code> pour " +"spécifier 256Mo de RAM." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:269 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:268 msgid "Dynamic partitions" msgstr "Partitions dynamiques" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:272 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:271 msgid "" "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " "on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: " -"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" -"us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" -"us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." -msgstr "Si vous avez converti votre disque dur d'un format \"primaire\" vers un format \"dynamique\" dans Microsoft Windows, vous devez savoir qu'il est impossible d'installer Mageia sur ce disque. Pour revenir vers un format primaire, consultez la documentation Microsoft : <link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." +"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx" +"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." +msgstr "" +"Si vous avez converti votre disque dur d'un format \"primaire\" vers un " +"format \"dynamique\" dans Microsoft Windows, vous devez savoir qu'il est " +"impossible d'installer Mageia sur ce disque. Pour revenir vers un format " +"primaire, consultez la documentation Microsoft : <link ns2:href=\"http://" +"msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/" +"en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installUpdates.xml:3 msgid "Updates" msgstr "Mises à jour" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" -#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" -#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" -#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" -#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore -#. correct html filename -#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename +#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installUpdates.xml:13 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:19 msgid "" "Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some " "packages will have been updated or improved." -msgstr "Depuis la publication de cette version de <application>Mageia</application>, un certain nombre de paquets ont été mis à jour ou améliorés." +msgstr "" +"Depuis la publication de cette version de <application>Mageia</application>, " +"un certain nombre de paquets ont été mis à jour ou améliorés." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:23 @@ -1639,7 +2080,10 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, " "select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you " "aren't connected to the Internet" -msgstr "Choisissez <guilabel>oui</guilabel> si vous souhaitez les télécharger et les installer, sélectionnez <guilabel>non</guilabel> si vous ne le souhaitez pas, ou si vous n'êtes pas connecté à Internet" +msgstr "" +"Choisissez <guilabel>oui</guilabel> si vous souhaitez les télécharger et les " +"installer, sélectionnez <guilabel>non</guilabel> si vous ne le souhaitez " +"pas, ou si vous n'êtes pas connecté à Internet" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:28 @@ -1651,55 +2095,73 @@ msgstr "Cliquer sur <guibutton>Suivant</guibutton> pour continuer" msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "Sélection des média (Nonfree)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the -#. same as for add_supplemental_media) -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html -#. filename was wrong) +#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/media_selection.xml:12 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" -"=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:18 msgid "" "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are " -"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories" -" selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " +"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories " +"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " "the next steps." -msgstr "Vous avez ici la liste des dépôts disponibles. Leur disponibilité dépend du média utilisé pour réaliser l'installation. Le choix des dépôts détermine quels seront les paquetages proposés à l'installation au cours des étapes suivantes." +msgstr "" +"Vous avez ici la liste des dépôts disponibles. Leur disponibilité dépend du " +"média utilisé pour réaliser l'installation. Le choix des dépôts détermine " +"quels seront les paquetages proposés à l'installation au cours des étapes " +"suivantes." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:25 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains " "the base of the distribution." -msgstr "Le dépôt <emphasis>Core</emphasis> est obligatoire car il contient la base de la distribution." +msgstr "" +"Le dépôt <emphasis>Core</emphasis> est obligatoire car il contient la base " +"de la distribution." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:30 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-" -"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source" -" software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " +"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source " +"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " "nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi " "cards, etc." -msgstr "Le dépôt <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> comprend les paquetages qui sont gratuits, Mageia peut donc les distribuer, mais ils contiennent du logiciel soumis à des droits (d'où le nom Nonfree, signifiant Non libre). Par exemple, dans ce dépôt se trouvent les pilotes propriétaires des cartes graphiques nVidia et ATI, les firmwares de diverses cartes Wifi, etc." +msgstr "" +"Le dépôt <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> comprend les paquetages qui sont " +"gratuits, Mageia peut donc les distribuer, mais ils contiennent du logiciel " +"soumis à des droits (d'où le nom Nonfree, signifiant Non libre). Par " +"exemple, dans ce dépôt se trouvent les pilotes propriétaires des cartes " +"graphiques nVidia et ATI, les firmwares de diverses cartes Wifi, etc." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:38 msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under" -" a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository " -"is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g." -" Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed" -" to play commercial video DVD, etc." -msgstr "Le dépôt <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> comprend les paquetages publiés sous licence libre. La principale raison qui fait placer un paquetage dans ce dépôt est qu'il peut violer des lois de protection des droits d'auteur dans certains pays, en général, des codecs Multimedia nécessaires à l'exécution de divers fichiers audio/video; ou bien des paquetages nécessaires pour jouer des DVD vidéo commerciaux, etc." +"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under " +"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is " +"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. " +"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed " +"to play commercial video DVD, etc." +msgstr "" +"Le dépôt <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> comprend les paquetages publiés sous " +"licence libre. La principale raison qui fait placer un paquetage dans ce " +"dépôt est qu'il peut violer des lois de protection des droits d'auteur dans " +"certains pays, en général, des codecs Multimedia nécessaires à l'exécution " +"de divers fichiers audio/video; ou bien des paquetages nécessaires pour " +"jouer des DVD vidéo commerciaux, etc." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/minimal-install.xml:3 @@ -1710,9 +2172,12 @@ msgstr "Installation minimale" #: en/minimal-install.xml:9 msgid "" "You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the " -"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref " -"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." -msgstr "Il est possible de choisir une installation minimale en dé-sélectionnant tout dans l'écran Sélection du groupe de paquetages, voir <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." +"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" +"xref>." +msgstr "" +"Il est possible de choisir une installation minimale en dé-sélectionnant " +"tout dans l'écran Sélection du groupe de paquetages, voir <xref linkend=" +"\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:10 @@ -1721,14 +2186,21 @@ msgid "" "their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised " "workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package " "Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." -msgstr "L'installation minimale est destinée à ceux qui envisagent des utilisations spécifiques pour leur <application>Mageia</application>, telles qu'un serveur ou une station de travail spécialisée. Il est probable que cette option soit employée en combinaison avec la Sélection Individuelle des Paquetages, voir <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." +msgstr "" +"L'installation minimale est destinée à ceux qui envisagent des utilisations " +"spécifiques pour leur <application>Mageia</application>, telles qu'un " +"serveur ou une station de travail spécialisée. Il est probable que cette " +"option soit employée en combinaison avec la Sélection Individuelle des " +"Paquetages, voir <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:14 msgid "" "If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer " "you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X." -msgstr "Avec le choix de cette classe d'installation, l'écran suivant propose d'installer quelques extras utiles tels que de la documentation et X." +msgstr "" +"Avec le choix de cette classe d'installation, l'écran suivant propose " +"d'installer quelques extras utiles tels que de la documentation et X." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/minimal-install.xml:19 @@ -1736,34 +2208,37 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:3 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" msgstr "Résumé des différents paramètres" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-) -#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages -#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and -#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph -#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. -#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by -#. linkend="setupBootloader" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, -#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files +#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages +#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and +#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph +#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. +#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:33 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:38 @@ -1772,7 +2247,11 @@ msgid "" "the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the " "settings here and change them if you want after pressing " "<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>." -msgstr "DrakX a fait les choix judicieux pour la configuration du système en tenant compte des choix faits par vous-même et du matériel détecté. Il est possible ici de vérifier les paramètres et de les changer si souhaité en cliquant sur <guibutton>Configurer</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"DrakX a fait les choix judicieux pour la configuration du système en tenant " +"compte des choix faits par vous-même et du matériel détecté. Il est possible " +"ici de vérifier les paramètres et de les changer si souhaité en cliquant sur " +"<guibutton>Configurer</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:45 @@ -1788,9 +2267,11 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Fuseau horaire :</guilabel>" #: en/misc-params.xml:52 msgid "" "DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. " -"You can change it if needed. See also <xref " -"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" -msgstr "DrakX a sélectionné un fuseau horaire en fonction de la langue préférée. Le modifier si nécessaire. Voir aussi <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" +"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/" +">" +msgstr "" +"DrakX a sélectionné un fuseau horaire en fonction de la langue préférée. Le " +"modifier si nécessaire. Voir aussi <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:58 @@ -1802,7 +2283,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Pays / Région :</guilabel>" msgid "" "If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you " "correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" -msgstr "Si vous ne vivez pas dans le pays sélectionné, il est très important de rectifier. Voir <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Si vous ne vivez pas dans le pays sélectionné, il est très important de " +"rectifier. Voir <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:67 @@ -1812,13 +2295,15 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Chargeur de démarrage : </guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:69 msgid "DrakX has made good choices for the bootloader setting." -msgstr "DrakX a fait les bons choix pour le paramétrage du chargeur de démarrage." +msgstr "" +"DrakX a fait les bons choix pour le paramétrage du chargeur de démarrage." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:72 msgid "" "Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub and/or Lilo" -msgstr "Ne rien modifier a moins de connaître comment configurer GRUB et/ou Lilo." +msgstr "" +"Ne rien modifier a moins de connaître comment configurer GRUB et/ou Lilo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:75 @@ -1833,9 +2318,11 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Gestion de l'utilisateur :</guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:83 msgid "" -"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own " -"<literal>/home</literal> directories." -msgstr "Il est possible d'ajouter des utilisateurs supplémentaires ici. Chacun se verra attribuer son propre répertoire <literal>/home</literal>." +"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</" +"literal> directories." +msgstr "" +"Il est possible d'ajouter des utilisateurs supplémentaires ici. Chacun se " +"verra attribuer son propre répertoire <literal>/home</literal>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:89 @@ -1847,14 +2334,19 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Services :</guilabel>" msgid "" "System services refer to those small programs which run the background " "(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks." -msgstr "Les services systèmes sont ces petits programmes exécutés en tâche de fond (démons). Cet outil permet d'autoriser ou interdire l'exécution de certaines tâches." +msgstr "" +"Les services systèmes sont ces petits programmes exécutés en tâche de fond " +"(démons). Cet outil permet d'autoriser ou interdire l'exécution de certaines " +"tâches." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:95 msgid "" "You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may " "prevent your computer from operating correctly." -msgstr "Soyez sûrs de ce que vous faîtes avant de changer quoi que ce soit ici - une erreur peut empêcher le fonctionnement correct de l'ordinateur." +msgstr "" +"Soyez sûrs de ce que vous faîtes avant de changer quoi que ce soit ici - une " +"erreur peut empêcher le fonctionnement correct de l'ordinateur." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:99 @@ -1876,7 +2368,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Clavier </guilabel>:" msgid "" "This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on " "your location, language or type of keyboard." -msgstr "C'est l'endroit où configurer la disposition du clavier, lequel dépend du pays, de la langue ou du type de clavier." +msgstr "" +"C'est l'endroit où configurer la disposition du clavier, lequel dépend du " +"pays, de la langue ou du type de clavier." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:119 @@ -1888,7 +2382,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Souris :</guilabel>" msgid "" "Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs " "etc." -msgstr "Configurer ou ajouter ici d'autres périphériques de pointage, tablettes, trackballs etc." +msgstr "" +"Configurer ou ajouter ici d'autres périphériques de pointage, tablettes, " +"trackballs etc." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:126 @@ -1898,10 +2394,13 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Carte son :</guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:129 msgid "" -"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option" -" to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " +"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option " +"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " "driver for your card, but none of them is the default one." -msgstr "L'installeur sélectionne le pilote par défaut, s'il en existe un. L'option de sélection d'un pilote différent n'est fournie que s'il existe plus d'un pilote pour votre carte, mais qu'aucun d'entre eux n'est celui par défaut." +msgstr "" +"L'installeur sélectionne le pilote par défaut, s'il en existe un. L'option " +"de sélection d'un pilote différent n'est fournie que s'il existe plus d'un " +"pilote pour votre carte, mais qu'aucun d'entre eux n'est celui par défaut." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:136 @@ -1910,9 +2409,10 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Interface graphique : </guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:139 -msgid "" -"This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." -msgstr "Cette partie permet la configuration de la(des) carte(s) graphique(s) et de l'affichage." +msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." +msgstr "" +"Cette partie permet la configuration de la(des) carte(s) graphique(s) et de " +"l'affichage." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:142 @@ -1922,10 +2422,12 @@ msgstr "Pour plus d'informations voir <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:148 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:156 @@ -1944,14 +2446,21 @@ msgid "" "drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia " "Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media " "repositories." -msgstr "Il est possible de configurer le réseau ici, mais pour les cartes réseau exigeant un pilote non libre, il est préférable de le faire après le redémarrage, dans le <application>Centre de Contrôle de Mageia</application>, si vous n'avez pas encore validé les dépôts de média non libres (nonfree)." +msgstr "" +"Il est possible de configurer le réseau ici, mais pour les cartes réseau " +"exigeant un pilote non libre, il est préférable de le faire après le " +"redémarrage, dans le <application>Centre de Contrôle de Mageia</" +"application>, si vous n'avez pas encore validé les dépôts de média non " +"libres (nonfree)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:171 msgid "" "When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch " "that interface as well." -msgstr "Lors de l'ajout d'une carte réseau, ne pas oublier de paramétrer le pare-feu pour qu'il surveille aussi cette interface." +msgstr "" +"Lors de l'ajout d'une carte réseau, ne pas oublier de paramétrer le pare-feu " +"pour qu'il surveille aussi cette interface." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:178 @@ -1964,14 +2473,19 @@ msgid "" "A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider " "internet. This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a " "proxy service." -msgstr "Un serveur Proxy (aussi appelé serveur mandataire) se comporte en intermédiaire entre votre ordinateur et internet. Cette partie permet de configurer votre ordinateur pour qu'il utilise un service proxy." +msgstr "" +"Un serveur Proxy (aussi appelé serveur mandataire) se comporte en " +"intermédiaire entre votre ordinateur et internet. Cette partie permet de " +"configurer votre ordinateur pour qu'il utilise un service proxy." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:185 msgid "" -"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you" -" need to enter here" -msgstr "Peut-être sera t-il utile de consulter l'administrateur système pour obtenir les valeurs des paramètres à entrer ici." +"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you " +"need to enter here" +msgstr "" +"Peut-être sera t-il utile de consulter l'administrateur système pour obtenir " +"les valeurs des paramètres à entrer ici." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:194 @@ -1986,14 +2500,17 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Niveau de sécurité</guilabel> :" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:202 msgid "" -"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default" -" setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." -msgstr "Régler ici le niveau de sécurité choisi pour l'ordinateur, le plus souvent les valeurs par défaut (Standard) conviennent pour un usage général." +"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default " +"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." +msgstr "" +"Régler ici le niveau de sécurité choisi pour l'ordinateur, le plus souvent " +"les valeurs par défaut (Standard) conviennent pour un usage général." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:206 msgid "Check the option which best suits your usage." -msgstr "Cocher l'option qui convient le mieux à votre utilisation de l'ordinateur." +msgstr "" +"Cocher l'option qui convient le mieux à votre utilisation de l'ordinateur." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:211 @@ -2005,50 +2522,63 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Pare-feu</guilabel> :" msgid "" "A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the " "rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it." -msgstr "Un pare-feu tente de se dresser en barrière entre les données importantes sur l'ordinateur et les voyous qui tournent autour, depuis internet, et qui cherchent à les compromettre ou à les voler." +msgstr "" +"Un pare-feu tente de se dresser en barrière entre les données importantes " +"sur l'ordinateur et les voyous qui tournent autour, depuis internet, et qui " +"cherchent à les compromettre ou à les voler." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:217 msgid "" "Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your " "selections will depend on what you use your computer for." -msgstr "Choisir les services dont l'accès est nécessaire sur le système. Le choix dépend de l'utilisation de l'ordinateur." +msgstr "" +"Choisir les services dont l'accès est nécessaire sur le système. Le choix " +"dépend de l'utilisation de l'ordinateur." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:222 msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky." -msgstr "Garder à l'esprit que tout autoriser (pas de pare-feu) est très risqué." +msgstr "" +"Garder à l'esprit que tout autoriser (pas de pare-feu) est très risqué." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16 msgid "" "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " "partition" -msgstr "Redimensionner la partition <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>" +msgstr "" +"Redimensionner la partition <application>Windows<superscript>®</" +"superscript></application>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20 msgid "" -"You have more than one " -"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition. " -"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing " -"<application>Mageia</application>." -msgstr "Vous disposez de plus d'une partition <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>. Sélectionnez celle dont vous voulez diminuer la taille afin de pouvoir installer <application>Mageia</application>." +"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" +"application> partition. Choose which one should be made smaller to make " +"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>." +msgstr "" +"Vous disposez de plus d'une partition <application>Windows<superscript>®</" +"superscript></application>. Sélectionnez celle dont vous voulez diminuer la " +"taille afin de pouvoir installer <application>Mageia</application>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/securityLevel.xml:12 msgid "Security Level" msgstr "Niveau de Sécurité" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/securityLevel.xml:19 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:24 @@ -2066,567 +2596,632 @@ msgstr "Laisser les valeurs par défaut si les choix à faire sont inconnus." msgid "" "After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings " "in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center." -msgstr "Après l'installation, il sera toujours possible de régler les paramètres de sécurité dans le volet <guilabel>Sécurité </guilabel>dans le Centre de Contrôle de Mageia." +msgstr "" +"Après l'installation, il sera toujours possible de régler les paramètres de " +"sécurité dans le volet <guilabel>Sécurité </guilabel>dans le Centre de " +"Contrôle de Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:5 msgid "Select and use ISOs" msgstr "Sélectionner et utiliser les ISOs" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:8 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:9 msgid "Media" msgstr "Média" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:11 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:12 msgid "Definition" msgstr "Définition" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:13 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:14 msgid "" "Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to " "install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO " "file is copied to." -msgstr "Ici, un médium (pluriel : média) est un fichier image ISO qui vous permet d'installer et/ou de mettre à jour Mageia, et par extension tout support physique sur lequel le fichier ISO est copié." +msgstr "" +"Ici, un médium (pluriel : média) est un fichier image ISO qui vous permet " +"d'installer et/ou de mettre à jour Mageia, et par extension tout support " +"physique sur lequel le fichier ISO est copié." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:18 msgid "" -"You can find them <link " -"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">here</link>." -msgstr "Vous pouvez les trouver <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/fr/downloads/\">ici</link>." +"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" +"\">here</link>." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez les trouver <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/fr/downloads/" +"\">ici</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:21 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:22 msgid "Classical installation media" msgstr "Média d'installation classique" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:24 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:92 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:199 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:25 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:94 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:200 msgid "Common features" msgstr "Caractéristiques communes" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:29 msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx." msgstr "Ces images ISOs utilisent l'installeur classique appelé Drakx." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:34 msgid "" "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." -msgstr "Ils peuvent réaliser une nouvelle installation ou une mise à jour à partir de versions précédentes." +msgstr "" +"Ils peuvent réaliser une nouvelle installation ou une mise à jour à partir " +"de versions précédentes." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:39 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:41 msgid "DVD" msgstr "DVD" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:45 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." msgstr "Un média différent pour les architectures 32 ou 64 bits." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:49 msgid "" "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " "Hardware Detection Tool." -msgstr "Certains outils sont disponibles dans l'écran d'accueil : système de secours, test de mémoire, outil de détection de matériel." +msgstr "" +"Certains outils sont disponibles dans l'écran d'accueil : système de " +"secours, test de mémoire, outil de détection de matériel." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:54 msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages." -msgstr "Chaque DVD contient plusieurs environnements de bureau et plusieurs langues." +msgstr "" +"Chaque DVD contient plusieurs environnements de bureau et plusieurs langues." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:59 msgid "" "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software." -msgstr "Vous aurez la possibilité durant l'installation d'ajouter des logiciels non-libres." +msgstr "" +"Vous aurez la possibilité durant l'installation d'ajouter des logiciels non-" +"libres." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:66 msgid "DVD dual arch" msgstr "DVD dual arch" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:70 msgid "" "Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made " "automatically according to the detected CPU." -msgstr "Toutes les architectures sont présentes sur le même médium, le choix de l'une d'entre elle est réalisé automatiquement selon le CPU détecté." +msgstr "" +"Toutes les architectures sont présentes sur le même médium, le choix de " +"l'une d'entre elle est réalisé automatiquement selon le CPU détecté." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:75 msgid "Uses Xfce desktop only." msgstr "Utilise le bureau Xfce uniquement." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:79 msgid "" "Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, " "pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED!" -msgstr "Toutes les langues ne sont pas disponibles. Seules les suivantes (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) peuvent être sélectionnées !" +msgstr "" +"Toutes les langues ne sont pas disponibles. Seules les suivantes (be, bg, " +"ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) peuvent être sélectionnées !" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:84 msgid "It contains non free software." msgstr "Il contient des logiciels non libres." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:89 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:91 msgid "Live media" msgstr "Média \"Live\"" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:98 msgid "" "Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and " "optionally install Mageia on to your HDD." -msgstr "Peut être utilisé pour tester la distribution Mageia sans l'installer sur le disque dur, puis éventuellement l'installer par la suite." +msgstr "" +"Peut être utilisé pour tester la distribution Mageia sans l'installer sur le " +"disque dur, puis éventuellement l'installer par la suite." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." -msgstr "Chaque image ISO contient un seul environnement de bureau (KDE ou GNOME)." +msgstr "" +"Chaque image ISO contient un seul environnement de bureau (KDE ou GNOME)." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:218 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:108 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:172 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:190 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:220 msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures." msgstr "Des média différents pour les architectures 32 ou 64 bits." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:112 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " -"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous " -"releases.</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Les ISO Live peuvent être utilisées uniquement pour des installations nouvelles, elles ne peuvent pas l'être pour mettre à niveau de précédentes versions.</emphasis>" +"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Les ISO Live peuvent être utilisées uniquement pour " +"des installations nouvelles, elles ne peuvent pas l'être pour mettre à " +"niveau de précédentes versions.</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:118 msgid "They contain non free software." msgstr "Ils contiennent des logiciels non-libres." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:123 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:124 msgid "Live CD KDE" msgstr "CD live KDE" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:128 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:164 msgid "KDE desktop environment only." msgstr "Environnement de bureau KDE uniquement." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:222 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:132 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:150 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:224 msgid "English language only." msgstr "En anglais uniquement." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:136 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:154 msgid "32 bit only." msgstr "32 bits seulement." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:141 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:142 msgid "Live CD GNOME" msgstr "CD live GNOME" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:146 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:182 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." msgstr "Environnement de bureau GNOME uniquement." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:159 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:160 msgid "Live DVD KDE" msgstr "DVD live KDE" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:168 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:186 msgid "All languages are present." msgstr "Toutes les langues sont présentes." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:177 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:178 msgid "Live DVD GNOME" msgstr "DVD Live GNOME" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:196 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:197 msgid "Boot-only CD media" msgstr "Démarre uniquement les média de type CD" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:204 msgid "" -"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to" -" start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other " -"packages that are needed to continue and complete the install. These " -"packages may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or" -" on the Internet." -msgstr "Chacune d'elle est une petite image ne contenant que ce qui est nécessaire pour démarrer l'installeur drakx, trouver drakx-installer-stage2 et d'autres paquets indispensables pour continuer et terminer l'installation. Ces paquets peuvent se trouver sur le disque dur de l'ordinateur, sur un périphérique de stockage, un réseau local ou sur Internet. " +"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " +"start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages " +"that are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be " +"on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the Internet." +msgstr "" +"Chacune d'elle est une petite image ne contenant que ce qui est nécessaire " +"pour démarrer l'installeur drakx, trouver drakx-installer-stage2 et d'autres " +"paquets indispensables pour continuer et terminer l'installation. Ces " +"paquets peuvent se trouver sur le disque dur de l'ordinateur, sur un " +"périphérique de stockage, un réseau local ou sur Internet. " -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:212 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:213 msgid "" "These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when " "bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a " "PC that can't boot from a USB stick." -msgstr "Ces médias sont très légers (moins de 100 Mo) et sont adaptés lorsque le débit est trop faible pour télécharger un DVD complet, si l'ordinateur n'a pas de lecteur de DVD ou s'il ne peut pas démarrer sur une clé USB." +msgstr "" +"Ces médias sont très légers (moins de 100 Mo) et sont adaptés lorsque le " +"débit est trop faible pour télécharger un DVD complet, si l'ordinateur n'a " +"pas de lecteur de DVD ou s'il ne peut pas démarrer sur une clé USB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:228 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:230 msgid "boot.iso" msgstr "boot.iso" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:232 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:234 msgid "" "Contains only free software, for those people who refuse to use non-free " "software." -msgstr "Contient uniquement des logiciels libres, pour les personnes qui refusent d'utiliser des logiciels non-libres." +msgstr "" +"Contient uniquement des logiciels libres, pour les personnes qui refusent " +"d'utiliser des logiciels non-libres." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:239 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" msgstr "boot-nonfree.iso" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:243 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:245 msgid "" "Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " "it." -msgstr "Contient des logiciels non-libres (essentiellement des pilotes, des codecs,...) pour les personnes qui en ont besoin." +msgstr "" +"Contient des logiciels non-libres (essentiellement des pilotes, des " +"codecs,...) pour les personnes qui en ont besoin." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:252 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:254 msgid "Downloading and Checking Media" msgstr "Télécharger et vérifier les média" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:255 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "Téléchargement" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:259 msgid "" -"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or" -" BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the" -" mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If " +"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or " +"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the " +"mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If " "http is chosen, you may also see something like" -msgstr "Une fois choisi votre fichier ISO, vous pouvez le télécharger en utilisant un lien direct (HTTP) soit BitTorrent. Dans les deux cas, une fenêtre vous fournira des informations, comme le miroir utilisé et la possibilité de le modifier si le débit est trop faible. Si vous choisissez le lien direct (HTTP), vous pouvez également voir quelque chose comme" +msgstr "" +"Une fois choisi votre fichier ISO, vous pouvez le télécharger en utilisant " +"un lien direct (HTTP) soit BitTorrent. Dans les deux cas, une fenêtre vous " +"fournira des informations, comme le miroir utilisé et la possibilité de le " +"modifier si le débit est trop faible. Si vous choisissez le lien direct " +"(HTTP), vous pouvez également voir quelque chose comme" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:264 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:266 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:269 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:271 msgid "" "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of " -"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the" -" file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " +"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " +"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " "number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " "downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a " "failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download.Then this " "window appears:" -msgstr "md5sum et sha1sum sont des outils pour vérifier l'intégrité de votre ISO. Utilisez seulement l'un des deux. Les deux nombres hexadécimaux ont été calculés par un algorithme à partir du fichier à télécharger. Si vous demandez à cet algorithme de calculer à nouveau ce nombre à partir du fichier téléchargé, soit vous obtenez le même nombre et votre fichier est correct, soit le nombre est différent et vous rencontrez une anomalie. Cette fenêtre apparaît alors :" +msgstr "" +"md5sum et sha1sum sont des outils pour vérifier l'intégrité de votre ISO. " +"Utilisez seulement l'un des deux. Les deux nombres hexadécimaux ont été " +"calculés par un algorithme à partir du fichier à télécharger. Si vous " +"demandez à cet algorithme de calculer à nouveau ce nombre à partir du " +"fichier téléchargé, soit vous obtenez le même nombre et votre fichier est " +"correct, soit le nombre est différent et vous rencontrez une anomalie. Cette " +"fenêtre apparaît alors :" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:278 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:280 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:283 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:285 msgid "Check the radio button Save File." msgstr "Cochez le bouton radio \"Sauvegarder un fichier\"" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:287 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 msgid "Checking the downloaded media integrity" msgstr "Vérification de l'intégrité du média téléchargé" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291 msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:" msgstr "Ouvrir une console, sans être administrateur, et :" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:293 msgid "" -"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum " -"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." -msgstr "- Pour utiliser md5sum, taper : [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum chemin/vers/le/fichier/image.iso</userinput>." +"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/" +"file.iso</userinput>." +msgstr "" +"- Pour utiliser md5sum, taper : [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum chemin/" +"vers/le/fichier/image.iso</userinput>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:294 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:296 msgid "" -"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum " -"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." -msgstr "- Pour utiliser sha1sum, taper : [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum chemin/vers/le/fichier/image.iso</userinput>." +"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/" +"image/file.iso</userinput>." +msgstr "" +"- Pour utiliser sha1sum, taper : [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum chemin/" +"vers/le/fichier/image.iso</userinput>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:297 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 msgid "" -"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a" -" while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" -msgstr "et comparer le nombre obtenu sur votre ordinateur (cela peut prendre un certain temps) avec le nombre fourni par Mageia. Exemple :" +"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " +"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" +msgstr "" +"et comparer le nombre obtenu sur votre ordinateur (cela peut prendre un " +"certain temps) avec le nombre fourni par Mageia. Exemple :" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:301 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:303 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:311 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313 msgid "Burn or dump the ISO" msgstr "Graver ou copier l'ISO" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:315 msgid "" "The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB stick. " "These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a boot-able medium." -msgstr "L'ISO peut désormais être gravée sur un CD, un DVD ou copiée sur une clé USB. Ces opérations ne sont pas de simples copies et sont destinées à créer un moyen de démarrage." +msgstr "" +"L'ISO peut désormais être gravée sur un CD, un DVD ou copiée sur une clé " +"USB. Ces opérations ne sont pas de simples copies et sont destinées à créer " +"un moyen de démarrage." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:318 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:320 msgid "Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD" msgstr "Graver l'image ISO sur un CD/DVD" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:320 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:322 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly " "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " -"not correct. There is more information in <link " -"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia" -" wiki</link>." -msgstr "Utilisez le logiciel de gravure que vous voulez mais assurez-vous que le graveur est bien paramétré pour <emphasis role=\"bold\">graver une image</emphasis>, car graver des données ou des fichiers n'est pas correct. Pour plus d'information, voir <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">le wiki Mageia</link>." +"not correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki." +"mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +msgstr "" +"Utilisez le logiciel de gravure que vous voulez mais assurez-vous que le " +"graveur est bien paramétré pour <emphasis role=\"bold\">graver une image</" +"emphasis>, car graver des données ou des fichiers n'est pas correct. Pour " +"plus d'information, voir <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">le wiki Mageia</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:326 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:329 msgid "Dump the ISO to a USB stick" msgstr "Copier l'image ISO sur une clé USB" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:328 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:331 msgid "" "All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick " "and then use it to boot and install the system." -msgstr "Toutes les images ISO Mageia sont hybrides, ce qui signifie que vous pouvez les copier sur une clé USB puis utiliser celle-ci pour démarrer et installer le système." +msgstr "" +"Toutes les images ISO Mageia sont hybrides, ce qui signifie que vous pouvez " +"les copier sur une clé USB puis utiliser celle-ci pour démarrer et installer " +"le système." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:332 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335 msgid "" "\"dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system " "on the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will " "be reduced to the image size." -msgstr "\"Copier\" une image sur un équipement de type Flash détruit tout le système de fichier présent à l'origine sur la partition ; toutes les données seront perdues et la capacité de la partition sera réduite à la taille de l'image." +msgstr "" +"\"Copier\" une image sur un équipement de type Flash détruit tout le système " +"de fichier présent à l'origine sur la partition ; toutes les données seront " +"perdues et la capacité de la partition sera réduite à la taille de l'image." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:337 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:340 msgid "To recover the original capacity, you must re-format the USB stick." -msgstr "Pour retrouver la capacité originelle, vous devez reformater la clé USB." +msgstr "" +"Pour retrouver la capacité originelle, vous devez reformater la clé USB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:340 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:344 msgid "Using Mageia" msgstr "En utilisant Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:342 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:346 msgid "" -"You can use a graphical tool like <link " -"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" -msgstr "Vous pouvez utiliser un outil graphique tel que <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" +"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez utiliser un outil graphique tel que <link ns4:href=\"https://" +"wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</" +"link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:344 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:348 msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" msgstr "Vous pouvez également utiliser l'outil dd dans une console :" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:348 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 msgid "Open a console" msgstr "Ouvrir une console" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:356 msgid "" "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the " "final '-' )" -msgstr "Devenir administrateur avec la commande <userinput>su -</userinput> (ne pas oublier le '-' final)" +msgstr "" +"Devenir administrateur avec la commande <userinput>su -</userinput> (ne pas " +"oublier le '-' final)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:360 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata contentwidth=\"650\" fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 msgid "" "Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any " "application or file manager that could access or read it)" -msgstr "Brancher votre clé USB (ne pas la monter, ce qui veut également dire ne pas ouvrir une application ou un gestionnaire de fichiers qui pourrait y accéder ou la lire)." +msgstr "" +"Brancher votre clé USB (ne pas la monter, ce qui veut également dire ne pas " +"ouvrir une application ou un gestionnaire de fichiers qui pourrait y accéder " +"ou la lire)." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:373 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" msgstr "Saisissez la commande <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:376 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 msgid "" "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " "in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." -msgstr "Trouvez le nom de périphérique de votre clé USB (à l'aide de sa taille) ; par exemple /dev/sdb dans la copie d'écran ci-dessus, il s'agit d'une clé USB de 8 Go." +msgstr "" +"Trouvez le nom de périphérique de votre clé USB (à l'aide de sa taille) ; " +"par exemple /dev/sdb dans la copie d'écran ci-dessus, il s'agit d'une clé " +"USB de 8 Go." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:389 msgid "" "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX " "bs=1M</userinput>" -msgstr "Saisissez la commande : # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX bs=1M</userinput>" +msgstr "" +"Saisissez la commande : # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX " +"bs=1M</userinput>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc" msgstr "Où X=le nom de votre périphérique, par exemple : /dev/sdc" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:387 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:394 msgid "" -"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso " +"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/" +"dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" +msgstr "" +"Exemple : # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso " "of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" -msgstr "Exemple : # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:400 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" msgstr "Saisissez la commande : # <userinput>sync</userinput>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" msgstr "Débranchez votre clé USB, c'est terminé." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:402 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:410 msgid "Using Windows" msgstr "En utilisant Windows" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:412 msgid "You could try:" msgstr "Vous pouvez essayer :" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:406 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:414 msgid "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:408 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 msgid "" "- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " "Disk Imager</link>" -msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 Disk Imager</link>" +msgstr "" +"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " +"Disk Imager</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:425 msgid "Mageia Installation" msgstr "Installation de Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:427 msgid "" -"This step is detailed in <link " -"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">the Mageia documentation</link>." -msgstr "Cette étape est détaillée dans <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/fr/doc/\">la documentation Mageia</link>." +"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" +"\">the Mageia documentation</link>." +msgstr "" +"Cette étape est détaillée dans <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/fr/doc/" +"\">la documentation Mageia</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:430 msgid "" -"More information is available in <link " -"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia " -"wiki</link>." -msgstr "Plus d'informations sont disponibles dans <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">le wiki de Mageia</link>." +"More information is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +msgstr "" +"Plus d'informations sont disponibles dans <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki." +"mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">le wiki de Mageia</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:13 msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "Sélection du Pays / Région" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectCountry.xml:21 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:27 @@ -2634,14 +3229,19 @@ msgid "" "Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, " "like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country " "can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network." -msgstr "Sélectionner le pays ou la région. Cela est important pour définir bien des paramètres comme la monnaie ou le domaine de régulation du wi-fi. Choisir un pays erroné peut mener à l'incapacité d'utiliser le réseau par wi-fi." +msgstr "" +"Sélectionner le pays ou la région. Cela est important pour définir bien des " +"paramètres comme la monnaie ou le domaine de régulation du wi-fi. Choisir un " +"pays erroné peut mener à l'incapacité d'utiliser le réseau par wi-fi." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:32 msgid "" -"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other " -"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." -msgstr "Si le pays désiré n'est pas dans la liste, cliquer sur le bouton <guilabel>Autres pays</guilabel> et choisir ici le pays ou la région." +"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</" +"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." +msgstr "" +"Si le pays désiré n'est pas dans la liste, cliquer sur le bouton " +"<guilabel>Autres pays</guilabel> et choisir ici le pays ou la région." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:37 @@ -2650,7 +3250,11 @@ msgid "" "after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the " "first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real " "choice." -msgstr "Si le pays désiré ne figure que dans la liste <guilabel>Autres pays</guilabel>, après avoir cliqué sur <guibutton>OK</guibutton>, il peut sembler qu'un pays de la première liste soit sélectionné. Veuillez ignorer cela, DrakX respectera votre choix." +msgstr "" +"Si le pays désiré ne figure que dans la liste <guilabel>Autres pays</" +"guilabel>, après avoir cliqué sur <guibutton>OK</guibutton>, il peut sembler " +"qu'un pays de la première liste soit sélectionné. Veuillez ignorer cela, " +"DrakX respectera votre choix." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:46 @@ -2661,14 +3265,25 @@ msgstr "Méthode de saisie" #: en/selectCountry.xml:49 msgid "" "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " -"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input" -" multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " +"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input " +"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " "default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-" -"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method" -" so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input " -"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be " -"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." -msgstr "Dans l'écran <guilabel>Autres pays</guilabel>, une méthode de saisie des caractères peut être sélectionnée (à la fin de la liste). Les méthodes de saisie permettent aux utilisateurs de saisir des caractères asiatiques (chinois, japonais, coréen...) La méthode par défaut est IBus dans les DVD Mageia et dans les CD Live Africa/India et Asia/no-India. Dans les localisations africaines et asiatiques, IBus est la méthode de saisie paramétrée par défaut, de telle sorte que les utilisateurs n'ont pas à la paramétrer manuellement. D'autres méthodes de saisie (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) fournissent des fonctions similaires également et peuvent être ajoutées lors de l'installation si vous ajoutez une connexion au réseau Internet avant la sélection des paquetages." +"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method " +"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, " +"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you " +"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." +msgstr "" +"Dans l'écran <guilabel>Autres pays</guilabel>, une méthode de saisie des " +"caractères peut être sélectionnée (à la fin de la liste). Les méthodes de " +"saisie permettent aux utilisateurs de saisir des caractères asiatiques " +"(chinois, japonais, coréen...) La méthode par défaut est IBus dans les DVD " +"Mageia et dans les CD Live Africa/India et Asia/no-India. Dans les " +"localisations africaines et asiatiques, IBus est la méthode de saisie " +"paramétrée par défaut, de telle sorte que les utilisateurs n'ont pas à la " +"paramétrer manuellement. D'autres méthodes de saisie (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, " +"etc) fournissent des fonctions similaires également et peuvent être ajoutées " +"lors de l'installation si vous ajoutez une connexion au réseau Internet " +"avant la sélection des paquetages." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:61 @@ -2676,7 +3291,11 @@ msgid "" "If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it " "after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> " "\"System\", or by running localedrake as root." -msgstr "Si la méthode de saisie n'est pas configurée pendant la phase d'installation, vous pouvez le faire après le démarrage de Mageia par \"Centre de Contrôle de Mageia\" -> \"Système\", ou en exécutant \"localedrake\" en tant que super-utilisateur." +msgstr "" +"Si la méthode de saisie n'est pas configurée pendant la phase " +"d'installation, vous pouvez le faire après le démarrage de Mageia par " +"\"Centre de Contrôle de Mageia\" -> \"Système\", ou en exécutant " +"\"localedrake\" en tant que super-utilisateur." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21 @@ -2686,9 +3305,11 @@ msgstr "Installation ou Mise à jour" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectinstallClass.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectinstallClass.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32 @@ -2699,7 +3320,9 @@ msgstr "Installation" #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34 msgid "" "Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation." -msgstr "Choisir cette option pour une nouvelle installation de <application>Mageia</application>." +msgstr "" +"Choisir cette option pour une nouvelle installation de <application>Mageia</" +"application>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39 @@ -2712,7 +3335,10 @@ msgid "" "If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on " "your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the " "latest release." -msgstr "Si vous disposez de plus d'une installation <application>Mageia</application> sur votre ordinateur, l'installeur vous permettra de mettre à niveau l'une d'entre elles avec la dernière version Mageia." +msgstr "" +"Si vous disposez de plus d'une installation <application>Mageia</" +"application> sur votre ordinateur, l'installeur vous permettra de mettre à " +"niveau l'une d'entre elles avec la dernière version Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45 @@ -2720,31 +3346,51 @@ msgid "" "Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still " "supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been " "thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already " -"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do" -" a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." -msgstr "Seule la mise à niveau d'une précédente version de Mageia <emphasis>encore supportée</emphasis> a été complètement testée. Si vous désirez mettre à niveau une version de Mageia qui n'est plus supportée, il est préférable de réaliser une nouvelle installation tout en conservant votre partition <literal>/home</literal>." +"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do " +"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." +msgstr "" +"Seule la mise à niveau d'une précédente version de Mageia <emphasis>encore " +"supportée</emphasis> a été complètement testée. Si vous désirez mettre à " +"niveau une version de Mageia qui n'est plus supportée, il est préférable de " +"réaliser une nouvelle installation tout en conservant votre partition " +"<literal>/home</literal>." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56 msgid "" "If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to " -"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been" -" formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " +"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been " +"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " "the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an " -"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you" -" want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." -msgstr "Si vous décidez d'arrêter l'installation à un moment donné de son déroulement, il est possible de redémarrer, mais bien y réfléchir avant. Lorsqu'une partition a été formatée ou lorsque des mises à jour ont commencé à être écrites, l'ordinateur n'est plus dans le même état et le redémarrage peut très bien rendre le système inutilisable. Si malgré tout, vous êtes sûrs de vouloir redémarrer, ouvrir une console en appuyant simultanément sur les trois touches <guibutton>alt ctrl F2</guibutton>. Ensuite appuyer simultanément sur les trois touches <guibutton>alt ctrl suppr</guibutton> pour redémarrer." +"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you " +"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</" +"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." +msgstr "" +"Si vous décidez d'arrêter l'installation à un moment donné de son " +"déroulement, il est possible de redémarrer, mais bien y réfléchir avant. " +"Lorsqu'une partition a été formatée ou lorsque des mises à jour ont commencé " +"à être écrites, l'ordinateur n'est plus dans le même état et le redémarrage " +"peut très bien rendre le système inutilisable. Si malgré tout, vous êtes " +"sûrs de vouloir redémarrer, ouvrir une console en appuyant simultanément sur " +"les trois touches <guibutton>alt ctrl F2</guibutton>. Ensuite appuyer " +"simultanément sur les trois touches <guibutton>alt ctrl suppr</guibutton> " +"pour redémarrer." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67 msgid "" -"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you" -" can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " -"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do " -"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install." -msgstr "En cas d'oubli de sélection d'une langue supplémentaire, il est possible de revenir depuis l'écran \"Installation ou mise à jour\" à l'écran de choix des langues en appuyant simultanément sur les touches <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Début</guilabel> (<guilabel>Début</guilabel> ou<guilabel>Home</guilabel> ou <guilabel>flèche vers le haut à gauche</guilabel>). <emphasis>Ne pas</emphasis> faire cela plus loin dans l'installation." +"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you " +"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " +"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</" +"emphasis> do this later in the install." +msgstr "" +"En cas d'oubli de sélection d'une langue supplémentaire, il est possible de " +"revenir depuis l'écran \"Installation ou mise à jour\" à l'écran de choix " +"des langues en appuyant simultanément sur les touches <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"Début</guilabel> (<guilabel>Début</guilabel> ou<guilabel>Home</guilabel> ou " +"<guilabel>flèche vers le haut à gauche</guilabel>). <emphasis>Ne pas</" +"emphasis> faire cela plus loin dans l'installation." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 @@ -2756,43 +3402,63 @@ msgstr "Clavier" msgid "" "DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable " "keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout." -msgstr "DrakX sélectionne une disposition de clavier adaptée à votre langue. Si aucune disposition convenable n'est trouvée, il choisira par défaut le clavier US." +msgstr "" +"DrakX sélectionne une disposition de clavier adaptée à votre langue. Si " +"aucune disposition convenable n'est trouvée, il choisira par défaut le " +"clavier US." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\"" -" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\"/" +"> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30 msgid "" "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. " -"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications" -" that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a" -" label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " -"<link " -"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" -msgstr "S'assurer que la sélection est correcte ou bien choisir une autre disposition de clavier. Si cette disposition du clavier est inconnue, se référer aux spécifications livrées avec le système ou bien demander au vendeur de l'ordinateur. Il y a peut-être même une étiquette sur le clavier qui fournit cette indication. Il est aussi possible de regarder ici : <link xlink:href=\"http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Disposition_des_touches_des_claviers_informatiques\">fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Disposition_des_touches_des_claviers_informatiques</link>" +"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications " +"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a " +"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " +"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en." +"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +msgstr "" +"S'assurer que la sélection est correcte ou bien choisir une autre " +"disposition de clavier. Si cette disposition du clavier est inconnue, se " +"référer aux spécifications livrées avec le système ou bien demander au " +"vendeur de l'ordinateur. Il y a peut-être même une étiquette sur le clavier " +"qui fournit cette indication. Il est aussi possible de regarder ici : <link " +"xlink:href=\"http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/" +"Disposition_des_touches_des_claviers_informatiques\">fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/" +"Disposition_des_touches_des_claviers_informatiques</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40 msgid "" -"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on " -"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard " -"there." -msgstr "Si le clavier n'apparaît pas dans la liste présentée, cliquer sur <guibutton>Davantage</guibutton> pour obtenir une liste complète et y sélectionner le bon clavier." +"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</" +"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there." +msgstr "" +"Si le clavier n'apparaît pas dans la liste présentée, cliquer sur " +"<guibutton>Davantage</guibutton> pour obtenir une liste complète et y " +"sélectionner le bon clavier." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45 msgid "" "After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, " -"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though" -" a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " +"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though " +"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " "and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the " "full list." -msgstr "Après le choix d'un clavier dans la liste obtenue grâce au clic sur <guibutton>Davantage</guibutton>, le premier choix de clavier revient à l'écran et il semble que c'est ce clavier qui est choisi. Ignorer cette anomalie en toute sécurité et continuer l'installation : Le clavier installé sera bien celui de la liste complète." +msgstr "" +"Après le choix d'un clavier dans la liste obtenue grâce au clic sur " +"<guibutton>Davantage</guibutton>, le premier choix de clavier revient à " +"l'écran et il semble que c'est ce clavier qui est choisi. Ignorer cette " +"anomalie en toute sécurité et continuer l'installation : Le clavier installé " +"sera bien celui de la liste complète." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55 @@ -2800,7 +3466,10 @@ msgid "" "If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an " "extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin " "and non-Latin keyboard layouts" -msgstr "En cas de choix d'un clavier de caractères non-Latins, un écran supplémentaire apparaîtra pour demander quelle est la préférence pour le passage entre les dispositions latine et non latine." +msgstr "" +"En cas de choix d'un clavier de caractères non-Latins, un écran " +"supplémentaire apparaîtra pour demander quelle est la préférence pour le " +"passage entre les dispositions latine et non latine." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:23 @@ -2813,38 +3482,53 @@ msgid "" "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " "the installation and for your installed system." -msgstr "Sélectionner la langue désirée en déployant d'abord le continent concerné. <application>Mageia</application> utilisera cette sélection pendant l'installation et pour le système une fois installé." +msgstr "" +"Sélectionner la langue désirée en déployant d'abord le continent concerné. " +"<application>Mageia</application> utilisera cette sélection pendant " +"l'installation et pour le système une fois installé." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 msgid "" "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " -"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be" -" difficult to add extra language support after installation." -msgstr "S'il est probable que plusieurs langues doivent être installées sur le système, pour vous-même ou pour d'autres utilisateurs, il est préférable alors d'utiliser le bouton <guibutton>Langues multiples</guibutton> pour les ajouter dès maintenant. Il est difficile d'ajouter la prise en charge de langues supplémentaires après l'installation." +"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be " +"difficult to add extra language support after installation." +msgstr "" +"S'il est probable que plusieurs langues doivent être installées sur le " +"système, pour vous-même ou pour d'autres utilisateurs, il est préférable " +"alors d'utiliser le bouton <guibutton>Langues multiples</guibutton> pour les " +"ajouter dès maintenant. Il est difficile d'ajouter la prise en charge de " +"langues supplémentaires après l'installation." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"" -" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 msgid "" -"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them" -" as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " +"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " +"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " "marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ." -msgstr "Même avec l'intention d'installer plusieurs langues, il faut d'abord en choisir une en tant que langue préférée dans le premier écran. Elle sera aussi marquée comme choisie dans l'écran des langues multiples." +msgstr "" +"Même avec l'intention d'installer plusieurs langues, il faut d'abord en " +"choisir une en tant que langue préférée dans le premier écran. Elle sera " +"aussi marquée comme choisie dans l'écran des langues multiples." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 msgid "" "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." -msgstr "Si la langue du clavier ne correspond pas à la langue préférée, alors il est conseillé d'installer également la langue du clavier correspondante." +msgstr "" +"Si la langue du clavier ne correspond pas à la langue préférée, alors il est " +"conseillé d'installer également la langue du clavier correspondante." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 @@ -2852,52 +3536,68 @@ msgid "" "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " "\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " "language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." -msgstr "Mageia utilise l'encodage des caractères UTF-8 (Unicode) par défaut. Si cela est inapproprié pour la langue choisie, il est possible de le désactiver dans l'écran des langues multiples. La désactivation de l'encodage UTF-8 s'applique à toutes les langues installées." +msgstr "" +"Mageia utilise l'encodage des caractères UTF-8 (Unicode) par défaut. Si cela " +"est inapproprié pour la langue choisie, il est possible de le désactiver " +"dans l'écran des langues multiples. La désactivation de l'encodage UTF-8 " +"s'applique à toutes les langues installées." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 msgid "" "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " "Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." -msgstr "Il est possible de changer la langue du système après l'installation dans le Centre de Contrôle de Mageia -> Système -> Gérer les paramètres locaux de votre système." +msgstr "" +"Il est possible de changer la langue du système après l'installation dans le " +"Centre de Contrôle de Mageia -> Système -> Gérer les paramètres locaux " +"de votre système." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectMouse.xml:4 msgid "Select mouse" msgstr "Sélection de la souris" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right -#. place -#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place +#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectMouse.xml:16 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectMouse-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectMouse-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:23 msgid "" "If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a " "different one here." -msgstr "Si le comportement de la souris n'est pas satisfaisant, en choisir une autre ici." +msgstr "" +"Si le comportement de la souris n'est pas satisfaisant, en choisir une autre " +"ici." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:25 msgid "" -"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB " -"mice</guilabel> is a good choice." -msgstr "Le plus souvent, <guilabel>Universelle</guilabel> - <guilabel>N'importe quelle souris PS/2 ou USB </guilabel> est un bon choix." +"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</" +"guilabel> is a good choice." +msgstr "" +"Le plus souvent, <guilabel>Universelle</guilabel> - <guilabel>N'importe " +"quelle souris PS/2 ou USB </guilabel> est un bon choix." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:27 msgid "" "Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to " "configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons." -msgstr "Sélectionner <guilabel>Universelle</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> pour configurer les boutons qui ne fonctionnent pas sur une souris à six boutons ou plus." +msgstr "" +"Sélectionner <guilabel>Universelle</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</" +"guilabel> pour configurer les boutons qui ne fonctionnent pas sur une souris " +"à six boutons ou plus." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:3 @@ -2907,10 +3607,13 @@ msgstr "Ajouter ou Modifier une Entrée de Menu de Démarrage" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" +"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" +"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13 @@ -2918,84 +3621,111 @@ msgid "" "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the " "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen " "and editing the screen that pops up on top of it." -msgstr "Vous pouvez ajouter une entrée ou en modifier une après l'avoir sélectionnée, en pressant le bouton correspondant dans l'écran de <emphasis>Configuration du démarrage</emphasis> et en éditant les entrées de la fenêtre qui s'ouvre à ce moment." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez ajouter une entrée ou en modifier une après l'avoir " +"sélectionnée, en pressant le bouton correspondant dans l'écran de " +"<emphasis>Configuration du démarrage</emphasis> et en éditant les entrées de " +"la fenêtre qui s'ouvre à ce moment." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18 msgid "" "If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use " "this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually " -"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code>" -" instead." -msgstr "Si vous avez choisi <code>Grub 2</code> comme chargeur de démarrage, vous ne pouvez pas utliser cet outil pour modifier les entrées à cette étape, appuyez sur 'Suivant'. Vous devez modifier manuellement le fichier <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> ou utiliser <code>grub-customizer</code> à la place." +"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> " +"instead." +msgstr "" +"Si vous avez choisi <code>Grub 2</code> comme chargeur de démarrage, vous ne " +"pouvez pas utliser cet outil pour modifier les entrées à cette étape, " +"appuyez sur 'Suivant'. Vous devez modifier manuellement le fichier <code>/" +"boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> ou utiliser <code>grub-customizer</code> à la " +"place." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" -"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." +"png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" +"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." +"png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30 msgid "" "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." -msgstr "Le changement du nom d'une entrée et l'activation de la case à cocher pour définir l'entrée par défaut sont des actions qui ne comportent pas de risques." +msgstr "" +"Le changement du nom d'une entrée et l'activation de la case à cocher pour " +"définir l'entrée par défaut sont des actions qui ne comportent pas de " +"risques." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:33 msgid "" "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." -msgstr "Vous pouvez ajouter votre propre version du numéro d'une entrée ou la renommer complètement." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez ajouter votre propre version du numéro d'une entrée ou la " +"renommer complètement." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:36 msgid "" "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " "choice while booting up." -msgstr "L'entrée par défaut est celle qui est choisie lorsque aucun choix n'est fait pendant la phase de démarrage du système." +msgstr "" +"L'entrée par défaut est celle qui est choisie lorsque aucun choix n'est fait " +"pendant la phase de démarrage du système." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:40 msgid "" "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " "just try something without knowing what you are doing." -msgstr "L'édition des autres paramètres peut rendre votre système sans possibilité de démarrage. Soyez sûr de vos actions lorsque vous apportez des modifications dans ce domaine." +msgstr "" +"L'édition des autres paramètres peut rendre votre système sans possibilité " +"de démarrage. Soyez sûr de vos actions lorsque vous apportez des " +"modifications dans ce domaine." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:3 msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Principales options du chargeur de démarrage" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from -#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, -#. except in this sentence. -#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using -#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist +#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. +#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" " -"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:16 msgid "" -"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by" -" the installer, you can change them here." -msgstr "Si vous souhaitez, pour le chargeur de démarrage, des paramètres différents de ceux choisis automatiquement par l'installateur, les changer ici." +"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " +"the installer, you can change them here." +msgstr "" +"Si vous souhaitez, pour le chargeur de démarrage, des paramètres différents " +"de ceux choisis automatiquement par l'installateur, les changer ici." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:20 msgid "" -"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case" -" you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " +"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " +"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " "allow Mageia to create a new one." -msgstr "Il peut y avoir déjà un autre système d'exploitation sur la machine, auquel cas il faut décider entre ajouter Mageia au chargeur de démarrage existant ou autoriser Mageia à en créer un autre. " +msgstr "" +"Il peut y avoir déjà un autre système d'exploitation sur la machine, auquel " +"cas il faut décider entre ajouter Mageia au chargeur de démarrage existant " +"ou autoriser Mageia à en créer un autre. " #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 @@ -3014,14 +3744,20 @@ msgid "" "(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " "operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia " "boot menu." -msgstr "Par défaut, Mageia écrit un nouveau chargeur de démarrage GRUB (Legacy) dans le MBR (Master Boot Record) du premier disque dur. S'il existe déjà d'autres systèmes d'exploitation d'installés, Mageia tente de les ajouter au nouveau menu de démarrage Mageia." +msgstr "" +"Par défaut, Mageia écrit un nouveau chargeur de démarrage GRUB (Legacy) dans " +"le MBR (Master Boot Record) du premier disque dur. S'il existe déjà " +"d'autres systèmes d'exploitation d'installés, Mageia tente de les ajouter au " +"nouveau menu de démarrage Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:41 msgid "" "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " "legacy and Lilo." -msgstr "Mageia offre aussi maintenant GRUB2 comme chargeur de démarrage optionnel en plus de GRUB legacy et Lilo." +msgstr "" +"Mageia offre aussi maintenant GRUB2 comme chargeur de démarrage optionnel en " +"plus de GRUB legacy et Lilo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 @@ -3029,14 +3765,19 @@ msgid "" "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " "GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " "used." -msgstr "Les systèmes Linux qui utilisent le chargeur de démarrage GRUB2 ne sont pas actuellement supportés par GRUB (legacy) et ne seront pas reconnus si le chargeur de démarrage GRUB est utilisé." +msgstr "" +"Les systèmes Linux qui utilisent le chargeur de démarrage GRUB2 ne sont pas " +"actuellement supportés par GRUB (legacy) et ne seront pas reconnus si le " +"chargeur de démarrage GRUB est utilisé." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:49 msgid "" "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " "the Summary page during installation." -msgstr "La meilleure solution ici est d'utiliser le chargeur de démarrage GRUB2 qui est disponible pendant l'installation à la page du résumé." +msgstr "" +"La meilleure solution ici est d'utiliser le chargeur de démarrage GRUB2 qui " +"est disponible pendant l'installation à la page du résumé." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:56 @@ -3047,41 +3788,58 @@ msgstr "Utiliser un chargeur de démarrage existant. " #: en/setupBootloader.xml:60 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " -"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader" -" <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the" -" bootloader install location." -msgstr "Si vous décidez d'utiliser un chargeur de démarrage existant, vous devez alors vous souvenir de vous ARRETER pendant l'installation à la page du résumé et de cliquer sur le bouton <guibutton>Configurer</guibutton>, lequel permet de modifier le lieu d'installation du chargeur de démarrage." +"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " +"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the " +"bootloader install location." +msgstr "" +"Si vous décidez d'utiliser un chargeur de démarrage existant, vous devez " +"alors vous souvenir de vous ARRETER pendant l'installation à la page du " +"résumé et de cliquer sur le bouton <guibutton>Configurer</guibutton>, lequel " +"permet de modifier le lieu d'installation du chargeur de démarrage." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 msgid "" -"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR." -" You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " +"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " +"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " "phase earlier, e.g. sda7." -msgstr "Ne pas choisir un périphérique, par ex \"sda\", sinon le MBR existant sera effacé, il faut choisir la partition root précédemment retenue pendant la phase du partitionnement, par ex \"sda7\"." +msgstr "" +"Ne pas choisir un périphérique, par ex \"sda\", sinon le MBR existant sera " +"effacé, il faut choisir la partition root précédemment retenue pendant la " +"phase du partitionnement, par ex \"sda7\"." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device." -msgstr "Pour être clair, sda est un périphérique, sda7 est une partition de ce périphérique." +msgstr "" +"Pour être clair, sda est un périphérique, sda7 est une partition de ce " +"périphérique." #. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:75 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " -"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to" -" the installer screen." -msgstr "Ouvrir tty2 avec Ctrl+Alt+F2 et taper <literal>df</literal> pour vérifier où est la partition <literal>/</literal> (root). Ctrl+Alt+F7 ramène dans l'écran de l'installateur." +"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " +"the installer screen." +msgstr "" +"Ouvrir tty2 avec Ctrl+Alt+F2 et taper <literal>df</literal> pour vérifier où " +"est la partition <literal>/</literal> (root). Ctrl+Alt+F7 ramène dans " +"l'écran de l'installateur." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " -"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and" -" add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " +"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and " +"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " "question." -msgstr "La procédure exacte pour ajouter le système Mageia dans un chargeur de démarrage existant sort du périmètre de cette aide, cependant, la plupart du temps, elle exige d'exécuter le programme d'installation du chargeur de démarrage impliqué qui devrait le détecter et l'installer automatiquement. Voir la documentation du système d'exploitation en question." +msgstr "" +"La procédure exacte pour ajouter le système Mageia dans un chargeur de " +"démarrage existant sort du périmètre de cette aide, cependant, la plupart du " +"temps, elle exige d'exécuter le programme d'installation du chargeur de " +"démarrage impliqué qui devrait le détecter et l'installer automatiquement. " +"Voir la documentation du système d'exploitation en question." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:91 @@ -3092,48 +3850,58 @@ msgstr "Option avancée du chargeur de démarrage " #: en/setupBootloader.xml:95 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " -"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp " -"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." -msgstr "Si la place sur le disque est très limitée pour la partition <literal>/</literal> qui contient <literal>/tmp</literal>, cliquer sur <guibutton>Advancé</guibutton> et cocher la case <guilabel>Vider le dossier /tmp à chaque démarrage</guilabel>. Cela aide à maintenir un peu de place libre." +"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" +"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</" +"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." +msgstr "" +"Si la place sur le disque est très limitée pour la partition <literal>/</" +"literal> qui contient <literal>/tmp</literal>, cliquer sur " +"<guibutton>Advancé</guibutton> et cocher la case <guilabel>Vider le dossier /" +"tmp à chaque démarrage</guilabel>. Cela aide à maintenir un peu de place " +"libre." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:11 msgid "Setup SCSI" msgstr "Configuration du SCSI" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's -#. comment ;-) -#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based -#. on the -#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 +#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) +#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the +#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:32 msgid "" -"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers" -" it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " +"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers " +"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " "fail to recognise the drive." -msgstr "DrakX détecte habituellement les disques durs correctement. Il peut cependant échouer dans la détection de certains contrôleurs SCSI anciens et en conséquence être incapable d'installer les pilotes requis." +msgstr "" +"DrakX détecte habituellement les disques durs correctement. Il peut " +"cependant échouer dans la détection de certains contrôleurs SCSI anciens et " +"en conséquence être incapable d'installer les pilotes requis." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:36 msgid "" "If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) " "you have." -msgstr "Si cela se produit, il faut indiquer manuellement à Drakx quel(s) périphérique(s) SCSI sont présents." +msgstr "" +"Si cela se produit, il faut indiquer manuellement à Drakx quel(s) " +"périphérique(s) SCSI sont présents." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:39 @@ -3145,13 +3913,15 @@ msgstr "DrakX pourra alors les configurer correctement." msgid "Sound Configuration" msgstr "Configuration du son" -#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 +#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/soundConfig.xml:17 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " "format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " +"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:23 @@ -3159,7 +3929,9 @@ msgid "" "In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your " "sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default " "one." -msgstr "Cette écran affiche le nom du pilote que l'installeur a choisi pour votre carte son. Ce sera le pilote par défaut si vous en avez un." +msgstr "" +"Cette écran affiche le nom du pilote que l'installeur a choisi pour votre " +"carte son. Ce sera le pilote par défaut si vous en avez un." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:27 @@ -3169,16 +3941,24 @@ msgid "" "this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the " "<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound " "Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen." -msgstr "Le pilote par défaut devrait fontionner sans problème. Cependant, si après l'installation vous rencontrez des soucis, lancez la commande <command>draksound</command> ou bien démarrez cet outil via le CCM (Centre de Contrôle de Mageia), en sélectionnant l'onglet <guilabel>Matériel</guilabel> puis en cliquant sur <guilabel>Configuration du son</guilabel> en haut à droite de l'écran." +msgstr "" +"Le pilote par défaut devrait fontionner sans problème. Cependant, si après " +"l'installation vous rencontrez des soucis, lancez la commande " +"<command>draksound</command> ou bien démarrez cet outil via le CCM (Centre " +"de Contrôle de Mageia), en sélectionnant l'onglet <guilabel>Matériel</" +"guilabel> puis en cliquant sur <guilabel>Configuration du son</guilabel> en " +"haut à droite de l'écran." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:33 msgid "" "Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on " -"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how " -"to solve the problem." -msgstr "Puis, dans l'écran de configuration du son, cliquez sur <guibutton>Avancé</guibutton> puis sur <guibutton>Dépannage</guibutton> pour obtenir des conseils très utiles afin de résoudre le problème." +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</" +"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem." +msgstr "" +"Puis, dans l'écran de configuration du son, cliquez sur <guibutton>Avancé</" +"guibutton> puis sur <guibutton>Dépannage</guibutton> pour obtenir des " +"conseils très utiles afin de résoudre le problème." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/soundConfig.xml:41 @@ -3191,47 +3971,59 @@ msgid "" "Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is " "useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers " "available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one." -msgstr "Cliquer sur <guibutton>Avancé</guibutton> sur cet écran, lors de l'installation, est utile s'il y a plusieurs pilotes disponibles et aucun par défaut, mais vous pensez que l'installeur a sélectionné le mauvais pilote." +msgstr "" +"Cliquer sur <guibutton>Avancé</guibutton> sur cet écran, lors de " +"l'installation, est utile s'il y a plusieurs pilotes disponibles et aucun " +"par défaut, mais vous pensez que l'installeur a sélectionné le mauvais " +"pilote." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:49 msgid "" "In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on " "<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>." -msgstr "Dans ce cas vous pouvez sélectionner un pilote différent après avoir cliqué sur <guibutton>Choix d'un pilote</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Dans ce cas vous pouvez sélectionner un pilote différent après avoir cliqué " +"sur <guibutton>Choix d'un pilote</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4 msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" msgstr "Confirmer le disque dur à formater" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -#. test comment - johnr +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 +#. test comment - johnr #. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct -#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm -#. sure I -#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD -#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot +#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I +#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD +#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" +"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" +"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your " "choice." -msgstr "Cliquer sur <guibutton>Précédent</guibutton> en cas d'incertitude sur la sélection du bon disque dur." +msgstr "" +"Cliquer sur <guibutton>Précédent</guibutton> en cas d'incertitude sur la " +"sélection du bon disque dur." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 msgid "" -"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every" -" partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." -msgstr "Cliquer sur <guibutton>Suivant</guibutton> en cas de certitude avec la volonté d'effacer toutes les partitions, tous les systèmes d'exploitation et toutes les données présents sur ce disque dur." +"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " +"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." +msgstr "" +"Cliquer sur <guibutton>Suivant</guibutton> en cas de certitude avec la " +"volonté d'effacer toutes les partitions, tous les systèmes d'exploitation et " +"toutes les données présents sur ce disque dur." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:3 @@ -3249,34 +4041,53 @@ msgid "" "If Mageia didn't convince you or you can't install it correctly, in short " "you want get rid of it. That is your right and Mageia also gives you the " "possibility to uninstall. This is not true for every operating system." -msgstr "Mageia ne vous convient pas ou vous ne pouvez pas l'installer correctement, en bref vous voulez vous en débarrasser. C'est votre droit et Mageia vous donne la possibilité de le désinstallé. Ceci n'est pas vrai pour tous les systèmes d'exploitation." +msgstr "" +"Mageia ne vous convient pas ou vous ne pouvez pas l'installer correctement, " +"en bref vous voulez vous en débarrasser. C'est votre droit et Mageia vous " +"donne la possibilité de le désinstallé. Ceci n'est pas vrai pour tous les " +"systèmes d'exploitation." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:16 msgid "" "After your data backup, reboot your installation Mageia DVD and select " -"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will" -" only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system." -msgstr "Après votre sauvegarde de données, redémarrez l'ordinateur sur votre DVD de Mageia et sélectionnez \"Système de secours\", puis restaurez le chargeur d'amorçage de Windows. Au prochain démarrage, vous aurez uniquement Windows sans aucun menu pour choisir votre système d'exploitation." +"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will " +"only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system." +msgstr "" +"Après votre sauvegarde de données, redémarrez l'ordinateur sur votre DVD de " +"Mageia et sélectionnez \"Système de secours\", puis restaurez le chargeur " +"d'amorçage de Windows. Au prochain démarrage, vous aurez uniquement Windows " +"sans aucun menu pour choisir votre système d'exploitation." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:20 msgid "" "To recover the space used by Mageia partitions on Windows, click on " -"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management " -"-> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. " +"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management -" +"> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. " "You will recognize the Mageia partition because they are labeled " "<guilabel>Unknown</guilabel>, and also by their size and place in the disk. " -"Right click on each of these partitions and select " -"<guibutton>Delete</guibutton>. The space will be freed." -msgstr "Pour récupérer l'espace utilisé par les partitions Mageia avec Windows, cliquez sur <code>Démarrer -> Panneau de configuration -> Outils administratifs -> Gestion de l'ordinateur -> Stockage -> Gestion des disques</code> pour accéder à la gestion des partitions. Vous reconnaîtrez les partitions Mageia par leur appellation <guilabel>Inconnu</guilabel>, mais également par leurs taille et position dans le disque. Faites un clic-droit sur l'une des ces partitions et sélectionnez <guibutton>Supprimer</guibutton>. L'espace sera alors libéré." +"Right click on each of these partitions and select <guibutton>Delete</" +"guibutton>. The space will be freed." +msgstr "" +"Pour récupérer l'espace utilisé par les partitions Mageia avec Windows, " +"cliquez sur <code>Démarrer -> Panneau de configuration -> Outils " +"administratifs -> Gestion de l'ordinateur -> Stockage -> Gestion des " +"disques</code> pour accéder à la gestion des partitions. Vous reconnaîtrez " +"les partitions Mageia par leur appellation <guilabel>Inconnu</guilabel>, " +"mais également par leurs taille et position dans le disque. Faites un clic-" +"droit sur l'une des ces partitions et sélectionnez <guibutton>Supprimer</" +"guibutton>. L'espace sera alors libéré." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:28 msgid "" "If you are using Windows XP, you can create a new partition and format it " "(FAT32 or NTFS). It will get a partition letter." -msgstr "Si vous utilisez Windows XP, vous pouvez créer une nouvelle partition et la formater (en FAT32 ou en NTFS). Vous obtiendrez alors une lettre de partition." +msgstr "" +"Si vous utilisez Windows XP, vous pouvez créer une nouvelle partition et la " +"formater (en FAT32 ou en NTFS). Vous obtiendrez alors une lettre de " +"partition." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:31 @@ -3284,6 +4095,19 @@ msgid "" "If you have Vista or 7, you have one more possibility, you can extend the " "existing partition that is at the left of the freed space. There are other " "partitioning tools that can be used, such as gparted, available for both " -"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and" -" make sure all important things have been backed up." -msgstr "Si vous disposez de Windows Vista ou Windows 7, vous avez une possibilité supplémentaire, vous pouvez étendre la partition existante à gauche de l'espace libre. D'autres outils de partitionnement peuvent être utilisés, tels que gparted, disponible pour Windows et Linux. Comme toujours, lorsque vous modifiez des partitions, soyez très prudent et assurez-vous que toutes vos données importantes ont été sauvegardées." +"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and " +"make sure all important things have been backed up." +msgstr "" +"Si vous disposez de Windows Vista ou Windows 7, vous avez une possibilité " +"supplémentaire, vous pouvez étendre la partition existante à gauche de " +"l'espace libre. D'autres outils de partitionnement peuvent être utilisés, " +"tels que gparted, disponible pour Windows et Linux. Comme toujours, lorsque " +"vous modifiez des partitions, soyez très prudent et assurez-vous que toutes " +"vos données importantes ont été sauvegardées." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +#~ "imageobject>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +#~ "imageobject>" diff --git a/docs/installer/hr.po b/docs/installer/hr.po index 7b907387..b679208f 100644 --- a/docs/installer/hr.po +++ b/docs/installer/hr.po @@ -1,22 +1,24 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package. -# +# # Translators: # Ivica Kolić <ikoli@yahoo.com>, 2014 msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-01-28 18:19+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-02-24 19:21+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-01-05 11:47+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n" -"Language-Team: Croatian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/hr/)\n" +"Language-Team: Croatian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" +"hr/)\n" +"Language: hr\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: hr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n" +"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:32 @@ -26,9 +28,11 @@ msgstr "Licenca i bilješka o izdanju" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:45 @@ -38,31 +42,39 @@ msgstr "Ugovor o licenci" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:48 msgid "" -"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license" -" terms and conditions carefully." -msgstr "Prijew instalacije <application>Mageie</application>, molim pročitajte pažljivo uvjete licence." +"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license " +"terms and conditions carefully." +msgstr "" +"Prijew instalacije <application>Mageie</application>, molim pročitajte " +"pažljivo uvjete licence." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51 msgid "" -"These terms and conditions apply to the entire " -"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before " -"you can continue." -msgstr "Ovi se uvjeti primjenjuju na cijelu <application>Mageia</application> distribuciju i moraju biti prihvaćeni prije nego što nastavite." +"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</" +"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue." +msgstr "" +"Ovi se uvjeti primjenjuju na cijelu <application>Mageia</application> " +"distribuciju i moraju biti prihvaćeni prije nego što nastavite." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:55 msgid "" "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Za prihvaćanje jednostavno odaberite <guilabel>Prihvaćam</guilabel> i zatim kliknite na <guibutton>Slijedeće</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Za prihvaćanje jednostavno odaberite <guilabel>Prihvaćam</guilabel> i zatim " +"kliknite na <guibutton>Slijedeće</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:58 msgid "" -"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking." -" Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." -msgstr "Ako odlučite ne prihvatiti ove uvjete, zahvaljujemo vam pto ste pogledali. Klikom na <guibutton>Isključi</guibutton> ponovno ćete pokrenuti vaše računalo." +"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. " +"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." +msgstr "" +"Ako odlučite ne prihvatiti ove uvjete, zahvaljujemo vam pto ste pogledali. " +"Klikom na <guibutton>Isključi</guibutton> ponovno ćete pokrenuti vaše " +"računalo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:68 @@ -74,7 +86,9 @@ msgstr "Bilješke o izdanju" msgid "" "To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, " "click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button." -msgstr "Da biste vidjeli što je novo u <application>Mageii</application>, kliknite na <guibutton>Bilješka o izdanju</guibutton> dugme." +msgstr "" +"Da biste vidjeli što je novo u <application>Mageii</application>, kliknite " +"na <guibutton>Bilješka o izdanju</guibutton> dugme." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 @@ -87,27 +101,31 @@ msgstr "hr" msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" msgstr "" -#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the -#. same as for media_selection -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ -#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" " -"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24 msgid "" "This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can " -"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The" -" source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " +"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The " +"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " "during the next steps." -msgstr "Ovaj zaslon daje vam listu već prepoznatih repozitorija. MOžewte dodati ostale izvore za pakete, poput optičkoga diska ili udaljenog izvora. Odabir izvora određuje koji paketi će biti dostupni za odabir tijekom idućih koraka." +msgstr "" +"Ovaj zaslon daje vam listu već prepoznatih repozitorija. MOžewte dodati " +"ostale izvore za pakete, poput optičkoga diska ili udaljenog izvora. Odabir " +"izvora određuje koji paketi će biti dostupni za odabir tijekom idućih koraka." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29 @@ -134,31 +152,29 @@ msgstr "" msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "Upravljanje korisnikom i superkorisnikom" -#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, -#. but -#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only -#. thing -#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to -#. enable or -#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the -#. previous +#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but +#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing +#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or +#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous #. screen), marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't -#. understand -#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? -#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading -#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand +#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? +#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading +#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/addUser.xml:27 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:34 @@ -170,20 +186,29 @@ msgstr "Poostavi administratorsku (root) lozinku:" msgid "" "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to " "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the " -"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the" -" top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " +"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the " +"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " "depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are " "using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box " "just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped " "the first password by comparing them." -msgstr "Preporučljivo je za sve <application>Mageia</application> instalacije postavit isuperkorisničku ili administrativnu lozinku, koju obično nazivamo <emphasis>root lozinka</emphasis> u linuxu. dok upisujete lozinku u gornje polje boja štita će se mijenjati od crvene preko žute do zelene ovisno o jačini lozinke. Zeleni štit pokazuje da koristite jaku lozinku. Morate ponoviti lozinku u donjem polju, što provjerava da niste krivo napisali prvu lozinku uspoređujući ih." +msgstr "" +"Preporučljivo je za sve <application>Mageia</application> instalacije " +"postavit isuperkorisničku ili administrativnu lozinku, koju obično nazivamo " +"<emphasis>root lozinka</emphasis> u linuxu. dok upisujete lozinku u gornje " +"polje boja štita će se mijenjati od crvene preko žute do zelene ovisno o " +"jačini lozinke. Zeleni štit pokazuje da koristite jaku lozinku. Morate " +"ponoviti lozinku u donjem polju, što provjerava da niste krivo napisali prvu " +"lozinku uspoređujući ih." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:48 msgid "" "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters " "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password." -msgstr "Sve su lozinke osjetljive n avelika i mala slova, pa je najbolje koristiti mješavinu slova (velikih i malih), brojeva i ostalih znakova u lozinki." +msgstr "" +"Sve su lozinke osjetljive n avelika i mala slova, pa je najbolje koristiti " +"mješavinu slova (velikih i malih), brojeva i ostalih znakova u lozinki." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:56 @@ -196,29 +221,39 @@ msgid "" "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but " "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and " "anything else the average user does with his computer" -msgstr "Dodajte korisnika ovdje. korisnik ima manje ovlasti od superkorisnika (root), ali dovoljno da koristi internet,uredske programe ili igra igre i sve ostalo što prosječan korisnik radi sa svojim računalom." +msgstr "" +"Dodajte korisnika ovdje. korisnik ima manje ovlasti od superkorisnika " +"(root), ali dovoljno da koristi internet,uredske programe ili igra igre i " +"sve ostalo što prosječan korisnik radi sa svojim računalom." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:65 msgid "" "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the " "users icon." -msgstr "<guibutton>Ikona</guibutton>: ako kliknete na ovo dugme promjeniti će ikonu korisnika." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Ikona</guibutton>: ako kliknete na ovo dugme promjeniti će ikonu " +"korisnika." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:70 msgid "" "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text " "box." -msgstr "<guilabel>Pravo ime</guilabel>: Umetni korisničko pravo ime u ovo tekstualno polje." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Pravo ime</guilabel>: Umetni korisničko pravo ime u ovo tekstualno " +"polje." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:75 msgid "" "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let " -"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case" -" sensitive.</emphasis>" -msgstr "<guilabel>Ime prijave</guilabel>: Ovdje unesite korisnikovo ie prijave ili dopustite da drakx koristi verziju korisničkih pravih imena. <emphasis>Ime prijave je osjetljivo na mala i velika slova.</emphasis>" +"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case " +"sensitive.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Ime prijave</guilabel>: Ovdje unesite korisnikovo ie prijave ili " +"dopustite da drakx koristi verziju korisničkih pravih imena. <emphasis>Ime " +"prijave je osjetljivo na mala i velika slova.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:81 @@ -226,15 +261,21 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user " "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the " "strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" -msgstr "<guilabel>Lozinka</guilabel>: U tekstualno polje trebate uppisati korisničku lozinku. Na kraju tekstualnog polja nalazi se štit koji pokazuje snagu lozinke.(Također vidi <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Lozinka</guilabel>: U tekstualno polje trebate uppisati korisničku " +"lozinku. Na kraju tekstualnog polja nalazi se štit koji pokazuje snagu " +"lozinke.(Također vidi <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:87 msgid "" "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this " -"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user" -" password text boxes." -msgstr "<guilabel>Lozinka (ponovno)</guilabel>: Ponovno upišite korisničku lozinku u ovo tekstualno polje i drakx će provjeriti imate li istu lozinku u svakom tekstualnom polju." +"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user " +"password text boxes." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Lozinka (ponovno)</guilabel>: Ponovno upišite korisničku lozinku u " +"ovo tekstualno polje i drakx će provjeriti imate li istu lozinku u svakom " +"tekstualnom polju." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:94 @@ -282,7 +323,10 @@ msgid "" "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a " "screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. " "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." -msgstr "Ako je kliknuto na <guibutton>napredno</guibutton> dugme nudi vam se zaslon gdje možete urediti postavke korisnika kojega dodajete. Dodatno, možete onemogućiti ili omogućiti račun gosta." +msgstr "" +"Ako je kliknuto na <guibutton>napredno</guibutton> dugme nudi vam se zaslon " +"gdje možete urediti postavke korisnika kojega dodajete. Dodatno, možete " +"onemogućiti ili omogućiti račun gosta." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/addUser.xml:124 @@ -298,7 +342,10 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a " "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, " "but he has more restricted access than normal users." -msgstr "<guilabel>Omogući račun gosta</guilabel>: Ovdje možete omogućiti ili onemogućiti račun gosta. Račun gosta dopušta gostu prijavu i korištenje PC-ja, ali ima ograničeniji pristup od normalnih korisnika." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Omogući račun gosta</guilabel>: Ovdje možete omogućiti ili " +"onemogućiti račun gosta. Račun gosta dopušta gostu prijavu i korištenje PC-" +"ja, ali ima ograničeniji pristup od normalnih korisnika." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:138 @@ -320,8 +367,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/addUser.xml:150 msgid "" "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID. Also a " -"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know" -" what you are doing." +"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know " +"what you are doing." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -329,27 +376,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Choose the mount points" msgstr "Odaberite mjesta montiranja" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least -#. ONE" -#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes -#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the -#. Americans -#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I -#. removed it -#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 +#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE" +#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) +#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes +#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans +#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it +#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) +#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" -"=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33 @@ -357,21 +404,28 @@ msgid "" "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If " "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you " "can change the mount points." -msgstr "Ovdje možete vidjeti linux particije kje su nađene na vašem računalu. Ako se ne slažete sa <application>DrakX</application> sugerstijama, možete promjeniti točke montiranja." +msgstr "" +"Ovdje možete vidjeti linux particije kje su nađene na vašem računalu. Ako se " +"ne slažete sa <application>DrakX</application> sugerstijama, možete " +"promjeniti točke montiranja." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38 msgid "" "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> " "(root) partition." -msgstr "Ako išta promjenite, budite sigurni da još uvijek imate <literal>/</literal> (root) particiju." +msgstr "" +"Ako išta promjenite, budite sigurni da još uvijek imate <literal>/</literal> " +"(root) particiju." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44 msgid "" -"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount " -"point\", \"Type\")." -msgstr "Svaka particija je prikazana kao što slijedi:\n\"Uređaj\" (\"Kapacitet\", \"Točka montiranja\", \"Vrsta\")." +"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point" +"\", \"Type\")." +msgstr "" +"Svaka particija je prikazana kao što slijedi:\n" +"\"Uređaj\" (\"Kapacitet\", \"Točka montiranja\", \"Vrsta\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49 @@ -383,20 +437,28 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55 msgid "" -"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from" -" the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " +"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from " +"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " "and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for " "instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store " -"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the " -"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install." -msgstr "Ako imate puno particija, možete izabrati mnogo različitih točaka montiranja iz padajućeg izbornika, kao što su <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> and <literal>/var</literal>. Možete čak napraviti vlastite točke montiranja, na primjer <literal>/video</literal> za particiju gdje želite pohraniti filmove, ili <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> za<literal>/home</literal> particiju cauldron instalacije." +"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</" +"literal> partition of a cauldron install." +msgstr "" +"Ako imate puno particija, možete izabrati mnogo različitih točaka montiranja " +"iz padajućeg izbornika, kao što su <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</" +"literal> and <literal>/var</literal>. Možete čak napraviti vlastite točke " +"montiranja, na primjer <literal>/video</literal> za particiju gdje želite " +"pohraniti filmove, ili <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> za<literal>/home</" +"literal> particiju cauldron instalacije." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65 msgid "" "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount " "point field blank." -msgstr "Za particije kojima nemate pristup, možete ostaviti prazno polje točke montiranja." +msgstr "" +"Za particije kojima nemate pristup, možete ostaviti prazno polje točke " +"montiranja." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71 @@ -404,15 +466,21 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, " "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen " "that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size." -msgstr "Izaberite <guibutton>Prethodno</guibutton> ako niste sigurni što odabrati, i zatim označite <guilabel>Prilagođeno particioniranje diska</guilabel>. Na zalonu koji će uslijediti, kliknite na particiju da vidite vrstu i veličinu." +msgstr "" +"Izaberite <guibutton>Prethodno</guibutton> ako niste sigurni što odabrati, " +"i zatim označite <guilabel>Prilagođeno particioniranje diska</guilabel>. Na " +"zalonu koji će uslijediti, kliknite na particiju da vidite vrstu i veličinu." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77 msgid "" -"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the " -"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more." -msgstr "Ako ste sigurni da su točke montiranja ispravne, kliknite na <guibutton>Slijedeće</guibutton>, i izaberite želite li formatirati samo particiju(e) koje sugerira DrakX, ili više." +"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) " +"DrakX suggests, or more." +msgstr "" +"Ako ste sigurni da su točke montiranja ispravne, kliknite na " +"<guibutton>Slijedeće</guibutton>, i izaberite želite li formatirati samo " +"particiju(e) koje sugerira DrakX, ili više." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 @@ -422,9 +490,11 @@ msgstr "Odabir radnog okruženja" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11 msgid "" -"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine" -" tune your choice." -msgstr "Ovisno o vašem odabiru, možda vam budu ponuđeni daljnji zasloni za fino ugađanje vašega izbora." +"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine " +"tune your choice." +msgstr "" +"Ovisno o vašem odabiru, možda vam budu ponuđeni daljnji zasloni za fino " +"ugađanje vašega izbora." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13 @@ -439,7 +509,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26 @@ -458,14 +530,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Package Group Selection" msgstr "Odabir grupe paketa" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a -#. new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16 @@ -496,44 +569,50 @@ msgstr "Grafičko okruženje" msgid "" "Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or " "remove packages." -msgstr "Odabir pojedinačnih paketa: Možete koristiti ovu opciju za ručno dodavanje ili uklanajnje paketa." +msgstr "" +"Odabir pojedinačnih paketa: Možete koristiti ovu opciju za ručno dodavanje " +"ili uklanajnje paketa." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39 msgid "" -"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do" -" a minimal install." -msgstr "Pročitaj <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> za instrukcije kako napraviti minimalnu instalaciju." +"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " +"a minimal install." +msgstr "" +"Pročitaj <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> za instrukcije kako " +"napraviti minimalnu instalaciju." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4 msgid "Choose Individual Packages" msgstr "Izaberi pojedinačne pakete" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a -#. new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17 msgid "" -"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your " -"installation." -msgstr "Ovdje možete dodati ili ukloniti dodatne pakete za prilagodbu vaše instalacije." +"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation." +msgstr "" +"Ovdje možete dodati ili ukloniti dodatne pakete za prilagodbu vaše " +"instalacije." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20 msgid "" -"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy " -"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages " -"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the " -"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install " -"and choosing to load it." +"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</" +"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving " +"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same " +"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and " +"choosing to load it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -541,28 +620,30 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configure your Services" msgstr "Konfigurirajte vaše servise" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureServices.xml:21 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" -"=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:27 msgid "" -"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your " -"system." +"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:30 msgid "" -"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and" -" see all services in it." +"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and " +"see all services in it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -587,28 +668,33 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Konfigurirajte vremensku zonu" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 msgid "" -"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the" -" same time zone." -msgstr "Odaberite vašu vremensku zonu birajući vašu državu ili grad blizu vas u istoj vremenskoj zoni." +"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " +"same time zone." +msgstr "" +"Odaberite vašu vremensku zonu birajući vašu državu ili grad blizu vas u " +"istoj vremenskoj zoni." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 msgid "" -"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to" -" GMT, also known as UTC." +"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " +"GMT, also known as UTC." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> @@ -616,7 +702,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." -msgstr "Ako imate više operativinih sustava na vašem računalu, budite sigurni da su svi postavljeni na lokalno vrijeme ili na " +msgstr "" +"Ako imate više operativinih sustava na vašem računalu, budite sigurni da su " +"svi postavljeni na lokalno vrijeme ili na " #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11 @@ -626,10 +714,13 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id" -"=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 @@ -703,15 +794,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" msgstr "" -#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" -#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename -#. for this page +#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -721,11 +810,11 @@ msgid "" "you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are " "all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window " "System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for " -"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or" -" any other graphical environment to work well, the following " -"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct " -"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a " -"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect." +"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or " +"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</" +"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can " +"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you " +"think the choice is incorrect." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -763,11 +852,11 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not " "always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your " "settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your " -"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept." -" If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be" -" able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " -"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't " -"available</emphasis>" +"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. " +"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be " +"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " +"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</" +"emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -787,7 +876,9 @@ msgstr "Izaberite vaš monitor" msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually " "correctly identify yours." -msgstr "DrakX ima vrlo opsežnu bazu podataka monitora i obično će točno identificirati vaš." +msgstr "" +"DrakX ima vrlo opsežnu bazu podataka monitora i obično će točno " +"identificirati vaš." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26 @@ -796,14 +887,18 @@ msgid "" "your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing " "what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor " "documentation" -msgstr "<emphasis>Odabirom monitora drugih karakteristika možete oštetiti vaš monitor i video sklopovlje. Molim ne pokušavajte tako nešto ukoliko ne znate što radite.</emphasis> Ako imate sumnji savjetujte se sa dokumentacijom svoga monitora" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Odabirom monitora drugih karakteristika možete oštetiti vaš " +"monitor i video sklopovlje. Molim ne pokušavajte tako nešto ukoliko ne znate " +"što radite.</emphasis> Ako imate sumnji savjetujte se sa dokumentacijom " +"svoga monitora" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" -"=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -815,9 +910,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Prilagođeno</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44 msgid "" "This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh " -"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the" -" screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are" -" displayed." +"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the " +"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are " +"displayed." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -839,7 +934,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the " "monitor database." -msgstr "Ovo je zadana opcija i pokušava odrediti vrstu monitora iz baze podataka monitora." +msgstr "" +"Ovo je zadana opcija i pokušava odrediti vrstu monitora iz baze podataka " +"monitora." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63 @@ -872,10 +969,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Generički</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84 msgid "" "selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as " -"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is" -" often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card " -"driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once " -"again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections." +"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is " +"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver " +"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it " +"may be wise to be conservative in your selections." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -886,39 +983,39 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/diskdrake.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" " -"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:33 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " -"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The" -" encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " +"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " +"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " "set, otherwise your system will be unbootable." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:39 msgid "" -"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions," -" change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " +"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " "is in them before you start." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:42 msgid "" -"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an" -" USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." +"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " +"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:45 msgid "" -"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected" -" storage device" +"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " +"storage device" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -961,8 +1058,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -985,8 +1082,8 @@ msgstr "Koristi slobodni prostor" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for" -" your new Mageia installation." +"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for " +"your new Mageia installation." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -997,8 +1094,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may" -" offer to use it." +"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may " +"offer to use it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1051,8 +1148,8 @@ msgstr "Prilagođeno" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 msgid "" -"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your" -" hard drive(s)." +"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " +"hard drive(s)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> @@ -1062,8 +1159,8 @@ msgid "" "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " "hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested " "with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 " -"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning" -" tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " +"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning " +"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " "settings:" msgstr "" @@ -1098,8 +1195,7 @@ msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgid "February 2014" msgstr "Veljača 2014" -#. type: Content of: -#. <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 msgid "Mageia 4" msgstr "Mageia 4" @@ -1122,8 +1218,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" -"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which" -" screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " +"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " "while installing." msgstr "" @@ -1136,24 +1232,24 @@ msgstr "" #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" -"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" +"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link " -"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link " -"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link " -"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation " -"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" +"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" +"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -1161,31 +1257,33 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Congratulations" msgstr "Čestitamo" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text #. same day, added "s" to "sytems" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/exitInstall.xml:14 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:21 msgid "" -"You have finished installing and configuring " -"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the " -"installation medium and reboot your computer." -msgstr "Završili ste instaliranje i konfiguriranje <application>Mageie</application> i sada je sigurno ukloniti instalcijski medij i napraviti reboot računala." +"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</" +"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot " +"your computer." +msgstr "" +"Završili ste instaliranje i konfiguriranje <application>Mageie</application> " +"i sada je sigurno ukloniti instalcijski medij i napraviti reboot računala." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:25 msgid "" -"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating" -" systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." +"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating " +"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -1212,16 +1310,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Formatting" msgstr "Formatiram" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\"" -" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> " -"</imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -1234,7 +1332,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:29 msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted" -msgstr "Uobičajeno je da barem particije koje je odabrao DrakX moraju biti formatirane." +msgstr "" +"Uobičajeno je da barem particije koje je odabrao DrakX moraju biti " +"formatirane." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:32 @@ -1255,8 +1355,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:44 msgid "" -"When you are confident about the selection, click on " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue." +"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton> to continue." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -1297,9 +1397,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:40 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> @@ -1322,7 +1421,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:57 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1334,9 +1434,9 @@ msgstr "" #: en/installer.xml:65 msgid "" "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. " -"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue " -"System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware " -"Detection Tool</guilabel>." +"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</" +"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection " +"Tool</guilabel>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> @@ -1351,7 +1451,8 @@ msgstr "Promjenite rezoluciju zaslona pritiskom na tipku F3." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:85 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1410,7 +1511,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:123 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1428,7 +1530,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:139 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1442,7 +1545,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:152 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> @@ -1462,9 +1566,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are " "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-" -"based Installation CD, see <link " -"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">the Mageia " -"Wiki</link>" +"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot." +"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> @@ -1475,8 +1578,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:179 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> @@ -1487,16 +1590,15 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:189 msgid "" -"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed" -" on the side panel of the screen." +"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " +"on the side panel of the screen." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:192 msgid "" -"Each step has one or more screens which may also have " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, " -"options." +"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" +"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -1514,48 +1616,46 @@ msgid "" "partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your " "computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well " "leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure " -"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys" -" <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " +"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys " +"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:215 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:214 msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:221 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:220 msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:226 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:225 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " "resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:233 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:232 msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " "ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be " -"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit" -" ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." +"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit " +"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:245 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:244 msgid "The Install Freezes" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:248 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:247 msgid "" "If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a " "problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of " @@ -1564,34 +1664,33 @@ msgid "" "other options as necessary." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:257 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:256 msgid "RAM problem" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:260 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:259 msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " -"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. " -"e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." +"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e." +"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:269 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:268 msgid "Dynamic partitions" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:272 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:271 msgid "" "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " "on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: " -"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" -"us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" -"us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." +"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx" +"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -1599,21 +1698,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Updates" msgstr "Nadogradnje" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" -#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" -#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" -#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" -#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore -#. correct html filename -#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename +#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installUpdates.xml:13 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -1641,26 +1735,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "" -#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the -#. same as for add_supplemental_media) -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html -#. filename was wrong) +#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/media_selection.xml:12 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" -"=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:18 msgid "" "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are " -"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories" -" selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " +"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories " +"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " "the next steps." msgstr "" @@ -1675,8 +1767,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/media_selection.xml:30 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-" -"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source" -" software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " +"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source " +"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " "nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi " "cards, etc." msgstr "" @@ -1684,11 +1776,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:38 msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under" -" a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository " -"is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g." -" Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed" -" to play commercial video DVD, etc." +"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under " +"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is " +"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. " +"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed " +"to play commercial video DVD, etc." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -1700,8 +1792,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/minimal-install.xml:9 msgid "" "You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the " -"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref " -"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." +"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" +"xref>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -1733,26 +1825,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" msgstr "" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-) -#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages -#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and -#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph -#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. -#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by -#. linkend="setupBootloader" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, -#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files +#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages +#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and +#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph +#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. +#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:33 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -1778,8 +1868,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/misc-params.xml:52 msgid "" "DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. " -"You can change it if needed. See also <xref " -"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" +"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/" +">" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1823,8 +1913,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:83 msgid "" -"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own " -"<literal>/home</literal> directories." +"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</" +"literal> directories." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1888,8 +1978,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:129 msgid "" -"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option" -" to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " +"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option " +"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " "driver for your card, but none of them is the default one." msgstr "" @@ -1900,8 +1990,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:139 -msgid "" -"This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." +msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1912,9 +2001,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:148 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> @@ -1959,8 +2047,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:185 msgid "" -"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you" -" need to enter here" +"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you " +"need to enter here" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> @@ -1976,8 +2064,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:202 msgid "" -"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default" -" setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." +"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default " +"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -2019,10 +2107,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20 msgid "" -"You have more than one " -"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition. " -"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing " -"<application>Mageia</application>." +"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" +"application> partition. Choose which one should be made smaller to make " +"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -2030,14 +2117,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Security Level" msgstr "Sigurnosna Razina" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/securityLevel.xml:19 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2059,22 +2146,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:5 msgid "Select and use ISOs" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:8 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:9 msgid "Media" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:11 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:12 msgid "Definition" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:13 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:14 msgid "" "Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to " "install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO " @@ -2082,212 +2169,189 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:18 msgid "" -"You can find them <link " -"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">here</link>." +"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" +"\">here</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:21 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:22 msgid "Classical installation media" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:24 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:92 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:199 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:25 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:94 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:200 msgid "Common features" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:29 msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:34 msgid "" "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:39 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:41 msgid "DVD" msgstr "DVD" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:45 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:49 msgid "" "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " "Hardware Detection Tool." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:54 msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:59 msgid "" "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:66 msgid "DVD dual arch" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:70 msgid "" "Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made " "automatically according to the detected CPU." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:75 msgid "Uses Xfce desktop only." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:79 msgid "" "Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, " "pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED!" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:84 msgid "It contains non free software." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:89 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:91 msgid "Live media" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:98 msgid "" "Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and " "optionally install Mageia on to your HDD." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:218 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:108 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:172 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:190 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:220 msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:112 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " -"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous " -"releases.</emphasis>" +"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" +"emphasis>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:118 msgid "They contain non free software." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:123 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:124 msgid "Live CD KDE" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:128 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:164 msgid "KDE desktop environment only." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:222 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:132 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:150 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:224 msgid "English language only." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:136 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:154 msgid "32 bit only." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:141 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:142 msgid "Live CD GNOME" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:146 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:182 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:159 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:160 msgid "Live DVD KDE" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:168 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:186 msgid "All languages are present." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:177 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:178 msgid "Live DVD GNOME" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:196 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:197 msgid "Boot-only CD media" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:204 msgid "" -"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to" -" start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other " -"packages that are needed to continue and complete the install. These " -"packages may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or" -" on the Internet." +"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " +"start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages " +"that are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be " +"on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the Internet." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:212 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:213 msgid "" "These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when " "bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a " @@ -2295,63 +2359,61 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:228 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:230 msgid "boot.iso" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:232 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:234 msgid "" "Contains only free software, for those people who refuse to use non-free " "software." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:239 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:243 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:245 msgid "" "Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " "it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:252 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:254 msgid "Downloading and Checking Media" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:255 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:259 msgid "" -"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or" -" BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the" -" mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If " +"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or " +"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the " +"mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If " "http is chosen, you may also see something like" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:264 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:266 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:269 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:271 msgid "" "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of " -"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the" -" file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " +"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " +"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " "number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " "downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a " "failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download.Then this " @@ -2359,94 +2421,96 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:278 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:280 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:283 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:285 msgid "Check the radio button Save File." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:287 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 msgid "Checking the downloaded media integrity" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291 msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:293 msgid "" -"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum " -"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." +"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/" +"file.iso</userinput>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:294 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:296 msgid "" -"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum " -"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." +"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/" +"image/file.iso</userinput>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:297 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 msgid "" -"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a" -" while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" +"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " +"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:301 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:303 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:311 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313 msgid "Burn or dump the ISO" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:315 msgid "" "The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB stick. " "These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a boot-able medium." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:318 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:320 msgid "Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:320 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:322 msgid "" "Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly " "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " -"not correct. There is more information in <link " -"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia" -" wiki</link>." +"not correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki." +"mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:326 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:329 msgid "Dump the ISO to a USB stick" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:328 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:331 msgid "" "All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick " "and then use it to boot and install the system." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:332 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335 msgid "" "\"dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system " "on the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will " @@ -2454,153 +2518,146 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:337 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:340 msgid "To recover the original capacity, you must re-format the USB stick." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:340 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:344 msgid "Using Mageia" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:342 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:346 msgid "" -"You can use a graphical tool like <link " -"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" +"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:344 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:348 msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:348 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 msgid "Open a console" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:356 msgid "" "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the " "final '-' )" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:360 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata contentwidth=\"650\" fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 msgid "" "Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any " "application or file manager that could access or read it)" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:373 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:376 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 msgid "" "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " "in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:389 msgid "" "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX " "bs=1M</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:387 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:394 msgid "" -"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso " -"of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" +"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/" +"dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:400 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:402 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:410 msgid "Using Windows" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:412 msgid "You could try:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:406 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:414 msgid "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:408 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 msgid "" "- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " "Disk Imager</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:425 msgid "Mageia Installation" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:427 msgid "" -"This step is detailed in <link " -"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">the Mageia documentation</link>." +"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" +"\">the Mageia documentation</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:430 msgid "" -"More information is available in <link " -"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia " -"wiki</link>." +"More information is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -2608,14 +2665,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectCountry.xml:21 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2629,8 +2686,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:32 msgid "" -"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other " -"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." +"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</" +"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> @@ -2651,13 +2708,13 @@ msgstr "" #: en/selectCountry.xml:49 msgid "" "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " -"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input" -" multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " +"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input " +"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " "default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-" -"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method" -" so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input " -"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be " -"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." +"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method " +"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, " +"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you " +"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> @@ -2676,8 +2733,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -2710,30 +2767,30 @@ msgid "" "Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still " "supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been " "thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already " -"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do" -" a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." +"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do " +"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56 msgid "" "If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to " -"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been" -" formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " +"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been " +"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " "the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an " -"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you" -" want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." +"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you " +"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</" +"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67 msgid "" -"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you" -" can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " -"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do " -"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install." +"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you " +"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " +"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</" +"emphasis> do this later in the install." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -2751,35 +2808,34 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\"" -" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30 msgid "" "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. " -"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications" -" that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a" -" label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " -"<link " -"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications " +"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a " +"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " +"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en." +"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40 msgid "" -"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on " -"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard " -"there." +"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</" +"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45 msgid "" "After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, " -"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though" -" a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " +"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though " +"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " "and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the " "full list." msgstr "" @@ -2810,22 +2866,22 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " -"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be" -" difficult to add extra language support after installation." +"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be " +"difficult to add extra language support after installation." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"" -" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 msgid "" -"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them" -" as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " +"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " +"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " "marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ." msgstr "" @@ -2856,11 +2912,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select mouse" msgstr "" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right -#. place -#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place +#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectMouse.xml:16 msgid "" @@ -2878,8 +2933,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:25 msgid "" -"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB " -"mice</guilabel> is a good choice." +"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</" +"guilabel> is a good choice." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2897,9 +2952,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" +"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2915,16 +2970,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use " "this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually " -"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code>" -" instead." +"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> " +"instead." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" -"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." +"png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2959,31 +3014,28 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Glavne postavke bootloadera" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from -#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, -#. except in this sentence. -#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using -#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist +#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. +#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" " -"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:16 msgid "" -"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by" -" the installer, you can change them here." +"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " +"the installer, you can change them here." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:20 msgid "" -"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case" -" you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " +"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " +"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " "allow Mageia to create a new one." msgstr "" @@ -3037,16 +3089,16 @@ msgstr "" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:60 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " -"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader" -" <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the" -" bootloader install location." +"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " +"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the " +"bootloader install location." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 msgid "" -"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR." -" You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " +"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " +"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " "phase earlier, e.g. sda7." msgstr "" @@ -3059,8 +3111,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:75 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " -"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to" -" the installer screen." +"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " +"the installer screen." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -3068,8 +3120,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " -"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and" -" add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " +"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and " +"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " "question." msgstr "" @@ -3082,9 +3134,9 @@ msgstr "" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:95 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " -"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp " -"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." +"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" +"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</" +"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -3092,29 +3144,26 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Setup SCSI" msgstr "" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's -#. comment ;-) -#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based -#. on the -#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 +#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) +#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the +#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:32 msgid "" -"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers" -" it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " +"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers " +"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " "fail to recognise the drive." msgstr "" @@ -3135,7 +3184,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Sound Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguracija zvuka" -#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 +#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/soundConfig.xml:17 msgid "" @@ -3165,9 +3214,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/soundConfig.xml:33 msgid "" "Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on " -"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how " -"to solve the problem." +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</" +"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> @@ -3195,18 +3243,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" msgstr "" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -#. test comment - johnr +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 +#. test comment - johnr #. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct -#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm -#. sure I -#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD -#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot +#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I +#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD +#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" +"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -3219,8 +3266,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 msgid "" -"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every" -" partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." +"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " +"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -3245,20 +3292,20 @@ msgstr "" #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:16 msgid "" "After your data backup, reboot your installation Mageia DVD and select " -"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will" -" only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system." +"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will " +"only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:20 msgid "" "To recover the space used by Mageia partitions on Windows, click on " -"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management " -"-> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. " +"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management -" +"> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. " "You will recognize the Mageia partition because they are labeled " "<guilabel>Unknown</guilabel>, and also by their size and place in the disk. " -"Right click on each of these partitions and select " -"<guibutton>Delete</guibutton>. The space will be freed." +"Right click on each of these partitions and select <guibutton>Delete</" +"guibutton>. The space will be freed." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -3274,6 +3321,6 @@ msgid "" "If you have Vista or 7, you have one more possibility, you can extend the " "existing partition that is at the left of the freed space. There are other " "partitioning tools that can be used, such as gparted, available for both " -"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and" -" make sure all important things have been backed up." +"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and " +"make sure all important things have been backed up." msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/installer/id.po b/docs/installer/id.po index 6cd07661..8feab9e3 100644 --- a/docs/installer/id.po +++ b/docs/installer/id.po @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-01-28 18:19+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-02-24 19:21+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-02-12 07:01+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Kiki <kiki.syahadat@yahoo.co.id>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/" @@ -1901,18 +1901,18 @@ msgstr "" "bersamaan. Setelahnya, tekan <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> secara " "bersamaan untuk menjalankan ulang." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:215 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:214 msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" msgstr "Masalah Instalasi dan Kemungkinan Solusinya" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:221 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:220 msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "Tidak Ada Antarmuka Grafis" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:226 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:225 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " @@ -1923,8 +1923,8 @@ msgstr "" "menggunakan resolusi yang lebih rendah dengan mengetikkan <code>vgalo</code> " "pada baris perintah." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:233 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:232 msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " @@ -1938,13 +1938,13 @@ msgstr "" "dengan ENTER. Anda akan diberikan layar hitam dengan kata \"boot:\". Ketik " "\"text\" lalu tekan ENTER. Lalu lanjutkan dengan instalasi dalam mode teks." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:245 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:244 msgid "The Install Freezes" msgstr "Instalasi Membeku" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:248 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:247 msgid "" "If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a " "problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of " @@ -1958,13 +1958,13 @@ msgstr "" "code> pada baris perintah. Pilihan ini juga bisa dikombinasikan dengan " "pilihan lain seperlunya." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:257 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:256 msgid "RAM problem" msgstr "Masalah RAM" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:260 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:259 msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " @@ -1976,13 +1976,13 @@ msgstr "" "menggunakan parameter <code>mem=xxxM</code>, di mana xxx adalah besar RAM " "yang benar. Misalnya <code>mem=256M</code> untuk menentukan RAM 256MB." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:269 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:268 msgid "Dynamic partitions" msgstr "Partisi dinamis" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:272 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:271 msgid "" "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " @@ -2547,22 +2547,22 @@ msgstr "" "bagian <guilabel>Keamanan</guilabel> pada Pusat Kendali Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:5 msgid "Select and use ISOs" msgstr "Pilih dan gunakan ISO" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:8 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:9 msgid "Media" msgstr "Media" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:11 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:12 msgid "Definition" msgstr "Definisi" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:13 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:14 msgid "" "Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to " "install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO " @@ -2573,7 +2573,7 @@ msgstr "" "fisik ke mana berkas ISO disalin." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:18 msgid "" "You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" "\">here</link>." @@ -2582,39 +2582,39 @@ msgstr "" "\">di sini</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:21 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:22 msgid "Classical installation media" msgstr "Media instalasi klasik" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:24 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:92 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:199 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:25 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:94 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:200 msgid "Common features" msgstr "Fitur umum" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:29 msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx." msgstr "ISO ini menggunakan installer tradisional yang disebut drakx." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:34 msgid "" "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." msgstr "Mereka bisa membuat instalasi baru atau update dari rilis sebelumnya." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:39 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:41 msgid "DVD" msgstr "DVD" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:45 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." msgstr "Media berbeda untuk arsitektur 32 atau 64 bit." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:49 msgid "" "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " "Hardware Detection Tool." @@ -2623,24 +2623,24 @@ msgstr "" "Pengujian Memori, Peralatan Pendeteksi Perangkat Keras." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:54 msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages." msgstr "Setiap DVD berisi banyak lingkungan desktop dan bahasa yang tersedia." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:59 msgid "" "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software." msgstr "" "Anda akan diberikan untuk memilih perangkat lunak non free saat instalasi." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:66 msgid "DVD dual arch" msgstr "DVD dual arch" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:70 msgid "" "Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made " "automatically according to the detected CPU." @@ -2649,12 +2649,12 @@ msgstr "" "berdasarkan CPU yang terdeteksi." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:75 msgid "Uses Xfce desktop only." msgstr "Hanya menggunakan desktop Xfce." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:79 msgid "" "Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, " "pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED!" @@ -2663,17 +2663,17 @@ msgstr "" "ru, sv, uk) UNTUK DIPILIH!" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:84 msgid "It contains non free software." msgstr "Ini berisi perangkat lunak non free." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:89 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:91 msgid "Live media" msgstr "Media live" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:98 msgid "" "Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and " "optionally install Mageia on to your HDD." @@ -2682,18 +2682,18 @@ msgstr "" "opsi untuk menginstall Mageia pada HDD Anda." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." msgstr "Setiap ISO hanya berisi satu lingkungan desktop (KDE atau GNOME)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:218 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:108 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:172 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:190 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:220 msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures." msgstr "Media berbeda untuk arsitektur 32 atau 64 bit." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:112 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " "installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" @@ -2704,63 +2704,63 @@ msgstr "" "sebelumnya.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:118 msgid "They contain non free software." msgstr "Mereka berisi perangkat lunak non free." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:123 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:124 msgid "Live CD KDE" msgstr "Live CD KDE" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:128 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:164 msgid "KDE desktop environment only." msgstr "Hanya lingkungan desktop KDE." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:222 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:132 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:150 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:224 msgid "English language only." msgstr "Hanya bahasa Inggris." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:136 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:154 msgid "32 bit only." msgstr "Hanya 32 bit." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:141 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:142 msgid "Live CD GNOME" msgstr "Live CD GNOME" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:146 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:182 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." msgstr "Hanya lingkungan desktop GNOME." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:159 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:160 msgid "Live DVD KDE" msgstr "Live DVD KDE" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:168 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:186 msgid "All languages are present." msgstr "Menyediakan semua bahasa." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:177 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:178 msgid "Live DVD GNOME" msgstr "Live DVD GNOME" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:196 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:197 msgid "Boot-only CD media" msgstr "Media CD hanya-boot" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:204 msgid "" "Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " "start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages " @@ -2774,7 +2774,7 @@ msgstr "" "drive lokal, jaringan lokal atau Internet." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:212 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:213 msgid "" "These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when " "bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a " @@ -2785,12 +2785,12 @@ msgstr "" "bisa boot dari USB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:228 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:230 msgid "boot.iso" msgstr "boot.iso" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:232 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:234 msgid "" "Contains only free software, for those people who refuse to use non-free " "software." @@ -2799,12 +2799,12 @@ msgstr "" "menggunakan perangkat lunak tidak bebas." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:239 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" msgstr "boot-nonfree.iso" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:243 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:245 msgid "" "Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " "it." @@ -2813,17 +2813,17 @@ msgstr "" "untuk orang-orang yang membutuhkannya." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:252 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:254 msgid "Downloading and Checking Media" msgstr "Mengunduh dan Memeriksa Media" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:255 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "Mengunduh" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:259 msgid "" "Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or " "BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the " @@ -2836,7 +2836,7 @@ msgstr "" "terlalu lambat. Jika http dipilih, Anda juga mungkin melihat" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:264 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:266 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" "imageobject>" @@ -2845,7 +2845,7 @@ msgstr "" "imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:269 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:271 msgid "" "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of " "them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " @@ -2864,27 +2864,27 @@ msgstr "" "mengunduh. Lalu jendela ini akan muncul:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:278 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:280 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:283 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:285 msgid "Check the radio button Save File." msgstr "Centang tombol Simpan Berkas." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:287 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 msgid "Checking the downloaded media integrity" msgstr "Memeriksa keabsahan media yang diunduh" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291 msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:" msgstr "Buka konsol, tidak perlu menjadi root, dan:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:293 msgid "" "- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/" "file.iso</userinput>." @@ -2893,7 +2893,7 @@ msgstr "" "to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:294 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:296 msgid "" "- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/" "image/file.iso</userinput>." @@ -2902,7 +2902,7 @@ msgstr "" "to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:297 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 msgid "" "and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " "while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" @@ -2911,21 +2911,22 @@ msgstr "" "menunggu beberapa saat) dengan nomor yang diberikan oleh Mageia. Contoh:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:301 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:303 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" "imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:311 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313 msgid "Burn or dump the ISO" msgstr "Bakar atau salin ISO" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:315 msgid "" "The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB stick. " "These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a boot-able medium." @@ -2935,16 +2936,17 @@ msgstr "" "bertujuan untuk membuat media yang dapat diboot." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:318 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:320 msgid "Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD" msgstr "Membakar ISO ke CD/DVD" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:320 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:322 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly " "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " -"not correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki." +"not correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki." "mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>." msgstr "" "Gunakan pembakar apapun yang Anda mau tapi pastikan diatur dengan benar ke " @@ -2953,12 +2955,12 @@ msgstr "" "wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">wiki Mageia</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:326 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:329 msgid "Dump the ISO to a USB stick" msgstr "Salin ISO ke flashdisk" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:328 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:331 msgid "" "All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick " "and then use it to boot and install the system." @@ -2967,7 +2969,7 @@ msgstr "" "flashdisk lalu menggunakannya untuk memboot dan menginstall sistem." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:332 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335 msgid "" "\"dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system " "on the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will " @@ -2978,18 +2980,18 @@ msgstr "" "menjadi sebesar ukuran image." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:337 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:340 msgid "To recover the original capacity, you must re-format the USB stick." msgstr "" "Untuk mengembalikan ke ukuran asli, Anda harus memformat ulang flashdisk." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:340 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:344 msgid "Using Mageia" msgstr "Menggunakan Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:342 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:346 msgid "" "You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" "en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" @@ -2998,17 +3000,17 @@ msgstr "" "org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:344 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:348 msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" msgstr "Anda juga bisa menggunakan dd dari konsol:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:348 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 msgid "Open a console" msgstr "Buka konsol" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:356 msgid "" "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the " "final '-' )" @@ -3017,16 +3019,15 @@ msgstr "" "'-' di akhir)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:360 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"<imageobject> <imagedata contentwidth=\"650\" fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </" "imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 msgid "" "Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any " "application or file manager that could access or read it)" @@ -3035,21 +3036,22 @@ msgstr "" "manajer berkas apapun yang bisa membuka atau membacanya)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:373 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" msgstr "Masukkan perintah <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:376 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" "imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 msgid "" "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " "in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." @@ -3058,7 +3060,7 @@ msgstr "" "sdb pada gambar di atas, ini adalah flashdisk 8GB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:389 msgid "" "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX " "bs=1M</userinput>" @@ -3067,12 +3069,12 @@ msgstr "" "bs=1M</userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc" msgstr "Dimana X=nama perangkat Anda misal: /dev/sdc" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:387 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:394 msgid "" "Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/" "dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" @@ -3081,32 +3083,32 @@ msgstr "" "dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:400 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" msgstr "Masukkan perintah: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" msgstr "Lepas flashdisk, selesai" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:402 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:410 msgid "Using Windows" msgstr "Menggunakan Windows" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:412 msgid "You could try:" msgstr "Anda bisa mencoba:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:406 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:414 msgid "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:408 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 msgid "" "- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " "Disk Imager</link>" @@ -3115,12 +3117,12 @@ msgstr "" "Disk Imager</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:425 msgid "Mageia Installation" msgstr "Instalasi Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:427 msgid "" "This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" "\">the Mageia documentation</link>." @@ -3129,7 +3131,7 @@ msgstr "" "\">dokumentasi Mageia</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:430 msgid "" "More information is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" "Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." @@ -4010,3 +4012,10 @@ msgstr "" "alat pemartisi lain yang bisa digunakan, seperti gparted, tersedia untuk " "windows dan linux. Seperti biasa, ketika mengubah partisi, sangat hati-hati, " "dan pastikan semua yang penting telah dibackup." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +#~ "imageobject>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +#~ "imageobject>" diff --git a/docs/installer/it.po b/docs/installer/it.po index 9615f628..9e031adc 100644 --- a/docs/installer/it.po +++ b/docs/installer/it.po @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package. -# +# # Translators: # Federica <24fede89@gmail.com>, 2014 # Federico <federico.paletta88@gmail.com>, 2014 @@ -12,14 +12,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-01-28 18:19+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-02-24 19:21+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-01-29 13:08+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n" -"Language-Team: Italian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/it/)\n" +"Language-Team: Italian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" +"it/)\n" +"Language: it\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: it\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -30,8 +31,8 @@ msgstr "Note di rilascio" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> @@ -42,16 +43,17 @@ msgstr "Accordo di licenza" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:48 msgid "" -"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license" -" terms and conditions carefully." -msgstr "Prima di installare <application>Mageia</application>, per favore leggi con cautela i termini e le condizioni della licenza." +"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license " +"terms and conditions carefully." +msgstr "" +"Prima di installare <application>Mageia</application>, per favore leggi con " +"cautela i termini e le condizioni della licenza." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51 msgid "" -"These terms and conditions apply to the entire " -"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before " -"you can continue." +"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</" +"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -64,8 +66,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:58 msgid "" -"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking." -" Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." +"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. " +"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> @@ -91,27 +93,29 @@ msgstr "it" msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" msgstr "" -#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the -#. same as for media_selection -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ -#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" " -"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24 msgid "" "This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can " -"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The" -" source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " +"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The " +"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " "during the next steps." -msgstr "Questa schermata vi dà la lista degli archivi già riconosciuti. È possibile aggiungere altre fonti per i pacchetti, come un disco ottico o una sorgente remota. La selezione della sorgente determina quali pacchetti saranno disponibili per la selezione durante i passaggi successivi." +msgstr "" +"Questa schermata vi dà la lista degli archivi già riconosciuti. È possibile " +"aggiungere altre fonti per i pacchetti, come un disco ottico o una sorgente " +"remota. La selezione della sorgente determina quali pacchetti saranno " +"disponibili per la selezione durante i passaggi successivi." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29 @@ -138,31 +142,29 @@ msgstr "" msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "" -#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, -#. but -#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only -#. thing -#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to -#. enable or -#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the -#. previous +#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but +#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing +#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or +#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous #. screen), marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't -#. understand -#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? -#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading -#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand +#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? +#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading +#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/addUser.xml:27 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:34 @@ -174,8 +176,8 @@ msgstr "Imposta la password dell'amministratore (root):" msgid "" "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to " "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the " -"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the" -" top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " +"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the " +"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " "depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are " "using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box " "just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped " @@ -220,8 +222,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/addUser.xml:75 msgid "" "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let " -"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case" -" sensitive.</emphasis>" +"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case " +"sensitive.</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -236,8 +238,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/addUser.xml:87 msgid "" "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this " -"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user" -" password text boxes." +"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user " +"password text boxes." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> @@ -273,7 +275,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:109 msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install." -msgstr "I permessi di accesso possono anche essere cambiati dopo l'installazione." +msgstr "" +"I permessi di accesso possono anche essere cambiati dopo l'installazione." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:116 @@ -324,8 +327,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/addUser.xml:150 msgid "" "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID. Also a " -"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know" -" what you are doing." +"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know " +"what you are doing." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -333,27 +336,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Choose the mount points" msgstr "Scegli i punti di mount" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least -#. ONE" -#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes -#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the -#. Americans -#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I -#. removed it -#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 +#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE" +#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) +#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes +#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans +#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it +#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) +#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" -"=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33 @@ -373,9 +376,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44 msgid "" -"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount " -"point\", \"Type\")." -msgstr "Ogni partizione è mostrata come segue: \"Dispositivo\" (\"Capacità\", \"Mount point\", \"Tipo\")" +"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point" +"\", \"Type\")." +msgstr "" +"Ogni partizione è mostrata come segue: \"Dispositivo\" (\"Capacità\", " +"\"Mount point\", \"Tipo\")" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49 @@ -387,12 +392,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55 msgid "" -"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from" -" the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " +"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from " +"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " "and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for " "instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store " -"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the " -"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install." +"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</" +"literal> partition of a cauldron install." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -413,9 +418,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77 msgid "" -"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the " -"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more." +"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) " +"DrakX suggests, or more." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -426,8 +431,8 @@ msgstr "Selezione Desktop" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11 msgid "" -"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine" -" tune your choice." +"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine " +"tune your choice." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -443,7 +448,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26 @@ -462,14 +469,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Package Group Selection" msgstr "Selezione per gruppi di pacchetti" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a -#. new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16 @@ -505,8 +513,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39 msgid "" -"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do" -" a minimal install." +"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " +"a minimal install." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -514,30 +522,32 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Choose Individual Packages" msgstr "Scegli dei pacchetti individuali" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a -#. new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17 msgid "" -"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your " -"installation." -msgstr "Qui tu puoi aggiungere o rimuovere ogni pacchetto aggiuntivo per personalizzare la tua installazione" +"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation." +msgstr "" +"Qui tu puoi aggiungere o rimuovere ogni pacchetto aggiuntivo per " +"personalizzare la tua installazione" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20 msgid "" -"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy " -"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages " -"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the " -"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install " -"and choosing to load it." +"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</" +"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving " +"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same " +"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and " +"choosing to load it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -545,28 +555,30 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configure your Services" msgstr "Configura i tuoi servizi" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureServices.xml:21 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" -"=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:27 msgid "" -"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your " -"system." +"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:30 msgid "" -"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and" -" see all services in it." +"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and " +"see all services in it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -591,28 +603,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Configura il tuo fuso orario" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 msgid "" -"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the" -" same time zone." +"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " +"same time zone." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 msgid "" -"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to" -" GMT, also known as UTC." +"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " +"GMT, also known as UTC." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> @@ -630,10 +645,13 @@ msgstr "Scegli un server X (configura la tua scheda video)" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id" -"=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 @@ -707,16 +725,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" msgstr "Scheda video e configurazione del monitor" -#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" -#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename -#. for this page +#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18 @@ -725,11 +744,11 @@ msgid "" "you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are " "all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window " "System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for " -"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or" -" any other graphical environment to work well, the following " -"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct " -"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a " -"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect." +"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or " +"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</" +"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can " +"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you " +"think the choice is incorrect." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -767,11 +786,11 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not " "always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your " "settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your " -"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept." -" If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be" -" able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " -"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't " -"available</emphasis>" +"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. " +"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be " +"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " +"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</" +"emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -805,10 +824,13 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" -"=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42 @@ -819,9 +841,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Personalizzatp</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44 msgid "" "This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh " -"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the" -" screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are" -" displayed." +"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the " +"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are " +"displayed." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -876,10 +898,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Generico</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84 msgid "" "selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as " -"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is" -" often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card " -"driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once " -"again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections." +"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is " +"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver " +"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it " +"may be wise to be conservative in your selections." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -890,39 +912,41 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/diskdrake.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" " -"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:33 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " -"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The" -" encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " +"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " +"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " "set, otherwise your system will be unbootable." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:39 msgid "" -"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions," -" change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " +"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " "is in them before you start." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:42 msgid "" -"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an" -" USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." +"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " +"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:45 msgid "" -"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected" -" storage device" +"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " +"storage device" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -965,9 +989,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45 @@ -989,8 +1015,8 @@ msgstr "Utilizza lo spazio libero" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for" -" your new Mageia installation." +"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for " +"your new Mageia installation." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1001,8 +1027,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may" -" offer to use it." +"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may " +"offer to use it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1055,8 +1081,8 @@ msgstr "Personalizzato" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 msgid "" -"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your" -" hard drive(s)." +"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " +"hard drive(s)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> @@ -1066,8 +1092,8 @@ msgid "" "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " "hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested " "with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 " -"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning" -" tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " +"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning " +"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " "settings:" msgstr "" @@ -1102,8 +1128,7 @@ msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgid "February 2014" msgstr "Febbraio 2014" -#. type: Content of: -#. <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 msgid "Mageia 4" msgstr "Mageia 4" @@ -1126,8 +1151,8 @@ msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" -"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which" -" screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " +"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " "while installing." msgstr "" @@ -1140,56 +1165,62 @@ msgstr "</note>" #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" -"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" +"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link " -"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link " -"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link " -"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation " -"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." -msgstr "E' stato scritto da volontari nel loro tempo libero. Contatta <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Team Documentazione</link>, se vuoi aiutare a migliorare questo manuale." +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" +"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" +"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +msgstr "" +"E' stato scritto da volontari nel loro tempo libero. Contatta <link ns6:href=" +"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Team Documentazione</" +"link>, se vuoi aiutare a migliorare questo manuale." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 msgid "Congratulations" msgstr "Complimenti" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text #. same day, added "s" to "sytems" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/exitInstall.xml:14 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:21 msgid "" -"You have finished installing and configuring " -"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the " -"installation medium and reboot your computer." +"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</" +"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot " +"your computer." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:25 msgid "" -"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating" -" systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." +"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating " +"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -1209,24 +1240,28 @@ msgstr "Divertiti!" msgid "" "Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to " "Mageia" -msgstr "Visita www.mageia.org se hai delle domande o se vuoi contribuire a Mageia" +msgstr "" +"Visita www.mageia.org se hai delle domande o se vuoi contribuire a Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:4 msgid "Formatting" msgstr "Formattazione in corso" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\"" -" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> " -"</imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:25 @@ -1259,8 +1294,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:44 msgid "" -"When you are confident about the selection, click on " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue." +"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton> to continue." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -1301,10 +1336,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:40 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> #: en/installer.xml:39 @@ -1326,8 +1362,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:57 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:62 @@ -1338,15 +1376,16 @@ msgstr "" #: en/installer.xml:65 msgid "" "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. " -"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue " -"System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware " -"Detection Tool</guilabel>." +"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</" +"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection " +"Tool</guilabel>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:73 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:82 @@ -1355,8 +1394,10 @@ msgstr "Cambia la risoluzione dello schermo premendo il tasto F3." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:85 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:92 @@ -1414,8 +1455,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:123 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:130 @@ -1432,8 +1475,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:139 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:146 @@ -1446,8 +1491,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:152 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:160 @@ -1466,9 +1513,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are " "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-" -"based Installation CD, see <link " -"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">the Mageia " -"Wiki</link>" +"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot." +"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> @@ -1479,9 +1525,11 @@ msgstr "La mappatura della tastiera è quella americana." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:179 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:186 @@ -1491,16 +1539,15 @@ msgstr "I passi dell'installazione" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:189 msgid "" -"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed" -" on the side panel of the screen." +"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " +"on the side panel of the screen." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:192 msgid "" -"Each step has one or more screens which may also have " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, " -"options." +"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" +"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -1518,48 +1565,46 @@ msgid "" "partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your " "computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well " "leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure " -"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys" -" <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " +"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys " +"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:215 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:214 msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" msgstr "Problemi relativi all'installazione e soluzioni possibili" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:221 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:220 msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "Nessuna interfaccia grafica" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:226 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:225 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " "resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:233 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:232 msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " "ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be " -"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit" -" ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." +"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit " +"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:245 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:244 msgid "The Install Freezes" msgstr "L'installazione si blocca" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:248 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:247 msgid "" "If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a " "problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of " @@ -1568,34 +1613,33 @@ msgid "" "other options as necessary." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:257 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:256 msgid "RAM problem" msgstr "Problema relativo alla RAM" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:260 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:259 msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " -"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. " -"e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." +"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e." +"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:269 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:268 msgid "Dynamic partitions" msgstr "Partizioni dinamiche" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:272 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:271 msgid "" "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " "on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: " -"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" -"us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" -"us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." +"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx" +"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -1603,22 +1647,20 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Updates" msgstr "Aggiornamenti" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" -#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" -#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" -#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" -#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore -#. correct html filename -#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename +#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installUpdates.xml:13 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:19 @@ -1645,26 +1687,27 @@ msgstr "Poi premi <guibutton>Avanti</guibutton> per continuare" msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "" -#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the -#. same as for add_supplemental_media) -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html -#. filename was wrong) +#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/media_selection.xml:12 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" -"=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:18 msgid "" "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are " -"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories" -" selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " +"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories " +"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " "the next steps." msgstr "" @@ -1679,8 +1722,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/media_selection.xml:30 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-" -"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source" -" software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " +"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source " +"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " "nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi " "cards, etc." msgstr "" @@ -1688,11 +1731,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:38 msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under" -" a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository " -"is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g." -" Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed" -" to play commercial video DVD, etc." +"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under " +"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is " +"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. " +"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed " +"to play commercial video DVD, etc." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -1704,8 +1747,8 @@ msgstr "Installazione minimale" #: en/minimal-install.xml:9 msgid "" "You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the " -"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref " -"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." +"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" +"xref>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -1730,34 +1773,37 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:3 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" msgstr "" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-) -#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages -#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and -#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph -#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. -#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by -#. linkend="setupBootloader" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, -#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files +#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages +#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and +#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph +#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. +#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:33 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:38 @@ -1782,8 +1828,8 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Fuso orario</guilabel>" #: en/misc-params.xml:52 msgid "" "DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. " -"You can change it if needed. See also <xref " -"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" +"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/" +">" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1817,7 +1863,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:75 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>" -msgstr "Per ulteriori informazioni, consulta <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Per ulteriori informazioni, consulta <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:80 @@ -1827,8 +1874,8 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Gestione dell'utente</guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:83 msgid "" -"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own " -"<literal>/home</literal> directories." +"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</" +"literal> directories." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1853,7 +1900,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:99 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>" -msgstr "Per ulteriori informazioni, consulta <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Per ulteriori informazioni, consulta <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:106 @@ -1892,8 +1940,8 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Scheda audio</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:129 msgid "" -"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option" -" to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " +"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option " +"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " "driver for your card, but none of them is the default one." msgstr "" @@ -1904,22 +1952,23 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Interfaccia grafica</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:139 -msgid "" -"This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." +msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:142 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>." -msgstr "Per ulteriori informazioni, consulta <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Per ulteriori informazioni, consulta <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:148 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:156 @@ -1963,8 +2012,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:185 msgid "" -"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you" -" need to enter here" +"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you " +"need to enter here" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> @@ -1980,8 +2029,8 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Livello di sicurezza</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:202 msgid "" -"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default" -" setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." +"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default " +"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -2023,10 +2072,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20 msgid "" -"You have more than one " -"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition. " -"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing " -"<application>Mageia</application>." +"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" +"application> partition. Choose which one should be made smaller to make " +"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -2034,15 +2082,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Security Level" msgstr "Livello di sicurezza" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/securityLevel.xml:19 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:24 @@ -2063,22 +2114,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:5 msgid "Select and use ISOs" msgstr "Seleziona e utilizza dei file ISO" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:8 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:9 msgid "Media" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:11 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:12 msgid "Definition" msgstr "Definizione" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:13 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:14 msgid "" "Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to " "install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO " @@ -2086,212 +2137,189 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:18 msgid "" -"You can find them <link " -"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">here</link>." +"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" +"\">here</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:21 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:22 msgid "Classical installation media" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:24 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:92 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:199 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:25 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:94 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:200 msgid "Common features" msgstr "Funzioni comuni" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:29 msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:34 msgid "" "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:39 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:41 msgid "DVD" msgstr "DVD" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:45 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:49 msgid "" "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " "Hardware Detection Tool." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:54 msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:59 msgid "" "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:66 msgid "DVD dual arch" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:70 msgid "" "Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made " "automatically according to the detected CPU." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:75 msgid "Uses Xfce desktop only." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:79 msgid "" "Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, " "pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED!" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:84 msgid "It contains non free software." msgstr "Contiene del software non libero" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:89 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:91 msgid "Live media" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:98 msgid "" "Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and " "optionally install Mageia on to your HDD." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:218 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:108 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:172 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:190 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:220 msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:112 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " -"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous " -"releases.</emphasis>" +"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" +"emphasis>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:118 msgid "They contain non free software." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:123 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:124 msgid "Live CD KDE" msgstr "CD Live con KDE" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:128 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:164 msgid "KDE desktop environment only." msgstr "Solamente l'ambiente KDE." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:222 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:132 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:150 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:224 msgid "English language only." msgstr "Solamente la lingua inglese." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:136 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:154 msgid "32 bit only." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:141 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:142 msgid "Live CD GNOME" msgstr "CD Live con GNOME" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:146 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:182 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." msgstr "Solamente l'ambiente GNOME." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:159 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:160 msgid "Live DVD KDE" msgstr "DVD Live con KDE" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:168 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:186 msgid "All languages are present." msgstr "Sono presenti tutte le lingue." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:177 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:178 msgid "Live DVD GNOME" msgstr "DVD Live con GNOME" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:196 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:197 msgid "Boot-only CD media" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:204 msgid "" -"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to" -" start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other " -"packages that are needed to continue and complete the install. These " -"packages may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or" -" on the Internet." +"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " +"start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages " +"that are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be " +"on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the Internet." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:212 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:213 msgid "" "These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when " "bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a " @@ -2299,63 +2327,63 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:228 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:230 msgid "boot.iso" msgstr "boot.iso" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:232 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:234 msgid "" "Contains only free software, for those people who refuse to use non-free " "software." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:239 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" msgstr "boot-nonfree.iso" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:243 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:245 msgid "" "Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " "it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:252 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:254 msgid "Downloading and Checking Media" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:255 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "Download in corso" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:259 msgid "" -"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or" -" BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the" -" mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If " +"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or " +"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the " +"mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If " "http is chosen, you may also see something like" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:264 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:266 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:269 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:271 msgid "" "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of " -"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the" -" file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " +"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " +"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " "number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " "downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a " "failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download.Then this " @@ -2363,94 +2391,96 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:278 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:280 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:283 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:285 msgid "Check the radio button Save File." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:287 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 msgid "Checking the downloaded media integrity" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291 msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:293 msgid "" -"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum " -"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." +"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/" +"file.iso</userinput>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:294 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:296 msgid "" -"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum " -"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." +"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/" +"image/file.iso</userinput>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:297 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 msgid "" -"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a" -" while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" +"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " +"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:301 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:303 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:311 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313 msgid "Burn or dump the ISO" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:315 msgid "" "The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB stick. " "These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a boot-able medium." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:318 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:320 msgid "Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:320 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:322 msgid "" "Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly " "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " -"not correct. There is more information in <link " -"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia" -" wiki</link>." +"not correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki." +"mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:326 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:329 msgid "Dump the ISO to a USB stick" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:328 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:331 msgid "" "All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick " "and then use it to boot and install the system." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:332 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335 msgid "" "\"dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system " "on the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will " @@ -2458,153 +2488,146 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:337 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:340 msgid "To recover the original capacity, you must re-format the USB stick." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:340 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:344 msgid "Using Mageia" msgstr "Utilizzare Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:342 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:346 msgid "" -"You can use a graphical tool like <link " -"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" +"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:344 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:348 msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:348 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 msgid "Open a console" msgstr "Apri una console" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:356 msgid "" "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the " "final '-' )" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:360 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata contentwidth=\"650\" fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 msgid "" "Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any " "application or file manager that could access or read it)" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:373 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" msgstr "Inserisci il comando <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:376 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 msgid "" "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " "in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:389 msgid "" "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX " "bs=1M</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:387 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:394 msgid "" -"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso " -"of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" +"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/" +"dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:400 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:402 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:410 msgid "Using Windows" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:412 msgid "You could try:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:406 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:414 msgid "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:408 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 msgid "" "- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " "Disk Imager</link>" -msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 Disk Imager</link>" +msgstr "" +"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " +"Disk Imager</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:425 msgid "Mageia Installation" msgstr "Installazione di Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:427 msgid "" -"This step is detailed in <link " -"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">the Mageia documentation</link>." +"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" +"\">the Mageia documentation</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:430 msgid "" -"More information is available in <link " -"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia " -"wiki</link>." +"More information is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -2612,15 +2635,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "Seleziona il tuo paese/regione" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectCountry.xml:21 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:27 @@ -2633,8 +2659,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:32 msgid "" -"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other " -"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." +"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</" +"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> @@ -2655,13 +2681,13 @@ msgstr "Metodo di input" #: en/selectCountry.xml:49 msgid "" "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " -"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input" -" multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " +"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input " +"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " "default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-" -"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method" -" so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input " -"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be " -"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." +"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method " +"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, " +"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you " +"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> @@ -2680,9 +2706,11 @@ msgstr "Installa o aggiorna" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32 @@ -2714,30 +2742,30 @@ msgid "" "Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still " "supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been " "thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already " -"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do" -" a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." +"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do " +"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56 msgid "" "If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to " -"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been" -" formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " +"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been " +"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " "the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an " -"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you" -" want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." +"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you " +"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</" +"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67 msgid "" -"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you" -" can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " -"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do " -"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install." +"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you " +"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " +"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</" +"emphasis> do this later in the install." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -2755,35 +2783,36 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\"" -" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30 msgid "" "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. " -"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications" -" that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a" -" label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " -"<link " -"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications " +"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a " +"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " +"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en." +"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40 msgid "" -"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on " -"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard " -"there." +"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</" +"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45 msgid "" "After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, " -"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though" -" a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " +"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though " +"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " "and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the " "full list." msgstr "" @@ -2814,22 +2843,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " -"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be" -" difficult to add extra language support after installation." +"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be " +"difficult to add extra language support after installation." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"" -" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 msgid "" -"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them" -" as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " +"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " +"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " "marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ." msgstr "" @@ -2860,17 +2891,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select mouse" msgstr "Seleziona il mouse" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right -#. place -#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place +#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectMouse.xml:16 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:23 @@ -2882,8 +2914,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:25 msgid "" -"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB " -"mice</guilabel> is a good choice." +"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</" +"guilabel> is a good choice." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2901,10 +2933,13 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" +"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" +"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13 @@ -2919,17 +2954,20 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use " "this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually " -"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code>" -" instead." +"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> " +"instead." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" -"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." +"png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" +"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." +"png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30 @@ -2963,31 +3001,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Opzioni principali del bootloader" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from -#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, -#. except in this sentence. -#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using -#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist +#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. +#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" " -"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:16 msgid "" -"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by" -" the installer, you can change them here." +"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " +"the installer, you can change them here." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:20 msgid "" -"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case" -" you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " +"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " +"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " "allow Mageia to create a new one." msgstr "" @@ -3041,16 +3079,16 @@ msgstr "" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:60 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " -"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader" -" <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the" -" bootloader install location." +"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " +"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the " +"bootloader install location." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 msgid "" -"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR." -" You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " +"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " +"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " "phase earlier, e.g. sda7." msgstr "" @@ -3063,8 +3101,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:75 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " -"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to" -" the installer screen." +"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " +"the installer screen." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -3072,8 +3110,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " -"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and" -" add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " +"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and " +"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " "question." msgstr "" @@ -3086,9 +3124,9 @@ msgstr "" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:95 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " -"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp " -"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." +"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" +"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</" +"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -3096,29 +3134,28 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Setup SCSI" msgstr "" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's -#. comment ;-) -#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based -#. on the -#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 +#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) +#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the +#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:32 msgid "" -"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers" -" it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " +"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers " +"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " "fail to recognise the drive." msgstr "" @@ -3139,13 +3176,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Sound Configuration" msgstr "Configurazione audio" -#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 +#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/soundConfig.xml:17 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " "format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " +"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:23 @@ -3169,9 +3208,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/soundConfig.xml:33 msgid "" "Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on " -"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how " -"to solve the problem." +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</" +"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> @@ -3199,18 +3237,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" msgstr "" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -#. test comment - johnr +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 +#. test comment - johnr #. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct -#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm -#. sure I -#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD -#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot +#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I +#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD +#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" +"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -3223,8 +3260,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 msgid "" -"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every" -" partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." +"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " +"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -3249,20 +3286,20 @@ msgstr "" #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:16 msgid "" "After your data backup, reboot your installation Mageia DVD and select " -"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will" -" only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system." +"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will " +"only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:20 msgid "" "To recover the space used by Mageia partitions on Windows, click on " -"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management " -"-> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. " +"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management -" +"> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. " "You will recognize the Mageia partition because they are labeled " "<guilabel>Unknown</guilabel>, and also by their size and place in the disk. " -"Right click on each of these partitions and select " -"<guibutton>Delete</guibutton>. The space will be freed." +"Right click on each of these partitions and select <guibutton>Delete</" +"guibutton>. The space will be freed." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -3278,6 +3315,13 @@ msgid "" "If you have Vista or 7, you have one more possibility, you can extend the " "existing partition that is at the left of the freed space. There are other " "partitioning tools that can be used, such as gparted, available for both " -"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and" -" make sure all important things have been backed up." +"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and " +"make sure all important things have been backed up." msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +#~ "imageobject>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +#~ "imageobject>" diff --git a/docs/installer/nl.po b/docs/installer/nl.po index 253711bd..e6b3f834 100644 --- a/docs/installer/nl.po +++ b/docs/installer/nl.po @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-01-05 13:46+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-02-24 19:21+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-01-17 21:56+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Marja van Waes <marja@mageia.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <i18n-nl@ml.mageia.org>\n" @@ -1915,18 +1915,18 @@ msgstr "" "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> in te drukken. Druk vervolgens simultaan " "op <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> om opnieuw op te starten." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:215 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:214 msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" msgstr "Installatieproblemen en mogelijke oplossingen" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:221 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:220 msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "Geen grafische interface" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:226 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:225 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " @@ -1936,8 +1936,8 @@ msgstr "" "bij sommige grafische kaarten en oudere systemen. Probeer een lagere " "resolutie te gebruiken door \"vgalo\" te typen bij de \"boot:\"-prompt." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:233 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:232 msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " @@ -1951,13 +1951,13 @@ msgstr "" "bevestig met ENTER. U zult een zwart schrem zien met het woord \"boot:\". " "Typ \"text\" en druk op ENTER. Ga nu verder met installeren in tekstmodus." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:245 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:244 msgid "The Install Freezes" msgstr "Installatieblokkades" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:248 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:247 msgid "" "If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a " "problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of " @@ -1971,13 +1971,13 @@ msgstr "" "literal>\" bij de prompt om dit te proberen. Deze optie mag zonodig met " "beide vorige gecombineerd worden." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:257 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:256 msgid "RAM problem" msgstr "RAM-probleem" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:260 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:259 msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " @@ -1990,13 +1990,13 @@ msgstr "" "hoeveelheid RAM is, bijv. \"<literal>mem=256M</literal>\" betekent 256MB aan " "RAM." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:269 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:268 msgid "Dynamic partitions" msgstr "Dynamische partities" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:272 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:271 msgid "" "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " @@ -2564,22 +2564,22 @@ msgstr "" "configuratiecentrum (MCC)." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:5 msgid "Select and use ISOs" msgstr "Selecteer en gebruik ISO's" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:8 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:9 msgid "Media" msgstr "Media" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:11 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:12 msgid "Definition" msgstr "Definitie" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:13 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:14 msgid "" "Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to " "install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO " @@ -2590,7 +2590,7 @@ msgstr "" "ISO-bestand op gekopieerd is." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:18 msgid "" "You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" "\">here</link>." @@ -2599,23 +2599,23 @@ msgstr "" "vinden." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:21 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:22 msgid "Classical installation media" msgstr "Klassieke installatiemedia" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:24 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:92 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:199 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:25 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:94 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:200 msgid "Common features" msgstr "Algemene eigenschappen" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:29 msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx." msgstr "Deze ISO's gebruiken het traditionele installatieprogramma, drakx." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:34 msgid "" "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." msgstr "" @@ -2623,17 +2623,17 @@ msgstr "" "actualiseren." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:39 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:41 msgid "DVD" msgstr "dvd" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:45 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." msgstr "Verschillende media voor 32- en 64-bits architectuur." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:49 msgid "" "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " "Hardware Detection Tool." @@ -2642,12 +2642,12 @@ msgstr "" "Test, Hardware Detection Tool." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:54 msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages." msgstr "Elke DVD bevat veel beschikbare bureaubladomgevingen en talen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:59 msgid "" "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software." msgstr "" @@ -2655,12 +2655,12 @@ msgstr "" "voegen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:66 msgid "DVD dual arch" msgstr "Dual arch DVD" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:70 msgid "" "Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made " "automatically according to the detected CPU." @@ -2669,12 +2669,12 @@ msgstr "" "automatisch gemaakt overeenkomstig de gedetecteerde CPU." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:75 msgid "Uses Xfce desktop only." msgstr "Enkel XFCE-werkomgeving" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:79 msgid "" "Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, " "pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED!" @@ -2683,17 +2683,17 @@ msgstr "" "pt, ru, sv, uk) NOG CHECKEN!" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:84 msgid "It contains non free software." msgstr "Het bevat niet-vrije software." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:89 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:91 msgid "Live media" msgstr "Live media" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:98 msgid "" "Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and " "optionally install Mageia on to your HDD." @@ -2702,18 +2702,18 @@ msgstr "" "schijf te installeren. Indien gewenst is installeren wel mogelijk." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." msgstr "Elke ISO bevat slechts één werkomgeving (KDE of GNOME)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:218 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:108 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:172 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:190 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:220 msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures." msgstr "Vershillende media voor 32- en 64-bits architectuur." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:112 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " "installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" @@ -2724,63 +2724,63 @@ msgstr "" "mee bij te werken.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:118 msgid "They contain non free software." msgstr "Ze bevatten niet-vrije software." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:123 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:124 msgid "Live CD KDE" msgstr "KDE Live CD" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:128 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:164 msgid "KDE desktop environment only." msgstr "Enkel KDE-werkomgeving." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:222 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:132 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:150 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:224 msgid "English language only." msgstr "Enkel de Engelse taal." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:136 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:154 msgid "32 bit only." msgstr "Enkel 32 bits" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:141 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:142 msgid "Live CD GNOME" msgstr "GNOME Live CD" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:146 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:182 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." msgstr "Enkel GNOME werkomgeving." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:159 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:160 msgid "Live DVD KDE" msgstr "KDE Live DVD" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:168 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:186 msgid "All languages are present." msgstr "Alle talen zijn aanwezig." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:177 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:178 msgid "Live DVD GNOME" msgstr "GNOME Live DVD" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:196 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:197 msgid "Boot-only CD media" msgstr "Enkel-opstart CD-media" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:204 msgid "" "Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " "start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages " @@ -2794,23 +2794,23 @@ msgstr "" "station, lokaal netwerk of op internet." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:212 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:213 msgid "" "These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when " "bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a " "PC that can't boot from a USB stick." msgstr "" "Deze media zijn erg licht (minder dan 100 MB) en handig bij te geringe " -"bandbreedte om een volledige DVD te downloaden, een pc zonder DVD-station " -"of een pc die niet van een USB-stick kan booten." +"bandbreedte om een volledige DVD te downloaden, een pc zonder DVD-station of " +"een pc die niet van een USB-stick kan booten." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:228 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:230 msgid "boot.iso" msgstr "boot.iso" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:232 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:234 msgid "" "Contains only free software, for those people who refuse to use non-free " "software." @@ -2819,12 +2819,12 @@ msgstr "" "gebruiken." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:239 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" msgstr "boot-nonfree.iso" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:243 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:245 msgid "" "Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " "it." @@ -2833,17 +2833,17 @@ msgstr "" "nodig hebben." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:252 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:254 msgid "Downloading and Checking Media" msgstr "Een medium downloaden en checken" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:255 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "Downloaden" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:259 msgid "" "Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or " "BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the " @@ -2856,7 +2856,7 @@ msgstr "" "laag is. Als http werd gekozen, kun u ook iets zien zoals:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:264 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:266 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" "imageobject>" @@ -2865,7 +2865,7 @@ msgstr "" "imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:269 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:271 msgid "" "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of " "them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " @@ -2878,31 +2878,31 @@ msgstr "" "md5sum en sha1sum zijn tools om de ISO-integriteit te controleren. Gebruik " "één van beide. Allebei de hexadecimale getallen zijn door een algoritme " "berekend voor de ISO. Als u hetzelfde getal krijgt, is uw gedownloade ISO " -"goed. Krijgt u een ander getal dan is het een mislukt exemplaar en kunt u " -"de download beter overdoen. Dit venster verschijnt dan:" +"goed. Krijgt u een ander getal dan is het een mislukt exemplaar en kunt u de " +"download beter overdoen. Dit venster verschijnt dan:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:278 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:280 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:283 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:285 msgid "Check the radio button Save File." msgstr "Vink het selectierondje 'Bestand opslaan' aan." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:287 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 msgid "Checking the downloaded media integrity" msgstr "De integriteit van het gedownloade ISO controleren" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291 msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:" msgstr "Open een terminal (niet als root), en:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:293 msgid "" "- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/" "file.iso</userinput>." @@ -2911,16 +2911,16 @@ msgstr "" "het/image/bestand.iso</userinput>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:294 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:296 msgid "" "- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/" "image/file.iso</userinput>." msgstr "" -"- Om sha1sum te gebruiken, typ: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum pad/" -"naar/het/image/bestand.iso</userinput>." +"- Om sha1sum te gebruiken, typ: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum pad/naar/" +"het/image/bestand.iso</userinput>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:297 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 msgid "" "and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " "while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" @@ -2929,21 +2929,22 @@ msgstr "" "voor het verschijnt) met het getal dat door Mageia gegeven werd. Voorbeeld:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:301 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:303 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" "imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:311 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313 msgid "Burn or dump the ISO" msgstr "Brand of dump het ISO" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:315 msgid "" "The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB stick. " "These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a boot-able medium." @@ -2953,31 +2954,32 @@ msgstr "" "zorgt wel dat een opstartbaar medium gemaakt wordt." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:318 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:320 msgid "Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD" msgstr "De ISO op een CD/DVD branden" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:320 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:322 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly " "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " -"not correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki." +"not correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki." "mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>." msgstr "" "Gebruik de brander die u wilt, maar verzeker u ervan dat hij correct is " "ingesteld op <emphasis role=\"bold\">een image branden</emphasis>, gegevens " "of bestanden branden is niet correct. Er is meer informatie in <link ns4:" -"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki" -"</link>." +"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia " +"wiki</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:326 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:329 msgid "Dump the ISO to a USB stick" msgstr "Dump de ISO op een USB-stick" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:328 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:331 msgid "" "All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick " "and then use it to boot and install the system." @@ -2986,7 +2988,7 @@ msgstr "" "'dumpen' en dan van die USB-stick op kunt starten en installeren." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:332 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335 msgid "" "\"dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system " "on the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will " @@ -2997,39 +2999,38 @@ msgstr "" "capaciteit zal worden gereduceerd tot de grootte van het beeldbestand." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:337 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:340 msgid "To recover the original capacity, you must re-format the USB stick." msgstr "" "Om de oorspronkelijke capaciteit te herstellen, moet u de USB-stick opnieuw " "formatteren." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:340 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:344 msgid "Using Mageia" msgstr "Met behulp van Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:342 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:346 msgid "" "You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" "en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" msgstr "" -"U kunt een grafische tool gebruiken, zoals <link ns4:href=\"https://" -"wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper" -"</link>" +"U kunt een grafische tool gebruiken, zoals <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki." +"mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:344 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:348 msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" msgstr "U kunt ook de dd tool gebruiken in een terminal:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:348 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 msgid "Open a console" msgstr "Open een terminal" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:356 msgid "" "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the " "final '-' )" @@ -3038,16 +3039,15 @@ msgstr "" "het eind niet)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:360 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"<imageobject> <imagedata contentwidth=\"650\" fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </" "imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 msgid "" "Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any " "application or file manager that could access or read it)" @@ -3056,21 +3056,22 @@ msgstr "" "bestandsmanager openen die hem zou kunnen bekijken of lezen)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:373 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" msgstr "Voer het commando <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput> in" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:376 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" "imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 msgid "" "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " "in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." @@ -3079,7 +3080,7 @@ msgstr "" "bovenstaande schermafbeelding. Het is een 8GB USB-stick." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:389 msgid "" "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX " "bs=1M</userinput>" @@ -3088,12 +3089,12 @@ msgstr "" "bs=1M</userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc" msgstr "Waar X=apparaatnaam, bijv: /dev/sdc" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:387 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:394 msgid "" "Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/" "dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" @@ -3102,32 +3103,32 @@ msgstr "" "dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:400 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" msgstr "Geef het commando: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" msgstr "Verwijder uw USB-stick, hij is gereed" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:402 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:410 msgid "Using Windows" msgstr "Met behulp van Windows" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:412 msgid "You could try:" msgstr "Probeer bijv.:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:406 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:414 msgid "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:408 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 msgid "" "- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " "Disk Imager</link>" @@ -3136,12 +3137,12 @@ msgstr "" "Disk Imager</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:425 msgid "Mageia Installation" msgstr "Mageia installatie" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:427 msgid "" "This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" "\">the Mageia documentation</link>." @@ -3150,7 +3151,7 @@ msgstr "" "\">de Mageia documentatie</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:430 msgid "" "More information is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" "Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." @@ -4033,3 +4034,10 @@ msgstr "" "die gebruikt kunnen worden, zoals gparted, beschikbaar voor zowel windows " "als Linux. Zoals altijd, wees zeer voorzichtig bij het wijzigen van " "partities en zorg dat alle belangrijke dingen een backup hebben." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +#~ "imageobject>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +#~ "imageobject>" diff --git a/docs/installer/pl.po b/docs/installer/pl.po index 51f4ab54..d8bb8959 100644 --- a/docs/installer/pl.po +++ b/docs/installer/pl.po @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package. -# +# # Translators: # Daniel Krawczyk <daniekonepl@gmail.com>, 2014 # Daniel Napora <napcok@gmail.com>, 2013 @@ -11,15 +11,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-01-05 13:46+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-02-24 19:21+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-01-05 11:47+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n" -"Language-Team: Polish (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/pl/)\n" +"Language-Team: Polish (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" +"pl/)\n" +"Language: pl\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: pl\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 " +"|| n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:32 @@ -29,9 +31,11 @@ msgstr "Licencja oraz informacje o wydaniu" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:45 @@ -41,31 +45,40 @@ msgstr "Umowa licencyjna" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:48 msgid "" -"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license" -" terms and conditions carefully." -msgstr "Przed instalacją <application>Mageia</application>, proszę przeczytać uważnie warunki umowy licencyjnej." +"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license " +"terms and conditions carefully." +msgstr "" +"Przed instalacją <application>Mageia</application>, proszę przeczytać " +"uważnie warunki umowy licencyjnej." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51 msgid "" -"These terms and conditions apply to the entire " -"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before " -"you can continue." -msgstr "Warunki umowy licencyjnej odnoszą się do całej dystrybucji <application>Mageia</application> i muszą być zaakceptowane przed kontynuacją instalacji." +"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</" +"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue." +msgstr "" +"Warunki umowy licencyjnej odnoszą się do całej dystrybucji " +"<application>Mageia</application> i muszą być zaakceptowane przed " +"kontynuacją instalacji." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:55 msgid "" "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Aby zaakceptować po prostu wybierz <guilabel>Akceptuj</guilabel> i kliknij <guibutton>Dalej</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Aby zaakceptować po prostu wybierz <guilabel>Akceptuj</guilabel> i kliknij " +"<guibutton>Dalej</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:58 msgid "" -"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking." -" Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." -msgstr "Jeśli zdecydujesz że nie zgadzasz się na warunki licencji, dziękujemy za zainteresowanie. Kliknięcie <guibutton>Zakończ</guibutton> spowoduje ponowne uruchomienie komputera." +"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. " +"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." +msgstr "" +"Jeśli zdecydujesz że nie zgadzasz się na warunki licencji, dziękujemy za " +"zainteresowanie. Kliknięcie <guibutton>Zakończ</guibutton> spowoduje ponowne " +"uruchomienie komputera." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:68 @@ -77,7 +90,9 @@ msgstr "Informacje o wydaniu" msgid "" "To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, " "click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button." -msgstr "Aby zobaczyć co nowego w tym wydaniu <application>Mageia</application>, Kliknij <guibutton>Informacje na temat wydania</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Aby zobaczyć co nowego w tym wydaniu <application>Mageia</application>, " +"Kliknij <guibutton>Informacje na temat wydania</guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 @@ -90,27 +105,32 @@ msgstr "pl" msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" msgstr "Wybór nośników (konfiguracja dodatkowych nośników instalacyjnych)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the -#. same as for media_selection -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ -#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" " -"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24 msgid "" "This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can " -"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The" -" source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " +"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The " +"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " "during the next steps." -msgstr "Ten ekran pokazuje listę znalezionych nośników. Możesz dodać inne nośniki instalacyjne, jak dysk cd/dvd lub zdalny serwer sieciowy. Wybór źródeł (nośników) decyduje o tym jakie pakiety będą mogły zostać wybrane podczas następnych kroków." +msgstr "" +"Ten ekran pokazuje listę znalezionych nośników. Możesz dodać inne nośniki " +"instalacyjne, jak dysk cd/dvd lub zdalny serwer sieciowy. Wybór źródeł " +"(nośników) decyduje o tym jakie pakiety będą mogły zostać wybrane podczas " +"następnych kroków." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29 @@ -120,7 +140,9 @@ msgstr "Dla nośników sieciowych, wymagane są dwa kroki:" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:33 msgid "Choosing and activation of the network, if not already up." -msgstr "Wybór i aktywacja połączenia sieciowego, jeśli jeszcze nie zostało ustanowione." +msgstr "" +"Wybór i aktywacja połączenia sieciowego, jeśli jeszcze nie zostało " +"ustanowione." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:37 @@ -130,38 +152,40 @@ msgid "" "Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With " "the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS " "installation." -msgstr "Wybór mirrora lub podanie adresu URL. Wybierając mirror masz dostęp do wszystkich repozytoriów udostępnianych przez Mageię, jak Nonfree, Tainted oraz Updates. Za pomocą URL możesz określić jakiekolwiek repozytorium lub swój własny mirror np. NFS." +msgstr "" +"Wybór mirrora lub podanie adresu URL. Wybierając mirror masz dostęp do " +"wszystkich repozytoriów udostępnianych przez Mageię, jak Nonfree, Tainted " +"oraz Updates. Za pomocą URL możesz określić jakiekolwiek repozytorium lub " +"swój własny mirror np. NFS." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:4 msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "Zarządzanie użytkownikami" -#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, -#. but -#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only -#. thing -#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to -#. enable or -#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the -#. previous +#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but +#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing +#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or +#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous #. screen), marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't -#. understand -#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? -#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading -#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand +#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? +#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading +#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/addUser.xml:27 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:34 @@ -173,8 +197,8 @@ msgstr "Ustawienie hasła administratora (root):" msgid "" "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to " "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the " -"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the" -" top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " +"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the " +"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " "depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are " "using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box " "just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped " @@ -206,22 +230,29 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the " "users icon." -msgstr "<guibutton>Ikona</guibutton>: użycie tego przycisku zmieni ikonę użytkownika." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Ikona</guibutton>: użycie tego przycisku zmieni ikonę użytkownika." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:70 msgid "" "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text " "box." -msgstr "<guilabel>Imię i nazwisko</guilabel>: Wpisz swoje imię i nazwisko do tego pola tekstowego" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Imię i nazwisko</guilabel>: Wpisz swoje imię i nazwisko do tego " +"pola tekstowego" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:75 msgid "" "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let " -"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case" -" sensitive.</emphasis>" -msgstr "<guilabel>Nazwa użytkownika</guilabel>: Tutaj wpisz nazwę użytkownika - będzie ona używana podczas logowania. Możesz też pozwolić, aby instalator wygenerował nazwę na podstawie imienia i nazwiska. <emphasis>Wielkość liter ma znaczenie.</emphasis>" +"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case " +"sensitive.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Nazwa użytkownika</guilabel>: Tutaj wpisz nazwę użytkownika - " +"będzie ona używana podczas logowania. Możesz też pozwolić, aby instalator " +"wygenerował nazwę na podstawie imienia i nazwiska. <emphasis>Wielkość liter " +"ma znaczenie.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:81 @@ -229,22 +260,30 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user " "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the " "strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" -msgstr "<guilabel>Hasło</guilabel>: W tym polu wpisz hasło użytkownika. Pojawi się w nim ikonka tarczy, która oznacza siłę hasła (Zobacz również <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Hasło</guilabel>: W tym polu wpisz hasło użytkownika. Pojawi się w " +"nim ikonka tarczy, która oznacza siłę hasła (Zobacz również <xref linkend=" +"\"givePassword\"></xref>)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:87 msgid "" "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this " -"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user" -" password text boxes." -msgstr "<guilabel>Hasło (powtórnie)</guilabel>: Wpisz powtórnie hasło użytkownika w tym polu, instalator sprawdzi czy hasła się zgadzają." +"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user " +"password text boxes." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Hasło (powtórnie)</guilabel>: Wpisz powtórnie hasło użytkownika w " +"tym polu, instalator sprawdzi czy hasła się zgadzają." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:94 msgid "" "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but " "write protected) home directory." -msgstr "Wszyscy użytkownicy, których dodasz podczas instalacji Magei, będą mieli katalogi domowe (dostępne do odczytu dla każdego, ale do zapisu tylko dla danego użytkownika)" +msgstr "" +"Wszyscy użytkownicy, których dodasz podczas instalacji Magei, będą mieli " +"katalogi domowe (dostępne do odczytu dla każdego, ale do zapisu tylko dla " +"danego użytkownika)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:97 @@ -323,8 +362,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/addUser.xml:150 msgid "" "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID. Also a " -"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know" -" what you are doing." +"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know " +"what you are doing." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -332,27 +371,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Choose the mount points" msgstr "Wybierz punkty montowania" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least -#. ONE" -#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes -#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the -#. Americans -#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I -#. removed it -#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 +#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE" +#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) +#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes +#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans +#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it +#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) +#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" -"=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33 @@ -372,8 +411,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44 msgid "" -"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount " -"point\", \"Type\")." +"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point" +"\", \"Type\")." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -386,12 +425,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55 msgid "" -"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from" -" the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " +"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from " +"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " "and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for " "instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store " -"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the " -"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install." +"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</" +"literal> partition of a cauldron install." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -412,9 +451,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77 msgid "" -"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the " -"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more." +"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) " +"DrakX suggests, or more." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -425,8 +464,8 @@ msgstr "Wybór pulpitu" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11 msgid "" -"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine" -" tune your choice." +"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine " +"tune your choice." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -442,7 +481,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26 @@ -461,14 +502,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Package Group Selection" msgstr "Wybór grup pakietów" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a -#. new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16 @@ -504,8 +546,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39 msgid "" -"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do" -" a minimal install." +"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " +"a minimal install." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -513,30 +555,30 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Choose Individual Packages" msgstr "Samodzielny wybór pakietów" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a -#. new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17 msgid "" -"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your " -"installation." +"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20 msgid "" -"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy " -"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages " -"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the " -"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install " -"and choosing to load it." +"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</" +"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving " +"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same " +"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and " +"choosing to load it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -544,28 +586,30 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configure your Services" msgstr "Konfiguracja usług" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureServices.xml:21 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" -"=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:27 msgid "" -"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your " -"system." +"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:30 msgid "" -"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and" -" see all services in it." +"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and " +"see all services in it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -590,28 +634,33 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Konfiguruj strefę czasową" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 msgid "" -"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the" -" same time zone." -msgstr "Wybierz swoją strefę czasową poprzez wybranie swojego kraju lub miasta w pobliżu w tej samej strefie czasowej." +"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " +"same time zone." +msgstr "" +"Wybierz swoją strefę czasową poprzez wybranie swojego kraju lub miasta w " +"pobliżu w tej samej strefie czasowej." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 msgid "" -"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to" -" GMT, also known as UTC." +"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " +"GMT, also known as UTC." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> @@ -629,10 +678,13 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id" -"=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 @@ -692,30 +744,37 @@ msgid "" "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " "may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from " "the card manufacturers' websites." -msgstr "Niektórzy producenci kart graficznych udostępniają własnościowe sterowniki dla Linuksa, które mogą być umieszczone jedynie w repozytorium Nonfree, w niektórych przypadkach są one dostępne jedynie na stronie producenta." +msgstr "" +"Niektórzy producenci kart graficznych udostępniają własnościowe sterowniki " +"dla Linuksa, które mogą być umieszczone jedynie w repozytorium Nonfree, w " +"niektórych przypadkach są one dostępne jedynie na stronie producenta." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 msgid "" "The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them. If " "you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot." -msgstr "Aby je zainstalować musi być włączone repozytorium Nonfree. Jeśli nie włączono tego repozytorium wcześniej, należy je włączyć po ponownym uruchomieniu komputera." +msgstr "" +"Aby je zainstalować musi być włączone repozytorium Nonfree. Jeśli nie " +"włączono tego repozytorium wcześniej, należy je włączyć po ponownym " +"uruchomieniu komputera." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4 msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" msgstr "" -#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" -#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename -#. for this page +#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18 @@ -724,11 +783,11 @@ msgid "" "you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are " "all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window " "System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for " -"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or" -" any other graphical environment to work well, the following " -"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct " -"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a " -"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect." +"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or " +"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</" +"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can " +"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you " +"think the choice is incorrect." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -736,7 +795,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card " "from the list if needed." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Karta graficzna</guibutton></emphasis>: Wybierz swoją kartę graficzną z listy." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Karta graficzna</guibutton></emphasis>: Wybierz swoją " +"kartę graficzną z listy." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37 @@ -766,11 +827,11 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not " "always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your " "settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your " -"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept." -" If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be" -" able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " -"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't " -"available</emphasis>" +"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. " +"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be " +"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " +"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</" +"emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -804,10 +865,13 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" -"=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42 @@ -818,9 +882,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Własny</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44 msgid "" "This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh " -"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the" -" screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are" -" displayed." +"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the " +"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are " +"displayed." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -875,10 +939,10 @@ msgstr "" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84 msgid "" "selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as " -"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is" -" often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card " -"driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once " -"again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections." +"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is " +"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver " +"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it " +"may be wise to be conservative in your selections." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -889,39 +953,41 @@ msgstr "Zaawansowany podział na partycje za pomocą DiskDrake" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/diskdrake.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" " -"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:33 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " -"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The" -" encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " +"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " +"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " "set, otherwise your system will be unbootable." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:39 msgid "" -"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions," -" change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " +"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " "is in them before you start." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:42 msgid "" -"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an" -" USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." +"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " +"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:45 msgid "" -"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected" -" storage device" +"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " +"storage device" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -964,9 +1030,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45 @@ -988,8 +1056,8 @@ msgstr "Wykorzystaj wolne miejsce" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for" -" your new Mageia installation." +"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for " +"your new Mageia installation." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1000,8 +1068,8 @@ msgstr "Wykorzystaj wolne miejsce na partycji Windows" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may" -" offer to use it." +"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may " +"offer to use it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1054,8 +1122,8 @@ msgstr "Własne" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 msgid "" -"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your" -" hard drive(s)." +"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " +"hard drive(s)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> @@ -1065,8 +1133,8 @@ msgid "" "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " "hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested " "with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 " -"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning" -" tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " +"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning " +"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " "settings:" msgstr "" @@ -1101,8 +1169,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "February 2014" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 msgid "Mageia 4" msgstr "Mageia 4" @@ -1125,8 +1192,8 @@ msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" -"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which" -" screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " +"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " "while installing." msgstr "" @@ -1139,24 +1206,24 @@ msgstr "</note>" #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" -"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" +"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link " -"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link " -"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link " -"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation " -"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" +"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" +"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -1164,31 +1231,37 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Congratulations" msgstr "Gratulacje" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text #. same day, added "s" to "sytems" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/exitInstall.xml:14 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:21 msgid "" -"You have finished installing and configuring " -"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the " -"installation medium and reboot your computer." -msgstr "Instalacja i konfiguracja <application>Magei</application>została zakończona, teraz można bezpiecznie usunąć nośnik instalacyjny i uruchomić komputer ponownie." +"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</" +"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot " +"your computer." +msgstr "" +"Instalacja i konfiguracja <application>Magei</application>została " +"zakończona, teraz można bezpiecznie usunąć nośnik instalacyjny i uruchomić " +"komputer ponownie." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:25 msgid "" -"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating" -" systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." +"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating " +"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -1208,31 +1281,39 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to " "Mageia" -msgstr "Jeśli masz jakieś pytania, bądź chciał(a)byś dołączyć do pojektu Mageia - odwiedź www.mageia.org" +msgstr "" +"Jeśli masz jakieś pytania, bądź chciał(a)byś dołączyć do pojektu Mageia - " +"odwiedź www.mageia.org" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:4 msgid "Formatting" msgstr "Formatowanie" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\"" -" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> " -"</imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:25 msgid "" "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on " "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved." -msgstr "Tutaj możesz wybrać, które partycje chcesz sformatować. Wszystkie dane na partycjach <emphasis>nie</emphasis> zaznaczonych do formatowania zostaną zachowane." +msgstr "" +"Tutaj możesz wybrać, które partycje chcesz sformatować. Wszystkie dane na " +"partycjach <emphasis>nie</emphasis> zaznaczonych do formatowania zostaną " +"zachowane." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:29 @@ -1258,8 +1339,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:44 msgid "" -"When you are confident about the selection, click on " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue." +"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton> to continue." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -1273,14 +1354,20 @@ msgid "" "Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia " "Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as " "possible." -msgstr "Niezależnie czy jesteś początkującym, czy zaawansowanym użytkownikiem GNU-Linuxa, instalator Magei jest zaprojektowany tak, aby uczynić instalację lub aktualizację łatwą i przyjemną. " +msgstr "" +"Niezależnie czy jesteś początkującym, czy zaawansowanym użytkownikiem GNU-" +"Linuxa, instalator Magei jest zaprojektowany tak, aby uczynić instalację lub " +"aktualizację łatwą i przyjemną. " #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:28 msgid "" "The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will " "start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need." -msgstr "Pierwszy ekran instalatora zawiera różne opcje,jednak opcja zaznaczona domyślnie rozpoczyna instalację i zazwyczaj będzie to wszystko czego potrzebujesz." +msgstr "" +"Pierwszy ekran instalatora zawiera różne opcje,jednak opcja zaznaczona " +"domyślnie rozpoczyna instalację i zazwyczaj będzie to wszystko czego " +"potrzebujesz." #. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:34 @@ -1300,9 +1387,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:40 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> @@ -1325,7 +1411,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:57 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1337,9 +1424,9 @@ msgstr "" #: en/installer.xml:65 msgid "" "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. " -"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue " -"System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware " -"Detection Tool</guilabel>." +"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</" +"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection " +"Tool</guilabel>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> @@ -1354,7 +1441,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:85 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1413,7 +1501,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:123 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1431,7 +1520,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:139 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1445,7 +1535,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:152 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> @@ -1465,9 +1556,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are " "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-" -"based Installation CD, see <link " -"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">the Mageia " -"Wiki</link>" +"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot." +"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> @@ -1478,8 +1568,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:179 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> @@ -1490,24 +1580,31 @@ msgstr "Etapy instalacji" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:189 msgid "" -"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed" -" on the side panel of the screen." -msgstr "Proces instalacji jest podzielony na kilka etapów, możesz je śledzić po lewej stronie ekranu instalatora." +"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " +"on the side panel of the screen." +msgstr "" +"Proces instalacji jest podzielony na kilka etapów, możesz je śledzić po " +"lewej stronie ekranu instalatora." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:192 msgid "" -"Each step has one or more screens which may also have " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, " -"options." -msgstr "Każdy etap zawiera jeden lub więcej ekranów, które mogą także mieć przycisk <guibutton>Zaawansowane</guibutton>, który umożliwia dostęp do rzadziej używanych opcji." +"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" +"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." +msgstr "" +"Każdy etap zawiera jeden lub więcej ekranów, które mogą także mieć przycisk " +"<guibutton>Zaawansowane</guibutton>, który umożliwia dostęp do rzadziej " +"używanych opcji." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:196 msgid "" "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " "explanations about the current step." -msgstr "Większość ekranów posiada przycisk <guibutton>Pomoc</guibutton>, który pozwala na zapoznanie się z wyjaśnieniami dotyczącymi aktualnego etapu instalacji." +msgstr "" +"Większość ekranów posiada przycisk <guibutton>Pomoc</guibutton>, który " +"pozwala na zapoznanie się z wyjaśnieniami dotyczącymi aktualnego etapu " +"instalacji." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:200 @@ -1517,84 +1614,101 @@ msgid "" "partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your " "computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well " "leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure " -"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys" -" <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " +"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys " +"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot." -msgstr "Jeśli w którymś momencie instalacji zdecydujesz się ją przerwać, istnieje możliwość ponownego uruchomienia komputera, lecz należy sie nad tym poważnie zastanowić. W chwili gdy partycje zostały już sformatowane lub rozpoczęła się instalacja pakietów, twój komputer nie jest już w takim samym stanie jak wcześniej, ponowne uruchomienie w tym momencie najprawdopodobniej spowoduje, że system nie będzie zdatny do użytku. Jeśli masz pewność, że chcesz ponownie uruchomić komputer, możesz przejśc do terminala tekstowego wciskając jednocześnie klawisze<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>. Następnie zrebootuj komputer za pomocą klawiszy <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Jeśli w którymś momencie instalacji zdecydujesz się ją przerwać, istnieje " +"możliwość ponownego uruchomienia komputera, lecz należy sie nad tym poważnie " +"zastanowić. W chwili gdy partycje zostały już sformatowane lub rozpoczęła " +"się instalacja pakietów, twój komputer nie jest już w takim samym stanie jak " +"wcześniej, ponowne uruchomienie w tym momencie najprawdopodobniej spowoduje, " +"że system nie będzie zdatny do użytku. Jeśli masz pewność, że chcesz " +"ponownie uruchomić komputer, możesz przejśc do terminala tekstowego " +"wciskając jednocześnie klawisze<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>. Następnie " +"zrebootuj komputer za pomocą klawiszy <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton>." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:215 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:214 msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" msgstr "Problemy z instalacją oraz możliwe rozwiązania" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:221 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:220 msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "Brak graficznego interfejsu" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:226 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:225 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " "resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt." -msgstr "Po ekranie powitalnym nie wyświetla się ekran wyboru języka. To może się zdarzyć dla niektórych kart graficznych lub starszych komputerów. Spróbuj użyć niskiej rozdzielczości wpisując w linii komend <code>vgalo</code>." +msgstr "" +"Po ekranie powitalnym nie wyświetla się ekran wyboru języka. To może się " +"zdarzyć dla niektórych kart graficznych lub starszych komputerów. Spróbuj " +"użyć niskiej rozdzielczości wpisując w linii komend <code>vgalo</code>." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:233 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:232 msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " "ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be " -"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit" -" ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." +"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit " +"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:245 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:244 msgid "The Install Freezes" msgstr "Zawieszenie się instalacji" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:248 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:247 msgid "" "If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a " "problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of " "hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type " "<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with " "other options as necessary." -msgstr "Jeśli system zawiesi się podczas instalacji, może to oznaczać problem z detekcją sprzętu. W tym przypadku automatyczna detekcja sprzętu może zostać pominięta. Wpisz w linii komend <code>noauto</code>. Ta opcja może być łączona z innymi opcjami jeśli zajdzie taka potrzeba." +msgstr "" +"Jeśli system zawiesi się podczas instalacji, może to oznaczać problem z " +"detekcją sprzętu. W tym przypadku automatyczna detekcja sprzętu może zostać " +"pominięta. Wpisz w linii komend <code>noauto</code>. Ta opcja może być " +"łączona z innymi opcjami jeśli zajdzie taka potrzeba." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:257 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:256 msgid "RAM problem" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:260 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:259 msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " -"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. " -"e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." -msgstr "To są rzadkie przypadki, jednak czasem zdarza się, że system zgłasza niepoprawnie ilość dostępnej pamięci RAM. Aby określić ją manualnie wpisz parametr <code>mem=xxxM</code>, gdzie xxx jest poprawną ilością dostępnej pamięci RAM wyrażoną w MB, np. <code>mem=256M</code> oznacza 256MB." +"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e." +"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." +msgstr "" +"To są rzadkie przypadki, jednak czasem zdarza się, że system zgłasza " +"niepoprawnie ilość dostępnej pamięci RAM. Aby określić ją manualnie wpisz " +"parametr <code>mem=xxxM</code>, gdzie xxx jest poprawną ilością dostępnej " +"pamięci RAM wyrażoną w MB, np. <code>mem=256M</code> oznacza 256MB." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:269 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:268 msgid "Dynamic partitions" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:272 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:271 msgid "" "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " "on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: " -"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" -"us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" -"us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." +"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx" +"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -1602,29 +1716,29 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Updates" msgstr "Aktualizacje" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" -#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" -#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" -#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" -#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore -#. correct html filename -#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename +#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installUpdates.xml:13 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:19 msgid "" "Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some " "packages will have been updated or improved." -msgstr "Od czasu gdy ta wersja <application>Magei</application> została udostępniona, niektóre pakiety zostały zaktualizowane lub poprawione." +msgstr "" +"Od czasu gdy ta wersja <application>Magei</application> została " +"udostępniona, niektóre pakiety zostały zaktualizowane lub poprawione." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:23 @@ -1632,7 +1746,10 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, " "select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you " "aren't connected to the Internet" -msgstr "Wybierz <guilabel>tak</guilabel> jeśli chcesz je pobrać i zainstalować, wybierz <guilabel>nie</guilabel> jeśli nie chcesz tego teraz robić lub jeśli nie masz połączenia z Internetem" +msgstr "" +"Wybierz <guilabel>tak</guilabel> jeśli chcesz je pobrać i zainstalować, " +"wybierz <guilabel>nie</guilabel> jeśli nie chcesz tego teraz robić lub jeśli " +"nie masz połączenia z Internetem" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:28 @@ -1644,55 +1761,72 @@ msgstr "Kliknij <guibutton>Dalej</guibutton> aby kontynuować" msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "Wybór nośników (Nonfree)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the -#. same as for add_supplemental_media) -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html -#. filename was wrong) +#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/media_selection.xml:12 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" -"=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:18 msgid "" "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are " -"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories" -" selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " +"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories " +"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " "the next steps." -msgstr "Tutaj jest lista dostępnych repozytoriów. Nie wszystkie repozytoria są dostępne, zależy to od nośników jakie wykorzystujesz do instalacji. Wybór repozytoriów ma wpływ na to jakie pakiety będzie można zainstalować w następnych krokach." +msgstr "" +"Tutaj jest lista dostępnych repozytoriów. Nie wszystkie repozytoria są " +"dostępne, zależy to od nośników jakie wykorzystujesz do instalacji. Wybór " +"repozytoriów ma wpływ na to jakie pakiety będzie można zainstalować w " +"następnych krokach." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:25 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains " "the base of the distribution." -msgstr "Repozytorium <emphasis>Core</emphasis> nie może zostać wyłączone ponieważ zawiera ono podstawowe pakiety dystrybucji." +msgstr "" +"Repozytorium <emphasis>Core</emphasis> nie może zostać wyłączone ponieważ " +"zawiera ono podstawowe pakiety dystrybucji." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:30 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-" -"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source" -" software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " +"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source " +"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " "nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi " "cards, etc." -msgstr "Repozytorium <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> zawiera pakiety wolne od opłat, które mogą być udostępniane przez Mageię, lecz zawierają oprogramowanie do którego źródła nie są dostępne (stąd nazwa - Nonfree). To repozytorium zawiera np. własnościowe sterowniki do kart graficznych nVidia oraz ATI, firmware dla niektórych kart WIFI, itp." +msgstr "" +"Repozytorium <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> zawiera pakiety wolne od opłat, " +"które mogą być udostępniane przez Mageię, lecz zawierają oprogramowanie do " +"którego źródła nie są dostępne (stąd nazwa - Nonfree). To repozytorium " +"zawiera np. własnościowe sterowniki do kart graficznych nVidia oraz ATI, " +"firmware dla niektórych kart WIFI, itp." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:38 msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under" -" a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository " -"is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g." -" Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed" -" to play commercial video DVD, etc." -msgstr "Repozytorium <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> zawiera pakiety wydane na wolnych licencjach. Głównym powodem umieszczenia tych pakietów w tym repozytorium jest fakt, że mogą one naruszać prawa patentowe w niektórych krajach, np. kodeki multimedialne, pakiety potrzebne do odtwarzania komercyjnych płyt DVD, itp." +"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under " +"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is " +"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. " +"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed " +"to play commercial video DVD, etc." +msgstr "" +"Repozytorium <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> zawiera pakiety wydane na wolnych " +"licencjach. Głównym powodem umieszczenia tych pakietów w tym repozytorium " +"jest fakt, że mogą one naruszać prawa patentowe w niektórych krajach, np. " +"kodeki multimedialne, pakiety potrzebne do odtwarzania komercyjnych płyt " +"DVD, itp." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/minimal-install.xml:3 @@ -1703,8 +1837,8 @@ msgstr "Minimalna instalacja" #: en/minimal-install.xml:9 msgid "" "You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the " -"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref " -"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." +"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" +"xref>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -1729,34 +1863,37 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:3 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" msgstr "" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-) -#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages -#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and -#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph -#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. -#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by -#. linkend="setupBootloader" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, -#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files +#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages +#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and +#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph +#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. +#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:33 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:38 @@ -1781,8 +1918,8 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Strefa czasowa</guilabel>" #: en/misc-params.xml:52 msgid "" "DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. " -"You can change it if needed. See also <xref " -"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" +"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/" +">" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1826,8 +1963,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:83 msgid "" -"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own " -"<literal>/home</literal> directories." +"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</" +"literal> directories." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1891,8 +2028,8 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Karta dźwiękowa</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:129 msgid "" -"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option" -" to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " +"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option " +"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " "driver for your card, but none of them is the default one." msgstr "" @@ -1903,8 +2040,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:139 -msgid "" -"This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." +msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1915,10 +2051,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:148 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:156 @@ -1962,8 +2099,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:185 msgid "" -"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you" -" need to enter here" +"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you " +"need to enter here" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> @@ -1979,8 +2116,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:202 msgid "" -"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default" -" setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." +"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default " +"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -2022,10 +2159,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20 msgid "" -"You have more than one " -"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition. " -"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing " -"<application>Mageia</application>." +"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" +"application> partition. Choose which one should be made smaller to make " +"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -2033,15 +2169,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Security Level" msgstr "Poziom bezpieczeństwa" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/securityLevel.xml:19 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:24 @@ -2062,22 +2201,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:5 msgid "Select and use ISOs" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:8 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:9 msgid "Media" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:11 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:12 msgid "Definition" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:13 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:14 msgid "" "Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to " "install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO " @@ -2085,212 +2224,189 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:18 msgid "" -"You can find them <link " -"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">here</link>." +"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" +"\">here</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:21 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:22 msgid "Classical installation media" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:24 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:92 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:199 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:25 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:94 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:200 msgid "Common features" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:29 msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:34 msgid "" "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:39 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:41 msgid "DVD" msgstr "DVD" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:45 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:49 msgid "" "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " "Hardware Detection Tool." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:54 msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:59 msgid "" "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:66 msgid "DVD dual arch" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:70 msgid "" "Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made " "automatically according to the detected CPU." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:75 msgid "Uses Xfce desktop only." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:79 msgid "" "Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, " "pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED!" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:84 msgid "It contains non free software." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:89 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:91 msgid "Live media" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:98 msgid "" "Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and " "optionally install Mageia on to your HDD." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:218 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:108 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:172 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:190 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:220 msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:112 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " -"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous " -"releases.</emphasis>" +"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" +"emphasis>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:118 msgid "They contain non free software." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:123 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:124 msgid "Live CD KDE" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:128 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:164 msgid "KDE desktop environment only." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:222 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:132 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:150 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:224 msgid "English language only." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:136 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:154 msgid "32 bit only." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:141 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:142 msgid "Live CD GNOME" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:146 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:182 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:159 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:160 msgid "Live DVD KDE" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:168 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:186 msgid "All languages are present." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:177 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:178 msgid "Live DVD GNOME" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:196 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:197 msgid "Boot-only CD media" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:204 msgid "" -"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to" -" start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other " -"packages that are needed to continue and complete the install. These " -"packages may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or" -" on the Internet." +"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " +"start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages " +"that are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be " +"on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the Internet." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:212 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:213 msgid "" "These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when " "bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a " @@ -2298,63 +2414,61 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:228 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:230 msgid "boot.iso" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:232 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:234 msgid "" "Contains only free software, for those people who refuse to use non-free " "software." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:239 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:243 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:245 msgid "" "Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " "it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:252 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:254 msgid "Downloading and Checking Media" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:255 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:259 msgid "" -"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or" -" BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the" -" mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If " +"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or " +"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the " +"mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If " "http is chosen, you may also see something like" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:264 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:266 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:269 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:271 msgid "" "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of " -"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the" -" file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " +"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " +"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " "number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " "downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a " "failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download.Then this " @@ -2362,94 +2476,96 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:278 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:280 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:283 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:285 msgid "Check the radio button Save File." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:287 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 msgid "Checking the downloaded media integrity" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291 msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:293 msgid "" -"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum " -"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." +"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/" +"file.iso</userinput>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:294 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:296 msgid "" -"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum " -"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." +"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/" +"image/file.iso</userinput>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:297 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 msgid "" -"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a" -" while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" +"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " +"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:301 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:303 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:311 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313 msgid "Burn or dump the ISO" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:315 msgid "" "The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB stick. " "These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a boot-able medium." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:318 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:320 msgid "Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:320 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:322 msgid "" "Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly " "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " -"not correct. There is more information in <link " -"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia" -" wiki</link>." +"not correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki." +"mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:326 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:329 msgid "Dump the ISO to a USB stick" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:328 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:331 msgid "" "All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick " "and then use it to boot and install the system." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:332 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335 msgid "" "\"dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system " "on the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will " @@ -2457,153 +2573,146 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:337 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:340 msgid "To recover the original capacity, you must re-format the USB stick." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:340 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:344 msgid "Using Mageia" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:342 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:346 msgid "" -"You can use a graphical tool like <link " -"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" +"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:344 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:348 msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:348 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 msgid "Open a console" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:356 msgid "" "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the " "final '-' )" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:360 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata contentwidth=\"650\" fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 msgid "" "Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any " "application or file manager that could access or read it)" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:373 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:376 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 msgid "" "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " "in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:389 msgid "" "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX " "bs=1M</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:387 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:394 msgid "" -"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso " -"of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" +"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/" +"dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:400 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:402 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:410 msgid "Using Windows" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:412 msgid "You could try:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:406 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:414 msgid "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:408 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 msgid "" "- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " "Disk Imager</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:425 msgid "Mageia Installation" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:427 msgid "" -"This step is detailed in <link " -"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">the Mageia documentation</link>." +"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" +"\">the Mageia documentation</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:430 msgid "" -"More information is available in <link " -"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia " -"wiki</link>." +"More information is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -2611,15 +2720,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectCountry.xml:21 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:27 @@ -2632,8 +2744,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:32 msgid "" -"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other " -"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." +"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</" +"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> @@ -2654,13 +2766,13 @@ msgstr "" #: en/selectCountry.xml:49 msgid "" "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " -"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input" -" multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " +"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input " +"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " "default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-" -"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method" -" so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input " -"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be " -"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." +"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method " +"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, " +"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you " +"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> @@ -2679,9 +2791,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32 @@ -2713,30 +2827,30 @@ msgid "" "Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still " "supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been " "thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already " -"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do" -" a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." +"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do " +"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56 msgid "" "If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to " -"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been" -" formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " +"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been " +"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " "the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an " -"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you" -" want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." +"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you " +"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</" +"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67 msgid "" -"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you" -" can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " -"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do " -"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install." +"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you " +"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " +"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</" +"emphasis> do this later in the install." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -2754,35 +2868,36 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\"" -" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30 msgid "" "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. " -"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications" -" that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a" -" label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " -"<link " -"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications " +"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a " +"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " +"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en." +"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40 msgid "" -"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on " -"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard " -"there." +"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</" +"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45 msgid "" "After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, " -"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though" -" a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " +"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though " +"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " "and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the " "full list." msgstr "" @@ -2806,38 +2921,52 @@ msgid "" "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " "the installation and for your installed system." -msgstr "Wybierz preferowany język, najpierw rozwijając listę dla swojego kontynentu. <application>Mageia</application> będzie używać wybranego języka zarówno podczas instalacji jak i w zainstalowanym systemie." +msgstr "" +"Wybierz preferowany język, najpierw rozwijając listę dla swojego kontynentu. " +"<application>Mageia</application> będzie używać wybranego języka zarówno " +"podczas instalacji jak i w zainstalowanym systemie." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 msgid "" "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " -"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be" -" difficult to add extra language support after installation." -msgstr "Jeśli potrzebujesz mieć kilka języków zainstalowanych w systemie, dla siebie lub innych użytkowników, możesz użyć przycisku <guibutton>Więcej języków</guibutton> aby je teraz dodać. " +"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be " +"difficult to add extra language support after installation." +msgstr "" +"Jeśli potrzebujesz mieć kilka języków zainstalowanych w systemie, dla siebie " +"lub innych użytkowników, możesz użyć przycisku <guibutton>Więcej języków</" +"guibutton> aby je teraz dodać. " #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"" -" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 msgid "" -"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them" -" as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " +"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " +"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " "marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ." -msgstr "Nawet jeśli chcesz zainstalować więcej niż jeden język, musisz najpierw wybrać jeden z nich jako domyślny w głównym oknie wyboru języka. Będzie on również zaznaczony jako domyślny w oknie wyboru wielu języków." +msgstr "" +"Nawet jeśli chcesz zainstalować więcej niż jeden język, musisz najpierw " +"wybrać jeden z nich jako domyślny w głównym oknie wyboru języka. Będzie on " +"również zaznaczony jako domyślny w oknie wyboru wielu języków." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 msgid "" "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." -msgstr "Jeśli język twojej klawiatury nie jest taki sam jak język, który wybierasz jako domyślny, należy zainstalować także język odpowiedni do twojej klawiatury." +msgstr "" +"Jeśli język twojej klawiatury nie jest taki sam jak język, który wybierasz " +"jako domyślny, należy zainstalować także język odpowiedni do twojej " +"klawiatury." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 @@ -2845,31 +2974,38 @@ msgid "" "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " "\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " "language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." -msgstr "Mageia używa domyślnie kodowania UTF-8 (Unikod). Jeśli wiesz, że to kodowanie nie jest odpowiednie dla twojego języka, możesz wyłączyć wsparcie dla UTF-8 w oknie \"więcej języków\". Będzie to dotyczyć wszystkich zainstalowanych języków." +msgstr "" +"Mageia używa domyślnie kodowania UTF-8 (Unikod). Jeśli wiesz, że to " +"kodowanie nie jest odpowiednie dla twojego języka, możesz wyłączyć wsparcie " +"dla UTF-8 w oknie \"więcej języków\". Będzie to dotyczyć wszystkich " +"zainstalowanych języków." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 msgid "" "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " "Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." -msgstr "Po instalacji możesz zmienic domyslny język uzywany w systemie za pomocą Centrum Sterowania Mageia -> System -> Zarządzanie lokalizacją systemu" +msgstr "" +"Po instalacji możesz zmienic domyslny język uzywany w systemie za pomocą " +"Centrum Sterowania Mageia -> System -> Zarządzanie lokalizacją systemu" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectMouse.xml:4 msgid "Select mouse" msgstr "Wybierz mysz" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right -#. place -#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place +#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectMouse.xml:16 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:23 @@ -2881,8 +3017,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:25 msgid "" -"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB " -"mice</guilabel> is a good choice." +"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</" +"guilabel> is a good choice." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2900,9 +3036,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" +"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2918,16 +3054,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use " "this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually " -"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code>" -" instead." +"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> " +"instead." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" -"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." +"png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2962,31 +3098,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Podstawowe opcje programu rozruchowego" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from -#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, -#. except in this sentence. -#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using -#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist +#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. +#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" " -"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:16 msgid "" -"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by" -" the installer, you can change them here." +"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " +"the installer, you can change them here." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:20 msgid "" -"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case" -" you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " +"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " +"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " "allow Mageia to create a new one." msgstr "" @@ -3040,16 +3176,16 @@ msgstr "" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:60 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " -"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader" -" <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the" -" bootloader install location." +"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " +"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the " +"bootloader install location." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 msgid "" -"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR." -" You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " +"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " +"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " "phase earlier, e.g. sda7." msgstr "" @@ -3062,8 +3198,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:75 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " -"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to" -" the installer screen." +"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " +"the installer screen." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -3071,8 +3207,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " -"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and" -" add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " +"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and " +"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " "question." msgstr "" @@ -3085,9 +3221,9 @@ msgstr "" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:95 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " -"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp " -"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." +"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" +"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</" +"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -3095,29 +3231,28 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Setup SCSI" msgstr "" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's -#. comment ;-) -#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based -#. on the -#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 +#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) +#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the +#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:32 msgid "" -"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers" -" it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " +"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers " +"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " "fail to recognise the drive." msgstr "" @@ -3138,13 +3273,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Sound Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguracja dźwięku" -#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 +#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/soundConfig.xml:17 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " "format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " +"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:23 @@ -3168,9 +3305,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/soundConfig.xml:33 msgid "" "Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on " -"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how " -"to solve the problem." +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</" +"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> @@ -3198,19 +3334,20 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" msgstr "" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -#. test comment - johnr +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 +#. test comment - johnr #. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct -#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm -#. sure I -#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD -#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot +#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I +#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD +#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" +"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" +"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 @@ -3222,8 +3359,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 msgid "" -"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every" -" partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." +"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " +"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -3248,20 +3385,20 @@ msgstr "" #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:16 msgid "" "After your data backup, reboot your installation Mageia DVD and select " -"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will" -" only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system." +"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will " +"only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:20 msgid "" "To recover the space used by Mageia partitions on Windows, click on " -"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management " -"-> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. " +"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management -" +"> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. " "You will recognize the Mageia partition because they are labeled " "<guilabel>Unknown</guilabel>, and also by their size and place in the disk. " -"Right click on each of these partitions and select " -"<guibutton>Delete</guibutton>. The space will be freed." +"Right click on each of these partitions and select <guibutton>Delete</" +"guibutton>. The space will be freed." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -3277,6 +3414,6 @@ msgid "" "If you have Vista or 7, you have one more possibility, you can extend the " "existing partition that is at the left of the freed space. There are other " "partitioning tools that can be used, such as gparted, available for both " -"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and" -" make sure all important things have been backed up." +"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and " +"make sure all important things have been backed up." msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/installer/pt_BR.po b/docs/installer/pt_BR.po index 9f39a15d..72f7a09b 100644 --- a/docs/installer/pt_BR.po +++ b/docs/installer/pt_BR.po @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package. -# +# # Translators: # Andre Arruda dos Santos Silva <kazzttor@gmail.com>, 2015 # Marcio Andre Padula <padula1000@gmail.com>, 2013 @@ -11,14 +11,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-01-05 13:46+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-02-24 19:21+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-01-18 00:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Marcio Andre Padula <padula1000@gmail.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/pt_BR/)\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/" +"mageia/language/pt_BR/)\n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: pt_BR\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -29,9 +30,12 @@ msgstr "Licenças e Notas de Lançamento" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:45 @@ -41,31 +45,38 @@ msgstr "Acordo de Licença" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:48 msgid "" -"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license" -" terms and conditions carefully." -msgstr "Antes de instalar a <application>Mageia</application>, por favor, leia os termos e condições da licença cuidadosamente." +"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license " +"terms and conditions carefully." +msgstr "" +"Antes de instalar a <application>Mageia</application>, por favor, leia os " +"termos e condições da licença cuidadosamente." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51 msgid "" -"These terms and conditions apply to the entire " -"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before " -"you can continue." -msgstr "Estes termos e condições aplicam-se à distribuição <application>Mageia</application> toda e deve ser aceita antes para que você possa continuar." +"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</" +"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue." +msgstr "" +"Estes termos e condições aplicam-se à distribuição <application>Mageia</" +"application> toda e deve ser aceita antes para que você possa continuar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:55 msgid "" "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Para aceitar, basta selecionar <guilabel>Aceitar</guilabel> e, em seguida, clique em <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Para aceitar, basta selecionar <guilabel>Aceitar</guilabel> e, em seguida, " +"clique em <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:58 msgid "" -"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking." -" Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." -msgstr "Se você decidir não aceitar essas condições, então agradecemos a procura. Clicando <guibutton>Sair</guibutton> irá reiniciar seu computador." +"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. " +"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." +msgstr "" +"Se você decidir não aceitar essas condições, então agradecemos a procura. " +"Clicando <guibutton>Sair</guibutton> irá reiniciar seu computador." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:68 @@ -77,7 +88,9 @@ msgstr "Notas de Lançamento" msgid "" "To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, " "click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button." -msgstr "Para ver o que há de novo nesta versão da <application>Mageia</application>, clique no botão <guibutton>Notas de Lançamento</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Para ver o que há de novo nesta versão da <application>Mageia</application>, " +"clique no botão <guibutton>Notas de Lançamento</guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 @@ -90,27 +103,32 @@ msgstr "pt_BR" msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" msgstr "Seleção de Mídia (Configurar a Instalação de Mídias Suplementares )" -#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the -#. same as for media_selection -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ -#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" " -"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24 msgid "" "This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can " -"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The" -" source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " +"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The " +"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " "during the next steps." -msgstr "Esta tela lista os repositórios reconhecidos automaticamente. Você pode adicionar outras fontes de pacotes, como um CD-ROM ou uma fonte remota. A fonte selecionada determina quais pacotes estarão disponíveis para seleção durante os próximos passos." +msgstr "" +"Esta tela lista os repositórios reconhecidos automaticamente. Você pode " +"adicionar outras fontes de pacotes, como um CD-ROM ou uma fonte remota. A " +"fonte selecionada determina quais pacotes estarão disponíveis para seleção " +"durante os próximos passos." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29 @@ -130,38 +148,41 @@ msgid "" "Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With " "the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS " "installation." -msgstr "selecione um mirror ou especifique uma URL (a primeira opção). Selecionando um mirror, você tem acesso a todos os repositórios gerenciados pela Mageia, como os repositórios non-freee, tainted e updates. Informando uma URL, você pode selecionar um repositório específico ou seu próprio compartilhamento NFS de instalação." +msgstr "" +"selecione um mirror ou especifique uma URL (a primeira opção). Selecionando " +"um mirror, você tem acesso a todos os repositórios gerenciados pela Mageia, " +"como os repositórios non-freee, tainted e updates. Informando uma URL, você " +"pode selecionar um repositório específico ou seu próprio compartilhamento " +"NFS de instalação." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:4 msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "Gerenciador de Usuário e Superusuário" -#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, -#. but -#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only -#. thing -#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to -#. enable or -#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the -#. previous +#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but +#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing +#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or +#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous #. screen), marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't -#. understand -#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? -#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading -#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand +#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? +#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading +#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/addUser.xml:27 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:34 @@ -173,20 +194,31 @@ msgstr "Definir senha do administrador (root):" msgid "" "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to " "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the " -"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the" -" top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " +"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the " +"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " "depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are " "using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box " "just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped " "the first password by comparing them." -msgstr "É aconselhável para todas as instalações <application>Mageia</application> definir um superusuário e a senha do administrador, normalmente chamado a <emphasis>senha de root</emphasis> no Linux. A medida que você digite uma senha na caixa de cima, a cor de seu escudo vai mudar de vermelho para amarelo para verde, dependendo da força da senha. Um escudo verde mostra que você está usando uma senha forte. Você precisa repetir a mesma senha na caixa logo abaixo da primeira caixa de senha, verificando se você não tiver digitado corretamente a primeira senha, comparando-as." +msgstr "" +"É aconselhável para todas as instalações <application>Mageia</application> " +"definir um superusuário e a senha do administrador, normalmente chamado a " +"<emphasis>senha de root</emphasis> no Linux. A medida que você digite uma " +"senha na caixa de cima, a cor de seu escudo vai mudar de vermelho para " +"amarelo para verde, dependendo da força da senha. Um escudo verde mostra que " +"você está usando uma senha forte. Você precisa repetir a mesma senha na " +"caixa logo abaixo da primeira caixa de senha, verificando se você não tiver " +"digitado corretamente a primeira senha, comparando-as." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:48 msgid "" "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters " "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password." -msgstr "Todas as senhas são \"case sensitive\" (diferenciam entre letras maiúsculas e minusculas), o melhor é usar uma mistura de letras (maiúsculas e minúsculas), números e outros caracteres em uma senha." +msgstr "" +"Todas as senhas são \"case sensitive\" (diferenciam entre letras maiúsculas " +"e minusculas), o melhor é usar uma mistura de letras (maiúsculas e " +"minúsculas), números e outros caracteres em uma senha." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:56 @@ -199,29 +231,40 @@ msgid "" "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but " "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and " "anything else the average user does with his computer" -msgstr "Adicionar um usuário aqui. Um usuário tem menos direitos do que o superusuário (root), mas o suficiente para navegar na internet, usar aplicativos de escritório ou jogar jogos e qualquer outra coisa que o usuário médio faz com o seu computador." +msgstr "" +"Adicionar um usuário aqui. Um usuário tem menos direitos do que o " +"superusuário (root), mas o suficiente para navegar na internet, usar " +"aplicativos de escritório ou jogar jogos e qualquer outra coisa que o " +"usuário médio faz com o seu computador." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:65 msgid "" "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the " "users icon." -msgstr "<guibutton>Ícone</guibutton>: se você clicar neste botão irá mudar o ícone de usuários." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Ícone</guibutton>: se você clicar neste botão irá mudar o ícone " +"de usuários." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:70 msgid "" "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text " "box." -msgstr "<guilabel>Nome real</guilabel>: Insira o nome de usuários reais na caixa de texto." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Nome real</guilabel>: Insira o nome de usuários reais na caixa de " +"texto." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:75 msgid "" "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let " -"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case" -" sensitive.</emphasis>" -msgstr "<guilabel>nome de Login</guilabel>: Aqui você digita o nome de login do usuário ou deixe DrakX usar uma versão do nome do usuário real. O nome de login é \"case sensitive\"." +"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case " +"sensitive.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>nome de Login</guilabel>: Aqui você digita o nome de login do " +"usuário ou deixe DrakX usar uma versão do nome do usuário real. O nome de " +"login é \"case sensitive\"." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:81 @@ -229,22 +272,30 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user " "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the " "strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" -msgstr "<guilabel>Senha</guilabel>: Nesta caixa de texto você deve digitar a senha do usuário. Existe um escudo no final da caixa de texto que indica a força da senha. (Veja também <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Senha</guilabel>: Nesta caixa de texto você deve digitar a senha " +"do usuário. Existe um escudo no final da caixa de texto que indica a força " +"da senha. (Veja também <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:87 msgid "" "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this " -"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user" -" password text boxes." -msgstr "<guilabel>Senha (novamente)</guilabel>: Redigite a senha do usuário na caixa de texto e Drakx irá verificar se você digitou a mesma senha em cada uma das caixas de texto de senha do usuário." +"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user " +"password text boxes." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Senha (novamente)</guilabel>: Redigite a senha do usuário na caixa " +"de texto e Drakx irá verificar se você digitou a mesma senha em cada uma das " +"caixas de texto de senha do usuário." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:94 msgid "" "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but " "write protected) home directory." -msgstr "Qualquer usuário que você acrescenta instalando Mageia, terá um mundo legível (estará protegido) o diretório de home." +msgstr "" +"Qualquer usuário que você acrescenta instalando Mageia, terá um mundo " +"legível (estará protegido) o diretório de home." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:97 @@ -252,14 +303,20 @@ msgid "" "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - " "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that " "is both read and write protected." -msgstr "No entanto, durante a utilização da nova instalação, qualquer usuário adicionar em <emphasis> MCC - Sistema - Gerenciar usuários no sistema </emphasis> terá um diretório que é ler e escrever protegidos." +msgstr "" +"No entanto, durante a utilização da nova instalação, qualquer usuário " +"adicionar em <emphasis> MCC - Sistema - Gerenciar usuários no sistema </" +"emphasis> terá um diretório que é ler e escrever protegidos." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:101 msgid "" "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised " "to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." -msgstr "Se você não quer um diretório home legível do mundo para alguém, aconselha-se apenas adicionar um usuário temporário agora e adicione o (s) real após a reinicialização." +msgstr "" +"Se você não quer um diretório home legível do mundo para alguém, aconselha-" +"se apenas adicionar um usuário temporário agora e adicione o (s) real após a " +"reinicialização." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:105 @@ -267,12 +324,17 @@ msgid "" "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all " "extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step " "during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>." -msgstr "Se você prefere diretórios home legíveis mundiais, você pode querer acrescentar todos os usuários necessários extra <emphasis>Configuração - Sumário</emphasis> passo durante instalar. Escolha <emphasis>o gerênciador de Usuário </emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Se você prefere diretórios home legíveis mundiais, você pode querer " +"acrescentar todos os usuários necessários extra <emphasis>Configuração - " +"Sumário</emphasis> passo durante instalar. Escolha <emphasis>o gerênciador " +"de Usuário </emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:109 msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install." -msgstr "As permissões de acesso também podem ser modificadas depois de instalar." +msgstr "" +"As permissões de acesso também podem ser modificadas depois de instalar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:116 @@ -285,7 +347,11 @@ msgid "" "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a " "screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. " "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." -msgstr "Se o botão <guibutton>avançado</guibutton> é clicado, é oferecido a você uma tela que permite que você edite as configurações do usuário que você está adicionando. Além disso, você pode ativar ou desativar uma conta de convidado." +msgstr "" +"Se o botão <guibutton>avançado</guibutton> é clicado, é oferecido a você uma " +"tela que permite que você edite as configurações do usuário que você está " +"adicionando. Além disso, você pode ativar ou desativar uma conta de " +"convidado." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/addUser.xml:124 @@ -293,7 +359,11 @@ msgid "" "Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account " "saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out. The guest " "should save his important files to a USB key." -msgstr "Qualquer coisa que um convidado com uma conta de convidado padrão <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> salva em seu diretório <literal>/home</literal> será apagada quando ele sair. O usuário convidado deve salvar seus arquivos importantes em um pendrive USB." +msgstr "" +"Qualquer coisa que um convidado com uma conta de convidado padrão " +"<emphasis>rbash</emphasis> salva em seu diretório <literal>/home</literal> " +"será apagada quando ele sair. O usuário convidado deve salvar seus arquivos " +"importantes em um pendrive USB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:131 @@ -301,7 +371,11 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a " "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, " "but he has more restricted access than normal users." -msgstr "<guilabel>Ativar conta de convidado</guilabel>: Aqui você pode ativar ou desativar uma conta de convidado. A conta de convidado permite que um convidado acessar e usar o PC, mas ele tem acesso mais restrito do que os usuários normais." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Ativar conta de convidado</guilabel>: Aqui você pode ativar ou " +"desativar uma conta de convidado. A conta de convidado permite que um " +"convidado acessar e usar o PC, mas ele tem acesso mais restrito do que os " +"usuários normais." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:138 @@ -309,7 +383,10 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the " "shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are " "Bash, Dash and Sh" -msgstr "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: Esta lista suspensa permite que você altere o shell usado pelo usuário que você está adicionando na tela anterior, as opções são Bash, Dash e Sh." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: Esta lista suspensa permite que você altere o " +"shell usado pelo usuário que você está adicionando na tela anterior, as " +"opções são Bash, Dash e Sh." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:144 @@ -317,42 +394,48 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you " "are adding in the previous screen. This is a number. Leave it blank unless " "you know what you are doing." -msgstr "<guilabel>ID de usuário</guilabel>: Aqui você pode definir o ID de usuário para o usuário que você está adicionando na tela anterior. Este é um número. Deixe em branco se você não sabe o que está fazendo." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>ID de usuário</guilabel>: Aqui você pode definir o ID de usuário " +"para o usuário que você está adicionando na tela anterior. Este é um número. " +"Deixe em branco se você não sabe o que está fazendo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:150 msgid "" "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID. Also a " -"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know" -" what you are doing." -msgstr "<guilabel>ID de Grupo</guilabel>: Isso permite que você defina o ID do grupo. Também um número, normalmente o mesmo que para o utilizador. Deixe em branco se você não sabe o que está fazendo." +"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know " +"what you are doing." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>ID de Grupo</guilabel>: Isso permite que você defina o ID do " +"grupo. Também um número, normalmente o mesmo que para o utilizador. Deixe em " +"branco se você não sabe o que está fazendo." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11 msgid "Choose the mount points" msgstr "Escolha os pontos de montagem" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least -#. ONE" -#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes -#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the -#. Americans -#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I -#. removed it -#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 +#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE" +#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) +#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes +#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans +#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it +#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) +#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" -"=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountpoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountpoints-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33 @@ -360,46 +443,64 @@ msgid "" "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If " "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you " "can change the mount points." -msgstr "Aqui você vê as partições Linux que foram encontrados em seu computador. Se você não concorda com as sugestões do <application>DrakX</application>, você pode alterar os pontos de montagem." +msgstr "" +"Aqui você vê as partições Linux que foram encontrados em seu computador. Se " +"você não concorda com as sugestões do <application>DrakX</application>, você " +"pode alterar os pontos de montagem." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38 msgid "" "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> " "(root) partition." -msgstr "Se você mudar alguma coisa, certifique-se de ainda ter uma partição <literal>/</literal> (root)." +msgstr "" +"Se você mudar alguma coisa, certifique-se de ainda ter uma partição " +"<literal>/</literal> (root)." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44 msgid "" -"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount " -"point\", \"Type\")." -msgstr "Cada partição é mostrada como segue: \"Dispositivo\" (\"Capacidade\", \"Ponto de montagem\", \"Tipo\")." +"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point" +"\", \"Type\")." +msgstr "" +"Cada partição é mostrada como segue: \"Dispositivo\" (\"Capacidade\", " +"\"Ponto de montagem\", \"Tipo\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49 msgid "" "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], " "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")." -msgstr "\"Dispositivo\", é composto de: \"disco rígido\", [\"número do disco rígido\" (letra)], \"número da partição\" (por exemplo, \"sda5\")." +msgstr "" +"\"Dispositivo\", é composto de: \"disco rígido\", [\"número do disco rígido" +"\" (letra)], \"número da partição\" (por exemplo, \"sda5\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55 msgid "" -"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from" -" the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " +"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from " +"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " "and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for " "instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store " -"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the " -"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install." -msgstr "Se você tiver várias partições, você pode escolher vários pontos de montagem diferentes a partir de um menu rolante (drop-down), como <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> e <literal>/var</literal>. Você mesmo pode fazer seus próprios pontos de montagem, por exemplo <literal>/video</literal> para uma partição onde você deseja armazenar seus filmes, ou <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> para a partição <literal>/home</literal> de uma instalação caldeirão (versão da Mageia em desenvolvimento)." +"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</" +"literal> partition of a cauldron install." +msgstr "" +"Se você tiver várias partições, você pode escolher vários pontos de montagem " +"diferentes a partir de um menu rolante (drop-down), como <literal>/</" +"literal>, <literal>/home</literal> e <literal>/var</literal>. Você mesmo " +"pode fazer seus próprios pontos de montagem, por exemplo <literal>/video</" +"literal> para uma partição onde você deseja armazenar seus filmes, ou " +"<literal>/cauldron-home</literal> para a partição <literal>/home</literal> " +"de uma instalação caldeirão (versão da Mageia em desenvolvimento)." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65 msgid "" "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount " "point field blank." -msgstr "Para partições que você não precisa ter acesso, você pode deixar o campo do ponto de montagem em branco." +msgstr "" +"Para partições que você não precisa ter acesso, você pode deixar o campo do " +"ponto de montagem em branco." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71 @@ -407,15 +508,22 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, " "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen " "that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size." -msgstr "Escolha a opção <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> se você não tiver certeza do que escolher, e em seguida, assinale o <guilabel>Personalização do particionamento de disco</guilabel>. Na tela seguinte você pode clicar em uma partição para ver seu tipo e tamanho." +msgstr "" +"Escolha a opção <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> se você não tiver certeza do " +"que escolher, e em seguida, assinale o <guilabel>Personalização do " +"particionamento de disco</guilabel>. Na tela seguinte você pode clicar em " +"uma partição para ver seu tipo e tamanho." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77 msgid "" -"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the " -"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more." -msgstr "Se você tiver certeza que os pontos de montagem estão corretos, clique em <guibutton>Próximo</guibutton> e escolha se você só quiser formatar a(s) partição(s) que o DrakX sugere, ou mais." +"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) " +"DrakX suggests, or more." +msgstr "" +"Se você tiver certeza que os pontos de montagem estão corretos, clique em " +"<guibutton>Próximo</guibutton> e escolha se você só quiser formatar a(s) " +"partição(s) que o DrakX sugere, ou mais." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 @@ -425,9 +533,11 @@ msgstr "Seleção de Área de Trabalho" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11 msgid "" -"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine" -" tune your choice." -msgstr "Dependendo de suas seleções aqui, pode ser oferecido a você telas adicionais para ajustar as suas escolhas." +"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine " +"tune your choice." +msgstr "" +"Dependendo de suas seleções aqui, pode ser oferecido a você telas adicionais " +"para ajustar as suas escolhas." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13 @@ -435,14 +545,19 @@ msgid "" "After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package " "installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the " "<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button" -msgstr "Após a(s) etapa(s) de seleção(s), você vai ver uma apresentação de slides durante a instalação dos pacotes. A apresentação de slides pode ser desativada pressionando o botão <guilabel>Detalhes</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Após a(s) etapa(s) de seleção(s), você vai ver uma apresentação de slides " +"durante a instalação dos pacotes. A apresentação de slides pode ser " +"desativada pressionando o botão <guilabel>Detalhes</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26 @@ -454,21 +569,29 @@ msgid "" "default software choices for these desktop environments. The " "<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, " "sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default." -msgstr "Escolha se você prefere usar o ambiente de trabalho <application>KDE</application> ou <application>Gnome</application>. Ambos vêm com um conjunto completo de aplicações e ferramentas úteis. Marque <guilabel>Personalizar</guilabel> se você quiser usar um ou ambos, ou se você quer algo diferente do que as escolhas de software padrão para estes ambientes de desktop. O desktop <application>LXDE</application> é mais leve que os dois anteriores, ostentando colírio para os olhos e menos pacotes instalado por padrão." +msgstr "" +"Escolha se você prefere usar o ambiente de trabalho <application>KDE</" +"application> ou <application>Gnome</application>. Ambos vêm com um conjunto " +"completo de aplicações e ferramentas úteis. Marque <guilabel>Personalizar</" +"guilabel> se você quiser usar um ou ambos, ou se você quer algo diferente do " +"que as escolhas de software padrão para estes ambientes de desktop. O " +"desktop <application>LXDE</application> é mais leve que os dois anteriores, " +"ostentando colírio para os olhos e menos pacotes instalado por padrão." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4 msgid "Package Group Selection" msgstr "Seleção de Grupo de Pacotes" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a -#. new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16 @@ -477,7 +600,12 @@ msgid "" "your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however " "more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which " "become visible as the mouse is hovered over them." -msgstr "Os pacotes foram divididos em grupos, para fazer a escolha do que você precisa no seu sistema ser muito mais fácil. Os grupos são bastante autoexplicativo, no entanto, mais informações sobre o conteúdo de cada um está disponível nas dicas de ferramentas, que se tornam visíveis quando o mouse é passado sobre eles." +msgstr "" +"Os pacotes foram divididos em grupos, para fazer a escolha do que você " +"precisa no seu sistema ser muito mais fácil. Os grupos são bastante " +"autoexplicativo, no entanto, mais informações sobre o conteúdo de cada um " +"está disponível nas dicas de ferramentas, que se tornam visíveis quando o " +"mouse é passado sobre eles." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23 @@ -499,74 +627,91 @@ msgstr "Ambiente Gráfico." msgid "" "Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or " "remove packages." -msgstr "Seleção de Pacotes Individuais: Você pode usar esta opção para adicionar ou remover pacotes manualmente." +msgstr "" +"Seleção de Pacotes Individuais: Você pode usar esta opção para adicionar ou " +"remover pacotes manualmente." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39 msgid "" -"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do" -" a minimal install." -msgstr "Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do a minimal install." +"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " +"a minimal install." +msgstr "" +"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " +"a minimal install." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4 msgid "Choose Individual Packages" msgstr "Escolha Pacotes Individuais" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a -#. new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17 msgid "" -"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your " -"installation." -msgstr "Aqui você pode adicionar ou remover quaisquer pacotes extras para personalizar a instalação." +"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation." +msgstr "" +"Aqui você pode adicionar ou remover quaisquer pacotes extras para " +"personalizar a instalação." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20 msgid "" -"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy " -"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages " -"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the " -"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install " -"and choosing to load it." -msgstr "Depois de ter feito a sua escolha, você pode clicar no ícone do <guibutton>disquete</guibutton>, na parte inferior da página, para salvar a sua escolha de pacotes (salvar em um pendrive USB, também). Você pode então usar este arquivo para instalar os mesmos pacotes em outro sistema, pressionando o mesmo botão durante a instalação e escolhendo a carregá-lo." +"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</" +"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving " +"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same " +"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and " +"choosing to load it." +msgstr "" +"Depois de ter feito a sua escolha, você pode clicar no ícone do " +"<guibutton>disquete</guibutton>, na parte inferior da página, para salvar a " +"sua escolha de pacotes (salvar em um pendrive USB, também). Você pode então " +"usar este arquivo para instalar os mesmos pacotes em outro sistema, " +"pressionando o mesmo botão durante a instalação e escolhendo a carregá-lo." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureServices.xml:12 msgid "Configure your Services" msgstr "Configurar os seus serviços" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureServices.xml:21 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" -"=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:27 msgid "" -"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your " -"system." -msgstr "Aqui você pode definir quais serviços devem (ou não) começar quando você inicializar seu sistema." +"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system." +msgstr "" +"Aqui você pode definir quais serviços devem (ou não) começar quando você " +"inicializar seu sistema." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:30 msgid "" -"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and" -" see all services in it." -msgstr "Há quatro grupos, clique no triângulo diante de um grupo para expandi-lo e ver todos os serviços nele." +"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and " +"see all services in it." +msgstr "" +"Há quatro grupos, clique no triângulo diante de um grupo para expandi-lo e " +"ver todos os serviços nele." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:34 @@ -578,48 +723,61 @@ msgstr "A configuração escolhida pelo DrakX são geralmente boas." msgid "" "If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info " "box below." -msgstr "Se você selecionar um serviço, algumas informações sobre ele são mostradas na caixa de informações abaixo." +msgstr "" +"Se você selecionar um serviço, algumas informações sobre ele são mostradas " +"na caixa de informações abaixo." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:41 msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing." -msgstr "Apenas mude as coisas quando você sabe muito bem o que você está fazendo." +msgstr "" +"Apenas mude as coisas quando você sabe muito bem o que você está fazendo." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:12 msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Configure o seu fuso horário" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 msgid "" -"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the" -" same time zone." -msgstr "Escolha o seu fuso horário, escolha o seu país ou uma cidade próxima a você no mesmo fuso horário." +"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " +"same time zone." +msgstr "" +"Escolha o seu fuso horário, escolha o seu país ou uma cidade próxima a você " +"no mesmo fuso horário." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 msgid "" -"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to" -" GMT, also known as UTC." -msgstr "Na próxima tela você pode optar por configurar seu relógio para a hora local ou GMT, também conhecida como UTC." +"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " +"GMT, also known as UTC." +msgstr "" +"Na próxima tela você pode optar por configurar seu relógio para a hora local " +"ou GMT, também conhecida como UTC." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 msgid "" "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." -msgstr "Se você tiver mais de um sistema operacional em seu computador, certifique-se que eles estão todos configurados para a hora local, ou todos para a UTC/GMT." +msgstr "" +"Se você tiver mais de um sistema operacional em seu computador, certifique-" +"se que eles estão todos configurados para a hora local, ou todos para a UTC/" +"GMT." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11 @@ -629,24 +787,31 @@ msgstr "Escolha um Servidor X (Configure sua Placa de Vídeo)" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id" -"=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually " "correctly identify your video device." -msgstr "DrakX tem um banco de dados muito completo de placas de vídeo e geralmente identifica corretamente o seu dispositivo." +msgstr "" +"DrakX tem um banco de dados muito completo de placas de vídeo e geralmente " +"identifica corretamente o seu dispositivo." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24 msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know " "which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:" -msgstr "Se o instalador não detectou corretamente sua placa de vídeo e você sabe identificá-la, você pode selecioná-la a partir da árvore, escolhendo:" +msgstr "" +"Se o instalador não detectou corretamente sua placa de vídeo e você sabe " +"identificá-la, você pode selecioná-la a partir da árvore, escolhendo:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 @@ -669,7 +834,10 @@ msgid "" "If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in " "the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the " "Xorg category" -msgstr "Se você não consegue encontrar sua placa nas listas de fabricantes (porque ainda não está no banco de dados ou é uma placa antiga), você pode encontrar um driver adequado na categoria Xorg" +msgstr "" +"Se você não consegue encontrar sua placa nas listas de fabricantes (porque " +"ainda não está no banco de dados ou é uma placa antiga), você pode encontrar " +"um driver adequado na categoria Xorg" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43 @@ -677,14 +845,19 @@ msgid "" "The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card " "drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " "option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities." -msgstr "A listagem Xorg fornece mais de 40 drivers de placa de vídeos genéricos e de código aberto. Se você ainda não conseguiu encontrar um driver para o sua placa, há a opção de usar o driver vesa que fornece os recursos básicos." +msgstr "" +"A listagem Xorg fornece mais de 40 drivers de placa de vídeos genéricos e de " +"código aberto. Se você ainda não conseguiu encontrar um driver para o sua " +"placa, há a opção de usar o driver vesa que fornece os recursos básicos." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48 msgid "" "Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access " "to the Commandline Interface." -msgstr "Esteja ciente de que se você selecionar um driver incompatível você só pode ter acesso à interface de linha de comando." +msgstr "" +"Esteja ciente de que se você selecionar um driver incompatível você só pode " +"ter acesso à interface de linha de comando." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 @@ -692,30 +865,37 @@ msgid "" "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " "may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from " "the card manufacturers' websites." -msgstr "Alguns fabricantes de placas de vídeo oferecem drivers proprietários para Linux, que só podem estar disponíveis nos repositórios Nonfree e, em alguns casos, apenas nos sites dos fabricantes de placas." +msgstr "" +"Alguns fabricantes de placas de vídeo oferecem drivers proprietários para " +"Linux, que só podem estar disponíveis nos repositórios Nonfree e, em alguns " +"casos, apenas nos sites dos fabricantes de placas." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 msgid "" "The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them. If " "you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot." -msgstr "O repositório Nonfree tem de ser explicitamente permitido para acessá-los. Se você não o selecionou anteriormente, você deve fazer isto depois que os seus primeiros reiniciam." +msgstr "" +"O repositório Nonfree tem de ser explicitamente permitido para acessá-los. " +"Se você não o selecionou anteriormente, você deve fazer isto depois que os " +"seus primeiros reiniciam." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4 msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" msgstr "Configuração da placa de vídeo e monitor" -#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" -#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename -#. for this page +#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18 @@ -724,19 +904,31 @@ msgid "" "you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are " "all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window " "System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for " -"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or" -" any other graphical environment to work well, the following " -"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct " -"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a " -"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect." -msgstr "Não importa qual ambiente gráfico (também conhecido como ambiente de desktop) que você escolheu para esta instalação da <application>Mageia</application>, eles são todos baseados em um sistema de interface gráfica de usuário chamada <acronym>X Window System</acronym>, ou simplesmente <acronym>X</acronym>. Então, para <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> ou qualquer outro ambiente gráfico funcionar bem, as configurações de <acronym>X</acronym> a seguir precisam ser corretas. Escolha as configurações corretas, se você pode ver que o <application>DrakX</application> não fazer uma escolha, ou se você acha que a escolha é incorreta." +"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or " +"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</" +"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can " +"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you " +"think the choice is incorrect." +msgstr "" +"Não importa qual ambiente gráfico (também conhecido como ambiente de " +"desktop) que você escolheu para esta instalação da <application>Mageia</" +"application>, eles são todos baseados em um sistema de interface gráfica de " +"usuário chamada <acronym>X Window System</acronym>, ou simplesmente " +"<acronym>X</acronym>. Então, para <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</" +"acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> ou qualquer outro ambiente gráfico " +"funcionar bem, as configurações de <acronym>X</acronym> a seguir precisam " +"ser corretas. Escolha as configurações corretas, se você pode ver que o " +"<application>DrakX</application> não fazer uma escolha, ou se você acha que " +"a escolha é incorreta." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card " "from the list if needed." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Placa de Vídeo</guibutton></emphasis>: Escolha a sua placa da lista, se necessário.." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Placa de Vídeo</guibutton></emphasis>: Escolha a sua " +"placa da lista, se necessário.." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37 @@ -746,7 +938,13 @@ msgid "" "from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. " "Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the " "horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: Você pode escolher <guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> quando aplicável, ou escolher o seu monitor a partir da lista de <guilabel>Fornecedores</guilabel> ou <guilabel>Genéricos</guilabel>. Escolha <guilabel>Personalizar</guilabel> se você preferir definir manualmente as taxas de atualização horizontal e vertical do seu monitor." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: Você pode escolher " +"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> quando aplicável, ou escolher o seu monitor " +"a partir da lista de <guilabel>Fornecedores</guilabel> ou " +"<guilabel>Genéricos</guilabel>. Escolha <guilabel>Personalizar</guilabel> se " +"você preferir definir manualmente as taxas de atualização horizontal e " +"vertical do seu monitor." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45 @@ -758,7 +956,9 @@ msgstr "Taxas de atualização incorreta pode danificar o seu monitor" msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired " "resolution and color depth of your monitor here." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolução</guibutton></emphasis>: Defina aqui a resolução e profundidade de cor desejada de seu monitor." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolução</guibutton></emphasis>: Defina aqui a " +"resolução e profundidade de cor desejada de seu monitor." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56 @@ -766,19 +966,29 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not " "always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your " "settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your " -"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept." -" If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be" -" able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " -"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't " -"available</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Teste</guibutton></emphasis>: O botão de teste nem sempre aparece durante a instalação. Se o botão está lá, você pode controlar suas configurações pressionando-a. Se você ver uma indagação perguntando se suas configurações estão corretas, você pode responder \"sim\", e as configurações serão mantidas. Se você não vê nada, você vai voltar para a tela de configuração e ser capaz de reconfigurar tudo até o teste ficar bom. <emphasis>Certifique-se de que suas configurações estejam da forma mais segura, caso o botão de teste não esteja disponível</emphasis>." +"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. " +"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be " +"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " +"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Teste</guibutton></emphasis>: O botão de teste nem " +"sempre aparece durante a instalação. Se o botão está lá, você pode controlar " +"suas configurações pressionando-a. Se você ver uma indagação perguntando se " +"suas configurações estão corretas, você pode responder \"sim\", e as " +"configurações serão mantidas. Se você não vê nada, você vai voltar para a " +"tela de configuração e ser capaz de reconfigurar tudo até o teste ficar bom. " +"<emphasis>Certifique-se de que suas configurações estejam da forma mais " +"segura, caso o botão de teste não esteja disponível</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to " "enable or disable various options." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Opções</guibutton></emphasis>: Aqui você pode optar por ativar ou desativar várias opções." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Opções</guibutton></emphasis>: Aqui você pode optar por " +"ativar ou desativar várias opções." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18 @@ -790,7 +1000,9 @@ msgstr "Escolhendo seu Monitor" msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually " "correctly identify yours." -msgstr "DrakX tem um banco de dados bastante extenso de monitores e geralmente identificará corretamente o seu." +msgstr "" +"DrakX tem um banco de dados bastante extenso de monitores e geralmente " +"identificará corretamente o seu." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26 @@ -799,15 +1011,22 @@ msgid "" "your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing " "what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor " "documentation" -msgstr "<emphasis>Selecionando um monitor com características diferentes pode danificar seu equipamento de vídeo. Por favor não tente algo sem conhecimento do que você está fazendo. </emphasis>Se você tiver dúvidas, consulte a documentação de seu monitor." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Selecionando um monitor com características diferentes pode " +"danificar seu equipamento de vídeo. Por favor não tente algo sem " +"conhecimento do que você está fazendo. </emphasis>Se você tiver dúvidas, " +"consulte a documentação de seu monitor." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" -"=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42 @@ -818,10 +1037,14 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Personalizado</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44 msgid "" "This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh " -"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the" -" screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are" -" displayed." -msgstr "Esta opção permite você definir dois parâmetros importantes, a taxa de atualização vertical e da taxa de sicronização horizontal. A atualização vertical determina a frequência que a tela será atualizada e a sicronização horizontal é a taxa de linhas que serão exibidas." +"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the " +"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are " +"displayed." +msgstr "" +"Esta opção permite você definir dois parâmetros importantes, a taxa de " +"atualização vertical e da taxa de sicronização horizontal. A atualização " +"vertical determina a frequência que a tela será atualizada e a sicronização " +"horizontal é a taxa de linhas que serão exibidas." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49 @@ -830,7 +1053,11 @@ msgid "" "type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you " "may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and " "consult your monitor documentation." -msgstr "É <emphasis>MUITO IMPORTANTE</emphasis> que você não especifique um tipo de monitor com uma gama de sincronização que está além das capacidades do seu equipamento: você pode danificá-lo. Em caso de dúvidas, escolha uma configuração conservadora e consulte a documentação de seu monitor." +msgstr "" +"É <emphasis>MUITO IMPORTANTE</emphasis> que você não especifique um tipo de " +"monitor com uma gama de sincronização que está além das capacidades do seu " +"equipamento: você pode danificá-lo. Em caso de dúvidas, escolha uma " +"configuração conservadora e consulte a documentação de seu monitor." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55 @@ -842,7 +1069,8 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>" msgid "" "This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the " "monitor database." -msgstr "É a opção padrão e tenta determinar o tipo de monitor no banco de dados." +msgstr "" +"É a opção padrão e tenta determinar o tipo de monitor no banco de dados." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63 @@ -854,7 +1082,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Fabricante</emphasis>" msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which " "one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:" -msgstr "Se o instalador não detectou corretamente o seu monitor e você sabe identificá-lo, você pode selecioná-lo a partir da árvore, escolhendo:" +msgstr "" +"Se o instalador não detectou corretamente o seu monitor e você sabe " +"identificá-lo, você pode selecioná-lo a partir da árvore, escolhendo:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73 @@ -875,11 +1105,17 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Generic</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84 msgid "" "selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as " -"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is" -" often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card " -"driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once " -"again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections." -msgstr "A seleção deste grupo apresenta cerca de 30 configurações de tela, tal como 1024x768 @ 60Hz, incluindo as telas planas como as usadas em laptops. Esta é frequentemente uma boa opção de seleção de grupo de monitor, se você usa o driver da placa Vesa, quando seu equipamento de vídeo não é identificado automaticamente. Mais uma vez, pode ser ser sábio ser cauteloso em suas seleções." +"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is " +"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver " +"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it " +"may be wise to be conservative in your selections." +msgstr "" +"A seleção deste grupo apresenta cerca de 30 configurações de tela, tal como " +"1024x768 @ 60Hz, incluindo as telas planas como as usadas em laptops. Esta é " +"frequentemente uma boa opção de seleção de grupo de monitor, se você usa o " +"driver da placa Vesa, quando seu equipamento de vídeo não é identificado " +"automaticamente. Mais uma vez, pode ser ser sábio ser cauteloso em suas " +"seleções." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake.xml:19 @@ -889,47 +1125,64 @@ msgstr "Personalização do particionamento de disco com DiskDrake" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/diskdrake.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" " -"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:33 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " -"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The" -" encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " +"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " +"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " "set, otherwise your system will be unbootable." -msgstr "Se você deseja usar a criptografia em sua partição <literal>/</literal> (raiz) você deve garantir que você tenha uma partição <literal>/boot</literal> separada. A opção de criptografia para a partição <literal>/boot</literal> NÃO deve ser feita, caso contrário, seu sistema não inicializará." +msgstr "" +"Se você deseja usar a criptografia em sua partição <literal>/</literal> " +"(raiz) você deve garantir que você tenha uma partição <literal>/boot</" +"literal> separada. A opção de criptografia para a partição <literal>/boot</" +"literal> NÃO deve ser feita, caso contrário, seu sistema não inicializará." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:39 msgid "" -"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions," -" change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " +"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " "is in them before you start." -msgstr "Ajuste o layout de seu(s) disco(s) aqui. Você pode remover ou criar partições, mudar o sistema de arquivos de uma partição ou alterar o seu tamanho e até mesmo ver o que há neles antes de começar." +msgstr "" +"Ajuste o layout de seu(s) disco(s) aqui. Você pode remover ou criar " +"partições, mudar o sistema de arquivos de uma partição ou alterar o seu " +"tamanho e até mesmo ver o que há neles antes de começar." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:42 msgid "" -"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an" -" USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." -msgstr "Há uma aba para cada disco rígido ou outro dispositivo de armazenamento detectado, como uma chave USB. Por exemplo sda, sdb e sdc, se existem três deles." +"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " +"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." +msgstr "" +"Há uma aba para cada disco rígido ou outro dispositivo de armazenamento " +"detectado, como uma chave USB. Por exemplo sda, sdb e sdc, se existem três " +"deles." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:45 msgid "" -"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected" -" storage device" -msgstr "Pressione <guibutton>Limpar tudo</guibutton> para limpar todas as partições no dispositivo de armazenamento selecionado." +"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " +"storage device" +msgstr "" +"Pressione <guibutton>Limpar tudo</guibutton> para limpar todas as partições " +"no dispositivo de armazenamento selecionado." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." -msgstr "Para todas as outras ações: clicar na partição desejada primeiro. Em seguida, visualizá-la, ou escolher um sistema de arquivos e um ponto de montagem, redimensioná-la ou limpá-la." +msgstr "" +"Para todas as outras ações: clicar na partição desejada primeiro. Em " +"seguida, visualizá-la, ou escolher um sistema de arquivos e um ponto de " +"montagem, redimensioná-la ou limpá-la." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:49 @@ -952,21 +1205,28 @@ msgid "" "In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the " "solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install " "<application>Mageia</application>." -msgstr "Nesta tela você pode ver o conteúdo do seu(s) disco(s) rígido(s) e ver as soluções que o assistente de particionamento DrakX encontrou para onde instalar <application>Mageia</application>." +msgstr "" +"Nesta tela você pode ver o conteúdo do seu(s) disco(s) rígido(s) e ver as " +"soluções que o assistente de particionamento DrakX encontrou para onde " +"instalar <application>Mageia</application>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33 msgid "" "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your " "particular hard drive(s) layout and content." -msgstr "As opções disponíveis na lista abaixo irão variar, dependendo do layout e do conteúdo específicos do(s) seu(s) disco(s) rígido(s)." +msgstr "" +"As opções disponíveis na lista abaixo irão variar, dependendo do layout e do " +"conteúdo específicos do(s) seu(s) disco(s) rígido(s)." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center" +"\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45 @@ -978,7 +1238,9 @@ msgstr "Utilizar as partições existentes" msgid "" "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have " "been found and may be used for the installation." -msgstr "Se esta opção estiver disponível, então partições existentes compatíveis com o Linux foram encontrados e podem ser utilizadas para a instalação." +msgstr "" +"Se esta opção estiver disponível, então partições existentes compatíveis com " +"o Linux foram encontrados e podem ser utilizadas para a instalação." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54 @@ -988,9 +1250,11 @@ msgstr "Usar o espaço livre" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for" -" your new Mageia installation." -msgstr "Se você tiver espaço não utilizado em seu disco rígido, então esta opção irá usá-lo para a sua nova instalação da Mageia." +"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for " +"your new Mageia installation." +msgstr "" +"Se você tiver espaço não utilizado em seu disco rígido, então esta opção irá " +"usá-lo para a sua nova instalação da Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62 @@ -1000,9 +1264,11 @@ msgstr "Use o espaço livre na partição do Windows" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may" -" offer to use it." -msgstr "Se você tiver espaço não utilizado em uma partição existente do Windows, o instalador pode oferecer para usá-lo." +"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may " +"offer to use it." +msgstr "" +"Se você tiver espaço não utilizado em uma partição existente do Windows, o " +"instalador pode oferecer para usá-lo." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69 @@ -1010,7 +1276,10 @@ msgid "" "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, " "but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all " "important files!" -msgstr "Esta pode ser uma maneira útil de obter espaço para a sua nova instalação da Mageia, mas é uma operação arriscada, por isso você deve ter a certeza de ter um backup de todos os arquivos importantes!" +msgstr "" +"Esta pode ser uma maneira útil de obter espaço para a sua nova instalação da " +"Mageia, mas é uma operação arriscada, por isso você deve ter a certeza de " +"ter um backup de todos os arquivos importantes!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74 @@ -1021,7 +1290,13 @@ msgid "" "although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been " "moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to " "back up your personal files." -msgstr "Note que isto envolve a redução do tamanho da partição do Windows. A partição deve ser \"limpa\", o que significa que o Windows deve ter fechado corretamente na última vez que foi usado. Deve também ter sido desfragmentado, embora isto não seja uma garantia de que todos os arquivos da partição foram movidos para fora da área que está prestes a ser usada. É altamente recomendável fazer backup de seus arquivos pessoais." +msgstr "" +"Note que isto envolve a redução do tamanho da partição do Windows. A " +"partição deve ser \"limpa\", o que significa que o Windows deve ter fechado " +"corretamente na última vez que foi usado. Deve também ter sido " +"desfragmentado, embora isto não seja uma garantia de que todos os arquivos " +"da partição foram movidos para fora da área que está prestes a ser usada. É " +"altamente recomendável fazer backup de seus arquivos pessoais." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84 @@ -1036,7 +1311,9 @@ msgstr "Esta opção utilizará a unidade completa para a Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!" -msgstr "Atenção! Esta operação apagará todos os dados do disco rígido selecionado. Tenha cuidado!" +msgstr "" +"Atenção! Esta operação apagará todos os dados do disco rígido selecionado. " +"Tenha cuidado!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93 @@ -1044,7 +1321,10 @@ msgid "" "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already " "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use " "this option." -msgstr "Se você pretende utilizar parte do disco rígido para finalidade, ou você já tem dados na unidade que você não deseja perder, então não utilize esta opção." +msgstr "" +"Se você pretende utilizar parte do disco rígido para finalidade, ou você já " +"tem dados na unidade que você não deseja perder, então não utilize esta " +"opção." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100 @@ -1054,9 +1334,11 @@ msgstr "Personalizado" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 msgid "" -"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your" -" hard drive(s)." -msgstr "Isso lhe dará total controle sobre o local da instalação em seu(s) disco(s) rígido(s)." +"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " +"hard drive(s)." +msgstr "" +"Isso lhe dará total controle sobre o local da instalação em seu(s) disco(s) " +"rígido(s)." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109 @@ -1065,10 +1347,17 @@ msgid "" "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " "hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested " "with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 " -"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning" -" tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " +"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning " +"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " "settings:" -msgstr "Alguns discos mais recentes, estão usando setores lógicos de 4096 bytes, ao invés do padrão anterior de 512 bytes. Em razão da indisponibilidade de hardware, o programa de particionamento usado na instalação, ainda não foi testado com discos deste tipo. Também alguns discos ssd agora utilizam um erase block com mais de 1 MB. Se você possui um disco deste tipo, sugerimos o pré-particionamento do disco, usando um programa de particionamento alternativo, tipo o gparted, e use a seguinte configuração:" +msgstr "" +"Alguns discos mais recentes, estão usando setores lógicos de 4096 bytes, ao " +"invés do padrão anterior de 512 bytes. Em razão da indisponibilidade de " +"hardware, o programa de particionamento usado na instalação, ainda não foi " +"testado com discos deste tipo. Também alguns discos ssd agora utilizam um " +"erase block com mais de 1 MB. Se você possui um disco deste tipo, sugerimos " +"o pré-particionamento do disco, usando um programa de particionamento " +"alternativo, tipo o gparted, e use a seguinte configuração:" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117 @@ -1084,7 +1373,9 @@ msgstr "\"Espaço livre Antes (MiB)\" \"2\"" #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 msgid "" "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." -msgstr "Certifique-se também que todas as partições tenham sido criadas com um número par de megabytes." +msgstr "" +"Certifique-se também que todas as partições tenham sido criadas com um " +"número par de megabytes." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3 @@ -1101,8 +1392,7 @@ msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgid "February 2014" msgstr "Fevereiro 2014" -#. type: Content of: -#. <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 msgid "Mageia 4" msgstr "Mageia 4" @@ -1125,10 +1415,13 @@ msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" -"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which" -" screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " +"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " "while installing." -msgstr "Ninguém vai ver todas as telas do instalador mostradas neste manual. As telas que você verá dependem de seu hardware e as escolhas que você faz durante a instalação." +msgstr "" +"Ninguém vai ver todas as telas do instalador mostradas neste manual. As " +"telas que você verá dependem de seu hardware e as escolhas que você faz " +"durante a instalação." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10 @@ -1139,64 +1432,83 @@ msgstr "</note>" #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" -"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." -msgstr "Os textos e imagens deste manual estão disponíveis sob a licença CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" +"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +msgstr "" +"Os textos e imagens deste manual estão disponíveis sob a licença CC BY-SA " +"3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://" +"creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link " -"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link " -"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." -msgstr "Este manual foi produzido com a ajuda de <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> desenvolvido por <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +msgstr "" +"Este manual foi produzido com a ajuda de <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco." +"com\">Calenco CMS</link> desenvolvido por <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc." +"biz\">NeoDoc</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link " -"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation " -"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." -msgstr "Ele foi escrito por voluntários em seu tempo livre. Entre em contato com a <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Equipe de Documentação</link>, se você deseja ajudar a melhorar este manual." +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" +"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" +"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +msgstr "" +"Ele foi escrito por voluntários em seu tempo livre. Entre em contato com a " +"<link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Equipe de " +"Documentação</link>, se você deseja ajudar a melhorar este manual." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 msgid "Congratulations" msgstr "Parabéns" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text #. same day, added "s" to "sytems" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/exitInstall.xml:14 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:21 msgid "" -"You have finished installing and configuring " -"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the " -"installation medium and reboot your computer." -msgstr "Você terminou de instalar e configurar a <application>Mageia</application> e agora é seguro remover a mídia de instalação e reiniciar o seu computador." +"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</" +"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot " +"your computer." +msgstr "" +"Você terminou de instalar e configurar a <application>Mageia</application> e " +"agora é seguro remover a mídia de instalação e reiniciar o seu computador." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:25 msgid "" -"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating" -" systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." -msgstr "Depois de reiniciar, você poderá escolher, na tela do gerenciador de inicialização, entre os sistemas operacionais instalados no seu computador (se você tiver mais de um)." +"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating " +"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." +msgstr "" +"Depois de reiniciar, você poderá escolher, na tela do gerenciador de " +"inicialização, entre os sistemas operacionais instalados no seu computador " +"(se você tiver mais de um)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:28 msgid "" "If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install " "will be automatically selected and started." -msgstr "Se você não ajustar as configurações no Gerenciador de Inicialização, sua instalação Mageia será automaticamente selecionada e iniciada." +msgstr "" +"Se você não ajustar as configurações no Gerenciador de Inicialização, sua " +"instalação Mageia será automaticamente selecionada e iniciada." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:31 @@ -1208,43 +1520,55 @@ msgstr "Divirta-se!" msgid "" "Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to " "Mageia" -msgstr "Visite o site www.mageia.org se você tiver dúvidas ou quiser contribuir para a Mageia." +msgstr "" +"Visite o site www.mageia.org se você tiver dúvidas ou quiser contribuir para " +"a Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:4 msgid "Formatting" msgstr "Formatação" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\"" -" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> " -"</imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:25 msgid "" "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on " "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved." -msgstr "Aqui você pode escolher qual(s) partição(s) que deseja formatar. Quaisquer dados nas partições marcadas para formatação <emphasis>não</emphasis> serão salvos." +msgstr "" +"Aqui você pode escolher qual(s) partição(s) que deseja formatar. Quaisquer " +"dados nas partições marcadas para formatação <emphasis>não</emphasis> serão " +"salvos." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:29 msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted" -msgstr "Normalmente, pelo menos as partições DrakX selecionados precisam ser formatadas." +msgstr "" +"Normalmente, pelo menos as partições DrakX selecionados precisam ser " +"formatadas." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:32 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to " "check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>" -msgstr "Clique em <guibutton>Avançado</guibutton> para escolher as partições que você deseja verificar os chamados <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Clique em <guibutton>Avançado</guibutton> para escolher as partições que " +"você deseja verificar os chamados <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:37 @@ -1253,14 +1577,21 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> " "and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen. " "In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions." -msgstr "Se você não tem certeza de ter feito a escolha certa, você pode clicar em <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton>, novamente em <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> e, em seguida, <guibutton>Personalizar</guibutton> para voltar à tela principal. Nessa tela você pode escolher para ver o que está em suas partições." +msgstr "" +"Se você não tem certeza de ter feito a escolha certa, você pode clicar em " +"<guibutton>Anterior</guibutton>, novamente em <guibutton>Anterior</" +"guibutton> e, em seguida, <guibutton>Personalizar</guibutton> para voltar à " +"tela principal. Nessa tela você pode escolher para ver o que está em suas " +"partições." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:44 msgid "" -"When you are confident about the selection, click on " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue." -msgstr "Quando você estiver confiante em relação a seleção, clique em <guibutton>Próximo</guibutton> para continuar." +"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton> to continue." +msgstr "" +"Quando você estiver confiante em relação a seleção, clique em " +"<guibutton>Próximo</guibutton> para continuar." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:17 @@ -1273,14 +1604,19 @@ msgid "" "Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia " "Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as " "possible." -msgstr "Se você é novo no GNU-Linux ou um usuário experiente, o Instalador da Mageia foi feito para ajudar a fazer sua instalação ou atualização tão fácil quando possível." +msgstr "" +"Se você é novo no GNU-Linux ou um usuário experiente, o Instalador da Mageia " +"foi feito para ajudar a fazer sua instalação ou atualização tão fácil quando " +"possível." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:28 msgid "" "The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will " "start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need." -msgstr "A tela do menu inicial tem várias opções, porém a opção padrão irá iniciar o instalador, que será, normalmente, tudo o que você irá precisar." +msgstr "" +"A tela do menu inicial tem várias opções, porém a opção padrão irá iniciar o " +"instalador, que será, normalmente, tudo o que você irá precisar." #. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:34 @@ -1300,10 +1636,11 @@ msgstr "Aqui é a tela de boas-vindas padrão ao usar um DVD Mageia:" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:40 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> #: en/installer.xml:39 @@ -1314,19 +1651,25 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" #: en/installer.xml:46 msgid "" "From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:" -msgstr "A partir desta primeira tela, é possível definir algumas preferências pessoais:" +msgstr "" +"A partir desta primeira tela, é possível definir algumas preferências " +"pessoais:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:51 msgid "" "The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen " "language for the system) by pressing the key F2" -msgstr "A língua (para apenas a instalação, pode ser diferente, que a língua escolhida para o sistema), pressionando a tecla F2" +msgstr "" +"A língua (para apenas a instalação, pode ser diferente, que a língua " +"escolhida para o sistema), pressionando a tecla F2" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:57 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:62 @@ -1337,15 +1680,20 @@ msgstr "Use as setas para selecionar o idioma e pressione a tecla Enter." #: en/installer.xml:65 msgid "" "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. " -"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue " -"System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware " -"Detection Tool</guilabel>." -msgstr "Aqui está, por exemplo, a tela de boas-vindas francês ao usar um DVD Live/CD. Note que o menu do Live DVD / CD não propõe: <guilabel>Resgate de Sistema</guilabel>, <guilabel>teste de memória</guilabel> e <guilabel> ferramenta de detecção de Hardware</guilabel>." +"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</" +"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection " +"Tool</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Aqui está, por exemplo, a tela de boas-vindas francês ao usar um DVD Live/" +"CD. Note que o menu do Live DVD / CD não propõe: <guilabel>Resgate de " +"Sistema</guilabel>, <guilabel>teste de memória</guilabel> e <guilabel> " +"ferramenta de detecção de Hardware</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:73 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:82 @@ -1354,8 +1702,10 @@ msgstr "Alterar a resolução da tela, pressionando a tecla F3." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:85 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:92 @@ -1368,7 +1718,11 @@ msgid "" "If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one " "of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called " "<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:" -msgstr "Se a instalação falhar, então pode ser necessário tentar de novo utilizando uma das opções adicionais. O menu chamado por F6 exibe uma nova linha chamada <guilabel>opções de inicialização</guilabel> e propor quatro entradas:" +msgstr "" +"Se a instalação falhar, então pode ser necessário tentar de novo utilizando " +"uma das opções adicionais. O menu chamado por F6 exibe uma nova linha " +"chamada <guilabel>opções de inicialização</guilabel> e propor quatro " +"entradas:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:99 @@ -1380,28 +1734,36 @@ msgstr "- Padrão, ele não altera nada nas opções padrão." msgid "" "- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of " "performances." -msgstr "- Configurações Seguras, é dada prioridade às opções mais seguras, em detrimento de performances." +msgstr "" +"- Configurações Seguras, é dada prioridade às opções mais seguras, em " +"detrimento de performances." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:105 msgid "" "- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management " "isn't taken into account." -msgstr "- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), gerenciamento de energia não é levado em conta." +msgstr "" +"- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), gerenciamento de " +"energia não é levado em conta." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:108 msgid "" "- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is " "about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for." -msgstr "- No APIC local (Local avançada Controlador de interrupção programável), trata-se de interrupções de CPU, selecione essa opção se você pediu." +msgstr "" +"- No APIC local (Local avançada Controlador de interrupção programável), " +"trata-se de interrupções de CPU, selecione essa opção se você pediu." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:112 msgid "" "When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options " "displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line." -msgstr "Quando você seleciona uma destas entradas, ele modifica as opções padrão exibido nas <guilabel>opções de inicialização</guilabel> linha." +msgstr "" +"Quando você seleciona uma destas entradas, ele modifica as opções padrão " +"exibido nas <guilabel>opções de inicialização</guilabel> linha." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:116 @@ -1409,12 +1771,17 @@ msgid "" "In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the " "key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, " "however, they are really taken into account." -msgstr "Em alguns lançamentos Mageia, pode acontecer que as entradas selecionadas com a tecla F6 não aparecer nas <guilabel>opções de inicialização</guilabel> linha, no entanto, eles são realmente levados em conta." +msgstr "" +"Em alguns lançamentos Mageia, pode acontecer que as entradas selecionadas " +"com a tecla F6 não aparecer nas <guilabel>opções de inicialização</" +"guilabel> linha, no entanto, eles são realmente levados em conta." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:123 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:130 @@ -1427,12 +1794,17 @@ msgid "" "Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options. Select one with " "the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to " "go back to the welcome screen." -msgstr "Pressionando F1 abre uma nova janela com opções mais disponíveis. Escolha um com as teclas de seta e pressione Enter para ter mais detalhes ou pressione a tecla Esc para voltar para a tela de boas-vindas." +msgstr "" +"Pressionando F1 abre uma nova janela com opções mais disponíveis. Escolha um " +"com as teclas de seta e pressione Enter para ter mais detalhes ou pressione " +"a tecla Esc para voltar para a tela de boas-vindas." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:139 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:146 @@ -1441,12 +1813,18 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options list. " "These options can by added by hand in the <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> " "line." -msgstr "A visão detalhada sobre a opção inicial. Pressione Esc ou selecione <guilabel>Voltar as opções de inicialização</guilabel> para voltar à lista de opções. Essas opções podem por adicionados à mão nas <guilabel>opções de inicialização</guilabel> linha." +msgstr "" +"A visão detalhada sobre a opção inicial. Pressione Esc ou selecione " +"<guilabel>Voltar as opções de inicialização</guilabel> para voltar à lista " +"de opções. Essas opções podem por adicionados à mão nas <guilabel>opções de " +"inicialização</guilabel> linha." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:152 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:160 @@ -1458,17 +1836,22 @@ msgstr "A ajuda é traduzida no idioma escolhido com a tecla F2." msgid "" "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based " "Installation CD (Boot.iso or Boot-Nonfree.iso images):" -msgstr "Aqui é a tela de boas-vindas padrão ao usar um CD de instalação baseado em rede com fio (boot.iso ou Boot-Nonfree.iso imagens):" +msgstr "" +"Aqui é a tela de boas-vindas padrão ao usar um CD de instalação baseado em " +"rede com fio (boot.iso ou Boot-Nonfree.iso imagens):" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:169 msgid "" "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are " "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-" -"based Installation CD, see <link " -"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">the Mageia " -"Wiki</link>" -msgstr "Ele não permite a alteração da língua, as opções disponíveis estão descritos na tela. Para mais informações sobre o uso de um CD de instalação baseada em rede com fio, consulte <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\"> o Mageia Wiki</link>" +"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot." +"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>" +msgstr "" +"Ele não permite a alteração da língua, as opções disponíveis estão descritos " +"na tela. Para mais informações sobre o uso de um CD de instalação baseada em " +"rede com fio, consulte <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot." +"iso_install\"> o Mageia Wiki</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/installer.xml:175 @@ -1478,9 +1861,11 @@ msgstr "O layout do teclado é o americano." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:179 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:186 @@ -1490,24 +1875,30 @@ msgstr "As etapas de instalação" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:189 msgid "" -"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed" -" on the side panel of the screen." -msgstr "O processo de instalação é dividido em um número de passos, o que pode ser seguido no painel lateral da tela." +"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " +"on the side panel of the screen." +msgstr "" +"O processo de instalação é dividido em um número de passos, o que pode ser " +"seguido no painel lateral da tela." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:192 msgid "" -"Each step has one or more screens which may also have " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, " -"options." -msgstr "Cada passo tem uma ou mais telas que também podem ter botões <guibutton>Avançados</guibutton> com opções extras, menos comumente necessárias." +"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" +"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." +msgstr "" +"Cada passo tem uma ou mais telas que também podem ter botões " +"<guibutton>Avançados</guibutton> com opções extras, menos comumente " +"necessárias." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:196 msgid "" "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " "explanations about the current step." -msgstr "A maioria das telas tem botões de <guibutton>Ajuda</guibutton> que contém explicações sobre a etapa atual." +msgstr "" +"A maioria das telas tem botões de <guibutton>Ajuda</guibutton> que contém " +"explicações sobre a etapa atual." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:200 @@ -1517,114 +1908,145 @@ msgid "" "partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your " "computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well " "leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure " -"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys" -" <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " +"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys " +"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot." -msgstr "Se em algum momento durante a instalação, você decidir interromper a instalação, é possível reiniciar, mas por favor, pense duas vezes antes de fazer isso. Uma vez que a partição tenha sido formatada ou atualizações começaram a ser instaladas, o computador não está mais no mesmo estado e reiniciar ele poderá deixá-lo com um sistema inutilizável. Se, apesar disto, você está muito certo de que reiniciar é o que você quer, vá para um terminal de texto e pressione as três teclas <guibutton> Ctrl Alt F2 </guibutton> ao mesmo tempo. Depois disso, pressione <guibutton>Ctrl Alt Delete</guibutton> simultaneamente, para reiniciar." +msgstr "" +"Se em algum momento durante a instalação, você decidir interromper a " +"instalação, é possível reiniciar, mas por favor, pense duas vezes antes de " +"fazer isso. Uma vez que a partição tenha sido formatada ou atualizações " +"começaram a ser instaladas, o computador não está mais no mesmo estado e " +"reiniciar ele poderá deixá-lo com um sistema inutilizável. Se, apesar disto, " +"você está muito certo de que reiniciar é o que você quer, vá para um " +"terminal de texto e pressione as três teclas <guibutton> Ctrl Alt F2 </" +"guibutton> ao mesmo tempo. Depois disso, pressione <guibutton>Ctrl Alt " +"Delete</guibutton> simultaneamente, para reiniciar." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:215 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:214 msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" msgstr "Problemas de Instalação e Possíveis Soluções" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:221 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:220 msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "Sem Interface Gráfica" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:226 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:225 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " "resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt." -msgstr "Após a tela inicial, você não chegou na tela de seleção de idioma. Isto pode acontecer com algumas placas de vídeos e sistemas antigos. Tente usar uma resolução baixa teclando <code>vgalo</code> na tela de prompt (modo-texto)." +msgstr "" +"Após a tela inicial, você não chegou na tela de seleção de idioma. Isto " +"pode acontecer com algumas placas de vídeos e sistemas antigos. Tente usar " +"uma resolução baixa teclando <code>vgalo</code> na tela de prompt (modo-" +"texto)." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:233 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:232 msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " "ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be " -"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit" -" ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." -msgstr "Se o hardware é muito antigo, uma instalação gráfica pode não ser possível. Neste caso, vale a pena tentar uma instalação em modo texto. Para utilizar este bateu ESC na primeira tela de boas-vindas e confirme com ENTER. Você será presenteado com uma tela preta com a palavra \"boot:\". Digite \"texto\" e pressione ENTER. Agora continue com a instalação em modo texto." +"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit " +"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." +msgstr "" +"Se o hardware é muito antigo, uma instalação gráfica pode não ser possível. " +"Neste caso, vale a pena tentar uma instalação em modo texto. Para utilizar " +"este bateu ESC na primeira tela de boas-vindas e confirme com ENTER. Você " +"será presenteado com uma tela preta com a palavra \"boot:\". Digite \"texto" +"\" e pressione ENTER. Agora continue com a instalação em modo texto." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:245 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:244 msgid "The Install Freezes" msgstr "A Instalação Congela" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:248 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:247 msgid "" "If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a " "problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of " "hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type " "<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with " "other options as necessary." -msgstr "Se o sistema parece congelar durante a instalação, isto pode ser um problema com a detecção de hardware. Neste caso, a detecção automática de hardware pode ser ignorada e tratada mais tarde. Para tentar desta forma, tecle <code>noauto</code> no prompt (tela modo-texto). Esta opção pode também ser combinada com outras opções, conforme necessário." +msgstr "" +"Se o sistema parece congelar durante a instalação, isto pode ser um problema " +"com a detecção de hardware. Neste caso, a detecção automática de hardware " +"pode ser ignorada e tratada mais tarde. Para tentar desta forma, tecle " +"<code>noauto</code> no prompt (tela modo-texto). Esta opção pode também ser " +"combinada com outras opções, conforme necessário." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:257 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:256 msgid "RAM problem" msgstr "problema RAM" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:260 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:259 msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " -"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. " -"e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." -msgstr "Estas raramente serão necessárias, mas em alguns casos, o hardware pode relatar a memória RAM disponível de forma incorreta. Para especificar isso manualmente, você pode usar o parâmetro <code>mem=xxxM</code>, onde xxx é o a correta quantidade de RAM. Por exemplo <code>mem=256M</code> irá especificar 256MB de RAM." +"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e." +"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." +msgstr "" +"Estas raramente serão necessárias, mas em alguns casos, o hardware pode " +"relatar a memória RAM disponível de forma incorreta. Para especificar isso " +"manualmente, você pode usar o parâmetro <code>mem=xxxM</code>, onde xxx é o " +"a correta quantidade de RAM. Por exemplo <code>mem=256M</code> irá " +"especificar 256MB de RAM." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:269 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:268 msgid "Dynamic partitions" msgstr "partições dinâmicas" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:272 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:271 msgid "" "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " "on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: " -"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" -"us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" -"us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." -msgstr "Se você converteu seu disco rígido a partir de formato \"básico\" para formato \"dinâmico\" no Microsoft Windows, você deve saber que é impossível instalar Mageia neste disco. Para voltar para um disco básico, consulte a documentação da Microsoft: <link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." +"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx" +"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." +msgstr "" +"Se você converteu seu disco rígido a partir de formato \"básico\" para " +"formato \"dinâmico\" no Microsoft Windows, você deve saber que é impossível " +"instalar Mageia neste disco. Para voltar para um disco básico, consulte a " +"documentação da Microsoft: <link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/" +"library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315." +"aspx</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installUpdates.xml:3 msgid "Updates" msgstr "Atualizações" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" -#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" -#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" -#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" -#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore -#. correct html filename -#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename +#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installUpdates.xml:13 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:19 msgid "" "Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some " "packages will have been updated or improved." -msgstr "Desde que esta versão da <application>Mageia</application> foi lançada, alguns pacotes foram atualizados ou melhorados." +msgstr "" +"Desde que esta versão da <application>Mageia</application> foi lançada, " +"alguns pacotes foram atualizados ou melhorados." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:23 @@ -1632,7 +2054,10 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, " "select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you " "aren't connected to the Internet" -msgstr "Escolha <guilabel>sim</guilabel> se você deseja fazer o download e instalá-los, selecione <guilabel>não</guilabel> se você não quer fazer isso agora, ou se você não estiver conectado à Internet." +msgstr "" +"Escolha <guilabel>sim</guilabel> se você deseja fazer o download e instalá-" +"los, selecione <guilabel>não</guilabel> se você não quer fazer isso agora, " +"ou se você não estiver conectado à Internet." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:28 @@ -1644,55 +2069,73 @@ msgstr "Em seguida, pressione <guibutton>Próximo</guibutton> para continuar." msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "Seleção de Mídia (Nonfree)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the -#. same as for add_supplemental_media) -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html -#. filename was wrong) +#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/media_selection.xml:12 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" -"=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:18 msgid "" "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are " -"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories" -" selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " +"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories " +"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " "the next steps." -msgstr "Aqui você tem uma lista dos repositórios disponíveis. Nem todos os repositórios estarão disponíveis, dependendo do tipo de mídia que você estiver usando para a instalação. A seleção do repositório determinará quais pacotes estarão disponíveis para seleção durante os próximos passos." +msgstr "" +"Aqui você tem uma lista dos repositórios disponíveis. Nem todos os " +"repositórios estarão disponíveis, dependendo do tipo de mídia que você " +"estiver usando para a instalação. A seleção do repositório determinará quais " +"pacotes estarão disponíveis para seleção durante os próximos passos." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:25 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains " "the base of the distribution." -msgstr "O repositório <emphasis>Core</emphasis> não pode ser desabilitado uma vez que ele contém a base da distribuição." +msgstr "" +"O repositório <emphasis>Core</emphasis> não pode ser desabilitado uma vez " +"que ele contém a base da distribuição." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:30 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-" -"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source" -" software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " +"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source " +"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " "nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi " "cards, etc." -msgstr "O repositório <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> inclui pacotes que são gratuitos, isto é. O Mageia pode redistribui-los, mas eles contêm o software de closed-source (daqui o nome - Não-gratuito). Por exemplo este repositório inclui nVidia e o cartão de gráficos ATI motoristas proprietários, firmware de vários cartões WiFi, etc." +msgstr "" +"O repositório <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> inclui pacotes que são " +"gratuitos, isto é. O Mageia pode redistribui-los, mas eles contêm o software " +"de closed-source (daqui o nome - Não-gratuito). Por exemplo este repositório " +"inclui nVidia e o cartão de gráficos ATI motoristas proprietários, firmware " +"de vários cartões WiFi, etc." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:38 msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under" -" a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository " -"is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g." -" Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed" -" to play commercial video DVD, etc." -msgstr "O repositório <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> inclui pacotes distribuídos sob licença livre. O principal critério para colocar pacotes neste repositório é que eles podem infringir patentes e leis de direitos autorais em alguns países, por exemplo, codecs multimídia necessários para reproduzir vários arquivos de áudio/video; pacotes necessários para reproduzir DVD de vídeo comercial, etc." +"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under " +"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is " +"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. " +"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed " +"to play commercial video DVD, etc." +msgstr "" +"O repositório <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> inclui pacotes distribuídos sob " +"licença livre. O principal critério para colocar pacotes neste repositório é " +"que eles podem infringir patentes e leis de direitos autorais em alguns " +"países, por exemplo, codecs multimídia necessários para reproduzir vários " +"arquivos de áudio/video; pacotes necessários para reproduzir DVD de vídeo " +"comercial, etc." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/minimal-install.xml:3 @@ -1703,9 +2146,12 @@ msgstr "Instalação Mínima" #: en/minimal-install.xml:9 msgid "" "You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the " -"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref " -"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." -msgstr "Você pode escolher uma instalação mínima desmarcando todas as seleções na tela Seleção do Grupo de Pacotes, ver <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." +"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" +"xref>." +msgstr "" +"Você pode escolher uma instalação mínima desmarcando todas as seleções na " +"tela Seleção do Grupo de Pacotes, ver <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups" +"\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:10 @@ -1714,14 +2160,22 @@ msgid "" "their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised " "workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package " "Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." -msgstr "A instalação mínima é destinado para aqueles com usos específicos em mente para sua <application>Mageia</application>, como um servidor ou estação de trabalho especializado. Você provavelmente irá utilizar esta opção, combinada com a seleção manual de pacotes, ver <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." +msgstr "" +"A instalação mínima é destinado para aqueles com usos específicos em mente " +"para sua <application>Mageia</application>, como um servidor ou estação de " +"trabalho especializado. Você provavelmente irá utilizar esta opção, " +"combinada com a seleção manual de pacotes, ver <xref linkend=" +"\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:14 msgid "" "If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer " "you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X." -msgstr "Se você escolher esta classe de instalação, em seguida, a próxima tela irá oferecer-lhe alguns pacotes extras úteis para instalar, tais como a documentação e o X." +msgstr "" +"Se você escolher esta classe de instalação, em seguida, a próxima tela irá " +"oferecer-lhe alguns pacotes extras úteis para instalar, tais como a " +"documentação e o X." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/minimal-install.xml:19 @@ -1729,34 +2183,37 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:3 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" msgstr "Resumo de diversos parâmetros" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-) -#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages -#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and -#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph -#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. -#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by -#. linkend="setupBootloader" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, -#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files +#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages +#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and +#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph +#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. +#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:33 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:38 @@ -1765,7 +2222,11 @@ msgid "" "the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the " "settings here and change them if you want after pressing " "<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>." -msgstr "DrakX fez escolhas inteligentes para a configuração do seu sistema, dependendo das escolhas que você fez e sobre o hardware detectado pelo DrakX. Você pode verificar as configurações aqui e alterá-las se você quiser, depois de pressionar <guibutton>Configurar</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"DrakX fez escolhas inteligentes para a configuração do seu sistema, " +"dependendo das escolhas que você fez e sobre o hardware detectado pelo " +"DrakX. Você pode verificar as configurações aqui e alterá-las se você " +"quiser, depois de pressionar <guibutton>Configurar</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:45 @@ -1781,9 +2242,12 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Fuso horário</guilabel>" #: en/misc-params.xml:52 msgid "" "DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. " -"You can change it if needed. See also <xref " -"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" -msgstr "DrakX seleciona um fuso horário para você, dependendo de seu idioma preferido. Você pode mudá-lo se necessário. ver também <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"></xref>" +"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/" +">" +msgstr "" +"DrakX seleciona um fuso horário para você, dependendo de seu idioma " +"preferido. Você pode mudá-lo se necessário. ver também <xref linkend=" +"\"configureTimezoneUTC\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:58 @@ -1795,7 +2259,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>País / Região</guilabel>" msgid "" "If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you " "correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" -msgstr "Se você não está no país selecionado, é muito importante que você corrija a configuração. Ver <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"></xref>" +msgstr "" +"Se você não está no país selecionado, é muito importante que você corrija a " +"configuração. Ver <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:67 @@ -1805,18 +2271,21 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Gerenciador de Inicialização</guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:69 msgid "DrakX has made good choices for the bootloader setting." -msgstr "DrakX fez boas opções para a configuração do gerenciador de inicialização." +msgstr "" +"DrakX fez boas opções para a configuração do gerenciador de inicialização." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:72 msgid "" "Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub and/or Lilo" -msgstr "Não altere nada, a menos que você saiba como configurar o Grub e/ou o Lilo" +msgstr "" +"Não altere nada, a menos que você saiba como configurar o Grub e/ou o Lilo" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:75 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>" -msgstr "Para mais informações, consulte <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"></xref>" +msgstr "" +"Para mais informações, consulte <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:80 @@ -1826,9 +2295,11 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Gerenciamento de usuário</guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:83 msgid "" -"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own " -"<literal>/home</literal> directories." -msgstr "Você pode adicionar usuários extras aqui. Cada um deles irão receber seus próprios diretórios na pasta <literal>/home</literal>." +"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</" +"literal> directories." +msgstr "" +"Você pode adicionar usuários extras aqui. Cada um deles irão receber seus " +"próprios diretórios na pasta <literal>/home</literal>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:89 @@ -1840,14 +2311,19 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Serviços</guilabel>:" msgid "" "System services refer to those small programs which run the background " "(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks." -msgstr "Serviços do sistema referem-se aos pequenos programas que rodam no background (daemons). Esta ferramenta permite habilitar ou desabilitar certas tarefas." +msgstr "" +"Serviços do sistema referem-se aos pequenos programas que rodam no " +"background (daemons). Esta ferramenta permite habilitar ou desabilitar " +"certas tarefas." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:95 msgid "" "You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may " "prevent your computer from operating correctly." -msgstr "Você deve verificar cuidadosamente antes de alterar qualquer coisa aqui - um erro pode impedir o seu computador de funcionar corretamente." +msgstr "" +"Você deve verificar cuidadosamente antes de alterar qualquer coisa aqui - um " +"erro pode impedir o seu computador de funcionar corretamente." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:99 @@ -1869,7 +2345,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Teclado</guilabel>:" msgid "" "This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on " "your location, language or type of keyboard." -msgstr "Isto é onde você configura ou altera o layout do teclado, que vai depender do seu Idioma, localização ou tipo de teclado." +msgstr "" +"Isto é onde você configura ou altera o layout do teclado, que vai depender " +"do seu Idioma, localização ou tipo de teclado." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:119 @@ -1881,7 +2359,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Mouse</guilabel>:" msgid "" "Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs " "etc." -msgstr "Aqui você pode adicionar ou configurar outros dispositivos apontadores, tablets, trackballs, etc" +msgstr "" +"Aqui você pode adicionar ou configurar outros dispositivos apontadores, " +"tablets, trackballs, etc" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:126 @@ -1891,10 +2371,13 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Placa de Som</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:129 msgid "" -"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option" -" to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " +"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option " +"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " "driver for your card, but none of them is the default one." -msgstr "O instalador usa o driver padrão, se há um padrão. A opção para selecionar um driver diferente só é dado quando há mais de um driver para a sua placa, mas nenhum deles é o padrão." +msgstr "" +"O instalador usa o driver padrão, se há um padrão. A opção para selecionar " +"um driver diferente só é dado quando há mais de um driver para a sua placa, " +"mas nenhum deles é o padrão." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:136 @@ -1903,22 +2386,25 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Interface Gráfica</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:139 -msgid "" -"This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." -msgstr "Esta secção permite-lhe configurar sua placa(s) de vídeo(s) e monitores." +msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." +msgstr "" +"Esta secção permite-lhe configurar sua placa(s) de vídeo(s) e monitores." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:142 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>." -msgstr "Para mais informação, consulte <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"></xref>." +msgstr "" +"Para mais informação, consulte <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:148 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:156 @@ -1937,14 +2423,20 @@ msgid "" "drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia " "Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media " "repositories." -msgstr "Você pode configurar a sua rede aqui, mas para cartões de rede com mídias non-free é melhor fazer isto depois que reiniciam, <application>em Centro de Controle Mageia</application>, se você ainda não tiver ativado os repositórios de mídia Nonfree." +msgstr "" +"Você pode configurar a sua rede aqui, mas para cartões de rede com mídias " +"non-free é melhor fazer isto depois que reiniciam, <application>em Centro de " +"Controle Mageia</application>, se você ainda não tiver ativado os " +"repositórios de mídia Nonfree." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:171 msgid "" "When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch " "that interface as well." -msgstr "Quando você adiciona uma placa de rede, não se esqueça de configurar o seu firewall para ver aquela interface também." +msgstr "" +"Quando você adiciona uma placa de rede, não se esqueça de configurar o seu " +"firewall para ver aquela interface também." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:178 @@ -1957,14 +2449,19 @@ msgid "" "A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider " "internet. This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a " "proxy service." -msgstr "Um Servidor Proxy atua como um intermediário entre o computador e a Internet. Esta secção permite-lhe configurar o computador para utilizar um serviço proxy." +msgstr "" +"Um Servidor Proxy atua como um intermediário entre o computador e a " +"Internet. Esta secção permite-lhe configurar o computador para utilizar um " +"serviço proxy." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:185 msgid "" -"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you" -" need to enter here" -msgstr "Você pode precisar consultar o seu administrador de sistemas para obter os parâmetros que você precisa inserir aqui." +"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you " +"need to enter here" +msgstr "" +"Você pode precisar consultar o seu administrador de sistemas para obter os " +"parâmetros que você precisa inserir aqui." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:194 @@ -1979,9 +2476,11 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Nível de Segurança</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:202 msgid "" -"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default" -" setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." -msgstr "Aqui você define o Nível de Segurança para seu computador, na maioria dos casos, a configuração padrão (Standard) é adequada para uso geral." +"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default " +"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." +msgstr "" +"Aqui você define o Nível de Segurança para seu computador, na maioria dos " +"casos, a configuração padrão (Standard) é adequada para uso geral." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:206 @@ -1998,50 +2497,62 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Firewall</guilabel>:" msgid "" "A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the " "rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it." -msgstr "Um firewall pretende ser uma barreira entre seus dados importantes e os patifes lá fora, na internet, que possam comprometer ou roubar eles." +msgstr "" +"Um firewall pretende ser uma barreira entre seus dados importantes e os " +"patifes lá fora, na internet, que possam comprometer ou roubar eles." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:217 msgid "" "Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your " "selections will depend on what you use your computer for." -msgstr "Selecione os serviços que você deseja que tenha acesso ao seu sistema. Suas opções vão depender de para que você usa seu computador." +msgstr "" +"Selecione os serviços que você deseja que tenha acesso ao seu sistema. Suas " +"opções vão depender de para que você usa seu computador." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:222 msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky." -msgstr "Ter em mente que permitir tudo (sem firewall) pode ser muito arriscado." +msgstr "" +"Ter em mente que permitir tudo (sem firewall) pode ser muito arriscado." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16 msgid "" "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " "partition" -msgstr "Redimensionar <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partição" +msgstr "" +"Redimensionar <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" +"application> partição" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20 msgid "" -"You have more than one " -"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition. " -"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing " -"<application>Mageia</application>." -msgstr "Você tem mais de uma partição <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>. Escolha qual deve ser feita menor para dar espaço para a instalação do <application>Mageia</application>." +"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" +"application> partition. Choose which one should be made smaller to make " +"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>." +msgstr "" +"Você tem mais de uma partição <application>Windows<superscript>®</" +"superscript></application>. Escolha qual deve ser feita menor para dar " +"espaço para a instalação do <application>Mageia</application>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/securityLevel.xml:12 msgid "Security Level" msgstr "Nível de Segurança" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/securityLevel.xml:19 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:24 @@ -2052,574 +2563,631 @@ msgstr "Você pode ajustar o seu nível de segurança aqui." #: en/securityLevel.xml:27 msgid "" "Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose." -msgstr "Deixe as configurações padrão como estão, se você não sabe o que escolher." +msgstr "" +"Deixe as configurações padrão como estão, se você não sabe o que escolher." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:30 msgid "" "After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings " "in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center." -msgstr "Após a instalação, sempre será possível ajustar as configurações de segurança na aba <guilabel>Segurança</guilabel> do Centro de Controle Mageia." +msgstr "" +"Após a instalação, sempre será possível ajustar as configurações de " +"segurança na aba <guilabel>Segurança</guilabel> do Centro de Controle Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:5 msgid "Select and use ISOs" msgstr "Selecionar e usar ISOs" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:8 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:9 msgid "Media" msgstr "mídia" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:11 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:12 msgid "Definition" msgstr "definição" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:13 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:14 msgid "" "Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to " "install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO " "file is copied to." -msgstr "Aqui, um meio (plural: mídia) é um arquivo de imagem ISO que permite que você instale e / ou atualizar Mageia e, por extensão, qualquer suporte físico do arquivo ISO é copiado para." +msgstr "" +"Aqui, um meio (plural: mídia) é um arquivo de imagem ISO que permite que " +"você instale e / ou atualizar Mageia e, por extensão, qualquer suporte " +"físico do arquivo ISO é copiado para." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:18 msgid "" -"You can find them <link " -"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">here</link>." -msgstr "Você pode encontrá-los <link ns4:href=\"http: //www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">aqui</link>." +"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" +"\">here</link>." +msgstr "" +"Você pode encontrá-los <link ns4:href=\"http: //www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" +"\">aqui</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:21 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:22 msgid "Classical installation media" msgstr "Classical installation media" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:24 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:92 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:199 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:25 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:94 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:200 msgid "Common features" msgstr "características comuns" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:29 msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx." msgstr "Estas ISOs usar o instalador tradicional chamado DrakX." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:34 msgid "" "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." -msgstr "Eles são capazes de fazer uma instalação limpa ou uma atualização de versões anteriores." +msgstr "" +"Eles são capazes de fazer uma instalação limpa ou uma atualização de versões " +"anteriores." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:39 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:41 msgid "DVD" msgstr "DVD" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:45 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." msgstr "Diferentes meios para arquitetura de 32 ou 64 bits." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:49 msgid "" "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " "Hardware Detection Tool." -msgstr "Algumas ferramentas estão disponíveis na tela de boas-vindas: Resgatar Sistema, teste de memória, hardware ferramenta de detecção." +msgstr "" +"Algumas ferramentas estão disponíveis na tela de boas-vindas: Resgatar " +"Sistema, teste de memória, hardware ferramenta de detecção." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:54 msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages." msgstr "Cada DVD contém muitos ambientes de trabalho disponíveis e idiomas." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:59 msgid "" "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software." -msgstr "Você vai ser dada a opção durante a instalação para adicionar software non free." +msgstr "" +"Você vai ser dada a opção durante a instalação para adicionar software non " +"free." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:66 msgid "DVD dual arch" msgstr "DVD dual arch" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:70 msgid "" "Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made " "automatically according to the detected CPU." -msgstr "Ambas as arquitecturas estão presentes na mesma forma, a escolha é feita automaticamente de acordo com a CPU detectada." +msgstr "" +"Ambas as arquitecturas estão presentes na mesma forma, a escolha é feita " +"automaticamente de acordo com a CPU detectada." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:75 msgid "Uses Xfce desktop only." msgstr "Usa apenas a área de trabalho Xfce." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:79 msgid "" "Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, " "pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED!" -msgstr "Nem todos os idiomas estão disponíveis. (BE, BG, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, PL, PT, ru, sv, uk) que serão verificados!" +msgstr "" +"Nem todos os idiomas estão disponíveis. (BE, BG, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, " +"PL, PT, ru, sv, uk) que serão verificados!" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:84 msgid "It contains non free software." msgstr "Contém software non free." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:89 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:91 msgid "Live media" msgstr "Mídia Live" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:98 msgid "" "Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and " "optionally install Mageia on to your HDD." -msgstr "Pode ser usado para visualizar a distribuição sem instalá-lo em um disco rígido, e, opcionalmente, instalar Mageia no seu HDD." +msgstr "" +"Pode ser usado para visualizar a distribuição sem instalá-lo em um disco " +"rígido, e, opcionalmente, instalar Mageia no seu HDD." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." msgstr "Cada ISO contém apenas um ambiente de desktop (KDE ou GNOME)." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:218 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:108 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:172 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:190 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:220 msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures." msgstr "Mídias diferentes para arquiteturas 32 ou 64 bit." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:112 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " -"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous " -"releases.</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs só pode ser usado para criar instalações limpas, elas não podem ser usadas para atualizar a partir de versões anteriores.</emphasis>" +"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs só pode ser usado para criar instalações " +"limpas, elas não podem ser usadas para atualizar a partir de versões " +"anteriores.</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:118 msgid "They contain non free software." msgstr "Contém software não-livre." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:123 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:124 msgid "Live CD KDE" msgstr "Live CD KDE" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:128 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:164 msgid "KDE desktop environment only." msgstr "Ambiente de desktop KDE apenas." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:222 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:132 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:150 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:224 msgid "English language only." msgstr "Idioma Inglês apenas." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:136 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:154 msgid "32 bit only." msgstr "Apenas 32 bit." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:141 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:142 msgid "Live CD GNOME" msgstr "Live CD GNOME" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:146 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:182 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." msgstr "Ambiente destop GNOME apenas." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:159 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:160 msgid "Live DVD KDE" msgstr "Live DVD KDE" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:168 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:186 msgid "All languages are present." msgstr "Todas as línguas estão presente." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:177 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:178 msgid "Live DVD GNOME" msgstr "Live DVD GNOME" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:196 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:197 msgid "Boot-only CD media" msgstr "Mídia em CD apenas para boot." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:204 msgid "" -"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to" -" start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other " -"packages that are needed to continue and complete the install. These " -"packages may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or" -" on the Internet." -msgstr "Cada um é uma pequena imagem que não contém mais do que aquilo que é necessário para iniciar o instalador DrakX e encontrar DrakX-installer-stage2 e outros pacotes que são necessários para continuar e concluir a instalação. Estes pacotes podem ser no disco rígido do PC, em uma unidade local, em uma rede local ou na Internet." +"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " +"start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages " +"that are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be " +"on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the Internet." +msgstr "" +"Cada um é uma pequena imagem que não contém mais do que aquilo que é " +"necessário para iniciar o instalador DrakX e encontrar DrakX-installer-" +"stage2 e outros pacotes que são necessários para continuar e concluir a " +"instalação. Estes pacotes podem ser no disco rígido do PC, em uma unidade " +"local, em uma rede local ou na Internet." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:212 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:213 msgid "" "These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when " "bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a " "PC that can't boot from a USB stick." -msgstr "Estes meios são muito leves (menos de 100 MB) e são convenientes quando a largura de banda é muito baixo para baixar um DVD completo, um PC sem um drive de DVD ou um PC que não pode arrancar a partir de um stick USB." +msgstr "" +"Estes meios são muito leves (menos de 100 MB) e são convenientes quando a " +"largura de banda é muito baixo para baixar um DVD completo, um PC sem um " +"drive de DVD ou um PC que não pode arrancar a partir de um stick USB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:228 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:230 msgid "boot.iso" msgstr "boot.iso" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:232 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:234 msgid "" "Contains only free software, for those people who refuse to use non-free " "software." -msgstr "Contém apenas software livre, para aqueles que rejeitam software não-livre." +msgstr "" +"Contém apenas software livre, para aqueles que rejeitam software não-livre." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:239 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" msgstr "boot-nonfree.iso" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:243 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:245 msgid "" "Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " "it." -msgstr "Contém software não-livre (na maior parte drivers, codecs...) para quem precisa." +msgstr "" +"Contém software não-livre (na maior parte drivers, codecs...) para quem " +"precisa." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:252 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:254 msgid "Downloading and Checking Media" msgstr "Baixando e verificando mídia." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:255 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "Downloading" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:259 msgid "" -"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or" -" BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the" -" mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If " +"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or " +"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the " +"mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If " "http is chosen, you may also see something like" -msgstr "Depois de ter escolhido o seu arquivo ISO, você pode baixá-lo usando http ou BitTorrent. Em ambos os casos, uma janela dá-lhe algumas informações, como o espelho em uso e a possibilidade de mudar, se a largura de banda é baixa. Se http for escolhido, você também pode ver algo como" +msgstr "" +"Depois de ter escolhido o seu arquivo ISO, você pode baixá-lo usando http ou " +"BitTorrent. Em ambos os casos, uma janela dá-lhe algumas informações, como o " +"espelho em uso e a possibilidade de mudar, se a largura de banda é baixa. Se " +"http for escolhido, você também pode ver algo como" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:264 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:266 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:269 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:271 msgid "" "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of " -"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the" -" file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " +"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " +"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " "number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " "downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a " "failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download.Then this " "window appears:" -msgstr "md5sum e sha1sum são ferramentas para verificar a integridade ISO. Usar apenas uma delas. Ambos os números hexadecimais foram calculadas por um algoritmo do arquivo a ser baixado. Quando você pergunta a esses algoritmos para recalcular esse número com o arquivo baixado, ou você tem o mesmo número e seu arquivo baixado está correto, ou o número é diferente e você tem uma falha. Uma falha infere que você deve repetir a download.Then esta janela será exibida:" +msgstr "" +"md5sum e sha1sum são ferramentas para verificar a integridade ISO. Usar " +"apenas uma delas. Ambos os números hexadecimais foram calculadas por um " +"algoritmo do arquivo a ser baixado. Quando você pergunta a esses algoritmos " +"para recalcular esse número com o arquivo baixado, ou você tem o mesmo " +"número e seu arquivo baixado está correto, ou o número é diferente e você " +"tem uma falha. Uma falha infere que você deve repetir a download.Then esta " +"janela será exibida:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:278 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:280 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png \" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:283 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:285 msgid "Check the radio button Save File." msgstr "Marque Salvar arquivo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:287 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 msgid "Checking the downloaded media integrity" msgstr "Verificando a integridade de mídia baixada" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291 msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:" msgstr "Abra um console, não há necessidade de ser root, e:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:293 msgid "" -"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum " -"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." -msgstr "- Para usar o md5sum, digite: [sam@localhost] $ <userinput>md5sum caminho/para/o/image/file.iso</userinput>." +"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/" +"file.iso</userinput>." +msgstr "" +"- Para usar o md5sum, digite: [sam@localhost] $ <userinput>md5sum caminho/" +"para/o/image/file.iso</userinput>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:294 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:296 msgid "" -"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum " -"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." -msgstr "- Para usar sha1sum, digite: [padula@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum caminho/para/o/image/file.iso</userinput>." +"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/" +"image/file.iso</userinput>." +msgstr "" +"- Para usar sha1sum, digite: [padula@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum caminho/" +"para/o/image/file.iso</userinput>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:297 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 msgid "" -"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a" -" while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" -msgstr "e comparar o número obtido em seu computador (você pode ter que esperar por um tempo) com o número dado pelo Mageia. exemplo:" +"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " +"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" +msgstr "" +"e comparar o número obtido em seu computador (você pode ter que esperar por " +"um tempo) com o número dado pelo Mageia. exemplo:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:301 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:303 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:311 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313 msgid "Burn or dump the ISO" msgstr "Queimar ou despejar a ISO" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:315 msgid "" "The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB stick. " "These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a boot-able medium." -msgstr "A ISO verificado agora pode ser gravado em um CD ou DVD ou jogados para um stick USB. Estas operações não são uma cópia simples e visam tornar um meio de inicialização-poder." +msgstr "" +"A ISO verificado agora pode ser gravado em um CD ou DVD ou jogados para um " +"stick USB. Estas operações não são uma cópia simples e visam tornar um meio " +"de inicialização-poder." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:318 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:320 msgid "Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD" msgstr "Gravando a ISO para o CD/DVD" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:320 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:322 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly " "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " -"not correct. There is more information in <link " -"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia" -" wiki</link>." -msgstr "Use o queimador que você deseja, mas assegurar o dispositivo de gravação está definido corretamente para <emphasis role=\"bold\">gravar uma imagem</emphasis>, gravar arquivos de dados ou não está correto. Há mais informações em <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">wiki Mageia</link>." +"not correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki." +"mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +msgstr "" +"Use o queimador que você deseja, mas assegurar o dispositivo de gravação " +"está definido corretamente para <emphasis role=\"bold\">gravar uma imagem</" +"emphasis>, gravar arquivos de dados ou não está correto. Há mais informações " +"em <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images" +"\">wiki Mageia</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:326 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:329 msgid "Dump the ISO to a USB stick" msgstr "Despejar a ISO para um pendrive USB " #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:328 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:331 msgid "" "All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick " "and then use it to boot and install the system." -msgstr "Todas as ISOs Mageia são híbridos, o que significa que você pode 'despejar' los para um stick USB e usá-lo para inicializar e instalar o sistema." +msgstr "" +"Todas as ISOs Mageia são híbridos, o que significa que você pode 'despejar' " +"los para um stick USB e usá-lo para inicializar e instalar o sistema." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:332 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335 msgid "" "\"dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system " "on the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will " "be reduced to the image size." -msgstr "o \"dumping\" uma imagem em um dispositivo flash destrói qualquer sistema de arquivo anterior no dispositivo; quaisquer outros dados serão perdidos e a capacidade de separação irá ser reduzida ao tamanho da imagem." +msgstr "" +"o \"dumping\" uma imagem em um dispositivo flash destrói qualquer sistema de " +"arquivo anterior no dispositivo; quaisquer outros dados serão perdidos e a " +"capacidade de separação irá ser reduzida ao tamanho da imagem." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:337 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:340 msgid "To recover the original capacity, you must re-format the USB stick." -msgstr "Para recuperar a capacidade original, você deve re-formatar o pendrive USB." +msgstr "" +"Para recuperar a capacidade original, você deve re-formatar o pendrive USB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:340 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:344 msgid "Using Mageia" msgstr "Usando Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:342 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:346 msgid "" -"You can use a graphical tool like <link " -"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" -msgstr "Você pode usar uma ferramenta gráfica como <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" +"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" +msgstr "" +"Você pode usar uma ferramenta gráfica como <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki." +"mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:344 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:348 msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" msgstr "Você também pode usar a ferramenta dd em um console:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:348 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 msgid "Open a console" msgstr "Abra um console" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:356 msgid "" "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the " "final '-' )" -msgstr "Torne-se root com o comando <userinput>su -</userinput> (não se esqueça a final '-')" +msgstr "" +"Torne-se root com o comando <userinput>su -</userinput> (não se esqueça a " +"final '-')" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:360 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata contentwidth=\"650\" fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png \" /> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 msgid "" "Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any " "application or file manager that could access or read it)" -msgstr "Conecte seu cartão USB (não montá-lo, isso também significa não abrir qualquer aplicativo ou gerenciador de arquivos que podem acessar ou lê-lo)" +msgstr "" +"Conecte seu cartão USB (não montá-lo, isso também significa não abrir " +"qualquer aplicativo ou gerenciador de arquivos que podem acessar ou lê-lo)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:373 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" msgstr "Digite o comando <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:376 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 msgid "" "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " "in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." -msgstr "Encontre o nome do dispositivo para o seu pendrive USB (pelo seu tamanho), por exemplo, /dev/sdb na imagem acima, é um pendrive USB de 8Gb." +msgstr "" +"Encontre o nome do dispositivo para o seu pendrive USB (pelo seu tamanho), " +"por exemplo, /dev/sdb na imagem acima, é um pendrive USB de 8Gb." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:389 msgid "" "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX " "bs=1M</userinput>" -msgstr "Entre cm o comando: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX bs=1M</userinput>" +msgstr "" +"Entre cm o comando: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX " +"bs=1M</userinput>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc" msgstr "Onde X= nome do dispositivo, por exemplo: /dev/sdc" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:387 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:394 msgid "" -"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso " -"of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" -msgstr "Exemplo: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" +"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/" +"dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" +msgstr "" +"Exemplo: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/" +"dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:400 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" msgstr "Digite o comando: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" msgstr "Desplugue o seu pendrive USB, depois de feito" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:402 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:410 msgid "Using Windows" msgstr "usando o Windows" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:412 msgid "You could try:" msgstr "Você poderia tentar:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:406 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:414 msgid "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:408 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 msgid "" "- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " "Disk Imager</link>" -msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 Disk Imager</link>" +msgstr "" +"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " +"Disk Imager</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:425 msgid "Mageia Installation" msgstr "Instalação Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:427 msgid "" -"This step is detailed in <link " -"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">the Mageia documentation</link>." -msgstr "Este passo é descrito em <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">a documentação Mageia</link>." +"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" +"\">the Mageia documentation</link>." +msgstr "" +"Este passo é descrito em <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">a " +"documentação Mageia</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:430 msgid "" -"More information is available in <link " -"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia " -"wiki</link>." -msgstr "Mais informações estão disponíveis em <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">Mageia wiki</link>." +"More information is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +msgstr "" +"Mais informações estão disponíveis em <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia." +"org/en/Category:Documentation\">Mageia wiki</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:13 msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "Selecione seu país / região" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectCountry.xml:21 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:27 @@ -2627,14 +3195,19 @@ msgid "" "Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, " "like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country " "can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network." -msgstr "Selecione seu país ou região. Isso é importante para todos os tipos de configurações, como a moeda e domínio regulador do wireless. Definir o país errado pode levar a não ser capaz de usar uma rede sem fio." +msgstr "" +"Selecione seu país ou região. Isso é importante para todos os tipos de " +"configurações, como a moeda e domínio regulador do wireless. Definir o país " +"errado pode levar a não ser capaz de usar uma rede sem fio." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:32 msgid "" -"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other " -"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." -msgstr "Se o seu país não está na lista, clique no botão <guilabel>Outros Países</guilabel> e escolha seu país / região lá." +"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</" +"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." +msgstr "" +"Se o seu país não está na lista, clique no botão <guilabel>Outros Países</" +"guilabel> e escolha seu país / região lá." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:37 @@ -2643,7 +3216,11 @@ msgid "" "after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the " "first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real " "choice." -msgstr "Se o seu país está apenas na lista <guilabel>Outros Países</guilabel>, depois de clicar <guibutton>OK</guibutton> pode parecer um país de uma primeira lista foi escolhida. Por favor, ignore isso, o DrakX seguirá sua escolha real." +msgstr "" +"Se o seu país está apenas na lista <guilabel>Outros Países</guilabel>, " +"depois de clicar <guibutton>OK</guibutton> pode parecer um país de uma " +"primeira lista foi escolhida. Por favor, ignore isso, o DrakX seguirá sua " +"escolha real." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:46 @@ -2654,14 +3231,23 @@ msgstr "Método de entrada" #: en/selectCountry.xml:49 msgid "" "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " -"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input" -" multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " +"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input " +"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " "default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-" -"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method" -" so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input " -"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be " -"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." -msgstr "Na tela <guilabel>Outros Países</guilabel> você também pode selecionar um método de entrada (na parte inferior da lista). Métodos de entrada permitem a entrada de caracteres multilíngues (chinês, japonês, coreano, etc). IBus é o método de entrada padrão nos DVDs e nos live-CDs da Mageia para a África/Índia e Ásia/no-Índia. Para idiomas asiáticos e africanos, o IBus será definido como método de entrada padrão para que os usuários não precisem configurá-lo manualmente. Outros métodos de entrada (SCIM, gcin, HIME, etc) também oferecem funções semelhantes e podem ser instalados se você adicionou as mídias HTTP/FTP antes da seleção do pacote." +"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method " +"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, " +"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you " +"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." +msgstr "" +"Na tela <guilabel>Outros Países</guilabel> você também pode selecionar um " +"método de entrada (na parte inferior da lista). Métodos de entrada permitem " +"a entrada de caracteres multilíngues (chinês, japonês, coreano, etc). IBus é " +"o método de entrada padrão nos DVDs e nos live-CDs da Mageia para a África/" +"Índia e Ásia/no-Índia. Para idiomas asiáticos e africanos, o IBus será " +"definido como método de entrada padrão para que os usuários não precisem " +"configurá-lo manualmente. Outros métodos de entrada (SCIM, gcin, HIME, etc) " +"também oferecem funções semelhantes e podem ser instalados se você adicionou " +"as mídias HTTP/FTP antes da seleção do pacote." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:61 @@ -2669,7 +3255,11 @@ msgid "" "If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it " "after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> " "\"System\", or by running localedrake as root." -msgstr "Se você perdeu a configuração do método de entrada durante a instalação, você pode acessá-lo depois de inicializar o sistema instalado, acessando \"Configure seu Computador\" -> \"Sistema\", ou executando localedrake (gerenciador de localização/idiomas) como root." +msgstr "" +"Se você perdeu a configuração do método de entrada durante a instalação, " +"você pode acessá-lo depois de inicializar o sistema instalado, acessando " +"\"Configure seu Computador\" -> \"Sistema\", ou executando localedrake " +"(gerenciador de localização/idiomas) como root." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21 @@ -2679,9 +3269,11 @@ msgstr "Instalar ou atualizar" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32 @@ -2692,7 +3284,9 @@ msgstr "Instalar" #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34 msgid "" "Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation." -msgstr "Utilize esta opção para uma nova instalação <application>Mageia</application>. ." +msgstr "" +"Utilize esta opção para uma nova instalação <application>Mageia</" +"application>. ." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39 @@ -2705,7 +3299,10 @@ msgid "" "If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on " "your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the " "latest release." -msgstr "Se você tiver um ou mais <application>Mageia</application> instalações em seu sistema, o instalador irá permitir que você atualize um deles para a versão mais recente." +msgstr "" +"Se você tiver um ou mais <application>Mageia</application> instalações em " +"seu sistema, o instalador irá permitir que você atualize um deles para a " +"versão mais recente." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45 @@ -2713,31 +3310,50 @@ msgid "" "Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still " "supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been " "thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already " -"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do" -" a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." -msgstr "Só atualizando a partir de uma versão anterior que Mageia<emphasis>ainda suportado</emphasis> quando a versão deste instalador foi lançado, foi exaustivamente testado. Se você deseja atualizar uma versão Mageia que já tinha chegado ao fim\tof da vida quando este foi lançado, então é melhor fazer uma instalação limpa, preservando o sua partição <literal>/home</literal>." +"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do " +"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." +msgstr "" +"Só atualizando a partir de uma versão anterior que Mageia<emphasis>ainda " +"suportado</emphasis> quando a versão deste instalador foi lançado, foi " +"exaustivamente testado. Se você deseja atualizar uma versão Mageia que já " +"tinha chegado ao fim\tof da vida quando este foi lançado, então é melhor " +"fazer uma instalação limpa, preservando o sua partição <literal>/home</" +"literal>." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56 msgid "" "If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to " -"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been" -" formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " +"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been " +"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " "the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an " -"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you" -" want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." -msgstr "Se durante a instalação você decidir interromper a instalação, é possível reiniciar, mas por favor, pense duas vezes antes de fazer isso. Uma vez que a partição tenha sido formatada ou atualizações começaram a ser instaladas, o computador não estará mais no mesmo estado e reiniciar ele poderia muito bem deixá-lo com um sistema inutilizável. Se, apesar isso, você está muito certo de você quer reiniciar, vá para um terminal de texto, pressione as três teclas <guilabel>Alt Ctrl F2</guilabel>, ao mesmo tempo. Depois disso, pressione <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</guilabel> simultaneamente para reiniciar." +"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you " +"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</" +"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." +msgstr "" +"Se durante a instalação você decidir interromper a instalação, é possível " +"reiniciar, mas por favor, pense duas vezes antes de fazer isso. Uma vez que " +"a partição tenha sido formatada ou atualizações começaram a ser instaladas, " +"o computador não estará mais no mesmo estado e reiniciar ele poderia muito " +"bem deixá-lo com um sistema inutilizável. Se, apesar isso, você está muito " +"certo de você quer reiniciar, vá para um terminal de texto, pressione as " +"três teclas <guilabel>Alt Ctrl F2</guilabel>, ao mesmo tempo. Depois disso, " +"pressione <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</guilabel> simultaneamente para " +"reiniciar." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67 msgid "" -"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you" -" can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " -"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do " -"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install." -msgstr "Se você descobriu que você esqueceu de selecionar um idioma adicional, você pode retornar a partir da tela \"Instalar ou Atualizar\" para a tela de escolha de idioma pressionando <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. <emphasis>Não</emphasis> faça isso mais tarde na instalação." +"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you " +"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " +"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</" +"emphasis> do this later in the install." +msgstr "" +"Se você descobriu que você esqueceu de selecionar um idioma adicional, você " +"pode retornar a partir da tela \"Instalar ou Atualizar\" para a tela de " +"escolha de idioma pressionando <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. " +"<emphasis>Não</emphasis> faça isso mais tarde na instalação." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 @@ -2749,43 +3365,59 @@ msgstr "Teclado" msgid "" "DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable " "keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout." -msgstr "DrakX seleciona um teclado adequado ao seu idioma. Se nenhum teclado adequado for encontrado, ele será o padrão para um layout de teclado dos EUA." +msgstr "" +"DrakX seleciona um teclado adequado ao seu idioma. Se nenhum teclado " +"adequado for encontrado, ele será o padrão para um layout de teclado dos EUA." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\"" -" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center\" " +"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30 msgid "" "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. " -"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications" -" that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a" -" label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " -"<link " -"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" -msgstr "Certifique-se que a seleção está correta ou escolha outro layout de teclado. Se você não sabe qual o layout do seu teclado possui, procure nas especificações que acompanham o sistema ou peça ao fornecedor do computador. Pode até haver uma etiqueta no teclado que identifica o layout. Você também pode procurar aqui:<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications " +"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a " +"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " +"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en." +"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +msgstr "" +"Certifique-se que a seleção está correta ou escolha outro layout de teclado. " +"Se você não sabe qual o layout do seu teclado possui, procure nas " +"especificações que acompanham o sistema ou peça ao fornecedor do computador. " +"Pode até haver uma etiqueta no teclado que identifica o layout. Você também " +"pode procurar aqui:<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/" +"Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40 msgid "" -"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on " -"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard " -"there." -msgstr "Se o seu teclado não está na lista exibida, clique em <guibutton>Mais</guibutton> para obter uma lista completa, e selecionar o seu teclado lá." +"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</" +"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there." +msgstr "" +"Se o seu teclado não está na lista exibida, clique em <guibutton>Mais</" +"guibutton> para obter uma lista completa, e selecionar o seu teclado lá." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45 msgid "" "After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, " -"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though" -" a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " +"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though " +"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " "and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the " "full list." -msgstr "Depois de escolher um teclado a partir do diálogo <guibutton>Mais</guibutton>, você vai voltar para a primeira caixa de diálogo de escolha do teclado e vai parecer que um teclado daquela tela foi escolhido. Você pode ignorar esta anomalia e continuar a instalação: O teclado é aquele que você escolheu da lista completa." +msgstr "" +"Depois de escolher um teclado a partir do diálogo <guibutton>Mais</" +"guibutton>, você vai voltar para a primeira caixa de diálogo de escolha do " +"teclado e vai parecer que um teclado daquela tela foi escolhido. Você pode " +"ignorar esta anomalia e continuar a instalação: O teclado é aquele que você " +"escolheu da lista completa." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55 @@ -2793,7 +3425,10 @@ msgid "" "If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an " "extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin " "and non-Latin keyboard layouts" -msgstr "Se você escolher um teclado baseado em caracteres não latinos, você verá uma tela de diálogo extra perguntando como você prefere alternar entre os layouts de teclados latinos e não latinos." +msgstr "" +"Se você escolher um teclado baseado em caracteres não latinos, você verá uma " +"tela de diálogo extra perguntando como você prefere alternar entre os " +"layouts de teclados latinos e não latinos." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:23 @@ -2806,38 +3441,52 @@ msgid "" "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " "the installation and for your installed system." -msgstr "Selecione o seu idioma preferido, pela primeira ampliação da lista para o seu continente. A <application>Mageia</application> irá utilizar essa seleção durante a instalação e para o sistema instalado." +msgstr "" +"Selecione o seu idioma preferido, pela primeira ampliação da lista para o " +"seu continente. A <application>Mageia</application> irá utilizar essa " +"seleção durante a instalação e para o sistema instalado." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 msgid "" "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " -"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be" -" difficult to add extra language support after installation." -msgstr "Se é provável que você vai exigir vários idiomas instalado em seu sistema, para si ou para outros usuários, então você deve usar o botão <guibutton>Múltiplas linguagens</guibutton> para adicioná-los agora. Vai ser difícil adicionar o suporte a idiomas adicionais após a instalação." +"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be " +"difficult to add extra language support after installation." +msgstr "" +"Se é provável que você vai exigir vários idiomas instalado em seu sistema, " +"para si ou para outros usuários, então você deve usar o botão " +"<guibutton>Múltiplas linguagens</guibutton> para adicioná-los agora. Vai ser " +"difícil adicionar o suporte a idiomas adicionais após a instalação." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"" -" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 msgid "" -"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them" -" as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " +"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " +"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " "marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ." -msgstr "Mesmo se você escolher mais de um idioma, você deve primeiro escolher um deles como seu idioma preferido na primeira tela de idiomas. Também será marcado como escolhido na tela de múltiplos idiomas." +msgstr "" +"Mesmo se você escolher mais de um idioma, você deve primeiro escolher um " +"deles como seu idioma preferido na primeira tela de idiomas. Também será " +"marcado como escolhido na tela de múltiplos idiomas." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 msgid "" "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." -msgstr "Se o idioma do teclado não é o mesmo que o seu idioma preferido, então é aconselhável instalar o idioma do teclado também." +msgstr "" +"Se o idioma do teclado não é o mesmo que o seu idioma preferido, então é " +"aconselhável instalar o idioma do teclado também." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 @@ -2845,52 +3494,66 @@ msgid "" "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " "\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " "language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." -msgstr "A Mageia usa UTF-8 (Unicode) por padrão. Isso pode ser desativado na tela \"múltiplas linguagens\" se você sabe que é inadequado para o seu idioma. A desativação do UTF-8 se aplicada a todos os idiomas instalados." +msgstr "" +"A Mageia usa UTF-8 (Unicode) por padrão. Isso pode ser desativado na tela " +"\"múltiplas linguagens\" se você sabe que é inadequado para o seu idioma. A " +"desativação do UTF-8 se aplicada a todos os idiomas instalados." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 msgid "" "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " "Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." -msgstr "Você pode alterar o idioma do seu sistema após a instalação no Centro de Controle Mageia -> Sistema -> Gerenciar Localização para o seu Sistema." +msgstr "" +"Você pode alterar o idioma do seu sistema após a instalação no Centro de " +"Controle Mageia -> Sistema -> Gerenciar Localização para o seu Sistema." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectMouse.xml:4 msgid "Select mouse" msgstr "Selecione o mouse" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right -#. place -#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place +#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectMouse.xml:16 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"selectMouse-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"selectMouse-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:23 msgid "" "If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a " "different one here." -msgstr "Se você não está feliz com a forma como o mouse responde, você pode selecionar um diferente aqui." +msgstr "" +"Se você não está feliz com a forma como o mouse responde, você pode " +"selecionar um diferente aqui." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:25 msgid "" -"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB " -"mice</guilabel> is a good choice." -msgstr "Geralmente, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - Qualquer <guilabel>mouse PS/2 ou USB</guilabel> é uma boa escolha." +"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</" +"guilabel> is a good choice." +msgstr "" +"Geralmente, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - Qualquer <guilabel>mouse PS/2 " +"ou USB</guilabel> é uma boa escolha." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:27 msgid "" "Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to " "configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons." -msgstr "Selecione <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> para configurar os botões que não funcionam em um mouse com seis ou mais botões." +msgstr "" +"Selecione <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> " +"para configurar os botões que não funcionam em um mouse com seis ou mais " +"botões." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:3 @@ -2900,10 +3563,13 @@ msgstr "Adicionando ou Modificando uma Entrada do Menu de Inicialização" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" +"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" +"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13 @@ -2911,84 +3577,108 @@ msgid "" "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the " "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen " "and editing the screen that pops up on top of it." -msgstr "Você pode adicionar uma entrada ou modificar a que você selecionar primeiro, pressionando o botão correspondente na janela de <emphasis>Configuração do Menu de Inicialização</emphasis> e editando a janela que abrir em cima dela." +msgstr "" +"Você pode adicionar uma entrada ou modificar a que você selecionar primeiro, " +"pressionando o botão correspondente na janela de <emphasis>Configuração do " +"Menu de Inicialização</emphasis> e editando a janela que abrir em cima dela." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18 msgid "" "If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use " "this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually " -"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code>" -" instead." -msgstr "Se você escolheu <code>Grub 2</code> como seu gerenciador de inicialização, você não pode usar esta ferramenta para editar entradas neste passo, pressione 'Next'. Você precisa editar manualmente <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> ou usar <code>grub-customizer</code> em seu lugar." +"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> " +"instead." +msgstr "" +"Se você escolheu <code>Grub 2</code> como seu gerenciador de inicialização, " +"você não pode usar esta ferramenta para editar entradas neste passo, " +"pressione 'Next'. Você precisa editar manualmente <code>/boot/grub2/custom." +"cfg</code> ou usar <code>grub-customizer</code> em seu lugar." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" -"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." +"png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" +"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." +"png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30 msgid "" "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." -msgstr "Algumas coisas que podem ser feitas sem qualquer risco são, mudar o rótulo de uma entrada e selecionar a caixa de uma entrada para torná-la padrão." +msgstr "" +"Algumas coisas que podem ser feitas sem qualquer risco são, mudar o rótulo " +"de uma entrada e selecionar a caixa de uma entrada para torná-la padrão." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:33 msgid "" "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." -msgstr "Você pode adicionar o número da versão correta de uma entrada, ou renomeá-la completamente." +msgstr "" +"Você pode adicionar o número da versão correta de uma entrada, ou renomeá-la " +"completamente." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:36 msgid "" "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " "choice while booting up." -msgstr "A entrada padrão vai inicializar o sistema se você não fizer uma escolha durante a inicialização." +msgstr "" +"A entrada padrão vai inicializar o sistema se você não fizer uma escolha " +"durante a inicialização." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:40 msgid "" "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " "just try something without knowing what you are doing." -msgstr "Editar outras coisas pode fazer com que o sistema não inicie. Por favor, não tente algo sem saber o que está fazendo." +msgstr "" +"Editar outras coisas pode fazer com que o sistema não inicie. Por favor, não " +"tente algo sem saber o que está fazendo." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:3 msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Principais Opções do Gerenciador de Inicialização" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from -#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, -#. except in this sentence. -#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using -#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist +#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. +#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" " -"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:16 msgid "" -"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by" -" the installer, you can change them here." -msgstr "Se você preferir que as configurações do gerenciador de inicialização (bootloader) sejam diferentes daquelas escolhidas automaticamente pelo instalador, você pode alterá-las aqui." +"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " +"the installer, you can change them here." +msgstr "" +"Se você preferir que as configurações do gerenciador de inicialização " +"(bootloader) sejam diferentes daquelas escolhidas automaticamente pelo " +"instalador, você pode alterá-las aqui." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:20 msgid "" -"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case" -" you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " +"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " +"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " "allow Mageia to create a new one." -msgstr "Você pode já ter outro sistema operacional em sua máquina, neste caso, você precisa decidir se deseja adicionar a Mageia no seu gerenciador de inicialização existente, ou permitir que a Mageia crie um novo." +msgstr "" +"Você pode já ter outro sistema operacional em sua máquina, neste caso, você " +"precisa decidir se deseja adicionar a Mageia no seu gerenciador de " +"inicialização existente, ou permitir que a Mageia crie um novo." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 @@ -3007,14 +3697,20 @@ msgid "" "(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " "operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia " "boot menu." -msgstr "Por padrão a Mageia grava um novo gerenciador de inicialização (bootlader) GRUB no MBR (Master Boot Record) do seu primeiro disco rígido. Se você já tem outros sistemas operacionais instalados, a Mageia tentará adicioná-los ao seu novo menu de inicialização." +msgstr "" +"Por padrão a Mageia grava um novo gerenciador de inicialização (bootlader) " +"GRUB no MBR (Master Boot Record) do seu primeiro disco rígido. Se você já " +"tem outros sistemas operacionais instalados, a Mageia tentará adicioná-los " +"ao seu novo menu de inicialização." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:41 msgid "" "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " "legacy and Lilo." -msgstr "A Mageia agora oferece também o GRUB2 como gerenciador de inicialização opcional, em adição ao GRUB original e Lilo." +msgstr "" +"A Mageia agora oferece também o GRUB2 como gerenciador de inicialização " +"opcional, em adição ao GRUB original e Lilo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 @@ -3022,14 +3718,19 @@ msgid "" "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " "GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " "used." -msgstr "Os sistemas Linux que utilizam o gerenciador de inicialização GRUB2, atualmente não são suportados pelo GRUB (original) e não serão reconhecidos se for utilizado o GRUB padrão." +msgstr "" +"Os sistemas Linux que utilizam o gerenciador de inicialização GRUB2, " +"atualmente não são suportados pelo GRUB (original) e não serão reconhecidos " +"se for utilizado o GRUB padrão." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:49 msgid "" "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " "the Summary page during installation." -msgstr "A melhor solução neste caso é utilizar o gerenciador de inicialização GRUB2 que está disponível na página de resumo durante a instalação." +msgstr "" +"A melhor solução neste caso é utilizar o gerenciador de inicialização GRUB2 " +"que está disponível na página de resumo durante a instalação." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:56 @@ -3040,18 +3741,26 @@ msgstr "Usando um Gerenciador de Inicialização existente" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:60 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " -"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader" -" <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the" -" bootloader install location." -msgstr "Se você decidir usar um Gerenciador de Inicialização existente, então você precisa se lembrar de PARAR na página de resumo durante a instalação e clicar no botão <guibutton>Configurar</guibutton> \"Gerenciador de Inicialização\", o que permitirá que você mude o local de instalação do Gerenciador de Inicialização." +"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " +"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the " +"bootloader install location." +msgstr "" +"Se você decidir usar um Gerenciador de Inicialização existente, então você " +"precisa se lembrar de PARAR na página de resumo durante a instalação e " +"clicar no botão <guibutton>Configurar</guibutton> \"Gerenciador de " +"Inicialização\", o que permitirá que você mude o local de instalação do " +"Gerenciador de Inicialização." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 msgid "" -"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR." -" You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " +"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " +"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " "phase earlier, e.g. sda7." -msgstr "Não selecione um dispositivo, por exemplo, \"sda\", ou você irá substituir sua MBR existente. Você deve selecionar a partição que você escolheu durante a fase de particionamento anterior, por exemplo: sda7." +msgstr "" +"Não selecione um dispositivo, por exemplo, \"sda\", ou você irá substituir " +"sua MBR existente. Você deve selecionar a partição que você escolheu durante " +"a fase de particionamento anterior, por exemplo: sda7." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 @@ -3062,19 +3771,28 @@ msgstr "Para ficar claro, sda é um dispositivo, sda7 é uma partição." #: en/setupBootloader.xml:75 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " -"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to" -" the installer screen." -msgstr "Ir para tty2 com Ctrl+Alt+F2 e tecle <literal>df</literal> para verificar onde a partição <literal>/</literal> (raiz) está. Ctrl+Alt+F7 leva você de volta para a tela do instalador." +"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " +"the installer screen." +msgstr "" +"Ir para tty2 com Ctrl+Alt+F2 e tecle <literal>df</literal> para verificar " +"onde a partição <literal>/</literal> (raiz) está. Ctrl+Alt+F7 leva você de " +"volta para a tela do instalador." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " -"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and" -" add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " +"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and " +"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " "question." -msgstr "O procedimento exato para adicionar o seu sistema Mageia ao Gerenciador de Inicialização existente, está além do escopo desta ajuda, no entanto, na maioria dos casos irá envolver a execução adequado de um programa de instalação do Gerenciador de Inicialização, que deve detectá-lo e adicioná-lo automaticamente. Consulte a documentação para o sistema operacional em questão." +msgstr "" +"O procedimento exato para adicionar o seu sistema Mageia ao Gerenciador de " +"Inicialização existente, está além do escopo desta ajuda, no entanto, na " +"maioria dos casos irá envolver a execução adequado de um programa de " +"instalação do Gerenciador de Inicialização, que deve detectá-lo e adicioná-" +"lo automaticamente. Consulte a documentação para o sistema operacional em " +"questão." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:91 @@ -3085,66 +3803,78 @@ msgstr "Opções Avançadas do Gerenciador de Inicialização" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:95 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " -"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp " -"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." -msgstr "Se você tiver espaço em disco muito limitado para a partição <literal>/</literal> (raiz) que contém <literal>/tmp</literal>, clique em <guibutton>Avançado</guibutton> e marque a caixa <guilabel>Limpar /tmp a cada inicialização</guilabel>. Isto ajuda a obter algum espaço livre adicional." +"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" +"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</" +"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." +msgstr "" +"Se você tiver espaço em disco muito limitado para a partição <literal>/</" +"literal> (raiz) que contém <literal>/tmp</literal>, clique em " +"<guibutton>Avançado</guibutton> e marque a caixa <guilabel>Limpar /tmp a " +"cada inicialização</guilabel>. Isto ajuda a obter algum espaço livre " +"adicional." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:11 msgid "Setup SCSI" msgstr "Detecção de disco rígido" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's -#. comment ;-) -#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based -#. on the -#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 +#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) +#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the +#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:32 msgid "" -"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers" -" it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " +"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers " +"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " "fail to recognise the drive." -msgstr "O DrakX normalmente detecta discos rígidos corretamente. Pode, contudo, não detectar alguns controladores de disco SCSI antigos e, portanto, deixar de instalar os drivers necessários." +msgstr "" +"O DrakX normalmente detecta discos rígidos corretamente. Pode, contudo, não " +"detectar alguns controladores de disco SCSI antigos e, portanto, deixar de " +"instalar os drivers necessários." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:36 msgid "" "If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) " "you have." -msgstr "Se isso acontecer, você terá que manualmente dizer ao Drakx qual o dispositivo(s) SCSI que você tem." +msgstr "" +"Se isso acontecer, você terá que manualmente dizer ao Drakx qual o " +"dispositivo(s) SCSI que você tem." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:39 msgid "DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly." -msgstr "O DrakX deve então ser capaz de configurar o dispositivo(s) corretamente." +msgstr "" +"O DrakX deve então ser capaz de configurar o dispositivo(s) corretamente." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/soundConfig.xml:11 msgid "Sound Configuration" msgstr "Configuração de Som" -#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 +#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/soundConfig.xml:17 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " "format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " +"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:23 @@ -3152,7 +3882,9 @@ msgid "" "In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your " "sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default " "one." -msgstr "Nesta tela o nome do driver que instalador escolheu para sua placa de som foi dado, que será o driver padrão, se temos um padrão." +msgstr "" +"Nesta tela o nome do driver que instalador escolheu para sua placa de som " +"foi dado, que será o driver padrão, se temos um padrão." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:27 @@ -3162,16 +3894,25 @@ msgid "" "this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the " "<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound " "Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen." -msgstr "O driver padrão deve funcionar sem problemas. No entanto, se após a instalação você encontrar problemas, em seguida, executar <command>draksound</command> ou iniciar esta ferramenta via CCM (Centro de Configuração Mageia), escolhendo o <guilabel> Hardware</guilabel> e clicar em <guilabel>configuração de Som</guilabel> no canto superior direito da tela." +msgstr "" +"O driver padrão deve funcionar sem problemas. No entanto, se após a " +"instalação você encontrar problemas, em seguida, executar " +"<command>draksound</command> ou iniciar esta ferramenta via CCM (Centro de " +"Configuração Mageia), escolhendo o <guilabel> Hardware</guilabel> e clicar " +"em <guilabel>configuração de Som</guilabel> no canto superior direito da " +"tela." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:33 msgid "" "Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on " -"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how " -"to solve the problem." -msgstr "Em seguida, no draksound ou \"Configuração de Som\", ferramentas, clique em <guibutton>Avançado</guibutton> e, em seguida, em <guibutton>Solução de problemas</guibutton> para encontrar conselhos muito úteis sobre como resolver o problema." +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</" +"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem." +msgstr "" +"Em seguida, no draksound ou \"Configuração de Som\", ferramentas, clique em " +"<guibutton>Avançado</guibutton> e, em seguida, em <guibutton>Solução de " +"problemas</guibutton> para encontrar conselhos muito úteis sobre como " +"resolver o problema." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/soundConfig.xml:41 @@ -3184,47 +3925,58 @@ msgid "" "Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is " "useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers " "available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one." -msgstr "Clicando <guibutton>Avançado</guibutton> nesta tela, durante a instalação, é útil se não houver nenhum driver padrão também existem vários drivers disponíveis, quando achar que o instalador escolheu errado." +msgstr "" +"Clicando <guibutton>Avançado</guibutton> nesta tela, durante a instalação, é " +"útil se não houver nenhum driver padrão também existem vários drivers " +"disponíveis, quando achar que o instalador escolheu errado." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:49 msgid "" "In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on " "<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>." -msgstr "Nesse caso, você pode selecionar um driver diferente após clicar no <guibutton>Deixe-me escolher qualquer driver</guibutton>" +msgstr "" +"Nesse caso, você pode selecionar um driver diferente após clicar no " +"<guibutton>Deixe-me escolher qualquer driver</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4 msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" msgstr "Confirme o disco rígido para ser formatado" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -#. test comment - johnr +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 +#. test comment - johnr #. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct -#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm -#. sure I -#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD -#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot +#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I +#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD +#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" +"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" +"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your " "choice." -msgstr "Clique em <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> se você não tem certeza sobre sua escolha." +msgstr "" +"Clique em <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> se você não tem certeza sobre sua " +"escolha." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 msgid "" -"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every" -" partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." -msgstr "Clique em <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton> se você tem certeza e deseja apagar todas as partições, cada sistema operacional e todos os dados no disco rígido." +"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " +"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." +msgstr "" +"Clique em <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton> se você tem certeza e deseja apagar " +"todas as partições, cada sistema operacional e todos os dados no disco " +"rígido." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:3 @@ -3242,34 +3994,51 @@ msgid "" "If Mageia didn't convince you or you can't install it correctly, in short " "you want get rid of it. That is your right and Mageia also gives you the " "possibility to uninstall. This is not true for every operating system." -msgstr "Se Mageia não convencê-lo ou você não pode instalá-lo corretamente, em suma, você quer se livrar dele. Esse é o seu direito e Mageia também lhe dá a possibilidade de desinstalar. Isso não é verdade para cada sistema operacional." +msgstr "" +"Se Mageia não convencê-lo ou você não pode instalá-lo corretamente, em suma, " +"você quer se livrar dele. Esse é o seu direito e Mageia também lhe dá a " +"possibilidade de desinstalar. Isso não é verdade para cada sistema " +"operacional." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:16 msgid "" "After your data backup, reboot your installation Mageia DVD and select " -"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will" -" only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system." -msgstr "Após o backup de dados, reinicie sua instalação Mageia DVD e selecione sistema de Resgate, então, a restauração do gerenciador de inicialização. Na próxima inicialização, você só vai ter o Windows sem opção de escolher o seu sistema operacional." +"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will " +"only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system." +msgstr "" +"Após o backup de dados, reinicie sua instalação Mageia DVD e selecione " +"sistema de Resgate, então, a restauração do gerenciador de inicialização. Na " +"próxima inicialização, você só vai ter o Windows sem opção de escolher o seu " +"sistema operacional." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:20 msgid "" "To recover the space used by Mageia partitions on Windows, click on " -"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management " -"-> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. " +"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management -" +"> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. " "You will recognize the Mageia partition because they are labeled " "<guilabel>Unknown</guilabel>, and also by their size and place in the disk. " -"Right click on each of these partitions and select " -"<guibutton>Delete</guibutton>. The space will be freed." -msgstr "Para recuperar o espaço usado por divisórias Mageia no Windows, clique em <code>Iniciar -> Painel de Controle -> Ferramentas Administrativas -> Gerenciamento do Computador -> Armazenamento -> Gerenciamento de disco</code> para aceder à gestão partição. Você vai reconhecer a partição Mageia, porque eles são rotulados <guilabel>Desconhecido</guilabel>, e também pelo seu tamanho e lugar no disco. Botão direito do mouse sobre cada uma dessas partições e selecione <guibutton>Excluir</guibutton>. O espaço será liberado." +"Right click on each of these partitions and select <guibutton>Delete</" +"guibutton>. The space will be freed." +msgstr "" +"Para recuperar o espaço usado por divisórias Mageia no Windows, clique em " +"<code>Iniciar -> Painel de Controle -> Ferramentas Administrativas -> " +"Gerenciamento do Computador -> Armazenamento -> Gerenciamento de disco</" +"code> para aceder à gestão partição. Você vai reconhecer a partição Mageia, " +"porque eles são rotulados <guilabel>Desconhecido</guilabel>, e também pelo " +"seu tamanho e lugar no disco. Botão direito do mouse sobre cada uma dessas " +"partições e selecione <guibutton>Excluir</guibutton>. O espaço será liberado." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:28 msgid "" "If you are using Windows XP, you can create a new partition and format it " "(FAT32 or NTFS). It will get a partition letter." -msgstr "Se você estiver usando o Windows XP, você pode criar uma nova partição e formatá-lo (FAT32 ou NTFS). Ele vai receber uma carta de partição." +msgstr "" +"Se você estiver usando o Windows XP, você pode criar uma nova partição e " +"formatá-lo (FAT32 ou NTFS). Ele vai receber uma carta de partição." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:31 @@ -3277,6 +4046,19 @@ msgid "" "If you have Vista or 7, you have one more possibility, you can extend the " "existing partition that is at the left of the freed space. There are other " "partitioning tools that can be used, such as gparted, available for both " -"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and" -" make sure all important things have been backed up." -msgstr "Se você tiver Vista ou 7, você tem mais uma possibilidade, você pode estender a partição existente que está à esquerda do espaço libertado. Há outras ferramentas de particionamento que podem ser usados, como o GParted, disponível para Windows e Linux. Como sempre, ao alterar partições, tenha muito cuidado, e certificar-se de todas as coisas importantes foram incluídos no backup." +"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and " +"make sure all important things have been backed up." +msgstr "" +"Se você tiver Vista ou 7, você tem mais uma possibilidade, você pode " +"estender a partição existente que está à esquerda do espaço libertado. Há " +"outras ferramentas de particionamento que podem ser usados, como o GParted, " +"disponível para Windows e Linux. Como sempre, ao alterar partições, tenha " +"muito cuidado, e certificar-se de todas as coisas importantes foram " +"incluídos no backup." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +#~ "imageobject>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +#~ "imageobject>" diff --git a/docs/installer/ro.po b/docs/installer/ro.po index 19aea4a9..a53e19c5 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ro.po +++ b/docs/installer/ro.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-01-28 18:19+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-02-24 19:21+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-01-08 11:10+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Florin Cătălin RUSSEN <cfrussen@yahoo.co.uk>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" @@ -1917,18 +1917,18 @@ msgstr "" "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> în același timp, apoi apăsați " "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultan pentru a reporni." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:215 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:214 msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" msgstr "Probleme de instalare și soluții posibile" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:221 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:220 msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "Fără interfață grafică" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:226 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:225 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " @@ -1938,8 +1938,8 @@ msgstr "" "se poate întîmpla cu unele plăci grafice și sisteme mai vechi. Încercați să " "utilizați o rezoluție mai mică tastînd <code>vgalo</code> la prompter." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:233 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:232 msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " @@ -1954,13 +1954,13 @@ msgstr "" "Tastați „text” și apăsați ENTER. Acum puteți continua cu instalarea în mod " "text." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:245 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:244 msgid "The Install Freezes" msgstr "Instalarea îngheață" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:248 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:247 msgid "" "If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a " "problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of " @@ -1975,13 +1975,13 @@ msgstr "" "prompter. Dacă este nevoie, această opțiune poate fi combinată și cu alte " "opțiuni." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:257 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:256 msgid "RAM problem" msgstr "Problemă de memorie" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:260 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:259 msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " @@ -1993,13 +1993,13 @@ msgstr "" "manual, utilizați parametrul <code>mem=xxxM</code>, une xxx este cantitatea " "corectă de RAM. Ex: <code>mem=256M</code> va specifica 256Mo de RAM." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:269 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:268 msgid "Dynamic partitions" msgstr "Partiții dinamice" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:272 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:271 msgid "" "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " @@ -2570,22 +2570,22 @@ msgstr "" "Control Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:5 msgid "Select and use ISOs" msgstr "Selectați și utilizați imaginile ISO" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:8 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:9 msgid "Media" msgstr "Medii" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:11 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:12 msgid "Definition" msgstr "Definiție" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:13 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:14 msgid "" "Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to " "install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO " @@ -2596,7 +2596,7 @@ msgstr "" "care poate fi copiat fișierul ISO." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:18 msgid "" "You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" "\">here</link>." @@ -2605,23 +2605,23 @@ msgstr "" "link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:21 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:22 msgid "Classical installation media" msgstr "Mediile de instalare clasice" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:24 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:92 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:199 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:25 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:94 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:200 msgid "Common features" msgstr "Caracteristici comune" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:29 msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx." msgstr "Aceste imagini ISO utilizează instalatorul tradițional numit drakx." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:34 msgid "" "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." msgstr "" @@ -2629,17 +2629,17 @@ msgstr "" "o versiune precedentă." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:39 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:41 msgid "DVD" msgstr "DVD" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:45 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." msgstr "Diferitele medii pentru arhitectură pe 32 sau 64 de biți." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:49 msgid "" "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " "Hardware Detection Tool." @@ -2648,12 +2648,12 @@ msgstr "" "Test de memorie, Unealta de detecție materială" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:54 msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages." msgstr "Fiecare DVD conține multe medii de birou și limbi disponibile." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:59 msgid "" "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software." msgstr "" @@ -2661,12 +2661,12 @@ msgstr "" "proprietare." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:66 msgid "DVD dual arch" msgstr "DVD arhitectură duală" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:70 msgid "" "Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made " "automatically according to the detected CPU." @@ -2675,12 +2675,12 @@ msgstr "" "automat în funcție de tipul procesorului detectat." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:75 msgid "Uses Xfce desktop only." msgstr "Utilizează doar mediul de birou Xfce." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:79 msgid "" "Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, " "pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED!" @@ -2689,17 +2689,17 @@ msgstr "" "pt, ru, sv, uk) DE VERIFICAT!" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:84 msgid "It contains non free software." msgstr "Conține aplicații proprietare." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:89 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:91 msgid "Live media" msgstr "Mediile Live" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:98 msgid "" "Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and " "optionally install Mageia on to your HDD." @@ -2708,18 +2708,18 @@ msgstr "" "și opțional să o instalați pe discul dur." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." msgstr "Fiecare imagine ISO conține numai un mediu de birou (KDE sau GNOME)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:218 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:108 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:172 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:190 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:220 msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures." msgstr "Diferitele medii pentru arhitectură pe 32 sau 64 de biți." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:112 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " "installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" @@ -2730,63 +2730,63 @@ msgstr "" "versiunile precedente.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:118 msgid "They contain non free software." msgstr "Acestea conțin aplicații proprietare." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:123 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:124 msgid "Live CD KDE" msgstr "LiveCD KDE" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:128 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:164 msgid "KDE desktop environment only." msgstr "Doar mediul de birou KDE." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:222 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:132 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:150 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:224 msgid "English language only." msgstr "Doar limba engleză." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:136 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:154 msgid "32 bit only." msgstr "Doar 32 de biți." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:141 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:142 msgid "Live CD GNOME" msgstr "LiveCD GNOME" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:146 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:182 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." msgstr "Doar mediul de birou GNOME." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:159 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:160 msgid "Live DVD KDE" msgstr "LiveDVD KDE" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:168 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:186 msgid "All languages are present." msgstr "Toate limbile sînt prezente." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:177 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:178 msgid "Live DVD GNOME" msgstr "LiveDVD GNOME" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:196 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:197 msgid "Boot-only CD media" msgstr "CD-uri doar pentru demarat" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:204 msgid "" "Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " "start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages " @@ -2800,7 +2800,7 @@ msgstr "" "pe Internet." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:212 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:213 msgid "" "These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when " "bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a " @@ -2812,12 +2812,12 @@ msgstr "" "calculator care nu poate demara de pe o cheie USB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:228 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:230 msgid "boot.iso" msgstr "boot.iso" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:232 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:234 msgid "" "Contains only free software, for those people who refuse to use non-free " "software." @@ -2826,12 +2826,12 @@ msgstr "" "proprietare." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:239 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" msgstr "boot-nonfree.iso" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:243 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:245 msgid "" "Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " "it." @@ -2840,17 +2840,17 @@ msgstr "" "persoanele care au nevoie de ele." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:252 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:254 msgid "Downloading and Checking Media" msgstr "Descărcarea și verificarea mediilor" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:255 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "Descărcare" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:259 msgid "" "Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or " "BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the " @@ -2863,7 +2863,7 @@ msgstr "" "este prea lentă. Dacă alegeți HTTP, puteți vedea și ceva de genul" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:264 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:266 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" "imageobject>" @@ -2872,7 +2872,7 @@ msgstr "" "imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:269 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:271 msgid "" "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of " "them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " @@ -2891,27 +2891,27 @@ msgstr "" "încercați să-l mai descărcați odată. Apoi va apărea această fereastră:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:278 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:280 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:283 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:285 msgid "Check the radio button Save File." msgstr "Bifați butonul radio „Salvează fișierul”." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:287 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 msgid "Checking the downloaded media integrity" msgstr "Se verifică integritatea mediului descărcat" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291 msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:" msgstr "Deschideți o consolă, trebuie să fiți root, și:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:293 msgid "" "- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/" "file.iso</userinput>." @@ -2920,7 +2920,7 @@ msgstr "" "to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:294 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:296 msgid "" "- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/" "image/file.iso</userinput>." @@ -2929,7 +2929,7 @@ msgstr "" "path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:297 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 msgid "" "and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " "while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" @@ -2938,21 +2938,22 @@ msgstr "" "cu numărul dat de Mageia. Exemplu:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:301 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:303 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" "imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:311 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313 msgid "Burn or dump the ISO" msgstr "Inscripționați sau copiați imaginea ISO" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:315 msgid "" "The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB stick. " "These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a boot-able medium." @@ -2962,16 +2963,17 @@ msgstr "" "producă medie de pe care se poate demara." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:318 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:320 msgid "Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD" msgstr "Inscripționarea imaginii ISO pe un CD/DVD" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:320 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:322 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly " "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " -"not correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki." +"not correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki." "mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>." msgstr "" "Puteți utiliza orice aplicație de inscripționat doriți, însă asigurați-vă că " @@ -2981,12 +2983,12 @@ msgstr "" "Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">Mageia wiki</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:326 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:329 msgid "Dump the ISO to a USB stick" msgstr "Puneți imaginea ISO pe o cheie USB" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:328 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:331 msgid "" "All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick " "and then use it to boot and install the system." @@ -2995,7 +2997,7 @@ msgstr "" "cheie USB pentru a demara și instala sistemul." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:332 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335 msgid "" "\"dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system " "on the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will " @@ -3006,18 +3008,18 @@ msgstr "" "pierdute și capacitatea partiției va fi redusă la mărimea fișierului ISO." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:337 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:340 msgid "To recover the original capacity, you must re-format the USB stick." msgstr "" "Pentru a recupera capacitatea inițială va trebui să reformatați cheia USB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:340 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:344 msgid "Using Mageia" msgstr "Utilizînd Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:342 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:346 msgid "" "You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" "en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" @@ -3026,17 +3028,17 @@ msgstr "" "mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:344 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:348 msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" msgstr "Puteți utiliza utilitarul dd într-o consolă:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:348 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 msgid "Open a console" msgstr "Deschideți o consolă" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:356 msgid "" "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the " "final '-' )" @@ -3045,16 +3047,15 @@ msgstr "" "la final '-' )" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:360 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"<imageobject> <imagedata contentwidth=\"650\" fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </" "imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 msgid "" "Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any " "application or file manager that could access or read it)" @@ -3063,21 +3064,22 @@ msgstr "" "gestionar de fișiere pentru a o citi)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:373 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" msgstr "Introduceți comanda <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:376 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" "imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 msgid "" "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " "in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." @@ -3086,7 +3088,7 @@ msgstr "" "mai sus este o cheie USB de 8 Go." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:389 msgid "" "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX " "bs=1M</userinput>" @@ -3095,12 +3097,12 @@ msgstr "" "bs=1M</userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc" msgstr "Unde X=numele dispozitivului, ex: /dev/sdc" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:387 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:394 msgid "" "Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/" "dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" @@ -3109,32 +3111,32 @@ msgstr "" "dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:400 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" msgstr "Introduceți comanda: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" msgstr "Deconectați cheia USB, ați terminat." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:402 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:410 msgid "Using Windows" msgstr "Utilizînd Windows" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:412 msgid "You could try:" msgstr "Puteți încerca:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:406 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:414 msgid "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:408 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 msgid "" "- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " "Disk Imager</link>" @@ -3143,12 +3145,12 @@ msgstr "" "Disk Imager</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:425 msgid "Mageia Installation" msgstr "Instalarea Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:427 msgid "" "This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" "\">the Mageia documentation</link>." @@ -3157,7 +3159,7 @@ msgstr "" "doc/\">documentația Mageia</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:430 msgid "" "More information is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" "Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." @@ -4048,3 +4050,10 @@ msgstr "" "disponibil pentru Windows și Linux. Ca de obicei, fiți foarte atenți cînd " "modificați partițiile și asigurați-vă că ați făcut o copie de siguranță " "pentru lucrurile importante." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +#~ "imageobject>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +#~ "imageobject>" diff --git a/docs/installer/ru.po b/docs/installer/ru.po index ca1816aa..8b1dfbb2 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ru.po +++ b/docs/installer/ru.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-01-28 18:19+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-02-24 19:21+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-01-15 00:22+0300\n" "Last-Translator: AlexL <loginov.alex.valer@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Russian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" @@ -1966,18 +1966,18 @@ msgstr "" "одновременно. После этого нажмите комбинацию клавиш <guibutton>Alt Ctrl " "Delete</guibutton> одновременно, чтобы перезагрузить компьютер." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:215 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:214 msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" msgstr "Проблемы с установкой и возможные пути их решения" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:221 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:220 msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "Нет графического интерфейса" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:226 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:225 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " @@ -1988,8 +1988,8 @@ msgstr "" "системах. Попробуйте воспользоваться режимом низкого разрешения. Для этого " "впишите <code>vgalo</code> в строку запроса." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:233 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:232 msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " @@ -2004,13 +2004,13 @@ msgstr "" "нажатием клавиши Enter. Введите <code>text</code>, увидев строку \"boot:\", " "и нажмите клавишу Enter. Установка будет продолжена в текстовом режиме." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:245 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:244 msgid "The Install Freezes" msgstr "Остановка установки" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:248 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:247 msgid "" "If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a " "problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of " @@ -2025,13 +2025,13 @@ msgstr "" "соответствующий режим, введите в строку запроса команду <code>noauto</code>. " "При необходимости эту команду можно совместить с вышеуказанными командами." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:257 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:256 msgid "RAM problem" msgstr "Проблемы с RAM (оперативной памятью)" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:260 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:259 msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " @@ -2045,13 +2045,13 @@ msgstr "" "оперативной памяти, например <code>mem=256M</code> соответствует 256 МБ " "оперативной памяти." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:269 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:268 msgid "Dynamic partitions" msgstr "Динамические разделы" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:272 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:271 msgid "" "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " @@ -2642,22 +2642,22 @@ msgstr "" "<guilabel>Безопасность</guilabel> в Центре управления Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:5 msgid "Select and use ISOs" msgstr "Выбор и использование образов ISO" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:8 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:9 msgid "Media" msgstr "Носитель" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:11 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:12 msgid "Definition" msgstr "Определение" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:13 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:14 msgid "" "Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to " "install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO " @@ -2668,7 +2668,7 @@ msgstr "" "котором хранятся данные файла ISO." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:18 msgid "" "You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" "\">here</link>." @@ -2677,40 +2677,40 @@ msgstr "" "\">здесь</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:21 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:22 msgid "Classical installation media" msgstr "Классический носитель для установки" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:24 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:92 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:199 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:25 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:94 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:200 msgid "Common features" msgstr "Типичные возможности" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:29 msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx." msgstr "Эти ISO используют традиционный инсталлятор, называемый drakx." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:34 msgid "" "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." msgstr "" "Они пригодны для установки «с нуля» или для обновления предыдущих выпусков." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:39 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:41 msgid "DVD" msgstr "DVD" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:45 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." msgstr "Различные носители для архитектур 32 или 64 бит." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:49 msgid "" "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " "Hardware Detection Tool." @@ -2719,12 +2719,12 @@ msgstr "" "система восстановления, тест памяти, инструмент обнаружения оборудования." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:54 msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages." msgstr "Каждый DVD содержит многие доступные рабочие среды и языки." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:59 msgid "" "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software." msgstr "" @@ -2732,12 +2732,12 @@ msgstr "" "программного обеспечения." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:66 msgid "DVD dual arch" msgstr "DVD двойственной архитектуры" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:70 msgid "" "Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made " "automatically according to the detected CPU." @@ -2747,12 +2747,12 @@ msgstr "" "процессоре." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:75 msgid "Uses Xfce desktop only." msgstr "Только рабочий стол XFCE." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:79 msgid "" "Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, " "pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED!" @@ -2761,17 +2761,17 @@ msgstr "" "uk) БЫЛИ ПРОВЕРЕНЫ!" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:84 msgid "It contains non free software." msgstr "Он содержит несвободное программное обеспечение." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:89 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:91 msgid "Live media" msgstr "Live носитель" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:98 msgid "" "Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and " "optionally install Mageia on to your HDD." @@ -2780,18 +2780,18 @@ msgstr "" "жёсткий диск и опционально установить Mageia на ваш жёсткий диск." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." msgstr "Каждый ISO содержит только одну рабочую среду (KDE или GNOME)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:218 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:108 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:172 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:190 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:220 msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures." msgstr "Различные носители для архитектур 32 или 64 бит." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:112 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " "installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" @@ -2802,63 +2802,63 @@ msgstr "" "предыдущих выпусков.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:118 msgid "They contain non free software." msgstr "Они содержат несвободное программное обеспечение." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:123 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:124 msgid "Live CD KDE" msgstr "Live CD KDE" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:128 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:164 msgid "KDE desktop environment only." msgstr "Только рабочая среда KDE." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:222 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:132 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:150 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:224 msgid "English language only." msgstr "Только английский язык." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:136 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:154 msgid "32 bit only." msgstr "Только 32 бит." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:141 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:142 msgid "Live CD GNOME" msgstr "Live CD GNOME" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:146 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:182 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." msgstr "Только рабочая среда GNOME." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:159 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:160 msgid "Live DVD KDE" msgstr "Live DVD KDE" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:168 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:186 msgid "All languages are present." msgstr "Присутствуют все языки." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:177 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:178 msgid "Live DVD GNOME" msgstr "Live DVD GNOME" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:196 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:197 msgid "Boot-only CD media" msgstr "Носители CD только для загрузки" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:204 msgid "" "Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " "start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages " @@ -2872,7 +2872,7 @@ msgstr "" "или в интернете." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:212 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:213 msgid "" "These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when " "bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a " @@ -2884,12 +2884,12 @@ msgstr "" "систему с флэш-диска USB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:228 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:230 msgid "boot.iso" msgstr "boot.iso" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:232 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:234 msgid "" "Contains only free software, for those people who refuse to use non-free " "software." @@ -2898,12 +2898,12 @@ msgstr "" "пользователей, которые не желают пользоваться несвободными пакетами." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:239 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" msgstr "boot-nonfree.iso" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:243 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:245 msgid "" "Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " "it." @@ -2912,17 +2912,17 @@ msgstr "" "для тех, кто нуждается в этих компонентах системы." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:252 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:254 msgid "Downloading and Checking Media" msgstr "Загрузка и проверка носителя данных" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:255 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "Загрузка" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:259 msgid "" "Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or " "BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the " @@ -2936,7 +2936,7 @@ msgstr "" "слишком мала. Если будет выбрано http, вы увидите нечто:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:264 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:266 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" "imageobject>" @@ -2945,7 +2945,7 @@ msgstr "" "imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:269 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:271 msgid "" "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of " "them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " @@ -2966,28 +2966,28 @@ msgstr "" "вам следует заново скачать образ. Вы увидите нечто:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:278 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:280 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:283 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:285 msgid "Check the radio button Save File." msgstr "Отметьте пункт «Сохранить файл»." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:287 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 msgid "Checking the downloaded media integrity" msgstr "Проверка целостности загруженных данных" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291 msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:" msgstr "" "Откройте консоль (от имени обычного пользователя) и дайте следующую команду:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:293 msgid "" "- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/" "file.iso</userinput>." @@ -2996,7 +2996,7 @@ msgstr "" "образа/file.iso</userinput>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:294 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:296 msgid "" "- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/" "image/file.iso</userinput>." @@ -3005,7 +3005,7 @@ msgstr "" "файла/образа/file.iso</userinput>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:297 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 msgid "" "and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " "while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" @@ -3014,21 +3014,22 @@ msgstr "" "определённое время) с числом, указанным на странице Mageia. Пример:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:301 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:303 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" "imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:311 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313 msgid "Burn or dump the ISO" msgstr "Запись образа ISO" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:315 msgid "" "The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB stick. " "These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a boot-able medium." @@ -3038,16 +3039,17 @@ msgstr "" "создания загрузочного носителя." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:318 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:320 msgid "Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD" msgstr "Записать ISO на CD/DVD" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:320 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:322 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly " "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " -"not correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki." +"not correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki." "mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>." msgstr "" "Воспользуйтесь любым устройством для записи, но его необходимо настроить на " @@ -3056,12 +3058,12 @@ msgstr "" "\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">вики Mageia</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:326 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:329 msgid "Dump the ISO to a USB stick" msgstr "Запись образа ISO на USB флешку" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:328 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:331 msgid "" "All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick " "and then use it to boot and install the system." @@ -3070,7 +3072,7 @@ msgstr "" "USB флешку и пользоваться ею для загрузки и установки системы." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:332 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335 msgid "" "\"dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system " "on the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will " @@ -3081,19 +3083,19 @@ msgstr "" "уничтожены, будут потеряны. Размер диска будет уменьшен на размер образа." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:337 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:340 msgid "To recover the original capacity, you must re-format the USB stick." msgstr "" "Для восстановления первоначальной ёмкости диска USB вам впоследствии " "придётся его форматировать." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:340 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:344 msgid "Using Mageia" msgstr "Использование Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:342 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:346 msgid "" "You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" "en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" @@ -3103,17 +3105,17 @@ msgstr "" "IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:344 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:348 msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" msgstr "Вы также можете воспользоваться консольной программой dd:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:348 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 msgid "Open a console" msgstr "Откройте окно консоли" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:356 msgid "" "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the " "final '-' )" @@ -3122,16 +3124,15 @@ msgstr "" "userinput> (не забудьте «-» в конце команды)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:360 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"<imageobject> <imagedata contentwidth=\"650\" fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </" "imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 msgid "" "Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any " "application or file manager that could access or read it)" @@ -3141,21 +3142,22 @@ msgstr "" "файлами)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:373 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" msgstr "Введите команду <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:376 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" "imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 msgid "" "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " "in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." @@ -3164,7 +3166,7 @@ msgstr "" "sdb - это устройство ёмкостью 8 ГБ, это флешка USB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:389 msgid "" "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX " "bs=1M</userinput>" @@ -3173,12 +3175,12 @@ msgstr "" "bs=1M</userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc" msgstr "Где X=имя вашего устройства, например: /dev/sdc" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:387 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:394 msgid "" "Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/" "dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" @@ -3187,32 +3189,32 @@ msgstr "" "of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:400 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" msgstr "Введите команду: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" msgstr "Извлеките флешку USB. Запись завершена." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:402 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:410 msgid "Using Windows" msgstr "Использование Windows" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:412 msgid "You could try:" msgstr "Вы можете попробовать:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:406 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:414 msgid "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:408 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 msgid "" "- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " "Disk Imager</link>" @@ -3221,12 +3223,12 @@ msgstr "" "Disk Imager</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:425 msgid "Mageia Installation" msgstr "Установка Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:427 msgid "" "This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" "\">the Mageia documentation</link>." @@ -3235,7 +3237,7 @@ msgstr "" "\">документации Mageia</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:430 msgid "" "More information is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" "Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." @@ -4144,6 +4146,13 @@ msgstr "" "копии всех важных данных." #~ msgid "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +#~ "imageobject>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +#~ "imageobject>" + +#~ msgid "" #~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" #~ "setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" #~ "\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" diff --git a/docs/installer/sl.po b/docs/installer/sl.po index b090622d..d0ca8ee5 100644 --- a/docs/installer/sl.po +++ b/docs/installer/sl.po @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package. -# +# # Translators: # Filip Komar <filip.komar@gmail.com>, 2013 # Filip Komar <filip.komar@gmail.com>, 2013 @@ -10,15 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-01-05 13:46+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-02-24 19:21+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-01-05 11:47+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n" -"Language-Team: Slovenian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/sl/)\n" +"Language-Team: Slovenian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/" +"language/sl/)\n" +"Language: sl\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: sl\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || n%100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 0 : n%100==2 ? 1 : n%100==3 || n" +"%100==4 ? 2 : 3);\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:32 @@ -28,9 +30,11 @@ msgstr "Licenčna pogodba in opombe ob izdaji" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:45 @@ -40,31 +44,39 @@ msgstr "Licenčna pogodba" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:48 msgid "" -"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license" -" terms and conditions carefully." -msgstr "Pred namestitvijo <application>Mageje</application> pozorno preberite licenčne pogoje." +"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license " +"terms and conditions carefully." +msgstr "" +"Pred namestitvijo <application>Mageje</application> pozorno preberite " +"licenčne pogoje." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51 msgid "" -"These terms and conditions apply to the entire " -"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before " -"you can continue." -msgstr "Ti licenčni pogoji se nanašajo na celotno distribucijo <application>Mageia</application>. Pred nadaljevanjem jih je potrebno sprejeti." +"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</" +"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue." +msgstr "" +"Ti licenčni pogoji se nanašajo na celotno distribucijo <application>Mageia</" +"application>. Pred nadaljevanjem jih je potrebno sprejeti." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:55 msgid "" "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Za sprejem preprosto označite <guilabel>Sprejmem</guilabel> in kliknite gumb <guibutton>Naprej</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Za sprejem preprosto označite <guilabel>Sprejmem</guilabel> in kliknite " +"gumb <guibutton>Naprej</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:58 msgid "" -"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking." -" Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." -msgstr "Zahvaljujemo se za vaš ogled tudi če se odločite, da teh pogojev ne boste sprejeli. S klikom na gumb <guibutton>Izhod</guibutton> se bo vaš računalnik ponovno zagnal." +"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. " +"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." +msgstr "" +"Zahvaljujemo se za vaš ogled tudi če se odločite, da teh pogojev ne boste " +"sprejeli. S klikom na gumb <guibutton>Izhod</guibutton> se bo vaš računalnik " +"ponovno zagnal." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:68 @@ -76,7 +88,9 @@ msgstr "Opombe ob izdaji" msgid "" "To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, " "click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button." -msgstr "Za ogled novosti te izdaje <application>Mageje</application> kliknite gumb <guibutton>Opombe ob izdaji</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Za ogled novosti te izdaje <application>Mageje</application> kliknite gumb " +"<guibutton>Opombe ob izdaji</guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 @@ -89,25 +103,26 @@ msgstr "sl" msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" msgstr "Izbira virov (nastavitev dodatnih virov namestitve)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the -#. same as for media_selection -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ -#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" " -"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24 msgid "" "This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can " -"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The" -" source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " +"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The " +"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " "during the next steps." msgstr "" @@ -136,31 +151,29 @@ msgstr "" msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "" -#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, -#. but -#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only -#. thing -#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to -#. enable or -#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the -#. previous +#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but +#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing +#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or +#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous #. screen), marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't -#. understand -#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? -#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading -#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand +#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? +#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading +#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/addUser.xml:27 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:34 @@ -172,8 +185,8 @@ msgstr "Nastavite geslo skrbnika (uporabnika root):" msgid "" "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to " "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the " -"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the" -" top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " +"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the " +"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " "depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are " "using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box " "just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped " @@ -218,8 +231,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/addUser.xml:75 msgid "" "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let " -"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case" -" sensitive.</emphasis>" +"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case " +"sensitive.</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -234,8 +247,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/addUser.xml:87 msgid "" "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this " -"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user" -" password text boxes." +"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user " +"password text boxes." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> @@ -322,8 +335,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/addUser.xml:150 msgid "" "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID. Also a " -"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know" -" what you are doing." +"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know " +"what you are doing." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -331,27 +344,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Choose the mount points" msgstr "Izberite priklopne točke" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least -#. ONE" -#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes -#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the -#. Americans -#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I -#. removed it -#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 +#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE" +#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) +#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes +#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans +#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it +#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) +#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" -"=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33 @@ -371,8 +384,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44 msgid "" -"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount " -"point\", \"Type\")." +"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point" +"\", \"Type\")." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -385,12 +398,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55 msgid "" -"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from" -" the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " +"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from " +"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " "and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for " "instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store " -"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the " -"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install." +"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</" +"literal> partition of a cauldron install." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -411,9 +424,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77 msgid "" -"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the " -"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more." +"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) " +"DrakX suggests, or more." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -424,8 +437,8 @@ msgstr "Izbira namizja" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11 msgid "" -"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine" -" tune your choice." +"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine " +"tune your choice." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -441,7 +454,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26 @@ -460,14 +475,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Package Group Selection" msgstr "Izbira skupin paketov" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a -#. new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16 @@ -503,8 +519,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39 msgid "" -"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do" -" a minimal install." +"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " +"a minimal install." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -512,30 +528,30 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Choose Individual Packages" msgstr "Izbira posamičnih paketov" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a -#. new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17 msgid "" -"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your " -"installation." +"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20 msgid "" -"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy " -"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages " -"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the " -"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install " -"and choosing to load it." +"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</" +"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving " +"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same " +"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and " +"choosing to load it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -543,28 +559,30 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configure your Services" msgstr "Nastavite vaše storitve" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureServices.xml:21 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" -"=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:27 msgid "" -"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your " -"system." +"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:30 msgid "" -"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and" -" see all services in it." +"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and " +"see all services in it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -589,28 +607,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Nastavite vaš časovni pas" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 msgid "" -"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the" -" same time zone." +"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " +"same time zone." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 msgid "" -"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to" -" GMT, also known as UTC." +"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " +"GMT, also known as UTC." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> @@ -628,10 +649,13 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id" -"=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 @@ -705,16 +729,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" msgstr "Nastavitev grafične kartice in monitorja" -#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" -#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename -#. for this page +#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18 @@ -723,11 +748,11 @@ msgid "" "you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are " "all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window " "System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for " -"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or" -" any other graphical environment to work well, the following " -"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct " -"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a " -"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect." +"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or " +"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</" +"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can " +"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you " +"think the choice is incorrect." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -765,11 +790,11 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not " "always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your " "settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your " -"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept." -" If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be" -" able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " -"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't " -"available</emphasis>" +"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. " +"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be " +"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " +"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</" +"emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -803,10 +828,13 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" -"=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42 @@ -817,9 +845,9 @@ msgstr "" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44 msgid "" "This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh " -"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the" -" screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are" -" displayed." +"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the " +"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are " +"displayed." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -874,10 +902,10 @@ msgstr "" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84 msgid "" "selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as " -"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is" -" often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card " -"driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once " -"again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections." +"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is " +"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver " +"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it " +"may be wise to be conservative in your selections." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -888,39 +916,41 @@ msgstr "Razdeljevanje diska po meri s programom DiskDrake" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/diskdrake.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" " -"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:33 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " -"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The" -" encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " +"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " +"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " "set, otherwise your system will be unbootable." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:39 msgid "" -"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions," -" change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " +"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " "is in them before you start." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:42 msgid "" -"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an" -" USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." +"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " +"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:45 msgid "" -"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected" -" storage device" +"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " +"storage device" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -963,9 +993,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45 @@ -987,8 +1019,8 @@ msgstr "Uporabi razpoložljivi prostor" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for" -" your new Mageia installation." +"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for " +"your new Mageia installation." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -999,8 +1031,8 @@ msgstr "Uporabi razpoložljivi prostor v razdelku za Windows" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may" -" offer to use it." +"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may " +"offer to use it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1053,8 +1085,8 @@ msgstr "Po meri" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 msgid "" -"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your" -" hard drive(s)." +"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " +"hard drive(s)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> @@ -1064,8 +1096,8 @@ msgid "" "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " "hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested " "with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 " -"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning" -" tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " +"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning " +"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " "settings:" msgstr "" @@ -1100,8 +1132,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "February 2014" msgstr "Februar 2014" -#. type: Content of: -#. <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 msgid "Mageia 4" msgstr "Mageia 4" @@ -1124,8 +1155,8 @@ msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" -"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which" -" screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " +"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " "while installing." msgstr "" @@ -1138,24 +1169,24 @@ msgstr "</note>" #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" -"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" +"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link " -"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link " -"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link " -"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation " -"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" +"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" +"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -1163,31 +1194,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Congratulations" msgstr "Čestitke" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text #. same day, added "s" to "sytems" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/exitInstall.xml:14 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:21 msgid "" -"You have finished installing and configuring " -"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the " -"installation medium and reboot your computer." +"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</" +"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot " +"your computer." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:25 msgid "" -"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating" -" systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." +"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating " +"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -1214,17 +1248,20 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Formatting" msgstr "Formatiranje" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\"" -" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> " -"</imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:25 @@ -1257,8 +1294,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:44 msgid "" -"When you are confident about the selection, click on " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue." +"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton> to continue." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -1299,9 +1336,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:40 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> @@ -1324,7 +1360,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:57 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1336,9 +1373,9 @@ msgstr "" #: en/installer.xml:65 msgid "" "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. " -"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue " -"System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware " -"Detection Tool</guilabel>." +"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</" +"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection " +"Tool</guilabel>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> @@ -1353,7 +1390,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:85 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1412,7 +1450,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:123 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1430,7 +1469,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:139 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1444,7 +1484,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:152 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> @@ -1464,9 +1505,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are " "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-" -"based Installation CD, see <link " -"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">the Mageia " -"Wiki</link>" +"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot." +"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> @@ -1477,8 +1517,8 @@ msgstr "Postavitev tipkovnice je sedaj Ameriška" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:179 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> @@ -1489,16 +1529,15 @@ msgstr "Namestitveni koraki" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:189 msgid "" -"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed" -" on the side panel of the screen." +"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " +"on the side panel of the screen." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:192 msgid "" -"Each step has one or more screens which may also have " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, " -"options." +"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" +"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -1516,48 +1555,46 @@ msgid "" "partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your " "computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well " "leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure " -"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys" -" <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " +"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys " +"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:215 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:214 msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:221 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:220 msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:226 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:225 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " "resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:233 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:232 msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " "ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be " -"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit" -" ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." +"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit " +"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:245 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:244 msgid "The Install Freezes" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:248 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:247 msgid "" "If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a " "problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of " @@ -1566,34 +1603,33 @@ msgid "" "other options as necessary." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:257 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:256 msgid "RAM problem" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:260 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:259 msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " -"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. " -"e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." +"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e." +"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:269 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:268 msgid "Dynamic partitions" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:272 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:271 msgid "" "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " "on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: " -"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" -"us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" -"us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." +"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx" +"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -1601,22 +1637,20 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Updates" msgstr "Posodobitve" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" -#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" -#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" -#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" -#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore -#. correct html filename -#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename +#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installUpdates.xml:13 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:19 @@ -1643,26 +1677,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "" -#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the -#. same as for add_supplemental_media) -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html -#. filename was wrong) +#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/media_selection.xml:12 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" -"=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:18 msgid "" "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are " -"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories" -" selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " +"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories " +"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " "the next steps." msgstr "" @@ -1677,8 +1712,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/media_selection.xml:30 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-" -"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source" -" software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " +"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source " +"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " "nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi " "cards, etc." msgstr "" @@ -1686,11 +1721,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:38 msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under" -" a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository " -"is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g." -" Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed" -" to play commercial video DVD, etc." +"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under " +"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is " +"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. " +"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed " +"to play commercial video DVD, etc." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -1702,8 +1737,8 @@ msgstr "Minimalna namestitev" #: en/minimal-install.xml:9 msgid "" "You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the " -"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref " -"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." +"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" +"xref>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -1728,34 +1763,37 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:3 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" msgstr "" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-) -#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages -#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and -#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph -#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. -#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by -#. linkend="setupBootloader" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, -#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files +#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages +#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and +#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph +#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. +#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:33 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:38 @@ -1780,8 +1818,8 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Časovni pas</guilabel>" #: en/misc-params.xml:52 msgid "" "DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. " -"You can change it if needed. See also <xref " -"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" +"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/" +">" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1825,8 +1863,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:83 msgid "" -"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own " -"<literal>/home</literal> directories." +"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</" +"literal> directories." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1890,8 +1928,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:129 msgid "" -"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option" -" to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " +"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option " +"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " "driver for your card, but none of them is the default one." msgstr "" @@ -1902,8 +1940,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:139 -msgid "" -"This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." +msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1914,10 +1951,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:148 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:156 @@ -1961,8 +1999,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:185 msgid "" -"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you" -" need to enter here" +"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you " +"need to enter here" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> @@ -1978,8 +2016,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:202 msgid "" -"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default" -" setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." +"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default " +"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -2021,10 +2059,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20 msgid "" -"You have more than one " -"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition. " -"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing " -"<application>Mageia</application>." +"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" +"application> partition. Choose which one should be made smaller to make " +"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -2032,15 +2069,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Security Level" msgstr "Stopnja varnosti" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/securityLevel.xml:19 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:24 @@ -2061,22 +2101,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:5 msgid "Select and use ISOs" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:8 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:9 msgid "Media" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:11 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:12 msgid "Definition" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:13 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:14 msgid "" "Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to " "install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO " @@ -2084,212 +2124,189 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:18 msgid "" -"You can find them <link " -"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">here</link>." +"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" +"\">here</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:21 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:22 msgid "Classical installation media" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:24 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:92 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:199 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:25 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:94 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:200 msgid "Common features" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:29 msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:34 msgid "" "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:39 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:41 msgid "DVD" msgstr "DVD" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:45 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:49 msgid "" "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " "Hardware Detection Tool." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:54 msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:59 msgid "" "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:66 msgid "DVD dual arch" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:70 msgid "" "Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made " "automatically according to the detected CPU." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:75 msgid "Uses Xfce desktop only." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:79 msgid "" "Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, " "pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED!" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:84 msgid "It contains non free software." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:89 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:91 msgid "Live media" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:98 msgid "" "Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and " "optionally install Mageia on to your HDD." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:218 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:108 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:172 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:190 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:220 msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:112 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " -"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous " -"releases.</emphasis>" +"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" +"emphasis>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:118 msgid "They contain non free software." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:123 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:124 msgid "Live CD KDE" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:128 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:164 msgid "KDE desktop environment only." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:222 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:132 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:150 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:224 msgid "English language only." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:136 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:154 msgid "32 bit only." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:141 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:142 msgid "Live CD GNOME" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:146 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:182 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:159 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:160 msgid "Live DVD KDE" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:168 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:186 msgid "All languages are present." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:177 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:178 msgid "Live DVD GNOME" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:196 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:197 msgid "Boot-only CD media" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:204 msgid "" -"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to" -" start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other " -"packages that are needed to continue and complete the install. These " -"packages may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or" -" on the Internet." +"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " +"start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages " +"that are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be " +"on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the Internet." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:212 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:213 msgid "" "These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when " "bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a " @@ -2297,63 +2314,61 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:228 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:230 msgid "boot.iso" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:232 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:234 msgid "" "Contains only free software, for those people who refuse to use non-free " "software." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:239 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:243 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:245 msgid "" "Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " "it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:252 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:254 msgid "Downloading and Checking Media" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:255 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:259 msgid "" -"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or" -" BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the" -" mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If " +"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or " +"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the " +"mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If " "http is chosen, you may also see something like" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:264 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:266 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:269 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:271 msgid "" "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of " -"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the" -" file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " +"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " +"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " "number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " "downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a " "failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download.Then this " @@ -2361,94 +2376,96 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:278 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:280 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:283 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:285 msgid "Check the radio button Save File." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:287 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 msgid "Checking the downloaded media integrity" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291 msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:293 msgid "" -"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum " -"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." +"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/" +"file.iso</userinput>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:294 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:296 msgid "" -"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum " -"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." +"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/" +"image/file.iso</userinput>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:297 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 msgid "" -"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a" -" while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" +"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " +"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:301 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:303 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:311 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313 msgid "Burn or dump the ISO" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:315 msgid "" "The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB stick. " "These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a boot-able medium." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:318 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:320 msgid "Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:320 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:322 msgid "" "Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly " "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " -"not correct. There is more information in <link " -"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia" -" wiki</link>." +"not correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki." +"mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:326 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:329 msgid "Dump the ISO to a USB stick" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:328 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:331 msgid "" "All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick " "and then use it to boot and install the system." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:332 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335 msgid "" "\"dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system " "on the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will " @@ -2456,153 +2473,146 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:337 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:340 msgid "To recover the original capacity, you must re-format the USB stick." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:340 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:344 msgid "Using Mageia" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:342 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:346 msgid "" -"You can use a graphical tool like <link " -"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" +"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:344 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:348 msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:348 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 msgid "Open a console" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:356 msgid "" "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the " "final '-' )" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:360 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata contentwidth=\"650\" fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 msgid "" "Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any " "application or file manager that could access or read it)" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:373 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:376 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 msgid "" "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " "in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:389 msgid "" "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX " "bs=1M</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:387 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:394 msgid "" -"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso " -"of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" +"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/" +"dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:400 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:402 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:410 msgid "Using Windows" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:412 msgid "You could try:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:406 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:414 msgid "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:408 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 msgid "" "- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " "Disk Imager</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:425 msgid "Mageia Installation" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:427 msgid "" -"This step is detailed in <link " -"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">the Mageia documentation</link>." +"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" +"\">the Mageia documentation</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:430 msgid "" -"More information is available in <link " -"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia " -"wiki</link>." +"More information is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -2610,15 +2620,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectCountry.xml:21 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:27 @@ -2631,8 +2644,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:32 msgid "" -"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other " -"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." +"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</" +"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> @@ -2653,13 +2666,13 @@ msgstr "Način vnosa" #: en/selectCountry.xml:49 msgid "" "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " -"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input" -" multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " +"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input " +"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " "default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-" -"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method" -" so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input " -"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be " -"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." +"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method " +"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, " +"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you " +"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> @@ -2678,9 +2691,11 @@ msgstr "Namestitev ali nadgradnja" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32 @@ -2712,30 +2727,30 @@ msgid "" "Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still " "supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been " "thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already " -"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do" -" a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." +"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do " +"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56 msgid "" "If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to " -"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been" -" formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " +"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been " +"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " "the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an " -"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you" -" want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." +"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you " +"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</" +"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67 msgid "" -"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you" -" can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " -"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do " -"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install." +"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you " +"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " +"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</" +"emphasis> do this later in the install." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -2753,35 +2768,36 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\"" -" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30 msgid "" "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. " -"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications" -" that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a" -" label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " -"<link " -"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications " +"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a " +"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " +"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en." +"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40 msgid "" -"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on " -"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard " -"there." +"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</" +"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45 msgid "" "After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, " -"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though" -" a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " +"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though " +"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " "and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the " "full list." msgstr "" @@ -2812,22 +2828,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " -"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be" -" difficult to add extra language support after installation." +"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be " +"difficult to add extra language support after installation." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"" -" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 msgid "" -"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them" -" as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " +"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " +"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " "marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ." msgstr "" @@ -2858,17 +2876,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select mouse" msgstr "" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right -#. place -#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place +#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectMouse.xml:16 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:23 @@ -2880,8 +2899,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:25 msgid "" -"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB " -"mice</guilabel> is a good choice." +"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</" +"guilabel> is a good choice." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2899,9 +2918,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" +"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2917,16 +2936,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use " "this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually " -"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code>" -" instead." +"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> " +"instead." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" -"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." +"png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2961,31 +2980,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Glavne možnosti zagonskega nalagalnika" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from -#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, -#. except in this sentence. -#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using -#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist +#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. +#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" " -"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:16 msgid "" -"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by" -" the installer, you can change them here." +"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " +"the installer, you can change them here." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:20 msgid "" -"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case" -" you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " +"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " +"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " "allow Mageia to create a new one." msgstr "" @@ -3039,16 +3058,16 @@ msgstr "" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:60 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " -"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader" -" <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the" -" bootloader install location." +"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " +"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the " +"bootloader install location." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 msgid "" -"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR." -" You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " +"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " +"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " "phase earlier, e.g. sda7." msgstr "" @@ -3061,8 +3080,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:75 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " -"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to" -" the installer screen." +"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " +"the installer screen." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -3070,8 +3089,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " -"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and" -" add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " +"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and " +"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " "question." msgstr "" @@ -3084,9 +3103,9 @@ msgstr "Napredne možnosti zagonskega nalagalnika" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:95 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " -"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp " -"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." +"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" +"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</" +"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -3094,29 +3113,28 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Setup SCSI" msgstr "" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's -#. comment ;-) -#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based -#. on the -#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 +#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) +#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the +#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:32 msgid "" -"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers" -" it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " +"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers " +"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " "fail to recognise the drive." msgstr "" @@ -3137,7 +3155,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Sound Configuration" msgstr "Nastavitve zvoka" -#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 +#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/soundConfig.xml:17 msgid "" @@ -3167,9 +3185,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/soundConfig.xml:33 msgid "" "Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on " -"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how " -"to solve the problem." +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</" +"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> @@ -3197,19 +3214,20 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" msgstr "" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -#. test comment - johnr +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 +#. test comment - johnr #. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct -#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm -#. sure I -#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD -#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot +#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I +#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD +#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" +"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" +"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 @@ -3221,8 +3239,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 msgid "" -"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every" -" partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." +"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " +"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -3247,20 +3265,20 @@ msgstr "" #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:16 msgid "" "After your data backup, reboot your installation Mageia DVD and select " -"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will" -" only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system." +"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will " +"only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:20 msgid "" "To recover the space used by Mageia partitions on Windows, click on " -"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management " -"-> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. " +"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management -" +"> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. " "You will recognize the Mageia partition because they are labeled " "<guilabel>Unknown</guilabel>, and also by their size and place in the disk. " -"Right click on each of these partitions and select " -"<guibutton>Delete</guibutton>. The space will be freed." +"Right click on each of these partitions and select <guibutton>Delete</" +"guibutton>. The space will be freed." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -3276,6 +3294,6 @@ msgid "" "If you have Vista or 7, you have one more possibility, you can extend the " "existing partition that is at the left of the freed space. There are other " "partitioning tools that can be used, such as gparted, available for both " -"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and" -" make sure all important things have been backed up." +"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and " +"make sure all important things have been backed up." msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/installer/sq.po b/docs/installer/sq.po index 59ac5ab6..aff68b9b 100644 --- a/docs/installer/sq.po +++ b/docs/installer/sq.po @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package. -# +# # Translators: # Ardit Dani <ardit.dani@gmail.com>, 2014 # Ardit Dani <ardit.dani@gmail.com>, 2014 @@ -9,14 +9,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-01-05 13:46+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-02-24 19:21+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-01-05 11:47+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n" -"Language-Team: Albanian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/sq/)\n" +"Language-Team: Albanian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" +"sq/)\n" +"Language: sq\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: sq\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -27,9 +28,11 @@ msgstr "Licenca dhe Shënime Lëshimit" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:45 @@ -39,31 +42,40 @@ msgstr "Licenca e Pajtueshmërisë" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:48 msgid "" -"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license" -" terms and conditions carefully." -msgstr "Para instalimit<application>Mageia</application>, ju lutemi lexoni kushtet e licencës me kujdes." +"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license " +"terms and conditions carefully." +msgstr "" +"Para instalimit<application>Mageia</application>, ju lutemi lexoni kushtet e " +"licencës me kujdes." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51 msgid "" -"These terms and conditions apply to the entire " -"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before " -"you can continue." -msgstr "Këto kushte dhe rregulla zbatohen për të gjithë shpërndarjet <application>Mageia</application> dhe duhet të pranohen para se mund të vazhdohet." +"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</" +"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue." +msgstr "" +"Këto kushte dhe rregulla zbatohen për të gjithë shpërndarjet " +"<application>Mageia</application> dhe duhet të pranohen para se mund të " +"vazhdohet." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:55 msgid "" "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Për të pranuar, thjesht zgjidhni <guilabel>Prano</guilabel> dhe pastaj klikoni në <guibutton>Tjetrën</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Për të pranuar, thjesht zgjidhni <guilabel>Prano</guilabel> dhe pastaj " +"klikoni në <guibutton>Tjetrën</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:58 msgid "" -"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking." -" Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." -msgstr "Nëse vendosni të mos e pranojë këto kushte, atëherë ne ju falënderoj për kërkimin. Klikoni <guibutton> Dil </guibutton> do të ristartoni kompjuterin tuaj." +"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. " +"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." +msgstr "" +"Nëse vendosni të mos e pranojë këto kushte, atëherë ne ju falënderoj për " +"kërkimin. Klikoni <guibutton> Dil </guibutton> do të ristartoni kompjuterin " +"tuaj." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:68 @@ -75,7 +87,9 @@ msgstr "Shënime lëshimi" msgid "" "To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, " "click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button." -msgstr "Për të parë se çfarë ka të re në këtë version të <application>Mageia</application>, klikoni në <guibutton>Shënime Lëshimi</guibutton> button." +msgstr "" +"Për të parë se çfarë ka të re në këtë version të <application>Mageia</" +"application>, klikoni në <guibutton>Shënime Lëshimi</guibutton> button." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 @@ -88,27 +102,32 @@ msgstr "sq" msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" msgstr "Përzgjedhja Media (Konfiguro Plotësues Media Instalimi)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the -#. same as for media_selection -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ -#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" " -"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24 msgid "" "This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can " -"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The" -" source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " +"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The " +"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " "during the next steps." -msgstr "Ky ekran ju jep listën e Depove të njohura tashmë. Ju mund të shtoni burime të tjera për paketat, si një disk optik apo një burim të largët. Zgjedhja burim përcakton se cilat paketë do të jetë në dispozicion për përzgjedhje gjatë hapave të ardhshëm." +msgstr "" +"Ky ekran ju jep listën e Depove të njohura tashmë. Ju mund të shtoni burime " +"të tjera për paketat, si një disk optik apo një burim të largët. Zgjedhja " +"burim përcakton se cilat paketë do të jetë në dispozicion për përzgjedhje " +"gjatë hapave të ardhshëm." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29 @@ -128,38 +147,40 @@ msgid "" "Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With " "the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS " "installation." -msgstr "Zgjedhjen e një pasqyrë apo një URL të specifikuar (hyrje e parë). Me zgjedhjen e një pasqyrë, ju keni qasje në zgjedhjen e të gjitha depove të menaxhuara nga Mageia, si jofalas, depot e njollosura dhe azhornimet. Me URL, ju mund të caktojë një depo të veçantë ose vet instalimin tuaj NFS." +msgstr "" +"Zgjedhjen e një pasqyrë apo një URL të specifikuar (hyrje e parë). Me " +"zgjedhjen e një pasqyrë, ju keni qasje në zgjedhjen e të gjitha depove të " +"menaxhuara nga Mageia, si jofalas, depot e njollosura dhe azhornimet. Me " +"URL, ju mund të caktojë një depo të veçantë ose vet instalimin tuaj NFS." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:4 msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "Menaxher për Përdorues dhe Super-përdoruesin " -#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, -#. but -#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only -#. thing -#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to -#. enable or -#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the -#. previous +#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but +#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing +#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or +#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous #. screen), marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't -#. understand -#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? -#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading -#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand +#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? +#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading +#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/addUser.xml:27 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:34 @@ -171,20 +192,32 @@ msgstr "Vendos Fjalëkalim administratori (root):" msgid "" "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to " "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the " -"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the" -" top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " +"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the " +"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " "depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are " "using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box " "just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped " "the first password by comparing them." -msgstr "Është e këshillueshme për të gjithë instalimet <application>Mageia</application> për të vendosur një superpërdorues apo fjalëkalim administratori, zakonisht të quajtur <emphasis> fjalëkalimin root</emphasis> në Linux. Siq ju shkruani një fjalëkalim në kutinë e lartë ngjyra e mburojës së saj do të ndryshojë nga e kuqe në të verdhë të gjelbër në varësi të fuqisë e password. Një mburojë e gjelbër tregon se jeni duke përdorur një fjalëkalim të fortë. Ju duhet për të përsëritur të njëjtin fjalëkalim në kutinë vetëm nën kutinë e parë fjalëkalimi, kjo kontrollon se ju nuk e keni shtypur keq pyetjen fjalëkalimin e parë duke i krahasuar ato." +msgstr "" +"Është e këshillueshme për të gjithë instalimet <application>Mageia</" +"application> për të vendosur një superpërdorues apo fjalëkalim " +"administratori, zakonisht të quajtur <emphasis> fjalëkalimin root</emphasis> " +"në Linux. Siq ju shkruani një fjalëkalim në kutinë e lartë ngjyra e mburojës " +"së saj do të ndryshojë nga e kuqe në të verdhë të gjelbër në varësi të " +"fuqisë e password. Një mburojë e gjelbër tregon se jeni duke përdorur një " +"fjalëkalim të fortë. Ju duhet për të përsëritur të njëjtin fjalëkalim në " +"kutinë vetëm nën kutinë e parë fjalëkalimi, kjo kontrollon se ju nuk e keni " +"shtypur keq pyetjen fjalëkalimin e parë duke i krahasuar ato." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:48 msgid "" "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters " "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password." -msgstr "Të gjitha fjalëkalimet janë raste të ndjeshme, është mirë përdorimi një përzierje të shkronjave (mëdha dhe të vogla), numra dhe karaktere të tjera në një fjalëkalim." +msgstr "" +"Të gjitha fjalëkalimet janë raste të ndjeshme, është mirë përdorimi një " +"përzierje të shkronjave (mëdha dhe të vogla), numra dhe karaktere të tjera " +"në një fjalëkalim." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:56 @@ -197,29 +230,40 @@ msgid "" "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but " "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and " "anything else the average user does with his computer" -msgstr "Shto një përdorues këtu. Një përdorues ka më pak të drejta se super-përdoruesit (root), por të mjaftueshme për të shfletuar në internet, përdorimi aplikacioneve të zyrës ose luajnë lojëra dhe çdo gjë tjetër përdoruesi mesatar bën me kompjuterin e tij" +msgstr "" +"Shto një përdorues këtu. Një përdorues ka më pak të drejta se super-" +"përdoruesit (root), por të mjaftueshme për të shfletuar në internet, " +"përdorimi aplikacioneve të zyrës ose luajnë lojëra dhe çdo gjë tjetër " +"përdoruesi mesatar bën me kompjuterin e tij" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:65 msgid "" "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the " "users icon." -msgstr "<guibutton>Ikonë</guibutton>: nëse klikoni në këtë buton do të ndryshojë ikonën e përdoruesve." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Ikonë</guibutton>: nëse klikoni në këtë buton do të ndryshojë " +"ikonën e përdoruesve." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:70 msgid "" "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text " "box." -msgstr "<guilabel>Emri Vërtetë</guilabel>: Vendos emrin e vërtetë të përdoruesit në këtë kuti teksti." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Emri Vërtetë</guilabel>: Vendos emrin e vërtetë të përdoruesit në " +"këtë kuti teksti." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:75 msgid "" "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let " -"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case" -" sensitive.</emphasis>" -msgstr "<guilabel>Emri Hyrës</guilabel>: Këtu ju shkruani emrin e përdoruesit hyrës ose le draky përdorimin e një versioni të emrin e vërtetë përdoruesit. <emphasis>Emri hyrës është rast i ndjeshme.</emphasis>" +"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case " +"sensitive.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Emri Hyrës</guilabel>: Këtu ju shkruani emrin e përdoruesit hyrës " +"ose le draky përdorimin e një versioni të emrin e vërtetë përdoruesit. " +"<emphasis>Emri hyrës është rast i ndjeshme.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:81 @@ -227,22 +271,31 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user " "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the " "strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" -msgstr "<guilabel>Fjalëkalimi</guilabel>: Në këtë kutinë e tekstit ju duhet të shkruani fjalëkalimin e përdoruesit. Nuk është një mburojë në fund të kutisë të tekstit që tregon fuqinë e fjalëkalimin. (Shiko edhe <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Fjalëkalimi</guilabel>: Në këtë kutinë e tekstit ju duhet të " +"shkruani fjalëkalimin e përdoruesit. Nuk është një mburojë në fund të kutisë " +"të tekstit që tregon fuqinë e fjalëkalimin. (Shiko edhe <xref linkend=" +"\"givePassword\"></xref>)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:87 msgid "" "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this " -"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user" -" password text boxes." -msgstr "<guilabel>Fjalëkalimi (përsëri)</guilabel>: Rishkruaj fjalëkalimin e përdoruesit në këtë kuti të tekstit dhe DrakX do të kontrollojë ju keni të njëjtin fjalëkalim në secilën nga kutitë e tekstit përdorues fjalëkalim." +"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user " +"password text boxes." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Fjalëkalimi (përsëri)</guilabel>: Rishkruaj fjalëkalimin e " +"përdoruesit në këtë kuti të tekstit dhe DrakX do të kontrollojë ju keni të " +"njëjtin fjalëkalim në secilën nga kutitë e tekstit përdorues fjalëkalim." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:94 msgid "" "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but " "write protected) home directory." -msgstr "Çdo përdorues ju shtoni gjatë instalimit Mageia, do të ketë një botë të lexueshëm (por shkrim i mbrojtur) skedari shtëpi." +msgstr "" +"Çdo përdorues ju shtoni gjatë instalimit Mageia, do të ketë një botë të " +"lexueshëm (por shkrim i mbrojtur) skedari shtëpi." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:97 @@ -250,14 +303,20 @@ msgid "" "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - " "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that " "is both read and write protected." -msgstr "Megjithatë, duke përdorur instalmin tuaj të ri, çdo përdorues që të shtoni në <emphasis>MCC - System - Menaxho përdoruesit në sistem</emphasis> do të ketë një skedarë shtëpi që është me mbrojtje lexo dhe shkruaj." +msgstr "" +"Megjithatë, duke përdorur instalmin tuaj të ri, çdo përdorues që të shtoni " +"në <emphasis>MCC - System - Menaxho përdoruesit në sistem</emphasis> do të " +"ketë një skedarë shtëpi që është me mbrojtje lexo dhe shkruaj." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:101 msgid "" "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised " "to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." -msgstr "Nëse ju nuk doni një skedarë të përgjithshëm të lexueshëm shtëpi për të gjithë, është këshilluar për të shtuar vetëm një përdorues të përkohshme tani dhe për të shtuar një të vërtetë pa(s) rinisjes." +msgstr "" +"Nëse ju nuk doni një skedarë të përgjithshëm të lexueshëm shtëpi për të " +"gjithë, është këshilluar për të shtuar vetëm një përdorues të përkohshme " +"tani dhe për të shtuar një të vërtetë pa(s) rinisjes." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:105 @@ -265,7 +324,11 @@ msgid "" "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all " "extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step " "during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>." -msgstr "Nëse ju preferoni skedarë të lexueshëm dokumente në shtëpi, ju mund të dëshironi të shtoni të gjithë përdoruesit shtesë të nevojshme në <emphasis>Konfiguracion - Përmbledhje</emphasis> hap gjatë instalimit. Zgjidh <emphasis>Menaxhimi Përdoruesit</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Nëse ju preferoni skedarë të lexueshëm dokumente në shtëpi, ju mund të " +"dëshironi të shtoni të gjithë përdoruesit shtesë të nevojshme në " +"<emphasis>Konfiguracion - Përmbledhje</emphasis> hap gjatë instalimit. " +"Zgjidh <emphasis>Menaxhimi Përdoruesit</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:109 @@ -283,7 +346,11 @@ msgid "" "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a " "screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. " "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." -msgstr "Nëse <guibutton>avancimi</guibutton> butoni është i klikuar ju ofrohet një ekran që ju lejon të modifikoni cilësimet për përdoruesin që ju jeni duke shtuar. Përveç kësaj, ju mund të çaktivizoni ose të mundësoni një llogari vizitor." +msgstr "" +"Nëse <guibutton>avancimi</guibutton> butoni është i klikuar ju ofrohet një " +"ekran që ju lejon të modifikoni cilësimet për përdoruesin që ju jeni duke " +"shtuar. Përveç kësaj, ju mund të çaktivizoni ose të mundësoni një llogari " +"vizitor." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/addUser.xml:124 @@ -299,7 +366,11 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a " "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, " "but he has more restricted access than normal users." -msgstr "<guilabel>Aktivizo llogarinë visitor</guilabel>: Këtu ju mund të mundësoni ose çaktivizoni një llogari visitor.Llogaria visitor lejon një visitor për të hyrë në dhe të përdorur PC'në, por ai ka qasje më të kufizuar se përdoruesit normal." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Aktivizo llogarinë visitor</guilabel>: Këtu ju mund të mundësoni " +"ose çaktivizoni një llogari visitor.Llogaria visitor lejon një visitor për " +"të hyrë në dhe të përdorur PC'në, por ai ka qasje më të kufizuar se " +"përdoruesit normal." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:138 @@ -321,8 +392,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/addUser.xml:150 msgid "" "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID. Also a " -"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know" -" what you are doing." +"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know " +"what you are doing." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -330,27 +401,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Choose the mount points" msgstr "Zgjidhni pikat montuese" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least -#. ONE" -#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes -#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the -#. Americans -#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I -#. removed it -#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 +#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE" +#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) +#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes +#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans +#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it +#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) +#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" -"=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33 @@ -365,39 +436,53 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> " "(root) partition." -msgstr "Nëse ju ndryshoni ndonjë gjë, sigurohuni që ju ende keni një <literal>/</literal> ndarje (root)." +msgstr "" +"Nëse ju ndryshoni ndonjë gjë, sigurohuni që ju ende keni një <literal>/</" +"literal> ndarje (root)." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44 msgid "" -"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount " -"point\", \"Type\")." -msgstr "Çdo ndarje është treguar si vijimi: \"Pajisje\" (\"Kapacitet\", \"Pikë montimi\", \"Tipi\")." +"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point" +"\", \"Type\")." +msgstr "" +"Çdo ndarje është treguar si vijimi: \"Pajisje\" (\"Kapacitet\", \"Pikë " +"montimi\", \"Tipi\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49 msgid "" "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], " "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")." -msgstr "\"Pajisja\", është e përbërë nga: \"hard-disku\", [\"numri i hard-diskut\"(shkronjë)], \"numri ndarjes\" (për shembull, \"sda5\")." +msgstr "" +"\"Pajisja\", është e përbërë nga: \"hard-disku\", [\"numri i hard-diskut" +"\"(shkronjë)], \"numri ndarjes\" (për shembull, \"sda5\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55 msgid "" -"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from" -" the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " +"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from " +"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " "and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for " "instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store " -"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the " -"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install." -msgstr "Nëse ju keni shumë ndarëse, ju mund të zgjidhni pika montuese shumë të ndryshme nga menyja poshtë, të tilla si <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/shtëpi</literal> dhe <literal>/var</literal>. Ju mund të bëni edhe vetë pikat montuese, për shembull <literal>/video</literal> për një ndarje ku ju doni të ruani filmat tuaj, ose <literal>/cauldron-shtëpi</literal> për <literal>/shtëpi</literal> ndarjet e një instalimi cauldron." +"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</" +"literal> partition of a cauldron install." +msgstr "" +"Nëse ju keni shumë ndarëse, ju mund të zgjidhni pika montuese shumë të " +"ndryshme nga menyja poshtë, të tilla si <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/" +"shtëpi</literal> dhe <literal>/var</literal>. Ju mund të bëni edhe vetë " +"pikat montuese, për shembull <literal>/video</literal> për një ndarje ku ju " +"doni të ruani filmat tuaj, ose <literal>/cauldron-shtëpi</literal> për " +"<literal>/shtëpi</literal> ndarjet e një instalimi cauldron." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65 msgid "" "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount " "point field blank." -msgstr "Për ndarëse që ju nuk keni të drejta në, ju mund të lënë pikë fushës montuese bosh." +msgstr "" +"Për ndarëse që ju nuk keni të drejta në, ju mund të lënë pikë fushës " +"montuese bosh." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71 @@ -405,15 +490,22 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, " "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen " "that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size." -msgstr "Zgjedh<guibutton>Mëparshëm</guibutton> në qoftë se ju nuk jeni të sigurt çfarë të zgjidhni, dhe pastaj shënoni <guilabel>Ndarja diskut personalizuar</guilabel>. Në ekran që vijon, ju mund të klikoni mbi një ndarje për të parë llojin e saj dhe madhësinë." +msgstr "" +"Zgjedh<guibutton>Mëparshëm</guibutton> në qoftë se ju nuk jeni të sigurt " +"çfarë të zgjidhni, dhe pastaj shënoni <guilabel>Ndarja diskut personalizuar</" +"guilabel>. Në ekran që vijon, ju mund të klikoni mbi një ndarje për të parë " +"llojin e saj dhe madhësinë." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77 msgid "" -"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the " -"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more." -msgstr "Nëse jeni të sigurt që pikat montuese janë të sakta, klikoni mbi <guibutton>Tjetër</guibutton>, dhe zgjidhni nëse ju vetëm dëshironi të formatoni ndarjen(s) DrakX sugjeruar, ose më shumë." +"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) " +"DrakX suggests, or more." +msgstr "" +"Nëse jeni të sigurt që pikat montuese janë të sakta, klikoni mbi " +"<guibutton>Tjetër</guibutton>, dhe zgjidhni nëse ju vetëm dëshironi të " +"formatoni ndarjen(s) DrakX sugjeruar, ose më shumë." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 @@ -423,9 +515,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11 msgid "" -"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine" -" tune your choice." -msgstr "Në varësi të zgjedhjes tuaj këtu, ju mund të ju ofrohet ekran i mëtejshme për të akorduar gjobë zgjedhjes tuaj." +"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine " +"tune your choice." +msgstr "" +"Në varësi të zgjedhjes tuaj këtu, ju mund të ju ofrohet ekran i mëtejshme " +"për të akorduar gjobë zgjedhjes tuaj." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13 @@ -433,14 +527,19 @@ msgid "" "After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package " "installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the " "<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button" -msgstr "Pas përzgjedhjes hapave(s), ju do të shihni një shfaqje gjatë instalimit të paketës. Shfaqje mund të ç'aktiviohet duke shtypur butonin <guilabel>Detajet</guilabel>" +msgstr "" +"Pas përzgjedhjes hapave(s), ju do të shihni një shfaqje gjatë instalimit të " +"paketës. Shfaqje mund të ç'aktiviohet duke shtypur butonin " +"<guilabel>Detajet</guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26 @@ -452,21 +551,30 @@ msgid "" "default software choices for these desktop environments. The " "<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, " "sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default." -msgstr "Zgjidhni nëse ju preferoni të përdorni <application>KDE</application> ose <application>Gnome</application> mjedisin desktop. Të dy vijnë me një seri të plotë të aplikacioneve të dobishme dhe mjetet. Shenjë <guilabel>Personalizuar</guilabel> nëse ju nuk doni të përdorni asnjërin ose të dy, ose nëse ju doni diçka tjetër përveç zgjidhjes programit të paracaktuar për këto mjedise desktop. <application>LXDE</application> desktop është më e lehtë se dy të mëparshmit, mbështet karamele sy më pak dhe më pak paketa instaluese nga parazgjedhja." +msgstr "" +"Zgjidhni nëse ju preferoni të përdorni <application>KDE</application> ose " +"<application>Gnome</application> mjedisin desktop. Të dy vijnë me një seri " +"të plotë të aplikacioneve të dobishme dhe mjetet. Shenjë " +"<guilabel>Personalizuar</guilabel> nëse ju nuk doni të përdorni asnjërin ose " +"të dy, ose nëse ju doni diçka tjetër përveç zgjidhjes programit të " +"paracaktuar për këto mjedise desktop. <application>LXDE</application> " +"desktop është më e lehtë se dy të mëparshmit, mbështet karamele sy më pak " +"dhe më pak paketa instaluese nga parazgjedhja." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4 msgid "Package Group Selection" msgstr "Zgjidhni Grupet Paketave" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a -#. new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16 @@ -475,7 +583,12 @@ msgid "" "your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however " "more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which " "become visible as the mouse is hovered over them." -msgstr "Paketat janë të renditura në grupe, për të bërë zgjedhjen atyre që ju duhet në sistemin tuaj shumë më e lehtë. Grupet janë mjaft të vetë shpjegueshëm, megjithatë më shumë informacion në lidhje me përmbajtjen e secilit është në dispozicion në mjet-këshilla të cilat bëhen të dukshme kur miu fluturon mbi ta." +msgstr "" +"Paketat janë të renditura në grupe, për të bërë zgjedhjen atyre që ju duhet " +"në sistemin tuaj shumë më e lehtë. Grupet janë mjaft të vetë shpjegueshëm, " +"megjithatë më shumë informacion në lidhje me përmbajtjen e secilit është në " +"dispozicion në mjet-këshilla të cilat bëhen të dukshme kur miu fluturon mbi " +"ta." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23 @@ -497,44 +610,50 @@ msgstr "Mjedis Grafike." msgid "" "Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or " "remove packages." -msgstr "Zgjedhja Individuale Paketave: Ju mund të përdorni këtë opsion për të shtuar manualisht ose hequr paketa." +msgstr "" +"Zgjedhja Individuale Paketave: Ju mund të përdorni këtë opsion për të shtuar " +"manualisht ose hequr paketa." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39 msgid "" -"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do" -" a minimal install." -msgstr "Lexo <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> për udhëzime se si të bëni një instalim minimal." +"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " +"a minimal install." +msgstr "" +"Lexo <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> për udhëzime se si të bëni " +"një instalim minimal." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4 msgid "Choose Individual Packages" msgstr "Zgjidhni paketat individuale" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a -#. new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17 msgid "" -"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your " -"installation." -msgstr "Këtu ju mund të shtoni ose hiqni çdo paketë shtesë për të rregulluar instalimin tuaj." +"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation." +msgstr "" +"Këtu ju mund të shtoni ose hiqni çdo paketë shtesë për të rregulluar " +"instalimin tuaj." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20 msgid "" -"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy " -"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages " -"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the " -"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install " -"and choosing to load it." +"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</" +"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving " +"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same " +"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and " +"choosing to load it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -542,29 +661,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configure your Services" msgstr "Konfiguro shërbimet tuaja" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureServices.xml:21 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" -"=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:27 msgid "" -"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your " -"system." -msgstr "Këtu ju mund të vendosni se cilat shërbime (nuk) duhet të fillojnë kur ju ndezni sistemin tuaj." +"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system." +msgstr "" +"Këtu ju mund të vendosni se cilat shërbime (nuk) duhet të fillojnë kur ju " +"ndezni sistemin tuaj." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:30 msgid "" -"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and" -" see all services in it." -msgstr "Ka katër grupe, klikoni në trekëndësh para se një grup për të zgjeruar atë dhe të parë të gjitha shërbimet në të." +"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and " +"see all services in it." +msgstr "" +"Ka katër grupe, klikoni në trekëndësh para se një grup për të zgjeruar atë " +"dhe të parë të gjitha shërbimet në të." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:34 @@ -576,7 +701,9 @@ msgstr "Cilësimet e zgjedhura nga DrakX zakonisht janë të mira." msgid "" "If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info " "box below." -msgstr "Nëse përzgjidhni një shërbim, disa informacione në lidhje me të janë shfaqur në kutinë info më poshtë." +msgstr "" +"Nëse përzgjidhni një shërbim, disa informacione në lidhje me të janë shfaqur " +"në kutinë info më poshtë." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:41 @@ -588,36 +715,45 @@ msgstr "Vetëm ndrysho gjërat, kur ju e dini shumë mirë se çfarë po bëni." msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Konfiguro kohën-zonës tuaj" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 msgid "" -"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the" -" same time zone." -msgstr "Zgjidhni kohën e zonës tuaj duke zgjedhur vendin tuaj ose një qytet të afërt me ju në të njëjtën kohë." +"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " +"same time zone." +msgstr "" +"Zgjidhni kohën e zonës tuaj duke zgjedhur vendin tuaj ose një qytet të afërt " +"me ju në të njëjtën kohë." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 msgid "" -"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to" -" GMT, also known as UTC." -msgstr "Në ekran tjetër ju mund të zgjidhni vendosjen orës tuaj pjesëve-elektronike për orën lokale ose në GMT, e njohur edhe si UTC." +"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " +"GMT, also known as UTC." +msgstr "" +"Në ekran tjetër ju mund të zgjidhni vendosjen orës tuaj pjesëve-elektronike " +"për orën lokale ose në GMT, e njohur edhe si UTC." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 msgid "" "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." -msgstr "Nëse ju keni më shumë se një sistem operativ në kompjuterin tuaj, sigurohuni se janë të vendosur të gjithë në kohë lokale, ose të gjithë në UTC/GMT." +msgstr "" +"Nëse ju keni më shumë se një sistem operativ në kompjuterin tuaj, sigurohuni " +"se janë të vendosur të gjithë në kohë lokale, ose të gjithë në UTC/GMT." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11 @@ -627,10 +763,13 @@ msgstr "Zgjidhni një X Server (Konfiguro Kartën tuaj Grafike)" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id" -"=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 @@ -644,7 +783,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know " "which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:" -msgstr "Nëse instaluesi nuk ka zbuluar kartën tuaj grafike të saktë dhe ju e dini cilën keni, ju mund të zgjidhni atë nga pema nga:" +msgstr "" +"Nëse instaluesi nuk ka zbuluar kartën tuaj grafike të saktë dhe ju e dini " +"cilën keni, ju mund të zgjidhni atë nga pema nga:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 @@ -667,7 +808,10 @@ msgid "" "If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in " "the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the " "Xorg category" -msgstr "Nëse ju nuk mund të gjeni kartën tuaj në listat shitësit (për shkak se ajo nuk është ende në bazën e të dhënave ose është një kartë të vjetër) ju mund të gjeni një drejtues të përshtatshme në kategorinë Xorg" +msgstr "" +"Nëse ju nuk mund të gjeni kartën tuaj në listat shitësit (për shkak se ajo " +"nuk është ende në bazën e të dhënave ose është një kartë të vjetër) ju mund " +"të gjeni një drejtues të përshtatshme në kategorinë Xorg" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43 @@ -675,14 +819,20 @@ msgid "" "The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card " "drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " "option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities." -msgstr "Lista Xorg ofron më shumë se 40 drejtues përgjithshëm dhe të burimit hapur kartave video. Nëse ju ende nuk mund të gjeni një drejtues për emrin e kartës tuaj ekziston opsioni i përdorimit të drejtuesit vesa e cila ofron aftësitë themelore." +msgstr "" +"Lista Xorg ofron më shumë se 40 drejtues përgjithshëm dhe të burimit hapur " +"kartave video. Nëse ju ende nuk mund të gjeni një drejtues për emrin e " +"kartës tuaj ekziston opsioni i përdorimit të drejtuesit vesa e cila ofron " +"aftësitë themelore." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48 msgid "" "Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access " "to the Commandline Interface." -msgstr "Të jenë të vetëdijshëm se në qoftë se ju zgjidhni drejtues papajtueshme ju vetëm mund të kenë të drejtë hyrje në Ndërfaqen Komandave." +msgstr "" +"Të jenë të vetëdijshëm se në qoftë se ju zgjidhni drejtues papajtueshme ju " +"vetëm mund të kenë të drejtë hyrje në Ndërfaqen Komandave." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 @@ -690,30 +840,37 @@ msgid "" "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " "may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from " "the card manufacturers' websites." -msgstr "Disa prodhues kartë video japin drejtues të pronarit për Linux cilat mund të jenë në dispozicion vetëm në depo jo-falas dhe në disa raste vetëm nga faqet e internetit të prodhuesit kartës." +msgstr "" +"Disa prodhues kartë video japin drejtues të pronarit për Linux cilat mund të " +"jenë në dispozicion vetëm në depo jo-falas dhe në disa raste vetëm nga faqet " +"e internetit të prodhuesit kartës." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 msgid "" "The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them. If " "you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot." -msgstr "Depoja jo-falas duhet të jenë të aktivizuara në mënyrë eksplicite për të hyrë në to. Nëse ju nuk e zgjidhni atë më parë, ju duhet të bëni këtë pas rinisjes tuaj të parë." +msgstr "" +"Depoja jo-falas duhet të jenë të aktivizuara në mënyrë eksplicite për të " +"hyrë në to. Nëse ju nuk e zgjidhni atë më parë, ju duhet të bëni këtë pas " +"rinisjes tuaj të parë." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4 msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" msgstr "Karta Grafike dhe Konfigurimi Monitorit" -#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" -#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename -#. for this page +#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18 @@ -722,19 +879,31 @@ msgid "" "you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are " "all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window " "System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for " -"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or" -" any other graphical environment to work well, the following " -"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct " -"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a " -"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect." -msgstr "Pa marrë parasysh se cili mjedis grafik (e njohur edhe si mjedisi desktop) ju zgjidhni për këtë instalim i <application>Mageia</application>, ato janë të gjitha të bazuara në një sistem të përdoruesit ndërfaqe grafike të quajtur <acronym>X Window Sistem</acronym>, ose thjeshtë <acronym>X</acronym>. Pra, në mënyrë për<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> ose çdo mjedis tjetër grafik të punojnë mirë, në vijim <acronym>X</acronym> cilësimet duhet të jenë të saktë. Zgjidhni parametrat e saktë, nëse ju mund të shihni se <application>DrakX</application> nuk bëri një zgjedhje, ose në qoftë se ju mendoni se zgjedhja është e gabuar." +"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or " +"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</" +"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can " +"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you " +"think the choice is incorrect." +msgstr "" +"Pa marrë parasysh se cili mjedis grafik (e njohur edhe si mjedisi desktop) " +"ju zgjidhni për këtë instalim i <application>Mageia</application>, ato janë " +"të gjitha të bazuara në një sistem të përdoruesit ndërfaqe grafike të " +"quajtur <acronym>X Window Sistem</acronym>, ose thjeshtë <acronym>X</" +"acronym>. Pra, në mënyrë për<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</" +"acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> ose çdo mjedis tjetër grafik të punojnë " +"mirë, në vijim <acronym>X</acronym> cilësimet duhet të jenë të saktë. " +"Zgjidhni parametrat e saktë, nëse ju mund të shihni se <application>DrakX</" +"application> nuk bëri një zgjedhje, ose në qoftë se ju mendoni se zgjedhja " +"është e gabuar." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card " "from the list if needed." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Karta Grafike</guibutton></emphasis>: Zgjidhni kartën tuaj nga lista nëse është e nevojshme." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Karta Grafike</guibutton></emphasis>: Zgjidhni kartën " +"tuaj nga lista nëse është e nevojshme." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37 @@ -744,7 +913,13 @@ msgid "" "from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. " "Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the " "horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: Ju mund të zgjidhni <guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> kur është e aplikueshme, ose zgjidhni monitorimin tuaj nga <guilabel>Shitës</guilabel> ose <guilabel>Përgjithshëm</guilabel> listë. Zgjidh <guilabel>Personalizuar</guilabel> nëse preferoni për të vendosur rifreskimin manual horizontal dhe vertikal të monitorimit tuaj." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: Ju mund të zgjidhni " +"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> kur është e aplikueshme, ose zgjidhni " +"monitorimin tuaj nga <guilabel>Shitës</guilabel> ose <guilabel>Përgjithshëm</" +"guilabel> listë. Zgjidh <guilabel>Personalizuar</guilabel> nëse preferoni " +"për të vendosur rifreskimin manual horizontal dhe vertikal të monitorimit " +"tuaj." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45 @@ -756,7 +931,9 @@ msgstr "Normat e pasakta Rifresko mund të dëmtojë monitoruar tuaj" msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired " "resolution and color depth of your monitor here." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Rezolucion</guibutton></emphasis>: Vendos rezolucionin dhe ngjyra e dëshiruara në thellësinë e monitoruar tuaj këtu." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Rezolucion</guibutton></emphasis>: Vendos rezolucionin " +"dhe ngjyra e dëshiruara në thellësinë e monitoruar tuaj këtu." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56 @@ -764,19 +941,29 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not " "always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your " "settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your " -"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept." -" If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be" -" able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " -"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't " -"available</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: Butoni Test jo gjithmonë duket gjatë instalimit. Nëse butoni është atje, ju mund të kontrollojë parametrat tuaj duke shtypur atë. Nëse ju shikoni një pyetje që ju pyet nëse parametrat tuaj janë të sakta, ju mund t'i përgjigjeni \"Po\", dhe cilësimet do të mbahen. Nëse ju nuk e shihni ndonjë gjë, ju do të ktheheni në ekranin e konfigurimit dhe të jeni në gjendje për të rikonfiguruar gjithçka derisa testi është i mirë.<emphasis>Sigurohuni që parametrat tuaj janë në anën e sigurt nëse botoni Test nuk është në dispozicion</emphasis>" +"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. " +"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be " +"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " +"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: Butoni Test jo gjithmonë " +"duket gjatë instalimit. Nëse butoni është atje, ju mund të kontrollojë " +"parametrat tuaj duke shtypur atë. Nëse ju shikoni një pyetje që ju pyet nëse " +"parametrat tuaj janë të sakta, ju mund t'i përgjigjeni \"Po\", dhe cilësimet " +"do të mbahen. Nëse ju nuk e shihni ndonjë gjë, ju do të ktheheni në ekranin " +"e konfigurimit dhe të jeni në gjendje për të rikonfiguruar gjithçka derisa " +"testi është i mirë.<emphasis>Sigurohuni që parametrat tuaj janë në anën e " +"sigurt nëse botoni Test nuk është në dispozicion</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to " "enable or disable various options." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Opsione</guibutton></emphasis>: Këtu ju mund të zgjidhni të mundësoni ose çaktivizoni opsionet e ndryshme." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Opsione</guibutton></emphasis>: Këtu ju mund të " +"zgjidhni të mundësoni ose çaktivizoni opsionet e ndryshme." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18 @@ -788,7 +975,9 @@ msgstr "Zgjidhni Monitorin tuaj" msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually " "correctly identify yours." -msgstr "DrakX ka një bazë të dhënash shumë të plotë të vëzhguesve dhe zakonisht do të identifikojë saktë tuajat." +msgstr "" +"DrakX ka një bazë të dhënash shumë të plotë të vëzhguesve dhe zakonisht do " +"të identifikojë saktë tuajat." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26 @@ -797,15 +986,22 @@ msgid "" "your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing " "what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor " "documentation" -msgstr "<emphasis>Zgjedhja e një monitori me karakteristika të ndryshme mund të dëmtojnë monitoruar tuaj ose pjesën-elektronike video. Ju lutem mos provoni diçka pa e ditur atë që ju po bëni.</emphasis> Nëse në dyshim ju duhet të konsultoheni me dokumentacionin tuaj monitorit" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Zgjedhja e një monitori me karakteristika të ndryshme mund të " +"dëmtojnë monitoruar tuaj ose pjesën-elektronike video. Ju lutem mos provoni " +"diçka pa e ditur atë që ju po bëni.</emphasis> Nëse në dyshim ju duhet të " +"konsultoheni me dokumentacionin tuaj monitorit" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" -"=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42 @@ -816,10 +1012,14 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Personalizuar</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44 msgid "" "This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh " -"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the" -" screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are" -" displayed." -msgstr "Ky opsion ju lejon të vendosni dy parametra kritike, normën vertikale rifresko dhe shkalla horizontale sinkronizim. Rifresko Vertikal përcakton se sa shpesh në ekran është rifreskuar dhe sinkronizuar horizontalisht është shkalla në të cilën linjat skanuara janë shfaqur." +"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the " +"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are " +"displayed." +msgstr "" +"Ky opsion ju lejon të vendosni dy parametra kritike, normën vertikale " +"rifresko dhe shkalla horizontale sinkronizim. Rifresko Vertikal përcakton se " +"sa shpesh në ekran është rifreskuar dhe sinkronizuar horizontalisht është " +"shkalla në të cilën linjat skanuara janë shfaqur." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49 @@ -840,7 +1040,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the " "monitor database." -msgstr "Kjo është alternativa e parazgjedhur dhe përpiqet për të përcaktuar llojin monitorit nga baza e të dhënave monitorëve." +msgstr "" +"Kjo është alternativa e parazgjedhur dhe përpiqet për të përcaktuar llojin " +"monitorit nga baza e të dhënave monitorëve." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63 @@ -852,7 +1054,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Shitës</emphasis>" msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which " "one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:" -msgstr "Nëse instaluesi nuk e ka zbuluar saktësisht monitoruar tuaj dhe ju e dini cilin ju keni, ju mund të zgjidhni atë nga pema duke përzgjedhur:" +msgstr "" +"Nëse instaluesi nuk e ka zbuluar saktësisht monitoruar tuaj dhe ju e dini " +"cilin ju keni, ju mund të zgjidhni atë nga pema duke përzgjedhur:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73 @@ -873,11 +1077,17 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Përgjithshëm</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84 msgid "" "selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as " -"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is" -" often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card " -"driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once " -"again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections." -msgstr "zgjedhja e këtij grupi tregon gati 30 konfigurime të ekranit të tilla si 1024x768 @ 60Hz dhe përfshin Panele të sheshtë si laptop të përdorur. Kjo është shpesh një grup i mirë përzgjedhje monitorimi nëse ju duhet të përdorni drejtuesin kartës Vesa kur pajisja juaj grafike nuk mund të përcaktohet automatikisht. Edhe një herë kjo mund të jetë e mençur të jetë konservatore në zgjedhjen tuaj." +"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is " +"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver " +"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it " +"may be wise to be conservative in your selections." +msgstr "" +"zgjedhja e këtij grupi tregon gati 30 konfigurime të ekranit të tilla si " +"1024x768 @ 60Hz dhe përfshin Panele të sheshtë si laptop të përdorur. Kjo " +"është shpesh një grup i mirë përzgjedhje monitorimi nëse ju duhet të " +"përdorni drejtuesin kartës Vesa kur pajisja juaj grafike nuk mund të " +"përcaktohet automatikisht. Edhe një herë kjo mund të jetë e mençur të jetë " +"konservatore në zgjedhjen tuaj." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake.xml:19 @@ -887,39 +1097,41 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/diskdrake.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" " -"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:33 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " -"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The" -" encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " +"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " +"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " "set, otherwise your system will be unbootable." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:39 msgid "" -"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions," -" change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " +"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " "is in them before you start." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:42 msgid "" -"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an" -" USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." +"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " +"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:45 msgid "" -"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected" -" storage device" +"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " +"storage device" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -927,7 +1139,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." -msgstr "Për të gjitha veprimet e tjera: klikoni mbi ndarjen e dëshiruar të parë. Pastaj vështro atë, ose zgjidhni një dokumentacion-sistemi dhe një pikë montimi, ndrysho atë apo fshij atë." +msgstr "" +"Për të gjitha veprimet e tjera: klikoni mbi ndarjen e dëshiruar të parë. " +"Pastaj vështro atë, ose zgjidhni një dokumentacion-sistemi dhe një pikë " +"montimi, ndrysho atë apo fshij atë." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:49 @@ -957,14 +1172,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your " "particular hard drive(s) layout and content." -msgstr "Opsionet në dispozicion nga lista e meposhtme do të ndryshojnë në varësi të veçantë hard disku(t) paraqitjen dhe përmbajtjen." +msgstr "" +"Opsionet në dispozicion nga lista e meposhtme do të ndryshojnë në varësi të " +"veçantë hard disku(t) paraqitjen dhe përmbajtjen." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45 @@ -976,7 +1195,9 @@ msgstr "Përdor ndarjet ekzistuese" msgid "" "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have " "been found and may be used for the installation." -msgstr "Nëse ky opsion është në dispozicion, atëherë ndarjet ekzistuese Linux në përputhje janë gjetur dhe mund të përdoren për instalimin." +msgstr "" +"Nëse ky opsion është në dispozicion, atëherë ndarjet ekzistuese Linux në " +"përputhje janë gjetur dhe mund të përdoren për instalimin." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54 @@ -986,9 +1207,11 @@ msgstr "Përdor Hapësirën e Lirë" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for" -" your new Mageia installation." -msgstr "Nëse ju keni hapësirë të papërdorur në disk drive tuaj atëherë ky opsion do të përdorë atë për instalimin tuaj të ri Mageia." +"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for " +"your new Mageia installation." +msgstr "" +"Nëse ju keni hapësirë të papërdorur në disk drive tuaj atëherë ky opsion do " +"të përdorë atë për instalimin tuaj të ri Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62 @@ -998,9 +1221,11 @@ msgstr "Përdore Hapësirën e Lirë në Ndarjen Windows" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may" -" offer to use it." -msgstr "Nëse ju keni hapësirë të papërdorur në një ndarje ekzistuese të Windows, instaluesi mund të ofrojë ta përdorni atë." +"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may " +"offer to use it." +msgstr "" +"Nëse ju keni hapësirë të papërdorur në një ndarje ekzistuese të Windows, " +"instaluesi mund të ofrojë ta përdorni atë." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69 @@ -1008,7 +1233,10 @@ msgid "" "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, " "but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all " "important files!" -msgstr "Kjo mund të jetë një mënyrë e dobishme për të bërë vend për instalimin tuaj të ri Mageia, por është një operacion i rrezikshëm kështu që ju duhet të jeni të sigurte që ju keni ruajtur rezervë gjitha dosjet e rëndësishme!" +msgstr "" +"Kjo mund të jetë një mënyrë e dobishme për të bërë vend për instalimin tuaj " +"të ri Mageia, por është një operacion i rrezikshëm kështu që ju duhet të " +"jeni të sigurte që ju keni ruajtur rezervë gjitha dosjet e rëndësishme!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74 @@ -1019,7 +1247,13 @@ msgid "" "although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been " "moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to " "back up your personal files." -msgstr "Vini re se kjo përfshin pakësimin madhësinë e ndarjes Windows. Ndarja duhet të jetë \"e pastër\", që do të thotë që Windows duhet të jenë mbyllur në mënyrë korrekte herën e fundit që është përdorur. Ajo duhet të ketë qenë de-fragmentuar, edhe pse kjo nuk është një garanci që të gjitha dosjet në ndarje janë zhvendosur nga zona që është gati për t'u përdorur. Është shumë e rekomanduar për të ruajtur dosjet tuaja personale rezervë." +msgstr "" +"Vini re se kjo përfshin pakësimin madhësinë e ndarjes Windows. Ndarja duhet " +"të jetë \"e pastër\", që do të thotë që Windows duhet të jenë mbyllur në " +"mënyrë korrekte herën e fundit që është përdorur. Ajo duhet të ketë qenë de-" +"fragmentuar, edhe pse kjo nuk është një garanci që të gjitha dosjet në " +"ndarje janë zhvendosur nga zona që është gati për t'u përdorur. Është shumë " +"e rekomanduar për të ruajtur dosjet tuaja personale rezervë." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84 @@ -1034,7 +1268,9 @@ msgstr "Ky opsion do të përdorin të gjithë diskun për Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!" -msgstr "Shënim! Kjo do të fshijë të gjitha të dhënat në hard diskun e zgjedhur. Kujdes!" +msgstr "" +"Shënim! Kjo do të fshijë të gjitha të dhënat në hard diskun e zgjedhur. " +"Kujdes!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93 @@ -1042,7 +1278,10 @@ msgid "" "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already " "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use " "this option." -msgstr "Nëse keni ndërmend të përdorni një pjesë të diskut për diçka tjetër, ose ju tashmë keni të dhënat në disk që ju nuk jeni të përgatitur për të humbur, atëherë mos e përdorni këtë opsion." +msgstr "" +"Nëse keni ndërmend të përdorni një pjesë të diskut për diçka tjetër, ose ju " +"tashmë keni të dhënat në disk që ju nuk jeni të përgatitur për të humbur, " +"atëherë mos e përdorni këtë opsion." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100 @@ -1052,9 +1291,11 @@ msgstr "Personalizuar" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 msgid "" -"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your" -" hard drive(s)." -msgstr "Kjo ju jep kontroll të plotë mbi vendosjen e instalimit në hard-disqet(s) tuaja." +"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " +"hard drive(s)." +msgstr "" +"Kjo ju jep kontroll të plotë mbi vendosjen e instalimit në hard-disqet(s) " +"tuaja." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109 @@ -1063,8 +1304,8 @@ msgid "" "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " "hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested " "with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 " -"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning" -" tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " +"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning " +"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " "settings:" msgstr "" @@ -1099,8 +1340,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "February 2014" msgstr "Shkurt 2014" -#. type: Content of: -#. <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 msgid "Mageia 4" msgstr "Mageia 4" @@ -1123,10 +1363,13 @@ msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" -"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which" -" screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " +"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " "while installing." -msgstr "Askush nuk do të shohë të gjitha ekranet instaluese që ju shihni në këtë manual. Cilat ekrane ju do të shihni, varet nga pjesët-elektronike tuaja dhe zgjedhjet që bëni gjatë instalimit." +msgstr "" +"Askush nuk do të shohë të gjitha ekranet instaluese që ju shihni në këtë " +"manual. Cilat ekrane ju do të shihni, varet nga pjesët-elektronike tuaja dhe " +"zgjedhjet që bëni gjatë instalimit." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10 @@ -1137,24 +1380,27 @@ msgstr "</note>" #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" -"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" +"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link " -"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link " -"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." -msgstr "Ky manual është prodhuar me ndihmën e <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> zhvilluar nga <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +msgstr "" +"Ky manual është prodhuar me ndihmën e <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com" +"\">Calenco CMS</link> zhvilluar nga <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz" +"\">NeoDoc</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link " -"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation " -"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" +"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" +"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -1162,39 +1408,49 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Congratulations" msgstr "Urime" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text #. same day, added "s" to "sytems" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/exitInstall.xml:14 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:21 msgid "" -"You have finished installing and configuring " -"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the " -"installation medium and reboot your computer." -msgstr "Ju keni përfunduar instalimin dhe konfigurimin <application>Mageia</application> dhe tani është e sigurt për të hequr të diskun e instalimit dhe të rifilloni kompjuterin tuaj." +"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</" +"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot " +"your computer." +msgstr "" +"Ju keni përfunduar instalimin dhe konfigurimin <application>Mageia</" +"application> dhe tani është e sigurt për të hequr të diskun e instalimit dhe " +"të rifilloni kompjuterin tuaj." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:25 msgid "" -"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating" -" systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." -msgstr "Pas rifillimit, në ekranin ngarkim-ndezje, ju mund të zgjidhni në mes të sistemeve operative në kompjuterin tuaj (nëse keni më shumë se një)." +"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating " +"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." +msgstr "" +"Pas rifillimit, në ekranin ngarkim-ndezje, ju mund të zgjidhni në mes të " +"sistemeve operative në kompjuterin tuaj (nëse keni më shumë se një)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:28 msgid "" "If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install " "will be automatically selected and started." -msgstr "Nëse ju nuk e keni të rregulluar parametrat për ngarkuesin-ndezës, instalimi juaj Mageia do të përzgjidhet automatikisht dhe filloi." +msgstr "" +"Nëse ju nuk e keni të rregulluar parametrat për ngarkuesin-ndezës, instalimi " +"juaj Mageia do të përzgjidhet automatikisht dhe filloi." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:31 @@ -1206,24 +1462,29 @@ msgstr "Kënaquni!" msgid "" "Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to " "Mageia" -msgstr "Vizito www.mageia.org nëse keni ndonjë pyetje ose dëshironi të kontribuoni në Mageia" +msgstr "" +"Vizito www.mageia.org nëse keni ndonjë pyetje ose dëshironi të kontribuoni " +"në Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:4 msgid "Formatting" msgstr "Ndarjet" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\"" -" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> " -"</imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:25 @@ -1251,14 +1512,21 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> " "and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen. " "In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions." -msgstr "Nëse ju nuk jeni i sigurt që ju keni bërë zgjedhjen e duhur, ju mund të klikoni mbi butonin e <guibutton>Mëparshëm</guibutton>, përsëri në <guibutton>Mëparshëm</guibutton> dhe pastaj në <guibutton>Konfiguro</guibutton> të kthehet në ekranin kryesor. Në këtë ekran ju mund të zgjidhni për të parë atë që është në ndarëse tuaj." +msgstr "" +"Nëse ju nuk jeni i sigurt që ju keni bërë zgjedhjen e duhur, ju mund të " +"klikoni mbi butonin e <guibutton>Mëparshëm</guibutton>, përsëri në " +"<guibutton>Mëparshëm</guibutton> dhe pastaj në <guibutton>Konfiguro</" +"guibutton> të kthehet në ekranin kryesor. Në këtë ekran ju mund të zgjidhni " +"për të parë atë që është në ndarëse tuaj." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:44 msgid "" -"When you are confident about the selection, click on " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue." -msgstr "Kur ju jeni të sigurt në lidhje me zgjedhjen, klikoni mbi <guibutton>Tjetër</guibutton> për të vazhduar." +"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton> to continue." +msgstr "" +"Kur ju jeni të sigurt në lidhje me zgjedhjen, klikoni mbi <guibutton>Tjetër</" +"guibutton> për të vazhduar." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:17 @@ -1271,14 +1539,20 @@ msgid "" "Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia " "Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as " "possible." -msgstr "Nëse jeni të ri në GNU-Linux apo një përdorues me përvojë, instaluesi Mageia është projektuar për të ndihmuar të bëjë instalimin tuaj ose përditsimin sa më lehtë të jetë e mundur." +msgstr "" +"Nëse jeni të ri në GNU-Linux apo një përdorues me përvojë, instaluesi Mageia " +"është projektuar për të ndihmuar të bëjë instalimin tuaj ose përditsimin sa " +"më lehtë të jetë e mundur." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:28 msgid "" "The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will " "start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need." -msgstr "Meny ekranit fillestar ka opsione të ndryshme, gjithsesi i paracaktuaro do të fillojë instaluesin, i cili normalisht do të jetë gjithçka që ju do të keni nevojë." +msgstr "" +"Meny ekranit fillestar ka opsione të ndryshme, gjithsesi i paracaktuaro do " +"të fillojë instaluesin, i cili normalisht do të jetë gjithçka që ju do të " +"keni nevojë." #. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:34 @@ -1298,10 +1572,11 @@ msgstr "Ky është ekrani fillestar parazgjedhur kur përdorni një DVD Mageia:" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:40 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> #: en/installer.xml:39 @@ -1312,32 +1587,39 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" #: en/installer.xml:46 msgid "" "From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:" -msgstr "Nga ky ekran i parë, është e mundur për të vendosur disa nga preferencat personale:" +msgstr "" +"Nga ky ekran i parë, është e mundur për të vendosur disa nga preferencat " +"personale:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:51 msgid "" "The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen " "language for the system) by pressing the key F2" -msgstr "Gjuha (për instalimin e vetëm, mund të jet e ndryshme nga gjuha e zgjedhur për sistemin), duke shtypur butonin F2" +msgstr "" +"Gjuha (për instalimin e vetëm, mund të jet e ndryshme nga gjuha e zgjedhur " +"për sistemin), duke shtypur butonin F2" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:57 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:62 msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter." -msgstr "Përdorni butonat shigjetë për të zgjedhur gjuhën dhe shtypni butonin Enter." +msgstr "" +"Përdorni butonat shigjetë për të zgjedhur gjuhën dhe shtypni butonin Enter." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:65 msgid "" "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. " -"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue " -"System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware " -"Detection Tool</guilabel>." +"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</" +"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection " +"Tool</guilabel>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> @@ -1352,7 +1634,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:85 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1411,7 +1694,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:123 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1429,7 +1713,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:139 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1443,7 +1728,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:152 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> @@ -1463,9 +1749,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are " "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-" -"based Installation CD, see <link " -"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">the Mageia " -"Wiki</link>" +"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot." +"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> @@ -1476,8 +1761,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:179 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> @@ -1488,24 +1773,30 @@ msgstr "Hapat e instalimit" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:189 msgid "" -"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed" -" on the side panel of the screen." -msgstr "Procesi instalimit është i ndarë në një numër hapash, të cilat mund të ndiqen në panelin anësor të ekranit." +"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " +"on the side panel of the screen." +msgstr "" +"Procesi instalimit është i ndarë në një numër hapash, të cilat mund të " +"ndiqen në panelin anësor të ekranit." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:192 msgid "" -"Each step has one or more screens which may also have " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, " -"options." -msgstr "Secili hap ka një ose më shumë ekrane cili mund të ketë buton <guibutton>Përparuar</guibutton> me ekstra, më pak zakonisht të kërkuara, opsionet." +"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" +"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." +msgstr "" +"Secili hap ka një ose më shumë ekrane cili mund të ketë buton " +"<guibutton>Përparuar</guibutton> me ekstra, më pak zakonisht të kërkuara, " +"opsionet." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:196 msgid "" "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " "explanations about the current step." -msgstr "Shumica ekranet kanë buton <guibutton>Ndihmë</guibutton> të cilët japin shpjegime të mëtejshme në lidhje me hapin e tanishëm." +msgstr "" +"Shumica ekranet kanë buton <guibutton>Ndihmë</guibutton> të cilët japin " +"shpjegime të mëtejshme në lidhje me hapin e tanishëm." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:200 @@ -1515,84 +1806,98 @@ msgid "" "partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your " "computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well " "leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure " -"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys" -" <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " +"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys " +"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot." -msgstr "Nëse diku gjatë instalimit ju vendosni për të ndalur instalimin, është e mundur për të rifilluar, por ju lutem mendoni dy herë para se të bëni këtë. Pasi një ndarje është formatuar ose më të reja kanë filluar të instaluari, kompjuteri juaj nuk është në të njëjtën gjendje dhe rifillimi i asaj shumë mirë mund të prishet nga ju dhe të jetë një sistem i papërdorshëm . Nëse, me gjithë këtë ju jeni shumë të sigurt për rifillimin dhe kjo është ajo që ju doni, shkoni në një terminal tekst duke shtypur tre çelësat <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> në të njëjtën kohë. Pas kësaj shtypni, <guibutton>Ctrl Alt Delete</guibutton> të njëjtën kohë për të rifilluar." +msgstr "" +"Nëse diku gjatë instalimit ju vendosni për të ndalur instalimin, është e " +"mundur për të rifilluar, por ju lutem mendoni dy herë para se të bëni këtë. " +"Pasi një ndarje është formatuar ose më të reja kanë filluar të instaluari, " +"kompjuteri juaj nuk është në të njëjtën gjendje dhe rifillimi i asaj shumë " +"mirë mund të prishet nga ju dhe të jetë një sistem i papërdorshëm . Nëse, me " +"gjithë këtë ju jeni shumë të sigurt për rifillimin dhe kjo është ajo që ju " +"doni, shkoni në një terminal tekst duke shtypur tre çelësat <guibutton>Alt " +"Ctrl F2</guibutton> në të njëjtën kohë. Pas kësaj shtypni, <guibutton>Ctrl " +"Alt Delete</guibutton> të njëjtën kohë për të rifilluar." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:215 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:214 msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" msgstr "Problemet e Instalimit dhe Zgjidhje e Mundshme" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:221 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:220 msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "Nuk ka Ndërfaqe Grafike" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:226 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:225 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " "resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt." -msgstr "Pas ekranin fillestar ju nuk keni arritur në ekran përzgjedhjes gjuhës. Kjo mund të ndodhë me disa karta grafike dhe sistemet e vjetra. Provoni të përdorni rezolutë të ulët duke shtypur <code>vgalo</code> në komandë." +msgstr "" +"Pas ekranin fillestar ju nuk keni arritur në ekran përzgjedhjes gjuhës. Kjo " +"mund të ndodhë me disa karta grafike dhe sistemet e vjetra. Provoni të " +"përdorni rezolutë të ulët duke shtypur <code>vgalo</code> në komandë." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:233 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:232 msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " "ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be " -"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit" -" ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." +"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit " +"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:245 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:244 msgid "The Install Freezes" msgstr "Instaluesi Ngrin" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:248 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:247 msgid "" "If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a " "problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of " "hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type " "<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with " "other options as necessary." -msgstr "Nëse sistemi shfaq ngrirëje gjatë instalimit, kjo mund të jetë një problem me zbulimin e pjesve elektronike. Në këtë rast zbulimin automatik të pajisjeve mund të jetë anashkaluar dhe të trajtohen më vonë. Për të provuar këtë, shkruaj <code>noauto</code> në ekran. Ky opsion mund të kombinohet me opsione të tjera të nevojshme." +msgstr "" +"Nëse sistemi shfaq ngrirëje gjatë instalimit, kjo mund të jetë një problem " +"me zbulimin e pjesve elektronike. Në këtë rast zbulimin automatik të " +"pajisjeve mund të jetë anashkaluar dhe të trajtohen më vonë. Për të provuar " +"këtë, shkruaj <code>noauto</code> në ekran. Ky opsion mund të kombinohet me " +"opsione të tjera të nevojshme." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:257 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:256 msgid "RAM problem" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:260 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:259 msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " -"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. " -"e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." +"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e." +"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:269 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:268 msgid "Dynamic partitions" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:272 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:271 msgid "" "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " "on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: " -"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" -"us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" -"us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." +"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx" +"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -1600,29 +1905,29 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Updates" msgstr "Azhurnime" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" -#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" -#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" -#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" -#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore -#. correct html filename -#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename +#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installUpdates.xml:13 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:19 msgid "" "Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some " "packages will have been updated or improved." -msgstr "Që nga ky version i <application>Mageia</application> u lirua, disa paketa duhet të ishin azhurnuar apo përmirësuar." +msgstr "" +"Që nga ky version i <application>Mageia</application> u lirua, disa paketa " +"duhet të ishin azhurnuar apo përmirësuar." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:23 @@ -1630,7 +1935,10 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, " "select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you " "aren't connected to the Internet" -msgstr "Zgjidh<guilabel>po</guilabel> nëse ju dëshironi të shkarkoni dhe të instaloni ato, përzgjidhni <guilabel>jo</guilabel> nëse ju nuk doni të bëni këtë tani, ose në qoftë se ju nuk jeni të lidhur në internet" +msgstr "" +"Zgjidh<guilabel>po</guilabel> nëse ju dëshironi të shkarkoni dhe të " +"instaloni ato, përzgjidhni <guilabel>jo</guilabel> nëse ju nuk doni të bëni " +"këtë tani, ose në qoftë se ju nuk jeni të lidhur në internet" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:28 @@ -1642,28 +1950,33 @@ msgstr "Pastaj shtyp <guibutton>Tjetër</guibutton> për të vazhduar" msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "" -#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the -#. same as for add_supplemental_media) -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html -#. filename was wrong) +#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/media_selection.xml:12 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" -"=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:18 msgid "" "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are " -"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories" -" selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " +"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories " +"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " "the next steps." -msgstr "Këtu keni listën e depove në dispozicion. Jo të gjitha depot janë në dispozicion, sipas të cilit media që ju përdorni për të instaluar. Zgjedhja depove përcakton se cilat paketa do të jetë në dispozicion për përzgjedhje gjatë hapave të ardhshëm." +msgstr "" +"Këtu keni listën e depove në dispozicion. Jo të gjitha depot janë në " +"dispozicion, sipas të cilit media që ju përdorni për të instaluar. Zgjedhja " +"depove përcakton se cilat paketa do të jetë në dispozicion për përzgjedhje " +"gjatë hapave të ardhshëm." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:25 @@ -1676,8 +1989,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/media_selection.xml:30 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-" -"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source" -" software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " +"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source " +"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " "nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi " "cards, etc." msgstr "" @@ -1685,11 +1998,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:38 msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under" -" a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository " -"is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g." -" Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed" -" to play commercial video DVD, etc." +"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under " +"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is " +"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. " +"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed " +"to play commercial video DVD, etc." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -1701,8 +2014,8 @@ msgstr "Instalim Minimal" #: en/minimal-install.xml:9 msgid "" "You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the " -"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref " -"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." +"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" +"xref>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -1727,34 +2040,37 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:3 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" msgstr "" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-) -#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages -#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and -#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph -#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. -#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by -#. linkend="setupBootloader" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, -#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files +#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages +#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and +#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph +#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. +#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:33 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:38 @@ -1779,8 +2095,8 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Kohëzone</guilabel>" #: en/misc-params.xml:52 msgid "" "DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. " -"You can change it if needed. See also <xref " -"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" +"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/" +">" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1824,8 +2140,8 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Menaxhim përdoruesi</guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:83 msgid "" -"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own " -"<literal>/home</literal> directories." +"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</" +"literal> directories." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1867,7 +2183,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Tastierë</guilabel>:" msgid "" "This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on " "your location, language or type of keyboard." -msgstr "Kjo është ajo ku ju vendosni ose ndryshoni paraqitjen e tastierës tuaj e cila do të varet nga vendndodhja juaj, gjuha ose lloji i tastierës." +msgstr "" +"Kjo është ajo ku ju vendosni ose ndryshoni paraqitjen e tastierës tuaj e " +"cila do të varet nga vendndodhja juaj, gjuha ose lloji i tastierës." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:119 @@ -1889,8 +2207,8 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Karta Zërit</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:129 msgid "" -"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option" -" to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " +"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option " +"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " "driver for your card, but none of them is the default one." msgstr "" @@ -1901,22 +2219,23 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Ndërfaqe Grafike</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:139 -msgid "" -"This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." +msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." msgstr "Ky seksion ju lejon të konfiguroni kartën tuaj grafike(s) dhe ekranin." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:142 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>." -msgstr "Për më shumë informacione, shih <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Për më shumë informacione, shih <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:148 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:156 @@ -1942,7 +2261,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch " "that interface as well." -msgstr "Kur ju shtoni një kartë e rrjetit, mos harroni të vendosni murin-mbrojtës tuaj për të parë atë ndërfaqe gjithashtu." +msgstr "" +"Kur ju shtoni një kartë e rrjetit, mos harroni të vendosni murin-mbrojtës " +"tuaj për të parë atë ndërfaqe gjithashtu." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:178 @@ -1960,9 +2281,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:185 msgid "" -"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you" -" need to enter here" -msgstr "Ju mund të kenë nevojë të konsultoheni me administratorin tuaj të sistemit për të marrë parametrat që ju duhet për të hyrë këtu" +"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you " +"need to enter here" +msgstr "" +"Ju mund të kenë nevojë të konsultoheni me administratorin tuaj të sistemit " +"për të marrë parametrat që ju duhet për të hyrë këtu" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:194 @@ -1977,8 +2300,8 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Niveli Sigurisë</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:202 msgid "" -"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default" -" setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." +"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default " +"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -2008,7 +2331,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:222 msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky." -msgstr "Të ketë parasysh se duke e lejuar çdo gjë (nuk ka mure-mbrojtës), mund të jetë shumë e rrezikshme." +msgstr "" +"Të ketë parasysh se duke e lejuar çdo gjë (nuk ka mure-mbrojtës), mund të " +"jetë shumë e rrezikshme." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16 @@ -2020,10 +2345,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20 msgid "" -"You have more than one " -"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition. " -"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing " -"<application>Mageia</application>." +"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" +"application> partition. Choose which one should be made smaller to make " +"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -2031,15 +2355,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Security Level" msgstr "Niveli Sigurisë" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/securityLevel.xml:19 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:24 @@ -2060,22 +2387,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:5 msgid "Select and use ISOs" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:8 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:9 msgid "Media" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:11 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:12 msgid "Definition" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:13 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:14 msgid "" "Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to " "install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO " @@ -2083,212 +2410,189 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:18 msgid "" -"You can find them <link " -"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">here</link>." +"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" +"\">here</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:21 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:22 msgid "Classical installation media" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:24 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:92 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:199 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:25 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:94 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:200 msgid "Common features" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:29 msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:34 msgid "" "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:39 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:41 msgid "DVD" msgstr "DVD" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:45 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:49 msgid "" "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " "Hardware Detection Tool." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:54 msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:59 msgid "" "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:66 msgid "DVD dual arch" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:70 msgid "" "Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made " "automatically according to the detected CPU." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:75 msgid "Uses Xfce desktop only." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:79 msgid "" "Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, " "pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED!" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:84 msgid "It contains non free software." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:89 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:91 msgid "Live media" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:98 msgid "" "Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and " "optionally install Mageia on to your HDD." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:218 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:108 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:172 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:190 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:220 msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:112 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " -"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous " -"releases.</emphasis>" +"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" +"emphasis>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:118 msgid "They contain non free software." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:123 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:124 msgid "Live CD KDE" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:128 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:164 msgid "KDE desktop environment only." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:222 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:132 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:150 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:224 msgid "English language only." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:136 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:154 msgid "32 bit only." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:141 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:142 msgid "Live CD GNOME" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:146 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:182 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:159 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:160 msgid "Live DVD KDE" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:168 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:186 msgid "All languages are present." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:177 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:178 msgid "Live DVD GNOME" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:196 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:197 msgid "Boot-only CD media" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:204 msgid "" -"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to" -" start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other " -"packages that are needed to continue and complete the install. These " -"packages may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or" -" on the Internet." +"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " +"start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages " +"that are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be " +"on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the Internet." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:212 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:213 msgid "" "These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when " "bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a " @@ -2296,63 +2600,61 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:228 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:230 msgid "boot.iso" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:232 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:234 msgid "" "Contains only free software, for those people who refuse to use non-free " "software." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:239 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:243 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:245 msgid "" "Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " "it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:252 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:254 msgid "Downloading and Checking Media" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:255 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:259 msgid "" -"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or" -" BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the" -" mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If " +"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or " +"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the " +"mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If " "http is chosen, you may also see something like" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:264 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:266 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:269 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:271 msgid "" "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of " -"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the" -" file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " +"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " +"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " "number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " "downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a " "failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download.Then this " @@ -2360,94 +2662,94 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:278 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:280 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:283 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:285 msgid "Check the radio button Save File." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:287 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 msgid "Checking the downloaded media integrity" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291 msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:293 msgid "" -"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum " -"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." +"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/" +"file.iso</userinput>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:294 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:296 msgid "" -"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum " -"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." +"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/" +"image/file.iso</userinput>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:297 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 msgid "" -"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a" -" while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" +"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " +"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:301 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:303 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:311 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313 msgid "Burn or dump the ISO" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:315 msgid "" "The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB stick. " "These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a boot-able medium." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:318 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:320 msgid "Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:320 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:322 msgid "" "Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly " "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " -"not correct. There is more information in <link " -"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia" -" wiki</link>." +"not correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki." +"mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:326 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:329 msgid "Dump the ISO to a USB stick" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:328 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:331 msgid "" "All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick " "and then use it to boot and install the system." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:332 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335 msgid "" "\"dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system " "on the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will " @@ -2455,153 +2757,142 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:337 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:340 msgid "To recover the original capacity, you must re-format the USB stick." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:340 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:344 msgid "Using Mageia" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:342 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:346 msgid "" -"You can use a graphical tool like <link " -"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" +"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:344 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:348 msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:348 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 msgid "Open a console" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:356 msgid "" "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the " "final '-' )" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:360 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata contentwidth=\"650\" fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 msgid "" "Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any " "application or file manager that could access or read it)" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:373 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:376 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 msgid "" "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " "in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:389 msgid "" "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX " "bs=1M</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:387 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:394 msgid "" -"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso " -"of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" +"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/" +"dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:400 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:402 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:410 msgid "Using Windows" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:412 msgid "You could try:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:406 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:414 msgid "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:408 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 msgid "" "- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " "Disk Imager</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:425 msgid "Mageia Installation" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:427 msgid "" -"This step is detailed in <link " -"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">the Mageia documentation</link>." +"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" +"\">the Mageia documentation</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:430 msgid "" -"More information is available in <link " -"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia " -"wiki</link>." +"More information is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -2609,15 +2900,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "Zgjidhni Shtetin tuaj / Rajonin" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectCountry.xml:21 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:27 @@ -2625,13 +2919,17 @@ msgid "" "Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, " "like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country " "can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network." -msgstr "Zgjidhni vendin tuaj ose rajonin. Kjo është e rëndësishme për të gjitha llojet e cilësimeve, si monedhe dhe domain pa tel rregullator. Vendosja në vend të gabuar mund të çojë në mos qenë në gjendje për të përdorur një rrjet Wireless." +msgstr "" +"Zgjidhni vendin tuaj ose rajonin. Kjo është e rëndësishme për të gjitha " +"llojet e cilësimeve, si monedhe dhe domain pa tel rregullator. Vendosja në " +"vend të gabuar mund të çojë në mos qenë në gjendje për të përdorur një rrjet " +"Wireless." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:32 msgid "" -"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other " -"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." +"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</" +"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> @@ -2652,13 +2950,13 @@ msgstr "Metodë hyrëse" #: en/selectCountry.xml:49 msgid "" "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " -"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input" -" multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " +"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input " +"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " "default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-" -"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method" -" so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input " -"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be " -"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." +"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method " +"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, " +"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you " +"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> @@ -2677,9 +2975,11 @@ msgstr "Instalo ose Azhurno" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32 @@ -2690,7 +2990,9 @@ msgstr "Instalo" #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34 msgid "" "Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation." -msgstr "Përdorni këtë opsion për një instalim të freskët <application>Mageia</application>." +msgstr "" +"Përdorni këtë opsion për një instalim të freskët <application>Mageia</" +"application>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39 @@ -2711,30 +3013,30 @@ msgid "" "Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still " "supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been " "thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already " -"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do" -" a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." +"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do " +"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56 msgid "" "If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to " -"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been" -" formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " +"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been " +"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " "the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an " -"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you" -" want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." +"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you " +"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</" +"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67 msgid "" -"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you" -" can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " -"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do " -"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install." +"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you " +"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " +"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</" +"emphasis> do this later in the install." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -2752,35 +3054,36 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\"" -" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30 msgid "" "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. " -"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications" -" that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a" -" label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " -"<link " -"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications " +"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a " +"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " +"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en." +"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40 msgid "" -"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on " -"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard " -"there." +"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</" +"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45 msgid "" "After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, " -"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though" -" a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " +"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though " +"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " "and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the " "full list." msgstr "" @@ -2804,29 +3107,38 @@ msgid "" "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " "the installation and for your installed system." -msgstr "Zgjidhni gjuhën tuaj të preferuar, duke parë zgjerimin e listës për kontinentit tuaj. <application>Mageia</application> do të përdorë këtë përzgjedhje gjatë instalimit dhe për të instaluar sistemin tuaj." +msgstr "" +"Zgjidhni gjuhën tuaj të preferuar, duke parë zgjerimin e listës për " +"kontinentit tuaj. <application>Mageia</application> do të përdorë këtë " +"përzgjedhje gjatë instalimit dhe për të instaluar sistemin tuaj." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 msgid "" "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " -"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be" -" difficult to add extra language support after installation." -msgstr "Nëse është e mundshme që ju do duhen disa gjuhë të instaluar në sistemin tuaj, për veten apo përdoruesit e tjerë, atëherë ju duhet të përdorni butonin <guibutton>Gjuhë shumëfish</guibutton> për të shtuar ato tani. Do të jetë e vështirë për të shtuar mbështetje gjuhëve shtesë pas instalimit." +"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be " +"difficult to add extra language support after installation." +msgstr "" +"Nëse është e mundshme që ju do duhen disa gjuhë të instaluar në sistemin " +"tuaj, për veten apo përdoruesit e tjerë, atëherë ju duhet të përdorni " +"butonin <guibutton>Gjuhë shumëfish</guibutton> për të shtuar ato tani. Do të " +"jetë e vështirë për të shtuar mbështetje gjuhëve shtesë pas instalimit." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"" -" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 msgid "" -"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them" -" as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " +"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " +"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " "marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ." msgstr "" @@ -2857,17 +3169,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select mouse" msgstr "Zgjidh miun" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right -#. place -#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place +#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectMouse.xml:16 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:23 @@ -2879,8 +3192,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:25 msgid "" -"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB " -"mice</guilabel> is a good choice." +"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</" +"guilabel> is a good choice." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2898,9 +3211,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" +"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2916,16 +3229,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use " "this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually " -"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code>" -" instead." +"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> " +"instead." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" -"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." +"png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2960,31 +3273,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Opsionet kryesore të programit Bootloader" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from -#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, -#. except in this sentence. -#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using -#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist +#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. +#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" " -"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:16 msgid "" -"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by" -" the installer, you can change them here." +"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " +"the installer, you can change them here." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:20 msgid "" -"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case" -" you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " +"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " +"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " "allow Mageia to create a new one." msgstr "" @@ -3038,16 +3351,16 @@ msgstr "" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:60 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " -"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader" -" <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the" -" bootloader install location." +"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " +"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the " +"bootloader install location." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 msgid "" -"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR." -" You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " +"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " +"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " "phase earlier, e.g. sda7." msgstr "" @@ -3060,8 +3373,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:75 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " -"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to" -" the installer screen." +"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " +"the installer screen." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -3069,8 +3382,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " -"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and" -" add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " +"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and " +"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " "question." msgstr "" @@ -3083,9 +3396,9 @@ msgstr "" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:95 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " -"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp " -"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." +"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" +"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</" +"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -3093,29 +3406,28 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Setup SCSI" msgstr "" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's -#. comment ;-) -#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based -#. on the -#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 +#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) +#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the +#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:32 msgid "" -"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers" -" it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " +"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers " +"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " "fail to recognise the drive." msgstr "" @@ -3136,13 +3448,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Sound Configuration" msgstr "Konfigurimi zërit" -#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 +#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/soundConfig.xml:17 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " "format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " +"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:23 @@ -3166,9 +3480,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/soundConfig.xml:33 msgid "" "Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on " -"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how " -"to solve the problem." +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</" +"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> @@ -3196,19 +3509,20 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" msgstr "" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -#. test comment - johnr +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 +#. test comment - johnr #. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct -#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm -#. sure I -#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD -#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot +#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I +#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD +#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" +"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" +"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 @@ -3220,8 +3534,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 msgid "" -"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every" -" partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." +"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " +"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -3246,20 +3560,20 @@ msgstr "" #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:16 msgid "" "After your data backup, reboot your installation Mageia DVD and select " -"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will" -" only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system." +"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will " +"only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:20 msgid "" "To recover the space used by Mageia partitions on Windows, click on " -"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management " -"-> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. " +"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management -" +"> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. " "You will recognize the Mageia partition because they are labeled " "<guilabel>Unknown</guilabel>, and also by their size and place in the disk. " -"Right click on each of these partitions and select " -"<guibutton>Delete</guibutton>. The space will be freed." +"Right click on each of these partitions and select <guibutton>Delete</" +"guibutton>. The space will be freed." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -3275,6 +3589,6 @@ msgid "" "If you have Vista or 7, you have one more possibility, you can extend the " "existing partition that is at the left of the freed space. There are other " "partitioning tools that can be used, such as gparted, available for both " -"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and" -" make sure all important things have been backed up." +"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and " +"make sure all important things have been backed up." msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/installer/sv.po b/docs/installer/sv.po index 6c67f7bc..37c9ea44 100644 --- a/docs/installer/sv.po +++ b/docs/installer/sv.po @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-01-28 18:19+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-02-24 19:21+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-01-12 21:51+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Michael Eklund <willard@null.net>\n" "Language-Team: Swedish (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" @@ -1903,18 +1903,18 @@ msgstr "" "följande tangenter <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> samtidigt. Efter det, " "tryck <guibutton>Ctrl Alt Del</guibutton> samtidigt för att starta om." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:215 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:214 msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" msgstr "Problem vid installation och möjliga lösningar" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:221 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:220 msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "Inget grafiskt gränssnitt" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:226 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:225 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " @@ -1924,8 +1924,8 @@ msgstr "" "med vissa grafikkort och äldre system. Prova med en låg upplösning genom att " "skriva <code>vgalo</code> vid prompten." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:233 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:232 msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " @@ -1940,13 +1940,13 @@ msgstr "" "\"Boot:\" Skriv \"text\" på den raden och tryck på enter. Nu forsätter " "installationen i textläge." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:245 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:244 msgid "The Install Freezes" msgstr "Installationen hänger sig" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:248 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:247 msgid "" "If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a " "problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of " @@ -1960,13 +1960,13 @@ msgstr "" "skriv <code>noauto</code> vid prompten. Detta kan även kombineras med andra " "alternativ om nödvändigt." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:257 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:256 msgid "RAM problem" msgstr "RAM-problem" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:260 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:259 msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " @@ -1978,13 +1978,13 @@ msgstr "" "<code>mem=xxxM</code> parametern, där xxx är den korrekta mängden RAM. T. " "ex. <code>mem=256M</code> anger 256MB RAM." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:269 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:268 msgid "Dynamic partitions" msgstr "Dynamiska partitioner" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:272 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:271 msgid "" "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " @@ -2547,22 +2547,22 @@ msgstr "" "Control Center." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:5 msgid "Select and use ISOs" msgstr "Välj och använd ISO-filer" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:8 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:9 msgid "Media" msgstr "Media" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:11 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:12 msgid "Definition" msgstr "Definition" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:13 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:14 msgid "" "Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to " "install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO " @@ -2573,7 +2573,7 @@ msgstr "" "filen kopieras till." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:18 msgid "" "You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" "\">here</link>." @@ -2582,40 +2582,40 @@ msgstr "" "link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:21 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:22 msgid "Classical installation media" msgstr "Klassiska installtionsmedier" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:24 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:92 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:199 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:25 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:94 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:200 msgid "Common features" msgstr "Vanliga funktioner" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:29 msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx." msgstr "De här ISO-filerna använder den traditionella installeraren, drakx." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:34 msgid "" "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." msgstr "" "De kan utföra en ren installation eller uppdatera från en tidigare version." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:39 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:41 msgid "DVD" msgstr "Dvd" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:45 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." msgstr "Olika media för 32 eller 64-bitars arkitektur." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:49 msgid "" "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " "Hardware Detection Tool." @@ -2624,12 +2624,12 @@ msgstr "" "minnestest och identifiering av hårdvara." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:54 msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages." msgstr "Varje DVD innehåller många skrivbordsmiljöer och srpåk" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:59 msgid "" "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software." msgstr "" @@ -2637,12 +2637,12 @@ msgstr "" "programvara." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:66 msgid "DVD dual arch" msgstr "DVD för multiarkitektur" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:70 msgid "" "Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made " "automatically according to the detected CPU." @@ -2651,12 +2651,12 @@ msgstr "" "identifierad processor." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:75 msgid "Uses Xfce desktop only." msgstr "Använder endast Xfce-skrivbordsmiljö." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:79 msgid "" "Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, " "pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED!" @@ -2665,17 +2665,17 @@ msgstr "" "pt, ru, sv, uk) SKA KONTROLLERAS!" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:84 msgid "It contains non free software." msgstr "Den innehåller ej fri programvara." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:89 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:91 msgid "Live media" msgstr "Live media" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:98 msgid "" "Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and " "optionally install Mageia on to your HDD." @@ -2684,18 +2684,18 @@ msgstr "" "på en hårddisk, och eventuellt installera den." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." msgstr "Varje ISO innehåller enbart en skrivbordsmiljö (KDE eller GNOME)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:218 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:108 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:172 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:190 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:220 msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures." msgstr "Olika media för 32 eller 64-bitars arkitekturer." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:112 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " "installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" @@ -2706,63 +2706,63 @@ msgstr "" "version.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:118 msgid "They contain non free software." msgstr "De innehåller icke-fri mjukvara." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:123 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:124 msgid "Live CD KDE" msgstr "Live CD KDE" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:128 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:164 msgid "KDE desktop environment only." msgstr "Endast skrivbordsmiljön KDE." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:222 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:132 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:150 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:224 msgid "English language only." msgstr "Enbart det engelska språket." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:136 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:154 msgid "32 bit only." msgstr "Enbart 32-bitars." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:141 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:142 msgid "Live CD GNOME" msgstr "Live CD GNOME" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:146 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:182 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." msgstr "Endast skrivbordsmiljön GNOME." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:159 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:160 msgid "Live DVD KDE" msgstr "Live DVD KDE" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:168 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:186 msgid "All languages are present." msgstr "Alla språk finns med." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:177 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:178 msgid "Live DVD GNOME" msgstr "Live DVD GNOME" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:196 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:197 msgid "Boot-only CD media" msgstr "Endast bootbar CD-media" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:204 msgid "" "Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " "start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages " @@ -2775,7 +2775,7 @@ msgstr "" "kan ligga på datorns hårddisk, på ett nätverk eller Internet." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:212 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:213 msgid "" "These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when " "bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a " @@ -2786,12 +2786,12 @@ msgstr "" "eller en PC som inte kan starta från ett USB-minne." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:228 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:230 msgid "boot.iso" msgstr "boot.iso" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:232 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:234 msgid "" "Contains only free software, for those people who refuse to use non-free " "software." @@ -2799,12 +2799,12 @@ msgstr "" "Innehåller endast gratis mjukvara, för de som inte vill använda icke-fri." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:239 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" msgstr "boot-nonfree.iso" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:243 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:245 msgid "" "Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " "it." @@ -2813,17 +2813,17 @@ msgstr "" "som behöver det." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:252 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:254 msgid "Downloading and Checking Media" msgstr "Laddar ner och kontrollerar media" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:255 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "Hämtar" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:259 msgid "" "Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or " "BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the " @@ -2836,7 +2836,7 @@ msgstr "" "så kan du även se något av följande" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:264 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:266 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" "imageobject>" @@ -2845,7 +2845,7 @@ msgstr "" "imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:269 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:271 msgid "" "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of " "them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " @@ -2864,27 +2864,27 @@ msgstr "" "måste ladda ner filen igen och då visas det här fönstret:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:278 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:280 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:283 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:285 msgid "Check the radio button Save File." msgstr "Markera knappen Spara fil." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:287 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 msgid "Checking the downloaded media integrity" msgstr "Kontrollerar integritet av hämtat media" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291 msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:" msgstr "Öppna en konsol, behöver inte vara root, och:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:293 msgid "" "- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/" "file.iso</userinput>." @@ -2893,7 +2893,7 @@ msgstr "" "till/avbilden/fil.iso</userinput>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:294 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:296 msgid "" "- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/" "image/file.iso</userinput>." @@ -2902,7 +2902,7 @@ msgstr "" "till/avbilden/fil.iso</userinput>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:297 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 msgid "" "and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " "while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" @@ -2911,21 +2911,22 @@ msgstr "" "med det nummer som Mageia har försett. Exempel:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:301 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:303 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" "imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:311 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313 msgid "Burn or dump the ISO" msgstr "Bränn eller dumpa ISO-filen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:315 msgid "" "The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB stick. " "These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a boot-able medium." @@ -2935,16 +2936,17 @@ msgstr "" "startbart media." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:318 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:320 msgid "Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD" msgstr "Att bränna ISO-filen till en CD/DVD" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:320 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:322 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly " "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " -"not correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki." +"not correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki." "mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>." msgstr "" "Använd vilken brännare du vill men se till att enheten är korrekt inställd " @@ -2953,12 +2955,12 @@ msgstr "" "wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">på Mageias wiki</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:326 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:329 msgid "Dump the ISO to a USB stick" msgstr "Dumpa ISOn till ett USB-minne" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:328 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:331 msgid "" "All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick " "and then use it to boot and install the system." @@ -2967,7 +2969,7 @@ msgstr "" "minne och sedan använda det för att starta och installera systemet." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:332 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335 msgid "" "\"dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system " "on the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will " @@ -2978,17 +2980,17 @@ msgstr "" "reducerad till avbildens storlek." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:337 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:340 msgid "To recover the original capacity, you must re-format the USB stick." msgstr "Du måste omformatera USB-minnet för att återfå originalets kapacitet." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:340 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:344 msgid "Using Mageia" msgstr "Använda Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:342 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:346 msgid "" "You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" "en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" @@ -2997,17 +2999,17 @@ msgstr "" "mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:344 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:348 msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" msgstr "Du kan även använda verktyget dd i en konsol:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:348 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 msgid "Open a console" msgstr "Öppna en konsol" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:356 msgid "" "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the " "final '-' )" @@ -3016,16 +3018,15 @@ msgstr "" "slutet)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:360 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"<imageobject> <imagedata contentwidth=\"650\" fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </" "imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 msgid "" "Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any " "application or file manager that could access or read it)" @@ -3034,21 +3035,22 @@ msgstr "" "filhanterare som kan läsa det)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:373 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" msgstr "Skriv kommandot <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:376 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" "imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 msgid "" "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " "in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." @@ -3057,7 +3059,7 @@ msgstr "" "sdb i skärmdumpen ovan är ett USB-minne på 8GB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:389 msgid "" "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX " "bs=1M</userinput>" @@ -3066,12 +3068,12 @@ msgstr "" "bs=1M</userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc" msgstr "Där X=ditt enhetsnamn t. ex. /dev/sdc" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:387 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:394 msgid "" "Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/" "dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" @@ -3080,32 +3082,32 @@ msgstr "" "dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:400 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" msgstr "Skriv kommandot: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" msgstr "Koppla från ditt USB-minne och sedan är allt klart." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:402 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:410 msgid "Using Windows" msgstr "Använda Windows" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:412 msgid "You could try:" msgstr "Du kan prova:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:406 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:414 msgid "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:408 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 msgid "" "- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " "Disk Imager</link>" @@ -3114,12 +3116,12 @@ msgstr "" "Disk Imager</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:425 msgid "Mageia Installation" msgstr "Installera Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:427 msgid "" "This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" "\">the Mageia documentation</link>." @@ -3128,7 +3130,7 @@ msgstr "" "doc/\">Mageias dokumentation</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:430 msgid "" "More information is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" "Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." @@ -4011,3 +4013,10 @@ msgstr "" "finns andra partitioneringsverktyg som t. ex. gparted som finns för både " "Windows och Linus. Som alltid när man ändrar partitioner måste du vara " "väldigt försiktig. Se till att all viktig information har säkerhetskopierats." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +#~ "imageobject>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +#~ "imageobject>" diff --git a/docs/installer/tr.po b/docs/installer/tr.po index dbb7a38d..ee8153a3 100644 --- a/docs/installer/tr.po +++ b/docs/installer/tr.po @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package. -# +# # Translators: # Atilla Öntaş <tarakbumba@gmail.com>, 2013,2014,2015 # Fırat Kutlu <firatkutlu@gmail.com>, 2013,2014,2015 @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-01-28 18:19+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-02-24 19:21+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-02-23 23:44+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Atilla ÖNTAŞ <tarakbumba@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Mageia Turkish Translation Team <i18n-tr@ml.mageia.org>\n" @@ -30,9 +30,11 @@ msgstr "Lisans ve Sürüm Notları" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:45 @@ -42,31 +44,39 @@ msgstr "Lisans Sözleşmesi" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:48 msgid "" -"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license" -" terms and conditions carefully." -msgstr "<application>Mageia</application> kurulumuna başlamadan önce lütfen lisans koşullarını dikkatle okuyun." +"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license " +"terms and conditions carefully." +msgstr "" +"<application>Mageia</application> kurulumuna başlamadan önce lütfen lisans " +"koşullarını dikkatle okuyun." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51 msgid "" -"These terms and conditions apply to the entire " -"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before " -"you can continue." -msgstr "Bu koşullar <application>Mageia</application> dağıtımının tamamına uygulanır ve devam edilmeden önce mutlaka kabul edilmelidir." +"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</" +"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue." +msgstr "" +"Bu koşullar <application>Mageia</application> dağıtımının tamamına uygulanır " +"ve devam edilmeden önce mutlaka kabul edilmelidir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:55 msgid "" "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Kabul etmek için basitçe <guilabel>Onayla</guilabel> kutucuğunu seçin ve <guibutton>İleri</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın." +msgstr "" +"Kabul etmek için basitçe <guilabel>Onayla</guilabel> kutucuğunu seçin ve " +"<guibutton>İleri</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:58 msgid "" -"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking." -" Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." -msgstr "Bu koşulları reddetmeye karar verdiyseniz, incelediğiniz için teşekkür ederiz. <guibutton>Çık</guibutton> düğmesine tıklamak bilgisayarınızı yeniden başlatacaktır." +"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. " +"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." +msgstr "" +"Bu koşulları reddetmeye karar verdiyseniz, incelediğiniz için teşekkür " +"ederiz. <guibutton>Çık</guibutton> düğmesine tıklamak bilgisayarınızı " +"yeniden başlatacaktır." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:68 @@ -78,7 +88,9 @@ msgstr "Sürüm Notları" msgid "" "To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, " "click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button." -msgstr "<application>Mageia</application>'nın bu sürümünde nelerin yeni olduğunu görmek için <guibutton>Sürüm Notları</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın." +msgstr "" +"<application>Mageia</application>'nın bu sürümünde nelerin yeni olduğunu " +"görmek için <guibutton>Sürüm Notları</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 @@ -91,27 +103,31 @@ msgstr "tr" msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" msgstr "Veri Kaynağı Seçimi (Ek Kurulum Kaynağı Yapılandırın)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the -#. same as for media_selection -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ -#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" " -"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24 msgid "" "This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can " -"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The" -" source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " +"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The " +"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " "during the next steps." -msgstr "Bu ekran önceden tanımlanmış depoların listesini verir. Paketler için, optik disk veya uzak kaynak gibi başka kaynaklar ekleyebilirsiniz. Kaynak seçimi, ilerki adımlarda hangi paketlerin erişilebilir olacağını belirleyecektir." +msgstr "" +"Bu ekran önceden tanımlanmış depoların listesini verir. Paketler için, optik " +"disk veya uzak kaynak gibi başka kaynaklar ekleyebilirsiniz. Kaynak seçimi, " +"ilerki adımlarda hangi paketlerin erişilebilir olacağını belirleyecektir." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29 @@ -131,38 +147,40 @@ msgid "" "Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With " "the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS " "installation." -msgstr "Bir yansı veya bir URL bağlantısı seçmek (ilk girdi). Bir yansı seçerek Mageia tarafından yönetilen tüm depolara, mesela Nonfree, Tainted depoları ile Updates deposuna, erişim sağlarsınız. URL bağlantısı ile ise, belirli bir depoyu veya kendi NFS kurulumunuzu belirtirsiniz." +msgstr "" +"Bir yansı veya bir URL bağlantısı seçmek (ilk girdi). Bir yansı seçerek " +"Mageia tarafından yönetilen tüm depolara, mesela Nonfree, Tainted depoları " +"ile Updates deposuna, erişim sağlarsınız. URL bağlantısı ile ise, belirli " +"bir depoyu veya kendi NFS kurulumunuzu belirtirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:4 msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "Kullanıcı ve Süper Kullanıcı Yönetimi" -#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, -#. but -#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only -#. thing -#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to -#. enable or -#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the -#. previous +#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but +#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing +#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or +#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous #. screen), marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't -#. understand -#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? -#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading -#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand +#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? +#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading +#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/addUser.xml:27 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:34 @@ -174,20 +192,31 @@ msgstr "Yönetici (kök) Parolasını Ayarlayın:" msgid "" "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to " "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the " -"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the" -" top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " +"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the " +"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " "depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are " "using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box " "just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped " "the first password by comparing them." -msgstr "Tüm <application>Mageia</application> kurulumları için Linux' ta <emphasis>kök parolası</emphasis> olarak bilinen bir süper kullanıcı veya yönetici parolası belirlemeniz önerilir. Üstteki kutucuğa parolayı yazmaya başladığınızda kutucuktaki kalkan rengi, parolanızın gücü oranında kırmızıdan sarıya ve yeşile döner. Yeşil kalkan güçlü bir parola kullandığınızı gösterir. İlk parola kutucuğunun altındaki kutucuğa aynı parolayı yeniden girmelisiniz. Bu sayede ilk parolanın doğru yazılıp yazılmadığı denetlenir." +msgstr "" +"Tüm <application>Mageia</application> kurulumları için Linux' ta " +"<emphasis>kök parolası</emphasis> olarak bilinen bir süper kullanıcı veya " +"yönetici parolası belirlemeniz önerilir. Üstteki kutucuğa parolayı yazmaya " +"başladığınızda kutucuktaki kalkan rengi, parolanızın gücü oranında " +"kırmızıdan sarıya ve yeşile döner. Yeşil kalkan güçlü bir parola " +"kullandığınızı gösterir. İlk parola kutucuğunun altındaki kutucuğa aynı " +"parolayı yeniden girmelisiniz. Bu sayede ilk parolanın doğru yazılıp " +"yazılmadığı denetlenir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:48 msgid "" "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters " "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password." -msgstr "Tüm parolalar büyük-küçük harfe duyarlıdır. Harflerin (büyük harf ve küçük harf), rakamların ve diğer karakterlerin bir parolada karışık kullanılması en iyisidir." +msgstr "" +"Tüm parolalar büyük-küçük harfe duyarlıdır. Harflerin (büyük harf ve küçük " +"harf), rakamların ve diğer karakterlerin bir parolada karışık kullanılması " +"en iyisidir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:56 @@ -200,29 +229,41 @@ msgid "" "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but " "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and " "anything else the average user does with his computer" -msgstr "Buraya bir kullanıcı ekleyin. Bir kullanıcı, süper kullanıcıdan (kök) daha az yetkiye sahiptir; ancak internette gezinmeye, ofis uygulamalarını kullanmaya veya oyunları oynamaya ve ortalama bir kullanıcının bilgisayarında yaptığı diğer her şeyi yapmaya yetkisi olur" +msgstr "" +"Buraya bir kullanıcı ekleyin. Bir kullanıcı, süper kullanıcıdan (kök) daha " +"az yetkiye sahiptir; ancak internette gezinmeye, ofis uygulamalarını " +"kullanmaya veya oyunları oynamaya ve ortalama bir kullanıcının " +"bilgisayarında yaptığı diğer her şeyi yapmaya yetkisi olur" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:65 msgid "" "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the " "users icon." -msgstr "<guibutton>Simge</guibutton>: bu düğmeye tıklarsanız kullanıcının simgesini değiştirebilirsiniz." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Simge</guibutton>: bu düğmeye tıklarsanız kullanıcının simgesini " +"değiştirebilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:70 msgid "" "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text " "box." -msgstr "<guilabel>Gerçek Ad</guilabel>: Kullanıcının gerçek adını bu metin kutusuna girin." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Gerçek Ad</guilabel>: Kullanıcının gerçek adını bu metin kutusuna " +"girin." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:75 msgid "" "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let " -"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case" -" sensitive.</emphasis>" -msgstr "<guilabel>Giriş Adı</guilabel>: Burada kullanıcının giriş adını belirleyebilir veya drakx' in kullanıcının gerçek adının bir benzerini kullanmasına izin verebilirsiniz. <emphasis>Giriş adı büyük-küçük harfe duyarlıdır.</emphasis>" +"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case " +"sensitive.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Giriş Adı</guilabel>: Burada kullanıcının giriş adını " +"belirleyebilir veya drakx' in kullanıcının gerçek adının bir benzerini " +"kullanmasına izin verebilirsiniz. <emphasis>Giriş adı büyük-küçük harfe " +"duyarlıdır.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:81 @@ -230,22 +271,30 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user " "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the " "strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" -msgstr "<guilabel>Şifre</guilabel>: Bu metin kutusuna kullanıcı parolası yazın. Metin kutusunun sonunda şifre gücünü gösteren bir kalkan vardır. (Ayrıca bkz: <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Şifre</guilabel>: Bu metin kutusuna kullanıcı parolası yazın. " +"Metin kutusunun sonunda şifre gücünü gösteren bir kalkan vardır. (Ayrıca " +"bkz: <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:87 msgid "" "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this " -"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user" -" password text boxes." -msgstr "<guilabel>Parola (yeniden)</guilabel>: Kullanıcı parolasını bu metin kutusuna yeniden yazın ki drakx her bir kullanıcı parolası metin kutusunda aynı parolanın bulunduğunu denetleyebilsin." +"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user " +"password text boxes." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Parola (yeniden)</guilabel>: Kullanıcı parolasını bu metin " +"kutusuna yeniden yazın ki drakx her bir kullanıcı parolası metin kutusunda " +"aynı parolanın bulunduğunu denetleyebilsin." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:94 msgid "" "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but " "write protected) home directory." -msgstr "Mageia' yı kurarken eklediğiniz her kullanıcı için herkes tarafından okunabilen (ancak yazılamayan) bir ev dizini oluşturulur." +msgstr "" +"Mageia' yı kurarken eklediğiniz her kullanıcı için herkes tarafından " +"okunabilen (ancak yazılamayan) bir ev dizini oluşturulur." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:97 @@ -253,14 +302,20 @@ msgid "" "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - " "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that " "is both read and write protected." -msgstr "Ancak, yeni kurulumunuzu kullanırken, <emphasis>MDM - Sistem - Sistemdeki Kullanıcıları Ayarlayın</emphasis> ile eklediğiniz her kullanıcı için hem okuma hem de yazma korumalı bir ev dizini oluşturulur." +msgstr "" +"Ancak, yeni kurulumunuzu kullanırken, <emphasis>MDM - Sistem - Sistemdeki " +"Kullanıcıları Ayarlayın</emphasis> ile eklediğiniz her kullanıcı için hem " +"okuma hem de yazma korumalı bir ev dizini oluşturulur." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:101 msgid "" "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised " "to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." -msgstr "Herkesin okuyabileceği bir ev dizini istemiyorsanız şu anda geçici bir kullanıcı eklemeniz ve gerçek kullanıcıyı bilgisayarınızı yeniden başlattıktan sonra eklemeniz önerilir." +msgstr "" +"Herkesin okuyabileceği bir ev dizini istemiyorsanız şu anda geçici bir " +"kullanıcı eklemeniz ve gerçek kullanıcıyı bilgisayarınızı yeniden " +"başlattıktan sonra eklemeniz önerilir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:105 @@ -268,7 +323,10 @@ msgid "" "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all " "extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step " "during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>." -msgstr "Herkes tarafından okunabilen ev dizinleri tercihiniz ise diğer tüm kullanıcıları kurulum sırasında <emphasis>Yapılandırma - Özet</emphasis> adımında ekleyebilirsiniz. <emphasis>Kullanıcı yönetimi</emphasis>ni seçin." +msgstr "" +"Herkes tarafından okunabilen ev dizinleri tercihiniz ise diğer tüm " +"kullanıcıları kurulum sırasında <emphasis>Yapılandırma - Özet</emphasis> " +"adımında ekleyebilirsiniz. <emphasis>Kullanıcı yönetimi</emphasis>ni seçin." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:109 @@ -286,7 +344,10 @@ msgid "" "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a " "screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. " "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." -msgstr "Eğer <guibutton>gelişmiş</guibutton> düğmesi tıklanmışsa eklemekte olduğunuz kullanıcı için ayarları değiştirebilmenizi sağlayan bir ekran önerilir. Ek olarak, konuk hesabını devre dışı bırakabilir veya etkinleştirebilirsiniz." +msgstr "" +"Eğer <guibutton>gelişmiş</guibutton> düğmesi tıklanmışsa eklemekte olduğunuz " +"kullanıcı için ayarları değiştirebilmenizi sağlayan bir ekran önerilir. Ek " +"olarak, konuk hesabını devre dışı bırakabilir veya etkinleştirebilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/addUser.xml:124 @@ -294,7 +355,10 @@ msgid "" "Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account " "saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out. The guest " "should save his important files to a USB key." -msgstr "Öntanımlı bir <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> konuk hesabına sahip bir konuğun kendi /home dizinine kaydettiği her şey oturumunu kapattığında silinir. Konuk önemli dosyalarını bir USB belleğe kaydetmelidir." +msgstr "" +"Öntanımlı bir <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> konuk hesabına sahip bir konuğun " +"kendi /home dizinine kaydettiği her şey oturumunu kapattığında silinir. " +"Konuk önemli dosyalarını bir USB belleğe kaydetmelidir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:131 @@ -302,7 +366,11 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a " "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, " "but he has more restricted access than normal users." -msgstr "<guilabel>Konuk hesabını etkinleştir</guilabel>: Burada bir konuk hesabını etkinleştirebilir veya devre dışı bırakabilirsiniz. Konuk hesabı, bir konuğunuzun bilgisayarda oturum açmasını ve kullanmasını sağlar; ancak normal kullanıcılardan çok daha sınırlı erişim verir." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Konuk hesabını etkinleştir</guilabel>: Burada bir konuk hesabını " +"etkinleştirebilir veya devre dışı bırakabilirsiniz. Konuk hesabı, bir " +"konuğunuzun bilgisayarda oturum açmasını ve kullanmasını sağlar; ancak " +"normal kullanıcılardan çok daha sınırlı erişim verir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:138 @@ -310,7 +378,10 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the " "shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are " "Bash, Dash and Sh" -msgstr "<guilabel>Kabuk</guilabel>: Bu açılır liste, bir önceki ekranda eklediğiniz kullanıcının kabuğunu değiştirmenizi sağlar. Seçenekler Bash, Dash ve Sh' dir." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Kabuk</guilabel>: Bu açılır liste, bir önceki ekranda eklediğiniz " +"kullanıcının kabuğunu değiştirmenizi sağlar. Seçenekler Bash, Dash ve Sh' " +"dir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:144 @@ -318,42 +389,48 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you " "are adding in the previous screen. This is a number. Leave it blank unless " "you know what you are doing." -msgstr "<guilabel>Kullanıcı Kimliği</guilabel>: Burada, bir önceki ekranda eklediğiniz kullanıcının kullanıcı kimliğini ayarlayabilirsiniz. Bu bir rakamdır. Ne yaptığınızı bilmiyorsanız boş bırakın." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Kullanıcı Kimliği</guilabel>: Burada, bir önceki ekranda " +"eklediğiniz kullanıcının kullanıcı kimliğini ayarlayabilirsiniz. Bu bir " +"rakamdır. Ne yaptığınızı bilmiyorsanız boş bırakın." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:150 msgid "" "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID. Also a " -"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know" -" what you are doing." -msgstr "<guilabel>Grup Kimliği</guilabel>: Bu, grup kimliğini ayarlamanızı sağlar. Genellikle kullanıcınınki ile aynı olan bir rakamdır. Ne yaptığınızı biliyorsanız boş bırakın." +"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know " +"what you are doing." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Grup Kimliği</guilabel>: Bu, grup kimliğini ayarlamanızı sağlar. " +"Genellikle kullanıcınınki ile aynı olan bir rakamdır. Ne yaptığınızı " +"biliyorsanız boş bırakın." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11 msgid "Choose the mount points" msgstr "Bağlama noktasını seçin" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least -#. ONE" -#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes -#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the -#. Americans -#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I -#. removed it -#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 +#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE" +#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) +#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes +#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans +#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it +#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) +#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" -"=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33 @@ -361,46 +438,63 @@ msgid "" "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If " "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you " "can change the mount points." -msgstr "Burada bilgisayarınızda bulunan sabit disk bölümlerini görebilirsiniz. <application>DrakX</application> önerilerini kullanmak istemiyorsanız bağlama noktalarını değiştirebilirsiniz." +msgstr "" +"Burada bilgisayarınızda bulunan sabit disk bölümlerini görebilirsiniz. " +"<application>DrakX</application> önerilerini kullanmak istemiyorsanız " +"bağlama noktalarını değiştirebilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38 msgid "" "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> " "(root) partition." -msgstr "Bir şeyi değiştirirseniz, <literal>/</literal> (kök) disk bölümünüzün olduğundan emin olun." +msgstr "" +"Bir şeyi değiştirirseniz, <literal>/</literal> (kök) disk bölümünüzün " +"olduğundan emin olun." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44 msgid "" -"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount " -"point\", \"Type\")." -msgstr "Her disk bölümü şöyle görüntülenir: \"Aygıt\" (\"Boyut\", \"Bağlama noktası\", \"Türü\")." +"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point" +"\", \"Type\")." +msgstr "" +"Her disk bölümü şöyle görüntülenir: \"Aygıt\" (\"Boyut\", \"Bağlama noktası" +"\", \"Türü\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49 msgid "" "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], " "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")." -msgstr "\"Aygıt\", şunları ifade eder: \"sabit disk\", [\"sabit disk numarası\" (harf)] , \"disk bölümü numarası\" (mesela, \"sda5\")." +msgstr "" +"\"Aygıt\", şunları ifade eder: \"sabit disk\", [\"sabit disk numarası" +"\" (harf)] , \"disk bölümü numarası\" (mesela, \"sda5\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55 msgid "" -"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from" -" the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " +"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from " +"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " "and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for " "instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store " -"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the " -"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install." -msgstr "Bir çok disk bölümünüz varsa, açılır menüden bir çok farklı bağlama noktasını seçebilirsiniz, mesela <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> ve <literal>/var</literal>. Üstelik kendi disk bölümlerinizi de oluşturabilirsiniz. Mesela, filmlerinizi sakladığınız bir disk bölümü için <literal>/video</literal> veya cauldron kurulumunuzun <literal>/home</literal> disk bölümü için <literal>/cauldron-home</literal>." +"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</" +"literal> partition of a cauldron install." +msgstr "" +"Bir çok disk bölümünüz varsa, açılır menüden bir çok farklı bağlama " +"noktasını seçebilirsiniz, mesela <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</" +"literal> ve <literal>/var</literal>. Üstelik kendi disk bölümlerinizi de " +"oluşturabilirsiniz. Mesela, filmlerinizi sakladığınız bir disk bölümü için " +"<literal>/video</literal> veya cauldron kurulumunuzun <literal>/home</" +"literal> disk bölümü için <literal>/cauldron-home</literal>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65 msgid "" "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount " "point field blank." -msgstr "Erişim sağlamaya gereksinim duymadığınız disk bölümleri için bağlama noktası alanını boş bırakabilirsiniz." +msgstr "" +"Erişim sağlamaya gereksinim duymadığınız disk bölümleri için bağlama noktası " +"alanını boş bırakabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71 @@ -408,15 +502,22 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, " "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen " "that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size." -msgstr "Neyi seçeceğinizden emin değilseniz <guibutton>Geri</guibutton> düğmesini seçebilir ve sonra <guilabel>Özel Disk Bölümlendirme</guilabel> seçeneğini işaretleyebilirsiniz. Sonraki ekranda bir disk bölümüne tıklayarak türünü ve boyutunu görebilirsiniz." +msgstr "" +"Neyi seçeceğinizden emin değilseniz <guibutton>Geri</guibutton> düğmesini " +"seçebilir ve sonra <guilabel>Özel Disk Bölümlendirme</guilabel> seçeneğini " +"işaretleyebilirsiniz. Sonraki ekranda bir disk bölümüne tıklayarak türünü ve " +"boyutunu görebilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77 msgid "" -"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the " -"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more." -msgstr "Bağlama noktalarının doğru olduğundan eminseniz <guibutton>İleri</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayabilir ve DrakX tarafından önerilen disk bölümlerini biçimlendirmeyi veya daha fazlasını yapmayı seçebilirsiniz." +"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) " +"DrakX suggests, or more." +msgstr "" +"Bağlama noktalarının doğru olduğundan eminseniz <guibutton>İleri</guibutton> " +"düğmesine tıklayabilir ve DrakX tarafından önerilen disk bölümlerini " +"biçimlendirmeyi veya daha fazlasını yapmayı seçebilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 @@ -426,9 +527,11 @@ msgstr "Masaüstü Seçimi" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11 msgid "" -"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine" -" tune your choice." -msgstr "Buradaki seçiminize dayalı olarak seçtiğinizi ayarlamak için başka ekranlar önerilebilir." +"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine " +"tune your choice." +msgstr "" +"Buradaki seçiminize dayalı olarak seçtiğinizi ayarlamak için başka ekranlar " +"önerilebilir." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13 @@ -436,14 +539,18 @@ msgid "" "After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package " "installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the " "<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button" -msgstr "Seçim adımlarından sonra paket kurulumu sırasında bir sunum göreceksiniz. Sunumu <guilabel>Ayrıntılar</guilabel> düğmesine tıklayarak kapatabilirsiniz" +msgstr "" +"Seçim adımlarından sonra paket kurulumu sırasında bir sunum göreceksiniz. " +"Sunumu <guilabel>Ayrıntılar</guilabel> düğmesine tıklayarak kapatabilirsiniz" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26 @@ -455,21 +562,30 @@ msgid "" "default software choices for these desktop environments. The " "<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, " "sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default." -msgstr "Masaüstü ortamlarından <application>KDE</application> mi yoksa <application>Gnome</application> masaüstü mü kullanmak istediğinizi seçin. Her ikisi de faydalı uygulama ve araçların tam seti ile gelir. Hiçbirini kullanmak istemiyor veya her ikisini de kullanmak istiyor ya da bu masaüstü ortamları için öntanımlı olanlardan farklı yazılımlar kullanmak istiyorsanız <guilabel>Kişisel</guilabel> seçeneğini işaretleyin. <application>LXDE</application> masaüstü bunların ikisinden de hafif olup öntanımlı olarak daha az paket kurulur ve göze hoş gelen özellikleri daha azdır." +msgstr "" +"Masaüstü ortamlarından <application>KDE</application> mi yoksa " +"<application>Gnome</application> masaüstü mü kullanmak istediğinizi seçin. " +"Her ikisi de faydalı uygulama ve araçların tam seti ile gelir. Hiçbirini " +"kullanmak istemiyor veya her ikisini de kullanmak istiyor ya da bu masaüstü " +"ortamları için öntanımlı olanlardan farklı yazılımlar kullanmak istiyorsanız " +"<guilabel>Kişisel</guilabel> seçeneğini işaretleyin. <application>LXDE</" +"application> masaüstü bunların ikisinden de hafif olup öntanımlı olarak daha " +"az paket kurulur ve göze hoş gelen özellikleri daha azdır." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4 msgid "Package Group Selection" msgstr "Paket Grubu Seçimi" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a -#. new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16 @@ -478,7 +594,11 @@ msgid "" "your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however " "more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which " "become visible as the mouse is hovered over them." -msgstr "Paketler, sisteminiz için gereksinim duyduklarınızı daha kolay seçebilmeniz için gruplar halinde sıralanmıştır. Gruplar bir parça açıklayıcıdır ancak her biri hakkında daha fazla bilgi fare üzerine getirildiğinde ipucu olarak görüntülenebilir." +msgstr "" +"Paketler, sisteminiz için gereksinim duyduklarınızı daha kolay seçebilmeniz " +"için gruplar halinde sıralanmıştır. Gruplar bir parça açıklayıcıdır ancak " +"her biri hakkında daha fazla bilgi fare üzerine getirildiğinde ipucu olarak " +"görüntülenebilir." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23 @@ -500,74 +620,90 @@ msgstr "Grafiksel Ortam." msgid "" "Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or " "remove packages." -msgstr "Tek tek paket seçimi: El ile ekleme veya paket kaldırmak için bu seçeneği kullanabilirsiniz." +msgstr "" +"Tek tek paket seçimi: El ile ekleme veya paket kaldırmak için bu seçeneği " +"kullanabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39 msgid "" -"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do" -" a minimal install." -msgstr "En ufak kurulumu nasıl yapacağınıza dair yönergeler için <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> yardımını okuyun." +"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " +"a minimal install." +msgstr "" +"En ufak kurulumu nasıl yapacağınıza dair yönergeler için <xref linkend=" +"\"minimal-install\"></xref> yardımını okuyun." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4 msgid "Choose Individual Packages" msgstr "Paketleri Tek Tek Seçin" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a -#. new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17 msgid "" -"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your " -"installation." -msgstr "Kurulumunuzu kişiselleştirmek için burada, tüm ek paketleri kurabilir veya kaldırabilirsiniz." +"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation." +msgstr "" +"Kurulumunuzu kişiselleştirmek için burada, tüm ek paketleri kurabilir veya " +"kaldırabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20 msgid "" -"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy " -"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages " -"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the " -"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install " -"and choosing to load it." -msgstr "Seçiminizi yaptıktan sonra, paket seçiminizi (bir USB belleğe de olabilir) kaydetmek için sayfanın en altındaki <guibutton>disket simgesine</guibutton> tıklayabilirsiniz. Bu dosyayı kurulum esnasında aynı düğmeye tıklayarak ve yüklemeyi seçerek, aynı paketleri bir başka bilgisayarda da kurabilirsiniz." +"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</" +"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving " +"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same " +"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and " +"choosing to load it." +msgstr "" +"Seçiminizi yaptıktan sonra, paket seçiminizi (bir USB belleğe de olabilir) " +"kaydetmek için sayfanın en altındaki <guibutton>disket simgesine</guibutton> " +"tıklayabilirsiniz. Bu dosyayı kurulum esnasında aynı düğmeye tıklayarak ve " +"yüklemeyi seçerek, aynı paketleri bir başka bilgisayarda da kurabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureServices.xml:12 msgid "Configure your Services" msgstr "Hizmetleri Yapılandırma" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureServices.xml:21 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" -"=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:27 msgid "" -"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your " -"system." -msgstr "Burada sisteminizi başlattığınızda hangi hizmetlerin başlatıl(may)acağını ayarlayabilirsiniz." +"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system." +msgstr "" +"Burada sisteminizi başlattığınızda hangi hizmetlerin başlatıl(may)acağını " +"ayarlayabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:30 msgid "" -"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and" -" see all services in it." -msgstr "Dört grup vardır. Bir grubun önündeki ok işaretine tıklayarak grup içindeki hizmetleri görüntüleyebilirsiniz." +"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and " +"see all services in it." +msgstr "" +"Dört grup vardır. Bir grubun önündeki ok işaretine tıklayarak grup içindeki " +"hizmetleri görüntüleyebilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:34 @@ -579,48 +715,61 @@ msgstr "DrakX tarafından seçilen ayarlar genellikle en iyi ayarlardır." msgid "" "If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info " "box below." -msgstr "Bir hizmeti vurgularsanız, o hizmet hakkındaki bilgi alttaki kutuda görüntülenir." +msgstr "" +"Bir hizmeti vurgularsanız, o hizmet hakkındaki bilgi alttaki kutuda " +"görüntülenir." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:41 msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing." -msgstr "Ne yaptığınızı çok ama çok iyi bir şekilde biliyorsanız burada bir şeyleri değiştirin." +msgstr "" +"Ne yaptığınızı çok ama çok iyi bir şekilde biliyorsanız burada bir şeyleri " +"değiştirin." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:12 msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Zaman Dilimini Yapılandırma" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 msgid "" -"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the" -" same time zone." -msgstr "Zaman diliminizi ülkenizi veya aynı zaman diliminde olup da size yakın bulunan bir şehri seçerek belirleyin." +"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " +"same time zone." +msgstr "" +"Zaman diliminizi ülkenizi veya aynı zaman diliminde olup da size yakın " +"bulunan bir şehri seçerek belirleyin." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 msgid "" -"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to" -" GMT, also known as UTC." -msgstr "Sonraki ekranda donanım saatinizi yerel zamana veya UTC olarak da bilinen GMT zamanına göre ayarlayın." +"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " +"GMT, also known as UTC." +msgstr "" +"Sonraki ekranda donanım saatinizi yerel zamana veya UTC olarak da bilinen " +"GMT zamanına göre ayarlayın." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 msgid "" "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." -msgstr "Bilgisayarınızda birden fazla işletim sistemi bulunuyorsa, tümünün yerel zamana veya tümünün UTC/GMT zamanına ayarlı olduğundan emin olun." +msgstr "" +"Bilgisayarınızda birden fazla işletim sistemi bulunuyorsa, tümünün yerel " +"zamana veya tümünün UTC/GMT zamanına ayarlı olduğundan emin olun." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11 @@ -630,24 +779,31 @@ msgstr "Bir X Sunucusu Seçme (Ekran Kartını Yapılandırma)" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id" -"=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually " "correctly identify your video device." -msgstr "DrakX; ekran kartlarının karşılaştırmalı veritabanına sahip olup genellikle ekran kartınızı doğru olarak tanımlar." +msgstr "" +"DrakX; ekran kartlarının karşılaştırmalı veritabanına sahip olup genellikle " +"ekran kartınızı doğru olarak tanımlar." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24 msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know " "which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:" -msgstr "Kurulum aracı ekran kartınızı doğru olarak algılayamamışsa ve kartınızın hangisi olduğunu biliyorsanız, kartınızı ağaçtan şuna göre seçebilirsiniz:" +msgstr "" +"Kurulum aracı ekran kartınızı doğru olarak algılayamamışsa ve kartınızın " +"hangisi olduğunu biliyorsanız, kartınızı ağaçtan şuna göre seçebilirsiniz:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 @@ -670,7 +826,10 @@ msgid "" "If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in " "the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the " "Xorg category" -msgstr "Üretici listelerinde kartınızı (henüz veritabanına girmediği veya çok eski bir kart olduğu için) bulamıyorsanız uygun bir sürücüyü Xorg kategorisinde bulmanız mümkündür" +msgstr "" +"Üretici listelerinde kartınızı (henüz veritabanına girmediği veya çok eski " +"bir kart olduğu için) bulamıyorsanız uygun bir sürücüyü Xorg kategorisinde " +"bulmanız mümkündür" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43 @@ -678,14 +837,19 @@ msgid "" "The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card " "drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " "option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities." -msgstr "Xorg listeleme, 40'tan fazla genel ve açık kaynak ekran kartı sürücüleri sağlar. Kartınız için adlandırılmış bir sürücü hala bulamıyorsanız, temel yetenekleri sağlayan vesa sürücü kullanma seçeneğiniz mevcuttur." +msgstr "" +"Xorg listeleme, 40'tan fazla genel ve açık kaynak ekran kartı sürücüleri " +"sağlar. Kartınız için adlandırılmış bir sürücü hala bulamıyorsanız, temel " +"yetenekleri sağlayan vesa sürücü kullanma seçeneğiniz mevcuttur." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48 msgid "" "Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access " "to the Commandline Interface." -msgstr "Uyumsuz sürücü seçerseniz yalnızca komut satırı arabirimine erişebileceğinizi unutmayın." +msgstr "" +"Uyumsuz sürücü seçerseniz yalnızca komut satırı arabirimine " +"erişebileceğinizi unutmayın." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 @@ -693,30 +857,36 @@ msgid "" "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " "may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from " "the card manufacturers' websites." -msgstr "Bazı ekran kartı üreticileri, sadece Nonfree depolarında bulunabilen ve bazı durumlarda da sadece üreticinin web sitesinden edinilebilen müseccel sürücüler sunabilir." +msgstr "" +"Bazı ekran kartı üreticileri, sadece Nonfree depolarında bulunabilen ve bazı " +"durumlarda da sadece üreticinin web sitesinden edinilebilen müseccel " +"sürücüler sunabilir." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 msgid "" "The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them. If " "you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot." -msgstr "Nonfree deposu ayrı olarak elle etkinleştirilmelidir. Önceden bu depoyu seçmediyseniz ilk yeniden başlatamadan sonra seçmelisiniz." +msgstr "" +"Nonfree deposu ayrı olarak elle etkinleştirilmelidir. Önceden bu depoyu " +"seçmediyseniz ilk yeniden başlatamadan sonra seçmelisiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4 msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" msgstr "Ekran Kartı ve Monitör Yapılandırma" -#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" -#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename -#. for this page +#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18 @@ -725,19 +895,30 @@ msgid "" "you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are " "all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window " "System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for " -"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or" -" any other graphical environment to work well, the following " -"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct " -"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a " -"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect." -msgstr "<application>Mageia</application> kurulumu sırasında hangi grafiksel ortamı (ayrıca masaüstü ortamı olarak bilinirler) seçtiğiniz fark etmeksizin, bunların tümü <acronym>X Pencere Sistemi</acronym> olarak veya basitçe <acronym>X</acronym> olarak bilinen bir grafiksel kullanıcı arayüzü sistemine dayanırlar. Yani, <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> veya herhangi başka bir grafiksel ortamın düzgün çalışabilmesi için <acronym>X</acronym> ayarlarının doğru yapılması gerekir. <application>DrakX</application> bir seçim yapamıyorsa veya seçimin yanlış olduğunu düşünüyorsanız doğru ayarları seçin." +"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or " +"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</" +"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can " +"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you " +"think the choice is incorrect." +msgstr "" +"<application>Mageia</application> kurulumu sırasında hangi grafiksel ortamı " +"(ayrıca masaüstü ortamı olarak bilinirler) seçtiğiniz fark etmeksizin, " +"bunların tümü <acronym>X Pencere Sistemi</acronym> olarak veya basitçe " +"<acronym>X</acronym> olarak bilinen bir grafiksel kullanıcı arayüzü " +"sistemine dayanırlar. Yani, <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</" +"acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> veya herhangi başka bir grafiksel ortamın " +"düzgün çalışabilmesi için <acronym>X</acronym> ayarlarının doğru yapılması " +"gerekir. <application>DrakX</application> bir seçim yapamıyorsa veya seçimin " +"yanlış olduğunu düşünüyorsanız doğru ayarları seçin." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card " "from the list if needed." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Ekran kartı</guibutton></emphasis>: Gerek duyarsanız listeden kartınızı seçin." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Ekran kartı</guibutton></emphasis>: Gerek duyarsanız " +"listeden kartınızı seçin." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37 @@ -747,7 +928,12 @@ msgid "" "from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. " "Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the " "horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Monitör</guibutton></emphasis>: Mümkünse <guilabel>Tak ve Kullan</guilabel> seçebilir veya <guilabel>Üretici</guilabel> ya da <guilabel>Genel</guilabel> listesinden monitörünüzü seçebilirsiniz. Monitörünüz için yatay ve dikey tazeleme oranlarını elle ayarlamak için <guilabel>Kişisel</guilabel> seçeneğini seçin." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitör</guibutton></emphasis>: Mümkünse <guilabel>Tak " +"ve Kullan</guilabel> seçebilir veya <guilabel>Üretici</guilabel> ya da " +"<guilabel>Genel</guilabel> listesinden monitörünüzü seçebilirsiniz. " +"Monitörünüz için yatay ve dikey tazeleme oranlarını elle ayarlamak için " +"<guilabel>Kişisel</guilabel> seçeneğini seçin." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45 @@ -759,7 +945,9 @@ msgstr "Yanlış tazeleme oranları monitörünüze zarar verebilir" msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired " "resolution and color depth of your monitor here." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Çözünürlük</guibutton></emphasis>: Arzu ettiğiniz çözünürlüğü ve renk derinliğini buradan seçin." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Çözünürlük</guibutton></emphasis>: Arzu ettiğiniz " +"çözünürlüğü ve renk derinliğini buradan seçin." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56 @@ -767,19 +955,29 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not " "always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your " "settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your " -"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept." -" If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be" -" able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " -"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't " -"available</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Dene</guibutton></emphasis>: Deneme düğmesi kurulum esnasında her zaman görüntülenmez. Düğme görüntüleniyorsa, ayarlarınızı bu düğmeye tıklayarak deneyebilirsiniz. Ayarlarınızın doğru olup olmadığını soran bir soru kutusu görüyorsanız \"evet\" cevabını vererek ayarların kaydedilmesini sağlayabilirsiniz. Herhangi bir şey görmüyorsanız yapılandırma ekranına geri yönlendirilirsiniz ve denemeniz başarılı oluncaya kadar her şeyi yeniden ayarlayabilirsiniz. <emphasis>Düğme görüntülenmiyorsa ayarlarınızın güvenli tarafta olduğundan emin olun</emphasis>" +"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. " +"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be " +"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " +"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Dene</guibutton></emphasis>: Deneme düğmesi kurulum " +"esnasında her zaman görüntülenmez. Düğme görüntüleniyorsa, ayarlarınızı bu " +"düğmeye tıklayarak deneyebilirsiniz. Ayarlarınızın doğru olup olmadığını " +"soran bir soru kutusu görüyorsanız \"evet\" cevabını vererek ayarların " +"kaydedilmesini sağlayabilirsiniz. Herhangi bir şey görmüyorsanız " +"yapılandırma ekranına geri yönlendirilirsiniz ve denemeniz başarılı oluncaya " +"kadar her şeyi yeniden ayarlayabilirsiniz. <emphasis>Düğme görüntülenmiyorsa " +"ayarlarınızın güvenli tarafta olduğundan emin olun</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to " "enable or disable various options." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Seçenekler</guibutton></emphasis>: Buradan bir çok seçeneği etkinleştirebilir veya devre dışı bırakabilirsiniz." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Seçenekler</guibutton></emphasis>: Buradan bir çok " +"seçeneği etkinleştirebilir veya devre dışı bırakabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18 @@ -791,7 +989,9 @@ msgstr "Monitör Seçimi" msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually " "correctly identify yours." -msgstr "DrakX monitörlerin karşılaştırmalı veritabanına sahip olup genellikle monitörünüzü doğru olarak tanımlar." +msgstr "" +"DrakX monitörlerin karşılaştırmalı veritabanına sahip olup genellikle " +"monitörünüzü doğru olarak tanımlar." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26 @@ -800,15 +1000,22 @@ msgid "" "your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing " "what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor " "documentation" -msgstr "<emphasis>Farklı niteliklere sahip bir monitörü seçmek monitörünüze veya ekran kartınıza zarar verebilir. Ne yaptığınızı bilmiyorsanız bir şeyler yapmaya çalışmayın.</emphasis> Kararsız kaldığınız takdirde monitörünüzle gelen kılavuza bakın" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Farklı niteliklere sahip bir monitörü seçmek monitörünüze veya " +"ekran kartınıza zarar verebilir. Ne yaptığınızı bilmiyorsanız bir şeyler " +"yapmaya çalışmayın.</emphasis> Kararsız kaldığınız takdirde monitörünüzle " +"gelen kılavuza bakın" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" -"=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42 @@ -819,10 +1026,14 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Kişisel</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44 msgid "" "This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh " -"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the" -" screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are" -" displayed." -msgstr "Bu seçenek iki kritik parametreyi ayarlamanızı sağlar, dikey tazeleme oranı ve yatay tazeleme oranı. Dikey tazeleme oranı ekranın hangi sıklıkta tazeleneceğini belirler ve yatay ekran aralığı, hangi tarama hatlarının hangi oranda görüntüleneceğini belirler." +"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the " +"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are " +"displayed." +msgstr "" +"Bu seçenek iki kritik parametreyi ayarlamanızı sağlar, dikey tazeleme oranı " +"ve yatay tazeleme oranı. Dikey tazeleme oranı ekranın hangi sıklıkta " +"tazeleneceğini belirler ve yatay ekran aralığı, hangi tarama hatlarının " +"hangi oranda görüntüleneceğini belirler." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49 @@ -831,7 +1042,11 @@ msgid "" "type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you " "may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and " "consult your monitor documentation." -msgstr "Monitörünüzün kapasitesinin ötesinde bir monitör türü ve ekran aralığı belirlememeniz <emphasis>ÇOK ÖNEMLİDİR</emphasis>: monitörünüze zarar verebilirsiniz. Kararsız kalırsanız, ortalama bir ayar seçin ve monitörünüzün kılavuzuna bakın." +msgstr "" +"Monitörünüzün kapasitesinin ötesinde bir monitör türü ve ekran aralığı " +"belirlememeniz <emphasis>ÇOK ÖNEMLİDİR</emphasis>: monitörünüze zarar " +"verebilirsiniz. Kararsız kalırsanız, ortalama bir ayar seçin ve " +"monitörünüzün kılavuzuna bakın." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55 @@ -843,7 +1058,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Tak ve Kullan</emphasis>" msgid "" "This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the " "monitor database." -msgstr "Öntanımlı seçenek budur. Monitör veritabanından monitör türünü bulmaya çalışır." +msgstr "" +"Öntanımlı seçenek budur. Monitör veritabanından monitör türünü bulmaya " +"çalışır." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63 @@ -855,7 +1072,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Üretici</emphasis>" msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which " "one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:" -msgstr "Kurulum aracı monitörünüzü doğru olarak algılayamamışsa ve monitörünüzün hangisi olduğunu biliyorsanız, monitörünüzü ağaçtan şuna göre seçebilirsiniz:" +msgstr "" +"Kurulum aracı monitörünüzü doğru olarak algılayamamışsa ve monitörünüzün " +"hangisi olduğunu biliyorsanız, monitörünüzü ağaçtan şuna göre seçebilirsiniz:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73 @@ -876,11 +1095,17 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Genel</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84 msgid "" "selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as " -"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is" -" often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card " -"driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once " -"again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections." -msgstr "bu grubu seçmek, 1024x768@60Hz gibi yaklaşık 30 görüntü yapılandırması görüntüler ve dizüstü bilgisayarlarda kullanılanlar gibi Flat panel görüntülerini de içerir. Ekran kartınız kendiliğinden tanımlanamadığı için Vesa ekran kartı sürücüsü kullanmanız gerekiyorsa bu seçenek genellikle iyi bir monitör seçimi grubudur. Yine, seçimlerinizde ortalama değerleri seçmek akıllıca olur." +"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is " +"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver " +"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it " +"may be wise to be conservative in your selections." +msgstr "" +"bu grubu seçmek, 1024x768@60Hz gibi yaklaşık 30 görüntü yapılandırması " +"görüntüler ve dizüstü bilgisayarlarda kullanılanlar gibi Flat panel " +"görüntülerini de içerir. Ekran kartınız kendiliğinden tanımlanamadığı için " +"Vesa ekran kartı sürücüsü kullanmanız gerekiyorsa bu seçenek genellikle iyi " +"bir monitör seçimi grubudur. Yine, seçimlerinizde ortalama değerleri seçmek " +"akıllıca olur." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake.xml:19 @@ -890,47 +1115,64 @@ msgstr "DiskDrake ile kişisel disk bölümlendirme" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/diskdrake.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" " -"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:33 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " -"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The" -" encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " +"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " +"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " "set, otherwise your system will be unbootable." -msgstr "<literal>/</literal> disk bölümünüzde şifreleme kullanmak isterseniz ayrı bir <literal>/boot</literal> disk bölümünüzün mevcut olduğundan emin olmalısınız. <literal>/boot</literal> disk bölümünüz için şifreleme seçeneği işaretli OLMAMALIDIR; yoksa sisteminiz açılmayacaktır." +msgstr "" +"<literal>/</literal> disk bölümünüzde şifreleme kullanmak isterseniz ayrı " +"bir <literal>/boot</literal> disk bölümünüzün mevcut olduğundan emin " +"olmalısınız. <literal>/boot</literal> disk bölümünüz için şifreleme seçeneği " +"işaretli OLMAMALIDIR; yoksa sisteminiz açılmayacaktır." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:39 msgid "" -"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions," -" change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " +"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " "is in them before you start." -msgstr "Disk yerleşim düzenini burada ayarlayın. Disk bölümleri oluşturabilir veya kaldırabilir, bir disk bölümünün dosya sistemini veya boyutunu değiştirebilir ve hatta başlamadan önce içinde neler olduğunu görüntüleyebilirsiniz." +msgstr "" +"Disk yerleşim düzenini burada ayarlayın. Disk bölümleri oluşturabilir veya " +"kaldırabilir, bir disk bölümünün dosya sistemini veya boyutunu " +"değiştirebilir ve hatta başlamadan önce içinde neler olduğunu " +"görüntüleyebilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:42 msgid "" -"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an" -" USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." -msgstr "Algılanan her sabit disk veya USB bellek gibi diğer depolama aygıtı için bir sekme bulunur. Üç tane varsa sda, sdb ve sdc gibi." +"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " +"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." +msgstr "" +"Algılanan her sabit disk veya USB bellek gibi diğer depolama aygıtı için bir " +"sekme bulunur. Üç tane varsa sda, sdb ve sdc gibi." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:45 msgid "" -"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected" -" storage device" -msgstr "Seçili depolama aygıtındaki tüm bölümleri silmek için <guibutton>Tümünü Temizle</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın" +"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " +"storage device" +msgstr "" +"Seçili depolama aygıtındaki tüm bölümleri silmek için <guibutton>Tümünü " +"Temizle</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." -msgstr "Diğer eylemler için: öncelikle arzu ettiğiniz disk bölümüne tıklayın. Sonra onu görüntüleyin veya bir dosya sistemi ve bağlama noktası seçin, yeniden boyutlandırın veya silin." +msgstr "" +"Diğer eylemler için: öncelikle arzu ettiğiniz disk bölümüne tıklayın. Sonra " +"onu görüntüleyin veya bir dosya sistemi ve bağlama noktası seçin, yeniden " +"boyutlandırın veya silin." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:49 @@ -953,21 +1195,28 @@ msgid "" "In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the " "solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install " "<application>Mageia</application>." -msgstr "Bu ekranda sabit disklerinizin içeriğini görebilir ve DrakX bölümlendirme sihirbazının <application>Mageia</application>'nın nereye kurulacağına dair bulduğu çözümlere ulaşabilirsiniz." +msgstr "" +"Bu ekranda sabit disklerinizin içeriğini görebilir ve DrakX bölümlendirme " +"sihirbazının <application>Mageia</application>'nın nereye kurulacağına dair " +"bulduğu çözümlere ulaşabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33 msgid "" "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your " "particular hard drive(s) layout and content." -msgstr "Aşağıdaki listeden kullanılabilen seçenekler, belirli sabit disklerinizin bölümlendirme düzeni ve içeriğine bağlı olarak değişecektir." +msgstr "" +"Aşağıdaki listeden kullanılabilen seçenekler, belirli sabit disklerinizin " +"bölümlendirme düzeni ve içeriğine bağlı olarak değişecektir." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45 @@ -979,7 +1228,9 @@ msgstr "Mevcut Disk Bölümü Kullanılsın" msgid "" "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have " "been found and may be used for the installation." -msgstr "Bu seçenek erişilebilir durumdaysa Linux uyumlu önceden mevcut olan disk bölümleri bulunmuştur ve yükleme için kullanılabilir." +msgstr "" +"Bu seçenek erişilebilir durumdaysa Linux uyumlu önceden mevcut olan disk " +"bölümleri bulunmuştur ve yükleme için kullanılabilir." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54 @@ -989,9 +1240,11 @@ msgstr "Boş Alan Kullanılsın" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for" -" your new Mageia installation." -msgstr "Sabit diskinizde kullanılmayan boş alan varsa, yeni Mageia kurulumunuz için bu seçenek o alanı kullanacaktır." +"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for " +"your new Mageia installation." +msgstr "" +"Sabit diskinizde kullanılmayan boş alan varsa, yeni Mageia kurulumunuz için " +"bu seçenek o alanı kullanacaktır." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62 @@ -1001,9 +1254,11 @@ msgstr "Windows Bölümündeki Boş Alan Kullanılsın" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may" -" offer to use it." -msgstr "Mevcut bir Windows bölümünde kullanılmayan alan varsa, kurulum aracı bunu kullanmayı önerebilir." +"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may " +"offer to use it." +msgstr "" +"Mevcut bir Windows bölümünde kullanılmayan alan varsa, kurulum aracı bunu " +"kullanmayı önerebilir." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69 @@ -1011,7 +1266,9 @@ msgid "" "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, " "but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all " "important files!" -msgstr "Bu, yeni Mageia kurulumunuz için boş alan açmakta faydalı olabilir; ancak riskli bir işlem olduğundan önemli tüm dosyalarınızı yedeklemelisiniz!" +msgstr "" +"Bu, yeni Mageia kurulumunuz için boş alan açmakta faydalı olabilir; ancak " +"riskli bir işlem olduğundan önemli tüm dosyalarınızı yedeklemelisiniz!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74 @@ -1022,7 +1279,12 @@ msgid "" "although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been " "moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to " "back up your personal files." -msgstr "Bu işlemin Windows bölümünün boyutunu azaltacağını unutmayın. Disk bölümü \"temiz\" olmalıdır; yani son kullanımında Windows düzgün şekilde kapatılmış olmalıdır. Bölümdeki tüm dosyaların kullanılacak alanın dışına taşındığına dair garanti sunmazsa da ayrıca mutlaka disk birleştirme yapılmalıdır. Kişisel dosyalarınızı yedeklemeniz önerilir." +msgstr "" +"Bu işlemin Windows bölümünün boyutunu azaltacağını unutmayın. Disk bölümü " +"\"temiz\" olmalıdır; yani son kullanımında Windows düzgün şekilde kapatılmış " +"olmalıdır. Bölümdeki tüm dosyaların kullanılacak alanın dışına taşındığına " +"dair garanti sunmazsa da ayrıca mutlaka disk birleştirme yapılmalıdır. " +"Kişisel dosyalarınızı yedeklemeniz önerilir." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84 @@ -1037,7 +1299,9 @@ msgstr "Bu seçenek tüm sabit diski Mageia için kullanacaktır." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!" -msgstr "Önemli! Bu işlem seçilen sabit diskteki BÜTÜN veriyi silecektir. Dikkatli olun!" +msgstr "" +"Önemli! Bu işlem seçilen sabit diskteki BÜTÜN veriyi silecektir. Dikkatli " +"olun!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93 @@ -1045,7 +1309,10 @@ msgid "" "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already " "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use " "this option." -msgstr "Sabit diskin bir kısmını başka bir şey için kullanmak niyetindeyseniz veya disk üzerinde kaybetmeye henüz hazır olmadığınız verileriniz varsa bu seçeneği kullanmayın." +msgstr "" +"Sabit diskin bir kısmını başka bir şey için kullanmak niyetindeyseniz veya " +"disk üzerinde kaybetmeye henüz hazır olmadığınız verileriniz varsa bu " +"seçeneği kullanmayın." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100 @@ -1055,9 +1322,10 @@ msgstr "Özel" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 msgid "" -"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your" -" hard drive(s)." -msgstr "Bu seçenek, sistemi sabit disklerinize kurarken size tam denetim sağlar.." +"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " +"hard drive(s)." +msgstr "" +"Bu seçenek, sistemi sabit disklerinize kurarken size tam denetim sağlar.." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109 @@ -1066,10 +1334,17 @@ msgid "" "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " "hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested " "with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 " -"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning" -" tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " +"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning " +"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " "settings:" -msgstr "Bazı yeni sabit diskler eski standart olan 512 bayt mantıksal sektör yerine 4096 bayt mantıksal sektör kullanmaktadır. Erişilebilir donanım eksikliği nedeniyle kurulumda kullanılan bölümlendirme aracı bu tür bir sabit disk üzerinde denenmemiştir. Ayrıca bazı ssd diskler 1 MB üzerinde silme blok boyutu kullanmaktadır. Böyle bir sabit diskiniz varsa, gparted gibi farklı bir bölümlendirme aracı kullanarak diskinizi önceden bölümlendirmenizi öneririz. Şu ayarları kullanın: " +msgstr "" +"Bazı yeni sabit diskler eski standart olan 512 bayt mantıksal sektör yerine " +"4096 bayt mantıksal sektör kullanmaktadır. Erişilebilir donanım eksikliği " +"nedeniyle kurulumda kullanılan bölümlendirme aracı bu tür bir sabit disk " +"üzerinde denenmemiştir. Ayrıca bazı ssd diskler 1 MB üzerinde silme blok " +"boyutu kullanmaktadır. Böyle bir sabit diskiniz varsa, gparted gibi farklı " +"bir bölümlendirme aracı kullanarak diskinizi önceden bölümlendirmenizi " +"öneririz. Şu ayarları kullanın: " #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117 @@ -1085,7 +1360,9 @@ msgstr "\"Önündeki boş alan (MiB):\" \"2\"" #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 msgid "" "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." -msgstr "Ayrıca tüm bölümlerin çift sayılı megabaytlar ile oluşturulduğundan emin olun." +msgstr "" +"Ayrıca tüm bölümlerin çift sayılı megabaytlar ile oluşturulduğundan emin " +"olun." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3 @@ -1102,8 +1379,7 @@ msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgid "February 2014" msgstr "Şubat 2014" -#. type: Content of: -#. <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 msgid "Mageia 4" msgstr "Mageia 4" @@ -1126,10 +1402,13 @@ msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" -"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which" -" screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " +"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " "while installing." -msgstr "Bu el kitabındaki kurulum aracı ekranlarının tümünü hiç kimse görmeyecektir. Göreceğiniz ekranlar donanımınıza ve kurulum sırasındaki seçimlerinize bağlıdır." +msgstr "" +"Bu el kitabındaki kurulum aracı ekranlarının tümünü hiç kimse görmeyecektir. " +"Göreceğiniz ekranlar donanımınıza ve kurulum sırasındaki seçimlerinize " +"bağlıdır." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10 @@ -1140,64 +1419,84 @@ msgstr "</note>" #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" +"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +msgstr "" +"Bu el kitabındaki ekran görüntüleri ve metinler CC BY-SA3.0 ile " +"lisanslanmıştır <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" "sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." -msgstr "Bu el kitabındaki ekran görüntüleri ve metinler CC BY-SA3.0 ile lisanslanmıştır <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link " -"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link " -"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." -msgstr "Bu el kitabı, <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link> tarafından geliştirilen <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> yardımıyla hazırlanmıştır." +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +msgstr "" +"Bu el kitabı, <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link> " +"tarafından geliştirilen <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco " +"CMS</link> yardımıyla hazırlanmıştır." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link " -"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation " -"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." -msgstr "Gönüllüler tarafından boş zamanlarında yazılmıştır. Bu el kitabının geliştirilmesine yardımcı olmak istiyorsanız lütfen <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Belgelendirme Ekibi</link> ile irtibat kurun." +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" +"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" +"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +msgstr "" +"Gönüllüler tarafından boş zamanlarında yazılmıştır. Bu el kitabının " +"geliştirilmesine yardımcı olmak istiyorsanız lütfen <link ns6:href=\"https://" +"wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Belgelendirme Ekibi</link> ile " +"irtibat kurun." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 msgid "Congratulations" msgstr "Tebrikler" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text #. same day, added "s" to "sytems" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/exitInstall.xml:14 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:21 msgid "" -"You have finished installing and configuring " -"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the " -"installation medium and reboot your computer." -msgstr "<application>Mageia</application> kurulumunu ve yapılandırmasını bitirdiniz. Şimdi güvenle kurulum ortamını çıkartarak bilgisayarınızı yeniden başlatabilirsiniz." +"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</" +"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot " +"your computer." +msgstr "" +"<application>Mageia</application> kurulumunu ve yapılandırmasını bitirdiniz. " +"Şimdi güvenle kurulum ortamını çıkartarak bilgisayarınızı yeniden " +"başlatabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:25 msgid "" -"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating" -" systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." -msgstr "Yeniden başlatmadan sonra, önyükleme ekranında, bilgisayarınızdaki (birden fazla varsa) işletim sistemleri arasında seçim yapabilirsiniz." +"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating " +"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." +msgstr "" +"Yeniden başlatmadan sonra, önyükleme ekranında, bilgisayarınızdaki (birden " +"fazla varsa) işletim sistemleri arasında seçim yapabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:28 msgid "" "If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install " "will be automatically selected and started." -msgstr "Önyükleyici ayarlarını yapmadıysanız, Mageia kurulumunuz kendiliğinden seçilecek ve başlatılacaktır." +msgstr "" +"Önyükleyici ayarlarını yapmadıysanız, Mageia kurulumunuz kendiliğinden " +"seçilecek ve başlatılacaktır." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:31 @@ -1209,43 +1508,54 @@ msgstr "Tadını çıkarın!" msgid "" "Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to " "Mageia" -msgstr "Herhangi bir sorunuz varsa veya Mageia' ya katkıda bulunmak istiyorsanız www.mageia.org adresini ziyaret edin" +msgstr "" +"Herhangi bir sorunuz varsa veya Mageia' ya katkıda bulunmak istiyorsanız www." +"mageia.org adresini ziyaret edin" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:4 msgid "Formatting" msgstr "Biçimlendirme" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\"" -" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> " -"</imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:25 msgid "" "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on " "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved." -msgstr "Burada hangi disk bölüm(ler)ini biçimlendirmek istediğinizi seçebilirsiniz. Biçimlendirme için <emphasis>seçilmemiş</emphasis> tüm bölümlerdeki veri korunacaktır." +msgstr "" +"Burada hangi disk bölüm(ler)ini biçimlendirmek istediğinizi seçebilirsiniz. " +"Biçimlendirme için <emphasis>seçilmemiş</emphasis> tüm bölümlerdeki veri " +"korunacaktır." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:29 msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted" -msgstr "Genellikle, DrakX tarafından seçilen bölümlerin biçimlendirilmesi gerekir" +msgstr "" +"Genellikle, DrakX tarafından seçilen bölümlerin biçimlendirilmesi gerekir" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:32 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to " "check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>hatalı bloklar</emphasis> için sınanmasını istediğiniz bölümleri seçmek için <guibutton>Gelişmiş</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>hatalı bloklar</emphasis> için sınanmasını istediğiniz bölümleri " +"seçmek için <guibutton>Gelişmiş</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın" #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:37 @@ -1254,14 +1564,21 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> " "and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen. " "In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions." -msgstr "Doğru seçimi yaptığınızdan emin değilseniz, <guibutton>Geri</guibutton> ve yine <guibutton>Geri</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayabilir ve sonra <guibutton>Kişisel</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayarak ana ekranı geri getirebilirsiniz. Bu ekranda disk bölümlerinizde neyin olduğunu görüntülemeyi seçebilirsiniz." +msgstr "" +"Doğru seçimi yaptığınızdan emin değilseniz, <guibutton>Geri</guibutton> ve " +"yine <guibutton>Geri</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayabilir ve sonra " +"<guibutton>Kişisel</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayarak ana ekranı geri " +"getirebilirsiniz. Bu ekranda disk bölümlerinizde neyin olduğunu " +"görüntülemeyi seçebilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:44 msgid "" -"When you are confident about the selection, click on " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue." -msgstr "Seçimi hakkında emin olduğunuzda devam etmek için <guibutton>İleri</guibutton> düğmesini tıklayın." +"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton> to continue." +msgstr "" +"Seçimi hakkında emin olduğunuzda devam etmek için <guibutton>İleri</" +"guibutton> düğmesini tıklayın." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:17 @@ -1274,14 +1591,19 @@ msgid "" "Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia " "Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as " "possible." -msgstr "İster GNU/Linux ile yeni tanışan isterse deneyimli bir kullanıcı olun, Mageia kurulum aracı kurulumu veya yükseltmeyi mümkün olan en kolay şekilde yapmanıza yardımcı olmak için tasarlanmıştır." +msgstr "" +"İster GNU/Linux ile yeni tanışan isterse deneyimli bir kullanıcı olun, " +"Mageia kurulum aracı kurulumu veya yükseltmeyi mümkün olan en kolay şekilde " +"yapmanıza yardımcı olmak için tasarlanmıştır." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:28 msgid "" "The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will " "start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need." -msgstr "İlk menü ekranı bir çok seçeneğe sahiptir; fakat öntanımlı olan, normalde tüm ihtiyacınızı karşılayacak, kurulum aracını başlatacaktır." +msgstr "" +"İlk menü ekranı bir çok seçeneğe sahiptir; fakat öntanımlı olan, normalde " +"tüm ihtiyacınızı karşılayacak, kurulum aracını başlatacaktır." #. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:34 @@ -1296,15 +1618,18 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><para> #: en/installer.xml:37 msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:" -msgstr "Burada bir Mageia DVDsi kullanılırken öntanımlı karşılama ekranı bulunmaktadır:" +msgstr "" +"Burada bir Mageia DVDsi kullanılırken öntanımlı karşılama ekranı " +"bulunmaktadır:" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:40 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> #: en/installer.xml:39 @@ -1322,12 +1647,16 @@ msgstr "İlk ekranda bazı kişisel seçenekler ayarlanabilir:" msgid "" "The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen " "language for the system) by pressing the key F2" -msgstr "F2 tuşuna basarak (sadece kurulumda görüntülenecek olan ve sonradan bir başkasının sistem için ayarlanabileceği) dili seçebilirsiniz" +msgstr "" +"F2 tuşuna basarak (sadece kurulumda görüntülenecek olan ve sonradan bir " +"başkasının sistem için ayarlanabileceği) dili seçebilirsiniz" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:57 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:62 @@ -1338,15 +1667,20 @@ msgstr "Ok tuşlarını kullanarak dili seçin ve Enter tuşuna basın." #: en/installer.xml:65 msgid "" "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. " -"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue " -"System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware " -"Detection Tool</guilabel>." -msgstr "Mesela burada, bir ÇalışanCD/DVD kullanımındaki Fransızca karşılama ekranı bulunmaktadır. ÇalışanCD/DVD menüsünün şunlar önermeyeceğini unutmayın: <guilabel>Sistemi Kurtar</guilabel>, <guilabel>Bellek Sınaması</guilabel> ve <guilabel>Donanım Algılama Aracı</guilabel>." +"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</" +"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection " +"Tool</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Mesela burada, bir ÇalışanCD/DVD kullanımındaki Fransızca karşılama ekranı " +"bulunmaktadır. ÇalışanCD/DVD menüsünün şunlar önermeyeceğini unutmayın: " +"<guilabel>Sistemi Kurtar</guilabel>, <guilabel>Bellek Sınaması</guilabel> ve " +"<guilabel>Donanım Algılama Aracı</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:73 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:82 @@ -1355,8 +1689,10 @@ msgstr "F3 tuşuna basarak ekran çözünürlüğünü değiştirin." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:85 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:92 @@ -1369,7 +1705,10 @@ msgid "" "If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one " "of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called " "<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:" -msgstr "Kurulum başarısız olursa, ek seçeneklerden birini kullanarak yeniden denemeniz gerekebilir. F6 tuşu ile çağrılan menü <guilabel>Önyükleme seçenekleri</guilabel> adlı yeni bir satır görüntüler ve dört girdi önerir:" +msgstr "" +"Kurulum başarısız olursa, ek seçeneklerden birini kullanarak yeniden " +"denemeniz gerekebilir. F6 tuşu ile çağrılan menü <guilabel>Önyükleme " +"seçenekleri</guilabel> adlı yeni bir satır görüntüler ve dört girdi önerir:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:99 @@ -1381,28 +1720,37 @@ msgstr "- Öntanımlı, öntanımlı seçeneklerden hiçbirinde değişiklik yap msgid "" "- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of " "performances." -msgstr "- Güvenli Ayarlar, verimliliğin azalmasını önlemek için daha güvenli seçeneklere öncelik verilir." +msgstr "" +"- Güvenli Ayarlar, verimliliğin azalmasını önlemek için daha güvenli " +"seçeneklere öncelik verilir." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:105 msgid "" "- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management " "isn't taken into account." -msgstr "- ACPI (Gelişmiş Yapılandırma ve Güç Arabirimi) Yok, güç yönetimi hesaba alınmaz." +msgstr "" +"- ACPI (Gelişmiş Yapılandırma ve Güç Arabirimi) Yok, güç yönetimi hesaba " +"alınmaz." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:108 msgid "" "- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is " "about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for." -msgstr "- Yerel APIC (Yerel Gelişmiş Programlanabilir Kesme Denetleyicisi) Yok, bu seçenek işlemci kesmeleri ile ilgili olup sizden istendiğinde seçin." +msgstr "" +"- Yerel APIC (Yerel Gelişmiş Programlanabilir Kesme Denetleyicisi) Yok, bu " +"seçenek işlemci kesmeleri ile ilgili olup sizden istendiğinde seçin." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:112 msgid "" "When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options " "displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line." -msgstr "Bu girdilerden birini seçerseniz, seçtiğiniz girdi <guilabel>Önyükleme Seçenekleri</guilabel> satırında görüntülenen öntanımlı seçenekleri değiştirir." +msgstr "" +"Bu girdilerden birini seçerseniz, seçtiğiniz girdi <guilabel>Önyükleme " +"Seçenekleri</guilabel> satırında görüntülenen öntanımlı seçenekleri " +"değiştirir." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:116 @@ -1410,12 +1758,17 @@ msgid "" "In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the " "key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, " "however, they are really taken into account." -msgstr "Bazı Mageia yayımlarında, F6 ile seçilen girdiler <guilabel>Önyükleme Seçenekleri</guilabel> satırında görüntülenmeyebilir; ancak aslında uygulanmaktadırlar." +msgstr "" +"Bazı Mageia yayımlarında, F6 ile seçilen girdiler <guilabel>Önyükleme " +"Seçenekleri</guilabel> satırında görüntülenmeyebilir; ancak aslında " +"uygulanmaktadırlar." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:123 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:130 @@ -1428,12 +1781,17 @@ msgid "" "Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options. Select one with " "the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to " "go back to the welcome screen." -msgstr "F1 tuşuna basarak daha fazla seçeneğe ulaşabilirsiniz. Bunlardan birini ok tuşları ile seçin ve Enter tuşuna basarak daha fazla bilgiye ulaşın veya Esc tuşuna basarak karşılama ekranına dönün." +msgstr "" +"F1 tuşuna basarak daha fazla seçeneğe ulaşabilirsiniz. Bunlardan birini ok " +"tuşları ile seçin ve Enter tuşuna basarak daha fazla bilgiye ulaşın veya Esc " +"tuşuna basarak karşılama ekranına dönün." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:139 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:146 @@ -1442,12 +1800,18 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options list. " "These options can by added by hand in the <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> " "line." -msgstr "Açılış resmi ile ilgili ayrıntılı görünüm. Esc tuşuna basarak veya <guilabel>Önyükleme Seçeneklerine Dön</guilabel> seçimi ile seçenekler listesine dönün. Bu seçenekler <guilabel>Önyükleme seçenekleri</guilabel> satırına elle eklenebilir." +msgstr "" +"Açılış resmi ile ilgili ayrıntılı görünüm. Esc tuşuna basarak veya " +"<guilabel>Önyükleme Seçeneklerine Dön</guilabel> seçimi ile seçenekler " +"listesine dönün. Bu seçenekler <guilabel>Önyükleme seçenekleri</guilabel> " +"satırına elle eklenebilir." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:152 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:160 @@ -1459,17 +1823,22 @@ msgstr "Yardım, F2 tuşu ile seçilen dile çevrilmiştir." msgid "" "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based " "Installation CD (Boot.iso or Boot-Nonfree.iso images):" -msgstr "Kablolu Ağ-temelli Kurulum CDsi (Boot.iso veya Boot-Nonfree.iso imajları) kullanılırken görüntülenen öntanımlı karşılama ekranı budur:" +msgstr "" +"Kablolu Ağ-temelli Kurulum CDsi (Boot.iso veya Boot-Nonfree.iso imajları) " +"kullanılırken görüntülenen öntanımlı karşılama ekranı budur:" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:169 msgid "" "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are " "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-" -"based Installation CD, see <link " -"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">the Mageia " -"Wiki</link>" -msgstr "Dilin değiştirilmesine izin vermez, erişilebilir seçenekler ekranda tanımlanmıştır. Bir Kablolu Ağ-temelli Kurulum CDsini kullanmak hakkında daha fazla bilgi için <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">Mageia Wiki</link>sine bakın" +"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot." +"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>" +msgstr "" +"Dilin değiştirilmesine izin vermez, erişilebilir seçenekler ekranda " +"tanımlanmıştır. Bir Kablolu Ağ-temelli Kurulum CDsini kullanmak hakkında " +"daha fazla bilgi için <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot." +"iso_install\">Mageia Wiki</link>sine bakın" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/installer.xml:175 @@ -1479,9 +1848,11 @@ msgstr "Klavye düzeni Amerikan düzenidir." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:179 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:186 @@ -1491,24 +1862,29 @@ msgstr "Kurulum adımları" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:189 msgid "" -"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed" -" on the side panel of the screen." -msgstr "Kurulum işlemi, ekranın yanındaki panelden takip edilebilen bir kaç adıma bölünmüştür." +"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " +"on the side panel of the screen." +msgstr "" +"Kurulum işlemi, ekranın yanındaki panelden takip edilebilen bir kaç adıma " +"bölünmüştür." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:192 msgid "" -"Each step has one or more screens which may also have " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, " -"options." -msgstr "Her adım, az gerek duyulan seçenekler için <guibutton>Gelişmiş</guibutton> düğmesini içerebilen bir veya bir kaç ekrana sahiptir." +"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" +"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." +msgstr "" +"Her adım, az gerek duyulan seçenekler için <guibutton>Gelişmiş</guibutton> " +"düğmesini içerebilen bir veya bir kaç ekrana sahiptir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:196 msgid "" "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " "explanations about the current step." -msgstr "Çoğu ekran, geçerli adım için açıklamalar içeren <guibutton>Yardım</guibutton> düğmesine sahiptir." +msgstr "" +"Çoğu ekran, geçerli adım için açıklamalar içeren <guibutton>Yardım</" +"guibutton> düğmesine sahiptir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:200 @@ -1518,114 +1894,142 @@ msgid "" "partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your " "computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well " "leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure " -"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys" -" <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " +"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys " +"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot." -msgstr "Kurulum sırasında kurulumu durdurmak isterseniz, bilgisayarı yeniden başlatmak mümkündür; ancak bunu yapmadan önce iki kez düşünün. Bir disk bölümü biçimlendirilmişse veya güncellemeler kurulmaya başlanmışsa, bilgisayarınız aynı durumda olmayacaktır ve yeniden başlatmak sizi kullanılamaz durumda bir sistemle baş başa bırakabilir. Buna rağmen bilgisayarı yeniden başlatmak konusunda eminseniz; <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> tuşlarına birlikte basarak bir metin uçbirimine gidin. Bundan sonra yeniden başlatmak için <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> tuşlarına aynı anda basın." +msgstr "" +"Kurulum sırasında kurulumu durdurmak isterseniz, bilgisayarı yeniden " +"başlatmak mümkündür; ancak bunu yapmadan önce iki kez düşünün. Bir disk " +"bölümü biçimlendirilmişse veya güncellemeler kurulmaya başlanmışsa, " +"bilgisayarınız aynı durumda olmayacaktır ve yeniden başlatmak sizi " +"kullanılamaz durumda bir sistemle baş başa bırakabilir. Buna rağmen " +"bilgisayarı yeniden başlatmak konusunda eminseniz; <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</" +"guibutton> tuşlarına birlikte basarak bir metin uçbirimine gidin. Bundan " +"sonra yeniden başlatmak için <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> " +"tuşlarına aynı anda basın." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:215 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:214 msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" msgstr "Kurulum Sorunları ve Muhtemel Çözümleri" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:221 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:220 msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "Grafiksel Arabirim Yok" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:226 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:225 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " "resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt." -msgstr "İlk ekrandan sonra dil seçimi ekranına erişemediniz. Bu durum bazı ekran kartlarında ve eski sistemlerde ortaya çıkabilir. Komut satırında <code>vgalo</code> yazarak düşük çözünürlük kullanmayı deneyin." +msgstr "" +"İlk ekrandan sonra dil seçimi ekranına erişemediniz. Bu durum bazı ekran " +"kartlarında ve eski sistemlerde ortaya çıkabilir. Komut satırında " +"<code>vgalo</code> yazarak düşük çözünürlük kullanmayı deneyin." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:233 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:232 msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " "ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be " -"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit" -" ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." -msgstr "Donanım çok eskiyse, grafiksel bir kurulum mümkün olmayabilir. Bu durumda metin tabanlı kurulumu denemelisiniz. Bunu kullanmak için, ilk karşılama ekranında ESC tuşuna basın ve ENTER tuşuna basarak eylemi onaylayın. \"boot:\" kelimesini içeren siyah bir ekranla karşılaşacaksınız. \"text\" yazın ve ENTER tuşuna basın. Şimdi kuruluma metin kipinde devam edin." +"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit " +"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." +msgstr "" +"Donanım çok eskiyse, grafiksel bir kurulum mümkün olmayabilir. Bu durumda " +"metin tabanlı kurulumu denemelisiniz. Bunu kullanmak için, ilk karşılama " +"ekranında ESC tuşuna basın ve ENTER tuşuna basarak eylemi onaylayın. \"boot:" +"\" kelimesini içeren siyah bir ekranla karşılaşacaksınız. \"text\" yazın ve " +"ENTER tuşuna basın. Şimdi kuruluma metin kipinde devam edin." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:245 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:244 msgid "The Install Freezes" msgstr "Kurulum Donuyor" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:248 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:247 msgid "" "If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a " "problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of " "hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type " "<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with " "other options as necessary." -msgstr "Kurulum sırasında sistem donmuş ise donanım algılaması işleminde bir sorundan kaynaklanabilir. Bu durumda donanımın kendiliğinden algılanması işlemi atlanabilir ve sonraya bırakılabilir. Bunu denemek için komut satırında <code>noauto</code> yazın. Bu seçenek gerekli olduğunda diğer seçeneklerle birlikte kullanılabilir." +msgstr "" +"Kurulum sırasında sistem donmuş ise donanım algılaması işleminde bir " +"sorundan kaynaklanabilir. Bu durumda donanımın kendiliğinden algılanması " +"işlemi atlanabilir ve sonraya bırakılabilir. Bunu denemek için komut " +"satırında <code>noauto</code> yazın. Bu seçenek gerekli olduğunda diğer " +"seçeneklerle birlikte kullanılabilir." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:257 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:256 msgid "RAM problem" msgstr "RAM sorunu" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:260 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:259 msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " -"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. " -"e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." -msgstr "Bunlara nadir gereksinim olur; ama bazı durumlarda donanım erişilebilir RAM' İ yanlış bildirebilir. Bunu elle ayarlamak için <code>mem=xxxM</code> parametresini kullanabilirsiniz. Buradaki xxx RAM' in doğru boyutunu ifade etmelidir. Mesela <code>mem=256M</code> 256MB RAM' i ifade eder." +"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e." +"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." +msgstr "" +"Bunlara nadir gereksinim olur; ama bazı durumlarda donanım erişilebilir RAM' " +"İ yanlış bildirebilir. Bunu elle ayarlamak için <code>mem=xxxM</code> " +"parametresini kullanabilirsiniz. Buradaki xxx RAM' in doğru boyutunu ifade " +"etmelidir. Mesela <code>mem=256M</code> 256MB RAM' i ifade eder." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:269 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:268 msgid "Dynamic partitions" msgstr "Dinamik bölümler" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:272 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:271 msgid "" "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " "on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: " -"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" -"us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" -"us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." -msgstr "Eğer Microsoft Windows üzerinde sabit diskinizi \"temel\" biçimden \"dinamik\" biçime çevirdiyseniz, Mageia kuramazsınız. Temel diske geri dönmek için, Microsoft belgelerine bakınız: <link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." +"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx" +"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." +msgstr "" +"Eğer Microsoft Windows üzerinde sabit diskinizi \"temel\" biçimden \"dinamik" +"\" biçime çevirdiyseniz, Mageia kuramazsınız. Temel diske geri dönmek için, " +"Microsoft belgelerine bakınız: <link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" +"us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315." +"aspx</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installUpdates.xml:3 msgid "Updates" msgstr "Güncellemeler" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" -#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" -#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" -#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" -#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore -#. correct html filename -#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename +#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installUpdates.xml:13 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:19 msgid "" "Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some " "packages will have been updated or improved." -msgstr "<application>Mageia</application>nın bu sürümü yayımlandığından beri bazı paketler güncellenmiş veya geliştirilmiş olabilir." +msgstr "" +"<application>Mageia</application>nın bu sürümü yayımlandığından beri bazı " +"paketler güncellenmiş veya geliştirilmiş olabilir." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:23 @@ -1633,7 +2037,10 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, " "select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you " "aren't connected to the Internet" -msgstr "Bunları indirmek ve kurmak için <guilabel>evet</guilabel>' i; bunu yapmak istemiyorsanız veya İnternet' e bağlı değilseniz <guilabel>hayır</guilabel>' ı seçin." +msgstr "" +"Bunları indirmek ve kurmak için <guilabel>evet</guilabel>' i; bunu yapmak " +"istemiyorsanız veya İnternet' e bağlı değilseniz <guilabel>hayır</guilabel>' " +"ı seçin." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:28 @@ -1645,55 +2052,71 @@ msgstr "Sonra devam etmek için <guibutton>İleri</guibutton> düğmesine basın msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "Veri Kaynağı Seçimi (Nonfree)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the -#. same as for add_supplemental_media) -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html -#. filename was wrong) +#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/media_selection.xml:12 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" -"=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:18 msgid "" "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are " -"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories" -" selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " +"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories " +"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " "the next steps." -msgstr "Burada mevcut depoların listesi vardır. Kurulum için kullandığınız veri kaynağına göre bütün depolar erişilebilir değildir. Depo seçimi, ilerleyen adımlarda hangi paketleri seçebileceğinizi belirler." +msgstr "" +"Burada mevcut depoların listesi vardır. Kurulum için kullandığınız veri " +"kaynağına göre bütün depolar erişilebilir değildir. Depo seçimi, ilerleyen " +"adımlarda hangi paketleri seçebileceğinizi belirler." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:25 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains " "the base of the distribution." -msgstr "<emphasis>Core</emphasis> deposu devre dışı bırakılamaz; çünkü dağıtımın temel paketlerini içerir." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Core</emphasis> deposu devre dışı bırakılamaz; çünkü dağıtımın " +"temel paketlerini içerir." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:30 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-" -"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source" -" software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " +"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source " +"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " "nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi " "cards, etc." -msgstr "<emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> deposu, ücretsiz edinilebilen paketleri içerir. Mageia bunları sunabilir fakat (Nonfree isminden de anlaşılabileceği gibi) kapalı kaynak kodlu yazılımları içerir. Örneğin bu depo nVidia ve ATI ekran kartlarının müseccel sürücülerini, birçok kablosuz kart v.b. için donanım yazılımlarını içerir." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> deposu, ücretsiz edinilebilen paketleri içerir. " +"Mageia bunları sunabilir fakat (Nonfree isminden de anlaşılabileceği gibi) " +"kapalı kaynak kodlu yazılımları içerir. Örneğin bu depo nVidia ve ATI ekran " +"kartlarının müseccel sürücülerini, birçok kablosuz kart v.b. için donanım " +"yazılımlarını içerir." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:38 msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under" -" a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository " -"is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g." -" Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed" -" to play commercial video DVD, etc." -msgstr "<emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> deposu, özgür yazılım altında yayımlanmış paketleri içerir. Bu depoya paketlerin konulmasındaki temel ölçüt, bunların bazı ülkelerdeki patentler ve fikri hakları koruyan yasalarla çelişmesidir. Mesela bir çok ses/video dosyasını oynatmak için gerekli çoklu ortam kod çözücüleri, ticari video DVD oynatmak için gerekli paketler v.b." +"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under " +"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is " +"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. " +"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed " +"to play commercial video DVD, etc." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> deposu, özgür yazılım altında yayımlanmış " +"paketleri içerir. Bu depoya paketlerin konulmasındaki temel ölçüt, bunların " +"bazı ülkelerdeki patentler ve fikri hakları koruyan yasalarla çelişmesidir. " +"Mesela bir çok ses/video dosyasını oynatmak için gerekli çoklu ortam kod " +"çözücüleri, ticari video DVD oynatmak için gerekli paketler v.b." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/minimal-install.xml:3 @@ -1704,9 +2127,11 @@ msgstr "En Ufak Kurulum" #: en/minimal-install.xml:9 msgid "" "You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the " -"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref " -"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." -msgstr "Paket Grubu Seçimi ekranında, her şeyin seçimini kaldırarak En Ufak Kurulum yapmayı seçebilirsiniz. Bkz: <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>" +"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" +"xref>." +msgstr "" +"Paket Grubu Seçimi ekranında, her şeyin seçimini kaldırarak En Ufak Kurulum " +"yapmayı seçebilirsiniz. Bkz: <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:10 @@ -1715,14 +2140,20 @@ msgid "" "their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised " "workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package " "Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." -msgstr "En Ufak Kurulum, <application>Mageia</application>'yı bir sunucu veya özelleştirilmiş iş istasyonu gibi belirli bir amaç için kullanmak isteyenler için gereklidir. Bu seçeneği Elle Paket Seçimi ile birleştirerek kullanabilirsiniz. Bkz: <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." +msgstr "" +"En Ufak Kurulum, <application>Mageia</application>'yı bir sunucu veya " +"özelleştirilmiş iş istasyonu gibi belirli bir amaç için kullanmak isteyenler " +"için gereklidir. Bu seçeneği Elle Paket Seçimi ile birleştirerek " +"kullanabilirsiniz. Bkz: <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:14 msgid "" "If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer " "you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X." -msgstr "Bu kurulum sınıfını seçerseniz ilgili ekran, belgelendirme ve X gibi bir kaç yararlı ek kurmayı önerecektir." +msgstr "" +"Bu kurulum sınıfını seçerseniz ilgili ekran, belgelendirme ve X gibi bir kaç " +"yararlı ek kurmayı önerecektir." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/minimal-install.xml:19 @@ -1730,34 +2161,37 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:3 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" msgstr "Çeşitli parametrelerin özeti" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-) -#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages -#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and -#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph -#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. -#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by -#. linkend="setupBootloader" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, -#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files +#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages +#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and +#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph +#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. +#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:33 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:38 @@ -1766,7 +2200,11 @@ msgid "" "the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the " "settings here and change them if you want after pressing " "<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>." -msgstr "DrakX algıladığı donanıma ve yaptığınız seçimlere bağlı olarak sisteminizin yapılandırması için en uygun seçimleri yaptı. Ayarları burada denetleyebilir ve isterseniz <guibutton>Yapılandır</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayarak değiştirebilirsiniz." +msgstr "" +"DrakX algıladığı donanıma ve yaptığınız seçimlere bağlı olarak sisteminizin " +"yapılandırması için en uygun seçimleri yaptı. Ayarları burada denetleyebilir " +"ve isterseniz <guibutton>Yapılandır</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayarak " +"değiştirebilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:45 @@ -1782,9 +2220,12 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Zaman Dilimi</guilabel>" #: en/misc-params.xml:52 msgid "" "DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. " -"You can change it if needed. See also <xref " -"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" -msgstr "DrakX tercih ettiğiniz dile bağlı olarak bir zaman dilimi seçti. Gerekirse bunu değiştirebilirsiniz. Ayrıca bakınız: <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" +"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/" +">" +msgstr "" +"DrakX tercih ettiğiniz dile bağlı olarak bir zaman dilimi seçti. Gerekirse " +"bunu değiştirebilirsiniz. Ayrıca bakınız: <xref linkend=" +"\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:58 @@ -1796,7 +2237,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Ülke / Bölge</guilabel>" msgid "" "If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you " "correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" -msgstr "Seçilen ülkede yaşamıyorsanız, bu ayarı düzeltmeniz çok önemlidir. Bkz: <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Seçilen ülkede yaşamıyorsanız, bu ayarı düzeltmeniz çok önemlidir. Bkz: " +"<xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:67 @@ -1812,7 +2255,9 @@ msgstr "DrakX önyükleyici ayarı için iyi seçimler yaptı." #: en/misc-params.xml:72 msgid "" "Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub and/or Lilo" -msgstr "Grub ve/veya Lilo' yu nasıl yapılandıracağınızı bilmiyorsanız hiç birşeyi değiştirmeyin" +msgstr "" +"Grub ve/veya Lilo' yu nasıl yapılandıracağınızı bilmiyorsanız hiç birşeyi " +"değiştirmeyin" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:75 @@ -1827,9 +2272,11 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Kullanıcı yönetimi</guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:83 msgid "" -"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own " -"<literal>/home</literal> directories." -msgstr "İlave kullanıcıları buraya ekleyebilirsiniz. Bu kullanıcılar kendi <literal>/home</literal> dizinlerine sahip olacaklardır." +"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</" +"literal> directories." +msgstr "" +"İlave kullanıcıları buraya ekleyebilirsiniz. Bu kullanıcılar kendi <literal>/" +"home</literal> dizinlerine sahip olacaklardır." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:89 @@ -1841,14 +2288,19 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Hizmetler</guilabel>:" msgid "" "System services refer to those small programs which run the background " "(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks." -msgstr "Sistem hizmetleri, arka planda çalışan küçük uygulamaları (art süreçleri) işaret eder. Bu araç belirli görevleri etkinleştirmenizi veya devre dışı bırakmanızı sağlar." +msgstr "" +"Sistem hizmetleri, arka planda çalışan küçük uygulamaları (art süreçleri) " +"işaret eder. Bu araç belirli görevleri etkinleştirmenizi veya devre dışı " +"bırakmanızı sağlar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:95 msgid "" "You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may " "prevent your computer from operating correctly." -msgstr "Burada bir şeyi değiştirmeden önce dikkatle denetlemelisiniz; çünkü bir hata bilgisayarınızın düzgün işlemesini engelleyebilir." +msgstr "" +"Burada bir şeyi değiştirmeden önce dikkatle denetlemelisiniz; çünkü bir hata " +"bilgisayarınızın düzgün işlemesini engelleyebilir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:99 @@ -1870,7 +2322,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Klavye</guilabel>:" msgid "" "This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on " "your location, language or type of keyboard." -msgstr "Burası; konumunuza, dilinize ve klavye türünüze bağlı olarak klavye düzeninizi ayarlayabileceğiniz yerdir." +msgstr "" +"Burası; konumunuza, dilinize ve klavye türünüze bağlı olarak klavye " +"düzeninizi ayarlayabileceğiniz yerdir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:119 @@ -1882,7 +2336,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Fare</guilabel>:" msgid "" "Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs " "etc." -msgstr "Burada diğer işaretleme araçlarını, tabletleri, iztoplarını v.b. ayarlayabilirsiniz." +msgstr "" +"Burada diğer işaretleme araçlarını, tabletleri, iztoplarını v.b. " +"ayarlayabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:126 @@ -1892,10 +2348,13 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Ses kartı</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:129 msgid "" -"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option" -" to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " +"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option " +"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " "driver for your card, but none of them is the default one." -msgstr "Kurulum aracı, varsa öntanımlı sürücüyü kullanır. Farklı bir sürücü seçeneği sadece kartınız için birden fazla sürücü varsa ve bunların hiç biri öntanımlı olan değilse sunulur." +msgstr "" +"Kurulum aracı, varsa öntanımlı sürücüyü kullanır. Farklı bir sürücü seçeneği " +"sadece kartınız için birden fazla sürücü varsa ve bunların hiç biri " +"öntanımlı olan değilse sunulur." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:136 @@ -1904,9 +2363,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Grafiksel arabirim</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:139 -msgid "" -"This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." -msgstr "Bu bölüm ekran kart(lar)ınızı ve görüntüleme araçlarınızı ayarlayabilirsiniz." +msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." +msgstr "" +"Bu bölüm ekran kart(lar)ınızı ve görüntüleme araçlarınızı ayarlayabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:142 @@ -1916,10 +2375,11 @@ msgstr "Daha fazla bilgi için bakınız: <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/> #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:148 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:156 @@ -1938,14 +2398,20 @@ msgid "" "drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia " "Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media " "repositories." -msgstr "Burada ağınızı yapılandırabilirsiniz; fakat Nonfree deposunu etkinleştirmediyseniz müseccel sürücüler kullanan ağ kartları için bilgisayarı yeniden başlattıktan sonra <application>Mageia Denetim Merkezi</application>'nde ayarlamanız iyi olacaktır." +msgstr "" +"Burada ağınızı yapılandırabilirsiniz; fakat Nonfree deposunu " +"etkinleştirmediyseniz müseccel sürücüler kullanan ağ kartları için " +"bilgisayarı yeniden başlattıktan sonra <application>Mageia Denetim Merkezi</" +"application>'nde ayarlamanız iyi olacaktır." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:171 msgid "" "When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch " "that interface as well." -msgstr "Bir ağ kartı eklediğinizde güvenlik duvarının bu ara birimi izlemesini ayarlamayı unutmayın." +msgstr "" +"Bir ağ kartı eklediğinizde güvenlik duvarının bu ara birimi izlemesini " +"ayarlamayı unutmayın." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:178 @@ -1958,14 +2424,19 @@ msgid "" "A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider " "internet. This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a " "proxy service." -msgstr "Bir Vekil Sunucu, bilgisayarınız ve daha geniş İnternet arasında aracı görevi görür. Bu bölüm, bir vekil sunucu hizmetini kullanmak için bilgisayarınızı yapılandırmanıza olanak sağlar." +msgstr "" +"Bir Vekil Sunucu, bilgisayarınız ve daha geniş İnternet arasında aracı " +"görevi görür. Bu bölüm, bir vekil sunucu hizmetini kullanmak için " +"bilgisayarınızı yapılandırmanıza olanak sağlar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:185 msgid "" -"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you" -" need to enter here" -msgstr "Buraya girmeniz gereken parametreleri almak için sistem yöneticinize danışmanız gerekebilir" +"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you " +"need to enter here" +msgstr "" +"Buraya girmeniz gereken parametreleri almak için sistem yöneticinize " +"danışmanız gerekebilir" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:194 @@ -1980,9 +2451,11 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Güvenlik Düzeyi</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:202 msgid "" -"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default" -" setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." -msgstr "Burada bilgisayarınız için Güvenlik düzeyini ayarlayabilirsiniz. Çoğu durumda öntanımlı ayar (Standart) genel kullanım için yeterlidir." +"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default " +"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." +msgstr "" +"Burada bilgisayarınız için Güvenlik düzeyini ayarlayabilirsiniz. Çoğu " +"durumda öntanımlı ayar (Standart) genel kullanım için yeterlidir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:206 @@ -1999,50 +2472,63 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Güvenlik Duvarı</guilabel>:" msgid "" "A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the " "rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it." -msgstr "Güvenlik Duvarı, önemli verileriniz ile internette dolaşan ve bu verileri çalmaya uğraşan çakallar arasında duvar oluşturmaktadır." +msgstr "" +"Güvenlik Duvarı, önemli verileriniz ile internette dolaşan ve bu verileri " +"çalmaya uğraşan çakallar arasında duvar oluşturmaktadır." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:217 msgid "" "Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your " "selections will depend on what you use your computer for." -msgstr "Sistem erişimi istediğiniz hizmetleri seçin. Yaptığınız seçimleri için bilgisayarınızı kullanım biçimine bağlı olmalıdır." +msgstr "" +"Sistem erişimi istediğiniz hizmetleri seçin. Yaptığınız seçimleri için " +"bilgisayarınızı kullanım biçimine bağlı olmalıdır." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:222 msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky." -msgstr "Her şeye izin vermenin (güvenlik duvarı yok) çok riskli olabileceğini unutmayın." +msgstr "" +"Her şeye izin vermenin (güvenlik duvarı yok) çok riskli olabileceğini " +"unutmayın." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16 msgid "" "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " "partition" -msgstr "<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> disk bölümünü yeniden boyutlandır" +msgstr "" +"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> disk bölümünü " +"yeniden boyutlandır" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20 msgid "" -"You have more than one " -"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition. " -"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing " -"<application>Mageia</application>." -msgstr "Birden fazla <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> disk bölümüne sahipsiniz. Hangisinin <application>Mageia</application> kurulumu için küçültüleceğini seçin." +"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" +"application> partition. Choose which one should be made smaller to make " +"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>." +msgstr "" +"Birden fazla <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " +"disk bölümüne sahipsiniz. Hangisinin <application>Mageia</application> " +"kurulumu için küçültüleceğini seçin." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/securityLevel.xml:12 msgid "Security Level" msgstr "Güvenlik Seviyesi" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/securityLevel.xml:19 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:24 @@ -2053,574 +2539,632 @@ msgstr "Güvenlik seviyenizi burada ayarlayabilirsiniz." #: en/securityLevel.xml:27 msgid "" "Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose." -msgstr "Neyi seçeceğinizi bilmiyorsanız, ön tanımlı ayarları olduğu gibi bırakın." +msgstr "" +"Neyi seçeceğinizi bilmiyorsanız, ön tanımlı ayarları olduğu gibi bırakın." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:30 msgid "" "After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings " "in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center." -msgstr "Kurulumdan sonra, istediğiniz zaman güvenlik ayarlarınızı Mageia Denetim Merkezi'ndeki <guilabel>Güvenlik</guilabel> bölümünden yapabilirsiniz." +msgstr "" +"Kurulumdan sonra, istediğiniz zaman güvenlik ayarlarınızı Mageia Denetim " +"Merkezi'ndeki <guilabel>Güvenlik</guilabel> bölümünden yapabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:5 msgid "Select and use ISOs" msgstr "ISO'ları seçin ve kullanın" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:8 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:9 msgid "Media" msgstr "Ortam" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:11 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:12 msgid "Definition" msgstr "Açıklama" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:13 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:14 msgid "" "Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to " "install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO " "file is copied to." -msgstr "Burada sözü edilen ortam, Mageia'yı kurmaya ve/veya yükseltmeye olanak sağlayan bir ISO imaj dosyasıdır ve herhangi bir fiziksel desteğe bağlı olarak kopyalanan ISO dosyasıdır." +msgstr "" +"Burada sözü edilen ortam, Mageia'yı kurmaya ve/veya yükseltmeye olanak " +"sağlayan bir ISO imaj dosyasıdır ve herhangi bir fiziksel desteğe bağlı " +"olarak kopyalanan ISO dosyasıdır." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:18 msgid "" -"You can find them <link " -"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">here</link>." -msgstr "Ortamları <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">burada</link> bulabilirsiniz." +"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" +"\">here</link>." +msgstr "" +"Ortamları <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">burada</" +"link> bulabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:21 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:22 msgid "Classical installation media" msgstr "Klasik kurulum ortamı" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:24 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:92 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:199 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:25 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:94 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:200 msgid "Common features" msgstr "Ortak özellikler" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:29 msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx." msgstr "Bu ISO'lar drakx denilen geleneksel yükleyiciyi kullanırlar." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:34 msgid "" "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." msgstr "Önceki sürümden yükseltme veya temiz bir kurulum yapabilirler." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:39 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:41 msgid "DVD" msgstr "DVD" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:45 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." msgstr "32 veya 64 bit mimari için faklı ortamlar. " -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:49 msgid "" "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " "Hardware Detection Tool." -msgstr "Karşılama ekranında Donanım Algılama, Sistem kurtarma ve Hafıza Testi araçları mevcuttur." +msgstr "" +"Karşılama ekranında Donanım Algılama, Sistem kurtarma ve Hafıza Testi " +"araçları mevcuttur." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:54 msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages." msgstr "Her bir DVD birçok masaüstü ortamı ve dil içermektedir." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:59 msgid "" "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software." -msgstr "Size, kurulum sırasında özgür olmayan yazılım eklemek için seçenek sunulacak." +msgstr "" +"Size, kurulum sırasında özgür olmayan yazılım eklemek için seçenek sunulacak." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:66 msgid "DVD dual arch" msgstr "DVD dual arch" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:70 msgid "" "Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made " "automatically according to the detected CPU." -msgstr "Her iki mimari de aynı ortam üzerindedir, seçim CPU testine göre otomatik olarak yapılır." +msgstr "" +"Her iki mimari de aynı ortam üzerindedir, seçim CPU testine göre otomatik " +"olarak yapılır." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:75 msgid "Uses Xfce desktop only." msgstr "Yalnız Xfce masaüstü kullanılır." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:79 msgid "" "Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, " "pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED!" -msgstr "Tüm diller mevcut değildir. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) DİLLERİ BULUNMAKTADIR!" +msgstr "" +"Tüm diller mevcut değildir. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, " +"sv, uk) DİLLERİ BULUNMAKTADIR!" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:84 msgid "It contains non free software." msgstr "Özgür olmayan yazılım içerir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:89 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:91 msgid "Live media" msgstr "Canlı Ortam" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:98 msgid "" "Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and " "optionally install Mageia on to your HDD." -msgstr "Sabit disk üzerine kurulum yapmadan kullanılabilir, istenirse sabit disk üzerine Mageia kurulur." +msgstr "" +"Sabit disk üzerine kurulum yapmadan kullanılabilir, istenirse sabit disk " +"üzerine Mageia kurulur." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." msgstr "Her bir ISO yalnız bir masaüstü ortamı içerir (KDE veya Gnome)." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:218 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:108 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:172 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:190 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:220 msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures." msgstr "32 veya 64 bit mimari için farklı ortamlar." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:112 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " -"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous " -"releases.</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Canlı ISO'lar yalnız temiz bir kurulum yapmak için kullanılabilir, bir önceki sürümden yükseltme yapmak için kullanılamazlar.</emphasis>" +"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Canlı ISO'lar yalnız temiz bir kurulum yapmak için " +"kullanılabilir, bir önceki sürümden yükseltme yapmak için kullanılamazlar.</" +"emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:118 msgid "They contain non free software." msgstr "Özgür olmayan yazılım içerirler." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:123 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:124 msgid "Live CD KDE" msgstr "Canlı CD KDE" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:128 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:164 msgid "KDE desktop environment only." msgstr "Yalnız KDE masaüstü ortamı." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:222 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:132 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:150 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:224 msgid "English language only." msgstr "Yalnız İngilizce." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:136 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:154 msgid "32 bit only." msgstr "Sadece 32 bit." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:141 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:142 msgid "Live CD GNOME" msgstr "Canlı CD GNOME" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:146 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:182 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." msgstr "Yalnız GNOME masaüstü ortamı." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:159 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:160 msgid "Live DVD KDE" msgstr "Canlı DVD KDE" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:168 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:186 msgid "All languages are present." msgstr "Tüm diller mevcuttur." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:177 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:178 msgid "Live DVD GNOME" msgstr "Canlı DVD GNOME" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:196 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:197 msgid "Boot-only CD media" msgstr "Boot-only CD ortamı" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:204 msgid "" -"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to" -" start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other " -"packages that are needed to continue and complete the install. These " -"packages may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or" -" on the Internet." -msgstr "Her biri, tam kurulumun devam etmesi için gereken paketler, drakx-installer-stage2 ve drakx yükleyici başlatmak için ihtiyacı olandan daha fazlasını içermeyen küçük bir imajdır." +"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " +"start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages " +"that are needed to continue and complete the install. These packages may be " +"on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a local network or on the Internet." +msgstr "" +"Her biri, tam kurulumun devam etmesi için gereken paketler, drakx-installer-" +"stage2 ve drakx yükleyici başlatmak için ihtiyacı olandan daha fazlasını " +"içermeyen küçük bir imajdır." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:212 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:213 msgid "" "These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when " "bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a " "PC that can't boot from a USB stick." -msgstr "Bu ortamlar çok hafiftir (100 MB'dan az) ve USB bellekten önyükleme yapılamadığında, bir DVD sürücüsü yoksa veya bir DVD indirmek için bant aralığınız çok düşükse uygundur." +msgstr "" +"Bu ortamlar çok hafiftir (100 MB'dan az) ve USB bellekten önyükleme " +"yapılamadığında, bir DVD sürücüsü yoksa veya bir DVD indirmek için bant " +"aralığınız çok düşükse uygundur." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:228 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:230 msgid "boot.iso" msgstr "boot.iso" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:232 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:234 msgid "" "Contains only free software, for those people who refuse to use non-free " "software." -msgstr "Özgür olmayan yazılım kullanmayı reddeden kişiler için yalnız özgür yazılım içerir." +msgstr "" +"Özgür olmayan yazılım kullanmayı reddeden kişiler için yalnız özgür yazılım " +"içerir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:239 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" msgstr "boot-nonfree.iso" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:243 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:245 msgid "" "Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " "it." -msgstr "İhtiyacı olanlar için özgür olmayan yazılım (sürücüler, kodekler vs gibi) içerir." +msgstr "" +"İhtiyacı olanlar için özgür olmayan yazılım (sürücüler, kodekler vs gibi) " +"içerir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:252 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:254 msgid "Downloading and Checking Media" msgstr "Ortamları indirme ve kontrol etme" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:255 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "İndirme" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:259 msgid "" -"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or" -" BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the" -" mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If " +"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or " +"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the " +"mirror in use and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If " "http is chosen, you may also see something like" -msgstr "ISO dosyanızı seçer seçmez dosyayı http veya BitTorrent kullanarak indirebilirsiniz. Her iki durumda da bazı bilgiler içeren bi pencere açılır. Örneğin eğer bant aralığınız çok düşükse kullanılan yansıyı değiştirme imkanı sağlamak gibi. Eğer http seçildiyse şöyle bir şey görebilirsiniz" +msgstr "" +"ISO dosyanızı seçer seçmez dosyayı http veya BitTorrent kullanarak " +"indirebilirsiniz. Her iki durumda da bazı bilgiler içeren bi pencere açılır. " +"Örneğin eğer bant aralığınız çok düşükse kullanılan yansıyı değiştirme " +"imkanı sağlamak gibi. Eğer http seçildiyse şöyle bir şey görebilirsiniz" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:264 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:266 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:269 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:271 msgid "" "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of " -"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the" -" file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " +"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " +"file to be downloaded. When you ask these algorithms to recalculate this " "number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " "downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you have a " "failure. A failure infers that you should retry the download.Then this " "window appears:" -msgstr "md5sum ve sha1sum ISO'nun bütünlüğünü kontol etme araçlarıdır. Sadece birini kullanın. Onaltılı numaralar indirilen dosyadan bir algoritma tarafından hesaplanır. İndirdiğiniz dosyadan bu numarayı hesaplamak için algoritmayı sorguladığınızda, sayfadaki numara dosyanızla aynı ise indirdiğiniz dosya doğrudur, sayfadaki numara dosyanızdan farklı ise indirdiğiniz dosya yanlıştır. Eğer sonuç yanlışsa dosyayı tekrar indirmeniz gerekmektedir. Bu durumda şöyle bir pencere görünür:" +msgstr "" +"md5sum ve sha1sum ISO'nun bütünlüğünü kontol etme araçlarıdır. Sadece birini " +"kullanın. Onaltılı numaralar indirilen dosyadan bir algoritma tarafından " +"hesaplanır. İndirdiğiniz dosyadan bu numarayı hesaplamak için algoritmayı " +"sorguladığınızda, sayfadaki numara dosyanızla aynı ise indirdiğiniz dosya " +"doğrudur, sayfadaki numara dosyanızdan farklı ise indirdiğiniz dosya " +"yanlıştır. Eğer sonuç yanlışsa dosyayı tekrar indirmeniz gerekmektedir. Bu " +"durumda şöyle bir pencere görünür:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:278 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:280 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:283 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:285 msgid "Check the radio button Save File." msgstr "Sabit diske kaydet seçeneğini işaretleyin." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:287 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 msgid "Checking the downloaded media integrity" msgstr "İndirilen ortamın bütünlüğünü kontrol etme" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291 msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:" -msgstr "Konsolu açın -root olmanıza gerek yok- ve aşağıdaki komutlardan birini kullanın:" +msgstr "" +"Konsolu açın -root olmanıza gerek yok- ve aşağıdaki komutlardan birini " +"kullanın:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:293 msgid "" -"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum " -"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." -msgstr "md5sum kullanmak için: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum imaj/dosyasının/bulunduğu/yol/dosyaadı.iso</userinput>." +"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/" +"file.iso</userinput>." +msgstr "" +"md5sum kullanmak için: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum imaj/dosyasının/" +"bulunduğu/yol/dosyaadı.iso</userinput>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:294 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:296 msgid "" -"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum " -"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." -msgstr "sha1sum kullanmak için: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum imaj/dosyasının/bulunduğu/yol/dosyaadı.iso</userinput>." +"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/" +"image/file.iso</userinput>." +msgstr "" +"sha1sum kullanmak için: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum imaj/dosyasının/" +"bulunduğu/yol/dosyaadı.iso</userinput>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:297 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 msgid "" -"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a" -" while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" -msgstr "ve Mageia'nın verdiği numara ile bilgisayarınızda elde ettiğiniz bu numarayı (Bir süre beklemek durumunda olabilirsiniz) karşılaştırın. Örneğin:" +"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " +"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" +msgstr "" +"ve Mageia'nın verdiği numara ile bilgisayarınızda elde ettiğiniz bu numarayı " +"(Bir süre beklemek durumunda olabilirsiniz) karşılaştırın. Örneğin:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:301 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:303 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:311 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313 msgid "Burn or dump the ISO" msgstr "ISO yakma veya atma" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:315 msgid "" "The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB stick. " "These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a boot-able medium." -msgstr "Kontrol edilen ISO artık bir CD, DVD üzerine yakılabilir veya USB bellek üzerine aktarılabilir. Bu işlemler basit bir kopya değildir amaç çalıştırılabilir bir ortam yapmaktır." +msgstr "" +"Kontrol edilen ISO artık bir CD, DVD üzerine yakılabilir veya USB bellek " +"üzerine aktarılabilir. Bu işlemler basit bir kopya değildir amaç " +"çalıştırılabilir bir ortam yapmaktır." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:318 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:320 msgid "Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD" msgstr "Bir CD/DVD üzerine ISO yakma" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:320 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:322 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly " "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " -"not correct. There is more information in <link " -"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia" -" wiki</link>." -msgstr "Dilediğiniz herhangi bir yakma aracını kullanın fakat yakma aygıtının bir <emphasis role=\"bold\">imaj yakmak</emphasis> için doğru ayarlandığından emin olun. Dosya veya veri olarak yakmak doğru bir işlem değildir. Daha fazla bilgi için <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Yakma\">buradaki Mageia wiki sayfasına</link> bakınız." +"not correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki." +"mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +msgstr "" +"Dilediğiniz herhangi bir yakma aracını kullanın fakat yakma aygıtının bir " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">imaj yakmak</emphasis> için doğru ayarlandığından " +"emin olun. Dosya veya veri olarak yakmak doğru bir işlem değildir. Daha " +"fazla bilgi için <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Yakma" +"\">buradaki Mageia wiki sayfasına</link> bakınız." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:326 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:329 msgid "Dump the ISO to a USB stick" msgstr "Bir USB bellek üzerine ISO atmak" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:328 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:331 msgid "" "All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick " "and then use it to boot and install the system." -msgstr "Tüm Mageia ISO'ları hibrittir, bunun anlamı şudur ki onları USB belleğe atıp sistemi önyükleme ve kurulum için kullanabilirsiniz." +msgstr "" +"Tüm Mageia ISO'ları hibrittir, bunun anlamı şudur ki onları USB belleğe atıp " +"sistemi önyükleme ve kurulum için kullanabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:332 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335 msgid "" "\"dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system " "on the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will " "be reduced to the image size." -msgstr "Bir flash aygıt üzerine bir imaj atma aygıt üzerindeki var olan herhangi bir dosya sistemini tahrip eder. Üzerindeki veriler silinir ve bölüm kapasitesi imaj boyutuna indirgenir." +msgstr "" +"Bir flash aygıt üzerine bir imaj atma aygıt üzerindeki var olan herhangi bir " +"dosya sistemini tahrip eder. Üzerindeki veriler silinir ve bölüm kapasitesi " +"imaj boyutuna indirgenir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:337 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:340 msgid "To recover the original capacity, you must re-format the USB stick." -msgstr "Orjinal kapasiteyi geri kazanmak için USB belleği yeniden biçimlendirmelisiniz." +msgstr "" +"Orjinal kapasiteyi geri kazanmak için USB belleği yeniden " +"biçimlendirmelisiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:340 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:344 msgid "Using Mageia" msgstr "Mageia kullanarak" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:342 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:346 msgid "" -"You can use a graphical tool like <link " -"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" -msgstr "<link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link> gibi grafiksel bir araç kullanabilirsiniz." +"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" +msgstr "" +"<link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link> gibi grafiksel " +"bir araç kullanabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:344 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:348 msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" msgstr "Ayrıca konsolda dd aracını da kullanabilirsiniz:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:348 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 msgid "Open a console" msgstr "Konsolu açın" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:356 msgid "" "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the " "final '-' )" -msgstr "<userinput>su -</userinput> komutu ile root olun (sonundaki \"-\" işareti unutmayın)" +msgstr "" +"<userinput>su -</userinput> komutu ile root olun (sonundaki \"-\" işareti " +"unutmayın)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:360 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata contentwidth=\"650\" fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 msgid "" "Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any " "application or file manager that could access or read it)" -msgstr "USB belleği takın (bağlamayın, bu aynı zamanda herhangi bir uygulama veya belleğe erişecek,onu okuyacak dosya yöneticisinin açılmaması anlamına da gelmektedir)" +msgstr "" +"USB belleği takın (bağlamayın, bu aynı zamanda herhangi bir uygulama veya " +"belleğe erişecek,onu okuyacak dosya yöneticisinin açılmaması anlamına da " +"gelmektedir)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:373 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" msgstr "<userinput>fdisk -l</userinput> komutunu girin" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:376 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 msgid "" "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " "in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." -msgstr "USB belleğinizin (boyutundan) aygıt adını bulun. Örneğin yukarıdaki ekran görüntüsündeki 8 Gb USB belleğin aygıt adı /dev/sdb olarak görünüyor." +msgstr "" +"USB belleğinizin (boyutundan) aygıt adını bulun. Örneğin yukarıdaki ekran " +"görüntüsündeki 8 Gb USB belleğin aygıt adı /dev/sdb olarak görünüyor." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:389 msgid "" "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX " "bs=1M</userinput>" -msgstr "Şu komutu girin: # <userinput>dd if=/iso/dosyasının/yolu of=/dev/sdX bs=1M</userinput>" +msgstr "" +"Şu komutu girin: # <userinput>dd if=/iso/dosyasının/yolu of=/dev/sdX bs=1M</" +"userinput>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc" msgstr "X= aygıtınızın adıdır. örn: /dev/sdc" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:387 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:394 msgid "" -"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso " -"of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" -msgstr "Örneğin: # <userinput>dd if=/home/kullanıcıAdı/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" +"Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/" +"dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" +msgstr "" +"Örneğin: # <userinput>dd if=/home/kullanıcıAdı/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD." +"iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:400 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" msgstr "Şu komutu girin: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" msgstr "USB belleğinizi çıkartıp işlemi tamamlayın" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:402 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:410 msgid "Using Windows" msgstr "Windows kullanarak" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:412 msgid "You could try:" msgstr "Deneyebilecekleriniz:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:406 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:414 msgid "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:408 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 msgid "" "- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " "Disk Imager</link>" -msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 Disk Imager</link>" +msgstr "" +"- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " +"Disk Imager</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:425 msgid "Mageia Installation" msgstr "Mageia Kurulumu" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:427 msgid "" -"This step is detailed in <link " -"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">the Mageia documentation</link>." -msgstr "Bu adım <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">Mageia belgelerinde</link> ayrıntısıyla anlatılmıştır." +"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" +"\">the Mageia documentation</link>." +msgstr "" +"Bu adım <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">Mageia " +"belgelerinde</link> ayrıntısıyla anlatılmıştır." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:430 msgid "" -"More information is available in <link " -"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia " -"wiki</link>." -msgstr "Daha fazla bilgi <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Turkish\">Mageia wiki</link>'de mevcuttur." +"More information is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +msgstr "" +"Daha fazla bilgi <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Turkish" +"\">Mageia wiki</link>'de mevcuttur." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:13 msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "Ülke/Bölge seçin" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectCountry.xml:21 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:27 @@ -2628,14 +3172,19 @@ msgid "" "Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, " "like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country " "can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network." -msgstr "Bulunduğunuz ülke veya bölgeyi seçin. Bu işlem, para birimi ve kablosuz ağ dolaşım alanı gibi her tür ayar için önemlidir. Yanlış ülkeyi seçmek Kablosuz ağ kullanımınızı engelleyebilir." +msgstr "" +"Bulunduğunuz ülke veya bölgeyi seçin. Bu işlem, para birimi ve kablosuz ağ " +"dolaşım alanı gibi her tür ayar için önemlidir. Yanlış ülkeyi seçmek " +"Kablosuz ağ kullanımınızı engelleyebilir." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:32 msgid "" -"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other " -"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." -msgstr "Ülkeniz listede yer almıyorsa, <guilabel>Diğer Ülkeler</guilabel> düğmesine tıklayın ve ülkenizi/bölgenizi orada seçin." +"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</" +"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." +msgstr "" +"Ülkeniz listede yer almıyorsa, <guilabel>Diğer Ülkeler</guilabel> düğmesine " +"tıklayın ve ülkenizi/bölgenizi orada seçin." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:37 @@ -2644,7 +3193,11 @@ msgid "" "after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the " "first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real " "choice." -msgstr "Ülkeniz sadece <guilabel>Diğer Ülkeler</guilabel> listesindeyse; <guibutton>TAMAM</guibutton> düğmesine tıkladıktan sonra ilk listeden bir ülke seçilmiş gibi görüntülenir. Lütfen bunu görmezden gelin, DrakX gerçek seçiminizi uygulayacaktır." +msgstr "" +"Ülkeniz sadece <guilabel>Diğer Ülkeler</guilabel> listesindeyse; " +"<guibutton>TAMAM</guibutton> düğmesine tıkladıktan sonra ilk listeden bir " +"ülke seçilmiş gibi görüntülenir. Lütfen bunu görmezden gelin, DrakX gerçek " +"seçiminizi uygulayacaktır." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:46 @@ -2655,14 +3208,23 @@ msgstr "Girdi yöntemi:" #: en/selectCountry.xml:49 msgid "" "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " -"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input" -" multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " +"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input " +"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " "default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-" -"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method" -" so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input " -"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be " -"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." -msgstr "<guilabel>Diğer Ülkeler</guilabel> ekranında ayrıca bir girdi yöntemi (listenin sonunda) seçebilirsiniz. Girdi yöntemleri kullanıcıların birden çok alfabe karakterlerini (Çince, Japonca, Korece v.b.) kullanmalarını sağlar. IBus Mageia DVD' lerinde, Afrika/Hindistan ve Asya Çalışan CDlerinde yer alan ön tanımlı girdi yöntemidir. Asya veya Afrika dilleri için, IBus ön tanımlı girdi yöntemi olarak ayarlanır ve böylece kullanıcıların elle ayar yapmaları gerekmez. Diğer girdi yöntemleri (SCIM, GCIN, HIME vb.) benzer işlevler sunar ve paket seçiminden önce HTTP/FTP veri kaynağı ayarlanmışsa kurulabilirler." +"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method " +"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, " +"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you " +"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Diğer Ülkeler</guilabel> ekranında ayrıca bir girdi yöntemi " +"(listenin sonunda) seçebilirsiniz. Girdi yöntemleri kullanıcıların birden " +"çok alfabe karakterlerini (Çince, Japonca, Korece v.b.) kullanmalarını " +"sağlar. IBus Mageia DVD' lerinde, Afrika/Hindistan ve Asya Çalışan CDlerinde " +"yer alan ön tanımlı girdi yöntemidir. Asya veya Afrika dilleri için, IBus ön " +"tanımlı girdi yöntemi olarak ayarlanır ve böylece kullanıcıların elle ayar " +"yapmaları gerekmez. Diğer girdi yöntemleri (SCIM, GCIN, HIME vb.) benzer " +"işlevler sunar ve paket seçiminden önce HTTP/FTP veri kaynağı ayarlanmışsa " +"kurulabilirler." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:61 @@ -2670,7 +3232,11 @@ msgid "" "If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it " "after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> " "\"System\", or by running localedrake as root." -msgstr "Kurulum sırasında girdi yöntemi kurulumunu atlamışsanız, bu işleve kurduğunuz sistemi başlattıktan sonra \"Bilgisayarınızı Yapılandırın\" -> \"Sistem\" yoluyla veya kök olarak localedrake aracını çalıştırarak erişebilirsiniz." +msgstr "" +"Kurulum sırasında girdi yöntemi kurulumunu atlamışsanız, bu işleve " +"kurduğunuz sistemi başlattıktan sonra \"Bilgisayarınızı Yapılandırın\" -> " +"\"Sistem\" yoluyla veya kök olarak localedrake aracını çalıştırarak " +"erişebilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21 @@ -2680,9 +3246,11 @@ msgstr "Kurulum veya Yükseltme" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32 @@ -2693,7 +3261,9 @@ msgstr "Kurulum" #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34 msgid "" "Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation." -msgstr "Bu seçeneği taze bir <application>Mageia</application> kurulumu yapmak için kullanın." +msgstr "" +"Bu seçeneği taze bir <application>Mageia</application> kurulumu yapmak için " +"kullanın." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39 @@ -2706,7 +3276,10 @@ msgid "" "If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on " "your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the " "latest release." -msgstr "Sisteminizde bir veya daha fazla <application>Mageia</application> kurulumunuz mevcutsa, kurulum aracı bunlardan birini en son sürüme yükseltmeye izin verecektir." +msgstr "" +"Sisteminizde bir veya daha fazla <application>Mageia</application> " +"kurulumunuz mevcutsa, kurulum aracı bunlardan birini en son sürüme " +"yükseltmeye izin verecektir." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45 @@ -2714,31 +3287,50 @@ msgid "" "Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still " "supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been " "thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already " -"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do" -" a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." -msgstr "Bu kurulum aracı sürümü yayınlandığında denenmiş olan ve <emphasis>halen desteklenen</emphasis> sadece bir önceki Mageia sürümünden yükseltme mümkündür. Bu sürümün yayınlandığı esnada Destek \tSüresinin Sonuna gelmiş olan bir Mageia sürümünden yükseltme yapmak isteseniz de <literal>/home</literal> disk bölümünü koruyarak temiz ve yeni bir kurulum yapmanız daha iyi olacaktır." +"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do " +"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." +msgstr "" +"Bu kurulum aracı sürümü yayınlandığında denenmiş olan ve <emphasis>halen " +"desteklenen</emphasis> sadece bir önceki Mageia sürümünden yükseltme " +"mümkündür. Bu sürümün yayınlandığı esnada Destek \tSüresinin Sonuna gelmiş " +"olan bir Mageia sürümünden yükseltme yapmak isteseniz de <literal>/home</" +"literal> disk bölümünü koruyarak temiz ve yeni bir kurulum yapmanız daha iyi " +"olacaktır." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56 msgid "" "If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to " -"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been" -" formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " +"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been " +"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " "the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an " -"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you" -" want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." -msgstr "Kurulum sırasında kurulumu durdurmak isterseniz, bilgisayarı yeniden başlatmak mümkündür; ancak bunu yapmadan önce iki kez düşünün. Bir disk bölümü biçimlendirilmişse veya güncellemeler kurulmaya başlanmışsa, bilgisayarınız aynı durumda olmayacaktır ve yeniden başlatmak sizi kullanılamaz durumda bir sistemle baş başa bırakabilir. Buna rağmen bilgisayarı yeniden başlatmak konusunda eminseniz; <guilabel>Alt Ctrl F2</guilabel> tuşlarına birlikte basarak bir metin uçbirimine gidin. Bundan sonra yeniden başlatmak için <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</guilabel>tuşlarına aynı anda basın." +"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you " +"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</" +"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." +msgstr "" +"Kurulum sırasında kurulumu durdurmak isterseniz, bilgisayarı yeniden " +"başlatmak mümkündür; ancak bunu yapmadan önce iki kez düşünün. Bir disk " +"bölümü biçimlendirilmişse veya güncellemeler kurulmaya başlanmışsa, " +"bilgisayarınız aynı durumda olmayacaktır ve yeniden başlatmak sizi " +"kullanılamaz durumda bir sistemle baş başa bırakabilir. Buna rağmen " +"bilgisayarı yeniden başlatmak konusunda eminseniz; <guilabel>Alt Ctrl F2</" +"guilabel> tuşlarına birlikte basarak bir metin uçbirimine gidin. Bundan " +"sonra yeniden başlatmak için <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</guilabel>tuşlarına " +"aynı anda basın." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67 msgid "" -"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you" -" can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " -"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do " -"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install." -msgstr "Ek bir dil seçmeyi unuttuğunuzu fark ettiyseniz, \"Kurulum veya Yükseltme\" ekranından <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel> tuşlarına aynı anda basarak dil seçimi ekranına dönüş yapabilirsiniz. Bunu kurulumun sonraki aşamalarında yap<emphasis>ma</emphasis>yın." +"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you " +"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " +"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</" +"emphasis> do this later in the install." +msgstr "" +"Ek bir dil seçmeyi unuttuğunuzu fark ettiyseniz, \"Kurulum veya Yükseltme\" " +"ekranından <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel> tuşlarına aynı anda basarak " +"dil seçimi ekranına dönüş yapabilirsiniz. Bunu kurulumun sonraki " +"aşamalarında yap<emphasis>ma</emphasis>yın." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 @@ -2750,43 +3342,58 @@ msgstr "Klavye" msgid "" "DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable " "keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout." -msgstr "DrakX diliniz için uygun bir klavye seçer. Uygun bir klavye bulunamazsa ön tanımlı olan US klavye düzenini seçecektir." +msgstr "" +"DrakX diliniz için uygun bir klavye seçer. Uygun bir klavye bulunamazsa ön " +"tanımlı olan US klavye düzenini seçecektir." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\"" -" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30 msgid "" "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. " -"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications" -" that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a" -" label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " -"<link " -"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" -msgstr "Seçimin doğru olduğundan emin olun veya başka klavye düzeni seçin. Klavyenizin hangi düzene sahip olduğunu bilmiyorsanız sisteminiz ile birlikte gelen özelliklere bakın veya bilgisayar satıcınıza sorun. Klavye üzerinde düzenini gösteren bir etiket de bulunabilir. Ayrıca şuraya da bakabilirsiniz: <link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications " +"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a " +"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " +"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en." +"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +msgstr "" +"Seçimin doğru olduğundan emin olun veya başka klavye düzeni seçin. " +"Klavyenizin hangi düzene sahip olduğunu bilmiyorsanız sisteminiz ile " +"birlikte gelen özelliklere bakın veya bilgisayar satıcınıza sorun. Klavye " +"üzerinde düzenini gösteren bir etiket de bulunabilir. Ayrıca şuraya da " +"bakabilirsiniz: <link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/" +"Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40 msgid "" -"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on " -"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard " -"there." -msgstr "Klavyeniz listede gösterilmemişse, <guibutton>Ayrıntı</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayarak tam listeye ulaşabilir ve klavyenizi oradan seçebilirsiniz." +"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</" +"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there." +msgstr "" +"Klavyeniz listede gösterilmemişse, <guibutton>Ayrıntı</guibutton> düğmesine " +"tıklayarak tam listeye ulaşabilir ve klavyenizi oradan seçebilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45 msgid "" "After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, " -"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though" -" a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " +"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though " +"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " "and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the " "full list." -msgstr "<guibutton>Ayrıntı</guibutton> kısmında bir klavye seçtikten sonra ilk klavye seçimi ekranına döndürülürsünüz. Burada bir klavye seçimi yapılmış gibi görünecektir. Bu hatayı güvenle yok sayabilir ve kuruluma devam edebilirsiniz: Klavyeniz. listeden seçtiğiniz klavye olarak ayarlanacaktır." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Ayrıntı</guibutton> kısmında bir klavye seçtikten sonra ilk " +"klavye seçimi ekranına döndürülürsünüz. Burada bir klavye seçimi yapılmış " +"gibi görünecektir. Bu hatayı güvenle yok sayabilir ve kuruluma devam " +"edebilirsiniz: Klavyeniz. listeden seçtiğiniz klavye olarak ayarlanacaktır." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55 @@ -2794,7 +3401,10 @@ msgid "" "If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an " "extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin " "and non-Latin keyboard layouts" -msgstr "Latin alfabesi temelli olmayan bir klavye seçerseniz ek bir ekranda Latin ve Latin temelli olmayan klavye düzenleri arasında nasıl geçiş yapmak istediğiniz sorulur." +msgstr "" +"Latin alfabesi temelli olmayan bir klavye seçerseniz ek bir ekranda Latin ve " +"Latin temelli olmayan klavye düzenleri arasında nasıl geçiş yapmak " +"istediğiniz sorulur." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:23 @@ -2807,38 +3417,52 @@ msgid "" "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " "the installation and for your installed system." -msgstr "Bulunduğunuz kıtadaki listeyi genişleterek tercih ettiğiniz dili seçin. <application>Mageia</application> kurulum sırasında ve kurulumu tamamlanmış sistemde bu seçimi kullanacaktır." +msgstr "" +"Bulunduğunuz kıtadaki listeyi genişleterek tercih ettiğiniz dili seçin. " +"<application>Mageia</application> kurulum sırasında ve kurulumu tamamlanmış " +"sistemde bu seçimi kullanacaktır." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 msgid "" "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " -"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be" -" difficult to add extra language support after installation." -msgstr "Sisteminizde kendiniz veya diğer kullanıcılar için başka dillerin de kurulu olması gerekiyorsa, bunları şimdi eklemek için <guibutton>Çoklu dil</guibutton> düğmesini kullanın. Kurulumdan sonra ek dil desteği eklemek zor olacaktır." +"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be " +"difficult to add extra language support after installation." +msgstr "" +"Sisteminizde kendiniz veya diğer kullanıcılar için başka dillerin de kurulu " +"olması gerekiyorsa, bunları şimdi eklemek için <guibutton>Çoklu dil</" +"guibutton> düğmesini kullanın. Kurulumdan sonra ek dil desteği eklemek zor " +"olacaktır." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"" -" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 msgid "" -"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them" -" as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " +"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " +"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " "marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ." -msgstr "Birden çok dil seçmiş bile olsanız, bunlardan birini ilk dil ekranında tercih edilen dil olarak belirlemelisiniz. Seçtiğiniz bu dil çoklu dil ekranında da işaretli olacaktır ." +msgstr "" +"Birden çok dil seçmiş bile olsanız, bunlardan birini ilk dil ekranında " +"tercih edilen dil olarak belirlemelisiniz. Seçtiğiniz bu dil çoklu dil " +"ekranında da işaretli olacaktır ." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 msgid "" "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." -msgstr "Klavye diliniz tercih ettiğiniz dilden farklı ise klavyenizin kullandığı dili de kurmanız önerilir." +msgstr "" +"Klavye diliniz tercih ettiğiniz dilden farklı ise klavyenizin kullandığı " +"dili de kurmanız önerilir." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 @@ -2846,52 +3470,67 @@ msgid "" "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " "\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " "language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." -msgstr "Mageia,öntanımlı olarak UTF-8 (Ünikod) desteği kullanır. Bunun diliniz için uygun olmadığını düşünüyorsanız \"çoklu dil\" ekranında devre dışı bırakabilirsiniz. UTF-8 devre dışı bırakıldığında tüm kurulu diller için de devre dışı bırakılmış olur." +msgstr "" +"Mageia,öntanımlı olarak UTF-8 (Ünikod) desteği kullanır. Bunun diliniz için " +"uygun olmadığını düşünüyorsanız \"çoklu dil\" ekranında devre dışı " +"bırakabilirsiniz. UTF-8 devre dışı bırakıldığında tüm kurulu diller için de " +"devre dışı bırakılmış olur." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 msgid "" "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " "Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." -msgstr "Sisteminizin dilini kurulumdan sonra Mageia Denetim Merkezi -> Sistem -> Sisteminizin yerelleştirmesini yönetin bölümünden de değiştirebilirsiniz." +msgstr "" +"Sisteminizin dilini kurulumdan sonra Mageia Denetim Merkezi -> Sistem -" +"> Sisteminizin yerelleştirmesini yönetin bölümünden de " +"değiştirebilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectMouse.xml:4 msgid "Select mouse" msgstr "Fare seçin" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right -#. place -#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place +#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectMouse.xml:16 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:23 msgid "" "If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a " "different one here." -msgstr "Farenizin cevap verme şeklinden mutlu değilseniz, farklı bir tanesini burada seçebilirsiniz." +msgstr "" +"Farenizin cevap verme şeklinden mutlu değilseniz, farklı bir tanesini burada " +"seçebilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:25 msgid "" -"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB " -"mice</guilabel> is a good choice." -msgstr "Genellikle, <guilabel>Evrensel</guilabel> - <guilabel>Herhangi PS/2 & USB fare</guilabel> iyi bir seçim olacaktır." +"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</" +"guilabel> is a good choice." +msgstr "" +"Genellikle, <guilabel>Evrensel</guilabel> - <guilabel>Herhangi PS/2 & " +"USB fare</guilabel> iyi bir seçim olacaktır." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:27 msgid "" "Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to " "configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons." -msgstr "Altı veya daha fazla düğmesi olan farelerde çalışmayan düğmeleri ayarlamak için <guilabel>Evrensel</guilabel> - <guilabel>evdev zorla</guilabel> seçeneğini seçin." +msgstr "" +"Altı veya daha fazla düğmesi olan farelerde çalışmayan düğmeleri ayarlamak " +"için <guilabel>Evrensel</guilabel> - <guilabel>evdev zorla</guilabel> " +"seçeneğini seçin." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:3 @@ -2901,10 +3540,13 @@ msgstr "Önyükleme Menü Girdisi Ekleme veya Değiştirme" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:8 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" +"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=" +"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:13 @@ -2912,44 +3554,60 @@ msgid "" "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the " "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen " "and editing the screen that pops up on top of it." -msgstr "<emphasis>Önyükleme Yapılandırması</emphasis> ekranında ve üstünde açılan ekranda düzenleme yaparak bir girdi ekleyebilir veya seçtiğiniz bir girdiyi değiştirebilirsiniz." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Önyükleme Yapılandırması</emphasis> ekranında ve üstünde açılan " +"ekranda düzenleme yaparak bir girdi ekleyebilir veya seçtiğiniz bir girdiyi " +"değiştirebilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18 msgid "" "If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use " "this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually " -"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code>" -" instead." -msgstr "Eğer önyükleyici olarak <code>Grub 2</code>'yi seçerseniz 'İleri' aşamasında girdileri düzenlemek için bu aracı kullanamazsınız. <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> dosyasını elle düzenlemeniz veya yerine <code>grub-customizer</code> kullanmanız gerekiyor." +"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> " +"instead." +msgstr "" +"Eğer önyükleyici olarak <code>Grub 2</code>'yi seçerseniz 'İleri' aşamasında " +"girdileri düzenlemek için bu aracı kullanamazsınız. <code>/boot/grub2/custom." +"cfg</code> dosyasını elle düzenlemeniz veya yerine <code>grub-customizer</" +"code> kullanmanız gerekiyor." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" -"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." +"png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" +"im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." +"png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30 msgid "" "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." -msgstr "Risk almadan yapılabilecek bazı şeyler, bir girdinin etiketini değiştirmek ve girdiyi yanındaki kutucuğu işaretleyerek öntanımlı olarak belirlemektir." +msgstr "" +"Risk almadan yapılabilecek bazı şeyler, bir girdinin etiketini değiştirmek " +"ve girdiyi yanındaki kutucuğu işaretleyerek öntanımlı olarak belirlemektir." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:33 msgid "" "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." -msgstr "Bir girdinin uygun sürüm numarasını ekleyebilir veya tümüyle yeniden adlandırabilirsiniz." +msgstr "" +"Bir girdinin uygun sürüm numarasını ekleyebilir veya tümüyle yeniden " +"adlandırabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:36 msgid "" "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " "choice while booting up." -msgstr "Öntanımlı girdi, önyükleme ekranında bir seçim yapmadıysanız sistemin önyükleme yapacağı girdidir." +msgstr "" +"Öntanımlı girdi, önyükleme ekranında bir seçim yapmadıysanız sistemin " +"önyükleme yapacağı girdidir." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:40 @@ -2966,33 +3624,38 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Önyükleyici ana seçenekleri" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from -#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, -#. except in this sentence. -#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using -#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist +#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. +#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" " -"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:16 msgid "" -"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by" -" the installer, you can change them here." -msgstr "Kurulum aracı tarafından kendiliğinden seçilenlerden farklı önyükleme ayarları tercih ediyorsanız burada değiştirebilirsiniz." +"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " +"the installer, you can change them here." +msgstr "" +"Kurulum aracı tarafından kendiliğinden seçilenlerden farklı önyükleme " +"ayarları tercih ediyorsanız burada değiştirebilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:20 msgid "" -"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case" -" you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " +"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " +"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " "allow Mageia to create a new one." -msgstr "Makinenizde bir başka işletim sistemi daha kurulu olabilir. Bu durumda mevcut önyükleyiciye Mageia' yı eklemek veya Mageia' nın yeni bir önyükleyici oluşturmasına izin vermek arasında tercih yapmalısınız." +msgstr "" +"Makinenizde bir başka işletim sistemi daha kurulu olabilir. Bu durumda " +"mevcut önyükleyiciye Mageia' yı eklemek veya Mageia' nın yeni bir " +"önyükleyici oluşturmasına izin vermek arasında tercih yapmalısınız." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 @@ -3011,14 +3674,20 @@ msgid "" "(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " "operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia " "boot menu." -msgstr "Ön tanımlı olarak, Mageia yeni bir GRUB (eski) önyükleyiciyi ilk sabit diskin MBR (Birincil Önyükleme Kaydı) üzerine yazar. Bir başka işletim sistemi önceden kuruluysa, Mageia bunları yeni Mageia önyükleme menüsüne eklemeyi dener." +msgstr "" +"Ön tanımlı olarak, Mageia yeni bir GRUB (eski) önyükleyiciyi ilk sabit " +"diskin MBR (Birincil Önyükleme Kaydı) üzerine yazar. Bir başka işletim " +"sistemi önceden kuruluysa, Mageia bunları yeni Mageia önyükleme menüsüne " +"eklemeyi dener." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:41 msgid "" "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " "legacy and Lilo." -msgstr "Mageia, eski GRUB ve Lilo' ya ek olarak GRUB2 önyükleyiciyi de tercihe bağlı olarak sunmaktadır." +msgstr "" +"Mageia, eski GRUB ve Lilo' ya ek olarak GRUB2 önyükleyiciyi de tercihe bağlı " +"olarak sunmaktadır." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 @@ -3026,14 +3695,19 @@ msgid "" "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " "GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " "used." -msgstr "GRUB2 önyükleyiciyi kullanan Linux sistemleri şimdilik GRUB (eski) tarafından desteklenmemektedir ve öntanımlı GRUB kullanıldığında algılanmayacaklardır." +msgstr "" +"GRUB2 önyükleyiciyi kullanan Linux sistemleri şimdilik GRUB (eski) " +"tarafından desteklenmemektedir ve öntanımlı GRUB kullanıldığında " +"algılanmayacaklardır." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:49 msgid "" "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " "the Summary page during installation." -msgstr "Buradaki en iyi çözüm kurulum sırasında Özet sayfasından erişebileceğiniz GRUB2 önyükleyiciyi kullanmak olacaktır." +msgstr "" +"Buradaki en iyi çözüm kurulum sırasında Özet sayfasından erişebileceğiniz " +"GRUB2 önyükleyiciyi kullanmak olacaktır." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:56 @@ -3044,41 +3718,57 @@ msgstr "Mevcut bir önyükleyiciyi kullanmak" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:60 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " -"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader" -" <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the" -" bootloader install location." -msgstr "Mevcut bir önyükleyiciyi kullanmaya karar verirseniz kurulum sırasında Özet sayfasında DURMALI ve önyükleyici kurulum konumunu değiştirmenizi sağlayan Önyükleyici <guibutton>Yapılandır</guibutton> düğmesine basmalısınız." +"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " +"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the " +"bootloader install location." +msgstr "" +"Mevcut bir önyükleyiciyi kullanmaya karar verirseniz kurulum sırasında Özet " +"sayfasında DURMALI ve önyükleyici kurulum konumunu değiştirmenizi sağlayan " +"Önyükleyici <guibutton>Yapılandır</guibutton> düğmesine basmalısınız." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 msgid "" -"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR." -" You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " +"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " +"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " "phase earlier, e.g. sda7." -msgstr "Bir aygıt, mesela \"sda\" seçmeyin yoksa mevcut MBR üzerine yazarsınız. Önceki disk bölümlendirme aşamasında ayarladığınız, sda7 gibi, kök bölümünü seçmelisiniz." +msgstr "" +"Bir aygıt, mesela \"sda\" seçmeyin yoksa mevcut MBR üzerine yazarsınız. " +"Önceki disk bölümlendirme aşamasında ayarladığınız, sda7 gibi, kök bölümünü " +"seçmelisiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device." -msgstr "Açık olmak gerekirse, sda bir aygıt ve sda7 ise o aygıt üzerindeki bir bölümdür." +msgstr "" +"Açık olmak gerekirse, sda bir aygıt ve sda7 ise o aygıt üzerindeki bir " +"bölümdür." #. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:75 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " -"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to" -" the installer screen." -msgstr "Ctrl+Alt+F2 ile tty2 terminaline gidin ve <literal>/</literal> (kök) bölümün nerede olduğunu denetlemek için <literal>df</literal> komutunu çalıştırın. Ctrl+Alt+F7 sizi kurulum ekranına döndürür." +"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " +"the installer screen." +msgstr "" +"Ctrl+Alt+F2 ile tty2 terminaline gidin ve <literal>/</literal> (kök) bölümün " +"nerede olduğunu denetlemek için <literal>df</literal> komutunu çalıştırın. " +"Ctrl+Alt+F7 sizi kurulum ekranına döndürür." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " -"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and" -" add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " +"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and " +"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " "question." -msgstr "Mageia sisteminizi mevcut bir önyükleyiciye eklemek için gerekli tam süreç, bu yardımını hedeflerinin ötesindedir. Ancak yine de bir çok durumda ilgili önyükleme kurulum uygulamasını çalıştırmak onu algılayabilir ve kendiliğinden ekleyebilir. Sorularınız için işletim sisteminin belgelerine bakın." +msgstr "" +"Mageia sisteminizi mevcut bir önyükleyiciye eklemek için gerekli tam süreç, " +"bu yardımını hedeflerinin ötesindedir. Ancak yine de bir çok durumda ilgili " +"önyükleme kurulum uygulamasını çalıştırmak onu algılayabilir ve " +"kendiliğinden ekleyebilir. Sorularınız için işletim sisteminin belgelerine " +"bakın." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:91 @@ -3089,48 +3779,56 @@ msgstr "Önyükleyici gelişmiş seçenekleri" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:95 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " -"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp " -"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." -msgstr "<literal>/tmp</literal> içeren <literal>/</literal> bölümü için kısıtlı alanınız varsa, <guibutton>Gelişmiş</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayarak <guilabel>Her açılışta /tmp temizle</guilabel> kutusunu işaretleyin. Böylece biraz boş alan kazanmanız mümkün olur." +"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" +"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</" +"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." +msgstr "" +"<literal>/tmp</literal> içeren <literal>/</literal> bölümü için kısıtlı " +"alanınız varsa, <guibutton>Gelişmiş</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayarak " +"<guilabel>Her açılışta /tmp temizle</guilabel> kutusunu işaretleyin. Böylece " +"biraz boş alan kazanmanız mümkün olur." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:11 msgid "Setup SCSI" msgstr "SCSI Kur" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's -#. comment ;-) -#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based -#. on the -#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 +#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) +#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the +#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:32 msgid "" -"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers" -" it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " +"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers " +"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " "fail to recognise the drive." -msgstr "DrakX genellikle sabit diskleri doğru olarak algılar. Bazı eski SCSI denetleyicileri söz konusu olduğunda kullanılacak doğru sürücüleri belirlemekte başarısız olabilir ve diski algılayamayabilir." +msgstr "" +"DrakX genellikle sabit diskleri doğru olarak algılar. Bazı eski SCSI " +"denetleyicileri söz konusu olduğunda kullanılacak doğru sürücüleri " +"belirlemekte başarısız olabilir ve diski algılayamayabilir." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:36 msgid "" "If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) " "you have." -msgstr "Bu durum gerçekleşirse, Drakx' e hangi SCSI disklerinizin olduğunu elle belirtmeniz gerekecektir." +msgstr "" +"Bu durum gerçekleşirse, Drakx' e hangi SCSI disklerinizin olduğunu elle " +"belirtmeniz gerekecektir." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:39 @@ -3142,13 +3840,15 @@ msgstr "DrakX bundan sonra diskleri doğru olarak yapılandırabilecektir." msgid "Sound Configuration" msgstr "Ses Yapılandırması" -#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 +#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/soundConfig.xml:17 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " "format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " +"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:23 @@ -3156,7 +3856,9 @@ msgid "" "In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your " "sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default " "one." -msgstr "Bu ekranda kurulum aracının ses kartınız için seçtiği ve varsa öntanımlı sürücünün ismi sunulur." +msgstr "" +"Bu ekranda kurulum aracının ses kartınız için seçtiği ve varsa öntanımlı " +"sürücünün ismi sunulur." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:27 @@ -3166,16 +3868,24 @@ msgid "" "this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the " "<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound " "Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen." -msgstr "Öntanımlı sürücünün sorunsuz çalışması gerekir. Ancak, yüklendikten sonra sorunla karşılaşırsanız, <command>draksound</command> komutunu çalıştırın veya bu aracı MDD (Mageia Denetim Merkezi) <guilabel>Donanım</guilabel> sekmesinde ekranın sağ üst köşesindeki <guilabel>Ses Yapılandırması</guilabel> seçeneğini tıklayarak çalıştırın." +msgstr "" +"Öntanımlı sürücünün sorunsuz çalışması gerekir. Ancak, yüklendikten sonra " +"sorunla karşılaşırsanız, <command>draksound</command> komutunu çalıştırın " +"veya bu aracı MDD (Mageia Denetim Merkezi) <guilabel>Donanım</guilabel> " +"sekmesinde ekranın sağ üst köşesindeki <guilabel>Ses Yapılandırması</" +"guilabel> seçeneğini tıklayarak çalıştırın." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:33 msgid "" "Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on " -"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how " -"to solve the problem." -msgstr "Sonra, draksound' da veya \"Ses Yapılandırması\" araç ekranında, <guibutton>Gelişmiş</guibutton> düğmesine ve ondan sonra da <guibutton>Sorun giderme</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayarak sorunu çözmek için kullanışlı önerileri bulabilirsiniz." +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</" +"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem." +msgstr "" +"Sonra, draksound' da veya \"Ses Yapılandırması\" araç ekranında, " +"<guibutton>Gelişmiş</guibutton> düğmesine ve ondan sonra da <guibutton>Sorun " +"giderme</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayarak sorunu çözmek için kullanışlı " +"önerileri bulabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/soundConfig.xml:41 @@ -3188,47 +3898,56 @@ msgid "" "Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is " "useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers " "available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one." -msgstr "Kurulum sırasında bu ekranda <guibutton>Gelişmiş</guibutton> düğmesine tıklamak öntanımlı bir sürücü yoksa ve erişilebilir başka sürücüler mevcutsa ve de kurulum aracının yanlış olanı seçtiğini düşünüyorsanız yararlıdır." +msgstr "" +"Kurulum sırasında bu ekranda <guibutton>Gelişmiş</guibutton> düğmesine " +"tıklamak öntanımlı bir sürücü yoksa ve erişilebilir başka sürücüler mevcutsa " +"ve de kurulum aracının yanlış olanı seçtiğini düşünüyorsanız yararlıdır." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:49 msgid "" "In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on " "<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>." -msgstr "Bu durumda <guibutton>Herhangi bir sürücü seçmeme izin ver</guibutton> düğmesine tıkladığınızda farklı bir sürücü seçebilirsiniz." +msgstr "" +"Bu durumda <guibutton>Herhangi bir sürücü seçmeme izin ver</guibutton> " +"düğmesine tıkladığınızda farklı bir sürücü seçebilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4 msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" msgstr "Biçimlendirilecek sabit diski onaylayın" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -#. test comment - johnr +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 +#. test comment - johnr #. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct -#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm -#. sure I -#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD -#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot +#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I +#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD +#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" +"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" +"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your " "choice." -msgstr "Seçiminizden emin değilseniz <guibutton>Geri</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın." +msgstr "" +"Seçiminizden emin değilseniz <guibutton>Geri</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 msgid "" -"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every" -" partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." -msgstr "Eminseniz ve her disk bölümünü, her işletim sistemini ve sabit diskteki tümü veriyi silmeyi istiyorsanız <guibutton>İleri</guibutton>' yi tıklayın." +"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " +"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." +msgstr "" +"Eminseniz ve her disk bölümünü, her işletim sistemini ve sabit diskteki tümü " +"veriyi silmeyi istiyorsanız <guibutton>İleri</guibutton>' yi tıklayın." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:3 @@ -3246,34 +3965,52 @@ msgid "" "If Mageia didn't convince you or you can't install it correctly, in short " "you want get rid of it. That is your right and Mageia also gives you the " "possibility to uninstall. This is not true for every operating system." -msgstr "Mageia ihtiyaçlarınıza cevap vermediyse veya düzgün kurulamıyorsa yahut da sadece ondan kurtulmak istiyorsanız; bu sizin hakkınız olup Mageia, kendisinin bilgisayardan kaldırılması olanağını da size sunar. Böyle bir şey her işletim sistemi için geçerli değildir." +msgstr "" +"Mageia ihtiyaçlarınıza cevap vermediyse veya düzgün kurulamıyorsa yahut da " +"sadece ondan kurtulmak istiyorsanız; bu sizin hakkınız olup Mageia, " +"kendisinin bilgisayardan kaldırılması olanağını da size sunar. Böyle bir şey " +"her işletim sistemi için geçerli değildir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:16 msgid "" "After your data backup, reboot your installation Mageia DVD and select " -"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will" -" only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system." -msgstr "Verilerinizi yedekledikten sonra sonra Mageia DVD' nizi yeniden başlatmada kullanın ve Sistemi Kurtar seçeneği üzerinden Windows önyükleyiciyi geri yükle seçeneğini kullanın. Bir sonraki yeniden başlatmada, işletim sistemi seçmek üzere bir menü sunulmadan sadece Windows açılacaktır." +"Rescue system, then, Restore Windows boot loader. At the next boot, you will " +"only have Windows with no option to choose your operating system." +msgstr "" +"Verilerinizi yedekledikten sonra sonra Mageia DVD' nizi yeniden başlatmada " +"kullanın ve Sistemi Kurtar seçeneği üzerinden Windows önyükleyiciyi geri " +"yükle seçeneğini kullanın. Bir sonraki yeniden başlatmada, işletim sistemi " +"seçmek üzere bir menü sunulmadan sadece Windows açılacaktır." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:20 msgid "" "To recover the space used by Mageia partitions on Windows, click on " -"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management " -"-> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. " +"<code>Start -> Control Panel -> Administrative Tools -> Computer Management -" +"> Storage -> Disk Management</code> to access to the partition management. " "You will recognize the Mageia partition because they are labeled " "<guilabel>Unknown</guilabel>, and also by their size and place in the disk. " -"Right click on each of these partitions and select " -"<guibutton>Delete</guibutton>. The space will be freed." -msgstr "Windows üzerindeki Mageia disk bölümlerini geri getirmek için <code> Başlat -> Denetim Masası -> Yönetimsel Araçlar -> Bilgisayar Yönetimi -> Depolama -> Disk Yönetimi</code> üzerine tıklayarak disk bölümü yönetimine erişin. Mageia disk bölümünü <guilabel>Bilinmiyor</guilabel> olarak görerek ve diskteki konumu ile boyutundan tanırsınız. Bu disk bölümlerinden her birinin üzerinde sağ tıklayın ve <guibutton>Sil</guibutton> seçeneğini seçin. Disk alanı boşaltılacaktır." +"Right click on each of these partitions and select <guibutton>Delete</" +"guibutton>. The space will be freed." +msgstr "" +"Windows üzerindeki Mageia disk bölümlerini geri getirmek için <code> Başlat -" +"> Denetim Masası -> Yönetimsel Araçlar -> Bilgisayar Yönetimi -> Depolama -> " +"Disk Yönetimi</code> üzerine tıklayarak disk bölümü yönetimine erişin. " +"Mageia disk bölümünü <guilabel>Bilinmiyor</guilabel> olarak görerek ve " +"diskteki konumu ile boyutundan tanırsınız. Bu disk bölümlerinden her birinin " +"üzerinde sağ tıklayın ve <guibutton>Sil</guibutton> seçeneğini seçin. Disk " +"alanı boşaltılacaktır." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:28 msgid "" "If you are using Windows XP, you can create a new partition and format it " "(FAT32 or NTFS). It will get a partition letter." -msgstr "Windows XP kullanıyorsanız, yeni bir disk bölümü oluşturarak (FAT32 veya NTFS biçiminde) biçimlendirebilirsiniz. Disk bölümü harfini daha sonra alacaktır." +msgstr "" +"Windows XP kullanıyorsanız, yeni bir disk bölümü oluşturarak (FAT32 veya " +"NTFS biçiminde) biçimlendirebilirsiniz. Disk bölümü harfini daha sonra " +"alacaktır." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/uninstall-Mageia.xml:31 @@ -3281,6 +4018,19 @@ msgid "" "If you have Vista or 7, you have one more possibility, you can extend the " "existing partition that is at the left of the freed space. There are other " "partitioning tools that can be used, such as gparted, available for both " -"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and" -" make sure all important things have been backed up." -msgstr "Vista veya 7 kullanıyorsanız, bir ihtimal daha var. Boş disk alanının solunda bulunan mevcut disk bölümünü uzatabilirsiniz. Daha başka disk bölümlendirme araçları, mesela hem windows hem de linux altında kullanılabilen gparted gibi, mevcuttur. Her zamanki gibi, disk bölümlerini değiştirirken çok dikkatli olun ve önemli her şeyi yedeklediğinizden emin olun." +"windows and linux. As always, when changing partitions, be very careful, and " +"make sure all important things have been backed up." +msgstr "" +"Vista veya 7 kullanıyorsanız, bir ihtimal daha var. Boş disk alanının " +"solunda bulunan mevcut disk bölümünü uzatabilirsiniz. Daha başka disk " +"bölümlendirme araçları, mesela hem windows hem de linux altında " +"kullanılabilen gparted gibi, mevcuttur. Her zamanki gibi, disk bölümlerini " +"değiştirirken çok dikkatli olun ve önemli her şeyi yedeklediğinizden emin " +"olun." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +#~ "imageobject>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +#~ "imageobject>" diff --git a/docs/installer/uk.po b/docs/installer/uk.po index 9e7c0b8b..895fbb9f 100644 --- a/docs/installer/uk.po +++ b/docs/installer/uk.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-01-28 18:19+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-02-24 19:21+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-01-05 14:41+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <kde-i18n-uk@kde.org>\n" @@ -1965,18 +1965,18 @@ msgstr "" "Після цього, натисніть комбінацію клавіш <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</" "guibutton> одночасно, щоб перезавантажити комп’ютер." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:215 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:214 msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" msgstr "Проблеми зі встановленням та можливі шляхи їх вирішення" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:221 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:220 msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "Немає графічного інтерфейсу" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:226 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:225 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " @@ -1987,8 +1987,8 @@ msgstr "" "Спробуйте скористатися режимом низької роздільної здатності. Для цього " "впишіть <code>vgalo</code> у рядок запиту." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:233 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:232 msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " @@ -2003,13 +2003,13 @@ msgstr "" "натисканням клавіші Enter. Введіть <code>text</code> і натисніть клавішу " "Enter. Встановлення буде продовжено у текстовому режимі." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:245 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:244 msgid "The Install Freezes" msgstr "Встановлення зупиняється" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:248 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:247 msgid "" "If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a " "problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of " @@ -2024,13 +2024,13 @@ msgstr "" "відповідний режим, введіть до рядка запиту команду <code>noauto</code>. За " "потреби, цю команду можна поєднати з вищевказаними командами." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:257 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:256 msgid "RAM problem" msgstr "Проблеми з оперативною пам’яттю" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:260 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:259 msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " @@ -2044,13 +2044,13 @@ msgstr "" "об’єму оперативної пам’яті, наприклад <code>mem=256M</code> відповідає 256 " "МБ оперативної пам’яті." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:269 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:268 msgid "Dynamic partitions" msgstr "Динамічні розділи" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:272 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:271 msgid "" "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " @@ -2639,22 +2639,22 @@ msgstr "" "модуля <guilabel>Безпека</guilabel> Центру керування Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:5 msgid "Select and use ISOs" msgstr "Вибір і використання образів ISO" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:8 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:9 msgid "Media" msgstr "Носій" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:11 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:12 msgid "Definition" msgstr "Визначення" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:13 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:14 msgid "" "Here, a medium (plural: media) is an ISO image file that allows you to " "install and/or update Mageia and by extension any physical support the ISO " @@ -2665,7 +2665,7 @@ msgstr "" "зберігаються дані файла ISO." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:18 msgid "" "You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" "\">here</link>." @@ -2674,42 +2674,42 @@ msgstr "" "\">тут</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:21 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:22 msgid "Classical installation media" msgstr "Класичний носій для встановлення" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:24 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:92 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:199 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:25 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:94 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:200 msgid "Common features" msgstr "Типові можливості" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:29 msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx." msgstr "" "На цих образах ISO використовується традиційний засіб встановлення під " "назвою drakx." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:34 msgid "" "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." msgstr "" "Вони придатні для встановлення «з нуля» або оновлення попередніх випусків." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:39 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:41 msgid "DVD" msgstr "DVD" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:45 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." msgstr "Різні носії для 32-бітової та 64-бітової архітектур." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:49 msgid "" "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " "Hardware Detection Tool." @@ -2718,14 +2718,14 @@ msgstr "" "відновлення, тест пам’яті, інструмент виявлення обладнання." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:54 msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages." msgstr "" "На кожному з DVD міститься багато стільничних середовищ та переклади різними " "мовами." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:59 msgid "" "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software." msgstr "" @@ -2733,12 +2733,12 @@ msgstr "" "програмного забезпечення." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:66 msgid "DVD dual arch" msgstr "DVD подвійної архітектури" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:70 msgid "" "Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made " "automatically according to the detected CPU." @@ -2747,12 +2747,12 @@ msgstr "" "буде зроблено автоматично на основі даних щодо виявлено процесора." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:75 msgid "Uses Xfce desktop only." msgstr "Лише стільниця Xfce." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:79 msgid "" "Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, " "pt, ru, sv, uk) TO BE CHECKED!" @@ -2760,17 +2760,17 @@ msgstr "" "Лише деякі мови (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:84 msgid "It contains non free software." msgstr "Містить невільне програмне забезпечення." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:89 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:91 msgid "Live media" msgstr "Портативний носій" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:98 msgid "" "Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and " "optionally install Mageia on to your HDD." @@ -2780,18 +2780,18 @@ msgstr "" "встановити Mageia на вашому комп’ютері." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." msgstr "Кожен ISO містить лише одне стільничне середовище (KDE або GNOME)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:218 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:108 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:172 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:190 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:220 msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures." msgstr "Різні носії для 32-бітової та 64-бітової архітектур." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:112 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " "installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" @@ -2802,63 +2802,63 @@ msgstr "" "системи з попередніх випусків.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:118 msgid "They contain non free software." msgstr "Містять невільне програмне забезпечення." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:123 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:124 msgid "Live CD KDE" msgstr "Портативний CD з KDE" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:128 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:164 msgid "KDE desktop environment only." msgstr "Лише стільничне середовище KDE." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149 -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:222 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:132 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:150 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:224 msgid "English language only." msgstr "Лише англійська мова." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:136 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:154 msgid "32 bit only." msgstr "Лише 32-бітова версія." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:141 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:142 msgid "Live CD GNOME" msgstr "Портативний CD з GNOME" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:146 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:182 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." msgstr "Лише стільничне середовище GNOME." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:159 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:160 msgid "Live DVD KDE" msgstr "Портативний DVD з KDE" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:168 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:186 msgid "All languages are present." msgstr "Містить переклади усіма мовами." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:177 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:178 msgid "Live DVD GNOME" msgstr "Портативний DVD із GNOME" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:196 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:197 msgid "Boot-only CD media" msgstr "Носії CD лише для завантаження" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:204 msgid "" "Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " "start the drakx installer and find drakx-installer-stage2 and other packages " @@ -2872,7 +2872,7 @@ msgstr "" "локальній мережі або у інтернеті." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:212 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:213 msgid "" "These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when " "bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, a PC without a DVD drive or a " @@ -2884,12 +2884,12 @@ msgstr "" "можуть завантажувати систему із флеш-диска USB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:228 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:230 msgid "boot.iso" msgstr "boot.iso" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:232 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:234 msgid "" "Contains only free software, for those people who refuse to use non-free " "software." @@ -2898,12 +2898,12 @@ msgstr "" "не бажають користуватися невільними пакунками." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:239 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:241 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" msgstr "boot-nonfree.iso" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:243 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:245 msgid "" "Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " "it." @@ -2912,17 +2912,17 @@ msgstr "" "Призначено для тих, хто потребує цих компонентів системи." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:252 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:254 msgid "Downloading and Checking Media" msgstr "Отримання та перевірка носіїв даних" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:255 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "Отримання" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:257 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:259 msgid "" "Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it using either http or " "BitTorrent. In both cases, a window gives you some information, such as the " @@ -2936,7 +2936,7 @@ msgstr "" "вибрано http, ви побачите щось таке:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:264 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:266 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" "imageobject>" @@ -2945,7 +2945,7 @@ msgstr "" "imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:269 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:271 msgid "" "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check the ISO integrity. Use only one of " "them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " @@ -2965,28 +2965,28 @@ msgstr "" "помилками). Ви побачите щось таке:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:278 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:280 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:283 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:285 msgid "Check the radio button Save File." msgstr "Позначте пункт «Зберегти файл»." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:287 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 msgid "Checking the downloaded media integrity" msgstr "Перевірка цілісності отриманих даних" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291 msgid "Open a console, no need to be root, and:" msgstr "" "Відкрийте консоль (від імені звичайного користувача) і віддайте таку команду:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:291 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:293 msgid "" "- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/" "file.iso</userinput>." @@ -2995,7 +2995,7 @@ msgstr "" "файла/образу.iso</userinput>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:294 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:296 msgid "" "- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/" "image/file.iso</userinput>." @@ -3004,7 +3004,7 @@ msgstr "" "образу.iso</userinput>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:297 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 msgid "" "and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " "while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" @@ -3013,21 +3013,22 @@ msgstr "" "певний час) з числом, вказаним на сторінці Mageia. Приклад:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:301 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:303 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" "imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:311 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313 msgid "Burn or dump the ISO" msgstr "Запис образу ISO" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:313 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:315 msgid "" "The checked ISO can now be burned to a CD or DVD or dumped to a USB stick. " "These operations are not a simple copy and aim to make a boot-able medium." @@ -3037,16 +3038,17 @@ msgstr "" "придатного до завантаження системи носія даних." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:318 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:320 msgid "Burning the ISO to a CD/DVD" msgstr "Запис образу ISO на компакт-диск або DVD" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:320 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:322 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "Use whatever burner you wish but ensure the burning device is set correctly " "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " -"not correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki." +"not correct. There is more information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki." "mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>." msgstr "" "Скористайтеся будь-яким пристроєм для записування, але його має бути " @@ -3056,12 +3058,12 @@ msgstr "" "Mageia</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:326 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:329 msgid "Dump the ISO to a USB stick" msgstr "Запис образу ISO на флешку USB" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:328 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:331 msgid "" "All Mageia ISOs are hybrids, which means you can 'dump' them to a USB stick " "and then use it to boot and install the system." @@ -3070,7 +3072,7 @@ msgstr "" "USB і користуватися нею для завантаження або встановлення системи." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><warning><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:332 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:335 msgid "" "\"dumping\" an image onto a flash device destroys any previous file-system " "on the device; any other data will be lost and the partition capacity will " @@ -3081,19 +3083,19 @@ msgstr "" "втрачено. Розмір диска буде зменшено на розмір образу." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:337 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:340 msgid "To recover the original capacity, you must re-format the USB stick." msgstr "" "Для відновлення початкової місткості диска USB вам згодом доведеться його " "форматувати." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:340 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:344 msgid "Using Mageia" msgstr "За допомогою Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:342 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:346 msgid "" "You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" "en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" @@ -3103,17 +3105,17 @@ msgstr "" "IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:344 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:348 msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" msgstr "Ви також можете скористатися консольною програмою dd:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:348 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 msgid "Open a console" msgstr "Відкрийте вікно консолі" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:356 msgid "" "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the " "final '-' )" @@ -3122,16 +3124,15 @@ msgstr "" "userinput> (не забудьте «-» наприкінці команди)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:360 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"<imageobject> <imagedata contentwidth=\"650\" fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </" "imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 msgid "" "Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any " "application or file manager that could access or read it)" @@ -3141,21 +3142,22 @@ msgstr "" "яка може отримати доступ до даних або читати дані)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:373 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" msgstr "Віддайте команду <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:376 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" "imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 msgid "" "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " "in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." @@ -3164,7 +3166,7 @@ msgstr "" "знімку /dev/sdb це пристрій місткістю 8 ГБ, тобто флешка USB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:389 msgid "" "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX " "bs=1M</userinput>" @@ -3173,12 +3175,12 @@ msgstr "" "bs=1M</userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc" msgstr "де X — назва потрібного вам пристрою. Приклад: /dev/sdc" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:387 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:394 msgid "" "Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/" "dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" @@ -3187,32 +3189,32 @@ msgstr "" "iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:400 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" msgstr "Віддайте таку команду: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" msgstr "Витягніть флешку USB. Запис завершено." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:402 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:410 msgid "Using Windows" msgstr "За допомогою Windows" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:412 msgid "You could try:" msgstr "Ви можете спробувати такі засоби:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:406 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:414 msgid "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:408 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 msgid "" "- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " "Disk Imager</link>" @@ -3221,12 +3223,12 @@ msgstr "" "Disk Imager</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:425 msgid "Mageia Installation" msgstr "Встановлення Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:427 msgid "" "This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" "\">the Mageia documentation</link>." @@ -3235,7 +3237,7 @@ msgstr "" "\">документації з Mageia</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 +#: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:430 msgid "" "More information is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" "Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." @@ -4142,6 +4144,13 @@ msgstr "" "обережним і створювати резервні копії усіх важливих даних." #~ msgid "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +#~ "imageobject>" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" +#~ "imageobject>" + +#~ msgid "" #~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" #~ "setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" #~ "\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca.po b/docs/mcc-help/ca.po index 7d3eef7c..2159a26f 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/ca.po +++ b/docs/mcc-help/ca.po @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-30 20:33+0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-02-24 19:21+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-02 11:20+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n" "Language-Team: Catalan (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" @@ -2689,7 +2689,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakgw.xml:29 -msgid "drakgw-net.png" +msgid "../drakgw-net.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -2964,22 +2964,22 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:43 -msgid "draknetcenterEthernet-on.png" +msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:47 -msgid "draknetcenterEthernet-off.png" +msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:52 -msgid "draknetcenterWireless-off.png" +msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:56 -msgid "draknetcenterWireless-on.png" +msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -7637,7 +7637,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:165 -msgid "rpmdrake2.png" +msgid "../rpmdrake2.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> @@ -7647,7 +7647,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:175 -msgid "rpmdrake3.png" +msgid "../rpmdrake3.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> @@ -7657,7 +7657,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:185 -msgid "rpmdrake4.png" +msgid "../rpmdrake4.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> @@ -7667,7 +7667,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:195 -msgid "rpmdrake5.png" +msgid "../rpmdrake5.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> @@ -7677,7 +7677,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:205 -msgid "rpmdrake6.png" +msgid "../rpmdrake6.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/cs.po b/docs/mcc-help/cs.po index 50cf399f..ceb0f65a 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/cs.po +++ b/docs/mcc-help/cs.po @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Control Center Help package. -# +# # Translators: # Jiří Vírava <appukonrad@gmail.com>, 2014 # fri, 2013 @@ -9,14 +9,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-01-28 18:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-02-24 19:21+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-02-01 17:21+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jiří Vírava <appukonrad@gmail.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Czech (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/cs/)\n" +"Language-Team: Czech (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" +"cs/)\n" +"Language: cs\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: cs\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1) ? 0 : (n>=2 && n<=4) ? 1 : 2;\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -29,8 +30,7 @@ msgstr "Přístup k diskům a adresářům sdíleným pomocí WebDAV" msgid "diskdrake --dav" msgstr "diskdrake --dav" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:19 msgid "diskdrake--dav1.png" msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png" @@ -38,9 +38,11 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Tento nástroj můžete spustit z příkazového řádku zadáním <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> jako superuživatel." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Tento nástroj můžete spustit z příkazového řádku zadáním <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> jako superuživatel." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24 @@ -48,7 +50,10 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia " "Control Center, under the Network Sharing tab, labeled <guilabel>Configure " "WebDAV shares</guilabel>." -msgstr "Tento nástroj<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se nachází v ovládacím středisku Mageia v kartě pro Sdílení v síti označené <guilabel>Nastavit sdílení pomocí WebDAV</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Tento nástroj<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se nachází v " +"ovládacím středisku Mageia v kartě pro Sdílení v síti označené " +"<guilabel>Nastavit sdílení pomocí WebDAV</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:30 en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:22 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:21 @@ -68,7 +73,11 @@ msgid "" "appears as a local directory. It is necessary that the remote machine run a " "WebDAV server. This is not the aim of this tool to configure the WebDAV " "server." -msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> je protokol, který umožňuje připojit adresář webového serveru, tak že vypadá jako adrsář lokální. Je nezbytné, aby na vzdáleném stroji byl spuštěn WebDAV server. Účelem tohoto nástroje není konfiguraci serveru WebDAV." +msgstr "" +"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> je " +"protokol, který umožňuje připojit adresář webového serveru, tak že vypadá " +"jako adrsář lokální. Je nezbytné, aby na vzdáleném stroji byl spuštěn WebDAV " +"server. Účelem tohoto nástroje není konfiguraci serveru WebDAV." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:40 @@ -89,12 +98,11 @@ msgid "" "Then you get a screen with radio buttons to select some actions. Continue " "with the action <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> by clicking " "<guibutton>OK</guibutton> after selecting the radio button, as the " -"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct" -" it, if needed." +"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct " +"it, if needed." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:54 msgid "diskdrake--dav3.png" msgstr "diskdrake--dav3.png" @@ -113,8 +121,7 @@ msgid "" "options, you can give them in the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> screen." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:67 msgid "diskdrake--dav4.png" msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png" @@ -129,13 +136,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:74 msgid "" -"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button " -"<guibutton>Done</guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your " -"new mount point is listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you" -" are asked whether or not to save the modifications in " -"<emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose this option if you want that the " -"remote directory is available at each boot. If your configuration is for " -"one-time usage, do not save it." +"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button <guibutton>Done</" +"guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your new mount point is " +"listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you are asked whether " +"or not to save the modifications in <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose " +"this option if you want that the remote directory is available at each boot. " +"If your configuration is for one-time usage, do not save it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -148,8 +154,7 @@ msgstr "Sdílet diskové oddíly tohoto počítače" msgid "diskdrake --fileshare" msgstr "diskdrake --fileshare" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:11 msgid "diskdrake--fileshare.png" msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png" @@ -157,8 +162,8 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -173,8 +178,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:20 msgid "" -"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled" -" \"Share your hard disk partitions\"." +"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled " +"\"Share your hard disk partitions\"." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -184,9 +189,9 @@ msgid "" "share some of their directories ?</guilabel>\", click on <guibutton>No " "sharing</guibutton> if the answer is no for all users, click on " "<guibutton>Allow all users</guibutton> for all users and click on " -"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for" -" the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their" -" directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically " +"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for " +"the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their " +"directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically " "created by the system. You will be asked about this later." msgstr "" @@ -209,8 +214,8 @@ msgid "" "you to add users authorised to share their directories to the fileshare " "group. In the User tab, click on the user to add to the fileshare group, " "then on <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>, In the Groups tab. Check the " -"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information" -" about Userdrake, see <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">this page</link>" +"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information " +"about Userdrake, see <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">this page</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> @@ -223,8 +228,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:55 msgid "" -"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her" -" file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers " +"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her " +"file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers " "have this facility." msgstr "" @@ -244,8 +249,7 @@ msgstr "Nastavit přístup k diskům a adresářům sdíleným pomocí NFS" msgid "diskdrake --nfs" msgstr "diskdrake --nfs" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:11 msgid "diskdrake--nfs.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs.png" @@ -258,8 +262,8 @@ msgstr "." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:25 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -269,8 +273,8 @@ msgid "" "some shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The " "protocol used for this is NFS which is available on most Linux or Unix " "systems. The shared directory will be thus available directly at boot. " -"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a" -" user with tools such as file browsers." +"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a " +"user with tools such as file browsers." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -292,8 +296,7 @@ msgid "" "shared directories and select the directory you want to access." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:47 msgid "diskdrake--nfs2.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png" @@ -301,12 +304,11 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:51 msgid "" -"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have" -" to specify where to mount the directory." +"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have " +"to specify where to mount the directory." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:56 msgid "diskdrake--nfs3.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs3.png" @@ -319,14 +321,12 @@ msgid "" "mounting the directory, you can unmount it with the same button." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:67 msgid "diskdrake--nfs4.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs4.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:73 msgid "diskdrake--nfs5.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png" @@ -336,13 +336,12 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png" msgid "" "On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button, " "a message will displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab " -"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the" -" network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file " +"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the " +"network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file " "browser, for example in Dolphin." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:85 msgid "diskdrake--nfs6.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs6.png" @@ -357,8 +356,7 @@ msgstr "CD / DVD vypalovačka" msgid "diskdrake --removable" msgstr "diskdrake --removable" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:10 msgid "diskdrake--removable.png" msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png" @@ -366,9 +364,11 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Tento nástroj můžete jako root spustit z příkazového řádku zadáním <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Tento nástroj můžete jako root spustit z příkazového řádku zadáním <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:14 @@ -411,8 +411,8 @@ msgstr "Volby" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:39 msgid "" -"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the" -" <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:" +"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the " +"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> @@ -441,8 +441,8 @@ msgstr "diskdrake --smb" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:24 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -452,8 +452,8 @@ msgid "" "which shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The " "protocol used for this is SMB which has been popularized on Windows(R) " "systems. The shared directory will be available directly at boot. Shared " -"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with" -" tools such as file browsers." +"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with " +"tools such as file browsers." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -466,8 +466,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:40 msgid "" -"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who" -" share directories." +"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who " +"share directories." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -484,8 +484,7 @@ msgid "" "have to specify where to mount the directory." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:52 msgid "diskdrake--smb2.png" msgstr "diskdrake--smb2.png" @@ -506,14 +505,12 @@ msgid "" "with the same button." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:66 msgid "diskdrake--smb3.png" msgstr "diskdrake--smb3.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:72 msgid "diskdrake--smb4.png" msgstr "" @@ -524,12 +521,10 @@ msgid "" "After accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will ask " "\"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". Saving, will allow " "directory to made available at each boot, if the network is accessible. The " -"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in " -"dolphin." +"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in dolphin." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:84 msgid "diskdrake--smb5.png" msgstr "diskdrake--smb5.png" @@ -544,8 +539,7 @@ msgstr "Efekty 3D grafického prostředí" msgid "drak3d" msgstr "drak3d" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drak3d.xml:10 msgid "drak3d.png" msgstr "drak3d.png" @@ -553,8 +547,8 @@ msgstr "drak3d.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:18 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -583,23 +577,21 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "After starting drak3d, you will be presented with a menu window. Here you " "can choose either <guilabel>No 3D Desktop Effects</guilabel> or " -"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a " -"composite/window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special " -"effects for your desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn " -"it on." +"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a composite/" +"window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special effects for your " +"desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn it on." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:38 msgid "" "If this is your first time using this program after a clean installation of " -"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be" -" installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the " -"<guibutton>Ok</guibutton> button to continue." +"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be " +"installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the <guibutton>Ok</" +"guibutton> button to continue." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drak3d.xml:45 msgid "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png" msgstr "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png" @@ -637,8 +629,7 @@ msgid "" "screen. Once there, click on the Desktop icon and select drak3d." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drak3d.xml:71 msgid "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" @@ -648,8 +639,8 @@ msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" msgid "" "When you log in, if your account is listed as an administrator, you will be " "prompted for your password again. Otherwise, use the administrator login " -"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the" -" log in problem." +"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the " +"log in problem." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -662,8 +653,7 @@ msgstr "Ověření" msgid "drakauth" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakauth.xml:16 msgid "drakauth.png" msgstr "drakauth.png" @@ -671,15 +661,15 @@ msgstr "drakauth.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakauth.xml:21 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakauth.xml:21 msgid "" -"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the" -" manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net." +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the " +"manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -700,8 +690,7 @@ msgstr "Nastavit způsob zavedení systému" msgid "drakboot --boot" msgstr "drakboot --boot" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:10 msgid "drakboot--boot.png" msgstr "drakboot--boot.png" @@ -709,8 +698,8 @@ msgstr "drakboot--boot.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -738,13 +727,13 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:28 msgid "" -"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible to" -" choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub or Lilo, and " +"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible to " +"choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub or Lilo, and " "with a graphical or a text menu. It is just a question of taste, there are " -"no other consequences. You can also set the <guibutton>Boot " -"device</guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you are an expert. The" -" boot device is where the bootloader is installed and any modification can " -"prevent you machine from booting." +"no other consequences. You can also set the <guibutton>Boot device</" +"guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you are an expert. The boot " +"device is where the bootloader is installed and any modification can prevent " +"you machine from booting." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -752,8 +741,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set " "the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in seconds. " -"During this delay, grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating" -" systems, prompting you to make your choice, if no selection is made, the " +"During this delay, grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating " +"systems, prompting you to make your choice, if no selection is made, the " "bootloader will boot the default one once the delay elapses." msgstr "" @@ -805,8 +794,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:66 msgid "" -"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local " -"APIC:</guibutton>" +"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local APIC:</" +"guibutton>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -818,12 +807,11 @@ msgid "" "to one or more local APICs that are in the processor. It is really useful " "for multi-processor systems. Some computers have problems with the APIC " "system which can cause freezes or incorrect device detection (error message " -"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local" -" APIC." +"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local " +"APIC." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:80 msgid "drakboot1.png" msgstr "drakboot1.png" @@ -832,16 +820,15 @@ msgstr "drakboot1.png" #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:84 msgid "" "In the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen, you can see the list of all the " -"available entries at boot time. The default one is asterisked. To change the" -" order of the menu entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the " +"available entries at boot time. The default one is asterisked. To change the " +"order of the menu entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the " "selected item. If you click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or " "<guibutton>Modify </guibutton>buttons, a new window appears to add a new " -"entry in the Grub menu or to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar" -" with Lilo or Grub to be able to use these tools." +"entry in the Grub menu or to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar " +"with Lilo or Grub to be able to use these tools." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:94 msgid "drakboot2.png" msgstr "drakboot2.png" @@ -900,8 +887,7 @@ msgstr "Nastavit automatické přihlášení do systému" msgid "drakboot" msgstr "drakboot" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakboot.xml:11 msgid "drakboot.png" msgstr "drakboot.png" @@ -909,8 +895,8 @@ msgstr "drakboot.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -937,19 +923,19 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:28 msgid "" -"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system " -"starts</guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the " -"boot. If not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be " -"possible to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by " -"launching the command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'." +"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system starts</" +"guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the boot. If " +"not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be possible " +"to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by launching the " +"command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:34 msgid "" "If the first box is checked, two other options are available, check either " -"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to" -" continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check " +"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to " +"continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check " "<guibutton>Yes, I want autologin with this (user, desktop)</guibutton>, if " "needed. In this case, you also need to supply the <guilabel>Default " "username</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Default desktop</guilabel>." @@ -968,8 +954,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -982,17 +968,17 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:20 msgid "" -"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by" -" doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > " -"drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, but make sure you have enough disk space " -"first: the file can easily be several GBs large." +"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by " +"doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, " +"but make sure you have enough disk space first: the file can easily be " +"several GBs large." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:24 msgid "" -"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing" -" the unneeded parts." +"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing " +"the unneeded parts." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -1170,11 +1156,11 @@ msgstr "df" msgid "" "At the time this help page was written, the \"syslog\" part of this " "command's output was empty, because this tool had not yet been adjusted to " -"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\"" -" by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > " -"journalctl.txt</emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, " -"for instance, take the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>." +"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\" " +"by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</" +"emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, for instance, take " +"the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -1187,8 +1173,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "drakbug" msgstr "drakbug" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakbug.xml:15 msgid "drakbug.png" msgstr "drakbug.png" @@ -1196,28 +1181,26 @@ msgstr "drakbug.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakbug.xml:19 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug.xml:19 msgid "" "Usually, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> starts " -"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that," -" after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some " -"of the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug " -"report." +"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that, " +"after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some of " +"the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug report." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug.xml:21 msgid "" "If a new bug report needs to be filed and you are not used to doing that, " -"then please read <link " -"xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How " -"to report a bug report properly</link> before clicking on the \"Report\" " -"button." +"then please read <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How to report a bug report properly</link> " +"before clicking on the \"Report\" button." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -1238,8 +1221,7 @@ msgstr "Upravit datum a čas" msgid "drakclock" msgstr "drakclock" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakclock.xml:10 msgid "drakclock.png" msgstr "drakclock.png" @@ -1247,17 +1229,17 @@ msgstr "drakclock.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the tab " -"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and " -"time\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a " -"right click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray." +"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and time" +"\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a right " +"click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -1269,8 +1251,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/drakclock.xml:23 msgid "" "On the upper left part, is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendar</emphasis>. " -"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on" -" the upper right), the 2nd (in blue) and it is a Sunday. Select the month " +"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on " +"the upper right), the 2nd (in blue) and it is a Sunday. Select the month " "(or year) by clicking on the little arrows on each side of September (or " "2012). Select the day by clicking on its number." msgstr "" @@ -1278,9 +1260,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:29 msgid "" -"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time " -"Protocol</emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on " -"time by synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time " +"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time Protocol</" +"emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on time by " +"synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time " "Protocol</guilabel> and choose the closest server." msgstr "" @@ -1289,9 +1271,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "On the right part is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">clock</emphasis>. It's " "useless to set the clock if NTP is enabled. Three boxes display hours, " -"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows" -" to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see" -" your desktop environment settings for that." +"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows " +"to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see " +"your desktop environment settings for that." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -1305,8 +1287,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:45 msgid "" -"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they" -" will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation " +"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they " +"will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation " "settings." msgstr "" @@ -1320,8 +1302,7 @@ msgstr "Odstranit připojení" msgid "drakconnect --del" msgstr "drakconnect --del" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:8 msgid "drakconnect--del.png" msgstr "drakconnect--del.png" @@ -1329,15 +1310,15 @@ msgstr "drakconnect--del.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12 msgid "" -"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root." +"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12 msgid "" -"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" " -"id=\"0\"/>." +"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=" +"\"0\"/>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -1364,8 +1345,7 @@ msgstr "Nastavit nové síťové rozhraní (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)" msgid "drakconnect" msgstr "drakconnect" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:11 msgid "drakconnect.png" msgstr "drakconnect.png" @@ -1373,8 +1353,8 @@ msgstr "drakconnect.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:19 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -1416,65 +1396,56 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Automatic IP" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:48 msgid "" -"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers" -" are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained " +"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers " +"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained " "below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The " -"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified," -" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default." -" The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option " -"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers" -" have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address " +"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, " +"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default. " +"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option " +"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers " +"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address " "from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:62 msgid "drakconnect5.png" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:68 en/drakconnect.xml:205 en/drakconnect.xml:572 msgid "The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:72 en/drakconnect.xml:209 en/drakconnect.xml:576 msgid "Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:77 en/drakconnect.xml:214 en/drakconnect.xml:581 msgid "the DHCP client" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:81 en/drakconnect.xml:218 en/drakconnect.xml:585 msgid "DHCP timeout" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:85 en/drakconnect.xml:222 msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS server" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:90 en/drakconnect.xml:227 en/drakconnect.xml:594 msgid "Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:95 en/drakconnect.xml:232 en/drakconnect.xml:599 msgid "" "the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server " @@ -1482,8 +1453,7 @@ msgid "" "This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:104 en/drakconnect.xml:241 msgid "" "After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection " @@ -1495,8 +1465,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Manual configuration" msgstr "Ruční nastavení" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:115 msgid "" "<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS " @@ -1505,30 +1474,27 @@ msgid "" "attributed by default." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:121 en/drakconnect.xml:258 msgid "" "For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like " -"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is " -"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are " -"available from your service provider's website." +"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</" +"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your service " +"provider's website." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:126 msgid "" -"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search " -"domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your " -"computer is called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is " -"\"splash.boatanchor.net\", the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". " -"Unless you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, " -"domestic ADSL would not need this setting." +"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</" +"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is " +"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", " +"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need " +"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic ADSL would not need " +"this setting." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:136 msgid "drakconnect30.png" msgstr "drakconnect30.png" @@ -1549,10 +1515,9 @@ msgstr "" #: en/drakconnect.xml:152 en/drakconnect.xml:696 en/draknetcenter.xml:136 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:142 en/draknetcenter.xml:203 msgid "" -"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you" -" can write this help, please contact <link " -"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc " -"team.</link> Thanking you in advance." +"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you " +"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -1565,59 +1530,53 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You have to specify a authentication method:" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:176 msgid "None" msgstr "Žádné" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:180 msgid "" -"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name" -" and password." +"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name " +"and password." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:191 msgid "" "<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers " "are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained " "below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The " -"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified," -" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default." -" The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option " -"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers" -" have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address " +"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, " +"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default. " +"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option " +"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers " +"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address " "from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:252 msgid "" -"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers" -" to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME " +"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers " +"to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME " "is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is " "attributed by default." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:263 msgid "" -"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search " -"domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your " -"computer is called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is " -"\"splash.boatanchor.net\", the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". " -"Unless you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, " -"domestic connection would not need this setting." +"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</" +"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is " +"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", " +"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need " +"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic connection would not " +"need this setting." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:273 msgid "drakconnect32.png" msgstr "drakconnect32.png" @@ -1638,8 +1597,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/drakconnect.xml:296 en/drakconnect.xml:663 msgid "" "A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your " -"provider. If it is not listed, select the option " -"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave." +"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</" +"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1647,32 +1606,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select one of the protocols available:" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:307 msgid "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)" msgstr "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:311 msgid "Manual TCP/IP configuration" msgstr "Ruční nastavení TCP/IP" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:315 msgid "PPP over ADSL (PPPoA)" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:319 msgid "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)" msgstr "PPP přes Ethernet (PPPoE)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:323 msgid "Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)" msgstr "Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)" @@ -1682,26 +1636,22 @@ msgstr "Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)" msgid "Access settings" msgstr "Nastavení přístupu" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:333 en/drakconnect.xml:678 msgid "Account Login (user name)" msgstr "Váš účet (uživatelské jméno)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:337 en/drakconnect.xml:414 en/drakconnect.xml:682 msgid "Account password" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:341 msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Path ID (VPI)" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:345 msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)" msgstr "" @@ -1721,14 +1671,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The wizard asks which device to configure:" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:365 msgid "Manual choice (internal ISDN card)" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:369 msgid "External ISDN modem" msgstr "Externí ISDN modem" @@ -1740,14 +1688,12 @@ msgid "" "Select your card." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:384 msgid "Protocol for the rest of the world, except Europe (DHCP)" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:389 msgid "Protocol for Europe (EDSS1)" msgstr "" @@ -1756,31 +1702,27 @@ msgstr "" #: en/drakconnect.xml:395 msgid "" "A list of providers is then offered, classified by countries. Select your " -"provider. If it is not listed, select the option " -"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave " -"you. Then it is asked for parameters:" +"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</" +"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave you. Then it is " +"asked for parameters:" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:402 msgid "Connection name" msgstr "Název připojení" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:406 msgid "Phone number" msgstr "Telefonní číslo" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:410 msgid "Login ID" msgstr "Přihlašovací jméno" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:418 msgid "Authentication method" msgstr "Metoda ověření" @@ -1796,24 +1738,21 @@ msgstr "" #: en/drakconnect.xml:430 msgid "" "The next step is to choose how DNS servers address are obtained, by " -"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to" -" put:" +"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to " +"put:" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:436 msgid "Domain name" msgstr "Název domény" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:440 msgid "First and second DNS Server" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:444 msgid "" "Select if the hostname is set from IP. This option is to select only if you " @@ -1823,9 +1762,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:452 msgid "" -"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic" -" or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter " -"the IP address." +"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic " +"or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter the " +"IP address." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -1853,89 +1792,74 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Specific parameter for the wireless card are to provide:" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:484 msgid "drakconnect31.png" msgstr "drakconnect31.png" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:490 msgid "Operating mode:" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: en/drakconnect.xml:494 msgid "Managed" msgstr "Spravované" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:497 msgid "To access to an existing access point (the most frequent)." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: en/drakconnect.xml:503 msgid "Ad-Hoc" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:506 msgid "To configure direct connection between computers." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:514 msgid "Network Name (ESSID)" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:518 msgid "Encryption mode: it depends of how the access point is configured." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: en/drakconnect.xml:523 msgid "WPA/WPA2" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:526 msgid "This encryption mode is to prefer if your hardware allows it." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: en/drakconnect.xml:532 msgid "WEP" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:535 msgid "Some old hardware deals only this encryption method." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:543 msgid "Encryption key" msgstr "Šifrovací klíč" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:545 -msgid "" -"It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point." +msgid "It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1945,8 +1869,7 @@ msgid "" "manual IP address." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:561 msgid "" "<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are " @@ -1958,46 +1881,41 @@ msgid "" "DHCP server</emphasis>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:589 msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS servers" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:608 msgid "" "After accepting the configuration the step, which is common to all " "connection configurations, is explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:619 msgid "" "<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to declare DNS servers. The " -"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified," -" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default." +"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, " +"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:625 msgid "" "For a residential network, the IP address always looks like " -"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is " -"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are " -"available from your providers website." +"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</" +"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your providers " +"website." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:630 msgid "" -"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search " -"domain</emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, " -"before the period." +"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</" +"emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, before the " +"period." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -2029,8 +1947,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Provide access settings" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:674 msgid "Access Point Name" msgstr "Název přístupového bodu" @@ -2045,14 +1962,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A new Analog telephone modem connection (POTS)" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:710 msgid "Manual choice" msgstr "Ruční volba" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:714 msgid "Detected hardware, if any." msgstr "" @@ -2073,67 +1988,57 @@ msgstr "" #: en/drakconnect.xml:729 msgid "" "A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your " -"provider. If it is not listed, select the option " -"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave." -" Then it is asked for Dialup options:" +"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</" +"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave. Then it is asked " +"for Dialup options:" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:736 msgid "<emphasis>Connection name</emphasis>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:740 msgid "<emphasis>Phone number</emphasis>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:744 msgid "<emphasis>Login ID</emphasis>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:748 msgid "<emphasis>Password</emphasis>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:752 msgid "<emphasis>Authentication</emphasis>, choose between:" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:756 msgid "PAP/CHAP" msgstr "PAP/CHAP" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:760 msgid "Script-based" msgstr "Script-based" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:764 msgid "PAP" msgstr "PAP" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:768 msgid "Terminal-based" msgstr "Terminal-based" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:772 msgid "CHAP" msgstr "CHAP" @@ -2209,8 +2114,7 @@ msgid "" "immediately or not." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:841 msgid "drakconnect9.png" msgstr "drakconnect9.png" @@ -2225,8 +2129,7 @@ msgstr "Spustit konzoli pro správce systému" msgid "drakconsole" msgstr "drakconsole" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconsole.xml:10 msgid "drakconsole.png" msgstr "drakconsole.png" @@ -2234,16 +2137,16 @@ msgstr "drakconsole.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakconsole.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakconsole.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives you access to a " -"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more" -" information about that." +"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more " +"information about that." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -2256,8 +2159,7 @@ msgstr "Spravovat diskové oddíly" msgid "drakdisk or diskdrake" msgstr "drakdisk nebo diskdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakdisk.xml:15 msgid "drakdiskBackup.png" msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png" @@ -2265,9 +2167,9 @@ msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:21 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> " +"as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> @@ -2276,8 +2178,8 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is very powerful, a tiny " "error or a cat jumping on your keyboard can lead to losing all data on a " "partition or even to erasing the entire hard disk. For that reason, you'll " -"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on " -"<emphasis>Exit</emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue." +"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on <emphasis>Exit</" +"emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2287,8 +2189,7 @@ msgid "" "want to work on by selecting the correct tab (sda, sdb, sdc etc)." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakdisk.xml:35 msgid "drakdisk.png" msgstr "drakdisk.png" @@ -2298,11 +2199,10 @@ msgstr "drakdisk.png" msgid "" "You can choose from many actions to adjust your hard disk to your " "preferences. Wiping an entire hard disk, splitting or merging partitions, " -"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a" -" partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear " -"all</guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete " -"disk, the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a " -"partition." +"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a " +"partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear all</" +"guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete disk, " +"the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a partition." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2332,8 +2232,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can choose a mount point that doesn't exist, it will be created." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakdisk.xml:63 msgid "drakdiskMountedPartition.png" msgstr "drakdiskMountedPartition.png" @@ -2346,8 +2245,7 @@ msgid "" "seen in the screenshot below." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakdisk.xml:73 msgid "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png" msgstr "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png" @@ -2362,8 +2260,7 @@ msgstr "Nastavit správce obrazovky" msgid "drakedm" msgstr "drakedm" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakedm.xml:12 msgid "drakedm.png" msgstr "" @@ -2371,16 +2268,16 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakedm.xml:17 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakedm.xml:16 msgid "" "Here<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> you can choose which display " -"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available" -" on your system will be shown." +"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available " +"on your system will be shown." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2401,8 +2298,7 @@ msgstr "Nastavit váš osobní firewall" msgid "drakfirewall" msgstr "drakfirewall" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:10 msgid "drakfirewall.png" msgstr "drakfirewall.png" @@ -2410,8 +2306,8 @@ msgstr "drakfirewall.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2428,8 +2324,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "A basic firewall is installed by default with Mageia. All the incoming " "connections from the outside are blocked if they aren't authorised. In the " -"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection" -" attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - " +"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection " +"attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - " "<guilabel>Everything (no firewall)</guilabel> - unless you want to disable " "the firewall, and only check the needed services." msgstr "" @@ -2465,8 +2361,7 @@ msgid "" "checked, the firewall messages will be saved in system logs" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:44 msgid "drakfirewall2.png" msgstr "drakfirewall2.png" @@ -2487,9 +2382,9 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Use Interactive Firewall </guilabel>is checked. Check the second " "box to be warned if the ports are scanned (in order to find a failure " "somewhere and enter your machine). Each box from the third one onwards " -"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot" -" below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to " -"be warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports." +"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot " +"below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to be " +"warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2497,14 +2392,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "These warning are given by alert popups through the network applet." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:69 msgid "drakfirewall3.png" msgstr "drakfirewall3.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:75 msgid "drakfirewall4.png" msgstr "drakfirewall4.png" @@ -2513,8 +2406,8 @@ msgstr "drakfirewall4.png" #: en/drakfirewall.xml:79 msgid "" "In the last screen, choose which network interfaces are connected to the " -"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary" -" packages are downloaded." +"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary " +"packages are downloaded." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> @@ -2527,15 +2420,16 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakfont.xml:3 msgid "Manage, add and remove fonts. Import Windows(TM) fonts" -msgstr "Spravovat, přidávat a odebírat písma, včetně importu písem ze systému Windows(TM)" +msgstr "" +"Spravovat, přidávat a odebírat písma, včetně importu písem ze systému " +"Windows(TM)" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakfont.xml:6 msgid "drakfont" msgstr "drakfont" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfont.xml:11 msgid "drakfont.png" msgstr "drakfont.png" @@ -2543,9 +2437,11 @@ msgstr "drakfont.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Tento nástroj můžete spustit z příkazového řádku zadáním <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> jako superuživatel." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Tento nástroj můžete spustit z příkazového řádku zadáním <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> jako superuživatel." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:15 @@ -2579,8 +2475,8 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Získat Windows písma: <emphasis/></emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:38 msgid "" -"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You" -" must have Microsoft Windows installed." +"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You " +"must have Microsoft Windows installed." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2591,8 +2487,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:43 msgid "" -"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly) able" -" to use the fonts." +"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly) able " +"to use the fonts." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2618,10 +2514,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Allows you to add fonts from a third party (CD, internet, ...). The " "supported formats are ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf. Click on the " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select " -"the fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> " -"when done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts." +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select the " +"fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> when " +"done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2641,8 +2537,7 @@ msgstr "Rodičovský dohled" msgid "drakguard" msgstr "drakguard" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakguard.xml:10 msgid "drakguard.png" msgstr "drakguard.png" @@ -2650,17 +2545,17 @@ msgstr "drakguard.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia " -"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental " -"Control</guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the " -"drakguard package (not installed by default)." +"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental Control</" +"guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the drakguard " +"package (not installed by default)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -2686,17 +2581,17 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:35 msgid "" -"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can" -" only execute what you accept them to execute." +"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can " +"only execute what you accept them to execute." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:40 msgid "" -"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through " -"blacklists/whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the " -"website. To achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental " -"control blocker DansGuardian." +"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through blacklists/" +"whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the website. To " +"achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental control blocker " +"DansGuardian." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -2711,18 +2606,18 @@ msgid "" "Ext3, or ReiserFS format you will see a pop up offering to configure ACL on " "your partitions. ACL stands for Access Control Lists, and is a Linux kernel " "feature that allows access to individual files to be restricted to named " -"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by" -" an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to " -"this prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and" -" will then suggest you reboot." +"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by " +"an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to this " +"prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and will " +"then suggest you reboot." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:61 msgid "" "<guibutton>Enable parental control</guibutton>: If checked, the parental " -"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab" -" is opened." +"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab " +"is opened." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -2774,8 +2669,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:92 msgid "" -"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to" -" restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the " +"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to " +"restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the " "applications you wish to block." msgstr "" @@ -2796,8 +2691,7 @@ msgstr "Sdílet připojení k internetu s ostatními lokálními počítači" msgid "drakgw" msgstr "drakgw" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakgw.xml:17 msgid "drakgw.png" msgstr "drakgw.png" @@ -2807,10 +2701,10 @@ msgstr "drakgw.png" msgid "Principles" msgstr "Zásady" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakgw.xml:29 -msgid "drakgw-net.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../drakgw-net.png" msgstr "drakgw-net.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -2840,8 +2734,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:48 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -2869,16 +2763,16 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:66 msgid "" -"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes" -" one, check that this is correct." +"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes " +"one, check that this is correct." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:71 msgid "" -"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask" -" and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual" -" configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values." +"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask " +"and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual " +"configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -2893,8 +2787,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/drakgw.xml:84 msgid "" "specify if the computer is to be used as a DHCP server. If yes, the wizard " -"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure" -" it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range." +"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure " +"it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -2930,8 +2824,8 @@ msgid "" "If you have configured the gateway machine with DHCP, you only need to " "specify in the network configuration tool that you get an address " "automatically (using DHCP). The parameters will be obtained when connecting " -"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is" -" using." +"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is " +"using." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -2951,8 +2845,7 @@ msgstr "" #: en/drakgw.xml:125 msgid "" "If you want to stop sharing the connection on the Mageia computer, launch " -"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the " -"sharing." +"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the sharing." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -2965,8 +2858,7 @@ msgstr "Určení adres počítačů" msgid "drakhosts" msgstr "drakhosts" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakhosts.xml:10 msgid "drakhosts.png" msgstr "drakhosts.png" @@ -2974,8 +2866,8 @@ msgstr "drakhosts.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakhosts.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -3022,8 +2914,7 @@ msgstr "Pokročilé nastavení síťových rozhraní a firewallů" msgid "drakinvictus" msgstr "drakinvictus" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakinvictus.xml:8 msgid "drakinvictus.png" msgstr "drakinvictus.png" @@ -3033,16 +2924,15 @@ msgstr "drakinvictus.png" #: en/drakups.xml:12 en/drakwizard_bind.xml:12 en/drakxservices.xml:12 msgid "" "This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you " -"can write this help, please contact <link " -"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc " -"team.</link> Thanking you in advance." +"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakinvictus.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -3055,8 +2945,7 @@ msgstr "Síťové centrum" msgid "draknetcenter" msgstr "draknetcenter" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:17 msgid "draknetcenter.png" msgstr "draknetcenter.png" @@ -3064,8 +2953,8 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:22 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -3080,36 +2969,36 @@ msgstr "" #: en/draknetcenter.xml:31 msgid "" "When this tool is launched, a window opens listing all the networks " -"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite," -" etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, " -"depending on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, " -"change its settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to " -"create a network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface " -"(LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab." +"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite, " +"etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, depending " +"on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, change its " +"settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to create a " +"network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, " +"ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:43 -msgid "draknetcenterEthernet-on.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png" msgstr "draknetcenterEthernet-on.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:47 -msgid "draknetcenterEthernet-off.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png" msgstr "draknetcenterEthernet-off.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:52 -msgid "draknetcenterWireless-off.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png" msgstr "draknetcenterWireless-off.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:56 -msgid "draknetcenterWireless-on.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png" msgstr "draknetcenterWireless-on.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -3117,27 +3006,27 @@ msgstr "draknetcenterWireless-on.png" msgid "" "In the screenshot below, given as example, we can see two networks, the " "first one is wired and connected, recognizable by this icon <placeholder " -"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder" -" type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows " -"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder " -"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder " -"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network " -"types, the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not" -" connected." +"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder " +"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows " +"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder type=" +"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder type=" +"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network types, " +"the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not " +"connected." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:62 msgid "" "In the wireless part of the screen, you can also see all the detected " -"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal " -"strengh</guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and " -"the <guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then " -"either on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> " -"or <guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network " -"to another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings " -"window (see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption " -"key in particular)." +"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal strengh</" +"guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and the " +"<guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then either " +"on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> or " +"<guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network to " +"another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings window " +"(see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption key in " +"particular)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -3145,8 +3034,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click on <guibutton>Refresh</guibutton> to update the screen." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:76 msgid "draknetcenter1.png" msgstr "draknetcenter1.png" @@ -3156,8 +3044,7 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter1.png" msgid "The Monitor button" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:88 msgid "draknetcenter4.png" msgstr "draknetcenter4.png" @@ -3167,8 +3054,8 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter4.png" msgid "" "This button allows you to watch the network activity, downloads (toward the " "PC, in red) and uploads (toward the Internet, in green). The same screen is " -"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray" -" -> Monitor Network</guimenu>." +"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray " +"-> Monitor Network</guimenu>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -3182,8 +3069,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:102 msgid "" -"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic " -"accounting</guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section." +"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic accounting</" +"guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -3196,8 +3083,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - For a wired network</emphasis>" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:114 msgid "draknetcenter2.png" msgstr "draknetcenter2.png" @@ -3207,8 +3093,8 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter2.png" msgid "" "It is possible to change all the settings given during network creation. " "Most of the time, checking <guibutton>Automatic IP</guibutton> " -"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual" -" configuration may give better results." +"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual " +"configuration may give better results." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -3232,8 +3118,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:133 msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network " -"Manager:</emphasis>" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager:" +"</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -3241,8 +3127,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "<guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton>" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:148 msgid "draknetcenter5.png" msgstr "draknetcenter5.png" @@ -3257,8 +3142,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Only the items not already seen above are explained." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:158 msgid "draknetcenter3.png" msgstr "draknetcenter3.png" @@ -3291,8 +3175,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:175 msgid "" -"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a" -" passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA " +"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a " +"passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA " "personal or WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> is not often used " "in private networks." msgstr "" @@ -3309,8 +3193,7 @@ msgid "" "point while remaining connected to the network." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:193 msgid "draknetcenter6.png" msgstr "draknetcenter6.png" @@ -3320,8 +3203,7 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter6.png" msgid "The Advanced Settings button" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:209 msgid "draknetcenter7.png" msgstr "draknetcenter7.png" @@ -3336,8 +3218,7 @@ msgstr "Spravovat různé síťové profily" msgid "draknetprofile" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetprofile.xml:8 msgid "draknetprofile.png" msgstr "" @@ -3345,8 +3226,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draknetprofile.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -3359,8 +3240,7 @@ msgstr "Nastavit sdílení disků a adresářů pomocí NFS" msgid "draknfs" msgstr "draknfs" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknfs.xml:16 msgid "draknfs.png" msgstr "draknfs.png" @@ -3373,21 +3253,20 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:27 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:26 msgid "" -"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the" -" first time, it may display the following message:" +"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the " +"first time, it may display the following message:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:33 -msgid "" -"The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?" +msgid "The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -3422,8 +3301,7 @@ msgid "" "available." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknfs.xml:58 msgid "draknfs4.png" msgstr "draknfs4.png" @@ -3496,24 +3374,24 @@ msgstr "Mapování uživatelského ID" msgid "" "<emphasis>map root user as anonymous</emphasis>: maps requests from uid/gid " "0 to the anonymous uid/gid (root_squash). The root user from the client " -"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on" -" the server itself." +"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on " +"the server itself." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:103 msgid "" -"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing." -" This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)." +"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing. " +"This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:107 msgid "" -"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids" -" to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP " -"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID" -" mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting." +"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids " +"to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP " +"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID " +"mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> @@ -3532,8 +3410,8 @@ msgstr "Pokročilé volby" #: en/draknfs.xml:120 msgid "" "<emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: this option requires that requests " -"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024). This option" -" is on by default." +"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024). This option " +"is on by default." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> @@ -3571,8 +3449,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "So far the list has at least one entry." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknfs.xml:147 msgid "draknfs5.png" msgstr "draknfs5.png" @@ -3606,8 +3483,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:168 en/draksambashare.xml:229 msgid "" -"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration " -"files." +"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration files." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -3620,8 +3496,7 @@ msgstr "Proxy" msgid "drakproxy" msgstr "drakproxy" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakproxy.xml:17 msgid "drakproxy.png" msgstr "drakproxy.png" @@ -3629,25 +3504,25 @@ msgstr "drakproxy.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakproxy.xml:24 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakproxy.xml:22 msgid "" "If you have to use a proxy server to access to the internet, you can use " -"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net" -" administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify " +"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net " +"administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify " "some services which can be accessed without the proxy by exception." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakproxy.xml:30 msgid "" -"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a" -" proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application) that acts " -"as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other " +"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a " +"proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application) that acts as " +"an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other " "servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, " "such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a " "different server. The proxy server evaluates the request as a way to " @@ -3664,8 +3539,7 @@ msgstr "Nastavení zdrojů" msgid "drakrpm-edit-media" msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:17 msgid "drakrpm-edit-media.png" msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png" @@ -3673,10 +3547,10 @@ msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><important><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:22 msgid "" -"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as" -" repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources" -" to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button" -" below)." +"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as " +"repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources " +"to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button " +"below)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> @@ -3702,8 +3576,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:42 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -3808,8 +3682,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:103 msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests" -" of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests " +"of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the " "corrections." msgstr "" @@ -3854,8 +3728,8 @@ msgid "" "Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories " "contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the \"Add\" button " "adds the mirrorlist to your configuration, it is designed to make sure that " -"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a" -" specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" " +"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a " +"specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" " "from the drop-down \"File\" menu." msgstr "" @@ -3868,9 +3742,9 @@ msgstr "" #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:137 msgid "" "Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list " -"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same" -" release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release " -"will be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top." +"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same " +"release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release will " +"be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -3886,8 +3760,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:149 msgid "" -"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and" -" click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button." +"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and " +"click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -3899,16 +3773,15 @@ msgstr "" #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:154 msgid "" "Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's " -"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the" -" actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. " +"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the " +"actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. " "Click on <guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror</guimenu>, choose " "between update only or the full set (if you do not know, choose the " "<guibutton>Full set of sources</guibutton>) and accept the contact by " "clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:165 msgid "drakrpmEditMedia2.png" msgstr "" @@ -3933,8 +3806,7 @@ msgid "" "isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:181 msgid "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png" msgstr "" @@ -3955,9 +3827,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189 msgid "" -"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed\" " -"(always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to define " -"the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by " +"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed" +"\" (always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to " +"define the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by " "default-, update only, always or never)." msgstr "" @@ -3969,11 +3841,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196 msgid "" -"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate" -" the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In " -"the window that appear, select a medium and then click on " -"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click " -"on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key." +"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate " +"the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the " +"window that appear, select a medium and then click on <guibutton>Add</" +"guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click on " +"<guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para> @@ -3990,17 +3862,16 @@ msgstr "" #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:206 msgid "" "If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it " -"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if" -" necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and " -"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>." +"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if " +"necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:213 msgid "" -"For more information about configuring the media, see <link " -"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki " -"page</link>." +"For more information about configuring the media, see <link ns2:href=" +"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki page</" +"link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -4013,8 +3884,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "draksambashare" msgstr "draksambashare" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:18 msgid "draksambashare.png" msgstr "draksambashare.png" @@ -4053,20 +3923,19 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:53 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis " -"role=\"bold\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis role=\"bold" +"\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:52 msgid "" -"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks" -" if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are " +"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks " +"if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are " "not yet present. Then the wizard to configure the Samba server is launched." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:61 msgid "draksambashare0.png" msgstr "draksambashare0.png" @@ -4078,8 +3947,7 @@ msgid "" "selected." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:71 msgid "draksambashare1.png" msgstr "draksambashare1.png" @@ -4087,8 +3955,8 @@ msgstr "draksambashare1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:77 msgid "" -"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the" -" access to the shared resources." +"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the " +"access to the shared resources." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -4098,8 +3966,7 @@ msgid "" "the network." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:85 msgid "draksambashare2.png" msgstr "draksambashare2.png" @@ -4130,8 +3997,7 @@ msgid "" "address or host name." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:110 msgid "draksambashare3.png" msgstr "draksambashare3.png" @@ -4143,8 +4009,7 @@ msgid "" "described in the Windows workstations." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:120 msgid "draksambashare4.png" msgstr "draksambashare4.png" @@ -4155,8 +4020,7 @@ msgid "" "The place where Samba can log information can be specified at the next step." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:131 msgid "draksambashare5.png" msgstr "draksambashare5.png" @@ -4165,12 +4029,11 @@ msgstr "draksambashare5.png" #: en/draksambashare.xml:137 msgid "" "The wizard displays a list of the chosen parameters before you accept the " -"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in " -"<code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>." +"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in <code>/" +"etc/samba/smb.conf</code>." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:143 msgid "draksambashare6.png" msgstr "draksambashare6.png" @@ -4180,8 +4043,7 @@ msgstr "draksambashare6.png" msgid "Wizard - Primary domain controller" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:155 msgid "draksambashare13.png" msgstr "draksambashare13.png" @@ -4214,8 +4076,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "With the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button, we get:" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:179 msgid "draksambashare15.png" msgstr "draksambashare15.png" @@ -4223,14 +4084,13 @@ msgstr "draksambashare15.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:184 msgid "" -"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the " -"<guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether" -" the directory is visible to the public, writable or browseable. The share " -"name can not be modified." +"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the <guibutton>Modify</" +"guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether the directory is " +"visible to the public, writable or browseable. The share name can not be " +"modified." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:191 msgid "draksambashare16.png" msgstr "draksambashare16.png" @@ -4275,8 +4135,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Samba also allows you to share printers." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:241 msgid "draksambashare17.png" msgstr "draksambashare17.png" @@ -4294,8 +4153,7 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" msgid "Samba users" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:253 msgid "draksambashare18.png" msgstr "draksambashare18.png" @@ -4318,8 +4176,7 @@ msgstr "Konfigurace ověřování na nástroje Mageia" msgid "draksec" msgstr "draksec" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksec.xml:11 msgid "draksec0.png" msgstr "" @@ -4327,8 +4184,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksec.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -4350,8 +4207,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click on the little arrow before the item you want to drop down:" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksec.xml:27 msgid "draksec.png" msgstr "draksec.png" @@ -4397,8 +4253,7 @@ msgstr "Snímky" msgid "draksnapshot-config" msgstr "draksnapshot-config" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:18 msgid "draksnapshot-config.png" msgstr "draksnapshot-config.png" @@ -4406,16 +4261,16 @@ msgstr "draksnapshot-config.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is available in MCC's " -"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration " -"tools</guilabel> section." +"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration tools</" +"guilabel> section." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -4430,9 +4285,9 @@ msgstr "" #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:31 msgid "" "Click again on <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, you will see the " -"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable " -"Backups</guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, " -"<guilabel>Backup the whole system</guilabel>." +"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable Backups</" +"guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, <guilabel>Backup the " +"whole system</guilabel>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -4440,22 +4295,21 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "If you only want to backup part of your directories, then choose " "<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. You will see a little pop-up screen. Use the " -"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to" -" the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and " -"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the " -"<guilabel>Exclude</guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from" -" the chosen directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> " -"be included in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you " -"are done." +"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to " +"the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and " +"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the <guilabel>Exclude</" +"guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from the chosen " +"directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> be included " +"in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you are done." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:41 msgid "" "Now give the path to <guilabel>Where to backup</guilabel>, or choose the " -"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted" -" USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">/run/media/your_user_name/</emphasis>." +"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted " +"USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/" +"your_user_name/</emphasis>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -4473,8 +4327,7 @@ msgstr "Nastavit zvuk" msgid "draksound" msgstr "draksound" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksound.xml:10 msgid "draksound.png" msgstr "draksound.png" @@ -4482,8 +4335,8 @@ msgstr "draksound.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksound.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -4504,9 +4357,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:23 msgid "" -"The drop down list called <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> allows you to select a" -" driver from all the ones available on the computer that match the sound " -"card." +"The drop down list called <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> allows you to select a " +"driver from all the ones available on the computer that match the sound card." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> @@ -4520,10 +4372,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:33 msgid "" -"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound" -" inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the " -"resulting sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> " -"PulseAudio volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences." +"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound " +"inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the resulting " +"sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> PulseAudio " +"volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -4547,8 +4399,7 @@ msgid "" "three buttons:" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksound.xml:49 msgid "Draksound1.png" msgstr "Draksound1.png" @@ -4579,8 +4430,7 @@ msgstr "Nastavit UPS pro sledování elektrického napájení" msgid "drakups" msgstr "drakups" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakups.xml:8 msgid "drakups.png" msgstr "drakups.png" @@ -4588,8 +4438,8 @@ msgstr "drakups.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakups.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -4602,8 +4452,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "drakvpn" msgstr "drakvpn" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakvpn.xml:11 msgid "drakvpn1.png" msgstr "drakvpn1.png" @@ -4611,8 +4460,8 @@ msgstr "drakvpn1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:19 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -4653,8 +4502,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "For Cisco VPN" msgstr "Pro Cisco VPN" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakvpn.xml:48 msgid "drakvpn3.png" msgstr "drakvpn3.png" @@ -4666,8 +4514,7 @@ msgid "" "first time the tool is used." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakvpn.xml:59 msgid "drakvpn7.png" msgstr "drakvpn7.png" @@ -4684,8 +4531,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Advanced parameters:" msgstr "Rozšířené parametry:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakvpn.xml:68 msgid "drakvpn8.png" msgstr "drakvpn8.png" @@ -4706,8 +4552,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/drakvpn.xml:79 msgid "" "This VPN connection can be set to start automatically with a network " -"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect" -" to this VPN." +"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect " +"to this VPN." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -4720,8 +4566,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "drakwizard apache2" msgstr "drakwizard apache2" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:8 msgid "drakwizard_apache2.png" msgstr "drakwizard_apache2.png" @@ -4729,8 +4574,8 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_apache2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -4762,8 +4607,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Welcome to the web server wizard." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:30 msgid "drakwizard-web-step1.png" msgstr "" @@ -4780,8 +4624,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:41 msgid "drakwizard-web-step2.png" msgstr "" @@ -4798,8 +4641,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Server User Module" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:52 msgid "drakwizard-web-step3.png" msgstr "" @@ -4814,8 +4656,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "User web directory name" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:63 msgid "drakwizard-web-step4.png" msgstr "" @@ -4832,8 +4673,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Server Document Root" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:74 msgid "drakwizard-web-step5.png" msgstr "" @@ -4850,8 +4690,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Summary" msgstr "Souhrn" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:85 msgid "drakwizard-web-step6.png" msgstr "" @@ -4861,8 +4700,7 @@ msgstr "" #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:78 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:153 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:112 msgid "" -"Take a second to check these options, then click " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +"Take a second to check these options, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> @@ -4871,8 +4709,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Finish" msgstr "Ukončit" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:96 msgid "drakwizard-web-step7.png" msgstr "" @@ -4893,8 +4730,7 @@ msgstr "Upravit nastavení DNS" msgid "drakwizard bind" msgstr "drakwizard bind" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:8 msgid "drakwizard_bind.png" msgstr "drakwizard_bind.png" @@ -4902,8 +4738,8 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_bind.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -4916,8 +4752,7 @@ msgstr "Upravit nastavení DHCP" msgid "drakwizard dhcp" msgstr "drakwizard dhcp" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:10 msgid "drakwizard_dhcp.png" msgstr "drakwizard_dhcp.png" @@ -4932,16 +4767,16 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:20 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:19 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a " -"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should" -" be installed before you can access to it." +"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should " +"be installed before you can access to it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -4968,8 +4803,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Welcome to the DHCP server wizard." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png" msgstr "" @@ -4979,8 +4813,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Selecting Adaptor" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:58 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png" msgstr "" @@ -4989,8 +4822,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:62 msgid "" "Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for " -"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> @@ -4998,8 +4831,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select IP range" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:72 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" msgstr "" @@ -5013,8 +4845,7 @@ msgid "" "click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:87 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" msgstr "" @@ -5024,8 +4855,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Hold on..." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:100 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" msgstr "" @@ -5042,8 +4872,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Hours later..." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" msgstr "" @@ -5068,73 +4897,62 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:134 msgid "" -"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from " -"<code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and " -"adding the new parameters:" +"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from <code>/usr/share/" +"wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and adding the new " +"parameters:" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:140 msgid "<code>hname</code>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144 msgid "<code>dns</code>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:148 msgid "net" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:152 msgid "ip" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:156 msgid "<code>mask</code>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:160 msgid "<code>rng1</code>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:164 msgid "<code>rng2</code>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:168 msgid "<code>dname</code>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:172 msgid "<code>gateway</code>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:176 msgid "<code>tftpserverip</code>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:180 msgid "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>" msgstr "" @@ -5142,8 +4960,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186 msgid "" -"Also modifying Webmin configuration file " -"<code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code>" +"Also modifying Webmin configuration file <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</" +"code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -5161,8 +4979,7 @@ msgstr "Nastavit čas" msgid "drakwizard ntp" msgstr "drakwizard ntp" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:19 msgid "drakwizard_ntp.png" msgstr "drakwizard_ntp.png" @@ -5170,16 +4987,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_ntp.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:25 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:24 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> purpose is to set the " -"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed" -" by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base " +"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed " +"by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base " "packages." msgstr "" @@ -5196,26 +5013,22 @@ msgid "" "because this server always points to available time servers." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:43 msgid "drakwizard-ntp1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ntp1.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:49 msgid "drakwizard-ntp2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ntp2.png" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:51 msgid "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:50 msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" @@ -5223,15 +5036,14 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:63 msgid "" -"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you" -" arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it " +"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you " +"arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it " "using the <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>button. If everything is right, " "click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button to proceed to the test. It " "may take a while and you finally get this screen below:" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:72 msgid "drakwizard-ntp3.png" msgstr "" @@ -5254,9 +5066,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:97 msgid "" -"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to " -"<code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-" -"tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;" +"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to <code>/etc/sysconfig/" +"clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/" +"step-tickers.orig</code>;" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -5276,8 +5088,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:114 msgid "" -"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and " -"<code>ntpd</code> services;" +"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and <code>ntpd</" +"code> services;" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -5296,8 +5108,7 @@ msgstr "Nastavit FTP" msgid "drakwizard proftpd" msgstr "drakwizard proftpd" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:8 msgid "drakwizard_proftpd.png" msgstr "drakwizard_proftpd.png" @@ -5305,15 +5116,15 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_proftpd.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12 msgid "" -"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an" -" <acronym>FTP</acronym> server." +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an " +"<acronym>FTP</acronym> server." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -5339,14 +5150,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Welcome to the FTP wizard. Buckle up." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:30 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:41 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png" msgstr "" @@ -5363,8 +5172,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Server Information" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:52 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png" msgstr "" @@ -5381,8 +5189,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Server Options" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:63 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png" msgstr "" @@ -5390,18 +5197,16 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:67 msgid "" -"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym>" -" (File eXchange Protocol)" +"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym> " +"(File eXchange Protocol)" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:74 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:85 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png" msgstr "" @@ -5416,8 +5221,7 @@ msgstr "Upravit nastavení proxy" msgid "drakwizard squid" msgstr "drakwizard squid" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:17 msgid "drakwizard_squid.png" msgstr "drakwizard_squid.png" @@ -5425,8 +5229,8 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_squid.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:23 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -5463,8 +5267,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Welcome to the proxy server wizard." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:50 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png" msgstr "" @@ -5474,8 +5277,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Selecting the proxy port" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:64 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png" msgstr "" @@ -5492,8 +5294,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Set Memory and Disk Usage" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:78 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png" msgstr "" @@ -5509,8 +5310,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select Network Access Control" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:92 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png" msgstr "" @@ -5518,8 +5318,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:97 msgid "" -"Set visibility to local network or world, then click " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +"Set visibility to local network or world, then click <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> @@ -5527,16 +5327,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Grant Network Access" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:106 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:111 -msgid "" -"Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +msgid "Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> @@ -5544,8 +5342,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Use Upper Level Proxy Server?" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:120 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png" msgstr "" @@ -5560,8 +5357,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Upper Level Proxy URL and Port" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:134 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png" msgstr "" @@ -5569,12 +5365,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:139 msgid "" -"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton>." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:148 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png" msgstr "" @@ -5584,8 +5379,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Start during boot?" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:162 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png" msgstr "" @@ -5597,8 +5391,7 @@ msgid "" "click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:177 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png" msgstr "" @@ -5611,56 +5404,49 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:197 msgid "" -"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in " -"<code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;</code>" +"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf." +"orig;</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:202 msgid "" -"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from " -"<code>squid.conf.default</code> and adding the new parameters:" +"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from <code>squid.conf." +"default</code> and adding the new parameters:" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:208 msgid "<code>cache_dir</code>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:212 msgid "<code>localnet</code>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:216 msgid "cache_mem" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:220 msgid "http_port" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:224 msgid "" "<code>level</code> 1, 2 or 3 and <code>http_access</code> according to level" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:229 msgid "<code>cache_peer</code>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:233 msgid "<code>visible_hostname</code>" msgstr "" @@ -5680,8 +5466,7 @@ msgstr "Nastavení démonu OpenSSH" msgid "drakwizard sshd" msgstr "drakwizard sshd" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:8 msgid "drakwizard_sshd.png" msgstr "drakwizard_sshd.png" @@ -5689,15 +5474,15 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_sshd.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13 msgid "" -"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an" -" <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon." +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an " +"<acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -5710,8 +5495,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Secure Shell (SSH) is a cryptographic network protocol for secure data " "communication, remote command-line login, remote command execution, and " -"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects," -" via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client " +"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects, " +"via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client " "(running SSH server and <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs, " "respectively). (From Wikipedia)" msgstr "" @@ -5731,8 +5516,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select Type of Configure Options" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:31 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png" msgstr "" @@ -5740,9 +5524,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:35 msgid "" -"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or " -"<guilabel>Newbie</guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or <guilabel>Newbie</" +"guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> @@ -5750,8 +5533,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "General Options" msgstr "Obecné volby" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:42 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png" msgstr "" @@ -5768,8 +5550,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Authentication Methods" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:53 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png" msgstr "" @@ -5786,8 +5567,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Logging" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:64 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png" msgstr "" @@ -5795,8 +5575,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:68 msgid "" -"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> @@ -5804,8 +5584,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Login Options" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:75 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png" msgstr "" @@ -5820,8 +5599,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "User Login Options" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:86 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png" msgstr "" @@ -5837,8 +5615,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Compression and Forwarding" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:97 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png" msgstr "" @@ -5850,14 +5627,12 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:108 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:119 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png" msgstr "" @@ -5872,8 +5647,7 @@ msgstr "Spouštět a zastavovat systémové služby" msgid "drakxservices" msgstr "drakxservices" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakxservices.xml:8 msgid "drakxservices.png" msgstr "drakxservices.png" @@ -5881,8 +5655,8 @@ msgstr "drakxservices.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakxservices.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -5895,8 +5669,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "harddrake2" msgstr "harddrake2" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/harddrake2.xml:17 msgid "harddrake2.png" msgstr "harddrake2.png" @@ -5904,8 +5677,8 @@ msgstr "harddrake2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:23 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -5947,8 +5720,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:43 msgid "" -"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are" -" available at the bottom of the right column:" +"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are " +"available at the bottom of the right column:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -6006,8 +5779,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "keyboarddrake" msgstr "keyboarddrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:12 msgid "keyboarddrake.png" msgstr "keyboarddrake.png" @@ -6015,8 +5787,8 @@ msgstr "keyboarddrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:20 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -6037,9 +5809,9 @@ msgstr "Rozložení klávesnice" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:31 msgid "" -"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed" -" in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity " -"each layout should be used for." +"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed " +"in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity each " +"layout should be used for." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -6064,8 +5836,7 @@ msgstr "Upravit nastavení lokalizace systému" msgid "localedrake" msgstr "localedrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/localedrake.xml:18 msgid "localedrake.png" msgstr "localedrake.png" @@ -6073,8 +5844,8 @@ msgstr "localedrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:24 msgid "" -"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root." +"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -6146,8 +5917,7 @@ msgstr "Prohlížet a prohledávat systémové záznamy" msgid "logdrake" msgstr "logdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/logdrake.xml:10 msgid "logdrake.png" msgstr "logdrake.png" @@ -6155,16 +5925,16 @@ msgstr "logdrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia " -"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system " -"logs</guilabel>\"." +"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system logs</" +"guilabel>\"." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -6175,26 +5945,26 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:24 msgid "" -"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to " -"<emphasis>do not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)" -" to search in the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is" -" possible to limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of " -"the month and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected " -"day</guibutton>\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> " -"button to see the results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the " -"file</guilabel>. It is possible to save the results in the .txt format by " -"clicking on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button." +"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to <emphasis>do " +"not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s) to search in " +"the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is possible to " +"limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of the month " +"and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected day</guibutton>" +"\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> button to see the " +"results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the file</guilabel>. It is " +"possible to save the results in the .txt format by clicking on the <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:36 msgid "" -"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia" -" configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools. These logs " -"are updated each time a configuration is modified." +"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia " +"configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools. These logs are " +"updated each time a configuration is modified." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -6213,11 +5983,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:49 msgid "" -"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail " -"Alert</emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> " -"Configure the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the " -"running services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to " -"look watch. (See screenshot above)." +"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail Alert</" +"emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> Configure " +"the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the running " +"services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to look watch. " +"(See screenshot above)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -6265,8 +6035,7 @@ msgstr "Xinetd Service" msgid "BIND Domain Name Resolve" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/logdrake.xml:91 msgid "logdrake1.png" msgstr "" @@ -6275,8 +6044,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/logdrake.xml:97 msgid "" "In the next screen, select the <guilabel>Load</guilabel> value you consider " -"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows" -" the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone " +"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows " +"the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone " "out of control. The default value is 3. We recommend setting the load value " "to 3 times the number of processors." msgstr "" @@ -6302,8 +6071,8 @@ msgstr "lsnetdrake" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -6317,9 +6086,9 @@ msgstr "" #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:21 msgid "" "This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you " -"can write this help, please contact <link " -"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the " -"Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in advance." +"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/Documentation_team\"> the Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in " +"advance." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -6335,8 +6104,8 @@ msgstr "lspcidrake" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:10 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -6350,13 +6119,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:14 msgid "" -"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB," -" PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst " +"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB, " +"PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst " "packages to work." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:20 msgid "lspcidrake1.png" msgstr "lspcidrake1.png" @@ -6406,8 +6174,7 @@ msgid "" "lspcidrake and the -i option for grep." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:46 msgid "lspcidrake2.png" msgstr "" @@ -6429,8 +6196,7 @@ msgstr "Aktualizace balíčků softwaru" msgid "MageiaUpdate or drakrpm-update" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:10 msgid "MageiaUpdate.png" msgstr "" @@ -6438,17 +6204,17 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-" -"update</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</" +"emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " -"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software " -"management.</emphasis>" +"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management.</" +"emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> @@ -6463,21 +6229,20 @@ msgstr "" #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:23 msgid "" "As soon as this tool is launched, it scans the installed packages and lists " -"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by" -" default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the " +"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by " +"default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the " "<guibutton>Update</guibutton> button to start the process." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:28 msgid "" -"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of" -" the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title " +"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of " +"the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title " "means you can click to drop down a text." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:36 en/mgaapplet-config.xml:21 msgid "MageiaUpdate1.png" msgstr "" @@ -6486,8 +6251,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:33 msgid "" "When updates are available, an applet in the system tray warns you by " -"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> " -". Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike." +"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/" +"> . Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -6495,8 +6260,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Boot" msgstr "Zavádění systému" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-boot.xml:10 msgid "mcc-boot.png" msgstr "" @@ -6533,8 +6297,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Hardware" msgstr "Hardware" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:9 msgid "mcc-hardware.png" msgstr "" @@ -6551,16 +6314,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Manage your hardware" msgstr "Spravovat hardware počítače" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:22 msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure " -"hardware</emphasis>" +"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure hardware</" +"emphasis>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:27 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>" msgstr "" @@ -6570,16 +6331,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configure graphics" msgstr "Nastavit grafiku" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:36 msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop " -"effects</emphasis>" +"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop effects</" +"emphasis>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:41 msgid "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>" msgstr "" @@ -6589,14 +6348,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configure mouse and keyboard" msgstr "Nastavit myš a klávesnici" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:50 msgid "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:54 msgid "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>" msgstr "" @@ -6606,16 +6363,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configure printing and scanning" msgstr "Nastavit tisk a skenování" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:63 msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s)," -" the print job queues, ...</emphasis>" +"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s), " +"the print job queues, ...</emphasis>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:68 msgid "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>" msgstr "" @@ -6625,8 +6380,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Others" msgstr "Ostatní" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:77 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>" msgstr "" @@ -6643,21 +6397,28 @@ msgid "" "choose from in the left column, and even ten if the drakwizard package was " "installed. Each of these tabs gives a different set of tools that can be " "selected in the big right panel." -msgstr "Ovládací centrum Mageia (MCC) má na výběr v levém sloupci osm různých záložek a pokud byl nainstalován balíček drakwizard dokonce záložek deset. Každá z těchto záložek poskytuje odlišnou sadu nástrojů, které mohou být vybrány v pravé části." +msgstr "" +"Ovládací centrum Mageia (MCC) má na výběr v levém sloupci osm různých " +"záložek a pokud byl nainstalován balíček drakwizard dokonce záložek deset. " +"Každá z těchto záložek poskytuje odlišnou sadu nástrojů, které mohou být " +"vybrány v pravé části." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-intro.xml:8 msgid "" -"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related " -"tools." -msgstr "Deset následujících kapitol je o těchto deseti záložkách a souvisejících nástrojích." +"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related tools." +msgstr "" +"Deset následujících kapitol je o těchto deseti záložkách a souvisejících " +"nástrojích." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-intro.xml:10 msgid "" "The last chapter is about some other Mageia tools, that cannot be chosen in " "any of the MCC tabs." -msgstr "Poslední kapitola je o některých dalších nástrojích Mageia, které nemohou být vybrány ze záložek v MCC." +msgstr "" +"Poslední kapitola je o některých dalších nástrojích Mageia, které nemohou " +"být vybrány ze záložek v MCC." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-intro.xml:12 @@ -6671,15 +6432,16 @@ msgstr "Názvy zde se budou mnohdy shodovat s názvy obrazovek nástrojů." msgid "" "There is also a search bar available, which you can access by clicking on " "the \"Search\" tab in the left column." -msgstr "Je zde také k dispozici vyhledávací lišta, ke které můžete přistupovat kliknutím na záložku \"Hledat\" v levém sloupci." +msgstr "" +"Je zde také k dispozici vyhledávací lišta, ke které můžete přistupovat " +"kliknutím na záložku \"Hledat\" v levém sloupci." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:6 en/mcc-localdisks.xml:17 msgid "Local disks" msgstr "Místní disky" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:11 msgid "mcc-localdisks.png" msgstr "mcc-localdisks.png" @@ -6711,8 +6473,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Network Services" msgstr "Síťové služby" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:9 msgid "mcc-networkservices.png" msgstr "" @@ -6720,8 +6481,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:15 msgid "" -"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if" -" the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose " +"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if " +"the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose " "between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or " "on <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>to learn more." msgstr "" @@ -6756,8 +6517,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Network Sharing" msgstr "Sdílení v síti" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:9 msgid "mcc-networksharing.png" msgstr "mcc-networksharing.png" @@ -6774,14 +6534,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configure Windows(R) shares" msgstr "Nastavit sdílení s Windows" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:18 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:19 msgid "" "<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Share drives and " @@ -6793,14 +6551,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configure NFS shares" msgstr "Nastavit sdílení pomocí NFS" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:23 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:24 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>" msgstr "" @@ -6810,8 +6566,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configure WebDAV shares" msgstr "Nastavit sdílení pomocí WebDAV" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:28 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>" msgstr "" @@ -6821,8 +6576,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Network and Internet" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-network.xml:8 msgid "mcc-network.png" msgstr "" @@ -6830,8 +6584,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:12 msgid "" -"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link" -" below to learn more." +"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link " +"below to learn more." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> @@ -6839,20 +6593,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Manage your network devices" msgstr "Spravovat síťová zařízení" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:21 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:25 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:29 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>" msgstr "" @@ -6862,32 +6613,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Personalize and Secure your network" msgstr "Přizpůsobit síť a nastavit její zabezpečení" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:39 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:43 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:47 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:51 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:61 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" msgstr "" @@ -6897,8 +6643,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Security" msgstr "Bezpečnost" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-security.xml:10 msgid "mcc-security.png" msgstr "" @@ -6942,8 +6687,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Sharing" msgstr "Sdílení" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:9 msgid "mcc-sharing.png" msgstr "" @@ -6952,8 +6696,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:15 msgid "" "This screen and the one for <emphasis>Network Services</emphasis> are only " -"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can" -" choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link " +"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can " +"choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link " "below or on <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/>to learn more." msgstr "" @@ -6972,8 +6716,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "System" msgstr "Systém" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-system.xml:9 msgid "mcc-system.png" msgstr "" @@ -6990,20 +6733,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Manage system services" msgstr "Spravovat systémové služby" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:20 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:24 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"></xref>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:28 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>" msgstr "" @@ -7013,14 +6753,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Localization" msgstr "Lokalizace" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:37 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"></xref>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:41 msgid "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>" msgstr "" @@ -7030,34 +6768,29 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Administration tools" msgstr "Nástroje pro správu" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:50 msgid "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:54 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"></xref>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:58 msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Manage users on " -"system</emphasis>" +"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Manage users on system</" +"emphasis>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:62 msgid "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"></xref>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:66 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>" msgstr "" @@ -7071,24 +6804,24 @@ msgstr "Ovládací centrum Mageia" #: en/MCC.xml:6 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" -"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" +"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/MCC.xml:9 msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link " -"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link " -"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/MCC.xml:11 msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link " -"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation " -"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" +"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" +"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -7101,8 +6834,7 @@ msgstr "Nastavit frekvenci aktualizací" msgid "mgaapplet-config" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:10 msgid "mgaapplet-config.png" msgstr "" @@ -7110,18 +6842,18 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " -"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software " -"management</emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / " -"Updates configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder " -"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray." +"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management</" +"emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / Updates " +"configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject" +"\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -7129,8 +6861,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check for " "updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check. The " -"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is " -"out." +"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is out." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -7143,8 +6874,7 @@ msgstr "Nastavit polohovací zařízení (myš, touchpad)" msgid "mousedrake" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mousedrake.xml:11 msgid "mousedrake.png" msgstr "" @@ -7152,8 +6882,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/mousedrake.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -7166,8 +6896,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mousedrake.xml:20 msgid "" -"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by" -" Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse." +"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by " +"Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -7189,8 +6919,7 @@ msgstr "MSEC: Zabezpečení a audit systému" msgid "msecgui" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:13 msgid "msecgui.png" msgstr "" @@ -7198,15 +6927,15 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:21 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:21 msgid "" -"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface" -" for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two " +"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface " +"for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two " "approaches:" msgstr "" @@ -7227,10 +6956,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:38 msgid "" -"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure" -" a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or " -"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your" -" own customised security levels." +"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure " +"a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or " +"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your " +"own customised security levels." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -7266,20 +6995,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "msec itself with some information:" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:68 msgid "enabled or not" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:72 msgid "the configured Base security level" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:76 msgid "" "the date of the last Periodic checks and a button to see a detailed report " @@ -7294,13 +7020,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:88 msgid "" -"A click on the second tab or on the Security " -"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown " -"below." +"A click on the second tab or on the Security <guibutton>Configure</" +"guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown below." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:94 msgid "msecgui2.png" msgstr "" @@ -7318,20 +7042,20 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:106 msgid "" -"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab" -" allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then" -" in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The " +"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab " +"allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then " +"in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The " "following levels are available:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:113 msgid "" -"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you" -" do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on" -" your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or " -"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only" -" if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system " +"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you " +"do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on " +"your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or " +"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only " +"if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system " "vulnerable to attack." msgstr "" @@ -7349,21 +7073,21 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:131 msgid "" -"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when" -" you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable. It further restricts" -" system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to " -"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and" -" 5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)." +"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when " +"you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable. It further restricts " +"system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to " +"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and " +"5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:140 msgid "" "Besides those levels, different task-oriented security are also provided, " -"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> levels. Such levels attempt to pre-" -"configure system security according to the most common use cases." +"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> " +"levels. Such levels attempt to pre-configure system security according to " +"the most common use cases." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> @@ -7377,12 +7101,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:156 msgid "" -"These levels are saved in " -"<filename>etc/security/msec/level.<levelname></filename>. You can define " -"your own customised security levels, saving them into specific files called " -"<filename>level.<levelname></filename>, placed into the folder " -"<filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is intended for power" -" users which require a customised or more secure system configuration." +"These levels are saved in <filename>etc/security/msec/level.<levelname></" +"filename>. You can define your own customised security levels, saving them " +"into specific files called <filename>level.<levelname></filename>, placed " +"into the folder <filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is " +"intended for power users which require a customised or more secure system " +"configuration." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para> @@ -7400,11 +7124,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:173 msgid "" -"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email " -"to:</guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent " -"by local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You" -" can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail" -" and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive " +"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email to:</" +"guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent by " +"local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You " +"can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail " +"and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive " "the security alerts directly on your desktop. Check the relevant box to " "enable it." msgstr "" @@ -7413,8 +7137,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/msecgui.xml:182 msgid "" "It is strongly advisable to enable the security alerts option in order to " -"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems." -" If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files " +"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems. " +"If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files " "available in <filename>/var/log/security.</filename>" msgstr "" @@ -7427,11 +7151,11 @@ msgstr "" #: en/msecgui.xml:190 msgid "" "Creating a customised level is not the only way to customise the computer " -"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change" -" any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in " -"<filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains " -"the current security level name and the list of all the modifications done " -"to the options." +"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change " +"any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in <filename>/" +"etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains the current " +"security level name and the list of all the modifications done to the " +"options." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> @@ -7443,12 +7167,11 @@ msgstr "" #: en/msecgui.xml:201 msgid "" "This tab displays all the security options on the left side column, a " -"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side" -" column." +"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side " +"column." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:207 msgid "msecgui3.png" msgstr "" @@ -7463,8 +7186,7 @@ msgid "" "choice." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:219 msgid "msecgui11.png" msgstr "" @@ -7478,8 +7200,7 @@ msgid "" "saving them." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:232 msgid "msecgui10.png" msgstr "" @@ -7495,8 +7216,7 @@ msgid "" "This tab displays all the network options and works like the previous tab" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:245 msgid "msecgui4.png" msgstr "" @@ -7521,8 +7241,7 @@ msgid "" "checked. Changes are done like in the previous tabs." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:264 msgid "msecgui5.png" msgstr "" @@ -7536,14 +7255,13 @@ msgstr "" #: en/msecgui.xml:272 msgid "" "Sometimes alert messages are due to well known and wanted situations. In " -"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab" -" allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert" -" messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot " +"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab " +"allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert " +"messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot " "below shows four exceptions." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:280 msgid "msecgui6.png" msgstr "" @@ -7551,12 +7269,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:284 msgid "" -"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> " -"button" +"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> button" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:289 msgid "msecgui7.png" msgstr "" @@ -7565,11 +7281,10 @@ msgstr "" #: en/msecgui.xml:293 msgid "" "Select the wanted periodic check in the drop down list called " -"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the " -"<guilabel>Exception</guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is " -"obviously not definitive, you can either delete it using the " -"<guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> " -"tab or modify it with a double clicK." +"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the <guilabel>Exception</" +"guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is obviously not definitive, " +"you can either delete it using the <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of " +"the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> tab or modify it with a double clicK." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> @@ -7594,13 +7309,12 @@ msgid "" "the folder <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename> . This function is " "intended for power users which require a customised configuration. It is " "also possible to use the tab presented here after to change any permission " -"you want. Current configuration is stored in " -"<filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the " -"list of all the modifications done to the permissions." +"you want. Current configuration is stored in <filename>/etc/security/msec/" +"perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the list of all the modifications " +"done to the permissions." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:318 msgid "msecgui8.png" msgstr "" @@ -7609,16 +7323,16 @@ msgstr "" #: en/msecgui.xml:321 msgid "" "Default permissions are visible as a list of rules (a rule per line). You " -"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the" -" owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a" -" given rule:" +"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the " +"owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a " +"given rule:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:327 msgid "" -"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the" -" defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message " +"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the " +"defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message " "if not, but does not change anything." msgstr "" @@ -7633,20 +7347,19 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:337 msgid "" -"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly." +"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:339 msgid "" -"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button" -" and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed " -"in the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification." +"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button " +"and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed in " +"the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:345 msgid "msecgui9.png" msgstr "" @@ -7672,11 +7385,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Changes in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permission tab</emphasis> (or " "directly in the configuration file) are taken into account at the first " -"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken " -"immediately into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root " -"rights. You can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions" -" that will be changed by msecperms." +"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken immediately " +"into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root rights. You " +"can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions that will " +"be changed by msecperms." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para> @@ -7699,8 +7412,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:7 msgid "" "There are more Mageia tools than those that can be started in the Mageia " -"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the" -" next pages." +"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the " +"next pages." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> @@ -7738,8 +7451,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "rpmdrake" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:11 msgid "rpmdrake.png" msgstr "" @@ -7752,8 +7464,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:21 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -7768,19 +7480,18 @@ msgid "" "certain types of packages: you may display only installed applications (by " "default), or only available updates. You can also view only not installed " "packages. You can also search by the name of a package, or in the summaries " -"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names" -" included in the packages." +"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names " +"included in the packages." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:35 msgid "" -"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend" -"=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ." +"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend=" +"\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:43 msgid "rpmdrake8.png" msgstr "" @@ -7789,8 +7500,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/rpmdrake.xml:38 msgid "" "During the installation, the configured repository is the medium used for " -"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake" -" will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up " +"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake " +"will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up " "window : <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the above message " "annoys you and you have a good internet connection without too strict " "download limit, it is wise to remove that medium and replace it by online " @@ -7809,8 +7520,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The main parts of the screen" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:60 msgid "rpmdrake1.png" msgstr "" @@ -7826,24 +7536,24 @@ msgid "" "This filter allows you to display only certain types of packages. The first " "time you start the manager, it only displays applications with a graphical " "interface. You can display either all the packages and all their " -"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only," -" updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia." +"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only, " +"updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:77 msgid "" "The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or Mageia, who " -"probably do not want command line or specialist tools. Since you're reading" -" this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge" -" of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"." +"probably do not want command line or specialist tools. Since you're reading " +"this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge " +"of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:86 msgid "" -"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> " -"</firstterm>" +"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> </" +"firstterm>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> @@ -7900,8 +7610,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:120 msgid "" -"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and" -" sub categories." +"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and " +"sub categories." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> @@ -7913,8 +7623,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/rpmdrake.xml:127 msgid "" "This panel displays the package's name, its summary and complete " -"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It" -" can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the " +"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It " +"can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the " "package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer." msgstr "" @@ -7931,78 +7641,71 @@ msgid "" "list of packages fulfilling your query and, don't forget, the chosen medium " "is shown with different status markers according to whether each package is " "installed/not installed/an update... To change this status, just check or " -"uncheck the box before the package name and click on " -"<guibutton>Apply</guibutton>." +"uncheck the box before the package name and click on <guibutton>Apply</" +"guibutton>." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:155 msgid "Icon" msgstr "Ikona" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:157 msgid "Legend" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:165 -msgid "rpmdrake2.png" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../rpmdrake2.png" +msgstr "harddrake2.png" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:169 msgid "This package is already installed" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:175 -msgid "rpmdrake3.png" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../rpmdrake3.png" +msgstr "drak3d.png" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:179 msgid "This package will be installed" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:185 -msgid "rpmdrake4.png" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../rpmdrake4.png" +msgstr "harddrake2.png" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:189 msgid "This package cannot be modified" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:195 -msgid "rpmdrake5.png" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../rpmdrake5.png" +msgstr "harddrake2.png" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:199 msgid "This package is an update" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:205 -msgid "rpmdrake6.png" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../rpmdrake6.png" +msgstr "harddrake2.png" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:209 msgid "This package will be uninstalled" msgstr "" @@ -8038,8 +7741,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The dependencies" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:240 msgid "rpmdrake7.png" msgstr "" @@ -8047,14 +7749,14 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:245 msgid "" -"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They" -" are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an " +"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They " +"are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an " "information window allowing you to choose whether to accept the selected " "dependencies, cancel the operation or get more information (see above). It " "may also happen that various packages are able to provide the needed " "library, in which case rpmdrake displays the list of alternatives with a " -"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to" -" install." +"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to " +"install." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -8113,8 +7815,7 @@ msgid "" "gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet installed." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:44 msgid "scannerdrake.png" msgstr "" @@ -8131,8 +7832,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/scannerdrake.xml:55 msgid "" "In that case, you might now want to want to configure the <emphasis>Scanner " -"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref " -"linkend=\"scannersharing\"/>." +"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref linkend=" +"\"scannersharing\"/>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -8147,12 +7848,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:64 msgid "" -"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the" -" list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>" +"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the " +"list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:69 msgid "scannerdrake2.png" msgstr "" @@ -8160,17 +7860,17 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:76 msgid "" -"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click " -"<emphasis>Cancel</emphasis>" +"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click <emphasis>Cancel</" +"emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:79 msgid "" -"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link " -"xlink:href=\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: " -"Supported Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link " -"xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." +"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link xlink:href=" +"\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Supported " +"Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://forums." +"mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title> @@ -8178,23 +7878,26 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Choose port" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:91 msgid "scannerdrake3.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><figure> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:86 -msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>" -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>" +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" +"\"1\"/>" +msgstr "" +"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" +"\"1\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:97 msgid "" -"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available " -"ports</emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that" -" case, select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one." +"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available ports</" +"emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that case, " +"select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -8207,12 +7910,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:104 msgid "" -"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref " -"linkend=\"scannerextrasteps\"/>." +"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref linkend=" +"\"scannerextrasteps\"/>." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:108 msgid "scannerdrake4.png" msgstr "" @@ -8222,8 +7924,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Scannersharing" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:122 msgid "scannerdrake5.png" msgstr "" @@ -8231,8 +7932,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:128 msgid "" -"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be" -" accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also " +"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be " +"accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also " "decide here whether scanners on remote machines should be made available on " "this machine." msgstr "" @@ -8252,8 +7953,7 @@ msgid "" "from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:143 msgid "scannerdrake6.png" msgstr "" @@ -8263,8 +7963,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Scanner sharing to hosts: you can add host." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:153 msgid "scannerdrake7.png" msgstr "" @@ -8276,8 +7975,7 @@ msgid "" "machines." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:164 msgid "scannerdrake8.png" msgstr "" @@ -8287,8 +7985,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "\"All remote machines\" are allowed to access the local scanner." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:175 msgid "scannerdrake9.png" msgstr "" @@ -8325,8 +8022,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:193 msgid "" -"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and " -"<emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> to be started on boot." +"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and <emphasis>xinetd</" +"emphasis> to be started on boot." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -8344,8 +8041,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Most HP scanners are managed from <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> " "(hplip) which also manages printers. In this case, this tool does not allow " -"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device " -"Manager</emphasis>." +"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device Manager</" +"emphasis>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -8356,13 +8053,13 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:216 msgid "" -"Drivers are available from <link " -"xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this" -" page</link>. When indicated, you must install the <emphasis>iscan-" -"data</emphasis> package first, then <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this " -"order). It is possible that the <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will " -"generate a warning about a conflict with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users " -"have reported that this warning can be ignored." +"Drivers are available from <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/" +"dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this page</link>. When indicated, you must " +"install the <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> package first, then " +"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this order). It is possible that the " +"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will generate a warning about a conflict " +"with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users have reported that this warning can be " +"ignored." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> @@ -8398,16 +8095,16 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:246 msgid "" -"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the " -"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>" +"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/" +"\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:250 msgid "" "Read those or other instructions you get carefully and if you don't know " -"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link " -"xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." +"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://" +"forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> @@ -8415,8 +8112,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Software Management" msgstr "Správa softwaru" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/software-management.xml:10 msgid "software-management.png" msgstr "software-management.png" @@ -8424,9 +8120,11 @@ msgstr "software-management.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/software-management.xml:14 msgid "" -"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management." -" Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "Na této obrazovce si můžete vybrat mezi několika nástroji pro správu softwaru. Pokud se chcete dozvědět více klikněte na některý z odkazů níže." +"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management. " +"Click on a link below to learn more." +msgstr "" +"Na této obrazovce si můžete vybrat mezi několika nástroji pro správu " +"softwaru. Pokud se chcete dozvědět více klikněte na některý z odkazů níže." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/software-management.xml:17 @@ -8436,9 +8134,11 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/software-management.xml:20 msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your " -"system</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Aktualizovat váš systém</emphasis>" +"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your system</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Aktualizovat váš systém</" +"emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/software-management.xml:23 @@ -8450,7 +8150,9 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>" msgid "" "<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configure media " "sources for install and update</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Nastavení zdrojů software pro instalaci a aktualizaci</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Nastavení zdrojů " +"software pro instalaci a aktualizaci</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:8 @@ -8462,8 +8164,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "system-config-printer" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:16 msgid "system-config-printer.png" msgstr "" @@ -8498,8 +8199,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Printer installation is carried out in the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> " "section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select the <guilabel>Configure " -"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" " -"id=\"0\"/>." +"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/" +">." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -8543,11 +8244,11 @@ msgstr "" #: en/system-config-printer.xml:63 msgid "" "This usually refers to USB printers. The utility automatically finds the " -"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click " -"\"Next\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be " +"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click \"Next" +"\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be " "automatically installed. If there is more than one driver or no known " -"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the" -" next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>" +"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the " +"next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -8555,8 +8256,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "No automatically detected printer" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:76 msgid "printer3.png" msgstr "" @@ -8564,8 +8264,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:80 msgid "" -"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window" -" to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following " +"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window " +"to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following " "options." msgstr "" @@ -8619,17 +8319,17 @@ msgstr "" #: en/system-config-printer.xml:123 msgid "" "Network printers are printers that are attached directly to a wired or " -"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to" -" another workstation that serves as printserver." +"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to " +"another workstation that serves as printserver." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:128 msgid "" -"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed" -" IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the " -"same as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a " -"fixed one." +"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed " +"IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the same " +"as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a fixed " +"one." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -8637,8 +8337,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The printer's Mac-address is a serial number given to the printer or " "printserver or computer it is attached to, that can be obtained from a " -"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label" -" on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a " +"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label " +"on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a " "Mageia system, you can run <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> on it " "as root to find the MAC-address. It is the sequence of numbers and letters " "after \"HWaddr\"." @@ -8647,9 +8347,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:142 msgid "" -"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to" -" your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose," -" you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find " +"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to " +"your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose, " +"you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find " "Network Printer</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> menu " "and give the IP address of the printer in the box on the right, where it " "says \"host\"." @@ -8666,8 +8366,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:154 msgid "" -"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find" -" which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names." +"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find " +"which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -8684,9 +8384,9 @@ msgid "" "known on the network. This technique is also used inside some ADSL-routers " "which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this case, the IP-" "address is that of the router. Note that the tool \"Hp Device manager\" can " -"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like " -"<emphasis>hp:/net/<name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed " -"IP-adress is not required." +"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like <emphasis>hp:/" +"net/<name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed IP-adress is " +"not required." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -8695,12 +8395,11 @@ msgid "" "Choose the option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> as the " "protocol and set the address in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, do not change " "the <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, unless you know that it needs to be " -"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is" -" the same as above." +"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is " +"the same as above." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:180 msgid "printer5.png" msgstr "" @@ -8730,8 +8429,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:205 msgid "" -"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but" -" with TLS secured protocol." +"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but " +"with TLS secured protocol." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -8794,9 +8493,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:251 msgid "" -"Additional information can be found in the <link " -"ns2:href=\"http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS" -" documentation.</link>" +"Additional information can be found in the <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups." +"org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS documentation.</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -8808,12 +8506,11 @@ msgstr "" #: en/system-config-printer.xml:258 msgid "" "You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access to " -"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your" -" system, but you can specify a different one with the " -"<guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, " -"another window which gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters" -" of the server, following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | " -"<guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>" +"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your " +"system, but you can specify a different one with the <guimenu>Server</" +"guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, another window which " +"gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters of the server, " +"following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -8831,23 +8528,23 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:273 msgid "" -"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the " -"<guimenu>Help</guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu." +"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the <guimenu>Help</" +"guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:280 msgid "" "It is possible that some drivers for specific printers are not available in " -"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link " -"ns2:href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to " -"check if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package" -" is already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, " -"redo the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report" -" the problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this " -"tool and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer " -"works or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-" -"date drivers or for more recent devices." +"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link ns2:" +"href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to check " +"if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package is " +"already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, redo " +"the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report the " +"problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this tool " +"and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer works " +"or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-date " +"drivers or for more recent devices." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -8858,10 +8555,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:294 msgid "" -"<link " -"ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download_prn.html\">This" -" page</link> give a list of drivers provided by Brother. Search the driver " -"for your device, download the rpm(s) and install." +"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/" +"en/download_prn.html\">This page</link> give a list of drivers provided by " +"Brother. Search the driver for your device, download the rpm(s) and install." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -8873,8 +8569,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:301 msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one " -"devices</emphasis>" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one devices</" +"emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -8882,10 +8578,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "These devices use the hplip tool. It is installed automatically after the " "detection or the selection of the printer. You can find other information " -"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-" -"web/index.html\">here</link>. The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available " -"in the <guilabel>System</guilabel> menu. Also view <link " -"ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-" +"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">here</" +"link>. The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available in the <guilabel>System</" +"guilabel> menu. Also view <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-" "web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">configuration</link> for the management " "of the printer." msgstr "" @@ -8910,9 +8605,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:321 msgid "" -"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link " -"ns2:href=\"http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> " -"for the QPDL protocol." +"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link ns2:href=\"http://" +"foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> for the QPDL " +"protocol." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -8923,12 +8618,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:326 msgid "" -"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link " -"ns2:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this" -" search page</link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-" -"data\" package first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package" -" can also be available and is to install. Choose the " -"<emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages according to your architecture." +"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link ns2:href=\"http://" +"download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this search page</" +"link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-data\" package " +"first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package can also be " +"available and is to install. Choose the <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages " +"according to your architecture." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -8960,8 +8655,7 @@ msgstr "Importovat dokumenty a nastavení z MS Windows" msgid "transfugdrake" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:17 msgid "transfugdrake.png" msgstr "" @@ -8969,8 +8663,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:22 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -8986,9 +8680,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The tool allows an administrator to import the user documents and settings " "from a <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark " -"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark " -"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> " -"installation on the same computer as the Mageia installation." +"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark class=\"registered" +"\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> installation on the same " +"computer as the Mageia installation." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> @@ -9018,12 +8712,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "When the detection step is complete you will see a page which allows you to " "choose accounts in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> and " -"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account" -" than yours own." +"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account " +"than yours own." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:51 msgid "transfugdrake1.png" msgstr "" @@ -9032,9 +8725,9 @@ msgstr "" #: en/transfugdrake.xml:56 msgid "" "Please take into account that due to migrate-assistant (the backend of " -"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark " -"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> user account names with special " -"symbols can be displayed incorrectly." +"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</" +"trademark> user account names with special symbols can be displayed " +"incorrectly." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> @@ -9048,22 +8741,20 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Some <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> applications " "(especially drivers) may create user accounts for different purposes. For " -"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark " -"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>are updated using " -"<emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not use such accounts for the " -"import purposes." +"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</" +"trademark>are updated using <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not " +"use such accounts for the import purposes." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:74 msgid "" -"When you finished with the accounts selection press " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method" -" to import documents:" +"When you finished with the accounts selection press <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import " +"documents:" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:80 msgid "transfugdrake2.png" msgstr "" @@ -9071,23 +8762,21 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:84 msgid "" -"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark " -"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> data from <emphasis>My " -"Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</emphasis> and <emphasis>My " -"Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to skip import by selecting the " -"appropriate item in this window." +"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</" +"trademark> data from <emphasis>My Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</" +"emphasis> and <emphasis>My Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to " +"skip import by selecting the appropriate item in this window." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:89 msgid "" "When you finished with the document import method choosing press " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method" -" to import bookmarks:" +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method " +"to import bookmarks:" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:95 msgid "transfugdrake3.png" msgstr "" @@ -9103,8 +8792,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:103 msgid "" -"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton>" -" button." +"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> " +"button." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -9112,8 +8801,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The next page allows you to import desktop background:" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:116 msgid "transfugdrake4.png" msgstr "" @@ -9121,8 +8809,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:120 msgid "" -"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> " -"button." +"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -9132,8 +8819,7 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:128 msgid "transfugdrake5.png" msgstr "" @@ -9148,8 +8834,7 @@ msgstr "Uživatelé a skupiny" msgid "userdrake" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/userdrake.xml:18 msgid "userdrake.png" msgstr "" @@ -9157,8 +8842,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:23 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -9173,15 +8858,15 @@ msgstr "" #: en/userdrake.xml:27 msgid "" "The tool allows an administrator to manage the users and the groups, this " -"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings" -" (ID, shell, ...)" +"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings " +"(ID, shell, ...)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:31 msgid "" -"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in" -" the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the " +"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in " +"the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the " "<guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way." msgstr "" @@ -9195,8 +8880,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "This button opens a new window with all fields shown empty:" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/userdrake.xml:41 msgid "userdrake1.png" msgstr "" @@ -9217,18 +8901,18 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:52 msgid "" -"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended." -" There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, " -"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower" -" and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn " +"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended. " +"There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, " +"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower " +"and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn " "orange and then green as the password strength improves." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:59 msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure" -" you entered what you intended to." +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure " +"you entered what you intended to." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -9283,8 +8967,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Account Info</emphasis>:" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/userdrake.xml:87 msgid "userdrake2.png" msgstr "" @@ -9317,8 +9000,7 @@ msgid "" "password periodically." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/userdrake.xml:106 msgid "userdrake3.png" msgstr "" @@ -9364,10 +9046,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:128 msgid "" -"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">Delete</emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears " -"to ask if home directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private " -"group has been created for the user, it will be deleted as well." +"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Delete</" +"emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears to ask if home " +"directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private group has been " +"created for the user, it will be deleted as well." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> @@ -9383,8 +9065,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:138 msgid "" -"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to" -" refresh the display." +"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to " +"refresh the display." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -9398,8 +9080,8 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">guest</emphasis> is a special account. It is " "intended to give somebody temporary access to the system with total " "security. Login is xguest, there is no password, and it is impossible to " -"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories" -" are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, " +"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories " +"are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, " "to disable it, click in the menu on<guimenu> Actions -> Uninstall guest " "account</guimenu>." msgstr "" @@ -9414,8 +9096,7 @@ msgstr "Nastavit grafický server" msgid "XFdrake" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/XFdrake.xml:10 msgid "XFdrake.png" msgstr "" @@ -9423,9 +9104,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:17 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing " -"<emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> " -"as root. Mind the capital letters." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>XFdrake</" +"emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> as root. Mind the " +"capital letters." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -9433,8 +9114,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the " -"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" " -"id=\"0\"/>" +"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=" +"\"0\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -9484,8 +9165,7 @@ msgstr "" #: en/XFdrake.xml:39 msgid "" "If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to " -"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for " -"example)." +"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for example)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -9497,8 +9177,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/XFdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and " -"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor" -" isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the " +"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor " +"isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the " "<guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list a monitor with the same features." msgstr "" @@ -9514,8 +9194,7 @@ msgid "" "colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/XFdrake.xml:61 msgid "XFdrake1.png" msgstr "" @@ -9530,8 +9209,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:66 msgid "" -"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another" -" one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card " +"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another " +"one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card " "and the monitor, it is possible to click on <guilabel>Other</guilabel> to " "set other resolutions, but bear in mind that you can damage your monitor or " "select an uncomfortable setting." @@ -9540,8 +9219,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:72 msgid "" -"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for" -" another one." +"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for " +"another one." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> @@ -9568,8 +9247,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/XFdrake.xml:90 msgid "" "In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a " -"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use" -" XFdrake's text version." +"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use " +"XFdrake's text version." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -9604,16 +9283,16 @@ msgstr "" #: en/XFdrake.xml:107 msgid "" "<guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time, " -"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon " -"booting</emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it " -"may be unchecked for a server." +"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon booting</" +"emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it may be " +"unchecked for a server." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:112 msgid "" -"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask" -" you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the " +"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask " +"you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the " "previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect " "and reconnect to activate the new configuration." msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de.po b/docs/mcc-help/de.po index e55c14fd..ff5966af 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/de.po +++ b/docs/mcc-help/de.po @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-01-28 18:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-02-24 19:21+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-01-24 12:00+0000\n" "Last-Translator: psyca\n" "Language-Team: German (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" @@ -2830,7 +2830,8 @@ msgstr "Prinzipien" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakgw.xml:29 -msgid "drakgw-net.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../drakgw-net.png" msgstr "drakgw-net.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -3113,22 +3114,26 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:43 -msgid "draknetcenterEthernet-on.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png" msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:47 -msgid "draknetcenterEthernet-off.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png" msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:52 -msgid "draknetcenterWireless-off.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png" msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:56 -msgid "draknetcenterWireless-on.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png" msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -8096,7 +8101,8 @@ msgstr "Legende" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:165 -msgid "rpmdrake2.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../rpmdrake2.png" msgstr "../rpmdrake2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> @@ -8106,7 +8112,8 @@ msgstr "Dieses Paket ist bereits installiert" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:175 -msgid "rpmdrake3.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../rpmdrake3.png" msgstr "../rpmdrake3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> @@ -8116,7 +8123,8 @@ msgstr "Dieses Paket wird installiert" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:185 -msgid "rpmdrake4.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../rpmdrake4.png" msgstr "../rpmdrake4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> @@ -8126,7 +8134,8 @@ msgstr "Dieses Paket kann nicht modifiziert werden" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:195 -msgid "rpmdrake5.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../rpmdrake5.png" msgstr "../rpmdrake5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> @@ -8136,7 +8145,8 @@ msgstr "Dieses Paket ist eine Aktualisierung" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:205 -msgid "rpmdrake6.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../rpmdrake6.png" msgstr "../rpmdrake6.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el.po b/docs/mcc-help/el.po index 5de3ba72..db4fa02c 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/el.po +++ b/docs/mcc-help/el.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia Control Center Help 4.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-30 20:33+0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-02-24 19:21+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-02-23 14:14+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Dimitrios Glentadakis <dglent@free.fr>\n" "Language-Team: Greek <i18n-el@ml.mageia.org>\n" @@ -1197,12 +1197,11 @@ msgid "" "command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'." msgstr "" "Επιλέξτε την <guibutton>«Εκτέλεση του γραφικού περιβάλλοντος κατά την " -"εκκίνηση του " -"συστήματος»</guibutton>, αν επιθυμείτε την εκκίνηση του συστήματος γραφικού " -"περιβάλλοντος X Window System κατά την εκκίνηση. Διαφορετικά, το σύστημα θα " -"εκκινηθεί σε λειτουργία κειμένου (χωρίς γραφικό περιβάλλον). Αυτό μπορεί να " -"πραγματοποιηθεί χειροκίνητα εκτελώντας την εντολή «startx» ή «systemctl " -"start dm»." +"εκκίνηση του συστήματος»</guibutton>, αν επιθυμείτε την εκκίνηση του " +"συστήματος γραφικού περιβάλλοντος X Window System κατά την εκκίνηση. " +"Διαφορετικά, το σύστημα θα εκκινηθεί σε λειτουργία κειμένου (χωρίς γραφικό " +"περιβάλλον). Αυτό μπορεί να πραγματοποιηθεί χειροκίνητα εκτελώντας την " +"εντολή «startx» ή «systemctl start dm»." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:34 @@ -3393,7 +3392,8 @@ msgstr "Αρχές λειτουργίας" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakgw.xml:29 -msgid "drakgw-net.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../drakgw-net.png" msgstr "drakgw-net.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -3732,8 +3732,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Αυτό το εργαλείο<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> θα το βρείτε στην " "καρτέλα Δίκτυο & Διαδίκτυο στο Κέντρο Ελέγχου Mageia με την ονομασία " -"«Κέντρο " -"δικτύου»" +"«Κέντρο δικτύου»" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:31 @@ -3758,22 +3757,26 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:43 -msgid "draknetcenterEthernet-on.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png" msgstr "draknetcenterEthernet-on.png" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:47 -msgid "draknetcenterEthernet-off.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png" msgstr "draknetcenterEthernet-off.png" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:52 -msgid "draknetcenterWireless-off.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png" msgstr "draknetcenterWireless-off.png" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:56 -msgid "draknetcenterWireless-on.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png" msgstr "draknetcenterWireless-on.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -3984,8 +3987,8 @@ msgstr "" "Επιλέξτε <guilabel>Διαχειριζόμενο</guilabel> αν η σύνδεση γίνεται μέσω ενός " "σημείου πρόσβασης, εντοπίζεται ένα <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis>. " "Επιλέξτε <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> αν πρόκειται για ένα δίκτυο από " -"υπολογιστή σε υπολογιστή (peer-to-peer). Επιλέξτε <emphasis role=\"bold\">" -"Κύριο</emphasis> αν το δίκτυό σας μπορεί να χρησιμοποιηθεί ως σημείο " +"υπολογιστή σε υπολογιστή (peer-to-peer). Επιλέξτε <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Κύριο</emphasis> αν το δίκτυό σας μπορεί να χρησιμοποιηθεί ως σημείο " "πρόσβασης, θα πρέπει να το υποστηρίζει η κάρτα σας." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -4008,18 +4011,18 @@ msgid "" "personal or WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> is not often used " "in private networks." msgstr "" -"Το <guilabel>WEP</guilabel> χρησιμοποιεί έναν κωδικό πρόσβασης ο οποίος είναι " -"ασθενέστερος σε σύγκριση με αυτόν του WPA που χρησιμοποιεί ένα συνθηματικό. " -"Το <guilabel>ήδη κοινόχρηστο κλειδί WPA</guilabel> λέγεται επίσης προσωπικό " -"WPA ή οικιακό WPA. Το <guilabel>Εταιρικό WPA</guilabel> δεν χρησιμοποιείται " -"συχνά σε ιδιωτικά δίκτυα." +"Το <guilabel>WEP</guilabel> χρησιμοποιεί έναν κωδικό πρόσβασης ο οποίος " +"είναι ασθενέστερος σε σύγκριση με αυτόν του WPA που χρησιμοποιεί ένα " +"συνθηματικό. Το <guilabel>ήδη κοινόχρηστο κλειδί WPA</guilabel> λέγεται " +"επίσης προσωπικό WPA ή οικιακό WPA. Το <guilabel>Εταιρικό WPA</guilabel> δεν " +"χρησιμοποιείται συχνά σε ιδιωτικά δίκτυα." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:180 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow access point roaming</emphasis>:" msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Επιτρέπεται η περιαγωγή του σημείου πρόσβασης<" -"/emphasis>:" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Επιτρέπεται η περιαγωγή του σημείου πρόσβασης</" +"emphasis>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:182 @@ -4027,8 +4030,8 @@ msgid "" "Roaming is a technology which enables allows computer to change its access " "point while remaining connected to the network." msgstr "" -"Η περιαγωγή είναι μια τεχνολογία ή οποία επιτρέπει σε υπολογιστές να αλλάζουν " -"σημείο πρόσβασης ενώ παραμένουν συνδεδεμένοι στο δίκτυο." +"Η περιαγωγή είναι μια τεχνολογία ή οποία επιτρέπει σε υπολογιστές να " +"αλλάζουν σημείο πρόσβασης ενώ παραμένουν συνδεδεμένοι στο δίκτυο." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:193 @@ -4135,8 +4138,8 @@ msgid "" "configuration tool." msgstr "" "Εμφανίζεται μια λίστα με τους κοινόχρηστους καταλόγους. Σε αυτό το βήμα, η " -"λίστα είναι κενή. Το κουμπί <guibutton>Προσθήκη</guibutton> δίνει πρόσβαση σε " -"ένα εργαλείο διαχείρισης." +"λίστα είναι κενή. Το κουμπί <guibutton>Προσθήκη</guibutton> δίνει πρόσβαση " +"σε ένα εργαλείο διαχείρισης." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:50 @@ -4151,8 +4154,8 @@ msgid "" "available." msgstr "" "Το εργαλείο διαμόρφωσης έχει τίτλο παραθύρου «Επεξεργασία καταχώρησης». " -"Μπορείτε επίσης να το ανοίξετε από το κουμπί <guibutton>Επεξεργασία<" -"/guibutton>. Υπάρχουν διαθέσιμες οι παρακάτω παράμετροι." +"Μπορείτε επίσης να το ανοίξετε από το κουμπί <guibutton>Επεξεργασία</" +"guibutton>. Υπάρχουν διαθέσιμες οι παρακάτω παράμετροι." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknfs.xml:58 @@ -4171,8 +4174,9 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Directory</guibutton> button gives access to a browser to choose " "it." msgstr "" -"Εδώ μπορείτε να προσδιορίσετε τον κοινόχρηστο κατάλογο. Το κουμπί <guibutton>" -"Κατάλογος</guibutton> σας δίνει πρόσβαση στον διάλογο επιλογής αρχείων." +"Εδώ μπορείτε να προσδιορίσετε τον κοινόχρηστο κατάλογο. Το κουμπί " +"<guibutton>Κατάλογος</guibutton> σας δίνει πρόσβαση στον διάλογο επιλογής " +"αρχείων." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:72 @@ -4217,9 +4221,9 @@ msgid "" "characters * and ?. For instance: *.cs.foo.edu matches all hosts in the " "domain cs.foo.edu." msgstr "" -"<emphasis>σύμβολα υποκατάσταση</emphasis>: τα ονόματα των υπολογιστών μπορούν " -"να περιέχουν τα σύμβολα υποκατάστασης * και ?. Για παράδειγμα: *.cs.foo.edu " -"ταιριάζει με όλους τους υπολογιστές του τομέα cs.foo.edu." +"<emphasis>σύμβολα υποκατάσταση</emphasis>: τα ονόματα των υπολογιστών " +"μπορούν να περιέχουν τα σύμβολα υποκατάστασης * και ?. Για παράδειγμα: *.cs." +"foo.edu ταιριάζει με όλους τους υπολογιστές του τομέα cs.foo.edu." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:90 @@ -4228,8 +4232,8 @@ msgid "" "hosts on an IP (sub-)network simultaneously. For example, either " "`/255.255.252.0' or `/22' appended to the network base address." msgstr "" -"<emphasis>δίκτυα IP</emphasis>: μπορείτε επίσης να εξαγάγετε έναν κατάλογο σε " -"όλους τους υπολογιστές σε ένα (υπό-)δίκτυο IP ταυτόχρονα. Για παράδειγμα " +"<emphasis>δίκτυα IP</emphasis>: μπορείτε επίσης να εξαγάγετε έναν κατάλογο " +"σε όλους τους υπολογιστές σε ένα (υπό-)δίκτυο IP ταυτόχρονα. Για παράδειγμα " "μπορούν να προστεθούν είτε το «/255.255.252.0» ή το «/22» στη βασική έκδοση " "του δικτύου." @@ -4258,8 +4262,8 @@ msgid "" "This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)." msgstr "" "<emphasis>επιτρέπεται η πραγματική απομακρυσμένη πρόσβαση root</emphasis>: " -"απενεργοποιεί την παράκαμψη root. Αυτή η επιλογή χρησιμεύει κυρίως σε πελάτες " -"χωρίς σκληρό δίσκο (no_root_squash)." +"απενεργοποιεί την παράκαμψη root. Αυτή η επιλογή χρησιμεύει κυρίως σε " +"πελάτες χωρίς σκληρό δίσκο (no_root_squash)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:107 @@ -4310,9 +4314,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "<emphasis>Κοινόχρηστος πόρος ανάγνωσης μόνο</emphasis>: επιτρέπει είτε μόνο " "την ανάγνωση, είτε την ανάγνωση και εγγραφή στον τόμο NFS. Από προεπιλογή, " -"κάθε αίτημα " -"τροποποίησης απορρίπτεται. Αυτή η επιλογή σας επιτρέπει να προσδιορίσετε " -"ακριβώς την συμπεριφορά αυτή." +"κάθε αίτημα τροποποίησης απορρίπτεται. Αυτή η επιλογή σας επιτρέπει να " +"προσδιορίσετε ακριβώς την συμπεριφορά αυτή." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:129 @@ -4322,8 +4325,7 @@ msgid "" "by these requests have been committed to stable storage (e.g. disc drive)." msgstr "" "<emphasis>Συγχρονισμένη πρόσβαση</emphasis>: απαγορεύει στον εξυπηρετητή NFS " -"να " -"παραβιάσει το πρωτόκολλο NFS απαντώντας στα αιτήματα πριν να έχουν " +"να παραβιάσει το πρωτόκολλο NFS απαντώντας στα αιτήματα πριν να έχουν " "πραγματοποιηθεί οι σχετικές διεργασίες στις αποθηκευτικές συσκευές (π.χ. " "δίσκος)." @@ -4411,8 +4413,8 @@ msgid "" "\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" "Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο από τη γραμμή εντολών, " -"πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= \"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> ως διαχειριστής " -"συστήματος." +"πληκτρολογώντας <emphasis role= \"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> ως " +"διαχειριστής συστήματος." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakproxy.xml:22 @@ -4423,9 +4425,9 @@ msgid "" "some services which can be accessed without the proxy by exception." msgstr "" "Αν χρειάζεται να χρησιμοποιήσετε έναν διαμεσολαβητή για πρόσβαση στο " -"διαδίκτυο, μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο<placeholder " -"type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> για να το διαμορφώσετε. Ο διαχειριστής του " -"δικτύου σας θα σας παράσχει τις απαραίτητες πληροφορίες. Μπορείτε επίσης να " +"διαδίκτυο, μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο<placeholder type=" +"\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> για να το διαμορφώσετε. Ο διαχειριστής του δικτύου " +"σας θα σας παράσχει τις απαραίτητες πληροφορίες. Μπορείτε επίσης να " "καθορίσετε μερικές υπηρεσίες οι οποίες μπορούν να προσπελαστούν εκτός " "διαμεσολαβητή μέσω εξαίρεσης." @@ -4444,11 +4446,11 @@ msgstr "" "Διακομιστής μεσολάβησης (αγγλ. proxy server) είναι ένας διακομιστής που έχει " "στόχο να βελτιώσει την ταχύτητα πλοήγησης στο διαδίκτυο και παράλληλα να " "μειώσει την κίνηση του δικτύου προς το διαδίκτυο. Τοποθετείται ενδιάμεσα των " -"χρηστών και του διαδικτύου. Λαμβάνει τα αιτήματα ιστοσελίδων από έναν χρήστη, " -"προσκομίζει τη σελίδα από το Διαδίκτυο, και έπειτα την δίνει στον υπολογιστή " -"που την ζήτησε. Ο proxy server μπορεί να είναι και μέρος ενός firewall και " -"μπορεί να αποτρέπει τους χάκερς από το να χρησιμοποιήσουν το διαδίκτυο για να " -"αποκτήσουν πρόσβαση σε υπολογιστές ενός ιδιωτικού δικτύου." +"χρηστών και του διαδικτύου. Λαμβάνει τα αιτήματα ιστοσελίδων από έναν " +"χρήστη, προσκομίζει τη σελίδα από το Διαδίκτυο, και έπειτα την δίνει στον " +"υπολογιστή που την ζήτησε. Ο proxy server μπορεί να είναι και μέρος ενός " +"firewall και μπορεί να αποτρέπει τους χάκερς από το να χρησιμοποιήσουν το " +"διαδίκτυο για να αποκτήσουν πρόσβαση σε υπολογιστές ενός ιδιωτικού δικτύου." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:3 @@ -4475,9 +4477,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Το πρώτο πράγμα που θα πρέπει να κάνετε μετά από μια εγκατάσταση είναι η " "προσθήκη των πηγών λογισμικού (γνωστές και ως αποθετήρια, μέσα, " -"καθρεπτισμοί). Δηλαδή, θα πρέπει να επιλέξετε τις πηγές των μέσων από όπου θα " -"γίνεται η εγκατάσταση και η ενημέρωση των εφαρμογών. (βλ. το κουμπί Προσθήκη " -"παρακάτω)." +"καθρεπτισμοί). Δηλαδή, θα πρέπει να επιλέξετε τις πηγές των μέσων από όπου " +"θα γίνεται η εγκατάσταση και η ενημέρωση των εφαρμογών. (βλ. το κουμπί " +"Προσθήκη παρακάτω)." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:27 @@ -4527,9 +4529,9 @@ msgid "" "role=\"bold\">Software management.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" " "id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" -"Αυτό το εργαλείο βρίσκεται στο Κέντρο Ελέγχου Mageia και στην καρτέλα <" -"emphasis role=\"bold\">Διαχείριση λογισμικού</emphasis><placeholder " -"type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>" +"Αυτό το εργαλείο βρίσκεται στο Κέντρο Ελέγχου Mageia και στην καρτέλα " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Διαχείριση λογισμικού</emphasis><placeholder type=" +"\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:46 @@ -4566,9 +4568,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Το επιλεγμένο μέσο θα χρησιμοποιηθεί για την ενημέρωση των πακέτων. Μόνο τα " "μέσα με το «Updates» στο όνομά τους θα πρέπει να επιλέγονται. Για λόγους " -"ασφαλείας, αυτή η στήλη δεν είναι επεξεργάσιμη με αυτό το εργαλείο, θα πρέπει " -"να ανοίξετε ένα τερματικό ως διαχειριστής και να πληκτρολογήσετε <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis>" +"ασφαλείας, αυτή η στήλη δεν είναι επεξεργάσιμη με αυτό το εργαλείο, θα " +"πρέπει να ανοίξετε ένα τερματικό ως διαχειριστής και να πληκτρολογήσετε " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:62 @@ -4590,9 +4592,9 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs " "available supported by Mageia." msgstr "" -"Το αποθετήριο <emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> περιέχει τα περισσότερα " -"διαθέσιμα προγράμματα που υποστηρίζονται από τη Mageia τα οποία υπόκεινται σε " -"άδεια ανοιχτού λογισμικού" +"Το αποθετήριο <emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> περιέχει τα " +"περισσότερα διαθέσιμα προγράμματα που υποστηρίζονται από τη Mageia τα οποία " +"υπόκεινται σε άδεια ανοιχτού λογισμικού" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:74 @@ -4635,8 +4637,8 @@ msgid "" "enabled, even with a very slow internet connection." msgstr "" "Το αποθετήριο <emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> περιέχει τα πακέτα " -"του αποθετηρίου Release με ενημερώσεις ασφαλείας ή διόρθωσης σφαλμάτων. Αυτό " -"το αποθετήριο θα πρέπει να είναι ενεργοποιημένο, ακόμα και με μια αργή " +"του αποθετηρίου Release με ενημερώσεις ασφαλείας ή διόρθωσης σφαλμάτων. " +"Αυτό το αποθετήριο θα πρέπει να είναι ενεργοποιημένο, ακόμα και με μια αργή " "διαδικτυακή σύνδεση." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -4692,8 +4694,8 @@ msgid "" "Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and " "proxy)." msgstr "" -"Σας επιτρέπει την επεξεργασία του επιλεγμένου μέσου (URL, πρόγραμμα λήψης και " -"διαμεσολαβητής)." +"Σας επιτρέπει την επεξεργασία του επιλεγμένου μέσου (URL, πρόγραμμα λήψης " +"και διαμεσολαβητής)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:126 @@ -4731,11 +4733,12 @@ msgid "" "release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release will " "be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top." msgstr "" -"Τα πάνω και κάτω βέλη αλλάζουν την σειρά της λίστας. όταν το Drakrpm αναζητεί " -"ένα πακέτο, κάνει ανάγνωση της λίστας στην εμφανιζόμενη σειρά ταξινόμησης και " -"εγκαθιστά το πρώτο πακέτο της ίδιας κυκλοφορίας· σε περίπτωση αναντιστοιχίας " -"εκδόσεων, θα εγκατασταθεί αυτό με την νεώτερη κυκλοφορία. Για αυτόν το λόγο " -"καλύτερα να τοποθετήσετε τα ταχύτερα αποθετήρια στην κορυφή." +"Τα πάνω και κάτω βέλη αλλάζουν την σειρά της λίστας. όταν το Drakrpm " +"αναζητεί ένα πακέτο, κάνει ανάγνωση της λίστας στην εμφανιζόμενη σειρά " +"ταξινόμησης και εγκαθιστά το πρώτο πακέτο της ίδιας κυκλοφορίας· σε " +"περίπτωση αναντιστοιχίας εκδόσεων, θα εγκατασταθεί αυτό με την νεώτερη " +"κυκλοφορία. Για αυτόν το λόγο καλύτερα να τοποθετήσετε τα ταχύτερα " +"αποθετήρια στην κορυφή." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:145 en/harddrake2.xml:64 @@ -4753,8 +4756,8 @@ msgid "" "A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and " "click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button." msgstr "" -"Αναδύεται ένα παράθυρο με τη λίστα των μέσων. Επιλέξτε αυτά που επιθυμείτε να " -"ενημερώσετε και κάντε κλικ στο κουμπί <guibutton>Ενημέρωση</guibutton>." +"Αναδύεται ένα παράθυρο με τη λίστα των μέσων. Επιλέξτε αυτά που επιθυμείτε " +"να ενημερώσετε και κάντε κλικ στο κουμπί <guibutton>Ενημέρωση</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:152 @@ -4773,15 +4776,15 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Full set of sources</guibutton>) and accept the contact by " "clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:" msgstr "" -"Σε περίπτωση που δεν είστε ικανοποιημένος-η με τον τρέχοντα καθρεπτισμό, λόγω " -"ότι για παράδειγμα είναι πολύ αργός ή πολύ συχνά μη προσπελάσιμος, μπορείτε " -"να επιλέξετε έναν άλλο καθρεπτισμό. Επιλέξτε όλα τα τρέχοντα μέσα και κάντε " -"κλικ στο <guibutton>Αφαίρεση</guibutton> για να τους απομακρύνετε. Κάντε κλικ " -"στο <guimenu>Αρχείο -> Προσθήκη ενός συγκεκριμένου μέσου καθρεπτισμού<" -"/guimenu>, επιλέξτε ανάμεσα αυτών ενημερώσεως μόνο ή πλήρες σύνολο (αν δεν " -"γνωρίζετε τι να επιλέξετε, επιλέξτε <guibutton>Πλήρης σύνολο πηγών</guibutton>" -") και επικυρώστε την αποδοχή της σύνδεσης κάνοντας κλικ στο κουμπί <guibutton>" -"Ναι</guibutton>. Θα ανοίξει το παρακάτω παράθυρο:" +"Σε περίπτωση που δεν είστε ικανοποιημένος-η με τον τρέχοντα καθρεπτισμό, " +"λόγω ότι για παράδειγμα είναι πολύ αργός ή πολύ συχνά μη προσπελάσιμος, " +"μπορείτε να επιλέξετε έναν άλλο καθρεπτισμό. Επιλέξτε όλα τα τρέχοντα μέσα " +"και κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Αφαίρεση</guibutton> για να τους απομακρύνετε. " +"Κάντε κλικ στο <guimenu>Αρχείο -> Προσθήκη ενός συγκεκριμένου μέσου " +"καθρεπτισμού</guimenu>, επιλέξτε ανάμεσα αυτών ενημερώσεως μόνο ή πλήρες " +"σύνολο (αν δεν γνωρίζετε τι να επιλέξετε, επιλέξτε <guibutton>Πλήρης σύνολο " +"πηγών</guibutton>) και επικυρώστε την αποδοχή της σύνδεσης κάνοντας κλικ στο " +"κουμπί <guibutton>Ναι</guibutton>. Θα ανοίξει το παρακάτω παράθυρο:" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:165 @@ -4846,8 +4849,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Αυτό το αντικείμενο σας επιτρέπει να επιλέξετε αν θα γίνεται έλεγχος των RPM " "που κάνετε εγκατάσταση (πάντα ή ποτέ), το πρόγραμμα τηλεφόρτωσης (curl, wget " -"ή aria2) και να καθορίσετε την πολιτική λήψης για τις πληροφορίες των πακέτων " -"(όταν ζητηθεί －εξ ορισμού－, στην ενημέρωση μόνο, πάντα ή ποτέ)." +"ή aria2) και να καθορίσετε την πολιτική λήψης για τις πληροφορίες των " +"πακέτων (όταν ζητηθεί －εξ ορισμού－, στην ενημέρωση μόνο, πάντα ή ποτέ)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:194 @@ -5735,9 +5738,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:82 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:83 -#, fuzzy #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:71 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:144 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:105 +#, fuzzy msgid "Summary" msgstr "Σύνοψη" @@ -5756,8 +5759,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:93 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:82 -#, fuzzy #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:173 en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:116 +#, fuzzy msgid "Finish" msgstr "Τέλος" @@ -7415,8 +7418,8 @@ msgid "" "<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure hardware</" "emphasis>" msgstr "" -"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis>Περιήγηση και ρύθμιση του υλικού<" -"/emphasis>" +"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis>Περιήγηση και ρύθμιση του υλικού</" +"emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:27 @@ -8018,8 +8021,8 @@ msgid "" "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>." msgstr "" "Αυτό το εργαλείο<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> βρίσκεται στο " -"Κέντρο Ελέγχου Mageia και στην καρτέλα <emphasis role=\"bold\">Υλικό<" -"/emphasis>." +"Κέντρο Ελέγχου Mageia και στην καρτέλα <emphasis role=\"bold\">Υλικό</" +"emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mousedrake.xml:20 @@ -8792,7 +8795,8 @@ msgstr "Υπόμνημα" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:165 -msgid "rpmdrake2.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../rpmdrake2.png" msgstr "rpmdrake2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> @@ -8802,7 +8806,8 @@ msgstr "Αυτό το πακέτο είναι ήδη εγκατεστημένο" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:175 -msgid "rpmdrake3.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../rpmdrake3.png" msgstr "rpmdrake3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> @@ -8813,7 +8818,7 @@ msgstr "Το πακέτο αυτό θα εγκατασταθεί" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:185 #, fuzzy -msgid "rpmdrake4.png" +msgid "../rpmdrake4.png" msgstr "drak3d.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> @@ -8824,7 +8829,7 @@ msgstr "Το πακέτο αυτό δεν μπορεί να τροποποιηθ #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:195 #, fuzzy -msgid "rpmdrake5.png" +msgid "../rpmdrake5.png" msgstr "drak3d.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> @@ -8835,7 +8840,7 @@ msgstr "Αυτό το πακέτο είναι μια αναβάθμιση" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:205 #, fuzzy -msgid "rpmdrake6.png" +msgid "../rpmdrake6.png" msgstr "drak3d.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es.po b/docs/mcc-help/es.po index 0352014b..6091faaf 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/es.po +++ b/docs/mcc-help/es.po @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Control Center Help package. -# +# # Translators: # Adolfo Jayme Barrientos, 2014 # Adolfo Jayme Barrientos, 2014 @@ -32,14 +32,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-01-28 18:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-02-24 19:21+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-02-09 22:03+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Egoitz Rodriguez Obieta <egoitzro@gmail.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/es/)\n" +"Language-Team: Spanish (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" +"es/)\n" +"Language: es\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: es\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -52,8 +53,7 @@ msgstr "Acceder a directorios y discos WebDAV" msgid "diskdrake --dav" msgstr "diskdrake --dav" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:19 msgid "diskdrake--dav1.png" msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png" @@ -61,9 +61,11 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24 @@ -71,7 +73,10 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia " "Control Center, under the Network Sharing tab, labeled <guilabel>Configure " "WebDAV shares</guilabel>." -msgstr "Ésta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se encuentra en el Centro de Control de Mageia Control Center, bajo la pestaña Compartición de Red, etiquetada <guilabel>Configurar comparticiones WebDAV</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Ésta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se encuentra en el " +"Centro de Control de Mageia Control Center, bajo la pestaña Compartición de " +"Red, etiquetada <guilabel>Configurar comparticiones WebDAV</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:30 en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:22 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:21 @@ -91,7 +96,12 @@ msgid "" "appears as a local directory. It is necessary that the remote machine run a " "WebDAV server. This is not the aim of this tool to configure the WebDAV " "server." -msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> es un protocolo que permite montar un directorio de un servidor localmente, para que aparezca como un directorio local. Es necesario que la máquina remota tenga un servidor WebDAV. No se pretende configurar un servidor WebDAV con esta herramienta." +msgstr "" +"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> es un " +"protocolo que permite montar un directorio de un servidor localmente, para " +"que aparezca como un directorio local. Es necesario que la máquina remota " +"tenga un servidor WebDAV. No se pretende configurar un servidor WebDAV con " +"esta herramienta." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:40 @@ -104,7 +114,11 @@ msgid "" "The first screen of the tool displays the already configured entries, if " "any, and a <guibutton>New</guibutton> button. Use it to create a new entry. " "Insert the server URL in the field of the new screen." -msgstr "La primera pantalla de esta herramienta muestra las entradas ya configuradas, si las hay, y un botón <guibutton>Nuevo</guibutton>. Úselo para crear una nueva entrada. Escriba la dirección del servidor en el campo de la nueva pantalla." +msgstr "" +"La primera pantalla de esta herramienta muestra las entradas ya " +"configuradas, si las hay, y un botón <guibutton>Nuevo</guibutton>. Úselo " +"para crear una nueva entrada. Escriba la dirección del servidor en el campo " +"de la nueva pantalla." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:46 @@ -112,12 +126,16 @@ msgid "" "Then you get a screen with radio buttons to select some actions. Continue " "with the action <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> by clicking " "<guibutton>OK</guibutton> after selecting the radio button, as the " -"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct" -" it, if needed." -msgstr "Luego aparece una pantalla para seleccionar algunas acciones. Continúe con la acción <guibutton>Punto de montaje </guibutton> haciendo clic en <guibutton>Aceptar</guibutton> después de seleccionar el botón, ya que el <guibutton>Servidor</guibutton> ya ha sido configurado. Sin embargo, es posible corregirla, si es necesario." +"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct " +"it, if needed." +msgstr "" +"Luego aparece una pantalla para seleccionar algunas acciones. Continúe con " +"la acción <guibutton>Punto de montaje </guibutton> haciendo clic en " +"<guibutton>Aceptar</guibutton> después de seleccionar el botón, ya que el " +"<guibutton>Servidor</guibutton> ya ha sido configurado. Sin embargo, es " +"posible corregirla, si es necesario." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:54 msgid "diskdrake--dav3.png" msgstr "diskdrake--dav3.png" @@ -127,17 +145,20 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--dav3.png" msgid "" "The content of the remote directory will be accessible through this mount " "point." -msgstr "El contenido del directorio remoto estará accesible en este punto de montaje." +msgstr "" +"El contenido del directorio remoto estará accesible en este punto de montaje." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:61 msgid "" "In the next step, give your user name and password. If you need some other " "options, you can give them in the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> screen." -msgstr "En el siguiente paso, escriba su nombre de usuario y contraseña. Si necesita otras opciones, las puede facilitar en la pantalla <guibutton>avanzada</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"En el siguiente paso, escriba su nombre de usuario y contraseña. Si necesita " +"otras opciones, las puede facilitar en la pantalla <guibutton>avanzada</" +"guibutton>." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:67 msgid "diskdrake--dav4.png" msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png" @@ -147,19 +168,27 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png" msgid "" "The option <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> allows you to mount immediately the " "access." -msgstr "La opción <guibutton>Montar</guibutton> le permite montar inmediatamente el acceso." +msgstr "" +"La opción <guibutton>Montar</guibutton> le permite montar inmediatamente el " +"acceso." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:74 msgid "" -"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button " -"<guibutton>Done</guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your " -"new mount point is listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you" -" are asked whether or not to save the modifications in " -"<emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose this option if you want that the " -"remote directory is available at each boot. If your configuration is for " -"one-time usage, do not save it." -msgstr "Después de que aceptara la configuración con el botón <guibutton>Hecho</guibutton>, la primera pantalla se muestra de nuevo y el nuevo punto de montaje está en la lista. Después de elegir <guibutton>Salir</guibutton>, se le preguntará si desea o no guardar las modificaciones en <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Elija esta opción si desea que el directorio remoto esté disponible en cada arranque. Si la configuración es para uso de una sola vez, no la guarde." +"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button <guibutton>Done</" +"guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your new mount point is " +"listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you are asked whether " +"or not to save the modifications in <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose " +"this option if you want that the remote directory is available at each boot. " +"If your configuration is for one-time usage, do not save it." +msgstr "" +"Después de que aceptara la configuración con el botón <guibutton>Hecho</" +"guibutton>, la primera pantalla se muestra de nuevo y el nuevo punto de " +"montaje está en la lista. Después de elegir <guibutton>Salir</guibutton>, se " +"le preguntará si desea o no guardar las modificaciones en <emphasis>/etc/" +"fstab</emphasis>. Elija esta opción si desea que el directorio remoto esté " +"disponible en cada arranque. Si la configuración es para uso de una sola " +"vez, no la guarde." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:3 @@ -171,8 +200,7 @@ msgstr "Compartir sus particiones de disco" msgid "diskdrake --fileshare" msgstr "diskdrake --fileshare" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:11 msgid "diskdrake--fileshare.png" msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png" @@ -180,9 +208,11 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15 @@ -191,14 +221,20 @@ msgid "" "administrator, to allow users to share parts of their own /home " "subdirectories with other users of a same local network which may have " "computers running either Linux or Windows operating system." -msgstr "Esta sencilla herramienta <Placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite al administrador, compartir con otros usuarios partes de sus subdirectorios / home con otros usuarios de una misma red local que pueden tener equipos en los que el sistema operativo sea Linux o Windows." +msgstr "" +"Esta sencilla herramienta <Placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite " +"al administrador, compartir con otros usuarios partes de sus " +"subdirectorios / home con otros usuarios de una misma red local que pueden " +"tener equipos en los que el sistema operativo sea Linux o Windows." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:20 msgid "" -"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled" -" \"Share your hard disk partitions\"." -msgstr "Se encuentra en el Centro de Control de Mageia, en la pestaña Disco local, etiquetado como \"Compartir sus particiones\"." +"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled " +"\"Share your hard disk partitions\"." +msgstr "" +"Se encuentra en el Centro de Control de Mageia, en la pestaña Disco local, " +"etiquetado como \"Compartir sus particiones\"." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:23 @@ -207,11 +243,20 @@ msgid "" "share some of their directories ?</guilabel>\", click on <guibutton>No " "sharing</guibutton> if the answer is no for all users, click on " "<guibutton>Allow all users</guibutton> for all users and click on " -"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for" -" the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their" -" directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically " +"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for " +"the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their " +"directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically " "created by the system. You will be asked about this later." -msgstr "Primero, responda la siguiente pregunta: \"<guilabel>¿Le gustaría permitirle a los usuarios compartir algunos de sus directorios?</guilabel>\", haga click en <guibutton>No compartir</guibutton> si la respuesta es no para todos los usuarios, haga click en <guibutton>Permitir todos los usuarios</guibutton> para autorizar a todos los usuarios, o haga click en <guibutton>Personalizar</guibutton> si la respuesta es no para algunos y si para otros. En este último caso, los usuarios autorizados a compartir sus directorios deben pertenecer al grupo Fileshare, el que será creado automáticamente por el sistema. Más adelante se le preguntará sobre esto." +msgstr "" +"Primero, responda la siguiente pregunta: \"<guilabel>¿Le gustaría permitirle " +"a los usuarios compartir algunos de sus directorios?</guilabel>\", haga " +"click en <guibutton>No compartir</guibutton> si la respuesta es no para " +"todos los usuarios, haga click en <guibutton>Permitir todos los usuarios</" +"guibutton> para autorizar a todos los usuarios, o haga click en " +"<guibutton>Personalizar</guibutton> si la respuesta es no para algunos y si " +"para otros. En este último caso, los usuarios autorizados a compartir sus " +"directorios deben pertenecer al grupo Fileshare, el que será creado " +"automáticamente por el sistema. Más adelante se le preguntará sobre esto." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:32 @@ -222,7 +267,14 @@ msgid "" "the network, check <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> if the network includes both " "Linux and Windows machines and then click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Any " "required packages will be installed if necessary." -msgstr "Click en <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, y aparecerá una segunda ventana la que le pedirá que elija entre <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> y <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>. Tilde <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> si Linux es el único sistema operativo en la red, o <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> si la red incluye computadores con Linux y Windows. A continuación haga click en <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Los paquetes requeridos se instalarán inmediatamente, si fuera necesario." +msgstr "" +"Click en <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, y aparecerá una segunda ventana la que le " +"pedirá que elija entre <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> y <guibutton>SMB</" +"guibutton>. Tilde <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> si Linux es el único sistema " +"operativo en la red, o <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> si la red incluye " +"computadores con Linux y Windows. A continuación haga click en " +"<guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Los paquetes requeridos se instalarán " +"inmediatamente, si fuera necesario." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:39 @@ -232,24 +284,37 @@ msgid "" "you to add users authorised to share their directories to the fileshare " "group. In the User tab, click on the user to add to the fileshare group, " "then on <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>, In the Groups tab. Check the " -"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information" -" about Userdrake, see <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">this page</link>" -msgstr "Se ha completado la configuración, a menos que haya elegido la opción Personalizar. En este caso, una ventana le pedirá que abra Userdrake. Esta herramienta le permitirá agregar en el grupo Fileshare a aquellos usuarios autorizados a compartir sus directorios. En la solapa Usuario, haga click en el usuario para agregar al grupo Fileshare, luego en <guimenuitem>Editar</guimenuitem>, en la solapa Grupos. Marque el grupo y haga click en <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Para más información sobre Userdrake, vea <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">esta página</link>." +"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information " +"about Userdrake, see <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">this page</link>" +msgstr "" +"Se ha completado la configuración, a menos que haya elegido la opción " +"Personalizar. En este caso, una ventana le pedirá que abra Userdrake. Esta " +"herramienta le permitirá agregar en el grupo Fileshare a aquellos usuarios " +"autorizados a compartir sus directorios. En la solapa Usuario, haga click " +"en el usuario para agregar al grupo Fileshare, luego en <guimenuitem>Editar</" +"guimenuitem>, en la solapa Grupos. Marque el grupo y haga click en " +"<guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Para más información sobre Userdrake, vea <link " +"ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">esta página</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:50 msgid "" "When adding a new user to the fileshare group, you have to disconnect and " "reconnect the network for the modifications to be taken into account." -msgstr "Al agregar un nuevo usuario al grupo FIleshare, debe desconectar y reconectar la red para que las modificaciones se hagan efectivas." +msgstr "" +"Al agregar un nuevo usuario al grupo FIleshare, debe desconectar y " +"reconectar la red para que las modificaciones se hagan efectivas." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:55 msgid "" -"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her" -" file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers " +"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her " +"file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers " "have this facility." -msgstr "De aquí en más, cada usuario perteneciente al grupo Fileshare puede elegir en su administrador de archivos, qué directorios compartir, aunque no todos estos tengan esa capacidad." +msgstr "" +"De aquí en más, cada usuario perteneciente al grupo Fileshare puede elegir " +"en su administrador de archivos, qué directorios compartir, aunque no todos " +"estos tengan esa capacidad." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/mcc-network.xml:1 en/MCC.xml:1 @@ -267,8 +332,7 @@ msgstr "Acceder a directorios y discos compartidos por NFS" msgid "diskdrake --nfs" msgstr "diskdrake --nfs" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:11 msgid "diskdrake--nfs.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs.png" @@ -281,9 +345,11 @@ msgstr "." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:25 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos tecleando <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos tecleando " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:24 @@ -292,9 +358,16 @@ msgid "" "some shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The " "protocol used for this is NFS which is available on most Linux or Unix " "systems. The shared directory will be thus available directly at boot. " -"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a" -" user with tools such as file browsers." -msgstr "Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le permite declarar directorios accesibles para todos los usuarios de la computadora. El protocolo usado para esto es NFS, el que se encuentra disponible en la mayoría de los sistemas Linux o Unix. El directorio compartido estará disponible desde el arranque del sistema. Los directorios compartidos también pueden accederse directamente mediante el uso de cualquier administrador de archivos." +"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a " +"user with tools such as file browsers." +msgstr "" +"Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le permite " +"declarar directorios accesibles para todos los usuarios de la computadora. " +"El protocolo usado para esto es NFS, el que se encuentra disponible en la " +"mayoría de los sistemas Linux o Unix. El directorio compartido estará " +"disponible desde el arranque del sistema. Los directorios compartidos " +"también pueden accederse directamente mediante el uso de cualquier " +"administrador de archivos." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:36 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:38 @@ -306,17 +379,21 @@ msgstr "Procedimiento" msgid "" "Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers " "which share directories." -msgstr "Seleccione <guibutton>buscar servidores</guibutton> para obtener una lista de servidores que comparten directorios." +msgstr "" +"Seleccione <guibutton>buscar servidores</guibutton> para obtener una lista " +"de servidores que comparten directorios." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:41 msgid "" "Click on the > symbol before the server name to display the list of the " "shared directories and select the directory you want to access." -msgstr "Haga click en el símbolo > que aparece delante del nombre del servidor para mostrar una lista de los directorios compartidos y elegir aquél al que desea acceder." +msgstr "" +"Haga click en el símbolo > que aparece delante del nombre del servidor para " +"mostrar una lista de los directorios compartidos y elegir aquél al que desea " +"acceder." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:47 msgid "diskdrake--nfs2.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png" @@ -324,12 +401,13 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:51 msgid "" -"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have" -" to specify where to mount the directory." -msgstr "El botón <guibutton>Punto de montaje</guibutton> estará disponible y deberá especificar donde quiere montar el directorio." +"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have " +"to specify where to mount the directory." +msgstr "" +"El botón <guibutton>Punto de montaje</guibutton> estará disponible y deberá " +"especificar donde quiere montar el directorio." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:56 msgid "diskdrake--nfs3.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs3.png" @@ -340,16 +418,18 @@ msgid "" "After choosing the mount point, You can mount it. You can also verify and " "change some options with the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button. After " "mounting the directory, you can unmount it with the same button." -msgstr "Después de elegir el punto de montaje, usted puede proceder a montarlo. También puede verificar las opciones disponibles, así como modificarlas, desde el botón de <guibutton>Opciones</guibutton>. Use el mismo botón para desmontarlo. " +msgstr "" +"Después de elegir el punto de montaje, usted puede proceder a montarlo. " +"También puede verificar las opciones disponibles, así como modificarlas, " +"desde el botón de <guibutton>Opciones</guibutton>. Use el mismo botón para " +"desmontarlo. " -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:67 msgid "diskdrake--nfs4.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs4.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:73 msgid "diskdrake--nfs5.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png" @@ -359,13 +439,17 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png" msgid "" "On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button, " "a message will displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab " -"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the" -" network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file " +"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the " +"network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file " "browser, for example in Dolphin." -msgstr "Al aceptar la configuración con el botón <guibutton>Hecho</guibutton> se mostrará un mensaje preguntando \"¿Quiere guardar las modificaciones a /etc/fstab ?\". Esto hará disponible el directorio en cada arranque, si la red es accesible. El nuevo directorio estará entonces disponible en su navegador de archivos, por ejemplo en Dolphin." +msgstr "" +"Al aceptar la configuración con el botón <guibutton>Hecho</guibutton> se " +"mostrará un mensaje preguntando \"¿Quiere guardar las modificaciones a /etc/" +"fstab ?\". Esto hará disponible el directorio en cada arranque, si la red es " +"accesible. El nuevo directorio estará entonces disponible en su navegador de " +"archivos, por ejemplo en Dolphin." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:85 msgid "diskdrake--nfs6.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs6.png" @@ -380,8 +464,7 @@ msgstr "Grabadora CD/DVD" msgid "diskdrake --removable" msgstr "diskdrake --removable" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:10 msgid "diskdrake--removable.png" msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png" @@ -389,9 +472,11 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " +"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:14 @@ -399,7 +484,11 @@ msgid "" "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is found under the tab " "Local disks in the Mageia Control Center labelled accordingly with your " "removable hardware (CD/DVD players and burners and floppy drives only)." -msgstr "Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>se encuentra en la solapa Discos locales en el Centro de Control de Mageia etiquetado con el nombre de su hardware removible (solamente lector-grabadores de CD/DVD y diskettes)." +msgstr "" +"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>se encuentra en " +"la solapa Discos locales en el Centro de Control de Mageia etiquetado con el " +"nombre de su hardware removible (solamente lector-grabadores de CD/DVD y " +"diskettes)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:20 @@ -413,7 +502,11 @@ msgid "" "the chosen options to mount it. Use the menu on the bottom to change them. " "Check the item to be changed and then on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> " "button." -msgstr "En la parte superior de la ventana hay una breve descripción de su hardware y de las opciones de montaje elegidas. Use el menú en la parte inferior para cambiarlas. Tilde los elementos para cambiar y haga click en el botón <guibutton>OK</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"En la parte superior de la ventana hay una breve descripción de su hardware " +"y de las opciones de montaje elegidas. Use el menú en la parte inferior " +"para cambiarlas. Tilde los elementos para cambiar y haga click en el botón " +"<guibutton>OK</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:28 @@ -424,7 +517,9 @@ msgstr "Punto de montaje" #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:30 msgid "" "Check this box to change the mount point. The default one is /media/cdrom." -msgstr "Marque esta opción para cambiar el punto de montaje. Por defecto es /media/cdrom." +msgstr "" +"Marque esta opción para cambiar el punto de montaje. Por defecto es /media/" +"cdrom." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><bridgehead> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:37 en/harddrake2.xml:66 @@ -434,9 +529,11 @@ msgstr "Opciones" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:39 msgid "" -"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the" -" <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:" -msgstr "Muchas opciones de montaje pueden seleccionarse aquí mismo en la lista o a través del submenú <guilabel>Avanzadas</guilabel>. Las más importantes son:" +"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the " +"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:" +msgstr "" +"Muchas opciones de montaje pueden seleccionarse aquí mismo en la lista o a " +"través del submenú <guilabel>Avanzadas</guilabel>. Las más importantes son:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:45 @@ -449,7 +546,10 @@ msgid "" "user allows an ordinary user (not root) to mount the removable disk, this " "option involves noexec, nosuid and nodev. The user who mounted the disk is " "the only one who can umount it." -msgstr "La opción user permite a un usuario no root montar un disco extraíble. Esta opción implica noexec, nosuid y nodev. El usuario que montó el disco es el único que puede desmontarlo." +msgstr "" +"La opción user permite a un usuario no root montar un disco extraíble. Esta " +"opción implica noexec, nosuid y nodev. El usuario que montó el disco es el " +"único que puede desmontarlo." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:11 @@ -464,9 +564,11 @@ msgstr "diskdrake --smb" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:24 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " +"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:23 @@ -475,40 +577,54 @@ msgid "" "which shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The " "protocol used for this is SMB which has been popularized on Windows(R) " "systems. The shared directory will be available directly at boot. Shared " -"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with" -" tools such as file browsers." -msgstr "Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le permite declarar aquellos directorios que estarán accesibles para todos los usuarios de la computadora. El protocolo usado para esto es SMB, común entre los sistemas Windows(TM). El directorio compartido estará disponible desde el arranque del sistema. Los directorios compartidos también pueden accederse directamente mediante el uso de cualquier administrador de archivos." +"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with " +"tools such as file browsers." +msgstr "" +"Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le permite " +"declarar aquellos directorios que estarán accesibles para todos los usuarios " +"de la computadora. El protocolo usado para esto es SMB, común entre los " +"sistemas Windows(TM). El directorio compartido estará disponible desde el " +"arranque del sistema. Los directorios compartidos también pueden accederse " +"directamente mediante el uso de cualquier administrador de archivos." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:33 msgid "" "Before starting the tool, it is a good idea to declare the names of " "available servers, for example with <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" -msgstr "Antes de arrancar la herramienta, es buena idea declarar los nombres de los servidores disponibles, por ejemplo con <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Antes de arrancar la herramienta, es buena idea declarar los nombres de los " +"servidores disponibles, por ejemplo con <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:40 msgid "" -"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who" -" share directories." -msgstr "Seleccione <guibutton>buscar servidores</guibutton> para obtener una lista de servidores que comparten directorios." +"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who " +"share directories." +msgstr "" +"Seleccione <guibutton>buscar servidores</guibutton> para obtener una lista " +"de servidores que comparten directorios." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:43 msgid "" "Click on the server name and on > before the server name to display the " "list of the shared directories and select the directory you want to access." -msgstr "Haga click en el símbolo > que aparece delante del nombre del servidor para mostrar una lista de los directorios compartidos y elegir aquél al que desea acceder." +msgstr "" +"Haga click en el símbolo > que aparece delante del nombre del servidor " +"para mostrar una lista de los directorios compartidos y elegir aquél al que " +"desea acceder." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:47 msgid "" "The <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> button will become available, you " "have to specify where to mount the directory." -msgstr "El botón <guibutton>Punto de montaje</guibutton> estará disponible y deberá especificar donde quiere montar el directorio." +msgstr "" +"El botón <guibutton>Punto de montaje</guibutton> estará disponible y deberá " +"especificar donde quiere montar el directorio." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:52 msgid "diskdrake--smb2.png" msgstr "diskdrake--smb2.png" @@ -519,7 +635,10 @@ msgid "" "After choosing the mount point, it can be mounted with the <guimenu>Mount " "button</guimenu>. You can also verify and change some options with the " "<guibutton>Options</guibutton> button." -msgstr "Después de elegir el punto de montaje, este puede ser montado con <guimenu>Botón de montaje</guimenu>. También puede verificar y cambiar algunas de las opciones con el botón <guibutton>Opciones</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Después de elegir el punto de montaje, este puede ser montado con " +"<guimenu>Botón de montaje</guimenu>. También puede verificar y cambiar " +"algunas de las opciones con el botón <guibutton>Opciones</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:60 @@ -527,16 +646,17 @@ msgid "" "In options, you can specify the user name and the password of those able to " "connect to the SMB server. After mounting the directory, you can unmount it " "with the same button." -msgstr "En opciones, puede especificar el nombre de usuario y password de aquellos con capacidad de conectarse al servidor SMB. Después de montar el directorio, puede desmontarlo usando el mismo botón." +msgstr "" +"En opciones, puede especificar el nombre de usuario y password de aquellos " +"con capacidad de conectarse al servidor SMB. Después de montar el " +"directorio, puede desmontarlo usando el mismo botón." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:66 msgid "diskdrake--smb3.png" msgstr "diskdrake--smb3.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:72 msgid "diskdrake--smb4.png" msgstr "diskdrake--smb4.png" @@ -547,12 +667,15 @@ msgid "" "After accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will ask " "\"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". Saving, will allow " "directory to made available at each boot, if the network is accessible. The " -"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in " -"dolphin." -msgstr "Al aceptar la configuración con el botón <guibutton>Hecho</guibutton>, aparecerá un mensaje preguntándole si \"¿Quiere guardar las modificaciones en /etc/fstab?\". Esto hará que el directorio esté disponible desde cada arranque si la red está accesible. El nuevo directorio será visible en su administrador de archivos, por ejemplo en Dolphin." +"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in dolphin." +msgstr "" +"Al aceptar la configuración con el botón <guibutton>Hecho</guibutton>, " +"aparecerá un mensaje preguntándole si \"¿Quiere guardar las modificaciones " +"en /etc/fstab?\". Esto hará que el directorio esté disponible desde cada " +"arranque si la red está accesible. El nuevo directorio será visible en su " +"administrador de archivos, por ejemplo en Dolphin." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:84 msgid "diskdrake--smb5.png" msgstr "diskdrake--smb5.png" @@ -567,8 +690,7 @@ msgstr "Efectos de escritorio 3D" msgid "drak3d" msgstr "drak3d" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drak3d.xml:10 msgid "drak3d.png" msgstr "drak3d.png" @@ -576,9 +698,11 @@ msgstr "drak3d.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:18 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:17 @@ -586,7 +710,10 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lets you manage the 3D " "desktop effects on your operating system. 3D effects are turned off by " "default." -msgstr "Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le permite administrar los efectos 3D del escritorio de su sistema operativo. Estos se encuentran deshabilitados por defecto. " +msgstr "" +"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le permite " +"administrar los efectos 3D del escritorio de su sistema operativo. Estos se " +"encuentran deshabilitados por defecto. " #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drak3d.xml:25 @@ -599,30 +726,40 @@ msgid "" "To use this tool, you need to have the glxinfo package installed. If the " "package is not installed, you will be prompted to do so before drak3d can " "start." -msgstr "Para usar esta herramienta se necesita tener el paquete glxinfo instalado. Si el paquete no estuviera instalado, se le pedirá que lo instale antes de poder iniciar drak3d. " +msgstr "" +"Para usar esta herramienta se necesita tener el paquete glxinfo instalado. " +"Si el paquete no estuviera instalado, se le pedirá que lo instale antes de " +"poder iniciar drak3d. " #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:31 msgid "" "After starting drak3d, you will be presented with a menu window. Here you " "can choose either <guilabel>No 3D Desktop Effects</guilabel> or " -"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a " -"composite/window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special " -"effects for your desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn " -"it on." -msgstr "Antes de iniciar drak3d, aparecerá un menú. Desde el podrá elegir <guilabel>Sin efectos 3D de escritorio</guilabel> o <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compìz Fusion es parte del administrador/gestor de composición de ventanas, el que incluye efectos especiales acelerados por hardware para su escritorio. Elija <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> para habilitarlo." +"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a composite/" +"window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special effects for your " +"desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn it on." +msgstr "" +"Antes de iniciar drak3d, aparecerá un menú. Desde el podrá elegir " +"<guilabel>Sin efectos 3D de escritorio</guilabel> o <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</" +"guilabel>. Compìz Fusion es parte del administrador/gestor de composición " +"de ventanas, el que incluye efectos especiales acelerados por hardware para " +"su escritorio. Elija <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> para habilitarlo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:38 msgid "" "If this is your first time using this program after a clean installation of " -"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be" -" installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the " -"<guibutton>Ok</guibutton> button to continue." -msgstr "Si esta es la primera vez que usa este programa después de una instalación limpia de Mageia, va a recibir un mensaje de alerta indicándole que paquetes deberán ser instalados para poder usar Compiz Fusion. Haga click en el botón <guibutton>OK</guibutton> para continuar." +"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be " +"installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the <guibutton>Ok</" +"guibutton> button to continue." +msgstr "" +"Si esta es la primera vez que usa este programa después de una instalación " +"limpia de Mageia, va a recibir un mensaje de alerta indicándole que paquetes " +"deberán ser instalados para poder usar Compiz Fusion. Haga click en el " +"botón <guibutton>OK</guibutton> para continuar." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drak3d.xml:45 msgid "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png" msgstr "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png" @@ -633,14 +770,20 @@ msgid "" "Once the appropriate packages are installed, you will notice that Compiz " "Fusion is selected in the drak3d menu, but you must log out and log back in " "for the changes to take effect." -msgstr "Una vez que los paquetes necesarios fueron instalados, podrá comprobar que Compiz Fusion aparece elegido en el menú de drak3d. Para que los cambios surtan efecto deberá desloguear y loguear nuevamente." +msgstr "" +"Una vez que los paquetes necesarios fueron instalados, podrá comprobar que " +"Compiz Fusion aparece elegido en el menú de drak3d. Para que los cambios " +"surtan efecto deberá desloguear y loguear nuevamente." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:53 msgid "" "After logging back in, Compiz Fusion will be activated. To configure Compiz " "Fusion, see the page for the ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager) tool." -msgstr "Después de loguear nuevamente, Compiz Fusion se encontrará activado. Para configurar Compiz Fusion vea la página de ayuda de ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager)." +msgstr "" +"Después de loguear nuevamente, Compiz Fusion se encontrará activado. Para " +"configurar Compiz Fusion vea la página de ayuda de ccsm (CompizConfig " +"Settings Manager)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drak3d.xml:59 @@ -658,10 +801,13 @@ msgid "" "If after turning on Compiz Fusion you attempt to log back into your desktop " "but can't see anything, restart your computer to get back to the log in " "screen. Once there, click on the Desktop icon and select drak3d." -msgstr "Si después de haber habilitado Compiz Fusion no puede visualizar el escritorio al loguear nuevamente, reinicie su computadora para volver a la pantalla de logueo. Una vez allí haga click en el ícono del Escritorio y elija drak3d. " +msgstr "" +"Si después de haber habilitado Compiz Fusion no puede visualizar el " +"escritorio al loguear nuevamente, reinicie su computadora para volver a la " +"pantalla de logueo. Una vez allí haga click en el ícono del Escritorio y " +"elija drak3d. " -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drak3d.xml:71 msgid "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" @@ -671,9 +817,13 @@ msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" msgid "" "When you log in, if your account is listed as an administrator, you will be " "prompted for your password again. Otherwise, use the administrator login " -"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the" -" log in problem." -msgstr "Cuando vuelva a loguear, si su cuenta tiene privilegios de administrador, se le solicitará que ingrese su contraseña nuevamente. Caso contrario, use una cuenta de administrador para deshacer los cambios que pudieran haber causado el problema." +"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the " +"log in problem." +msgstr "" +"Cuando vuelva a loguear, si su cuenta tiene privilegios de administrador, se " +"le solicitará que ingrese su contraseña nuevamente. Caso contrario, use una " +"cuenta de administrador para deshacer los cambios que pudieran haber causado " +"el problema." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakauth.xml:9 @@ -685,8 +835,7 @@ msgstr "Autenticación" msgid "drakauth" msgstr "drakauth" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakauth.xml:16 msgid "drakauth.png" msgstr "drakauth.png" @@ -694,16 +843,21 @@ msgstr "drakauth.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakauth.xml:21 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos, escriba <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos, escriba <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakauth.xml:21 msgid "" -"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the" -" manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net." -msgstr "Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le permite modificar la forma en la que será reconocido como usuario de esta computadora en la red." +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the " +"manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net." +msgstr "" +"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le permite " +"modificar la forma en la que será reconocido como usuario de esta " +"computadora en la red." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakauth.xml:25 @@ -711,7 +865,10 @@ msgid "" "By default, information for your authentication is stored in a file on your " "computer. Modify it only if your network administrator invites you to do so " "and give information about that." -msgstr "Por defecto, la información de autenticación se almacena en un archivo en su computadora. Modifíquela solamente si su administrador de red se lo permite y le da instrucciones para ello." +msgstr "" +"Por defecto, la información de autenticación se almacena en un archivo en su " +"computadora. Modifíquela solamente si su administrador de red se lo permite " +"y le da instrucciones para ello." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:3 @@ -723,8 +880,7 @@ msgstr "Configurar el arranque" msgid "drakboot --boot" msgstr "drakboot --boot" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:10 msgid "drakboot--boot.png" msgstr "drakboot--boot.png" @@ -732,9 +888,11 @@ msgstr "drakboot--boot.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:14 @@ -742,55 +900,82 @@ msgid "" "this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure " "the boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default " "boot, etc.)" -msgstr "esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le permite configurar las opciones de arranque (elección del bootloader, definir una contraseña, " +msgstr "" +"esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le permite " +"configurar las opciones de arranque (elección del bootloader, definir una " +"contraseña, " #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:19 msgid "" "It is found under the Boot tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set " "up boot system\"." -msgstr "Se encuentra en la solapa Boot en el Centro de Control Mageia, como \"Configurar el sistema de arranque\"." +msgstr "" +"Se encuentra en la solapa Boot en el Centro de Control Mageia, como " +"\"Configurar el sistema de arranque\"." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:23 msgid "" "Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing. Changing " "some settings may prevent your machine from booting again !" -msgstr "No use esta herramienta si no sabe exactamente lo que está haciendo. Cambiar la configuración puede impedir el arranque de su computadora!" +msgstr "" +"No use esta herramienta si no sabe exactamente lo que está haciendo. " +"Cambiar la configuración puede impedir el arranque de su computadora!" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:28 msgid "" -"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible to" -" choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub or Lilo, and " +"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible to " +"choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub or Lilo, and " "with a graphical or a text menu. It is just a question of taste, there are " -"no other consequences. You can also set the <guibutton>Boot " -"device</guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you are an expert. The" -" boot device is where the bootloader is installed and any modification can " -"prevent you machine from booting." -msgstr "En la primera parte, llamada <guilabel>Gestor de arranque</guilabel>, es posible elegir <guibutton>Usar un Gestor de arranque</guibutton>, Grub o Lilo, así como seleccionar una interfaz gráfica o sólo texto. Esto es una cuestión de preferencia personal, ya que tanto uno como otro proveen las mismas facilidades. También podrá configurar el <guibutton>Dispositivo de arranque</guibutton>. pero por favor, no cambie nada en esta sección a menos que sea un usuario experto. El dispositivo de arranque es donde el reside el cargador de arranque, y cualquier modificación podría impedir el arranque de su computadora." +"no other consequences. You can also set the <guibutton>Boot device</" +"guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you are an expert. The boot " +"device is where the bootloader is installed and any modification can prevent " +"you machine from booting." +msgstr "" +"En la primera parte, llamada <guilabel>Gestor de arranque</guilabel>, es " +"posible elegir <guibutton>Usar un Gestor de arranque</guibutton>, Grub o " +"Lilo, así como seleccionar una interfaz gráfica o sólo texto. Esto es una " +"cuestión de preferencia personal, ya que tanto uno como otro proveen las " +"mismas facilidades. También podrá configurar el <guibutton>Dispositivo de " +"arranque</guibutton>. pero por favor, no cambie nada en esta sección a menos " +"que sea un usuario experto. El dispositivo de arranque es donde el reside " +"el cargador de arranque, y cualquier modificación podría impedir el arranque " +"de su computadora." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:36 msgid "" "In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set " "the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in seconds. " -"During this delay, grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating" -" systems, prompting you to make your choice, if no selection is made, the " +"During this delay, grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating " +"systems, prompting you to make your choice, if no selection is made, the " "bootloader will boot the default one once the delay elapses." -msgstr "En la segunda parte, llamada <guilabel>Opciones principales</guilabel>, usted puede definir el tiempo de<guibutton>Retardo antes de arrancar la imagen por defecto</guibutton>, medido en segundos. Durante este lapso, Grub o Lilo le mostrarán la lista de sistemas operativos disponibles, invitándolo a seleccionar uno. Si no elige ninguno, el gestor de arranque iniciará con el sistema operativo definido por defecto, una vez que expire el lapso establecido anteriormente." +msgstr "" +"En la segunda parte, llamada <guilabel>Opciones principales</guilabel>, " +"usted puede definir el tiempo de<guibutton>Retardo antes de arrancar la " +"imagen por defecto</guibutton>, medido en segundos. Durante este lapso, " +"Grub o Lilo le mostrarán la lista de sistemas operativos disponibles, " +"invitándolo a seleccionar uno. Si no elige ninguno, el gestor de arranque " +"iniciará con el sistema operativo definido por defecto, una vez que expire " +"el lapso establecido anteriormente." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:43 msgid "" "In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is " "possible to set a password." -msgstr "En la tercera y última parte, llamada <guibutton>Seguridad</guibutton>, es posible definir una contraseña." +msgstr "" +"En la tercera y última parte, llamada <guibutton>Seguridad</guibutton>, es " +"posible definir una contraseña." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:46 msgid "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button gives some extra options." -msgstr "El botón <guibutton>Avanzadas</guibutton> permite seleccionar algunas otras opciones." +msgstr "" +"El botón <guibutton>Avanzadas</guibutton> permite seleccionar algunas otras " +"opciones." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:49 @@ -804,7 +989,11 @@ msgid "" "power management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices, this was " "the method used before APM. Check this box if your hardware is ACPI " "compatible." -msgstr "ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) es el estandar para la administración de energía. Así, deteniendo dispositivos que no se encuentran en uso, le permitirá ahorrar corriente eléctrica. Marque esta casilla si su hardware es compatible con el estándar ACPI." +msgstr "" +"ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) es el estandar para la " +"administración de energía. Así, deteniendo dispositivos que no se encuentran " +"en uso, le permitirá ahorrar corriente eléctrica. Marque esta casilla si su " +"hardware es compatible con el estándar ACPI." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:56 @@ -816,21 +1005,26 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Activar SMP:</guibutton>" msgid "" "SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for " "multicore processors." -msgstr "SMP significa Múltiples Procesadores Simétricos. Es una arquitectura para procesadores de varios núcleos. " +msgstr "" +"SMP significa Múltiples Procesadores Simétricos. Es una arquitectura para " +"procesadores de varios núcleos. " #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:62 msgid "" "If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual " "processor and enable SMP." -msgstr "Si tiene un procesador con HyperThreading, Mageia lo verá como un procesador dual y activará SMP." +msgstr "" +"Si tiene un procesador con HyperThreading, Mageia lo verá como un procesador " +"dual y activará SMP." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:66 msgid "" -"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local " -"APIC:</guibutton>" -msgstr "<guibutton>Habilitar APIC</guibutton> y <guibutton>APIC local:</guibutton>" +"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local APIC:</" +"guibutton>" +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Habilitar APIC</guibutton> y <guibutton>APIC local:</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:69 @@ -841,12 +1035,20 @@ msgid "" "to one or more local APICs that are in the processor. It is really useful " "for multi-processor systems. Some computers have problems with the APIC " "system which can cause freezes or incorrect device detection (error message " -"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local" -" APIC." -msgstr "APIC significa Controlador de Interrupciones Programable Avanzado. Hay dos componentes en el sistema APIC de Intel, el APIC local (LAPIC) y el APIC I/O. Este último enruta las interrupiciones que recibe de los buses periféricos a uno o más APICs pertenecientes a cada procesador, maximizando su utilidad en sistemas con múltiples procesadores. Algunas computadoras tiene problemas con el sistema APIC, pudiendo éste último producir desde una incorrecta detección de dispositivos generadores de interrupciones (mensaje de error \"spurious 8259 interrupt: IRQ7\") hasta bloqueos totales del sistema. En estos casos deshabilite el APIC y/o el LAPIC." - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local " +"APIC." +msgstr "" +"APIC significa Controlador de Interrupciones Programable Avanzado. Hay dos " +"componentes en el sistema APIC de Intel, el APIC local (LAPIC) y el APIC I/" +"O. Este último enruta las interrupiciones que recibe de los buses " +"periféricos a uno o más APICs pertenecientes a cada procesador, maximizando " +"su utilidad en sistemas con múltiples procesadores. Algunas computadoras " +"tiene problemas con el sistema APIC, pudiendo éste último producir desde una " +"incorrecta detección de dispositivos generadores de interrupciones (mensaje " +"de error \"spurious 8259 interrupt: IRQ7\") hasta bloqueos totales del " +"sistema. En estos casos deshabilite el APIC y/o el LAPIC." + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:80 msgid "drakboot1.png" msgstr "drakboot1.png" @@ -855,16 +1057,23 @@ msgstr "drakboot1.png" #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:84 msgid "" "In the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen, you can see the list of all the " -"available entries at boot time. The default one is asterisked. To change the" -" order of the menu entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the " +"available entries at boot time. The default one is asterisked. To change the " +"order of the menu entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the " "selected item. If you click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or " "<guibutton>Modify </guibutton>buttons, a new window appears to add a new " -"entry in the Grub menu or to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar" -" with Lilo or Grub to be able to use these tools." -msgstr "En la <guibutton>Próxima</guibutton> pantalla podrá ver una lista de las opciones disponibles durante el arranque del sistema. La opción por defecto está marcada con un asterico. Para cambiar el orden de la lista, mueva el elemento seleccionado haciéndo click en las flechas. Si hace click en los botones <guibutton>Agregar</guibutton> o <guibutton>Modificar</guibutton>, aparecerá una nueva ventana que le permitirá agregar entradas al menú del Grub o modificar las existentes. Para usar estas herramientas deberá estar familiarizado con Lilo o Grub." - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +"entry in the Grub menu or to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar " +"with Lilo or Grub to be able to use these tools." +msgstr "" +"En la <guibutton>Próxima</guibutton> pantalla podrá ver una lista de las " +"opciones disponibles durante el arranque del sistema. La opción por defecto " +"está marcada con un asterico. Para cambiar el orden de la lista, mueva el " +"elemento seleccionado haciéndo click en las flechas. Si hace click en los " +"botones <guibutton>Agregar</guibutton> o <guibutton>Modificar</guibutton>, " +"aparecerá una nueva ventana que le permitirá agregar entradas al menú del " +"Grub o modificar las existentes. Para usar estas herramientas deberá estar " +"familiarizado con Lilo o Grub." + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:94 msgid "drakboot2.png" msgstr "drakboot2.png" @@ -875,35 +1084,47 @@ msgid "" "The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want " "to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command \"title\". For " "example: Mageia3." -msgstr "El campo <guilabel>Etiqueta</guilabel> es libre, pudiéndo escribir en él, el contenido que quiere que aparezca en el menú. Coincidirá con el comando \"title\" del Grub. Por ejemplo: Mageia3." +msgstr "" +"El campo <guilabel>Etiqueta</guilabel> es libre, pudiéndo escribir en él, el " +"contenido que quiere que aparezca en el menú. Coincidirá con el comando " +"\"title\" del Grub. Por ejemplo: Mageia3." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:102 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> field contains the kernel name. It matches " "the Grub command \"kernel\". For example /boot/vmlinuz." -msgstr "El campo <guilabel>Imágen</guilabel> contiene el nombre del kernel. Coincide con el comando \"kernel\" del Grub. Por ejemplo /boot/vmlinuz." +msgstr "" +"El campo <guilabel>Imágen</guilabel> contiene el nombre del kernel. " +"Coincide con el comando \"kernel\" del Grub. Por ejemplo /boot/vmlinuz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:105 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Root</guilabel> field contains the device name where the " "kernel is stored. It matches the Grub command \"root\". For example (hd0,1)." -msgstr "El campo <guilabel>Root</guilabel> contiene el nombre del dispositivo donde se encuentra almacenado el kernel. Coincide con el comando \"root\" del Grub. Por ejemplo (hd0,1)." +msgstr "" +"El campo <guilabel>Root</guilabel> contiene el nombre del dispositivo donde " +"se encuentra almacenado el kernel. Coincide con el comando \"root\" del " +"Grub. Por ejemplo (hd0,1)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:109 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to " "the kernel at boot time." -msgstr "La etiqueta \"Anexar\" contiene las opciones que deben darse al kernel en el arranque." +msgstr "" +"La etiqueta \"Anexar\" contiene las opciones que deben darse al kernel en el " +"arranque." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:112 msgid "" "If the box <guilabel>Default</guilabel> is checked, Grub will boot this " "entry by default." -msgstr "Si la casilla \"Por defecto\" está marcada, Grub arrancará desde esta entrada por defecto." +msgstr "" +"Si la casilla \"Por defecto\" está marcada, Grub arrancará desde esta " +"entrada por defecto." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:115 @@ -923,8 +1144,7 @@ msgstr "Establecer autologin para iniciar sesión automáticamente" msgid "drakboot" msgstr "drakboot" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakboot.xml:11 msgid "drakboot.png" msgstr "drakboot.png" @@ -932,9 +1152,11 @@ msgstr "drakboot.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:15 @@ -943,14 +1165,21 @@ msgid "" "automatically login the same user, in her/his desktop environment, without " "asking for any password. It's called autologin. This is generally a good " "idea when there is only one user like to be using the machine." -msgstr "Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>permite iniciar sesión automáticamente al mismo usuario, en su entorno/escritorio, sin pedir ninguna contraseña. Se llama autologin. Esto es generalmente buena idea cuando sólo hay un usuario que use la máquina." +msgstr "" +"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>permite iniciar " +"sesión automáticamente al mismo usuario, en su entorno/escritorio, sin pedir " +"ninguna contraseña. Se llama autologin. Esto es generalmente buena idea " +"cuando sólo hay un usuario que use la máquina." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:22 msgid "" "It is found under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Boot</emphasis> tab in the " "Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up autologin to automatically log in\"." -msgstr "Se encuentra en la pestaña <emphasis role=\"bold\">Arranque</emphasis> del Centro de Control de Mageia llamada \"Configurar el inicio de sesión automático\"." +msgstr "" +"Se encuentra en la pestaña <emphasis role=\"bold\">Arranque</emphasis> del " +"Centro de Control de Mageia llamada \"Configurar el inicio de sesión " +"automático\"." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:26 @@ -960,23 +1189,35 @@ msgstr "Los botones son bastante obvios:" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:28 msgid "" -"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system " -"starts</guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the " -"boot. If not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be " -"possible to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by " -"launching the command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'." -msgstr "Marque <guibutton>Lanzar el entorno gráfico cuando su sistema inicia</guibutton>, si usted desea que el Sistema X Window sea ejecutado después del inicio. Si no es así el sistema iniciará en modo texto. De todos modos es posible lanzar la interfaz gráfica manualmente. Esto puede hacerse ejecutando el comando 'startx' o 'systemctl start dm'." +"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system starts</" +"guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the boot. If " +"not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be possible " +"to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by launching the " +"command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'." +msgstr "" +"Marque <guibutton>Lanzar el entorno gráfico cuando su sistema inicia</" +"guibutton>, si usted desea que el Sistema X Window sea ejecutado después del " +"inicio. Si no es así el sistema iniciará en modo texto. De todos modos es " +"posible lanzar la interfaz gráfica manualmente. Esto puede hacerse " +"ejecutando el comando 'startx' o 'systemctl start dm'." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:34 msgid "" "If the first box is checked, two other options are available, check either " -"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to" -" continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check " +"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to " +"continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check " "<guibutton>Yes, I want autologin with this (user, desktop)</guibutton>, if " "needed. In this case, you also need to supply the <guilabel>Default " "username</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Default desktop</guilabel>." -msgstr "Si la primera casilla está activada, otras dos opciones aparecen. Marque o bien <guibutton>No, yo no quiero autologin </guibutton>, si desea que el sistema pida un usuario y contraseña, o bien <guibutton>Sí, deseo entrar automáticaticamente con este (usuario, escritorio)</guibutton>, si es necesario. En este caso, también necesita suministrar el <guilabel>nombre de usuario por defecto </guilabel> y el <guilabel>escritorio por defecto</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Si la primera casilla está activada, otras dos opciones aparecen. Marque o " +"bien <guibutton>No, yo no quiero autologin </guibutton>, si desea que el " +"sistema pida un usuario y contraseña, o bien <guibutton>Sí, deseo entrar " +"automáticaticamente con este (usuario, escritorio)</guibutton>, si es " +"necesario. En este caso, también necesita suministrar el <guilabel>nombre " +"de usuario por defecto </guilabel> y el <guilabel>escritorio por defecto</" +"guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:11 @@ -991,32 +1232,42 @@ msgstr "drakbug_report" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:15 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and " "used on the command line." -msgstr "Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>solo se puede iniciar desde la línea de comandos." +msgstr "" +"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>solo se puede " +"iniciar desde la línea de comandos." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:20 msgid "" -"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by" -" doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > " -"drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, but make sure you have enough disk space " -"first: the file can easily be several GBs large." -msgstr "Se recomienda escribir la salida de este comando a un archivo, por ejemplo haciendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt </emphasis>, pero asegúrese de que tiene suficiente espacio en disco en primer lugar: el archivo puede ser fácilmente de varios GB." +"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by " +"doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, " +"but make sure you have enough disk space first: the file can easily be " +"several GBs large." +msgstr "" +"Se recomienda escribir la salida de este comando a un archivo, por ejemplo " +"haciendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt </" +"emphasis>, pero asegúrese de que tiene suficiente espacio en disco en primer " +"lugar: el archivo puede ser fácilmente de varios GB." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:24 msgid "" -"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing" -" the unneeded parts." -msgstr "La salida es demasiado grande para un reporte de bug sin eliminar primero las partes innecesarias." +"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing " +"the unneeded parts." +msgstr "" +"La salida es demasiado grande para un reporte de bug sin eliminar primero " +"las partes innecesarias." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:26 @@ -1193,12 +1444,19 @@ msgstr "df" msgid "" "At the time this help page was written, the \"syslog\" part of this " "command's output was empty, because this tool had not yet been adjusted to " -"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\"" -" by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > " -"journalctl.txt</emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, " -"for instance, take the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>." -msgstr "Cuando se escribió esta ayuda, la parte \"syslog\" de la salida de este comando estaba vacía, ya que esta herramienta aún no se había ajustado a nuestro cambio a systemd. Si todavía está vacío, puede recuperar el \"syslog\" haciendo (como root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt </emphasis>. Si usted no tiene mucho espacio en disco, puede, por ejemplo, tomar las últimoa 5.000 líneas del registro mediante: <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a | tail-n5000 > journalctl5000.txt </emphasis>." +"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\" " +"by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</" +"emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, for instance, take " +"the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Cuando se escribió esta ayuda, la parte \"syslog\" de la salida de este " +"comando estaba vacía, ya que esta herramienta aún no se había ajustado a " +"nuestro cambio a systemd. Si todavía está vacío, puede recuperar el \"syslog" +"\" haciendo (como root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl." +"txt </emphasis>. Si usted no tiene mucho espacio en disco, puede, por " +"ejemplo, tomar las últimoa 5.000 líneas del registro mediante: <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a | tail-n5000 > journalctl5000.txt </emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakbug.xml:9 @@ -1210,8 +1468,7 @@ msgstr "Herramienta de reportes de bug de Mageia" msgid "drakbug" msgstr "drakbug" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakbug.xml:15 msgid "drakbug.png" msgstr "drakbug.png" @@ -1219,29 +1476,38 @@ msgstr "drakbug.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakbug.xml:19 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>." -msgstr "Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\"> drakbug </emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\"> drakbug </emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug.xml:19 msgid "" "Usually, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> starts " -"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that," -" after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some " -"of the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug " -"report." -msgstr "Usualmente, esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se inicia automáticamente cuando una herramienta de Mageia se estrella. Sin embargo, también es posible que, después de rellenar un informe de error, se le pida que inicie esta herramienta para comprobar alguna de las informaciones que da, y luego incluirlas en ese reporte de bug existente." +"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that, " +"after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some of " +"the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug report." +msgstr "" +"Usualmente, esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se " +"inicia automáticamente cuando una herramienta de Mageia se estrella. Sin " +"embargo, también es posible que, después de rellenar un informe de error, se " +"le pida que inicie esta herramienta para comprobar alguna de las " +"informaciones que da, y luego incluirlas en ese reporte de bug existente." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug.xml:21 msgid "" "If a new bug report needs to be filed and you are not used to doing that, " -"then please read <link " -"xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How " -"to report a bug report properly</link> before clicking on the \"Report\" " -"button." -msgstr "Si hace falta un nuevo reporte de bug y usted no está acostumbrado a hacer eso, entonces por favor lea <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\"> Cómo hacer un reporte de bug correctamente </link> antes de hacer clic en el botón \"Report\"." +"then please read <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How to report a bug report properly</link> " +"before clicking on the \"Report\" button." +msgstr "" +"Si hace falta un nuevo reporte de bug y usted no está acostumbrado a hacer " +"eso, entonces por favor lea <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"How_to_report_a_bug_properly\"> Cómo hacer un reporte de bug correctamente </" +"link> antes de hacer clic en el botón \"Report\"." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug.xml:23 @@ -1249,7 +1515,10 @@ msgid "" "In case the bug has already been filed by someone else (the error message " "that drakbug gave will be the same, then), it is useful to add a comment to " "that existing report that you saw the bug, too." -msgstr "En caso de que el error ya ha sido presentado por otra persona (el mensaje de error que dio drakbug será el mismo), es útil añadir un comentario a ese bug existente diciendo que usted lo vió también." +msgstr "" +"En caso de que el error ya ha sido presentado por otra persona (el mensaje " +"de error que dio drakbug será el mismo), es útil añadir un comentario a ese " +"bug existente diciendo que usted lo vió también." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakclock.xml:3 @@ -1261,8 +1530,7 @@ msgstr "Fecha y hora" msgid "drakclock" msgstr "drakclock" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakclock.xml:10 msgid "drakclock.png" msgstr "drakclock.png" @@ -1270,18 +1538,25 @@ msgstr "drakclock.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\"> drakclock </emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\"> drakclock </emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the tab " -"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and " -"time\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a " -"right click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray." -msgstr "Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se encuentra en la pestaña Sistema en el Centro de Control Mageia etiquetada como <guilabel>\"Administrar fecha y hora\"</guilabel>. En algunos entornos de escritorio también está disponible haciendo click con el botón derecho / Ajustar fecha y hora ... sobre el reloj de la barra de sistema." +"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and time" +"\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a right " +"click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray." +msgstr "" +"Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se encuentra en la " +"pestaña Sistema en el Centro de Control Mageia etiquetada como <guilabel>" +"\"Administrar fecha y hora\"</guilabel>. En algunos entornos de escritorio " +"también está disponible haciendo click con el botón derecho / Ajustar fecha " +"y hora ... sobre el reloj de la barra de sistema." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:21 @@ -1292,30 +1567,46 @@ msgstr "Es una herramienta muy simple." #: en/drakclock.xml:23 msgid "" "On the upper left part, is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendar</emphasis>. " -"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on" -" the upper right), the 2nd (in blue) and it is a Sunday. Select the month " +"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on " +"the upper right), the 2nd (in blue) and it is a Sunday. Select the month " "(or year) by clicking on the little arrows on each side of September (or " "2012). Select the day by clicking on its number." -msgstr "En la parte superior izquierda se encuentra el<emphasis role=\"bold\">calendario</emphasis>. En la captura de pantalla la fecha es Septiembre (arriba en la izquierda), 2012 (arriba a la derecha), el día 2 (en azul) y es Domingo. Seleccione el mes (o año) haciendo click en las pequeñas flechas a cada lado de Septiembre (o 2012). Seleccione el día haciendo click en su número." +msgstr "" +"En la parte superior izquierda se encuentra el<emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">calendario</emphasis>. En la captura de pantalla la fecha es Septiembre " +"(arriba en la izquierda), 2012 (arriba a la derecha), el día 2 (en azul) y " +"es Domingo. Seleccione el mes (o año) haciendo click en las pequeñas flechas " +"a cada lado de Septiembre (o 2012). Seleccione el día haciendo click en su " +"número." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:29 msgid "" -"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time " -"Protocol</emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on " -"time by synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time " +"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time Protocol</" +"emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on time by " +"synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time " "Protocol</guilabel> and choose the closest server." -msgstr "En la esquina inferior izquierda se encuentra la opción de sincronización <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time Protocol</emphasis> es posible tener el reloj siempre en hora al sincronizarlo con un servidor. Marque <guilabel>Enable Network Time Protocol</guilabel>y elija el servidor más cercano." +msgstr "" +"En la esquina inferior izquierda se encuentra la opción de sincronización " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time Protocol</emphasis> es posible tener el " +"reloj siempre en hora al sincronizarlo con un servidor. Marque " +"<guilabel>Enable Network Time Protocol</guilabel>y elija el servidor más " +"cercano." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:34 msgid "" "On the right part is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">clock</emphasis>. It's " "useless to set the clock if NTP is enabled. Three boxes display hours, " -"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows" -" to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see" -" your desktop environment settings for that." -msgstr "En la parte derecha esta el relo. No se puede ajustar el reloj si NTP está activada. Tres casillas muestran las horas, minutos y segundos (15, 28 y 22 en la captura de pantalla). Usa las flechitas para ajustar el reloj a la hora correcta. El formato no puede cambiarse aquí, ver la configuración del entorno de escritorio para eso." +"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows " +"to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see " +"your desktop environment settings for that." +msgstr "" +"En la parte derecha esta el relo. No se puede ajustar el reloj si NTP está " +"activada. Tres casillas muestran las horas, minutos y segundos (15, 28 y 22 " +"en la captura de pantalla). Usa las flechitas para ajustar el reloj a la " +"hora correcta. El formato no puede cambiarse aquí, ver la configuración del " +"entorno de escritorio para eso." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:40 @@ -1323,15 +1614,21 @@ msgid "" "At least, on the bottom right, select your time zone by clicking on the " "<guibutton>Change Time Zone</guibutton> button and choosing in the list the " "nearest town." -msgstr "Al menos, abajo a la derecha, seleccione su zona horaria pulsando en el botón <guibutton>Cambiar Zona Horaria</guibutton> y eligiendo en la lista la ciudad más cercana." +msgstr "" +"Al menos, abajo a la derecha, seleccione su zona horaria pulsando en el " +"botón <guibutton>Cambiar Zona Horaria</guibutton> y eligiendo en la lista la " +"ciudad más cercana." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:45 msgid "" -"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they" -" will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation " +"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they " +"will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation " "settings." -msgstr "Aunque no sea posible elegir un formato de fecha u hora en esta herramienta, estos se mostrarán en el escritorio, de acuerdo con la configuración de región." +msgstr "" +"Aunque no sea posible elegir un formato de fecha u hora en esta herramienta, " +"estos se mostrarán en el escritorio, de acuerdo con la configuración de " +"región." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3 @@ -1343,8 +1640,7 @@ msgstr "Quitar una conexión" msgid "drakconnect --del" msgstr "drakconnect --del" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:8 msgid "drakconnect--del.png" msgstr "drakconnect--del.png" @@ -1352,30 +1648,38 @@ msgstr "drakconnect--del.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12 msgid "" -"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> como root." +"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12 msgid "" -"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" " -"id=\"0\"/>." -msgstr "Aquí puede eliminar una interfaz de red<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>. " +"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=" +"\"0\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Aquí puede eliminar una interfaz de red<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=" +"\"0\"/>. " #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:14 msgid "" "Click on the drop down menu, choose the one you want to remove and then " "click <emphasis>next</emphasis>." -msgstr "Haga clic en el menú desplegable, seleccione la que desea eliminar y luego haga clic en <emphasis> siguiente </emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Haga clic en el menú desplegable, seleccione la que desea eliminar y luego " +"haga clic en <emphasis> siguiente </emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:15 msgid "" "You'll see a message that the network interface has been deleted " "successfully." -msgstr "Verá un mensaje diciendo que la interfaz de red se ha eliminado correctamente." +msgstr "" +"Verá un mensaje diciendo que la interfaz de red se ha eliminado " +"correctamente." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:3 @@ -1387,8 +1691,7 @@ msgstr "Configurar un una nueva interfaz de red (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)" msgid "drakconnect" msgstr "drakconnect" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:11 msgid "drakconnect.png" msgstr "drakconnect.png" @@ -1396,9 +1699,11 @@ msgstr "drakconnect.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:19 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\"> drakconnect </emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\"> drakconnect </emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:18 @@ -1406,14 +1711,19 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure much " "of local network or Internet access. You have to know some information from " "your access provider or your network administrator." -msgstr "Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite configurar varias opciones de red local o acceso a internet. Debe de tener información de su proveedor de acceso a internet o su administrador de red." +msgstr "" +"Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite configurar " +"varias opciones de red local o acceso a internet. Debe de tener información " +"de su proveedor de acceso a internet o su administrador de red." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:25 msgid "" "Select the type of connection you want to set, according to which hardware " "and provider you have." -msgstr "Seleccione el tipo de conexión que desea establecer, de acuerdo con el hardware y el proveedor que usted posee." +msgstr "" +"Seleccione el tipo de conexión que desea establecer, de acuerdo con el " +"hardware y el proveedor que usted posee." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:30 @@ -1425,133 +1735,155 @@ msgstr "Una nueva conexión cableada (Ethernet)" msgid "" "The first window lists the interfaces which are available. Select the one " "to configure." -msgstr "La primera ventana lista las interfaces que estan disponibles. Seleccione un para configurar" +msgstr "" +"La primera ventana lista las interfaces que estan disponibles. Seleccione un " +"para configurar" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:39 en/drakconnect.xml:167 msgid "" "At this point, the choice is given between an automatic or a manual IP " "address." -msgstr "En este paso, la elección se da entre una dirección IP automática o manualmente configurada." +msgstr "" +"En este paso, la elección se da entre una dirección IP automática o " +"manualmente configurada." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:44 en/drakconnect.xml:187 en/drakconnect.xml:557 msgid "Automatic IP" msgstr "IP automática" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:48 msgid "" -"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers" -" are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained " +"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers " +"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained " "below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The " -"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified," -" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default." -" The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option " -"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers" -" have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address " +"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, " +"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default. " +"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option " +"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers " +"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address " "from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely." -msgstr "<emphasis>configuración Ethernet/IP </emphasis>: usted debe seleccionar si los servidores DNS son determinados por el servidor DHCP o si serán especificados manualmente, como se explica más abajo. En el último caso la dirección IP de los servidores DNS debe ser \nconfigurada. El HOSTNAME de la computadora puede ser especificado \naquí. Si no se especifica, el nombre <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> es asignado de forma predeterminada. El Hostname también puede ser provisto por el servidor DHCP con la opción <emphasis>Asignar Hostname desde el servidor DHCP</emphasis>.No todos los servidores DHCP tienen esta función, y si usted está configurando su PC para obtener una dirección IP desde router ADSL doméstico, es poco probable." - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>configuración Ethernet/IP </emphasis>: usted debe seleccionar si " +"los servidores DNS son determinados por el servidor DHCP o si serán " +"especificados manualmente, como se explica más abajo. En el último caso la " +"dirección IP de los servidores DNS debe ser \n" +"configurada. El HOSTNAME de la computadora puede ser especificado \n" +"aquí. Si no se especifica, el nombre <literal>localhost.localdomain</" +"literal> es asignado de forma predeterminada. El Hostname también puede ser " +"provisto por el servidor DHCP con la opción <emphasis>Asignar Hostname " +"desde el servidor DHCP</emphasis>.No todos los servidores DHCP tienen esta " +"función, y si usted está configurando su PC para obtener una dirección IP " +"desde router ADSL doméstico, es poco probable." + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:62 msgid "drakconnect5.png" msgstr "drakconnect5.png" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:68 en/drakconnect.xml:205 en/drakconnect.xml:572 msgid "The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:" msgstr "El botón avanzado da la oportunidad de especificar:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:72 en/drakconnect.xml:209 en/drakconnect.xml:576 msgid "Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)" msgstr "Dominio de búsqueda (no accesible, proporcionado por el servidor DHCP)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:77 en/drakconnect.xml:214 en/drakconnect.xml:581 msgid "the DHCP client" msgstr "Cliente DHCP" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:81 en/drakconnect.xml:218 en/drakconnect.xml:585 msgid "DHCP timeout" msgstr "Tiempo de espera DHCP agotado" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:85 en/drakconnect.xml:222 msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS server" -msgstr "Obtener el servidor YP del DHCP (Seleccionado por defecto): especifique el servidor NIS" +msgstr "" +"Obtener el servidor YP del DHCP (Seleccionado por defecto): especifique el " +"servidor NIS" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:90 en/drakconnect.xml:227 en/drakconnect.xml:594 msgid "Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)" msgstr "Obtener servidores NTPD desde DHCP (sincronización de reloj)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:95 en/drakconnect.xml:232 en/drakconnect.xml:599 msgid "" "the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server " "requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP address. " "This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers." -msgstr "El HOST requerido por el DHCP. Use esta opción solo si el servidor DHCP requiere que el cliente especifique un host antes de recibir una dirección IP. Esta opción no esta soportada por algunos servidores DHCP." +msgstr "" +"El HOST requerido por el DHCP. Use esta opción solo si el servidor DHCP " +"requiere que el cliente especifique un host antes de recibir una dirección " +"IP. Esta opción no esta soportada por algunos servidores DHCP." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:104 en/drakconnect.xml:241 msgid "" "After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection " "configurations are explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" -msgstr "Despues de aceptar, se describiran los últimos pasos que son comunes para todas las configuraciones de conexiones: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Despues de aceptar, se describiran los últimos pasos que son comunes para " +"todas las configuraciones de conexiones: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:111 en/drakconnect.xml:248 en/drakconnect.xml:615 msgid "Manual configuration" msgstr "Configuración manual" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:115 msgid "" "<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS " "servers to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no " "HOSTNAME is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is " "attributed by default." -msgstr "<emphasis>configuración Ethernet/IP</emphasis>: necesita especificar que servidores DNS utilizar.El NOMBRE DE EQUIPO de la computadora puede especificarse aquí. Si no se especifica ninguno, el nombre <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> se atribuye de forma predeterminada." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>configuración Ethernet/IP</emphasis>: necesita especificar que " +"servidores DNS utilizar.El NOMBRE DE EQUIPO de la computadora puede " +"especificarse aquí. Si no se especifica ninguno, el nombre " +"<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> se atribuye de forma predeterminada." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:121 en/drakconnect.xml:258 msgid "" "For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like " -"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is " -"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are " -"available from your service provider's website." -msgstr "Para una red residencial, la dirección IP usualmente luce cómo <emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, la máscara de subred <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, y la Puerta de Enlace y los servidores DNS están disponibles desde el sitio web de su proveedor." +"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</" +"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your service " +"provider's website." +msgstr "" +"Para una red residencial, la dirección IP usualmente luce cómo " +"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, la máscara de subred " +"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, y la Puerta de Enlace y los servidores " +"DNS están disponibles desde el sitio web de su proveedor." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:126 msgid "" -"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search " -"domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your " -"computer is called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is " -"\"splash.boatanchor.net\", the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". " -"Unless you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, " -"domestic ADSL would not need this setting." -msgstr "En la configuración avanzada, puede especificado un <emphasis>Búsqueda de dominio</emphasis>. Por lo general, sería su dominio principal, es decir, si el equipo se llama \\\"splash\\\", y el nombre de dominio completo es \\\"splash.boatanchor.net\\\", la búsqueda de dominio sería \\\"boatanchor.net\\\". A menos que específicamente lo necesite, está bien no definir este ajuste. Una vez más, el ADSL doméstico no necesitaría este ajuste." - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</" +"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is " +"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", " +"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need " +"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic ADSL would not need " +"this setting." +msgstr "" +"En la configuración avanzada, puede especificado un <emphasis>Búsqueda de " +"dominio</emphasis>. Por lo general, sería su dominio principal, es decir, si " +"el equipo se llama \\\"splash\\\", y el nombre de dominio completo es \\" +"\"splash.boatanchor.net\\\", la búsqueda de dominio sería \\\"boatanchor.net" +"\\\". A menos que específicamente lo necesite, está bien no definir este " +"ajuste. Una vez más, el ADSL doméstico no necesitaría este ajuste." + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:136 msgid "drakconnect30.png" msgstr "drakconnect30.png" @@ -1561,7 +1893,8 @@ msgstr "drakconnect30.png" #: en/drakconnect.xml:458 en/drakconnect.xml:636 en/drakconnect.xml:688 #: en/drakconnect.xml:780 msgid "The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" -msgstr "Los siguientes pasos se muestran en <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Los siguientes pasos se muestran en <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:150 @@ -1572,11 +1905,14 @@ msgstr "Una nueva conexión satelital (DVB)" #: en/drakconnect.xml:152 en/drakconnect.xml:696 en/draknetcenter.xml:136 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:142 en/draknetcenter.xml:203 msgid "" -"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you" -" can write this help, please contact <link " -"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc " -"team.</link> Thanking you in advance." -msgstr "Esta sección no fué escrita todavía por falta de recursos. Si usted piensa que puede escribir esta ayuda, por favor contacte al <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">equipo de Documentación.</link> Gracias por adelantado." +"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you " +"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance." +msgstr "" +"Esta sección no fué escrita todavía por falta de recursos. Si usted piensa " +"que puede escribir esta ayuda, por favor contacte al <link ns2:href=" +"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">equipo de Documentación.</" +"link> Gracias por adelantado." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:158 @@ -1588,59 +1924,76 @@ msgstr "Una nueva conexión por cable módem" msgid "You have to specify a authentication method:" msgstr "Debe especificar un método de autenticación:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:176 msgid "None" msgstr "Ninguno" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:180 msgid "" -"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name" -" and password." -msgstr "BPALogin (necesario para Telstra). En este caso, es necesario que proporcione un nombre de usuario y contraseña." +"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name " +"and password." +msgstr "" +"BPALogin (necesario para Telstra). En este caso, es necesario que " +"proporcione un nombre de usuario y contraseña." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:191 msgid "" "<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers " "are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained " "below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The " -"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified," -" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default." -" The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option " -"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers" -" have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address " +"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, " +"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default. " +"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option " +"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers " +"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address " "from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely." -msgstr "<emphasis>Configuración de Cable/IP</emphasis>: hay que seleccionar si los servidores DNS son declarados por el servidor DHCP o se especifican de forma manual, como se explica a continuación. En el última instancia, la dirección IP de los servidores DNS tiene que ser establecida. El nombre del ordenador se puede especificar aquí. Si no se especifica ningún HOSTNAME, el nombre <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> se atribuye por defecto. El nombre de host también puede ser proporcionada por el servidor DHCP con la opción <emphasis>Asignar nombre de host desde el servidor DHCP</emphasis>. No todos los servidores DHCP tienen una función de este tipo y si está configurando su PC para obtener una dirección IP de un router ADSL doméstico, es poco probable." - -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Configuración de Cable/IP</emphasis>: hay que seleccionar si los " +"servidores DNS son declarados por el servidor DHCP o se especifican de forma " +"manual, como se explica a continuación. En el última instancia, la dirección " +"IP de los servidores DNS tiene que ser establecida. El nombre del ordenador " +"se puede especificar aquí. Si no se especifica ningún HOSTNAME, el nombre " +"<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> se atribuye por defecto. El nombre " +"de host también puede ser proporcionada por el servidor DHCP con la opción " +"<emphasis>Asignar nombre de host desde el servidor DHCP</emphasis>. No todos " +"los servidores DHCP tienen una función de este tipo y si está configurando " +"su PC para obtener una dirección IP de un router ADSL doméstico, es poco " +"probable." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:252 msgid "" -"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers" -" to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME " +"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers " +"to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME " "is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is " "attributed by default." -msgstr "<emphasis>Configuración de Cable/IP</emphasis>: hay que declarar los servidores DNS. El nombre del ordenador se puede especificar aquí. Si no se especifica ningún HOSTNAME, el nombre <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> se atribuye por defecto." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Configuración de Cable/IP</emphasis>: hay que declarar los " +"servidores DNS. El nombre del ordenador se puede especificar aquí. Si no se " +"especifica ningún HOSTNAME, el nombre <literal>localhost.localdomain</" +"literal> se atribuye por defecto." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:263 msgid "" -"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search " -"domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your " -"computer is called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is " -"\"splash.boatanchor.net\", the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". " -"Unless you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, " -"domestic connection would not need this setting." -msgstr "En la configuración avanzada, puede especificado un <emphasis>Búsqueda de dominio</emphasis>. Por lo general, sería su dominio principal, es decir, si el equipo se llama \\\"splash\\\", y el nombre de dominio completo es \\\"splash.boatanchor.net\\\", la búsqueda de dominio sería \\\"boatanchor.net\\\". A menos que específicamente lo necesite, está bien no definir este ajuste. Una vez más, la conexión doméstica no necesitaría este ajuste." - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</" +"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is " +"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", " +"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need " +"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic connection would not " +"need this setting." +msgstr "" +"En la configuración avanzada, puede especificado un <emphasis>Búsqueda de " +"dominio</emphasis>. Por lo general, sería su dominio principal, es decir, si " +"el equipo se llama \\\"splash\\\", y el nombre de dominio completo es \\" +"\"splash.boatanchor.net\\\", la búsqueda de dominio sería \\\"boatanchor.net" +"\\\". A menos que específicamente lo necesite, está bien no definir este " +"ajuste. Una vez más, la conexión doméstica no necesitaría este ajuste." + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:273 msgid "drakconnect32.png" msgstr "drakconnect32.png" @@ -1655,47 +2008,47 @@ msgstr "Una nueva conexión DSL" msgid "" "If the tool detects network interfaces, it offers to select one and to " "configure it." -msgstr "Si la herramienta detecta interfaces de red, ofrece la opción de seleccionar una y configurarla." +msgstr "" +"Si la herramienta detecta interfaces de red, ofrece la opción de seleccionar " +"una y configurarla." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:296 en/drakconnect.xml:663 msgid "" "A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your " -"provider. If it is not listed, select the option " -"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave." -msgstr "Se propone una lista de proveedores, clasificados por países. Seleccione su proveedor. Sin está en el listado, seleccione la opción <guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> y luego ingrese las opciones que su proveedor le dió." +"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</" +"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave." +msgstr "" +"Se propone una lista de proveedores, clasificados por países. Seleccione su " +"proveedor. Sin está en el listado, seleccione la opción <guilabel>Unlisted</" +"guilabel> y luego ingrese las opciones que su proveedor le dió." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:303 en/drakconnect.xml:380 msgid "Select one of the protocols available:" msgstr "Seleccione uno de los protocolos disponibles:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:307 msgid "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)" msgstr "Protocolo de Configuración de Host Dinámico (DHCP)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:311 msgid "Manual TCP/IP configuration" msgstr "Configuración manual TCP/IP" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:315 msgid "PPP over ADSL (PPPoA)" msgstr "PPP sobre ADSL (PPPoA)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:319 msgid "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)" msgstr "PPP sobre Ethernet (PPPoE)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:323 msgid "Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)" msgstr "Protocolo de túnel punto a punto (PPTP)" @@ -1705,26 +2058,22 @@ msgstr "Protocolo de túnel punto a punto (PPTP)" msgid "Access settings" msgstr "Configuraciones de acceso" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:333 en/drakconnect.xml:678 msgid "Account Login (user name)" msgstr "Cuenta de ingreso (nombre de usuario)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:337 en/drakconnect.xml:414 en/drakconnect.xml:682 msgid "Account password" msgstr "Contraseña de la cuenta" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:341 msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Path ID (VPI)" msgstr "(Avanzado) ID de ruta virtual (VPI):" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:345 msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)" msgstr "(Avanzado) ID de circuito virtual (VCI):" @@ -1744,14 +2093,12 @@ msgstr "Una nueva conexión ISDN" msgid "The wizard asks which device to configure:" msgstr "El asistente desea saber que dispositivo configurar:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:365 msgid "Manual choice (internal ISDN card)" msgstr "Elección manual (tarjeta ISDN interna)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:369 msgid "External ISDN modem" msgstr "Módem ISDN externo" @@ -1761,16 +2108,16 @@ msgstr "Módem ISDN externo" msgid "" "A list of hardware is proposed, classified by category and manufacturer. " "Select your card." -msgstr "Se expone una lista de hardware clasificado por categorías y fabricante. Seleccione su tarjeta." +msgstr "" +"Se expone una lista de hardware clasificado por categorías y fabricante. " +"Seleccione su tarjeta." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:384 msgid "Protocol for the rest of the world, except Europe (DHCP)" msgstr "Protocolo para el resto del mundo, excepto Europa (DHCP)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:389 msgid "Protocol for Europe (EDSS1)" msgstr "Protocolo para Europa (ESSS1)" @@ -1779,31 +2126,31 @@ msgstr "Protocolo para Europa (ESSS1)" #: en/drakconnect.xml:395 msgid "" "A list of providers is then offered, classified by countries. Select your " -"provider. If it is not listed, select the option " -"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave " -"you. Then it is asked for parameters:" -msgstr "Se ofrece luego una lista de proveedores clasificados por países. Seleccione su proveedor. Si no se encuentra en la lista, seleccione la opción <guilabel>No incluido</guilabel> e introduzca las opciones proporcionadas por su proveedor. Luego se le solicitarán los parámetros:" +"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</" +"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave you. Then it is " +"asked for parameters:" +msgstr "" +"Se ofrece luego una lista de proveedores clasificados por países. Seleccione " +"su proveedor. Si no se encuentra en la lista, seleccione la opción " +"<guilabel>No incluido</guilabel> e introduzca las opciones proporcionadas " +"por su proveedor. Luego se le solicitarán los parámetros:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:402 msgid "Connection name" msgstr "Nombre de conexión" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:406 msgid "Phone number" msgstr "Número de teléfono" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:410 msgid "Login ID" msgstr "ID de ingreso (login)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:418 msgid "Authentication method" msgstr "Método de autenticación" @@ -1813,43 +2160,51 @@ msgstr "Método de autenticación" msgid "" "After that, you have to select if you get the IP address by automatic or " "manual method. In the last case, specify IP address and Subnet mask." -msgstr "Después de esto, debe seleccionar si recibe la dirección IP por método automático o manual. En este ultimo caso, especifique la dirección IP y la máscara de Subred." +msgstr "" +"Después de esto, debe seleccionar si recibe la dirección IP por método " +"automático o manual. En este ultimo caso, especifique la dirección IP y la " +"máscara de Subred." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:430 msgid "" "The next step is to choose how DNS servers address are obtained, by " -"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to" -" put:" -msgstr "El siguiente paso consiste en indicar si las direcciones de los servidores DNS se obtienen por método automático o manual. En el caso de la configuración manual, debe indicar:" +"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to " +"put:" +msgstr "" +"El siguiente paso consiste en indicar si las direcciones de los servidores " +"DNS se obtienen por método automático o manual. En el caso de la " +"configuración manual, debe indicar:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:436 msgid "Domain name" msgstr "Nombre de dominio" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:440 msgid "First and second DNS Server" msgstr "Servidores DNS primario y secundario" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:444 msgid "" "Select if the hostname is set from IP. This option is to select only if you " "are sure that your provider is configured to accept it." -msgstr "Seleccione si el nombre del host está especificado desde IP. Seleccione esta opción solo si está seguro que su proveedor está configurado para aceptarlo." +msgstr "" +"Seleccione si el nombre del host está especificado desde IP. Seleccione esta " +"opción solo si está seguro que su proveedor está configurado para aceptarlo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:452 msgid "" -"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic" -" or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter " -"the IP address." -msgstr "El siguiente paso es seleccionar como la dirección de la puerta de enlace es obtenida, de forma automática o manual. En caso de configuración manual, usted debe ingresar la dirección IP." +"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic " +"or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter the " +"IP address." +msgstr "" +"El siguiente paso es seleccionar como la dirección de la puerta de enlace es " +"obtenida, de forma automática o manual. En caso de configuración manual, " +"usted debe ingresar la dirección IP." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:464 @@ -1862,103 +2217,96 @@ msgid "" "A first window lists the interfaces which are available and an entry for " "Windows driver (ndiswrapper). Select the one to configure. Use ndiswrapper " "only if the other configuration methods did not work." -msgstr "Una primer ventana muestra una lista de las interfaces que están disponibles y una entrada para controladores de Windows (ndiswrapper). Seleccione la que desea configurar. Sólo use ndiswrapper si los otros métodos de configuración no funcionar" +msgstr "" +"Una primer ventana muestra una lista de las interfaces que están disponibles " +"y una entrada para controladores de Windows (ndiswrapper). Seleccione la que " +"desea configurar. Sólo use ndiswrapper si los otros métodos de configuración " +"no funcionar" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:475 msgid "" "At this step, the choice is given between the different access points that " "the card has detected." -msgstr "En este paso, la elección se da entre los diferentes puntos de acceso que la tarjeta ha detectado." +msgstr "" +"En este paso, la elección se da entre los diferentes puntos de acceso que la " +"tarjeta ha detectado." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:480 msgid "Specific parameter for the wireless card are to provide:" msgstr "Los parámetros específicos de la tarjeta inalámbrica deben brindar:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:484 msgid "drakconnect31.png" msgstr "drakconnect31.png" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:490 msgid "Operating mode:" msgstr "Modo de operación" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: en/drakconnect.xml:494 msgid "Managed" msgstr "Administrado" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:497 msgid "To access to an existing access point (the most frequent)." msgstr "Acceso a un punto de acceso existente (lo más frecuente)." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: en/drakconnect.xml:503 msgid "Ad-Hoc" msgstr "Ad-Hoc" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:506 msgid "To configure direct connection between computers." msgstr "Para configurar una conexión directa entre computadoras." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:514 msgid "Network Name (ESSID)" msgstr "Nombre de red (ESSID)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:518 msgid "Encryption mode: it depends of how the access point is configured." -msgstr "Modo de encriptación: depende de cómo esté configurado el punto de acceso." +msgstr "" +"Modo de encriptación: depende de cómo esté configurado el punto de acceso." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: en/drakconnect.xml:523 msgid "WPA/WPA2" msgstr "WPA/WPA2" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:526 msgid "This encryption mode is to prefer if your hardware allows it." msgstr "Este modo de encriptación es preferible si su hardware lo permite" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: en/drakconnect.xml:532 msgid "WEP" msgstr "WEP" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:535 msgid "Some old hardware deals only this encryption method." -msgstr "Algunos dispositivos antiguos soportan solo este método de encriptación." +msgstr "" +"Algunos dispositivos antiguos soportan solo este método de encriptación." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:543 msgid "Encryption key" msgstr "Contraseña de encriptado" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:545 -msgid "" -"It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point." +msgid "It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point." msgstr "Generalmente es provisto con el hardware que da el punto de acceso." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1966,10 +2314,10 @@ msgstr "Generalmente es provisto con el hardware que da el punto de acceso." msgid "" "At this step, the choice is given between an automatic IP address or a " "manual IP address." -msgstr "En este punto, la opción está entre una dirección IP automática o manual." +msgstr "" +"En este punto, la opción está entre una dirección IP automática o manual." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:561 msgid "" "<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are " @@ -1979,49 +2327,67 @@ msgid "" "localhost.localdomain is attributed by default. The Hostname can also be " "provided by the DHCP server with the option <emphasis>Assign host name from " "DHCP server</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>Configuración de IP</emphasis>: hay que seleccionar si los servidores DNS son declarados por el servidor DHCP o se especifican de forma manual, como se explica a continuación. En el última instancia, la dirección IP de los servidores DNS tiene que ser establecida. El nombre del ordenador se puede especificar aquí. Si no se especifica ningún HOSTNAME, el nombre localhost.localdomain se atribuye por defecto. El nombre de host también puede ser proporcionado por el servidor DHCP con la opción <emphasis>Asignar nombre de host dede el servidor DHCP</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Configuración de IP</emphasis>: hay que seleccionar si los " +"servidores DNS son declarados por el servidor DHCP o se especifican de forma " +"manual, como se explica a continuación. En el última instancia, la dirección " +"IP de los servidores DNS tiene que ser establecida. El nombre del ordenador " +"se puede especificar aquí. Si no se especifica ningún HOSTNAME, el nombre " +"localhost.localdomain se atribuye por defecto. El nombre de host también " +"puede ser proporcionado por el servidor DHCP con la opción <emphasis>Asignar " +"nombre de host dede el servidor DHCP</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:589 msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS servers" -msgstr "Obtener el servidor YP del DHCP (Seleccionado por defecto): especifique los servidores NIS" +msgstr "" +"Obtener el servidor YP del DHCP (Seleccionado por defecto): especifique los " +"servidores NIS" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:608 msgid "" "After accepting the configuration the step, which is common to all " "connection configurations, is explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" -msgstr "Luego de aceptar la configuración es explicado el paso, que es común a todas las configuraciones de conexión:<xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Luego de aceptar la configuración es explicado el paso, que es común a todas " +"las configuraciones de conexión:<xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:619 msgid "" "<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to declare DNS servers. The " -"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified," -" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default." -msgstr "<emphasis>Configuración de IP</emphasis>: hay que declarar los servidores DNS. El nombre del ordenador se puede especificar aquí. Si no se especifica ningún HOSTNAME, el nombre <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> se atribuye por defecto." +"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, " +"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Configuración de IP</emphasis>: hay que declarar los servidores " +"DNS. El nombre del ordenador se puede especificar aquí. Si no se especifica " +"ningún HOSTNAME, el nombre <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> se " +"atribuye por defecto." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:625 msgid "" "For a residential network, the IP address always looks like " -"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is " -"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are " -"available from your providers website." -msgstr "Para una red residencial, la dirección IP siempre es algo parecido a <emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, la Máscara de Red es <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis> y la Puerta de Enlace y los Servidores DNS están disponibles en el Sitio Web de su proveedor." +"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</" +"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your providers " +"website." +msgstr "" +"Para una red residencial, la dirección IP siempre es algo parecido a " +"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, la Máscara de Red es " +"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis> y la Puerta de Enlace y los Servidores " +"DNS están disponibles en el Sitio Web de su proveedor." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:630 msgid "" -"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search " -"domain</emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, " -"before the period." -msgstr "En la configuración avanzada, puede especificar una <emphasis>Búsqueda de dominio</emphasis>. Es similar al nombre del host sin el nombre antes del punto." +"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</" +"emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, before the " +"period." +msgstr "" +"En la configuración avanzada, puede especificar una <emphasis>Búsqueda de " +"dominio</emphasis>. Es similar al nombre del host sin el nombre antes del " +"punto." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:644 @@ -2033,7 +2399,9 @@ msgstr "Una nueva conexión GPRS/Edge/3G" msgid "" "If the tool detects wireless interfaces, it offers to select one and to " "configure it." -msgstr "Si la herramienta detecta interfaces inalámbricas, ofrece seleccionar una y configurarla." +msgstr "" +"Si la herramienta detecta interfaces inalámbricas, ofrece seleccionar una y " +"configurarla." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:653 @@ -2045,15 +2413,16 @@ msgstr "Se solicita el PIN. Dejar en blanco si no se requiere el PIN." msgid "" "The wizard asks for network. If it is not detected, select the option " "<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel>." -msgstr "El asistente regunta por una red. Si no es detectada, seleccione la opción,<guilabel>No listada</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"El asistente regunta por una red. Si no es detectada, seleccione la opción," +"<guilabel>No listada</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:670 msgid "Provide access settings" msgstr "Especifique las configuraciones de acceso a red" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:674 msgid "Access Point Name" msgstr "Nombre de punto de acceso" @@ -2068,14 +2437,12 @@ msgstr "Una nueva conexión a Red por marcado de Bluetooth" msgid "A new Analog telephone modem connection (POTS)" msgstr "Una nueva conexión por Módem de teléfono analógico (POTS)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:710 msgid "Manual choice" msgstr "Elección manual" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:714 msgid "Detected hardware, if any." msgstr "Hardware detectado, si existe." @@ -2090,73 +2457,69 @@ msgstr "La lista de puertos sugeridos, Seleccione el puerto." msgid "" "If not yet installed, it will be suggested that you install the package " "<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>." -msgstr "Si todavía no está instalado, se sugerirá que instale el paquete <emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Si todavía no está instalado, se sugerirá que instale el paquete " +"<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:729 msgid "" "A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your " -"provider. If it is not listed, select the option " -"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave." -" Then it is asked for Dialup options:" -msgstr "Se propone una lista de proveedores, clasificados por países. Seleccione su proveedor. Si no aparece, seleccione la opción \"No listados\", y luego entre en las opciones de su proveedor. Entonces se le preguntará por las opciones de acceso telefónico." +"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</" +"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave. Then it is asked " +"for Dialup options:" +msgstr "" +"Se propone una lista de proveedores, clasificados por países. Seleccione su " +"proveedor. Si no aparece, seleccione la opción \"No listados\", y luego " +"entre en las opciones de su proveedor. Entonces se le preguntará por las " +"opciones de acceso telefónico." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:736 msgid "<emphasis>Connection name</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis>Nombre de la conexión</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:740 msgid "<emphasis>Phone number</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis>Número telefónico</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:744 msgid "<emphasis>Login ID</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis>ID de usuario</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:748 msgid "<emphasis>Password</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis>Clave</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:752 msgid "<emphasis>Authentication</emphasis>, choose between:" msgstr "<emphasis>Autenticación</emphasis>, elija entre:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:756 msgid "PAP/CHAP" msgstr "PAP/CHAP" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:760 msgid "Script-based" msgstr "Basado en script" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:764 msgid "PAP" msgstr "PAP" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:768 msgid "Terminal-based" msgstr "Basado en terminal" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:772 msgid "CHAP" msgstr "CHAP" @@ -2190,7 +2553,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Activar las estadisticas del tráfico</emphasis>" #: en/drakconnect.xml:804 msgid "" "<emphasis>Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>Permitir que la interfaz sea controlada por el Administrador de Redes</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Permitir que la interfaz sea controlada por el Administrador de " +"Redes</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:809 @@ -2198,7 +2563,10 @@ msgid "" "In the case of a wireless connection, a supplemental box is <emphasis>Allow " "access point roaming</emphasis> which give the possibility to switch " "automatically between access point according to the signal strength." -msgstr "En el caso de una conexión inalámbrica, aparecerá un cuadro suplementario, que le dará la posibilidad de cambiar automáticamente entre la conexión de red de acuerdo con la intensidad de la señal." +msgstr "" +"En el caso de una conexión inalámbrica, aparecerá un cuadro suplementario, " +"que le dará la posibilidad de cambiar automáticamente entre la conexión de " +"red de acuerdo con la intensidad de la señal." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:816 @@ -2230,10 +2598,11 @@ msgstr "Habilitar túnel IPv6 a IPv4" msgid "" "The last step allows you to specify if the connection is to start " "immediately or not." -msgstr "El último paso le permite especificar si la conexión empieza de inmediato o no." +msgstr "" +"El último paso le permite especificar si la conexión empieza de inmediato o " +"no." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:841 msgid "drakconnect9.png" msgstr "drakconnect9.png" @@ -2248,8 +2617,7 @@ msgstr "Abra una consola de administrador" msgid "drakconsole" msgstr "drakconsole" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconsole.xml:10 msgid "drakconsole.png" msgstr "drakconsole.png" @@ -2257,17 +2625,22 @@ msgstr "drakconsole.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakconsole.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " +"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakconsole.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives you access to a " -"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more" -" information about that." -msgstr "Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le da acceso a una consola que se abre directamente como root. No creemos que necesite más información al respecto." +"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more " +"information about that." +msgstr "" +"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le da acceso a " +"una consola que se abre directamente como root. No creemos que necesite más " +"información al respecto." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakdisk.xml:8 @@ -2279,8 +2652,7 @@ msgstr "Administrar particiones de disco" msgid "drakdisk or diskdrake" msgstr "drakdisk o diskdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakdisk.xml:15 msgid "drakdiskBackup.png" msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png" @@ -2288,10 +2660,13 @@ msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:21 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> o <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> " +"as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " +"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> o <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:20 @@ -2299,19 +2674,26 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is very powerful, a tiny " "error or a cat jumping on your keyboard can lead to losing all data on a " "partition or even to erasing the entire hard disk. For that reason, you'll " -"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on " -"<emphasis>Exit</emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue." -msgstr "Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> es muy potente, un pequeño error, o una pulsación de teclado erronea, puede conducir a la pérdida de todos los datos en una partición, o incluso borrar todo el disco duro. Por esta razón, usted verá la pantalla de arriba, en la parte superior de la herramienta. Haga click en \"Salir\", si no está seguro de que desea continuar." +"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on <emphasis>Exit</" +"emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue." +msgstr "" +"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> es muy potente, " +"un pequeño error, o una pulsación de teclado erronea, puede conducir a la " +"pérdida de todos los datos en una partición, o incluso borrar todo el disco " +"duro. Por esta razón, usted verá la pantalla de arriba, en la parte superior " +"de la herramienta. Haga click en \"Salir\", si no está seguro de que desea " +"continuar." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:30 msgid "" "If you have more than one hard disk, you can switch to the hard disk you " "want to work on by selecting the correct tab (sda, sdb, sdc etc)." -msgstr "Si usted tiene más de un disco duro, puede cambiar el disco duro que desea trabajar seleccionando la pestaña correcta (sda, sdb, sdc, etc)." +msgstr "" +"Si usted tiene más de un disco duro, puede cambiar el disco duro que desea " +"trabajar seleccionando la pestaña correcta (sda, sdb, sdc, etc)." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakdisk.xml:35 msgid "drakdisk.png" msgstr "drakdisk.png" @@ -2321,12 +2703,18 @@ msgstr "drakdisk.png" msgid "" "You can choose from many actions to adjust your hard disk to your " "preferences. Wiping an entire hard disk, splitting or merging partitions, " -"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a" -" partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear " -"all</guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete " -"disk, the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a " -"partition." -msgstr "Usted puede elegir entre muchas acciones para ajustar el disco duro a sus preferencias. Limpiar un disco duro entero, dividir o fusionar particiones, cambiar su tamaño o su sistema de ficheros, su formato o la visualización de lo que se encuentra en una partición: todo es posible. El <emphasis><guibutton> botón Borrar todos </guibutton></emphasis> en la parte inferior es para borrar el disco completo, el resto de botones se hacen visibles a la derecha después de hacer clic en una partición." +"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a " +"partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear all</" +"guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete disk, " +"the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a partition." +msgstr "" +"Usted puede elegir entre muchas acciones para ajustar el disco duro a sus " +"preferencias. Limpiar un disco duro entero, dividir o fusionar particiones, " +"cambiar su tamaño o su sistema de ficheros, su formato o la visualización de " +"lo que se encuentra en una partición: todo es posible. El " +"<emphasis><guibutton> botón Borrar todos </guibutton></emphasis> en la parte " +"inferior es para borrar el disco completo, el resto de botones se hacen " +"visibles a la derecha después de hacer clic en una partición." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:47 @@ -2334,7 +2722,10 @@ msgid "" "If the selected partition is mounted, like in the example below, you cannot " "choose to resize, format or delete it. To be able to do that the partition " "must be unmounted first." -msgstr "Si se monta la partición seleccionada, como en el siguiente ejemplo, no se puede optar por cambiar el tamaño, formato o eliminarlo. Primero la partición debe ser desmontada para poder hacer esto." +msgstr "" +"Si se monta la partición seleccionada, como en el siguiente ejemplo, no se " +"puede optar por cambiar el tamaño, formato o eliminarlo. Primero la " +"partición debe ser desmontada para poder hacer esto." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:51 @@ -2348,15 +2739,17 @@ msgid "" "delete the partition and then re-create it with the new type. The button " "<guibutton role=\"bold\">Create</guibutton> appears when a disk empty part " "is selected" -msgstr "Para cambiar el tipo de partición (modificar de ext3 a ext4 por ejemplo) tiene que borrar la partición y volver a crarlo con el nuevo tipo. El botón \"Crear\" aparece cuando se selecciona una parte vacía del disco." +msgstr "" +"Para cambiar el tipo de partición (modificar de ext3 a ext4 por ejemplo) " +"tiene que borrar la partición y volver a crarlo con el nuevo tipo. El botón " +"\"Crear\" aparece cuando se selecciona una parte vacía del disco." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:58 msgid "You can choose a mount point that doesn't exist, it will be created." msgstr "Usted puede escoger un punto de montaje, si no existe será creado." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakdisk.xml:63 msgid "drakdiskMountedPartition.png" msgstr "drakdiskMountedPartition.png" @@ -2367,10 +2760,12 @@ msgid "" "Selecting <emphasis><guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton></emphasis> " "gives some extra available actions, like labelling the partition, as can be " "seen in the screenshot below." -msgstr "Seleccionando \"Cambiar a modo experto\", da algunas acciones adicionales disponibles, como el etiquetado de la partición, como se puede ver en la siguiente imagen." +msgstr "" +"Seleccionando \"Cambiar a modo experto\", da algunas acciones adicionales " +"disponibles, como el etiquetado de la partición, como se puede ver en la " +"siguiente imagen." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakdisk.xml:73 msgid "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png" msgstr "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png" @@ -2385,8 +2780,7 @@ msgstr "Configurar el administrador de pantalla" msgid "drakedm" msgstr "drakedm" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakedm.xml:12 msgid "drakedm.png" msgstr "drakedm.png" @@ -2394,17 +2788,22 @@ msgstr "drakedm.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakedm.xml:17 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " +"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakedm.xml:16 msgid "" "Here<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> you can choose which display " -"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available" -" on your system will be shown." -msgstr "Aquí <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> puede elegir qué administrador gráfico va a utilizar para acceder a su entorno de escritorio. Sólo se mostrarán los disponibles en su sistema." +"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available " +"on your system will be shown." +msgstr "" +"Aquí <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> puede elegir qué " +"administrador gráfico va a utilizar para acceder a su entorno de escritorio. " +"Sólo se mostrarán los disponibles en su sistema." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakedm.xml:24 @@ -2412,7 +2811,11 @@ msgid "" "Most users will only notice that the provided login screens look different. " "However, there are differences in supported features, too. LXDM is a " "lightweight display manager, KDM and GDM have more extras." -msgstr "La mayoría de los usuarios sólo se dará cuenta de que las pantallas de inicio de sesión proporcionados se ven diferentes. Sin embargo, hay diferencias en las características compatibles, también. LXDM es un gestor de ventanas ligero, KDM y GDM tienen más extras." +msgstr "" +"La mayoría de los usuarios sólo se dará cuenta de que las pantallas de " +"inicio de sesión proporcionados se ven diferentes. Sin embargo, hay " +"diferencias en las características compatibles, también. LXDM es un gestor " +"de ventanas ligero, KDM y GDM tienen más extras." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:3 @@ -2424,8 +2827,7 @@ msgstr "Configure su cortafuegos personal" msgid "drakfirewall" msgstr "drakfirewall" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:10 msgid "drakfirewall.png" msgstr "drakfirewall.png" @@ -2433,9 +2835,11 @@ msgstr "drakfirewall.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos, escriba <emphasis role=\"bold\"> drakfirewall </emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos, escriba <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\"> drakfirewall </emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:14 @@ -2444,18 +2848,29 @@ msgid "" "Security tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up your personal " "firewall\". It is the same tool in the first tab of \"Configure system " "security, permissions and audit\"." -msgstr "Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se encuentra bajo la pestaña de Seguridad, en el Centro de Control de Mageia etiquetada como \"Configurar el servidor de seguridad personal\". Es la misma herramienta en la primera pestaña de \"Configurar la seguridad del sistema permisos y auditoría\"." +msgstr "" +"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se encuentra bajo " +"la pestaña de Seguridad, en el Centro de Control de Mageia etiquetada como " +"\"Configurar el servidor de seguridad personal\". Es la misma herramienta en " +"la primera pestaña de \"Configurar la seguridad del sistema permisos y " +"auditoría\"." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:20 msgid "" "A basic firewall is installed by default with Mageia. All the incoming " "connections from the outside are blocked if they aren't authorised. In the " -"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection" -" attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - " +"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection " +"attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - " "<guilabel>Everything (no firewall)</guilabel> - unless you want to disable " "the firewall, and only check the needed services." -msgstr "Un firewall básico se instala por defecto con Mageia. Todas las conexiones entrantes desde el exterior se bloquean si no están autorizadas. En la primera pantalla, puede seleccionar los servicios para los que se aceptan los intentos de conexión externos. Para su seguridad, desactive la primera casilla \"Todo (sin cortafuegos)\", a menos que desee desactivar el firewall, y solo comprobar los servicios necesarios." +msgstr "" +"Un firewall básico se instala por defecto con Mageia. Todas las conexiones " +"entrantes desde el exterior se bloquean si no están autorizadas. En la " +"primera pantalla, puede seleccionar los servicios para los que se aceptan " +"los intentos de conexión externos. Para su seguridad, desactive la primera " +"casilla \"Todo (sin cortafuegos)\", a menos que desee desactivar el " +"firewall, y solo comprobar los servicios necesarios." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:27 @@ -2464,7 +2879,10 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and a new window is opened. In the field " "<guilabel>Other ports</guilabel>, enter the needed ports following these " "examples :" -msgstr "Es posible introducir manualmente los números de puerto para abrir. Haga click en \"Avanzado\" y se abrirá una nueva ventana. En el campo \"Otros puertos\", introduzca los siguientes puertos necesarios, por ejemplo:" +msgstr "" +"Es posible introducir manualmente los números de puerto para abrir. Haga " +"click en \"Avanzado\" y se abrirá una nueva ventana. En el campo \"Otros " +"puertos\", introduzca los siguientes puertos necesarios, por ejemplo:" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:32 @@ -2474,7 +2892,9 @@ msgstr "80/tcp : abre el puerto 80 del protocolo tcp" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:34 msgid "24000:24010/udp : open all the ports from 24000 to 24010 udp protocol" -msgstr "24000:24010/udp : abre todos los puertos desde 24000 hasta 24010 del protocolo udp" +msgstr "" +"24000:24010/udp : abre todos los puertos desde 24000 hasta 24010 del " +"protocolo udp" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:37 @@ -2486,10 +2906,12 @@ msgstr "Los puertos enlistados deben separarse con un espacio." msgid "" "If the box <guilabel>Log firewall messages in system logs</guilabel> is " "checked, the firewall messages will be saved in system logs" -msgstr "Si la casilla \"Los mensajes de registro de firewall en los registros del sistema\" está marcada, los mensajes del firewall se guardarán en los registros del sistema." +msgstr "" +"Si la casilla \"Los mensajes de registro de firewall en los registros del " +"sistema\" está marcada, los mensajes del firewall se guardarán en los " +"registros del sistema." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:44 msgid "drakfirewall2.png" msgstr "drakfirewall2.png " @@ -2500,7 +2922,10 @@ msgid "" "If you don't host specific services (web or mail server, file sharing, ...) " "it is completely possible to have nothing checked at all, it is even " "recommended, it won't prevent you from connecting to the internet." -msgstr "Si no aloja servicios específicos (servidor de web o correo, intercambio de archivos, ...) que es completamente posible que no hay nada marcado, incluso se recomienda, no impedirá que se pueda conectar a Internet." +msgstr "" +"Si no aloja servicios específicos (servidor de web o correo, intercambio de " +"archivos, ...) que es completamente posible que no hay nada marcado, " +"incluso se recomienda, no impedirá que se pueda conectar a Internet." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:55 @@ -2510,24 +2935,33 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Use Interactive Firewall </guilabel>is checked. Check the second " "box to be warned if the ports are scanned (in order to find a failure " "somewhere and enter your machine). Each box from the third one onwards " -"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot" -" below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to " -"be warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports." -msgstr "La siguiente pantalla muestra las opciones de Firewall Interactivo. Esto le advierte de los intentos de conexión si por lo menos la primera casilla \"Usar Firewall Interactivo\" está marcada. Marque la segunda casilla para ser avisado si los puertos son escaneados (con el fin de encontrar una falla en algún lugar y entrar en su máquina). Cada casilla del tercero, corresponde a un puerto que se abrió en las primeras dos pantallas; en la siguiente imagen, hay dos de estas casillas: servidor SSH y 80:150 / tcp. Márquelas para ser avisado cada vez que se intenta una conexión en esos puertos." +"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot " +"below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to be " +"warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports." +msgstr "" +"La siguiente pantalla muestra las opciones de Firewall Interactivo. Esto le " +"advierte de los intentos de conexión si por lo menos la primera casilla " +"\"Usar Firewall Interactivo\" está marcada. Marque la segunda casilla para " +"ser avisado si los puertos son escaneados (con el fin de encontrar una falla " +"en algún lugar y entrar en su máquina). Cada casilla del tercero, " +"corresponde a un puerto que se abrió en las primeras dos pantallas; en la " +"siguiente imagen, hay dos de estas casillas: servidor SSH y 80:150 / tcp. " +"Márquelas para ser avisado cada vez que se intenta una conexión en esos " +"puertos." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:64 msgid "These warning are given by alert popups through the network applet." -msgstr "Estas advertencias están dadas por los pop-ups de alerta a través del subprograma Red." +msgstr "" +"Estas advertencias están dadas por los pop-ups de alerta a través del " +"subprograma Red." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:69 msgid "drakfirewall3.png" msgstr "drakfirewall3.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:75 msgid "drakfirewall4.png" msgstr "drakfirewall4.png" @@ -2536,16 +2970,21 @@ msgstr "drakfirewall4.png" #: en/drakfirewall.xml:79 msgid "" "In the last screen, choose which network interfaces are connected to the " -"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary" -" packages are downloaded." -msgstr "En la última pantalla, elige qué interfaces de red están conectadas a Internet y deben ser protegidas. Una vez que se hace clic en el botón Aceptar, los paquetes necesarios se descargan." +"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary " +"packages are downloaded." +msgstr "" +"En la última pantalla, elige qué interfaces de red están conectadas a " +"Internet y deben ser protegidas. Una vez que se hace clic en el botón " +"Aceptar, los paquetes necesarios se descargan." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:84 msgid "" "If you don't know what to choose, have a look in MCC tab Network & " "Internet, icon Set up a new network interface." -msgstr "Si usted no sabe qué elegir, eche un vistazo en MCC ficha Red & Internet, icono Configurar una nueva interfaz de red." +msgstr "" +"Si usted no sabe qué elegir, eche un vistazo en MCC ficha Red & " +"Internet, icono Configurar una nueva interfaz de red." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakfont.xml:3 @@ -2557,8 +2996,7 @@ msgstr "Administre, agregue y elimine fuentes. Importe fuentes de Windows(R)" msgid "drakfont" msgstr "drakfont" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfont.xml:11 msgid "drakfont.png" msgstr "drakfont.png" @@ -2566,9 +3004,11 @@ msgstr "drakfont.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " +"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:15 @@ -2577,7 +3017,11 @@ msgid "" "Control Center under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab. It " "allows you to manage the fonts available on the computer. The main screen " "above shows:" -msgstr "Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> está presente en el Centro de Control de Mageia bajo la ficha \"Sistema\". Se le permite administrar las fuentes disponibles en el equipo. La pantalla superior muestra:" +msgstr "" +"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> está presente en " +"el Centro de Control de Mageia bajo la ficha \"Sistema\". Se le permite " +"administrar las fuentes disponibles en el equipo. La pantalla superior " +"muestra:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:22 @@ -2597,14 +3041,18 @@ msgstr "algunos botones que se explican aquí más tarde." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:36 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Get Windows Fonts: <emphasis/></emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Obtener los tipos de letra de Windows: <emphasis/></emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Obtener los tipos de letra de Windows: <emphasis/></" +"emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:38 msgid "" -"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You" -" must have Microsoft Windows installed." -msgstr "Este botón añade automáticamente los tipos de letra que se encuentren en la partición de Windows. Debe tener Microsoft Windows instalado." +"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You " +"must have Microsoft Windows installed." +msgstr "" +"Este botón añade automáticamente los tipos de letra que se encuentren en la " +"partición de Windows. Debe tener Microsoft Windows instalado." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:41 @@ -2614,9 +3062,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Opciones:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:43 msgid "" -"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly) able" -" to use the fonts." -msgstr "Se le permite especificar las aplicaciones o dispositivos (impresoras en su mayoría) capaces de utilizar las fuentes." +"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly) able " +"to use the fonts." +msgstr "" +"Se le permite especificar las aplicaciones o dispositivos (impresoras en su " +"mayoría) capaces de utilizar las fuentes." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:46 @@ -2629,7 +3079,10 @@ msgid "" "This button is to remove installed fonts and possibly save some place. Be " "careful when removing fonts because it may have serious consequences on the " "documents that use them." -msgstr "Este botón es para remover las tipografías instaladas y posiblemente ahorrar algo de espacio. Sea cuidadoso cuando elimine las tipografías porque puede tener serias consecuencias en los documentos que use." +msgstr "" +"Este botón es para remover las tipografías instaladas y posiblemente ahorrar " +"algo de espacio. Sea cuidadoso cuando elimine las tipografías porque puede " +"tener serias consecuencias en los documentos que use." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:52 @@ -2641,18 +3094,25 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Importar:</emphasis>" msgid "" "Allows you to add fonts from a third party (CD, internet, ...). The " "supported formats are ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf. Click on the " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select " -"the fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> " -"when done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts." -msgstr "Permite agregar fuentes de un tercero (CD, internet, ...). Los formatos soportados son ttf, pfa, PFB, pcf, PFM y gsf. Haga clic en \"Importar\" y luego en \"Añadir\", aparecerá un administrador donde puede seleccionar los tipos de letra para instalar, haga clic en \"Instalar\" cuando haya terminado. Se instalarán en la carpeta /usr/share/fonts." +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select the " +"fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> when " +"done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts." +msgstr "" +"Permite agregar fuentes de un tercero (CD, internet, ...). Los formatos " +"soportados son ttf, pfa, PFB, pcf, PFM y gsf. Haga clic en \"Importar\" y " +"luego en \"Añadir\", aparecerá un administrador donde puede seleccionar los " +"tipos de letra para instalar, haga clic en \"Instalar\" cuando haya " +"terminado. Se instalarán en la carpeta /usr/share/fonts." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:60 msgid "" "If the newly installed (or removed) fonts doesn't appear in the Drakfont " "main screen, close and re open it to see the modifications." -msgstr "Si las recién instaladas (o eliminadas) fuentes no aparecen en la pantalla principal drakfont, cierre y vuelva a abrir para ver las modificaciones." +msgstr "" +"Si las recién instaladas (o eliminadas) fuentes no aparecen en la pantalla " +"principal drakfont, cierre y vuelva a abrir para ver las modificaciones." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakguard.xml:3 @@ -2664,8 +3124,7 @@ msgstr "Controles paternos" msgid "drakguard" msgstr "drakguard" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakguard.xml:10 msgid "drakguard.png" msgstr "drakguard.png" @@ -2673,18 +3132,24 @@ msgstr "drakguard.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia " -"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental " -"Control</guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the " -"drakguard package (not installed by default)." -msgstr "Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se encuentra en el Centro de Control de Mageia, en la pestaña de Seguridad, con la etiqueta \"Control parental\". Si no ve esta etiqueta, tendrá que instalar el paquete drakguard (no se instala por defecto)." +"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental Control</" +"guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the drakguard " +"package (not installed by default)." +msgstr "" +"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se encuentra en " +"el Centro de Control de Mageia, en la pestaña de Seguridad, con la etiqueta " +"\"Control parental\". Si no ve esta etiqueta, tendrá que instalar el " +"paquete drakguard (no se instala por defecto)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakguard.xml:21 en/msecgui.xml:19 @@ -2697,30 +3162,42 @@ msgid "" "Drakguard is an easy way to set up parental controls on your computer to " "restrict who can do what, and at which times of day. Drakguard has three " "useful capabilities:" -msgstr "Drakguard es una manera fácil de configurar controles parentales en el equipo para restringir quién puede hacer qué, y en qué momentos del día. Drakguard tiene tres capacidades útiles:" +msgstr "" +"Drakguard es una manera fácil de configurar controles parentales en el " +"equipo para restringir quién puede hacer qué, y en qué momentos del día. " +"Drakguard tiene tres capacidades útiles:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:29 msgid "" "It restricts web access to named users to set times of day. It does this by " "controlling the shorewall firewall built into Mageia." -msgstr "Se restringe el acceso web a los usuarios con nombre para ajustar el reloj. Lo hace mediante el uso de shorewall, el firewall integrado en Mageia." +msgstr "" +"Se restringe el acceso web a los usuarios con nombre para ajustar el reloj. " +"Lo hace mediante el uso de shorewall, el firewall integrado en Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:35 msgid "" -"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can" -" only execute what you accept them to execute." -msgstr "Bloquea la ejecución de comandos particulares de usuarios nombrados por lo que estos usuarios sólo puede ejecutar lo que acepta que ejecuten." +"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can " +"only execute what you accept them to execute." +msgstr "" +"Bloquea la ejecución de comandos particulares de usuarios nombrados por lo " +"que estos usuarios sólo puede ejecutar lo que acepta que ejecuten." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:40 msgid "" -"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through " -"blacklists/whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the " -"website. To achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental " -"control blocker DansGuardian." -msgstr "Asimismo, se restringe el acceso a sitios web, ambos definidos manualmente a través de listas negras / listas blancas, sino también dinámicamente basándose en el contenido de la página web. Para lograr esto Drakguard utiliza el código abierto líder en el control parental bloqueador DansGuardian." +"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through blacklists/" +"whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the website. To " +"achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental control blocker " +"DansGuardian." +msgstr "" +"Asimismo, se restringe el acceso a sitios web, ambos definidos manualmente a " +"través de listas negras / listas blancas, sino también dinámicamente " +"basándose en el contenido de la página web. Para lograr esto Drakguard " +"utiliza el código abierto líder en el control parental bloqueador " +"DansGuardian." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakguard.xml:49 @@ -2734,19 +3211,30 @@ msgid "" "Ext3, or ReiserFS format you will see a pop up offering to configure ACL on " "your partitions. ACL stands for Access Control Lists, and is a Linux kernel " "feature that allows access to individual files to be restricted to named " -"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by" -" an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to " -"this prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and" -" will then suggest you reboot." -msgstr "Si su equipo contiene particiones del disco duro que están formateados en Ext2, Ext3, o formato ReiserFS usted verá una ventana emergente que ofrece para configurar las ACL en sus particiones. ACL es sinónimo de listas de control de acceso, y es una característica del kernel de Linux que permite el acceso a archivos individuales que se restringe a los usuarios con nombre. ACL está integrado en los sistemas de archivos Ext4 y Btrfs, pero debe ser habilitada por una opción en particiones ext2, ext3 o reiserfs. Si selecciona \"Sí\" a esta solicitud drakguard configurará todas las particiones para apoyar ACL, y entonces te sugiere reiniciar el sistema." +"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by " +"an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to this " +"prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and will " +"then suggest you reboot." +msgstr "" +"Si su equipo contiene particiones del disco duro que están formateados en " +"Ext2, Ext3, o formato ReiserFS usted verá una ventana emergente que ofrece " +"para configurar las ACL en sus particiones. ACL es sinónimo de listas de " +"control de acceso, y es una característica del kernel de Linux que permite " +"el acceso a archivos individuales que se restringe a los usuarios con " +"nombre. ACL está integrado en los sistemas de archivos Ext4 y Btrfs, pero " +"debe ser habilitada por una opción en particiones ext2, ext3 o reiserfs. Si " +"selecciona \"Sí\" a esta solicitud drakguard configurará todas las " +"particiones para apoyar ACL, y entonces te sugiere reiniciar el sistema." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:61 msgid "" "<guibutton>Enable parental control</guibutton>: If checked, the parental " -"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab" -" is opened." -msgstr "\"Activar control parental\". Si se marca, el control parental está activado y el acceso a \"Bloqueo de programas\" se abre." +"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab " +"is opened." +msgstr "" +"\"Activar control parental\". Si se marca, el control parental está activado " +"y el acceso a \"Bloqueo de programas\" se abre." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:65 @@ -2754,7 +3242,11 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Block all network traffic</guibutton>: If checked, all the " "websites are blocked, except the ones in the whitelist tab. Otherwise, all " "the websites are allowed, except the ones in the blacklist tab." -msgstr "\"Bloquear todo el tráfico de red\": Si se selecciona, todos los sitios web son bloqueados, excepto los de la ficha de la lista blanca. De lo contrario, todos los sitios web están permitidos, a excepto los de la pestaña \"lista negra\"." +msgstr "" +"\"Bloquear todo el tráfico de red\": Si se selecciona, todos los sitios web " +"son bloqueados, excepto los de la ficha de la lista blanca. De lo contrario, " +"todos los sitios web están permitidos, a excepto los de la pestaña \"lista " +"negra\"." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:69 @@ -2766,7 +3258,14 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to add him/her as an allowed user. Select an " "user in the right hand side and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to " "remove him/her from the allowed users." -msgstr "Acceso de ususario: Los usuarios de la izquierda tendrán su acceso restringido de acuerdo a las reglas que defina. Los usuarios de la derecha tienen acceso sin restricciones para que los usuarios adultos del equipo no se desconcierten. Seleccione un usuario en el lado izquierdo y haga clic en \"Añadir\" para añadir a usuarios permitidos. Seleccione un usuario en el lado derecho y haga clic en \"Eliminar\" para retirarlo de usuarios permitidos." +msgstr "" +"Acceso de ususario: Los usuarios de la izquierda tendrán su acceso " +"restringido de acuerdo a las reglas que defina. Los usuarios de la derecha " +"tienen acceso sin restricciones para que los usuarios adultos del equipo no " +"se desconcierten. Seleccione un usuario en el lado izquierdo y haga clic en " +"\"Añadir\" para añadir a usuarios permitidos. Seleccione un usuario en el " +"lado derecho y haga clic en \"Eliminar\" para retirarlo de usuarios " +"permitidos." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:77 @@ -2775,7 +3274,10 @@ msgid "" "with restrictions between the <guilabel>Start</guilabel> time and " "<guilabel>End</guilabel> time. It is totally blocked outside these time " "window." -msgstr "Control de tiempo: Si se selecciona, se permite el acceso a internet con restricciones entre el tiempo de inicio y apagado del equipo. Estará totalmente bloqueado fuera de este intervalo de tiempo." +msgstr "" +"Control de tiempo: Si se selecciona, se permite el acceso a internet con " +"restricciones entre el tiempo de inicio y apagado del equipo. Estará " +"totalmente bloqueado fuera de este intervalo de tiempo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/drakguard.xml:83 @@ -2787,7 +3289,9 @@ msgstr "Pestaña Lista negra/Lista blanca " msgid "" "Enter the website URL in the first field at the top and click on the " "<guibutton>Add</guibutton> button." -msgstr "Introduzca la URL del sitio web en el primer campo en la parte superior y haga clic en el botón <guibutton>Añadir</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Introduzca la URL del sitio web en el primer campo en la parte superior y " +"haga clic en el botón <guibutton>Añadir</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/drakguard.xml:90 @@ -2797,17 +3301,22 @@ msgstr "Pestaña bloqueo de Programas" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:92 msgid "" -"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to" -" restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the " +"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to " +"restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the " "applications you wish to block." -msgstr "\"Aplicaciones bloqueadas\": Permite el uso de ACL para restringir el acceso a las aplicaciones específicas. Introduzca la ruta de acceso a las aplicaciones que desee bloquear." +msgstr "" +"\"Aplicaciones bloqueadas\": Permite el uso de ACL para restringir el acceso " +"a las aplicaciones específicas. Introduzca la ruta de acceso a las " +"aplicaciones que desee bloquear." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:96 msgid "" "<guibutton>Unblock Users list</guibutton>: Users listed on the right hand " "side will not be subject to acl blocking." -msgstr "\"Lista desbloqueo usuarios\": los usuarios que aparecen en el lado derecho, no estarán sujetos a bloqueo." +msgstr "" +"\"Lista desbloqueo usuarios\": los usuarios que aparecen en el lado derecho, " +"no estarán sujetos a bloqueo." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakgw.xml:9 @@ -2819,8 +3328,7 @@ msgstr "Compartir la conexión a Internet con otras máquinas locales" msgid "drakgw" msgstr "drakgw" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakgw.xml:17 msgid "drakgw.png" msgstr "drakgw.png" @@ -2830,10 +3338,10 @@ msgstr "drakgw.png" msgid "Principles" msgstr "Principios" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakgw.xml:29 -msgid "drakgw-net.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../drakgw-net.png" msgstr "drakgw-net.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -2846,14 +3354,23 @@ msgid "" "gateway must have two interfaces; the first one such as an ethernet card " "must be connected to the local network, and the second one (4) connected to " "the Internet (2)." -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> Esto es útil cuando usted tiene un equipo (3), que tiene acceso a internet (2) y está conectado a una red local (1). Puede usar el equipo (3) como una puerta de entrada para dar acceso a otras estaciones de trabajo (5) y (6) en la red local (1). Para ello, la puerta de enlace debe tener dos interfaces; la primera tal como una tarjeta Ethernet debe estar conectada a la red local, y la segunda (4) conectada a internet (2)." +msgstr "" +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> Esto es útil cuando usted tiene " +"un equipo (3), que tiene acceso a internet (2) y está conectado a una red " +"local (1). Puede usar el equipo (3) como una puerta de entrada para dar " +"acceso a otras estaciones de trabajo (5) y (6) en la red local (1). Para " +"ello, la puerta de enlace debe tener dos interfaces; la primera tal como una " +"tarjeta Ethernet debe estar conectada a la red local, y la segunda (4) " +"conectada a internet (2)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:39 msgid "" "The first step is to verify that the network and the access to Internet are " "set up, as documented in <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>." -msgstr "El primer paso es verificar que la red y el acceso a internet se crean, como se documenta en <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>.." +msgstr "" +"El primer paso es verificar que la red y el acceso a internet se crean, como " +"se documenta en <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>.." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakgw.xml:45 @@ -2863,9 +3380,11 @@ msgstr "Asistente de puerta de enlace" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:48 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " +"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:47 @@ -2879,7 +3398,9 @@ msgstr "El asistente ofrece sucesivos pasos que se muestran a continuación:" msgid "" "If the wizard does not detect at least two interfaces, it warns about this " "and asks to stop the network and configure the hardware." -msgstr "Si el asistente no detecta al menos dos interfaces, advierte acerca de esto y pide que deje la red y configure el hardware." +msgstr "" +"Si el asistente no detecta al menos dos interfaces, advierte acerca de esto " +"y pide que deje la red y configure el hardware." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:60 @@ -2887,22 +3408,30 @@ msgid "" "specify the interface used for the Internet connection. The wizard " "automatically suggests one of the interfaces, but you should verify that " "what is proposed is correct." -msgstr "especificar la interfaz que se utiliza para la conexión a Internet. El asistente automáticamente sugiere una de las interfaces, pero usted debe verificar que la que se propone es la correcta." +msgstr "" +"especificar la interfaz que se utiliza para la conexión a Internet. El " +"asistente automáticamente sugiere una de las interfaces, pero usted debe " +"verificar que la que se propone es la correcta." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:66 msgid "" -"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes" -" one, check that this is correct." -msgstr "especificar qué interfaz se utiliza para acceder a la Lan. El asistente también propone uno, asegúrese de que esto es correcto." +"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes " +"one, check that this is correct." +msgstr "" +"especificar qué interfaz se utiliza para acceder a la Lan. El asistente " +"también propone uno, asegúrese de que esto es correcto." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:71 msgid "" -"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask" -" and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual" -" configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values." -msgstr "El asistente propone parámetros para la red Lan, como la dirección IP, la máscara y el nombre de dominio. Compruebe que estos parámetros son compatibles con la configuración real. Se recomienda aceptar estos valores." +"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask " +"and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual " +"configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values." +msgstr "" +"El asistente propone parámetros para la red Lan, como la dirección IP, la " +"máscara y el nombre de dominio. Compruebe que estos parámetros son " +"compatibles con la configuración real. Se recomienda aceptar estos valores." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:78 @@ -2910,15 +3439,21 @@ msgid "" "specify if the computer has to be used as a DNS server. If yes, the wizard " "will check that <code>bind</code> is installed. Otherwise, you have to " "specify the address of a DNS server." -msgstr "especificar si el equipo va a ser usado como un servidor DNS. En caso afirmativo, el asistente comprobará que \"bind\" está instalado. De lo contrario, tiene que especificar la dirección de un servidor DNS." +msgstr "" +"especificar si el equipo va a ser usado como un servidor DNS. En caso " +"afirmativo, el asistente comprobará que \"bind\" está instalado. De lo " +"contrario, tiene que especificar la dirección de un servidor DNS." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:84 msgid "" "specify if the computer is to be used as a DHCP server. If yes, the wizard " -"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure" -" it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range." -msgstr "especificar si el equipo se va a utilizar com un servidor DHCP. En caso afirmativo, el asistente comprobará que \"dhcp-server\" se instala y se ofrecerá a configurarlo, con direcciones de inicio y final en el rango DHCP." +"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure " +"it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range." +msgstr "" +"especificar si el equipo se va a utilizar com un servidor DHCP. En caso " +"afirmativo, el asistente comprobará que \"dhcp-server\" se instala y se " +"ofrecerá a configurarlo, con direcciones de inicio y final en el rango DHCP." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:91 @@ -2927,20 +3462,28 @@ msgid "" "will check that <code>squid</code> is installed and offer to configure it, " "with the address of the administrator (admin@mydomain.com), name of the " "proxy (myfirewall@mydomaincom), the port (3128) and the cache size (100 Mb)." -msgstr "especificar si el equipo es para ser utilizado como un servidor proxy. En caso afirmativo, el asistente comprobará que <code>squid</code> se instala y se ofrecerá a configurarlo, con la dirección del administrador (admin@mydomain.com), nombre del representante (myfirewall@mydomaincom), el puerto (3128) y el tamaño de la caché (100 Mb)." +msgstr "" +"especificar si el equipo es para ser utilizado como un servidor proxy. En " +"caso afirmativo, el asistente comprobará que <code>squid</code> se instala y " +"se ofrecerá a configurarlo, con la dirección del administrador " +"(admin@mydomain.com), nombre del representante (myfirewall@mydomaincom), el " +"puerto (3128) y el tamaño de la caché (100 Mb)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:99 msgid "" "The last step allows you to check if the gateway machine is connected to " "printers and to share them." -msgstr "El último paso le permite comprobar si la puerta de enlace está conectado a impresoras y para compartirlos." +msgstr "" +"El último paso le permite comprobar si la puerta de enlace está conectado a " +"impresoras y para compartirlos." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:104 msgid "" "You will be warned about the need to check the firewall if it is active." -msgstr "Usted será advertido de la necesidad de comprobar el firewall si está activo." +msgstr "" +"Usted será advertido de la necesidad de comprobar el firewall si está activo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakgw.xml:109 @@ -2953,9 +3496,14 @@ msgid "" "If you have configured the gateway machine with DHCP, you only need to " "specify in the network configuration tool that you get an address " "automatically (using DHCP). The parameters will be obtained when connecting " -"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is" -" using." -msgstr "Si ha configurado la puerta de enlace con DHCP, sólo es necesario especificar en la herramienta de configuración de red que se obtiene una dirección de forma automática (mediante DHCP). Los parámetros se obtendrán cuando se conecta a la red. Este método es válido sea cual sea el sistema operativo que utiliza el cliente." +"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is " +"using." +msgstr "" +"Si ha configurado la puerta de enlace con DHCP, sólo es necesario " +"especificar en la herramienta de configuración de red que se obtiene una " +"dirección de forma automática (mediante DHCP). Los parámetros se obtendrán " +"cuando se conecta a la red. Este método es válido sea cual sea el sistema " +"operativo que utiliza el cliente." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:117 @@ -2963,7 +3511,10 @@ msgid "" "If you must manually specify the network parameters, you must in particular " "specify the gateway by entering the IP-address of the machine acting as the " "gateway." -msgstr "Si debe especificar manualmente los parámetros de red, debe, en particular, especificar la puerta de enlace mediante la introducción de la dirección IP de la máquina que actúa como puerta de enlace." +msgstr "" +"Si debe especificar manualmente los parámetros de red, debe, en particular, " +"especificar la puerta de enlace mediante la introducción de la dirección IP " +"de la máquina que actúa como puerta de enlace." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakgw.xml:123 @@ -2974,9 +3525,10 @@ msgstr "Detener la conexión compartida" #: en/drakgw.xml:125 msgid "" "If you want to stop sharing the connection on the Mageia computer, launch " -"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the " -"sharing." -msgstr "Si desea dejar de compartir la conexión en el equipo de Mageia, inicie la herramienta. Ofrecerá configurar la conexión o detener el uso compartido." +"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the sharing." +msgstr "" +"Si desea dejar de compartir la conexión en el equipo de Mageia, inicie la " +"herramienta. Ofrecerá configurar la conexión o detener el uso compartido." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakhosts.xml:3 @@ -2988,8 +3540,7 @@ msgstr "Definiciones para los anfitriones" msgid "drakhosts" msgstr "drakhosts" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakhosts.xml:10 msgid "drakhosts.png" msgstr "drakhosts.png" @@ -2997,9 +3548,11 @@ msgstr "drakhosts.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakhosts.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " +"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakhosts.xml:14 @@ -3008,7 +3561,12 @@ msgid "" "addresses, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to " "specify a name to access them more easily. Then you can use that name " "instead of the IP-address." -msgstr "Si algunos sistemas de la red a la que otorgan los servicios, y tienen fijadas las direcciones IP, esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite especificar un nombre para acceder a ellos más fácilmente. A continuación, puede utilizar ese nombre en lugar de la dirección IP." +msgstr "" +"Si algunos sistemas de la red a la que otorgan los servicios, y tienen " +"fijadas las direcciones IP, esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" " +"id=\"0\"/> permite especificar un nombre para acceder a ellos más " +"fácilmente. A continuación, puede utilizar ese nombre en lugar de la " +"dirección IP." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakhosts.xml:20 @@ -3021,7 +3579,11 @@ msgid "" "With this button, you add the name for a new system. You will get a window " "to specify the IP-address, the host name for the system, and optionally an " "alias which can be used in the same way that the name is." -msgstr "Con este botón, se agrega el nombre de un nuevo sistema. Obtendrá una ventana para especificar la dirección IP, el nombre de host para el sistema, y, opcionalmente, un alias que se puede utilizar de la misma manera que el nombre." +msgstr "" +"Con este botón, se agrega el nombre de un nuevo sistema. Obtendrá una " +"ventana para especificar la dirección IP, el nombre de host para el sistema, " +"y, opcionalmente, un alias que se puede utilizar de la misma manera que el " +"nombre." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakhosts.xml:27 @@ -3033,7 +3595,9 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Modificar</guibutton>" msgid "" "You can access the parameters of an entry previously defined. You get the " "same window." -msgstr "Usted puede acceder a los parámetros de una entrada previamente definida. Usted recibe la misma ventana." +msgstr "" +"Usted puede acceder a los parámetros de una entrada previamente definida. " +"Usted recibe la misma ventana." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakinvictus.xml:3 @@ -3045,8 +3609,7 @@ msgstr "Configuración avanzada para las interfaces de red y corta fuegos." msgid "drakinvictus" msgstr "drakinvictus" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakinvictus.xml:8 msgid "drakinvictus.png" msgstr "drakinvictus.png" @@ -3056,17 +3619,22 @@ msgstr "drakinvictus.png" #: en/drakups.xml:12 en/drakwizard_bind.xml:12 en/drakxservices.xml:12 msgid "" "This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you " -"can write this help, please contact <link " -"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc " -"team.</link> Thanking you in advance." -msgstr "Esta página no fué escrita todavía por falta de recursos. Si usted piensa que puede escribir esta ayuda, por favor contacte al <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">equipo de Documentación.</link> Gracias por adelantado." +"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance." +msgstr "" +"Esta página no fué escrita todavía por falta de recursos. Si usted piensa " +"que puede escribir esta ayuda, por favor contacte al <link ns2:href=" +"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">equipo de Documentación.</" +"link> Gracias por adelantado." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakinvictus.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " +"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:10 @@ -3078,8 +3646,7 @@ msgstr "Centro de Redes" msgid "draknetcenter" msgstr "draknetcenter" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:17 msgid "draknetcenter.png" msgstr "draknetcenter.png" @@ -3087,9 +3654,11 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:22 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:21 @@ -3097,42 +3666,52 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the " "Network & Internet tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Network " "Center\"" -msgstr "Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se encuentra en la pestaña Red & Internet en el Centro de Control de Mageia bajo la etiqueta \"Centro de redes\"" +msgstr "" +"Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se encuentra en la " +"pestaña Red & Internet en el Centro de Control de Mageia bajo la " +"etiqueta \"Centro de redes\"" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:31 msgid "" "When this tool is launched, a window opens listing all the networks " -"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite," -" etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, " -"depending on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, " -"change its settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to " -"create a network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface " -"(LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab." -msgstr "Cuando se pone en marcha esta herramienta, se abre una ventana que lista todas las redes configuradas en el equipo, cualquiera que sea su tipo (por cable, radio, satélite, etc.). Al hacer clic en uno de ellos, aparecen tres o cuatro botones, dependiendo del tipo de red, para que pueda cuidar de la red, cambiar su configuración o conectar/desconectar. Esta herramienta no está destinada a crear una red, para esto vea <guilabel>Configurar una nueva interfaz de red (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> en la misma pestaña MCC." - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite, " +"etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, depending " +"on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, change its " +"settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to create a " +"network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, " +"ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab." +msgstr "" +"Cuando se pone en marcha esta herramienta, se abre una ventana que lista " +"todas las redes configuradas en el equipo, cualquiera que sea su tipo (por " +"cable, radio, satélite, etc.). Al hacer clic en uno de ellos, aparecen tres " +"o cuatro botones, dependiendo del tipo de red, para que pueda cuidar de la " +"red, cambiar su configuración o conectar/desconectar. Esta herramienta no " +"está destinada a crear una red, para esto vea <guilabel>Configurar una nueva " +"interfaz de red (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> en la misma pestaña MCC." + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:43 -msgid "draknetcenterEthernet-on.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png" msgstr "draknetcenterEthernet-on.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:47 -msgid "draknetcenterEthernet-off.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png" msgstr "draknetcenterEthernet-off.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:52 -msgid "draknetcenterWireless-off.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png" msgstr "draknetcenterWireless-off.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:56 -msgid "draknetcenterWireless-on.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png" msgstr "draknetcenterWireless-on.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -3140,36 +3719,53 @@ msgstr "draknetcenterWireless-on.png" msgid "" "In the screenshot below, given as example, we can see two networks, the " "first one is wired and connected, recognizable by this icon <placeholder " -"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder" -" type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows " -"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder " -"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder " -"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network " -"types, the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not" -" connected." -msgstr "En la pantalla de abajo, dada como ejemplo, podemos ver dos redes, la primera está cableada y conectada, reconocible por este icono<placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (éste no está conectado <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>) y la segunda sección muestra las redes inalámbricas, que no están conectados reconocible por este icono <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> y éste <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/> si está conectado. Para los otros tipos de red, el código de color es siempre la misma, verde si está conectado y rojo si no está conectado." +"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder " +"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows " +"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder type=" +"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder type=" +"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network types, " +"the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not " +"connected." +msgstr "" +"En la pantalla de abajo, dada como ejemplo, podemos ver dos redes, la " +"primera está cableada y conectada, reconocible por este icono<placeholder " +"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (éste no está conectado <placeholder " +"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>) y la segunda sección muestra las " +"redes inalámbricas, que no están conectados reconocible por este icono " +"<placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> y éste <placeholder type=" +"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/> si está conectado. Para los otros tipos de " +"red, el código de color es siempre la misma, verde si está conectado y rojo " +"si no está conectado." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:62 msgid "" "In the wireless part of the screen, you can also see all the detected " -"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal " -"strengh</guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and " -"the <guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then " -"either on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> " -"or <guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network " -"to another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings " -"window (see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption " -"key in particular)." -msgstr "En la parte inalámbrica de la pantalla, también puede ver todas las redes detectadas, con el <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, la <guilabel>Intensidad de la señal</guilabel>, si están encriptados (en rojo) o no (en verde), y el <guilabel>Modo de funcionamiento</guilabel>. Haga clic en el elegido y luego en <guibutton>monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configurar</guibutton> o <guibutton>Conectar</guibutton>. Es posible aquí pasar de una red a otra. Si se selecciona una red privada, la ventana Configuración de red (véase más adelante) se abrirá y le pedirá ajustes adicionales (una clave de cifrado en particular)." +"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal strengh</" +"guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and the " +"<guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then either " +"on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> or " +"<guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network to " +"another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings window " +"(see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption key in " +"particular)." +msgstr "" +"En la parte inalámbrica de la pantalla, también puede ver todas las redes " +"detectadas, con el <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, la <guilabel>Intensidad de la " +"señal</guilabel>, si están encriptados (en rojo) o no (en verde), y el " +"<guilabel>Modo de funcionamiento</guilabel>. Haga clic en el elegido y luego " +"en <guibutton>monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configurar</guibutton> o " +"<guibutton>Conectar</guibutton>. Es posible aquí pasar de una red a otra. Si " +"se selecciona una red privada, la ventana Configuración de red (véase más " +"adelante) se abrirá y le pedirá ajustes adicionales (una clave de cifrado en " +"particular)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:72 msgid "Click on <guibutton>Refresh</guibutton> to update the screen." msgstr "Click en <guibutton>Refrescar</guibutton> para actualizar la pantalla." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:76 msgid "draknetcenter1.png" msgstr "draknetcenter1.png" @@ -3179,8 +3775,7 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter1.png" msgid "The Monitor button" msgstr "El botón de Monitor" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:88 msgid "draknetcenter4.png" msgstr "draknetcenter4.png" @@ -3190,9 +3785,13 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter4.png" msgid "" "This button allows you to watch the network activity, downloads (toward the " "PC, in red) and uploads (toward the Internet, in green). The same screen is " -"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray" -" -> Monitor Network</guimenu>." -msgstr "Este botón le permite ver la actividad de la red, descargas (hacia el PC, en rojo) y la carga (hacia el Internet, en verde). En la misma pantalla se encuentra disponible haciendo clic derecho sobre el <guimenu>icono de Internet en la bandeja del sistema -> Monitor de red</guimenu>." +"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray " +"-> Monitor Network</guimenu>." +msgstr "" +"Este botón le permite ver la actividad de la red, descargas (hacia el PC, en " +"rojo) y la carga (hacia el Internet, en verde). En la misma pantalla se " +"encuentra disponible haciendo clic derecho sobre el <guimenu>icono de " +"Internet en la bandeja del sistema -> Monitor de red</guimenu>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:97 @@ -3200,14 +3799,19 @@ msgid "" "There is a tab for each network (here eth0 is the wired network, lo the " "local loopback and wlan0 the wireless network) and a tab connection which " "gives details about connection status." -msgstr "Hay una ficha para cada red (aquí eth0 es la red cableada, lo del bucle de retorno local y wlan0 la red inalámbrica) y una conexión de pestaña que da detalles sobre el estado de conexión." +msgstr "" +"Hay una ficha para cada red (aquí eth0 es la red cableada, lo del bucle de " +"retorno local y wlan0 la red inalámbrica) y una conexión de pestaña que da " +"detalles sobre el estado de conexión." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:102 msgid "" -"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic " -"accounting</guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section." -msgstr "En la parte inferior de la ventana esta el título <guilabel>Detalles de tráfico</guilabel>, que vamos a discutir en la próxima sección." +"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic accounting</" +"guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section." +msgstr "" +"En la parte inferior de la ventana esta el título <guilabel>Detalles de " +"tráfico</guilabel>, que vamos a discutir en la próxima sección." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:108 @@ -3217,10 +3821,10 @@ msgstr "El botón de configuración" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:110 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - For a wired network</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - Para un conexión de red por cable</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - Para un conexión de red por cable</emphasis>" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:114 msgid "draknetcenter2.png" msgstr "draknetcenter2.png" @@ -3230,9 +3834,13 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter2.png" msgid "" "It is possible to change all the settings given during network creation. " "Most of the time, checking <guibutton>Automatic IP</guibutton> " -"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual" -" configuration may give better results." -msgstr "Es posible cambiar todos los ajustes dados durante la creación de la red. La mayoría de las veces, marque el botón <guibutton>IP automática</guibutton> para hacer <guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton>, pero en el caso de problemas, los ajustes manuales pueden dar mejores resultados." +"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual " +"configuration may give better results." +msgstr "" +"Es posible cambiar todos los ajustes dados durante la creación de la red. La " +"mayoría de las veces, marque el botón <guibutton>IP automática</guibutton> " +"para hacer <guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton>, pero en el caso de " +"problemas, los ajustes manuales pueden dar mejores resultados." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:123 @@ -3241,7 +3849,11 @@ msgid "" "like 192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> is 255.255.255.0, and the " "<guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> and <guilabel>DNS servers</guilabel> are " "available from your providers website." -msgstr "Para una red residencial, la <guilabel>dirección IP</guilabel> siempre se ve como 192.168.0.x, la <guilabel>Máscara de red</guilabel> es 255.255.255.0, y la <guilabel>Puerta de enlace</guilabel> y los <guilabel>servidores DNS</guilabel> están disponibles en la página web de tus proveedores." +msgstr "" +"Para una red residencial, la <guilabel>dirección IP</guilabel> siempre se ve " +"como 192.168.0.x, la <guilabel>Máscara de red</guilabel> es 255.255.255.0, y " +"la <guilabel>Puerta de enlace</guilabel> y los <guilabel>servidores DNS</" +"guilabel> están disponibles en la página web de tus proveedores." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:128 @@ -3250,22 +3862,27 @@ msgid "" "the traffic on a hourly, daily or monthly basis. The results are visible in " "the Network monitor detailed in the previous section. Once enabled, you may " "have to reconnect to the network." -msgstr "<guibutton>Habilitar las estadisticas del tráfico</guibutton> si marca esta contará el tráfico en una hora, día o mes. Los resultados son visibles en el monitor de red detalla en el apartado anterior. Una vez activado, puede que tenga que volver a conectarse a la red." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Habilitar las estadisticas del tráfico</guibutton> si marca esta " +"contará el tráfico en una hora, día o mes. Los resultados son visibles en el " +"monitor de red detalla en el apartado anterior. Una vez activado, puede que " +"tenga que volver a conectarse a la red." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:133 msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network " -"Manager:</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Permitir que la interfaz sea controlada por el Administrador de Redes</emphasis>" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager:" +"</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Permitir que la interfaz sea controlada por el " +"Administrador de Redes</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:140 en/draknetcenter.xml:185 msgid "<guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>El botón Avanzado:</guibutton>" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:148 msgid "draknetcenter5.png" msgstr "draknetcenter5.png" @@ -3280,8 +3897,7 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">B - Para una red inalámbrica</emphasis>" msgid "Only the items not already seen above are explained." msgstr "Se explican sólo los artículos no vistos ya anteriormente." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:158 msgid "draknetcenter3.png" msgstr "draknetcenter3.png" @@ -3299,12 +3915,19 @@ msgid "" "Select <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> if it is a peer to peer network. Select " "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Master</emphasis> if your network card is used as " "the access point, your network card needs to support this mode." -msgstr "Seleccione <guilabel>Gestionado</guilabel> si la conexión es a través de un punto de acceso, hay una <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis> detectado. Seleccione <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> si es una red punto a punto. Seleccione <emphasis role=\"bold\">Maestro</emphasis> si su tarjeta de red se utiliza como punto de acceso, la tarjeta de red debe ser compatible con este modo." +msgstr "" +"Seleccione <guilabel>Gestionado</guilabel> si la conexión es a través de un " +"punto de acceso, hay una <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis> detectado. " +"Seleccione <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> si es una red punto a punto. " +"Seleccione <emphasis role=\"bold\">Maestro</emphasis> si su tarjeta de red " +"se utiliza como punto de acceso, la tarjeta de red debe ser compatible con " +"este modo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:170 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Encryption mode and Encryption key:</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Modo de encriptación y clave de cifrado:</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Modo de encriptación y clave de cifrado:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:173 @@ -3314,26 +3937,32 @@ msgstr "Si se trata de una red privada, necesita saber estos ajustes." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:175 msgid "" -"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a" -" passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA " +"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a " +"passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA " "personal or WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> is not often used " "in private networks." -msgstr "<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> utiliza una contraseña y es más débil que WPA que utiliza una frase de contraseña. <guilabel>Clave WPA Pre-Comparida</guilabel> también se llama WPA personal o WPA hogar. <guilabel>WPA Empresa</guilabel> no se utiliza a menudo en redes privadas." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> utiliza una contraseña y es más débil que WPA que " +"utiliza una frase de contraseña. <guilabel>Clave WPA Pre-Comparida</" +"guilabel> también se llama WPA personal o WPA hogar. <guilabel>WPA Empresa</" +"guilabel> no se utiliza a menudo en redes privadas." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:180 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow access point roaming</emphasis>:" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Permitir punto de acceso a la itinerancia</emphasis>:" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Permitir punto de acceso a la itinerancia</emphasis>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:182 msgid "" "Roaming is a technology which enables allows computer to change its access " "point while remaining connected to the network." -msgstr "Roaming es una tecnología que permite permite computadora para cambiar su punto de acceso mientras permanece conectado a la red." +msgstr "" +"Roaming es una tecnología que permite permite computadora para cambiar su " +"punto de acceso mientras permanece conectado a la red." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:193 msgid "draknetcenter6.png" msgstr "draknetcenter6.png" @@ -3343,8 +3972,7 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter6.png" msgid "The Advanced Settings button" msgstr "El botón de Configuraciones avanzadas" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:209 msgid "draknetcenter7.png" msgstr "draknetcenter7.png" @@ -3359,8 +3987,7 @@ msgstr "Administrar los diferentes perfiles de red" msgid "draknetprofile" msgstr "draknetprofile" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetprofile.xml:8 msgid "draknetprofile.png" msgstr "draknetprofile.png" @@ -3368,9 +3995,11 @@ msgstr "draknetprofile.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draknetprofile.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " +"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:9 @@ -3382,8 +4011,7 @@ msgstr "Compartir discos y directorios utilizando NFS" msgid "draknfs" msgstr "draknfs" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknfs.xml:16 msgid "draknfs.png" msgstr "draknfs.png" @@ -3396,28 +4024,32 @@ msgstr "Prerequisitos" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:27 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " +"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:26 msgid "" -"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the" -" first time, it may display the following message:" -msgstr "Cuando el<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> asistente se lanza por primera vez, se puede mostrar el siguiente mensaje:" +"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the " +"first time, it may display the following message:" +msgstr "" +"Cuando el<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> asistente se lanza por " +"primera vez, se puede mostrar el siguiente mensaje:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:33 -msgid "" -"The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?" +msgid "The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?" msgstr "Se necesita instalar el paquete nfs-utils. ¿Quiere instalarlo?" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:37 msgid "" "After completing the installation, a window with an empty list is displayed." -msgstr "Después de completar la instalación, aparece una ventana con una lista vacía." +msgstr "" +"Después de completar la instalación, aparece una ventana con una lista vacía." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:42 @@ -3430,7 +4062,10 @@ msgid "" "A list of directories which are shared is displayed. At this step, the list " "is empty. The <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button gives access to a " "configuration tool." -msgstr "Se muestra una lista de los directorios que son compartidos. En este paso, la lista está vacía. El botón <guibutton>Añadir</guibutton> da acceso a una herramienta de configuración." +msgstr "" +"Se muestra una lista de los directorios que son compartidos. En este paso, " +"la lista está vacía. El botón <guibutton>Añadir</guibutton> da acceso a una " +"herramienta de configuración." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:50 @@ -3443,10 +4078,12 @@ msgid "" "The configuration tool is labeled \"Modify entry\". It may be also launched " "with the <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. The following parameters are " "available." -msgstr "La herramienta de configuración se denomina \"Modificar los datos\". Puede también ponerse en marcha con el botón <guibutton>Modificar</guibutton>. Los siguientes parámetros están disponibles." +msgstr "" +"La herramienta de configuración se denomina \"Modificar los datos\". Puede " +"también ponerse en marcha con el botón <guibutton>Modificar</guibutton>. Los " +"siguientes parámetros están disponibles." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknfs.xml:58 msgid "draknfs4.png" msgstr "draknfs4.png" @@ -3462,7 +4099,10 @@ msgid "" "Here you can specify which directory is to be shared. The " "<guibutton>Directory</guibutton> button gives access to a browser to choose " "it." -msgstr "Aquí puede especificar qué directorio se va a compartir. El botón <guibutton>Directorio</guibutton> da acceso a un navegador para seleccionarlo." +msgstr "" +"Aquí puede especificar qué directorio se va a compartir. El botón " +"<guibutton>Directorio</guibutton> da acceso a un navegador para " +"seleccionarlo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:72 @@ -3474,7 +4114,9 @@ msgstr "Acceso de host" msgid "" "Here you can specify the hosts that are authorized to access the shared " "directory." -msgstr "Aquí puede especificar los hosts que están autorizados para acceder al directorio compartido." +msgstr "" +"Aquí puede especificar los hosts que están autorizados para acceder al " +"directorio compartido." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:77 @@ -3486,7 +4128,10 @@ msgstr "Los clientes NFS se pueden especificar de varias maneras:" msgid "" "<emphasis>single host</emphasis>: a host either by an abbreviated name " "recognized be the resolver, fully qualified domain name, or an IP address" -msgstr "<emphasis>host único</emphasis>: un anfitrión, ya sea por un nombre abreviado reconocido es el resolver, el nombre de dominio completo o una dirección IP" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>host único</emphasis>: un anfitrión, ya sea por un nombre " +"abreviado reconocido es el resolver, el nombre de dominio completo o una " +"dirección IP" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:83 @@ -3499,7 +4144,10 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: machine names may contain the wildcard " "characters * and ?. For instance: *.cs.foo.edu matches all hosts in the " "domain cs.foo.edu." -msgstr "<emphasis>comodines</emphasis>: nombres de las máquinas pueden contener los caracteres comodín * y ?. Por ejemplo: *.cs.foo.edu todos los hosts del dominio cs.foo.edu." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>comodines</emphasis>: nombres de las máquinas pueden contener los " +"caracteres comodín * y ?. Por ejemplo: *.cs.foo.edu todos los hosts del " +"dominio cs.foo.edu." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:90 @@ -3507,7 +4155,10 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis>IP networks</emphasis>: you can also export directories to all " "hosts on an IP (sub-)network simultaneously. For example, either " "`/255.255.252.0' or `/22' appended to the network base address." -msgstr "<emphasis>Redes IP</emphasis>: también puede exportar los directorios a todos los hosts de una (sub)red IP simultáneamente. Por ejemplo, ya sea `/255.255.252.0' o `/22' adjunto a la dirección base de la red." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Redes IP</emphasis>: también puede exportar los directorios a " +"todos los hosts de una (sub)red IP simultáneamente. Por ejemplo, ya sea " +"`/255.255.252.0' o `/22' adjunto a la dirección base de la red." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:96 @@ -3519,32 +4170,46 @@ msgstr "Mapeo de ID de usuario" msgid "" "<emphasis>map root user as anonymous</emphasis>: maps requests from uid/gid " "0 to the anonymous uid/gid (root_squash). The root user from the client " -"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on" -" the server itself." -msgstr "<emphasis>Mapear usuario root como anónimo</emphasis>: redirigir las peticiones de uid/gid 0 al uid/gid anónimo (root_squash). El usuario administrador del sistema del cliente no será capaz de leer archivos o escribir en archivos en el servidor que han sido creados por el administrador del servidor o el propio servidor." +"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on " +"the server itself." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Mapear usuario root como anónimo</emphasis>: redirigir las " +"peticiones de uid/gid 0 al uid/gid anónimo (root_squash). El usuario " +"administrador del sistema del cliente no será capaz de leer archivos o " +"escribir en archivos en el servidor que han sido creados por el " +"administrador del servidor o el propio servidor." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:103 msgid "" -"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing." -" This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)." -msgstr "<emphasis>permitir el acceso remoto real a root</emphasis>: desactivar la supresión de root. Esta opción se utiliza principalmente para clientes sin disco (no_root_squash)." +"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing. " +"This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>permitir el acceso remoto real a root</emphasis>: desactivar la " +"supresión de root. Esta opción se utiliza principalmente para clientes sin " +"disco (no_root_squash)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:107 msgid "" -"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids" -" to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP " -"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID" -" mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting." -msgstr "<emphasis>todos los usuarios asociados con usuario anónimo</emphasis>: convierte toda UID/GID en usuario anónimo (all_squash). Útil para NFS-exportado de directorios FTP públicos, directorio noticias, etc. La opción contraria es (no_all_squash), que se aplica por defecto." +"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids " +"to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP " +"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID " +"mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>todos los usuarios asociados con usuario anónimo</emphasis>: " +"convierte toda UID/GID en usuario anónimo (all_squash). Útil para NFS-" +"exportado de directorios FTP públicos, directorio noticias, etc. La opción " +"contraria es (no_all_squash), que se aplica por defecto." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:113 msgid "" "<emphasis>anonuid and anongid</emphasis>: explicitly set the uid and gid of " "the anonymous account." -msgstr "<emphasis>anonuid y anongid</emphasis>: establecer explícitamente el uid y gid de la cuenta anónima." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>anonuid y anongid</emphasis>: establecer explícitamente el uid y " +"gid de la cuenta anónima." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:118 @@ -3555,9 +4220,12 @@ msgstr "Opciones avanzadas" #: en/draknfs.xml:120 msgid "" "<emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: this option requires that requests " -"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024). This option" -" is on by default." -msgstr "<emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: esta opción requiere que las solicitudes se originen en un puerto de Internet menor a IPPORT_RESERVED (1024). Esta opción está activada por defecto." +"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024). This option " +"is on by default." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: esta opción requiere que las " +"solicitudes se originen en un puerto de Internet menor a IPPORT_RESERVED " +"(1024). Esta opción está activada por defecto." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:124 @@ -3566,7 +4234,11 @@ msgid "" "and write requests on this NFS volume. The default is to disallow any " "request which changes the filesystem. This can also be made explicit by " "using this option." -msgstr "<emphasis>Compartición de sólo lectura</emphasis>: permite peticiones sólo de lectura o de lectura y escritura en este volume NFS. De manera predeterminada no se permiten peticiones con cambios en el sistema de archivo. Esto también puede hacerse explícitamente utilizando esta opción." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Compartición de sólo lectura</emphasis>: permite peticiones sólo " +"de lectura o de lectura y escritura en este volume NFS. De manera " +"predeterminada no se permiten peticiones con cambios en el sistema de " +"archivo. Esto también puede hacerse explícitamente utilizando esta opción." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:129 @@ -3574,7 +4246,11 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: prevents the NFS server from " "violating the NFS protocol and to reply to requests before any changes made " "by these requests have been committed to stable storage (e.g. disc drive)." -msgstr "<emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: no permite al servidor NFS violar el protocolo NFS ni responder peticiones antes de que cualquier cambio hecho por estas peticiones sea realizado a almacenamiento estable (ej. unidad de disco)." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: no permite al servidor NFS violar " +"el protocolo NFS ni responder peticiones antes de que cualquier cambio hecho " +"por estas peticiones sea realizado a almacenamiento estable (ej. unidad de " +"disco)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:134 @@ -3582,7 +4258,10 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: enable subtree checking which can " "help improve security in some cases, but can decrease reliability. See " "exports(5) man page for more details." -msgstr "<emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: habilita revisión de subárbol lo que puede ayudar a mejorar la seguridad en algunos casos, pero puede disminuir la confiabilidad. Vea la página de man exports(5) para mas detalles." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: habilita revisión de subárbol lo que " +"puede ayudar a mejorar la seguridad en algunos casos, pero puede disminuir " +"la confiabilidad. Vea la página de man exports(5) para mas detalles." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:141 en/draksambashare.xml:201 @@ -3594,8 +4273,7 @@ msgstr "Entradas de menú" msgid "So far the list has at least one entry." msgstr "Hasta ahora, la lista tiene al menos una entrada." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknfs.xml:147 msgid "draknfs5.png" msgstr "draknfs5.png" @@ -3619,7 +4297,9 @@ msgstr "NFS Servidor|Reiniciar" #: en/draknfs.xml:161 en/draksambashare.xml:222 msgid "" "The server is stopped and restarted with the current configuration files." -msgstr "El servidor se ha parado y reiniciado con los ficheros de configuración actuales." +msgstr "" +"El servidor se ha parado y reiniciado con los ficheros de configuración " +"actuales." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:166 @@ -3629,9 +4309,10 @@ msgstr "NFS Servidor|Recargar" #. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:168 en/draksambashare.xml:229 msgid "" -"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration " -"files." -msgstr "La configuración mostrada se recarga desde los ficheros de configuración actuales." +"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration files." +msgstr "" +"La configuración mostrada se recarga desde los ficheros de configuración " +"actuales." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakproxy.xml:10 @@ -3643,8 +4324,7 @@ msgstr "Proxy" msgid "drakproxy" msgstr "drakproxy" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakproxy.xml:17 msgid "drakproxy.png" msgstr "drakproxy.png" @@ -3652,30 +4332,45 @@ msgstr "drakproxy.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakproxy.xml:24 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " +"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakproxy.xml:22 msgid "" "If you have to use a proxy server to access to the internet, you can use " -"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net" -" administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify " +"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net " +"administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify " "some services which can be accessed without the proxy by exception." -msgstr "Si tiene que usar un servidor proxy para acceder a Internet, puede utilizar esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> para configurarlo. El administrador de red le dará la información que necesita. También puede especificar algunos servicios que se puede acceder sin el proxy por excepción." +msgstr "" +"Si tiene que usar un servidor proxy para acceder a Internet, puede utilizar " +"esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> para configurarlo. " +"El administrador de red le dará la información que necesita. También puede " +"especificar algunos servicios que se puede acceder sin el proxy por " +"excepción." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakproxy.xml:30 msgid "" -"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a" -" proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application) that acts " -"as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other " +"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a " +"proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application) that acts as " +"an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other " "servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, " "such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a " "different server. The proxy server evaluates the request as a way to " "simplify and control their complexity." -msgstr "De Wikipedia, el 2012-09-24, artículo servidor Proxy: En las redes de computadoras, un servidor proxy es un servidor (un sistema informático o una aplicación) que actúa como intermediario en las peticiones de los clientes en busca de recursos de otros servidores. Un cliente se conecta al servidor proxy, solicitando algún servicio, como un archivo, la conexión, la página web, u otro recurso disponible en un servidor diferente. El servidor proxy evalúa la solicitud como una manera de simplificar y controlar su complejidad." +msgstr "" +"De Wikipedia, el 2012-09-24, artículo servidor Proxy: En las redes de " +"computadoras, un servidor proxy es un servidor (un sistema informático o una " +"aplicación) que actúa como intermediario en las peticiones de los clientes " +"en busca de recursos de otros servidores. Un cliente se conecta al servidor " +"proxy, solicitando algún servicio, como un archivo, la conexión, la página " +"web, u otro recurso disponible en un servidor diferente. El servidor proxy " +"evalúa la solicitud como una manera de simplificar y controlar su " +"complejidad." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:3 @@ -3687,8 +4382,7 @@ msgstr "Configurar repositorios" msgid "drakrpm-edit-media" msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:17 msgid "drakrpm-edit-media.png" msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png" @@ -3696,11 +4390,16 @@ msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><important><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:22 msgid "" -"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as" -" repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources" -" to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button" -" below)." -msgstr "Lo primero que debe hacer después de una instalación es añadir fuentes de software (también conocido como repositorios, medios, espejos). Eso significa que usted debe seleccionar las fuentes de los medios que se utilizarán para instalar y actualizar los paquetes y aplicaciones. (consulte el botón Agregar de abajo)." +"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as " +"repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources " +"to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button " +"below)." +msgstr "" +"Lo primero que debe hacer después de una instalación es añadir fuentes de " +"software (también conocido como repositorios, medios, espejos). Eso " +"significa que usted debe seleccionar las fuentes de los medios que se " +"utilizarán para instalar y actualizar los paquetes y aplicaciones. (consulte " +"el botón Agregar de abajo)." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:27 @@ -3710,7 +4409,12 @@ msgid "" "used. To avoid being asked to insert the media when you install new " "packages, you should disable (or delete) this media. (It will have the " "media type CD-Rom)." -msgstr "Si instala (o actualiza) Mageia utilizando un medio óptico (CD o DVD) o un dispositivo USB, habrá una fuente del software configurado para los medios ópticos utilizados. Para evitar que le solicite que inserte los medios al instalar nuevos paquetes, debe deshabilitar (o eliminar) este medio. (Contará con el tipo de medio CD-Rom)." +msgstr "" +"Si instala (o actualiza) Mageia utilizando un medio óptico (CD o DVD) o un " +"dispositivo USB, habrá una fuente del software configurado para los medios " +"ópticos utilizados. Para evitar que le solicite que inserte los medios al " +"instalar nuevos paquetes, debe deshabilitar (o eliminar) este medio. " +"(Contará con el tipo de medio CD-Rom)." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:33 @@ -3720,14 +4424,22 @@ msgid "" "your system is 32-bit or 64-bit; these are called noarch packages. They " "don't have their own noarch directories on the mirrors, but are all in both " "the i586 and the x86_64 media." -msgstr "Su sistema se está ejecutando bajo una arquitectura que puede ser de 32 bits (llamado i586) o 64 bits (llamado x86_64). Algunos paquetes son independientes de si el sistema es de 32 bits o 64 bits; éstos se llaman paquetes noarch. Ellos no tienen sus propios directorios noarch en los espejos, pero están todos en tanto el i586 y x86_64 los medios de comunicación." +msgstr "" +"Su sistema se está ejecutando bajo una arquitectura que puede ser de 32 bits " +"(llamado i586) o 64 bits (llamado x86_64). Algunos paquetes son " +"independientes de si el sistema es de 32 bits o 64 bits; éstos se llaman " +"paquetes noarch. Ellos no tienen sus propios directorios noarch en los " +"espejos, pero están todos en tanto el i586 y x86_64 los medios de " +"comunicación." #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:42 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " +"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:40 @@ -3735,7 +4447,10 @@ msgid "" "This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">Software management.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" " "id=\"0\"/>" -msgstr "Esta herramienta está presente en el Centro de Control de Mageia bajo la etiqueta <emphasis role = \"bold\">Administración de software.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Esta herramienta está presente en el Centro de Control de Mageia bajo la " +"etiqueta <emphasis role = \"bold\">Administración de software.</" +"emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:46 @@ -3752,7 +4467,10 @@ msgstr "Columna Activar" msgid "" "The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with " "some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable." -msgstr "Los repositorios marcados se usarán para instalar nuevos paquetes. Tenga cuidado porque los repositorios Testing y Debug pueden hacer que su sistema no funcione." +msgstr "" +"Los repositorios marcados se usarán para instalar nuevos paquetes. Tenga " +"cuidado porque los repositorios Testing y Debug pueden hacer que su sistema " +"no funcione." #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:54 @@ -3766,7 +4484,12 @@ msgid "" "media with \"Update\" in its name should be selected. For security reasons, " "this column isn't modifiable in this tool, you must open a console as root " "and type <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis>" -msgstr "Los medios seleccionados que serán utilizados para actualizar los paquetes deben estar habilitados. Sólo los medios con \"Update\" en su nombre deben ser seleccionados. Por razones de seguridad, esta columna no es modificable en esta herramienta, debe abrir una consola como root y teclear <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Los medios seleccionados que serán utilizados para actualizar los paquetes " +"deben estar habilitados. Sólo los medios con \"Update\" en su nombre deben " +"ser seleccionados. Por razones de seguridad, esta columna no es modificable " +"en esta herramienta, debe abrir una consola como root y teclear <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:62 @@ -3778,28 +4501,36 @@ msgstr "Columna de de Medios:" msgid "" "Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release " "versions contain at least:" -msgstr "Muestra el nombre del medio. Repositorios oficiales de Mageia de versiones finales contienen al menos:" +msgstr "" +"Muestra el nombre del medio. Repositorios oficiales de Mageia de versiones " +"finales contienen al menos:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:69 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs " "available supported by Mageia." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> que contiene la mayoría de los programas disponibles compatibles con Mageia." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> que contiene la mayoría de los " +"programas disponibles compatibles con Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:74 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs " "which are not free" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> que contiene algunos programas que no son libres" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> que contiene algunos programas " +"que no son libres" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:79 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there " "might be patent claims in some countries." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> software libre el cual no puede reivindicarse en algunos países debido a patentes." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> software libre el cual no puede " +"reivindicarse en algunos países debido a patentes." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:82 @@ -3811,7 +4542,9 @@ msgstr "Cada medio tiene cuatro subsecciones:" msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the " "this version of Mageia was released." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Liberación</emphasis> los paquetes como en el día en que la presente versión de Mageia fue liberada." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Liberación</emphasis> los paquetes como en el día en " +"que la presente versión de Mageia fue liberada." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:91 @@ -3819,22 +4552,30 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since " "release due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium " "enabled, even with a very slow internet connection." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> los paquetes actualizados desde el lanzamiento por razones de seguridad o de errores. Todo el mundo debería tener este medio habilitado, incluso con una conexión a Internet muy lenta." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> los paquetes actualizados desde " +"el lanzamiento por razones de seguridad o de errores. Todo el mundo debería " +"tener este medio habilitado, incluso con una conexión a Internet muy lenta." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:97 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions " "backported from Cauldron (the next version under development)." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> algunos paquetes de nuevas versiones de backports Caldero (la próxima versión en fase de desarrollo)." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> algunos paquetes de nuevas " +"versiones de backports Caldero (la próxima versión en fase de desarrollo)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:103 msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests" -" of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests " +"of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the " "corrections." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> que se utiliza para las pruebas temporales de nuevas actualizaciones, para permitir que los reporteros de errores y el equipo de control de calidad para validar las correcciones." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> que se utiliza para las pruebas " +"temporales de nuevas actualizaciones, para permitir que los reporteros de " +"errores y el equipo de control de calidad para validar las correcciones." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:111 @@ -3852,7 +4593,11 @@ msgid "" "To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to " "remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example) since " "all the packages it contains are in the official Core release medium." -msgstr "Pare eliminar un repositorio, haga click en él y en este botón. Es buena idea eliminar los repositorios usados durante la instalación (CD o DVD, por ejemplo) porque todos los paquetes se encuentran en el repositorio Core oficial del lanzamiento. " +msgstr "" +"Pare eliminar un repositorio, haga click en él y en este botón. Es buena " +"idea eliminar los repositorios usados durante la instalación (CD o DVD, por " +"ejemplo) porque todos los paquetes se encuentran en el repositorio Core " +"oficial del lanzamiento. " #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121 @@ -3864,7 +4609,9 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Editar:</guibutton>" msgid "" "Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and " "proxy)." -msgstr "Permite modificar la configuración del repositorio (URL, programa para descargar y proxy)." +msgstr "" +"Permite modificar la configuración del repositorio (URL, programa para " +"descargar y proxy)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:126 @@ -3877,10 +4624,17 @@ msgid "" "Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories " "contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the \"Add\" button " "adds the mirrorlist to your configuration, it is designed to make sure that " -"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a" -" specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" " +"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a " +"specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" " "from the drop-down \"File\" menu." -msgstr "Añadir los repositorios oficiales disponibles en Internet. Estos repositorios contienen software que es seguro y está bien probado. Al hacer clic en el botón \"Añadir\" añade servidores réplica de la configuración, que está diseñado para asegurarse de que instale y actualizace desde una réplica cercana a usted. Si prefiere elegir un espejo específico, a continuación, agreguer eligiendo \"Agregar un espejo específico\" en el menú desplegable \"Archivo\"." +msgstr "" +"Añadir los repositorios oficiales disponibles en Internet. Estos " +"repositorios contienen software que es seguro y está bien probado. Al hacer " +"clic en el botón \"Añadir\" añade servidores réplica de la configuración, " +"que está diseñado para asegurarse de que instale y actualizace desde una " +"réplica cercana a usted. Si prefiere elegir un espejo específico, a " +"continuación, agreguer eligiendo \"Agregar un espejo específico\" en el menú " +"desplegable \"Archivo\"." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:135 @@ -3891,10 +4645,15 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Flechas arriba y abajo:</guibutton>" #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:137 msgid "" "Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list " -"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same" -" release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release " -"will be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top." -msgstr "Cambiar el orden de la lista. Cuando drakrpm busca un paquete, se lee la lista en el orden que se muestra y se instalará el primer paquete determinado para el mismo número de versión - en caso de un conflicto de versiones, se instalará la última versión. Así que si es posible, poner los repositorios más rápidos en la parte superior." +"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same " +"release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release will " +"be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top." +msgstr "" +"Cambiar el orden de la lista. Cuando drakrpm busca un paquete, se lee la " +"lista en el orden que se muestra y se instalará el primer paquete " +"determinado para el mismo número de versión - en caso de un conflicto de " +"versiones, se instalará la última versión. Así que si es posible, poner los " +"repositorios más rápidos en la parte superior." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:145 en/harddrake2.xml:64 @@ -3909,9 +4668,11 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Fichero -> Actualizar:</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:149 msgid "" -"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and" -" click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button." -msgstr "Se abrirá una ventana con la lista de medios. Seleccione los que desee actualizar y haga clic en el botón <guibutton>Actualizar</guibutton>." +"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and " +"click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button." +msgstr "" +"Se abrirá una ventana con la lista de medios. Seleccione los que desee " +"actualizar y haga clic en el botón <guibutton>Actualizar</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:152 @@ -3922,16 +4683,23 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Archivo -> Añadir un espejo específico:</guimenu>" #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:154 msgid "" "Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's " -"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the" -" actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. " +"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the " +"actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. " "Click on <guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror</guimenu>, choose " "between update only or the full set (if you do not know, choose the " "<guibutton>Full set of sources</guibutton>) and accept the contact by " "clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:" -msgstr "Supongamos que usted no está satisfecho con el espejo real, porque por ejemplo de que sea demasiado lento o a menudo no está disponible, puede elegir otro espejo. Seleccionar todos los medios de comunicación actuales y haga clic en <guibutton>Eliminar</guibutton> para llevarlos a cabo. Haga clic en <guimenu>Archivo -> Añadir un espejo específico medios</guimenu>, elegir entre sólo actualización o el conjunto completo (si no sabes, elija el botón <guibutton>Sistema completo de fuentes</guibutton>) y aceptar el contacto haciendo clic en <guibutton>Sí</guibutton>. Se abre esta ventana:" - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +msgstr "" +"Supongamos que usted no está satisfecho con el espejo real, porque por " +"ejemplo de que sea demasiado lento o a menudo no está disponible, puede " +"elegir otro espejo. Seleccionar todos los medios de comunicación actuales y " +"haga clic en <guibutton>Eliminar</guibutton> para llevarlos a cabo. Haga " +"clic en <guimenu>Archivo -> Añadir un espejo específico medios</guimenu>, " +"elegir entre sólo actualización o el conjunto completo (si no sabes, elija " +"el botón <guibutton>Sistema completo de fuentes</guibutton>) y aceptar el " +"contacto haciendo clic en <guibutton>Sí</guibutton>. Se abre esta ventana:" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:165 msgid "drakrpmEditMedia2.png" msgstr "drakrpmEditMedia2.png" @@ -3942,7 +4710,11 @@ msgid "" "You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one very " "close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available " "mirrors in that country. Select one and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>." -msgstr "Puedes ver, a la izquierda, una lista de países, elige el tuyo o uno muy cercano haciendo clic en el símbolo >, este mostrará todos los espejos disponibles en ese país. Seleccione uno y haga clic en <guibutton>Aceptar</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Puedes ver, a la izquierda, una lista de países, elige el tuyo o uno muy " +"cercano haciendo clic en el símbolo >, este mostrará todos los espejos " +"disponibles en ese país. Seleccione uno y haga clic en <guibutton>Aceptar</" +"guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:174 @@ -3954,10 +4726,11 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Archivo -> Añadir un medio personalizado:</guimenu>" msgid "" "It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for example) that " "isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:" -msgstr "Es posible instalar un nuevo medio (de un tercero, por ejemplo) que no sea compatible con Mageia. Aparecerá una nueva ventana:" +msgstr "" +"Es posible instalar un nuevo medio (de un tercero, por ejemplo) que no sea " +"compatible con Mageia. Aparecerá una nueva ventana:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:181 msgid "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png" msgstr "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png" @@ -3968,7 +4741,10 @@ msgid "" "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the medium type, find a " "smart name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, " "according to the medium type)" -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Seleccione el tipo de medio, encontrar un nombre inteligente que bien definen el medio y dar el URL (o la ruta de acceso, de acuerdo con el tipo de medio)" +msgstr "" +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Seleccione el tipo de medio, " +"encontrar un nombre inteligente que bien definen el medio y dar el URL (o la " +"ruta de acceso, de acuerdo con el tipo de medio)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:187 @@ -3978,11 +4754,15 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Opciones -> Opciones globales:</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189 msgid "" -"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed\" " -"(always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to define " -"the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by " +"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed" +"\" (always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to " +"define the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by " "default-, update only, always or never)." -msgstr "Este elemento le permite elegir cuándo \"Verificar RPMs para ser instalados\" (siempre o nunca), el programa de descarga (curl, wget o aria2) y definir la política de descarga para obtener información acerca de los paquetes (en la demanda -por defecto-, actualizar sólo, siempre o nunca)." +msgstr "" +"Este elemento le permite elegir cuándo \"Verificar RPMs para ser instalados" +"\" (siempre o nunca), el programa de descarga (curl, wget o aria2) y definir " +"la política de descarga para obtener información acerca de los paquetes (en " +"la demanda -por defecto-, actualizar sólo, siempre o nunca)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:194 @@ -3992,17 +4772,25 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Opciones -> Administrar claves:</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196 msgid "" -"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate" -" the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In " -"the window that appear, select a medium and then click on " -"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click " -"on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key." -msgstr "Para garantizar un alto nivel de seguridad, llaves digitales se utilizan para autenticar los medios. Es posible para cada medio debe permitir o no una clave. En la ventana que aparece, seleccione un medio y luego haga clic en <guibutton>Añadir</guibutton> para permitir una nueva clave o para seleccionar una clave y haga clic en <guibutton>Eliminar</guibutton> para rechazar esa tecla." +"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate " +"the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the " +"window that appear, select a medium and then click on <guibutton>Add</" +"guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click on " +"<guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key." +msgstr "" +"Para garantizar un alto nivel de seguridad, llaves digitales se utilizan " +"para autenticar los medios. Es posible para cada medio debe permitir o no " +"una clave. En la ventana que aparece, seleccione un medio y luego haga clic " +"en <guibutton>Añadir</guibutton> para permitir una nueva clave o para " +"seleccionar una clave y haga clic en <guibutton>Eliminar</guibutton> para " +"rechazar esa tecla." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:203 msgid "Do this with care, as with all security-related questions" -msgstr "Haga esto con cuidado, al igual que con todas las cuestiones relacionadas con la seguridad" +msgstr "" +"Haga esto con cuidado, al igual que con todas las cuestiones relacionadas " +"con la seguridad" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:204 @@ -4013,18 +4801,24 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Opciones -> Proxy:</guimenu>" #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:206 msgid "" "If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it " -"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if" -" necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and " -"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>." -msgstr "Si tiene que usar un servidor proxy para acceder a Internet, puede configurarlo aquí. Sólo tiene que dar el <guibutton>nombre de host proxy</guibutton> y si es necesario un <guilabel>Nombre de usuario</guilabel> y <guilabel>Contraseña</guilabel>." +"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if " +"necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Si tiene que usar un servidor proxy para acceder a Internet, puede " +"configurarlo aquí. Sólo tiene que dar el <guibutton>nombre de host proxy</" +"guibutton> y si es necesario un <guilabel>Nombre de usuario</guilabel> y " +"<guilabel>Contraseña</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:213 msgid "" -"For more information about configuring the media, see <link " -"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki " -"page</link>." -msgstr "Para obtener más información sobre la configuración de los medios de comunicación, consulte <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">la página Wiki de Mageia </link>." +"For more information about configuring the media, see <link ns2:href=" +"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki page</" +"link>." +msgstr "" +"Para obtener más información sobre la configuración de los medios de " +"comunicación, consulte <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"Software_management\">la página Wiki de Mageia </link>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:10 @@ -4036,8 +4830,7 @@ msgstr "Compartir discos y directorios utilizando Samba" msgid "draksambashare" msgstr "draksambashare" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:18 msgid "draksambashare.png" msgstr "draksambashare.png" @@ -4050,7 +4843,12 @@ msgid "" "the machine as a Samba server using the protocol SMB/CIFS. This protocol is " "also used by Windows(R) and workstations with this OS can access the " "resources of the Samba server." -msgstr "Samba es un protocolo usando en varios sistemas operativos para compartir recursos tales como directorios o impresoras. Esta herramienta permite configurar la máquina como un servidor Samba usando el protocolo SMB/CIFS. Este protocolo se usa también en Windows (R) y estaciones de trabajo con este sistema operativo pueden acceder a los recursos del servidor Samba. " +msgstr "" +"Samba es un protocolo usando en varios sistemas operativos para compartir " +"recursos tales como directorios o impresoras. Esta herramienta permite " +"configurar la máquina como un servidor Samba usando el protocolo SMB/CIFS. " +"Este protocolo se usa también en Windows (R) y estaciones de trabajo con " +"este sistema operativo pueden acceder a los recursos del servidor Samba. " #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:37 @@ -4066,7 +4864,13 @@ msgid "" "identifies the station with its MAC-address and give it always the same " "address. The firewall has also to allow the incoming requests to the Samba " "server." -msgstr "Para acceder desde otras estaciones de trabajo, el servidor tiene que tener una dirección IP fija. Esto se puede especificar directamente en el servidor, por ejemplo, con <xref linkend = \"draknetcenter-ti1\" />, o en el servidor DHCP que identifica la estación con su dirección MAC y darle siempre la misma dirección. El servidor de seguridad también tiene que permitir que las solicitudes entrantes al servidor Samba." +msgstr "" +"Para acceder desde otras estaciones de trabajo, el servidor tiene que tener " +"una dirección IP fija. Esto se puede especificar directamente en el " +"servidor, por ejemplo, con <xref linkend = \"draknetcenter-ti1\" />, o en el " +"servidor DHCP que identifica la estación con su dirección MAC y darle " +"siempre la misma dirección. El servidor de seguridad también tiene que " +"permitir que las solicitudes entrantes al servidor Samba." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:50 @@ -4076,20 +4880,25 @@ msgstr "Asistente - servidor Autónomo" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:53 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis " -"role=\"bold\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksambashare</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis role=\"bold" +"\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " +"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksambashare</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:52 msgid "" -"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks" -" if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are " +"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks " +"if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are " "not yet present. Then the wizard to configure the Samba server is launched." -msgstr "En la primera ejecución, las herramientas <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> comprueban si los paquetes necesarios están instalados y proponen instalarlos si aún no están presentes. A continuación, se inicia el asistente para configurarel servidor Samba." +msgstr "" +"En la primera ejecución, las herramientas <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=" +"\"0\"/> comprueban si los paquetes necesarios están instalados y proponen " +"instalarlos si aún no están presentes. A continuación, se inicia el " +"asistente para configurarel servidor Samba." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:61 msgid "draksambashare0.png" msgstr "draksambashare0.png" @@ -4099,10 +4908,11 @@ msgstr "draksambashare0.png" msgid "" "In the next window the Standalone server configuration option is already " "selected." -msgstr "En la siguiente ventana, la opción de configuración del servidor Standalone está seleccionada." +msgstr "" +"En la siguiente ventana, la opción de configuración del servidor Standalone " +"está seleccionada." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:71 msgid "draksambashare1.png" msgstr "draksambashare1.png" @@ -4110,19 +4920,22 @@ msgstr "draksambashare1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:77 msgid "" -"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the" -" access to the shared resources." -msgstr "A continuación, especifique el nombre del grupo de trabajo. Este nombre debe ser el mismo para el acceso a los recursos compartidos." +"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the " +"access to the shared resources." +msgstr "" +"A continuación, especifique el nombre del grupo de trabajo. Este nombre debe " +"ser el mismo para el acceso a los recursos compartidos." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:80 msgid "" "The netbios name is the name which will be used to designate the server on " "the network." -msgstr "El nombre de NetBIOS es el nombre que se utilizará para designar el servidor en la red." +msgstr "" +"El nombre de NetBIOS es el nombre que se utilizará para designar el servidor " +"en la red." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:85 msgid "draksambashare2.png" msgstr "draksambashare2.png" @@ -4137,24 +4950,29 @@ msgstr "Elija el nivel de seguridad:" msgid "" "<guilabel>user</guilabel>: the client must be authorized to access the " "resource" -msgstr "<guilabel>usuario</guilabel>: el cliente debe estar autorizado a acceder al recurso" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>usuario</guilabel>: el cliente debe estar autorizado a acceder al " +"recurso" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:100 msgid "" "<guilabel>share</guilabel>: the client authenticates itself separately for " "each share" -msgstr "<guilabel>compartir</guilabel>: el cliente debe estar autorizado a acceder al recurso" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>compartir</guilabel>: el cliente debe estar autorizado a acceder " +"al recurso" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:105 msgid "" "You can specify which hosts are allowed to access the resources, with IP " "address or host name." -msgstr "Puede especificar qué máquinas tienen permiso para acceder a los recursos, con la dirección IP o nombre de host." +msgstr "" +"Puede especificar qué máquinas tienen permiso para acceder a los recursos, " +"con la dirección IP o nombre de host." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:110 msgid "draksambashare3.png" msgstr "draksambashare3.png" @@ -4164,10 +4982,11 @@ msgstr "draksambashare3.png" msgid "" "Specify the server banner. The banner is the way this server will be " "described in the Windows workstations." -msgstr "Especifique la pancarta del servidor. La pancarta es la forma en que este servidor será descrito en las estaciones de trabajo Windows." +msgstr "" +"Especifique la pancarta del servidor. La pancarta es la forma en que este " +"servidor será descrito en las estaciones de trabajo Windows." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:120 msgid "draksambashare4.png" msgstr "draksambashare4.png" @@ -4176,10 +4995,11 @@ msgstr "draksambashare4.png" #: en/draksambashare.xml:126 msgid "" "The place where Samba can log information can be specified at the next step." -msgstr "El lugar donde Samba puede registrar información se puede especificar en el siguiente paso." +msgstr "" +"El lugar donde Samba puede registrar información se puede especificar en el " +"siguiente paso." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:131 msgid "draksambashare5.png" msgstr "draksambashare5.png" @@ -4188,12 +5008,14 @@ msgstr "draksambashare5.png" #: en/draksambashare.xml:137 msgid "" "The wizard displays a list of the chosen parameters before you accept the " -"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in " -"<code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>." -msgstr "El asistente muestra una lista de los parámetros elegidos antes de aceptar la configuración. Cuando se acepta, la configuración será escrita en <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>." +"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in <code>/" +"etc/samba/smb.conf</code>." +msgstr "" +"El asistente muestra una lista de los parámetros elegidos antes de aceptar " +"la configuración. Cuando se acepta, la configuración será escrita en <code>/" +"etc/samba/smb.conf</code>." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:143 msgid "draksambashare6.png" msgstr "draksambashare6.png" @@ -4203,8 +5025,7 @@ msgstr "draksambashare6.png" msgid "Wizard - Primary domain controller" msgstr "Asistente - Controlador de dominio primario" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:155 msgid "draksambashare13.png" msgstr "draksambashare13.png" @@ -4217,7 +5038,12 @@ msgid "" "to support or not and to provide admin users names. The following steps are " "then the same as for standalone server, except you can choose also the " "security mode:" -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Si se selecciona la opción \"controlador de dominio primario\", el asistente le pide indique si Wins es para apoyar o no, y para proporcionar los nombres de usuarios de administrador. Los siguientes pasos son entonces los mismos que para servidor independiente, a menos que usted elija también el modo de seguridad:" +msgstr "" +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Si se selecciona la opción " +"\"controlador de dominio primario\", el asistente le pide indique si Wins es " +"para apoyar o no, y para proporcionar los nombres de usuarios de " +"administrador. Los siguientes pasos son entonces los mismos que para " +"servidor independiente, a menos que usted elija también el modo de seguridad:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:164 @@ -4225,7 +5051,11 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provides a mechanism for storing all user and " "group accounts in a central, shared, account repository. The centralized " "account repository is shared between (security) controllers." -msgstr "<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provee un mecanismo para almacenar todas las cuentas de usuario y grupo en un repositorio de cuentas central compartido. El repositorio de cuentas centralizado es compartido entre los controladores (de seguridad) del dominio." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provee un mecanismo para almacenar todas las " +"cuentas de usuario y grupo en un repositorio de cuentas central compartido. " +"El repositorio de cuentas centralizado es compartido entre los controladores " +"(de seguridad) del dominio." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:173 @@ -4237,8 +5067,7 @@ msgstr "Declare un directorio a compartir" msgid "With the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button, we get:" msgstr "Con el botón <guibutton>Añadir</guibutton>, obtenemos:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:179 msgid "draksambashare15.png" msgstr "draksambashare15.png" @@ -4246,14 +5075,17 @@ msgstr "draksambashare15.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:184 msgid "" -"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the " -"<guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether" -" the directory is visible to the public, writable or browseable. The share " -"name can not be modified." -msgstr "Por tanto, se añade una nueva entrada. Puede ser modificada con el botón <guibutton>Modificar</guibutton>. Las opciones pueden ser editadas, por ejemplo, si el directorio es visible para el público, de escritura o navegable. El nombre del recurso compartido no se puede modificar." +"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the <guibutton>Modify</" +"guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether the directory is " +"visible to the public, writable or browseable. The share name can not be " +"modified." +msgstr "" +"Por tanto, se añade una nueva entrada. Puede ser modificada con el botón " +"<guibutton>Modificar</guibutton>. Las opciones pueden ser editadas, por " +"ejemplo, si el directorio es visible para el público, de escritura o " +"navegable. El nombre del recurso compartido no se puede modificar." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:191 msgid "draksambashare16.png" msgstr "draksambashare16.png" @@ -4261,7 +5093,9 @@ msgstr "draksambashare16.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:203 msgid "When the list has at least one entry, menu entries can be used." -msgstr "Cuando la lista tiene al menos una entrada, se pueden utilizar las entradas de menú." +msgstr "" +"Cuando la lista tiene al menos una entrada, se pueden utilizar las entradas " +"de menú." #. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:209 @@ -4298,8 +5132,7 @@ msgstr "Compartir impresora" msgid "Samba also allows you to share printers." msgstr "Samba tambien le permite compartir impresoras" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:241 msgid "draksambashare17.png" msgstr "draksambashare17.png" @@ -4317,8 +5150,7 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" msgid "Samba users" msgstr "Usuarios de Samba" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:253 msgid "draksambashare18.png" msgstr "draksambashare18.png" @@ -4329,7 +5161,11 @@ msgid "" "In this tab, you can add users who are allowed to access the shared " "resources when authentication is required. You can add users from <xref " "linkend=\"userdrake-ti1\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" -msgstr "En esta pestaña, puede agregar usuarios que tienen permiso para acceder a los recursos compartidos cuando se requiere autenticación. Usted puede agregar usuarios de <xref linkend=\"userdrake-ti1\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" +msgstr "" +"En esta pestaña, puede agregar usuarios que tienen permiso para acceder a " +"los recursos compartidos cuando se requiere autenticación. Usted puede " +"agregar usuarios de <xref linkend=\"userdrake-ti1\"/><placeholder type=" +"\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draksec.xml:3 @@ -4341,8 +5177,7 @@ msgstr "Configurar autenticación para las herramientas de Mageia" msgid "draksec" msgstr "draksec" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksec.xml:11 msgid "draksec0.png" msgstr "draksec0.png" @@ -4350,31 +5185,37 @@ msgstr "draksec0.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksec.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " +"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksec.xml:15 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is present in the Mageia " "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Security</emphasis>" -msgstr "Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> está presente en el Centro de Control de Mageia bajo la etiqueta <emphasis role = \"bold\">Seguridad</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> está presente en " +"el Centro de Control de Mageia bajo la etiqueta <emphasis role = \"bold" +"\">Seguridad</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksec.xml:19 msgid "" "It allows to give the regular users the needed rights to accomplish tasks " "usually done by the administrator." -msgstr "Permite dar a los usuarios habituales los derechos necesarios para realizar las tareas normalmente realizadas por el administrador." +msgstr "" +"Permite dar a los usuarios habituales los derechos necesarios para realizar " +"las tareas normalmente realizadas por el administrador." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksec.xml:22 msgid "Click on the little arrow before the item you want to drop down:" msgstr "Haga clic en la pequeña flecha antes del elemento que desea desplegar:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksec.xml:27 msgid "draksec.png" msgstr "draksec.png" @@ -4385,25 +5226,36 @@ msgid "" "Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in " "the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a " "drop down list on the right side gives the choice between:" -msgstr "La mayoría de las herramientas disponibles en el Centro de Control de Mageia se muestran en la parte izquierda de la ventana (ver la imagen de arriba) y para cada herramienta, una lista desplegable en la parte derecha abajo da la posibilidad de elegir entre:" +msgstr "" +"La mayoría de las herramientas disponibles en el Centro de Control de Mageia " +"se muestran en la parte izquierda de la ventana (ver la imagen de arriba) y " +"para cada herramienta, una lista desplegable en la parte derecha abajo da la " +"posibilidad de elegir entre:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksec.xml:37 msgid "" "Default: The launch mode depends on the chosen security level. See in the " "same MCC tab, the tool \"Configure system security, permissions and audit\"." -msgstr "Por defecto: El modo de puesta en marcha depende del nivel de seguridad elegido. Ver en la misma pestaña MCC, la función \"Configurar la seguridad del sistema, permisos y auditoría\"." +msgstr "" +"Por defecto: El modo de puesta en marcha depende del nivel de seguridad " +"elegido. Ver en la misma pestaña MCC, la función \"Configurar la seguridad " +"del sistema, permisos y auditoría\"." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksec.xml:43 msgid "User password: The user password is asked before the tool launching." -msgstr "Contraseña de usuario: La contraseña de usuario se pide antes que la herramienta se ejecute" +msgstr "" +"Contraseña de usuario: La contraseña de usuario se pide antes que la " +"herramienta se ejecute" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksec.xml:48 msgid "" "Administrator password: The root password is asked before the tool launching" -msgstr "Contraseña de administrador: La contraseña de root se pregunta antes de la puesta en marcha de herramientas" +msgstr "" +"Contraseña de administrador: La contraseña de root se pregunta antes de la " +"puesta en marcha de herramientas" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksec.xml:53 @@ -4420,8 +5272,7 @@ msgstr "Instantáneas" msgid "draksnapshot-config" msgstr "draksnapshot-config" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:18 msgid "draksnapshot-config.png" msgstr "draksnapshot-config.png" @@ -4429,17 +5280,22 @@ msgstr "draksnapshot-config.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " +"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is available in MCC's " -"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration " -"tools</guilabel> section." -msgstr "Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> está disponible en la pestaña <guilabel>Sistema</guilabel> de MCC, en la sección <guilabel>Herramientas de administración</guilabel>." +"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration tools</" +"guilabel> section." +msgstr "" +"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> está disponible " +"en la pestaña <guilabel>Sistema</guilabel> de MCC, en la sección " +"<guilabel>Herramientas de administración</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:26 @@ -4447,39 +5303,61 @@ msgid "" "When you start this tool in MCC for the first time, you will see a message " "about installing draksnapshot. Click on <guibutton>Install</guibutton> to " "proceed. Draksnapshot and some other packages it needs will be installed." -msgstr "Al iniciar esta herramienta en MCC, por primera vez, verá un mensaje acerca de la instalación draksnapshot. Haga clic en <guibutton>Instalar</guibutton> para continuar. Draksnapshot y algunos otros paquetes que necesita serán instalados." +msgstr "" +"Al iniciar esta herramienta en MCC, por primera vez, verá un mensaje acerca " +"de la instalación draksnapshot. Haga clic en <guibutton>Instalar</guibutton> " +"para continuar. Draksnapshot y algunos otros paquetes que necesita serán " +"instalados." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:31 msgid "" "Click again on <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, you will see the " -"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable " -"Backups</guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, " -"<guilabel>Backup the whole system</guilabel>." -msgstr "Haga clic de nuevo en <guilabel>Instantáneas</guilabel>, verá la pantalla <guilabel>Configuración</guilabel>. Habilite <guilabel>Activar copias de seguridad</guilabel> y, si desea hacer copia de seguridad de todo el sistema, <guilabel>Copia de seguridad de todo el sistema</guilabel>." +"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable Backups</" +"guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, <guilabel>Backup the " +"whole system</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Haga clic de nuevo en <guilabel>Instantáneas</guilabel>, verá la pantalla " +"<guilabel>Configuración</guilabel>. Habilite <guilabel>Activar copias de " +"seguridad</guilabel> y, si desea hacer copia de seguridad de todo el " +"sistema, <guilabel>Copia de seguridad de todo el sistema</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:34 msgid "" "If you only want to backup part of your directories, then choose " "<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. You will see a little pop-up screen. Use the " -"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to" -" the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and " -"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the " -"<guilabel>Exclude</guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from" -" the chosen directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> " -"be included in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you " -"are done." -msgstr "Si sólo quiere una copia de seguridad de parte de sus directorios, a continuación, seleccione <guilabel>Avanzado</guilabel>. Usted verá una pequeña pantalla emergente. Utilice los botones <guibutton>Añadir</guibutton> y <guibutton>Eliminar</guibutton> junto a <guilabel>la lista de copia de seguridad</guilabel> para incluir o excluir directorios y archivos de la copia de seguridad. Utilice los mismos botones junto a la lista <guilabel>Excluir</guilabel> para eliminar los subdirectorios y/o archivos de los directorios seleccionados, que <emphasis role = \"bold\">no</emphasis> deben ser incluidos en la copia de seguridad. Haga clic en <guibutton>Cerrar</guibutton> cuando haya terminado." +"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to " +"the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and " +"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the <guilabel>Exclude</" +"guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from the chosen " +"directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> be included " +"in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you are done." +msgstr "" +"Si sólo quiere una copia de seguridad de parte de sus directorios, a " +"continuación, seleccione <guilabel>Avanzado</guilabel>. Usted verá una " +"pequeña pantalla emergente. Utilice los botones <guibutton>Añadir</" +"guibutton> y <guibutton>Eliminar</guibutton> junto a <guilabel>la lista de " +"copia de seguridad</guilabel> para incluir o excluir directorios y archivos " +"de la copia de seguridad. Utilice los mismos botones junto a la lista " +"<guilabel>Excluir</guilabel> para eliminar los subdirectorios y/o archivos " +"de los directorios seleccionados, que <emphasis role = \"bold\">no</" +"emphasis> deben ser incluidos en la copia de seguridad. Haga clic en " +"<guibutton>Cerrar</guibutton> cuando haya terminado." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:41 msgid "" "Now give the path to <guilabel>Where to backup</guilabel>, or choose the " -"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted" -" USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">/run/media/your_user_name/</emphasis>." -msgstr "Ahora, especifique el directorio en el que <guilabel>Guardar una copia de seguridad</guilabel>, o seleccione el botón <guibutton>Examinar</guibutton> para especificar el directorio correcto. Cualquier llave USB o HD externo montado se puede encontrar en <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/your_user_name/</emphasis>." +"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted " +"USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/" +"your_user_name/</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Ahora, especifique el directorio en el que <guilabel>Guardar una copia de " +"seguridad</guilabel>, o seleccione el botón <guibutton>Examinar</guibutton> " +"para especificar el directorio correcto. Cualquier llave USB o HD externo " +"montado se puede encontrar en <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/" +"your_user_name/</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:45 @@ -4496,8 +5374,7 @@ msgstr "Configuración de sonido" msgid "draksound" msgstr "draksound" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksound.xml:10 msgid "draksound.png" msgstr "draksound.png" @@ -4505,16 +5382,21 @@ msgstr "draksound.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksound.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " +"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>.¶" -msgstr "Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> está presente en el Centro de Control de Mageia bajo la pestaña <emphasis role = \"bold\">Hardware</emphasis> .¶" +msgstr "" +"Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> está presente en " +"el Centro de Control de Mageia bajo la pestaña <emphasis role = \"bold" +"\">Hardware</emphasis> .¶" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:19 @@ -4522,15 +5404,20 @@ msgid "" "Draksound deals with the sound configuration, including the driver choice, " "PulseAudio options and trouble shooting. It will help you if you experience " "sound problems or if you change the sound card." -msgstr "Draksound ofrece configuracirar el sonido, incluidas las opciones del controlador, las oportunidades y problemas de PulseAudio. Si tiene problemas con el sonido o si cambia la tarjeta de sonido." +msgstr "" +"Draksound ofrece configuracirar el sonido, incluidas las opciones del " +"controlador, las oportunidades y problemas de PulseAudio. Si tiene problemas " +"con el sonido o si cambia la tarjeta de sonido." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:23 msgid "" -"The drop down list called <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> allows you to select a" -" driver from all the ones available on the computer that match the sound " -"card." -msgstr "La lista desplegable llamada <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> le permite seleccionar un controlador de todos los disponibles en el equipo que coinciden con la tarjeta de sonido." +"The drop down list called <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> allows you to select a " +"driver from all the ones available on the computer that match the sound card." +msgstr "" +"La lista desplegable llamada <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> le permite " +"seleccionar un controlador de todos los disponibles en el equipo que " +"coinciden con la tarjeta de sonido." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/draksound.xml:28 @@ -4538,40 +5425,53 @@ msgid "" "Most of the time, it is possible to choose a driver using the OSS or ALSA " "API. OSS is the oldest and very basic, we recommend to choose ALSA when " "possible for its enhanced features." -msgstr "La mayor parte del tiempo, es posible elegir un controlador utilizando el API OSS o ALSA. OSS es la más antigua y muy básico, se recomienda elegir ALSA cuando sea posible por sus características mejoradas." +msgstr "" +"La mayor parte del tiempo, es posible elegir un controlador utilizando el " +"API OSS o ALSA. OSS es la más antigua y muy básico, se recomienda elegir " +"ALSA cuando sea posible por sus características mejoradas." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:33 msgid "" -"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound" -" inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the " -"resulting sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> " -"PulseAudio volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences." -msgstr "<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> es un servidor de sonido. Recibe todas las entradas de sonido, los mezcla en función de las preferencias del usuario y envía el sonido resultante a la salida. Consulte <guimenu>Menú -> Sonido y Video -> PulseAudio control de volumen</guimenu> para ajustar estas preferencias." +"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound " +"inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the resulting " +"sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> PulseAudio " +"volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> es un servidor de sonido. Recibe todas las " +"entradas de sonido, los mezcla en función de las preferencias del usuario y " +"envía el sonido resultante a la salida. Consulte <guimenu>Menú -> Sonido y " +"Video -> PulseAudio control de volumen</guimenu> para ajustar estas " +"preferencias." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:38 msgid "" "PulseAudio is the default sound server and it is recommended to leave it " "enabled." -msgstr "PulseAudio es el servidor de sonido por defecto y se recomienda dejarlo activado." +msgstr "" +"PulseAudio es el servidor de sonido por defecto y se recomienda dejarlo " +"activado." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:41 msgid "" "<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> improves PulseAudio with some programs. It " "is also recommended to leave it enabled." -msgstr "<guilabel>Libre de saltos</guilabel> mejora PulseAudio con algunos programas. También se recomienda dejarlo activado." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Libre de saltos</guilabel> mejora PulseAudio con algunos " +"programas. También se recomienda dejarlo activado." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:44 msgid "" "The button <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> display a new window with two or " "three buttons:" -msgstr "El botón <guibutton>Avanzado</guibutton> mostrará una nueva ventana con dos o tres botones:" +msgstr "" +"El botón <guibutton>Avanzado</guibutton> mostrará una nueva ventana con dos " +"o tres botones:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksound.xml:49 msgid "Draksound1.png" msgstr "Draksound1.png" @@ -4582,7 +5482,10 @@ msgid "" "The first button gives total freedom of choice. You have to know what you " "are doing. This button is not available when the system has found a driver " "for your device." -msgstr "El primer botón le da total libertad de elección. Usted tiene que saber lo que está haciendo. Este botón no está disponible cuando el sistema ha encontrado un controlador para su dispositivo." +msgstr "" +"El primer botón le da total libertad de elección. Usted tiene que saber lo " +"que está haciendo. Este botón no está disponible cuando el sistema ha " +"encontrado un controlador para su dispositivo." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:57 @@ -4590,7 +5493,10 @@ msgid "" "The second one is obvious and the last one gives assistance with fixing any " "problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this before asking " "the community for help." -msgstr "El segundo es obvio y el último da asistencia solucionado cualquier problema que pueda tener. Usted encontrará que es útil para tratar antes de pedir ayuda a la comunidad." +msgstr "" +"El segundo es obvio y el último da asistencia solucionado cualquier problema " +"que pueda tener. Usted encontrará que es útil para tratar antes de pedir " +"ayuda a la comunidad." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakups.xml:3 @@ -4602,8 +5508,7 @@ msgstr "Configurar una UPS para monitoreo de energía" msgid "drakups" msgstr "drakups" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakups.xml:8 msgid "drakups.png" msgstr "drakups.png" @@ -4611,9 +5516,11 @@ msgstr "drakups.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakups.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " +"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakvpn.xml:3 @@ -4625,8 +5532,7 @@ msgstr "Configurar una conexión VPN para acceso seguro a redes" msgid "drakvpn" msgstr "drakvpn" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakvpn.xml:11 msgid "drakvpn1.png" msgstr "drakvpn1.png" @@ -4634,9 +5540,11 @@ msgstr "drakvpn1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:19 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " +"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:18 @@ -4647,7 +5555,13 @@ msgid "" "configuration on the workstation side. We assume that the remote network is " "already in operation, and that you have the connection information from the " "network administrator, like a .pcf configuration file ." -msgstr "Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite configurar un acceso seguro a una red remota, se establece un túnel entre la estación de trabajo local y la red remota. Discutimos aquí sólo de la configuración en el lado de estación de trabajo. Suponemos que la red remota ya está en funcionamiento, y que tiene la información de conexión del administrador de red, como un archivo de configuración .pcf." +msgstr "" +"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite " +"configurar un acceso seguro a una red remota, se establece un túnel entre " +"la estación de trabajo local y la red remota. Discutimos aquí sólo de la " +"configuración en el lado de estación de trabajo. Suponemos que la red remota " +"ya está en funcionamiento, y que tiene la información de conexión del " +"administrador de red, como un archivo de configuración .pcf." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakvpn.xml:30 @@ -4659,7 +5573,9 @@ msgstr "Configuración" msgid "" "First, select either Cisco VPN Concentrator or OpenVPN, depending on which " "protocol is used for your virtual private network." -msgstr "En primer lugar, seleccione Cisco VPN concentrador o OpenVPN, dependiendo de qué protocolo se utiliza para su red privada virtual." +msgstr "" +"En primer lugar, seleccione Cisco VPN concentrador o OpenVPN, dependiendo de " +"qué protocolo se utiliza para su red privada virtual." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:35 @@ -4676,8 +5592,7 @@ msgstr "La siguiente pantalla, provee los detalles para su conexión VPN." msgid "For Cisco VPN" msgstr "Para las VPN de Cisco" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakvpn.xml:48 msgid "drakvpn3.png" msgstr "drakvpn3.png" @@ -4687,10 +5602,11 @@ msgstr "drakvpn3.png" msgid "" "For openvpn. The openvpn package and its dependencies will be installed the " "first time the tool is used." -msgstr "Para openvpn. El paquete openvpn y sus dependencias se instalarán la primera vez que se utilice." +msgstr "" +"Para openvpn. El paquete openvpn y sus dependencias se instalarán la primera " +"vez que se utilice." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakvpn.xml:59 msgid "drakvpn7.png" msgstr "drakvpn7.png" @@ -4700,15 +5616,16 @@ msgstr "drakvpn7.png" msgid "" "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the files that you " "received from the network administrator." -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Seleccione los archivos que recibió del administrador de red." +msgstr "" +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Seleccione los archivos que " +"recibió del administrador de red." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:64 msgid "Advanced parameters:" msgstr "Parámetros avanzados:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakvpn.xml:68 msgid "drakvpn8.png" msgstr "drakvpn8.png" @@ -4723,15 +5640,20 @@ msgstr "La siguiente pantalla le pide la dirección ip del gateway." msgid "" "When the parameters are set, you have the option of starting the VPN " "connection." -msgstr "Cuando los parámetros se asignan, usted tiene la opción de iniciar la conexión VPN." +msgstr "" +"Cuando los parámetros se asignan, usted tiene la opción de iniciar la " +"conexión VPN." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:79 msgid "" "This VPN connection can be set to start automatically with a network " -"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect" -" to this VPN." -msgstr "Esta conexión VPN puede ser configurada para iniciar automaticamente con una conexión de red. Para ello, reconfigure la conexión de red para conectarse siempre a esta VPN." +"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect " +"to this VPN." +msgstr "" +"Esta conexión VPN puede ser configurada para iniciar automaticamente con una " +"conexión de red. Para ello, reconfigure la conexión de red para conectarse " +"siempre a esta VPN." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3 @@ -4743,8 +5665,7 @@ msgstr "Configurar servidor web" msgid "drakwizard apache2" msgstr "drakwizard apache2" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:8 msgid "drakwizard_apache2.png" msgstr "drakwizard_apache2.png" @@ -4752,16 +5673,20 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_apache2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " +"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a " "web server." -msgstr "Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> puede ayudar a configurar un servidor web." +msgstr "" +"Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> puede ayudar a " +"configurar un servidor web." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:15 @@ -4773,7 +5698,9 @@ msgstr "¿Qué es un servidor web?" msgid "" "Web server is the software that helps to deliver web content that can be " "accessed through the Internet. (From Wikipedia)" -msgstr "Servidor Web es el software que ayuda a entregar el contenido web que se puede acceder a través de Internet. (De Wikipedia)" +msgstr "" +"Servidor Web es el software que ayuda a entregar el contenido web que se " +"puede acceder a través de Internet. (De Wikipedia)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:21 @@ -4785,8 +5712,7 @@ msgstr "Configuración de un servidor web con drakwizard apache2" msgid "Welcome to the web server wizard." msgstr "Bienvenido al asistente de servidor web." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:30 msgid "drakwizard-web-step1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step1.png" @@ -4796,15 +5722,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-web-step1.png" #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:34 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:55 msgid "" "The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "La primera página es sólo una introducción, haga clic en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"La primera página es sólo una introducción, haga clic en " +"<guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:38 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:38 msgid "Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World" msgstr "Seleccionando servidor exposicion: Red Local y/o Mundial" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:41 msgid "drakwizard-web-step2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step2.png" @@ -4814,15 +5741,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-web-step2.png" msgid "" "Exposing the web server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad " "things." -msgstr "Exponer el servidor web a Internet tiene sus riesgos. Esté preparado para cosas malas." +msgstr "" +"Exponer el servidor web a Internet tiene sus riesgos. Esté preparado para " +"cosas malas." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:49 msgid "Server User Module" msgstr "Módulo de usuario de servidor" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:52 msgid "drakwizard-web-step3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step3.png" @@ -4837,8 +5765,7 @@ msgstr "Permite a los usuarios crear sus propios sitios." msgid "User web directory name" msgstr "Nombre de la carpeta web del usuario" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:63 msgid "drakwizard-web-step4.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step4.png" @@ -4848,15 +5775,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-web-step4.png" msgid "" "The user needs to create and populate this directory, then the server will " "display it." -msgstr "El usuario necesita para crear y llenar este directorio, el servidor lo mostrará." +msgstr "" +"El usuario necesita para crear y llenar este directorio, el servidor lo " +"mostrará." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:71 msgid "Server Document Root" msgstr "Server Document Root" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:74 msgid "drakwizard-web-step5.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step5.png" @@ -4864,7 +5792,9 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-web-step5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:78 msgid "Allows you to configure the path to the web servers default documents." -msgstr "Permite configurar la ruta de acceso a los documentos por defecto de servidores web." +msgstr "" +"Permite configurar la ruta de acceso a los documentos por defecto de " +"servidores web." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:82 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:83 @@ -4873,8 +5803,7 @@ msgstr "Permite configurar la ruta de acceso a los documentos por defecto de ser msgid "Summary" msgstr "Resumen" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:85 msgid "drakwizard-web-step6.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step6.png" @@ -4884,9 +5813,10 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-web-step6.png" #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:78 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:153 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:112 msgid "" -"Take a second to check these options, then click " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Tome un segundo para comprobar estas opciones, a continuación, haga clic en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." +"Take a second to check these options, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Tome un segundo para comprobar estas opciones, a continuación, haga clic en " +"<guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:93 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:82 @@ -4894,8 +5824,7 @@ msgstr "Tome un segundo para comprobar estas opciones, a continuación, haga cli msgid "Finish" msgstr "Finalizar" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:96 msgid "drakwizard-web-step7.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step7.png" @@ -4916,8 +5845,7 @@ msgstr "Configurar DNS" msgid "drakwizard bind" msgstr "drakwizard bind" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:8 msgid "drakwizard_bind.png" msgstr "drakwizard_bind.png" @@ -4925,9 +5853,11 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_bind.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " +"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:3 @@ -4939,8 +5869,7 @@ msgstr "Configurar DHCP" msgid "drakwizard dhcp" msgstr "drakwizard dhcp" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:10 msgid "drakwizard_dhcp.png" msgstr "drakwizard_dhcp.png" @@ -4950,22 +5879,29 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_dhcp.png" msgid "" "This tool is broken in Mageia 4 because of new naming scheme for the Net " "interfaces" -msgstr "Esta herramienta se rompe en Mageia 4 debido a nuevo esquema de nomenclatura para las interfaces Red" +msgstr "" +"Esta herramienta se rompe en Mageia 4 debido a nuevo esquema de nomenclatura " +"para las interfaces Red" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:20 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " +"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:19 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a " -"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should" -" be installed before you can access to it." -msgstr "Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> puede ayudarle a configurar un servidor <acronym>DHCP</acronym>. Es un componente de drakwizard que debería estar instalado antes de poder acceder a él." +"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should " +"be installed before you can access to it." +msgstr "" +"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> puede ayudarle a " +"configurar un servidor <acronym>DHCP</acronym>. Es un componente de " +"drakwizard que debería estar instalado antes de poder acceder a él." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:26 @@ -4979,7 +5915,11 @@ msgid "" "standardized networking protocol used on IP networks that dynamically " "configures IP addresses and other information that is needed for Internet " "communication. (From Wikipedia)" -msgstr "El Protocolo de configuración dinámica de host (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) es un protocolo de red estándar utilizado en redes IP que configura dinámicamente direcciones IP y otra información que se necesita para la comunicación por Internet. (De Wikipedia)" +msgstr "" +"El Protocolo de configuración dinámica de host (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) es " +"un protocolo de red estándar utilizado en redes IP que configura " +"dinámicamente direcciones IP y otra información que se necesita para la " +"comunicación por Internet. (De Wikipedia)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:35 @@ -4991,8 +5931,7 @@ msgstr "Configuración de un servidor DHCP con drakwizard dhcp" msgid "Welcome to the DHCP server wizard." msgstr "Bienvenido al asistente de servidor DHCP." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png" @@ -5002,8 +5941,7 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png" msgid "Selecting Adaptor" msgstr "Selección de Adaptador" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:58 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png" @@ -5012,17 +5950,18 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png" #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:62 msgid "" "Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for " -"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Seleccione la interfaz de red, que está conectado a la subred, y para el que DHCP asignará direcciones IP y haga clic en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." +"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Seleccione la interfaz de red, que está conectado a la subred, y para el que " +"DHCP asignará direcciones IP y haga clic en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:68 msgid "Select IP range" msgstr "Seleccione el rango IP" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:72 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" @@ -5034,10 +5973,13 @@ msgid "" "the server to offer, along with the IP of the gateway machine connecting to " "some place outside the local network, hopefully close to the Internet, then " "click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Seleccione el principio y final IP del rango de direcciones IP que desea que el servidor ofrezca, junto con la IP de la puerta de enlace que conecta a algún lugar fuera de la red local, ojalá cerca de la Internet, a continuación, haga clic en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Seleccione el principio y final IP del rango de direcciones IP que desea que " +"el servidor ofrezca, junto con la IP de la puerta de enlace que conecta a " +"algún lugar fuera de la red local, ojalá cerca de la Internet, a " +"continuación, haga clic en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:87 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" @@ -5047,8 +5989,7 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" msgid "Hold on..." msgstr "Espere..." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:100 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" @@ -5058,15 +5999,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" msgid "" "This can be fixed. Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> a few times and " "change things around." -msgstr "Esto se puede solucionar. Haga clic en <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> un par de veces y cambie las cosas." +msgstr "" +"Esto se puede solucionar. Haga clic en <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> un " +"par de veces y cambie las cosas." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:109 msgid "Hours later..." msgstr "Horas más tarde..." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" @@ -5086,78 +6028,71 @@ msgstr "Instalando el paquete servidor-dhcp si es necesario;" #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:129 msgid "" "Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>" -msgstr "Guardando <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> en <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>" +msgstr "" +"Guardando <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> en <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:134 msgid "" -"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from " -"<code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and " -"adding the new parameters:" -msgstr "Creando un nuevo <code>dhcpd.conf</code> a partir de <code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> y añadiendo los nuevos parámetros:" +"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from <code>/usr/share/" +"wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and adding the new " +"parameters:" +msgstr "" +"Creando un nuevo <code>dhcpd.conf</code> a partir de <code>/usr/share/" +"wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> y añadiendo los nuevos " +"parámetros:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:140 msgid "<code>hname</code>" msgstr "<code>hname</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144 msgid "<code>dns</code>" msgstr "<code>dns</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:148 msgid "net" msgstr "red" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:152 msgid "ip" msgstr "ip" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:156 msgid "<code>mask</code>" msgstr "<code>máscara</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:160 msgid "<code>rng1</code>" msgstr "<code>rng1</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:164 msgid "<code>rng2</code>" msgstr "<code>rng2</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:168 msgid "<code>dname</code>" msgstr "<code>dname</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:172 msgid "<code>gateway</code>" msgstr "<code>puerta de enlace</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:176 msgid "<code>tftpserverip</code>" msgstr "<code>tftpserverip</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:180 msgid "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>" msgstr "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>" @@ -5165,9 +6100,11 @@ msgstr "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186 msgid "" -"Also modifying Webmin configuration file " -"<code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code>" -msgstr "También modificando el archivo de configuración de Webmin <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code>" +"Also modifying Webmin configuration file <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</" +"code>" +msgstr "" +"También modificando el archivo de configuración de Webmin <code>/etc/webmin/" +"dhcpd/config</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:191 @@ -5184,8 +6121,7 @@ msgstr "Configurar la hora" msgid "drakwizard ntp" msgstr "drakwizard ntp" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:19 msgid "drakwizard_ntp.png" msgstr "drakwizard_ntp.png" @@ -5193,18 +6129,24 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_ntp.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:25 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " +"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:24 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> purpose is to set the " -"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed" -" by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base " +"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed " +"by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base " "packages." -msgstr "Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> propósito es establecer el momento que su servidor sincroniza con un servidor externo. No está instalado por defecto y usted tiene que instalar también los paquetes drakwizard y drakwizard-base." +msgstr "" +"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> propósito es " +"establecer el momento que su servidor sincroniza con un servidor externo. No " +"está instalado por defecto y usted tiene que instalar también los paquetes " +"drakwizard y drakwizard-base." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:32 @@ -5217,28 +6159,28 @@ msgid "" "After a welcome screen (see above), the second one ask you to choose three " "time servers in the drop down lists and suggests to use pool.ntp.org twice " "because this server always points to available time servers." -msgstr "Después de una pantalla de bienvenida (véase más arriba), la segunda le pide que elija tres servidores de tiempo en las listas desplegables y sugiere utilizar pool.ntp.org dos veces porque este servidor siempre apunta a los servidores de tiempo disponibles." +msgstr "" +"Después de una pantalla de bienvenida (véase más arriba), la segunda le pide " +"que elija tres servidores de tiempo en las listas desplegables y sugiere " +"utilizar pool.ntp.org dos veces porque este servidor siempre apunta a los " +"servidores de tiempo disponibles." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:43 msgid "drakwizard-ntp1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ntp1.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:49 msgid "drakwizard-ntp2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ntp2.png" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:51 msgid "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>" msgstr "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:50 msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" @@ -5246,15 +6188,19 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:63 msgid "" -"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you" -" arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it " +"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you " +"arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it " "using the <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>button. If everything is right, " "click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button to proceed to the test. It " "may take a while and you finally get this screen below:" -msgstr "Las siguientes pantallas permite elegir la región y la ciudad y luego, se llega a un resumen. Si algo está mal, es obvio que puede cambiar con el botón <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton>. Si todo es correcto, haga clic en el botón <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton> para continuar con la prueba. Se puede tomar un tiempo y finalmente obtener esta pantalla de abajo:" +msgstr "" +"Las siguientes pantallas permite elegir la región y la ciudad y luego, se " +"llega a un resumen. Si algo está mal, es obvio que puede cambiar con el " +"botón <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton>. Si todo es correcto, haga clic en el " +"botón <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton> para continuar con la prueba. Se " +"puede tomar un tiempo y finalmente obtener esta pantalla de abajo:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:72 msgid "drakwizard-ntp3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ntp3.png" @@ -5262,7 +6208,8 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-ntp3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:78 msgid "Click on the <guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button to close the tool" -msgstr "Click en el botón <guibutton>Finalizar</guibutton> para cerrar la aplicación" +msgstr "" +"Click en el botón <guibutton>Finalizar</guibutton> para cerrar la aplicación" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:89 @@ -5277,37 +6224,48 @@ msgstr "Instalando el paquete <code>ntp</code> si es necesario" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:97 msgid "" -"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to " -"<code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-" -"tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;" -msgstr "Guardar los archivos <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> en <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code> y <code>/etc/NTP/step-tickers</code> en <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;" +"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to <code>/etc/sysconfig/" +"clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/" +"step-tickers.orig</code>;" +msgstr "" +"Guardar los archivos <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> en <code>/etc/" +"sysconfig/clock.orig</code> y <code>/etc/NTP/step-tickers</code> en <code>/" +"etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:104 msgid "" "Writing a new file <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> with the list of " "servers;" -msgstr "Escribiendo un nuevo archivo <code>/etc/NTP/step-tickers</code> con la lista de servidores;" +msgstr "" +"Escribiendo un nuevo archivo <code>/etc/NTP/step-tickers</code> con la lista " +"de servidores;" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:109 msgid "" "Modifying the file <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> by inserting the first server " "name;" -msgstr "Modificación del archivo <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> insertando el nombre del servidor;" +msgstr "" +"Modificación del archivo <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> insertando el nombre del " +"servidor;" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:114 msgid "" -"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and " -"<code>ntpd</code> services;" -msgstr "Deteniendo e iniciando servicios <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> y <code>ntpd</code>;" +"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and <code>ntpd</" +"code> services;" +msgstr "" +"Deteniendo e iniciando servicios <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> y " +"<code>ntpd</code>;" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:119 msgid "" "Setting the hardware clock to the current system time with UTC reference." -msgstr "Configurar el reloj del sistema con la hora actual usando UTC como referencia." +msgstr "" +"Configurar el reloj del sistema con la hora actual usando UTC como " +"referencia." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:3 @@ -5319,8 +6277,7 @@ msgstr "Configurar FTP" msgid "drakwizard proftpd" msgstr "drakwizard proftpd" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:8 msgid "drakwizard_proftpd.png" msgstr "drakwizard_proftpd.png" @@ -5328,16 +6285,20 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_proftpd.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " +"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12 msgid "" -"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an" -" <acronym>FTP</acronym> server." -msgstr "Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> puede ayudarle a configurar un servidor <acronym>FTP</acronym>." +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an " +"<acronym>FTP</acronym> server." +msgstr "" +"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> puede ayudarle a " +"configurar un servidor <acronym>FTP</acronym>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:15 @@ -5350,7 +6311,11 @@ msgid "" "File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) is a standard network " "protocol used to transfer files from one host to another host over a " "<acronym>TCP</acronym>-based network, such as the Internet. (From Wikipedia)" -msgstr "Protocolo de transferencia de archivos (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) es un protocolo de red estándar que se utiliza para transferir archivos de un host a otro host a través de una red basada en <acronym>TCP</acronym>, como Internet. (De Wikipedia)" +msgstr "" +"Protocolo de transferencia de archivos (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) es un " +"protocolo de red estándar que se utiliza para transferir archivos de un host " +"a otro host a través de una red basada en <acronym>TCP</acronym>, como " +"Internet. (De Wikipedia)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:21 @@ -5362,14 +6327,12 @@ msgstr "Configurando un servidor FTP con drakwizard proftpd" msgid "Welcome to the FTP wizard. Buckle up." msgstr "Bienvenido al asistente de FTP. Abróchate el cinturón." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:30 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:41 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png" @@ -5379,15 +6342,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png" msgid "" "Exposing the FTP server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad " "things." -msgstr "Exponer el servidor FTP a Internet tiene sus riesgos. Esté preparado para cosas malas." +msgstr "" +"Exponer el servidor FTP a Internet tiene sus riesgos. Esté preparado para " +"cosas malas." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:49 msgid "Server Information" msgstr "Información del Servidor" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:52 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png" @@ -5397,15 +6361,17 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png" msgid "" "Enter name the sever will use to introduce itself, someone to email " "complaints too and whether to allow root login access." -msgstr "Introduzca el nombre con el que el servidor se identificará, dirección de correo electrónico para quejas y si se debe permitir el acceso de inicio de sesión a root." +msgstr "" +"Introduzca el nombre con el que el servidor se identificará, dirección de " +"correo electrónico para quejas y si se debe permitir el acceso de inicio de " +"sesión a root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:60 msgid "Server Options" msgstr "Opciones del Servidor" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:63 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png" @@ -5413,18 +6379,18 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:67 msgid "" -"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym>" -" (File eXchange Protocol)" -msgstr "Establecer puerto de escucha, usuario enjaulado, hojas de permisos y/o <acronym>FXP</acronym> (File eXchange Protocol)" +"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym> " +"(File eXchange Protocol)" +msgstr "" +"Establecer puerto de escucha, usuario enjaulado, hojas de permisos y/o " +"<acronym>FXP</acronym> (File eXchange Protocol)" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:74 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:85 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png" @@ -5439,8 +6405,7 @@ msgstr "Configurar proxy" msgid "drakwizard squid" msgstr "drakwizard squid" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:17 msgid "drakwizard_squid.png" msgstr "drakwizard_squid.png" @@ -5448,9 +6413,11 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_squid.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:23 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " +"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:22 @@ -5458,7 +6425,10 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a " "proxy server. It is a component of drakwizard which should be installed " "before you can access to it." -msgstr "Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> puede ayudar a configurar un servidor proxy. Es un componente de drakwizard que debería ser instalado antes de poder acceder a él." +msgstr "" +"Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> puede ayudar a " +"configurar un servidor proxy. Es un componente de drakwizard que debería ser " +"instalado antes de poder acceder a él." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:29 @@ -5474,7 +6444,14 @@ msgid "" "such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a " "different server and the proxy server evaluates the request as a way to " "simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)" -msgstr "Un servidor proxy es un servidor (un sistema informático o una aplicación) que actúa como intermediario para solicitudes de clientes en busca de recursos de otros servidores. Un cliente se conecta al servidor proxy, solicitando algún servicio, como un archivo, la conexión, la página web, u otro recurso disponible en un servidor diferente y el servidor proxy evalúa la solicitud como una forma de simplificar y controlar su complejidad. (De Wikipedia)" +msgstr "" +"Un servidor proxy es un servidor (un sistema informático o una aplicación) " +"que actúa como intermediario para solicitudes de clientes en busca de " +"recursos de otros servidores. Un cliente se conecta al servidor proxy, " +"solicitando algún servicio, como un archivo, la conexión, la página web, u " +"otro recurso disponible en un servidor diferente y el servidor proxy evalúa " +"la solicitud como una forma de simplificar y controlar su complejidad. (De " +"Wikipedia)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:40 @@ -5486,8 +6463,7 @@ msgstr "Configurar un servidor proxy con drakwizard squid" msgid "Welcome to the proxy server wizard." msgstr "Bienvenido al asistente de configuración de servidor proxy." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:50 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png" @@ -5497,8 +6473,7 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png" msgid "Selecting the proxy port" msgstr "Seleccionando el puerto proxy" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:64 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png" @@ -5508,15 +6483,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png" msgid "" "Select the proxy port browsers will connect through, then click " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Seleccione el puerto proxy a través del que se conectarán los navegadores, a continuación, haga clic en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Seleccione el puerto proxy a través del que se conectarán los navegadores, a " +"continuación, haga clic en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:74 msgid "Set Memory and Disk Usage" msgstr "Establecer uso de memoria y disco" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:78 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png" @@ -5525,15 +6501,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png" #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:83 msgid "" "Set memory and disk cache limits, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Establezca límites de memoria y caché de disco, haga clic en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Establezca límites de memoria y caché de disco, haga clic en " +"<guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:88 msgid "Select Network Access Control" msgstr "Seleccione Control de Acceso a Redes" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:92 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png" @@ -5541,34 +6518,35 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:97 msgid "" -"Set visibility to local network or world, then click " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Establecer visibilidad a la red local o mundial, a continuación, en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." +"Set visibility to local network or world, then click <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Establecer visibilidad a la red local o mundial, a continuación, en " +"<guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:102 msgid "Grant Network Access" msgstr "Otorgar acceso a la red" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:106 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:111 -msgid "" -"Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Otorgar acceso a redes locales, entonces haga clic en el botón <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." +msgid "Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Otorgar acceso a redes locales, entonces haga clic en el botón " +"<guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:116 msgid "Use Upper Level Proxy Server?" msgstr "¿Usar un proxy de nivel superior?" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:120 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png" @@ -5576,15 +6554,15 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:125 msgid "Cascade through another proxy server? If no, skip next step." -msgstr "En cascada a través de un servidor proxy? Si es no, pase al siguiente paso." +msgstr "" +"En cascada a través de un servidor proxy? Si es no, pase al siguiente paso." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:130 msgid "Upper Level Proxy URL and Port" msgstr "URL y puerto del proxy de nivel superior" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:134 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png" @@ -5592,12 +6570,13 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:139 msgid "" -"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Proporcionar el nombre de host proxy y el puerto de nivel superior, a continuación, haga clic en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." +"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Proporcionar el nombre de host proxy y el puerto de nivel superior, a " +"continuación, haga clic en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:148 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png" @@ -5607,8 +6586,7 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png" msgid "Start during boot?" msgstr "¿Iniciar durante el arranque del sistema?" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:162 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png" @@ -5618,10 +6596,11 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png" msgid "" "Choose if the proxy server should be started during the boot time, then " "click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Elija si el servidor proxy debe iniciarse durante el arranque y, a continuación, haga clic en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Elija si el servidor proxy debe iniciarse durante el arranque y, a " +"continuación, haga clic en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:177 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png" msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png" @@ -5634,56 +6613,53 @@ msgstr "Instalando el paquete squid si es necesario;" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:197 msgid "" -"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in " -"<code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;</code>" -msgstr "Guardar <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> en <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;</code>" +"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf." +"orig;</code>" +msgstr "" +"Guardar <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> en <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf." +"orig;</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:202 msgid "" -"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from " -"<code>squid.conf.default</code> and adding the new parameters:" -msgstr "Creación de un nuevo <code>squid.conf</code> a partir de <code>squid.conf.default</code> y añadiendo los nuevos parámetros:" +"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from <code>squid.conf." +"default</code> and adding the new parameters:" +msgstr "" +"Creación de un nuevo <code>squid.conf</code> a partir de <code>squid.conf." +"default</code> y añadiendo los nuevos parámetros:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:208 msgid "<code>cache_dir</code>" msgstr "<code>cache_dir</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:212 msgid "<code>localnet</code>" msgstr "<code>localnet</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:216 msgid "cache_mem" msgstr "cache_mem" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:220 msgid "http_port" msgstr "http_port" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:224 msgid "" "<code>level</code> 1, 2 or 3 and <code>http_access</code> according to level" msgstr "<code>nivel</code> 1, 2 o 3 y <code>http_access</code> según el nivel" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:229 msgid "<code>cache_peer</code>" msgstr "<code>cache_peer</code>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:233 msgid "<code>visible_hostname</code>" msgstr "<code>visible_hostname</code>" @@ -5703,8 +6679,7 @@ msgstr "Configuración del demonio OpenSSH" msgid "drakwizard sshd" msgstr "drakwizard sshd" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:8 msgid "drakwizard_sshd.png" msgstr "drakwizard_sshd.png" @@ -5712,16 +6687,20 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_sshd.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard ssh</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " +"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard ssh</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13 msgid "" -"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an" -" <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon." -msgstr "Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> puede ayudarle a configurar un demonio <acronym>SSH</acronym>." +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an " +"<acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon." +msgstr "" +"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> puede ayudarle a " +"configurar un demonio <acronym>SSH</acronym>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:16 @@ -5733,11 +6712,17 @@ msgstr "¿Qué es <acronym>SSH</acronym>?" msgid "" "Secure Shell (SSH) is a cryptographic network protocol for secure data " "communication, remote command-line login, remote command execution, and " -"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects," -" via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client " +"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects, " +"via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client " "(running SSH server and <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs, " "respectively). (From Wikipedia)" -msgstr "Secure Shell (SSH) es un protocolo de red de cifrado para la comunicación segura de datos, línea de comandos de inicio de sesión a distancia, ejecución remota de comandos, y otros servicios de red seguras entre dos equipos en red que conecta, a través de un canal seguro a través de una red insegura, un servidor y un cliente (que se ejecuta el servidor SSH y <acronym>SSH</acronym> programas cliente, respectivamente). (De Wikipedia)" +msgstr "" +"Secure Shell (SSH) es un protocolo de red de cifrado para la comunicación " +"segura de datos, línea de comandos de inicio de sesión a distancia, " +"ejecución remota de comandos, y otros servicios de red seguras entre dos " +"equipos en red que conecta, a través de un canal seguro a través de una red " +"insegura, un servidor y un cliente (que se ejecuta el servidor SSH y " +"<acronym>SSH</acronym> programas cliente, respectivamente). (De Wikipedia)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:22 @@ -5754,8 +6739,7 @@ msgstr "Bienvenido al asistente de Open SSH." msgid "Select Type of Configure Options" msgstr "Seleccione las opciones de configuración" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:31 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png" @@ -5763,18 +6747,19 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:35 msgid "" -"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or " -"<guilabel>Newbie</guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Elija <guilabel>Experto</guilabel> para todas las opciones o <guilabel>Novato</guilabel> para omitir los pasos 3-7, haga clic en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." +"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or <guilabel>Newbie</" +"guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Elija <guilabel>Experto</guilabel> para todas las opciones o " +"<guilabel>Novato</guilabel> para omitir los pasos 3-7, haga clic en " +"<guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:39 msgid "General Options" msgstr "Opciones generales" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:42 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png" @@ -5784,15 +6769,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png" msgid "" "Sets visibility and root access options. Port 22 is the standard " "<acronym>SSH</acronym> port." -msgstr "Establece las opciones de visibilidad y acceso root. El puerto 22 es el puerto estándar de <acronym>SSH</acronym>." +msgstr "" +"Establece las opciones de visibilidad y acceso root. El puerto 22 es el " +"puerto estándar de <acronym>SSH</acronym>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:50 msgid "Authentication Methods" msgstr "Métodos de Autenticación" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:53 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png" @@ -5802,15 +6788,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png" msgid "" "Allow a variety of authentication methods users can use while connecting, " "then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Permitir una variedad de métodos de autenticación que los usuarios pueden usar durante la conexión, haga clic en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Permitir una variedad de métodos de autenticación que los usuarios pueden " +"usar durante la conexión, haga clic en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:61 msgid "Logging" msgstr "Inicio de sesión" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:64 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png" @@ -5818,17 +6805,18 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:68 msgid "" -"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Elija facilidad de registro y el nivel de salida, a continuación, haga clic en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." +"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Elija facilidad de registro y el nivel de salida, a continuación, haga clic " +"en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:72 msgid "Login Options" msgstr "Opciones Inicio de sesión" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:75 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png" @@ -5836,15 +6824,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:79 msgid "Configure per-login settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Configurar opciones de cada inicio de sesión, haga clic en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Configurar opciones de cada inicio de sesión, haga clic en " +"<guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:83 msgid "User Login Options" msgstr "Opciones de Inicio de sesión de Usuario" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:86 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png" @@ -5853,15 +6842,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png" #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:90 msgid "" "Configure the user access settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Configure las opciones de acceso de los usuarios, a continuación, haga clic en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Configure las opciones de acceso de los usuarios, a continuación, haga clic " +"en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:94 msgid "Compression and Forwarding" msgstr "Compresión y Reenvío" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:97 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png" @@ -5871,16 +6861,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png" msgid "" "Configure X11 forwarding and compression during transfer, then click " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Configurar el reenvío y compresión de X11 durante la transferencia, a continuación, haga clic en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Configurar el reenvío y compresión de X11 durante la transferencia, a " +"continuación, haga clic en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:108 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:119 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png" msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png" @@ -5895,8 +6885,7 @@ msgstr "Administrar servicios del sistema habilitando o deshabilitándolos" msgid "drakxservices" msgstr "drakxservices" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakxservices.xml:8 msgid "drakxservices.png" msgstr "drakxservices.png" @@ -5904,9 +6893,11 @@ msgstr "drakxservices.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakxservices.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " +"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/harddrake2.xml:10 @@ -5918,8 +6909,7 @@ msgstr "Configuración de hardware" msgid "harddrake2" msgstr "harddrake2" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/harddrake2.xml:17 msgid "harddrake2.png" msgstr "harddrake2.png" @@ -5927,9 +6917,11 @@ msgstr "harddrake2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:23 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " +"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:22 @@ -5939,7 +6931,12 @@ msgid "" "to look for every element of the hardware. For that, it uses the command " "<code>ldetect </code>which refers to a list of hardware in <code>ldetect-" "lst</code> package." -msgstr "Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ofrece una visión general del hardware de su computadora. Cuando se pone en marcha la herramienta, se ejecuta un trabajo de buscar todos los elementos del hardware. Para ello, se utiliza el comando <code>ldetect</code> que hace referencia a una lista de hardware en el paquete <code>ldetect-lst</code>." +msgstr "" +"Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ofrece una visión " +"general del hardware de su computadora. Cuando se pone en marcha la " +"herramienta, se ejecuta un trabajo de buscar todos los elementos del " +"hardware. Para ello, se utiliza el comando <code>ldetect</code> que hace " +"referencia a una lista de hardware en el paquete <code>ldetect-lst</code>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/harddrake2.xml:31 @@ -5957,7 +6954,11 @@ msgid "" "The left column contains a list of the detected hardware. The devices are " "grouped by categories. Click on the > to expand the content of a " "category. Each device can be selected in this column." -msgstr "La columna de la izquierda contiene una lista del hardware detectado. Los dispositivos se agrupan por categorías. Haga clic en el enlace > para ampliar el contenido de una categoría. Cada dispositivo se puede seleccionar en esta columna." +msgstr "" +"La columna de la izquierda contiene una lista del hardware detectado. Los " +"dispositivos se agrupan por categorías. Haga clic en el enlace > para " +"ampliar el contenido de una categoría. Cada dispositivo se puede seleccionar " +"en esta columna." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:39 @@ -5965,14 +6966,19 @@ msgid "" "The right column displays information about the selected device. The " "<guimenu>Help -> Fields description</guimenu> gives some information " "about the content of the fields." -msgstr "La columna derecha muestra los datos del dispositivo seleccionado. Use la opción de menú <guimenu>Ayuda -> Descripción de los campos</guimenu> se puede obtener una descripción más detallada de los campos que se muestran." +msgstr "" +"La columna derecha muestra los datos del dispositivo seleccionado. Use la " +"opción de menú <guimenu>Ayuda -> Descripción de los campos</guimenu> se " +"puede obtener una descripción más detallada de los campos que se muestran." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:43 msgid "" -"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are" -" available at the bottom of the right column:" -msgstr "De acuerdo con el tipo de dispositivo seleccionado, ya sea uno o dos botones están disponibles en la parte inferior de la columna de la derecha:" +"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are " +"available at the bottom of the right column:" +msgstr "" +"De acuerdo con el tipo de dispositivo seleccionado, ya sea uno o dos botones " +"están disponibles en la parte inferior de la columna de la derecha:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:48 @@ -5980,21 +6986,29 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Set current driver options</guibutton>: this can be used to " "parameterize the module which is used in relation to the device. This must " "used by experts only." -msgstr "<guibutton>Configure las opciones actuales del controlador</guibutton>: esto puede ser utilizado para parametrizar el módulo que se utiliza en relación con el dispositivo. Esto debe usado por sólo los expertos." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Configure las opciones actuales del controlador</guibutton>: esto " +"puede ser utilizado para parametrizar el módulo que se utiliza en relación " +"con el dispositivo. Esto debe usado por sólo los expertos." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:54 msgid "" "<guibutton>Run config tool</guibutton>: access to the tool which can " "configure the device. The tool can often be accessed directly from the MCC." -msgstr "<guibutton>Ejecutar la herramienta de configuración</guibutton>: el acceso a la herramienta que puede configurar el dispositivo. A menudo se puede acceder directamente a la herramienta desde el MCC." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Ejecutar la herramienta de configuración</guibutton>: el acceso a " +"la herramienta que puede configurar el dispositivo. A menudo se puede " +"acceder directamente a la herramienta desde el MCC." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:68 msgid "" "The <guimenu>options</guimenu> menu gives the opportunity to check boxes to " "enable automatic detection:" -msgstr "Las <guimenu>Opciones</guimenu> dan la oportunidad de marcar las casillas de verificación para activar la detección automática:" +msgstr "" +"Las <guimenu>Opciones</guimenu> dan la oportunidad de marcar las casillas de " +"verificación para activar la detección automática:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:73 @@ -6017,7 +7031,11 @@ msgid "" "By default these detections are not enabled, because they are slow. Check " "the appropriate box(es) if you have this hardware connected. Detection will " "be operational the next time this tool is started." -msgstr "Por defecto estas detecciones no están habilitadas, porque son lentas. Marque la(s) casilla(s) correspondiente(s) si usted tiene este hardware conectado. Detección estará en funcionamiento la próxima vez que se inicie esta herramienta." +msgstr "" +"Por defecto estas detecciones no están habilitadas, porque son lentas. " +"Marque la(s) casilla(s) correspondiente(s) si usted tiene este hardware " +"conectado. Detección estará en funcionamiento la próxima vez que se inicie " +"esta herramienta." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:3 @@ -6029,8 +7047,7 @@ msgstr "Configurar la distibución del teclado" msgid "keyboarddrake" msgstr "keyboarddrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:12 msgid "keyboarddrake.png" msgstr "keyboarddrake.png" @@ -6038,9 +7055,11 @@ msgstr "keyboarddrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:20 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " +"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:19 @@ -6050,7 +7069,12 @@ msgid "" "It affects the keyboard layout for all users on the system. It can be found " "in the Hardware section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled " "\"Configure mouse and keyboard\"." -msgstr "La herramienta KeyboardDrake<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le ayuda a configurar la disposición básica para el teclado que desea utilizar en Mageia. Afecta la distribución de teclado para todos los usuarios en el sistema. Se puede encontrar en la sección Hardware del Centro de Control de Mageia (MCC) con la etiqueta \"Configurar el ratón y el teclado\"." +msgstr "" +"La herramienta KeyboardDrake<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le " +"ayuda a configurar la disposición básica para el teclado que desea utilizar " +"en Mageia. Afecta la distribución de teclado para todos los usuarios en el " +"sistema. Se puede encontrar en la sección Hardware del Centro de Control de " +"Mageia (MCC) con la etiqueta \"Configurar el ratón y el teclado\"." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:29 @@ -6060,10 +7084,13 @@ msgstr "Distribución del teclado" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:31 msgid "" -"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed" -" in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity " -"each layout should be used for." -msgstr "Aquí puede seleccionar qué diseño de teclado desea utilizar. Los nombres (en orden alfabético) describen el idioma, el país y/o etnia de cada diseño para ser usado para." +"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed " +"in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity each " +"layout should be used for." +msgstr "" +"Aquí puede seleccionar qué diseño de teclado desea utilizar. Los nombres (en " +"orden alfabético) describen el idioma, el país y/o etnia de cada diseño para " +"ser usado para." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:37 @@ -6075,7 +7102,9 @@ msgstr "Tipo de teclado" msgid "" "This menu lets you select the type of keyboard you are using. If you are " "unsure of which to choose, it is best to leave it as the default type." -msgstr "Este menú le permite seleccionar el tipo de teclado que está utilizando. Si no está seguro de que elegir, lo mejor es dejar el predeterminado." +msgstr "" +"Este menú le permite seleccionar el tipo de teclado que está utilizando. Si " +"no está seguro de que elegir, lo mejor es dejar el predeterminado." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/localedrake.xml:10 @@ -6087,8 +7116,7 @@ msgstr "Administrar la localización para su sistema" msgid "localedrake" msgstr "localedrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/localedrake.xml:18 msgid "localedrake.png" msgstr "localedrake.png" @@ -6096,9 +7124,11 @@ msgstr "localedrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:24 msgid "" -"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis>." +"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " +"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:24 @@ -6108,14 +7138,21 @@ msgid "" "localization for your system\". It opens with a window in which you can " "choose your language. The choice is adapted to languages selected during " "installation." -msgstr "Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se puede encontrar en la sección Sistema del Centro de Control de Mageia (MCC) con la etiqueta \"Administrar la localización de su sistema\". Se abre con una ventana en la que puede elegir su idioma. La elección está adaptada a los idiomas seleccionados durante la instalación." +msgstr "" +"Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se puede encontrar " +"en la sección Sistema del Centro de Control de Mageia (MCC) con la etiqueta " +"\"Administrar la localización de su sistema\". Se abre con una ventana en la " +"que puede elegir su idioma. La elección está adaptada a los idiomas " +"seleccionados durante la instalación." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:31 msgid "" "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button give access to activate " "compatibility with old encoding (non UTF8)." -msgstr "El botón <guibutton>Avanzado</guibutton> da acceso para activar la compatibilidad con la codificación vieja (no UTF8)." +msgstr "" +"El botón <guibutton>Avanzado</guibutton> da acceso para activar la " +"compatibilidad con la codificación vieja (no UTF8)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:34 @@ -6123,7 +7160,10 @@ msgid "" "The second window shows a list of countries according to the selected " "language. The button <guibutton>Other Countries</guibutton> gives access to " "countries not listed." -msgstr "La segunda ventana muestra una lista de los países de acuerdo con el idioma seleccionado. Las botón <guibutton>Otros países</guibutton> da acceso a los países no mencionados." +msgstr "" +"La segunda ventana muestra una lista de los países de acuerdo con el idioma " +"seleccionado. Las botón <guibutton>Otros países</guibutton> da acceso a los " +"países no mencionados." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:38 @@ -6142,14 +7182,20 @@ msgid "" "input method (from the drop-down menu at the bottom of the list). Input " "methods allow users to input multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, " "Korean, etc)." -msgstr "En la pantalla de <guilabel>Otros países</guilabel> también puede seleccionar un método de entrada (desde el menú desplegable en la parte inferior de la lista). Los métodos de entrada permiten a los usuarios meter caracteres multilingües (chino, japonés, coreano, etc)." +msgstr "" +"En la pantalla de <guilabel>Otros países</guilabel> también puede " +"seleccionar un método de entrada (desde el menú desplegable en la parte " +"inferior de la lista). Los métodos de entrada permiten a los usuarios meter " +"caracteres multilingües (chino, japonés, coreano, etc)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:48 msgid "" "For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method so " "users should not need to configure it manually." -msgstr "Para Asia y África, IBus se establecerá como método de entrada por defecto para que los usuarios no deban tener que configurarlo manualmente." +msgstr "" +"Para Asia y África, IBus se establecerá como método de entrada por defecto " +"para que los usuarios no deban tener que configurarlo manualmente." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:50 @@ -6157,7 +7203,11 @@ msgid "" "Other input methods (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) also provide similar functions " "and can, if not available from the drop-down menu, be installed in another " "part of the Mageia Control Center. See <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>." -msgstr "Otros métodos de entrada (SCIM, GCIN, Hime, etc.) también proporcionan funciones similares y pueden, si no está disponible en el menú desplegable, se instalarán en otra parte del Centro de Control de Mageia. Consulte<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>." +msgstr "" +"Otros métodos de entrada (SCIM, GCIN, Hime, etc.) también proporcionan " +"funciones similares y pueden, si no está disponible en el menú desplegable, " +"se instalarán en otra parte del Centro de Control de Mageia. Consulte<xref " +"linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/logdrake.xml:3 @@ -6169,8 +7219,7 @@ msgstr "Vea y busque los registros del sistema" msgid "logdrake" msgstr "logdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/logdrake.xml:10 msgid "logdrake.png" msgstr "logdrake.png" @@ -6178,17 +7227,22 @@ msgstr "logdrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " +"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia " -"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system " -"logs</guilabel>\"." -msgstr "Ésta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se encuentra en el Centro de Control de Mageia Control Center, bajo la pestaña Compartición de Red, etiquetada <guilabel>Ver y búscar registros de sistema</guilabel>." +"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system logs</" +"guilabel>\"." +msgstr "" +"Ésta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se encuentra en el " +"Centro de Control de Mageia Control Center, bajo la pestaña Compartición de " +"Red, etiquetada <guilabel>Ver y búscar registros de sistema</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/logdrake.xml:22 @@ -6198,27 +7252,44 @@ msgstr "Ejecutar una búsqueda en los registros del sistema" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:24 msgid "" -"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to " -"<emphasis>do not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)" -" to search in the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is" -" possible to limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of " -"the month and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected " -"day</guibutton>\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> " -"button to see the results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the " -"file</guilabel>. It is possible to save the results in the .txt format by " -"clicking on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button." -msgstr "En primer lugar, introducir la cadena clave que desea buscar en el campo <emphasis role=\"bold\">coincidente</emphasis> y/o la cadena de clave <emphasis>no</emphasis> que desea ver entre la respuestas en el campo <emphasis role=\"bold\">no coincidente</emphasis>. A continuación, seleccione archivo(s) para buscar en el campo <guilabel>Seleccione el archivo</guilabel>. Opcionalmente, es posible limitar la búsqueda a sólo un día. Seleccione en el <emphasis role=\"bold\">Calendario</emphasis>, usando las pequeñas flechas a cada lado del mes y año, y marca \"<guibutton>Mostrar sólo para el día seleccionado</guibutton>\". Por último, haga clic en el botón <guibutton>Búscar</guibutton> para ver los resultados en la ventana llamada <guilabel>Contenido del archivo</guilabel>. Es posible guardar los resultados en el formato .txt haciendo clic en el <emphasis role=\"bold\">Guardar</emphasis> botón." +"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to <emphasis>do " +"not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s) to search in " +"the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is possible to " +"limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of the month " +"and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected day</guibutton>" +"\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> button to see the " +"results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the file</guilabel>. It is " +"possible to save the results in the .txt format by clicking on the <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button." +msgstr "" +"En primer lugar, introducir la cadena clave que desea buscar en el campo " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">coincidente</emphasis> y/o la cadena de clave " +"<emphasis>no</emphasis> que desea ver entre la respuestas en el campo " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">no coincidente</emphasis>. A continuación, " +"seleccione archivo(s) para buscar en el campo <guilabel>Seleccione el " +"archivo</guilabel>. Opcionalmente, es posible limitar la búsqueda a sólo un " +"día. Seleccione en el <emphasis role=\"bold\">Calendario</emphasis>, usando " +"las pequeñas flechas a cada lado del mes y año, y marca \"<guibutton>Mostrar " +"sólo para el día seleccionado</guibutton>\". Por último, haga clic en el " +"botón <guibutton>Búscar</guibutton> para ver los resultados en la ventana " +"llamada <guilabel>Contenido del archivo</guilabel>. Es posible guardar los " +"resultados en el formato .txt haciendo clic en el <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Guardar</emphasis> botón." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:36 msgid "" -"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia" -" configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools. These logs " -"are updated each time a configuration is modified." -msgstr "Las <guibutton>Herramientas de Registro de Mageia</guibutton> alberga los registros de las herramientas de configuración de Mageia como las herramientas del Centro de Control de Mageia. Estos registros se actualizan cada vez que una configuración se modifica." +"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia " +"configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools. These logs are " +"updated each time a configuration is modified." +msgstr "" +"Las <guibutton>Herramientas de Registro de Mageia</guibutton> alberga los " +"registros de las herramientas de configuración de Mageia como las " +"herramientas del Centro de Control de Mageia. Estos registros se actualizan " +"cada vez que una configuración se modifica." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/logdrake.xml:43 @@ -6231,17 +7302,26 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Mail alert</guibutton> automatically checks the system load and " "the services every hour and if necessary sends an e-mail to the configured " "address." -msgstr "<guibutton>Alerta de correo</guibutton> comprueba automáticamente la carga del sistema y los servicios cada hora y si es necesario envía un e-mail a la dirección configurada." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Alerta de correo</guibutton> comprueba automáticamente la carga " +"del sistema y los servicios cada hora y si es necesario envía un e-mail a la " +"dirección configurada." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:49 msgid "" -"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail " -"Alert</emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> " -"Configure the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the " -"running services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to " -"look watch. (See screenshot above)." -msgstr "Para configurar esta herramienta, haga clic en el <emphasis role=\"bold\"> Alerta mail</emphasis> y luego, en la siguiente pantalla, en la <guibutton>Configurar el sistema de alerta de correo electrónico</guibutton> desplegable. Aquí, se muestran todos los servicios que se ejecutan y se puede elegir cuáles desea mirar el reloj. (Vea la captura de pantalla anterior)." +"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail Alert</" +"emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> Configure " +"the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the running " +"services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to look watch. " +"(See screenshot above)." +msgstr "" +"Para configurar esta herramienta, haga clic en el <emphasis role=\"bold\"> " +"Alerta mail</emphasis> y luego, en la siguiente pantalla, en la " +"<guibutton>Configurar el sistema de alerta de correo electrónico</guibutton> " +"desplegable. Aquí, se muestran todos los servicios que se ejecutan y se " +"puede elegir cuáles desea mirar el reloj. (Vea la captura de pantalla " +"anterior)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:55 @@ -6288,8 +7368,7 @@ msgstr "Servicio Xinetd" msgid "BIND Domain Name Resolve" msgstr "Resolver Nombres de Dominio por BIND" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/logdrake.xml:91 msgid "logdrake1.png" msgstr "logdrake1.png" @@ -6298,11 +7377,16 @@ msgstr "logdrake1.png" #: en/logdrake.xml:97 msgid "" "In the next screen, select the <guilabel>Load</guilabel> value you consider " -"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows" -" the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone " +"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows " +"the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone " "out of control. The default value is 3. We recommend setting the load value " "to 3 times the number of processors." -msgstr "En la siguiente pantalla, seleccione el valor de<guilabel>Carga</guilabel> usted considere inaceptable. La carga representa la demanda a un proceso, una alta carga ralentiza el sistema y una carga muy elevada puede indicar que un proceso se ha salido de control. El valor predeterminado es 3. Se recomienda fijar el valor de la carga a 3 veces el número de procesadores." +msgstr "" +"En la siguiente pantalla, seleccione el valor de<guilabel>Carga</guilabel> " +"usted considere inaceptable. La carga representa la demanda a un proceso, " +"una alta carga ralentiza el sistema y una carga muy elevada puede indicar " +"que un proceso se ha salido de control. El valor predeterminado es 3. Se " +"recomienda fijar el valor de la carga a 3 veces el número de procesadores." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:103 @@ -6310,7 +7394,10 @@ msgid "" "In the last screen, enter the <guilabel>Email address</guilabel> of the " "person to be warned and the <guilabel>Email server</guilabel> to use (local " "or on the Internet)." -msgstr "En la última pantalla, introduzca la <guilabel>Dirección de correo electrónico</guilabel> de la persona a ser advertida y el <guilabel>Servidor de correo</guilabel> para usar (local o en Internet)." +msgstr "" +"En la última pantalla, introduzca la <guilabel>Dirección de correo " +"electrónico</guilabel> de la persona a ser advertida y el <guilabel>Servidor " +"de correo</guilabel> para usar (local o en Internet)." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:10 @@ -6325,25 +7412,33 @@ msgstr "lsnetdrake" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>." -msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">Isnetdrake</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comando, escribiendo " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Isnetdrake</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and " "used on the command line." -msgstr "Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>sólo se puede iniciar desde la línea de comandos." +msgstr "" +"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>sólo se puede " +"iniciar desde la línea de comandos." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:21 msgid "" "This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you " -"can write this help, please contact <link " -"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the " -"Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in advance." -msgstr "Esta página no se ha escrito todavía por falta de recursos. Si usted piensa que puede escribir esta ayuda, por favor póngase en contacto con <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">el equipo de documentación</link> Agradeciendo de antemano." +"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/Documentation_team\"> the Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in " +"advance." +msgstr "" +"Esta página no se ha escrito todavía por falta de recursos. Si usted piensa " +"que puede escribir esta ayuda, por favor póngase en contacto con <link ns2:" +"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">el equipo de " +"documentación</link> Agradeciendo de antemano." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:3 @@ -6358,9 +7453,11 @@ msgstr "lspcidrake" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:10 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>." -msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos, escribiendo " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:9 @@ -6368,18 +7465,23 @@ msgid "" "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and " "used on the command line. It will give some more information if used under " "root." -msgstr "Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>solo se puede iniciar desde la línea de comandos. Si la inicia como superusuario, tendrá más información a su disposición." +msgstr "" +"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>solo se puede " +"iniciar desde la línea de comandos. Si la inicia como superusuario, tendrá " +"más información a su disposición." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:14 msgid "" -"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB," -" PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst " +"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB, " +"PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst " "packages to work." -msgstr "lspcidrake da la lista de todos los dispositivos conectados al ordenador (USB, PCI y PCMCIA) y los controladores utilizados. Se necesita los paquetes ldetect y ldetect-lst para que funcione." +msgstr "" +"lspcidrake da la lista de todos los dispositivos conectados al ordenador " +"(USB, PCI y PCMCIA) y los controladores utilizados. Se necesita los paquetes " +"ldetect y ldetect-lst para que funcione." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:20 msgid "lspcidrake1.png" msgstr "lspcidrake1.png" @@ -6388,14 +7490,19 @@ msgstr "lspcidrake1.png" #: en/lspcidrake.xml:24 msgid "" "With the -v option, lspcidrake adds the vendor and device identifications." -msgstr "Con la opción -v, lspcidrake añade las identificaciones de fabricante y del dispositivo." +msgstr "" +"Con la opción -v, lspcidrake añade las identificaciones de fabricante y del " +"dispositivo." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:27 msgid "" "lspcidrake often generates very long lists, so, to find an information, it " "is often used in a pipeline with the grep command, like in these examples:" -msgstr "lspcidrake menudo genera listas muy largas, por lo que, para encontrar una información, a menudo se utiliza en una tubería con el comando grep, como en estos ejemplos:" +msgstr "" +"lspcidrake menudo genera listas muy largas, por lo que, para encontrar una " +"información, a menudo se utiliza en una tubería con el comando grep, como en " +"estos ejemplos:" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:31 @@ -6427,10 +7534,11 @@ msgstr "-i para ignorar mayúsculas/minúsculas" msgid "" "In this screenshot below, you can see the action of the -v option for " "lspcidrake and the -i option for grep." -msgstr "En la pantalla de abajo, puede ver la accion de la opcion -v en lspcidrake y la opcion -i para grep." +msgstr "" +"En la pantalla de abajo, puede ver la accion de la opcion -v en lspcidrake y " +"la opcion -i para grep." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:46 msgid "lspcidrake2.png" msgstr "lspcidrake2.png" @@ -6440,7 +7548,9 @@ msgstr "lspcidrake2.png" msgid "" "There is another tool that gives information about the hardware, it is " "called <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (under root)" -msgstr "Hay otra herramienta que da información sobre el hardware, llamada <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (bajo root)" +msgstr "" +"Hay otra herramienta que da información sobre el hardware, llamada <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (bajo root)" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:3 @@ -6452,8 +7562,7 @@ msgstr "Actualizar software" msgid "MageiaUpdate or drakrpm-update" msgstr "MageiaUpdate o drakrpm-update" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:10 msgid "MageiaUpdate.png" msgstr "MageiaUpdate.png" @@ -6461,18 +7570,24 @@ msgstr "MageiaUpdate.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-" -"update</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> o <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</" +"emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " +"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> o <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakrpm-update</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " -"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software " -"management.</emphasis>" -msgstr "Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> está presente en el Centro de Control de Mageia bajo la etiqueta <emphasis role=\"bold\">Administración de software.</emphasis>" +"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management.</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> está presente en " +"el Centro de Control de Mageia bajo la etiqueta <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Administración de software.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:18 @@ -6480,27 +7595,37 @@ msgid "" "To work, MageiaUpdate needs the repositories to be configured with rpmdrake-" "edit-media with some media checked as updates. If they are not, you are " "prompted to do so." -msgstr "Para que funcione, MageiaUpdate necesita que los repositorios sean configurados con rpmdrake-edit-media con algunos medios marcados como actualizaciones. Si no es así, se le pedirá que lo haga." +msgstr "" +"Para que funcione, MageiaUpdate necesita que los repositorios sean " +"configurados con rpmdrake-edit-media con algunos medios marcados como " +"actualizaciones. Si no es así, se le pedirá que lo haga." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:23 msgid "" "As soon as this tool is launched, it scans the installed packages and lists " -"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by" -" default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the " +"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by " +"default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the " "<guibutton>Update</guibutton> button to start the process." -msgstr "Tan pronto como se pone en marcha esta herramienta, que escanea los paquetes instalados y enumera aquellos con una actualización disponible en los repositorios. Todos ellos son seleccionados por defecto para ser descargados e instalados automáticamente. Haga clic en el botón <guibutton>Actualizar</guibutton> para iniciar el proceso." +msgstr "" +"Tan pronto como se pone en marcha esta herramienta, que escanea los paquetes " +"instalados y enumera aquellos con una actualización disponible en los " +"repositorios. Todos ellos son seleccionados por defecto para ser descargados " +"e instalados automáticamente. Haga clic en el botón <guibutton>Actualizar</" +"guibutton> para iniciar el proceso." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:28 msgid "" -"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of" -" the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title " +"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of " +"the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title " "means you can click to drop down a text." -msgstr "Al hacer clic en un paquete, más información se muestra en la mitad inferior de la ventana. La impresión <emphasis role=\"bold\">> </emphasis> antes de un título significa que usted puede hacer clic para desplegar un texto." +msgstr "" +"Al hacer clic en un paquete, más información se muestra en la mitad inferior " +"de la ventana. La impresión <emphasis role=\"bold\">> </emphasis> antes de " +"un título significa que usted puede hacer clic para desplegar un texto." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:36 en/mgaapplet-config.xml:21 msgid "MageiaUpdate1.png" msgstr "MageiaUpdate1.png" @@ -6509,17 +7634,20 @@ msgstr "MageiaUpdate1.png" #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:33 msgid "" "When updates are available, an applet in the system tray warns you by " -"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> " -". Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike." -msgstr "Cuando las actualizaciones están disponibles, un applet en la bandeja del sistema le avisa exhibiendo este icono rojo <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>. Basta con hacer clic e introduzca la contraseña de usuario para actualizar el sistema por igual." +"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/" +"> . Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike." +msgstr "" +"Cuando las actualizaciones están disponibles, un applet en la bandeja del " +"sistema le avisa exhibiendo este icono rojo <placeholder type=" +"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>. Basta con hacer clic e introduzca la " +"contraseña de usuario para actualizar el sistema por igual." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mcc-boot.xml:5 msgid "Boot" msgstr "Arranque" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-boot.xml:10 msgid "mcc-boot.png" msgstr "mcc-boot.png" @@ -6529,7 +7657,9 @@ msgstr "mcc-boot.png" msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your boot " "steps. Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas para configurar el arranque de su ordenador. Haga click en el enlace para saber más." +msgstr "" +"En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas para configurar el " +"arranque de su ordenador. Haga click en el enlace para saber más." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-boot.xml:19 @@ -6556,8 +7686,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>" msgid "Hardware" msgstr "Hardware" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:9 msgid "mcc-hardware.png" msgstr "mcc-hardware.png" @@ -6567,23 +7696,25 @@ msgstr "mcc-hardware.png" msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your " "hardware. Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas para configurar el hardware de su ordenador. Haga click en el enlace para saber más." +msgstr "" +"En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas para configurar el " +"hardware de su ordenador. Haga click en el enlace para saber más." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:20 msgid "Manage your hardware" msgstr "Administrar el hardware" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:22 msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure " -"hardware</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Ver y configurar el hardware</emphasis>" +"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure hardware</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Ver y configurar el hardware</" +"emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:27 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>" @@ -6593,16 +7724,16 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>" msgid "Configure graphics" msgstr "Configurar los gráficos" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:36 msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop " -"effects</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configurar los efectos 3D del Escritorio</emphasis>" +"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop effects</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configurar los efectos 3D del " +"Escritorio</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:41 msgid "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>" @@ -6612,14 +7743,12 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>" msgid "Configure mouse and keyboard" msgstr "Configurar teclado y ratón" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:50 msgid "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:54 msgid "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>" @@ -6629,16 +7758,16 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>" msgid "Configure printing and scanning" msgstr "Configurar impresoras y escáneres" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:63 msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s)," -" the print job queues, ...</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Configurar la(s) impresora(s), las colas de trabajo de impresión...</emphasis>" +"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s), " +"the print job queues, ...</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Configurar la(s) " +"impresora(s), las colas de trabajo de impresión...</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:68 msgid "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>" @@ -6648,8 +7777,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>" msgid "Others" msgstr "Otros" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:77 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>" @@ -6666,43 +7794,54 @@ msgid "" "choose from in the left column, and even ten if the drakwizard package was " "installed. Each of these tabs gives a different set of tools that can be " "selected in the big right panel." -msgstr "El Centro de Control de Mageia (MCC) tiene ocho opciones o pestañas diferentes para elegir en la columna de la izquierda, y hasta diez si se ha instalado el paquete drakwizard. Cada una de estas pestañas da un conjunto diferente de herramientas que se pueden seleccionar en el gran panel de la derecha." +msgstr "" +"El Centro de Control de Mageia (MCC) tiene ocho opciones o pestañas " +"diferentes para elegir en la columna de la izquierda, y hasta diez si se ha " +"instalado el paquete drakwizard. Cada una de estas pestañas da un conjunto " +"diferente de herramientas que se pueden seleccionar en el gran panel de la " +"derecha." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-intro.xml:8 msgid "" -"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related " -"tools." -msgstr "Los diez capítulos siguientes son acerca de esas diez opciones y las herramientas relacionadas." +"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related tools." +msgstr "" +"Los diez capítulos siguientes son acerca de esas diez opciones y las " +"herramientas relacionadas." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-intro.xml:10 msgid "" "The last chapter is about some other Mageia tools, that cannot be chosen in " "any of the MCC tabs." -msgstr "El último capítulo trata sobre algunas otras herramientas de Mageia, que no se pueden elegir en cualquiera de las pestañas de MCC." +msgstr "" +"El último capítulo trata sobre algunas otras herramientas de Mageia, que no " +"se pueden elegir en cualquiera de las pestañas de MCC." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-intro.xml:12 msgid "" "The titles of the pages will often be the same as the titles of the tool " "screens." -msgstr "Los títulos de las páginas a menudo son el mismo que los títulos de las pantallas de la herramienta." +msgstr "" +"Los títulos de las páginas a menudo son el mismo que los títulos de las " +"pantallas de la herramienta." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-intro.xml:14 msgid "" "There is also a search bar available, which you can access by clicking on " "the \"Search\" tab in the left column." -msgstr "También hay una barra de búsqueda disponible, que se puede acceder haciendo clic en la pestaña \"Buscar\" en la columna izquierda." +msgstr "" +"También hay una barra de búsqueda disponible, que se puede acceder haciendo " +"clic en la pestaña \"Buscar\" en la columna izquierda." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:6 en/mcc-localdisks.xml:17 msgid "Local disks" msgstr "Discos locales" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:11 msgid "mcc-localdisks.png" msgstr "mcc-localdisks.png" @@ -6712,7 +7851,9 @@ msgstr "mcc-localdisks.png" msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several tools to manage or share your " "local disks. Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas para administrar o compartir sus discos locales. Haga click en el enlace para saber más." +msgstr "" +"En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas para administrar o " +"compartir sus discos locales. Haga click en el enlace para saber más." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:18 @@ -6734,8 +7875,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>" msgid "Network Services" msgstr "Servicios de red" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:9 msgid "mcc-networkservices.png" msgstr "mcc-networkservices.png" @@ -6743,11 +7883,16 @@ msgstr "mcc-networkservices.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:15 msgid "" -"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if" -" the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose " +"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if " +"the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose " "between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or " "on <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>to learn more." -msgstr "Esta pantalla y el de <emphasis>Compartir</emphasis> sólo son visibles si el paquete <emphasis>drakwizard </emphasis> está instalado. Se puede elegir entre varias herramientas para configurar diferentes servidores. Haga clic en el enlace de abajo o en <xref linkend=\"reparto de MCC\"/>para obtener más información." +msgstr "" +"Esta pantalla y el de <emphasis>Compartir</emphasis> sólo son visibles si el " +"paquete <emphasis>drakwizard </emphasis> está instalado. Se puede elegir " +"entre varias herramientas para configurar diferentes servidores. Haga clic " +"en el enlace de abajo o en <xref linkend=\"reparto de MCC\"/>para obtener " +"más información." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:19 @@ -6779,8 +7924,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>" msgid "Network Sharing" msgstr "Compartir red" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:9 msgid "mcc-networksharing.png" msgstr "mcc-networksharing.png" @@ -6790,40 +7934,40 @@ msgstr "mcc-networksharing.png" msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several tools for sharing drives and " "directories. Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas para compartir discos y directorios. Haga click en el enlace para saber más." +msgstr "" +"En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas para compartir " +"discos y directorios. Haga click en el enlace para saber más." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:17 msgid "Configure Windows(R) shares" msgstr "Configurar comparticiones de Windows(R)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:18 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:19 msgid "" "<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Share drives and " "directories with Windows (SMB) systems</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Compartir discos y directorios con sistemas Windows (SMB)</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Compartir discos y " +"directorios con sistemas Windows (SMB)</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:22 msgid "Configure NFS shares" msgstr "Configurar NFS" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:23 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:24 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>" @@ -6833,8 +7977,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>" msgid "Configure WebDAV shares" msgstr "Configurar WebDAV" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:28 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>" @@ -6844,8 +7987,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>" msgid "Network and Internet" msgstr "Redes e internet" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-network.xml:8 msgid "mcc-network.png" msgstr "mcc-network.png" @@ -6853,29 +7995,28 @@ msgstr "mcc-network.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:12 msgid "" -"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link" -" below to learn more." -msgstr "En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas para configurar la red. Haga click en el enlace para saber más." +"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link " +"below to learn more." +msgstr "" +"En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas para configurar la " +"red. Haga click en el enlace para saber más." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-network.xml:18 msgid "Manage your network devices" msgstr "Administrar las tarjetas de red" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:21 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:25 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:29 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>" @@ -6885,32 +8026,27 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>" msgid "Personalize and Secure your network" msgstr "Personalizar y proteger su red" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:39 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:43 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:47 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:51 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:61 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" @@ -6920,8 +8056,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" msgid "Security" msgstr "Seguridad" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-security.xml:10 msgid "mcc-security.png" msgstr "mcc-security.png" @@ -6931,14 +8066,18 @@ msgstr "mcc-security.png" msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several security tools. Click on a " "link below to learn more." -msgstr "En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas de seguridad. Haga click en el enlace para saber más." +msgstr "" +"En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas de seguridad. Haga " +"click en el enlace para saber más." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-security.xml:20 msgid "" "<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configure system security, " "permissions and audit</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configurar seguridad del sistema, permisos y auditorías</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configurar seguridad del sistema, " +"permisos y auditorías</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-security.xml:25 @@ -6965,8 +8104,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>" msgid "Sharing" msgstr "Compartir" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:9 msgid "mcc-sharing.png" msgstr "mcc-sharing.png" @@ -6975,10 +8113,15 @@ msgstr "mcc-sharing.png" #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:15 msgid "" "This screen and the one for <emphasis>Network Services</emphasis> are only " -"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can" -" choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link " +"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can " +"choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link " "below or on <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/>to learn more." -msgstr "Esta pantalla y la de <emphasis>Servicios de red</emphasis> sólo son visibles si el paquete <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> está instalado. Se puede elegir entre varias herramientas para configurar diferentes servidores. Haga clic en el enlace de abajo o en <xref linkend=\"MCC-NetworkServices\"/> para obtener más información." +msgstr "" +"Esta pantalla y la de <emphasis>Servicios de red</emphasis> sólo son " +"visibles si el paquete <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> está instalado. Se " +"puede elegir entre varias herramientas para configurar diferentes " +"servidores. Haga clic en el enlace de abajo o en <xref linkend=\"MCC-" +"NetworkServices\"/> para obtener más información." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:19 @@ -6995,8 +8138,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>" msgid "System" msgstr "Sistema" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-system.xml:9 msgid "mcc-system.png" msgstr "mcc-system.png" @@ -7006,27 +8148,26 @@ msgstr "mcc-system.png" msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several system and administration " "tools. Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varios sistemas y herramientas administrativas. Haga click en el enlace para saber más." +msgstr "" +"En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varios sistemas y herramientas " +"administrativas. Haga click en el enlace para saber más." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-system.xml:18 msgid "Manage system services" msgstr "Administrar servicios del sistema" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:20 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:24 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:28 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>" @@ -7036,14 +8177,12 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>" msgid "Localization" msgstr "Localización" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:37 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:41 msgid "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>" @@ -7053,34 +8192,31 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>" msgid "Administration tools" msgstr "Herramientas administrativas" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:50 msgid "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:54 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:58 msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Manage users on " -"system</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Administrar usuarios en el sistema</emphasis>" +"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Manage users on system</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Administrar usuarios en el " +"sistema</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:62 msgid "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:66 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>" @@ -7094,25 +8230,34 @@ msgstr "Centro de Control de Mageia" #: en/MCC.xml:6 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" -"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." -msgstr "Los textos y capturas de pantalla de este manual están disponibles bajo la licencia CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" +"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +msgstr "" +"Los textos y capturas de pantalla de este manual están disponibles bajo la " +"licencia CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/" +"by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/MCC.xml:9 msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link " -"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link " -"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." -msgstr "Éste manual ha sido realizado con la ayuda de <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> desarrollado por <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>" +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +msgstr "" +"Éste manual ha sido realizado con la ayuda de <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> desarrollado por <link ns6:href=\"http://" +"www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/MCC.xml:11 msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link " -"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation " -"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." -msgstr "Fue escrito por voluntarios en sus ratos libres. Por favor contacte con el <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Equipo de Documentación</link> si puede ayudar a mejorar este manual." +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" +"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" +"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +msgstr "" +"Fue escrito por voluntarios en sus ratos libres. Por favor contacte con el " +"<link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Equipo de " +"Documentación</link> si puede ayudar a mejorar este manual." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:3 @@ -7124,8 +8269,7 @@ msgstr "Configure la frecuencia de actualizaciones" msgid "mgaapplet-config" msgstr "mgaapplet-config" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:10 msgid "mgaapplet-config.png" msgstr "mgaapplet-config.png" @@ -7133,28 +8277,39 @@ msgstr "mgaapplet-config.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " +"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " -"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software " -"management</emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / " -"Updates configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder " -"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray." -msgstr "Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> está presente en el Centro de Control de Mageia bajo la etiqueta <emphasis role=\"bold\">Administración de software</emphasis>. También está disponible por un <guimenu>click derecho / configuración de Actualizaciones</guimenu> en el icono rojo <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> en la bandeja del sistema." +"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management</" +"emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / Updates " +"configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject" +"\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray." +msgstr "" +"Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> está presente en " +"el Centro de Control de Mageia bajo la etiqueta <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Administración de software</emphasis>. También está disponible por un " +"<guimenu>click derecho / configuración de Actualizaciones</guimenu> en el " +"icono rojo <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> en la bandeja " +"del sistema." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:27 msgid "" "The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check for " "updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check. The " -"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is " -"out." -msgstr "El primer control deslizante le permite cambiar la frecuencia con Mageia comprobará las actualizaciones y la segunda el retraso después de arrancar antes de que el primer chequeo. La casilla de verificación le da la opción para ser avisado de la salida de una nueva versión de Mageia." +"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is out." +msgstr "" +"El primer control deslizante le permite cambiar la frecuencia con Mageia " +"comprobará las actualizaciones y la segunda el retraso después de arrancar " +"antes de que el primer chequeo. La casilla de verificación le da la opción " +"para ser avisado de la salida de una nueva versión de Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mousedrake.xml:3 @@ -7166,8 +8321,7 @@ msgstr "Configurar el dispositivo puntero (ratón, touchpad, etc.)" msgid "mousedrake" msgstr "mousedrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mousedrake.xml:11 msgid "mousedrake.png" msgstr "mousedrake.png" @@ -7175,23 +8329,31 @@ msgstr "mousedrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/mousedrake.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " +"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mousedrake.xml:15 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>." -msgstr "Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> está presente en el Centro de Control de Mageia bajo la pestaña <emphasis role = \"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> está presente en " +"el Centro de Control de Mageia bajo la pestaña <emphasis role = \"bold" +"\">Hardware</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mousedrake.xml:20 msgid "" -"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by" -" Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse." -msgstr "Como usted debe tener un ratón para instalar Mageia, uno que ya está instalado por Drakinstall. Esta herramienta permite la instalación de otro ratón." +"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by " +"Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse." +msgstr "" +"Como usted debe tener un ratón para instalar Mageia, uno que ya está " +"instalado por Drakinstall. Esta herramienta permite la instalación de otro " +"ratón." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mousedrake.xml:23 @@ -7200,7 +8362,11 @@ msgid "" "and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Most of the time \"Universal / Any " "PS/2 & USB mice\" is suitable for a recent mouse. The new mouse is " "immediately taken into account." -msgstr "Los ratones se clasifican por tipo de conexión y luego según el modelo. Seleccione el ratón y haga clic en <guibutton>Aceptar</guibutton>. Basicamente \"Cualquier ratón PS / 2 o USB\" reciente es adecuado. El nuevo ratón se utilizará inmediatamente." +msgstr "" +"Los ratones se clasifican por tipo de conexión y luego según el modelo. " +"Seleccione el ratón y haga clic en <guibutton>Aceptar</guibutton>. " +"Basicamente \"Cualquier ratón PS / 2 o USB\" reciente es adecuado. El nuevo " +"ratón se utilizará inmediatamente." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:3 @@ -7212,8 +8378,7 @@ msgstr "MSEC: Seguridad y Auditoría del Sistema" msgid "msecgui" msgstr "msecgui" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:13 msgid "msecgui.png" msgstr "msecgui.png" @@ -7221,40 +8386,53 @@ msgstr "msecgui.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:21 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " +"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:21 msgid "" -"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface" -" for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two " +"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface " +"for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two " "approaches:" -msgstr "msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> es una interfaz gráfica de usuario para msec que permite configurar la seguridad del sistema de acuerdo con dos enfoques:" +msgstr "" +"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> es una interfaz gráfica de " +"usuario para msec que permite configurar la seguridad del sistema de acuerdo " +"con dos enfoques:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:28 msgid "" "It sets the system behaviour, msec imposes modifications to the system to " "make it more secure." -msgstr "Establece el comportamiento del sistema, msec impone modificaciones en el sistema para que sea más seguro." +msgstr "" +"Establece el comportamiento del sistema, msec impone modificaciones en el " +"sistema para que sea más seguro." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:33 msgid "" "It carries on periodic checks automatically on the system in order to warn " "you if something seems dangerous." -msgstr "Se lleva a cabo controles periódicos de forma automática en el sistema con el fin de advertir que si algo parece peligroso." +msgstr "" +"Se lleva a cabo controles periódicos de forma automática en el sistema con " +"el fin de advertir que si algo parece peligroso." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:38 msgid "" -"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure" -" a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or " -"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your" -" own customised security levels." -msgstr "msec utiliza el concepto de \"niveles de seguridad\", que tiene la intención de configurar un conjunto de permisos del sistema, que pueden ser auditados para cambiar o confirmar. Varios de ellos son propuestos por Mageia, pero usted puede definir sus propios niveles de seguridad personalizados." +"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure " +"a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or " +"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your " +"own customised security levels." +msgstr "" +"msec utiliza el concepto de \"niveles de seguridad\", que tiene la intención " +"de configurar un conjunto de permisos del sistema, que pueden ser auditados " +"para cambiar o confirmar. Varios de ellos son propuestos por Mageia, pero " +"usted puede definir sus propios niveles de seguridad personalizados." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:45 @@ -7271,43 +8449,48 @@ msgstr "Ver la captura anterior" msgid "" "The first tab takes up the list of the different security tools with a " "button on the right side to configure them:" -msgstr "La primera pestaña retoma la lista de las diferentes herramientas de seguridad con un botón en el lado derecho para configurarlos:" +msgstr "" +"La primera pestaña retoma la lista de las diferentes herramientas de " +"seguridad con un botón en el lado derecho para configurarlos:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:54 msgid "" "Firewall, also found in the MCC / Security / Set up your personal firewall" -msgstr "Firewall, también se encuentra en el MCC / Seguridad / Configure su servidor de seguridad personal" +msgstr "" +"Firewall, también se encuentra en el MCC / Seguridad / Configure su servidor " +"de seguridad personal" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:59 msgid "Updates, also found in MCC / Software Management / Update your system" -msgstr "Actualizaciones, también se encuentran en MCC / Software de Gestión / Actualizar su sistema" +msgstr "" +"Actualizaciones, también se encuentran en MCC / Software de Gestión / " +"Actualizar su sistema" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:64 msgid "msec itself with some information:" msgstr "msec alguna información de si misma:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:68 msgid "enabled or not" msgstr "habilitado o no" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:72 msgid "the configured Base security level" msgstr "el nivel de seguridad base configurado" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:76 msgid "" "the date of the last Periodic checks and a button to see a detailed report " "and another button to execute the checks just now." -msgstr "la fecha de las últimas comprobaciones periódicas y un botón para ver un informe detallado y otro botón para ejecutar los controles en este momento." +msgstr "" +"la fecha de las últimas comprobaciones periódicas y un botón para ver un " +"informe detallado y otro botón para ejecutar los controles en este momento." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:86 @@ -7317,13 +8500,13 @@ msgstr "Pestaña opciones de seguridad" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:88 msgid "" -"A click on the second tab or on the Security " -"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown " -"below." -msgstr "Un clic en la segunda pestaña o en <guibutton>Configurar</guibutton> Seguridad lleva a la misma pantalla que se muestra a continuación." +"A click on the second tab or on the Security <guibutton>Configure</" +"guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown below." +msgstr "" +"Un clic en la segunda pestaña o en <guibutton>Configurar</guibutton> " +"Seguridad lleva a la misma pantalla que se muestra a continuación." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:94 msgid "msecgui2.png" msgstr "msecgui2.png" @@ -7341,22 +8524,33 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Niveles de seguridad:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:106 msgid "" -"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab" -" allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then" -" in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The " +"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab " +"allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then " +"in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The " "following levels are available:" -msgstr "Después de haber marcado la casilla <guilabel>Activar herramienta MSEC</guilabel>, este registro le permite por un doble click seleccionar el nivel de seguridad que aparece a continuación en negrita. Si la casilla no está marcada, se aplica el nivel «ninguno». Los siguientes niveles están disponibles:" +msgstr "" +"Después de haber marcado la casilla <guilabel>Activar herramienta MSEC</" +"guilabel>, este registro le permite por un doble click seleccionar el nivel " +"de seguridad que aparece a continuación en negrita. Si la casilla no está " +"marcada, se aplica el nivel «ninguno». Los siguientes niveles están " +"disponibles:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:113 msgid "" -"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you" -" do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on" -" your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or " -"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only" -" if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system " +"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you " +"do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on " +"your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or " +"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only " +"if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system " "vulnerable to attack." -msgstr "Nivel <emphasis role=\"bold\">Ninguno</emphasis>. Este nivel está destinado si no desea utilizar msec de controlar la seguridad del sistema, y prefiere sintonizar por su cuenta. Desactiva todos los controles de seguridad y no pone restricciones o limitaciones en la configuración del sistema y la configuración. Por favor, use este nivel sólo si va a saber lo que está haciendo, ya que dejaría a su sistema vulnerable a los ataques." +msgstr "" +"Nivel <emphasis role=\"bold\">Ninguno</emphasis>. Este nivel está destinado " +"si no desea utilizar msec de controlar la seguridad del sistema, y prefiere " +"sintonizar por su cuenta. Desactiva todos los controles de seguridad y no " +"pone restricciones o limitaciones en la configuración del sistema y la " +"configuración. Por favor, use este nivel sólo si va a saber lo que está " +"haciendo, ya que dejaría a su sistema vulnerable a los ataques." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:122 @@ -7367,27 +8561,44 @@ msgid "" "detect changes in system files, system accounts, and vulnerable directory " "permissions. (This level is similar to levels 2 and 3 from past msec " "versions)." -msgstr "Nivel <emphasis role=\"bold\">estándar</emphasis>. Esta es la configuración por defecto cuando se instala y está destinado a los usuarios ocasionales. Restringen varios ajustes del sistema y ejecuta los controles de seguridad diarios que detectan cambios en los archivos del sistema, las cuentas del sistema, y los permisos de directorios vulnerables. (Este nivel es similar a los niveles 2 y 3 de las versiones msec pasadas)." +msgstr "" +"Nivel <emphasis role=\"bold\">estándar</emphasis>. Esta es la configuración " +"por defecto cuando se instala y está destinado a los usuarios ocasionales. " +"Restringen varios ajustes del sistema y ejecuta los controles de seguridad " +"diarios que detectan cambios en los archivos del sistema, las cuentas del " +"sistema, y los permisos de directorios vulnerables. (Este nivel es similar a " +"los niveles 2 y 3 de las versiones msec pasadas)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:131 msgid "" -"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when" -" you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable. It further restricts" -" system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to " -"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and" -" 5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)." -msgstr "Nivel <emphasis role=\"bold\">seguro</emphasis>. Este nivel está destinado cuando desee asegurarse de que su sistema es seguro, aún utilizable. Asimismo, se restringe aún más permisos del sistema y ejecuta controles más periódicos. Por otra parte, el acceso al sistema es más restringido. (Este nivel es similar a los niveles 4 (alto) y 5 (Paranoico) de las versiones viejas de msec)." +"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when " +"you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable. It further restricts " +"system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to " +"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and " +"5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)." +msgstr "" +"Nivel <emphasis role=\"bold\">seguro</emphasis>. Este nivel está destinado " +"cuando desee asegurarse de que su sistema es seguro, aún utilizable. " +"Asimismo, se restringe aún más permisos del sistema y ejecuta controles más " +"periódicos. Por otra parte, el acceso al sistema es más restringido. (Este " +"nivel es similar a los niveles 4 (alto) y 5 (Paranoico) de las versiones " +"viejas de msec)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:140 msgid "" "Besides those levels, different task-oriented security are also provided, " -"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> levels. Such levels attempt to pre-" -"configure system security according to the most common use cases." -msgstr "Además de esos niveles, también se proporcionan diferentes de seguridad orientada a tareas, como los niveles <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver</emphasis>, <emphasis role=\"bold\">servidor web</emphasis> y <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis>. Tales niveles intentan configurar previamente la seguridad del sistema de acuerdo a los casos de uso más comunes." +"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> " +"levels. Such levels attempt to pre-configure system security according to " +"the most common use cases." +msgstr "" +"Además de esos niveles, también se proporcionan diferentes de seguridad " +"orientada a tareas, como los niveles <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver</" +"emphasis>, <emphasis role=\"bold\">servidor web</emphasis> y <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">netbook</emphasis>. Tales niveles intentan configurar previamente " +"la seguridad del sistema de acuerdo a los casos de uso más comunes." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:149 @@ -7395,25 +8606,37 @@ msgid "" "The last two levels called <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily </emphasis> " "and <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> are not really security " "levels but rather tools for periodic checks only." -msgstr "Los dos últimos niveles llamados <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily</emphasis> y <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> no son realmente los niveles de seguridad, sino más bien sólo instrumentos para controles periódicos." +msgstr "" +"Los dos últimos niveles llamados <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily</" +"emphasis> y <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> no son realmente " +"los niveles de seguridad, sino más bien sólo instrumentos para controles " +"periódicos." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:156 msgid "" -"These levels are saved in " -"<filename>etc/security/msec/level.<levelname></filename>. You can define " -"your own customised security levels, saving them into specific files called " -"<filename>level.<levelname></filename>, placed into the folder " -"<filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is intended for power" -" users which require a customised or more secure system configuration." -msgstr "Estos niveles se guardan en <filename>etc/security/msec/level.<levelname></filename>. Puede definir sus propios niveles de seguridad personalizadas, guardarlas en archivos específicos llamados <filename>level.<levelname></filename>, se coloca en la carpeta <filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> Esta función es destinado a usuarios avanzados que requieren una configuración de sistema personalizado o más seguro." +"These levels are saved in <filename>etc/security/msec/level.<levelname></" +"filename>. You can define your own customised security levels, saving them " +"into specific files called <filename>level.<levelname></filename>, placed " +"into the folder <filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is " +"intended for power users which require a customised or more secure system " +"configuration." +msgstr "" +"Estos niveles se guardan en <filename>etc/security/msec/level.<" +"levelname></filename>. Puede definir sus propios niveles de seguridad " +"personalizadas, guardarlas en archivos específicos llamados <filename>level." +"<levelname></filename>, se coloca en la carpeta <filename>etc/security/" +"msec/.</filename> Esta función es destinado a usuarios avanzados que " +"requieren una configuración de sistema personalizado o más seguro." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:165 msgid "" "Keep in mind that user-modified parameters take precedence over default " "level settings." -msgstr "Tenga en cuenta que los parámetros modificados por el usuario tienen prioridad sobre los ajustes de nivel por defecto." +msgstr "" +"Tenga en cuenta que los parámetros modificados por el usuario tienen " +"prioridad sobre los ajustes de nivel por defecto." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:170 @@ -7423,23 +8646,35 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Alertas de seguridad:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:173 msgid "" -"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email " -"to:</guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent " -"by local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You" -" can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail" -" and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive " +"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email to:</" +"guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent by " +"local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You " +"can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail " +"and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive " "the security alerts directly on your desktop. Check the relevant box to " "enable it." -msgstr "Si marca la casilla <guibutton>Enviar alertas de seguridad por correo electrónico a:</guibutton>, las alertas de seguridad generadas por msec van a ser enviadas por correo electrónico local a el administrador de seguridad con nombre en el campo cercano. Usted puede llenar ya sea un usuario local o una dirección de correo electrónico completa (la dirección de correo local y el gestor de e-mail debe ajustarse en consecuencia). Por último, usted puede recibir las alertas de seguridad directamente en el escritorio. Marque la casilla correspondiente para activarlo." +msgstr "" +"Si marca la casilla <guibutton>Enviar alertas de seguridad por correo " +"electrónico a:</guibutton>, las alertas de seguridad generadas por msec van " +"a ser enviadas por correo electrónico local a el administrador de seguridad " +"con nombre en el campo cercano. Usted puede llenar ya sea un usuario local o " +"una dirección de correo electrónico completa (la dirección de correo local y " +"el gestor de e-mail debe ajustarse en consecuencia). Por último, usted puede " +"recibir las alertas de seguridad directamente en el escritorio. Marque la " +"casilla correspondiente para activarlo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:182 msgid "" "It is strongly advisable to enable the security alerts option in order to " -"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems." -" If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files " +"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems. " +"If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files " "available in <filename>/var/log/security.</filename>" -msgstr "Es muy recomendable activar la opción de alertas de seguridad con el fin de informar de inmediato al administrador de seguridad de posibles problemas de seguridad. Si no, el administrador tendrá que comprobar periódicamente los archivos de registro disponibles en <filename>/var/log/security.</filename>" +msgstr "" +"Es muy recomendable activar la opción de alertas de seguridad con el fin de " +"informar de inmediato al administrador de seguridad de posibles problemas de " +"seguridad. Si no, el administrador tendrá que comprobar periódicamente los " +"archivos de registro disponibles en <filename>/var/log/security.</filename>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:188 @@ -7450,12 +8685,18 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Opciones de seguridad:</emphasis>" #: en/msecgui.xml:190 msgid "" "Creating a customised level is not the only way to customise the computer " -"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change" -" any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in " -"<filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains " -"the current security level name and the list of all the modifications done " -"to the options." -msgstr "Creación de un nivel personalizado no es la única forma de personalizar la seguridad de la computadora, también es posible utilizar las fichas presentadas aquí después de cambiar cualquier opción que desee. La configuración actual de msec se almacena en <filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. Este archivo contiene el nombre actual nivel de seguridad y la lista de todas las modificaciones hechas a las opciones." +"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change " +"any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in <filename>/" +"etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains the current " +"security level name and the list of all the modifications done to the " +"options." +msgstr "" +"Creación de un nivel personalizado no es la única forma de personalizar la " +"seguridad de la computadora, también es posible utilizar las fichas " +"presentadas aquí después de cambiar cualquier opción que desee. La " +"configuración actual de msec se almacena en <filename>/etc/security/msec/" +"security.conf</filename>. Este archivo contiene el nombre actual nivel de " +"seguridad y la lista de todas las modificaciones hechas a las opciones." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:199 @@ -7466,12 +8707,14 @@ msgstr "Pestaña de seguridad del sistema" #: en/msecgui.xml:201 msgid "" "This tab displays all the security options on the left side column, a " -"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side" -" column." -msgstr "Esta ficha muestra todas las opciones de seguridad en la columna de la izquierda, una descripción en la columna central, y sus valores actuales en la columna de la derecha." +"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side " +"column." +msgstr "" +"Esta ficha muestra todas las opciones de seguridad en la columna de la " +"izquierda, una descripción en la columna central, y sus valores actuales en " +"la columna de la derecha." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:207 msgid "msecgui3.png" msgstr "msecgui3.png" @@ -7484,10 +8727,14 @@ msgid "" "actual and default values, and a drop down list where the new value can be " "selected. Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the " "choice." -msgstr "Para modificar una opción, haga doble clic sobre ella y aparecerá una nueva ventana (ver figura de abajo). Se muestra el nombre de la opción, una breve descripción, los valores reales y los valores predeterminados, y una lista desplegable donde el nuevo valor se puede seleccionar. Haga clic en el botón <guibutton>Aceptar</guibutton> para validar la elección." +msgstr "" +"Para modificar una opción, haga doble clic sobre ella y aparecerá una nueva " +"ventana (ver figura de abajo). Se muestra el nombre de la opción, una breve " +"descripción, los valores reales y los valores predeterminados, y una lista " +"desplegable donde el nuevo valor se puede seleccionar. Haga clic en el botón " +"<guibutton>Aceptar</guibutton> para validar la elección." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:219 msgid "msecgui11.png" msgstr "msecgui11.png" @@ -7499,10 +8746,13 @@ msgid "" "using the menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you " "have changed the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before " "saving them." -msgstr "No se olvide al salir msecgui para guardar definitivamente su configuración mediante el menú <guimenu>Archivo -> Guardar la configuración</guimenu>. Si ha cambiado la configuración, msecgui te permite previsualizar los cambios antes de guardarlos." +msgstr "" +"No se olvide al salir msecgui para guardar definitivamente su configuración " +"mediante el menú <guimenu>Archivo -> Guardar la configuración</guimenu>. Si " +"ha cambiado la configuración, msecgui te permite previsualizar los cambios " +"antes de guardarlos." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:232 msgid "msecgui10.png" msgstr "msecgui10.png" @@ -7516,10 +8766,11 @@ msgstr "Perfil de red" #: en/msecgui.xml:240 msgid "" "This tab displays all the network options and works like the previous tab" -msgstr "Esta pestaña muestra todas las opciones de red y funciona como la pestaña anterior" +msgstr "" +"Esta pestaña muestra todas las opciones de red y funciona como la pestaña " +"anterior" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:245 msgid "msecgui4.png" msgstr "msecgui4.png" @@ -7534,7 +8785,10 @@ msgstr "Pestaña controles periódicos" msgid "" "Periodic checks aim to inform the security administrator by means of " "security alerts of all situations msec thinks potentially dangerous." -msgstr "Revisiones periódicas tienen como objetivo informar al administrador de seguridad por medio de alertas de seguridad de todas las situaciones que msec cree potencialmente peligrosas." +msgstr "" +"Revisiones periódicas tienen como objetivo informar al administrador de " +"seguridad por medio de alertas de seguridad de todas las situaciones que " +"msec cree potencialmente peligrosas." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:257 @@ -7542,10 +8796,13 @@ msgid "" "This tab displays all the periodic checks done by msec and their frequency " "if the box <guibutton>Enable periodic security checks</guibutton> is " "checked. Changes are done like in the previous tabs." -msgstr "Esta pestaña muestra todos los controles periódicos realizados por msec y su frecuencia si el cuadro <guibutton>Habilitar controles de seguridad periódicas</guibutton> se marca. Los cambios se realizan como en las pestañas anteriores." +msgstr "" +"Esta pestaña muestra todos los controles periódicos realizados por msec y su " +"frecuencia si el cuadro <guibutton>Habilitar controles de seguridad " +"periódicas</guibutton> se marca. Los cambios se realizan como en las " +"pestañas anteriores." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:264 msgid "msecgui5.png" msgstr "msecgui5.png" @@ -7559,14 +8816,18 @@ msgstr "Pestaña excepciones" #: en/msecgui.xml:272 msgid "" "Sometimes alert messages are due to well known and wanted situations. In " -"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab" -" allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert" -" messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot " +"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab " +"allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert " +"messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot " "below shows four exceptions." -msgstr "A veces, los mensajes de alerta se deben a situaciones conocidas y buscadas. En estos casos se trata de tiempo inútil y perdido para el administrador. Esta ficha le permite crear tantas excepciones que se quiere evitar los mensajes de alerta no deseados. Evidentemente, esta vacía en el primer arranque msec. La siguiente captura de pantalla muestra cuatro excepciones." +msgstr "" +"A veces, los mensajes de alerta se deben a situaciones conocidas y buscadas. " +"En estos casos se trata de tiempo inútil y perdido para el administrador. " +"Esta ficha le permite crear tantas excepciones que se quiere evitar los " +"mensajes de alerta no deseados. Evidentemente, esta vacía en el primer " +"arranque msec. La siguiente captura de pantalla muestra cuatro excepciones." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:280 msgid "msecgui6.png" msgstr "msecgui6.png" @@ -7574,12 +8835,12 @@ msgstr "msecgui6.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:284 msgid "" -"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> " -"button" -msgstr "Para crear una excepción, pulse en el botón <guibutton>Añadir una regla</guibutton>" +"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> button" +msgstr "" +"Para crear una excepción, pulse en el botón <guibutton>Añadir una regla</" +"guibutton>" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:289 msgid "msecgui7.png" msgstr "msecgui7.png" @@ -7588,12 +8849,17 @@ msgstr "msecgui7.png" #: en/msecgui.xml:293 msgid "" "Select the wanted periodic check in the drop down list called " -"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the " -"<guilabel>Exception</guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is " -"obviously not definitive, you can either delete it using the " -"<guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> " -"tab or modify it with a double clicK." -msgstr "Seleccione la comprobación periódica deseada en la lista desplegable llamada <guilabel>Comprobar</guilabel> y, a continuación, introduzca la <guilabel>Excepción</guilabel> en el área de texto. Agregar una excepción obviamente no es definitiva, puede eliminarla con el botón <guibutton>Eliminar</guibutton> de las <guilabel>Excepciones</guilabel> o modificarlo con un doble clic." +"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the <guilabel>Exception</" +"guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is obviously not definitive, " +"you can either delete it using the <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of " +"the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> tab or modify it with a double clicK." +msgstr "" +"Seleccione la comprobación periódica deseada en la lista desplegable llamada " +"<guilabel>Comprobar</guilabel> y, a continuación, introduzca la " +"<guilabel>Excepción</guilabel> en el área de texto. Agregar una excepción " +"obviamente no es definitiva, puede eliminarla con el botón " +"<guibutton>Eliminar</guibutton> de las <guilabel>Excepciones</guilabel> o " +"modificarlo con un doble clic." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:303 @@ -7605,7 +8871,9 @@ msgstr "Permisos" msgid "" "This tab is intended for file and directory permissions checking and " "enforcement." -msgstr "Esta ficha está destinada a los permisos de archivos y directorios de comprobación y la observancia." +msgstr "" +"Esta ficha está destinada a los permisos de archivos y directorios de " +"comprobación y la observancia." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:306 @@ -7617,13 +8885,23 @@ msgid "" "the folder <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename> . This function is " "intended for power users which require a customised configuration. It is " "also possible to use the tab presented here after to change any permission " -"you want. Current configuration is stored in " -"<filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the " -"list of all the modifications done to the permissions." -msgstr "Al igual que para la seguridad, msec posee diferentes niveles de permisos (estándar y seguro, ..), que están habilitadas de acuerdo con el nivel de seguridad elegido. Usted puede crear sus propios niveles personalizados de permisos, guardarlos en archivos específicos llamados <filename>perm.<levelName></filename> se coloca en la carpeta <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename>. Esta función está pensada para usuarios avanzados que requieren una configuración personalizada. También es posible utilizar la ficha presentada aquí después de cambiar cualquier permiso que desea. La configuración actual se guarda en <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</filename> Este archivo contiene la lista de todas las modificaciones realizadas a los permisos." - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +"you want. Current configuration is stored in <filename>/etc/security/msec/" +"perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the list of all the modifications " +"done to the permissions." +msgstr "" +"Al igual que para la seguridad, msec posee diferentes niveles de permisos " +"(estándar y seguro, ..), que están habilitadas de acuerdo con el nivel de " +"seguridad elegido. Usted puede crear sus propios niveles personalizados de " +"permisos, guardarlos en archivos específicos llamados <filename>perm.<" +"levelName></filename> se coloca en la carpeta <filename>etc/security/msec/</" +"filename>. Esta función está pensada para usuarios avanzados que requieren " +"una configuración personalizada. También es posible utilizar la ficha " +"presentada aquí después de cambiar cualquier permiso que desea. La " +"configuración actual se guarda en <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</" +"filename> Este archivo contiene la lista de todas las modificaciones " +"realizadas a los permisos." + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:318 msgid "msecgui8.png" msgstr "msecgui8.png" @@ -7632,18 +8910,25 @@ msgstr "msecgui8.png" #: en/msecgui.xml:321 msgid "" "Default permissions are visible as a list of rules (a rule per line). You " -"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the" -" owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a" -" given rule:" -msgstr "Permisos predeterminados son visibles como una lista de reglas (una regla por línea). Se puede ver en el lado izquierdo, el archivo o la carpeta que se trate por la regla, el dueño, el grupo y luego los permisos dados por la regla. Si, por una regla dada:" +"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the " +"owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a " +"given rule:" +msgstr "" +"Permisos predeterminados son visibles como una lista de reglas (una regla " +"por línea). Se puede ver en el lado izquierdo, el archivo o la carpeta que " +"se trate por la regla, el dueño, el grupo y luego los permisos dados por " +"la regla. Si, por una regla dada:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:327 msgid "" -"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the" -" defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message " +"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the " +"defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message " "if not, but does not change anything." -msgstr "la casilla <guilabel>Aplicar</guilabel> no está marcada, msec sólo comprueba si se respetan los permisos definidos para esta regla y envía un mensaje de alerta si no, pero no cambia nada." +msgstr "" +"la casilla <guilabel>Aplicar</guilabel> no está marcada, msec sólo comprueba " +"si se respetan los permisos definidos para esta regla y envía un mensaje de " +"alerta si no, pero no cambia nada." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:333 @@ -7651,25 +8936,33 @@ msgid "" "the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is checked, then msec will rule the " "permissions respect at the first periodic check and overwrite the " "permissions." -msgstr "la casilla <guilabel>Aplicar</guilabel> está marcada, entonces msec dominará el respecto a los permisos en el primer control periódico y sobrescribir los permisos." +msgstr "" +"la casilla <guilabel>Aplicar</guilabel> está marcada, entonces msec dominará " +"el respecto a los permisos en el primer control periódico y sobrescribir los " +"permisos." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:337 msgid "" -"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly." -msgstr "Para que esto funcione, las opciones CHECK_PERMS en la <emphasis role=\"bold\">pestaña Revisión periódica</emphasis> se deben configurar en consecuencia." +"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly." +msgstr "" +"Para que esto funcione, las opciones CHECK_PERMS en la <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">pestaña Revisión periódica</emphasis> se deben configurar en consecuencia." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:339 msgid "" -"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button" -" and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed " -"in the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification." -msgstr "Para crear una nueva regla, haga clic en el botón <guibutton>Agregar una regla</guibutton> y rellene los campos como se muestra en el siguiente ejemplo. Se permite que el comodín * en el campo <guilabel>Archivo</guilabel>. \"Actual\" significa que no hay modificación." +"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button " +"and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed in " +"the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification." +msgstr "" +"Para crear una nueva regla, haga clic en el botón <guibutton>Agregar una " +"regla</guibutton> y rellene los campos como se muestra en el siguiente " +"ejemplo. Se permite que el comodín * en el campo <guilabel>Archivo</" +"guilabel>. \"Actual\" significa que no hay modificación." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:345 msgid "msecgui9.png" msgstr "msecgui9.png" @@ -7681,26 +8974,40 @@ msgid "" "not forget when leaving to save definitively your configuration using the " "menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you have changed " "the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before saving them." -msgstr "Haga clic en el botón <guibutton>Aceptar</guibutton> para validar la selección y no se olvide al salir para salvar definitivamente la configuración mediante el menú <guimenu>Archivo -> Guardar la configuración</guimenu>. Si ha cambiado la configuración, msecgui te permite previsualizar los cambios antes de guardarlos." +msgstr "" +"Haga clic en el botón <guibutton>Aceptar</guibutton> para validar la " +"selección y no se olvide al salir para salvar definitivamente la " +"configuración mediante el menú <guimenu>Archivo -> Guardar la configuración</" +"guimenu>. Si ha cambiado la configuración, msecgui te permite previsualizar " +"los cambios antes de guardarlos." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><note><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:353 msgid "" "It is also possible to create or modify the rules by editing the " "configuration file <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>." -msgstr "También es posible crear o modificar las reglas editando el archivo de configuración <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>." +msgstr "" +"También es posible crear o modificar las reglas editando el archivo de " +"configuración <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:356 msgid "" "Changes in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permission tab</emphasis> (or " "directly in the configuration file) are taken into account at the first " -"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken " -"immediately into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root " -"rights. You can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions" -" that will be changed by msecperms." -msgstr "Los cambios en la <emphasis role=\"bold\">pestaña Permiso</emphasis> (o directamente en el archivo de configuración) se tienen en cuenta en la primera verificación periódica (ver las opciones CHECK_PERMS en la <emphasis role=\"bold\">Pestaña de chequeos periódicos</emphasis>). Si usted quiere que sean tomadas en cuenta inmediatamente, use el comando msecperms en una consola con derechos de root. Usted puede usar antes, el comando msecperms -p para conocer los permisos que serán cambiados por msecperms." +"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken immediately " +"into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root rights. You " +"can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions that will " +"be changed by msecperms." +msgstr "" +"Los cambios en la <emphasis role=\"bold\">pestaña Permiso</emphasis> (o " +"directamente en el archivo de configuración) se tienen en cuenta en la " +"primera verificación periódica (ver las opciones CHECK_PERMS en la " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Pestaña de chequeos periódicos</emphasis>). Si usted " +"quiere que sean tomadas en cuenta inmediatamente, use el comando msecperms " +"en una consola con derechos de root. Usted puede usar antes, el comando " +"msecperms -p para conocer los permisos que serán cambiados por msecperms." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:363 @@ -7711,7 +9018,13 @@ msgid "" "write the old permissions back after a while, accordingly to the " "configuration of the options CHECK_PERMS and CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE in the " "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Periodic Checks tab </emphasis>." -msgstr "No olvide que si modifica los permisos en una consola o en un gestor de archivos, un archivo en el que el cuadro <guilabel>Aplicar</guilabel> está marcada en la <emphasis role=\"bold\">pestaña Permisos</emphasis> , msecgui escribirá los antiguos permisos de nuevo después de un tiempo, de acuerdo a la configuración de las opciones CHECK_PERMS y CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE en la <emphasis role=\"bold\">pestaña Comprobaciones Periódicas</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"No olvide que si modifica los permisos en una consola o en un gestor de " +"archivos, un archivo en el que el cuadro <guilabel>Aplicar</guilabel> está " +"marcada en la <emphasis role=\"bold\">pestaña Permisos</emphasis> , msecgui " +"escribirá los antiguos permisos de nuevo después de un tiempo, de acuerdo a " +"la configuración de las opciones CHECK_PERMS y CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE en la " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">pestaña Comprobaciones Periódicas</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:4 @@ -7722,9 +9035,12 @@ msgstr "Otras herramientas de Mageia" #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:7 msgid "" "There are more Mageia tools than those that can be started in the Mageia " -"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the" -" next pages." -msgstr "Hay más herramientas de Mageia que las que se muestran en el Centro el control de Mageia. Pulse en un enlace más abajo para saber más o continúe leyendo las próximas páginas." +"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the " +"next pages." +msgstr "" +"Hay más herramientas de Mageia que las que se muestran en el Centro el " +"control de Mageia. Pulse en un enlace más abajo para saber más o continúe " +"leyendo las próximas páginas." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:11 @@ -7761,8 +9077,7 @@ msgstr "Gestor de Software (Instalar y Desinstalar Software)" msgid "rpmdrake" msgstr "rpmdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:11 msgid "rpmdrake.png" msgstr "rpmdrake.png" @@ -7775,9 +9090,11 @@ msgstr "Introducción a rpmdrake" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:21 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " +"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:20 @@ -7791,19 +9108,33 @@ msgid "" "certain types of packages: you may display only installed applications (by " "default), or only available updates. You can also view only not installed " "packages. You can also search by the name of a package, or in the summaries " -"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names" -" included in the packages." -msgstr "Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, también conocido como drakrpm, es un programa para la instalación, desinstalación y actualización de paquetes. Es la interfaz gráfica de usuario de URPMI. En cada puesta en marcha, comprobará las listas de paquetes en línea (llamados 'medios') descargados directamente desde los servidores oficiales de Mageia, y cada vez te mostrará las últimas aplicaciones y paquetes disponibles para tu equipo. Un sistema de filtro le permite mostrar sólo ciertos tipos de paquetes: usted puede mostrar sólo las aplicaciones instaladas (por defecto), o sólo las actualizaciones disponibles. También puede ver los paquetes sólo no instaladas. También puedes buscar por el nombre de un paquete, o en los resúmenes de las descripciones o en las descripciones completas de los paquetes o en el archivo de nombres incluidos en los paquetes." +"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names " +"included in the packages." +msgstr "" +"Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, también conocido " +"como drakrpm, es un programa para la instalación, desinstalación y " +"actualización de paquetes. Es la interfaz gráfica de usuario de URPMI. En " +"cada puesta en marcha, comprobará las listas de paquetes en línea (llamados " +"'medios') descargados directamente desde los servidores oficiales de Mageia, " +"y cada vez te mostrará las últimas aplicaciones y paquetes disponibles para " +"tu equipo. Un sistema de filtro le permite mostrar sólo ciertos tipos de " +"paquetes: usted puede mostrar sólo las aplicaciones instaladas (por " +"defecto), o sólo las actualizaciones disponibles. También puede ver los " +"paquetes sólo no instaladas. También puedes buscar por el nombre de un " +"paquete, o en los resúmenes de las descripciones o en las descripciones " +"completas de los paquetes o en el archivo de nombres incluidos en los " +"paquetes." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:35 msgid "" -"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend" -"=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ." -msgstr "Para que funcione, rpmdrake necesita que los repositorios sean configurados con <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/>." +"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend=" +"\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ." +msgstr "" +"Para que funcione, rpmdrake necesita que los repositorios sean configurados " +"con <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/>." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:43 msgid "rpmdrake8.png" msgstr "rpmdrake8.png" @@ -7812,28 +9143,37 @@ msgstr "rpmdrake8.png" #: en/rpmdrake.xml:38 msgid "" "During the installation, the configured repository is the medium used for " -"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake" -" will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up " +"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake " +"will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up " "window : <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the above message " "annoys you and you have a good internet connection without too strict " "download limit, it is wise to remove that medium and replace it by online " "repositories thanks to <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ." -msgstr "Durante la instalación, el repositorio configurado es el medio utilizado para la instalación, en general, el DVD o CD. Si se mantiene este medio, rpmdrake le preguntará cada vez que se desea instalar un paquete, con esta ventana emergente: <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> Si el mensaje anterior te molesta y tienes una buena conexión a Internet sin límite de descarga demasiado estricto, es aconsejable eliminar ese medio y reemplazarlo por repositorios en línea gracias a <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Durante la instalación, el repositorio configurado es el medio utilizado " +"para la instalación, en general, el DVD o CD. Si se mantiene este medio, " +"rpmdrake le preguntará cada vez que se desea instalar un paquete, con esta " +"ventana emergente: <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> Si el " +"mensaje anterior te molesta y tienes una buena conexión a Internet sin " +"límite de descarga demasiado estricto, es aconsejable eliminar ese medio y " +"reemplazarlo por repositorios en línea gracias a <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-" +"edit-media\"/>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:49 msgid "" "Moreover, the online repositories are always up to date, contains much more " "packages, and allow to update your installed packages." -msgstr "Por otra parte, los repositorios en línea están siempre al día, contienen mucho más paquetes, y permiten actualizar los paquetes instalados." +msgstr "" +"Por otra parte, los repositorios en línea están siempre al día, contienen " +"mucho más paquetes, y permiten actualizar los paquetes instalados." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:55 msgid "The main parts of the screen" msgstr "Las partes principales de la pantalla" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:60 msgid "rpmdrake1.png" msgstr "rpmdrake1.png" @@ -7849,25 +9189,37 @@ msgid "" "This filter allows you to display only certain types of packages. The first " "time you start the manager, it only displays applications with a graphical " "interface. You can display either all the packages and all their " -"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only," -" updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia." -msgstr "Este filtro le permite mostrar sólo ciertos tipos de paquetes. La primera vez que inicie el gestor, que sólo muestra las aplicaciones con una interfaz gráfica. Puede visualizar todos los paquetes y todas sus dependencias y bibliotecas o sólo grupos de paquetes, tales como aplicaciones únicas, actualizaciones o sólo backports paquetes de nuevas versiones de Mageia." +"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only, " +"updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia." +msgstr "" +"Este filtro le permite mostrar sólo ciertos tipos de paquetes. La primera " +"vez que inicie el gestor, que sólo muestra las aplicaciones con una interfaz " +"gráfica. Puede visualizar todos los paquetes y todas sus dependencias y " +"bibliotecas o sólo grupos de paquetes, tales como aplicaciones únicas, " +"actualizaciones o sólo backports paquetes de nuevas versiones de Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:77 msgid "" "The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or Mageia, who " -"probably do not want command line or specialist tools. Since you're reading" -" this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge" -" of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"." -msgstr "El filtro por omisión es para los nuevos participantes en Linux o Mageia, que probablemente no quieren la línea de comandos o herramientas especializadas. Puesto que usted está leyendo esta documentación, obviamente estás interesado en mejorar su conocimiento de Mageia, así que lo mejor es configurar este filtro para \"todos\"." +"probably do not want command line or specialist tools. Since you're reading " +"this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge " +"of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"." +msgstr "" +"El filtro por omisión es para los nuevos participantes en Linux o Mageia, " +"que probablemente no quieren la línea de comandos o herramientas " +"especializadas. Puesto que usted está leyendo esta documentación, obviamente " +"estás interesado en mejorar su conocimiento de Mageia, así que lo mejor es " +"configurar este filtro para \"todos\"." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:86 msgid "" -"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> " +"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> </" +"firstterm>" +msgstr "" +"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Filtro de estado del paquete:</emphasis> " "</firstterm>" -msgstr "<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Filtro de estado del paquete:</emphasis> </firstterm>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:89 @@ -7875,7 +9227,10 @@ msgid "" "This filter allows you to view only the installed packages, only the " "packages that are not installed or all of the packages, both installed and " "not installed." -msgstr "Este filtro le permite ver sólo los paquetes instalados, sólo los paquetes que no están instalados o todos los paquetes, tanto instaladas y no instaladas." +msgstr "" +"Este filtro le permite ver sólo los paquetes instalados, sólo los paquetes " +"que no están instalados o todos los paquetes, tanto instaladas y no " +"instaladas." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:95 @@ -7888,7 +9243,10 @@ msgid "" "Click on this icon to search through the package names, through their " "summaries, through their complete description or through the files included " "in the packages." -msgstr "Haga clic en este icono para buscar a través de los nombres de los paquetes, a través de sus resúmenes, a través de su descripción completa o a través de los archivos incluidos en los paquetes." +msgstr "" +"Haga clic en este icono para buscar a través de los nombres de los paquetes, " +"a través de sus resúmenes, a través de su descripción completa o a través de " +"los archivos incluidos en los paquetes." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:103 @@ -7901,7 +9259,11 @@ msgid "" "Enter here one or more key words. If you want to use more than one keyword " "for searching use '|' between keywords, e.g. To search for \"mplayer\" and " "\"xine\" at the same time type 'mplayer | xine'." -msgstr "Escriba aquí una o más palabras clave. Si quieres utilizar más de una palabra clave para buscar emplea \"|\" entre las palabras clave, por ejemplo, Para buscar \"mplayer\" y \"xine\" al mismo tipo de tiempo 'mplayer | xine'." +msgstr "" +"Escriba aquí una o más palabras clave. Si quieres utilizar más de una " +"palabra clave para buscar emplea \"|\" entre las palabras clave, por " +"ejemplo, Para buscar \"mplayer\" y \"xine\" al mismo tipo de tiempo 'mplayer " +"| xine'." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:111 @@ -7913,7 +9275,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Borrar todo:</emphasis>" msgid "" "This icon can erase in one click all the key words entered in the \"Find\" " "box ." -msgstr "Este icono puede borrar en un clic todas las palabras clave introducidas en el cuadro \"Buscar\"." +msgstr "" +"Este icono puede borrar en un clic todas las palabras clave introducidas en " +"el cuadro \"Buscar\"." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:118 @@ -7923,9 +9287,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Lista de categorias:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:120 msgid "" -"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and" -" sub categories." -msgstr "Esta barra lateral agrupa todas las aplicaciones y paquetes en categorías y subcategorías claras." +"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and " +"sub categories." +msgstr "" +"Esta barra lateral agrupa todas las aplicaciones y paquetes en categorías y " +"subcategorías claras." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:125 @@ -7936,10 +9302,15 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Descripción del panel:</emphasis>" #: en/rpmdrake.xml:127 msgid "" "This panel displays the package's name, its summary and complete " -"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It" -" can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the " +"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It " +"can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the " "package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer." -msgstr "Este panel muestra el nombre del paquete, su resumen y descripción completa. Muestra muchos elementos útiles sobre el paquete seleccionado. También puede mostrar detalles precisos sobre el paquete, los archivos incluidos en el paquete, así como una lista de los últimos cambios realizados por el mantenedor." +msgstr "" +"Este panel muestra el nombre del paquete, su resumen y descripción completa. " +"Muestra muchos elementos útiles sobre el paquete seleccionado. También puede " +"mostrar detalles precisos sobre el paquete, los archivos incluidos en el " +"paquete, así como una lista de los últimos cambios realizados por el " +"mantenedor." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:137 @@ -7954,78 +9325,79 @@ msgid "" "list of packages fulfilling your query and, don't forget, the chosen medium " "is shown with different status markers according to whether each package is " "installed/not installed/an update... To change this status, just check or " -"uncheck the box before the package name and click on " -"<guibutton>Apply</guibutton>." -msgstr "Una vez ajustados correctamente los filtros, usted puede encontrar el software ya sea por categoría (arriba, en el área 6) o por nombre/resumen/descripción usando el área 4. Una lista de los paquetes que cumplen su consulta y, no se olvide, el medio elegido se muestra con diferentes marcadores de estado en función de que cada paquete esté instalado/no instalado/una actualización... para cambiar este estado, simplemente marque o desmarque la casilla antes del nombre del paquete y haga clic en <guibutton>Aplicar</guibutton>." - -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> +"uncheck the box before the package name and click on <guibutton>Apply</" +"guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Una vez ajustados correctamente los filtros, usted puede encontrar el " +"software ya sea por categoría (arriba, en el área 6) o por nombre/resumen/" +"descripción usando el área 4. Una lista de los paquetes que cumplen su " +"consulta y, no se olvide, el medio elegido se muestra con diferentes " +"marcadores de estado en función de que cada paquete esté instalado/no " +"instalado/una actualización... para cambiar este estado, simplemente marque " +"o desmarque la casilla antes del nombre del paquete y haga clic en " +"<guibutton>Aplicar</guibutton>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:155 msgid "Icon" msgstr "Icono" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:157 msgid "Legend" msgstr "Leyenda" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:165 -msgid "rpmdrake2.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../rpmdrake2.png" msgstr "rpmdrake2.png" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:169 msgid "This package is already installed" msgstr "El paquete ya está instalado" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:175 -msgid "rpmdrake3.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../rpmdrake3.png" msgstr "rpmdrake3.png" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:179 msgid "This package will be installed" msgstr "Este paquete se instalará" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:185 -msgid "rpmdrake4.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../rpmdrake4.png" msgstr "rpmdrake4.png" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:189 msgid "This package cannot be modified" msgstr "Este paquete no se puede modificar" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:195 -msgid "rpmdrake5.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../rpmdrake5.png" msgstr "rpmdrake5.png" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:199 msgid "This package is an update" msgstr "Este paquete es una actualización." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:205 -msgid "rpmdrake6.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../rpmdrake6.png" msgstr "rpmdrake6.png" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:209 msgid "This package will be uninstalled" msgstr "Este paquete se desinstalará" @@ -8046,7 +9418,10 @@ msgid "" "If I uncheck digikam (the green arrow tell us it is installed), the status " "icon will go red with an up arrow and it will be uninstalled when clicking " "on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>." -msgstr "Si yo desmarco digikam (la flecha verde nos dice que está instalado), el icono de estado irá rojo con una flecha hacia arriba y se desinstalara al hacer clic en <guibutton>Aplicar</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Si yo desmarco digikam (la flecha verde nos dice que está instalado), el " +"icono de estado irá rojo con una flecha hacia arriba y se desinstalara al " +"hacer clic en <guibutton>Aplicar</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:227 @@ -8054,15 +9429,17 @@ msgid "" "If I check qdigidoc (which is not installed, see the status), the orange " "with a down arrow status icon will appear and and it will be installed when " "clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>." -msgstr "Si selecciono qdigidoc (que no está instalado, vea el estado), el icono de estado color naranja con una flecha hacia abajo aparecerá y será instalado al hacer clic en <guibutton> Aplicar </guibutton> ." +msgstr "" +"Si selecciono qdigidoc (que no está instalado, vea el estado), el icono de " +"estado color naranja con una flecha hacia abajo aparecerá y será instalado " +"al hacer clic en <guibutton> Aplicar </guibutton> ." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:235 msgid "The dependencies" msgstr "Las dependencias" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:240 msgid "rpmdrake7.png" msgstr "rpmdrake7.png" @@ -8070,15 +9447,23 @@ msgstr "rpmdrake7.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:245 msgid "" -"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They" -" are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an " +"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They " +"are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an " "information window allowing you to choose whether to accept the selected " "dependencies, cancel the operation or get more information (see above). It " "may also happen that various packages are able to provide the needed " "library, in which case rpmdrake displays the list of alternatives with a " -"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to" -" install." -msgstr "Algunos paquetes necesitan otros paquetes llamados dependencias con el fin de trabajar. Son, por ejemplo, las bibliotecas o las herramientas. En este caso, Rpmdrake muestra una ventana de información que le permite elegir si acepta las dependencias seleccionadas, cancelar la operación u obtener más información (ver arriba). También puede ocurrir que varios paquetes pueden proporcionar la biblioteca necesaria, en cuyo caso rpmdrake muestra la lista de alternativas con un botón para obtener más información y otro botón para elegir qué paquetes instalar." +"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to " +"install." +msgstr "" +"Algunos paquetes necesitan otros paquetes llamados dependencias con el fin " +"de trabajar. Son, por ejemplo, las bibliotecas o las herramientas. En este " +"caso, Rpmdrake muestra una ventana de información que le permite elegir si " +"acepta las dependencias seleccionadas, cancelar la operación u obtener más " +"información (ver arriba). También puede ocurrir que varios paquetes pueden " +"proporcionar la biblioteca necesaria, en cuyo caso rpmdrake muestra la lista " +"de alternativas con un botón para obtener más información y otro botón para " +"elegir qué paquetes instalar." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:10 @@ -8100,7 +9485,9 @@ msgstr "Instalación" msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing " "<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">scannerdrake</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " +"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">scannerdrake</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:21 @@ -8109,20 +9496,28 @@ msgid "" "a single scanner device or a multifunction device which includes scanning. " "It also allows you to share local devices connected to this computer with a " "remote computer or to access remote scanners." -msgstr "Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le permite configurar un único dispositivo, el escáner o un dispositivo multifunción que incluye el escaneo. También te permite compartir dispositivos locales conectadas a este equipo con un equipo remoto o acceder a escáneres remotos." +msgstr "" +"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le permite " +"configurar un único dispositivo, el escáner o un dispositivo multifunción " +"que incluye el escaneo. También te permite compartir dispositivos locales " +"conectadas a este equipo con un equipo remoto o acceder a escáneres remotos." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:29 msgid "" "When you start this tool for the first time, you may get the following " "message:" -msgstr "Cuando usted inicia esta herramiente por primera vez, puede obtener el siguiente mensaje:" +msgstr "" +"Cuando usted inicia esta herramiente por primera vez, puede obtener el " +"siguiente mensaje:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:32 msgid "" "<emphasis>\"SANE packages need to be installed to use scanners</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>\"Se necesita instalar los paquetes SANE para utilizar los escáneres</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>\"Se necesita instalar los paquetes SANE para utilizar los " +"escáneres</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:35 @@ -8134,10 +9529,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>¿Desea instalar los paquetes SANE?\"</emphasis>" msgid "" "Choose <emphasis>Yes</emphasis> to continue. It will install <code>scanner-" "gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet installed." -msgstr "Elija <emphasis>Sí</emphasis> para continuar. Se instalará <code>scanner-gui</code> y <code>task-scanning</code> si aún no están instaladas." +msgstr "" +"Elija <emphasis>Sí</emphasis> para continuar. Se instalará <code>scanner-" +"gui</code> y <code>task-scanning</code> si aún no están instaladas." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:44 msgid "scannerdrake.png" msgstr "scannerdrake.png" @@ -8148,15 +9544,22 @@ msgid "" "If your scanner is identified correctly, so if in the above screen you see " "the name of your scanner, the scanner is ready for use with, for instance, " "<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> or <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>." -msgstr "Si el escáner está correctamente identificado, por lo que si en la pantalla de arriba se ve el nombre de su escáner, el escáner está listo para su uso con, por ejemplo, <emphasis>XSane</emphasis> o <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis> ." +msgstr "" +"Si el escáner está correctamente identificado, por lo que si en la pantalla " +"de arriba se ve el nombre de su escáner, el escáner está listo para su uso " +"con, por ejemplo, <emphasis>XSane</emphasis> o <emphasis>Simple Scan</" +"emphasis> ." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:55 msgid "" "In that case, you might now want to want to configure the <emphasis>Scanner " -"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref " +"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref linkend=" +"\"scannersharing\"/>." +msgstr "" +"En ese caso, es posible que ahora desee configurar la opción " +"<emphasis>compartir Scanner</emphasis>. Usted puede leer sobre él en <xref " "linkend=\"scannersharing\"/>." -msgstr "En ese caso, es posible que ahora desee configurar la opción <emphasis>compartir Scanner</emphasis>. Usted puede leer sobre él en <xref linkend=\"scannersharing\"/>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:59 @@ -8165,17 +9568,22 @@ msgid "" "cable(s) and power switch and then pressing <emphasis>Search for new " "scanners</emphasis> doesn't help, you'll need to press <emphasis>Add a " "scanner manually</emphasis>." -msgstr "Sin embargo, si el escáner no se ha identificado correctamente, y comprueba su cable(s) e interruptor de encendido y luego presionando <emphasis>Búsqueda de nuevos escáneres</emphasis> no ayuda, tendrás que pulsar <emphasis>Añadir un escáner manualmente</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Sin embargo, si el escáner no se ha identificado correctamente, y comprueba " +"su cable(s) e interruptor de encendido y luego presionando " +"<emphasis>Búsqueda de nuevos escáneres</emphasis> no ayuda, tendrás que " +"pulsar <emphasis>Añadir un escáner manualmente</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:64 msgid "" -"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the" -" list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>" -msgstr "Elija la marca de su escáner en la lista que aparece, entonces su tipo en la lista de esa marca y haga clic en <emphasis>Aceptar</emphasis>" +"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the " +"list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Elija la marca de su escáner en la lista que aparece, entonces su tipo en la " +"lista de esa marca y haga clic en <emphasis>Aceptar</emphasis>" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:69 msgid "scannerdrake2.png" msgstr "scannerdrake2.png" @@ -8183,59 +9591,74 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:76 msgid "" -"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click " -"<emphasis>Cancel</emphasis>" -msgstr "Si usted no puede encontrar su escáner en la lista, a continuación, haga clic en <emphasis>Cancelar</emphasis>" +"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click <emphasis>Cancel</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Si usted no puede encontrar su escáner en la lista, a continuación, haga " +"clic en <emphasis>Cancelar</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:79 msgid "" -"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link " -"xlink:href=\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: " -"Supported Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link " -"xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." -msgstr "Por favor, compruebe si se admite su escáner en el <link xlink:href=\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Dispositivos compatibles</link> página y pedir ayuda en los<link xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">foros</link>." +"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link xlink:href=" +"\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Supported " +"Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://forums." +"mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." +msgstr "" +"Por favor, compruebe si se admite su escáner en el <link xlink:href=\"http://" +"www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Dispositivos " +"compatibles</link> página y pedir ayuda en los<link xlink:href=\"http://" +"forums.mageia.org/en/\">foros</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:87 msgid "Choose port" msgstr "Escoja el puerto" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:91 msgid "scannerdrake3.png" msgstr "scannerdrake3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><figure> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:86 -msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>" -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>" +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" +"\"1\"/>" +msgstr "" +"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" +"\"1\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:97 msgid "" -"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available " -"ports</emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that" -" case, select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one." -msgstr "Puede dejar este valor para <emphasis>Auto-detectar puertos disponibles</emphasis> a menos que la interfaz de su escáner sea un puerto paralelo. En ese caso, seleccione <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> si sólo tiene uno." +"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available ports</" +"emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that case, " +"select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one." +msgstr "" +"Puede dejar este valor para <emphasis>Auto-detectar puertos disponibles</" +"emphasis> a menos que la interfaz de su escáner sea un puerto paralelo. En " +"ese caso, seleccione <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> si sólo tiene uno." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:102 msgid "" "After clicking <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, in most cases you will see a screen " "similar to the one below." -msgstr "Tras hacer clic en <emphasis>Aceptar</emphasis>, en la mayoría de los casos podrá ver una pantalla similar a la de abajo." +msgstr "" +"Tras hacer clic en <emphasis>Aceptar</emphasis>, en la mayoría de los casos " +"podrá ver una pantalla similar a la de abajo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:104 msgid "" -"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref " -"linkend=\"scannerextrasteps\"/>." -msgstr "Si usted no recibe esa pantalla, por favor, lea las <xref linkend=\"scannerextrasteps\"/>." +"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref linkend=" +"\"scannerextrasteps\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Si usted no recibe esa pantalla, por favor, lea las <xref linkend=" +"\"scannerextrasteps\"/>." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:108 msgid "scannerdrake4.png" msgstr "scannerdrake4.png" @@ -8245,8 +9668,7 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake4.png" msgid "Scannersharing" msgstr "Scannersharing" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:122 msgid "scannerdrake5.png" msgstr "scannerdrake5.png" @@ -8254,11 +9676,15 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:128 msgid "" -"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be" -" accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also " +"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be " +"accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also " "decide here whether scanners on remote machines should be made available on " "this machine." -msgstr "Aquí puede elegir si los escáneres conectados a esta máquina deberían poder accederse desde máquinas remotas y desde qué máquinas remotas. También puede decidir cuáles escáneres conectados a ordenadores remotos deben estar accesibles desde esta computadora." +msgstr "" +"Aquí puede elegir si los escáneres conectados a esta máquina deberían poder " +"accederse desde máquinas remotas y desde qué máquinas remotas. También puede " +"decidir cuáles escáneres conectados a ordenadores remotos deben estar " +"accesibles desde esta computadora." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:133 @@ -8266,17 +9692,21 @@ msgid "" "Scanner sharing to hosts : name or IP address of hosts can be added or " "deleted from the list of hosts allowed to access the local device(s), on " "this computer." -msgstr "Compartir el escáner a los hosts: nombre o dirección IP de los hosts puede ser añadido o eliminado de la lista de hosts permitidos a acceder al dispositivo(s) local en este equipo." +msgstr "" +"Compartir el escáner a los hosts: nombre o dirección IP de los hosts puede " +"ser añadido o eliminado de la lista de hosts permitidos a acceder al " +"dispositivo(s) local en este equipo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:137 msgid "" "Usage of remote scanners : name or IP address of hosts can added or deleted " "from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner." -msgstr "Uso de escáneres remotos: nombre o dirección IP de hosts que puede agregar o eliminar de la lista de los hosts que dan acceso a un escáner remoto." +msgstr "" +"Uso de escáneres remotos: nombre o dirección IP de hosts que puede agregar o " +"eliminar de la lista de los hosts que dan acceso a un escáner remoto." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:143 msgid "scannerdrake6.png" msgstr "scannerdrake6.png" @@ -8286,8 +9716,7 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake6.png" msgid "Scanner sharing to hosts: you can add host." msgstr "Scanner compartir con los hosts: puede agregar host." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:153 msgid "scannerdrake7.png" msgstr "scannerdrake7.png" @@ -8297,10 +9726,11 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake7.png" msgid "" "Scanner sharing to hosts: specify which host(s) to add, or allow all remote " "machines." -msgstr "Compartir el escáner a los hosts: especificar el/los host(s) a agregar, o permitir todas las máquinas remotas." +msgstr "" +"Compartir el escáner a los hosts: especificar el/los host(s) a agregar, o " +"permitir todas las máquinas remotas." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:164 msgid "scannerdrake8.png" msgstr "scannerdrake8.png" @@ -8310,8 +9740,7 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake8.png" msgid "\"All remote machines\" are allowed to access the local scanner." msgstr "\"Todas las máquinas remotas\" tienen acceso al escáner local" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:175 msgid "scannerdrake9.png" msgstr "scannerdrake9.png" @@ -8321,7 +9750,9 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake9.png" msgid "" "If the package <emphasis>saned</emphasis> is not yet installed, the tool " "offers to do it." -msgstr "Si el paquete <emphasis>saned</emphasis> aún no está instalado, la herramienta ofrece a hacerlo." +msgstr "" +"Si el paquete <emphasis>saned</emphasis> aún no está instalado, la " +"herramienta ofrece a hacerlo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:184 @@ -8343,14 +9774,18 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis>" msgid "" "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>to add or comment the directive " "\"net\"" -msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf</emphasis> para añadir o comentar la directiva \"red\"" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf</emphasis> para añadir o comentar la " +"directiva \"red\"" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:193 msgid "" -"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and " -"<emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> to be started on boot." -msgstr "También configurará <emphasis>saned</emphasis> y <emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> para iniciarse en el arranque." +"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and <emphasis>xinetd</" +"emphasis> to be started on boot." +msgstr "" +"También configurará <emphasis>saned</emphasis> y <emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> " +"para iniciarse en el arranque." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:199 en/system-config-printer.xml:278 @@ -8367,9 +9802,13 @@ msgstr "Hewlett-Packard" msgid "" "Most HP scanners are managed from <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> " "(hplip) which also manages printers. In this case, this tool does not allow " -"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device " -"Manager</emphasis>." -msgstr "La mayoría de los escáneres HP se gestionan desde <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> (HPLIP), que también gestiona las impresoras. En este caso, esta herramienta no permite configurar y le invita a utilizar <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis>." +"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device Manager</" +"emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"La mayoría de los escáneres HP se gestionan desde <emphasis>HP Device " +"Manager</emphasis> (HPLIP), que también gestiona las impresoras. En este " +"caso, esta herramienta no permite configurar y le invita a utilizar " +"<emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:214 @@ -8379,14 +9818,21 @@ msgstr "Epson" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:216 msgid "" -"Drivers are available from <link " -"xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this" -" page</link>. When indicated, you must install the <emphasis>iscan-" -"data</emphasis> package first, then <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this " -"order). It is possible that the <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will " -"generate a warning about a conflict with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users " -"have reported that this warning can be ignored." -msgstr "Drivers están disponibles en <link xlink:href = \"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">esta página</link>. Cuando esté indicado, debe instalar el paquete <emphasis>iScan-data</emphasis> en primer lugar, a continuación, <emphasis>iScan</emphasis> (en este orden). Es posible que el paquete <emphasis>iScan</emphasis> genere una advertencia sobre un conflicto con <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Los usuarios han informado que esta advertencia puede ser ignorada." +"Drivers are available from <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/" +"dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this page</link>. When indicated, you must " +"install the <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> package first, then " +"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this order). It is possible that the " +"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will generate a warning about a conflict " +"with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users have reported that this warning can be " +"ignored." +msgstr "" +"Drivers están disponibles en <link xlink:href = \"http://download.ebz.epson." +"net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">esta página</link>. Cuando esté indicado, " +"debe instalar el paquete <emphasis>iScan-data</emphasis> en primer lugar, a " +"continuación, <emphasis>iScan</emphasis> (en este orden). Es posible que el " +"paquete <emphasis>iScan</emphasis> genere una advertencia sobre un conflicto " +"con <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Los usuarios han informado que esta " +"advertencia puede ser ignorada." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:231 @@ -8399,7 +9845,10 @@ msgid "" "It is possible that after selecting a port for your scanner in the <xref " "linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> screen, you need to take one or more extra " "steps to correctly configure your scanner." -msgstr "Es posible que después de seleccionar un puerto para su escáner en la <xref linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> pantalla, usted necesita tomar uno o más pasos extras para configurar correctamente el escáner." +msgstr "" +"Es posible que después de seleccionar un puerto para su escáner en la <xref " +"linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> pantalla, usted necesita tomar uno o más " +"pasos extras para configurar correctamente el escáner." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:239 @@ -8409,37 +9858,49 @@ msgid "" "after you installed it on your system. In this screen you can install the " "firmware from a CD or a Windows installation, or install the one you " "downloaded from an Internet site of the vendor." -msgstr "En algunos casos, se le dice que el escáner necesita su firmware para cargar cada vez que se inicia. Esta herramienta le permite cargar en el dispositivo, después de que ha instalado en su sistema. En esta pantalla se puede instalar el firmware desde un CD o una instalación de Windows, o instalar el que usted ha descargado de un sitio de Internet del proveedor." +msgstr "" +"En algunos casos, se le dice que el escáner necesita su firmware para cargar " +"cada vez que se inicia. Esta herramienta le permite cargar en el " +"dispositivo, después de que ha instalado en su sistema. En esta pantalla se " +"puede instalar el firmware desde un CD o una instalación de Windows, o " +"instalar el que usted ha descargado de un sitio de Internet del proveedor." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:241 msgid "" "When your device's firmware needs to be loaded, it can take a long time at " "each first usage, possibly more than one minute. So be patient." -msgstr "Cuando el firmware de su dispositivo necesita ser cargado, puede tardar mucho tiempo en cada primer uso, posiblemente más de un minuto. Así que se paciente." +msgstr "" +"Cuando el firmware de su dispositivo necesita ser cargado, puede tardar " +"mucho tiempo en cada primer uso, posiblemente más de un minuto. Así que se " +"paciente." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:246 msgid "" -"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the " -"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>" -msgstr "Además, es posible que aparezca una pantalla que le indique para ajustar el archivo <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/ \"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf.</emphasis>" +"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/" +"\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Además, es posible que aparezca una pantalla que le indique para ajustar el " +"archivo <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/ \"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:250 msgid "" "Read those or other instructions you get carefully and if you don't know " -"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link " -"xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." -msgstr "Leer con cuidado unas u otras instrucciones que te dan y si usted no sabe qué hacer, no dude en pedir ayuda en los <link xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">foros</link>." +"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://" +"forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." +msgstr "" +"Leer con cuidado unas u otras instrucciones que te dan y si usted no sabe " +"qué hacer, no dude en pedir ayuda en los <link xlink:href=\"http://forums." +"mageia.org/en/\">foros</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> #: en/software-management.xml:5 en/software-management.xml:15 msgid "Software Management" msgstr "Gestión de software" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/software-management.xml:10 msgid "software-management.png" msgstr "software-management.png" @@ -8447,9 +9908,11 @@ msgstr "software-management.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/software-management.xml:14 msgid "" -"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management." -" Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "En esta pantalla se puede elegir entre varias herramientas para la gestión de software. Haga clic en el enlace de abajo para obtener más información." +"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management. " +"Click on a link below to learn more." +msgstr "" +"En esta pantalla se puede elegir entre varias herramientas para la gestión " +"de software. Haga clic en el enlace de abajo para obtener más información." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/software-management.xml:17 @@ -8459,9 +9922,11 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/software-management.xml:20 msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your " -"system</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Actualiza tu sistema</emphasis>" +"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your system</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Actualiza tu sistema</" +"emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/software-management.xml:23 @@ -8473,7 +9938,9 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>" msgid "" "<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configure media " "sources for install and update</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configurar las fuentes de medios para instalar y actualizar</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configurar las " +"fuentes de medios para instalar y actualizar</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:8 @@ -8485,8 +9952,7 @@ msgstr "Instalar y configurar una impresora" msgid "system-config-printer" msgstr "system-config-printer" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:16 msgid "system-config-printer.png" msgstr "system-config-printer.png" @@ -8500,30 +9966,46 @@ msgid "" "offers its own tool for installing printers called system-config-printer " "which is shared with other distributions such as Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu " "and openSUSE." -msgstr "La impresión se gestiona en Mageia por un servidor denominado CUPS. Tiene su propio <link ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">interfaz de configuración</link> que es accesible a través de un navegador de Internet, pero Mageia ofrece su propia herramienta para la instalación de impresoras llamada system-config-printer que se comparte con otras distribuciones como Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu y openSUSE." +msgstr "" +"La impresión se gestiona en Mageia por un servidor denominado CUPS. Tiene su " +"propio <link ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">interfaz " +"de configuración</link> que es accesible a través de un navegador de " +"Internet, pero Mageia ofrece su propia herramienta para la instalación de " +"impresoras llamada system-config-printer que se comparte con otras " +"distribuciones como Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu y openSUSE." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:30 msgid "" "You should enable the non-free repository before proceeding with the " "installation, because some drivers may only be available in this way." -msgstr "sted debe habilitar el repositorio non-free antes de proceder con la instalación, debido a que algunos controladores sólo pueden estar disponibles en este modo." +msgstr "" +"sted debe habilitar el repositorio non-free antes de proceder con la " +"instalación, debido a que algunos controladores sólo pueden estar " +"disponibles en este modo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:37 msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>system-" "config-printer</emphasis>. The root password will be asked for." -msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos, escribiendo <emphasis>system-config-printer</emphasis>. Se le pedirá la contraseña de root para." +msgstr "" +"Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos, escribiendo " +"<emphasis>system-config-printer</emphasis>. Se le pedirá la contraseña de " +"root para." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:34 msgid "" "Printer installation is carried out in the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> " "section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select the <guilabel>Configure " -"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" " -"id=\"0\"/>." -msgstr "Instalación de la impresora se lleva a cabo en la sección <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> del Centro de Control de Mageia. Seleccione la herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> <guilabel>Configurar impresión y escaneado</guilabel>." +"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/" +">." +msgstr "" +"Instalación de la impresora se lleva a cabo en la sección " +"<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> del Centro de Control de Mageia. Seleccione la " +"herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> <guilabel>Configurar " +"impresión y escaneado</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:42 @@ -8545,7 +10027,9 @@ msgstr "task-printing-hp" msgid "" "It is necessary to accept this installation to continue. Up to 230MB of " "dependencies are needed." -msgstr "Es necesario aceptar esta instalación para continuar. Hasta 230MB de dependencias son necesarios." +msgstr "" +"Es necesario aceptar esta instalación para continuar. Hasta 230MB de " +"dependencias son necesarios." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:53 @@ -8555,7 +10039,13 @@ msgid "" "printer connected to a parallel port. If a printer is detected, such as a " "printer on a USB port, it will be displayed on the first line. The window " "will also attempt to configure a network printer." -msgstr "Para agregar una impresora, seleccione el botón de \"Agregar\" la impresora. El sistema intentará detectar las impresoras y los puertos disponibles. La captura de pantalla muestra una impresora conectada a un puerto paralelo. Si se detecta una impresora, tal como una impresora en un puerto USB, que se mostrará en la primera línea. La ventana también intentará configurar una impresora de red." +msgstr "" +"Para agregar una impresora, seleccione el botón de \"Agregar\" la impresora. " +"El sistema intentará detectar las impresoras y los puertos disponibles. La " +"captura de pantalla muestra una impresora conectada a un puerto paralelo. Si " +"se detecta una impresora, tal como una impresora en un puerto USB, que se " +"mostrará en la primera línea. La ventana también intentará configurar una " +"impresora de red." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:61 @@ -8566,20 +10056,26 @@ msgstr "Impresora detectada automáticamente" #: en/system-config-printer.xml:63 msgid "" "This usually refers to USB printers. The utility automatically finds the " -"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click " -"\"Next\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be " +"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click \"Next" +"\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be " "automatically installed. If there is more than one driver or no known " -"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the" -" next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>" -msgstr "Esto por lo general se refiere a impresoras USB. La utilidad busca automáticamente el nombre de la impresora y lo muestra. Seleccione la impresora y haga clic en \"Siguiente\". Si hay un controlador conocido asociado para la impresora, se instalará automáticamente. Si hay más de un controlador o controladores no conocidos, una ventana le pedirá que seleccione o proporcione uno, como se explica en el párrafo siguiente. Continuar con <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>" +"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the " +"next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Esto por lo general se refiere a impresoras USB. La utilidad busca " +"automáticamente el nombre de la impresora y lo muestra. Seleccione la " +"impresora y haga clic en \"Siguiente\". Si hay un controlador conocido " +"asociado para la impresora, se instalará automáticamente. Si hay más de un " +"controlador o controladores no conocidos, una ventana le pedirá que " +"seleccione o proporcione uno, como se explica en el párrafo siguiente. " +"Continuar con <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:72 msgid "No automatically detected printer" msgstr "No detectó automáticamente la impresora" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:76 msgid "printer3.png" msgstr "printer3.png" @@ -8587,10 +10083,13 @@ msgstr "printer3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:80 msgid "" -"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window" -" to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following " +"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window " +"to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following " "options." -msgstr "Cuando se selecciona un puerto, el sistema carga una lista de controladores y muestra una ventana para seleccionar un driver. La elección puede hacerse a través de una de las siguientes opciones." +msgstr "" +"Cuando se selecciona un puerto, el sistema carga una lista de controladores " +"y muestra una ventana para seleccionar un driver. La elección puede hacerse " +"a través de una de las siguientes opciones." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:86 @@ -8615,7 +10114,12 @@ msgid "" "driver is suggested, select one which is recommended, unless you have " "encountered some problems with that one before, in this case select the one " "which know to work." -msgstr "Al seleccionar a partir de la base de datos, la ventana sugiere un fabricante de la impresora primero, y luego un dispositivo y un controlador asociado con él. Si se sugiere más de un controlador, seleccionar uno que se recomienda, a menos que se haya encontrado con algunos problemas antes, en este caso, seleccionar el que sabe que funciona." +msgstr "" +"Al seleccionar a partir de la base de datos, la ventana sugiere un " +"fabricante de la impresora primero, y luego un dispositivo y un controlador " +"asociado con él. Si se sugiere más de un controlador, seleccionar uno que se " +"recomienda, a menos que se haya encontrado con algunos problemas antes, en " +"este caso, seleccionar el que sabe que funciona." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:110 @@ -8631,7 +10135,14 @@ msgid "" "available printers. The installer then suggests printing a test page. After " "this step, the printer is added and appears in the list of available " "printers." -msgstr "Después de la selección del controlador, una ventana solicitara alguna información que le permitirá al sistema designar y descubrir la impresora. La primera línea es el nombre con el que aparecerá el dispositivo en las aplicaciones en la lista de impresoras disponibles. El programa de instalación sugiere entonces la impresión de una página de prueba. Después de este paso, se agrega la impresora y aparece en la lista de impresoras disponibles." +msgstr "" +"Después de la selección del controlador, una ventana solicitara alguna " +"información que le permitirá al sistema designar y descubrir la impresora. " +"La primera línea es el nombre con el que aparecerá el dispositivo en las " +"aplicaciones en la lista de impresoras disponibles. El programa de " +"instalación sugiere entonces la impresión de una página de prueba. Después " +"de este paso, se agrega la impresora y aparece en la lista de impresoras " +"disponibles." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:121 @@ -8642,41 +10153,63 @@ msgstr "Impresora en red" #: en/system-config-printer.xml:123 msgid "" "Network printers are printers that are attached directly to a wired or " -"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to" -" another workstation that serves as printserver." -msgstr "Las impresoras de red son impresoras que están conectadas directamente a una red cableada o inalámbrica, que están conectadas a un servidor de impresión o que están unidas a otra estación de trabajo que sirve como servidor de impresión." +"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to " +"another workstation that serves as printserver." +msgstr "" +"Las impresoras de red son impresoras que están conectadas directamente a una " +"red cableada o inalámbrica, que están conectadas a un servidor de impresión " +"o que están unidas a otra estación de trabajo que sirve como servidor de " +"impresión." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:128 msgid "" -"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed" -" IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the " -"same as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a " -"fixed one." -msgstr "A menudo, es mejor configurar el servidor DHCP para que siempre asocie una dirección IP fija a la dirección MAC de la impresora. Por supuesto que debe ser la misma dirección IP de la impresora del servidor de impresión, si tiene uno fijo." +"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed " +"IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the same " +"as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a fixed " +"one." +msgstr "" +"A menudo, es mejor configurar el servidor DHCP para que siempre asocie una " +"dirección IP fija a la dirección MAC de la impresora. Por supuesto que debe " +"ser la misma dirección IP de la impresora del servidor de impresión, si " +"tiene uno fijo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:134 msgid "" "The printer's Mac-address is a serial number given to the printer or " "printserver or computer it is attached to, that can be obtained from a " -"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label" -" on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a " +"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label " +"on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a " "Mageia system, you can run <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> on it " "as root to find the MAC-address. It is the sequence of numbers and letters " "after \"HWaddr\"." -msgstr "La dirección Mac de la impresora es un número de serie dado a la impresora o servidor de impresión o del ordenador al que está conectado, que se puede obtener a partir de una página de configuración impresa por la impresora o que se puede escribir en una etiqueta en la impresora o el servidor de impresión. Si su impresora compartida está unido a un sistema de Mageia, puede ejecutar <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> en él como root para encontrar la dirección MAC. Es la secuencia de números y letras después de \"HWaddr\"." +msgstr "" +"La dirección Mac de la impresora es un número de serie dado a la impresora o " +"servidor de impresión o del ordenador al que está conectado, que se puede " +"obtener a partir de una página de configuración impresa por la impresora o " +"que se puede escribir en una etiqueta en la impresora o el servidor de " +"impresión. Si su impresora compartida está unido a un sistema de Mageia, " +"puede ejecutar <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> en él como root " +"para encontrar la dirección MAC. Es la secuencia de números y letras después " +"de \"HWaddr\"." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:142 msgid "" -"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to" -" your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose," -" you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find " +"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to " +"your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose, " +"you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find " "Network Printer</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> menu " "and give the IP address of the printer in the box on the right, where it " "says \"host\"." -msgstr "Usted puede agregar la impresora de red mediante la elección del protocolo que utiliza para hablar con su equipo a través de la red. Si usted no sabe cuál es el protocolo a elegir, usted puede intentar <guilabel>Impresora de red</guilabel> - <guilabel>Buscar Impresora de red</guilabel> en el menú <guilabel>Dispositivos</guilabel> y dar la dirección IP de la impresora en el cuadro de la derecha, donde dice \"host\"." +msgstr "" +"Usted puede agregar la impresora de red mediante la elección del protocolo " +"que utiliza para hablar con su equipo a través de la red. Si usted no sabe " +"cuál es el protocolo a elegir, usted puede intentar <guilabel>Impresora de " +"red</guilabel> - <guilabel>Buscar Impresora de red</guilabel> en el menú " +"<guilabel>Dispositivos</guilabel> y dar la dirección IP de la impresora en " +"el cuadro de la derecha, donde dice \"host\"." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:149 @@ -8684,14 +10217,21 @@ msgid "" "If the tool recognises your printer or printserver, it will propose a " "protocol and a queue, but you can choose a more appropriate one from the " "list below it or give the correct queue name if it isn't in the list." -msgstr "Si la herramienta reconoce la impresora o el servidor de impresión, propondrá un protocolo y una cola, pero usted puede elegir uno más apropiado de la lista siguiente o darle el nombre de la cola correcta si no está en la lista." +msgstr "" +"Si la herramienta reconoce la impresora o el servidor de impresión, " +"propondrá un protocolo y una cola, pero usted puede elegir uno más apropiado " +"de la lista siguiente o darle el nombre de la cola correcta si no está en la " +"lista." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:154 msgid "" -"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find" -" which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names." -msgstr "Busque en la documentación que acompaña a la impresora o servidor de impresión para encontrar protocolo(s) que apoya y los posibles nombres de cola específicos." +"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find " +"which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names." +msgstr "" +"Busque en la documentación que acompaña a la impresora o servidor de " +"impresión para encontrar protocolo(s) que apoya y los posibles nombres de " +"cola específicos." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:160 @@ -8707,10 +10247,20 @@ msgid "" "known on the network. This technique is also used inside some ADSL-routers " "which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this case, the IP-" "address is that of the router. Note that the tool \"Hp Device manager\" can " -"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like " -"<emphasis>hp:/net/<name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed " -"IP-adress is not required." -msgstr "Una técnica actual es un desarrollo de Hewlett-Packard y conocido como JetDirect. Se permite el acceso a una impresora conectada directamente a la red a través de un puerto Ethernet. Usted debe conocer la dirección IP a la que la impresora se conoce en la red. Esta técnica también se utiliza en el interior de algunos de routers ADSL que contienen un puerto USB para conectar la impresora. En este caso, la dirección IP es la del router. Tenga en cuenta que la función \"HP Device Manager\" puede gestionar una dirección IP configurada dinámicamente, el establecimiento de un URI como <emphasis>hp:/net/<name-of-the-printer></emphasis>. En este caso, no se requiere dirección IP fija." +"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like <emphasis>hp:/" +"net/<name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed IP-adress is " +"not required." +msgstr "" +"Una técnica actual es un desarrollo de Hewlett-Packard y conocido como " +"JetDirect. Se permite el acceso a una impresora conectada directamente a la " +"red a través de un puerto Ethernet. Usted debe conocer la dirección IP a la " +"que la impresora se conoce en la red. Esta técnica también se utiliza en el " +"interior de algunos de routers ADSL que contienen un puerto USB para " +"conectar la impresora. En este caso, la dirección IP es la del router. Tenga " +"en cuenta que la función \"HP Device Manager\" puede gestionar una " +"dirección IP configurada dinámicamente, el establecimiento de un URI como " +"<emphasis>hp:/net/<name-of-the-printer></emphasis>. En este caso, no se " +"requiere dirección IP fija." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:172 @@ -8718,12 +10268,16 @@ msgid "" "Choose the option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> as the " "protocol and set the address in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, do not change " "the <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, unless you know that it needs to be " -"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is" -" the same as above." -msgstr "Elija la opción <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> como el protocolo y establecer la dirección de <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, no cambie el <guilabel>Número de Puerto</guilabel>, a menos que sepa que necesita ser cambiado. Después de la selección del protocolo, la selección del controlador es el mismo que el anterior." +"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is " +"the same as above." +msgstr "" +"Elija la opción <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> como el " +"protocolo y establecer la dirección de <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, no cambie " +"el <guilabel>Número de Puerto</guilabel>, a menos que sepa que necesita ser " +"cambiado. Después de la selección del protocolo, la selección del " +"controlador es el mismo que el anterior." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:180 msgid "printer5.png" msgstr "printer5.png" @@ -8740,7 +10294,11 @@ msgid "" "be accessed on a TCP/IP network via the IPP protocol, for example a printer " "connected to a station using CUPS. This protocol may also be used also by " "some ADSL-routers." -msgstr "<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)</emphasis>: impresora, que se puede acceder a través de la red TCP/IP por el protocolo IPP. Por ejemplo, la impresora está conectada a una estación de trabajo que utiliza CUPS. Este protocolo también puede ser utilizado por algunos ADSL-routers." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)</emphasis>: impresora, que se " +"puede acceder a través de la red TCP/IP por el protocolo IPP. Por ejemplo, " +"la impresora está conectada a una estación de trabajo que utiliza CUPS. Este " +"protocolo también puede ser utilizado por algunos ADSL-routers." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:197 @@ -8748,14 +10306,19 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis>the same as ipp, " "but using http transport and with TLS secured protocol. The port has to be " "defined. By default, the port 631 is used." -msgstr "<emphasis>Protocolo de impresión de Internet (https)</emphasis>: igual que el IPP, pero el uso de la protección de datos HTTP con TLS. Es necesario especificar el puerto. El puerto predeterminado es 631." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Protocolo de impresión de Internet (https)</emphasis>: igual que " +"el IPP, pero el uso de la protección de datos HTTP con TLS. Es necesario " +"especificar el puerto. El puerto predeterminado es 631." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:205 msgid "" -"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but" -" with TLS secured protocol." -msgstr "<emphasis> Internet Printing Protocol (IPP):</emphasis> el mismo que ipp, pero con protocolo seguro TLS." +"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but " +"with TLS secured protocol." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis> Internet Printing Protocol (IPP):</emphasis> el mismo que ipp, " +"pero con protocolo seguro TLS." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:212 @@ -8763,21 +10326,28 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis>LPD/LPR host or Printer</emphasis>: a printer which can be " "accessed on a TCP/IP network via the LPD protocol, for example a printer " "connected to a station using LPD." -msgstr "<emphasis>Host o impresora LPD/LPR</emphasis>: impresora, que se puede acceder a traves del protocolo de red TCP/IP LPD, por ejemplo una impresora conectada a una estación de trabajo, que se utiliza LPD." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Host o impresora LPD/LPR</emphasis>: impresora, que se puede " +"acceder a traves del protocolo de red TCP/IP LPD, por ejemplo una impresora " +"conectada a una estación de trabajo, que se utiliza LPD." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:220 msgid "" "<emphasis>Windows printer via SAMBA</emphasis>: a printer connected to a " "station running Windows or a SMB server and shared." -msgstr "<emphasis>Impresora de Windows vía SAMBA</emphasis>: una impresora conectada a una estación con Windows o un servidor SMB y compartido." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Impresora de Windows vía SAMBA</emphasis>: una impresora conectada " +"a una estación con Windows o un servidor SMB y compartido." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:226 msgid "" "The URI can also be added directly. Here are some examples on how to form " "the URI:" -msgstr "El URI también se puede añadir directamente. Estos son algunos ejemplos de cómo formar el URI:" +msgstr "" +"El URI también se puede añadir directamente. Estos son algunos ejemplos de " +"cómo formar el URI:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:231 @@ -8817,10 +10387,12 @@ msgstr "<uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:251 msgid "" -"Additional information can be found in the <link " -"ns2:href=\"http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS" -" documentation.</link>" -msgstr "Información adicional se puede encontrar en el <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">Documentación de CUPS.</link>" +"Additional information can be found in the <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups." +"org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS documentation.</link>" +msgstr "" +"Información adicional se puede encontrar en el <link ns2:href=\"http://www." +"cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">Documentación de CUPS.</" +"link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:256 @@ -8831,13 +10403,19 @@ msgstr "Propiedades del dispositivo" #: en/system-config-printer.xml:258 msgid "" "You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access to " -"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your" -" system, but you can specify a different one with the " -"<guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, " -"another window which gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters" -" of the server, following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | " -"<guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>" -msgstr "Puede acceder a las propiedades del dispositivo. El menú permite acceder a los parámetros para el servidor CUPS. Por defecto, un servidor CUPS se inicia en el sistema, pero puede especificar uno diferente con el menú <guimenu>Servidor</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Conectar...</guimenuitem>, otra ventana que da acceso a la puesta a punto de otros parámetros específicos del servidor, después <guimenu>Servidor</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Configuración</guimenuitem>." +"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your " +"system, but you can specify a different one with the <guimenu>Server</" +"guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, another window which " +"gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters of the server, " +"following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>" +msgstr "" +"Puede acceder a las propiedades del dispositivo. El menú permite acceder a " +"los parámetros para el servidor CUPS. Por defecto, un servidor CUPS se " +"inicia en el sistema, pero puede especificar uno diferente con el menú " +"<guimenu>Servidor</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Conectar...</guimenuitem>, otra " +"ventana que da acceso a la puesta a punto de otros parámetros específicos " +"del servidor, después <guimenu>Servidor</guimenu> | " +"<guimenuitem>Configuración</guimenuitem>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:268 @@ -8849,29 +10427,46 @@ msgstr "Solución de problemas" msgid "" "You can find some information on occurring errors during printing by " "inspecting <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>" -msgstr "Puede encontrar información sobre el acontecer errores durante la impresión mediante la inspección de <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>" +msgstr "" +"Puede encontrar información sobre el acontecer errores durante la impresión " +"mediante la inspección de <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:273 msgid "" -"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the " -"<guimenu>Help</guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu." -msgstr "También puede acceder a una herramienta para diagnosticar problemas utilizando el menú <guimenu>Ayuda</guimenu> | <guilabel>Solución de problemas</guilabel> ." +"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the <guimenu>Help</" +"guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu." +msgstr "" +"También puede acceder a una herramienta para diagnosticar problemas " +"utilizando el menú <guimenu>Ayuda</guimenu> | <guilabel>Solución de " +"problemas</guilabel> ." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:280 msgid "" "It is possible that some drivers for specific printers are not available in " -"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link " -"ns2:href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to " -"check if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package" -" is already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, " -"redo the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report" -" the problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this " -"tool and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer " -"works or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-" -"date drivers or for more recent devices." -msgstr "Es posible que algunos controladores para impresoras específicas no están disponibles en Mageia o no sean funcionales. En este caso, echar un vistazo al sitio <link ns2:href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">OpenPrinting</link> para comprobar si está disponible un controlador para su dispositivo. En caso afirmativo, comprobar si el paquete ya está presente en Mageia y en este caso instalarlo manualmente. A continuación, vuelva a realizar el proceso de instalación para configurar la impresora. En todos los casos, informe del problema en Bugzilla o en el foro si usted se siente cómodo con esta herramienta y proporcionar la información del modelo y el conductor y si funciona la impresora o no después de la instalación. Estas son algunas de las fuentes para encontrar otros conductores en marcha hasta la fecha o para los dispositivos más recientes." +"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link ns2:" +"href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to check " +"if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package is " +"already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, redo " +"the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report the " +"problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this tool " +"and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer works " +"or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-date " +"drivers or for more recent devices." +msgstr "" +"Es posible que algunos controladores para impresoras específicas no están " +"disponibles en Mageia o no sean funcionales. En este caso, echar un vistazo " +"al sitio <link ns2:href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">OpenPrinting</" +"link> para comprobar si está disponible un controlador para su dispositivo. " +"En caso afirmativo, comprobar si el paquete ya está presente en Mageia y en " +"este caso instalarlo manualmente. A continuación, vuelva a realizar el " +"proceso de instalación para configurar la impresora. En todos los casos, " +"informe del problema en Bugzilla o en el foro si usted se siente cómodo con " +"esta herramienta y proporcionar la información del modelo y el conductor y " +"si funciona la impresora o no después de la instalación. Estas son algunas " +"de las fuentes para encontrar otros conductores en marcha hasta la fecha o " +"para los dispositivos más recientes." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:292 @@ -8881,37 +10476,50 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Impresoras Brother</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:294 msgid "" -"<link " -"ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download_prn.html\">This" -" page</link> give a list of drivers provided by Brother. Search the driver " -"for your device, download the rpm(s) and install." -msgstr "<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download_prn.html\">Esta página</link> da una lista de los controladores de Brother. Buscar el controlador para su dispositivo, descargar rpm(s) e instalar." +"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/" +"en/download_prn.html\">This page</link> give a list of drivers provided by " +"Brother. Search the driver for your device, download the rpm(s) and install." +msgstr "" +"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/" +"en/download_prn.html\">Esta página</link> da una lista de los controladores " +"de Brother. Buscar el controlador para su dispositivo, descargar rpm(s) e " +"instalar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:298 msgid "" "You should install Brother drivers before running the configuration utility." -msgstr "Deberá instalar controladores de Brother antes de ejecutar la utilidad de configuración." +msgstr "" +"Deberá instalar controladores de Brother antes de ejecutar la utilidad de " +"configuración." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:301 msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one " -"devices</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Impresoras Hewlett-Packard y dispositivos todo en uno</emphasis>" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one devices</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Impresoras Hewlett-Packard y dispositivos todo en " +"uno</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:304 msgid "" "These devices use the hplip tool. It is installed automatically after the " "detection or the selection of the printer. You can find other information " -"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-" -"web/index.html\">here</link>. The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available " -"in the <guilabel>System</guilabel> menu. Also view <link " -"ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-" +"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">here</" +"link>. The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available in the <guilabel>System</" +"guilabel> menu. Also view <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-" "web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">configuration</link> for the management " "of the printer." -msgstr "Estos dispositivos utilizan la herramienta hplip. Se instala automáticamente después de la detección o la selección de la impresora. Puede encontrar más información <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">aquí</link>. La herramienta \"Administrador de dispositivos HP\" está disponible en el menú <guilabel>Sistema</guilabel>. Mira también <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">configuración</link> para la gestión de la impresora." +msgstr "" +"Estos dispositivos utilizan la herramienta hplip. Se instala automáticamente " +"después de la detección o la selección de la impresora. Puede encontrar más " +"información <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html" +"\">aquí</link>. La herramienta \"Administrador de dispositivos HP\" está " +"disponible en el menú <guilabel>Sistema</guilabel>. Mira también <link ns2:" +"href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html" +"\">configuración</link> para la gestión de la impresora." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:311 @@ -8923,7 +10531,15 @@ msgid "" "picture on a memory card or USB stick inserted in the device. Afterwards, " "open your favourite imaging software and load your picture from the memory " "card which is appeared in the /media folder." -msgstr "Un dispositivo HP TAll in one solo debe ser instalado como una impresora y se añadirán las funciones del escáner. Tenga en cuenta que, a veces, la interfaz Xsane no permite escanear películas o diapositivas (la iluminación deslizante puede no funcionar). En este caso, es posible escanear, utilizando el modo independiente, y guarde la imagen en una tarjeta de memoria o memoria USB insertada en el dispositivo. Después, abra el software de imágenes favorito y cargue su fotografía de la tarjeta de memoria en la carpeta /media." +msgstr "" +"Un dispositivo HP TAll in one solo debe ser instalado como una impresora y " +"se añadirán las funciones del escáner. Tenga en cuenta que, a veces, la " +"interfaz Xsane no permite escanear películas o diapositivas (la iluminación " +"deslizante puede no funcionar). En este caso, es posible escanear, " +"utilizando el modo independiente, y guarde la imagen en una tarjeta de " +"memoria o memoria USB insertada en el dispositivo. Después, abra el software " +"de imágenes favorito y cargue su fotografía de la tarjeta de memoria en la " +"carpeta /media." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:319 @@ -8933,10 +10549,13 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">impresoara a color Samsung</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:321 msgid "" -"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link " -"ns2:href=\"http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> " -"for the QPDL protocol." -msgstr "Para las impresoras específicas Samsung y Xerox color, <link ns2:href=\"http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">Este sitio proporciona drivers</link> para el protocolo QPDL." +"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link ns2:href=\"http://" +"foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> for the QPDL " +"protocol." +msgstr "" +"Para las impresoras específicas Samsung y Xerox color, <link ns2:href=" +"\"http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">Este sitio proporciona drivers</link> para el " +"protocolo QPDL." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:324 @@ -8946,20 +10565,28 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">impresoras y scaners Epson</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:326 msgid "" -"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link " -"ns2:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this" -" search page</link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-" -"data\" package first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package" -" can also be available and is to install. Choose the " -"<emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages according to your architecture." -msgstr "Los controladores para las impresoras Epson están disponibles en <link ns2:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">esta página de búsqueda</link>. Para la parte del escáner, deberá instalar el paquete \"iScan-data\" primero, luego \"iScan\" (en este orden). Un paquete iScan-plugin también puede estar disponible y es para instalar. Elija los paquetes <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> de acuerdo a su arquitectura." +"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link ns2:href=\"http://" +"download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this search page</" +"link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-data\" package " +"first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package can also be " +"available and is to install. Choose the <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages " +"according to your architecture." +msgstr "" +"Los controladores para las impresoras Epson están disponibles en <link ns2:" +"href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">esta " +"página de búsqueda</link>. Para la parte del escáner, deberá instalar el " +"paquete \"iScan-data\" primero, luego \"iScan\" (en este orden). Un paquete " +"iScan-plugin también puede estar disponible y es para instalar. Elija los " +"paquetes <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> de acuerdo a su arquitectura." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:332 msgid "" "It is possible that the iscan package will generate a warning about a " "conflict with sane. Users have reported that this warning can be ignored." -msgstr "Es posible que el paquete iScan generaré una advertencia sobre un conflicto con sane. Los usuarios han informado que esta advertencia puede ser ignorada." +msgstr "" +"Es posible que el paquete iScan generaré una advertencia sobre un conflicto " +"con sane. Los usuarios han informado que esta advertencia puede ser ignorada." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:336 @@ -8971,7 +10598,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">impresoras Canon</emphasis>" msgid "" "For Canon printers, it may be advisable to install a tool named turboprint " "<link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">available here </link>." -msgstr "Para impresoras Canon, puede ser aconsejable instalar una herramienta llamada TurboPrint <link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">disponible aquí</link>." +msgstr "" +"Para impresoras Canon, puede ser aconsejable instalar una herramienta " +"llamada TurboPrint <link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">disponible " +"aquí</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:9 @@ -8983,8 +10613,7 @@ msgstr "Importar documentos y configuración de Windows™" msgid "transfugdrake" msgstr "transfugdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:17 msgid "transfugdrake.png" msgstr "transfugdrake.png" @@ -8992,9 +10621,11 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:22 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis>transfugdrake</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " +"escribiendo <emphasis>transfugdrake</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:21 @@ -9002,31 +10633,45 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the " "<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center " "labelled <guilabel>Import Windows(TM) documents and settings</guilabel>" -msgstr "Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se encuentra bajo la pestaña <emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistema</emphasis> en el Centro de Control de Mageia etiquetado <guilabel>Importación de documentos y ajustes de Windows (TM)</guilabel>" +msgstr "" +"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se encuentra bajo " +"la pestaña <emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistema</emphasis> en el Centro de " +"Control de Mageia etiquetado <guilabel>Importación de documentos y ajustes " +"de Windows (TM)</guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:27 msgid "" "The tool allows an administrator to import the user documents and settings " "from a <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark " -"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark " -"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> " -"installation on the same computer as the Mageia installation." -msgstr "La herramienta permite a un administrador importar los documentos y configuraciones de usuario desde una instalación de <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000 <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP o <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> en el mismo equipo que la instalación de Mageia." +"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark class=\"registered" +"\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> installation on the same " +"computer as the Mageia installation." +msgstr "" +"La herramienta permite a un administrador importar los documentos y " +"configuraciones de usuario desde una instalación de <trademark class=" +"\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000 <trademark class=\"registered" +"\">Windows</trademark> XP o <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</" +"trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> en el mismo equipo que la " +"instalación de Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:33 msgid "" "Please note that all the changes will be applied by transfugdrake " "immediately after pressing <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Tenga en cuenta que todos los cambios se aplicarán por transfugdrake inmediatamente después de pulsar <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Tenga en cuenta que todos los cambios se aplicarán por transfugdrake " +"inmediatamente después de pulsar <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:37 msgid "" "After starting transfugdrake you will see the first wizard page with some " "explanation about the tool and import options." -msgstr "Después de iniciar transfugdrake verá la primera página del asistente con una explicación acerca de las opciones de la herramienta y de importación." +msgstr "" +"Después de iniciar transfugdrake verá la primera página del asistente con " +"una explicación acerca de las opciones de la herramienta y de importación." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:40 @@ -9034,19 +10679,25 @@ msgid "" "As soon as you read and understand the instructions, press the " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. This should run a detection of " "<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> installation." -msgstr "Tan pronto como leer y comprender las instrucciones, pulse el botón <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>. Esto debe ejecutar una detección de la instalación de <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> ." +msgstr "" +"Tan pronto como leer y comprender las instrucciones, pulse el botón " +"<guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>. Esto debe ejecutar una detección de la " +"instalación de <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> ." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:44 msgid "" "When the detection step is complete you will see a page which allows you to " "choose accounts in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> and " -"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account" -" than yours own." -msgstr "Cuando la etapa de detección se ha completado, verá una página que le permite elegir las cuentas en <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark > y Mageia para el procedimiento de importación. Es posible seleccionar otra cuenta de usuario de la tuya propia." +"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account " +"than yours own." +msgstr "" +"Cuando la etapa de detección se ha completado, verá una página que le " +"permite elegir las cuentas en <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</" +"trademark > y Mageia para el procedimiento de importación. Es posible " +"seleccionar otra cuenta de usuario de la tuya propia." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:51 msgid "transfugdrake1.png" msgstr "transfugdrake1.png" @@ -9055,38 +10706,51 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake1.png" #: en/transfugdrake.xml:56 msgid "" "Please take into account that due to migrate-assistant (the backend of " -"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark " -"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> user account names with special " -"symbols can be displayed incorrectly." -msgstr "Por favor, tenga en cuenta que debido a las limitaciones del asistente-migrador (el backend de transfugdrake) de <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> los nombres de cuenta de usuario con símbolos especiales se puede visualizar de forma incorrecta." +"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</" +"trademark> user account names with special symbols can be displayed " +"incorrectly." +msgstr "" +"Por favor, tenga en cuenta que debido a las limitaciones del asistente-" +"migrador (el backend de transfugdrake) de <trademark class=\"registered" +"\">Windows</trademark> los nombres de cuenta de usuario con símbolos " +"especiales se puede visualizar de forma incorrecta." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:62 msgid "" "Migration may take some time depending on the size of the document folders." -msgstr "La migración puede llevar algún tiempo, dependiendo del tamaño de las carpetas de documentos." +msgstr "" +"La migración puede llevar algún tiempo, dependiendo del tamaño de las " +"carpetas de documentos." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:67 msgid "" "Some <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> applications " "(especially drivers) may create user accounts for different purposes. For " -"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark " -"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>are updated using " -"<emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not use such accounts for the " -"import purposes." -msgstr "Algunas aplicaciones de <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> (especialmente los controladores) pueden crear cuentas de usuario para diferentes propósitos. Por ejemplo, los controladoresde NVidia en <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> se actualizan utilizando <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Por favor, no usar dichas cuentas para los fines de importación." +"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</" +"trademark>are updated using <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not " +"use such accounts for the import purposes." +msgstr "" +"Algunas aplicaciones de <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> " +"(especialmente los controladores) pueden crear cuentas de usuario para " +"diferentes propósitos. Por ejemplo, los controladoresde NVidia en <trademark " +"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> se actualizan utilizando " +"<emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Por favor, no usar dichas cuentas para los " +"fines de importación." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:74 msgid "" -"When you finished with the accounts selection press " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method" -" to import documents:" -msgstr "Cuando termine de seleccionar formas de importar las cuentas de usuario, haga clic en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>. La siguiente ventana se utiliza para seleccionar el método de importación de documentos:" +"When you finished with the accounts selection press <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import " +"documents:" +msgstr "" +"Cuando termine de seleccionar formas de importar las cuentas de usuario, " +"haga clic en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>. La siguiente ventana se " +"utiliza para seleccionar el método de importación de documentos:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:80 msgid "transfugdrake2.png" msgstr "transfugdrake2.png" @@ -9094,23 +10758,29 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:84 msgid "" -"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark " -"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> data from <emphasis>My " -"Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</emphasis> and <emphasis>My " -"Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to skip import by selecting the " -"appropriate item in this window." -msgstr "Transfugdrake está diseñado para importar de <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> datos de las carpetas <emphasis>Mis Documentos</emphasis>, <emphasis>Mi música</emphasis> y <emphasis>Mis imágenes</emphasis>. Es posible saltar la importación seleccionando la opción adecuada en esta ventana." +"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</" +"trademark> data from <emphasis>My Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</" +"emphasis> and <emphasis>My Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to " +"skip import by selecting the appropriate item in this window." +msgstr "" +"Transfugdrake está diseñado para importar de <trademark class=\"registered" +"\">Windows</trademark> datos de las carpetas <emphasis>Mis Documentos</" +"emphasis>, <emphasis>Mi música</emphasis> y <emphasis>Mis imágenes</" +"emphasis>. Es posible saltar la importación seleccionando la opción adecuada " +"en esta ventana." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:89 msgid "" "When you finished with the document import method choosing press " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method" -" to import bookmarks:" -msgstr "Después de completar el método de selección de los documentos de importación, pulse <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>. La siguiente ventana se utiliza para seleccionar el método de importar los marcadores:" +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method " +"to import bookmarks:" +msgstr "" +"Después de completar el método de selección de los documentos de " +"importación, pulse <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>. La siguiente ventana se " +"utiliza para seleccionar el método de importar los marcadores:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:95 msgid "transfugdrake3.png" msgstr "transfugdrake3.png" @@ -9121,22 +10791,26 @@ msgid "" "Transfugdrake can import <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> and " "<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> bookmarks into the bookmarks of Mageia " "<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> instance." -msgstr "Transfugdrake puede importar marcadores de <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> y <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> a los marcadores de la instancia de Mageia de <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Transfugdrake puede importar marcadores de <emphasis>Internet Explorer</" +"emphasis> y <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> a los marcadores de la " +"instancia de Mageia de <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:103 msgid "" -"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton>" -" button." -msgstr "Elija la opción de importación preferido y pulse el botón <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." +"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> " +"button." +msgstr "" +"Elija la opción de importación preferido y pulse el botón " +"<guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:112 msgid "The next page allows you to import desktop background:" msgstr "La página siguiente le permite importar el fondo del escritorio:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:116 msgid "transfugdrake4.png" msgstr "transfugdrake4.png" @@ -9144,19 +10818,21 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:120 msgid "" -"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> " -"button." -msgstr "Elija la opción que prefiera y pulse el botón <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." +"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button." +msgstr "" +"Elija la opción que prefiera y pulse el botón <guibutton>Siguiente</" +"guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:123 msgid "" "The last page of wizard shows some congratulation message. Just press the " "<guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button." -msgstr "La última página del asistente muestra algún mensaje de felicitación. Sólo tiene que pulsar el botón <guibutton>Finalizar</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"La última página del asistente muestra algún mensaje de felicitación. Sólo " +"tiene que pulsar el botón <guibutton>Finalizar</guibutton>." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:128 msgid "transfugdrake5.png" msgstr "transfugdrake5.png" @@ -9171,8 +10847,7 @@ msgstr "Usuarios y Grupos" msgid "userdrake" msgstr "userdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/userdrake.xml:18 msgid "userdrake.png" msgstr "userdrake.png" @@ -9180,9 +10855,11 @@ msgstr "userdrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:23 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis>userdrake</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " +"escribiendo <emphasis>userdrake</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:22 @@ -9190,23 +10867,33 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the " "<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center " "labelled \"Manage users on system\"" -msgstr "Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se encuentra en la pestaña <emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistema</emphasis> en el Centro de Control de Mageia bajo la etiqueta \"Administrar usuarios en el sistema\"" +msgstr "" +"Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se encuentra en la " +"pestaña <emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistema</emphasis> en el Centro de Control " +"de Mageia bajo la etiqueta \"Administrar usuarios en el sistema\"" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:27 msgid "" "The tool allows an administrator to manage the users and the groups, this " -"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings" -" (ID, shell, ...)" -msgstr "La herramienta permite a un administrador gestionar los usuarios y los grupos, esto significa añadir o eliminar un usuario o grupo y modificar la configuración de usuario y de grupo (ID, shell, ...)" +"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings " +"(ID, shell, ...)" +msgstr "" +"La herramienta permite a un administrador gestionar los usuarios y los " +"grupos, esto significa añadir o eliminar un usuario o grupo y modificar la " +"configuración de usuario y de grupo (ID, shell, ...)" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:31 msgid "" -"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in" -" the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the " +"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in " +"the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the " "<guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way." -msgstr "Cuando userdrake se abre, todos los usuarios existentes en el sistema se enumeran en las fichas de <guibutton>Usuarios</guibutton>, y todos los grupos en la ficha <guibutton>Grupos</guibutton>. Ambas pestañas funcionan de la misma manera." +msgstr "" +"Cuando userdrake se abre, todos los usuarios existentes en el sistema se " +"enumeran en las fichas de <guibutton>Usuarios</guibutton>, y todos los " +"grupos en la ficha <guibutton>Grupos</guibutton>. Ambas pestañas funcionan " +"de la misma manera." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:35 @@ -9218,8 +10905,7 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>1 Añadir Usuario</guibutton>" msgid "This button opens a new window with all fields shown empty:" msgstr "Este botón abre una ventana nueva con todos los campos vacíos:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/userdrake.xml:41 msgid "userdrake1.png" msgstr "userdrake1.png" @@ -9230,29 +10916,41 @@ msgid "" "The field <emphasis role=\"bold\">Full Name</emphasis> is intended for the " "entry of a family name and first name, but it is possible to write anything " "or nothing as well!" -msgstr "El campo <emphasis role=\"bold\">Nombre Completo</emphasis> se destina a la entrada de un nombre y apellido, pero es posible escribir cualquier cosa o nada, así!" +msgstr "" +"El campo <emphasis role=\"bold\">Nombre Completo</emphasis> se destina a la " +"entrada de un nombre y apellido, pero es posible escribir cualquier cosa o " +"nada, así!" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:49 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login</emphasis> is the only required field." -msgstr "<emphasis role = \"bold\">Login</emphasis> es el único campo obligatorio." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role = \"bold\">Login</emphasis> es el único campo obligatorio." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:52 msgid "" -"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended." -" There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, " -"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower" -" and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn " +"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended. " +"There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, " +"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower " +"and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn " "orange and then green as the password strength improves." -msgstr "El establecimiento de una <emphasis role=\"bold\">Contraseña</emphasis> es muy recomendable. Hay un escudo a la derecha, si es rojo, la contraseña es débil, demasiado corto o demasiado similar al nombre de inicio de sesión. Debe utilizar figuras, caracteres mayúsculas y minúsculas, signos de puntuación, etc. El escudo se volverá naranja y verde cuando la fortaleza de la contraseña mejora." +msgstr "" +"El establecimiento de una <emphasis role=\"bold\">Contraseña</emphasis> es " +"muy recomendable. Hay un escudo a la derecha, si es rojo, la contraseña es " +"débil, demasiado corto o demasiado similar al nombre de inicio de sesión. " +"Debe utilizar figuras, caracteres mayúsculas y minúsculas, signos de " +"puntuación, etc. El escudo se volverá naranja y verde cuando la fortaleza de " +"la contraseña mejora." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:59 msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure" -" you entered what you intended to." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirmar contraseña</emphasis> campo está ahí para asegurarse de que ha introducido lo que querías." +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure " +"you entered what you intended to." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirmar contraseña</emphasis> campo está ahí para " +"asegurarse de que ha introducido lo que querías." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:62 @@ -9260,7 +10958,10 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login Shell </emphasis>is a drop down list that " "allows you to change the shell used by the user you are adding, the options " "are Bash, Dash and Sh." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login Shell</emphasis> es una lista desplegable que le permite cambiar el shell utilizado por el usuario que está agregando, las opciones son Bash, Dash y Sh." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login Shell</emphasis> es una lista desplegable que " +"le permite cambiar el shell utilizado por el usuario que está agregando, las " +"opciones son Bash, Dash y Sh." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:66 @@ -9268,14 +10969,20 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Create a private group for the user</emphasis>, if " "checked will automatically create a group with the same name and the new " "user as the only member (this may be edited)." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Crear un grupo privado para el usuario</emphasis>, si esta marcado creará automáticamente un grupo con el mismo nombre y el nuevo usuario como el único miembro (esto puede ser editado)." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Crear un grupo privado para el usuario</emphasis>, " +"si esta marcado creará automáticamente un grupo con el mismo nombre y el " +"nuevo usuario como el único miembro (esto puede ser editado)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:70 msgid "" "The other options should be obvious. The new user is created immediately " "after you click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>." -msgstr "Las otras opciones deberían ser obvias. El nuevo usuario se crea inmediatamente después de hacer clic en el botón <guibutton>Aceptar</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Las otras opciones deberían ser obvias. El nuevo usuario se crea " +"inmediatamente después de hacer clic en el botón <guibutton>Aceptar</" +"guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:73 @@ -9287,27 +10994,31 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">2 Añadir Grupo</emphasis>" msgid "" "You only need to enter the new group name, and if required, the specific " "group ID." -msgstr "Usted sólo tendrá que introducir el nombre del grupo y, si es necesario, el ID de grupo específico." +msgstr "" +"Usted sólo tendrá que introducir el nombre del grupo y, si es necesario, el " +"ID de grupo específico." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:78 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Edit</emphasis> (a selected user)" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Editar</emphasis> (con un usuario seleccionado)" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Editar</emphasis> (con un usuario seleccionado)" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:80 msgid "" "<guibutton>User Data</guibutton>: Allows you to modify all the data given " "for the user at creation (the ID can't be changed)." -msgstr "<guibutton>Datos de usuario</guibutton>: Permite modificar todos los datos facilitados por el usuario en la creación (el ID no se puede cambiar)." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Datos de usuario</guibutton>: Permite modificar todos los datos " +"facilitados por el usuario en la creación (el ID no se puede cambiar)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:83 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Account Info</emphasis>:" msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Información de Cuenta</emphasis>:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/userdrake.xml:87 msgid "userdrake2.png" msgstr "userdrake2.png" @@ -9318,14 +11029,19 @@ msgid "" "The first option is for setting an expiration date for the account. " "Connection is impossible after this date. This is useful for temporary " "accounts." -msgstr "La primera opción es para establecer una fecha de caducidad de la cuenta. La conexión es imposible después de esta fecha. Esto es útil para cuentas temporales." +msgstr "" +"La primera opción es para establecer una fecha de caducidad de la cuenta. La " +"conexión es imposible después de esta fecha. Esto es útil para cuentas " +"temporales." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:95 msgid "" "The second option is to lock the account, connection is impossible as long " "as the account is locked." -msgstr "La segunda opción es bloquear la cuenta, la conexión es imposible mientras la cuenta está bloqueada." +msgstr "" +"La segunda opción es bloquear la cuenta, la conexión es imposible mientras " +"la cuenta está bloqueada." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:98 @@ -9338,10 +11054,12 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Password Info</emphasis>: Allows you to set an " "expiration date for the password, this forces the user to change his " "password periodically." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Información de la contraseña</emphasis>: Permite establecer una fecha de caducidad para la contraseña, esto obliga al usuario a cambiar periódicamente su contraseña." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Información de la contraseña</emphasis>: Permite " +"establecer una fecha de caducidad para la contraseña, esto obliga al usuario " +"a cambiar periódicamente su contraseña." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/userdrake.xml:106 msgid "userdrake3.png" msgstr "userdrake3.png" @@ -9351,33 +11069,42 @@ msgstr "userdrake3.png" msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group</emphasis>: Here you can select the groups " "that the user is a member of." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Grupo</emphasis>: Aquí puede seleccionar los grupos del que el usuario es miembro." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Grupo</emphasis>: Aquí puede seleccionar los grupos " +"del que el usuario es miembro." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:114 msgid "" "If you are modifying a connected user account, modifications will not be " "effective until his/her next login." -msgstr "Si está modificando una cuenta de usuario conectado, las modificaciones no serán efectivos hasta su próximo inicio de sesión." +msgstr "" +"Si está modificando una cuenta de usuario conectado, las modificaciones no " +"serán efectivos hasta su próximo inicio de sesión." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:118 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">4 Edit</emphasis> (with a group selected)" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">4 Editar</emphasis> (con un grupo seleccionado)" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">4 Editar</emphasis> (con un grupo seleccionado)" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:120 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Data</emphasis>: Allows you to modify the " "group name." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Datos de Grupo</emphasis>: Permite modificar el nombre del grupo." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Datos de Grupo</emphasis>: Permite modificar el " +"nombre del grupo." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:123 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Users</emphasis>: Here you can select the " "users who are members of the group" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Usuarios de grupo</emphasis> : Aquí puede seleccionar los usuarios que son miembros del grupo" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Usuarios de grupo</emphasis> : Aquí puede " +"seleccionar los usuarios que son miembros del grupo" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:126 @@ -9387,11 +11114,15 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5 Eliminar</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:128 msgid "" -"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">Delete</emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears " -"to ask if home directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private " -"group has been created for the user, it will be deleted as well." -msgstr "Seleccione un usuario o grupo y haga clic en <emphasis role=\"bold\">Eliminar</emphasis> para eliminarlo. Aparece una ventana en la que el usuario debe indicar si algún directorio o buzón de correo debe eliminarse también. Si el usuario ha creado algún grupo privado, se elimininará. " +"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Delete</" +"emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears to ask if home " +"directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private group has been " +"created for the user, it will be deleted as well." +msgstr "" +"Seleccione un usuario o grupo y haga clic en <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Eliminar</emphasis> para eliminarlo. Aparece una ventana en la que el " +"usuario debe indicar si algún directorio o buzón de correo debe eliminarse " +"también. Si el usuario ha creado algún grupo privado, se elimininará. " #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:133 @@ -9406,9 +11137,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6 Refrescar</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:138 msgid "" -"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to" -" refresh the display." -msgstr "La base de datos del usuario se puede cambiar fuera de UserDrake. Haga clic en este icono para actualizar la pantalla." +"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to " +"refresh the display." +msgstr "" +"La base de datos del usuario se puede cambiar fuera de UserDrake. Haga clic " +"en este icono para actualizar la pantalla." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:141 @@ -9421,11 +11154,18 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">guest</emphasis> is a special account. It is " "intended to give somebody temporary access to the system with total " "security. Login is xguest, there is no password, and it is impossible to " -"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories" -" are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, " +"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories " +"are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, " "to disable it, click in the menu on<guimenu> Actions -> Uninstall guest " "account</guimenu>." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">invitado</emphasis> es una cuenta especial. Su objetivo es dar a alguien acceso temporal al sistema con total seguridad. Inicio de sesión es xguest, no hay ninguna contraseña, y es imposible de realizar modificaciones en el sistema desde esta cuenta. Los directorios personales se eliminan al final de la sesión. Esta cuenta está activada por defecto, para desactivarla, haga clic en el menú <guimenu>Acciones -> cuenta de invitado Desinstalar</guimenu>." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">invitado</emphasis> es una cuenta especial. Su " +"objetivo es dar a alguien acceso temporal al sistema con total seguridad. " +"Inicio de sesión es xguest, no hay ninguna contraseña, y es imposible de " +"realizar modificaciones en el sistema desde esta cuenta. Los directorios " +"personales se eliminan al final de la sesión. Esta cuenta está activada por " +"defecto, para desactivarla, haga clic en el menú <guimenu>Acciones -> cuenta " +"de invitado Desinstalar</guimenu>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/XFdrake.xml:3 @@ -9437,8 +11177,7 @@ msgstr "Configurar el servidor gráfico" msgid "XFdrake" msgstr "XFdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/XFdrake.xml:10 msgid "XFdrake.png" msgstr "XFdrake.png" @@ -9446,19 +11185,26 @@ msgstr "XFdrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:17 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing " -"<emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> " -"as root. Mind the capital letters." -msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> como usuario normal o <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> como root. Cuidado con las letras mayúsculas." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>XFdrake</" +"emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> as root. Mind the " +"capital letters." +msgstr "" +"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " +"escribiendo <emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> como usuario normal o " +"<emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> como root. Cuidado con las letras mayúsculas." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the " -"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" " -"id=\"0\"/>" -msgstr "Esta herramienta está presente en el Centro de Control de Mageia bajo la etiqueta <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Seleccione <guilabel>Configurar el servidor gráfico</guilabel>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>" +"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=" +"\"0\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Esta herramienta está presente en el Centro de Control de Mageia bajo la " +"etiqueta <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Seleccione " +"<guilabel>Configurar el servidor gráfico</guilabel>. <placeholder type=" +"\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:23 @@ -9476,7 +11222,10 @@ msgid "" "The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching server " "configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for example " "one with a proprietary driver." -msgstr "La tarjeta gráfica detectada actualmente se visualiza y el servidor gráfico correspondiente está configurado. Haga clic en este botón para cambiar el controlador, por ejemplo, por un controlador propietario." +msgstr "" +"La tarjeta gráfica detectada actualmente se visualiza y el servidor gráfico " +"correspondiente está configurado. Haga clic en este botón para cambiar el " +"controlador, por ejemplo, por un controlador propietario." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:31 @@ -9485,7 +11234,11 @@ msgid "" "manufacturer in alphabetical order and then by model also in alphabetical " "order. The free drivers are sorted by alphabetical order under<guilabel> " "Xorg</guilabel>." -msgstr "Los servidores disponibles se ordenan en <guilabel>Vendedor</guilabel> por fabricante en orden alfabético y luego por modelo también en orden alfabético. Los drivers libres se ordenan por orden alfabético en <guilabel>Xorg</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Los servidores disponibles se ordenan en <guilabel>Vendedor</guilabel> por " +"fabricante en orden alfabético y luego por modelo también en orden " +"alfabético. Los drivers libres se ordenan por orden alfabético en " +"<guilabel>Xorg</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:37 @@ -9493,7 +11246,10 @@ msgid "" "In case of problems, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> will work with most " "graphic cards and give you time to find and install the right driver while " "in your Desktop Environment." -msgstr "En caso de problemas, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> funcionará con la mayoría de las tarjetas gráficas y le dará tiempo para encontrar e instalar el controlador adecuado, mientras esta en su Entorno de Escritorio." +msgstr "" +"En caso de problemas, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> funcionará con la " +"mayoría de las tarjetas gráficas y le dará tiempo para encontrar e instalar " +"el controlador adecuado, mientras esta en su Entorno de Escritorio." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:38 @@ -9501,15 +11257,21 @@ msgid "" "If even Vesa doesn't work, choose <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - " "<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, which is used while installing " "Mageia, but doesn't allow you to change resolution or refresh rates." -msgstr "Si aún Vesa no funciona, seleccione <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - <guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, que se utiliza durante la instalación de Mageia, pero no le permite cambiar la resolución o frecuencias de actualización." +msgstr "" +"Si aún Vesa no funciona, seleccione <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - " +"<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, que se utiliza durante la instalación " +"de Mageia, pero no le permite cambiar la resolución o frecuencias de " +"actualización." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:39 msgid "" "If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to " -"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for " -"example)." -msgstr "Si usted hizo su opción para un controlador libre, es posible que se le pregunte si desea utilizar un driver propietario con más funciones (efectos 3D, por ejemplo)." +"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for example)." +msgstr "" +"Si usted hizo su opción para un controlador libre, es posible que se le " +"pregunte si desea utilizar un driver propietario con más funciones (efectos " +"3D, por ejemplo)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:45 @@ -9520,10 +11282,15 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor:</emphasis>" #: en/XFdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and " -"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor" -" isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the " +"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor " +"isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the " "<guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list a monitor with the same features." -msgstr "De la misma manera que el anterior, se muestra el monitor actualmente detectado y puede hacer clic en el botón para cambiar a otro. Si el monitor deseado no está en la lista <guilabel>Vendedor</guilabel>, seleccione en la lista <guilabel>Genérico</guilabel> un monitor con las mismas características." +msgstr "" +"De la misma manera que el anterior, se muestra el monitor actualmente " +"detectado y puede hacer clic en el botón para cambiar a otro. Si el monitor " +"deseado no está en la lista <guilabel>Vendedor</guilabel>, seleccione en la " +"lista <guilabel>Genérico</guilabel> un monitor con las mismas " +"características." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:54 @@ -9535,10 +11302,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Resolución:</emphasis>" msgid "" "This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the " "colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:" -msgstr "Este botón permite la elección de la resolución (número de píxeles) y la profundidad de color (número de colores). Se muestra la siguiente pantalla:" +msgstr "" +"Este botón permite la elección de la resolución (número de píxeles) y la " +"profundidad de color (número de colores). Se muestra la siguiente pantalla:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: -#. <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/XFdrake.xml:61 msgid "XFdrake1.png" msgstr "XFdrake1.png" @@ -9548,31 +11316,42 @@ msgstr "XFdrake1.png" msgid "" "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>The image of the monitor in the " "middle gives a preview with the chosen configuration." -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>La imagen del monitor en el medio da una vista previa de la configuración elegida." +msgstr "" +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>La imagen del monitor en el " +"medio da una vista previa de la configuración elegida." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:66 msgid "" -"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another" -" one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card " +"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another " +"one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card " "and the monitor, it is possible to click on <guilabel>Other</guilabel> to " "set other resolutions, but bear in mind that you can damage your monitor or " "select an uncomfortable setting." -msgstr "El primer botón muestra la resolución actual, haga clic para cambiarlo por otro. La lista contiene todas las posibles opciones de acuerdo a la tarjeta gráfica y el monitor, es posible hacer clic en <guilabel>Otros</guilabel> para establecer otras resoluciones, pero ten en cuenta que puede dañar el monitor o seleccionar un ajuste incómodo ." +msgstr "" +"El primer botón muestra la resolución actual, haga clic para cambiarlo por " +"otro. La lista contiene todas las posibles opciones de acuerdo a la tarjeta " +"gráfica y el monitor, es posible hacer clic en <guilabel>Otros</guilabel> " +"para establecer otras resoluciones, pero ten en cuenta que puede dañar el " +"monitor o seleccionar un ajuste incómodo ." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:72 msgid "" -"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for" -" another one." -msgstr "El segundo botón muestra la profundidad actual de color, haga clic para cambiarlo por otro." +"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for " +"another one." +msgstr "" +"El segundo botón muestra la profundidad actual de color, haga clic para " +"cambiarlo por otro." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:76 msgid "" "Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout and " "restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect." -msgstr "Dependiendo de la resolución elegida, puede ser necesario cerrar la sesión y reiniciar el entorno gráfico para que los cambios surtan efecto." +msgstr "" +"Dependiendo de la resolución elegida, puede ser necesario cerrar la sesión y " +"reiniciar el entorno gráfico para que los cambios surtan efecto." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:83 @@ -9585,15 +11364,21 @@ msgid "" "Once the configuration done, it is recommended to do a test before clicking " "on OK because it is easier to modify the settings now than later if the " "graphical environment doesn't work." -msgstr "Una vez que la configuración del hecho, se recomienda hacer una prueba antes de hacer clic en Aceptar, ya que es más fácil modificar los ajustes ahora que más tarde si el entorno gráfico no funciona." +msgstr "" +"Una vez que la configuración del hecho, se recomienda hacer una prueba antes " +"de hacer clic en Aceptar, ya que es más fácil modificar los ajustes ahora " +"que más tarde si el entorno gráfico no funciona." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:90 msgid "" "In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a " -"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use" -" XFdrake's text version." -msgstr "En caso de que el entorno gráfico no funcione, presione Alt + Ctrl + F2 para abrir un entorno de texto, se conectan como root y tipean XFdrake (con las tapas) para utilizar la versión de texto de XFdrake." +"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use " +"XFdrake's text version." +msgstr "" +"En caso de que el entorno gráfico no funcione, presione Alt + Ctrl + F2 para " +"abrir un entorno de texto, se conectan como root y tipean XFdrake (con las " +"tapas) para utilizar la versión de texto de XFdrake." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:93 @@ -9601,7 +11386,11 @@ msgid "" "If the test fails, just wait until the end, if it works but you don't want " "to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything is " "right, click on <guibutton role=\"bold\">OK</guibutton>." -msgstr "Si la prueba falla, sólo tiene que esperar hasta el final, si funciona, pero usted no quiere cambiar, después de todo, haga clic en <guibutton>No</guibutton>, si todo es correcto, haga clic en <guibutton role=\"bold\">Aceptar</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Si la prueba falla, sólo tiene que esperar hasta el final, si funciona, pero " +"usted no quiere cambiar, después de todo, haga clic en <guibutton>No</" +"guibutton>, si todo es correcto, haga clic en <guibutton role=\"bold" +"\">Aceptar</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> #: en/XFdrake.xml:97 @@ -9614,29 +11403,42 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable Ctrl-Alt-" "Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to restart X " "server using Ctrl+Alt+Backspace keys." -msgstr "<guilabel>Opciones globales</guilabel>: Si <emphasis>Desactivar Ctrl-Alt-Retroceso</emphasis> esta marcado, ya no será posible reiniciar el servidor X utilizando teclas Ctrl + Alt + Retroceso." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Opciones globales</guilabel>: Si <emphasis>Desactivar Ctrl-Alt-" +"Retroceso</emphasis> esta marcado, ya no será posible reiniciar el servidor " +"X utilizando teclas Ctrl + Alt + Retroceso." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:103 msgid "" "<guilabel>Graphic card options</guilabel>: Allows you to enable or disable " "three specific features depending on the graphic card." -msgstr "<guilabel>Opciones de la tarjeta gráfica</guilabel>: le permite activar o desactivar tres rasgos específicos en función de la tarjeta gráfica." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Opciones de la tarjeta gráfica</guilabel>: le permite activar o " +"desactivar tres rasgos específicos en función de la tarjeta gráfica." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:107 msgid "" "<guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time, " -"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon " -"booting</emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it " -"may be unchecked for a server." -msgstr "<guilabel>Interfaz gráfica en el arranque</guilabel>: La mayoría de las veces, <emphasis>Iniciar automáticamente la interfaz gráfica (Xorg) al arrancar</emphasis> se comprueba para hacer el cambio de arranque para el modo gráfico, puede ser desactivada para un servidor." +"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon booting</" +"emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it may be " +"unchecked for a server." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Interfaz gráfica en el arranque</guilabel>: La mayoría de las " +"veces, <emphasis>Iniciar automáticamente la interfaz gráfica (Xorg) al " +"arrancar</emphasis> se comprueba para hacer el cambio de arranque para el " +"modo gráfico, puede ser desactivada para un servidor." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:112 msgid "" -"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask" -" you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the " +"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask " +"you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the " "previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect " "and reconnect to activate the new configuration." -msgstr "Después de un clic en el botón <guibutton>Salir</guibutton>, el sistema le pedirá que confirme. Todavía hay tiempo para cancelar todo y mantener la configuración anterior, o de aceptar. En este caso, hay que desconectar y volver a conectar para activar la nueva configuración." +msgstr "" +"Después de un clic en el botón <guibutton>Salir</guibutton>, el sistema le " +"pedirá que confirme. Todavía hay tiempo para cancelar todo y mantener la " +"configuración anterior, o de aceptar. En este caso, hay que desconectar y " +"volver a conectar para activar la nueva configuración." diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/et.po b/docs/mcc-help/et.po index b88ac3bf..7e7bd6b2 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/et.po +++ b/docs/mcc-help/et.po @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia Installer Help\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-30 20:33+0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-02-24 19:21+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-13 03:28+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Marek Laane <bald@smail.ee>\n" "Language-Team: Estonian <i18n-et@ml.mageia.org>\n" @@ -1154,8 +1154,8 @@ msgstr "" "Märkige <guibutton>X Windows käivitatakse alglaadimisel</guibutton>, kui " "soovite, et graafiline keskkond pandaks tööle kohe pärast alglaadimist. " "Vastasel juhul käivitub süsteem tekstirežiimis. Siiski on võimalik " -"graafilist keskkonda ka käsitsi käivitada. Seda saab teha käsuga " -"'startx' või 'systemctl start dm'." +"graafilist keskkonda ka käsitsi käivitada. Seda saab teha käsuga 'startx' " +"või 'systemctl start dm'." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:34 @@ -3266,7 +3266,8 @@ msgstr "Põhialused" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakgw.xml:29 -msgid "drakgw-net.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../drakgw-net.png" msgstr "drakgw-net.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -3616,22 +3617,26 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:43 -msgid "draknetcenterEthernet-on.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png" msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:47 -msgid "draknetcenterEthernet-off.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png" msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:52 -msgid "draknetcenterWireless-off.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png" msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:56 -msgid "draknetcenterWireless-on.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png" msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -4317,12 +4322,11 @@ msgid "" "packages, you should disable (or delete) this media. (It will have the " "media type CD-Rom)." msgstr "" -"Kui paigaldate (või uuendate) Mageiat optilise andmekandja (DVD või " -"CD) või USB-pulga abil, seadistatakse tarkvaraallikaks kasutatav " -"optiline andmekandja. Vältimaks palvet sisestada uue tarkvara " -"paigaldamisel optiline andmekandja, tuleks selle kasutamine välja " -"lülitada (või see üldse nimekirjast kustutada). Sellise andmekandja " -"tüübiks on CD-Rom." +"Kui paigaldate (või uuendate) Mageiat optilise andmekandja (DVD või CD) või " +"USB-pulga abil, seadistatakse tarkvaraallikaks kasutatav optiline " +"andmekandja. Vältimaks palvet sisestada uue tarkvara paigaldamisel optiline " +"andmekandja, tuleks selle kasutamine välja lülitada (või see üldse " +"nimekirjast kustutada). Sellise andmekandja tüübiks on CD-Rom." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:33 @@ -4719,9 +4723,8 @@ msgid "" "\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki page</" "link>." msgstr "" -"Täpsemalt kõneldakse andmekandjate seadistamisest <link ns2:href=" -"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">Mageia wikis</" -"link>." +"Täpsemalt kõneldakse andmekandjate seadistamisest <link ns2:href=\"https://" +"wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">Mageia wikis</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:10 @@ -5128,8 +5131,8 @@ msgid "" "Default: The launch mode depends on the chosen security level. See in the " "same MCC tab, the tool \"Configure system security, permissions and audit\"." msgstr "" -"Vaikimisi: käivitamisrežiim sõltub valitud turbetasemest. Selle kohta vaadake " -"samal paneelil tööriista \"Süsteemi turvalisuse, õiguste ja auditi " +"Vaikimisi: käivitamisrežiim sõltub valitud turbetasemest. Selle kohta " +"vaadake samal paneelil tööriista \"Süsteemi turvalisuse, õiguste ja auditi " "seadistamine\"." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -5352,8 +5355,8 @@ msgid "" "The button <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> display a new window with two or " "three buttons:" msgstr "" -"Nupule <guibutton>Edasijõudnuile</guibutton> klõpsates ilmub uus aken " -"kahe või kolme nupuga:" +"Nupule <guibutton>Edasijõudnuile</guibutton> klõpsates ilmub uus aken kahe " +"või kolme nupuga:" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksound.xml:49 @@ -5368,8 +5371,8 @@ msgid "" "for your device." msgstr "" "Esimene nupp pakub täielikku valikuvabadust. Te peate ainult kindlalt " -"teadma, mida teha. Seda nuppu ei näidata, kui süsteem on leidnud " -"teie seadmele draiveri." +"teadma, mida teha. Seda nuppu ei näidata, kui süsteem on leidnud teie " +"seadmele draiveri." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:57 @@ -5582,8 +5585,8 @@ msgid "" "Web server is the software that helps to deliver web content that can be " "accessed through the Internet. (From Wikipedia)" msgstr "" -"Veebiserver on tarkvara, mis aitab edastada veebisisu, millele pääseb " -"ligi interneti kaudu." +"Veebiserver on tarkvara, mis aitab edastada veebisisu, millele pääseb ligi " +"interneti kaudu." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:21 @@ -5606,8 +5609,8 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-web-step1.png" msgid "" "The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" -"Esimene lehekülg on ainult sissejuhatuseks. Klõpsakse " -"<guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>." +"Esimene lehekülg on ainult sissejuhatuseks. Klõpsakse <guibutton>Edasi</" +"guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:38 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:38 @@ -5625,8 +5628,8 @@ msgid "" "Exposing the web server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad " "things." msgstr "" -"Veebiserveri internetis nähtavaks muutmisega kaasnevad omad ohud. " -"Olge valmis ka kõige hullemaks!" +"Veebiserveri internetis nähtavaks muutmisega kaasnevad omad ohud. Olge " +"valmis ka kõige hullemaks!" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:49 @@ -5777,9 +5780,8 @@ msgid "" "be installed before you can access to it." msgstr "" "Selle tööriistaga<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> saab luua ja " -"häälestada " -"<acronym>DHCP</acronym>-serveri. See on drakwizardi komponent, mis " -"tuleb enne paigaldada, kui seda kasutama saab hakata." +"häälestada <acronym>DHCP</acronym>-serveri. See on drakwizardi komponent, " +"mis tuleb enne paigaldada, kui seda kasutama saab hakata." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:26 @@ -5794,10 +5796,10 @@ msgid "" "configures IP addresses and other information that is needed for Internet " "communication. (From Wikipedia)" msgstr "" -"Dünaamiline hostikonfiguratsiooni protokoll (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) " -"on andmevahetuse protokoll, mis võimaldab võrguadministraatoril lasta " -"serveril või ruuteril dünaamiliselt hallata ja automatiseerida unikaalse " -"IP-aadressi omistamist kohtvõrgu seadmetele." +"Dünaamiline hostikonfiguratsiooni protokoll (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) on " +"andmevahetuse protokoll, mis võimaldab võrguadministraatoril lasta serveril " +"või ruuteril dünaamiliselt hallata ja automatiseerida unikaalse IP-aadressi " +"omistamist kohtvõrgu seadmetele." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:35 @@ -5831,9 +5833,9 @@ msgid "" "which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click <guibutton>Next</" "guibutton>." msgstr "" -"Siin saab valida võrguliidese, mis on ühendatud alamvõrguga ja " -"millele DHCP hakkab omistama IP-aadresse. Seejärel klõpsake " -"nupule <guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>." +"Siin saab valida võrguliidese, mis on ühendatud alamvõrguga ja millele DHCP " +"hakkab omistama IP-aadresse. Seejärel klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Edasi</" +"guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:68 @@ -5878,8 +5880,8 @@ msgid "" "This can be fixed. Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> a few times and " "change things around." msgstr "" -"Seda saab parandada. Klõpsake mõned korrad <guibutton>Tagasi" -"</guibutton> ja muutke üht-teist." +"Seda saab parandada. Klõpsake mõned korrad <guibutton>Tagasi</guibutton> ja " +"muutke üht-teist." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:109 @@ -5907,8 +5909,8 @@ msgstr "Paigaldatakse vajaduse korral pakett dhcp-server" msgid "" "Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>" msgstr "" -"Salvestatakse <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> failina <code>" -"/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig</code>" +"Salvestatakse <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> failina <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf." +"orig</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:134 @@ -5917,9 +5919,8 @@ msgid "" "wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and adding the new " "parameters:" msgstr "" -"Luuakse uus <code>dhcpd.conf</code> <code>/usr/share/" -"wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> põhjal, " -"millele lisatakse uued parameetrid:" +"Luuakse uus <code>dhcpd.conf</code> <code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/" +"scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> põhjal, millele lisatakse uued parameetrid:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:140 @@ -6105,11 +6106,9 @@ msgid "" "clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/" "step-tickers.orig</code>;" msgstr "" -"Salvestab faili <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> failina <code>" -"/etc/sysconfig/" -"clock.orig</code> ja faili <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> failina <code>" -"/etc/ntp/" -"step-tickers.orig</code>" +"Salvestab faili <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> failina <code>/etc/" +"sysconfig/clock.orig</code> ja faili <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> " +"failina <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:104 @@ -6185,10 +6184,9 @@ msgid "" "protocol used to transfer files from one host to another host over a " "<acronym>TCP</acronym>-based network, such as the Internet. (From Wikipedia)" msgstr "" -"Failiedastusprotokoll (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) on standardne " -"arvutivõrgu protokoll, mida kasutatakse failide vahetamiseks ja " -"muutmiseks <acronym>TCP</acronym>/IP-põhises võrgus, " -"näiteks internetis." +"Failiedastusprotokoll (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) on standardne arvutivõrgu " +"protokoll, mida kasutatakse failide vahetamiseks ja muutmiseks <acronym>TCP</" +"acronym>/IP-põhises võrgus, näiteks internetis." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:21 @@ -6216,8 +6214,8 @@ msgid "" "Exposing the FTP server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad " "things." msgstr "" -"FTP-serveri internetis nähtavaks muutmisega kaasnevad omad ohud. " -"Olge valmis ka kõige hullemaks!" +"FTP-serveri internetis nähtavaks muutmisega kaasnevad omad ohud. Olge valmis " +"ka kõige hullemaks!" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:49 @@ -6235,9 +6233,9 @@ msgid "" "Enter name the sever will use to introduce itself, someone to email " "complaints too and whether to allow root login access." msgstr "" -"Sisestage serveri nimi, millisena seda peaks nähtama, kellegi " -"aadress, kellele kaebused saata, ja määrake, kas lubada sisse " -"logida administraatori õigustes." +"Sisestage serveri nimi, millisena seda peaks nähtama, kellegi aadress, " +"kellele kaebused saata, ja määrake, kas lubada sisse logida administraatori " +"õigustes." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:60 @@ -6256,8 +6254,8 @@ msgid "" "(File eXchange Protocol)" msgstr "" "Määrake jälgitav port, nõndanimetatud vangistatud (chrooted) kasutaja, " -"lubage taasalustamine ja/või <acronym>FXP</acronym> " -"(serveritevaheline failivahetusprotokoll)" +"lubage taasalustamine ja/või <acronym>FXP</acronym> (serveritevaheline " +"failivahetusprotokoll)" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:74 @@ -6301,9 +6299,8 @@ msgid "" "before you can access to it." msgstr "" "Selle tööriistaga<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> saab luua ja " -"häälestada " -"puhverserveri. See on drakwizardi komponent, mis tuleb enne paigaldada, " -"kui seda kasutama saab hakata." +"häälestada puhverserveri. See on drakwizardi komponent, mis tuleb enne " +"paigaldada, kui seda kasutama saab hakata." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:29 @@ -6359,8 +6356,8 @@ msgid "" "Select the proxy port browsers will connect through, then click " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" -"Valige puhverserveri port, mille kaudu saavad ühenduse luua " -"brauserid, ja klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>." +"Valige puhverserveri port, mille kaudu saavad ühenduse luua brauserid, ja " +"klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:74 @@ -6377,8 +6374,8 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png" msgid "" "Set memory and disk cache limits, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" -"Määrake mälu- ja kettapuhvri piirid ja klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Edasi<" -"/guibutton>." +"Määrake mälu- ja kettapuhvri piirid ja klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Edasi</" +"guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:88 @@ -6396,8 +6393,8 @@ msgid "" "Set visibility to local network or world, then click <guibutton>Next</" "guibutton>." msgstr "" -"Määrake nähtavuseks kohtvõrk või maailm ja klõpsake nupule " -"<guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>." +"Määrake nähtavuseks kohtvõrk või maailm ja klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Edasi</" +"guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:102 @@ -6413,8 +6410,7 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png" #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:111 msgid "Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" -"Võimaldage ligipääs kohtvõrkudele ja klõpsake " -"<guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>." +"Võimaldage ligipääs kohtvõrkudele ja klõpsake <guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:116 @@ -6430,8 +6426,8 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png" #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:125 msgid "Cascade through another proxy server? If no, skip next step." msgstr "" -"Kas suunata liiklus läbi veel ühe puhverserveri? Kui see teid " -"ei huvita, liikuge edasi." +"Kas suunata liiklus läbi veel ühe puhverserveri? Kui see teid ei huvita, " +"liikuge edasi." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:130 @@ -6449,8 +6445,8 @@ msgid "" "Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click <guibutton>Next</" "guibutton>." msgstr "" -"Määrake ülemise taseme puhverserveri masinanimi ja port ning " -"klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>." +"Määrake ülemise taseme puhverserveri masinanimi ja port ning klõpsake nupule " +"<guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:148 @@ -6473,8 +6469,8 @@ msgid "" "Choose if the proxy server should be started during the boot time, then " "click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" -"Siin saab valida, kas puhverserver tuleks käivitada juba algkäivituse " -"ajal. Seejärel klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>." +"Siin saab valida, kas puhverserver tuleks käivitada juba algkäivituse ajal. " +"Seejärel klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:177 @@ -6492,9 +6488,8 @@ msgid "" "Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf." "orig;</code>" msgstr "" -"Salvestatakse <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> failina <code>" -"/etc/squid/squid.conf." -"orig</code>" +"Salvestatakse <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> failina <code>/etc/squid/" +"squid.conf.orig</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:202 @@ -6502,8 +6497,8 @@ msgid "" "Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from <code>squid.conf." "default</code> and adding the new parameters:" msgstr "" -"Luuakse uus <code>squid.conf</code> <code>squid.conf." -"default</code> põhjal, millele lisatakse uued parameetrid:" +"Luuakse uus <code>squid.conf</code> <code>squid.conf.default</code> põhjal, " +"millele lisatakse uued parameetrid:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:208 @@ -6597,10 +6592,10 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Turvakest (SSH) on krüptograafiline võrguprotokoll turvaliseks " "andmesuhtluseks, eemalt käsurealt sisselogimiseks, eemalt käskude " -"käivitamiseks ja muudeks turvalise võrgu teenusteks kahe võrgus " -"oleva arvuti vahel, millega ühendatakse ebaturvalises võrgus " -"turvalise kanali kaudu server ja klient (vastavalt SSH serveri ja " -"<acronym>SSH</acronym> kliendi programmidega)." +"käivitamiseks ja muudeks turvalise võrgu teenusteks kahe võrgus oleva arvuti " +"vahel, millega ühendatakse ebaturvalises võrgus turvalise kanali kaudu " +"server ja klient (vastavalt SSH serveri ja <acronym>SSH</acronym> kliendi " +"programmidega)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:22 @@ -6629,8 +6624,8 @@ msgid "" "guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" "Valige <guilabel>Ekspert</guilabel> kõigi valikute nägemiseks või " -"<guilabel>Algaja</guilabel> sammude 3-7 vahelejätmiseks ning " -"klõpsakse <guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>." +"<guilabel>Algaja</guilabel> sammude 3-7 vahelejätmiseks ning klõpsakse " +"<guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:39 @@ -6648,8 +6643,8 @@ msgid "" "Sets visibility and root access options. Port 22 is the standard " "<acronym>SSH</acronym> port." msgstr "" -"Määrake nähtavus ja administraatori ligipääsu valik. " -"<acronym>SSH</acronym> standardne port on 22." +"Määrake nähtavus ja administraatori ligipääsu valik. <acronym>SSH</acronym> " +"standardne port on 22." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:50 @@ -6667,8 +6662,8 @@ msgid "" "Allow a variety of authentication methods users can use while connecting, " "then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" -"Lubage vajalikud autentimisviisid, mida kasutaja saab ühendumisel " -"pruukida, ja klõpsake <guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>." +"Lubage vajalikud autentimisviisid, mida kasutaja saab ühendumisel pruukida, " +"ja klõpsake <guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:61 @@ -6686,8 +6681,8 @@ msgid "" "Choose logging facility and level of output, then click <guibutton>Next</" "guibutton>." msgstr "" -"Valige logimisvahend ja väljundi tase ning klõpsake nupule " -"<guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>." +"Valige logimisvahend ja väljundi tase ning klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Edasi</" +"guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:72 @@ -6721,8 +6716,8 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png" msgid "" "Configure the user access settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" -"Määrake kasutaja ligipääsu valikud ja klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Edasi<" -"/guibutton>." +"Määrake kasutaja ligipääsu valikud ja klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Edasi</" +"guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:94 @@ -6740,8 +6735,8 @@ msgid "" "Configure X11 forwarding and compression during transfer, then click " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" -"Seadistage X11 suunamine ja tihendamine edastuse ajal ning " -"klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>." +"Seadistage X11 suunamine ja tihendamine edastuse ajal ning klõpsake nupule " +"<guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:108 @@ -9001,15 +8996,14 @@ msgid "" "download limit, it is wise to remove that medium and replace it by online " "repositories thanks to <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ." msgstr "" -"Paigaldamise ajal on hoidlaks seadistatud andmekandja, mida " -"paigaldamiseks kasutatakse (tavaliselt DVD või CD). Kui see " -"andmekandja alles jätta, pärib rpmdrake selle järele iga kord, kui " -"soovite mõnda tarkvarapaketti paigaldada, järgmise hüpikaknaga: " -"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Kui selline aknake teid " -"häirib ja teil on korralik internetiühendus, mille allalaadimise piirang " -"pole kuigi range, oleks mõistlik see andmekandja eemaldada ja " -"asendada võrguhoidlaga, nagu kirjeldab <xref " -"linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/>." +"Paigaldamise ajal on hoidlaks seadistatud andmekandja, mida paigaldamiseks " +"kasutatakse (tavaliselt DVD või CD). Kui see andmekandja alles jätta, pärib " +"rpmdrake selle järele iga kord, kui soovite mõnda tarkvarapaketti " +"paigaldada, järgmise hüpikaknaga: <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/" +">Kui selline aknake teid häirib ja teil on korralik internetiühendus, mille " +"allalaadimise piirang pole kuigi range, oleks mõistlik see andmekandja " +"eemaldada ja asendada võrguhoidlaga, nagu kirjeldab <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-" +"edit-media\"/>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:49 @@ -9017,8 +9011,8 @@ msgid "" "Moreover, the online repositories are always up to date, contains much more " "packages, and allow to update your installed packages." msgstr "" -"Pealegi on võrguhoidlates alati kõige uuem tarkvara, palju rohkem " -"pakette ning nende kaudu saab ka juba paigaldatud tarkvara uuendada." +"Pealegi on võrguhoidlates alati kõige uuem tarkvara, palju rohkem pakette " +"ning nende kaudu saab ka juba paigaldatud tarkvara uuendada." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:55 @@ -9195,7 +9189,8 @@ msgstr "Tähendus" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:165 -msgid "rpmdrake2.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../rpmdrake2.png" msgstr "../rpmdrake2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> @@ -9205,7 +9200,8 @@ msgstr "See pakett on juba paigaldatud" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:175 -msgid "rpmdrake3.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../rpmdrake3.png" msgstr "../rpmdrake3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> @@ -9215,7 +9211,8 @@ msgstr "See pakett on valitud paigaldamiseks" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:185 -msgid "rpmdrake4.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../rpmdrake4.png" msgstr "../rpmdrake4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> @@ -9225,7 +9222,8 @@ msgstr "Selle paketi olekut ei saa muuta" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:195 -msgid "rpmdrake5.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../rpmdrake5.png" msgstr "../rpmdrake5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> @@ -9235,7 +9233,8 @@ msgstr "See pakett on uuendus" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:205 -msgid "rpmdrake6.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../rpmdrake6.png" msgstr "../rpmdrake6.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/eu.po b/docs/mcc-help/eu.po index d562dbaa..3b5d35ca 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/eu.po +++ b/docs/mcc-help/eu.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-01-28 18:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-02-24 19:21+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-01-03 08:40+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n" "Language-Team: Basque (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" @@ -3319,7 +3319,8 @@ msgstr "Printzipioak" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakgw.xml:29 -msgid "drakgw-net.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../drakgw-net.png" msgstr "drakgw-net.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -3669,22 +3670,26 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:43 -msgid "draknetcenterEthernet-on.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png" msgstr "draknetcenterEthernet-on.png" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:47 -msgid "draknetcenterEthernet-off.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png" msgstr "draknetcenterEthernet-off.png" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:52 -msgid "draknetcenterWireless-off.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png" msgstr "draknetcenterWireless-off.png" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:56 -msgid "draknetcenterWireless-on.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png" msgstr "draknetcenterWireless-on.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -9277,7 +9282,8 @@ msgstr "Kondaira" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:165 -msgid "rpmdrake2.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../rpmdrake2.png" msgstr "rpmdrake2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> @@ -9287,7 +9293,8 @@ msgstr "Pakete hau jada instalatuta dago" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:175 -msgid "rpmdrake3.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../rpmdrake3.png" msgstr "rpmdrake3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> @@ -9297,7 +9304,8 @@ msgstr "Pakete hau instalatuko da" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:185 -msgid "rpmdrake4.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../rpmdrake4.png" msgstr "rpmdrake4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> @@ -9307,7 +9315,8 @@ msgstr "Pakete hau ezin da aldatu" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:195 -msgid "rpmdrake5.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../rpmdrake5.png" msgstr "rpmdrake5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> @@ -9317,7 +9326,8 @@ msgstr "Pakete hau eguneratuko da" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:205 -msgid "rpmdrake6.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../rpmdrake6.png" msgstr "rpmdrake6.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/fr.po b/docs/mcc-help/fr.po index adf7e631..ee1f6457 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/fr.po +++ b/docs/mcc-help/fr.po @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-30 20:33+0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-02-24 19:21+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-30 19:06+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Eric Barbero <dune06@free.fr>\n" "Language-Team: French (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" @@ -3361,7 +3361,8 @@ msgstr "Principes" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakgw.xml:29 -msgid "drakgw-net.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../drakgw-net.png" msgstr "drakgw-net.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -3713,22 +3714,26 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:43 -msgid "draknetcenterEthernet-on.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png" msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:47 -msgid "draknetcenterEthernet-off.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png" msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:52 -msgid "draknetcenterWireless-off.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png" msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:56 -msgid "draknetcenterWireless-on.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png" msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -9396,7 +9401,8 @@ msgstr "Légende" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:165 -msgid "rpmdrake2.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../rpmdrake2.png" msgstr "../rpmdrake2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> @@ -9406,7 +9412,8 @@ msgstr "Ce paquetage est déjà installé" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:175 -msgid "rpmdrake3.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../rpmdrake3.png" msgstr "../rpmdrake3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> @@ -9416,7 +9423,8 @@ msgstr "Ce paquetage sera installé" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:185 -msgid "rpmdrake4.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../rpmdrake4.png" msgstr "../rpmdrake4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> @@ -9426,7 +9434,8 @@ msgstr "Ce paquetage ne peut être modifié" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:195 -msgid "rpmdrake5.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../rpmdrake5.png" msgstr "../rpmdrake5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> @@ -9436,7 +9445,8 @@ msgstr "Ce paquetage est une mise à jour" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:205 -msgid "rpmdrake6.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../rpmdrake6.png" msgstr "../rpmdrake6.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/id.po b/docs/mcc-help/id.po index d50f38d8..67c26b5d 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/id.po +++ b/docs/mcc-help/id.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-01-28 18:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-02-24 19:21+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-02-13 10:03+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Kiki <kiki.syahadat@yahoo.co.id>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/" @@ -3279,7 +3279,8 @@ msgstr "Dasar" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakgw.xml:29 -msgid "drakgw-net.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../drakgw-net.png" msgstr "drakgw-net.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -3631,22 +3632,26 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:43 -msgid "draknetcenterEthernet-on.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png" msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:47 -msgid "draknetcenterEthernet-off.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png" msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:52 -msgid "draknetcenterWireless-off.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png" msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:56 -msgid "draknetcenterWireless-on.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png" msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -9196,7 +9201,8 @@ msgstr "Tulisan" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:165 -msgid "rpmdrake2.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../rpmdrake2.png" msgstr "../rpmdrake2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> @@ -9206,7 +9212,8 @@ msgstr "Paket ini sudah diinstall" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:175 -msgid "rpmdrake3.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../rpmdrake3.png" msgstr "../rpmdrake3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> @@ -9216,7 +9223,8 @@ msgstr "Paket ini akan diinstall" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:185 -msgid "rpmdrake4.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../rpmdrake4.png" msgstr "../rpmdrake4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> @@ -9226,7 +9234,8 @@ msgstr "Paket ini tidak bisa dimodifikasi" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:195 -msgid "rpmdrake5.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../rpmdrake5.png" msgstr "../rpmdrake5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> @@ -9236,7 +9245,8 @@ msgstr "Ini adalah paket update" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:205 -msgid "rpmdrake6.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../rpmdrake6.png" msgstr "../rpmdrake6.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it.po b/docs/mcc-help/it.po index 4ce64edf..9342a11a 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/it.po +++ b/docs/mcc-help/it.po @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-01-28 18:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-02-24 19:21+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-28 15:51+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Guybrush88 <erpizzo@alice.it>\n" "Language-Team: Italian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" @@ -2796,7 +2796,8 @@ msgstr "Principi" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakgw.xml:29 -msgid "drakgw-net.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../drakgw-net.png" msgstr "drakgw-net.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -3071,22 +3072,26 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:43 -msgid "draknetcenterEthernet-on.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png" msgstr "draknetcenterEthernet-on.png" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:47 -msgid "draknetcenterEthernet-off.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png" msgstr "draknetcenterEthernet-off.png" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:52 -msgid "draknetcenterWireless-off.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png" msgstr "draknetcenterWireless-off.png" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:56 -msgid "draknetcenterWireless-on.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png" msgstr "draknetcenterWireless-on.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -7780,7 +7785,8 @@ msgstr "Legenda" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:165 -msgid "rpmdrake2.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../rpmdrake2.png" msgstr "rpmdrake2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> @@ -7790,7 +7796,8 @@ msgstr "Il pacchetto è già installato" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:175 -msgid "rpmdrake3.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../rpmdrake3.png" msgstr "rpmdrake3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> @@ -7800,7 +7807,8 @@ msgstr "Il pacchetto sarà installato" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:185 -msgid "rpmdrake4.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../rpmdrake4.png" msgstr "rpmdrake4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> @@ -7810,7 +7818,8 @@ msgstr "Il pacchetto non può essere modificato" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:195 -msgid "rpmdrake5.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../rpmdrake5.png" msgstr "rpmdrake5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> @@ -7820,7 +7829,8 @@ msgstr "Il pacchetto è un aggiornamento" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:205 -msgid "rpmdrake6.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../rpmdrake6.png" msgstr "rpmdrake6.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl.po b/docs/mcc-help/nl.po index 4bb0bbbf..927b26d3 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/nl.po +++ b/docs/mcc-help/nl.po @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-30 20:33+0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-02-24 19:21+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-02-02 22:15+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Marja van Waes <marja@mageia.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <i18n-nl@ml.mageia.org>\n" @@ -1097,9 +1097,9 @@ msgid "" "choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> " "file and a <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"></xref> in the drop-down lists." msgstr "" -"In het extra <guilabel>Geavanceerd</guilabel>scherm kunt u de <guilabel>" -"Videomodus</guilabel>, een <guilabel>initrd</guilabel>bestand en een " -"<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"></xref> kiezen in de uitvouwlijsten." +"In het extra <guilabel>Geavanceerd</guilabel>scherm kunt u de " +"<guilabel>Videomodus</guilabel>, een <guilabel>initrd</guilabel>bestand en " +"een <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"></xref> kiezen in de uitvouwlijsten." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakboot.xml:3 @@ -1180,9 +1180,9 @@ msgstr "" "Vink <guibutton>Nee, ik wil niet automatisch aanmelden</guibutton> aan, als " "u een inlogscherm wilt krijgen waarin om gebruiker en wachtwoord gevraagd " "wordt. Kies anders <guibutton>Ja, ik wil automatisch aanmelden met deze " -"(gebruiker, werkomgeving)</guibutton>. In dat geval dient u ook de <guilabel>" -"Standaard gebruiker</guilabel> en <guilabel>Standaard werkomgeving</" -"guilabel> te kiezen." +"(gebruiker, werkomgeving)</guibutton>. In dat geval dient u ook de " +"<guilabel>Standaard gebruiker</guilabel> en <guilabel>Standaard " +"werkomgeving</guilabel> te kiezen." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:11 @@ -1221,10 +1221,9 @@ msgid "" "several GBs large." msgstr "" "Het wordt aanbevolen de output van dit commando naar een bestand te " -"schrijven, bijv. door <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > " -"drakbugreport.txt</emphasis> in te voeren, maar verzeker u er eerst van dat " -"u voldoende schijfruimte heeft: het bestand kan gemakkelijk een paar GB's " -"groot worden." +"schrijven, bijv. door <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport." +"txt</emphasis> in te voeren, maar verzeker u er eerst van dat u voldoende " +"schijfruimte heeft: het bestand kan gemakkelijk een paar GB's groot worden." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:24 @@ -1589,8 +1588,8 @@ msgid "" "settings." msgstr "" "Ook al kunt u hier geen opmaak kiezen voor datum en tijd, zoals deze in uw " -"werkomgeving getoond worden zal in overeenstemming zijn met uw " -"lokalisatie-instellingen." +"werkomgeving getoond worden zal in overeenstemming zijn met uw lokalisatie-" +"instellingen." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3 @@ -2560,9 +2559,10 @@ msgstr "" "U kunt kiezen tussen veel opties om uw harde schijf naar wens aan te passen. " "Een hele harde schijf wissen, partities opdelen, samenvoegen of van grootte " "veranderen, of het bestandssysteem wijzigen, formatteren of zien wat zich in " -"een partitie bevindt: het kan allemaal. De <emphasis><guibutton>Alles wissen" -"</guibutton></emphasis>-knop onderaan is om de gehele schijf te wissen, de " -"andere knoppen worden rechts zichtbaar zodra u op een partitie klikt." +"een partitie bevindt: het kan allemaal. De <emphasis><guibutton>Alles " +"wissen</guibutton></emphasis>-knop onderaan is om de gehele schijf te " +"wissen, de andere knoppen worden rechts zichtbaar zodra u op een partitie " +"klikt." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:47 @@ -3126,7 +3126,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakgw.xml:29 -msgid "drakgw-net.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../drakgw-net.png" msgstr "drakgw-net.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -3353,8 +3354,8 @@ msgid "" "can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" "en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance." msgstr "" -"Deze pagina is nog ongeschreven door gebrek aan middelen. Als u denkt dat " -"u de pagina kunt schrijven, contacteer dan a.u.b. <link ns2:href=\"https://" +"Deze pagina is nog ongeschreven door gebrek aan middelen. Als u denkt dat u " +"de pagina kunt schrijven, contacteer dan a.u.b. <link ns2:href=\"https://" "wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> het Documentatieteam.</link> Bij " "voorbaat dank." @@ -3413,22 +3414,26 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:43 -msgid "draknetcenterEthernet-on.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png" msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:47 -msgid "draknetcenterEthernet-off.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png" msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:52 -msgid "draknetcenterWireless-off.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png" msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:56 -msgid "draknetcenterWireless-on.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png" msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -6583,8 +6588,8 @@ msgid "" "en/Documentation_team\"> the Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in " "advance." msgstr "" -"Deze pagina is nog ongeschreven door gebrek aan middelen. Als u denkt dat " -"u de pagina kunt schrijven, contacteer dan a.u.b. <link ns2:href=\"https://" +"Deze pagina is nog ongeschreven door gebrek aan middelen. Als u denkt dat u " +"de pagina kunt schrijven, contacteer dan a.u.b. <link ns2:href=\"https://" "wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> het Documentatieteam.</link> Bij " "voorbaat dank." @@ -6688,8 +6693,8 @@ msgid "" "called <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (under root)" msgstr "" "Er is nog een tool (voor root) die informatie geeft over de hardware, " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> genaamd" -"called <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (under root)" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> genaamdcalled <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (under root)" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:3 @@ -8281,7 +8286,8 @@ msgstr "Legenda" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:165 -msgid "rpmdrake2.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../rpmdrake2.png" msgstr "../rpmdrake2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> @@ -8291,7 +8297,8 @@ msgstr "Dit pakket is al geïnstalleerd" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:175 -msgid "rpmdrake3.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../rpmdrake3.png" msgstr "../rpmdrake3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> @@ -8301,7 +8308,8 @@ msgstr "Dit pakket zal geïnstalleerd worden" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:185 -msgid "rpmdrake4.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../rpmdrake4.png" msgstr "../rpmdrake4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> @@ -8311,7 +8319,8 @@ msgstr "Dit pakket kan niet gewijzigd worden" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:195 -msgid "rpmdrake5.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../rpmdrake5.png" msgstr "../rpmdrake5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> @@ -8321,7 +8330,8 @@ msgstr "Dit is een bijgewerkt pakket" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:205 -msgid "rpmdrake6.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../rpmdrake6.png" msgstr "../rpmdrake6.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR.po b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR.po index ad9a21ec..5381f7db 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR.po +++ b/docs/mcc-help/pt_BR.po @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-01-28 18:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-02-24 19:21+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-13 00:40+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Marcio Andre Padula <padula1000@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/" @@ -3319,7 +3319,8 @@ msgstr "princípios" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakgw.xml:29 -msgid "drakgw-net.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../drakgw-net.png" msgstr "drakgw-net.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -3672,22 +3673,26 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:43 -msgid "draknetcenterEthernet-on.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png" msgstr "draknetcenterEthernet-on.png" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:47 -msgid "draknetcenterEthernet-off.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png" msgstr "draknetcenterEthernet-off.png" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:52 -msgid "draknetcenterWireless-off.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png" msgstr "draknetcenterWireless-off.png" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:56 -msgid "draknetcenterWireless-on.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png" msgstr "draknetcenterWireless-on.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -9302,7 +9307,8 @@ msgstr "Legenda" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:165 -msgid "rpmdrake2.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../rpmdrake2.png" msgstr "rpmdrake2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> @@ -9312,7 +9318,8 @@ msgstr "Este pacote já está instalado" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:175 -msgid "rpmdrake3.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../rpmdrake3.png" msgstr "rpmdrake3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> @@ -9322,7 +9329,8 @@ msgstr "Este pacote será instalado" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:185 -msgid "rpmdrake4.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../rpmdrake4.png" msgstr "rpmdrake4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> @@ -9332,7 +9340,8 @@ msgstr "Este pacotes não pode ser modificado" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:195 -msgid "rpmdrake5.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../rpmdrake5.png" msgstr "rpmdrake5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> @@ -9342,7 +9351,8 @@ msgstr "Este pacote é uma atualização" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:205 -msgid "rpmdrake6.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../rpmdrake6.png" msgstr "rpmdrake6.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro.po b/docs/mcc-help/ro.po index 83948286..371a30ad 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/ro.po +++ b/docs/mcc-help/ro.po @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-01-28 18:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-02-24 19:21+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-20 05:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Florin Cătălin RUSSEN <cfrussen@yahoo.co.uk>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" @@ -3317,7 +3317,8 @@ msgstr "Principii" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakgw.xml:29 -msgid "drakgw-net.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../drakgw-net.png" msgstr "drakgw-net.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -3668,22 +3669,26 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:43 -msgid "draknetcenterEthernet-on.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png" msgstr "draknetcenterEthernet-on.png" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:47 -msgid "draknetcenterEthernet-off.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png" msgstr "draknetcenterEthernet-off.png" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:52 -msgid "draknetcenterWireless-off.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png" msgstr "draknetcenterWireless-off.png" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:56 -msgid "draknetcenterWireless-on.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png" msgstr "draknetcenterWireless-on.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -9314,7 +9319,8 @@ msgstr "Legendă" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:165 -msgid "rpmdrake2.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../rpmdrake2.png" msgstr "rpmdrake2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> @@ -9324,7 +9330,8 @@ msgstr "Acest pachet este deja instalat" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:175 -msgid "rpmdrake3.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../rpmdrake3.png" msgstr "rpmdrake3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> @@ -9334,7 +9341,8 @@ msgstr "Acest pachet va fi instalat" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:185 -msgid "rpmdrake4.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../rpmdrake4.png" msgstr "rpmdrake4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> @@ -9344,7 +9352,8 @@ msgstr "Acest pachet nu poate fi modificat" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:195 -msgid "rpmdrake5.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../rpmdrake5.png" msgstr "rpmdrake5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> @@ -9354,7 +9363,8 @@ msgstr "Acest pachet este o actualizare" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:205 -msgid "rpmdrake6.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../rpmdrake6.png" msgstr "rpmdrake6.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ru.po b/docs/mcc-help/ru.po index 968fdbc7..4d02b2ea 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/ru.po +++ b/docs/mcc-help/ru.po @@ -10,15 +10,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-30 20:33+0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-02-24 19:21+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-13 21:20+0300\n" "Last-Translator: AlexL <loginov.alex.valer@gmail.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Russian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/ru/)\n" +"Language-Team: Russian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" +"ru/)\n" "Language: ru\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n" +"%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:11 @@ -37,36 +39,49 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> от имени администратора " +"(root)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24 -msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Network Sharing tab, labeled <guilabel>Configure WebDAV shares</guilabel>." -msgstr "Доступ к этой программе<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно получить из Центра управления Mageia (MCC), пункт «Общие сетевые службы», раздел <guilabel>Настройка ресурсов WebDAV</guilabel>." +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia " +"Control Center, under the Network Sharing tab, labeled <guilabel>Configure " +"WebDAV shares</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Доступ к этой программе<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно " +"получить из Центра управления Mageia (MCC), пункт «Общие сетевые службы», " +"раздел <guilabel>Настройка ресурсов WebDAV</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:30 -#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:22 -#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:21 -#: en/drak3d.xml:15 -#: en/drakconnect.xml:16 -#: en/draknetcenter.xml:29 -#: en/draksambashare.xml:27 -#: en/drakvpn.xml:16 -#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:27 -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:41 -#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:27 -#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:46 -#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:17 +#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:30 en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:22 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:21 +#: en/drak3d.xml:15 en/drakconnect.xml:16 en/draknetcenter.xml:29 +#: en/draksambashare.xml:27 en/drakvpn.xml:16 en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:27 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:41 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:27 +#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:46 en/keyboarddrake.xml:17 #: en/system-config-printer.xml:21 msgid "Introduction" msgstr "Введение" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:32 -msgid "<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> is a protocol that allows to mount a web server's directory locally, so that it appears as a local directory. It is necessary that the remote machine run a WebDAV server. This is not the aim of this tool to configure the WebDAV server." -msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> - протокол, с помощью которого можно монтировать каталог веб-сервера локально так, что в системе соответствующий каталог отобразится как локальный. На компьютере-сервере должен быть запущен сервер WebDAV. Этот инструмент не предназначен для настройки сервера WebDAV." +msgid "" +"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> is a " +"protocol that allows to mount a web server's directory locally, so that it " +"appears as a local directory. It is necessary that the remote machine run a " +"WebDAV server. This is not the aim of this tool to configure the WebDAV " +"server." +msgstr "" +"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> - " +"протокол, с помощью которого можно монтировать каталог веб-сервера локально " +"так, что в системе соответствующий каталог отобразится как локальный. На " +"компьютере-сервере должен быть запущен сервер WebDAV. Этот инструмент не " +"предназначен для настройки сервера WebDAV." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:40 @@ -75,13 +90,31 @@ msgstr "Создание собственного пункта" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:42 -msgid "The first screen of the tool displays the already configured entries, if any, and a <guibutton>New</guibutton> button. Use it to create a new entry. Insert the server URL in the field of the new screen." -msgstr "На первой странице программы будет показана уже настроенная запись, если таковая уже была создана и кнопка <guibutton>Новая</guibutton>. С помощью нажатия этой кнопки можно создать новую запись. Укажите URL-адрес сервера в поле страницы, которая будет открыта в ответ на нажатие кнопки." +msgid "" +"The first screen of the tool displays the already configured entries, if " +"any, and a <guibutton>New</guibutton> button. Use it to create a new entry. " +"Insert the server URL in the field of the new screen." +msgstr "" +"На первой странице программы будет показана уже настроенная запись, если " +"таковая уже была создана и кнопка <guibutton>Новая</guibutton>. С помощью " +"нажатия этой кнопки можно создать новую запись. Укажите URL-адрес сервера в " +"поле страницы, которая будет открыта в ответ на нажатие кнопки." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:46 -msgid "Then you get a screen with radio buttons to select some actions. Continue with the action <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> by clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> after selecting the radio button, as the <guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct it, if needed." -msgstr "После этого будет показано окно с пунктами-переключателями для выбора следующих действий. Продолжите с нажатия кнопки <guibutton>Точка монтирования</guibutton>. После выбора пункта, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Готово</guibutton>, поскольку <guibutton>Сервер</guibutton> уже настроен. Впрочем, вы можете воспользоваться этим пунктом, если необходимо внести какие-либо изменения." +msgid "" +"Then you get a screen with radio buttons to select some actions. Continue " +"with the action <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> by clicking " +"<guibutton>OK</guibutton> after selecting the radio button, as the " +"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct " +"it, if needed." +msgstr "" +"После этого будет показано окно с пунктами-переключателями для выбора " +"следующих действий. Продолжите с нажатия кнопки <guibutton>Точка " +"монтирования</guibutton>. После выбора пункта, нажмите кнопку " +"<guibutton>Готово</guibutton>, поскольку <guibutton>Сервер</guibutton> уже " +"настроен. Впрочем, вы можете воспользоваться этим пунктом, если необходимо " +"внести какие-либо изменения." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:54 @@ -90,13 +123,22 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--dav3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:58 -msgid "The content of the remote directory will be accessible through this mount point." -msgstr "Доступ к удаленному каталогу можно будет осуществлять с помощью указанной точки монтирования." +msgid "" +"The content of the remote directory will be accessible through this mount " +"point." +msgstr "" +"Доступ к удаленному каталогу можно будет осуществлять с помощью указанной " +"точки монтирования." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:61 -msgid "In the next step, give your user name and password. If you need some other options, you can give them in the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> screen." -msgstr "На следующем шаге вам необходимо указать - ваше имя пользователя и пароль. Если нужны другие настройки, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton>." +msgid "" +"In the next step, give your user name and password. If you need some other " +"options, you can give them in the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> screen." +msgstr "" +"На следующем шаге вам необходимо указать - ваше имя пользователя и пароль. " +"Если нужны другие настройки, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Дополнительно</" +"guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:67 @@ -105,13 +147,30 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:71 -msgid "The option <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> allows you to mount immediately the access." -msgstr "С помощью кнопки <guibutton>Монтировать</guibutton> можно смонтировать каталог для немедленного использования." +msgid "" +"The option <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> allows you to mount immediately the " +"access." +msgstr "" +"С помощью кнопки <guibutton>Монтировать</guibutton> можно смонтировать " +"каталог для немедленного использования." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:74 -msgid "After you accepted the configuration with the radio button <guibutton>Done</guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your new mount point is listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you are asked whether or not to save the modifications in <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose this option if you want that the remote directory is available at each boot. If your configuration is for one-time usage, do not save it." -msgstr "После подтверждения настройки кнопкой <guibutton>Готово</guibutton>, будет снова показано первое окно с назначенной вами точкой монтирования. После нажатия кнопки <guibutton>Выйти</guibutton> программа спросит вас, следует ли записать внесённые изменения в <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Сохраните внесённые изменения, чтобы директория/раздел были доступны для использования сразу после загрузки системы. И не сохраняйте изменения, если монтируете для одноразового использования." +msgid "" +"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button <guibutton>Done</" +"guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your new mount point is " +"listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you are asked whether " +"or not to save the modifications in <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose " +"this option if you want that the remote directory is available at each boot. " +"If your configuration is for one-time usage, do not save it." +msgstr "" +"После подтверждения настройки кнопкой <guibutton>Готово</guibutton>, будет " +"снова показано первое окно с назначенной вами точкой монтирования. После " +"нажатия кнопки <guibutton>Выйти</guibutton> программа спросит вас, следует " +"ли записать внесённые изменения в <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Сохраните " +"внесённые изменения, чтобы директория/раздел были доступны для использования " +"сразу после загрузки системы. И не сохраняйте изменения, если монтируете для " +"одноразового использования." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:3 @@ -130,50 +189,130 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> от имени " +"администратора (root)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15 -msgid "This simple tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you, the administrator, to allow users to share parts of their own /home subdirectories with other users of a same local network which may have computers running either Linux or Windows operating system." -msgstr "С помощью этой программы<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы, как администратор, сможете предоставить пользователям возможность предоставлять подкаталоги, из каталога пользователя в /home, в совместное пользование другим пользователям в локальной сети. Компьютеры этих пользователей могут работать под управлением операционных систем Linux или Windows." +msgid "" +"This simple tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you, the " +"administrator, to allow users to share parts of their own /home " +"subdirectories with other users of a same local network which may have " +"computers running either Linux or Windows operating system." +msgstr "" +"С помощью этой программы<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы, как " +"администратор, сможете предоставить пользователям возможность предоставлять " +"подкаталоги, из каталога пользователя в /home, в совместное пользование " +"другим пользователям в локальной сети. Компьютеры этих пользователей могут " +"работать под управлением операционных систем Linux или Windows." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:20 -msgid "It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled \"Share your hard disk partitions\"." -msgstr "Доступ к этому модулю можно получить из Центра управления Mageia (MCC), пункт «Локальные диски», раздел «Совместный доступ к разделам вашего жёсткого диска»." +msgid "" +"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled " +"\"Share your hard disk partitions\"." +msgstr "" +"Доступ к этому модулю можно получить из Центра управления Mageia (MCC), " +"пункт «Локальные диски», раздел «Совместный доступ к разделам вашего " +"жёсткого диска»." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:23 -msgid "First, answer the question : \"<guilabel>Would you like to allow users to share some of their directories ?</guilabel>\", click on <guibutton>No sharing</guibutton> if the answer is no for all users, click on <guibutton>Allow all users</guibutton> for all users and click on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically created by the system. You will be asked about this later." -msgstr "Сначала вам следует дать ответ на вопрос: «<guilabel>хотели бы вы позволить пользователям предоставлять доступ к некоторым из своих папок?</guilabel>» Отметьте пункт <guibutton>Нет общего доступа</guibutton>, если доступ следует запретить всем пользователям, пункт <guibutton>Разрешить всем пользователям</guibutton>, если доступ следует разрешить всем и <guibutton>Выборочно</guibutton>, если некоторым пользователям запретить доступ, а некоторым предоставить. В последнем случае пользователи, которые будут иметь доступ к каталогам общего пользования, должны принадлежать к группе fileshare, которая будет автоматически создана системой. Дополнительный вопрос, относительно этого будет задан программой на следующих шагах настройки." +msgid "" +"First, answer the question : \"<guilabel>Would you like to allow users to " +"share some of their directories ?</guilabel>\", click on <guibutton>No " +"sharing</guibutton> if the answer is no for all users, click on " +"<guibutton>Allow all users</guibutton> for all users and click on " +"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for " +"the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their " +"directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically " +"created by the system. You will be asked about this later." +msgstr "" +"Сначала вам следует дать ответ на вопрос: «<guilabel>хотели бы вы позволить " +"пользователям предоставлять доступ к некоторым из своих папок?</guilabel>» " +"Отметьте пункт <guibutton>Нет общего доступа</guibutton>, если доступ " +"следует запретить всем пользователям, пункт <guibutton>Разрешить всем " +"пользователям</guibutton>, если доступ следует разрешить всем и " +"<guibutton>Выборочно</guibutton>, если некоторым пользователям запретить " +"доступ, а некоторым предоставить. В последнем случае пользователи, которые " +"будут иметь доступ к каталогам общего пользования, должны принадлежать к " +"группе fileshare, которая будет автоматически создана системой. " +"Дополнительный вопрос, относительно этого будет задан программой на " +"следующих шагах настройки." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:32 -msgid "Click on <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, a second screen appears which asks you choose between <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> or <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>. Check <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> if Linux is the only operating system on the network, check <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> if the network includes both Linux and Windows machines and then click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Any required packages will be installed if necessary." -msgstr "После нажатия кнопки <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, появится вторая страница настроек, с помощью которой вы сможете выбрать тип совместных ресурсов, <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> или <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>. Выберите вариант <guibutton>NFS</guibutton>, если единственной операционной системой в локальной сети является Linux. Если же в сети есть компьютеры под управлением Windows, выберите пункт <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>. Как только выбор будет сделан, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Если это требуется, система выполнит установку пакетов, необходимых для работы с новыми настройками." +msgid "" +"Click on <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, a second screen appears which asks you " +"choose between <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> or <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>. " +"Check <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> if Linux is the only operating system on " +"the network, check <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> if the network includes both " +"Linux and Windows machines and then click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Any " +"required packages will be installed if necessary." +msgstr "" +"После нажатия кнопки <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, появится вторая страница " +"настроек, с помощью которой вы сможете выбрать тип совместных ресурсов, " +"<guibutton>NFS</guibutton> или <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>. Выберите вариант " +"<guibutton>NFS</guibutton>, если единственной операционной системой в " +"локальной сети является Linux. Если же в сети есть компьютеры под " +"управлением Windows, выберите пункт <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>. Как только " +"выбор будет сделан, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Если это " +"требуется, система выполнит установку пакетов, необходимых для работы с " +"новыми настройками." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:39 -msgid "The configuration is now complete unless the Custom option was chosen. In this case, an extra screen prompts you to open Userdrake. This tool allows you to add users authorised to share their directories to the fileshare group. In the User tab, click on the user to add to the fileshare group, then on <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>, In the Groups tab. Check the fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information about Userdrake, see <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">this page</link>" -msgstr "Если не выбран вариант «Выборочно», на этом настройка будет завершена. Если же вы выбрали вариант «Выборочно», появится страница, на которой программа попросит вас открыть окно программы Userdrake. С помощью Userdrake вы сможете добавить пользователей, которым будет разрешено предоставлять каталоги в общее пользование в группу fileshare. На вкладке «Пользователи» выберите пользователя, которого необходимо добавить к этой группе, затем нажмите кнопку <guimenuitem>Редактировать</guimenuitem>, на вкладке «Группы». Отметьте пункт группы fileshare и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Более подробное описание программы Userdrake можно найти на <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">этой странице</link>." +msgid "" +"The configuration is now complete unless the Custom option was chosen. In " +"this case, an extra screen prompts you to open Userdrake. This tool allows " +"you to add users authorised to share their directories to the fileshare " +"group. In the User tab, click on the user to add to the fileshare group, " +"then on <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>, In the Groups tab. Check the " +"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information " +"about Userdrake, see <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">this page</link>" +msgstr "" +"Если не выбран вариант «Выборочно», на этом настройка будет завершена. Если " +"же вы выбрали вариант «Выборочно», появится страница, на которой программа " +"попросит вас открыть окно программы Userdrake. С помощью Userdrake вы " +"сможете добавить пользователей, которым будет разрешено предоставлять " +"каталоги в общее пользование в группу fileshare. На вкладке «Пользователи» " +"выберите пользователя, которого необходимо добавить к этой группе, затем " +"нажмите кнопку <guimenuitem>Редактировать</guimenuitem>, на вкладке " +"«Группы». Отметьте пункт группы fileshare и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>OK</" +"guibutton>. Более подробное описание программы Userdrake можно найти на " +"<link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">этой странице</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:50 -msgid "When adding a new user to the fileshare group, you have to disconnect and reconnect the network for the modifications to be taken into account." -msgstr "Чтобы внесённые изменения вступили в силу, после добавления нового пользователя в группу fileshare, отключите компьютер от локальной сети, а затем установите соединение повторно." +msgid "" +"When adding a new user to the fileshare group, you have to disconnect and " +"reconnect the network for the modifications to be taken into account." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы внесённые изменения вступили в силу, после добавления нового " +"пользователя в группу fileshare, отключите компьютер от локальной сети, а " +"затем установите соединение повторно." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:55 -msgid "From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers have this facility." -msgstr "После этой операции каждый из участников группы fileshare сможет просто обозначить в программе для управления файлами своей графической среды пункт каталога, данные из которого следует предоставить в общее пользование и воспользоваться возможностями общего доступа этой программы (такие возможности предусмотрены не во всех программах)." +msgid "" +"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her " +"file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers " +"have this facility." +msgstr "" +"После этой операции каждый из участников группы fileshare сможет просто " +"обозначить в программе для управления файлами своей графической среды пункт " +"каталога, данные из которого следует предоставить в общее пользование и " +"воспользоваться возможностями общего доступа этой программы (такие " +"возможности предусмотрены не во всех программах)." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> -#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 -#: en/mcc-network.xml:1 -#: en/MCC.xml:1 -#: en/software-management.xml:2 -#: en/transfugdrake.xml:1 +#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/mcc-network.xml:1 en/MCC.xml:1 +#: en/software-management.xml:2 en/transfugdrake.xml:1 msgid "en" msgstr "ru" @@ -199,29 +338,55 @@ msgstr "." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:25 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> от имени администратора " +"(root)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:24 -msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to declare some shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The protocol used for this is NFS which is available on most Linux or Unix systems. The shared directory will be thus available directly at boot. Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a user with tools such as file browsers." -msgstr "С помощью этой программы<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы можете объявить некоторые из каталогов общего пользования доступными всем пользователям компьютера. Протокол NFS используется в большинстве систем Linux или Unix. Такие совместные каталоги станут доступными для пользователей сразу после загрузки системы. Доступ к общим каталогам можно осуществлять непосредственно во время рабочего сеанса пользователя с помощью программ для управления файлами." +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to declare " +"some shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The " +"protocol used for this is NFS which is available on most Linux or Unix " +"systems. The shared directory will be thus available directly at boot. " +"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a " +"user with tools such as file browsers." +msgstr "" +"С помощью этой программы<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы можете " +"объявить некоторые из каталогов общего пользования доступными всем " +"пользователям компьютера. Протокол NFS используется в большинстве систем " +"Linux или Unix. Такие совместные каталоги станут доступными для " +"пользователей сразу после загрузки системы. Доступ к общим каталогам можно " +"осуществлять непосредственно во время рабочего сеанса пользователя с помощью " +"программ для управления файлами." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:36 -#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:38 +#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:36 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:38 msgid "Procedure" msgstr "Процедура" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:38 -msgid "Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers which share directories." -msgstr "Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Поиск серверов</guibutton>, чтобы получить список серверов, которые предоставляют каталоги в общее пользование." +msgid "" +"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers " +"which share directories." +msgstr "" +"Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Поиск серверов</guibutton>, чтобы получить список " +"серверов, которые предоставляют каталоги в общее пользование." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:41 -msgid "Click on the > symbol before the server name to display the list of the shared directories and select the directory you want to access." -msgstr "Нажмите пункт с названием сервера, а затем кнопку > перед этим названием, чтобы просмотреть список общих каталогов. Отметьте пункт каталога, к которому вы хотите получить доступ." +msgid "" +"Click on the > symbol before the server name to display the list of the " +"shared directories and select the directory you want to access." +msgstr "" +"Нажмите пункт с названием сервера, а затем кнопку > перед этим названием, " +"чтобы просмотреть список общих каталогов. Отметьте пункт каталога, к " +"которому вы хотите получить доступ." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:47 @@ -230,8 +395,12 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:51 -msgid "The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have to specify where to mount the directory." -msgstr "Станет доступной кнопка <guibutton>Точка монтирования</guibutton>, с помощью которой вы сможете указать точку монтирования для каталога." +msgid "" +"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have " +"to specify where to mount the directory." +msgstr "" +"Станет доступной кнопка <guibutton>Точка монтирования</guibutton>, с помощью " +"которой вы сможете указать точку монтирования для каталога." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:56 @@ -240,8 +409,15 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--nfs3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:60 -msgid "After choosing the mount point, You can mount it. You can also verify and change some options with the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button. After mounting the directory, you can unmount it with the same button." -msgstr "После выбора точки монтирования вы можете смонтировать каталог. Вы также можете проверить или изменить параметры монтирования с помощью кнопки <guibutton>Параметры</guibutton>. После монтирования каталога его можно размонтировать с помощью той же кнопки." +msgid "" +"After choosing the mount point, You can mount it. You can also verify and " +"change some options with the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button. After " +"mounting the directory, you can unmount it with the same button." +msgstr "" +"После выбора точки монтирования вы можете смонтировать каталог. Вы также " +"можете проверить или изменить параметры монтирования с помощью кнопки " +"<guibutton>Параметры</guibutton>. После монтирования каталога его можно " +"размонтировать с помощью той же кнопки." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:67 @@ -255,8 +431,19 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:77 -msgid "On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button, a message will displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in Dolphin." -msgstr "После подтверждения настроек, нажатием кнопки <guibutton>Готово</guibutton> система попросит вас ответить на вопрос относительно того, желаете ли вы сохранить изменения в /etc/fstab. Внесение изменений в этот файл сделает каталог доступным сразу после загрузки системы, если локальная сеть доступна. После этого доступ к новому каталогу можно будет осуществлять с помощью программы для управления файлами вашей системы, например Dolphin." +msgid "" +"On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button, " +"a message will displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab " +"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the " +"network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file " +"browser, for example in Dolphin." +msgstr "" +"После подтверждения настроек, нажатием кнопки <guibutton>Готово</guibutton> " +"система попросит вас ответить на вопрос относительно того, желаете ли вы " +"сохранить изменения в /etc/fstab. Внесение изменений в этот файл сделает " +"каталог доступным сразу после загрузки системы, если локальная сеть " +"доступна. После этого доступ к новому каталогу можно будет осуществлять с " +"помощью программы для управления файлами вашей системы, например Dolphin." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:85 @@ -280,23 +467,44 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:15 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> от имени " +"администратора (root)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:14 -msgid "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is found under the tab Local disks in the Mageia Control Center labelled accordingly with your removable hardware (CD/DVD players and burners and floppy drives only)." -msgstr "Доступ к этому модулю <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>можно получить с помощью пункта «Локальные диски» из Центра управления Mageia. Модуль подписан в соответствии с названием вашего съёмного носителя данных (только для CD/DVD и дисководов)." +msgid "" +"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is found under the tab " +"Local disks in the Mageia Control Center labelled accordingly with your " +"removable hardware (CD/DVD players and burners and floppy drives only)." +msgstr "" +"Доступ к этому модулю <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>можно " +"получить с помощью пункта «Локальные диски» из Центра управления Mageia. " +"Модуль подписан в соответствии с названием вашего съёмного носителя данных " +"(только для CD/DVD и дисководов)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:20 msgid "Its goal is to define the way your removable disk is mounted." -msgstr "Модуль предназначен для определения способа монтирования съёмных дисков." +msgstr "" +"Модуль предназначен для определения способа монтирования съёмных дисков." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:22 -msgid "At the top of the window there is a short description of your hardware and the chosen options to mount it. Use the menu on the bottom to change them. Check the item to be changed and then on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button." -msgstr "В верхней части окна будет показано краткое описание оборудования и параметров его монтирования. С помощью меню, показанного в нижней части окна, вы сможете изменить параметры монтирования. Отметьте в меню пункт и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>OK</guibutton>." +msgid "" +"At the top of the window there is a short description of your hardware and " +"the chosen options to mount it. Use the menu on the bottom to change them. " +"Check the item to be changed and then on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> " +"button." +msgstr "" +"В верхней части окна будет показано краткое описание оборудования и " +"параметров его монтирования. С помощью меню, показанного в нижней части " +"окна, вы сможете изменить параметры монтирования. Отметьте в меню пункт и " +"нажмите кнопку <guibutton>OK</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:28 @@ -305,19 +513,26 @@ msgstr "Точка монтирования" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:30 -msgid "Check this box to change the mount point. The default one is /media/cdrom." -msgstr "Отметьте этот пункт, чтобы изменить точку монтирования. По умолчанию это /media/cdrom." +msgid "" +"Check this box to change the mount point. The default one is /media/cdrom." +msgstr "" +"Отметьте этот пункт, чтобы изменить точку монтирования. По умолчанию это /" +"media/cdrom." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><bridgehead> -#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:37 -#: en/harddrake2.xml:66 +#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:37 en/harddrake2.xml:66 msgid "Options" msgstr "Параметры" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:39 -msgid "Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:" -msgstr "Изменить параметры монтирования можно непосредственно с помощью списка или нажатием кнопки <guilabel>Дополнительно</guilabel>. Основными параметрами являются:" +msgid "" +"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the " +"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:" +msgstr "" +"Изменить параметры монтирования можно непосредственно с помощью списка или " +"нажатием кнопки <guilabel>Дополнительно</guilabel>. Основными параметрами " +"являются:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:45 @@ -326,8 +541,15 @@ msgstr "user/nouser" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:47 -msgid "user allows an ordinary user (not root) to mount the removable disk, this option involves noexec, nosuid and nodev. The user who mounted the disk is the only one who can umount it." -msgstr "Обозначением пункта «user» можно позволить обычному пользователю (не root) монтировать съёмные диски. Выбор пункта приведёт к обозначению пунктов noexec, nosuid и nodev. Размонтировать смонтированный диск может только пользователь, который его смонтировал." +msgid "" +"user allows an ordinary user (not root) to mount the removable disk, this " +"option involves noexec, nosuid and nodev. The user who mounted the disk is " +"the only one who can umount it." +msgstr "" +"Обозначением пункта «user» можно позволить обычному пользователю (не root) " +"монтировать съёмные диски. Выбор пункта приведёт к обозначению пунктов " +"noexec, nosuid и nodev. Размонтировать смонтированный диск может только " +"пользователь, который его смонтировал." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:11 @@ -341,33 +563,68 @@ msgstr "diskdrake --smb" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:24 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> от имени администратора " +"(root)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:23 -msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to declare which shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The protocol used for this is SMB which has been popularized on Windows(R) systems. The shared directory will be available directly at boot. Shared directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with tools such as file browsers." -msgstr "С помощью этой программы<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы можете указать каталоги, доступ к которым смогут получать все пользователи компьютера. Для доступа будет использоваться протокол SMB, который приобрел популярность вместе с операционными системами Windows®. Доступ к каталогам общего пользования можно будет получить сразу после загрузки системы. Доступ к каталогам общего пользования можно также получить в пределах отдельного сеанса с помощью программ для управления файлами." +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to declare " +"which shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The " +"protocol used for this is SMB which has been popularized on Windows(R) " +"systems. The shared directory will be available directly at boot. Shared " +"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with " +"tools such as file browsers." +msgstr "" +"С помощью этой программы<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы можете " +"указать каталоги, доступ к которым смогут получать все пользователи " +"компьютера. Для доступа будет использоваться протокол SMB, который приобрел " +"популярность вместе с операционными системами Windows®. Доступ к каталогам " +"общего пользования можно будет получить сразу после загрузки системы. Доступ " +"к каталогам общего пользования можно также получить в пределах отдельного " +"сеанса с помощью программ для управления файлами." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:33 -msgid "Before starting the tool, it is a good idea to declare the names of available servers, for example with <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" -msgstr "До запуска этой программы следует определить названия доступных серверов, например с помощью <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" +msgid "" +"Before starting the tool, it is a good idea to declare the names of " +"available servers, for example with <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" +msgstr "" +"До запуска этой программы следует определить названия доступных серверов, " +"например с помощью <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:40 -msgid "Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who share directories." -msgstr "Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Поиск серверов</guibutton>, чтобы получить список серверов, которые предоставляют каталоги в общее пользование." +msgid "" +"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who " +"share directories." +msgstr "" +"Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Поиск серверов</guibutton>, чтобы получить список " +"серверов, которые предоставляют каталоги в общее пользование." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:43 -msgid "Click on the server name and on > before the server name to display the list of the shared directories and select the directory you want to access." -msgstr "Нажмите пункт с названием сервера, а затем кнопку > перед этим названием, чтобы просмотреть список общих каталогов. Отметьте пункт каталога, к которому вы хотите получить доступ." +msgid "" +"Click on the server name and on > before the server name to display the " +"list of the shared directories and select the directory you want to access." +msgstr "" +"Нажмите пункт с названием сервера, а затем кнопку > перед этим названием, " +"чтобы просмотреть список общих каталогов. Отметьте пункт каталога, к " +"которому вы хотите получить доступ." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:47 -msgid "The <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> button will become available, you have to specify where to mount the directory." -msgstr "Станет доступной кнопка <guibutton>Точка монтирования</guibutton>, с помощью которой вы сможете указать точку монтирования для каталога." +msgid "" +"The <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> button will become available, you " +"have to specify where to mount the directory." +msgstr "" +"Станет доступной кнопка <guibutton>Точка монтирования</guibutton>, с помощью " +"которой вы сможете указать точку монтирования для каталога." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:52 @@ -376,13 +633,26 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--smb2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:56 -msgid "After choosing the mount point, it can be mounted with the <guimenu>Mount button</guimenu>. You can also verify and change some options with the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button." -msgstr "После выбора точки монтирования вы можете смонтировать каталог с помощью кнопки <guimenu>Монтировать</guimenu>. Вы также можете проверить или изменить параметры монтирования с помощью кнопки <guibutton>Параметры</guibutton>." +msgid "" +"After choosing the mount point, it can be mounted with the <guimenu>Mount " +"button</guimenu>. You can also verify and change some options with the " +"<guibutton>Options</guibutton> button." +msgstr "" +"После выбора точки монтирования вы можете смонтировать каталог с помощью " +"кнопки <guimenu>Монтировать</guimenu>. Вы также можете проверить или " +"изменить параметры монтирования с помощью кнопки <guibutton>Параметры</" +"guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:60 -msgid "In options, you can specify the user name and the password of those able to connect to the SMB server. After mounting the directory, you can unmount it with the same button." -msgstr "С помощью окна параметров вы можете указать имя пользователя и пароль, которым должны пользоваться те, кто хочет соединиться с сервером SMB. После монтирования каталога его можно размонтировать с помощью той же кнопки." +msgid "" +"In options, you can specify the user name and the password of those able to " +"connect to the SMB server. After mounting the directory, you can unmount it " +"with the same button." +msgstr "" +"С помощью окна параметров вы можете указать имя пользователя и пароль, " +"которым должны пользоваться те, кто хочет соединиться с сервером SMB. После " +"монтирования каталога его можно размонтировать с помощью той же кнопки." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:66 @@ -396,8 +666,18 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--smb4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:76 -msgid "After accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will ask \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". Saving, will allow directory to made available at each boot, if the network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in dolphin." -msgstr "После подтверждения настроек нажатием кнопки <guibutton>Готово</guibutton> система попросит вас ответить на вопрос относительно того, желаете ли вы сохранить изменения в /etc/fstab. Внесение изменений в этот файл сделает каталог доступным сразу после загрузки системы, если локальная сеть доступна. После этого доступ к новому каталогу можно будет осуществлять с помощью программы для управления файлами вашей системы, например Dolphin." +msgid "" +"After accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will ask " +"\"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". Saving, will allow " +"directory to made available at each boot, if the network is accessible. The " +"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in dolphin." +msgstr "" +"После подтверждения настроек нажатием кнопки <guibutton>Готово</guibutton> " +"система попросит вас ответить на вопрос относительно того, желаете ли вы " +"сохранить изменения в /etc/fstab. Внесение изменений в этот файл сделает " +"каталог доступным сразу после загрузки системы, если локальная сеть " +"доступна. После этого доступ к новому каталогу можно будет осуществлять с " +"помощью программы для управления файлами вашей системы, например Dolphin." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:84 @@ -421,13 +701,23 @@ msgstr "drak3d.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:18 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:17 -msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lets you manage the 3D desktop effects on your operating system. 3D effects are turned off by default." -msgstr "С помощью этой программы<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы можете управлять эффектами пространственного воспроизведения (3D) в вашей операционной системе. Обычно такие эффекты отключены." +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lets you manage the 3D " +"desktop effects on your operating system. 3D effects are turned off by " +"default." +msgstr "" +"С помощью этой программы<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы можете " +"управлять эффектами пространственного воспроизведения (3D) в вашей " +"операционной системе. Обычно такие эффекты отключены." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drak3d.xml:25 @@ -436,18 +726,44 @@ msgstr "Первоначальные замечания" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:27 -msgid "To use this tool, you need to have the glxinfo package installed. If the package is not installed, you will be prompted to do so before drak3d can start." -msgstr "Чтобы воспользоваться этим инструментом, вам следует установить пакет glxinfo. Если этот пакет ещё не был установлен, система попросит вас установить его до того, как запустит drak3d." +msgid "" +"To use this tool, you need to have the glxinfo package installed. If the " +"package is not installed, you will be prompted to do so before drak3d can " +"start." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы воспользоваться этим инструментом, вам следует установить пакет " +"glxinfo. Если этот пакет ещё не был установлен, система попросит вас " +"установить его до того, как запустит drak3d." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:31 -msgid "After starting drak3d, you will be presented with a menu window. Here you can choose either <guilabel>No 3D Desktop Effects</guilabel> or <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a composite/window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special effects for your desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn it on." -msgstr "После запуска drak3d будет показано окно меню. С помощью этого окна вы сможете выбрать вариант работы: <guilabel>Без эффектов 3D-рабочего стола</guilabel> или <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion является частью композитной системы управления окнами, которая делает возможным использование специальных эффектов с аппаратным ускорением на рабочем столе. Выберите <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>, чтобы включить такую композитную систему управления окнами." +msgid "" +"After starting drak3d, you will be presented with a menu window. Here you " +"can choose either <guilabel>No 3D Desktop Effects</guilabel> or " +"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a composite/" +"window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special effects for your " +"desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn it on." +msgstr "" +"После запуска drak3d будет показано окно меню. С помощью этого окна вы " +"сможете выбрать вариант работы: <guilabel>Без эффектов 3D-рабочего стола</" +"guilabel> или <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion является " +"частью композитной системы управления окнами, которая делает возможным " +"использование специальных эффектов с аппаратным ускорением на рабочем столе. " +"Выберите <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>, чтобы включить такую " +"композитную систему управления окнами." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:38 -msgid "If this is your first time using this program after a clean installation of Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the <guibutton>Ok</guibutton> button to continue." -msgstr "Если вы впервые пользуетесь этой программой после первоначальной установки Mageia, система покажет сообщение с предупреждением относительно того, что для работы Compiz Fusion следует установить некоторые пакеты. Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>OK</guibutton>." +msgid "" +"If this is your first time using this program after a clean installation of " +"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be " +"installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the <guibutton>Ok</" +"guibutton> button to continue." +msgstr "" +"Если вы впервые пользуетесь этой программой после первоначальной установки " +"Mageia, система покажет сообщение с предупреждением относительно того, что " +"для работы Compiz Fusion следует установить некоторые пакеты. Нажмите кнопку " +"<guibutton>OK</guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drak3d.xml:45 @@ -456,13 +772,24 @@ msgstr "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:49 -msgid "Once the appropriate packages are installed, you will notice that Compiz Fusion is selected in the drak3d menu, but you must log out and log back in for the changes to take effect." -msgstr "Как только будут установлены соответствующие пакеты, вы увидите обозначенный пункт Compiz Fusion в меню drak3d. Впрочем, для пользования новыми эффектами следует выйти из учётной записи пользователя и снова войти в неё." +msgid "" +"Once the appropriate packages are installed, you will notice that Compiz " +"Fusion is selected in the drak3d menu, but you must log out and log back in " +"for the changes to take effect." +msgstr "" +"Как только будут установлены соответствующие пакеты, вы увидите обозначенный " +"пункт Compiz Fusion в меню drak3d. Впрочем, для пользования новыми эффектами " +"следует выйти из учётной записи пользователя и снова войти в неё." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:53 -msgid "After logging back in, Compiz Fusion will be activated. To configure Compiz Fusion, see the page for the ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager) tool." -msgstr "После повторного входа в систему будет задействована Compiz Fusion. Настроить Compiz Fusion можно с помощью утилиты ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager)." +msgid "" +"After logging back in, Compiz Fusion will be activated. To configure Compiz " +"Fusion, see the page for the ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager) tool." +msgstr "" +"После повторного входа в систему будет задействована Compiz Fusion. " +"Настроить Compiz Fusion можно с помощью утилиты ccsm (CompizConfig Settings " +"Manager)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drak3d.xml:59 @@ -476,8 +803,15 @@ msgstr "После входа в систему не видно рабочего #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:64 -msgid "If after turning on Compiz Fusion you attempt to log back into your desktop but can't see anything, restart your computer to get back to the log in screen. Once there, click on the Desktop icon and select drak3d." -msgstr "Если после включения Compiz Fusion и попытке войти под своей учётной записью, вы ничего не увидите, перезагрузите операционную систему, чтобы вернуться к экрану входа в систему. В этом окне нажмите кнопку «Рабочий стол» и выберите drak3d." +msgid "" +"If after turning on Compiz Fusion you attempt to log back into your desktop " +"but can't see anything, restart your computer to get back to the log in " +"screen. Once there, click on the Desktop icon and select drak3d." +msgstr "" +"Если после включения Compiz Fusion и попытке войти под своей учётной " +"записью, вы ничего не увидите, перезагрузите операционную систему, чтобы " +"вернуться к экрану входа в систему. В этом окне нажмите кнопку «Рабочий " +"стол» и выберите drak3d." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drak3d.xml:71 @@ -486,8 +820,17 @@ msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:75 -msgid "When you log in, if your account is listed as an administrator, you will be prompted for your password again. Otherwise, use the administrator login with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the log in problem." -msgstr "После входа в систему, если ваша учётная запись не является административной, система попросит вас ввести пароль к вашей учётной записи. Если же ваша учётная запись является административной (root), воспользуйтесь ей. После входа под административной учётной записью вы сможете отменить изменения в системе, которые привели к её неработоспособности." +msgid "" +"When you log in, if your account is listed as an administrator, you will be " +"prompted for your password again. Otherwise, use the administrator login " +"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the " +"log in problem." +msgstr "" +"После входа в систему, если ваша учётная запись не является " +"административной, система попросит вас ввести пароль к вашей учётной записи. " +"Если же ваша учётная запись является административной (root), воспользуйтесь " +"ей. После входа под административной учётной записью вы сможете отменить " +"изменения в системе, которые привели к её неработоспособности." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakauth.xml:9 @@ -506,18 +849,33 @@ msgstr "drakauth.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakauth.xml:21 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakauth.xml:21 -msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net." -msgstr "С помощью этой программы<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы можете изменить способ признания вас в качестве пользователя машины или сети." +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the " +"manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net." +msgstr "" +"С помощью этой программы<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы можете " +"изменить способ признания вас в качестве пользователя машины или сети." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakauth.xml:25 -msgid "By default, information for your authentication is stored in a file on your computer. Modify it only if your network administrator invites you to do so and give information about that." -msgstr "По умолчанию данные для вашей авторизации сохраняются в файле на вашем компьютере. Внесите в него изменения, если вас об этом попросит администратор сети. Соответствующие данные для внесения изменений должны быть предоставлены администратором сети." +msgid "" +"By default, information for your authentication is stored in a file on your " +"computer. Modify it only if your network administrator invites you to do so " +"and give information about that." +msgstr "" +"По умолчанию данные для вашей авторизации сохраняются в файле на вашем " +"компьютере. Внесите в него изменения, если вас об этом попросит " +"администратор сети. Соответствующие данные для внесения изменений должны " +"быть предоставлены администратором сети." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:3 @@ -536,43 +894,95 @@ msgstr "drakboot--boot.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:15 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> от имени администратора " +"(root)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:14 -msgid "this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure the boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default boot, etc.)" -msgstr "С помощью этой программы<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно настроить варианты загрузки компьютера (выбрать загрузчик, установить пароль, определить вариант загрузки по умолчанию и др.)." +msgid "" +"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure " +"the boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default " +"boot, etc.)" +msgstr "" +"С помощью этой программы<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно " +"настроить варианты загрузки компьютера (выбрать загрузчик, установить " +"пароль, определить вариант загрузки по умолчанию и др.)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:19 -msgid "It is found under the Boot tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up boot system\"." -msgstr "Доступ к этой программе можно получить с помощью пункта «Загрузка» из Центра управления Mageia. Раздел «Настройка загрузки»." +msgid "" +"It is found under the Boot tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set " +"up boot system\"." +msgstr "" +"Доступ к этой программе можно получить с помощью пункта «Загрузка» из Центра " +"управления Mageia. Раздел «Настройка загрузки»." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:23 -msgid "Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing. Changing some settings may prevent your machine from booting again !" -msgstr "Не пользуйтесь этой программой, если вы не уверены относительно последствий своих действий. Внесение изменений в определённые параметры загрузки может помешать штатной загрузке вашей системы!" +msgid "" +"Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing. Changing " +"some settings may prevent your machine from booting again !" +msgstr "" +"Не пользуйтесь этой программой, если вы не уверены относительно последствий " +"своих действий. Внесение изменений в определённые параметры загрузки может " +"помешать штатной загрузке вашей системы!" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:28 -msgid "In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible to choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub or Lilo, and with a graphical or a text menu. It is just a question of taste, there are no other consequences. You can also set the <guibutton>Boot device</guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you are an expert. The boot device is where the bootloader is installed and any modification can prevent you machine from booting." -msgstr "С помощью первой части с названием <guilabel>Загрузчик</guilabel> можно выбрать загрузчик, который следует использовать Grub или Lilo, и определить каким будет меню, графическим или текстовым. Выбор типа меню является лишь вопросом вкуса, никаких других последствий для работы компьютера он иметь не будет. Кроме того, вы можете установить <guibutton>Устройство загрузки</guibutton>. Не изменяйте его, если вы не являетесь знатоком в вопросах загрузки. Устройство загрузки - это устройство, на котором будет установлен загрузчик, любые изменения могут помешать загрузке системы." +msgid "" +"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible to " +"choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub or Lilo, and " +"with a graphical or a text menu. It is just a question of taste, there are " +"no other consequences. You can also set the <guibutton>Boot device</" +"guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you are an expert. The boot " +"device is where the bootloader is installed and any modification can prevent " +"you machine from booting." +msgstr "" +"С помощью первой части с названием <guilabel>Загрузчик</guilabel> можно " +"выбрать загрузчик, который следует использовать Grub или Lilo, и определить " +"каким будет меню, графическим или текстовым. Выбор типа меню является лишь " +"вопросом вкуса, никаких других последствий для работы компьютера он иметь не " +"будет. Кроме того, вы можете установить <guibutton>Устройство загрузки</" +"guibutton>. Не изменяйте его, если вы не являетесь знатоком в вопросах " +"загрузки. Устройство загрузки - это устройство, на котором будет установлен " +"загрузчик, любые изменения могут помешать загрузке системы." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:36 -msgid "In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in seconds. During this delay, grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating systems, prompting you to make your choice, if no selection is made, the bootloader will boot the default one once the delay elapses." -msgstr "С помощью второй части, <guilabel>Основные параметры</guilabel>, вы можете установить <guibutton>Паузу перед загрузкой системы по умолчанию</guibutton> в секундах. Во время этой паузы grub или Lilo будет отображать список операционных систем и попросит вас выбрать желаемую систему. Если в течение паузы выбор не будет сделан, загрузчиком будет загружена система по умолчанию." +msgid "" +"In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set " +"the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in seconds. " +"During this delay, grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating " +"systems, prompting you to make your choice, if no selection is made, the " +"bootloader will boot the default one once the delay elapses." +msgstr "" +"С помощью второй части, <guilabel>Основные параметры</guilabel>, вы можете " +"установить <guibutton>Паузу перед загрузкой системы по умолчанию</guibutton> " +"в секундах. Во время этой паузы grub или Lilo будет отображать список " +"операционных систем и попросит вас выбрать желаемую систему. Если в течение " +"паузы выбор не будет сделан, загрузчиком будет загружена система по " +"умолчанию." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:43 -msgid "In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is possible to set a password." -msgstr "С помощью третьей и последней части, которая называется <guibutton>Безопасность</guibutton>, можно установить пароль для загрузчика." +msgid "" +"In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is " +"possible to set a password." +msgstr "" +"С помощью третьей и последней части, которая называется " +"<guibutton>Безопасность</guibutton>, можно установить пароль для загрузчика." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:46 msgid "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button gives some extra options." -msgstr "С помощью кнопки <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton> можно получить доступ к дополнительным параметрам." +msgstr "" +"С помощью кнопки <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton> можно получить доступ " +"к дополнительным параметрам." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:49 @@ -581,8 +991,17 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Включить ACPI:</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:51 -msgid "ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) is a standard for the power management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices, this was the method used before APM. Check this box if your hardware is ACPI compatible." -msgstr "ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface или интерфейс дополнительного конфигурирования и питания) - стандарт управления питанием. С его помощью можно экономить энергию, приостанавливать работу устройств, которые не используются. Этот способ использовался ранее в APM. Отметьте этот пункт, если ваше оборудование является совместимым с ACPI." +msgid "" +"ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) is a standard for the " +"power management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices, this was " +"the method used before APM. Check this box if your hardware is ACPI " +"compatible." +msgstr "" +"ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface или интерфейс " +"дополнительного конфигурирования и питания) - стандарт управления питанием. " +"С его помощью можно экономить энергию, приостанавливать работу устройств, " +"которые не используются. Этот способ использовался ранее в APM. Отметьте " +"этот пункт, если ваше оборудование является совместимым с ACPI." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:56 @@ -591,23 +1010,53 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Включить SMP:</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:58 -msgid "SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for multicore processors." -msgstr "SMP - сокращение от Symmetric Multi Processors (симметричный многопроцессорный), так называется архитектура многопроцессорных систем." +msgid "" +"SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for " +"multicore processors." +msgstr "" +"SMP - сокращение от Symmetric Multi Processors (симметричный " +"многопроцессорный), так называется архитектура многопроцессорных систем." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:62 -msgid "If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual processor and enable SMP." -msgstr "Если в вашем компьютере установлен процессор с поддержкой технологии HyperThreading, Mageia определит его как двойной процессор и включит SMP." +msgid "" +"If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual " +"processor and enable SMP." +msgstr "" +"Если в вашем компьютере установлен процессор с поддержкой технологии " +"HyperThreading, Mageia определит его как двойной процессор и включит SMP." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:66 -msgid "<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local APIC:</guibutton>" -msgstr "<guibutton>Включить APIC</guibutton> и <guibutton>Включить локальный APIC:</guibutton>" +msgid "" +"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local APIC:</" +"guibutton>" +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Включить APIC</guibutton> и <guibutton>Включить локальный APIC:</" +"guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:69 -msgid "APIC stands for Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. There are two components in the Intel APIC system, the local APIC (LAPIC) and the I/O APIC. This one routes the interrupts it receives them from peripheral buses to one or more local APICs that are in the processor. It is really useful for multi-processor systems. Some computers have problems with the APIC system which can cause freezes or incorrect device detection (error message \"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local APIC." -msgstr "APIC - аббревиатура от Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller (улучшенный программируемый контроллер прерываний). Существуют два компонента Intel APIC системы: локальный APIC (LAPIC) и APIC ввода-вывода. Этот контроллер направляет прерывания, которые он получает из периферийных каналов на один или несколько APIC в процессоре. Такие контроллеры являются весьма полезными в многопроцессорных системах. Некоторые компьютеры могут иметь проблемы с системой APIC, что приводит к зависанию работы или ложного обнаружения устройств (сообщение об ошибке «spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7»). Если с вашим компьютером случаются такие проблемы, отключите APIC и/или локальный APIC." +msgid "" +"APIC stands for Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. There are two " +"components in the Intel APIC system, the local APIC (LAPIC) and the I/O " +"APIC. This one routes the interrupts it receives them from peripheral buses " +"to one or more local APICs that are in the processor. It is really useful " +"for multi-processor systems. Some computers have problems with the APIC " +"system which can cause freezes or incorrect device detection (error message " +"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local " +"APIC." +msgstr "" +"APIC - аббревиатура от Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller " +"(улучшенный программируемый контроллер прерываний). Существуют два " +"компонента Intel APIC системы: локальный APIC (LAPIC) и APIC ввода-вывода. " +"Этот контроллер направляет прерывания, которые он получает из периферийных " +"каналов на один или несколько APIC в процессоре. Такие контроллеры являются " +"весьма полезными в многопроцессорных системах. Некоторые компьютеры могут " +"иметь проблемы с системой APIC, что приводит к зависанию работы или ложного " +"обнаружения устройств (сообщение об ошибке «spurious 8259A interrupt: " +"IRQ7»). Если с вашим компьютером случаются такие проблемы, отключите APIC и/" +"или локальный APIC." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:80 @@ -616,8 +1065,24 @@ msgstr "drakboot1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:84 -msgid "In the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen, you can see the list of all the available entries at boot time. The default one is asterisked. To change the order of the menu entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the selected item. If you click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or <guibutton>Modify </guibutton>buttons, a new window appears to add a new entry in the Grub menu or to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar with Lilo or Grub to be able to use these tools." -msgstr "После нажатия кнопки <guibutton>Далее</guibutton> вы увидите список всех доступных пунктов меню загрузки. Пункт по умолчанию помечен звёздочкой. Чтобы изменить порядок пунктов меню, отметьте какой-либо из пунктов и нажмите кнопку со стрелкой вверх или вниз, чтобы переместить его. В ответ на нажатие кнопки <guibutton>Добавить</guibutton> или <guibutton>Изменить</guibutton> будет показано новое окно, с помощью которого вы сможете добавить новый пункт меню Grub или изменить уже существующий пункт меню. Не используйте эти кнопки, если вы не знакомы с синтаксисом команд Lilo или Grub." +msgid "" +"In the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen, you can see the list of all the " +"available entries at boot time. The default one is asterisked. To change the " +"order of the menu entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the " +"selected item. If you click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or " +"<guibutton>Modify </guibutton>buttons, a new window appears to add a new " +"entry in the Grub menu or to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar " +"with Lilo or Grub to be able to use these tools." +msgstr "" +"После нажатия кнопки <guibutton>Далее</guibutton> вы увидите список всех " +"доступных пунктов меню загрузки. Пункт по умолчанию помечен звёздочкой. " +"Чтобы изменить порядок пунктов меню, отметьте какой-либо из пунктов и " +"нажмите кнопку со стрелкой вверх или вниз, чтобы переместить его. В ответ на " +"нажатие кнопки <guibutton>Добавить</guibutton> или <guibutton>Изменить</" +"guibutton> будет показано новое окно, с помощью которого вы сможете добавить " +"новый пункт меню Grub или изменить уже существующий пункт меню. Не " +"используйте эти кнопки, если вы не знакомы с синтаксисом команд Lilo или " +"Grub." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:94 @@ -626,33 +1091,63 @@ msgstr "drakboot2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:98 -msgid "The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command \"title\". For example: Mageia3." -msgstr "Содержимое поля <guilabel>Метка</guilabel> может быть произвольным. Сюда вы можете вписать что угодно, что хотите видеть в меню. Этот пункт соответствует команде Grub «title». Пример: Mageia3." +msgid "" +"The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want " +"to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command \"title\". For " +"example: Mageia3." +msgstr "" +"Содержимое поля <guilabel>Метка</guilabel> может быть произвольным. Сюда вы " +"можете вписать что угодно, что хотите видеть в меню. Этот пункт " +"соответствует команде Grub «title». Пример: Mageia3." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:102 -msgid "The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> field contains the kernel name. It matches the Grub command \"kernel\". For example /boot/vmlinuz." -msgstr "В поле <guilabel>Образ</guilabel> должно быть указано название ядра. Этот пункт соответствует команде Grub «kernel». Пример: /boot/vmlinuz." +msgid "" +"The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> field contains the kernel name. It matches " +"the Grub command \"kernel\". For example /boot/vmlinuz." +msgstr "" +"В поле <guilabel>Образ</guilabel> должно быть указано название ядра. Этот " +"пункт соответствует команде Grub «kernel». Пример: /boot/vmlinuz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:105 -msgid "The <guilabel>Root</guilabel> field contains the device name where the kernel is stored. It matches the Grub command \"root\". For example (hd0,1)." -msgstr "В поле <guilabel>Корень</guilabel> должно быть указано название устройства, на котором хранится ядро. Этот пункт соответствует команде Grub «root». Пример: (hd0,1)." +msgid "" +"The <guilabel>Root</guilabel> field contains the device name where the " +"kernel is stored. It matches the Grub command \"root\". For example (hd0,1)." +msgstr "" +"В поле <guilabel>Корень</guilabel> должно быть указано название устройства, " +"на котором хранится ядро. Этот пункт соответствует команде Grub «root». " +"Пример: (hd0,1)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:109 -msgid "The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to the kernel at boot time." -msgstr "В поле <guilabel>Добавить</guilabel> должны быть указаны параметры, которые передаются ядру во время загрузки." +msgid "" +"The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to " +"the kernel at boot time." +msgstr "" +"В поле <guilabel>Добавить</guilabel> должны быть указаны параметры, которые " +"передаются ядру во время загрузки." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:112 -msgid "If the box <guilabel>Default</guilabel> is checked, Grub will boot this entry by default." -msgstr "Если будет выбрана опция <guilabel>По умолчанию</guilabel>, Grub загружает соответствующую систему по умолчанию." +msgid "" +"If the box <guilabel>Default</guilabel> is checked, Grub will boot this " +"entry by default." +msgstr "" +"Если будет выбрана опция <guilabel>По умолчанию</guilabel>, Grub загружает " +"соответствующую систему по умолчанию." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:115 -msgid "In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> file and a <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"></xref> in the drop-down lists." -msgstr "С помощью дополнительного окна, открыть которое можно нажатием кнопки <guilabel>Дополнительно</guilabel>, <guilabel>Режим видео</guilabel>, <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> и <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\">Сетевой профиль</xref> из выпадающих списков." +msgid "" +"In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to " +"choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> " +"file and a <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"></xref> in the drop-down lists." +msgstr "" +"С помощью дополнительного окна, открыть которое можно нажатием кнопки " +"<guilabel>Дополнительно</guilabel>, <guilabel>Режим видео</guilabel>, " +"<guilabel>initrd</guilabel> и <xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\">Сетевой " +"профиль</xref> из выпадающих списков." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakboot.xml:3 @@ -671,18 +1166,36 @@ msgstr "drakboot.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:16 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:15 -msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to automatically login the same user, in her/his desktop environment, without asking for any password. It's called autologin. This is generally a good idea when there is only one user like to be using the machine." -msgstr "С помощью этой программы<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно приказать системе загружаться в аккаунт того же пользователя и в той же рабочей среде без необходимости ввода пароля. Такая возможность называется автовход. Как правило, такой способ загрузки является удобным, если компьютером будет пользоваться только один пользователь." +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to " +"automatically login the same user, in her/his desktop environment, without " +"asking for any password. It's called autologin. This is generally a good " +"idea when there is only one user like to be using the machine." +msgstr "" +"С помощью этой программы<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно " +"приказать системе загружаться в аккаунт того же пользователя и в той же " +"рабочей среде без необходимости ввода пароля. Такая возможность называется " +"автовход. Как правило, такой способ загрузки является удобным, если " +"компьютером будет пользоваться только один пользователь." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:22 -msgid "It is found under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Boot</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up autologin to automatically log in\"." -msgstr "Доступ к этой программе можно получить с помощью пункта <emphasis role=\"bold\">«Загрузка»</emphasis> из Центра управления Mageia. Раздел «Настройка автовхода»." +msgid "" +"It is found under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Boot</emphasis> tab in the " +"Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up autologin to automatically log in\"." +msgstr "" +"Доступ к этой программе можно получить с помощью пункта <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">«Загрузка»</emphasis> из Центра управления Mageia. Раздел «Настройка " +"автовхода»." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:26 @@ -691,18 +1204,44 @@ msgstr "Назначение кнопок интерфейса является #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:28 -msgid "Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system starts</guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the boot. If not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be possible to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by launching the command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'." -msgstr "Отметьте пункт <guibutton>Запускать графическую оболочку при загрузке</guibutton>, если вы хотите запускать систему X Window во время загрузки. Если параметр отмечен не будет, система запустится в текстовом режиме. Впрочем, графический интерфейс можно будет запустить из текстового режима вручную. Сделать это можно с помощью команды 'startx' или 'systemctl start dm'." +msgid "" +"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system starts</" +"guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the boot. If " +"not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be possible " +"to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by launching the " +"command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'." +msgstr "" +"Отметьте пункт <guibutton>Запускать графическую оболочку при загрузке</" +"guibutton>, если вы хотите запускать систему X Window во время загрузки. " +"Если параметр отмечен не будет, система запустится в текстовом режиме. " +"Впрочем, графический интерфейс можно будет запустить из текстового режима " +"вручную. Сделать это можно с помощью команды 'startx' или 'systemctl start " +"dm'." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:34 -msgid "If the first box is checked, two other options are available, check either <guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check <guibutton>Yes, I want autologin with this (user, desktop)</guibutton>, if needed. In this case, you also need to supply the <guilabel>Default username</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Default desktop</guilabel>." -msgstr "Если установлен первый пункт, вы получите доступ к двум другим пунктам. Вы можете выбрать пункт <guibutton>Нет, я не хочу использовать автоматический вход</guibutton>, если вы хотите, чтобы система продолжала спрашивать вас о том, под какой из учётных записей пользователей следует войти и будет просить ввести пароль. Другим вариантом является обозначение пункта <guibutton>Да, я хочу осуществлять автовход под этим (пользователем, рабочим столом)</guibutton>, в этом случае вам следует указать значения параметров <guilabel>Пользователь</guilabel> и <guilabel>Рабочий стол</guilabel>." +msgid "" +"If the first box is checked, two other options are available, check either " +"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to " +"continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check " +"<guibutton>Yes, I want autologin with this (user, desktop)</guibutton>, if " +"needed. In this case, you also need to supply the <guilabel>Default " +"username</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Default desktop</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Если установлен первый пункт, вы получите доступ к двум другим пунктам. Вы " +"можете выбрать пункт <guibutton>Нет, я не хочу использовать автоматический " +"вход</guibutton>, если вы хотите, чтобы система продолжала спрашивать вас о " +"том, под какой из учётных записей пользователей следует войти и будет " +"просить ввести пароль. Другим вариантом является обозначение пункта " +"<guibutton>Да, я хочу осуществлять автовход под этим (пользователем, рабочим " +"столом)</guibutton>, в этом случае вам следует указать значения параметров " +"<guilabel>Пользователь</guilabel> и <guilabel>Рабочий стол</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:11 msgid "Collect Logs and System Information for Bug Reports" -msgstr "Сбор данных из журналов (логов) и системы для создания отчётов о проблемах" +msgstr "" +"Сбор данных из журналов (логов) и системы для создания отчётов о проблемах" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:12 @@ -711,23 +1250,45 @@ msgstr "drakbug_report" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:15 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> от имени администратора " +"(root)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:15 -msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and used on the command line." -msgstr "Эту программу<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно запустить только из командной строки." +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and " +"used on the command line." +msgstr "" +"Эту программу<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно запустить " +"только из командной строки." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:20 -msgid "It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, but make sure you have enough disk space first: the file can easily be several GBs large." -msgstr "Вам стоит вывести данные, полученные с помощью этой программы, в файл например так: <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>. Впрочем, сначала следует убедиться, что в системе есть достаточно свободного места на диске: объём файла может достичь значения в несколько гигабайт." +msgid "" +"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by " +"doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, " +"but make sure you have enough disk space first: the file can easily be " +"several GBs large." +msgstr "" +"Вам стоит вывести данные, полученные с помощью этой программы, в файл " +"например так: <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</" +"emphasis>. Впрочем, сначала следует убедиться, что в системе есть достаточно " +"свободного места на диске: объём файла может достичь значения в несколько " +"гигабайт." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:24 -msgid "The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing the unneeded parts." -msgstr "Выведенные данные слишком велики, чтобы прикрепить их к сообщению об ошибке, без предварительного удаления ненужных частей." +msgid "" +"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing " +"the unneeded parts." +msgstr "" +"Выведенные данные слишком велики, чтобы прикрепить их к сообщению об ошибке, " +"без предварительного удаления ненужных частей." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:26 @@ -901,8 +1462,24 @@ msgstr "df" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:65 -msgid "At the time this help page was written, the \"syslog\" part of this command's output was empty, because this tool had not yet been adjusted to our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\" by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, for instance, take the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis role=\"bold\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>." -msgstr "Во время написания этой страницы справки, часть «syslog» выведенных этой программой данных была пустой, поскольку эта утилита ещё не приспособлена к новой системе ведения журнала, используемой в systemd. Если в вашей системе эта часть является пустой, получить соответствующие данные можно с помощью следующей команды (команду следует отдавать от имени пользователя root): <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</emphasis>. Если на диске не слишком много места, вы можете, например, вывести лишь последние 5000 строк журнала: <emphasis role=\"bold\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>." +msgid "" +"At the time this help page was written, the \"syslog\" part of this " +"command's output was empty, because this tool had not yet been adjusted to " +"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\" " +"by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</" +"emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, for instance, take " +"the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Во время написания этой страницы справки, часть «syslog» выведенных этой " +"программой данных была пустой, поскольку эта утилита ещё не приспособлена к " +"новой системе ведения журнала, используемой в systemd. Если в вашей системе " +"эта часть является пустой, получить соответствующие данные можно с помощью " +"следующей команды (команду следует отдавать от имени пользователя root): " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</emphasis>. Если на " +"диске не слишком много места, вы можете, например, вывести лишь последние " +"5000 строк журнала: <emphasis role=\"bold\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > " +"journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakbug.xml:9 @@ -921,23 +1498,51 @@ msgstr "drakbug.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakbug.xml:19 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug.xml:19 -msgid "Usually, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> starts automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that, after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some of the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug report." -msgstr "Обычно этот инструмент<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> запускается автоматически после сбоя какой-либо программы Mageia. Впрочем, может так случиться, что после создания отчёта об ошибках вас попросят запустить этот инструмент для проверки предоставленных им данных с последующим предоставлением их в уже созданном отчёте об ошибках." +msgid "" +"Usually, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> starts " +"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that, " +"after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some of " +"the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug report." +msgstr "" +"Обычно этот инструмент<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> запускается " +"автоматически после сбоя какой-либо программы Mageia. Впрочем, может так " +"случиться, что после создания отчёта об ошибках вас попросят запустить этот " +"инструмент для проверки предоставленных им данных с последующим " +"предоставлением их в уже созданном отчёте об ошибках." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug.xml:21 -msgid "If a new bug report needs to be filed and you are not used to doing that, then please read <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How to report a bug report properly</link> before clicking on the \"Report\" button." -msgstr "Если возникнет потребность в создании отчёта об ошибках, а вы этого еще никогда не делали, пожалуйста, ознакомьтесь со страницей <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">Как создать надлежащий отчёт об ошибках</link>, прежде чем нажимать кнопку «Отчёт»." +msgid "" +"If a new bug report needs to be filed and you are not used to doing that, " +"then please read <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How to report a bug report properly</link> " +"before clicking on the \"Report\" button." +msgstr "" +"Если возникнет потребность в создании отчёта об ошибках, а вы этого еще " +"никогда не делали, пожалуйста, ознакомьтесь со страницей <link xlink:href=" +"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">Как создать " +"надлежащий отчёт об ошибках</link>, прежде чем нажимать кнопку «Отчёт»." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug.xml:23 -msgid "In case the bug has already been filed by someone else (the error message that drakbug gave will be the same, then), it is useful to add a comment to that existing report that you saw the bug, too." -msgstr "Если отчёт об этой ошибке уже оформлен кем-то другим (в этом случае сообщение об ошибках, созданное drakbug, будет тем же), стоит добавить комментарий к этому отчёту, чтобы разработчики увидели, что ошибка встречается не только в одной системе." +msgid "" +"In case the bug has already been filed by someone else (the error message " +"that drakbug gave will be the same, then), it is useful to add a comment to " +"that existing report that you saw the bug, too." +msgstr "" +"Если отчёт об этой ошибке уже оформлен кем-то другим (в этом случае " +"сообщение об ошибках, созданное drakbug, будет тем же), стоит добавить " +"комментарий к этому отчёту, чтобы разработчики увидели, что ошибка " +"встречается не только в одной системе." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakclock.xml:3 @@ -956,13 +1561,27 @@ msgstr "drakclock.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:15 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:14 -msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the tab System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and time\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a right click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray." -msgstr "Эту программу<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно запустить с помощью пункта «Система» из Центра управления Mageia. Соответствующий раздел подписан как <guilabel>Настроить дату и время</guilabel>. В некоторых средах рабочего стола эту программу можно запустить с помощью щелчка правой кнопки мыши на виджете часы в системном лотке с последующим выбором пункта «Настроить дату и время...»." +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the tab " +"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and time" +"\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a right " +"click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray." +msgstr "" +"Эту программу<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно запустить с " +"помощью пункта «Система» из Центра управления Mageia. Соответствующий раздел " +"подписан как <guilabel>Настроить дату и время</guilabel>. В некоторых средах " +"рабочего стола эту программу можно запустить с помощью щелчка правой кнопки " +"мыши на виджете часы в системном лотке с последующим выбором пункта " +"«Настроить дату и время...»." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:21 @@ -971,28 +1590,72 @@ msgstr "Это очень простая программа." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:23 -msgid "On the upper left part, is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendar</emphasis>. On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on the upper right), the 2nd (in blue) and it is a Sunday. Select the month (or year) by clicking on the little arrows on each side of September (or 2012). Select the day by clicking on its number." -msgstr "В верхней левой части расположена панель <emphasis role=\"bold\">календарь</emphasis>. На приведенном выше скриншоте показана дата: «апрель» (в верхнем левом углу), 2013 (в верхнем правом углу), 6 число (синим цветом), воскресенье. Выбрать месяц (или год) можно нажатием маленьких стрелочек по бокам от надписи «апрель» (или «2013»). День можно выбрать нажатием соответствующего пункта в календаре." +msgid "" +"On the upper left part, is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendar</emphasis>. " +"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on " +"the upper right), the 2nd (in blue) and it is a Sunday. Select the month " +"(or year) by clicking on the little arrows on each side of September (or " +"2012). Select the day by clicking on its number." +msgstr "" +"В верхней левой части расположена панель <emphasis role=\"bold\">календарь</" +"emphasis>. На приведенном выше скриншоте показана дата: «апрель» (в верхнем " +"левом углу), 2013 (в верхнем правом углу), 6 число (синим цветом), " +"воскресенье. Выбрать месяц (или год) можно нажатием маленьких стрелочек по " +"бокам от надписи «апрель» (или «2013»). День можно выбрать нажатием " +"соответствующего пункта в календаре." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:29 -msgid "On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time Protocol</emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on time by synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time Protocol</guilabel> and choose the closest server." -msgstr "В нижней левой части окна находится панель синхронизации <emphasis role=\"bold\">Протокол сетевого времени</emphasis>. Вы можете поддерживать всегда точные показания часов с помощью синхронизации времени с сервером. Выберите <guilabel>Включить протокол сетевого времени</guilabel> и выберите ближайший к вашему местоположению сервер." +msgid "" +"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time Protocol</" +"emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on time by " +"synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time " +"Protocol</guilabel> and choose the closest server." +msgstr "" +"В нижней левой части окна находится панель синхронизации <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">Протокол сетевого времени</emphasis>. Вы можете поддерживать всегда " +"точные показания часов с помощью синхронизации времени с сервером. Выберите " +"<guilabel>Включить протокол сетевого времени</guilabel> и выберите ближайший " +"к вашему местоположению сервер." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:34 -msgid "On the right part is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">clock</emphasis>. It's useless to set the clock if NTP is enabled. Three boxes display hours, minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see your desktop environment settings for that." -msgstr "В правой части окна находится панель <emphasis role=\"bold\">часы</emphasis>. Если включено NTP, изменение показаний данных на ней не имеет смысла. В трех полях часов показано значение часов, минут и секунд (17, 8 и 13 на скриншоте). Воспользуйтесь небольшими стрелочками, чтобы установить на часах должное значение времени. Формат показа времени изменить нельзя. Для изменения формата показа, воспользуйтесь соответствующей программой вашего рабочего окружения." +msgid "" +"On the right part is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">clock</emphasis>. It's " +"useless to set the clock if NTP is enabled. Three boxes display hours, " +"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows " +"to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see " +"your desktop environment settings for that." +msgstr "" +"В правой части окна находится панель <emphasis role=\"bold\">часы</" +"emphasis>. Если включено NTP, изменение показаний данных на ней не имеет " +"смысла. В трех полях часов показано значение часов, минут и секунд (17, 8 и " +"13 на скриншоте). Воспользуйтесь небольшими стрелочками, чтобы установить на " +"часах должное значение времени. Формат показа времени изменить нельзя. Для " +"изменения формата показа, воспользуйтесь соответствующей программой вашего " +"рабочего окружения." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:40 -msgid "At least, on the bottom right, select your time zone by clicking on the <guibutton>Change Time Zone</guibutton> button and choosing in the list the nearest town." -msgstr "Наконец, в правой нижней части окна можно выбрать часовой пояс. Для этого следует нажать кнопку <guibutton>Изменить часовой пояс</guibutton> и выбрать соответствующий пункт из предоставленного списка." +msgid "" +"At least, on the bottom right, select your time zone by clicking on the " +"<guibutton>Change Time Zone</guibutton> button and choosing in the list the " +"nearest town." +msgstr "" +"Наконец, в правой нижней части окна можно выбрать часовой пояс. Для этого " +"следует нажать кнопку <guibutton>Изменить часовой пояс</guibutton> и выбрать " +"соответствующий пункт из предоставленного списка." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:45 -msgid "Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation settings." -msgstr "Несмотря на то, что выбрать формат даты и времени с помощью этой программы невозможно, эти данные будут показаны на вашем рабочем столе в соответствии с указанными вами параметрами локализации." +msgid "" +"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they " +"will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation " +"settings." +msgstr "" +"Несмотря на то, что выбрать формат даты и времени с помощью этой программы " +"невозможно, эти данные будут показаны на вашем рабочем столе в соответствии " +"с указанными вами параметрами локализации." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3 @@ -1011,22 +1674,37 @@ msgstr "drakconnect--del.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12 -msgid "You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> от имени администратора " +"(root)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12 -msgid "Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>." -msgstr "С помощью окна программы вы можете удалить сетевой интерфейс<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>." +msgid "" +"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=" +"\"0\"/>." +msgstr "" +"С помощью окна программы вы можете удалить сетевой интерфейс<placeholder " +"type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:14 -msgid "Click on the drop down menu, choose the one you want to remove and then click <emphasis>next</emphasis>." -msgstr "Нажмите пункт выпадающего меню, выберите пункт, который следует удалить, а затем нажмите кнопку <emphasis>Далее</emphasis>." +msgid "" +"Click on the drop down menu, choose the one you want to remove and then " +"click <emphasis>next</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Нажмите пункт выпадающего меню, выберите пункт, который следует удалить, а " +"затем нажмите кнопку <emphasis>Далее</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:15 -msgid "You'll see a message that the network interface has been deleted successfully." +msgid "" +"You'll see a message that the network interface has been deleted " +"successfully." msgstr "Программа покажет сообщение, что сетевой интерфейс был успешно удален." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -1046,18 +1724,35 @@ msgstr "drakconnect.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:19 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> от имени администратора " +"(root)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:18 -msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure much of local network or Internet access. You have to know some information from your access provider or your network administrator." -msgstr "С помощью этого модуля<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы можете настроить доступ вашего компьютера к локальной сети или интернету. Вам понадобятся некоторые данные от вашей компании-поставщика услуг (провайдера) или администратора вашей сети." +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure much " +"of local network or Internet access. You have to know some information from " +"your access provider or your network administrator." +msgstr "" +"С помощью этого модуля<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы можете " +"настроить доступ вашего компьютера к локальной сети или интернету. Вам " +"понадобятся некоторые данные от вашей компании-поставщика услуг (провайдера) " +"или администратора вашей сети." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:25 -msgid "Select the type of connection you want to set, according to which hardware and provider you have." -msgstr "Выберите тип соединения, которое нужно настроить. Тип определяется используемым вами оборудованием и параметрами работы компании-поставщика услуг (провайдером)." +msgid "" +"Select the type of connection you want to set, according to which hardware " +"and provider you have." +msgstr "" +"Выберите тип соединения, которое нужно настроить. Тип определяется " +"используемым вами оборудованием и параметрами работы компании-поставщика " +"услуг (провайдером)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:30 @@ -1065,28 +1760,52 @@ msgid "A new Wired connection (Ethernet)" msgstr "Новое проводное соединение (Ethernet)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:34 -#: en/drakconnect.xml:162 -msgid "The first window lists the interfaces which are available. Select the one to configure." -msgstr "В первом окне будет показан список доступных интерфейсов. Выберите тот из них, который следует настроить." +#: en/drakconnect.xml:34 en/drakconnect.xml:162 +msgid "" +"The first window lists the interfaces which are available. Select the one " +"to configure." +msgstr "" +"В первом окне будет показан список доступных интерфейсов. Выберите тот из " +"них, который следует настроить." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:39 -#: en/drakconnect.xml:167 -msgid "At this point, the choice is given between an automatic or a manual IP address." -msgstr "На этом шаге можно определиться со способом получения компьютером IP-адреса: автоматически или вручную." +#: en/drakconnect.xml:39 en/drakconnect.xml:167 +msgid "" +"At this point, the choice is given between an automatic or a manual IP " +"address." +msgstr "" +"На этом шаге можно определиться со способом получения компьютером IP-адреса: " +"автоматически или вручную." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:44 -#: en/drakconnect.xml:187 -#: en/drakconnect.xml:557 +#: en/drakconnect.xml:44 en/drakconnect.xml:187 en/drakconnect.xml:557 msgid "Automatic IP" msgstr "Автоматический IP" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:48 -msgid "<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default. The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option <emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely." -msgstr "<emphasis>Ethernet/Параметры IP</emphasis>: вам следует определить, будет ли получать компьютер, данные о DNS-серверах с сервера DHCP или эти данные будут указаны вручную, как описано ниже. Во втором случае вам нужно будет указать адреса DNS-серверов. Здесь также можно указать название узла компьютера. Если название узла указано не будет, будет назначено название по умолчанию, <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>. Название узла может быть предоставлено сервером DHCP, если будет отмечен пункт <emphasis>Определить имя узла с адреса DHCP</emphasis>. Возможность, определения названия узла, предусмотрена не на всех серверах DHCP. Если вы настраиваете ваш компьютер на получение IP-адреса с домашнего маршрутизатора ADSL, вряд ли следует обозначать этот пункт." +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers " +"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained " +"below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The " +"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, " +"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default. " +"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option " +"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers " +"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address " +"from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Ethernet/Параметры IP</emphasis>: вам следует определить, будет ли " +"получать компьютер, данные о DNS-серверах с сервера DHCP или эти данные " +"будут указаны вручную, как описано ниже. Во втором случае вам нужно будет " +"указать адреса DNS-серверов. Здесь также можно указать название узла " +"компьютера. Если название узла указано не будет, будет назначено название по " +"умолчанию, <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>. Название узла может " +"быть предоставлено сервером DHCP, если будет отмечен пункт " +"<emphasis>Определить имя узла с адреса DHCP</emphasis>. Возможность, " +"определения названия узла, предусмотрена не на всех серверах DHCP. Если вы " +"настраиваете ваш компьютер на получение IP-адреса с домашнего маршрутизатора " +"ADSL, вряд ли следует обозначать этот пункт." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:62 @@ -1094,81 +1813,109 @@ msgid "drakconnect5.png" msgstr "drakconnect5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:68 -#: en/drakconnect.xml:205 -#: en/drakconnect.xml:572 +#: en/drakconnect.xml:68 en/drakconnect.xml:205 en/drakconnect.xml:572 msgid "The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:" -msgstr "С помощью кнопки <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton> можно дополнительно указать следующие параметры:" +msgstr "" +"С помощью кнопки <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton> можно дополнительно " +"указать следующие параметры:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:72 -#: en/drakconnect.xml:209 -#: en/drakconnect.xml:576 +#: en/drakconnect.xml:72 en/drakconnect.xml:209 en/drakconnect.xml:576 msgid "Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)" -msgstr "Поиск имён доменов (недоступно, если адрес предоставляется сервером DHCP)" +msgstr "" +"Поиск имён доменов (недоступно, если адрес предоставляется сервером DHCP)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:77 -#: en/drakconnect.xml:214 -#: en/drakconnect.xml:581 +#: en/drakconnect.xml:77 en/drakconnect.xml:214 en/drakconnect.xml:581 msgid "the DHCP client" msgstr "Клиент DHCP" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:81 -#: en/drakconnect.xml:218 -#: en/drakconnect.xml:585 +#: en/drakconnect.xml:81 en/drakconnect.xml:218 en/drakconnect.xml:585 msgid "DHCP timeout" msgstr "Задержка DHCP" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:85 -#: en/drakconnect.xml:222 +#: en/drakconnect.xml:85 en/drakconnect.xml:222 msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS server" msgstr "Получить серверы YP с DHCP (по умолчанию включен): укажите сервер NIS" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:90 -#: en/drakconnect.xml:227 -#: en/drakconnect.xml:594 +#: en/drakconnect.xml:90 en/drakconnect.xml:227 en/drakconnect.xml:594 msgid "Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)" -msgstr "Получить серверы NTPD от DHCP (определяет сервер синхронизации времени)" +msgstr "" +"Получить серверы NTPD от DHCP (определяет сервер синхронизации времени)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:95 -#: en/drakconnect.xml:232 -#: en/drakconnect.xml:599 -msgid "the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP address. This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers." -msgstr "DHCP требуется имя узла. Используйте эту опцию только в случае, если DHCP-сервер требует от клиента указать имя узла до получения IP-адреса. Этот вариант не рассматривается некоторыми серверами DHCP." +#: en/drakconnect.xml:95 en/drakconnect.xml:232 en/drakconnect.xml:599 +msgid "" +"the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server " +"requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP address. " +"This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers." +msgstr "" +"DHCP требуется имя узла. Используйте эту опцию только в случае, если DHCP-" +"сервер требует от клиента указать имя узла до получения IP-адреса. Этот " +"вариант не рассматривается некоторыми серверами DHCP." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:104 -#: en/drakconnect.xml:241 -msgid "After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection configurations are explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" -msgstr "После подтверждения внесённых изменений, следующие шаги настройки могут быть выполнены для всех типов соединения способом: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" +#: en/drakconnect.xml:104 en/drakconnect.xml:241 +msgid "" +"After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection " +"configurations are explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" +msgstr "" +"После подтверждения внесённых изменений, следующие шаги настройки могут быть " +"выполнены для всех типов соединения способом: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end" +"\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:111 -#: en/drakconnect.xml:248 -#: en/drakconnect.xml:615 +#: en/drakconnect.xml:111 en/drakconnect.xml:248 en/drakconnect.xml:615 msgid "Manual configuration" msgstr "Настройка вручную" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:115 -msgid "<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default." -msgstr "<emphasis>Ethernet/Параметры IP</emphasis>: вам следует определить, будет ли получать компьютер данные о DNS-серверах с сервера DHCP или эти данные будут указаны вручную, как описано ниже. Во втором случае вам нужно будет указать адреса DNS-серверов. Здесь также можно указать название узла компьютера. Если название узла указано не будет, будет назначено название по умолчанию, <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>." +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS " +"servers to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no " +"HOSTNAME is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is " +"attributed by default." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Ethernet/Параметры IP</emphasis>: вам следует определить, будет ли " +"получать компьютер данные о DNS-серверах с сервера DHCP или эти данные будут " +"указаны вручную, как описано ниже. Во втором случае вам нужно будет указать " +"адреса DNS-серверов. Здесь также можно указать название узла компьютера. " +"Если название узла указано не будет, будет назначено название по умолчанию, " +"<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:121 -#: en/drakconnect.xml:258 -msgid "For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like <emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your service provider's website." -msgstr "В домашних сетях IP-адреса всегда имеют следующий формат: <emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>. Маской сети является <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>. А данные по шлюзу и DNS-серверам можно получить с сайта вашего провайдера." +#: en/drakconnect.xml:121 en/drakconnect.xml:258 +msgid "" +"For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like " +"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</" +"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your service " +"provider's website." +msgstr "" +"В домашних сетях IP-адреса всегда имеют следующий формат: <emphasis>192.168." +"x.x</emphasis>. Маской сети является <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>. А " +"данные по шлюзу и DNS-серверам можно получить с сайта вашего провайдера." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:126 -msgid "In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic ADSL would not need this setting." -msgstr "С помощью дополнительных параметров вы можете указать <emphasis>Поиск домена</emphasis>. Он должен совпадать с названием вашего узла без первой части, до точки. Например, если ваш компьютер имеет название «comp1», а полное название домена - «comp1.domivka.net», доменом поиска должно быть «domivka.net». Если же вам точно не известно, следует ли указывать некий домен, то его можно просто не указывать. Опять же, этот пункт не нужен для настройки домашнего ADSL." +msgid "" +"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</" +"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is " +"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", " +"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need " +"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic ADSL would not need " +"this setting." +msgstr "" +"С помощью дополнительных параметров вы можете указать <emphasis>Поиск " +"домена</emphasis>. Он должен совпадать с названием вашего узла без первой " +"части, до точки. Например, если ваш компьютер имеет название «comp1», а " +"полное название домена - «comp1.domivka.net», доменом поиска должно быть " +"«domivka.net». Если же вам точно не известно, следует ли указывать некий " +"домен, то его можно просто не указывать. Опять же, этот пункт не нужен для " +"настройки домашнего ADSL." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:136 @@ -1176,12 +1923,8 @@ msgid "drakconnect30.png" msgstr "drakconnect30.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:142 -#: en/drakconnect.xml:279 -#: en/drakconnect.xml:351 -#: en/drakconnect.xml:458 -#: en/drakconnect.xml:636 -#: en/drakconnect.xml:688 +#: en/drakconnect.xml:142 en/drakconnect.xml:279 en/drakconnect.xml:351 +#: en/drakconnect.xml:458 en/drakconnect.xml:636 en/drakconnect.xml:688 #: en/drakconnect.xml:780 msgid "The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" msgstr "Следующие шаги описаны в разделе <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" @@ -1192,13 +1935,17 @@ msgid "A new Satellite connection (DVB)" msgstr "Новое спутниковое соединение (DVB)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:152 -#: en/drakconnect.xml:696 -#: en/draknetcenter.xml:136 -#: en/draknetcenter.xml:142 -#: en/draknetcenter.xml:203 -msgid "This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance." -msgstr "Этот раздел ещё не написан из-за отсутствия ресурсов. Если вы считаете, что можете написать эту справочную страницу, пожалуйста, свяжитесь с <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">команда по документации</link>. Заранее благодарны вам за помощь." +#: en/drakconnect.xml:152 en/drakconnect.xml:696 en/draknetcenter.xml:136 +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:142 en/draknetcenter.xml:203 +msgid "" +"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you " +"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance." +msgstr "" +"Этот раздел ещё не написан из-за отсутствия ресурсов. Если вы считаете, что " +"можете написать эту справочную страницу, пожалуйста, свяжитесь с <link ns2:" +"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">команда по " +"документации</link>. Заранее благодарны вам за помощь." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:158 @@ -1217,23 +1964,70 @@ msgstr "Нет" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:180 -msgid "BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name and password." -msgstr "BPALogin (нужен для Telstra). В этом случае вам следует указать имя пользователя и пароль." +msgid "" +"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name " +"and password." +msgstr "" +"BPALogin (нужен для Telstra). В этом случае вам следует указать имя " +"пользователя и пароль." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:191 -msgid "<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default. The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option <emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely." -msgstr "<emphasis>Кабельный/Параметры IP</emphasis>: вам следует определить, будет ли получать компьютер данные о DNS-серверах с сервера DHCP или эти данные будут указаны вручную, как описано ниже. Во втором случае вам нужно будет указать адреса DNS-серверов. Здесь также можно указать название узла компьютера. Если название узла указано не будет, будет назначено название по умолчанию <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>. Название узла может быть предоставлено сервером DHCP, если будет отмечен пункт <emphasis>Определить имя узла через DHCP</emphasis>. Возможность определения названия узла предусмотрена не на всех серверах DHCP. Если вы настраиваете ваш компьютер на получение IP-адреса с домашнего маршрутизатора ADSL, вряд ли следует обозначать этот пункт." +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers " +"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained " +"below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The " +"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, " +"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default. " +"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option " +"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers " +"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address " +"from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Кабельный/Параметры IP</emphasis>: вам следует определить, будет " +"ли получать компьютер данные о DNS-серверах с сервера DHCP или эти данные " +"будут указаны вручную, как описано ниже. Во втором случае вам нужно будет " +"указать адреса DNS-серверов. Здесь также можно указать название узла " +"компьютера. Если название узла указано не будет, будет назначено название по " +"умолчанию <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>. Название узла может быть " +"предоставлено сервером DHCP, если будет отмечен пункт <emphasis>Определить " +"имя узла через DHCP</emphasis>. Возможность определения названия узла " +"предусмотрена не на всех серверах DHCP. Если вы настраиваете ваш компьютер " +"на получение IP-адреса с домашнего маршрутизатора ADSL, вряд ли следует " +"обозначать этот пункт." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:252 -msgid "<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default." -msgstr "<emphasis>Кабельный/Параметры IP</emphasis>: вам следует определить, будет ли получать компьютер данные о DNS-серверах с сервера DHCP или эти данные будут указаны вручную, как описано ниже. Во втором случае вам нужно будет указать адреса DNS-серверов. Здесь также можно указать название узла компьютера. Если название узла указано не будет, будет назначено название по умолчанию <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>." +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers " +"to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME " +"is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is " +"attributed by default." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Кабельный/Параметры IP</emphasis>: вам следует определить, будет " +"ли получать компьютер данные о DNS-серверах с сервера DHCP или эти данные " +"будут указаны вручную, как описано ниже. Во втором случае вам нужно будет " +"указать адреса DNS-серверов. Здесь также можно указать название узла " +"компьютера. Если название узла указано не будет, будет назначено название по " +"умолчанию <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:263 -msgid "In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic connection would not need this setting." -msgstr "С помощью дополнительных параметров вы можете указать <emphasis>Домен поиска</emphasis>. Он должен совпадать с названием вашего узла без первой части, до точки. Например, если ваш компьютер имеет название «comp1», а полное название домена - «comp1.domivka.net», доменом поиска должно быть «domivka.net». Если же вам точно не известно, следует ли указывать некий домен, его можно просто не указывать. Опять же, этот пункт не нужен для настройки домашнего соединения." +msgid "" +"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</" +"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is " +"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", " +"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need " +"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic connection would not " +"need this setting." +msgstr "" +"С помощью дополнительных параметров вы можете указать <emphasis>Домен " +"поиска</emphasis>. Он должен совпадать с названием вашего узла без первой " +"части, до точки. Например, если ваш компьютер имеет название «comp1», а " +"полное название домена - «comp1.domivka.net», доменом поиска должно быть " +"«domivka.net». Если же вам точно не известно, следует ли указывать некий " +"домен, его можно просто не указывать. Опять же, этот пункт не нужен для " +"настройки домашнего соединения." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:273 @@ -1247,18 +2041,27 @@ msgstr "Новое DSL-соединение" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:291 -msgid "If the tool detects network interfaces, it offers to select one and to configure it." -msgstr "Если, программой будут обнаружены сетевые интерфейсы, то она предложит выбрать один из них и настроить его." +msgid "" +"If the tool detects network interfaces, it offers to select one and to " +"configure it." +msgstr "" +"Если, программой будут обнаружены сетевые интерфейсы, то она предложит " +"выбрать один из них и настроить его." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:296 -#: en/drakconnect.xml:663 -msgid "A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave." -msgstr "Программа предложит список провайдеров, классифицированных по странам. Выберите вашего провайдера. Если же его нет в списке, выберите опцию <guilabel>Не в списке</guilabel>, а затем введите параметры, предоставленные вашим провайдером." +#: en/drakconnect.xml:296 en/drakconnect.xml:663 +msgid "" +"A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your " +"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</" +"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave." +msgstr "" +"Программа предложит список провайдеров, классифицированных по странам. " +"Выберите вашего провайдера. Если же его нет в списке, выберите опцию " +"<guilabel>Не в списке</guilabel>, а затем введите параметры, предоставленные " +"вашим провайдером." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:303 -#: en/drakconnect.xml:380 +#: en/drakconnect.xml:303 en/drakconnect.xml:380 msgid "Select one of the protocols available:" msgstr "Выберите один из доступных протоколов:" @@ -1293,15 +2096,12 @@ msgid "Access settings" msgstr "Параметры доступа" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:333 -#: en/drakconnect.xml:678 +#: en/drakconnect.xml:333 en/drakconnect.xml:678 msgid "Account Login (user name)" msgstr "Логин (имя пользователя)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:337 -#: en/drakconnect.xml:414 -#: en/drakconnect.xml:682 +#: en/drakconnect.xml:337 en/drakconnect.xml:414 en/drakconnect.xml:682 msgid "Account password" msgstr "Пароль учётной записи" @@ -1316,9 +2116,7 @@ msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)" msgstr "(Дополнительно) Виртуальный канал ID (VCI)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:289 -#: en/drakconnect.xml:359 -#: en/drakconnect.xml:646 +#: en/drakconnect.xml:289 en/drakconnect.xml:359 en/drakconnect.xml:646 msgid "<placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "<placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>" @@ -1328,8 +2126,7 @@ msgid "A new ISDN connection" msgstr "Новое ISDN-соединение" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:361 -#: en/drakconnect.xml:706 +#: en/drakconnect.xml:361 en/drakconnect.xml:706 msgid "The wizard asks which device to configure:" msgstr "Программа-мастер попросит вас указать устройство для настройки:" @@ -1345,8 +2142,12 @@ msgstr "Внешний модем ISDN" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:375 -msgid "A list of hardware is proposed, classified by category and manufacturer. Select your card." -msgstr "Программа предложит вам список оборудования, распределенного по категориям и производителями. Выберите вашу карту." +msgid "" +"A list of hardware is proposed, classified by category and manufacturer. " +"Select your card." +msgstr "" +"Программа предложит вам список оборудования, распределенного по категориям и " +"производителями. Выберите вашу карту." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:384 @@ -1360,8 +2161,17 @@ msgstr "Протокол для Европы (EDSS1)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:395 -msgid "A list of providers is then offered, classified by countries. Select your provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave you. Then it is asked for parameters:" -msgstr "Программа предложит список провайдеров, классифицированных по странам. Выберите вашего провайдера. Если же его нет в списке, выберите опцию <guilabel>Не в списке</guilabel>, а затем введите параметры, предоставленные вашим провайдером. После этого программа попросит вас указать следующие данные:" +msgid "" +"A list of providers is then offered, classified by countries. Select your " +"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</" +"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave you. Then it is " +"asked for parameters:" +msgstr "" +"Программа предложит список провайдеров, классифицированных по странам. " +"Выберите вашего провайдера. Если же его нет в списке, выберите опцию " +"<guilabel>Не в списке</guilabel>, а затем введите параметры, предоставленные " +"вашим провайдером. После этого программа попросит вас указать следующие " +"данные:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:402 @@ -1385,13 +2195,23 @@ msgstr "Метод авторизации" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:424 -msgid "After that, you have to select if you get the IP address by automatic or manual method. In the last case, specify IP address and Subnet mask." -msgstr "После этого выберите способ получения IP-адреса: автоматически или вручную. Во втором случае укажите IP-адрес и маску подсети." +msgid "" +"After that, you have to select if you get the IP address by automatic or " +"manual method. In the last case, specify IP address and Subnet mask." +msgstr "" +"После этого выберите способ получения IP-адреса: автоматически или вручную. " +"Во втором случае укажите IP-адрес и маску подсети." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:430 -msgid "The next step is to choose how DNS servers address are obtained, by automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to put:" -msgstr "На следующем шаге следует выбрать способ получения адресов DNS-серверов: автоматически или вручную. В случае определения вручную вам следует указать следующие данные:" +msgid "" +"The next step is to choose how DNS servers address are obtained, by " +"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to " +"put:" +msgstr "" +"На следующем шаге следует выбрать способ получения адресов DNS-серверов: " +"автоматически или вручную. В случае определения вручную вам следует указать " +"следующие данные:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:436 @@ -1405,13 +2225,24 @@ msgstr "Первый и второй DNS сервер" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:444 -msgid "Select if the hostname is set from IP. This option is to select only if you are sure that your provider is configured to accept it." -msgstr "Укажите, следует ли определять название узла на основе IP-адреса. Этот пункт следует указывать, только если вам известно, что поставщиком услуг предусмотрено такое определение." +msgid "" +"Select if the hostname is set from IP. This option is to select only if you " +"are sure that your provider is configured to accept it." +msgstr "" +"Укажите, следует ли определять название узла на основе IP-адреса. Этот пункт " +"следует указывать, только если вам известно, что поставщиком услуг " +"предусмотрено такое определение." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:452 -msgid "The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter the IP address." -msgstr "На следующем шаге следует выбрать способ, в котором компьютер будет получать адрес шлюза, автоматически или вручную. Если вы выберете способ получения вручную, вам придется указать IP-адрес." +msgid "" +"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic " +"or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter the " +"IP address." +msgstr "" +"На следующем шаге следует выбрать способ, в котором компьютер будет получать " +"адрес шлюза, автоматически или вручную. Если вы выберете способ получения " +"вручную, вам придется указать IP-адрес." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:464 @@ -1420,13 +2251,24 @@ msgstr "Новое беспроводное соединение (Wi-Fi)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:468 -msgid "A first window lists the interfaces which are available and an entry for Windows driver (ndiswrapper). Select the one to configure. Use ndiswrapper only if the other configuration methods did not work." -msgstr "На первой странице будет показан список доступных интерфейсов и пункт для драйвера Windows (ndiswrapper). Выберите интерфейс, который вы хотите настроить. Воспользуйтесь пунктом ndiswrapper, только если другие способы настройки не приведут к желаемым результатам." +msgid "" +"A first window lists the interfaces which are available and an entry for " +"Windows driver (ndiswrapper). Select the one to configure. Use ndiswrapper " +"only if the other configuration methods did not work." +msgstr "" +"На первой странице будет показан список доступных интерфейсов и пункт для " +"драйвера Windows (ndiswrapper). Выберите интерфейс, который вы хотите " +"настроить. Воспользуйтесь пунктом ndiswrapper, только если другие способы " +"настройки не приведут к желаемым результатам." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:475 -msgid "At this step, the choice is given between the different access points that the card has detected." -msgstr "На этом шаге вы сможете выбрать нужную вам точку доступа из списка точек, которые были обнаружены картой." +msgid "" +"At this step, the choice is given between the different access points that " +"the card has detected." +msgstr "" +"На этом шаге вы сможете выбрать нужную вам точку доступа из списка точек, " +"которые были обнаружены картой." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:480 @@ -1481,7 +2323,9 @@ msgstr "WPA/WPA2" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:526 msgid "This encryption mode is to prefer if your hardware allows it." -msgstr "Стоит использовать именно этот режим шифрования, если предусмотрена его поддержка со стороны вашего оборудования." +msgstr "" +"Стоит использовать именно этот режим шифрования, если предусмотрена его " +"поддержка со стороны вашего оборудования." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: en/drakconnect.xml:532 @@ -1491,7 +2335,9 @@ msgstr "WEP" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:535 msgid "Some old hardware deals only this encryption method." -msgstr "На устаревшем оборудовании возможно использование только этого способа шифрования." +msgstr "" +"На устаревшем оборудовании возможно использование только этого способа " +"шифрования." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:543 @@ -1501,42 +2347,89 @@ msgstr "Ключ шифрования" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:545 msgid "It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point." -msgstr "Обычно предоставляется вместе с оборудованием, которое работает как точка доступа." +msgstr "" +"Обычно предоставляется вместе с оборудованием, которое работает как точка " +"доступа." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:552 -msgid "At this step, the choice is given between an automatic IP address or a manual IP address." -msgstr "На этом шаге можно выбрать между автоматическим назначением IP-адреса и определением его вручную." +msgid "" +"At this step, the choice is given between an automatic IP address or a " +"manual IP address." +msgstr "" +"На этом шаге можно выбрать между автоматическим назначением IP-адреса и " +"определением его вручную." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:561 -msgid "<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained below. In the last case, IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, the name localhost.localdomain is attributed by default. The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option <emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>Параметры IP</emphasis>: вам следует определить, будет ли компьютер получать данные о DNS-серверах с сервера DHCP или эти данные будут указаны вручную, как описано ниже. Во втором случае вам нужно будет указать адреса DNS-серверов . Здесь также можно указать название узла компьютера. Если название узла указано не будет, будет назначено название по умолчанию <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>. Название узла может быть предоставлено сервером DHCP, если будет отмечен пункт <emphasis>Определить имя узла через DHCP</emphasis>." +msgid "" +"<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are " +"declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained below. " +"In the last case, IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The HOSTNAME of " +"the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, the name " +"localhost.localdomain is attributed by default. The Hostname can also be " +"provided by the DHCP server with the option <emphasis>Assign host name from " +"DHCP server</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Параметры IP</emphasis>: вам следует определить, будет ли " +"компьютер получать данные о DNS-серверах с сервера DHCP или эти данные будут " +"указаны вручную, как описано ниже. Во втором случае вам нужно будет указать " +"адреса DNS-серверов . Здесь также можно указать название узла компьютера. " +"Если название узла указано не будет, будет назначено название по умолчанию " +"<literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>. Название узла может быть " +"предоставлено сервером DHCP, если будет отмечен пункт <emphasis>Определить " +"имя узла через DHCP</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:589 msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS servers" -msgstr "Получить серверы YP через DHCP (по умолчанию включен): укажите серверы NIS" +msgstr "" +"Получить серверы YP через DHCP (по умолчанию включен): укажите серверы NIS" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:608 -msgid "After accepting the configuration the step, which is common to all connection configurations, is explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" -msgstr "После подтверждения настроек, определенных этим шагом, программа перейдет к шагу, который является общим для всех настроек соединений: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" +msgid "" +"After accepting the configuration the step, which is common to all " +"connection configurations, is explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" +msgstr "" +"После подтверждения настроек, определенных этим шагом, программа перейдет к " +"шагу, который является общим для всех настроек соединений: <xref linkend=" +"\"drakconnect-end\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:619 -msgid "<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to declare DNS servers. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default." -msgstr "<emphasis>Параметры IP</emphasis>: вам следует указать DNS-серверы. Здесь также можно указать название узла компьютера. Если имя узла не будет указано, то будет назначено название по умолчанию <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal>." +msgid "" +"<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to declare DNS servers. The " +"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, " +"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Параметры IP</emphasis>: вам следует указать DNS-серверы. Здесь " +"также можно указать название узла компьютера. Если имя узла не будет " +"указано, то будет назначено название по умолчанию <literal>localhost." +"localdomain</literal>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:625 -msgid "For a residential network, the IP address always looks like <emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your providers website." -msgstr "В домашних сетях IP-адреса всегда имеют следующий формат: <emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>. Маской сети является <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>. А данные по шлюзу и DNS-серверам можно получить с сайта вашего провайдера." +msgid "" +"For a residential network, the IP address always looks like " +"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</" +"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your providers " +"website." +msgstr "" +"В домашних сетях IP-адреса всегда имеют следующий формат: <emphasis>192.168." +"x.x</emphasis>. Маской сети является <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>. А " +"данные по шлюзу и DNS-серверам можно получить с сайта вашего провайдера." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:630 -msgid "In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, before the period." -msgstr "С помощью дополнительных параметров вы можете указать <emphasis>Домен поиска</emphasis>. Он должен совпадать с названием вашего узла без первой части, до точки." +msgid "" +"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</" +"emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, before the " +"period." +msgstr "" +"С помощью дополнительных параметров вы можете указать <emphasis>Домен " +"поиска</emphasis>. Он должен совпадать с названием вашего узла без первой " +"части, до точки." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:644 @@ -1545,18 +2438,27 @@ msgstr "Новое соединение GPRS/Edge/3G" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:648 -msgid "If the tool detects wireless interfaces, it offers to select one and to configure it." -msgstr "Если программой будут обнаружены интерфейсы беспроводной сети, она предложит выбрать один из них и настроить его." +msgid "" +"If the tool detects wireless interfaces, it offers to select one and to " +"configure it." +msgstr "" +"Если программой будут обнаружены интерфейсы беспроводной сети, она предложит " +"выбрать один из них и настроить его." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:653 msgid "The PIN is asked. Leave empty if the PIN is not required." -msgstr "Программа попросит вас указать PIN-код. Не указывайте, если PIN не нужен." +msgstr "" +"Программа попросит вас указать PIN-код. Не указывайте, если PIN не нужен." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:658 -msgid "The wizard asks for network. If it is not detected, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel>." -msgstr "Программа-мастер попросит вас указать сеть. Если сеть не будет обнаружена автоматически, выберите <guilabel>Не в списке</guilabel>." +msgid "" +"The wizard asks for network. If it is not detected, select the option " +"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Программа-мастер попросит вас указать сеть. Если сеть не будет обнаружена " +"автоматически, выберите <guilabel>Не в списке</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:670 @@ -1595,13 +2497,26 @@ msgstr "Список предлагаемых портов. Выберите н #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:724 -msgid "If not yet installed, it will be suggested that you install the package <emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>." -msgstr "Если этот пакет еще не установлен, программа предложит вам установить пакет <emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>." +msgid "" +"If not yet installed, it will be suggested that you install the package " +"<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Если этот пакет еще не установлен, программа предложит вам установить пакет " +"<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:729 -msgid "A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave. Then it is asked for Dialup options:" -msgstr "Программа предложит список провайдеров, классифицированных по странам. Выберите в нём вашего провайдера. Если соответствующего пункта в списке не окажется, выберите <guilabel>Не в списке</guilabel>, а затем укажите значения параметров, предоставленные вашим провайдером. После этого программа попросит вас указать параметры дозвона:" +msgid "" +"A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your " +"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</" +"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave. Then it is asked " +"for Dialup options:" +msgstr "" +"Программа предложит список провайдеров, классифицированных по странам. " +"Выберите в нём вашего провайдера. Если соответствующего пункта в списке не " +"окажется, выберите <guilabel>Не в списке</guilabel>, а затем укажите " +"значения параметров, предоставленные вашим провайдером. После этого " +"программа попросит вас указать параметры дозвона:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:736 @@ -1680,18 +2595,29 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Включить подсчёт трафика</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:804 -msgid "<emphasis>Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>Разрешить управление интерфейсом с помощью Network Manager</emphasis>" +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Разрешить управление интерфейсом с помощью Network Manager</" +"emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:809 -msgid "In the case of a wireless connection, a supplemental box is <emphasis>Allow access point roaming</emphasis> which give the possibility to switch automatically between access point according to the signal strength." -msgstr "В случае беспроводного соединения будет предложен дополнительный пункт <emphasis>Разрешить роуминг точки доступа</emphasis>. С помощью этого пункта можно разрешить компьютеру автоматически переключаться между точками доступа в зависимости от силы сигнала." +msgid "" +"In the case of a wireless connection, a supplemental box is <emphasis>Allow " +"access point roaming</emphasis> which give the possibility to switch " +"automatically between access point according to the signal strength." +msgstr "" +"В случае беспроводного соединения будет предложен дополнительный пункт " +"<emphasis>Разрешить роуминг точки доступа</emphasis>. С помощью этого пункта " +"можно разрешить компьютеру автоматически переключаться между точками доступа " +"в зависимости от силы сигнала." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:816 msgid "With the advanced button, you can specify:" -msgstr "С помощью кнопки <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton> вы можете указать:" +msgstr "" +"С помощью кнопки <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton> вы можете указать:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:820 @@ -1715,8 +2641,12 @@ msgstr "Включить туннелирование с IPv6 в IPv4" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:836 -msgid "The last step allows you to specify if the connection is to start immediately or not." -msgstr "На последнем шаге можно определить, будет ли выполнена попытка соединиться немедленно или нет." +msgid "" +"The last step allows you to specify if the connection is to start " +"immediately or not." +msgstr "" +"На последнем шаге можно определить, будет ли выполнена попытка соединиться " +"немедленно или нет." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:841 @@ -1740,13 +2670,25 @@ msgstr "drakconsole.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakconsole.xml:15 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> от имени администратора " +"(root)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakconsole.xml:14 -msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives you access to a console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more information about that." -msgstr "С помощью этой программы<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы можете получить доступ к консоли, открытой от имени администратора системы (пользователя root). Думаем, этого описания достаточно, чтобы понять, о чем идет речь." +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives you access to a " +"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more " +"information about that." +msgstr "" +"С помощью этой программы<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы можете " +"получить доступ к консоли, открытой от имени администратора системы " +"(пользователя root). Думаем, этого описания достаточно, чтобы понять, о чем " +"идет речь." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakdisk.xml:8 @@ -1765,18 +2707,40 @@ msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:21 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> или <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> " +"as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> или <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">diskdrake</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:20 -msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is very powerful, a tiny error or a cat jumping on your keyboard can lead to losing all data on a partition or even to erasing the entire hard disk. For that reason, you'll see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on <emphasis>Exit</emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue." -msgstr "Эта программа<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> является очень мощной - малейшая ошибка или случайное нажатие клавиш может привести к потере всех данных на разделе или даже стиранию всего жёсткого диска. По этой причине вам будет показано приведённое выше окно над окном программы. Нажмите кнопку <emphasis>Выйти</emphasis>, если вы не уверены, что хотите продолжать работу с программой." +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is very powerful, a tiny " +"error or a cat jumping on your keyboard can lead to losing all data on a " +"partition or even to erasing the entire hard disk. For that reason, you'll " +"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on <emphasis>Exit</" +"emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue." +msgstr "" +"Эта программа<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> является очень мощной " +"- малейшая ошибка или случайное нажатие клавиш может привести к потере всех " +"данных на разделе или даже стиранию всего жёсткого диска. По этой причине " +"вам будет показано приведённое выше окно над окном программы. Нажмите кнопку " +"<emphasis>Выйти</emphasis>, если вы не уверены, что хотите продолжать работу " +"с программой." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:30 -msgid "If you have more than one hard disk, you can switch to the hard disk you want to work on by selecting the correct tab (sda, sdb, sdc etc)." -msgstr "Если в вашей системе несколько жёстких дисков, вы можете переключиться на нужный вам жёсткий диск выбором соответствующей вкладки (sda, sdb, sdc и т.д.)." +msgid "" +"If you have more than one hard disk, you can switch to the hard disk you " +"want to work on by selecting the correct tab (sda, sdb, sdc etc)." +msgstr "" +"Если в вашей системе несколько жёстких дисков, вы можете переключиться на " +"нужный вам жёсткий диск выбором соответствующей вкладки (sda, sdb, sdc и т." +"д.)." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakdisk.xml:35 @@ -1785,28 +2749,61 @@ msgstr "drakdisk.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:39 -msgid "You can choose from many actions to adjust your hard disk to your preferences. Wiping an entire hard disk, splitting or merging partitions, resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear all</guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete disk, the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a partition." -msgstr "Вы можете выбрать одно из многих действий, с помощью которых вы можете скорректировать разметку вашего диска в соответствии с вашими потребностями. Стирание всего жёсткого диска, разделение и объединение разделов, изменение размеров разделов или файловой системы разделов, форматирование или просмотр содержимого раздела: все это можно сделать с помощью этой программы. Кнопка <emphasis><guibutton>Очистить все</guibutton></emphasis> в нижней части окна предназначена для стирания всего диска. Доступ к другим кнопкам действий, расположенных справа, можно получить после нажатия на картинке раздела диска." +msgid "" +"You can choose from many actions to adjust your hard disk to your " +"preferences. Wiping an entire hard disk, splitting or merging partitions, " +"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a " +"partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear all</" +"guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete disk, " +"the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a partition." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете выбрать одно из многих действий, с помощью которых вы можете " +"скорректировать разметку вашего диска в соответствии с вашими потребностями. " +"Стирание всего жёсткого диска, разделение и объединение разделов, изменение " +"размеров разделов или файловой системы разделов, форматирование или просмотр " +"содержимого раздела: все это можно сделать с помощью этой программы. Кнопка " +"<emphasis><guibutton>Очистить все</guibutton></emphasis> в нижней части окна " +"предназначена для стирания всего диска. Доступ к другим кнопкам действий, " +"расположенных справа, можно получить после нажатия на картинке раздела диска." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:47 -msgid "If the selected partition is mounted, like in the example below, you cannot choose to resize, format or delete it. To be able to do that the partition must be unmounted first." -msgstr "Если обозначенный вами раздел смонтирован, как в приведённом ниже примере, вы не сможете воспользоваться действиями по изменению размера, форматированию или удалению раздела. Чтобы получить доступ к этим действиям, вам следует сначала размонтировать раздел." +msgid "" +"If the selected partition is mounted, like in the example below, you cannot " +"choose to resize, format or delete it. To be able to do that the partition " +"must be unmounted first." +msgstr "" +"Если обозначенный вами раздел смонтирован, как в приведённом ниже примере, " +"вы не сможете воспользоваться действиями по изменению размера, " +"форматированию или удалению раздела. Чтобы получить доступ к этим действиям, " +"вам следует сначала размонтировать раздел." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:51 msgid "It is only possible to resize a partition on its right side" -msgstr "Изменение размеров раздела можно выполнять только за счет правой границы раздела." +msgstr "" +"Изменение размеров раздела можно выполнять только за счет правой границы " +"раздела." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:53 -msgid "To change a partition type (change ext3 to ext4 for example) you have to delete the partition and then re-create it with the new type. The button <guibutton role=\"bold\">Create</guibutton> appears when a disk empty part is selected" -msgstr "Чтобы изменить тип раздела (например, с ext3 на ext4), вам следует удалить раздел, а затем повторно создать его с новым типом. Если будет обозначена пустая часть диска, в окне программы появится кнопка <guibutton role=\"bold\">Создать</guibutton>." +msgid "" +"To change a partition type (change ext3 to ext4 for example) you have to " +"delete the partition and then re-create it with the new type. The button " +"<guibutton role=\"bold\">Create</guibutton> appears when a disk empty part " +"is selected" +msgstr "" +"Чтобы изменить тип раздела (например, с ext3 на ext4), вам следует удалить " +"раздел, а затем повторно создать его с новым типом. Если будет обозначена " +"пустая часть диска, в окне программы появится кнопка <guibutton role=\"bold" +"\">Создать</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:58 msgid "You can choose a mount point that doesn't exist, it will be created." -msgstr "Вы можете выбрать точку монтирования, которой не существует. Если будет осуществлен такой выбор, соответствующая точка монтирования будет создана." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете выбрать точку монтирования, которой не существует. Если будет " +"осуществлен такой выбор, соответствующая точка монтирования будет создана." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakdisk.xml:63 @@ -1815,8 +2812,15 @@ msgstr "drakdiskMountedPartition.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:67 -msgid "Selecting <emphasis><guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton></emphasis> gives some extra available actions, like labelling the partition, as can be seen in the screenshot below." -msgstr "Нажатие кнопки <emphasis><guibutton>Переключить в режим эксперта</guibutton></emphasis> предоставит вам доступ к дополнительным действиям, в частности определения метки раздела, как это показано на приведённом ниже снимке." +msgid "" +"Selecting <emphasis><guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton></emphasis> " +"gives some extra available actions, like labelling the partition, as can be " +"seen in the screenshot below." +msgstr "" +"Нажатие кнопки <emphasis><guibutton>Переключить в режим эксперта</" +"guibutton></emphasis> предоставит вам доступ к дополнительным действиям, в " +"частности определения метки раздела, как это показано на приведённом ниже " +"снимке." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakdisk.xml:73 @@ -1840,18 +2844,37 @@ msgstr "drakedm.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakedm.xml:17 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakedm.xml:16 -msgid "Here<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> you can choose which display manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available on your system will be shown." -msgstr "С помощью этой программы<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы можете выбрать средство управления сеансами (менеджер регистрации), который будет использоваться для входа в ваше рабочее окружение. В списке будут показаны только те среды окружения рабочего стола, которые установлены в вашей системе." +msgid "" +"Here<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> you can choose which display " +"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available " +"on your system will be shown." +msgstr "" +"С помощью этой программы<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы можете " +"выбрать средство управления сеансами (менеджер регистрации), который будет " +"использоваться для входа в ваше рабочее окружение. В списке будут показаны " +"только те среды окружения рабочего стола, которые установлены в вашей " +"системе." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakedm.xml:24 -msgid "Most users will only notice that the provided login screens look different. However, there are differences in supported features, too. LXDM is a lightweight display manager, KDM and GDM have more extras." -msgstr "Большинство пользователей заметят лишь то, что изменится окно входа в систему. Впрочем, различные менеджеры входа имеют также и различные возможности. LXDM является самым нетребовательным и простым, KDM и GDM имеют значительно более широкие возможности." +msgid "" +"Most users will only notice that the provided login screens look different. " +"However, there are differences in supported features, too. LXDM is a " +"lightweight display manager, KDM and GDM have more extras." +msgstr "" +"Большинство пользователей заметят лишь то, что изменится окно входа в " +"систему. Впрочем, различные менеджеры входа имеют также и различные " +"возможности. LXDM является самым нетребовательным и простым, KDM и GDM имеют " +"значительно более широкие возможности." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:3 @@ -1870,23 +2893,58 @@ msgstr "drakfirewall.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:15 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> от имени администратора " +"(root)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:14 -msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the Security tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up your personal firewall\". It is the same tool in the first tab of \"Configure system security, permissions and audit\"." -msgstr "Доступ к этой программе<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно получить с помощью пункта «Безопасность» из Центра управления Mageia, раздел «Настройка персонального файервола». Доступ к этому же инструменту можно получить и с помощью первой вкладки пункта «Настройка безопасности системы, прав доступа и аудита системы»." +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the " +"Security tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up your personal " +"firewall\". It is the same tool in the first tab of \"Configure system " +"security, permissions and audit\"." +msgstr "" +"Доступ к этой программе<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно " +"получить с помощью пункта «Безопасность» из Центра управления Mageia, раздел " +"«Настройка персонального файервола». Доступ к этому же инструменту можно " +"получить и с помощью первой вкладки пункта «Настройка безопасности системы, " +"прав доступа и аудита системы»." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:20 -msgid "A basic firewall is installed by default with Mageia. All the incoming connections from the outside are blocked if they aren't authorised. In the first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - <guilabel>Everything (no firewall)</guilabel> - unless you want to disable the firewall, and only check the needed services." -msgstr "Персональный файервол с базовыми возможностями по умолчанию устанавливается вместе с Mageia. Все входящие соединения извне блокируются, если они не были явным образом разрешены. С помощью окна, снимок которого показан выше, вы можете выбрать службы, для которых будут приниматься внешние соединения. Если вы цените вашу безопасность, снимите отметку с первого пункта, <guilabel>Ко всем(файервол отключен)</guilabel>, (вам ведь нужна хоть какая-то защита?) и отметьте только службы, необходимые для работы." +msgid "" +"A basic firewall is installed by default with Mageia. All the incoming " +"connections from the outside are blocked if they aren't authorised. In the " +"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection " +"attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - " +"<guilabel>Everything (no firewall)</guilabel> - unless you want to disable " +"the firewall, and only check the needed services." +msgstr "" +"Персональный файервол с базовыми возможностями по умолчанию устанавливается " +"вместе с Mageia. Все входящие соединения извне блокируются, если они не были " +"явным образом разрешены. С помощью окна, снимок которого показан выше, вы " +"можете выбрать службы, для которых будут приниматься внешние соединения. " +"Если вы цените вашу безопасность, снимите отметку с первого пункта, " +"<guilabel>Ко всем(файервол отключен)</guilabel>, (вам ведь нужна хоть какая-" +"то защита?) и отметьте только службы, необходимые для работы." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:27 -msgid "It is possible to manually enter the port numbers to open. Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and a new window is opened. In the field <guilabel>Other ports</guilabel>, enter the needed ports following these examples :" -msgstr "Номера портов, которые необходимо открыть, можно указать вручную. Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton>, чтобы открыть новое окно. В поле <guilabel>Другие порты</guilabel> введите желаемые номера портов. Например:" +msgid "" +"It is possible to manually enter the port numbers to open. Click on " +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and a new window is opened. In the field " +"<guilabel>Other ports</guilabel>, enter the needed ports following these " +"examples :" +msgstr "" +"Номера портов, которые необходимо открыть, можно указать вручную. Нажмите " +"кнопку <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton>, чтобы открыть новое окно. В " +"поле <guilabel>Другие порты</guilabel> введите желаемые номера портов. " +"Например:" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:32 @@ -1905,8 +2963,13 @@ msgstr "Порты в списке разделяются пробелами." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:39 -msgid "If the box <guilabel>Log firewall messages in system logs</guilabel> is checked, the firewall messages will be saved in system logs" -msgstr "Если будет выбрана опция <guilabel>Записывать сообщения файервола в системный журнал</guilabel>, то сообщения файервола будут записываться в системный журнал." +msgid "" +"If the box <guilabel>Log firewall messages in system logs</guilabel> is " +"checked, the firewall messages will be saved in system logs" +msgstr "" +"Если будет выбрана опция <guilabel>Записывать сообщения файервола в " +"системный журнал</guilabel>, то сообщения файервола будут записываться в " +"системный журнал." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:44 @@ -1915,18 +2978,44 @@ msgstr "drakfirewall2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:49 -msgid "If you don't host specific services (web or mail server, file sharing, ...) it is completely possible to have nothing checked at all, it is even recommended, it won't prevent you from connecting to the internet." -msgstr "Если на вашем компьютере не работают специфические службы (интернет-сервер, почтовый сервер, сервер предоставления файлов в общее пользование и т.п.), то в таком случае не обозначайте ни одного пункта. Это даже рекомендуется, поскольку необозначенные пункты не мешают соединению с интернетом." +msgid "" +"If you don't host specific services (web or mail server, file sharing, ...) " +"it is completely possible to have nothing checked at all, it is even " +"recommended, it won't prevent you from connecting to the internet." +msgstr "" +"Если на вашем компьютере не работают специфические службы (интернет-сервер, " +"почтовый сервер, сервер предоставления файлов в общее пользование и т.п.), " +"то в таком случае не обозначайте ни одного пункта. Это даже рекомендуется, " +"поскольку необозначенные пункты не мешают соединению с интернетом." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:55 -msgid "The next screen deals with the Interactive Firewall options. These feature allow you to be warned of connection attempts if at least the first box <guilabel>Use Interactive Firewall </guilabel>is checked. Check the second box to be warned if the ports are scanned (in order to find a failure somewhere and enter your machine). Each box from the third one onwards corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to be warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports." -msgstr "С помощью следующей страницы настройки можно изменить параметры работы интерактивного файервола. Если обозначен лишь первый пункт, <guilabel>Использовать интерактивный файервол</guilabel>, то вы можете приказать файерволу предупреждать вас о попытках соединения. Отметьте второй пункт, если вы хотите, чтобы программа предупреждала вас, что выполняется сканирование портов (с целью поиска уязвимостей и входа в систему). Все остальные пункты соответствуют портам, которые были открыты с помощью предыдущих окон. На приведённом ниже снимке два таких пункта: «сервер SSH» и «80:150/tcp». Отметьте эти пункты, если вы хотите, чтобы программа предупреждала вас о каждой попытке установления соединения с этими портами." +msgid "" +"The next screen deals with the Interactive Firewall options. These feature " +"allow you to be warned of connection attempts if at least the first box " +"<guilabel>Use Interactive Firewall </guilabel>is checked. Check the second " +"box to be warned if the ports are scanned (in order to find a failure " +"somewhere and enter your machine). Each box from the third one onwards " +"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot " +"below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to be " +"warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports." +msgstr "" +"С помощью следующей страницы настройки можно изменить параметры работы " +"интерактивного файервола. Если обозначен лишь первый пункт, " +"<guilabel>Использовать интерактивный файервол</guilabel>, то вы можете " +"приказать файерволу предупреждать вас о попытках соединения. Отметьте второй " +"пункт, если вы хотите, чтобы программа предупреждала вас, что выполняется " +"сканирование портов (с целью поиска уязвимостей и входа в систему). Все " +"остальные пункты соответствуют портам, которые были открыты с помощью " +"предыдущих окон. На приведённом ниже снимке два таких пункта: «сервер SSH» и " +"«80:150/tcp». Отметьте эти пункты, если вы хотите, чтобы программа " +"предупреждала вас о каждой попытке установления соединения с этими портами." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:64 msgid "These warning are given by alert popups through the network applet." -msgstr "Эти предупреждения предоставляются всплывающими сообщениями сетевого апплета." +msgstr "" +"Эти предупреждения предоставляются всплывающими сообщениями сетевого апплета." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:69 @@ -1940,13 +3029,24 @@ msgstr "drakfirewall4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:79 -msgid "In the last screen, choose which network interfaces are connected to the Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary packages are downloaded." -msgstr "С помощью последней страницы программы можно выбрать, какие из интерфейсов сети соединены с интернетом, следовательно, какие из них следует защищать. Как только будет нажата кнопка <guibutton>Готово</guibutton>, система установит необходимые для работы пакеты." +msgid "" +"In the last screen, choose which network interfaces are connected to the " +"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary " +"packages are downloaded." +msgstr "" +"С помощью последней страницы программы можно выбрать, какие из интерфейсов " +"сети соединены с интернетом, следовательно, какие из них следует защищать. " +"Как только будет нажата кнопка <guibutton>Готово</guibutton>, система " +"установит необходимые для работы пакеты." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:84 -msgid "If you don't know what to choose, have a look in MCC tab Network & Internet, icon Set up a new network interface." -msgstr "Если вы не знаете, что выбрать, посмотрите в Центре управления Mageia, пункт «Сеть и Интернет», раздел «Настройка нового сетевого интерфейса»." +msgid "" +"If you don't know what to choose, have a look in MCC tab Network & " +"Internet, icon Set up a new network interface." +msgstr "" +"Если вы не знаете, что выбрать, посмотрите в Центре управления Mageia, пункт " +"«Сеть и Интернет», раздел «Настройка нового сетевого интерфейса»." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakfont.xml:3 @@ -1965,13 +3065,25 @@ msgstr "drakfont.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:16 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:15 -msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia Control Center under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab. It allows you to manage the fonts available on the computer. The main screen above shows:" -msgstr "Доступ к этой программе<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно получить из Центра управления Mageia, пункт <emphasis role=\"bold\">Система</emphasis>. С помощью этой программы вы сможете управлять шрифтами в операционной системе. В основном окне программы показано:" +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " +"Control Center under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab. It " +"allows you to manage the fonts available on the computer. The main screen " +"above shows:" +msgstr "" +"Доступ к этой программе<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно " +"получить из Центра управления Mageia, пункт <emphasis role=\"bold\">Система</" +"emphasis>. С помощью этой программы вы сможете управлять шрифтами в " +"операционной системе. В основном окне программы показано:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:22 @@ -1991,12 +3103,18 @@ msgstr "кнопки, назначение которых описано ниж #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:36 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Get Windows Fonts: <emphasis/></emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Получить шрифты из Windows: <emphasis/></emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Получить шрифты из Windows: <emphasis/></emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:38 -msgid "This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You must have Microsoft Windows installed." -msgstr "С помощью этой кнопки можно автоматически добавить шрифты, которые будут найдены на разделе с Windows. Чтобы этой кнопкой можно было воспользоваться, на вашем компьютере должена быть установлена Microsoft Windows." +msgid "" +"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You " +"must have Microsoft Windows installed." +msgstr "" +"С помощью этой кнопки можно автоматически добавить шрифты, которые будут " +"найдены на разделе с Windows. Чтобы этой кнопкой можно было воспользоваться, " +"на вашем компьютере должена быть установлена Microsoft Windows." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:41 @@ -2005,8 +3123,12 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Параметры:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:43 -msgid "It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly) able to use the fonts." -msgstr "С помощью этого пункта вы можете указать программы или устройства (в основном принтеры), которые используют шрифты." +msgid "" +"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly) able " +"to use the fonts." +msgstr "" +"С помощью этого пункта вы можете указать программы или устройства (в " +"основном принтеры), которые используют шрифты." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:46 @@ -2015,8 +3137,14 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Удалить:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:48 -msgid "This button is to remove installed fonts and possibly save some place. Be careful when removing fonts because it may have serious consequences on the documents that use them." -msgstr "Эта кнопка предназначена для удаления установленных шрифтов, для экономии места на диске. Будьте осторожны с удалением шрифтов, поскольку это может повредить просмотру документов, в которых эти шрифты использованы." +msgid "" +"This button is to remove installed fonts and possibly save some place. Be " +"careful when removing fonts because it may have serious consequences on the " +"documents that use them." +msgstr "" +"Эта кнопка предназначена для удаления установленных шрифтов, для экономии " +"места на диске. Будьте осторожны с удалением шрифтов, поскольку это может " +"повредить просмотру документов, в которых эти шрифты использованы." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:52 @@ -2025,13 +3153,32 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Импортировать:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:54 -msgid "Allows you to add fonts from a third party (CD, internet, ...). The supported formats are ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf. Click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select the fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> when done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts." -msgstr "С помощью этой кнопки вы можете добавить сторонние шрифты (с компакт-дисков, интернета и т.д.). Среди поддерживаемых форматов: ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm и gsf. Нажмите кнопку <emphasis role=\"bold\">Импортировать</emphasis>, а затем кнопку <emphasis role=\"bold\">Добавить</emphasis>. В ответ будет открыто окно выбора файлов, с помощью которого вы можете выбрать файлы шрифтов для установки. Как только выбор будет сделан, нажмите кнопку <emphasis role=\"bold\">Установить</emphasis>. Шрифты будут установлены в каталог /usr/share/fonts." +msgid "" +"Allows you to add fonts from a third party (CD, internet, ...). The " +"supported formats are ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf. Click on the " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select the " +"fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> when " +"done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts." +msgstr "" +"С помощью этой кнопки вы можете добавить сторонние шрифты (с компакт-дисков, " +"интернета и т.д.). Среди поддерживаемых форматов: ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm и " +"gsf. Нажмите кнопку <emphasis role=\"bold\">Импортировать</emphasis>, а " +"затем кнопку <emphasis role=\"bold\">Добавить</emphasis>. В ответ будет " +"открыто окно выбора файлов, с помощью которого вы можете выбрать файлы " +"шрифтов для установки. Как только выбор будет сделан, нажмите кнопку " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Установить</emphasis>. Шрифты будут установлены в " +"каталог /usr/share/fonts." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:60 -msgid "If the newly installed (or removed) fonts doesn't appear in the Drakfont main screen, close and re open it to see the modifications." -msgstr "Если в списке шрифтов Drakfont вы не увидите изменений в результате установки или удаления шрифтов, закройте окно программы и повторно откройте его. После этого внесённые изменения вступят в силу." +msgid "" +"If the newly installed (or removed) fonts doesn't appear in the Drakfont " +"main screen, close and re open it to see the modifications." +msgstr "" +"Если в списке шрифтов Drakfont вы не увидите изменений в результате " +"установки или удаления шрифтов, закройте окно программы и повторно откройте " +"его. После этого внесённые изменения вступят в силу." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakguard.xml:3 @@ -2050,39 +3197,75 @@ msgstr "drakguard.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:15 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:14 -msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental Control</guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the drakguard package (not installed by default)." -msgstr "Эту программу<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно запустить из Центра управления Mageia, пункт «Безопасность», раздел <guilabel>Родительский контроль</guilabel>. Если этого пункта на странице не будет, вам следует установить пакет drakguard (этот пакет по умолчанию не установлен)." +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia " +"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental Control</" +"guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the drakguard " +"package (not installed by default)." +msgstr "" +"Эту программу<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно запустить из " +"Центра управления Mageia, пункт «Безопасность», раздел " +"<guilabel>Родительский контроль</guilabel>. Если этого пункта на странице не " +"будет, вам следует установить пакет drakguard (этот пакет по умолчанию не " +"установлен)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakguard.xml:21 -#: en/msecgui.xml:19 +#: en/drakguard.xml:21 en/msecgui.xml:19 msgid "Presentation" msgstr "Вступление" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:23 -msgid "Drakguard is an easy way to set up parental controls on your computer to restrict who can do what, and at which times of day. Drakguard has three useful capabilities:" -msgstr "Drakguard - это простой способ обеспечить работу родительского контроля на вашем компьютере, чтобы ограничить действий пользователей и определить временные рамки использования определённых программ в течение дня. В drakguard предусмотрены такие полезные возможности:" +msgid "" +"Drakguard is an easy way to set up parental controls on your computer to " +"restrict who can do what, and at which times of day. Drakguard has three " +"useful capabilities:" +msgstr "" +"Drakguard - это простой способ обеспечить работу родительского контроля на " +"вашем компьютере, чтобы ограничить действий пользователей и определить " +"временные рамки использования определённых программ в течение дня. В " +"drakguard предусмотрены такие полезные возможности:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:29 -msgid "It restricts web access to named users to set times of day. It does this by controlling the shorewall firewall built into Mageia." -msgstr "Ограничение доступа к интернету указанным пользователям в указанные временные интервалы. Это задание выполняется с помощью файервола shorewall, встроенного в Mageia." +msgid "" +"It restricts web access to named users to set times of day. It does this by " +"controlling the shorewall firewall built into Mageia." +msgstr "" +"Ограничение доступа к интернету указанным пользователям в указанные " +"временные интервалы. Это задание выполняется с помощью файервола shorewall, " +"встроенного в Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:35 -msgid "It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can only execute what you accept them to execute." -msgstr "Запрет выполнения определенных команд указанным пользователям. Эти пользователи смогут выполнять только разрешённые вами команды." +msgid "" +"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can " +"only execute what you accept them to execute." +msgstr "" +"Запрет выполнения определенных команд указанным пользователям. Эти " +"пользователи смогут выполнять только разрешённые вами команды." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:40 -msgid "It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through blacklists/whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the website. To achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental control blocker DansGuardian." -msgstr "Ограничение доступа к интернету на основе определённых вручную «чёрных» и «белых» списков или динамической блокировки на основе содержимого сайтов. Для выполнения этой задачи Drakguard использует ведущее решение с открытым кодом для родительского контроля - DansGuardian." +msgid "" +"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through blacklists/" +"whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the website. To " +"achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental control blocker " +"DansGuardian." +msgstr "" +"Ограничение доступа к интернету на основе определённых вручную «чёрных» и " +"«белых» списков или динамической блокировки на основе содержимого сайтов. " +"Для выполнения этой задачи Drakguard использует ведущее решение с открытым " +"кодом для родительского контроля - DansGuardian." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakguard.xml:49 @@ -2091,28 +3274,83 @@ msgstr "Настройка родительского контроля" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:52 -msgid "If your computer contains hard drive partitions that are formatted in Ext2, Ext3, or ReiserFS format you will see a pop up offering to configure ACL on your partitions. ACL stands for Access Control Lists, and is a Linux kernel feature that allows access to individual files to be restricted to named users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to this prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and will then suggest you reboot." -msgstr "Если на вашем компьютере есть разделы жёсткого диска с файловыми системами Ext2, Ext3 или ReiserFS, то вы увидите контекстное окно с предложением настроить списки управления доступом ACL для этих разделов. ACL является возможностью ядра Linux, с помощью которой можно блокировать доступ к отдельным файлам указанным пользователям. ACL встроено в файловые системы Ext4 и Btrfs. Для разделов с файловыми системами Ext2, Ext3 или Reiserfs эти списки управления доступом следует включать отдельно. Если вы согласитесь с включением ACL, то drakguard настроит все разделы, которыми руководит операционная система с поддержкой ACL и предложит вам перезагрузить компьютер. (ACL - Access Control Lists расшифровывается как списки контроля доступа)." +msgid "" +"If your computer contains hard drive partitions that are formatted in Ext2, " +"Ext3, or ReiserFS format you will see a pop up offering to configure ACL on " +"your partitions. ACL stands for Access Control Lists, and is a Linux kernel " +"feature that allows access to individual files to be restricted to named " +"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by " +"an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to this " +"prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and will " +"then suggest you reboot." +msgstr "" +"Если на вашем компьютере есть разделы жёсткого диска с файловыми системами " +"Ext2, Ext3 или ReiserFS, то вы увидите контекстное окно с предложением " +"настроить списки управления доступом ACL для этих разделов. ACL является " +"возможностью ядра Linux, с помощью которой можно блокировать доступ к " +"отдельным файлам указанным пользователям. ACL встроено в файловые системы " +"Ext4 и Btrfs. Для разделов с файловыми системами Ext2, Ext3 или Reiserfs эти " +"списки управления доступом следует включать отдельно. Если вы согласитесь с " +"включением ACL, то drakguard настроит все разделы, которыми руководит " +"операционная система с поддержкой ACL и предложит вам перезагрузить " +"компьютер. (ACL - Access Control Lists расшифровывается как списки контроля " +"доступа)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:61 -msgid "<guibutton>Enable parental control</guibutton>: If checked, the parental control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab is opened." -msgstr "<guibutton>Включить родительский контроль</guibutton>: если отмечен этот пункт, родительский контроль будет включен. После этого программа откроет доступ к вкладке <guilabel>Заблокированные приложения</guilabel>." +msgid "" +"<guibutton>Enable parental control</guibutton>: If checked, the parental " +"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab " +"is opened." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Включить родительский контроль</guibutton>: если отмечен этот " +"пункт, родительский контроль будет включен. После этого программа откроет " +"доступ к вкладке <guilabel>Заблокированные приложения</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:65 -msgid "<guibutton>Block all network traffic</guibutton>: If checked, all the websites are blocked, except the ones in the whitelist tab. Otherwise, all the websites are allowed, except the ones in the blacklist tab." -msgstr "<guibutton>Заблокировать весь сетевой трафик</guibutton>: если установлен этот пункт, все сайты будут заблокированы, кроме сайтов, указанных на вкладке «Белый список». Если пункт не выбран, то доступ ко всем сайтам будет открыт, кроме сайтов, указанных на вкладке «Чёрный список»." +msgid "" +"<guibutton>Block all network traffic</guibutton>: If checked, all the " +"websites are blocked, except the ones in the whitelist tab. Otherwise, all " +"the websites are allowed, except the ones in the blacklist tab." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Заблокировать весь сетевой трафик</guibutton>: если установлен " +"этот пункт, все сайты будут заблокированы, кроме сайтов, указанных на " +"вкладке «Белый список». Если пункт не выбран, то доступ ко всем сайтам будет " +"открыт, кроме сайтов, указанных на вкладке «Чёрный список»." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:69 -msgid "<guibutton>User access</guibutton>: Users on the left hand side will have their access restricted according to the rules you define. Users on the right hand side have unrestricted access so adult users of the computer are not inconvenienced. Select a user in the left hand side and click on <guibutton>Add</guibutton> to add him/her as an allowed user. Select an user in the right hand side and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to remove him/her from the allowed users." -msgstr "<guibutton>Доступ пользователей</guibutton>: доступ пользователей из левого списка будет ограничен в соответствии с определёнными вами правилами. Доступ пользователей из правого списка не будет ограничен, следовательно взрослые пользователи не будут иметь проблем. Выберите пользователя в левом списке и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Добавить</guibutton>чтобы добавить пользователя к разрешенному списку. Выберите пользователя в правом списке и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Удалить</guibutton>, чтобы удалить пользователя из списка пользователей без ограничения в доступе." +msgid "" +"<guibutton>User access</guibutton>: Users on the left hand side will have " +"their access restricted according to the rules you define. Users on the " +"right hand side have unrestricted access so adult users of the computer are " +"not inconvenienced. Select a user in the left hand side and click on " +"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to add him/her as an allowed user. Select an " +"user in the right hand side and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to " +"remove him/her from the allowed users." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Доступ пользователей</guibutton>: доступ пользователей из левого " +"списка будет ограничен в соответствии с определёнными вами правилами. Доступ " +"пользователей из правого списка не будет ограничен, следовательно взрослые " +"пользователи не будут иметь проблем. Выберите пользователя в левом списке и " +"нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Добавить</guibutton>чтобы добавить пользователя к " +"разрешенному списку. Выберите пользователя в правом списке и нажмите кнопку " +"<guibutton>Удалить</guibutton>, чтобы удалить пользователя из списка " +"пользователей без ограничения в доступе." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:77 -msgid "<guibutton>Time control:</guibutton> If checked, internet access is allowed with restrictions between the <guilabel>Start</guilabel> time and <guilabel>End</guilabel> time. It is totally blocked outside these time window." -msgstr "<guibutton>Контроль времени:</guibutton> если установлен этот пункт, доступ к интернету будет разрешен с ограничениями в интервале от времени <guilabel>Начало</guilabel> до времени <guilabel>Конец</guilabel>. Доступ будет полностью заблокирован вне этих промежутков времени." +msgid "" +"<guibutton>Time control:</guibutton> If checked, internet access is allowed " +"with restrictions between the <guilabel>Start</guilabel> time and " +"<guilabel>End</guilabel> time. It is totally blocked outside these time " +"window." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Контроль времени:</guibutton> если установлен этот пункт, доступ " +"к интернету будет разрешен с ограничениями в интервале от времени " +"<guilabel>Начало</guilabel> до времени <guilabel>Конец</guilabel>. Доступ " +"будет полностью заблокирован вне этих промежутков времени." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/drakguard.xml:83 @@ -2121,8 +3359,12 @@ msgstr "Вкладка «Чёрный»/«Белый» список" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:85 -msgid "Enter the website URL in the first field at the top and click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button." -msgstr "Укажите адрес сайта в первом поле в верхней части окна и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Добавить</guibutton>." +msgid "" +"Enter the website URL in the first field at the top and click on the " +"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> button." +msgstr "" +"Укажите адрес сайта в первом поле в верхней части окна и нажмите кнопку " +"<guibutton>Добавить</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/drakguard.xml:90 @@ -2131,13 +3373,24 @@ msgstr "Вкладка «Заблокированные программы»" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:92 -msgid "<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the applications you wish to block." -msgstr "<guibutton>Заблокировать программы</guibutton>: с помощью этого пункта можно включить использование ACL для ограничения доступа к определённым программам. Укажите путь к программе, доступ к которой вы хотите заблокировать." +msgid "" +"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to " +"restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the " +"applications you wish to block." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Заблокировать программы</guibutton>: с помощью этого пункта можно " +"включить использование ACL для ограничения доступа к определённым " +"программам. Укажите путь к программе, доступ к которой вы хотите " +"заблокировать." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:96 -msgid "<guibutton>Unblock Users list</guibutton>: Users listed on the right hand side will not be subject to acl blocking." -msgstr "<guibutton>Разблокировать пользователей</guibutton>: доступ пользователей из правого списка не подлежит блокировке на основе ACL." +msgid "" +"<guibutton>Unblock Users list</guibutton>: Users listed on the right hand " +"side will not be subject to acl blocking." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Разблокировать пользователей</guibutton>: доступ пользователей из " +"правого списка не подлежит блокировке на основе ACL." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakgw.xml:9 @@ -2161,18 +3414,37 @@ msgstr "Принципы" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakgw.xml:29 -msgid "drakgw-net.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../drakgw-net.png" msgstr "drakgw-net.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:27 -msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>This is useful when you have a computer (3) which has Internet (2) access and is connected also to a local network (1). You can use computer (3) as a gateway to give that access to other workstations (5) and (6) in the local network (1). For this, the gateway must have two interfaces; the first one such as an ethernet card must be connected to the local network, and the second one (4) connected to the Internet (2)." -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Эта программа будет полезна, если ваш компьютер (3) с доступом к интернету (2) соединен также с локальной сетью (1). Вы можете воспользоваться компьютером (3) как шлюзом, чтобы предоставить доступ другим рабочим станциям (5) и (6) в локальной сети (1). Для этого у шлюза должно быть два интерфейса; первый, например, карта Ethernet, должен быть соединен с локальной сетью, а второй (4) - соединен с интернетом (2)." +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>This is useful when you have a " +"computer (3) which has Internet (2) access and is connected also to a local " +"network (1). You can use computer (3) as a gateway to give that access to " +"other workstations (5) and (6) in the local network (1). For this, the " +"gateway must have two interfaces; the first one such as an ethernet card " +"must be connected to the local network, and the second one (4) connected to " +"the Internet (2)." +msgstr "" +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Эта программа будет полезна, " +"если ваш компьютер (3) с доступом к интернету (2) соединен также с локальной " +"сетью (1). Вы можете воспользоваться компьютером (3) как шлюзом, чтобы " +"предоставить доступ другим рабочим станциям (5) и (6) в локальной сети (1). " +"Для этого у шлюза должно быть два интерфейса; первый, например, карта " +"Ethernet, должен быть соединен с локальной сетью, а второй (4) - соединен с " +"интернетом (2)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:39 -msgid "The first step is to verify that the network and the access to Internet are set up, as documented in <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>." -msgstr "На первом шаге следует проверить, настроена ли сеть и доступ к интернету, как это задокументировано в разделе <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>." +msgid "" +"The first step is to verify that the network and the access to Internet are " +"set up, as documented in <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>." +msgstr "" +"На первом шаге следует проверить, настроена ли сеть и доступ к интернету, " +"как это задокументировано в разделе <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakgw.xml:45 @@ -2181,58 +3453,118 @@ msgstr "Мастер настройки шлюза" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:48 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:47 -msgid "The wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> offers successive steps which are shown below:" -msgstr "Мастер предложит<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> последовательные шаги, описание которых приведено ниже:" +msgid "" +"The wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> offers successive steps " +"which are shown below:" +msgstr "" +"Мастер предложит<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> последовательные " +"шаги, описание которых приведено ниже:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:54 -msgid "If the wizard does not detect at least two interfaces, it warns about this and asks to stop the network and configure the hardware." -msgstr "Если мастеру не удастся обнаружить по крайней мере два интерфейса, он предупредит об этом и попросит вас прекратить работу сети и настроить оборудование." +msgid "" +"If the wizard does not detect at least two interfaces, it warns about this " +"and asks to stop the network and configure the hardware." +msgstr "" +"Если мастеру не удастся обнаружить по крайней мере два интерфейса, он " +"предупредит об этом и попросит вас прекратить работу сети и настроить " +"оборудование." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:60 -msgid "specify the interface used for the Internet connection. The wizard automatically suggests one of the interfaces, but you should verify that what is proposed is correct." -msgstr "Укажите интерфейс, который будет использоваться для соединения с интернетом. Мастер настройки автоматически предложит один из следующих интерфейсов, но вам следует проверить корректность его предложения." +msgid "" +"specify the interface used for the Internet connection. The wizard " +"automatically suggests one of the interfaces, but you should verify that " +"what is proposed is correct." +msgstr "" +"Укажите интерфейс, который будет использоваться для соединения с интернетом. " +"Мастер настройки автоматически предложит один из следующих интерфейсов, но " +"вам следует проверить корректность его предложения." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:66 -msgid "specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes one, check that this is correct." -msgstr "Укажите интерфейс, который будет использоваться для соединений с локальной сетью. Мастер снова предложит свой вариант. Проверьте, является ли он корректным." +msgid "" +"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes " +"one, check that this is correct." +msgstr "" +"Укажите интерфейс, который будет использоваться для соединений с локальной " +"сетью. Мастер снова предложит свой вариант. Проверьте, является ли он " +"корректным." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:71 -msgid "The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values." -msgstr "Мастер предложит параметры для локальной сети, в частности IP-адрес, маску сети и название домена. Проверьте, совместимы ли эти параметры с текущей конфигурацией. Рекомендуем вам воспользоваться предлагаемыми значениями." +msgid "" +"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask " +"and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual " +"configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values." +msgstr "" +"Мастер предложит параметры для локальной сети, в частности IP-адрес, маску " +"сети и название домена. Проверьте, совместимы ли эти параметры с текущей " +"конфигурацией. Рекомендуем вам воспользоваться предлагаемыми значениями." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:78 -msgid "specify if the computer has to be used as a DNS server. If yes, the wizard will check that <code>bind</code> is installed. Otherwise, you have to specify the address of a DNS server." -msgstr "Укажите, следует ли использовать компьютер как сервер DNS. Если вы ответите утвердительно, мастер проверит, установлен ли в системе <code>bind</code>. Если вы не намерены использовать компьютер как DNS-сервер, то укажите адрес DNS-сервера." +msgid "" +"specify if the computer has to be used as a DNS server. If yes, the wizard " +"will check that <code>bind</code> is installed. Otherwise, you have to " +"specify the address of a DNS server." +msgstr "" +"Укажите, следует ли использовать компьютер как сервер DNS. Если вы ответите " +"утвердительно, мастер проверит, установлен ли в системе <code>bind</code>. " +"Если вы не намерены использовать компьютер как DNS-сервер, то укажите адрес " +"DNS-сервера." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:84 -msgid "specify if the computer is to be used as a DHCP server. If yes, the wizard will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range." -msgstr "Укажите, следует ли использовать компьютер как сервер DHCP. Если да, то мастер проверит, установлен ли пакет <code>dhcp-server</code> и предложит вам его настроить, указав начальный и конечный адреса в диапазоне DHCP." +msgid "" +"specify if the computer is to be used as a DHCP server. If yes, the wizard " +"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure " +"it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range." +msgstr "" +"Укажите, следует ли использовать компьютер как сервер DHCP. Если да, то " +"мастер проверит, установлен ли пакет <code>dhcp-server</code> и предложит " +"вам его настроить, указав начальный и конечный адреса в диапазоне DHCP." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:91 -msgid "specify if the computer is to be used as a proxy server. If yes, the wizard will check that <code>squid</code> is installed and offer to configure it, with the address of the administrator (admin@mydomain.com), name of the proxy (myfirewall@mydomaincom), the port (3128) and the cache size (100 Mb)." -msgstr "Укажите, следует ли использовать компьютер в качестве прокси-сервера. Если да, то мастер проверит, установлен ли пакет <code>squid</code> и предложит вам настроить прокси-сервер, указав адрес администратора сервера (по умолчанию admin@mydomain.com), название прокси-сервера (по умолчанию myfirewall@mydomaincom), порт (по умолчанию 3128) и размер кэша (по умолчанию 100 МБ)." +msgid "" +"specify if the computer is to be used as a proxy server. If yes, the wizard " +"will check that <code>squid</code> is installed and offer to configure it, " +"with the address of the administrator (admin@mydomain.com), name of the " +"proxy (myfirewall@mydomaincom), the port (3128) and the cache size (100 Mb)." +msgstr "" +"Укажите, следует ли использовать компьютер в качестве прокси-сервера. Если " +"да, то мастер проверит, установлен ли пакет <code>squid</code> и предложит " +"вам настроить прокси-сервер, указав адрес администратора сервера (по " +"умолчанию admin@mydomain.com), название прокси-сервера (по умолчанию " +"myfirewall@mydomaincom), порт (по умолчанию 3128) и размер кэша (по " +"умолчанию 100 МБ)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:99 -msgid "The last step allows you to check if the gateway machine is connected to printers and to share them." -msgstr "На последнем шаге вы можете проверить, подключена ли машина-шлюз к принтерам и следует ли предоставлять эти принтеры в общее пользование." +msgid "" +"The last step allows you to check if the gateway machine is connected to " +"printers and to share them." +msgstr "" +"На последнем шаге вы можете проверить, подключена ли машина-шлюз к принтерам " +"и следует ли предоставлять эти принтеры в общее пользование." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:104 -msgid "You will be warned about the need to check the firewall if it is active." -msgstr "Программа предупредит вас о необходимости проверки параметров файервола, если он активен." +msgid "" +"You will be warned about the need to check the firewall if it is active." +msgstr "" +"Программа предупредит вас о необходимости проверки параметров файервола, " +"если он активен." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakgw.xml:109 @@ -2241,13 +3573,29 @@ msgstr "Настройка клиента" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:111 -msgid "If you have configured the gateway machine with DHCP, you only need to specify in the network configuration tool that you get an address automatically (using DHCP). The parameters will be obtained when connecting to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is using." -msgstr "Если вами был настроен компьютер-шлюз с DHCP, достаточно будет указать с помощью средства настройки сети, что адрес будет получен автоматически (по DHCP). Параметры будут получены во время установления соединения с сетью. Этот способ будет работать независимо от операционной системы, установленной на клиентских компьютерах." +msgid "" +"If you have configured the gateway machine with DHCP, you only need to " +"specify in the network configuration tool that you get an address " +"automatically (using DHCP). The parameters will be obtained when connecting " +"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is " +"using." +msgstr "" +"Если вами был настроен компьютер-шлюз с DHCP, достаточно будет указать с " +"помощью средства настройки сети, что адрес будет получен автоматически (по " +"DHCP). Параметры будут получены во время установления соединения с сетью. " +"Этот способ будет работать независимо от операционной системы, установленной " +"на клиентских компьютерах." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:117 -msgid "If you must manually specify the network parameters, you must in particular specify the gateway by entering the IP-address of the machine acting as the gateway." -msgstr "Если параметры сети не будут определяться автоматически, вам следует в частности указать шлюз сети, введя IP-адрес компьютера, который будет работать как шлюз." +msgid "" +"If you must manually specify the network parameters, you must in particular " +"specify the gateway by entering the IP-address of the machine acting as the " +"gateway." +msgstr "" +"Если параметры сети не будут определяться автоматически, вам следует в " +"частности указать шлюз сети, введя IP-адрес компьютера, который будет " +"работать как шлюз." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakgw.xml:123 @@ -2256,8 +3604,14 @@ msgstr "Прекращение совместного использования #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:125 -msgid "If you want to stop sharing the connection on the Mageia computer, launch the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the sharing." -msgstr "Если вам нужно будет прекратить совместное использование соединения на компьютере под управлением Mageia, запустите эту программу. Она предложит вам перенастроить подключение или прекратить совместное использование соединения." +msgid "" +"If you want to stop sharing the connection on the Mageia computer, launch " +"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the sharing." +msgstr "" +"Если вам нужно будет прекратить совместное использование соединения на " +"компьютере под управлением Mageia, запустите эту программу. Она предложит " +"вам перенастроить подключение или прекратить совместное использование " +"соединения." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakhosts.xml:3 @@ -2276,13 +3630,26 @@ msgstr "drakhosts.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakhosts.xml:16 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakhosts.xml:14 -msgid "If some systems on your network grant you services, and have fixed IP-addresses, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to specify a name to access them more easily. Then you can use that name instead of the IP-address." -msgstr "Если некоторые из компьютеров в вашей сети предоставляют доступ к собственным службам и IP-адреса этих компьютеров являются фиксированными, то с помощью этой программы<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы сможете указать название службы, чтобы упростить доступ к ней. После определения названия вы сможете использовать её вместо IP-адреса." +msgid "" +"If some systems on your network grant you services, and have fixed IP-" +"addresses, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to " +"specify a name to access them more easily. Then you can use that name " +"instead of the IP-address." +msgstr "" +"Если некоторые из компьютеров в вашей сети предоставляют доступ к " +"собственным службам и IP-адреса этих компьютеров являются фиксированными, то " +"с помощью этой программы<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы сможете " +"указать название службы, чтобы упростить доступ к ней. После определения " +"названия вы сможете использовать её вместо IP-адреса." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakhosts.xml:20 @@ -2291,8 +3658,15 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Добавить</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakhosts.xml:22 -msgid "With this button, you add the name for a new system. You will get a window to specify the IP-address, the host name for the system, and optionally an alias which can be used in the same way that the name is." -msgstr "С помощью этой кнопки можно добавлять названия новых систем. После ее нажатия откроется окно для указания IP-адреса, названия узла системы и если нужно, альтернативного названия, используемого таким же образом, что и основное название." +msgid "" +"With this button, you add the name for a new system. You will get a window " +"to specify the IP-address, the host name for the system, and optionally an " +"alias which can be used in the same way that the name is." +msgstr "" +"С помощью этой кнопки можно добавлять названия новых систем. После ее " +"нажатия откроется окно для указания IP-адреса, названия узла системы и если " +"нужно, альтернативного названия, используемого таким же образом, что и " +"основное название." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakhosts.xml:27 @@ -2301,8 +3675,14 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Изменить</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakhosts.xml:29 -msgid "You can access the parameters of an entry previously defined. You get the same window." -msgstr "С помощью этой кнопки можно получить доступ к изменению параметров ранее определенной записи. Окно, которое будет открыто в ответ на нажатие этой кнопки, является тем же самым, что и окно, которое можно открыть с помощью предыдущей кнопки." +msgid "" +"You can access the parameters of an entry previously defined. You get the " +"same window." +msgstr "" +"С помощью этой кнопки можно получить доступ к изменению параметров ранее " +"определенной записи. Окно, которое будет открыто в ответ на нажатие этой " +"кнопки, является тем же самым, что и окно, которое можно открыть с помощью " +"предыдущей кнопки." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakinvictus.xml:3 @@ -2320,19 +3700,27 @@ msgid "drakinvictus.png" msgstr "drakinvictus.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakinvictus.xml:12 -#: en/draknetcenter.xml:187 -#: en/draknetprofile.xml:12 -#: en/drakups.xml:12 -#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:12 -#: en/drakxservices.xml:12 -msgid "This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance." -msgstr "Эта страница еще не написана из-за нехватки ресурсов у команды. Если вы считаете, что можете написать эту справочную страницу, пожалуйста, свяжитесь с <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">командой по документированию</link>. Заранее благодарны вам за помощь." +#: en/drakinvictus.xml:12 en/draknetcenter.xml:187 en/draknetprofile.xml:12 +#: en/drakups.xml:12 en/drakwizard_bind.xml:12 en/drakxservices.xml:12 +msgid "" +"This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you " +"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance." +msgstr "" +"Эта страница еще не написана из-за нехватки ресурсов у команды. Если вы " +"считаете, что можете написать эту справочную страницу, пожалуйста, свяжитесь " +"с <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">командой " +"по документированию</link>. Заранее благодарны вам за помощь." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakinvictus.xml:15 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> от имени администратора " +"(root)." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:10 @@ -2351,53 +3739,126 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:22 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> от имени администратора " +"(root)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:21 -msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the Network & Internet tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Network Center\"" -msgstr "Доступ к этому модулю<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно получить с помощью пункта «Сеть и Интернет» из Центра управления Mageia. Раздел подписан «Сетевой центр»." +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the " +"Network & Internet tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Network " +"Center\"" +msgstr "" +"Доступ к этому модулю<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно " +"получить с помощью пункта «Сеть и Интернет» из Центра управления Mageia. " +"Раздел подписан «Сетевой центр»." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:31 -msgid "When this tool is launched, a window opens listing all the networks configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite, etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, depending on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, change its settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to create a network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab." -msgstr "После запуска модуля будет открыто окно со списком всех сетей, настроенных на компьютере, независимо от типа (проводная, беспроводная, спутниковая и т.д.). В ответ на нажатие пункта сети будет показано три или четыре кнопки, в зависимости от типа сети. С помощью этих кнопок вы сможете наблюдать за сетью, изменять параметры работы сети, устанавливать и разрывать соединение. Этот модуль не предназначен для создания самого соединения. Создать само соединение можно с помощью пункта <guilabel>Создать новый сетевой интерфейс (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> на той же странице Центра управления Mageia." +msgid "" +"When this tool is launched, a window opens listing all the networks " +"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite, " +"etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, depending " +"on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, change its " +"settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to create a " +"network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, " +"ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab." +msgstr "" +"После запуска модуля будет открыто окно со списком всех сетей, настроенных " +"на компьютере, независимо от типа (проводная, беспроводная, спутниковая и т." +"д.). В ответ на нажатие пункта сети будет показано три или четыре кнопки, в " +"зависимости от типа сети. С помощью этих кнопок вы сможете наблюдать за " +"сетью, изменять параметры работы сети, устанавливать и разрывать соединение. " +"Этот модуль не предназначен для создания самого соединения. Создать само " +"соединение можно с помощью пункта <guilabel>Создать новый сетевой интерфейс " +"(LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> на той же странице Центра управления " +"Mageia." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:43 -msgid "draknetcenterEthernet-on.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png" msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:47 -msgid "draknetcenterEthernet-off.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png" msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:52 -msgid "draknetcenterWireless-off.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png" msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:56 -msgid "draknetcenterWireless-on.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png" msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:39 -msgid "In the screenshot below, given as example, we can see two networks, the first one is wired and connected, recognizable by this icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network types, the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not connected." -msgstr "На приведенном ниже скриншоте показан пример с двумя сетями. Первая из сетей проводная, с ней установлено соединение, о чем можно узнать из соответствующей иконки <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (сети, с которыми установлено соединение, обозначаются так: <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ). Второй же пункт показывает беспроводную сеть, с которой установлено соединение, что обозначено иконкой <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/>. Если соединение было установлено, будет показана такая иконка: <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>. Обозначения цветами состояния соединения для других сетей является такими: зеленый цвет обозначает, что соединение установлено, а красный - не установлено." +msgid "" +"In the screenshot below, given as example, we can see two networks, the " +"first one is wired and connected, recognizable by this icon <placeholder " +"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder " +"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows " +"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder type=" +"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder type=" +"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network types, " +"the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not " +"connected." +msgstr "" +"На приведенном ниже скриншоте показан пример с двумя сетями. Первая из сетей " +"проводная, с ней установлено соединение, о чем можно узнать из " +"соответствующей иконки <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> " +"(сети, с которыми установлено соединение, обозначаются так: <placeholder " +"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ). Второй же пункт показывает " +"беспроводную сеть, с которой установлено соединение, что обозначено иконкой " +"<placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/>. Если соединение было " +"установлено, будет показана такая иконка: <placeholder type=" +"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>. Обозначения цветами состояния соединения " +"для других сетей является такими: зеленый цвет обозначает, что соединение " +"установлено, а красный - не установлено." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:62 -msgid "In the wireless part of the screen, you can also see all the detected networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal strengh</guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and the <guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then either on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> or <guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network to another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings window (see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption key in particular)." -msgstr "В разделе беспроводной сети отображается список обнаруженных сетей с данными по <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, <guilabel>Мощность сигнала</guilabel>, использование шифрования в сети (красный - используется шифрование, зеленый - шифрование не используется) и <guilabel>Режим работы</guilabel>. Щелкните на желаемом пункте, а затем нажмите одну из этих кнопок: <guibutton>Наблюдать</guibutton>, <guibutton>Настроить</guibutton> или <guibutton>Соединиться</guibutton>. Так можно переключать систему с использования одной сети на использование другой. Если выбрать частную сеть, будет открыто окно параметров сети (см. ниже), с помощью которого программа попытается узнать у вас значения дополнительных параметров (в частности ключа шифрования)." +msgid "" +"In the wireless part of the screen, you can also see all the detected " +"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal strengh</" +"guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and the " +"<guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then either " +"on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> or " +"<guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network to " +"another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings window " +"(see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption key in " +"particular)." +msgstr "" +"В разделе беспроводной сети отображается список обнаруженных сетей с данными " +"по <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, <guilabel>Мощность сигнала</guilabel>, " +"использование шифрования в сети (красный - используется шифрование, зеленый " +"- шифрование не используется) и <guilabel>Режим работы</guilabel>. Щелкните " +"на желаемом пункте, а затем нажмите одну из этих кнопок: " +"<guibutton>Наблюдать</guibutton>, <guibutton>Настроить</guibutton> или " +"<guibutton>Соединиться</guibutton>. Так можно переключать систему с " +"использования одной сети на использование другой. Если выбрать частную сеть, " +"будет открыто окно параметров сети (см. ниже), с помощью которого программа " +"попытается узнать у вас значения дополнительных параметров (в частности " +"ключа шифрования)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:72 msgid "Click on <guibutton>Refresh</guibutton> to update the screen." -msgstr "Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Обновить</guibutton>, чтобы обновить данные на экране." +msgstr "" +"Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Обновить</guibutton>, чтобы обновить данные на " +"экране." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:76 @@ -2416,18 +3877,39 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:92 -msgid "This button allows you to watch the network activity, downloads (toward the PC, in red) and uploads (toward the Internet, in green). The same screen is available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray -> Monitor Network</guimenu>." -msgstr "С помощью этой кнопки вы сможете наблюдать за обменом данными в сети, получением компьютером данных («Получение», красная линия) и выгрузкой данных («Отдача», зеленая линия). Доступ к этому инструменту можно получить наведя указатель мыши на иконку управления интернетом в трее, щелкнув правой кнопкой мыши и выбрав пункт <guimenu>Мониторинг сети</guimenu>." +msgid "" +"This button allows you to watch the network activity, downloads (toward the " +"PC, in red) and uploads (toward the Internet, in green). The same screen is " +"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray " +"-> Monitor Network</guimenu>." +msgstr "" +"С помощью этой кнопки вы сможете наблюдать за обменом данными в сети, " +"получением компьютером данных («Получение», красная линия) и выгрузкой " +"данных («Отдача», зеленая линия). Доступ к этому инструменту можно получить " +"наведя указатель мыши на иконку управления интернетом в трее, щелкнув правой " +"кнопкой мыши и выбрав пункт <guimenu>Мониторинг сети</guimenu>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:97 -msgid "There is a tab for each network (here eth0 is the wired network, lo the local loopback and wlan0 the wireless network) and a tab connection which gives details about connection status." -msgstr "Для каждого из интерфейсов сети предусмотрена собственная вкладка (в нашем примере, eth0 - проводная сеть, lo - локальный петлевой интерфейс, а wlan0 - беспроводная сеть). Кроме того, будет показана вкладка «подключения», с помощью которой можно наблюдать за состоянием соединений." +msgid "" +"There is a tab for each network (here eth0 is the wired network, lo the " +"local loopback and wlan0 the wireless network) and a tab connection which " +"gives details about connection status." +msgstr "" +"Для каждого из интерфейсов сети предусмотрена собственная вкладка (в нашем " +"примере, eth0 - проводная сеть, lo - локальный петлевой интерфейс, а wlan0 - " +"беспроводная сеть). Кроме того, будет показана вкладка «подключения», с " +"помощью которой можно наблюдать за состоянием соединений." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:102 -msgid "At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic accounting</guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section." -msgstr "В нижней части списка пунктов, вы увидите пункт <guilabel>Включить учет трафика</guilabel>, подробное описание которого приведено в следующем разделе." +msgid "" +"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic accounting</" +"guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section." +msgstr "" +"В нижней части списка пунктов, вы увидите пункт <guilabel>Включить учет " +"трафика</guilabel>, подробное описание которого приведено в следующем " +"разделе." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:108 @@ -2446,27 +3928,56 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:118 -msgid "It is possible to change all the settings given during network creation. Most of the time, checking <guibutton>Automatic IP</guibutton> <guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual configuration may give better results." -msgstr "Можно изменить все параметры, определенные во время создания сети. В подавляющем большинстве случаев стоит отметить пункт <guibutton>Автоматический IP</guibutton> <guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton>, но если возникают проблемы, то определение адреса вручную может быть лучшим вариантом." +msgid "" +"It is possible to change all the settings given during network creation. " +"Most of the time, checking <guibutton>Automatic IP</guibutton> " +"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual " +"configuration may give better results." +msgstr "" +"Можно изменить все параметры, определенные во время создания сети. В " +"подавляющем большинстве случаев стоит отметить пункт " +"<guibutton>Автоматический IP</guibutton> <guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</" +"guibutton>, но если возникают проблемы, то определение адреса вручную может " +"быть лучшим вариантом." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:123 -msgid "For a residential network, the <guilabel>IP address</guilabel> always looks like 192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> is 255.255.255.0, and the <guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> and <guilabel>DNS servers</guilabel> are available from your providers website." -msgstr " В домашних сетях <guilabel>IP-адреса</guilabel> всегда имеют следующий формат: <emphasis>192.168.0.x</emphasis>. <guilabel>Маска сети</guilabel> <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>. А данные по <guilabel>шлюзу</guilabel> и <guilabel>DNS-серверам</guilabel> можно получить на сайте вашего провайдера." +msgid "" +"For a residential network, the <guilabel>IP address</guilabel> always looks " +"like 192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> is 255.255.255.0, and the " +"<guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> and <guilabel>DNS servers</guilabel> are " +"available from your providers website." +msgstr "" +" В домашних сетях <guilabel>IP-адреса</guilabel> всегда имеют следующий " +"формат: <emphasis>192.168.0.x</emphasis>. <guilabel>Маска сети</guilabel> " +"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>. А данные по <guilabel>шлюзу</guilabel> и " +"<guilabel>DNS-серверам</guilabel> можно получить на сайте вашего провайдера." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:128 -msgid "<guibutton>Enable traffic accounting</guibutton> if checked this will count the traffic on a hourly, daily or monthly basis. The results are visible in the Network monitor detailed in the previous section. Once enabled, you may have to reconnect to the network." -msgstr "<guibutton>Включить учет трафика</guibutton>: если отмечен этот пункт, то программа будет выполнять почасовой, ежедневный и ежемесячный учет обмена данными. Результаты можно будет просмотреть с помощью средства наблюдения за сетью, подробно описанного в предыдущем разделе. После включения учёта может потребоваться повторное подключение к сети, чтобы учет был начат." +msgid "" +"<guibutton>Enable traffic accounting</guibutton> if checked this will count " +"the traffic on a hourly, daily or monthly basis. The results are visible in " +"the Network monitor detailed in the previous section. Once enabled, you may " +"have to reconnect to the network." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Включить учет трафика</guibutton>: если отмечен этот пункт, то " +"программа будет выполнять почасовой, ежедневный и ежемесячный учет обмена " +"данными. Результаты можно будет просмотреть с помощью средства наблюдения за " +"сетью, подробно описанного в предыдущем разделе. После включения учёта может " +"потребоваться повторное подключение к сети, чтобы учет был начат." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:133 -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager:</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Разрешить управление интерфейсом с помощью Network Manager:</emphasis>" +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager:" +"</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Разрешить управление интерфейсом с помощью Network " +"Manager:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/draknetcenter.xml:140 -#: en/draknetcenter.xml:185 +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:140 en/draknetcenter.xml:185 msgid "<guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>Кнопка «Дополнительно»:</guibutton>" @@ -2497,8 +4008,19 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Режим работы:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:164 -msgid "Select <guilabel>Managed</guilabel> if the connection is via an access point, there is an <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis> detected. Select <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> if it is a peer to peer network. Select <emphasis role=\"bold\">Master</emphasis> if your network card is used as the access point, your network card needs to support this mode." -msgstr "Выберите <guilabel>Управляемый</guilabel>, если соединение осуществляется с помощью точки доступа, <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis> будет обнаружен программой. Выберите <guilabel>Специальный</guilabel>, если это сеть PTP. Отметьте пункт <emphasis role=\"bold\">Основной</emphasis>, если ваша сетевая карта используется как точка доступа. В вашей сетевой карте должна быть предусмотрена поддержка такого режима." +msgid "" +"Select <guilabel>Managed</guilabel> if the connection is via an access " +"point, there is an <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis> detected. " +"Select <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> if it is a peer to peer network. Select " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Master</emphasis> if your network card is used as " +"the access point, your network card needs to support this mode." +msgstr "" +"Выберите <guilabel>Управляемый</guilabel>, если соединение осуществляется с " +"помощью точки доступа, <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis> будет " +"обнаружен программой. Выберите <guilabel>Специальный</guilabel>, если это " +"сеть PTP. Отметьте пункт <emphasis role=\"bold\">Основной</emphasis>, если " +"ваша сетевая карта используется как точка доступа. В вашей сетевой карте " +"должна быть предусмотрена поддержка такого режима." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:170 @@ -2512,8 +4034,17 @@ msgstr "Если это частная сеть, вы должны знать э #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:175 -msgid "<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA personal or WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> is not often used in private networks." -msgstr "В <guilabel>WEP</guilabel> используется менее устойчивый вариант защиты паролем чем в WPA, где используется ключ. <guilabel>Предварительно распространённый ключ WPA</guilabel> еще называется личным ключом WPA или домашним ключом WPA. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> является довольно редким вариантом в частных сетях." +msgid "" +"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a " +"passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA " +"personal or WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> is not often used " +"in private networks." +msgstr "" +"В <guilabel>WEP</guilabel> используется менее устойчивый вариант защиты " +"паролем чем в WPA, где используется ключ. <guilabel>Предварительно " +"распространённый ключ WPA</guilabel> еще называется личным ключом WPA или " +"домашним ключом WPA. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> является довольно " +"редким вариантом в частных сетях." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:180 @@ -2522,8 +4053,12 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Разрешить роуминг точки д #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:182 -msgid "Roaming is a technology which enables allows computer to change its access point while remaining connected to the network." -msgstr "Роуминг - это технология, с помощью которой компьютер может менять точку доступа без разрыва соединения с сетью." +msgid "" +"Roaming is a technology which enables allows computer to change its access " +"point while remaining connected to the network." +msgstr "" +"Роуминг - это технология, с помощью которой компьютер может менять точку " +"доступа без разрыва соединения с сетью." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:193 @@ -2557,8 +4092,13 @@ msgstr "draknetprofile.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draknetprofile.xml:15 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> от имени администратора " +"(root)." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:9 @@ -2582,13 +4122,21 @@ msgstr "Предпосылки" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:27 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:26 -msgid "When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the first time, it may display the following message:" -msgstr "Во время первого запуска мастера<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> программа может показать окно с таким сообщением:" +msgid "" +"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the " +"first time, it may display the following message:" +msgstr "" +"Во время первого запуска мастера<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> " +"программа может показать окно с таким сообщением:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:33 @@ -2597,7 +4145,8 @@ msgstr "Нужно установить пакет nfs-utils. Вы хотите #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:37 -msgid "After completing the installation, a window with an empty list is displayed." +msgid "" +"After completing the installation, a window with an empty list is displayed." msgstr "После завершения установки будет показано окно с пустым списком." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -2607,8 +4156,15 @@ msgstr "Главное окно" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:44 -msgid "A list of directories which are shared is displayed. At this step, the list is empty. The <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button gives access to a configuration tool." -msgstr "Здесь будет показан список каталогов, которые предоставлены в общее пользование. Во время первого запуска этот список, конечно же, будет пустым. С помощью кнопки <guibutton>Добавить</guibutton> можно открыть окно утилиты конфигурирования." +msgid "" +"A list of directories which are shared is displayed. At this step, the list " +"is empty. The <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button gives access to a " +"configuration tool." +msgstr "" +"Здесь будет показан список каталогов, которые предоставлены в общее " +"пользование. Во время первого запуска этот список, конечно же, будет пустым. " +"С помощью кнопки <guibutton>Добавить</guibutton> можно открыть окно утилиты " +"конфигурирования." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:50 @@ -2617,8 +4173,14 @@ msgstr "Изменить запись" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:52 -msgid "The configuration tool is labeled \"Modify entry\". It may be also launched with the <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. The following parameters are available." -msgstr "Окно утилиты настройки имеет вид «Изменить запись». Его также можно открыть с помощью нажатия кнопки <guibutton>Изменить</guibutton>. Доступны следующие параметры." +msgid "" +"The configuration tool is labeled \"Modify entry\". It may be also launched " +"with the <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. The following parameters are " +"available." +msgstr "" +"Окно утилиты настройки имеет вид «Изменить запись». Его также можно открыть " +"с помощью нажатия кнопки <guibutton>Изменить</guibutton>. Доступны следующие " +"параметры." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknfs.xml:58 @@ -2632,8 +4194,14 @@ msgstr "Каталог NFS" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:66 -msgid "Here you can specify which directory is to be shared. The <guibutton>Directory</guibutton> button gives access to a browser to choose it." -msgstr "С помощью этого пункта вы можете указать каталог, который будет предоставлен в общее пользование. С помощью кнопки <guibutton>Каталог</guibutton> можно открыть окно инструмента выбора каталога с помощью графического интерфейса." +msgid "" +"Here you can specify which directory is to be shared. The " +"<guibutton>Directory</guibutton> button gives access to a browser to choose " +"it." +msgstr "" +"С помощью этого пункта вы можете указать каталог, который будет предоставлен " +"в общее пользование. С помощью кнопки <guibutton>Каталог</guibutton> можно " +"открыть окно инструмента выбора каталога с помощью графического интерфейса." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:72 @@ -2642,8 +4210,12 @@ msgstr "Доступ к узлу" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:74 -msgid "Here you can specify the hosts that are authorized to access the shared directory." -msgstr "Здесь вы можете указать узлы, которым будет предоставлен доступ к папке совместного использования." +msgid "" +"Here you can specify the hosts that are authorized to access the shared " +"directory." +msgstr "" +"Здесь вы можете указать узлы, которым будет предоставлен доступ к папке " +"совместного использования." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:77 @@ -2652,23 +4224,42 @@ msgstr "Клиенты NFS можно указать несколькими сп #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:79 -msgid "<emphasis>single host</emphasis>: a host either by an abbreviated name recognized be the resolver, fully qualified domain name, or an IP address" -msgstr "<emphasis>отдельный узел</emphasis>: указать узел в формате аббревиатуры названия, которое может быть распознано инструментом определения адресов или в формате полноценного доменного названия, или в формате IP-адреса" +msgid "" +"<emphasis>single host</emphasis>: a host either by an abbreviated name " +"recognized be the resolver, fully qualified domain name, or an IP address" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>отдельный узел</emphasis>: указать узел в формате аббревиатуры " +"названия, которое может быть распознано инструментом определения адресов или " +"в формате полноценного доменного названия, или в формате IP-адреса" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:83 msgid "<emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: NIS netgroups may be given as @group." -msgstr "<emphasis>сетевые группы</emphasis>: сетевые группы NIS, можно указывать как @группа." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>сетевые группы</emphasis>: сетевые группы NIS, можно указывать как " +"@группа." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:86 -msgid "<emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: machine names may contain the wildcard characters * and ?. For instance: *.cs.foo.edu matches all hosts in the domain cs.foo.edu." -msgstr "<emphasis>шаблоны замены</emphasis>: названия компьютеров могут содержать шаблонные символы замены * и ?. Пример: *.cs.foo.edu отвечает всем узлам домена cs.foo.edu." +msgid "" +"<emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: machine names may contain the wildcard " +"characters * and ?. For instance: *.cs.foo.edu matches all hosts in the " +"domain cs.foo.edu." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>шаблоны замены</emphasis>: названия компьютеров могут содержать " +"шаблонные символы замены * и ?. Пример: *.cs.foo.edu отвечает всем узлам " +"домена cs.foo.edu." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:90 -msgid "<emphasis>IP networks</emphasis>: you can also export directories to all hosts on an IP (sub-)network simultaneously. For example, either `/255.255.252.0' or `/22' appended to the network base address." -msgstr "<emphasis>IP-сети</emphasis>: кроме того, вы можете одновременно экспортировать каталоги на все папки IP-(под-)сети. Пример: «/255.255.252.0» или «/22, добавленные к базовому адресу сети." +msgid "" +"<emphasis>IP networks</emphasis>: you can also export directories to all " +"hosts on an IP (sub-)network simultaneously. For example, either " +"`/255.255.252.0' or `/22' appended to the network base address." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>IP-сети</emphasis>: кроме того, вы можете одновременно " +"экспортировать каталоги на все папки IP-(под-)сети. Пример: «/255.255.252.0» " +"или «/22, добавленные к базовому адресу сети." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:96 @@ -2677,23 +4268,50 @@ msgstr "Сопоставление ID пользователей " #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:98 -msgid "<emphasis>map root user as anonymous</emphasis>: maps requests from uid/gid 0 to the anonymous uid/gid (root_squash). The root user from the client cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on the server itself." -msgstr "<emphasis>сопоставление пользователя root как анонимного</emphasis>: перенаправить запросы с uid/gid 0 на анонимный uid/gid (root_squash). Пользователь-администратор клиентской системы не сможет читать файлы или выполнять запись в файлы на сервере, которые были созданы администратором сервера или самим сервером." +msgid "" +"<emphasis>map root user as anonymous</emphasis>: maps requests from uid/gid " +"0 to the anonymous uid/gid (root_squash). The root user from the client " +"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on " +"the server itself." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>сопоставление пользователя root как анонимного</emphasis>: " +"перенаправить запросы с uid/gid 0 на анонимный uid/gid (root_squash). " +"Пользователь-администратор клиентской системы не сможет читать файлы или " +"выполнять запись в файлы на сервере, которые были созданы администратором " +"сервера или самим сервером." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:103 -msgid "<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing. This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)." -msgstr "<emphasis>действительно позволить удалённый доступ для root</emphasis>: отключить подавление root'а. Эта опция в основном используется для бездисковых клиентов (no_root_squash)." +msgid "" +"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing. " +"This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>действительно позволить удалённый доступ для root</emphasis>: " +"отключить подавление root'а. Эта опция в основном используется для " +"бездисковых клиентов (no_root_squash)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:107 -msgid "<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting." -msgstr "<emphasis>сопоставить всех пользователей анонимными</emphasis>: сопоставить все uids и gids анонимными (all_squash). Полезно для экспортированных с помощью NFS общих каталогов FTP, каталогов новостей и т.д. Параметр с противоположным значением, без сопоставления UID пользователей (no_all_squash), используется по умолчанию." +msgid "" +"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids " +"to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP " +"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID " +"mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>сопоставить всех пользователей анонимными</emphasis>: сопоставить " +"все uids и gids анонимными (all_squash). Полезно для экспортированных с " +"помощью NFS общих каталогов FTP, каталогов новостей и т.д. Параметр с " +"противоположным значением, без сопоставления UID пользователей " +"(no_all_squash), используется по умолчанию." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:113 -msgid "<emphasis>anonuid and anongid</emphasis>: explicitly set the uid and gid of the anonymous account." -msgstr "<emphasis>anonuid и anongid</emphasis>: явным образом определить uid и gid анонимного аккаунта." +msgid "" +"<emphasis>anonuid and anongid</emphasis>: explicitly set the uid and gid of " +"the anonymous account." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>anonuid и anongid</emphasis>: явным образом определить uid и gid " +"анонимного аккаунта." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:118 @@ -2702,27 +4320,54 @@ msgstr "Дополнительные параметры" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:120 -msgid "<emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: this option requires that requests originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024). This option is on by default." -msgstr "<emphasis>Безопасное соединение</emphasis>: этот параметр требует, чтобы запросы поступали с интернет-порта с номером, меньшим по IPPORT_RESERVED (1024). Этот параметр по умолчанию включен." +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: this option requires that requests " +"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024). This option " +"is on by default." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Безопасное соединение</emphasis>: этот параметр требует, чтобы " +"запросы поступали с интернет-порта с номером, меньшим по IPPORT_RESERVED " +"(1024). Этот параметр по умолчанию включен." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:124 -msgid "<emphasis>Read-Only share</emphasis>: allow either only read or both read and write requests on this NFS volume. The default is to disallow any request which changes the filesystem. This can also be made explicit by using this option." -msgstr "<emphasis>Общий ресурс только для чтения</emphasis>: разрешает выполнение запросов только для чтения, либо для чтения и записи в NFS раздел. По умолчанию стоит запрет любых запросов на изменение файловой системы. Такой запрет также можно сделать явным образом с помощью этой опции." +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Read-Only share</emphasis>: allow either only read or both read " +"and write requests on this NFS volume. The default is to disallow any " +"request which changes the filesystem. This can also be made explicit by " +"using this option." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Общий ресурс только для чтения</emphasis>: разрешает выполнение " +"запросов только для чтения, либо для чтения и записи в NFS раздел. По " +"умолчанию стоит запрет любых запросов на изменение файловой системы. Такой " +"запрет также можно сделать явным образом с помощью этой опции." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:129 -msgid "<emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: prevents the NFS server from violating the NFS protocol and to reply to requests before any changes made by these requests have been committed to stable storage (e.g. disc drive)." -msgstr "<emphasis>Синхронный доступ</emphasis>: запрещает серверу NFS нарушать протокол NFS и отвечать на запросы, прежде чем любые изменения, которые являются следствием этих запросов, будут отправлены в стабильное хранилище (например, диск)." +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: prevents the NFS server from " +"violating the NFS protocol and to reply to requests before any changes made " +"by these requests have been committed to stable storage (e.g. disc drive)." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Синхронный доступ</emphasis>: запрещает серверу NFS нарушать " +"протокол NFS и отвечать на запросы, прежде чем любые изменения, которые " +"являются следствием этих запросов, будут отправлены в стабильное хранилище " +"(например, диск)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:134 -msgid "<emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: enable subtree checking which can help improve security in some cases, but can decrease reliability. See exports(5) man page for more details." -msgstr "<emphasis>Проверка поддеревьев</emphasis>: включает проверку поддеревьев, что в некоторых случаях может улучшить параметры безопасности, но снизить надежность работы. Чтобы узнать больше, прочитайте страницу справки exports(5)." +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: enable subtree checking which can " +"help improve security in some cases, but can decrease reliability. See " +"exports(5) man page for more details." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Проверка поддеревьев</emphasis>: включает проверку поддеревьев, " +"что в некоторых случаях может улучшить параметры безопасности, но снизить " +"надежность работы. Чтобы узнать больше, прочитайте страницу справки " +"exports(5)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/draknfs.xml:141 -#: en/draksambashare.xml:201 +#: en/draknfs.xml:141 en/draksambashare.xml:201 msgid "Menu entries" msgstr "Пункты меню" @@ -2737,8 +4382,7 @@ msgid "draknfs5.png" msgstr "draknfs5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title> -#: en/draknfs.xml:153 -#: en/draksambashare.xml:207 +#: en/draknfs.xml:153 en/draksambashare.xml:207 msgid "File|Write conf" msgstr "Файл|Записать настройки" @@ -2753,10 +4397,12 @@ msgid "NFS Server|Restart" msgstr "Сервер NFS|Перезапустить" #. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para> -#: en/draknfs.xml:161 -#: en/draksambashare.xml:222 -msgid "The server is stopped and restarted with the current configuration files." -msgstr "Приостановить работу сервера и перезапустить его с использованием текущих файлов настройки." +#: en/draknfs.xml:161 en/draksambashare.xml:222 +msgid "" +"The server is stopped and restarted with the current configuration files." +msgstr "" +"Приостановить работу сервера и перезапустить его с использованием текущих " +"файлов настройки." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:166 @@ -2764,10 +4410,11 @@ msgid "NFS Server|Reload" msgstr "Сервер NFS|Перезагрузить" #. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para> -#: en/draknfs.xml:168 -#: en/draksambashare.xml:229 -msgid "The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration files." -msgstr "Отображённая конфигурация загружается из текущих конфигурационных файлов." +#: en/draknfs.xml:168 en/draksambashare.xml:229 +msgid "" +"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration files." +msgstr "" +"Отображённая конфигурация загружается из текущих конфигурационных файлов." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakproxy.xml:10 @@ -2786,18 +4433,46 @@ msgstr "drakproxy.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakproxy.xml:24 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakproxy.xml:22 -msgid "If you have to use a proxy server to access to the internet, you can use this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify some services which can be accessed without the proxy by exception." -msgstr "Если для доступа к интернету вам следует пользоваться прокси-сервером, вы можете воспользоваться этой утилитой<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> для настройки доступа. Необходимые для настройки данные можно узнать у администратора сети. Вы также можете определить службы, доступ к которым следует осуществлять в обход прокси-сервера." +msgid "" +"If you have to use a proxy server to access to the internet, you can use " +"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net " +"administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify " +"some services which can be accessed without the proxy by exception." +msgstr "" +"Если для доступа к интернету вам следует пользоваться прокси-сервером, вы " +"можете воспользоваться этой утилитой<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/" +"> для настройки доступа. Необходимые для настройки данные можно узнать у " +"администратора сети. Вы также можете определить службы, доступ к которым " +"следует осуществлять в обход прокси-сервера." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakproxy.xml:30 -msgid "From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application) that acts as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a different server. The proxy server evaluates the request as a way to simplify and control their complexity." -msgstr "Из Википедии (4 сентября 2012 года), статья «Прокси-сервер»: «В компьютерных сетях прокси-сервером называется сервер (компьютерная система или программа), который работает промежуточным звеном для запросов от клиентов, которые выполняют поиски ресурсов на других серверах. Клиентская система соединяется с прокси-сервером, посылает запрос относительно определенной службы, в частности данных файла, соединения, страницы или другого ресурса на другом сервере. Прокси-сервер обрабатывает запрос с целью упрощения и управления сложностью запроса.»" +msgid "" +"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a " +"proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application) that acts as " +"an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other " +"servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, " +"such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a " +"different server. The proxy server evaluates the request as a way to " +"simplify and control their complexity." +msgstr "" +"Из Википедии (4 сентября 2012 года), статья «Прокси-сервер»: «В компьютерных " +"сетях прокси-сервером называется сервер (компьютерная система или " +"программа), который работает промежуточным звеном для запросов от клиентов, " +"которые выполняют поиски ресурсов на других серверах. Клиентская система " +"соединяется с прокси-сервером, посылает запрос относительно определенной " +"службы, в частности данных файла, соединения, страницы или другого ресурса " +"на другом сервере. Прокси-сервер обрабатывает запрос с целью упрощения и " +"управления сложностью запроса.»" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:3 @@ -2816,28 +4491,72 @@ msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><important><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:22 -msgid "First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button below)." -msgstr "Сразу после установки системы следует добавить записи источников программного обеспечения (их также называют репозиториями, носителями данных, зеркалами). Это означает, что вам следует выбрать источники программного обеспечения, которые будут использованы для установки и обновления пакетов и программ (см. кнопку <guilabel>Добавить</guilabel>, описанную ниже)." +msgid "" +"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as " +"repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources " +"to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button " +"below)." +msgstr "" +"Сразу после установки системы следует добавить записи источников " +"программного обеспечения (их также называют репозиториями, носителями " +"данных, зеркалами). Это означает, что вам следует выбрать источники " +"программного обеспечения, которые будут использованы для установки и " +"обновления пакетов и программ (см. кнопку <guilabel>Добавить</guilabel>, " +"описанную ниже)." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:27 -msgid "If you install (or upgrade) Mageia using an optical media (DVD or CD) or a USB device, there will be a software source configured to the optical media used. To avoid being asked to insert the media when you install new packages, you should disable (or delete) this media. (It will have the media type CD-Rom)." -msgstr "Если вы устанавливаете (или обновляете) Mageia с помощью оптического носителя данных (DVD или компакт-диска) или устройства хранения данных USB, то будет автоматически настроена запись в источнике пакетов с программным обеспечением на использование носителя данных. Чтобы избежать просьб по вставке этого носителя при установке новых пакетов, вам следует выключить (или удалить) соответствующую запись в списке. (Запись принадлежит к типу носителя CD-Rom)." +msgid "" +"If you install (or upgrade) Mageia using an optical media (DVD or CD) or a " +"USB device, there will be a software source configured to the optical media " +"used. To avoid being asked to insert the media when you install new " +"packages, you should disable (or delete) this media. (It will have the " +"media type CD-Rom)." +msgstr "" +"Если вы устанавливаете (или обновляете) Mageia с помощью оптического " +"носителя данных (DVD или компакт-диска) или устройства хранения данных USB, " +"то будет автоматически настроена запись в источнике пакетов с программным " +"обеспечением на использование носителя данных. Чтобы избежать просьб по " +"вставке этого носителя при установке новых пакетов, вам следует выключить " +"(или удалить) соответствующую запись в списке. (Запись принадлежит к типу " +"носителя CD-Rom)." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:33 -msgid "Your system is running under an architecture which may be 32-bit (called i586), or 64-bit (called x86_64). Some packages are independent of whether your system is 32-bit or 64-bit; these are called noarch packages. They don't have their own noarch directories on the mirrors, but are all in both the i586 and the x86_64 media." -msgstr "Ваша система может работать на 32-битной аппаратной архитектуре, так называемый дистрибутив i586 или 64-битной архитектуре, так называемый дистрибутив x86_64. Вам следует выбрать репозитории, которые соответствуют вашей системе и репозитории для пакетов, которые не зависят от архитектуры (их еще называют noarch). Такие пакеты не имеют собственных каталогов noarch в репозиториях, они хранятся в каталогах обеих архитектур, i586 и x86_64." +msgid "" +"Your system is running under an architecture which may be 32-bit (called " +"i586), or 64-bit (called x86_64). Some packages are independent of whether " +"your system is 32-bit or 64-bit; these are called noarch packages. They " +"don't have their own noarch directories on the mirrors, but are all in both " +"the i586 and the x86_64 media." +msgstr "" +"Ваша система может работать на 32-битной аппаратной архитектуре, так " +"называемый дистрибутив i586 или 64-битной архитектуре, так называемый " +"дистрибутив x86_64. Вам следует выбрать репозитории, которые соответствуют " +"вашей системе и репозитории для пакетов, которые не зависят от архитектуры " +"(их еще называют noarch). Такие пакеты не имеют собственных каталогов noarch " +"в репозиториях, они хранятся в каталогах обеих архитектур, i586 и x86_64." #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:42 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> от имени " +"администратора (root)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:40 -msgid "This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>" -msgstr "Доступ к этой программе можно получить из Центра управления Mageia, пункт <emphasis role=\"bold\">Управление программами</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>." +msgid "" +"This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">Software management.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" " +"id=\"0\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Доступ к этой программе можно получить из Центра управления Mageia, пункт " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Управление программами</emphasis><placeholder type=" +"\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:46 @@ -2851,8 +4570,13 @@ msgstr "Столбец «Включён»:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:50 -msgid "The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable." -msgstr "Обозначенные источники будут использованы для установки новых пакетов. Специальные источники, в частности Testing и Debug, выбирать не стоит, поскольку их использование может привести к неработоспособности системы." +msgid "" +"The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with " +"some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable." +msgstr "" +"Обозначенные источники будут использованы для установки новых пакетов. " +"Специальные источники, в частности Testing и Debug, выбирать не стоит, " +"поскольку их использование может привести к неработоспособности системы." #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:54 @@ -2861,8 +4585,18 @@ msgstr "Столбец «Обновления»:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:56 -msgid "The checked media will be used to update packages, it must be enabled. Only media with \"Update\" in its name should be selected. For security reasons, this column isn't modifiable in this tool, you must open a console as root and type <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis>" -msgstr "Если источник будет использован для обновления пакетов, его следует обозначить в этом столбце. Должны быть обозначены лишь источники со словом «Update» (обновление) в названии. Из соображений безопасности значение в этом столбце нельзя изменять с помощью этой программы. Вам придётся открыть консоль и от имени администратора (root) выполнить команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert</emphasis>." +msgid "" +"The checked media will be used to update packages, it must be enabled. Only " +"media with \"Update\" in its name should be selected. For security reasons, " +"this column isn't modifiable in this tool, you must open a console as root " +"and type <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Если источник будет использован для обновления пакетов, его следует " +"обозначить в этом столбце. Должны быть обозначены лишь источники со словом " +"«Update» (обновление) в названии. Из соображений безопасности значение в " +"этом столбце нельзя изменять с помощью этой программы. Вам придётся открыть " +"консоль и от имени администратора (root) выполнить команду <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:62 @@ -2871,23 +4605,41 @@ msgstr "Столбец «Источник»:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:64 -msgid "Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release versions contain at least:" -msgstr "Здесь будет показано название источника. Официальные репозитории Mageia для окончательных выпусков содержат по крайней мере следующие элементы:" +msgid "" +"Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release " +"versions contain at least:" +msgstr "" +"Здесь будет показано название источника. Официальные репозитории Mageia для " +"окончательных выпусков содержат по крайней мере следующие элементы:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:69 -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs available supported by Mageia." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> (основной) - репозиторий, содержащий большинство программ, которые поддерживаются сообществом Mageia." +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs " +"available supported by Mageia." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> (основной) - репозиторий, содержащий " +"большинство программ, которые поддерживаются сообществом Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:74 -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs which are not free" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> (несвободное ПО) - репозиторий, содержащий некоторые из программ, доступ к коду которых ограничен правилами лицензирования." +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs " +"which are not free" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> (несвободное ПО) - репозиторий, " +"содержащий некоторые из программ, доступ к коду которых ограничен правилами " +"лицензирования." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:79 -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there might be patent claims in some countries." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> (свободный) - репозиторий со свободным программным обеспечением, в отношении использования которого, в некоторых странах могут применяться патентные ограничения." +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there " +"might be patent claims in some countries." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> (свободный) - репозиторий со " +"свободным программным обеспечением, в отношении использования которого, в " +"некоторых странах могут применяться патентные ограничения." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:82 @@ -2896,23 +4648,47 @@ msgstr "Каждая запись источников содержит 4 под #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:86 -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the this version of Mageia was released." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> (выпуск) - репозиторий пакетов на день выпуска вашей версии Mageia." +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the " +"this version of Mageia was released." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> (выпуск) - репозиторий пакетов на " +"день выпуска вашей версии Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:91 -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since release due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium enabled, even with a very slow internet connection." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> (обновления) - пакеты, обновлённые со времени выпуска из соображений безопасности или устранения недостатков. Этот источник стоит включить всем, даже если соединение с интернетом является очень медленным." +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since " +"release due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium " +"enabled, even with a very slow internet connection." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> (обновления) - пакеты, " +"обновлённые со времени выпуска из соображений безопасности или устранения " +"недостатков. Этот источник стоит включить всем, даже если соединение с " +"интернетом является очень медленным." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:97 -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions backported from Cauldron (the next version under development)." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> (обратное портирование) - для некоторых пакетов новые версии поступают из репозитория Cauldron (репозиторий следующей версии дистрибутива, разработка которой ещё не завершена)." +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions " +"backported from Cauldron (the next version under development)." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> (обратное портирование) - для " +"некоторых пакетов новые версии поступают из репозитория Cauldron " +"(репозиторий следующей версии дистрибутива, разработка которой ещё не " +"завершена)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:103 -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the corrections." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> (тестирование) - репозиторий, который используется для промежуточного тестирования обновлений, чтобы дать возможность тем, кто отчитывается о недостатках и участникам команды по обеспечению качества, проверить работоспособность исправленных пакетов." +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests " +"of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the " +"corrections." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> (тестирование) - репозиторий, " +"который используется для промежуточного тестирования обновлений, чтобы дать " +"возможность тем, кто отчитывается о недостатках и участникам команды по " +"обеспечению качества, проверить работоспособность исправленных пакетов." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:111 @@ -2926,8 +4702,16 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Удалить:</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:116 -msgid "To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example) since all the packages it contains are in the official Core release medium." -msgstr "Чтобы удалить источник, наведите на его пункт указатель мыши и щелкните левой кнопкой мыши, затем нажмите эту кнопку. Иногда стоит удалить пункт носителя, который был использован для установки системы (компакт-диск или DVD), поскольку все пакеты с этого носителя можно установить из официального источника основных пакетов (Core), соответствующего выпуска." +msgid "" +"To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to " +"remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example) since " +"all the packages it contains are in the official Core release medium." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы удалить источник, наведите на его пункт указатель мыши и щелкните " +"левой кнопкой мыши, затем нажмите эту кнопку. Иногда стоит удалить пункт " +"носителя, который был использован для установки системы (компакт-диск или " +"DVD), поскольку все пакеты с этого носителя можно установить из официального " +"источника основных пакетов (Core), соответствующего выпуска." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121 @@ -2936,8 +4720,12 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Редактировать:</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:123 -msgid "Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and proxy)." -msgstr "Позволяет изменить параметры выбранного носителя, (URL-адрес, загрузчик и параметры прокси-сервера)." +msgid "" +"Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and " +"proxy)." +msgstr "" +"Позволяет изменить параметры выбранного носителя, (URL-адрес, загрузчик и " +"параметры прокси-сервера)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:126 @@ -2946,8 +4734,20 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Добавить:</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:128 -msgid "Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the \"Add\" button adds the mirrorlist to your configuration, it is designed to make sure that you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" from the drop-down \"File\" menu." -msgstr "Кнопка для добавления официальных репозиториев из интернета. В официальных репозиториях содержатся только надёжные и хорошо проверенные пакеты. После нажатия кнопки <guibutton>Добавить</guibutton> программа откроет контекстное окно, с помощью которого вы сможете выбрать набор источников для установки. Если вы отдаёте предпочтение определенному зеркалу, добавьте его при помощи пункта «Добавить указанное зеркало источников» из меню «Файл»." +msgid "" +"Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories " +"contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the \"Add\" button " +"adds the mirrorlist to your configuration, it is designed to make sure that " +"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a " +"specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" " +"from the drop-down \"File\" menu." +msgstr "" +"Кнопка для добавления официальных репозиториев из интернета. В официальных " +"репозиториях содержатся только надёжные и хорошо проверенные пакеты. После " +"нажатия кнопки <guibutton>Добавить</guibutton> программа откроет контекстное " +"окно, с помощью которого вы сможете выбрать набор источников для установки. " +"Если вы отдаёте предпочтение определенному зеркалу, добавьте его при помощи " +"пункта «Добавить указанное зеркало источников» из меню «Файл»." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:135 @@ -2956,12 +4756,22 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Кнопки со стрелками вверх и вниз:< #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:137 -msgid "Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release will be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top." -msgstr "Эти кнопки предназначены для упорядочивания списка. Во время поисков пакетов программой Drakrpm выполняется загрузка списка репозиториев в указанном порядке, пакет устанавливается из репозитория, который будет стоять выше в списке (если номер выпуска пакета является одинаковым во всех репозиториях; если номер будет разным, программа установит пакет с самого свежего выпуска). Итак, если можно, располагайте репозиторий с самым быстрым доступом в начале списка." +msgid "" +"Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list " +"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same " +"release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release will " +"be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top." +msgstr "" +"Эти кнопки предназначены для упорядочивания списка. Во время поисков пакетов " +"программой Drakrpm выполняется загрузка списка репозиториев в указанном " +"порядке, пакет устанавливается из репозитория, который будет стоять выше в " +"списке (если номер выпуска пакета является одинаковым во всех репозиториях; " +"если номер будет разным, программа установит пакет с самого свежего " +"выпуска). Итак, если можно, располагайте репозиторий с самым быстрым " +"доступом в начале списка." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:145 -#: en/harddrake2.xml:64 +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:145 en/harddrake2.xml:64 msgid "The menu" msgstr "Меню программы" @@ -2972,8 +4782,13 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Файл -> Обновить:</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:149 -msgid "A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button." -msgstr "В ответ на выбор этого пункта будет открыто окно со списком источников. Выберите те из них, данные которых требуется обновить и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Обновить</guibutton>." +msgid "" +"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and " +"click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button." +msgstr "" +"В ответ на выбор этого пункта будет открыто окно со списком источников. " +"Выберите те из них, данные которых требуется обновить и нажмите кнопку " +"<guibutton>Обновить</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:152 @@ -2982,8 +4797,25 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Файл -> Добавить указанное зеркало #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:154 -msgid "Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. Click on <guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror</guimenu>, choose between update only or the full set (if you do not know, choose the <guibutton>Full set of sources</guibutton>) and accept the contact by clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:" -msgstr "Предположим, что вам чем-то не нравится текущее зеркало основного репозитория. Причиной, например, может быть то, что репозиторий работает слишком медленно или часто недоступен. Тогда вы можете выбрать другое зеркало. Отметьте пункты всех текущих источников пакетов и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Удалить</guibutton>, чтобы убрать их. Далее, выберите пункт меню <guimenu>Файл -> Добавить особое зеркало источников</guimenu>, сделайте выбор только между обновлениями и полным набором (если не уверены, выберите <guibutton>Полный набор источников</guibutton>) и подтвердите возможность соединения нажатием кнопки <guibutton>Да</guibutton>. В ответ будет показано следующее окно:" +msgid "" +"Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's " +"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the " +"actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. " +"Click on <guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror</guimenu>, choose " +"between update only or the full set (if you do not know, choose the " +"<guibutton>Full set of sources</guibutton>) and accept the contact by " +"clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:" +msgstr "" +"Предположим, что вам чем-то не нравится текущее зеркало основного " +"репозитория. Причиной, например, может быть то, что репозиторий работает " +"слишком медленно или часто недоступен. Тогда вы можете выбрать другое " +"зеркало. Отметьте пункты всех текущих источников пакетов и нажмите кнопку " +"<guibutton>Удалить</guibutton>, чтобы убрать их. Далее, выберите пункт меню " +"<guimenu>Файл -> Добавить особое зеркало источников</guimenu>, сделайте " +"выбор только между обновлениями и полным набором (если не уверены, выберите " +"<guibutton>Полный набор источников</guibutton>) и подтвердите возможность " +"соединения нажатием кнопки <guibutton>Да</guibutton>. В ответ будет показано " +"следующее окно:" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:165 @@ -2992,8 +4824,14 @@ msgstr "drakrpmEditMedia2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:169 -msgid "You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one very close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available mirrors in that country. Select one and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>." -msgstr "Слева будет показан список стран. Выберите вашу страну или близкую к ней нажатием кнопки >. В ответ будет развернут список зеркал, расположенных в этой стране. Отметьте одно из них и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>OK</guibutton>." +msgid "" +"You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one very " +"close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available " +"mirrors in that country. Select one and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Слева будет показан список стран. Выберите вашу страну или близкую к ней " +"нажатием кнопки >. В ответ будет развернут список зеркал, расположенных в " +"этой стране. Отметьте одно из них и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>OK</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:174 @@ -3002,8 +4840,13 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Файл -> Добавить собственный источ #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:176 -msgid "It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for example) that isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:" -msgstr "Вы можете выполнить установку нового источника (например, из стороннего репозитория сообщества), который не поддерживается официальным сообществом Mageia. В ответ на выбор этого пункта меню будет показано новое окно:" +msgid "" +"It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for example) that " +"isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:" +msgstr "" +"Вы можете выполнить установку нового источника (например, из стороннего " +"репозитория сообщества), который не поддерживается официальным сообществом " +"Mageia. В ответ на выбор этого пункта меню будет показано новое окно:" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:181 @@ -3012,8 +4855,14 @@ msgstr "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:179 -msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the medium type, find a smart name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, according to the medium type)" -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Выберите тип источника, укажите краткое название, которое хорошо описывает соответствующий репозиторий и добавьте URL-адрес (или путь к источнику, в зависимости от его типа)." +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the medium type, find a " +"smart name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, " +"according to the medium type)" +msgstr "" +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Выберите тип источника, укажите " +"краткое название, которое хорошо описывает соответствующий репозиторий и " +"добавьте URL-адрес (или путь к источнику, в зависимости от его типа)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:187 @@ -3022,8 +4871,17 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Настройки -> Общие настройки:</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189 -msgid "This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed\" (always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to define the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by default-, update only, always or never)." -msgstr "С помощью этого пункта меню вы можете определить, когда следует <guilabel>Проверять пакеты, которые устанавливаются</guilabel> (всегда или никогда), определить программу для загрузки пакетов (curl, wget или aria2) и указать правила получения данных о пакетах на запрос (вариант по умолчанию, только обновления, всегда или никогда)." +msgid "" +"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed" +"\" (always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to " +"define the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by " +"default-, update only, always or never)." +msgstr "" +"С помощью этого пункта меню вы можете определить, когда следует " +"<guilabel>Проверять пакеты, которые устанавливаются</guilabel> (всегда или " +"никогда), определить программу для загрузки пакетов (curl, wget или aria2) и " +"указать правила получения данных о пакетах на запрос (вариант по умолчанию, " +"только обновления, всегда или никогда)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:194 @@ -3032,13 +4890,27 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Настройки -> Управление ключами:</gui #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196 -msgid "To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the window that appear, select a medium and then click on <guibutton>Add</guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key." -msgstr "С целью обеспечения лучшей безопасности для распознавания источника используются цифровые ключи. Для каждого из источников можно разрешить или запретить использование ключа. В окне, которое будет открыто, выберите нужный источник и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Добавить</guibutton>, чтобы сделать возможным использование нового ключа, или отметьте пункт ключа и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Удалить</guibutton>, чтобы запретить его использование." +msgid "" +"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate " +"the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the " +"window that appear, select a medium and then click on <guibutton>Add</" +"guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click on " +"<guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key." +msgstr "" +"С целью обеспечения лучшей безопасности для распознавания источника " +"используются цифровые ключи. Для каждого из источников можно разрешить или " +"запретить использование ключа. В окне, которое будет открыто, выберите " +"нужный источник и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Добавить</guibutton>, чтобы " +"сделать возможным использование нового ключа, или отметьте пункт ключа и " +"нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Удалить</guibutton>, чтобы запретить его " +"использование." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:203 msgid "Do this with care, as with all security-related questions" -msgstr "Будьте осторожны, как и со всеми другими вопросами, связанными с безопасностью." +msgstr "" +"Будьте осторожны, как и со всеми другими вопросами, связанными с " +"безопасностью." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:204 @@ -3047,13 +4919,25 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Настройки -> Прокси:</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:206 -msgid "If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>." -msgstr "Если для доступа к интернету с вашего компьютера следует пользоваться прокси-сервером, вы можете указать параметры его работы. Вам следует указать <guibutton>Название прокси</guibutton> и если нужно, указать <guilabel>Логин</guilabel> и <guilabel>Пароль</guilabel>." +msgid "" +"If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it " +"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if " +"necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Если для доступа к интернету с вашего компьютера следует пользоваться прокси-" +"сервером, вы можете указать параметры его работы. Вам следует указать " +"<guibutton>Название прокси</guibutton> и если нужно, указать " +"<guilabel>Логин</guilabel> и <guilabel>Пароль</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:213 -msgid "For more information about configuring the media, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki page</link>." -msgstr "Подробнее о настройке источников смотрите <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">страницу из вики Mageia</link>." +msgid "" +"For more information about configuring the media, see <link ns2:href=" +"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki page</" +"link>." +msgstr "" +"Подробнее о настройке источников смотрите <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki." +"mageia.org/en/Software_management\">страницу из вики Mageia</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:10 @@ -3072,8 +4956,19 @@ msgstr "draksambashare.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:29 -msgid "Samba is a protocol used in different Operating Systems to share some resources like directories or printers. This tool allows you to configure the machine as a Samba server using the protocol SMB/CIFS. This protocol is also used by Windows(R) and workstations with this OS can access the resources of the Samba server." -msgstr "Samba - протокол, используемый в различных операционных системах для совместного доступа к некоторым ресурсам, к таким как каталоги или принтеры. С помощью этого модуля вы можете настроить компьютер на работу в режиме сервера Samba с использованием протокола SMB/CIFS. Этот протокол используется Windows®, рабочие станции под управлением этой операционной системы могут получать доступ к ресурсам на сервере Samba." +msgid "" +"Samba is a protocol used in different Operating Systems to share some " +"resources like directories or printers. This tool allows you to configure " +"the machine as a Samba server using the protocol SMB/CIFS. This protocol is " +"also used by Windows(R) and workstations with this OS can access the " +"resources of the Samba server." +msgstr "" +"Samba - протокол, используемый в различных операционных системах для " +"совместного доступа к некоторым ресурсам, к таким как каталоги или принтеры. " +"С помощью этого модуля вы можете настроить компьютер на работу в режиме " +"сервера Samba с использованием протокола SMB/CIFS. Этот протокол " +"используется Windows®, рабочие станции под управлением этой операционной " +"системы могут получать доступ к ресурсам на сервере Samba." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:37 @@ -3082,8 +4977,20 @@ msgstr "Подготовка" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:39 -msgid "To be accessed from other workstations, the server has to have a fixed IP address. This can be specified directly on the server, for example with <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter-ti1\"/>, or at the DHCP server which identifies the station with its MAC-address and give it always the same address. The firewall has also to allow the incoming requests to the Samba server." -msgstr "Чтобы пользователи могли получать доступ к вашим ресурсам, сервер должен иметь постоянный IP-адрес. Определить этот URL-адрес можно непосредственно на вашем сервере, например с помощью <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter-ti1\"/> или на сервере DHCP, который идентифицирует рабочую станцию по MAC-адресу и всегда придаёт ей тот же адрес в сети. Также файервол вашего компьютера должен разрешать входящие соединения с сервера Samba." +msgid "" +"To be accessed from other workstations, the server has to have a fixed IP " +"address. This can be specified directly on the server, for example with " +"<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter-ti1\"/>, or at the DHCP server which " +"identifies the station with its MAC-address and give it always the same " +"address. The firewall has also to allow the incoming requests to the Samba " +"server." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы пользователи могли получать доступ к вашим ресурсам, сервер должен " +"иметь постоянный IP-адрес. Определить этот URL-адрес можно непосредственно " +"на вашем сервере, например с помощью <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter-ti1\"/> " +"или на сервере DHCP, который идентифицирует рабочую станцию по MAC-адресу и " +"всегда придаёт ей тот же адрес в сети. Также файервол вашего компьютера " +"должен разрешать входящие соединения с сервера Samba." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:50 @@ -3092,13 +4999,25 @@ msgstr "Мастер - Автономный сервер" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:53 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis role=\"bold\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksambashare</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis role=\"bold" +"\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">draksambashare</emphasis> от имени администратора " +"(root)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:52 -msgid "At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are not yet present. Then the wizard to configure the Samba server is launched." -msgstr "После первого запуска, программа <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> проверит, установлены ли необходимые пакеты и предложит установить их, если пакеты не будут обнаружены в системе. После этого будет запущена программа-мастер настройки сервера Samba." +msgid "" +"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks " +"if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are " +"not yet present. Then the wizard to configure the Samba server is launched." +msgstr "" +"После первого запуска, программа <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> " +"проверит, установлены ли необходимые пакеты и предложит установить их, если " +"пакеты не будут обнаружены в системе. После этого будет запущена программа-" +"мастер настройки сервера Samba." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:61 @@ -3107,8 +5026,12 @@ msgstr "draksambashare0.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:67 -msgid "In the next window the Standalone server configuration option is already selected." -msgstr "На следующей странице вариант настройки автономного сервера уже будет обозначен." +msgid "" +"In the next window the Standalone server configuration option is already " +"selected." +msgstr "" +"На следующей странице вариант настройки автономного сервера уже будет " +"обозначен." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:71 @@ -3117,13 +5040,21 @@ msgstr "draksambashare1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:77 -msgid "Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the access to the shared resources." -msgstr "Укажите название рабочей группы. Это название должно совпадать с названием группы, которая будет получать доступ к ресурсам общего пользования." +msgid "" +"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the " +"access to the shared resources." +msgstr "" +"Укажите название рабочей группы. Это название должно совпадать с названием " +"группы, которая будет получать доступ к ресурсам общего пользования." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:80 -msgid "The netbios name is the name which will be used to designate the server on the network." -msgstr "Название Netbios - это название, которое будет использовано для обозначения сервера сети." +msgid "" +"The netbios name is the name which will be used to designate the server on " +"the network." +msgstr "" +"Название Netbios - это название, которое будет использовано для обозначения " +"сервера сети." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:85 @@ -3137,18 +5068,30 @@ msgstr "Выберите режим защиты:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:95 -msgid "<guilabel>user</guilabel>: the client must be authorized to access the resource" -msgstr "<guilabel>пользователь</guilabel>: клиент должен пройти аутентификацию, чтобы получить доступ к ресурсу." +msgid "" +"<guilabel>user</guilabel>: the client must be authorized to access the " +"resource" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>пользователь</guilabel>: клиент должен пройти аутентификацию, " +"чтобы получить доступ к ресурсу." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:100 -msgid "<guilabel>share</guilabel>: the client authenticates itself separately for each share" -msgstr "<guilabel>общий ресурс</guilabel>: клиент предоставляет данные для распознавания, отдельно для каждого общего ресурса." +msgid "" +"<guilabel>share</guilabel>: the client authenticates itself separately for " +"each share" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>общий ресурс</guilabel>: клиент предоставляет данные для " +"распознавания, отдельно для каждого общего ресурса." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:105 -msgid "You can specify which hosts are allowed to access the resources, with IP address or host name." -msgstr "Здесь вы можете указать IP-адреса или названия узлов, которым будет предоставлен доступ к ресурсам." +msgid "" +"You can specify which hosts are allowed to access the resources, with IP " +"address or host name." +msgstr "" +"Здесь вы можете указать IP-адреса или названия узлов, которым будет " +"предоставлен доступ к ресурсам." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:110 @@ -3157,8 +5100,12 @@ msgstr "draksambashare3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:115 -msgid "Specify the server banner. The banner is the way this server will be described in the Windows workstations." -msgstr "Укажите баннер сервера. Баннер - это способ, которым сервер будет представлен на рабочих станциях Windows." +msgid "" +"Specify the server banner. The banner is the way this server will be " +"described in the Windows workstations." +msgstr "" +"Укажите баннер сервера. Баннер - это способ, которым сервер будет " +"представлен на рабочих станциях Windows." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:120 @@ -3167,8 +5114,11 @@ msgstr "draksambashare4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:126 -msgid "The place where Samba can log information can be specified at the next step." -msgstr "На следующем шаге можно указать место, где Samba сможет хранить журналы своей работы." +msgid "" +"The place where Samba can log information can be specified at the next step." +msgstr "" +"На следующем шаге можно указать место, где Samba сможет хранить журналы " +"своей работы." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:131 @@ -3177,8 +5127,15 @@ msgstr "draksambashare5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:137 -msgid "The wizard displays a list of the chosen parameters before you accept the configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>." -msgstr "Прежде чем вами будут подтверждены выбранные значения параметров, программа-мастер покажет список этих параметров. Если параметры будут подтверждены, соответствующие данные будут записаны в файл <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>." +msgid "" +"The wizard displays a list of the chosen parameters before you accept the " +"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in <code>/" +"etc/samba/smb.conf</code>." +msgstr "" +"Прежде чем вами будут подтверждены выбранные значения параметров, программа-" +"мастер покажет список этих параметров. Если параметры будут подтверждены, " +"соответствующие данные будут записаны в файл <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</" +"code>." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:143 @@ -3197,13 +5154,30 @@ msgstr "draksambashare13.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:153 -msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the \"Primary domain controller\" option is selected, the wizard asks for indication if Wins is to support or not and to provide admin users names. The following steps are then the same as for standalone server, except you can choose also the security mode:" -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Если будет отмечен пункт «Основной контроллер домена», мастер попросит вас указать, следует ли поддерживать Wins, и определить имена пользователей-администраторов. Следующие шаги являются теми же самыми, что и при настройке отдельного сервера, кроме того, что вам придётся указать режим защиты:" +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the \"Primary domain " +"controller\" option is selected, the wizard asks for indication if Wins is " +"to support or not and to provide admin users names. The following steps are " +"then the same as for standalone server, except you can choose also the " +"security mode:" +msgstr "" +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Если будет отмечен пункт " +"«Основной контроллер домена», мастер попросит вас указать, следует ли " +"поддерживать Wins, и определить имена пользователей-администраторов. " +"Следующие шаги являются теми же самыми, что и при настройке отдельного " +"сервера, кроме того, что вам придётся указать режим защиты:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:164 -msgid "<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provides a mechanism for storing all user and group accounts in a central, shared, account repository. The centralized account repository is shared between (security) controllers." -msgstr "<guilabel>домен</guilabel>: предоставляется механизм для хранения всех учётных записей пользователей и групп в централизованном общем репозитории учётных записей. Централизованный репозиторий учётных записей предоставляется в использование контролерами безопасности домена." +msgid "" +"<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provides a mechanism for storing all user and " +"group accounts in a central, shared, account repository. The centralized " +"account repository is shared between (security) controllers." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>домен</guilabel>: предоставляется механизм для хранения всех " +"учётных записей пользователей и групп в централизованном общем репозитории " +"учётных записей. Централизованный репозиторий учётных записей " +"предоставляется в использование контролерами безопасности домена." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:173 @@ -3213,7 +5187,9 @@ msgstr "Назначение каталога, доступ к которому #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:175 msgid "With the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button, we get:" -msgstr "Если нажать кнопку <guibutton>Добавить</guibutton>, будет показано следующее окно:" +msgstr "" +"Если нажать кнопку <guibutton>Добавить</guibutton>, будет показано следующее " +"окно:" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:179 @@ -3222,8 +5198,16 @@ msgstr "draksambashare15.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:184 -msgid "A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether the directory is visible to the public, writable or browseable. The share name can not be modified." -msgstr "Таким образом будет добавлена новая запись. Внести изменения в существующую запись можно с помощью нажатия кнопки <guibutton>Изменить</guibutton>. Вы можете изменить, будет ли каталог видимым для всех пользователей, пригодным к записи или чтению. Менять имя общего ресурса нельзя." +msgid "" +"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the <guibutton>Modify</" +"guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether the directory is " +"visible to the public, writable or browseable. The share name can not be " +"modified." +msgstr "" +"Таким образом будет добавлена новая запись. Внести изменения в существующую " +"запись можно с помощью нажатия кнопки <guibutton>Изменить</guibutton>. Вы " +"можете изменить, будет ли каталог видимым для всех пользователей, пригодным " +"к записи или чтению. Менять имя общего ресурса нельзя." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:191 @@ -3233,7 +5217,9 @@ msgstr "draksambashare16.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:203 msgid "When the list has at least one entry, menu entries can be used." -msgstr "Если в списке будет хоть одна запись, можно будет воспользоваться пунктами меню." +msgstr "" +"Если в списке будет хоть одна запись, можно будет воспользоваться пунктами " +"меню." #. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:209 @@ -3276,15 +5262,9 @@ msgid "draksambashare17.png" msgstr "draksambashare17.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><screenshot> -#: en/draksambashare.xml:239 -#: en/drakvpn.xml:46 -#: en/logdrake.xml:89 -#: en/rpmdrake.xml:58 -#: en/rpmdrake.xml:163 -#: en/rpmdrake.xml:173 -#: en/rpmdrake.xml:183 -#: en/rpmdrake.xml:193 -#: en/rpmdrake.xml:203 +#: en/draksambashare.xml:239 en/drakvpn.xml:46 en/logdrake.xml:89 +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:58 en/rpmdrake.xml:163 en/rpmdrake.xml:173 +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:183 en/rpmdrake.xml:193 en/rpmdrake.xml:203 #: en/rpmdrake.xml:238 msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" @@ -3301,8 +5281,15 @@ msgstr "draksambashare18.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:249 -msgid "In this tab, you can add users who are allowed to access the shared resources when authentication is required. You can add users from <xref linkend=\"userdrake-ti1\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" -msgstr "С помощью этой вкладки вы можете добавлять пользователей, которым будет разрешен доступ к общим ресурсам, если включено распознавание пользователей. Можно добавить пользователей из раздела <xref linkend=\"userdrake-ti1\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" +msgid "" +"In this tab, you can add users who are allowed to access the shared " +"resources when authentication is required. You can add users from <xref " +"linkend=\"userdrake-ti1\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" +msgstr "" +"С помощью этой вкладки вы можете добавлять пользователей, которым будет " +"разрешен доступ к общим ресурсам, если включено распознавание пользователей. " +"Можно добавить пользователей из раздела <xref linkend=\"userdrake-ti1\"/" +"><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draksec.xml:3 @@ -3321,23 +5308,39 @@ msgstr "draksec0.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksec.xml:16 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksec.xml:15 -msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Security</emphasis>" -msgstr "Доступ к этой программе<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно получить из Центра управления Mageia, пункт <emphasis role=\"bold\">Безопасность</emphasis>" +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is present in the Mageia " +"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Security</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Доступ к этой программе<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно " +"получить из Центра управления Mageia, пункт <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Безопасность</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksec.xml:19 -msgid "It allows to give the regular users the needed rights to accomplish tasks usually done by the administrator." -msgstr "С помощью этой программы можно предоставлять обычным пользователям права, необходимые для выполнения задач, которые обычно выполняются под учётной записью администратора." +msgid "" +"It allows to give the regular users the needed rights to accomplish tasks " +"usually done by the administrator." +msgstr "" +"С помощью этой программы можно предоставлять обычным пользователям права, " +"необходимые для выполнения задач, которые обычно выполняются под учётной " +"записью администратора." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksec.xml:22 msgid "Click on the little arrow before the item you want to drop down:" -msgstr "Нажмите небольшую стрелочку перед пунктом в списке, в который вы хотите внести изменения:" +msgstr "" +"Нажмите небольшую стрелочку перед пунктом в списке, в который вы хотите " +"внести изменения:" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksec.xml:27 @@ -3346,23 +5349,40 @@ msgstr "draksec.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksec.xml:31 -msgid "Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a drop down list on the right side gives the choice between:" -msgstr "Список большинства инструментов, которыми можно воспользоваться с помощью Центра управления Mageia, будет приведён в левой части окна (см. снимок выше). Для каждого из инструментов предусмотрен с правой стороны выпадающий список с вариантами:" +msgid "" +"Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in " +"the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a " +"drop down list on the right side gives the choice between:" +msgstr "" +"Список большинства инструментов, которыми можно воспользоваться с помощью " +"Центра управления Mageia, будет приведён в левой части окна (см. снимок " +"выше). Для каждого из инструментов предусмотрен с правой стороны выпадающий " +"список с вариантами:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksec.xml:37 -msgid "Default: The launch mode depends on the chosen security level. See in the same MCC tab, the tool \"Configure system security, permissions and audit\"." -msgstr "По умолчанию: режим запуска зависит от выбранного уровня безопасности. Смотрите в Центре управления Mageia, пункт \"Настройка безопасности, прав доступа и аудита системы\" на той же странице." +msgid "" +"Default: The launch mode depends on the chosen security level. See in the " +"same MCC tab, the tool \"Configure system security, permissions and audit\"." +msgstr "" +"По умолчанию: режим запуска зависит от выбранного уровня безопасности. " +"Смотрите в Центре управления Mageia, пункт \"Настройка безопасности, прав " +"доступа и аудита системы\" на той же странице." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksec.xml:43 msgid "User password: The user password is asked before the tool launching." -msgstr "Пароль пользователя: для запуска инструмента необходимо будет ввести пароль пользователя." +msgstr "" +"Пароль пользователя: для запуска инструмента необходимо будет ввести пароль " +"пользователя." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksec.xml:48 -msgid "Administrator password: The root password is asked before the tool launching" -msgstr "Пароль администратора: для запуска инструмента следует ввести пароль администратора (root)" +msgid "" +"Administrator password: The root password is asked before the tool launching" +msgstr "" +"Пароль администратора: для запуска инструмента следует ввести пароль " +"администратора (root)" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksec.xml:53 @@ -3386,38 +5406,93 @@ msgstr "draksnapshot-config.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config</emphasis> от имени " +"администратора (root)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22 -msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is available in MCC's <guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration tools</guilabel> section." -msgstr "Доступ к этому инструменту<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно получить с помощью Центра управления Mageia, пункт «Система», раздел «Инструменты администрирования»." +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is available in MCC's " +"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration tools</" +"guilabel> section." +msgstr "" +"Доступ к этому инструменту<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно " +"получить с помощью Центра управления Mageia, пункт «Система», раздел " +"«Инструменты администрирования»." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:26 -msgid "When you start this tool in MCC for the first time, you will see a message about installing draksnapshot. Click on <guibutton>Install</guibutton> to proceed. Draksnapshot and some other packages it needs will be installed." -msgstr "После первого запуска этой программы из Центра управления Mageia вы увидите сообщение об установке draksnapshot. Нажмите на кнопку <guibutton>Установить</guibutton>. После этого будет установлен draksnapshot и другие нужные для работы этой программы пакеты." +msgid "" +"When you start this tool in MCC for the first time, you will see a message " +"about installing draksnapshot. Click on <guibutton>Install</guibutton> to " +"proceed. Draksnapshot and some other packages it needs will be installed." +msgstr "" +"После первого запуска этой программы из Центра управления Mageia вы увидите " +"сообщение об установке draksnapshot. Нажмите на кнопку " +"<guibutton>Установить</guibutton>. После этого будет установлен draksnapshot " +"и другие нужные для работы этой программы пакеты." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:31 -msgid "Click again on <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, you will see the <guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable Backups</guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, <guilabel>Backup the whole system</guilabel>." -msgstr "Еще раз выберите <guilabel>Резервные копии</guilabel>, и вы увидите окно <guilabel>Параметры</guilabel>. Выберите <guilabel>Включить резервное копирование</guilabel>, если хотите создать резервную копию всей системы, пункт <guilabel>Резервное копирование всей системы</guilabel>." +msgid "" +"Click again on <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, you will see the " +"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable Backups</" +"guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, <guilabel>Backup the " +"whole system</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Еще раз выберите <guilabel>Резервные копии</guilabel>, и вы увидите окно " +"<guilabel>Параметры</guilabel>. Выберите <guilabel>Включить резервное " +"копирование</guilabel>, если хотите создать резервную копию всей системы, " +"пункт <guilabel>Резервное копирование всей системы</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:34 -msgid "If you only want to backup part of your directories, then choose <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. You will see a little pop-up screen. Use the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the <guilabel>Exclude</guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from the chosen directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> be included in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you are done." -msgstr "Если вы хотите создать резервную копию только части каталогов, нажмите кнопку <guilabel>Дополнительно</guilabel>. В ответ будет открыто небольшое всплывающее окно. Воспользуйтесь кнопками <guibutton>Добавить</guibutton> и <guibutton>Удалить</guibutton>, расположенными рядом со списком <guilabel>Перечень резервных копий</guilabel>, чтобы добавить каталоги и файлы в список резервного копирования или удалить их. Воспользуйтесь такими же кнопками рядом со <guilabel>Списком исключений</guilabel>, чтобы определить список подкаталогов и/или файлов, которые не следует добавлять к резервной копии. Файлы из этого списка <emphasis role=\"bold\">не будут</emphasis> включены в резервную копию. Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Закрыть</guibutton>, когда списки будут готовы." +msgid "" +"If you only want to backup part of your directories, then choose " +"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. You will see a little pop-up screen. Use the " +"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to " +"the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and " +"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the <guilabel>Exclude</" +"guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from the chosen " +"directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> be included " +"in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you are done." +msgstr "" +"Если вы хотите создать резервную копию только части каталогов, нажмите " +"кнопку <guilabel>Дополнительно</guilabel>. В ответ будет открыто небольшое " +"всплывающее окно. Воспользуйтесь кнопками <guibutton>Добавить</guibutton> и " +"<guibutton>Удалить</guibutton>, расположенными рядом со списком " +"<guilabel>Перечень резервных копий</guilabel>, чтобы добавить каталоги и " +"файлы в список резервного копирования или удалить их. Воспользуйтесь такими " +"же кнопками рядом со <guilabel>Списком исключений</guilabel>, чтобы " +"определить список подкаталогов и/или файлов, которые не следует добавлять к " +"резервной копии. Файлы из этого списка <emphasis role=\"bold\">не будут</" +"emphasis> включены в резервную копию. Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Закрыть</" +"guibutton>, когда списки будут готовы." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:41 -msgid "Now give the path to <guilabel>Where to backup</guilabel>, or choose the <guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/your_user_name/</emphasis>." -msgstr "Далее укажите каталог в поле <guilabel>Куда сохранять копии</guilabel> или нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Обзор</guibutton>, чтобы указать соответствующий каталог. Все смонтированные флеш-носители USB и внешние диски можно найти в каталоге <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/имя пользователя/</emphasis>." +msgid "" +"Now give the path to <guilabel>Where to backup</guilabel>, or choose the " +"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted " +"USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/" +"your_user_name/</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Далее укажите каталог в поле <guilabel>Куда сохранять копии</guilabel> или " +"нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Обзор</guibutton>, чтобы указать соответствующий " +"каталог. Все смонтированные флеш-носители USB и внешние диски можно найти в " +"каталоге <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/имя пользователя/</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:45 msgid "Click on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> to make the snapshot." -msgstr "Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Применить</guibutton>, чтобы создать резервную копию." +msgstr "" +"Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Применить</guibutton>, чтобы создать резервную " +"копию." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draksound.xml:3 @@ -3436,48 +5511,100 @@ msgstr "draksound.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksound.xml:15 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:14 -msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>.¶" -msgstr "Доступ к этой программе<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно получить из Центра управления Mageia, пункт <emphasis role=\"bold\">Оборудование</emphasis>." +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " +"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>.¶" +msgstr "" +"Доступ к этой программе<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно " +"получить из Центра управления Mageia, пункт <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Оборудование</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:19 -msgid "Draksound deals with the sound configuration, including the driver choice, PulseAudio options and trouble shooting. It will help you if you experience sound problems or if you change the sound card." -msgstr "Draksound предназначен для настройки звуковой подсистемы, в частности выбора драйверов, определение параметров PulseAudio и решения проблем с работой звука. Программа поможет вам устранить проблемы со звуковой подсистемой или изменить звуковую карту для вывода звуковых данных." +msgid "" +"Draksound deals with the sound configuration, including the driver choice, " +"PulseAudio options and trouble shooting. It will help you if you experience " +"sound problems or if you change the sound card." +msgstr "" +"Draksound предназначен для настройки звуковой подсистемы, в частности выбора " +"драйверов, определение параметров PulseAudio и решения проблем с работой " +"звука. Программа поможет вам устранить проблемы со звуковой подсистемой или " +"изменить звуковую карту для вывода звуковых данных." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:23 -msgid "The drop down list called <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> allows you to select a driver from all the ones available on the computer that match the sound card." -msgstr "С помощью выпадающего списка <guilabel>Драйвер</guilabel> вы можете выбрать нужный драйвер для работы звуковой карты вашего компьютера из списка установленных драйверов." +msgid "" +"The drop down list called <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> allows you to select a " +"driver from all the ones available on the computer that match the sound card." +msgstr "" +"С помощью выпадающего списка <guilabel>Драйвер</guilabel> вы можете выбрать " +"нужный драйвер для работы звуковой карты вашего компьютера из списка " +"установленных драйверов." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/draksound.xml:28 -msgid "Most of the time, it is possible to choose a driver using the OSS or ALSA API. OSS is the oldest and very basic, we recommend to choose ALSA when possible for its enhanced features." -msgstr "В основном, для определения драйвера достаточно возможностей программного интерфейса OSS или ALSA. Интерфейс OSS является старым и простым, он предоставляет довольно базовые возможности. Мы рекомендуем использовать ALSA, поскольку этот интерфейс предоставляет значительно более широкие возможности." +msgid "" +"Most of the time, it is possible to choose a driver using the OSS or ALSA " +"API. OSS is the oldest and very basic, we recommend to choose ALSA when " +"possible for its enhanced features." +msgstr "" +"В основном, для определения драйвера достаточно возможностей программного " +"интерфейса OSS или ALSA. Интерфейс OSS является старым и простым, он " +"предоставляет довольно базовые возможности. Мы рекомендуем использовать " +"ALSA, поскольку этот интерфейс предоставляет значительно более широкие " +"возможности." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:33 -msgid "<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the resulting sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> PulseAudio volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences." -msgstr "<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> - звуковой сервер. Этот сервер получает все входящие звуковые данные, выполняет микширование этих данных, согласно указанных пользователем параметров и отправляет результаты на устройства вывода звуковых данных. Настроить параметры микширования можно с помощью пункта меню <guimenu>Кнопка меню -> Звук и видео -> Управление громкостью</guimenu>." +msgid "" +"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound " +"inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the resulting " +"sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> PulseAudio " +"volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> - звуковой сервер. Этот сервер получает все " +"входящие звуковые данные, выполняет микширование этих данных, согласно " +"указанных пользователем параметров и отправляет результаты на устройства " +"вывода звуковых данных. Настроить параметры микширования можно с помощью " +"пункта меню <guimenu>Кнопка меню -> Звук и видео -> Управление громкостью</" +"guimenu>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:38 -msgid "PulseAudio is the default sound server and it is recommended to leave it enabled." -msgstr "PulseAudio является звуковым сервером по умолчанию. Рекомендуем вам не выключать его." +msgid "" +"PulseAudio is the default sound server and it is recommended to leave it " +"enabled." +msgstr "" +"PulseAudio является звуковым сервером по умолчанию. Рекомендуем вам не " +"выключать его." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:41 -msgid "<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> improves PulseAudio with some programs. It is also recommended to leave it enabled." -msgstr "<guilabel>Использовать режим Glitch-Free</guilabel> - улучшает работу PulseAudio с некоторыми программами. Мы не рекомендуем снимать отметку с этого пункта." +msgid "" +"<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> improves PulseAudio with some programs. It " +"is also recommended to leave it enabled." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Использовать режим Glitch-Free</guilabel> - улучшает работу " +"PulseAudio с некоторыми программами. Мы не рекомендуем снимать отметку с " +"этого пункта." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:44 -msgid "The button <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> display a new window with two or three buttons:" -msgstr "Кнопка <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton> отображает новое окно с двумя или тремя кнопками:" +msgid "" +"The button <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> display a new window with two or " +"three buttons:" +msgstr "" +"Кнопка <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton> отображает новое окно с двумя " +"или тремя кнопками:" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksound.xml:49 @@ -3486,13 +5613,26 @@ msgstr "Draksound1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:53 -msgid "The first button gives total freedom of choice. You have to know what you are doing. This button is not available when the system has found a driver for your device." -msgstr "С помощью первой кнопки вы можете выбрать любой драйвер. При этом не помешают определённые знания какой драйвер следует выбрать. Этой кнопкой нельзя будет воспользоваться, если система не обнаружит драйвера к устройству." +msgid "" +"The first button gives total freedom of choice. You have to know what you " +"are doing. This button is not available when the system has found a driver " +"for your device." +msgstr "" +"С помощью первой кнопки вы можете выбрать любой драйвер. При этом не " +"помешают определённые знания какой драйвер следует выбрать. Этой кнопкой " +"нельзя будет воспользоваться, если система не обнаружит драйвера к " +"устройству." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:57 -msgid "The second one is obvious and the last one gives assistance with fixing any problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this before asking the community for help." -msgstr "Назначение второй кнопки понятно из надписи на ней. Последняя же кнопка может помочь с решением проблем, возникающих со звуком. Попробуйте нажать ее до того, как начнёте искать помощи у сообщества дистрибутива." +msgid "" +"The second one is obvious and the last one gives assistance with fixing any " +"problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this before asking " +"the community for help." +msgstr "" +"Назначение второй кнопки понятно из надписи на ней. Последняя же кнопка " +"может помочь с решением проблем, возникающих со звуком. Попробуйте нажать ее " +"до того, как начнёте искать помощи у сообщества дистрибутива." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakups.xml:3 @@ -3511,8 +5651,12 @@ msgstr "drakups.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakups.xml:16 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakvpn.xml:3 @@ -3531,13 +5675,30 @@ msgstr "drakvpn1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:19 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:18 -msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure secure access to a remote network establishing a tunnel between the local workstation and the remote network. We discuss here only of the configuration on the workstation side. We assume that the remote network is already in operation, and that you have the connection information from the network administrator, like a .pcf configuration file ." -msgstr "С помощью этого инструмента<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно настроить безопасный доступ к удаленной сети с использованием туннелирования данных между локальной рабочей станцией и удаленной сетью. В этом разделе мы обсудим только настройки на стороне рабочей станции. Предполагается, что удалённая сеть работает надежно, и что вам известны данные относительно установленного соединения, которые можно получить от администратора сети, например в формате файла настроек .pcf." +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure " +"secure access to a remote network establishing a tunnel between the local " +"workstation and the remote network. We discuss here only of the " +"configuration on the workstation side. We assume that the remote network is " +"already in operation, and that you have the connection information from the " +"network administrator, like a .pcf configuration file ." +msgstr "" +"С помощью этого инструмента<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно " +"настроить безопасный доступ к удаленной сети с использованием туннелирования " +"данных между локальной рабочей станцией и удаленной сетью. В этом разделе мы " +"обсудим только настройки на стороне рабочей станции. Предполагается, что " +"удалённая сеть работает надежно, и что вам известны данные относительно " +"установленного соединения, которые можно получить от администратора сети, " +"например в формате файла настроек .pcf." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakvpn.xml:30 @@ -3546,8 +5707,12 @@ msgstr "Настройки" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:32 -msgid "First, select either Cisco VPN Concentrator or OpenVPN, depending on which protocol is used for your virtual private network." -msgstr "Сначала следует выбрать концентратор Cisco VPN или OpenVPN, в зависимости от того, какой протокол использован для вашей виртуальной частной сети." +msgid "" +"First, select either Cisco VPN Concentrator or OpenVPN, depending on which " +"protocol is used for your virtual private network." +msgstr "" +"Сначала следует выбрать концентратор Cisco VPN или OpenVPN, в зависимости от " +"того, какой протокол использован для вашей виртуальной частной сети." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:35 @@ -3571,8 +5736,12 @@ msgstr "drakvpn3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:54 -msgid "For openvpn. The openvpn package and its dependencies will be installed the first time the tool is used." -msgstr "Openvpn. После первого запуска инструмента будет установлен пакет openvpn и его зависимости." +msgid "" +"For openvpn. The openvpn package and its dependencies will be installed the " +"first time the tool is used." +msgstr "" +"Openvpn. После первого запуска инструмента будет установлен пакет openvpn и " +"его зависимости." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakvpn.xml:59 @@ -3581,8 +5750,12 @@ msgstr "drakvpn7.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:57 -msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the files that you received from the network administrator." -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Выберите файлы, которые были получены от администратора сети." +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the files that you " +"received from the network administrator." +msgstr "" +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Выберите файлы, которые были " +"получены от администратора сети." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:64 @@ -3601,13 +5774,23 @@ msgstr "В следующем окне программа попросит ва #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:76 -msgid "When the parameters are set, you have the option of starting the VPN connection." -msgstr "После определения параметров программа предложит вам установить VPN-соединение." +msgid "" +"When the parameters are set, you have the option of starting the VPN " +"connection." +msgstr "" +"После определения параметров программа предложит вам установить VPN-" +"соединение." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:79 -msgid "This VPN connection can be set to start automatically with a network connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect to this VPN." -msgstr "Вы можете указать системе устанавливать это VPN-соединение в автоматическом режиме во время ее запуска. Для этого необходимо изменить настройки сетевого соединения так, чтобы оно всегда устанавливалось с этим VPN." +msgid "" +"This VPN connection can be set to start automatically with a network " +"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect " +"to this VPN." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете указать системе устанавливать это VPN-соединение в автоматическом " +"режиме во время ее запуска. Для этого необходимо изменить настройки сетевого " +"соединения так, чтобы оно всегда устанавливалось с этим VPN." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3 @@ -3626,13 +5809,22 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_apache2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> от имени " +"администратора (root)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12 -msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a web server." -msgstr "Эта утилита <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> может помочь вам настроить веб-сервер." +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a " +"web server." +msgstr "" +"Эта утилита <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> может помочь вам " +"настроить веб-сервер." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:15 @@ -3641,8 +5833,13 @@ msgstr "Что такое веб-сервер?" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:17 -msgid "Web server is the software that helps to deliver web content that can be accessed through the Internet. (From Wikipedia)" -msgstr "Веб-сервер представляет собой программное обеспечение, которое помогает поставить веб содержимое, которое может быть доступно через Интернет. (Материал из Википедии)" +msgid "" +"Web server is the software that helps to deliver web content that can be " +"accessed through the Internet. (From Wikipedia)" +msgstr "" +"Веб-сервер представляет собой программное обеспечение, которое помогает " +"поставить веб содержимое, которое может быть доступно через Интернет. " +"(Материал из Википедии)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:21 @@ -3660,16 +5857,16 @@ msgid "drakwizard-web-step1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:34 -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:49 -#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:34 -#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:55 -msgid "The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Первая страница - это только инструкция, нажмите <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>." +#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:34 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:49 +#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:34 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:55 +msgid "" +"The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Первая страница - это только инструкция, нажмите <guibutton>Далее</" +"guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:38 -#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:38 +#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:38 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:38 msgid "Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World" msgstr "Выбор вида сервера: локальная сеть и/или мир" @@ -3680,8 +5877,13 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-web-step2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:45 -msgid "Exposing the web server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad things." -msgstr "Предоставление доступа к данным веб-сервера из Интернета является рискованным делом. Вам следует позаботиться о защите, если вы решите предоставить такой доступ." +msgid "" +"Exposing the web server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad " +"things." +msgstr "" +"Предоставление доступа к данным веб-сервера из Интернета является " +"рискованным делом. Вам следует позаботиться о защите, если вы решите " +"предоставить такой доступ." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:49 @@ -3710,8 +5912,12 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-web-step4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:67 -msgid "The user needs to create and populate this directory, then the server will display it." -msgstr "Пользователю необходимо создать и заполнить этот каталог, затем сервер будет отображать его." +msgid "" +"The user needs to create and populate this directory, then the server will " +"display it." +msgstr "" +"Пользователю необходимо создать и заполнить этот каталог, затем сервер будет " +"отображать его." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:71 @@ -3729,10 +5935,8 @@ msgid "Allows you to configure the path to the web servers default documents." msgstr "Позволяет настроить путь к дефолтным документам веб-сервера." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:82 -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:83 -#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:71 -#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:144 +#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:82 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:83 +#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:71 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:144 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:105 msgid "Summary" msgstr "Сводка" @@ -3743,19 +5947,18 @@ msgid "drakwizard-web-step6.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step6.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:89 -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:91 -#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:78 -#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:153 +#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:89 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:91 +#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:78 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:153 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:112 -msgid "Take a second to check these options, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Ознакомьтесь с резюме по изменению параметров и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>." +msgid "" +"Take a second to check these options, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Ознакомьтесь с резюме по изменению параметров и нажмите кнопку " +"<guibutton>Далее</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> -#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:93 -#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:82 -#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:173 -#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:116 +#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:93 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:82 +#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:173 en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:116 msgid "Finish" msgstr "Финиш" @@ -3765,10 +5968,8 @@ msgid "drakwizard-web-step7.png" msgstr "drakwizard-web-step7.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> -#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:100 -#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:89 -#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:183 -#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:123 +#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:100 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:89 +#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:183 en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:123 msgid "You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>." msgstr "Завершено! Нажмите <guibutton>Финиш</guibutton>." @@ -3789,8 +5990,13 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_bind.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:16 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> от имени администратора " +"(root)." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:3 @@ -3809,18 +6015,33 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_dhcp.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:15 -msgid "This tool is broken in Mageia 4 because of new naming scheme for the Net interfaces" -msgstr "Этот инструмент не способен работать в Mageia 4, поскольку схема именования сетевых интерфейсов изменена." +msgid "" +"This tool is broken in Mageia 4 because of new naming scheme for the Net " +"interfaces" +msgstr "" +"Этот инструмент не способен работать в Mageia 4, поскольку схема именования " +"сетевых интерфейсов изменена." #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:20 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> от имени администратора " +"(root)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:19 -msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a <acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should be installed before you can access to it." -msgstr "Эта утилита <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> может помочь вам настроить <acronym>DHCP</acronym> сервер. Этот компонент drakwizard следует установить до того, как вы сможете им воспользоваться." +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a " +"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should " +"be installed before you can access to it." +msgstr "" +"Эта утилита <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> может помочь вам " +"настроить <acronym>DHCP</acronym> сервер. Этот компонент drakwizard следует " +"установить до того, как вы сможете им воспользоваться." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:26 @@ -3829,8 +6050,16 @@ msgstr "Что такое DHCP?" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:28 -msgid "The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) is a standardized networking protocol used on IP networks that dynamically configures IP addresses and other information that is needed for Internet communication. (From Wikipedia)" -msgstr "Протокол динамической конфигурации хоста (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) представляет собой стандартизированный сетевой протокол, используемый на IP сетях, который динамически настраивает IP-адреса и другую информацию, необходимую для интернет-общения. (Материал из Википедии)" +msgid "" +"The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) is a " +"standardized networking protocol used on IP networks that dynamically " +"configures IP addresses and other information that is needed for Internet " +"communication. (From Wikipedia)" +msgstr "" +"Протокол динамической конфигурации хоста (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) " +"представляет собой стандартизированный сетевой протокол, используемый на IP " +"сетях, который динамически настраивает IP-адреса и другую информацию, " +"необходимую для интернет-общения. (Материал из Википедии)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:35 @@ -3859,8 +6088,14 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:62 -msgid "Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Выберите сетевой интерфейс, соединённый с подсетью, в которой будет происходить назначение IP-адресов, и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>." +msgid "" +"Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for " +"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Выберите сетевой интерфейс, соединённый с подсетью, в которой будет " +"происходить назначение IP-адресов, и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</" +"guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:68 @@ -3874,8 +6109,17 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:76 -msgid "Select the beginning and ending IP addresses of the range of IPs you want the server to offer, along with the IP of the gateway machine connecting to some place outside the local network, hopefully close to the Internet, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Выберите начальные и конечные IP-адреса из диапазона адресов, которые должен предоставлять сервер, а также IP-адрес шлюза, компьютера, который будет соединяться с внешними компьютерами вне локальной сети, желательно непосредственно с компьютерами в интернете. Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>." +msgid "" +"Select the beginning and ending IP addresses of the range of IPs you want " +"the server to offer, along with the IP of the gateway machine connecting to " +"some place outside the local network, hopefully close to the Internet, then " +"click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Выберите начальные и конечные IP-адреса из диапазона адресов, которые должен " +"предоставлять сервер, а также IP-адрес шлюза, компьютера, который будет " +"соединяться с внешними компьютерами вне локальной сети, желательно " +"непосредственно с компьютерами в интернете. Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</" +"guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:87 @@ -3894,8 +6138,12 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:104 -msgid "This can be fixed. Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> a few times and change things around." -msgstr "С этой проблемой можно справиться. Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Назад</guibutton> несколько раз и внесите какие-либо изменения." +msgid "" +"This can be fixed. Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> a few times and " +"change things around." +msgstr "" +"С этой проблемой можно справиться. Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Назад</" +"guibutton> несколько раз и внесите какие-либо изменения." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:109 @@ -3908,8 +6156,7 @@ msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:121 -#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:87 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:121 en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:87 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:189 msgid "What is done" msgstr "Действия, которые выполняет инструмент" @@ -3921,13 +6168,20 @@ msgstr "Установка пакета dhcp-server, если он не уста #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:129 -msgid "Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>" -msgstr "Сохранение <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> в <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>" +msgid "" +"Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>" +msgstr "" +"Сохранение <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> в <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:134 -msgid "Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from <code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and adding the new parameters:" -msgstr "Создание нового <code>dhcpd.conf</code>, взятого из <code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code>, и добавление новых параметров:" +msgid "" +"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from <code>/usr/share/" +"wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and adding the new " +"parameters:" +msgstr "" +"Создание нового <code>dhcpd.conf</code>, взятого из <code>/usr/share/wizards/" +"dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code>, и добавление новых параметров:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:140 @@ -3986,8 +6240,12 @@ msgstr "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186 -msgid "Also modifying Webmin configuration file <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code>" -msgstr "Также изменение конфигурационного файла Webmin <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code>" +msgid "" +"Also modifying Webmin configuration file <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</" +"code>" +msgstr "" +"Также изменение конфигурационного файла Webmin <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/" +"config</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:191 @@ -4011,13 +6269,26 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_ntp.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:25 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> от имени администратора " +"(root)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:24 -msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> purpose is to set the time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base packages." -msgstr "С помощью этого инструмента<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы сможете настроить сервер так, чтобы время в нём синхронизировалось с внешним сервером. По умолчанию, этот инструмент не устанавливается. Чтобы получить к нему доступ, вам следует установить пакеты drakwizard и drakwizard-base." +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> purpose is to set the " +"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed " +"by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base " +"packages." +msgstr "" +"С помощью этого инструмента<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы " +"сможете настроить сервер так, чтобы время в нём синхронизировалось с внешним " +"сервером. По умолчанию, этот инструмент не устанавливается. Чтобы получить к " +"нему доступ, вам следует установить пакеты drakwizard и drakwizard-base." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:32 @@ -4026,8 +6297,15 @@ msgstr "Настройка сервера NTP с помощью drakwizard ntp" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:36 -msgid "After a welcome screen (see above), the second one ask you to choose three time servers in the drop down lists and suggests to use pool.ntp.org twice because this server always points to available time servers." -msgstr "После приветственного окна (см. выше), программа попросит вас выбрать три сервера времени с помощью раскрывающихся списков и дважды предложит воспользоваться pool.ntp.org, поскольку этот сервер всегда привязывается к доступным серверам времени." +msgid "" +"After a welcome screen (see above), the second one ask you to choose three " +"time servers in the drop down lists and suggests to use pool.ntp.org twice " +"because this server always points to available time servers." +msgstr "" +"После приветственного окна (см. выше), программа попросит вас выбрать три " +"сервера времени с помощью раскрывающихся списков и дважды предложит " +"воспользоваться pool.ntp.org, поскольку этот сервер всегда привязывается к " +"доступным серверам времени." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:43 @@ -4051,8 +6329,19 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:63 -msgid "The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it using the <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>button. If everything is right, click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button to proceed to the test. It may take a while and you finally get this screen below:" -msgstr "С помощью следующих страниц мастера вы сможете выбрать регион и город, после чего вам будет показано резюме настроек. Если вами будут обнаружены ошибки в настройках, вы можете внести изменения, нажав кнопку <guibutton>Назад</guibutton>. Если всё в порядке, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>, чтобы приказать программе выполнить тестирование. Если всё будет хорошо, то вы увидите окно, подобное приведённому ниже:" +msgid "" +"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you " +"arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it " +"using the <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>button. If everything is right, " +"click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button to proceed to the test. It " +"may take a while and you finally get this screen below:" +msgstr "" +"С помощью следующих страниц мастера вы сможете выбрать регион и город, после " +"чего вам будет показано резюме настроек. Если вами будут обнаружены ошибки в " +"настройках, вы можете внести изменения, нажав кнопку <guibutton>Назад</" +"guibutton>. Если всё в порядке, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>, " +"чтобы приказать программе выполнить тестирование. Если всё будет хорошо, то " +"вы увидите окно, подобное приведённому ниже:" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:72 @@ -4076,28 +6365,47 @@ msgstr "Установка пакета <code>ntp</code> если необход #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:97 -msgid "Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;" -msgstr "Сохранение файлов <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> в <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code> и <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> в <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;" +msgid "" +"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to <code>/etc/sysconfig/" +"clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/" +"step-tickers.orig</code>;" +msgstr "" +"Сохранение файлов <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> в <code>/etc/sysconfig/" +"clock.orig</code> и <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> в <code>/etc/ntp/step-" +"tickers.orig</code>;" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:104 -msgid "Writing a new file <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> with the list of servers;" -msgstr "Запись нового файла <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> со списком серверов;" +msgid "" +"Writing a new file <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> with the list of " +"servers;" +msgstr "" +"Запись нового файла <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> со списком серверов;" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:109 -msgid "Modifying the file <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> by inserting the first server name;" -msgstr "Изменение файла <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> путём вставки первого имени сервера;" +msgid "" +"Modifying the file <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> by inserting the first server " +"name;" +msgstr "" +"Изменение файла <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> путём вставки первого имени " +"сервера;" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:114 -msgid "Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and <code>ntpd</code> services;" -msgstr "Остановка и запуск сервисов <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> и <code>ntpd</code>;" +msgid "" +"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and <code>ntpd</" +"code> services;" +msgstr "" +"Остановка и запуск сервисов <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> и " +"<code>ntpd</code>;" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:119 -msgid "Setting the hardware clock to the current system time with UTC reference." -msgstr "Установка для аппаратных часов текущего времени системы с привязкой к UTC." +msgid "" +"Setting the hardware clock to the current system time with UTC reference." +msgstr "" +"Установка для аппаратных часов текущего времени системы с привязкой к UTC." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:3 @@ -4116,13 +6424,22 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_proftpd.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> от имени " +"администратора (root)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12 -msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an <acronym>FTP</acronym> server." -msgstr "Эта утилита <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> может помочь вам настроить <acronym>FTP</acronym> сервер." +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an " +"<acronym>FTP</acronym> server." +msgstr "" +"Эта утилита <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> может помочь вам " +"настроить <acronym>FTP</acronym> сервер." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:15 @@ -4131,8 +6448,15 @@ msgstr "Что такое <acronym>FTP</acronym>?" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:17 -msgid "File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) is a standard network protocol used to transfer files from one host to another host over a <acronym>TCP</acronym>-based network, such as the Internet. (From Wikipedia)" -msgstr "Протокол передачи файлов (File Transfer Protocol или <acronym>FTP</acronym>) - стандартный протокол работы в сети, которая используется для передачи файлов с одного компьютера на другой в сети, основанной на <acronym>TCP</acronym>, в частности, в Интернете (из Википедии)." +msgid "" +"File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) is a standard network " +"protocol used to transfer files from one host to another host over a " +"<acronym>TCP</acronym>-based network, such as the Internet. (From Wikipedia)" +msgstr "" +"Протокол передачи файлов (File Transfer Protocol или <acronym>FTP</acronym>) " +"- стандартный протокол работы в сети, которая используется для передачи " +"файлов с одного компьютера на другой в сети, основанной на <acronym>TCP</" +"acronym>, в частности, в Интернете (из Википедии)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:21 @@ -4156,8 +6480,13 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:45 -msgid "Exposing the FTP server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad things." -msgstr "Предоставление доступа к данным сервера FTP из Интернета является рискованным делом. Вам следует позаботиться о защите, если вы решите предоставить такой доступ." +msgid "" +"Exposing the FTP server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad " +"things." +msgstr "" +"Предоставление доступа к данным сервера FTP из Интернета является " +"рискованным делом. Вам следует позаботиться о защите, если вы решите " +"предоставить такой доступ." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:49 @@ -4171,8 +6500,14 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:56 -msgid "Enter name the sever will use to introduce itself, someone to email complaints too and whether to allow root login access." -msgstr "Укажите название, которое сервер будет использовать для собственной идентификации, адрес электронной почты для направления жалоб и будет ли предоставлен доступ к входу в систему от имени администратора (пользователя root)." +msgid "" +"Enter name the sever will use to introduce itself, someone to email " +"complaints too and whether to allow root login access." +msgstr "" +"Укажите название, которое сервер будет использовать для собственной " +"идентификации, адрес электронной почты для направления жалоб и будет ли " +"предоставлен доступ к входу в систему от имени администратора (пользователя " +"root)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:60 @@ -4186,8 +6521,13 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:67 -msgid "Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym> (File eXchange Protocol)" -msgstr "Укажите порт для ожидания данных, параметры ограниченной записи пользователя и то, следует ли разрешать возобновления получения данных и/или <acronym>FXP</acronym> (File eXchange Protocol)." +msgid "" +"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym> " +"(File eXchange Protocol)" +msgstr "" +"Укажите порт для ожидания данных, параметры ограниченной записи пользователя " +"и то, следует ли разрешать возобновления получения данных и/или " +"<acronym>FXP</acronym> (File eXchange Protocol)." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:74 @@ -4216,13 +6556,24 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_squid.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:23 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> от имени администратора " +"(root)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:22 -msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a proxy server. It is a component of drakwizard which should be installed before you can access to it." -msgstr "Эта утилита <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> может помочь вам в настройке прокси-сервера. Этот компонент drakwizard следует установить отдельно, прежде чем вы сможете им воспользоваться." +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a " +"proxy server. It is a component of drakwizard which should be installed " +"before you can access to it." +msgstr "" +"Эта утилита <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> может помочь вам в " +"настройке прокси-сервера. Этот компонент drakwizard следует установить " +"отдельно, прежде чем вы сможете им воспользоваться." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:29 @@ -4231,8 +6582,21 @@ msgstr "Что такое прокси сервер?" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:31 -msgid "A proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application) that acts as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a different server and the proxy server evaluates the request as a way to simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)" -msgstr "Из Википедии: «В компьютерных сетях прокси-сервером называется сервер (компьютерная система или программа), который работает в качестве промежуточных звеньев для запросов от клиентов, которые выполняют поиски ресурсов на других серверах. Клиентская система соединяется с прокси-сервером, посылает запрос по определённой службе, в том числе данные файла, соединения, страницы или другого ресурса на другом сервере. Прокси-сервер обрабатывает запрос с целью упрощения и управления сложностью запроса. »" +msgid "" +"A proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application) that acts " +"as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other " +"servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, " +"such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a " +"different server and the proxy server evaluates the request as a way to " +"simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)" +msgstr "" +"Из Википедии: «В компьютерных сетях прокси-сервером называется сервер " +"(компьютерная система или программа), который работает в качестве " +"промежуточных звеньев для запросов от клиентов, которые выполняют поиски " +"ресурсов на других серверах. Клиентская система соединяется с прокси-" +"сервером, посылает запрос по определённой службе, в том числе данные файла, " +"соединения, страницы или другого ресурса на другом сервере. Прокси-сервер " +"обрабатывает запрос с целью упрощения и управления сложностью запроса. »" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:40 @@ -4261,8 +6625,12 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:69 -msgid "Select the proxy port browsers will connect through, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Выберите порт, с которым будут устанавливать соединение клиенты прокси-сервера, и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>." +msgid "" +"Select the proxy port browsers will connect through, then click " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Выберите порт, с которым будут устанавливать соединение клиенты прокси-" +"сервера, и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:74 @@ -4276,8 +6644,11 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:83 -msgid "Set memory and disk cache limits, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Установите пределы памяти и дискового кэша, затем нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>." +msgid "" +"Set memory and disk cache limits, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Установите пределы памяти и дискового кэша, затем нажмите кнопку " +"<guibutton>Далее</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:88 @@ -4291,8 +6662,12 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:97 -msgid "Set visibility to local network or world, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Определите диапазон доступа: локальная сеть или интернет, затем нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>." +msgid "" +"Set visibility to local network or world, then click <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Определите диапазон доступа: локальная сеть или интернет, затем нажмите " +"кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:102 @@ -4307,7 +6682,9 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:111 msgid "Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Предоставьте доступ локальным сетям и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Предоставьте доступ локальным сетям и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</" +"guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:116 @@ -4322,7 +6699,9 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:125 msgid "Cascade through another proxy server? If no, skip next step." -msgstr "Есть ли каскадный доступ к интернету через другой прокси-сервер? Если нет, пропустите следующий шаг." +msgstr "" +"Есть ли каскадный доступ к интернету через другой прокси-сервер? Если нет, " +"пропустите следующий шаг." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:130 @@ -4336,8 +6715,12 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:139 -msgid "Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Укажите имя компьютера и порт прокси высшего уровня и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>." +msgid "" +"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Укажите имя компьютера и порт прокси высшего уровня и нажмите кнопку " +"<guibutton>Далее</guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:148 @@ -4356,8 +6739,12 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:168 -msgid "Choose if the proxy server should be started during the boot time, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Укажите, следует ли запускать прокси при загрузке операционной системы, и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>." +msgid "" +"Choose if the proxy server should be started during the boot time, then " +"click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Укажите, следует ли запускать прокси при загрузке операционной системы, и " +"нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:177 @@ -4371,13 +6758,21 @@ msgstr "Установка пакета squid если необходимо;" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:197 -msgid "Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;</code>" -msgstr "Сохрание <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> в <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;</code>" +msgid "" +"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf." +"orig;</code>" +msgstr "" +"Сохрание <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> в <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf." +"orig;</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:202 -msgid "Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from <code>squid.conf.default</code> and adding the new parameters:" -msgstr "Создание нового <code>squid.conf</code>, взятого из <code>squid.conf.default</code>, и добавление новых параметров:" +msgid "" +"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from <code>squid.conf." +"default</code> and adding the new parameters:" +msgstr "" +"Создание нового <code>squid.conf</code>, взятого из <code>squid.conf." +"default</code>, и добавление новых параметров:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:208 @@ -4401,8 +6796,11 @@ msgstr "http_port" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:224 -msgid "<code>level</code> 1, 2 or 3 and <code>http_access</code> according to level" -msgstr "<code>level</code> 1, 2 или 3 и <code>http_access</code> в соответствии с уровнем" +msgid "" +"<code>level</code> 1, 2 or 3 and <code>http_access</code> according to level" +msgstr "" +"<code>level</code> 1, 2 или 3 и <code>http_access</code> в соответствии с " +"уровнем" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:229 @@ -4436,13 +6834,22 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_sshd.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> от имени администратора " +"(root)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13 -msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon." -msgstr "Эта утилита <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> может помочь вам в настройке сервера <acronym>SSH</acronym>." +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an " +"<acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon." +msgstr "" +"Эта утилита <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> может помочь вам в " +"настройке сервера <acronym>SSH</acronym>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:16 @@ -4451,13 +6858,28 @@ msgstr "Что такое <acronym>SSH</acronym>?" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:18 -msgid "Secure Shell (SSH) is a cryptographic network protocol for secure data communication, remote command-line login, remote command execution, and other secure network services between two networked computers that connects, via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client (running SSH server and <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs, respectively). (From Wikipedia)" -msgstr "Безопасная оболочка (Secure Shell или SSH) - криптографический протокол обмена данными в сети, предназначенный для защиты обмена данными от постороннего вмешательства, удалённого управления системой с помощью командной строки, удалённого выполнения команд и управления другими сетевыми службами. При использовании этого протокола два соединённых сетью компьютера используют защищённый канал обмена данными в незащищённой сети. Эти компьютеры называются сервер и клиент, на них запущены серверные и клиентские программы <acronym>SSH</acronym>, соответственно (из Википедии)." +msgid "" +"Secure Shell (SSH) is a cryptographic network protocol for secure data " +"communication, remote command-line login, remote command execution, and " +"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects, " +"via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client " +"(running SSH server and <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs, " +"respectively). (From Wikipedia)" +msgstr "" +"Безопасная оболочка (Secure Shell или SSH) - криптографический протокол " +"обмена данными в сети, предназначенный для защиты обмена данными от " +"постороннего вмешательства, удалённого управления системой с помощью " +"командной строки, удалённого выполнения команд и управления другими сетевыми " +"службами. При использовании этого протокола два соединённых сетью компьютера " +"используют защищённый канал обмена данными в незащищённой сети. Эти " +"компьютеры называются сервер и клиент, на них запущены серверные и " +"клиентские программы <acronym>SSH</acronym>, соответственно (из Википедии)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:22 msgid "Setting up an <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon with drakwizard sshd" -msgstr "Настройка фоновой службы <acronym>SSH</acronym> с помощью drakwizard sshd" +msgstr "" +"Настройка фоновой службы <acronym>SSH</acronym> с помощью drakwizard sshd" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:24 @@ -4476,8 +6898,13 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:35 -msgid "Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or <guilabel>Newbie</guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Выберите <guilabel>Эксперт</guilabel> для получения доступа ко всем настройкам или <guilabel>Начинающий</guilabel>, чтобы пропустить шаги 3-7, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>." +msgid "" +"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or <guilabel>Newbie</" +"guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Выберите <guilabel>Эксперт</guilabel> для получения доступа ко всем " +"настройкам или <guilabel>Начинающий</guilabel>, чтобы пропустить шаги 3-7, " +"нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:39 @@ -4491,8 +6918,12 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:46 -msgid "Sets visibility and root access options. Port 22 is the standard <acronym>SSH</acronym> port." -msgstr "Настройте видимость службы и параметры административного доступа. Стандартным портом для <acronym>SSH</acronym> является порт 22." +msgid "" +"Sets visibility and root access options. Port 22 is the standard " +"<acronym>SSH</acronym> port." +msgstr "" +"Настройте видимость службы и параметры административного доступа. " +"Стандартным портом для <acronym>SSH</acronym> является порт 22." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:50 @@ -4506,8 +6937,12 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:57 -msgid "Allow a variety of authentication methods users can use while connecting, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Укажите один из способов распознавания при подключении и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>." +msgid "" +"Allow a variety of authentication methods users can use while connecting, " +"then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Укажите один из способов распознавания при подключении и нажмите кнопку " +"<guibutton>Далее</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:61 @@ -4521,8 +6956,12 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:68 -msgid "Choose logging facility and level of output, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Выберите нужные вам возможности по ведению журнала и уровень детализации сообщений, затем нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>." +msgid "" +"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Выберите нужные вам возможности по ведению журнала и уровень детализации " +"сообщений, затем нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:72 @@ -4537,7 +6976,9 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:79 msgid "Configure per-login settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Настройте отдельные параметры входа для учётных записей и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Настройте отдельные параметры входа для учётных записей и нажмите кнопку " +"<guibutton>Далее</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:83 @@ -4551,8 +6992,11 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:90 -msgid "Configure the user access settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Настройте параметры доступа пользователей, затем нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>." +msgid "" +"Configure the user access settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Настройте параметры доступа пользователей, затем нажмите кнопку " +"<guibutton>Далее</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:94 @@ -4566,8 +7010,12 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:101 -msgid "Configure X11 forwarding and compression during transfer, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Выберите параметры перенаправления графического сервера и сжатия при передаче, затем нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>." +msgid "" +"Configure X11 forwarding and compression during transfer, then click " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Выберите параметры перенаправления графического сервера и сжатия при " +"передаче, затем нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:108 @@ -4596,8 +7044,13 @@ msgstr "drakxservices.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakxservices.xml:15 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> от имени администратора " +"(root)." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/harddrake2.xml:10 @@ -4616,13 +7069,27 @@ msgstr "harddrake2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:23 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:22 -msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives a general view of the hardware of your computer. When the tool is launched, it executes a job to look for every element of the hardware. For that, it uses the command <code>ldetect </code>which refers to a list of hardware in <code>ldetect-lst</code> package." -msgstr "С помощью этой программы<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы сможете осуществить общий обзор оборудования вашего компьютера. После запуска программа выполняет автоматический поиск всех компонентов оборудования. С этой целью она использует программу <code>ldetect</code>, которая в своей работе использует список оборудования из пакета <code>ldetect-lst</code>." +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives a general view of " +"the hardware of your computer. When the tool is launched, it executes a job " +"to look for every element of the hardware. For that, it uses the command " +"<code>ldetect </code>which refers to a list of hardware in <code>ldetect-" +"lst</code> package." +msgstr "" +"С помощью этой программы<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы сможете " +"осуществить общий обзор оборудования вашего компьютера. После запуска " +"программа выполняет автоматический поиск всех компонентов оборудования. С " +"этой целью она использует программу <code>ldetect</code>, которая в своей " +"работе использует список оборудования из пакета <code>ldetect-lst</code>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/harddrake2.xml:31 @@ -4636,33 +7103,65 @@ msgstr "Окно разделено на две колонки." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:35 -msgid "The left column contains a list of the detected hardware. The devices are grouped by categories. Click on the > to expand the content of a category. Each device can be selected in this column." -msgstr "В левом столбце отображается список обнаруженного оборудования. Устройства группируются по категориям. Нажмите кнопку >, чтобы развернуть список категории. С помощью этого столбца можно выбрать устройство из списка." +msgid "" +"The left column contains a list of the detected hardware. The devices are " +"grouped by categories. Click on the > to expand the content of a " +"category. Each device can be selected in this column." +msgstr "" +"В левом столбце отображается список обнаруженного оборудования. Устройства " +"группируются по категориям. Нажмите кнопку >, чтобы развернуть список " +"категории. С помощью этого столбца можно выбрать устройство из списка." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:39 -msgid "The right column displays information about the selected device. The <guimenu>Help -> Fields description</guimenu> gives some information about the content of the fields." -msgstr "В правом столбце будут показаны данные выбранного устройства. С помощью пункта меню <guimenu>Справка -> Описание полей</guimenu> можно получить более подробное описание отображаемых полей." +msgid "" +"The right column displays information about the selected device. The " +"<guimenu>Help -> Fields description</guimenu> gives some information " +"about the content of the fields." +msgstr "" +"В правом столбце будут показаны данные выбранного устройства. С помощью " +"пункта меню <guimenu>Справка -> Описание полей</guimenu> можно получить " +"более подробное описание отображаемых полей." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:43 -msgid "According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are available at the bottom of the right column:" -msgstr "Согласно выбранного типа устройства, в нижней части правой панели окна будет показано одна или две кнопки:" +msgid "" +"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are " +"available at the bottom of the right column:" +msgstr "" +"Согласно выбранного типа устройства, в нижней части правой панели окна будет " +"показано одна или две кнопки:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:48 -msgid "<guibutton>Set current driver options</guibutton>: this can be used to parameterize the module which is used in relation to the device. This must used by experts only." -msgstr "<guibutton>Установить параметры текущего драйвера</guibutton>: с помощью этой кнопки можно изменить параметры работы модуля системы, связанного с работой устройства. Этой кнопкой следует пользоваться только опытным пользователям." +msgid "" +"<guibutton>Set current driver options</guibutton>: this can be used to " +"parameterize the module which is used in relation to the device. This must " +"used by experts only." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Установить параметры текущего драйвера</guibutton>: с помощью " +"этой кнопки можно изменить параметры работы модуля системы, связанного с " +"работой устройства. Этой кнопкой следует пользоваться только опытным " +"пользователям." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:54 -msgid "<guibutton>Run config tool</guibutton>: access to the tool which can configure the device. The tool can often be accessed directly from the MCC." -msgstr "<guibutton>Запустить инструмент настройки</guibutton>: получить доступ к средству настройки устройства. Обычно, доступ к этому инструменту можно получить непосредственно из Центра управления Mageia." +msgid "" +"<guibutton>Run config tool</guibutton>: access to the tool which can " +"configure the device. The tool can often be accessed directly from the MCC." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Запустить инструмент настройки</guibutton>: получить доступ к " +"средству настройки устройства. Обычно, доступ к этому инструменту можно " +"получить непосредственно из Центра управления Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:68 -msgid "The <guimenu>options</guimenu> menu gives the opportunity to check boxes to enable automatic detection:" -msgstr "С помощью пунктов меню <guimenu>Параметры</guimenu> вы можете включить автоматическое обнаружение некоторых типов устройств:" +msgid "" +"The <guimenu>options</guimenu> menu gives the opportunity to check boxes to " +"enable automatic detection:" +msgstr "" +"С помощью пунктов меню <guimenu>Параметры</guimenu> вы можете включить " +"автоматическое обнаружение некоторых типов устройств:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:73 @@ -4681,8 +7180,15 @@ msgstr "Zip параллельные устройства" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:83 -msgid "By default these detections are not enabled, because they are slow. Check the appropriate box(es) if you have this hardware connected. Detection will be operational the next time this tool is started." -msgstr "По умолчанию такое обнаружение не выполняется, поскольку оно является достаточно длительным. Отметьте соответствующие пункты, если на вашем компьютере установлено соответствующее оборудование. Обнаружение будет выполнено при следующем запуске этой утилиты." +msgid "" +"By default these detections are not enabled, because they are slow. Check " +"the appropriate box(es) if you have this hardware connected. Detection will " +"be operational the next time this tool is started." +msgstr "" +"По умолчанию такое обнаружение не выполняется, поскольку оно является " +"достаточно длительным. Отметьте соответствующие пункты, если на вашем " +"компьютере установлено соответствующее оборудование. Обнаружение будет " +"выполнено при следующем запуске этой утилиты." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:3 @@ -4701,13 +7207,28 @@ msgstr "keyboarddrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:20 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> от имени администратора " +"(root)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:19 -msgid "The keyboarddrake tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> helps you configure the basic layout for the keyboard that you wish to use on Mageia. It affects the keyboard layout for all users on the system. It can be found in the Hardware section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled \"Configure mouse and keyboard\"." -msgstr "Программа keyboarddrake<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> поможет вам настроить базовую раскладку вашей клавиатуры в операционной системе Mageia. Результаты настройки будут использованы для всех пользователей системы. Доступ к программе можно получить с помощью пункта «Оборудование» из Центра управления Mageia, в разделе: «Настроить мышь и клавиатуру»." +msgid "" +"The keyboarddrake tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> helps you " +"configure the basic layout for the keyboard that you wish to use on Mageia. " +"It affects the keyboard layout for all users on the system. It can be found " +"in the Hardware section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled " +"\"Configure mouse and keyboard\"." +msgstr "" +"Программа keyboarddrake<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> поможет вам " +"настроить базовую раскладку вашей клавиатуры в операционной системе Mageia. " +"Результаты настройки будут использованы для всех пользователей системы. " +"Доступ к программе можно получить с помощью пункта «Оборудование» из Центра " +"управления Mageia, в разделе: «Настроить мышь и клавиатуру»." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:29 @@ -4716,8 +7237,14 @@ msgstr "Раскладка клавиатуры" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:31 -msgid "Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity each layout should be used for." -msgstr "С помощью этого окна вы можете выбрать раскладку клавиатуры, которую следует использовать. В названиях раскладок указаны по алфавиту язык, страна и этническая принадлежность раскладки." +msgid "" +"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed " +"in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity each " +"layout should be used for." +msgstr "" +"С помощью этого окна вы можете выбрать раскладку клавиатуры, которую следует " +"использовать. В названиях раскладок указаны по алфавиту язык, страна и " +"этническая принадлежность раскладки." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:37 @@ -4726,8 +7253,13 @@ msgstr "Тип клавиатуры" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:39 -msgid "This menu lets you select the type of keyboard you are using. If you are unsure of which to choose, it is best to leave it as the default type." -msgstr "С помощью этого меню вы можете указать тип клавиатуры, которой пользуетесь. Если вы не уверены относительно своего выбора, лучше не менять вариант по умолчанию." +msgid "" +"This menu lets you select the type of keyboard you are using. If you are " +"unsure of which to choose, it is best to leave it as the default type." +msgstr "" +"С помощью этого меню вы можете указать тип клавиатуры, которой пользуетесь. " +"Если вы не уверены относительно своего выбора, лучше не менять вариант по " +"умолчанию." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/localedrake.xml:10 @@ -4746,28 +7278,55 @@ msgstr "localedrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:24 -msgid "You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно также с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно также с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести " +"команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> от имени " +"администратора (root)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:24 -msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can be found in the System section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled \"Manage localization for your system\". It opens with a window in which you can choose your language. The choice is adapted to languages selected during installation." -msgstr "Этим модулем<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно воспользоваться с помощью пункта «Система» из Центра управления Mageia, в разделе «Настройка локализации системы». В случае его выбора будет открыто окно, с помощью которого вы можете выбрать язык. По умолчанию будет подобран список языков, которые были выбраны во время установки системы." +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can be found in the " +"System section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled \"Manage " +"localization for your system\". It opens with a window in which you can " +"choose your language. The choice is adapted to languages selected during " +"installation." +msgstr "" +"Этим модулем<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно воспользоваться " +"с помощью пункта «Система» из Центра управления Mageia, в разделе «Настройка " +"локализации системы». В случае его выбора будет открыто окно, с помощью " +"которого вы можете выбрать язык. По умолчанию будет подобран список языков, " +"которые были выбраны во время установки системы." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:31 -msgid "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button give access to activate compatibility with old encoding (non UTF8)." -msgstr "С помощью кнопки <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton> можно задействовать режим совместимости с устаревшими кодировками (не UTF-8)." +msgid "" +"The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button give access to activate " +"compatibility with old encoding (non UTF8)." +msgstr "" +"С помощью кнопки <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton> можно задействовать " +"режим совместимости с устаревшими кодировками (не UTF-8)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:34 -msgid "The second window shows a list of countries according to the selected language. The button <guibutton>Other Countries</guibutton> gives access to countries not listed." -msgstr "Во втором окне будет показан список стран, в которых может использоваться указанный язык. Доступ к спискам стран, которых нет в списке, можно получить с помощью кнопки <guibutton>Другие страны</guibutton>." +msgid "" +"The second window shows a list of countries according to the selected " +"language. The button <guibutton>Other Countries</guibutton> gives access to " +"countries not listed." +msgstr "" +"Во втором окне будет показан список стран, в которых может использоваться " +"указанный язык. Доступ к спискам стран, которых нет в списке, можно получить " +"с помощью кнопки <guibutton>Другие страны</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:38 msgid "You have to restart your session after any modifications." -msgstr "Чтобы внесённые вами изменения вступили в силу, вам следует выйти из вашей учётной записи в системе и снова войти в неё." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы внесённые вами изменения вступили в силу, вам следует выйти из вашей " +"учётной записи в системе и снова войти в неё." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/localedrake.xml:42 @@ -4776,18 +7335,37 @@ msgstr "Метод ввода" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:44 -msgid "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an input method (from the drop-down menu at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc)." -msgstr "С помощью пункта <guilabel>Другие страны</guilabel> вы также можете выбрать метод ввода (в раскрывающемся меню под списком). С помощью способов ввода можно вводить символы языков, в которых запись осуществляется не с помощью букв (китайской, японской, корейской и т.д.)." +msgid "" +"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " +"input method (from the drop-down menu at the bottom of the list). Input " +"methods allow users to input multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, " +"Korean, etc)." +msgstr "" +"С помощью пункта <guilabel>Другие страны</guilabel> вы также можете выбрать " +"метод ввода (в раскрывающемся меню под списком). С помощью способов ввода " +"можно вводить символы языков, в которых запись осуществляется не с помощью " +"букв (китайской, японской, корейской и т.д.)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:48 -msgid "For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method so users should not need to configure it manually." -msgstr "Для азиатских и африканских языков способом ввода по умолчанию будет выбран IBus, следовательно, потребности в настройке этого способа ввода вручную нет." +msgid "" +"For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method so " +"users should not need to configure it manually." +msgstr "" +"Для азиатских и африканских языков способом ввода по умолчанию будет выбран " +"IBus, следовательно, потребности в настройке этого способа ввода вручную нет." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:50 -msgid "Other input methods (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) also provide similar functions and can, if not available from the drop-down menu, be installed in another part of the Mageia Control Center. See <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>." -msgstr "Другие способы ввода (SCIM, GCIN, HIME и т.п.) также предоставляют подобные функциональные возможности. Установить пакеты этих способов, если их нет в контекстном меню, можно с помощью другого модуля из Центра управления Mageia. См. <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>." +msgid "" +"Other input methods (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) also provide similar functions " +"and can, if not available from the drop-down menu, be installed in another " +"part of the Mageia Control Center. See <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>." +msgstr "" +"Другие способы ввода (SCIM, GCIN, HIME и т.п.) также предоставляют подобные " +"функциональные возможности. Установить пакеты этих способов, если их нет в " +"контекстном меню, можно с помощью другого модуля из Центра управления " +"Mageia. См. <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/logdrake.xml:3 @@ -4806,13 +7384,23 @@ msgstr "logdrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:15 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:14 -msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system logs</guilabel>\"." -msgstr "Доступ к этому инструменту<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно получить с помощью пункта «Система» из Центра управления Mageia, раздел <guilabel>Просмотр системных журналов</guilabel>." +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia " +"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system logs</" +"guilabel>\"." +msgstr "" +"Доступ к этому инструменту<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно " +"получить с помощью пункта «Система» из Центра управления Mageia, раздел " +"<guilabel>Просмотр системных журналов</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/logdrake.xml:22 @@ -4821,13 +7409,45 @@ msgstr "Поиск в журналах" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:24 -msgid "First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to <emphasis>do not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field <emphasis role=\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s) to search in the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is possible to limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of the month and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected day</guibutton>\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> button to see the results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the file</guilabel>. It is possible to save the results in the .txt format by clicking on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button." -msgstr "Сначала вам следует указать строку поиска в поле <emphasis role=\"bold\">Совпадает с</emphasis> и/или строку, <emphasis>которой не должно быть в результатах</emphasis> в поле <emphasis role=\"bold\">Не совпадает</emphasis>. После этого выберите файл(ы), в которых будет выполняться поиск, в поле <guilabel>Выбор файла</guilabel>. Вы также можете ограничить поиск определённым днём. Выберите его на панели <emphasis role=\"bold\">Календарь</emphasis> с помощью нажатия маленьких стрелочек с каждой стороны от полей месяца и года, после чего отметьте пункт <guibutton>Показывать только для выбранного дня</guibutton>. Наконец, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>поиск</guibutton>, чтобы просмотреть результаты в окне с названием <guilabel>Содержимое файла</guilabel>. Предусмотрена возможность сохранить результаты в файле формата txt, - для этого следует нажать кнопку <emphasis role=\"bold\">Сохранить</emphasis>." +msgid "" +"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to <emphasis>do " +"not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s) to search in " +"the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is possible to " +"limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of the month " +"and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected day</guibutton>" +"\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> button to see the " +"results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the file</guilabel>. It is " +"possible to save the results in the .txt format by clicking on the <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button." +msgstr "" +"Сначала вам следует указать строку поиска в поле <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Совпадает с</emphasis> и/или строку, <emphasis>которой не должно быть в " +"результатах</emphasis> в поле <emphasis role=\"bold\">Не совпадает</" +"emphasis>. После этого выберите файл(ы), в которых будет выполняться поиск, " +"в поле <guilabel>Выбор файла</guilabel>. Вы также можете ограничить поиск " +"определённым днём. Выберите его на панели <emphasis role=\"bold\">Календарь</" +"emphasis> с помощью нажатия маленьких стрелочек с каждой стороны от полей " +"месяца и года, после чего отметьте пункт <guibutton>Показывать только для " +"выбранного дня</guibutton>. Наконец, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>поиск</" +"guibutton>, чтобы просмотреть результаты в окне с названием " +"<guilabel>Содержимое файла</guilabel>. Предусмотрена возможность сохранить " +"результаты в файле формата txt, - для этого следует нажать кнопку <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">Сохранить</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:36 -msgid "The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools. These logs are updated each time a configuration is modified." -msgstr "В <guibutton>Журнале инструментов Mageia</guibutton> содержатся данные, записанные в журнал средствами настройки Mageia, в частности инструментами из Центра управления Mageia. Эти журналы обновляются каждый раз, когда вы меняете какие-либо настройки." +msgid "" +"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia " +"configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools. These logs are " +"updated each time a configuration is modified." +msgstr "" +"В <guibutton>Журнале инструментов Mageia</guibutton> содержатся данные, " +"записанные в журнал средствами настройки Mageia, в частности инструментами " +"из Центра управления Mageia. Эти журналы обновляются каждый раз, когда вы " +"меняете какие-либо настройки." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/logdrake.xml:43 @@ -4836,13 +7456,30 @@ msgstr "Настройка оповещения по электронной по #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:45 -msgid "<guibutton>Mail alert</guibutton> automatically checks the system load and the services every hour and if necessary sends an e-mail to the configured address." -msgstr "С помощью кнопки <guibutton>Почтовое напоминание</guibutton> можно приказать системе выполнять проверку нагрузки на систему и службы каждый час, и если это нужно, отправлять сообщения по электронной почте на указанный адрес." +msgid "" +"<guibutton>Mail alert</guibutton> automatically checks the system load and " +"the services every hour and if necessary sends an e-mail to the configured " +"address." +msgstr "" +"С помощью кнопки <guibutton>Почтовое напоминание</guibutton> можно приказать " +"системе выполнять проверку нагрузки на систему и службы каждый час, и если " +"это нужно, отправлять сообщения по электронной почте на указанный адрес." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:49 -msgid "To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail Alert</emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> Configure the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the running services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to look watch. (See screenshot above)." -msgstr "Чтобы выполнить настройки этой утилиты, нажмите кнопку <emphasis role=\"bold\">Почтовое напоминание</emphasis> и выберите в следующем окне, которое будет показано, вариант <guibutton>Настроить систему почтового напоминания</guibutton>. В окне, которое будет показано после нажатия кнопки <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>, вы сможете указать службы, за которыми следует вести наблюдение (см. приведенный выше снимок экрана)." +msgid "" +"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail Alert</" +"emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> Configure " +"the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the running " +"services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to look watch. " +"(See screenshot above)." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы выполнить настройки этой утилиты, нажмите кнопку <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Почтовое напоминание</emphasis> и выберите в следующем окне, которое " +"будет показано, вариант <guibutton>Настроить систему почтового напоминания</" +"guibutton>. В окне, которое будет показано после нажатия кнопки " +"<guibutton>Далее</guibutton>, вы сможете указать службы, за которыми следует " +"вести наблюдение (см. приведенный выше снимок экрана)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:55 @@ -4896,13 +7533,32 @@ msgstr "logdrake1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:97 -msgid "In the next screen, select the <guilabel>Load</guilabel> value you consider unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone out of control. The default value is 3. We recommend setting the load value to 3 times the number of processors." -msgstr "На следующей странице выберите значение <guilabel>Нагрузка</guilabel>, превышение которой вы считаете неприемлемым. Нагрузка определяется как уровень требовательности процесса к ресурсам компьютера, большая нагрузка замедляет работу остальной системы, а очень высокая нагрузка может свидетельствовать о том, что процесс вышел из-под контроля. По умолчанию используется значение 3. Мы рекомендуем определить значение предельной нагрузки как количество процессов, умноженное на 3." +msgid "" +"In the next screen, select the <guilabel>Load</guilabel> value you consider " +"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows " +"the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone " +"out of control. The default value is 3. We recommend setting the load value " +"to 3 times the number of processors." +msgstr "" +"На следующей странице выберите значение <guilabel>Нагрузка</guilabel>, " +"превышение которой вы считаете неприемлемым. Нагрузка определяется как " +"уровень требовательности процесса к ресурсам компьютера, большая нагрузка " +"замедляет работу остальной системы, а очень высокая нагрузка может " +"свидетельствовать о том, что процесс вышел из-под контроля. По умолчанию " +"используется значение 3. Мы рекомендуем определить значение предельной " +"нагрузки как количество процессов, умноженное на 3." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:103 -msgid "In the last screen, enter the <guilabel>Email address</guilabel> of the person to be warned and the <guilabel>Email server</guilabel> to use (local or on the Internet)." -msgstr "С помощью последней страницы введите <guilabel>Адрес электронной почты</guilabel> лица, которое следует предупредить и <guilabel>Сервер электронной почты</guilabel>, которым следует воспользоваться (локальный или интернет-сервер)." +msgid "" +"In the last screen, enter the <guilabel>Email address</guilabel> of the " +"person to be warned and the <guilabel>Email server</guilabel> to use (local " +"or on the Internet)." +msgstr "" +"С помощью последней страницы введите <guilabel>Адрес электронной почты</" +"guilabel> лица, которое следует предупредить и <guilabel>Сервер электронной " +"почты</guilabel>, которым следует воспользоваться (локальный или интернет-" +"сервер)." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:10 @@ -4916,18 +7572,34 @@ msgstr "lsnetdrake" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:16 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:14 -msgid "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and used on the command line." -msgstr "Эту программу <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно запустить только из командной строки." +msgid "" +"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and " +"used on the command line." +msgstr "" +"Эту программу <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно запустить " +"только из командной строки." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:21 -msgid "This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in advance." -msgstr "Эта страница еще не написана из-за нехватки ресурсов у команды. Если вы считаете, что можете написать эту справочную страницу, пожалуйста, свяжитесь с <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">командой по документированию</link>. Заранее благодарны вам за помощь." +msgid "" +"This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you " +"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/Documentation_team\"> the Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in " +"advance." +msgstr "" +"Эта страница еще не написана из-за нехватки ресурсов у команды. Если вы " +"считаете, что можете написать эту справочную страницу, пожалуйста, свяжитесь " +"с <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">командой " +"по документированию</link>. Заранее благодарны вам за помощь." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:3 @@ -4941,18 +7613,34 @@ msgstr "lspcidrake" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:10 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:9 -msgid "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and used on the command line. It will give some more information if used under root." -msgstr "Эту программу <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно запустить только из командной строки. Она выводит определённое описание оборудования в системе, если ее запускать от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and " +"used on the command line. It will give some more information if used under " +"root." +msgstr "" +"Эту программу <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно запустить " +"только из командной строки. Она выводит определённое описание оборудования в " +"системе, если ее запускать от имени администратора (root)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:14 -msgid "lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB, PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst packages to work." -msgstr "lspcidrake выводит список всех соединённых с компьютером устройств (USB, PCI и PCMCIA) и задействованных драйверов. Для работы программы требуются пакеты ldetect и ldetect-lst." +msgid "" +"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB, " +"PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst " +"packages to work." +msgstr "" +"lspcidrake выводит список всех соединённых с компьютером устройств (USB, PCI " +"и PCMCIA) и задействованных драйверов. Для работы программы требуются пакеты " +"ldetect и ldetect-lst." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:20 @@ -4961,13 +7649,20 @@ msgstr "lspcidrake1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:24 -msgid "With the -v option, lspcidrake adds the vendor and device identifications." -msgstr "Если добавить параметр «-v», lspcidrake покажет данные относительно производителя и идентификации устройства." +msgid "" +"With the -v option, lspcidrake adds the vendor and device identifications." +msgstr "" +"Если добавить параметр «-v», lspcidrake покажет данные относительно " +"производителя и идентификации устройства." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:27 -msgid "lspcidrake often generates very long lists, so, to find an information, it is often used in a pipeline with the grep command, like in these examples:" -msgstr "Часто список, выведенный lspcidrake, довольно длинный, поэтому для его фильтрации приходится использовать программу grep. Примеры:" +msgid "" +"lspcidrake often generates very long lists, so, to find an information, it " +"is often used in a pipeline with the grep command, like in these examples:" +msgstr "" +"Часто список, выведенный lspcidrake, довольно длинный, поэтому для его " +"фильтрации приходится использовать программу grep. Примеры:" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:31 @@ -4996,8 +7691,12 @@ msgstr "Параметр -i предназначен для игнорирова #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:41 -msgid "In this screenshot below, you can see the action of the -v option for lspcidrake and the -i option for grep." -msgstr "На приведённом ниже скриншоте показана работа параметра «-v» для lspcidrake и «-i» для grep." +msgid "" +"In this screenshot below, you can see the action of the -v option for " +"lspcidrake and the -i option for grep." +msgstr "" +"На приведённом ниже скриншоте показана работа параметра «-v» для lspcidrake " +"и «-i» для grep." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:46 @@ -5006,8 +7705,13 @@ msgstr "lspcidrake2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:50 -msgid "There is another tool that gives information about the hardware, it is called <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (under root)" -msgstr "Предусмотрено и другое средство получения данных по оборудованию. Эта программа называется <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis>, запускать от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"There is another tool that gives information about the hardware, it is " +"called <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (under root)" +msgstr "" +"Предусмотрено и другое средство получения данных по оборудованию. Эта " +"программа называется <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis>, запускать " +"от имени администратора (root)." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:3 @@ -5026,39 +7730,81 @@ msgstr "MageiaUpdate.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> или <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</" +"emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> или <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">drakrpm-update</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14 -msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management.</emphasis>" -msgstr "Доступ к этой программе<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно получить из Центра управления Mageia, пункт <emphasis role=\"bold\">Управление программами</emphasis>." +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " +"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management.</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Доступ к этой программе<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно " +"получить из Центра управления Mageia, пункт <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Управление программами</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:18 -msgid "To work, MageiaUpdate needs the repositories to be configured with rpmdrake-edit-media with some media checked as updates. If they are not, you are prompted to do so." -msgstr "Для обеспечения работоспособности MageiaUpdate следует должным образом настроить репозитории, воспользовавшись rpmdrake-edit-media и указав определённые источники пакетов для обновления. Если вы еще этого не сделали, программа попросит вас выполнить соответствующую настройку." +msgid "" +"To work, MageiaUpdate needs the repositories to be configured with rpmdrake-" +"edit-media with some media checked as updates. If they are not, you are " +"prompted to do so." +msgstr "" +"Для обеспечения работоспособности MageiaUpdate следует должным образом " +"настроить репозитории, воспользовавшись rpmdrake-edit-media и указав " +"определённые источники пакетов для обновления. Если вы еще этого не сделали, " +"программа попросит вас выполнить соответствующую настройку." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:23 -msgid "As soon as this tool is launched, it scans the installed packages and lists those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button to start the process." -msgstr "После запуска этого инструмента программа выполняет сканирование установленных пакетов и показывает список пакетов, обновления которых появились в репозитории дистрибутива. По умолчанию все пункты пакетов будут помечены для автоматической загруки и установки. Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Обновить</guibutton>, чтобы начать эту процедуру." +msgid "" +"As soon as this tool is launched, it scans the installed packages and lists " +"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by " +"default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the " +"<guibutton>Update</guibutton> button to start the process." +msgstr "" +"После запуска этого инструмента программа выполняет сканирование " +"установленных пакетов и показывает список пакетов, обновления которых " +"появились в репозитории дистрибутива. По умолчанию все пункты пакетов будут " +"помечены для автоматической загруки и установки. Нажмите кнопку " +"<guibutton>Обновить</guibutton>, чтобы начать эту процедуру." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:28 -msgid "By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title means you can click to drop down a text." -msgstr "Если вы нажмёте на пакете, в нижней части окна будут показаны дополнительные данные относительно пакета. Символ<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> перед заголовком в списке данных означает, что после нажатия этой стрелочки можно просмотреть дополнительный информационный блок." +msgid "" +"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of " +"the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title " +"means you can click to drop down a text." +msgstr "" +"Если вы нажмёте на пакете, в нижней части окна будут показаны дополнительные " +"данные относительно пакета. Символ<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> " +"перед заголовком в списке данных означает, что после нажатия этой стрелочки " +"можно просмотреть дополнительный информационный блок." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> -#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:36 -#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:21 +#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:36 en/mgaapplet-config.xml:21 msgid "MageiaUpdate1.png" msgstr "../MageiaUpdate1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:33 -msgid "When updates are available, an applet in the system tray warns you by displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> . Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike." -msgstr "Когда в репозитории дистрибутива будут появляться обновления, апплет системного лотка будет предупреждать вас, показывая значок <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> . Наведите указатель мыши на этот значок и щелкните левой кнопкой мыши, введите свой пароль пользователя, чтобы обновить пакеты системы." +msgid "" +"When updates are available, an applet in the system tray warns you by " +"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/" +"> . Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike." +msgstr "" +"Когда в репозитории дистрибутива будут появляться обновления, апплет " +"системного лотка будет предупреждать вас, показывая значок <placeholder type=" +"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> . Наведите указатель мыши на этот значок и " +"щелкните левой кнопкой мыши, введите свой пароль пользователя, чтобы " +"обновить пакеты системы." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mcc-boot.xml:5 @@ -5072,8 +7818,13 @@ msgstr "mcc-boot.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-boot.xml:16 -msgid "In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your boot steps. Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "С помощью этой страницы можно получить доступ к нескольким инструментам настройки загрузки системы. Нажмите на ссылку, расположенную ниже, чтобы узнать больше." +msgid "" +"In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your boot " +"steps. Click on a link below to learn more." +msgstr "" +"С помощью этой страницы можно получить доступ к нескольким инструментам " +"настройки загрузки системы. Нажмите на ссылку, расположенную ниже, чтобы " +"узнать больше." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-boot.xml:19 @@ -5107,8 +7858,13 @@ msgstr "mcc-hardware.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:15 -msgid "In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your hardware. Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "С помощью этой страницы можно получить доступ к нескольким инструментам настройкаи оборудования. Нажмите на ссылке, расположенной ниже, чтобы узнать больше." +msgid "" +"In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your " +"hardware. Click on a link below to learn more." +msgstr "" +"С помощью этой страницы можно получить доступ к нескольким инструментам " +"настройкаи оборудования. Нажмите на ссылке, расположенной ниже, чтобы узнать " +"больше." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:20 @@ -5117,8 +7873,12 @@ msgstr "Настройка оборудования" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:22 -msgid "<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure hardware</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Поиск и настройка оборудования</emphasis>" +msgid "" +"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure hardware</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Поиск и настройка оборудования</" +"emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:27 @@ -5132,8 +7892,12 @@ msgstr "Настройка графики" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:36 -msgid "<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop effects</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Настройка эффектов трёхмерного рабочего стола</emphasis>" +msgid "" +"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop effects</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Настройка эффектов трёхмерного " +"рабочего стола</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:41 @@ -5162,8 +7926,12 @@ msgstr "Настройка печати и сканирования" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:63 -msgid "<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s), the print job queues, ...</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Настройка принтеров, очередей печати, ...</emphasis>" +msgid "" +"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s), " +"the print job queues, ...</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Настройка принтеров, " +"очередей печати, ...</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:68 @@ -5171,8 +7939,7 @@ msgid "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> -#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:75 -#: en/mcc-network.xml:58 +#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:75 en/mcc-network.xml:58 msgid "Others" msgstr "Другие" @@ -5188,32 +7955,54 @@ msgstr "Руководство по Центру управления Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-intro.xml:6 -msgid "The Mageia Control Center (MCC) has eight different options or tabs to choose from in the left column, and even ten if the drakwizard package was installed. Each of these tabs gives a different set of tools that can be selected in the big right panel." -msgstr "В Центре управления Mageia (MCC) предусмотрено восемь пунктов, выбрать которые можно в левой колонке окна программы. Если установлен пакет drakwizard, таких пунктов будет десять. Каждый из этих пунктов предлагает набор инструментов, которые можно выбрать в правой стороне окна программы." +msgid "" +"The Mageia Control Center (MCC) has eight different options or tabs to " +"choose from in the left column, and even ten if the drakwizard package was " +"installed. Each of these tabs gives a different set of tools that can be " +"selected in the big right panel." +msgstr "" +"В Центре управления Mageia (MCC) предусмотрено восемь пунктов, выбрать " +"которые можно в левой колонке окна программы. Если установлен пакет " +"drakwizard, таких пунктов будет десять. Каждый из этих пунктов предлагает " +"набор инструментов, которые можно выбрать в правой стороне окна программы." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-intro.xml:8 -msgid "The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related tools." -msgstr "Следующие десять глав посвящены этим десяти пунктам и связанными с ними инструментами." +msgid "" +"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related tools." +msgstr "" +"Следующие десять глав посвящены этим десяти пунктам и связанными с ними " +"инструментами." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-intro.xml:10 -msgid "The last chapter is about some other Mageia tools, that cannot be chosen in any of the MCC tabs." -msgstr "Последняя глава посвящена другим инструментам Mageia, которые не могут быть выбраны с помощью страниц Центра управления Mageia (MCC)." +msgid "" +"The last chapter is about some other Mageia tools, that cannot be chosen in " +"any of the MCC tabs." +msgstr "" +"Последняя глава посвящена другим инструментам Mageia, которые не могут быть " +"выбраны с помощью страниц Центра управления Mageia (MCC)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-intro.xml:12 -msgid "The titles of the pages will often be the same as the titles of the tool screens." -msgstr "Названия пунктов на этих страницах иногда совпадают с заголовками окон соответствующих инструментов." +msgid "" +"The titles of the pages will often be the same as the titles of the tool " +"screens." +msgstr "" +"Названия пунктов на этих страницах иногда совпадают с заголовками окон " +"соответствующих инструментов." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-intro.xml:14 -msgid "There is also a search bar available, which you can access by clicking on the \"Search\" tab in the left column." -msgstr "Кроме того, можно воспользоваться кнопкой «Поиск» этого руководства, которая находится справа от кнопки «Содержание»." +msgid "" +"There is also a search bar available, which you can access by clicking on " +"the \"Search\" tab in the left column." +msgstr "" +"Кроме того, можно воспользоваться кнопкой «Поиск» этого руководства, которая " +"находится справа от кнопки «Содержание»." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> -#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:6 -#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:17 +#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:6 en/mcc-localdisks.xml:17 msgid "Local disks" msgstr "Локальные диски" @@ -5224,8 +8013,13 @@ msgstr "mcc-localdisks.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:15 -msgid "In this screen you can choose between several tools to manage or share your local disks. Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "С помощью этой страницы можно получить доступ к нескольким инструментам управления дисками системы и предоставления общего доступа к локальным дискам. Нажмите на ссылку, расположенную ниже, чтобы узнать больше." +msgid "" +"In this screen you can choose between several tools to manage or share your " +"local disks. Click on a link below to learn more." +msgstr "" +"С помощью этой страницы можно получить доступ к нескольким инструментам " +"управления дисками системы и предоставления общего доступа к локальным " +"дискам. Нажмите на ссылку, расположенную ниже, чтобы узнать больше." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:18 @@ -5243,8 +8037,7 @@ msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> -#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:4 -#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:17 +#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:4 en/mcc-networkservices.xml:17 msgid "Network Services" msgstr "Сетевые службы" @@ -5255,8 +8048,17 @@ msgstr "mcc-networkservices.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:15 -msgid "This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or on <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>to learn more." -msgstr "Это окно и окно <emphasis>Общий доступ</emphasis> можно будет увидеть, только если установлен пакет <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis>. С помощью этих окон можно выбрать инструмент настройки различных серверов. Нажмите на ссылку, приведенную ниже или на ссылку <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>,чтобы узнать больше." +msgid "" +"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if " +"the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose " +"between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or " +"on <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>to learn more." +msgstr "" +"Это окно и окно <emphasis>Общий доступ</emphasis> можно будет увидеть, " +"только если установлен пакет <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis>. С помощью этих " +"окон можно выбрать инструмент настройки различных серверов. Нажмите на " +"ссылку, приведенную ниже или на ссылку <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>,чтобы " +"узнать больше." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:19 @@ -5295,8 +8097,13 @@ msgstr "mcc-networksharing.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:13 -msgid "In this screen you can choose between several tools for sharing drives and directories. Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "С помощью этой страницы можно выбрать инструменты управления общего доступа к дискам и каталогам системы. Нажмите на ссылку, расположенную ниже, чтобы узнать больше." +msgid "" +"In this screen you can choose between several tools for sharing drives and " +"directories. Click on a link below to learn more." +msgstr "" +"С помощью этой страницы можно выбрать инструменты управления общего доступа " +"к дискам и каталогам системы. Нажмите на ссылку, расположенную ниже, чтобы " +"узнать больше." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:17 @@ -5310,8 +8117,12 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:19 -msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Share drives and directories with Windows (SMB) systems</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Доступ к общим файлам и каталогам на системах Windows (SMB)</emphasis>" +msgid "" +"<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Share drives and " +"directories with Windows (SMB) systems</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Доступ к общим файлам и " +"каталогам на системах Windows (SMB)</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:22 @@ -5350,8 +8161,13 @@ msgstr "mcc-network.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:12 -msgid "In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "С помощью этого пункта можно получить доступ к нескольким инструментам управления доступа к сети. Нажмите на ссылку, расположенную ниже, чтобы узнать больше." +msgid "" +"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link " +"below to learn more." +msgstr "" +"С помощью этого пункта можно получить доступ к нескольким инструментам " +"управления доступа к сети. Нажмите на ссылку, расположенную ниже, чтобы " +"узнать больше." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-network.xml:18 @@ -5404,8 +8220,7 @@ msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> -#: en/mcc-security.xml:5 -#: en/mcc-security.xml:18 +#: en/mcc-security.xml:5 en/mcc-security.xml:18 msgid "Security" msgstr "Безопасность" @@ -5416,13 +8231,22 @@ msgstr "mcc-security.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-security.xml:16 -msgid "In this screen you can choose between several security tools. Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "С помощью этого пункта можно получить доступ к нескольким инструментам управления защитой системы от внешнего вмешательства. Нажмите на ссылку, расположенную ниже, чтобы узнать больше." +msgid "" +"In this screen you can choose between several security tools. Click on a " +"link below to learn more." +msgstr "" +"С помощью этого пункта можно получить доступ к нескольким инструментам " +"управления защитой системы от внешнего вмешательства. Нажмите на ссылку, " +"расположенную ниже, чтобы узнать больше." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-security.xml:20 -msgid "<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configure system security, permissions and audit</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Настройка безопасности, прав доступа и аудита системы</emphasis>" +msgid "" +"<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configure system security, " +"permissions and audit</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Настройка безопасности, прав доступа " +"и аудита системы</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-security.xml:25 @@ -5445,8 +8269,7 @@ msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> -#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:4 -#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:17 +#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:4 en/mcc-sharing.xml:17 msgid "Sharing" msgstr "Совместное пользование" @@ -5457,8 +8280,17 @@ msgstr "mcc-sharing.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:15 -msgid "This screen and the one for <emphasis>Network Services</emphasis> are only visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or on <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/>to learn more." -msgstr "Это окно и окно <emphasis>Сетевые службы</emphasis> можно будет увидеть, только если установлен пакет <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis>. С помощью этих окон можно выбрать инструмент настройки различных серверов. Нажмите на ссылку, приведенную ниже или на ссылку <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/>,чтобы узнать больше." +msgid "" +"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Network Services</emphasis> are only " +"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can " +"choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link " +"below or on <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/>to learn more." +msgstr "" +"Это окно и окно <emphasis>Сетевые службы</emphasis> можно будет увидеть, " +"только если установлен пакет <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis>. С помощью этих " +"окон можно выбрать инструмент настройки различных серверов. Нажмите на " +"ссылку, приведенную ниже или на ссылку <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/" +">,чтобы узнать больше." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:19 @@ -5482,8 +8314,13 @@ msgstr "mcc-system.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:13 -msgid "In this screen you can choose between several system and administration tools. Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "С помощью этой страницы можно получить доступ к нескольким инструментам управления и администрирования системой. Нажмите на ссылку, расположенную ниже, чтобы узнать больше." +msgid "" +"In this screen you can choose between several system and administration " +"tools. Click on a link below to learn more." +msgstr "" +"С помощью этой страницы можно получить доступ к нескольким инструментам " +"управления и администрирования системой. Нажмите на ссылку, расположенную " +"ниже, чтобы узнать больше." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-system.xml:18 @@ -5537,8 +8374,12 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:58 -msgid "<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Manage users on system</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Управление пользователями</emphasis>" +msgid "" +"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Manage users on system</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Управление пользователями</" +"emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:62 @@ -5557,18 +8398,38 @@ msgstr "Центр управления Mageia" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/MCC.xml:6 -msgid "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA 3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." -msgstr "Тексты и скриншоты в данном руководстве, предоставляются вам в соответствии с условиями лицензирования CC BY-SA 3.0, <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +msgid "" +"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" +"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +msgstr "" +"Тексты и скриншоты в данном руководстве, предоставляются вам в соответствии " +"с условиями лицензирования CC BY-SA 3.0, <link ns6:href=\"http://" +"creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/" +"licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/MCC.xml:9 -msgid "This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." -msgstr "Это руководство было создано с помощью <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link>, разработанное компанией <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +msgid "" +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +msgstr "" +"Это руководство было создано с помощью <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco." +"com\">Calenco CMS</link>, разработанное компанией <link ns6:href=\"http://" +"www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/MCC.xml:11 -msgid "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." -msgstr "Это руководство было написано добровольцами в свободное от основной работы время. Пожалуйста, обратитесь к <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">команде документирования</link>, если хотите помочь в улучшении этого руководства." +msgid "" +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" +"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" +"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +msgstr "" +"Это руководство было написано добровольцами в свободное от основной работы " +"время. Пожалуйста, обратитесь к <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"Documentation_team\">команде документирования</link>, если хотите помочь в " +"улучшении этого руководства." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:3 @@ -5587,18 +8448,42 @@ msgstr "mgaapplet-config.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:15 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> от имени администратора " +"(root)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:14 -msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management</emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / Updates configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray." -msgstr "Доступ к этому модулю<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно получить с помощью Центра управления Mageia, пункт <emphasis role=\"bold\">Управление программами</emphasis>. Также окно этой программы открывается с помощью щелчка правой кнопки мыши на красном значке в системном трее <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> с последующим выбором пункта <guimenu>Настройка обновлений</guimenu>." +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " +"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management</" +"emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / Updates " +"configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject" +"\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray." +msgstr "" +"Доступ к этому модулю<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно " +"получить с помощью Центра управления Mageia, пункт <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Управление программами</emphasis>. Также окно этой программы открывается " +"с помощью щелчка правой кнопки мыши на красном значке в системном трее " +"<placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> с последующим выбором " +"пункта <guimenu>Настройка обновлений</guimenu>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:27 -msgid "The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check for updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check. The check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is out." -msgstr "С помощью первого ползунка вы можете изменить частоту, с которой Mageia будет проверять наличие обновлений, а с помощью второго - промежуток между завершением загрузки и первой проверкой наличия обновлений. С помощью обозначения или снятия отметки с соответствующего пункта вы можете приказать системе предупреждать вас о новых выпусках Mageia." +msgid "" +"The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check for " +"updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check. The " +"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is out." +msgstr "" +"С помощью первого ползунка вы можете изменить частоту, с которой Mageia " +"будет проверять наличие обновлений, а с помощью второго - промежуток между " +"завершением загрузки и первой проверкой наличия обновлений. С помощью " +"обозначения или снятия отметки с соответствующего пункта вы можете приказать " +"системе предупреждать вас о новых выпусках Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mousedrake.xml:3 @@ -5617,23 +8502,46 @@ msgstr "mousedrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/mousedrake.xml:15 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mousedrake.xml:15 -msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>." -msgstr "Доступ к этой программе<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно получить из Центра управления Mageia, пункт <emphasis role=\"bold\">Оборудование</emphasis>." +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " +"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Доступ к этой программе<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно " +"получить из Центра управления Mageia, пункт <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Оборудование</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mousedrake.xml:20 -msgid "As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse." -msgstr "Для установки Mageia, к компьютеру должен быть подключен манипулятор-мышь. Настройка этого оборудования выполняется во время установки системы. С помощью этого модуля вы сможете изменить параметры работы мыши или настроить работу с другой мышью." +msgid "" +"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by " +"Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse." +msgstr "" +"Для установки Mageia, к компьютеру должен быть подключен манипулятор-мышь. " +"Настройка этого оборудования выполняется во время установки системы. С " +"помощью этого модуля вы сможете изменить параметры работы мыши или настроить " +"работу с другой мышью." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mousedrake.xml:23 -msgid "The mice are sorted by connection type and then by model. Select your mouse and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Most of the time \"Universal / Any PS/2 & USB mice\" is suitable for a recent mouse. The new mouse is immediately taken into account." -msgstr "Список упорядочен по модели мыши и по её типу соединения. Отметьте пункт с вашей мышью и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. В основном новейшие мыши хорошо работают, если выбран пункт «Любая мышь PS/2 или USB». Выбранный вариант мыши будет задействован немедленно." +msgid "" +"The mice are sorted by connection type and then by model. Select your mouse " +"and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Most of the time \"Universal / Any " +"PS/2 & USB mice\" is suitable for a recent mouse. The new mouse is " +"immediately taken into account." +msgstr "" +"Список упорядочен по модели мыши и по её типу соединения. Отметьте пункт с " +"вашей мышью и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. В основном новейшие " +"мыши хорошо работают, если выбран пункт «Любая мышь PS/2 или USB». Выбранный " +"вариант мыши будет задействован немедленно." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:3 @@ -5652,28 +8560,54 @@ msgstr "msecgui.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:21 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:21 -msgid "msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two approaches:" -msgstr "msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> - графический интерфейс к msec, с помощью которого можно настроить защиту системы следующим образом:" +msgid "" +"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface " +"for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two " +"approaches:" +msgstr "" +"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> - графический интерфейс к " +"msec, с помощью которого можно настроить защиту системы следующим образом:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:28 -msgid "It sets the system behaviour, msec imposes modifications to the system to make it more secure." -msgstr "Установить системное поведение; msec вносит в систему изменения с целью ее страхования." +msgid "" +"It sets the system behaviour, msec imposes modifications to the system to " +"make it more secure." +msgstr "" +"Установить системное поведение; msec вносит в систему изменения с целью ее " +"страхования." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:33 -msgid "It carries on periodic checks automatically on the system in order to warn you if something seems dangerous." -msgstr "Выполнять периодические автоматические проверки системы с целью предупредить вас о потенциально опасных изменениях." +msgid "" +"It carries on periodic checks automatically on the system in order to warn " +"you if something seems dangerous." +msgstr "" +"Выполнять периодические автоматические проверки системы с целью предупредить " +"вас о потенциально опасных изменениях." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:38 -msgid "msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your own customised security levels." -msgstr "В msec использована концепция «уровней безопасности». Уровни предназначены для настройки целого набора прав доступа в системе, за которыми будет наблюдать и принудительно изменять программа. В Mageia вам будет предложено несколько типовых уровней, но вы можете определить собственные нетипичные уровни безопасности." +msgid "" +"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure " +"a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or " +"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your " +"own customised security levels." +msgstr "" +"В msec использована концепция «уровней безопасности». Уровни предназначены " +"для настройки целого набора прав доступа в системе, за которыми будет " +"наблюдать и принудительно изменять программа. В Mageia вам будет предложено " +"несколько типовых уровней, но вы можете определить собственные нетипичные " +"уровни безопасности." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:45 @@ -5687,18 +8621,27 @@ msgstr "Смотрите приведённый выше скриншот" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:49 -msgid "The first tab takes up the list of the different security tools with a button on the right side to configure them:" -msgstr "На первой вкладке будет показан список различных инструментов защиты с расположенной справа кнопкой для настройки этих инструментов:" +msgid "" +"The first tab takes up the list of the different security tools with a " +"button on the right side to configure them:" +msgstr "" +"На первой вкладке будет показан список различных инструментов защиты с " +"расположенной справа кнопкой для настройки этих инструментов:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:54 -msgid "Firewall, also found in the MCC / Security / Set up your personal firewall" -msgstr "К файерволу можно получить доступ с помощью Центра управления Mageia - страница «Безопасность», пункт «Настройка персонального файервола»." +msgid "" +"Firewall, also found in the MCC / Security / Set up your personal firewall" +msgstr "" +"К файерволу можно получить доступ с помощью Центра управления Mageia - " +"страница «Безопасность», пункт «Настройка персонального файервола»." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:59 msgid "Updates, also found in MCC / Software Management / Update your system" -msgstr "Доступ к обновлениям можно получить в Центре управления Mageia - страница «Управление программами», пункт «Обновление системы»." +msgstr "" +"Доступ к обновлениям можно получить в Центре управления Mageia - страница " +"«Управление программами», пункт «Обновление системы»." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:64 @@ -5717,8 +8660,12 @@ msgstr "настроен базовый уровень безопасности" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:76 -msgid "the date of the last Periodic checks and a button to see a detailed report and another button to execute the checks just now." -msgstr "даты последних периодических проверок, кнопки просмотра подробного отчёта и кнопки для немедленного выполнения проверки." +msgid "" +"the date of the last Periodic checks and a button to see a detailed report " +"and another button to execute the checks just now." +msgstr "" +"даты последних периодических проверок, кнопки просмотра подробного отчёта и " +"кнопки для немедленного выполнения проверки." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:86 @@ -5727,8 +8674,12 @@ msgstr "Вкладка «Параметры безопасности»" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:88 -msgid "A click on the second tab or on the Security <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown below." -msgstr "Нажав левой кнопкой мыши на второй вкладке или кнопку <guibutton>Настроить</guibutton>, будет показана страница, подобная приведённой на снимке ниже." +msgid "" +"A click on the second tab or on the Security <guibutton>Configure</" +"guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown below." +msgstr "" +"Нажав левой кнопкой мыши на второй вкладке или кнопку <guibutton>Настроить</" +"guibutton>, будет показана страница, подобная приведённой на снимке ниже." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:94 @@ -5747,43 +8698,123 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Уровни безопасности:</emp #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:106 -msgid "After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The following levels are available:" -msgstr "После выбора пункта <guilabel>Включить инструмент MSEC</guilabel>, с помощью этой вкладки вы можете двойным щелчком кнопки мыши выбрать уровень безопасности. Если этот пункт не будет отмечен, правила обеспечения безопасности не будут применяться. По умолчанию можно воспользоваться такими уровнями безопасности:" +msgid "" +"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab " +"allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then " +"in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The " +"following levels are available:" +msgstr "" +"После выбора пункта <guilabel>Включить инструмент MSEC</guilabel>, с помощью " +"этой вкладки вы можете двойным щелчком кнопки мыши выбрать уровень " +"безопасности. Если этот пункт не будет отмечен, правила обеспечения " +"безопасности не будут применяться. По умолчанию можно воспользоваться такими " +"уровнями безопасности:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:113 -msgid "Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system vulnerable to attack." -msgstr "Уровень <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. Этот уровень предназначен для ситуаций, когда вы не хотите, чтобы msec руководил безопасностью системы, и хотите настроить средства защиты самостоятельно. Если будет выбран этот уровень, все проверки безопасности будут отключены, программа не будет применять никаких ограничений на настройки и параметры системы. Пожалуйста, пользуйтесь этим уровнем только если полностью осознаёте последствия, поскольку его использование оставит вашу систему уязвимой к нападениям злоумышленников." +msgid "" +"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you " +"do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on " +"your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or " +"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only " +"if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system " +"vulnerable to attack." +msgstr "" +"Уровень <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. Этот уровень предназначен " +"для ситуаций, когда вы не хотите, чтобы msec руководил безопасностью " +"системы, и хотите настроить средства защиты самостоятельно. Если будет " +"выбран этот уровень, все проверки безопасности будут отключены, программа не " +"будет применять никаких ограничений на настройки и параметры системы. " +"Пожалуйста, пользуйтесь этим уровнем только если полностью осознаёте " +"последствия, поскольку его использование оставит вашу систему уязвимой к " +"нападениям злоумышленников." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:122 -msgid "Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">standard</emphasis>. This is the default configuration when installed and is intended for casual users. It constrains several system settings and executes daily security checks which detect changes in system files, system accounts, and vulnerable directory permissions. (This level is similar to levels 2 and 3 from past msec versions)." -msgstr "Уровень <emphasis role=\"bold\">стандартный</emphasis>. Этот уровень является дефолтным после установки, он предназначен для обычных пользователей. Права доступа в системе будут несколько ограничены, будут выполняться ежедневные проверки защиты для выявления изменений в системных файлах, учётных записях и уязвимостей в правах доступа к каталогам (этот уровень подобен уровням 2 и 3 в старых версиях msec)." +msgid "" +"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">standard</emphasis>. This is the default " +"configuration when installed and is intended for casual users. It " +"constrains several system settings and executes daily security checks which " +"detect changes in system files, system accounts, and vulnerable directory " +"permissions. (This level is similar to levels 2 and 3 from past msec " +"versions)." +msgstr "" +"Уровень <emphasis role=\"bold\">стандартный</emphasis>. Этот уровень " +"является дефолтным после установки, он предназначен для обычных " +"пользователей. Права доступа в системе будут несколько ограничены, будут " +"выполняться ежедневные проверки защиты для выявления изменений в системных " +"файлах, учётных записях и уязвимостей в правах доступа к каталогам (этот " +"уровень подобен уровням 2 и 3 в старых версиях msec)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:131 -msgid "Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable. It further restricts system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and 5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)." -msgstr "Уровень <emphasis role=\"bold\">безопасный</emphasis>. Этот уровень будет полезным, если вам нужна защищённая система с определённой свободой в действиях. Права доступа в системе ограничены, выполняются периодические проверки. Кроме того, будет ограничен доступ к системе (этот уровень подобен уровням 4 (высокий) и 5 (параноидальный) в старых версиях msec)." +msgid "" +"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when " +"you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable. It further restricts " +"system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to " +"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and " +"5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)." +msgstr "" +"Уровень <emphasis role=\"bold\">безопасный</emphasis>. Этот уровень будет " +"полезным, если вам нужна защищённая система с определённой свободой в " +"действиях. Права доступа в системе ограничены, выполняются периодические " +"проверки. Кроме того, будет ограничен доступ к системе (этот уровень подобен " +"уровням 4 (высокий) и 5 (параноидальный) в старых версиях msec)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:140 -msgid "Besides those levels, different task-oriented security are also provided, such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis role=\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> levels. Such levels attempt to pre-configure system security according to the most common use cases." -msgstr "Кроме этих уровней, предусмотрены различные ориентированные на задачи наборы настроек защиты, в частности уровень <emphasis role=\"bold\">файловый сервер </emphasis>, <emphasis role=\"bold\">веб-сервер</emphasis> и <emphasis role=\"bold\">нетбук</emphasis>. Если вы воспользуетесь этими уровнями, то защита системы будет предварительно настроена на выполнение большинства типовых задач." +msgid "" +"Besides those levels, different task-oriented security are also provided, " +"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> " +"levels. Such levels attempt to pre-configure system security according to " +"the most common use cases." +msgstr "" +"Кроме этих уровней, предусмотрены различные ориентированные на задачи наборы " +"настроек защиты, в частности уровень <emphasis role=\"bold\">файловый сервер " +"</emphasis>, <emphasis role=\"bold\">веб-сервер</emphasis> и <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">нетбук</emphasis>. Если вы воспользуетесь этими уровнями, то защита " +"системы будет предварительно настроена на выполнение большинства типовых " +"задач." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:149 -msgid "The last two levels called <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily </emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> are not really security levels but rather tools for periodic checks only." -msgstr "Последние два уровня называются <emphasis role=\"bold\">ежедневные проверки </emphasis> и <emphasis role=\"bold\">еженедельные проверки</emphasis>. На самом деле, это не совсем уровни безопасности, скорее инструменты, предназначенные только для выполнения периодических проверок." +msgid "" +"The last two levels called <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily </emphasis> " +"and <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> are not really security " +"levels but rather tools for periodic checks only." +msgstr "" +"Последние два уровня называются <emphasis role=\"bold\">ежедневные проверки " +"</emphasis> и <emphasis role=\"bold\">еженедельные проверки</emphasis>. На " +"самом деле, это не совсем уровни безопасности, скорее инструменты, " +"предназначенные только для выполнения периодических проверок." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:156 -msgid "These levels are saved in <filename>etc/security/msec/level.<levelname></filename>. You can define your own customised security levels, saving them into specific files called <filename>level.<levelname></filename>, placed into the folder <filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is intended for power users which require a customised or more secure system configuration." -msgstr "Записи этих уровней хранятся в файлах <filename>etc/security/msec/level.<Название уровня></filename>. Вы можете определить собственные нетипичные уровни безопасности и сохранить их в специфических файлах с названиями <filename>level.<Название уровня></filename>, которые будут храниться в папке <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename>. Создание уровней является прерогативой опытных пользователей, которым требуется гибкая система настроек и защищённая система." +msgid "" +"These levels are saved in <filename>etc/security/msec/level.<levelname></" +"filename>. You can define your own customised security levels, saving them " +"into specific files called <filename>level.<levelname></filename>, placed " +"into the folder <filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is " +"intended for power users which require a customised or more secure system " +"configuration." +msgstr "" +"Записи этих уровней хранятся в файлах <filename>etc/security/msec/level.<" +"Название уровня></filename>. Вы можете определить собственные нетипичные " +"уровни безопасности и сохранить их в специфических файлах с названиями " +"<filename>level.<Название уровня></filename>, которые будут храниться " +"в папке <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename>. Создание уровней является " +"прерогативой опытных пользователей, которым требуется гибкая система " +"настроек и защищённая система." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:165 -msgid "Keep in mind that user-modified parameters take precedence over default level settings." -msgstr "Помните, что изменённые пользователем параметры превосходят дефолтные параметры уровня." +msgid "" +"Keep in mind that user-modified parameters take precedence over default " +"level settings." +msgstr "" +"Помните, что изменённые пользователем параметры превосходят дефолтные " +"параметры уровня." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:170 @@ -5792,13 +8823,39 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Уведомления безопаснос #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:173 -msgid "If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email to:</guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent by local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive the security alerts directly on your desktop. Check the relevant box to enable it." -msgstr "Если вы выбрали пункт <guibutton>Присылать уведомления безопасности по электронной почте по адресу:</guibutton>, то отчёты по безопасности , созданные msec, будут отправляться по локальной электронной почте администратору безопасности , указанному в соседнем поле. Вы можете либо указать имя учётной записи локального пользователя , либо указать адрес электронной почты полностью (чтобы это сработало, необходимо настроить локальные средства работы с электронной почтой и средства управления ею соответствующим образом). Наконец, вы можете получать уведомления по безопасности непосредственно с помощью рабочего стола . Просто отметьте соответствующий пункт, чтобы включить эти уведомления." +msgid "" +"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email to:</" +"guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent by " +"local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You " +"can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail " +"and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive " +"the security alerts directly on your desktop. Check the relevant box to " +"enable it." +msgstr "" +"Если вы выбрали пункт <guibutton>Присылать уведомления безопасности по " +"электронной почте по адресу:</guibutton>, то отчёты по безопасности , " +"созданные msec, будут отправляться по локальной электронной почте " +"администратору безопасности , указанному в соседнем поле. Вы можете либо " +"указать имя учётной записи локального пользователя , либо указать адрес " +"электронной почты полностью (чтобы это сработало, необходимо настроить " +"локальные средства работы с электронной почтой и средства управления ею " +"соответствующим образом). Наконец, вы можете получать уведомления по " +"безопасности непосредственно с помощью рабочего стола . Просто отметьте " +"соответствующий пункт, чтобы включить эти уведомления." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:182 -msgid "It is strongly advisable to enable the security alerts option in order to immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems. If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files available in <filename>/var/log/security.</filename>" -msgstr "Настоятельно рекомендуем вам включить оповещения о безопасности для администратора безопасности, чтобы немедленно получать информацию о возможных проблемах с безопасностью. Если вы этого не сделаете, администратору придётся регулярно знакомиться с файлами журнала, хранящимися в каталоге <filename>/var/log/security</filename>." +msgid "" +"It is strongly advisable to enable the security alerts option in order to " +"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems. " +"If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files " +"available in <filename>/var/log/security.</filename>" +msgstr "" +"Настоятельно рекомендуем вам включить оповещения о безопасности для " +"администратора безопасности, чтобы немедленно получать информацию о " +"возможных проблемах с безопасностью. Если вы этого не сделаете, " +"администратору придётся регулярно знакомиться с файлами журнала, хранящимися " +"в каталоге <filename>/var/log/security</filename>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:188 @@ -5807,8 +8864,20 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Опции безопасности:</empha #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:190 -msgid "Creating a customised level is not the only way to customise the computer security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in <filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains the current security level name and the list of all the modifications done to the options." -msgstr "Создание нетипичного уровня безопасности не является единственным способом настройки защиты компьютера. Вы также можете воспользоваться вкладками для изменения любого из нужных вам параметров. Текущие настройки msec хранятся в файле <filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. В этом файле содержатся данные о названии текущего уровня безопасности и список изменений, которые были внесены в его параметры." +msgid "" +"Creating a customised level is not the only way to customise the computer " +"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change " +"any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in <filename>/" +"etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains the current " +"security level name and the list of all the modifications done to the " +"options." +msgstr "" +"Создание нетипичного уровня безопасности не является единственным способом " +"настройки защиты компьютера. Вы также можете воспользоваться вкладками для " +"изменения любого из нужных вам параметров. Текущие настройки msec хранятся в " +"файле <filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. В этом файле " +"содержатся данные о названии текущего уровня безопасности и список " +"изменений, которые были внесены в его параметры." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:199 @@ -5817,8 +8886,13 @@ msgstr "Вкладка «Безопасность системы»" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:201 -msgid "This tab displays all the security options on the left side column, a description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side column." -msgstr "На этой вкладке отображаются все параметры защиты в левом столбце, их описания в центральном столбце и текущие значения в правом столбце." +msgid "" +"This tab displays all the security options on the left side column, a " +"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side " +"column." +msgstr "" +"На этой вкладке отображаются все параметры защиты в левом столбце, их " +"описания в центральном столбце и текущие значения в правом столбце." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:207 @@ -5827,8 +8901,18 @@ msgstr "msecgui3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:211 -msgid "To modify an option, double click on it and a new window appears (see screenshot below). It displays the option name, a short description, the actual and default values, and a drop down list where the new value can be selected. Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the choice." -msgstr "Чтобы изменить параметр, дважды щёлкните на соответствующем пункте. В ответ будет открыто новое окно (см. приведённый ниже снимок). В окне будет показано название параметра, краткое описание, текущее и дефолтное значение, а также выпадающий список, с помощью которого можно выбрать это значение. Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>ОК</guibutton>, чтобы сделать ваш выбор." +msgid "" +"To modify an option, double click on it and a new window appears (see " +"screenshot below). It displays the option name, a short description, the " +"actual and default values, and a drop down list where the new value can be " +"selected. Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the " +"choice." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы изменить параметр, дважды щёлкните на соответствующем пункте. В ответ " +"будет открыто новое окно (см. приведённый ниже снимок). В окне будет " +"показано название параметра, краткое описание, текущее и дефолтное значение, " +"а также выпадающий список, с помощью которого можно выбрать это значение. " +"Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>ОК</guibutton>, чтобы сделать ваш выбор." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:219 @@ -5837,8 +8921,17 @@ msgstr "msecgui11.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:224 -msgid "Do not forget when leaving msecgui to save definitively your configuration using the menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you have changed the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before saving them." -msgstr "Не забудьте перед завершением работы msecgui сохранить ваши настройки с помощью пункта меню <guimenu>Файл -> Сохранить настройки</guimenu>. Если вами были внесены изменения в параметры, то msecgui предоставит вам возможность просмотреть список изменений, прежде чем эти изменения будут сохранены." +msgid "" +"Do not forget when leaving msecgui to save definitively your configuration " +"using the menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you " +"have changed the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before " +"saving them." +msgstr "" +"Не забудьте перед завершением работы msecgui сохранить ваши настройки с " +"помощью пункта меню <guimenu>Файл -> Сохранить настройки</guimenu>. Если " +"вами были внесены изменения в параметры, то msecgui предоставит вам " +"возможность просмотреть список изменений, прежде чем эти изменения будут " +"сохранены." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:232 @@ -5852,8 +8945,11 @@ msgstr "Безопасность сети" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:240 -msgid "This tab displays all the network options and works like the previous tab" -msgstr "На этой вкладке отображаются все параметры защиты работы в сети. Она работает подобно работе предыдущей вкладки." +msgid "" +"This tab displays all the network options and works like the previous tab" +msgstr "" +"На этой вкладке отображаются все параметры защиты работы в сети. Она " +"работает подобно работе предыдущей вкладки." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:245 @@ -5867,13 +8963,25 @@ msgstr "Вкладка «Периодические проверки»" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:253 -msgid "Periodic checks aim to inform the security administrator by means of security alerts of all situations msec thinks potentially dangerous." -msgstr "Периодические проверки предназначены для информирования администратора безопасности с помощью уведомлений по всем проблемам, которые msec считает потенциально опасными." +msgid "" +"Periodic checks aim to inform the security administrator by means of " +"security alerts of all situations msec thinks potentially dangerous." +msgstr "" +"Периодические проверки предназначены для информирования администратора " +"безопасности с помощью уведомлений по всем проблемам, которые msec считает " +"потенциально опасными." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:257 -msgid "This tab displays all the periodic checks done by msec and their frequency if the box <guibutton>Enable periodic security checks</guibutton> is checked. Changes are done like in the previous tabs." -msgstr "На этой вкладке отображаются все выполненные msec периодические проверки и их частота, если установлен флажок <guibutton>Включить периодические проверки безопасности</guibutton>. Изменения можно вносить аналогично внесению изменений на предыдущих вкладках." +msgid "" +"This tab displays all the periodic checks done by msec and their frequency " +"if the box <guibutton>Enable periodic security checks</guibutton> is " +"checked. Changes are done like in the previous tabs." +msgstr "" +"На этой вкладке отображаются все выполненные msec периодические проверки и " +"их частота, если установлен флажок <guibutton>Включить периодические " +"проверки безопасности</guibutton>. Изменения можно вносить аналогично " +"внесению изменений на предыдущих вкладках." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:264 @@ -5887,8 +8995,19 @@ msgstr "Вкладка «Исключения»" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:272 -msgid "Sometimes alert messages are due to well known and wanted situations. In these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot below shows four exceptions." -msgstr "Иногда оповещения создаются по хорошо известным и безопасным «проблемам». В таких случаях оповещения являются лишними и только тратят время администратора. С помощью этой вкладки вы можете создать любое количество исключений для устранения лишних уведомлений. При первом запуске msec список на этой вкладке, конечно же, будет пустым. На следующем снимке показаны исключения." +msgid "" +"Sometimes alert messages are due to well known and wanted situations. In " +"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab " +"allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert " +"messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot " +"below shows four exceptions." +msgstr "" +"Иногда оповещения создаются по хорошо известным и безопасным «проблемам». В " +"таких случаях оповещения являются лишними и только тратят время " +"администратора. С помощью этой вкладки вы можете создать любое количество " +"исключений для устранения лишних уведомлений. При первом запуске msec список " +"на этой вкладке, конечно же, будет пустым. На следующем снимке показаны " +"исключения." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:280 @@ -5897,8 +9016,11 @@ msgstr "msecgui6.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:284 -msgid "To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> button" -msgstr "Чтобы создать запись исключения, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Добавить правило</guibutton>." +msgid "" +"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> button" +msgstr "" +"Чтобы создать запись исключения, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Добавить правило</" +"guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:289 @@ -5907,8 +9029,20 @@ msgstr "msecgui7.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:293 -msgid "Select the wanted periodic check in the drop down list called <guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the <guilabel>Exception</guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is obviously not definitive, you can either delete it using the <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> tab or modify it with a double clicK." -msgstr "Выберите желаемые периодические проверки с помощью выпадающего списка <guilabel>Проверка</guilabel>, введите <guilabel>Исключение</guilabel> в соответствующее поле. Конечно же, добавление исключения не является окончательным. Вы можете либо удалить его с помощью нажатия кнопки <guibutton>Удалить</guibutton> на вкладке <guilabel>Исключения</guilabel>, или изменить созданную запись исключения двойным щелчком левой кнопкой мыши на соответствующем пункте." +msgid "" +"Select the wanted periodic check in the drop down list called " +"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the <guilabel>Exception</" +"guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is obviously not definitive, " +"you can either delete it using the <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of " +"the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> tab or modify it with a double clicK." +msgstr "" +"Выберите желаемые периодические проверки с помощью выпадающего списка " +"<guilabel>Проверка</guilabel>, введите <guilabel>Исключение</guilabel> в " +"соответствующее поле. Конечно же, добавление исключения не является " +"окончательным. Вы можете либо удалить его с помощью нажатия кнопки " +"<guibutton>Удалить</guibutton> на вкладке <guilabel>Исключения</guilabel>, " +"или изменить созданную запись исключения двойным щелчком левой кнопкой мыши " +"на соответствующем пункте." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:303 @@ -5917,13 +9051,38 @@ msgstr "Права доступа" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:304 -msgid "This tab is intended for file and directory permissions checking and enforcement." -msgstr "Эту вкладка предназначена для настройки проверок прав доступа к файлам и каталогам и принудительного установления соответствующих прав." +msgid "" +"This tab is intended for file and directory permissions checking and " +"enforcement." +msgstr "" +"Эту вкладка предназначена для настройки проверок прав доступа к файлам и " +"каталогам и принудительного установления соответствующих прав." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:306 -msgid "Like for the security, msec owns different permissions levels (standard, secure, ..), they are enabled accordingly with the chosen security level. You can create your own customised permissions levels, saving them into specific files called <filename>perm.<levelname> </filename> placed into the folder <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename> . This function is intended for power users which require a customised configuration. It is also possible to use the tab presented here after to change any permission you want. Current configuration is stored in <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the list of all the modifications done to the permissions." -msgstr "Подобно уровням защиты, в msec предусмотрены различные уровни прав доступа (стандартный, безопасный, ..), которые включаются в соответствии с заданным уровнем безопасности . Вы можете создавать собственные нетипичные уровни прав доступа, сохранять их в соответствующих файлах с названиями <filename>perm.<Название уровня></filename>в каталог <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename>. Конечно же , этим стоит пользоваться имея определенный опыт и причину для создания нетипичного уровня. Кроме того, можно воспользоваться вкладкой окна настроек для внесения изменений в уже созданные права доступа. Текущие настройки сохраняются в файле <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>. Этот файл содержит список изменений, которые были внесены для прав доступа." +msgid "" +"Like for the security, msec owns different permissions levels (standard, " +"secure, ..), they are enabled accordingly with the chosen security level. " +"You can create your own customised permissions levels, saving them into " +"specific files called <filename>perm.<levelname> </filename> placed into " +"the folder <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename> . This function is " +"intended for power users which require a customised configuration. It is " +"also possible to use the tab presented here after to change any permission " +"you want. Current configuration is stored in <filename>/etc/security/msec/" +"perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the list of all the modifications " +"done to the permissions." +msgstr "" +"Подобно уровням защиты, в msec предусмотрены различные уровни прав доступа " +"(стандартный, безопасный, ..), которые включаются в соответствии с заданным " +"уровнем безопасности . Вы можете создавать собственные нетипичные уровни " +"прав доступа, сохранять их в соответствующих файлах с названиями " +"<filename>perm.<Название уровня></filename>в каталог <filename>etc/" +"security/msec/</filename>. Конечно же , этим стоит пользоваться имея " +"определенный опыт и причину для создания нетипичного уровня. Кроме того, " +"можно воспользоваться вкладкой окна настроек для внесения изменений в уже " +"созданные права доступа. Текущие настройки сохраняются в файле <filename>/" +"etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>. Этот файл содержит список " +"изменений, которые были внесены для прав доступа." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:318 @@ -5932,28 +9091,61 @@ msgstr "msecgui8.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:321 -msgid "Default permissions are visible as a list of rules (a rule per line). You can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a given rule:" -msgstr "Типичные права доступа отображаются в виде списка правил (одно правило на строку). В левом столбце показаны файл или папка, которых касаются правила, в следующем столбце показан владелец, дальше группа, а затем столбик прав доступа, предоставляемый этим. Если для предоставленного правила:" +msgid "" +"Default permissions are visible as a list of rules (a rule per line). You " +"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the " +"owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a " +"given rule:" +msgstr "" +"Типичные права доступа отображаются в виде списка правил (одно правило на " +"строку). В левом столбце показаны файл или папка, которых касаются правила, " +"в следующем столбце показан владелец, дальше группа, а затем столбик прав " +"доступа, предоставляемый этим. Если для предоставленного правила:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:327 -msgid "the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message if not, but does not change anything." -msgstr "пункт <guilabel>Принудительно</guilabel> не обозначен, msec выполняет только проверку: выполняются ли ограничения прав доступа, определённые правилом, и посылает текстовые оповещения, если они не выполнятся, но никакие изменения не вносятся." +msgid "" +"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the " +"defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message " +"if not, but does not change anything." +msgstr "" +"пункт <guilabel>Принудительно</guilabel> не обозначен, msec выполняет только " +"проверку: выполняются ли ограничения прав доступа, определённые правилом, и " +"посылает текстовые оповещения, если они не выполнятся, но никакие изменения " +"не вносятся." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:333 -msgid "the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is checked, then msec will rule the permissions respect at the first periodic check and overwrite the permissions." -msgstr "пункт <guilabel>Принудительно</guilabel> обозначен, msec выполняет проверку: выполняются ли ограничения прав доступа, определённые правилом, и исправляет права доступа." +msgid "" +"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is checked, then msec will rule the " +"permissions respect at the first periodic check and overwrite the " +"permissions." +msgstr "" +"пункт <guilabel>Принудительно</guilabel> обозначен, msec выполняет проверку: " +"выполняются ли ограничения прав доступа, определённые правилом, и исправляет " +"права доступа." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:337 -msgid "For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly." -msgstr "Для того, чтобы это сработало, следует соответствующим образом настроить параметр CHECK_PERMS на <emphasis role=\"bold\">вкладке «Периодические проверки»</emphasis>." +msgid "" +"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly." +msgstr "" +"Для того, чтобы это сработало, следует соответствующим образом настроить " +"параметр CHECK_PERMS на <emphasis role=\"bold\">вкладке «Периодические " +"проверки»</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:339 -msgid "To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed in the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification." -msgstr "Чтобы создать новое правило, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Добавить правило</guibutton> и заполните поля так, как это показано в следующем примере. В поле <guilabel>Файл</guilabel> можно использовать заменитель *. \"Текущий\" означает \"не вносить изменения\"." +msgid "" +"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button " +"and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed in " +"the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы создать новое правило, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Добавить правило</" +"guibutton> и заполните поля так, как это показано в следующем примере. В " +"поле <guilabel>Файл</guilabel> можно использовать заменитель *. \"Текущий\" " +"означает \"не вносить изменения\"." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:345 @@ -5962,23 +9154,65 @@ msgstr "msecgui9.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:348 -msgid "Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the choice and do not forget when leaving to save definitively your configuration using the menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you have changed the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before saving them." -msgstr "Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>ОК</guibutton> для подтверждения, и не забудьте перед закрытием окна сохранить ваши настройки с помощью пункта меню <guimenu>Файл -> Сохранить настройки</guimenu>. Если вами были внесены изменения в параметры, то msecgui предоставит вам возможность просмотреть список изменений, прежде чем эти изменения будут сохранены." +msgid "" +"Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the choice and do " +"not forget when leaving to save definitively your configuration using the " +"menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you have changed " +"the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before saving them." +msgstr "" +"Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>ОК</guibutton> для подтверждения, и не забудьте " +"перед закрытием окна сохранить ваши настройки с помощью пункта меню " +"<guimenu>Файл -> Сохранить настройки</guimenu>. Если вами были внесены " +"изменения в параметры, то msecgui предоставит вам возможность просмотреть " +"список изменений, прежде чем эти изменения будут сохранены." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><note><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:353 -msgid "It is also possible to create or modify the rules by editing the configuration file <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>." -msgstr "Кроме того, можно создавать или вносить изменения в правила с помощью редактирования файла настроек <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>." +msgid "" +"It is also possible to create or modify the rules by editing the " +"configuration file <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>." +msgstr "" +"Кроме того, можно создавать или вносить изменения в правила с помощью " +"редактирования файла настроек <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</" +"filename>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:356 -msgid "Changes in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permission tab</emphasis> (or directly in the configuration file) are taken into account at the first periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken immediately into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root rights. You can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions that will be changed by msecperms." -msgstr "Изменения на <emphasis role=\"bold\">вкладке «Права доступа»</emphasis> (или непосредственно с помощью файла настроек) учитываются при выполнении первой же периодической проверки (см. пункт CHECK_PERMS на <emphasis role=\"bold\">вкладке «Периодические проверки»</emphasis>). Если вы хотите, чтобы изменения были применены немедленно, то воспользуйтесь командой msecperms в консоли. Команду следует вводить от имени пользователя root. Чтобы ознакомиться со списком прав доступа, которые будут изменены программой msecperms, воспользуйтесь командой msecperms -p." +msgid "" +"Changes in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permission tab</emphasis> (or " +"directly in the configuration file) are taken into account at the first " +"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken immediately " +"into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root rights. You " +"can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions that will " +"be changed by msecperms." +msgstr "" +"Изменения на <emphasis role=\"bold\">вкладке «Права доступа»</emphasis> (или " +"непосредственно с помощью файла настроек) учитываются при выполнении первой " +"же периодической проверки (см. пункт CHECK_PERMS на <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">вкладке «Периодические проверки»</emphasis>). Если вы хотите, чтобы " +"изменения были применены немедленно, то воспользуйтесь командой msecperms в " +"консоли. Команду следует вводить от имени пользователя root. Чтобы " +"ознакомиться со списком прав доступа, которые будут изменены программой " +"msecperms, воспользуйтесь командой msecperms -p." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:363 -msgid "Do not forget that if you modify the permissions in a console or in a file manager, for a file where the box <guilabel>Enforce </guilabel> is checked in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permissions tab </emphasis>, msecgui will write the old permissions back after a while, accordingly to the configuration of the options CHECK_PERMS and CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Periodic Checks tab </emphasis>." -msgstr "Не забывайте, что если вы внесёте изменения в условиях доступа к определенному файлу с помощью консольной команды или программы для управления файлами, и пункт <guilabel>Принудительно</guilabel> на <emphasis role=\"bold\">вкладке «Права доступа»</emphasis> для этого файла будет обозначен, то msecgui через некоторое время вернёт предыдущие права доступа, в соответствии с настройками параметров CHECK_PERMS и CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE на <emphasis role=\"bold\">вкладке «Периодические проверки» </emphasis>." +msgid "" +"Do not forget that if you modify the permissions in a console or in a file " +"manager, for a file where the box <guilabel>Enforce </guilabel> is checked " +"in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permissions tab </emphasis>, msecgui will " +"write the old permissions back after a while, accordingly to the " +"configuration of the options CHECK_PERMS and CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE in the " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Periodic Checks tab </emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Не забывайте, что если вы внесёте изменения в условиях доступа к " +"определенному файлу с помощью консольной команды или программы для " +"управления файлами, и пункт <guilabel>Принудительно</guilabel> на <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">вкладке «Права доступа»</emphasis> для этого файла будет " +"обозначен, то msecgui через некоторое время вернёт предыдущие права доступа, " +"в соответствии с настройками параметров CHECK_PERMS и CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE на " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">вкладке «Периодические проверки» </emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:4 @@ -5987,8 +9221,14 @@ msgstr "Другие инструменты Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:7 -msgid "There are more Mageia tools than those that can be started in the Mageia Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the next pages." -msgstr "В Mageia предусмотрено больше инструментов, чем перечень инструментов из Центра управления Mageia. Нажмите ссылку внизу, чтобы узнать больше или продолжите чтение последующих страниц руководства." +msgid "" +"There are more Mageia tools than those that can be started in the Mageia " +"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the " +"next pages." +msgstr "" +"В Mageia предусмотрено больше инструментов, чем перечень инструментов из " +"Центра управления Mageia. Нажмите ссылку внизу, чтобы узнать больше или " +"продолжите чтение последующих страниц руководства." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:11 @@ -6037,18 +9277,50 @@ msgstr "Введение в rpmdrake" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:21 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:20 -msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, also known as drakrpm, is a program for installing, uninstalling and updating packages. It is the graphical user interface of URPMI. At each start up, it will check online package lists (called 'media') downloaded straight from Mageia's official servers, and will show you each time the latest applications and packages available for your computer. A filter system allows you to display only certain types of packages: you may display only installed applications (by default), or only available updates. You can also view only not installed packages. You can also search by the name of a package, or in the summaries of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names included in the packages." -msgstr "С помощью этого инструмента<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, также известного под названием drakrpm, можно устанавливать, удалять и обновлять пакеты с программным обеспечением. Программа является графическим интерфейсом к URPMI. Во время каждого запуска она будет проверять списки пакетов в интернете (которые называются «источниками» пакетов), полученные непосредственно с официальных серверов Mageia и будет показывать список самых свежих пакетов с программным обеспечением для вашей системы. Система фильтрации предоставляет вам возможность просматривать списки пакетов только определенного типа: вы можете просмотреть список установленных пакетов (фильтрация по умолчанию) или только доступные обновления. Также можно ознакомиться со списком неустановленных пакетов. Вы можете найти пакет по названию или слову в резюме описания пакета, а также по названиям файлов, которые являются частью пакета." +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, also known as drakrpm, " +"is a program for installing, uninstalling and updating packages. It is the " +"graphical user interface of URPMI. At each start up, it will check online " +"package lists (called 'media') downloaded straight from Mageia's official " +"servers, and will show you each time the latest applications and packages " +"available for your computer. A filter system allows you to display only " +"certain types of packages: you may display only installed applications (by " +"default), or only available updates. You can also view only not installed " +"packages. You can also search by the name of a package, or in the summaries " +"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names " +"included in the packages." +msgstr "" +"С помощью этого инструмента<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, также " +"известного под названием drakrpm, можно устанавливать, удалять и обновлять " +"пакеты с программным обеспечением. Программа является графическим " +"интерфейсом к URPMI. Во время каждого запуска она будет проверять списки " +"пакетов в интернете (которые называются «источниками» пакетов), полученные " +"непосредственно с официальных серверов Mageia и будет показывать список " +"самых свежих пакетов с программным обеспечением для вашей системы. Система " +"фильтрации предоставляет вам возможность просматривать списки пакетов только " +"определенного типа: вы можете просмотреть список установленных пакетов " +"(фильтрация по умолчанию) или только доступные обновления. Также можно " +"ознакомиться со списком неустановленных пакетов. Вы можете найти пакет по " +"названию или слову в резюме описания пакета, а также по названиям файлов, " +"которые являются частью пакета." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:35 -msgid "To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ." -msgstr "Для надлежащей работы rpmdrake следует настроить параметры репозиториев с помощью <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/>." +msgid "" +"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend=" +"\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ." +msgstr "" +"Для надлежащей работы rpmdrake следует настроить параметры репозиториев с " +"помощью <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/>." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:43 @@ -6057,13 +9329,33 @@ msgstr "rpmdrake8.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:38 -msgid "During the installation, the configured repository is the medium used for the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up window : <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the above message annoys you and you have a good internet connection without too strict download limit, it is wise to remove that medium and replace it by online repositories thanks to <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ." -msgstr "При установке настроенным репозиторием является носитель, с которого происходит установка, например DVD или компакт-диск. Если вы ничего не будете менять, то rpmdrake будет просить вас вставить носитель каждый раз, когда вам нужно будет установить пакет с помощью такого контекстного окна: <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>. Если приведённое выше сообщение раздражает вас и у вас есть хорошие условия соединения с интернетом без ограничений по получению данных, стоит изъять запись начального носителя и заменить его репозиториями в сети с помощью <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/>." +msgid "" +"During the installation, the configured repository is the medium used for " +"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake " +"will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up " +"window : <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the above message " +"annoys you and you have a good internet connection without too strict " +"download limit, it is wise to remove that medium and replace it by online " +"repositories thanks to <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ." +msgstr "" +"При установке настроенным репозиторием является носитель, с которого " +"происходит установка, например DVD или компакт-диск. Если вы ничего не " +"будете менять, то rpmdrake будет просить вас вставить носитель каждый раз, " +"когда вам нужно будет установить пакет с помощью такого контекстного окна: " +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>. Если приведённое выше " +"сообщение раздражает вас и у вас есть хорошие условия соединения с " +"интернетом без ограничений по получению данных, стоит изъять запись " +"начального носителя и заменить его репозиториями в сети с помощью <xref " +"linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:49 -msgid "Moreover, the online repositories are always up to date, contains much more packages, and allow to update your installed packages." -msgstr "Кроме того, репозитории в сети всегда содержат свежие пакеты, широкий их диапазон и предоставляют возможность обновлять уже установленные пакеты." +msgid "" +"Moreover, the online repositories are always up to date, contains much more " +"packages, and allow to update your installed packages." +msgstr "" +"Кроме того, репозитории в сети всегда содержат свежие пакеты, широкий их " +"диапазон и предоставляют возможность обновлять уже установленные пакеты." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:55 @@ -6082,23 +9374,54 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Фильтрация по типу пакета: #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:69 -msgid "This filter allows you to display only certain types of packages. The first time you start the manager, it only displays applications with a graphical interface. You can display either all the packages and all their dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only, updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia." -msgstr "Этот фильтр позволяет сузить список пакетов до определенного типа. Во время первого запуска программы для управления пакетами в списке будут только программы с графическим интерфейсом. Вы можете предписать программе отображать все пакеты и все зависимости этих пакетов вместе с библиотеками или предписать показывать только группы пакетов (цельные программные комплексы), только обновления или только пакеты из более новых версий Mageia." +msgid "" +"This filter allows you to display only certain types of packages. The first " +"time you start the manager, it only displays applications with a graphical " +"interface. You can display either all the packages and all their " +"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only, " +"updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia." +msgstr "" +"Этот фильтр позволяет сузить список пакетов до определенного типа. Во время " +"первого запуска программы для управления пакетами в списке будут только " +"программы с графическим интерфейсом. Вы можете предписать программе " +"отображать все пакеты и все зависимости этих пакетов вместе с библиотеками " +"или предписать показывать только группы пакетов (цельные программные " +"комплексы), только обновления или только пакеты из более новых версий Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:77 -msgid "The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or Mageia, who probably do not want command line or specialist tools. Since you're reading this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"." -msgstr "Режим фильтрации по умолчанию предназначен для пользователей, не имеющих значительного опыта использования Linux или Mageia, то есть для тех, кому не нужны программы, которые руководствуются командной строкой, программы для специалистов. Поскольку вы читаете это руководство, вы очевидно заинтересованы в расширении ваших знаний по Mageia, следовательно, лучше выбрать вариант «Все»." +msgid "" +"The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or Mageia, who " +"probably do not want command line or specialist tools. Since you're reading " +"this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge " +"of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"." +msgstr "" +"Режим фильтрации по умолчанию предназначен для пользователей, не имеющих " +"значительного опыта использования Linux или Mageia, то есть для тех, кому не " +"нужны программы, которые руководствуются командной строкой, программы для " +"специалистов. Поскольку вы читаете это руководство, вы очевидно " +"заинтересованы в расширении ваших знаний по Mageia, следовательно, лучше " +"выбрать вариант «Все»." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:86 -msgid "<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> </firstterm>" -msgstr "<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Фильтрация по состоянию пакета:</emphasis> </firstterm>" +msgid "" +"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> </" +"firstterm>" +msgstr "" +"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Фильтрация по состоянию пакета:</" +"emphasis> </firstterm>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:89 -msgid "This filter allows you to view only the installed packages, only the packages that are not installed or all of the packages, both installed and not installed." -msgstr "При помощи этого фильтра вы можете приказать программе показывать только установленные пакеты, пакеты которые еще не установлены или все пакеты, установленные и неустановленные." +msgid "" +"This filter allows you to view only the installed packages, only the " +"packages that are not installed or all of the packages, both installed and " +"not installed." +msgstr "" +"При помощи этого фильтра вы можете приказать программе показывать только " +"установленные пакеты, пакеты которые еще не установлены или все пакеты, " +"установленные и неустановленные." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:95 @@ -6107,8 +9430,14 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Режим поиска:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:97 -msgid "Click on this icon to search through the package names, through their summaries, through their complete description or through the files included in the packages." -msgstr "Нажмите этот значок, чтобы выбрать данные, в которых будет выполняться поиск: названия пакетов, резюме, полные описания или списки файлов, содержащихся в пакетах." +msgid "" +"Click on this icon to search through the package names, through their " +"summaries, through their complete description or through the files included " +"in the packages." +msgstr "" +"Нажмите этот значок, чтобы выбрать данные, в которых будет выполняться " +"поиск: названия пакетов, резюме, полные описания или списки файлов, " +"содержащихся в пакетах." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:103 @@ -6117,8 +9446,15 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Поле «Найти»:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:105 -msgid "Enter here one or more key words. If you want to use more than one keyword for searching use '|' between keywords, e.g. To search for \"mplayer\" and \"xine\" at the same time type 'mplayer | xine'." -msgstr "В этом поле можно указать одно или несколько ключевых слов. Если для поиска вы хотите использовать несколько ключевых слов, отделите их символом «|». Например, если вы хотите найти пакеты для mplayer или xine, укажите: «mplayer | xine» (без кавычек)." +msgid "" +"Enter here one or more key words. If you want to use more than one keyword " +"for searching use '|' between keywords, e.g. To search for \"mplayer\" and " +"\"xine\" at the same time type 'mplayer | xine'." +msgstr "" +"В этом поле можно указать одно или несколько ключевых слов. Если для поиска " +"вы хотите использовать несколько ключевых слов, отделите их символом «|». " +"Например, если вы хотите найти пакеты для mplayer или xine, укажите: " +"«mplayer | xine» (без кавычек)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:111 @@ -6127,7 +9463,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Стереть все:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:113 -msgid "This icon can erase in one click all the key words entered in the \"Find\" box ." +msgid "" +"This icon can erase in one click all the key words entered in the \"Find\" " +"box ." msgstr "Нажав на этот значок, можно удалить все ключевые слова в поле «Найти»." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> @@ -6137,8 +9475,12 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Список категорий:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:120 -msgid "This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and sub categories." -msgstr "На этой панели приведён список всех программ и пакетов, распределённых по категориям и подкатегориям." +msgid "" +"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and " +"sub categories." +msgstr "" +"На этой панели приведён список всех программ и пакетов, распределённых по " +"категориям и подкатегориям." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:125 @@ -6147,8 +9489,16 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Панель описания:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:127 -msgid "This panel displays the package's name, its summary and complete description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer." -msgstr "Эта панель отображает имя пакета, его краткое и полное описание. Здесь много полезных данных о выбранном пакете, а также точные данные относительно пакета, включенных в него файлов и список изменений, созданный сопровождающим пакета." +msgid "" +"This panel displays the package's name, its summary and complete " +"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It " +"can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the " +"package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer." +msgstr "" +"Эта панель отображает имя пакета, его краткое и полное описание. Здесь много " +"полезных данных о выбранном пакете, а также точные данные относительно " +"пакета, включенных в него файлов и список изменений, созданный " +"сопровождающим пакета." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:137 @@ -6157,8 +9507,22 @@ msgstr "Столбец состояния" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:139 -msgid "Once you correctly set the filters, you can find your software either by category (in area 6 above) or by name/summary/description using area 4. A list of packages fulfilling your query and, don't forget, the chosen medium is shown with different status markers according to whether each package is installed/not installed/an update... To change this status, just check or uncheck the box before the package name and click on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>." -msgstr "После определения параметров фильтрации вы сможете искать программное обеспечение либо по категориям (в области 6 на рисунке), либо по названию/резюме/описанию в области 4. Список пакетов, которые соответствуют вашему запросу на указанных вами носителях пакетов, будет показан с пометками состояния установлено/не установлено/обновление. Чтобы изменить это положение, просто отметьте или снимите отметку с пункта перед названием пакета в списке и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Применить</guibutton>." +msgid "" +"Once you correctly set the filters, you can find your software either by " +"category (in area 6 above) or by name/summary/description using area 4. A " +"list of packages fulfilling your query and, don't forget, the chosen medium " +"is shown with different status markers according to whether each package is " +"installed/not installed/an update... To change this status, just check or " +"uncheck the box before the package name and click on <guibutton>Apply</" +"guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"После определения параметров фильтрации вы сможете искать программное " +"обеспечение либо по категориям (в области 6 на рисунке), либо по названию/" +"резюме/описанию в области 4. Список пакетов, которые соответствуют вашему " +"запросу на указанных вами носителях пакетов, будет показан с пометками " +"состояния установлено/не установлено/обновление. Чтобы изменить это " +"положение, просто отметьте или снимите отметку с пункта перед названием " +"пакета в списке и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Применить</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:155 @@ -6172,7 +9536,8 @@ msgstr "Условные обозначения" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:165 -msgid "rpmdrake2.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../rpmdrake2.png" msgstr "../rpmdrake2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> @@ -6182,7 +9547,8 @@ msgstr "Этот пакет уже установлен" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:175 -msgid "rpmdrake3.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../rpmdrake3.png" msgstr "../rpmdrake3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> @@ -6192,7 +9558,8 @@ msgstr "Этот пакет будет установлен" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:185 -msgid "rpmdrake4.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../rpmdrake4.png" msgstr "../rpmdrake4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> @@ -6202,7 +9569,8 @@ msgstr "Состояние этого пакета изменять нельзя #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:195 -msgid "rpmdrake5.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../rpmdrake5.png" msgstr "../rpmdrake5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> @@ -6212,7 +9580,8 @@ msgstr "Этот пакет является обновлением" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:205 -msgid "rpmdrake6.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../rpmdrake6.png" msgstr "../rpmdrake6.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> @@ -6232,13 +9601,27 @@ msgstr "Примеры на приведенном скриншоте:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:219 -msgid "If I uncheck digikam (the green arrow tell us it is installed), the status icon will go red with an up arrow and it will be uninstalled when clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>." -msgstr "Если снять отметку с пункта digikam (зелёная стрелка вниз означает, что пакет установлен), значок состояния станет красным с изображением стрелки вверх. Пакет будет удален сразу после нажатия кнопки <guibutton>Применить</guibutton>." +msgid "" +"If I uncheck digikam (the green arrow tell us it is installed), the status " +"icon will go red with an up arrow and it will be uninstalled when clicking " +"on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Если снять отметку с пункта digikam (зелёная стрелка вниз означает, что " +"пакет установлен), значок состояния станет красным с изображением стрелки " +"вверх. Пакет будет удален сразу после нажатия кнопки <guibutton>Применить</" +"guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:227 -msgid "If I check qdigidoc (which is not installed, see the status), the orange with a down arrow status icon will appear and and it will be installed when clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>." -msgstr "Если отметить пункт qdigidoc (пакет не установлен, как видно из колонки статуса), в колонке статуса появится оранжевая пиктограмма состояния со стрелкой вниз. Пакет будет установлен сразу после нажатия кнопки <guibutton>Применить</guibutton>." +msgid "" +"If I check qdigidoc (which is not installed, see the status), the orange " +"with a down arrow status icon will appear and and it will be installed when " +"clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Если отметить пункт qdigidoc (пакет не установлен, как видно из колонки " +"статуса), в колонке статуса появится оранжевая пиктограмма состояния со " +"стрелкой вниз. Пакет будет установлен сразу после нажатия кнопки " +"<guibutton>Применить</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:235 @@ -6252,8 +9635,25 @@ msgstr "rpmdrake7.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:245 -msgid "Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an information window allowing you to choose whether to accept the selected dependencies, cancel the operation or get more information (see above). It may also happen that various packages are able to provide the needed library, in which case rpmdrake displays the list of alternatives with a button to get more information and another button to choose which package to install." -msgstr "Для правильной работы некоторых пакетов придётся установить другие пакеты, которые называют зависимостями. Эти пакеты содержат библиотеки или дополнительные инструменты. Если вам попадётся такой пакет, rpmdrake покажет информационное окно, с помощью которого вы сможете согласиться с установкой зависимостей, отменить установку или получить дополнительные данные (см. выше). Также вы сможете выбрать нужный вам пакет, если зависимости можно удовлетворить в несколько способов, то rpmdrake просто покажет вам окно со списком вариантов удовлетворения зависимостей и кнопками получения дополнительных данных и выбора пакета, который следует установить." +msgid "" +"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They " +"are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an " +"information window allowing you to choose whether to accept the selected " +"dependencies, cancel the operation or get more information (see above). It " +"may also happen that various packages are able to provide the needed " +"library, in which case rpmdrake displays the list of alternatives with a " +"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to " +"install." +msgstr "" +"Для правильной работы некоторых пакетов придётся установить другие пакеты, " +"которые называют зависимостями. Эти пакеты содержат библиотеки или " +"дополнительные инструменты. Если вам попадётся такой пакет, rpmdrake покажет " +"информационное окно, с помощью которого вы сможете согласиться с установкой " +"зависимостей, отменить установку или получить дополнительные данные (см. " +"выше). Также вы сможете выбрать нужный вам пакет, если зависимости можно " +"удовлетворить в несколько способов, то rpmdrake просто покажет вам окно со " +"списком вариантов удовлетворения зависимостей и кнопками получения " +"дополнительных данных и выбора пакета, который следует установить." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:10 @@ -6272,23 +9672,44 @@ msgstr "Установка" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:22 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">scannerdrake</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing " +"<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">scannerdrake</emphasis> от имени администратора " +"(root)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:21 -msgid "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure a single scanner device or a multifunction device which includes scanning. It also allows you to share local devices connected to this computer with a remote computer or to access remote scanners." -msgstr "С помощью этого модуля <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы можете настроить сканер или многофункциональное устройство, в котором предусмотрена возможность сканирования. Кроме того, с помощью модуля можно предоставить в совместное использование устройства, соединённые с вашим компьютером в пределах локальной сети или получить доступ к сканерам, соединённых с удаленными компьютерами." +msgid "" +"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure " +"a single scanner device or a multifunction device which includes scanning. " +"It also allows you to share local devices connected to this computer with a " +"remote computer or to access remote scanners." +msgstr "" +"С помощью этого модуля <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> вы можете " +"настроить сканер или многофункциональное устройство, в котором предусмотрена " +"возможность сканирования. Кроме того, с помощью модуля можно предоставить в " +"совместное использование устройства, соединённые с вашим компьютером в " +"пределах локальной сети или получить доступ к сканерам, соединённых с " +"удаленными компьютерами." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:29 -msgid "When you start this tool for the first time, you may get the following message:" -msgstr "После первого запуска этой программы вы можете увидеть такое сообщение:" +msgid "" +"When you start this tool for the first time, you may get the following " +"message:" +msgstr "" +"После первого запуска этой программы вы можете увидеть такое сообщение:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:32 -msgid "<emphasis>\"SANE packages need to be installed to use scanners</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>Для использования сканера должны быть установлены пакеты SANE.</emphasis>" +msgid "" +"<emphasis>\"SANE packages need to be installed to use scanners</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Для использования сканера должны быть установлены пакеты SANE.</" +"emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:35 @@ -6297,8 +9718,13 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Вы хотите установить пакеты SANE?</emp #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:38 -msgid "Choose <emphasis>Yes</emphasis> to continue. It will install <code>scanner-gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet installed." -msgstr "Нажмите кнопку <emphasis>Да</emphasis>, чтобы установить нужные пакеты. Если этого еще не было сделано ранее, будут установлены пакеты <code>scanner-gui</code> и <code>task-scanning</code>." +msgid "" +"Choose <emphasis>Yes</emphasis> to continue. It will install <code>scanner-" +"gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet installed." +msgstr "" +"Нажмите кнопку <emphasis>Да</emphasis>, чтобы установить нужные пакеты. Если " +"этого еще не было сделано ранее, будут установлены пакеты <code>scanner-gui</" +"code> и <code>task-scanning</code>." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:44 @@ -6307,23 +9733,49 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:50 -msgid "If your scanner is identified correctly, so if in the above screen you see the name of your scanner, the scanner is ready for use with, for instance, <emphasis>XSane</emphasis> or <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>." -msgstr "Если сканер был идентифицирован правильно, то в окне, отображённом на скриншоте выше, вы увидите имя вашего сканера, сканер готов к работе, например, в <emphasis>XSane</emphasis>, <emphasis>Skanlite</emphasis> или <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>." +msgid "" +"If your scanner is identified correctly, so if in the above screen you see " +"the name of your scanner, the scanner is ready for use with, for instance, " +"<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> or <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Если сканер был идентифицирован правильно, то в окне, отображённом на " +"скриншоте выше, вы увидите имя вашего сканера, сканер готов к работе, " +"например, в <emphasis>XSane</emphasis>, <emphasis>Skanlite</emphasis> или " +"<emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:55 -msgid "In that case, you might now want to want to configure the <emphasis>Scanner sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref linkend=\"scannersharing\"/>." -msgstr "Итак, после этого вы можете настроить <emphasis>совместное использование сканера</emphasis>. Соответствующие сведения см. в разделе <xref linkend=\"scannersharing\"/>." +msgid "" +"In that case, you might now want to want to configure the <emphasis>Scanner " +"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref linkend=" +"\"scannersharing\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Итак, после этого вы можете настроить <emphasis>совместное использование " +"сканера</emphasis>. Соответствующие сведения см. в разделе <xref linkend=" +"\"scannersharing\"/>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:59 -msgid "However, if your scanner hasn't been correctly identified, and checking its cable(s) and power switch and then pressing <emphasis>Search for new scanners</emphasis> doesn't help, you'll need to press <emphasis>Add a scanner manually</emphasis>." -msgstr "Впрочем, если программе не удалось должным образом идентифицировать ваш сканер, проверка кабеля и электропитания показала, что все работает, а после нажатия кнопки <emphasis>Искать новые сканеры</emphasis> сканеров не было найдено, вам придётся нажать кнопку <emphasis>Добавить сканер вручную</emphasis>." +msgid "" +"However, if your scanner hasn't been correctly identified, and checking its " +"cable(s) and power switch and then pressing <emphasis>Search for new " +"scanners</emphasis> doesn't help, you'll need to press <emphasis>Add a " +"scanner manually</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Впрочем, если программе не удалось должным образом идентифицировать ваш " +"сканер, проверка кабеля и электропитания показала, что все работает, а после " +"нажатия кнопки <emphasis>Искать новые сканеры</emphasis> сканеров не было " +"найдено, вам придётся нажать кнопку <emphasis>Добавить сканер вручную</" +"emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:64 -msgid "Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>" -msgstr "Выберите производителя сканеров в списке, а затем выберите марку сканера и нажмите кнопку <emphasis>OK</emphasis>." +msgid "" +"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the " +"list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Выберите производителя сканеров в списке, а затем выберите марку сканера и " +"нажмите кнопку <emphasis>OK</emphasis>." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:69 @@ -6332,13 +9784,25 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:76 -msgid "If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click <emphasis>Cancel</emphasis>" -msgstr "Если вашего сканера в списке нет, то нажмите кнопку <emphasis>Отменить</emphasis>." +msgid "" +"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click <emphasis>Cancel</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Если вашего сканера в списке нет, то нажмите кнопку <emphasis>Отменить</" +"emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:79 -msgid "Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link xlink:href=\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Supported Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." -msgstr "Пожалуйста, проверьте, предусмотрена ли поддержка вашего сканера с помощью страницы <link xlink:href=\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">Поддерживаемые сканеры SANE</link> и попросите о помощи на <link xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">форуме</link>." +msgid "" +"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link xlink:href=" +"\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Supported " +"Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://forums." +"mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." +msgstr "" +"Пожалуйста, проверьте, предусмотрена ли поддержка вашего сканера с помощью " +"страницы <link xlink:href=\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs." +"html\">Поддерживаемые сканеры SANE</link> и попросите о помощи на <link " +"xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">форуме</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:87 @@ -6352,23 +9816,43 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><figure> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:86 -msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>" -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>" +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" +"\"1\"/>" +msgstr "" +"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" +"\"1\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:97 -msgid "You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available ports</emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that case, select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one." -msgstr "Вы можете оставить вариант по умолчанию, <emphasis>Автоматически определять доступные порты</emphasis>, если ваш сканер подключен к компьютеру не с помощью параллельного порта. Если сканер все же соединён с помощью параллельного порта, выберите <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> (если сканер только один)." +msgid "" +"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available ports</" +"emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that case, " +"select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете оставить вариант по умолчанию, <emphasis>Автоматически определять " +"доступные порты</emphasis>, если ваш сканер подключен к компьютеру не с " +"помощью параллельного порта. Если сканер все же соединён с помощью " +"параллельного порта, выберите <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> (если " +"сканер только один)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:102 -msgid "After clicking <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, in most cases you will see a screen similar to the one below." -msgstr "После нажатия кнопки <emphasis>OK</emphasis> в подавляющем большинстве случаев вы увидите окно, подобное приведенному на снимке ниже." +msgid "" +"After clicking <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, in most cases you will see a screen " +"similar to the one below." +msgstr "" +"После нажатия кнопки <emphasis>OK</emphasis> в подавляющем большинстве " +"случаев вы увидите окно, подобное приведенному на снимке ниже." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:104 -msgid "If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref linkend=\"scannerextrasteps\"/>." -msgstr "Если подобное окно не было показано, пожалуйста, ознакомьтесь с содержанием раздела <xref linkend=\"scannerextrasteps\"/>." +msgid "" +"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref linkend=" +"\"scannerextrasteps\"/>." +msgstr "" +"Если подобное окно не было показано, пожалуйста, ознакомьтесь с содержанием " +"раздела <xref linkend=\"scannerextrasteps\"/>." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:108 @@ -6387,18 +9871,37 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:128 -msgid "Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also decide here whether scanners on remote machines should be made available on this machine." -msgstr "Здесь вы можете указать, могут ли присоединённые к вашей машине сканеры быть доступны всем остальным компьютерам и каким именно. Вы также можете разрешить, можно ли будет пользоваться с вашей машины сканерами, соединёнными с другими компьютерами." +msgid "" +"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be " +"accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also " +"decide here whether scanners on remote machines should be made available on " +"this machine." +msgstr "" +"Здесь вы можете указать, могут ли присоединённые к вашей машине сканеры быть " +"доступны всем остальным компьютерам и каким именно. Вы также можете " +"разрешить, можно ли будет пользоваться с вашей машины сканерами, " +"соединёнными с другими компьютерами." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:133 -msgid "Scanner sharing to hosts : name or IP address of hosts can be added or deleted from the list of hosts allowed to access the local device(s), on this computer." -msgstr "Сканер общего доступа: можно добавить или удалить имена или IP-адреса хостов, которым предоставлен доступ к локальным устройствам на вашем компьютере." +msgid "" +"Scanner sharing to hosts : name or IP address of hosts can be added or " +"deleted from the list of hosts allowed to access the local device(s), on " +"this computer." +msgstr "" +"Сканер общего доступа: можно добавить или удалить имена или IP-адреса " +"хостов, которым предоставлен доступ к локальным устройствам на вашем " +"компьютере." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:137 -msgid "Usage of remote scanners : name or IP address of hosts can added or deleted from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner." -msgstr "Использование удалённых сканеров: можете добавить новые или удалить старые из списка хостов, имена или IP-адреса хостов, которые дают доступ к удаленному сканеру." +msgid "" +"Usage of remote scanners : name or IP address of hosts can added or deleted " +"from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner." +msgstr "" +"Использование удалённых сканеров: можете добавить новые или удалить старые " +"из списка хостов, имена или IP-адреса хостов, которые дают доступ к " +"удаленному сканеру." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:143 @@ -6408,7 +9911,9 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake6.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:149 msgid "Scanner sharing to hosts: you can add host." -msgstr "Сканер общего доступа: с помощью этого пункта можно запустить инструмент добавления узлов." +msgstr "" +"Сканер общего доступа: с помощью этого пункта можно запустить инструмент " +"добавления узлов." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:153 @@ -6417,8 +9922,12 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake7.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:159 -msgid "Scanner sharing to hosts: specify which host(s) to add, or allow all remote machines." -msgstr "Сканер общего доступа: укажите хосты, которые следует добавить в список хостов с доступом или предоставьте доступ всем удалённым компьютерам." +msgid "" +"Scanner sharing to hosts: specify which host(s) to add, or allow all remote " +"machines." +msgstr "" +"Сканер общего доступа: укажите хосты, которые следует добавить в список " +"хостов с доступом или предоставьте доступ всем удалённым компьютерам." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:164 @@ -6428,7 +9937,9 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake8.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:170 msgid "\"All remote machines\" are allowed to access the local scanner." -msgstr "«Все удалённые машины» - предоставить доступ к вашему локальному сканеру пользователям всех удаленных компьютеров в локальной сети." +msgstr "" +"«Все удалённые машины» - предоставить доступ к вашему локальному сканеру " +"пользователям всех удаленных компьютеров в локальной сети." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:175 @@ -6437,8 +9948,12 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake9.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:181 -msgid "If the package <emphasis>saned</emphasis> is not yet installed, the tool offers to do it." -msgstr "Если еще не установлен пакет <emphasis>saned</emphasis>, программа-мастер предложит его установить." +msgid "" +"If the package <emphasis>saned</emphasis> is not yet installed, the tool " +"offers to do it." +msgstr "" +"Если еще не установлен пакет <emphasis>saned</emphasis>, программа-мастер " +"предложит его установить." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:184 @@ -6457,17 +9972,24 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:190 -msgid "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>to add or comment the directive \"net\"" -msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf</emphasis> (добавление и комментирование директивы «net»)" +msgid "" +"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>to add or comment the directive " +"\"net\"" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf</emphasis> (добавление и комментирование " +"директивы «net»)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:193 -msgid "It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and <emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> to be started on boot." -msgstr "Также фоновые службы <emphasis>saned</emphasis> и <emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> будут настроены на запуск во время загрузки системы." +msgid "" +"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and <emphasis>xinetd</" +"emphasis> to be started on boot." +msgstr "" +"Также фоновые службы <emphasis>saned</emphasis> и <emphasis>xinetd</" +"emphasis> будут настроены на запуск во время загрузки системы." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/scannerdrake.xml:199 -#: en/system-config-printer.xml:278 +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:199 en/system-config-printer.xml:278 msgid "Specifics" msgstr "Специфические советы" @@ -6478,8 +10000,16 @@ msgstr "Hewlett-Packard" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:207 -msgid "Most HP scanners are managed from <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> (hplip) which also manages printers. In this case, this tool does not allow you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis>." -msgstr "Работа с большинством сканеров, а также принтеров HP обеспечивается программой <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis>. Если вы имеете дело со сканером именно этой фирмы, вам будет предложено воспользоваться для настройки <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis>." +msgid "" +"Most HP scanners are managed from <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> " +"(hplip) which also manages printers. In this case, this tool does not allow " +"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device Manager</" +"emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Работа с большинством сканеров, а также принтеров HP обеспечивается " +"программой <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis>. Если вы имеете дело со " +"сканером именно этой фирмы, вам будет предложено воспользоваться для " +"настройки <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:214 @@ -6488,8 +10018,22 @@ msgstr "Epson" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:216 -msgid "Drivers are available from <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this page</link>. When indicated, you must install the <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> package first, then <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this order). It is possible that the <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will generate a warning about a conflict with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users have reported that this warning can be ignored." -msgstr "Драйверы можно получить с помощью <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">этой страницы поиска</link>. Чтобы воспользоваться сканером, вам придётся сначала установить пакет «iscan-data», а затем пакет «iscan» (именно в таком порядке). Иногда во время установки пакета iscan может быть показано сообщение о конфликте с пакетом sane. Пользователями этого пакета сообщалось, что такие предупреждения можно смело игнорировать." +msgid "" +"Drivers are available from <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/" +"dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this page</link>. When indicated, you must " +"install the <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> package first, then " +"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this order). It is possible that the " +"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will generate a warning about a conflict " +"with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users have reported that this warning can be " +"ignored." +msgstr "" +"Драйверы можно получить с помощью <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz." +"epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">этой страницы поиска</link>. Чтобы " +"воспользоваться сканером, вам придётся сначала установить пакет «iscan-" +"data», а затем пакет «iscan» (именно в таком порядке). Иногда во время " +"установки пакета iscan может быть показано сообщение о конфликте с пакетом " +"sane. Пользователями этого пакета сообщалось, что такие предупреждения можно " +"смело игнорировать." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:231 @@ -6498,32 +10042,63 @@ msgstr "Дополнительные шаги по установке" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:234 -msgid "It is possible that after selecting a port for your scanner in the <xref linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> screen, you need to take one or more extra steps to correctly configure your scanner." -msgstr "Возможно, после обозначения порта вашего сканера на странице <xref linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> вам придется выполнить еще один или несколько шагов настройки сканера." +msgid "" +"It is possible that after selecting a port for your scanner in the <xref " +"linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> screen, you need to take one or more extra " +"steps to correctly configure your scanner." +msgstr "" +"Возможно, после обозначения порта вашего сканера на странице <xref linkend=" +"\"choosescannerport\"/> вам придется выполнить еще один или несколько шагов " +"настройки сканера." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:239 -msgid "In some cases, you're told the scanner needs its firmware to be uploaded each time it is started. This tool allows you to load it into the device, after you installed it on your system. In this screen you can install the firmware from a CD or a Windows installation, or install the one you downloaded from an Internet site of the vendor." -msgstr "Работа с некоторыми сканерами требует загрузки микропрограммы в сканер при каждом его запуске. С помощью модуля настройки сканера можно приказать системе загружать эту прошивку в устройство после соединения его с компьютером. С помощью этого окна вы можете установить микропрограмму с компакт-диска или установленной системы Windows, или установить микропрограмму, полученную с сайта производителя устройства в интернете." +msgid "" +"In some cases, you're told the scanner needs its firmware to be uploaded " +"each time it is started. This tool allows you to load it into the device, " +"after you installed it on your system. In this screen you can install the " +"firmware from a CD or a Windows installation, or install the one you " +"downloaded from an Internet site of the vendor." +msgstr "" +"Работа с некоторыми сканерами требует загрузки микропрограммы в сканер при " +"каждом его запуске. С помощью модуля настройки сканера можно приказать " +"системе загружать эту прошивку в устройство после соединения его с " +"компьютером. С помощью этого окна вы можете установить микропрограмму с " +"компакт-диска или установленной системы Windows, или установить " +"микропрограмму, полученную с сайта производителя устройства в интернете." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:241 -msgid "When your device's firmware needs to be loaded, it can take a long time at each first usage, possibly more than one minute. So be patient." -msgstr "Если для работы с вашим сканером требуется загрузить микропрограмму, первая попытка воспользоваться устройством может быть довольно длинной, вероятно более одной минуты. Будьте терпеливы." +msgid "" +"When your device's firmware needs to be loaded, it can take a long time at " +"each first usage, possibly more than one minute. So be patient." +msgstr "" +"Если для работы с вашим сканером требуется загрузить микропрограмму, первая " +"попытка воспользоваться устройством может быть довольно длинной, вероятно " +"более одной минуты. Будьте терпеливы." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:246 -msgid "Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>" -msgstr "Кроме того, может быть показан совет относительно внесения изменений в файл <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/название_соответствующего_модуля_SANE.conf</emphasis>." +msgid "" +"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/" +"\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Кроме того, может быть показан совет относительно внесения изменений в файл " +"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/название_соответствующего_модуля_SANE.conf</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:250 -msgid "Read those or other instructions you get carefully and if you don't know what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." -msgstr "Тщательно ознакомьтесь с этими и другими установками. Если они вам не помогут, не сомневайтесь и попросите о помощи на <link xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">форуме</link>." +msgid "" +"Read those or other instructions you get carefully and if you don't know " +"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://" +"forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." +msgstr "" +"Тщательно ознакомьтесь с этими и другими установками. Если они вам не " +"помогут, не сомневайтесь и попросите о помощи на <link xlink:href=\"http://" +"forums.mageia.org/en/\">форуме</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> -#: en/software-management.xml:5 -#: en/software-management.xml:15 +#: en/software-management.xml:5 en/software-management.xml:15 msgid "Software Management" msgstr "Управление программами" @@ -6534,8 +10109,13 @@ msgstr "software-management.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/software-management.xml:14 -msgid "In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management. Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "С помощью этой страницы можно получить доступ к нескольким инструментам управления пакетами с программным обеспечением. Нажмите на ссылке, расположенной ниже, чтобы узнать больше." +msgid "" +"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management. " +"Click on a link below to learn more." +msgstr "" +"С помощью этой страницы можно получить доступ к нескольким инструментам " +"управления пакетами с программным обеспечением. Нажмите на ссылке, " +"расположенной ниже, чтобы узнать больше." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/software-management.xml:17 @@ -6544,8 +10124,12 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/software-management.xml:20 -msgid "<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your system</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Обновить систему</emphasis>" +msgid "" +"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your system</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Обновить систему</" +"emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/software-management.xml:23 @@ -6554,8 +10138,12 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/software-management.xml:26 -msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configure media sources for install and update</emphasis>" -msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Настроить источники установки и обновления</emphasis>" +msgid "" +"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configure media " +"sources for install and update</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Настроить источники " +"установки и обновления</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:8 @@ -6574,28 +10162,61 @@ msgstr "system-config-printer.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:23 -msgid "Printing is managed on Mageia by a server named CUPS. It has its own <link ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">configuration interface</link> which is accessible via an Internet browser, but Mageia offers its own tool for installing printers called system-config-printer which is shared with other distributions such as Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu and openSUSE." -msgstr "Задачами печати в Mageia управляет сервер, который называется CUPS. У сервера есть собственный <link ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">интерфейс настройки</link>, доступ к которому осуществляется с помощью программы для просмотра страниц в интернете (браузера). Впрочем, в Mageia предусмотрен и собственный инструмент для установки и настройки драйверов принтеров, который называется system-config-printer и используется также в других дистрибутивах, в частности Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu и openSUSE." +msgid "" +"Printing is managed on Mageia by a server named CUPS. It has its own <link " +"ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">configuration " +"interface</link> which is accessible via an Internet browser, but Mageia " +"offers its own tool for installing printers called system-config-printer " +"which is shared with other distributions such as Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu " +"and openSUSE." +msgstr "" +"Задачами печати в Mageia управляет сервер, который называется CUPS. У " +"сервера есть собственный <link ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://" +"localhost:631\">интерфейс настройки</link>, доступ к которому осуществляется " +"с помощью программы для просмотра страниц в интернете (браузера). Впрочем, в " +"Mageia предусмотрен и собственный инструмент для установки и настройки " +"драйверов принтеров, который называется system-config-printer и используется " +"также в других дистрибутивах, в частности Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu и " +"openSUSE." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:30 -msgid "You should enable the non-free repository before proceeding with the installation, because some drivers may only be available in this way." -msgstr "Вам стоит включить доступ к репозиториям пакетов, которые не являются свободными (non-free) до того, как вы продолжите установку, поскольку пакеты некоторых из драйверов хранятся только в этом репозитории." +msgid "" +"You should enable the non-free repository before proceeding with the " +"installation, because some drivers may only be available in this way." +msgstr "" +"Вам стоит включить доступ к репозиториям пакетов, которые не являются " +"свободными (non-free) до того, как вы продолжите установку, поскольку пакеты " +"некоторых из драйверов хранятся только в этом репозитории." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:37 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>system-config-printer</emphasis>. The root password will be asked for." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis>system-config-printer</emphasis>. Для работы с программой придётся указать пароль администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>system-" +"config-printer</emphasis>. The root password will be asked for." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis>system-config-printer</emphasis>. Для работы с программой придётся " +"указать пароль администратора (root)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:34 -msgid "Printer installation is carried out in the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select the <guilabel>Configure printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>." -msgstr "Управлять установкой драйверов принтеров можно с помощью раздела <guilabel>Оборудование</guilabel> из Центра управления Mageia. Вам просто нужно выбрать пункт <guilabel>Настройка печати и сканирования</guilabel><placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>." +msgid "" +"Printer installation is carried out in the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> " +"section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select the <guilabel>Configure " +"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/" +">." +msgstr "" +"Управлять установкой драйверов принтеров можно с помощью раздела " +"<guilabel>Оборудование</guilabel> из Центра управления Mageia. Вам просто " +"нужно выбрать пункт <guilabel>Настройка печати и сканирования</" +"guilabel><placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:42 msgid "MCC will ask for the installation two packages:" -msgstr "Центр управления Mageia (MCC) попросит вас разрешить установку двух пакетов:" +msgstr "" +"Центр управления Mageia (MCC) попросит вас разрешить установку двух пакетов:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:45 @@ -6609,13 +10230,27 @@ msgstr "task-printing-hp" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:50 -msgid "It is necessary to accept this installation to continue. Up to 230MB of dependencies are needed." -msgstr "Вам следует согласиться на установку этих пакетов, чтобы продолжить работу с программой. Вместе с зависимостями может быть установлено до 230 МБ данных." +msgid "" +"It is necessary to accept this installation to continue. Up to 230MB of " +"dependencies are needed." +msgstr "" +"Вам следует согласиться на установку этих пакетов, чтобы продолжить работу с " +"программой. Вместе с зависимостями может быть установлено до 230 МБ данных." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:53 -msgid "To add a printer, choose the \"Add\" printer button. The system will try to detect any printers and the ports available. The screenshot displays a printer connected to a parallel port. If a printer is detected, such as a printer on a USB port, it will be displayed on the first line. The window will also attempt to configure a network printer." -msgstr "Чтобы добавить принтер, нажмите кнопку <guilabel>Добавить</guilabel>. Система попытается обнаружить все доступные принтеры и порты. На снимке показан пункт принтера, соединенного посредством USB. Если принтер будет обнаружен, он будет указан в первой строке списка. С помощью этого же окна можно настроить сетевой принтер." +msgid "" +"To add a printer, choose the \"Add\" printer button. The system will try to " +"detect any printers and the ports available. The screenshot displays a " +"printer connected to a parallel port. If a printer is detected, such as a " +"printer on a USB port, it will be displayed on the first line. The window " +"will also attempt to configure a network printer." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы добавить принтер, нажмите кнопку <guilabel>Добавить</guilabel>. " +"Система попытается обнаружить все доступные принтеры и порты. На снимке " +"показан пункт принтера, соединенного посредством USB. Если принтер будет " +"обнаружен, он будет указан в первой строке списка. С помощью этого же окна " +"можно настроить сетевой принтер." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:61 @@ -6624,8 +10259,22 @@ msgstr "Принтер обнаружен автоматически" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:63 -msgid "This usually refers to USB printers. The utility automatically finds the name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click \"Next\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be automatically installed. If there is more than one driver or no known drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>" -msgstr "Обычно, это касается принтеров, соединенных с компьютером с помощью кабеля USB. Программа автоматически определяет название принтера и показывает его. Выберите принтер и нажмите кнопку <guilabel>Далее</guilabel>. Если с принтером связан известный системе драйвер, он будет установлен автоматически. Если можно воспользоваться одним из нескольких драйверов или системе не удастся определить лучший драйвер, будет показано окно с просьбой выбрать драйвер, руководство приведено в следующем разделе. Продолжите чтение раздела <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>." +msgid "" +"This usually refers to USB printers. The utility automatically finds the " +"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click \"Next" +"\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be " +"automatically installed. If there is more than one driver or no known " +"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the " +"next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Обычно, это касается принтеров, соединенных с компьютером с помощью кабеля " +"USB. Программа автоматически определяет название принтера и показывает его. " +"Выберите принтер и нажмите кнопку <guilabel>Далее</guilabel>. Если с " +"принтером связан известный системе драйвер, он будет установлен " +"автоматически. Если можно воспользоваться одним из нескольких драйверов или " +"системе не удастся определить лучший драйвер, будет показано окно с просьбой " +"выбрать драйвер, руководство приведено в следующем разделе. Продолжите " +"чтение раздела <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:72 @@ -6639,8 +10288,13 @@ msgstr "printer3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:80 -msgid "When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following options." -msgstr "После выбора порта система загрузит список драйверов и покажет окно выбора драйвера. Вы сможете выбрать один из приведённых ниже вариантов." +msgid "" +"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window " +"to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following " +"options." +msgstr "" +"После выбора порта система загрузит список драйверов и покажет окно выбора " +"драйвера. Вы сможете выбрать один из приведённых ниже вариантов." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:86 @@ -6659,8 +10313,20 @@ msgstr "поиск драйвера для загрузки" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:102 -msgid "By selecting from the database, the window suggests a printer manufacturer first, and then a device and a driver associated with it. If more than one driver is suggested, select one which is recommended, unless you have encountered some problems with that one before, in this case select the one which know to work." -msgstr "Если будет выбран вариант с поиском в базе данных, программа сначала предложит вам выбрать название компании-производителя принтера, а затем название устройства и драйвер, связанный с работой этого устройства. Если можно будет воспользоваться несколькими драйверами, следует выбрать рекомендованные из них. Если у вас возникнут какие-либо проблемы с работой рекомендованного драйвера, выберите тот из драйверов, который работает лучше всего." +msgid "" +"By selecting from the database, the window suggests a printer manufacturer " +"first, and then a device and a driver associated with it. If more than one " +"driver is suggested, select one which is recommended, unless you have " +"encountered some problems with that one before, in this case select the one " +"which know to work." +msgstr "" +"Если будет выбран вариант с поиском в базе данных, программа сначала " +"предложит вам выбрать название компании-производителя принтера, а затем " +"название устройства и драйвер, связанный с работой этого устройства. Если " +"можно будет воспользоваться несколькими драйверами, следует выбрать " +"рекомендованные из них. Если у вас возникнут какие-либо проблемы с работой " +"рекомендованного драйвера, выберите тот из драйверов, который работает лучше " +"всего." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:110 @@ -6669,8 +10335,20 @@ msgstr "Завершение процедуры установки" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:112 -msgid "After the driver selection, a window requests some information which will allow the system to designate and discover the printer. The first line is the name under which the device will appear in applications in the list of available printers. The installer then suggests printing a test page. After this step, the printer is added and appears in the list of available printers." -msgstr "После выбора драйвера будет открыто окно ввода данных, которые помогут системе обозначить и распознать принтер. В первой строке следует ввести название устройства, которое будет показано программой в списке доступных принтеров. После ввода данных, средство установки драйвера предложит напечатать тестовую страницу. После тестовой печати, принтер будет добавлен в список доступных принтеров, им можно будет пользоваться." +msgid "" +"After the driver selection, a window requests some information which will " +"allow the system to designate and discover the printer. The first line is " +"the name under which the device will appear in applications in the list of " +"available printers. The installer then suggests printing a test page. After " +"this step, the printer is added and appears in the list of available " +"printers." +msgstr "" +"После выбора драйвера будет открыто окно ввода данных, которые помогут " +"системе обозначить и распознать принтер. В первой строке следует ввести " +"название устройства, которое будет показано программой в списке доступных " +"принтеров. После ввода данных, средство установки драйвера предложит " +"напечатать тестовую страницу. После тестовой печати, принтер будет добавлен " +"в список доступных принтеров, им можно будет пользоваться." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:121 @@ -6679,33 +10357,86 @@ msgstr "Сетевой принтер" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:123 -msgid "Network printers are printers that are attached directly to a wired or wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to another workstation that serves as printserver." -msgstr "Сетевые принтеры - это принтеры, которые непосредственно соединены с проводной или беспроводной сетью, сервером печати или другой рабочей станцией, которая работает в режиме сервера печати." +msgid "" +"Network printers are printers that are attached directly to a wired or " +"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to " +"another workstation that serves as printserver." +msgstr "" +"Сетевые принтеры - это принтеры, которые непосредственно соединены с " +"проводной или беспроводной сетью, сервером печати или другой рабочей " +"станцией, которая работает в режиме сервера печати." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:128 -msgid "Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the same as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a fixed one." -msgstr "Часто, стоит настроить DHCP-сервер на автоматическую привязку IP-адреса к MAC-адресу принтера. Конечно же, если этот адрес является фиксированным, он должен совпадать с IP-адресом принтера, на который настроен сервер печати." +msgid "" +"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed " +"IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the same " +"as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a fixed " +"one." +msgstr "" +"Часто, стоит настроить DHCP-сервер на автоматическую привязку IP-адреса к " +"MAC-адресу принтера. Конечно же, если этот адрес является фиксированным, он " +"должен совпадать с IP-адресом принтера, на который настроен сервер печати." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:134 -msgid "The printer's Mac-address is a serial number given to the printer or printserver or computer it is attached to, that can be obtained from a configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a Mageia system, you can run <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> on it as root to find the MAC-address. It is the sequence of numbers and letters after \"HWaddr\"." -msgstr "MAC-адрес принтера - это серийный номер, который предоставляется принтеру, серверу печати или компьютеру, к которому подключен принтер и который можно определить с помощью тестовой страницы, напечатанной самим принтером или на наклейке на принтере или сервере печати. Если ваш принтер общего пользования соединен с системой Mageia, вы можете выполнить от имени администратора (root) команду <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis>, чтобы определить этот MAC-адрес. MAC-адрес есть последовательность цифр и букв после слова «HWaddr»." +msgid "" +"The printer's Mac-address is a serial number given to the printer or " +"printserver or computer it is attached to, that can be obtained from a " +"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label " +"on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a " +"Mageia system, you can run <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> on it " +"as root to find the MAC-address. It is the sequence of numbers and letters " +"after \"HWaddr\"." +msgstr "" +"MAC-адрес принтера - это серийный номер, который предоставляется принтеру, " +"серверу печати или компьютеру, к которому подключен принтер и который можно " +"определить с помощью тестовой страницы, напечатанной самим принтером или на " +"наклейке на принтере или сервере печати. Если ваш принтер общего пользования " +"соединен с системой Mageia, вы можете выполнить от имени администратора " +"(root) команду <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis>, чтобы определить " +"этот MAC-адрес. MAC-адрес есть последовательность цифр и букв после слова " +"«HWaddr»." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:142 -msgid "You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose, you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find Network Printer</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> menu and give the IP address of the printer in the box on the right, where it says \"host\"." -msgstr "Добавить ваш сетевой принтер можно так: выберите протокол, используемый принтером для обмена данными с сетью вашим компьютером. Если вы не знаете, какой протокол следует выбрать, вы можете попробовать воспользоваться пунктом <guilabel>Сетевой принтер</guilabel> - <guilabel>Найти сетевой принтер</guilabel> в меню <guilabel>Устройства</guilabel> и указать IP-адрес принтера в поле справа, где указано «host»." +msgid "" +"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to " +"your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose, " +"you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find " +"Network Printer</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> menu " +"and give the IP address of the printer in the box on the right, where it " +"says \"host\"." +msgstr "" +"Добавить ваш сетевой принтер можно так: выберите протокол, используемый " +"принтером для обмена данными с сетью вашим компьютером. Если вы не знаете, " +"какой протокол следует выбрать, вы можете попробовать воспользоваться " +"пунктом <guilabel>Сетевой принтер</guilabel> - <guilabel>Найти сетевой " +"принтер</guilabel> в меню <guilabel>Устройства</guilabel> и указать IP-адрес " +"принтера в поле справа, где указано «host»." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:149 -msgid "If the tool recognises your printer or printserver, it will propose a protocol and a queue, but you can choose a more appropriate one from the list below it or give the correct queue name if it isn't in the list." -msgstr "Если программе удастся обнаружить ваш принтер или сервер печати, она предложит вам определённые параметры протокола и очереди печати. Впрочем, вы можете выбрать нужный вам вариант из списка, расположенного ниже или указать соответствующее название очереди печати, если соответствующего пункта нет в списке." +msgid "" +"If the tool recognises your printer or printserver, it will propose a " +"protocol and a queue, but you can choose a more appropriate one from the " +"list below it or give the correct queue name if it isn't in the list." +msgstr "" +"Если программе удастся обнаружить ваш принтер или сервер печати, она " +"предложит вам определённые параметры протокола и очереди печати. Впрочем, вы " +"можете выбрать нужный вам вариант из списка, расположенного ниже или указать " +"соответствующее название очереди печати, если соответствующего пункта нет в " +"списке." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:154 -msgid "Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names." -msgstr "Посмотрите в документации, поставляемой с принтером или с сервером принтера, чтобы выяснить, какие протоколы он поддерживает и по возможности, конкретные имена очередей." +msgid "" +"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find " +"which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names." +msgstr "" +"Посмотрите в документации, поставляемой с принтером или с сервером принтера, " +"чтобы выяснить, какие протоколы он поддерживает и по возможности, конкретные " +"имена очередей." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:160 @@ -6714,13 +10445,43 @@ msgstr "Протоколы сетевой печати" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:162 -msgid "One current technique is one developed by Hewlett-Packard and known as JetDirect. It allows access to a printer directly connected to the network via an Ethernet port. You must know the IP-address at which the printer is known on the network. This technique is also used inside some ADSL-routers which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this case, the IP-address is that of the router. Note that the tool \"Hp Device manager\" can manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like <emphasis>hp:/net/<name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed IP-adress is not required." -msgstr "Одной из современных методик работы с принтерами является разработанная Hewlett-Packard технология под названием JetDirect. С ее помощью можно осуществлять доступ к принтеру, напрямую соединенного с сетью с помощью порта Ethernet. Вам необходимо будет указать IP-адрес, используемый принтером в сети. Эта технология используется также в некоторых ADSL-маршрутизаторах, в которых предусмотрен порт USB для подключения принтера. Если вы пользуетесь таким маршрутизатором, следует указать его IP-адрес. Заметьте, что программа «Hp Device manager» может работать с динамически определяемым IP-адресом, настройками URI записывающего устройства <emphasis>hp:/net/<название_принтера></emphasis> . В этом случае фиксированный IP-адрес не требуется." +msgid "" +"One current technique is one developed by Hewlett-Packard and known as " +"JetDirect. It allows access to a printer directly connected to the network " +"via an Ethernet port. You must know the IP-address at which the printer is " +"known on the network. This technique is also used inside some ADSL-routers " +"which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this case, the IP-" +"address is that of the router. Note that the tool \"Hp Device manager\" can " +"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like <emphasis>hp:/" +"net/<name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed IP-adress is " +"not required." +msgstr "" +"Одной из современных методик работы с принтерами является разработанная " +"Hewlett-Packard технология под названием JetDirect. С ее помощью можно " +"осуществлять доступ к принтеру, напрямую соединенного с сетью с помощью " +"порта Ethernet. Вам необходимо будет указать IP-адрес, используемый " +"принтером в сети. Эта технология используется также в некоторых ADSL-" +"маршрутизаторах, в которых предусмотрен порт USB для подключения принтера. " +"Если вы пользуетесь таким маршрутизатором, следует указать его IP-адрес. " +"Заметьте, что программа «Hp Device manager» может работать с динамически " +"определяемым IP-адресом, настройками URI записывающего устройства " +"<emphasis>hp:/net/<название_принтера></emphasis> . В этом случае " +"фиксированный IP-адрес не требуется." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:172 -msgid "Choose the option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> as the protocol and set the address in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, do not change the <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, unless you know that it needs to be changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is the same as above." -msgstr "Выберите <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> в списке протоколов и укажите адрес в поле <guilabel>Узел:</guilabel>. Не изменяйте содержимое поля <guilabel>Номер порта</guilabel>, если не уверены, что это следует делать. После выбора протокола выполните выбор драйвера, как уже было описано выше." +msgid "" +"Choose the option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> as the " +"protocol and set the address in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, do not change " +"the <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, unless you know that it needs to be " +"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is " +"the same as above." +msgstr "" +"Выберите <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> в списке протоколов и " +"укажите адрес в поле <guilabel>Узел:</guilabel>. Не изменяйте содержимое " +"поля <guilabel>Номер порта</guilabel>, если не уверены, что это следует " +"делать. После выбора протокола выполните выбор драйвера, как уже было " +"описано выше." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:180 @@ -6734,33 +10495,66 @@ msgstr "Другие протоколы:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:188 -msgid "<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)</emphasis>: a printer which can be accessed on a TCP/IP network via the IPP protocol, for example a printer connected to a station using CUPS. This protocol may also be used also by some ADSL-routers." -msgstr "<emphasis>Протокол печати через интернет (ipp)</emphasis>: принтер, доступ к которому осуществляется по сети TCP/IP с помощью протокола IPP. Например, принтер, соединенный с рабочей станцией, где используется CUPS. Этот протокол может также использоваться некоторыми ADSL-маршрутизаторами." +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)</emphasis>: a printer which can " +"be accessed on a TCP/IP network via the IPP protocol, for example a printer " +"connected to a station using CUPS. This protocol may also be used also by " +"some ADSL-routers." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Протокол печати через интернет (ipp)</emphasis>: принтер, доступ к " +"которому осуществляется по сети TCP/IP с помощью протокола IPP. Например, " +"принтер, соединенный с рабочей станцией, где используется CUPS. Этот " +"протокол может также использоваться некоторыми ADSL-маршрутизаторами." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:197 -msgid "<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but using http transport and with TLS secured protocol. The port has to be defined. By default, the port 631 is used." -msgstr "<emphasis>Протокол печати через интернет (https)</emphasis>: то же, что и ipp, но с использованием передачи данных HTTP с защитой TLS. Следует указать порт. По умолчанию это 631 порт." +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis>the same as ipp, " +"but using http transport and with TLS secured protocol. The port has to be " +"defined. By default, the port 631 is used." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Протокол печати через интернет (https)</emphasis>: то же, что и " +"ipp, но с использованием передачи данных HTTP с защитой TLS. Следует указать " +"порт. По умолчанию это 631 порт." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:205 -msgid "<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but with TLS secured protocol." -msgstr "<emphasis>Протокол печати через интернет (ipps)</emphasis>: то же, что и ipp, но с защитой TLS." +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but " +"with TLS secured protocol." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Протокол печати через интернет (ipps)</emphasis>: то же, что и " +"ipp, но с защитой TLS." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:212 -msgid "<emphasis>LPD/LPR host or Printer</emphasis>: a printer which can be accessed on a TCP/IP network via the LPD protocol, for example a printer connected to a station using LPD." -msgstr "<emphasis>Узел или принтер LPD/LPR</emphasis>: принтер, доступ к которому осуществляется по сети TCP/IP по протоколу LPD. Например принтер, соединенный с рабочей станцией, на которой используется LPD." +msgid "" +"<emphasis>LPD/LPR host or Printer</emphasis>: a printer which can be " +"accessed on a TCP/IP network via the LPD protocol, for example a printer " +"connected to a station using LPD." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Узел или принтер LPD/LPR</emphasis>: принтер, доступ к которому " +"осуществляется по сети TCP/IP по протоколу LPD. Например принтер, " +"соединенный с рабочей станцией, на которой используется LPD." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:220 -msgid "<emphasis>Windows printer via SAMBA</emphasis>: a printer connected to a station running Windows or a SMB server and shared." -msgstr "<emphasis>Принтер Windows через SAMBA</emphasis>: принтер в совместном пользовании, соединенный с рабочей станцией под управлением Windows или сервером SMB." +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Windows printer via SAMBA</emphasis>: a printer connected to a " +"station running Windows or a SMB server and shared." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Принтер Windows через SAMBA</emphasis>: принтер в совместном " +"пользовании, соединенный с рабочей станцией под управлением Windows или " +"сервером SMB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:226 -msgid "The URI can also be added directly. Here are some examples on how to form the URI:" -msgstr "URI также могут быть добавлены непосредственно. Вот несколько примеров форматирования URI:" +msgid "" +"The URI can also be added directly. Here are some examples on how to form " +"the URI:" +msgstr "" +"URI также могут быть добавлены непосредственно. Вот несколько примеров " +"форматирования URI:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:231 @@ -6799,8 +10593,12 @@ msgstr "<uri>lpd://пользователь@ip-адрес-или-имя-узла #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:251 -msgid "Additional information can be found in the <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS documentation.</link>" -msgstr "Дополнительные сведения можно найти в <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">документации к CUPS</link>." +msgid "" +"Additional information can be found in the <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups." +"org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS documentation.</link>" +msgstr "" +"Дополнительные сведения можно найти в <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups.org/" +"documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">документации к CUPS</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:256 @@ -6809,8 +10607,21 @@ msgstr "Свойства устройства" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:258 -msgid "You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access to parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your system, but you can specify a different one with the <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, another window which gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters of the server, following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>" -msgstr "Вы можете просмотреть и изменить параметры работы устройства. С помощью меню можно получить доступ к панели настройки сервера CUPS. По умолчанию сервер CUPS запускается вашей операционной системой, но вы можете выбрать другой вариант с помощью пункта меню <guimenu>Сервер</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Соединиться...</guimenuitem>. Другое окно настройки параметров сервера можно открыть с помощью пункта меню <guimenu>Сервер</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Параметры</guimenuitem>." +msgid "" +"You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access to " +"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your " +"system, but you can specify a different one with the <guimenu>Server</" +"guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, another window which " +"gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters of the server, " +"following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>" +msgstr "" +"Вы можете просмотреть и изменить параметры работы устройства. С помощью меню " +"можно получить доступ к панели настройки сервера CUPS. По умолчанию сервер " +"CUPS запускается вашей операционной системой, но вы можете выбрать другой " +"вариант с помощью пункта меню <guimenu>Сервер</guimenu> | " +"<guimenuitem>Соединиться...</guimenuitem>. Другое окно настройки параметров " +"сервера можно открыть с помощью пункта меню <guimenu>Сервер</guimenu> | " +"<guimenuitem>Параметры</guimenuitem>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:268 @@ -6819,18 +10630,52 @@ msgstr "Диагностика проблем" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:270 -msgid "You can find some information on occurring errors during printing by inspecting <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>" -msgstr "Данные об ошибках, которые могли случиться при печати, можно найти в файле <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>" +msgid "" +"You can find some information on occurring errors during printing by " +"inspecting <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>" +msgstr "" +"Данные об ошибках, которые могли случиться при печати, можно найти в файле " +"<filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:273 -msgid "You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the <guimenu>Help</guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu." -msgstr "Кроме того, вы можете воспользоваться инструментом для диагностики и решения проблем. Доступ к нему можно получить с помощью пункта меню <guimenu>Справка</guimenu> | <guilabel>Устранение проблем с печатью</guilabel>." +msgid "" +"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the <guimenu>Help</" +"guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu." +msgstr "" +"Кроме того, вы можете воспользоваться инструментом для диагностики и решения " +"проблем. Доступ к нему можно получить с помощью пункта меню " +"<guimenu>Справка</guimenu> | <guilabel>Устранение проблем с печатью</" +"guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:280 -msgid "It is possible that some drivers for specific printers are not available in Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link ns2:href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to check if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package is already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, redo the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report the problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this tool and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer works or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-date drivers or for more recent devices." -msgstr "Вполне возможно, что в репозиториях Mageia нет некоторых драйверов, необходимых для работы определенных принтеров, из-за лицензионных проблем или эти драйверы оказались неработоспособными. Если вы не можете найти нужного драйвера воспользуйтесь страницей системы <link ns2:href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link>, чтобы убедиться, существует ли драйвер вообще. Если окажется, что драйвер существует, проверьте, есть ли пакет с этим драйвером в репозиториях Mageia. Если такой пакет будет обнаружен, установите его вручную. После установки драйвера повторите процедуру установки и настройки принтера. О проблемах сообщайте с помощью системы слежения за ошибками дистрибутива или через форум. Также можно сообщать о пожеланиях относительно работы программ для настройки и о том, работает ли принтер после установки. Ниже приведены несколько адресов, по которым можно найти последние версии драйверов или драйверы к новым устройствам." +msgid "" +"It is possible that some drivers for specific printers are not available in " +"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link ns2:" +"href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to check " +"if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package is " +"already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, redo " +"the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report the " +"problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this tool " +"and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer works " +"or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-date " +"drivers or for more recent devices." +msgstr "" +"Вполне возможно, что в репозиториях Mageia нет некоторых драйверов, " +"необходимых для работы определенных принтеров, из-за лицензионных проблем " +"или эти драйверы оказались неработоспособными. Если вы не можете найти " +"нужного драйвера воспользуйтесь страницей системы <link ns2:href=\"http://" +"openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link>, чтобы убедиться, " +"существует ли драйвер вообще. Если окажется, что драйвер существует, " +"проверьте, есть ли пакет с этим драйвером в репозиториях Mageia. Если такой " +"пакет будет обнаружен, установите его вручную. После установки драйвера " +"повторите процедуру установки и настройки принтера. О проблемах сообщайте с " +"помощью системы слежения за ошибками дистрибутива или через форум. Также " +"можно сообщать о пожеланиях относительно работы программ для настройки и о " +"том, работает ли принтер после установки. Ниже приведены несколько адресов, " +"по которым можно найти последние версии драйверов или драйверы к новым " +"устройствам." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:292 @@ -6839,28 +10684,72 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Принтеры Brother</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:294 -msgid "<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download_prn.html\">This page</link> give a list of drivers provided by Brother. Search the driver for your device, download the rpm(s) and install." -msgstr "На <link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download_prn.html\">этой странице</link> можно найти список драйверов, предоставляемые Brother. Найдите драйвер устройства, загрузите пакеты rpm с ним и установите эти пакеты." +msgid "" +"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/" +"en/download_prn.html\">This page</link> give a list of drivers provided by " +"Brother. Search the driver for your device, download the rpm(s) and install." +msgstr "" +"На <link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/" +"linux/en/download_prn.html\">этой странице</link> можно найти список " +"драйверов, предоставляемые Brother. Найдите драйвер устройства, загрузите " +"пакеты rpm с ним и установите эти пакеты." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:298 -msgid "You should install Brother drivers before running the configuration utility." -msgstr "Драйвера Brother следует установить до запуска программы настройки системы печати." +msgid "" +"You should install Brother drivers before running the configuration utility." +msgstr "" +"Драйвера Brother следует установить до запуска программы настройки системы " +"печати." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:301 -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one devices</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Принтеры и многофункциональные устройства Hewlett-Packard</emphasis>" +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one devices</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Принтеры и многофункциональные устройства Hewlett-" +"Packard</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:304 -msgid "These devices use the hplip tool. It is installed automatically after the detection or the selection of the printer. You can find other information <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">here</link>. The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available in the <guilabel>System</guilabel> menu. Also view <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">configuration</link> for the management of the printer." -msgstr "Для этих устройств используются программы из комплекта hplip. Этот комплект программ будет автоматически установлен после выбора принтера. Дополнительные сведения о комплектах программ можно найти <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">здесь</link>. Программу «HP Device Manager (Управление устройствами HP) можно будет найти в меню системы. Справку по настройкам принтера можно найти <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">здесь</link>." +msgid "" +"These devices use the hplip tool. It is installed automatically after the " +"detection or the selection of the printer. You can find other information " +"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">here</" +"link>. The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available in the <guilabel>System</" +"guilabel> menu. Also view <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-" +"web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">configuration</link> for the management " +"of the printer." +msgstr "" +"Для этих устройств используются программы из комплекта hplip. Этот комплект " +"программ будет автоматически установлен после выбора принтера. " +"Дополнительные сведения о комплектах программ можно найти <link ns2:href=" +"\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">здесь</link>. Программу " +"«HP Device Manager (Управление устройствами HP) можно будет найти в меню " +"системы. Справку по настройкам принтера можно найти <link ns2:href=\"http://" +"hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">здесь</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:311 -msgid "A HP All in one device must be installed as a printer and the scanner features will be added. Note that sometimes, the Xsane interface doesn't allow to scan films or slides (the lighting slid can't operate). In this case, it is possible to scan, using the standalone mode, and save the picture on a memory card or USB stick inserted in the device. Afterwards, open your favourite imaging software and load your picture from the memory card which is appeared in the /media folder." -msgstr "Многофункциональные устройства HP требуют установки драйвера принтера, чтобы работать и в режиме сканера. Обратите внимание, что иногда в интерфейсе программы для сканирования не предусмотрено возможностей по сканированию пленок или слайдов (не работает модуль для слайдов). В этом случае можно воспользоваться для сканирования автономным режимом с сохранением изображения на карту памяти или флэш-устройство USB, вставленный в USB порт. После сканирования полученные изображения можно перенести с носителя данных в хранилище вашего любимого программного обеспечения для работы с изображениями." +msgid "" +"A HP All in one device must be installed as a printer and the scanner " +"features will be added. Note that sometimes, the Xsane interface doesn't " +"allow to scan films or slides (the lighting slid can't operate). In this " +"case, it is possible to scan, using the standalone mode, and save the " +"picture on a memory card or USB stick inserted in the device. Afterwards, " +"open your favourite imaging software and load your picture from the memory " +"card which is appeared in the /media folder." +msgstr "" +"Многофункциональные устройства HP требуют установки драйвера принтера, чтобы " +"работать и в режиме сканера. Обратите внимание, что иногда в интерфейсе " +"программы для сканирования не предусмотрено возможностей по сканированию " +"пленок или слайдов (не работает модуль для слайдов). В этом случае можно " +"воспользоваться для сканирования автономным режимом с сохранением " +"изображения на карту памяти или флэш-устройство USB, вставленный в USB порт. " +"После сканирования полученные изображения можно перенести с носителя данных " +"в хранилище вашего любимого программного обеспечения для работы с " +"изображениями." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:319 @@ -6869,8 +10758,14 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Цветные принтеры Samsung</emphasi #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:321 -msgid "For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link ns2:href=\"http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> for the QPDL protocol." -msgstr "Драйверы для отдельных цветных принтеров Samsung и Xerox, работающих по протоколу QPDL, можно найти <link ns2:href=\"http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">здесь</link>." +msgid "" +"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link ns2:href=\"http://" +"foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> for the QPDL " +"protocol." +msgstr "" +"Драйверы для отдельных цветных принтеров Samsung и Xerox, работающих по " +"протоколу QPDL, можно найти <link ns2:href=\"http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/" +"\">здесь</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:324 @@ -6879,13 +10774,31 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Принтеры и сканеры Epson</emphas #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:326 -msgid "Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link ns2:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this search page</link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-data\" package first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package can also be available and is to install. Choose the <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages according to your architecture." -msgstr "Драйверы можно получить с помощью <link ns2:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">этой страницы поиска</link>. Чтобы воспользоваться сканером, вам придётся сначала установить пакет «iscan-data», а затем пакет «iscan» (именно в таком порядке). Кроме того, может возникнуть необходимость в установке пакета iscan-plugin. Выберите пакеты <emphasis>rpm</emphasis>, архитектура которых соответствует установленной на компьютере системе." +msgid "" +"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link ns2:href=\"http://" +"download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this search page</" +"link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-data\" package " +"first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package can also be " +"available and is to install. Choose the <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages " +"according to your architecture." +msgstr "" +"Драйверы можно получить с помощью <link ns2:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson." +"net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">этой страницы поиска</link>. Чтобы " +"воспользоваться сканером, вам придётся сначала установить пакет «iscan-" +"data», а затем пакет «iscan» (именно в таком порядке). Кроме того, может " +"возникнуть необходимость в установке пакета iscan-plugin. Выберите пакеты " +"<emphasis>rpm</emphasis>, архитектура которых соответствует установленной на " +"компьютере системе." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:332 -msgid "It is possible that the iscan package will generate a warning about a conflict with sane. Users have reported that this warning can be ignored." -msgstr "Иногда во время установки пакета iscan может быть показано сообщение о конфликте с пакетом sane. Пользователями этого пакета сообщалось, что такие предупреждения можно смело игнорировать." +msgid "" +"It is possible that the iscan package will generate a warning about a " +"conflict with sane. Users have reported that this warning can be ignored." +msgstr "" +"Иногда во время установки пакета iscan может быть показано сообщение о " +"конфликте с пакетом sane. Пользователями этого пакета сообщалось, что такие " +"предупреждения можно смело игнорировать." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:336 @@ -6894,8 +10807,13 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Принтеры Canon</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:338 -msgid "For Canon printers, it may be advisable to install a tool named turboprint <link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">available here </link>." -msgstr "Если вы работаете с принтерами Canon, вам может пригодиться программа turboprint. Соответствующий (тестовый) пакет можно получить <link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">здесь</link>." +msgid "" +"For Canon printers, it may be advisable to install a tool named turboprint " +"<link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">available here </link>." +msgstr "" +"Если вы работаете с принтерами Canon, вам может пригодиться программа " +"turboprint. Соответствующий (тестовый) пакет можно получить <link ns2:href=" +"\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">здесь</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:9 @@ -6914,38 +10832,84 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:22 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> от имени администратора " +"(root)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:21 -msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>Import Windows(TM) documents and settings</guilabel>" -msgstr "Доступ к этому инструменту<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно получить с помощью пункта <emphasis role=\"bold\">Система</emphasis> из Центра управления Mageia, подпункт <guilabel>Импорт документов и настроек Windows™</guilabel>." +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center " +"labelled <guilabel>Import Windows(TM) documents and settings</guilabel>" +msgstr "" +"Доступ к этому инструменту<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно " +"получить с помощью пункта <emphasis role=\"bold\">Система</emphasis> из " +"Центра управления Mageia, подпункт <guilabel>Импорт документов и настроек " +"Windows™</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:27 -msgid "The tool allows an administrator to import the user documents and settings from a <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> installation on the same computer as the Mageia installation." -msgstr "С помощью этого инструмента, администратор системы может импортировать документы и настройки учётных записей пользователей с установленной системы <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP или <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> на том же компьютере, на котором установлена Mageia." +msgid "" +"The tool allows an administrator to import the user documents and settings " +"from a <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark " +"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark class=\"registered" +"\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> installation on the same " +"computer as the Mageia installation." +msgstr "" +"С помощью этого инструмента, администратор системы может импортировать " +"документы и настройки учётных записей пользователей с установленной системы " +"<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark class=" +"\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP или <trademark class=\"registered" +"\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> на том же компьютере, на " +"котором установлена Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:33 -msgid "Please note that all the changes will be applied by transfugdrake immediately after pressing <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Пожалуйста, обратите внимание, что все изменения вступят в силу немедленно после нажатия кнопки <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>." +msgid "" +"Please note that all the changes will be applied by transfugdrake " +"immediately after pressing <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Пожалуйста, обратите внимание, что все изменения вступят в силу немедленно " +"после нажатия кнопки <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:37 -msgid "After starting transfugdrake you will see the first wizard page with some explanation about the tool and import options." -msgstr "После запуска transfugdrake вы увидите первую страницу мастера с пояснениями о назначении программы и вариантами импорта данных." +msgid "" +"After starting transfugdrake you will see the first wizard page with some " +"explanation about the tool and import options." +msgstr "" +"После запуска transfugdrake вы увидите первую страницу мастера с пояснениями " +"о назначении программы и вариантами импорта данных." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:40 -msgid "As soon as you read and understand the instructions, press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. This should run a detection of <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> installation." -msgstr "Как только вы прочтёте и поймёте установки, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>. В ответ программа выполнит обнаружение соответствующих данных в установленной операционной системе <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>." +msgid "" +"As soon as you read and understand the instructions, press the " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. This should run a detection of " +"<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> installation." +msgstr "" +"Как только вы прочтёте и поймёте установки, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</" +"guibutton>. В ответ программа выполнит обнаружение соответствующих данных в " +"установленной операционной системе <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</" +"trademark>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:44 -msgid "When the detection step is complete you will see a page which allows you to choose accounts in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> and Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account than yours own." -msgstr "После завершения процедуры выявления данных вы увидите страницу, с помощью которой сможете выбрать учётные записи в <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> и Mageia для выполнения процедуры импорта. Вы можете выбрать не только свою учётную запись." +msgid "" +"When the detection step is complete you will see a page which allows you to " +"choose accounts in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> and " +"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account " +"than yours own." +msgstr "" +"После завершения процедуры выявления данных вы увидите страницу, с помощью " +"которой сможете выбрать учётные записи в <trademark class=\"registered" +"\">Windows</trademark> и Mageia для выполнения процедуры импорта. Вы можете " +"выбрать не только свою учётную запись." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:51 @@ -6954,23 +10918,51 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:56 -msgid "Please take into account that due to migrate-assistant (the backend of transfugdrake) limitations <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> user account names with special symbols can be displayed incorrectly." -msgstr "Пожалуйста, обратите внимание на то, что из-за ограничения migrate-assistant (основного компонента transfugdrake) названия учётных записей <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>, которые содержат специальные символы (кириллицу), могут отображаться некорректно." +msgid "" +"Please take into account that due to migrate-assistant (the backend of " +"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</" +"trademark> user account names with special symbols can be displayed " +"incorrectly." +msgstr "" +"Пожалуйста, обратите внимание на то, что из-за ограничения migrate-assistant " +"(основного компонента transfugdrake) названия учётных записей <trademark " +"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>, которые содержат специальные " +"символы (кириллицу), могут отображаться некорректно." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:62 -msgid "Migration may take some time depending on the size of the document folders." -msgstr "Продолжительность переноса данных будет зависеть от размера папок с документами." +msgid "" +"Migration may take some time depending on the size of the document folders." +msgstr "" +"Продолжительность переноса данных будет зависеть от размера папок с " +"документами." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:67 -msgid "Some <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> applications (especially drivers) may create user accounts for different purposes. For example, NVidia drivers in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>are updated using <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not use such accounts for the import purposes." -msgstr "Некоторые программы <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> (в частности драйверы) могут создавать учётные записи для реализации специальных возможностей. Например, драйверы NVidia <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> обновляются с помощью учётной записи <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Пожалуйста, не используйте такие учётные записи для импорта данных." +msgid "" +"Some <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> applications " +"(especially drivers) may create user accounts for different purposes. For " +"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</" +"trademark>are updated using <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not " +"use such accounts for the import purposes." +msgstr "" +"Некоторые программы <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> (в " +"частности драйверы) могут создавать учётные записи для реализации " +"специальных возможностей. Например, драйверы NVidia <trademark class=" +"\"registered\">Windows</trademark> обновляются с помощью учётной записи " +"<emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Пожалуйста, не используйте такие учётные " +"записи для импорта данных." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:74 -msgid "When you finished with the accounts selection press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import documents:" -msgstr "После завершения выбора способа импорта учётных записей нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>. Следующее окно используется для выбора способа импортирования документов:" +msgid "" +"When you finished with the accounts selection press <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import " +"documents:" +msgstr "" +"После завершения выбора способа импорта учётных записей нажмите кнопку " +"<guibutton>Далее</guibutton>. Следующее окно используется для выбора способа " +"импортирования документов:" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:80 @@ -6979,13 +10971,28 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:84 -msgid "Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> data from <emphasis>My Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</emphasis> and <emphasis>My Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to skip import by selecting the appropriate item in this window." -msgstr "Transfugdrake разработан для импорта данных <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> из <emphasis>Мои документы</emphasis>, <emphasis>Моя музыка</emphasis> и <emphasis>Мои рисунки</emphasis>. Вы можете не выполнять импорт определённых данных, сняв галочку c соответствующего пункта в этом окне." +msgid "" +"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</" +"trademark> data from <emphasis>My Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</" +"emphasis> and <emphasis>My Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to " +"skip import by selecting the appropriate item in this window." +msgstr "" +"Transfugdrake разработан для импорта данных <trademark class=\"registered" +"\">Windows</trademark> из <emphasis>Мои документы</emphasis>, <emphasis>Моя " +"музыка</emphasis> и <emphasis>Мои рисунки</emphasis>. Вы можете не выполнять " +"импорт определённых данных, сняв галочку c соответствующего пункта в этом " +"окне." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:89 -msgid "When you finished with the document import method choosing press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import bookmarks:" -msgstr "После завершения выбора способа импортирования документов нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>. Следующее окно используется для выбора способа импортирования закладок:" +msgid "" +"When you finished with the document import method choosing press " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method " +"to import bookmarks:" +msgstr "" +"После завершения выбора способа импортирования документов нажмите кнопку " +"<guibutton>Далее</guibutton>. Следующее окно используется для выбора способа " +"импортирования закладок:" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:95 @@ -6994,18 +11001,30 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:99 -msgid "Transfugdrake can import <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> and <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> bookmarks into the bookmarks of Mageia <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> instance." -msgstr "Transfugdrake может импортировать закладки <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> и <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> в закладки программы <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis>, установленную в Mageia." +msgid "" +"Transfugdrake can import <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> and " +"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> bookmarks into the bookmarks of Mageia " +"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> instance." +msgstr "" +"Transfugdrake может импортировать закладки <emphasis>Internet Explorer</" +"emphasis> и <emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> в закладки программы " +"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis>, установленную в Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:103 -msgid "Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button." -msgstr "Выберите желаемый вариант импорта и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>." +msgid "" +"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> " +"button." +msgstr "" +"Выберите желаемый вариант импорта и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</" +"guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:112 msgid "The next page allows you to import desktop background:" -msgstr "С помощью следующей страницы вы сможете импортировать изображения фона рабочего стола:" +msgstr "" +"С помощью следующей страницы вы сможете импортировать изображения фона " +"рабочего стола:" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:116 @@ -7014,13 +11033,19 @@ msgstr "transfugdrake4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:120 -msgid "Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button." -msgstr "Выберите желаемый вариант и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>." +msgid "" +"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button." +msgstr "" +"Выберите желаемый вариант и нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:123 -msgid "The last page of wizard shows some congratulation message. Just press the <guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button." -msgstr "На последней странице мастера будет показано сообщение с приветствием. Просто нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Завершить</guibutton>." +msgid "" +"The last page of wizard shows some congratulation message. Just press the " +"<guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button." +msgstr "" +"На последней странице мастера будет показано сообщение с приветствием. " +"Просто нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Завершить</guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:128 @@ -7044,23 +11069,47 @@ msgstr "userdrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:23 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> от имени администратора (root)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:22 -msgid "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Manage users on system\"" -msgstr "Доступ к этому инструменту<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно получить с помощью пункта <emphasis role=\"bold\">Система</emphasis> из Центра управления Mageia, пункт «Управление пользователями»." +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center " +"labelled \"Manage users on system\"" +msgstr "" +"Доступ к этому инструменту<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> можно " +"получить с помощью пункта <emphasis role=\"bold\">Система</emphasis> из " +"Центра управления Mageia, пункт «Управление пользователями»." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:27 -msgid "The tool allows an administrator to manage the users and the groups, this means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings (ID, shell, ...)" -msgstr "С помощью этого инструмента, администратор системы может управлять пользователями и группами пользователей, то есть добавлять или удалять пользователя или группу и вносить изменения в параметры записи пользователя или группы (идентификатора, командной оболочки и т.п.)." +msgid "" +"The tool allows an administrator to manage the users and the groups, this " +"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings " +"(ID, shell, ...)" +msgstr "" +"С помощью этого инструмента, администратор системы может управлять " +"пользователями и группами пользователей, то есть добавлять или удалять " +"пользователя или группу и вносить изменения в параметры записи пользователя " +"или группы (идентификатора, командной оболочки и т.п.)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:31 -msgid "When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the <guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way." -msgstr "В открытом окне userdrake будет показан список всех пользователей системы на вкладке <guibutton>Пользователи</guibutton>, а список всех групп - на вкладке <guibutton>Группы</guibutton>. Принцип работы с двумя вкладками является одинаковым." +msgid "" +"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in " +"the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the " +"<guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way." +msgstr "" +"В открытом окне userdrake будет показан список всех пользователей системы на " +"вкладке <guibutton>Пользователи</guibutton>, а список всех групп - на " +"вкладке <guibutton>Группы</guibutton>. Принцип работы с двумя вкладками " +"является одинаковым." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:35 @@ -7070,7 +11119,8 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>1. Добавить пользователя</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:37 msgid "This button opens a new window with all fields shown empty:" -msgstr "С помощью этой кнопки можно открыть новое окно с незаполненными полями:" +msgstr "" +"С помощью этой кнопки можно открыть новое окно с незаполненными полями:" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/userdrake.xml:41 @@ -7079,38 +11129,81 @@ msgstr "userdrake1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:45 -msgid "The field <emphasis role=\"bold\">Full Name</emphasis> is intended for the entry of a family name and first name, but it is possible to write anything or nothing as well!" -msgstr "Поле <emphasis role=\"bold\">Имя полностью</emphasis> предназначено для ввода фамилии и имени, но вы можете ввести в него любые данные!" +msgid "" +"The field <emphasis role=\"bold\">Full Name</emphasis> is intended for the " +"entry of a family name and first name, but it is possible to write anything " +"or nothing as well!" +msgstr "" +"Поле <emphasis role=\"bold\">Имя полностью</emphasis> предназначено для " +"ввода фамилии и имени, но вы можете ввести в него любые данные!" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:49 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login</emphasis> is the only required field." -msgstr "Поле <emphasis role=\"bold\">Пользователь</emphasis> является единственным обязательным для заполнения." +msgstr "" +"Поле <emphasis role=\"bold\">Пользователь</emphasis> является единственным " +"обязательным для заполнения." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:52 -msgid "Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended. There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn orange and then green as the password strength improves." -msgstr "Мы настоятельно рекомендуем вам установить <emphasis role=\"bold\">Пароль</emphasis> к учётной записи пользователя. Справа от поля пароля вы увидите небольшое изображение щита. Если цвет этого щита будет красным, то указанный пароль является слишком простым, слишком коротким или слишком похожим на название учётной записи. В пароле вам следует использовать цифры, строчные и прописные буквы, знаки препинания и т.д. С повышением сложности пароля цвет щита изменится на желтый, а потом на зелёный." +msgid "" +"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended. " +"There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, " +"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower " +"and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn " +"orange and then green as the password strength improves." +msgstr "" +"Мы настоятельно рекомендуем вам установить <emphasis role=\"bold\">Пароль</" +"emphasis> к учётной записи пользователя. Справа от поля пароля вы увидите " +"небольшое изображение щита. Если цвет этого щита будет красным, то указанный " +"пароль является слишком простым, слишком коротким или слишком похожим на " +"название учётной записи. В пароле вам следует использовать цифры, строчные и " +"прописные буквы, знаки препинания и т.д. С повышением сложности пароля цвет " +"щита изменится на желтый, а потом на зелёный." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:59 -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure you entered what you intended to." -msgstr "В поле <emphasis role=\"bold\">Подтвердите пароль</emphasis> вам следует повторно ввести пароль, чтобы обеспечить соответствие символов вашим намерениям." +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure " +"you entered what you intended to." +msgstr "" +"В поле <emphasis role=\"bold\">Подтвердите пароль</emphasis> вам следует " +"повторно ввести пароль, чтобы обеспечить соответствие символов вашим " +"намерениям." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:62 -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login Shell </emphasis>is a drop down list that allows you to change the shell used by the user you are adding, the options are Bash, Dash and Sh." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Командная оболочка</emphasis>: с помощью этого выпадающего списка вы можете изменить командную оболочку, которая будет использоваться для работы пользователя, учётную запись которого вы добавляете. Возможны следующие варианты: Bash, Dash и Sh." +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login Shell </emphasis>is a drop down list that " +"allows you to change the shell used by the user you are adding, the options " +"are Bash, Dash and Sh." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Командная оболочка</emphasis>: с помощью этого " +"выпадающего списка вы можете изменить командную оболочку, которая будет " +"использоваться для работы пользователя, учётную запись которого вы " +"добавляете. Возможны следующие варианты: Bash, Dash и Sh." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:66 -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Create a private group for the user</emphasis>, if checked will automatically create a group with the same name and the new user as the only member (this may be edited)." -msgstr "Если будет выбрана опция <emphasis role=\"bold\">Создать личную группу для пользователя</emphasis>, userdrake автоматически создаст группу с тем же названием, что и название учётной записи нового пользователя, и единственным участником (позже параметры группы можно изменить)." +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Create a private group for the user</emphasis>, if " +"checked will automatically create a group with the same name and the new " +"user as the only member (this may be edited)." +msgstr "" +"Если будет выбрана опция <emphasis role=\"bold\">Создать личную группу для " +"пользователя</emphasis>, userdrake автоматически создаст группу с тем же " +"названием, что и название учётной записи нового пользователя, и единственным " +"участником (позже параметры группы можно изменить)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:70 -msgid "The other options should be obvious. The new user is created immediately after you click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>." -msgstr "Назначение других пунктов диалогового окна понятно из надписей. Запись нового пользователя будет создана сразу после нажатия кнопки <guibutton>OK</guibutton>." +msgid "" +"The other options should be obvious. The new user is created immediately " +"after you click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Назначение других пунктов диалогового окна понятно из надписей. Запись " +"нового пользователя будет создана сразу после нажатия кнопки <guibutton>OK</" +"guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:73 @@ -7119,18 +11212,28 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">2. Добавить группу</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:75 -msgid "You only need to enter the new group name, and if required, the specific group ID." -msgstr "Вам следует лишь указать название новой группы и если это нужно, специфический номер-идентификатор группы." +msgid "" +"You only need to enter the new group name, and if required, the specific " +"group ID." +msgstr "" +"Вам следует лишь указать название новой группы и если это нужно, " +"специфический номер-идентификатор группы." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:78 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Edit</emphasis> (a selected user)" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3. Редактировать</emphasis> (выбранного пользователя)" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">3. Редактировать</emphasis> (выбранного пользователя)" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:80 -msgid "<guibutton>User Data</guibutton>: Allows you to modify all the data given for the user at creation (the ID can't be changed)." -msgstr "<guibutton>Данные Пользователя</guibutton>: с помощью этой вкладки вы можете изменить все данные, указанные в учётной записи пользователя во время её создания (но идентификатор записи пользователя ID изменять нельзя)." +msgid "" +"<guibutton>User Data</guibutton>: Allows you to modify all the data given " +"for the user at creation (the ID can't be changed)." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Данные Пользователя</guibutton>: с помощью этой вкладки вы можете " +"изменить все данные, указанные в учётной записи пользователя во время её " +"создания (но идентификатор записи пользователя ID изменять нельзя)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:83 @@ -7144,13 +11247,24 @@ msgstr "userdrake2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:91 -msgid "The first option is for setting an expiration date for the account. Connection is impossible after this date. This is useful for temporary accounts." -msgstr "Первый пункт предназначен для установления предельного срока действия учётной записи. По завершению срока действия вход в аккаунт станет невозможным. Этим пунктом можно воспользоваться для создания временных учётных записей." +msgid "" +"The first option is for setting an expiration date for the account. " +"Connection is impossible after this date. This is useful for temporary " +"accounts." +msgstr "" +"Первый пункт предназначен для установления предельного срока действия " +"учётной записи. По завершению срока действия вход в аккаунт станет " +"невозможным. Этим пунктом можно воспользоваться для создания временных " +"учётных записей." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:95 -msgid "The second option is to lock the account, connection is impossible as long as the account is locked." -msgstr "Второй пункт предназначен для блокировки учётной записи. Вход в заблокированные учётные записи невозможен." +msgid "" +"The second option is to lock the account, connection is impossible as long " +"as the account is locked." +msgstr "" +"Второй пункт предназначен для блокировки учётной записи. Вход в " +"заблокированные учётные записи невозможен." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:98 @@ -7159,8 +11273,15 @@ msgstr "Также можно изменить значок пользовате #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:100 -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Password Info</emphasis>: Allows you to set an expiration date for the password, this forces the user to change his password periodically." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Информация о пароле</emphasis>: с помощью этой вкладки вы можете установить срок действия пароля. Установление срока действия побуждает пользователя к периодической смене пароля, с целью обеспечения лучшей защиты системы от несанкционированного вмешательства." +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Password Info</emphasis>: Allows you to set an " +"expiration date for the password, this forces the user to change his " +"password periodically." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Информация о пароле</emphasis>: с помощью этой " +"вкладки вы можете установить срок действия пароля. Установление срока " +"действия побуждает пользователя к периодической смене пароля, с целью " +"обеспечения лучшей защиты системы от несанкционированного вмешательства." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/userdrake.xml:106 @@ -7169,28 +11290,46 @@ msgstr "userdrake3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:110 -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group</emphasis>: Here you can select the groups that the user is a member of." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Группы</emphasis>: с помощью этой вкладки вы можете выбрать группы, участником которых будет пользователь." +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group</emphasis>: Here you can select the groups " +"that the user is a member of." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Группы</emphasis>: с помощью этой вкладки вы можете " +"выбрать группы, участником которых будет пользователь." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:114 -msgid "If you are modifying a connected user account, modifications will not be effective until his/her next login." -msgstr "Если изменения будут внесены в учётную запись пользователя, который уже работает в системе, то эти изменения вступят в силу только после перезагрузки системы." +msgid "" +"If you are modifying a connected user account, modifications will not be " +"effective until his/her next login." +msgstr "" +"Если изменения будут внесены в учётную запись пользователя, который уже " +"работает в системе, то эти изменения вступят в силу только после " +"перезагрузки системы." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:118 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">4 Edit</emphasis> (with a group selected)" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">4. Редактировать</emphasis> (обозначенную группу)" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">4. Редактировать</emphasis> (обозначенную группу)" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:120 -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Data</emphasis>: Allows you to modify the group name." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Данные группы</emphasis>: с помощью этой вкладки можно изменить название группы." +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Data</emphasis>: Allows you to modify the " +"group name." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Данные группы</emphasis>: с помощью этой вкладки " +"можно изменить название группы." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:123 -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Users</emphasis>: Here you can select the users who are members of the group" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Группы пользователей</emphasis>: с помощью этой вкладки вы можете выбрать пользователей, которые будут участниками группы." +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Users</emphasis>: Here you can select the " +"users who are members of the group" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Группы пользователей</emphasis>: с помощью этой " +"вкладки вы можете выбрать пользователей, которые будут участниками группы." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:126 @@ -7199,8 +11338,19 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5. Удалить</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:128 -msgid "Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Delete</emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears to ask if home directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private group has been created for the user, it will be deleted as well." -msgstr "Чтобы удалить учётную запись пользователя или группу, выберите запись в списке и нажмите кнопку <emphasis role=\"bold\">Удалить</emphasis>. Если был указан пункт учётной записи пользователя, будет показано окно с вопросом, следует ли удалить также домашний каталог и каталог почтового ящика пользователя. Если для учётной записи пользователя была создана личная группа, то эта группа будет также удалена вместе с учётной записью пользователя." +msgid "" +"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Delete</" +"emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears to ask if home " +"directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private group has been " +"created for the user, it will be deleted as well." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы удалить учётную запись пользователя или группу, выберите запись в " +"списке и нажмите кнопку <emphasis role=\"bold\">Удалить</emphasis>. Если был " +"указан пункт учётной записи пользователя, будет показано окно с вопросом, " +"следует ли удалить также домашний каталог и каталог почтового ящика " +"пользователя. Если для учётной записи пользователя была создана личная " +"группа, то эта группа будет также удалена вместе с учётной записью " +"пользователя." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:133 @@ -7214,8 +11364,12 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6. Восстановить</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:138 -msgid "The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to refresh the display." -msgstr "База данных учётных записей пользователей может быть изменена за пределами Userdrake. Нажмите эту кнопку, чтобы обновить данные в списке." +msgid "" +"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to " +"refresh the display." +msgstr "" +"База данных учётных записей пользователей может быть изменена за пределами " +"Userdrake. Нажмите эту кнопку, чтобы обновить данные в списке." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:141 @@ -7224,8 +11378,23 @@ msgstr "<emphasis роль=\"bold\">7 Гостевой аккаунт</emphasis> #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:143 -msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">guest</emphasis> is a special account. It is intended to give somebody temporary access to the system with total security. Login is xguest, there is no password, and it is impossible to make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, to disable it, click in the menu on<guimenu> Actions -> Uninstall guest account</guimenu>." -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">guest</emphasis> является особой учётной записью. Она предназначена для предоставления кому-либо временного доступа к системе с максимальными мерами безопасности. Именем пользователя такой записи является xguest, пароль пустой. Внесение каких-либо изменений в систему с этой учётной записи невозможно. Личные каталоги пользователя учётной записи будут удалятся сразу по завершению сеанса работы в аккаунте. По умолчанию учётная запись включена. Чтобы отключить её, воспользуйтесь пунктом меню <guimenu>Действия -> Удалить аккаунт для гостя</guimenu>." +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">guest</emphasis> is a special account. It is " +"intended to give somebody temporary access to the system with total " +"security. Login is xguest, there is no password, and it is impossible to " +"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories " +"are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, " +"to disable it, click in the menu on<guimenu> Actions -> Uninstall guest " +"account</guimenu>." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">guest</emphasis> является особой учётной записью. " +"Она предназначена для предоставления кому-либо временного доступа к системе " +"с максимальными мерами безопасности. Именем пользователя такой записи " +"является xguest, пароль пустой. Внесение каких-либо изменений в систему с " +"этой учётной записи невозможно. Личные каталоги пользователя учётной записи " +"будут удалятся сразу по завершению сеанса работы в аккаунте. По умолчанию " +"учётная запись включена. Чтобы отключить её, воспользуйтесь пунктом меню " +"<guimenu>Действия -> Удалить аккаунт для гостя</guimenu>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/XFdrake.xml:3 @@ -7244,18 +11413,34 @@ msgstr "XFdrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:17 -msgid "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> as root. Mind the capital letters." -msgstr "Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду <emphasis role=\"bold\">XFdrake</emphasis> от имени обычного пользователя или команду <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> от имени администратора (root). Обратите внимание на регистр используемых в командах букв." +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>XFdrake</" +"emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> as root. Mind the " +"capital letters." +msgstr "" +"Запустить эту программу можно с помощью терминала: достаточно ввести команду " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">XFdrake</emphasis> от имени обычного пользователя " +"или команду <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> от имени администратора (root). " +"Обратите внимание на регистр используемых в командах букв." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:14 -msgid "This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>" -msgstr "Доступ к этой программе можно получить из Центра управления Mageia, пункт <emphasis role=\"bold\">Оборудование</emphasis>. Выберете <emphasis><guilabel>Настройка графического сервера</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>" +msgid "" +"This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the " +"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=" +"\"0\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Доступ к этой программе можно получить из Центра управления Mageia, пункт " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Оборудование</emphasis>. Выберете " +"<emphasis><guilabel>Настройка графического сервера</guilabel></emphasis>. " +"<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:23 msgid "The buttons allow you to change the graphical configuration." -msgstr "С помощью этих кнопок можно настроить параметры графической подсистемы." +msgstr "" +"С помощью этих кнопок можно настроить параметры графической подсистемы." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:25 @@ -7264,28 +11449,61 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Графическая карта</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:27 -msgid "The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching server configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for example one with a proprietary driver." -msgstr "Здесь показано - программой обнаружен тип графической карты и соответствующий драйвер. Нажмите кнопку, чтобы изменить на другой, например, на проприетарный (с закрытым кодом) драйвер от производителя." +msgid "" +"The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching server " +"configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for example " +"one with a proprietary driver." +msgstr "" +"Здесь показано - программой обнаружен тип графической карты и " +"соответствующий драйвер. Нажмите кнопку, чтобы изменить на другой, например, " +"на проприетарный (с закрытым кодом) драйвер от производителя." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:31 -msgid "The available servers are sorted under <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> by manufacturer in alphabetical order and then by model also in alphabetical order. The free drivers are sorted by alphabetical order under<guilabel> Xorg</guilabel>." -msgstr "Доступные драйверы упорядочены в списке <guilabel>Производитель</guilabel> по производителю по алфавиту, а затем по модели также по алфавиту. Свободные драйверы отсортированы в алфавитном порядке в списке <guilabel>Xorg</guilabel>" +msgid "" +"The available servers are sorted under <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> by " +"manufacturer in alphabetical order and then by model also in alphabetical " +"order. The free drivers are sorted by alphabetical order under<guilabel> " +"Xorg</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"Доступные драйверы упорядочены в списке <guilabel>Производитель</guilabel> " +"по производителю по алфавиту, а затем по модели также по алфавиту. Свободные " +"драйверы отсортированы в алфавитном порядке в списке <guilabel>Xorg</" +"guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:37 -msgid "In case of problems, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> will work with most graphic cards and give you time to find and install the right driver while in your Desktop Environment." -msgstr "Если у вас возникнут проблемы, вы можете воспользоваться вариантом <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis>, который работает для большинства карт и предоставит вам возможность найти и установить драйвер, работая в ваших графических средах." +msgid "" +"In case of problems, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> will work with most " +"graphic cards and give you time to find and install the right driver while " +"in your Desktop Environment." +msgstr "" +"Если у вас возникнут проблемы, вы можете воспользоваться вариантом " +"<emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis>, который работает для большинства карт и " +"предоставит вам возможность найти и установить драйвер, работая в ваших " +"графических средах." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:38 -msgid "If even Vesa doesn't work, choose <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - <guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, which is used while installing Mageia, but doesn't allow you to change resolution or refresh rates." -msgstr "Если даже Vesa не работает, то выберите вариант <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - <guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, который используется во время установки Mageia, но не предоставляет возможности менять разрешение или частоту обновления изображения." +msgid "" +"If even Vesa doesn't work, choose <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - " +"<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, which is used while installing " +"Mageia, but doesn't allow you to change resolution or refresh rates." +msgstr "" +"Если даже Vesa не работает, то выберите вариант <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</" +"guilabel> - <guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, который используется во " +"время установки Mageia, но не предоставляет возможности менять разрешение " +"или частоту обновления изображения." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:39 -msgid "If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for example)." -msgstr "Если вы ранее выбрали свободный драйвер, то система может предложить вам воспользоваться вместо него проприетарным (с закрытым кодом) драйвером, который имеет более широкие возможности (например, 3D эффекты)." +msgid "" +"If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to " +"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for example)." +msgstr "" +"Если вы ранее выбрали свободный драйвер, то система может предложить вам " +"воспользоваться вместо него проприетарным (с закрытым кодом) драйвером, " +"который имеет более широкие возможности (например, 3D эффекты)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:45 @@ -7294,8 +11512,16 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Монитор:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:47 -msgid "In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list a monitor with the same features." -msgstr "Наряду с этим пунктом будет показан монитор, определённый системой. Нажмите кнопку, чтобы изменить определённое название на другое. Если нужного вам названия нет в списке <guilabel>Производитель</guilabel>, то вы можете выбрать наиболее подходящий монитор в поле <guilabel>Общий</guilabel>." +msgid "" +"In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and " +"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor " +"isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the " +"<guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list a monitor with the same features." +msgstr "" +"Наряду с этим пунктом будет показан монитор, определённый системой. Нажмите " +"кнопку, чтобы изменить определённое название на другое. Если нужного вам " +"названия нет в списке <guilabel>Производитель</guilabel>, то вы можете " +"выбрать наиболее подходящий монитор в поле <guilabel>Общий</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:54 @@ -7304,8 +11530,13 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Разрешение:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:56 -msgid "This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:" -msgstr "С помощью этой кнопки можно выбрать разрешение (количество пикселей) и глубину цвета (число цветов в изображении). В ответ на её нажатие будет показано следующее окно:" +msgid "" +"This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the " +"colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:" +msgstr "" +"С помощью этой кнопки можно выбрать разрешение (количество пикселей) и " +"глубину цвета (число цветов в изображении). В ответ на её нажатие будет " +"показано следующее окно:" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/XFdrake.xml:61 @@ -7314,23 +11545,46 @@ msgstr "XFdrake1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:59 -msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>The image of the monitor in the middle gives a preview with the chosen configuration." -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>На изображении монитора посередине окна будет показан предварительный просмотр текущих настроек." +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>The image of the monitor in the " +"middle gives a preview with the chosen configuration." +msgstr "" +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>На изображении монитора " +"посередине окна будет показан предварительный просмотр текущих настроек." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:66 -msgid "The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card and the monitor, it is possible to click on <guilabel>Other</guilabel> to set other resolutions, but bear in mind that you can damage your monitor or select an uncomfortable setting." -msgstr "На первой кнопке будет показано текущее разрешение. Нажмите, чтобы изменить разрешение. В списке будут показаны возможные варианты, что соответствует возможностям графической карты и монитора. Вы можете выбрать пункт <guilabel>Другие</guilabel>, чтобы указать другое разрешение, но стоит учитывать то, что произвольное изменение параметров разрешения может привести к повреждению монитора или нарушению комфортности работы." +msgid "" +"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another " +"one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card " +"and the monitor, it is possible to click on <guilabel>Other</guilabel> to " +"set other resolutions, but bear in mind that you can damage your monitor or " +"select an uncomfortable setting." +msgstr "" +"На первой кнопке будет показано текущее разрешение. Нажмите, чтобы изменить " +"разрешение. В списке будут показаны возможные варианты, что соответствует " +"возможностям графической карты и монитора. Вы можете выбрать пункт " +"<guilabel>Другие</guilabel>, чтобы указать другое разрешение, но стоит " +"учитывать то, что произвольное изменение параметров разрешения может " +"привести к повреждению монитора или нарушению комфортности работы." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:72 -msgid "The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for another one." -msgstr "На второй кнопке будет показана текущая глубина цвета. Нажмите кнопку, чтобы изменить глубину цвета на другую." +msgid "" +"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for " +"another one." +msgstr "" +"На второй кнопке будет показана текущая глубина цвета. Нажмите кнопку, чтобы " +"изменить глубину цвета на другую." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:76 -msgid "Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout and restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect." -msgstr "В зависимости от выбранного разрешения, может понадобиться выход из графической среды и её перезапуск, чтобы настройки вступили в силу." +msgid "" +"Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout and " +"restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect." +msgstr "" +"В зависимости от выбранного разрешения, может понадобиться выход из " +"графической среды и её перезапуск, чтобы настройки вступили в силу." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:83 @@ -7339,18 +11593,39 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Проверить:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:85 -msgid "Once the configuration done, it is recommended to do a test before clicking on OK because it is easier to modify the settings now than later if the graphical environment doesn't work." -msgstr "Как только настройки будут завершены, рекомендуем вам проверить их до нажатия кнопки <guibutton>OK</guibutton>, поскольку проще изменить значения параметров сразу, чем получить неработоспособную графическую среду." +msgid "" +"Once the configuration done, it is recommended to do a test before clicking " +"on OK because it is easier to modify the settings now than later if the " +"graphical environment doesn't work." +msgstr "" +"Как только настройки будут завершены, рекомендуем вам проверить их до " +"нажатия кнопки <guibutton>OK</guibutton>, поскольку проще изменить значения " +"параметров сразу, чем получить неработоспособную графическую среду." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:90 -msgid "In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use XFdrake's text version." -msgstr "В случае нерабочей графической среды, нажмите комбинацию клавиш Alt+Ctrl+F2, чтобы открыть текстовую консоль, войдите в систему от имени администратора (root) и дайте команду XFdrake (первые две буквы должны быть большими), чтобы воспользоваться текстовой версией XFdrake." +msgid "" +"In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a " +"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use " +"XFdrake's text version." +msgstr "" +"В случае нерабочей графической среды, нажмите комбинацию клавиш Alt+Ctrl+F2, " +"чтобы открыть текстовую консоль, войдите в систему от имени администратора " +"(root) и дайте команду XFdrake (первые две буквы должны быть большими), " +"чтобы воспользоваться текстовой версией XFdrake." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:93 -msgid "If the test fails, just wait until the end, if it works but you don't want to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything is right, click on <guibutton role=\"bold\">OK</guibutton>." -msgstr "Если заданные параметры не сработают, просто дождитесь завершения проверки, чтобы вернуться к начальным параметрам. Если значения сработают, но вы всё равно не хотите их изменять, то нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Нет</guibutton>. Если же полученные результаты вас устраивают, то нажмите кнопку <guibutton role=\"bold\">OK</guibutton>." +msgid "" +"If the test fails, just wait until the end, if it works but you don't want " +"to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything is " +"right, click on <guibutton role=\"bold\">OK</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Если заданные параметры не сработают, просто дождитесь завершения проверки, " +"чтобы вернуться к начальным параметрам. Если значения сработают, но вы всё " +"равно не хотите их изменять, то нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Нет</guibutton>. " +"Если же полученные результаты вас устраивают, то нажмите кнопку <guibutton " +"role=\"bold\">OK</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> #: en/XFdrake.xml:97 @@ -7359,21 +11634,49 @@ msgstr "Параметры:" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:99 -msgid "<guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable Ctrl-Alt-Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to restart X server using Ctrl+Alt+Backspace keys." -msgstr "В разделе <guilabel>Глобальные параметры</guilabel> вы можете настроить систему на перезапуск графической среды с помощью комбинации клавиш Ctrl+Alt+Backspace." +msgid "" +"<guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable Ctrl-Alt-" +"Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to restart X " +"server using Ctrl+Alt+Backspace keys." +msgstr "" +"В разделе <guilabel>Глобальные параметры</guilabel> вы можете настроить " +"систему на перезапуск графической среды с помощью комбинации клавиш Ctrl+Alt" +"+Backspace." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:103 -msgid "<guilabel>Graphic card options</guilabel>: Allows you to enable or disable three specific features depending on the graphic card." -msgstr "С помощью раздела <guilabel>Параметры видеокарты</guilabel> можно включить или выключить три специфические возможности, зависящие от типа графической видеокарты." +msgid "" +"<guilabel>Graphic card options</guilabel>: Allows you to enable or disable " +"three specific features depending on the graphic card." +msgstr "" +"С помощью раздела <guilabel>Параметры видеокарты</guilabel> можно включить " +"или выключить три специфические возможности, зависящие от типа графической " +"видеокарты." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:107 -msgid "<guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time, <emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon booting</emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it may be unchecked for a server." -msgstr "<guilabel>Графический интерфейс при загрузке</guilabel>: следует оставить вариант <emphasis>Автоматически запускать графическую оболочку (Xorg) при загрузке</emphasis>, чтобы система загружалась в графическом режиме. Впрочем, вы можете снять отметку, если загрузка должна быть выполнена без использования графического режима для сервера." +msgid "" +"<guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time, " +"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon booting</" +"emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it may be " +"unchecked for a server." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Графический интерфейс при загрузке</guilabel>: следует оставить " +"вариант <emphasis>Автоматически запускать графическую оболочку (Xorg) при " +"загрузке</emphasis>, чтобы система загружалась в графическом режиме. " +"Впрочем, вы можете снять отметку, если загрузка должна быть выполнена без " +"использования графического режима для сервера." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:112 -msgid "After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect and reconnect to activate the new configuration." -msgstr "В ответ на нажатие кнопки <guibutton>Выйти</guibutton> программа предложит вам подтвердить выход. Вы можете отменить или подтвердить внесённые изменения, или сохранить предварительные настройки. Если изменения будут подтверждены, вам придётся выйти из аккаунта и снова войти в него, чтобы внесённые изменения вступили в силу." - +msgid "" +"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask " +"you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the " +"previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect " +"and reconnect to activate the new configuration." +msgstr "" +"В ответ на нажатие кнопки <guibutton>Выйти</guibutton> программа предложит " +"вам подтвердить выход. Вы можете отменить или подтвердить внесённые " +"изменения, или сохранить предварительные настройки. Если изменения будут " +"подтверждены, вам придётся выйти из аккаунта и снова войти в него, чтобы " +"внесённые изменения вступили в силу." diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/sv.po b/docs/mcc-help/sv.po index 32ce7c7f..1dce085a 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/sv.po +++ b/docs/mcc-help/sv.po @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-30 20:33+0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-02-24 19:21+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-01 20:20+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Michael Eklund <willard@null.net>\n" "Language-Team: Swedish (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" @@ -3267,7 +3267,8 @@ msgstr "Principer" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakgw.xml:29 -msgid "drakgw-net.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../drakgw-net.png" msgstr "drakgw-net.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -3616,22 +3617,26 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:43 -msgid "draknetcenterEthernet-on.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png" msgstr "draknetcenterEthernet-on.png" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:47 -msgid "draknetcenterEthernet-off.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png" msgstr "draknetcenterEthernet-off.png" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:52 -msgid "draknetcenterWireless-off.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png" msgstr "draknetcenterWireless-off.png" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:56 -msgid "draknetcenterWireless-on.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png" msgstr "draknetcenterWireless-on.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -9166,7 +9171,8 @@ msgstr "Legend" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:165 -msgid "rpmdrake2.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../rpmdrake2.png" msgstr "rpmdrake2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> @@ -9176,7 +9182,8 @@ msgstr "Det här paketet är redan installerat" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:175 -msgid "rpmdrake3.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../rpmdrake3.png" msgstr "rpmdrake3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> @@ -9186,7 +9193,8 @@ msgstr "Det här paketet kommer att installeras" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:185 -msgid "rpmdrake4.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../rpmdrake4.png" msgstr "rpmdrake4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> @@ -9196,7 +9204,8 @@ msgstr "Det här paketet kan inte ändras" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:195 -msgid "rpmdrake5.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../rpmdrake5.png" msgstr "rpmdrake5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> @@ -9206,7 +9215,8 @@ msgstr "Det här paketet är en uppdatering" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:205 -msgid "rpmdrake6.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../rpmdrake6.png" msgstr "rpmdrake6.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/tr.po b/docs/mcc-help/tr.po index a707f550..c80eedd4 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/tr.po +++ b/docs/mcc-help/tr.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-30 20:33+0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-02-24 19:21+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-02-24 00:31+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Atilla ÖNTAŞ <tarakbumba@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Mageia Turkish Translation Team <i18n-tr@ml.mageia.org>\n" @@ -2944,8 +2944,8 @@ msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" -"Bu aracı komut satırından root olarak<emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> ile başlatabilirsiniz." +"Bu aracı komut satırından root olarak<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfont</" +"emphasis> ile başlatabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:15 @@ -2956,9 +2956,9 @@ msgid "" "above shows:" msgstr "" "Bu araç<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> Mageia Denetim Merkezinde " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistem</emphasis> sekmesinde bulunur. Bilgisayarınızda " -"bulunan yazıtiplerini yönetmenize izin verir. Yukarıdaki ana ekranda şunlar " -"gösterilmektedir:" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Sistem</emphasis> sekmesinde bulunur. " +"Bilgisayarınızda bulunan yazıtiplerini yönetmenize izin verir. Yukarıdaki " +"ana ekranda şunlar gösterilmektedir:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:22 @@ -2978,7 +2978,8 @@ msgstr "buradaki bazı düğmeler daha sonra açıklanmıştır." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:36 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Get Windows Fonts: <emphasis/></emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Windows Yazı Tiplerini Al: <emphasis/></emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Windows Yazı Tiplerini Al: <emphasis/></emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:38 @@ -2986,8 +2987,8 @@ msgid "" "This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You " "must have Microsoft Windows installed." msgstr "" -"Bu düğme otomatik olarak Windows disk bölümünde bulunan yazıtiplerini " -"ekler.Microsoft Windows bilgisayarınızda kurulu olmalıdır." +"Bu düğme otomatik olarak Windows disk bölümünde bulunan yazıtiplerini ekler." +"Microsoft Windows bilgisayarınızda kurulu olmalıdır." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:41 @@ -3036,11 +3037,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Üçüncü şahıs kaynaklarından (CD, internet, ...) yazıtiplerini eklemenizi " "sağlar. Desteklenen biçimler ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm ve gsf'dir. <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">Al</emphasis> düğmesine ve sonra <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">Ekle</emphasis>ye tıklayın. Kurulacak yazıtiplerini " -"seçebileceğiniz bir dosya yöneticisi açılır. Yazıtiplerini seçtiğinizde " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Kur</emphasis> düğmesine tıklayın. Seçilen yazıtipleri " -"/usr/share/fonts dizinine kurulurlar." +"role=\"bold\">Al</emphasis> düğmesine ve sonra <emphasis role=\"bold\">Ekle</" +"emphasis>ye tıklayın. Kurulacak yazıtiplerini seçebileceğiniz bir dosya " +"yöneticisi açılır. Yazıtiplerini seçtiğinizde <emphasis role=\"bold\">Kur</" +"emphasis> düğmesine tıklayın. Seçilen yazıtipleri /usr/share/fonts dizinine " +"kurulurlar." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:60 @@ -3277,7 +3278,8 @@ msgstr "Prensipler" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakgw.xml:29 -msgid "drakgw-net.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../drakgw-net.png" msgstr "drakgw-net.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -3624,22 +3626,26 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:43 -msgid "draknetcenterEthernet-on.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png" msgstr "draknetcenterEthernet-on.png" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:47 -msgid "draknetcenterEthernet-off.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png" msgstr "draknetcenterEthernet-off.png" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:52 -msgid "draknetcenterWireless-off.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png" msgstr "draknetcenterWireless-off.png" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:56 -msgid "draknetcenterWireless-on.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png" msgstr "draknetcenterWireless-on.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -4607,8 +4613,8 @@ msgstr "" "Farzedelim şu anki yansıdan memnun değilsiniz, çünkü örneğin çok yavaş ya da " "çoğu zaman erişilebilir değil, başka bir yansı seçebilirsiniz. Aktif tüm " "ortamları seçiniz ve devre dışı bırakmak için <guibutton>Kaldır</guibutton> " -"düğmesine tıklayın, <guimenu>Dosya-> Belirli bir ortam yansısı " -"ekle</guimenu>ye tıklayın, sadece güncelleyi veya tam seti (bilmiyorsanız " +"düğmesine tıklayın, <guimenu>Dosya-> Belirli bir ortam yansısı ekle</" +"guimenu>ye tıklayın, sadece güncelleyi veya tam seti (bilmiyorsanız " "<guibutton>Kaynakları tam kümesi</guibutton>ni seçiniz) seçiniz ve " "<guibutton>Evet</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayarak iletişimi kabul edin. Bu " "pencere açılır:" @@ -5432,8 +5438,8 @@ msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" "\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" -"Bu aracı komut satırından root olarak<emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> ile başlatabilirsiniz." +"Bu aracı komut satırından root olarak<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfont</" +"emphasis> ile başlatabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:18 @@ -9173,11 +9179,11 @@ msgid "" "guibutton>." msgstr "" "Süzgeçleri doğru şekilde ayarladığınızda yazılımları ya kategorilerine " -"(yukarıdaki 6. alan) ya da yukarıdaki 4 numaralı alanı kullanarak " -"isim/özet/açıklama yoluyla bulabilirsiniz. Sorgunuzu karşılayan bir paket " -"listesi ile seçilen kurulum ortamı; her paketin kurulu olduğuna, kurulu " -"olmadığına veya bir güncelleme olduğuna göre değişen farklı durum " -"işaretçileri ile gösterilir." +"(yukarıdaki 6. alan) ya da yukarıdaki 4 numaralı alanı kullanarak isim/özet/" +"açıklama yoluyla bulabilirsiniz. Sorgunuzu karşılayan bir paket listesi ile " +"seçilen kurulum ortamı; her paketin kurulu olduğuna, kurulu olmadığına veya " +"bir güncelleme olduğuna göre değişen farklı durum işaretçileri ile " +"gösterilir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:155 @@ -9191,7 +9197,8 @@ msgstr "Gösterge" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:165 -msgid "rpmdrake2.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../rpmdrake2.png" msgstr "rpmdrake2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> @@ -9201,7 +9208,8 @@ msgstr "Bu paket zaten kurulu" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:175 -msgid "rpmdrake3.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../rpmdrake3.png" msgstr "rpmdrake3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> @@ -9211,7 +9219,8 @@ msgstr "Bu paket kurulacak" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:185 -msgid "rpmdrake4.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../rpmdrake4.png" msgstr "rpmdrake4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> @@ -9221,7 +9230,8 @@ msgstr "Bu paket değiştirilemez" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:195 -msgid "rpmdrake5.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../rpmdrake5.png" msgstr "rpmdrake5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> @@ -9231,7 +9241,8 @@ msgstr "Bu paket bir güncelleştirme" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:205 -msgid "rpmdrake6.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../rpmdrake6.png" msgstr "rpmdrake6.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> @@ -10012,8 +10023,8 @@ msgstr "" "yapılandırma sayfasından veya yazıcı veya yazdırma sunucusu üzerindeki " "etiketten elde edilebilir. Eğer paylaşılan yazıcınız Mageia sistemine " "bağlıysa, üzerinde root olarak <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> " -"yazarak Mac-adresini bulabilirsiniz. Bu \"HWaddr\" ardından gelen rakamlar ve " -"harfler dizisidir." +"yazarak Mac-adresini bulabilirsiniz. Bu \"HWaddr\" ardından gelen rakamlar " +"ve harfler dizisidir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:142 diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/uk.po b/docs/mcc-help/uk.po index bd552603..8f955c80 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/uk.po +++ b/docs/mcc-help/uk.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-30 20:33+0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-02-24 19:21+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-30 21:11+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <kde-i18n-uk@kde.org>\n" @@ -3398,7 +3398,8 @@ msgstr "Принципи" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakgw.xml:29 -msgid "drakgw-net.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../drakgw-net.png" msgstr "drakgw-net.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -3761,22 +3762,26 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:43 -msgid "draknetcenterEthernet-on.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png" msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:47 -msgid "draknetcenterEthernet-off.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png" msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:52 -msgid "draknetcenterWireless-off.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png" msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:56 -msgid "draknetcenterWireless-on.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png" msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -9499,7 +9504,8 @@ msgstr "Умовне позначення" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:165 -msgid "rpmdrake2.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../rpmdrake2.png" msgstr "../rpmdrake2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> @@ -9509,7 +9515,8 @@ msgstr "Цей пакунок вже встановлено" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:175 -msgid "rpmdrake3.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../rpmdrake3.png" msgstr "../rpmdrake3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> @@ -9519,7 +9526,8 @@ msgstr "Цей пакунок буде встановлено" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:185 -msgid "rpmdrake4.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../rpmdrake4.png" msgstr "../rpmdrake4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> @@ -9529,7 +9537,8 @@ msgstr "Стан цього пакунка змінювати не можна" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:195 -msgid "rpmdrake5.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../rpmdrake5.png" msgstr "../rpmdrake5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> @@ -9539,7 +9548,8 @@ msgstr "Цей пакунок є оновленням" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:205 -msgid "rpmdrake6.png" +#, fuzzy +msgid "../rpmdrake6.png" msgstr "../rpmdrake6.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> @@ -11627,4 +11637,3 @@ msgstr "" "зберегти попередні налаштування або підтвердити їх внесення. Якщо зміни буде " "підтверджено, вам доведеться вийти з облікового запису і знову увійти до " "нього, щоб задіяти внесені зміни." - |